EndGame 9780739326756

Citation preview

Omid Scobie

Dedication To everyone who clicks on, reads, or watches my work— your support means the world. Thank you!

endgame (noun) ĕndgām the final stages of a chess game after most of the pieces have been removed from the board also: the final stages of an extended process or course of events

Contents Cover Title Page Dedication Prologue 1: The Queen and Her Piper: Elizabeth II’s Final Days 2: Shaky Ground: The Queen Is Dead, the Monarchy Faces Trouble 3: “Oh God, I Hate This”: King Charles’s Premiere 4: Remembrance of Things Past: The Ongoing Campaign to Make the Royals Great Again 5: Baggage: The Lingering Trials of King Charles 6: The Fall of Prince Andrew: Scandal, Shame, and Silencing Jane Doe 7: Race and the Royals: Institutional Bigotry and Denial 8: Gloves On: Prince William, Heir to the Throne 9: Gloves Off: Prince Harry, Man on a Mission

10: The Men (and Women) in Gray: Royal Courtiers and the Struggle for Power 11: Ghost at the Feast: Princess Diana and Revisionist History 12: Skilled Survivors: Camilla and Kate, Windsor Women Part I: Camilla—The Transformation of a Mistress Part II: Kate—Suddenly Front and Center 13: A Dangerous Game: Royals and the Media 14: The Decay of Years: The Fading Glory of the Crown 15: Endgame Acknowledgments Notes Photo Section About the Author Copyright About the Publisher

Prologue When

Queen Elizabeth II was in her nineties, there was an element of covering the royals that those around me found a little morbid. Wherever I went, whether it was on a road trip with mates to Wales or a royal visit to Morocco, I always packed a black suit and tie. To friends and family outside the royal bubble, the presence of that ominous suit bag was, to say the least, somewhat gloomy, and a grim reminder that Queen Elizabeth II was nearing the end of her life. As a journalist who joined the royal beat in 2011, I knew this was a vital piece of the reporting tool kit—an appropriate outfit at the ready so I could spring into action the moment Buckingham Palace shared the news of the Queen’s death. While I was at home in London, the suit (a practical polyester blend, because who has time to steam out creases during breaking news?) mostly lived in the trunk of my car. On September 8, 2022, however, that car and its contents were twentyodd miles away getting serviced when I was summoned to ABC News’ London bureau for what we worried might become the long-feared announcement. I was in the middle of running errands when rumors started to flood through via sources and colleagues, so I didn’t have time to race home to grab a backup suit. Feeling the pressure and lack of time, I grabbed a simple black sweater from a nearby Marks & Spencer and took the fastest route, via London Underground, to the Hammersmith studio. The Queen had been bedbound at Balmoral Castle in Scotland for the forty-eight hours prior, after conducting what later became her final engagements on September 6—seeing out the controversial prime minister Boris Johnson and welcoming in his exceedingly short-lived replacement, Liz Truss. Palace aides announced the day after the monarch’s royal duties

that she had accepted doctors’ advice to rest. The next morning, after a further Palace update warned that her doctors were “concerned for Her Majesty’s health and have recommended she remain under medical supervision,” an insider messaged me to say, “It’s not looking good.” For a multitude of reasons, I hoped the warning would turn out to be a false alarm. Arriving at ABC News’ offices that Thursday afternoon, I received a text from someone very close to the family. As I caught my breath in the elevator of the Disney-owned building, “A Spoonful of Sugar” was playing quietly in the background, making a surreal moment even more so. “Please don’t say anything yet but I think it’s happened,” they wrote. I responded with a follow-up, checking that I understood their message correctly. No doubt trying to get confirmation of their own, the source—someone whose word I had come to trust over recent years—didn’t reply. Fifteen minutes later, as I sat in front of the camera and put on my earpiece and mic, my calm in the storm, the network’s royal producer Zoe Magee, called across the newsroom: “We’ve had confirmation.” Messages started pouring into my phone within seconds. The statement from the Palace had yet to land, but my heart was already thumping. Though I had been at briefings that described what would happen the moment “London Bridge” (the code name for the monarch’s death and the operation that kicked into action straight afterward) went down, nothing could have truly prepared anyone for the news. Not even the two-hundred-page research bible Magee had created in the recent months. The death of Britain’s longest-reigning monarch, a woman much loved and revered around the world, had a bigger impact on me in the moment than I expected. The Queen had been a presence in my life for as long as I could remember, a fact shared by most Brits. Whether you cared about the royal family or not, she had evolved into the nation’s grandmother—a comforting presence during destabilizing times and easily more popular than the monarchy itself. “New York is going to come to you shortly, Omid!” my producer prompted. This is it. * * * An astounding amount of royal history happened during the writing of Endgame. The world was introduced to King Charles III and Queen

Camilla; Prince Andrew was stripped of his titles. Prince Harry released an explosive memoir and a revealing Netflix series, and, of course, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II passed away. All these events, along with a litany of startling headlines, greatly impacted this book, including the structure and shape of the narrative and its cast of characters. What should have been a banner year for the royal family, one spent celebrating the Queen and her seventy years of service, was instead a year of more upheaval and strife. The Queen’s Platinum Jubilee in the first half of 2022 is but a footnote now because her death followed so quickly in September —a summer of flag-waving celebrations quickly met an autumn of profound change and depth charge revelations. All this proved trying for a staid institution not exactly used to, or adept at managing, such rapid-fire disruptions or change. The royal establishment has now assiduously installed an elderly new king while fending off unyielding accusations and misgivings from an exiled prince. I started this book in the summer of 2022, so the Queen’s passing happened well into the writing process. This meant going back and figuring out how to reframe key chapters while looking through the twin prisms of the late monarch’s death and the ascension of her eldest son. Where significant parts of Endgame initially theorized about the future of the Firm, I suddenly found myself watching and reporting on that future as it happened in real time. Overnight we were in it: the royal family’s new chapter—a moment I couldn’t have imagined during my first royal engagement with Prince William and a then Kate Middleton over eleven years earlier. The months following the Queen’s death gave me the necessary time to process such a seismic event and an opportunity to peer into the new era before contextualizing it. And that time provided me with a chance to speak with those currently at the center of it as well as the many individuals who had been part of the journey leading up to it. Think of it this way: I started writing the book in the New Elizabethan age and finished in the Carolean era—a dynastic sea change happened in a matter of days. And with it, so did many of my perceptions. The full reality of Queen Elizabeth II’s death hit me ten days later, when I joined a small group of journalists to observe the scene of the former monarch lying in state at Westminster Hall. Members of the public had queued for up to ten miles and over twenty-four hours to pay their respects. For those of us in the press working eighteen-hour shifts, reporting to

millions of others around the world, British Parliament’s “Operation Marquee” team had arranged prebooked one-hour time slots in Westminster so we could capture this moment in history. I’d been to the Houses of Parliament before, for other assignments and events, but with all political activity suspended during the ten-day national mourning period, the usually buzzing alley through the length of the Palace of Westminster was eerily silent as we walked toward New Palace Yard. Deep in conversation with one of the staff members guiding us, I wasn’t at all prepared for the moment we arrived at the doors of Westminster Hall. Suddenly, there it was: the Queen’s coffin resting on a raised ornamental catafalque. You couldn’t hear much else beyond our footsteps and the rustle of coats and bags carried by mourners as we entered the hall’s vaulted silence. A solemn usher, obviously weary from his work, calmly directed us up a narrow spiral staircase at the back of the room. We climbed a makeshift riser painted to blend in with the thick magnesian limestone walls of the eleventh-century room—an inconspicuous observation tower for the press. From this position, about fifteen feet off the ground, my eyes were almost at the same level as the Imperial State Crown resting atop the coffin. As I’m sure it did for so many of the people who quietly walked in and out to pay their respects, the juxtaposition of the crown and the coffin emphasized the finality of it all. Like many journalists covering this story, I had been operating in a suspended state of disconnect up until that moment. Lying next to the pillowed crown were the orb and scepter. I’d seen them in person before, many times, but being so close to the two symbols in this setting gave me goosebumps. There was the weight of history and tradition, yes, but also the aura of mystery and myth. Ordinary things in and of themselves, really, but an accruement of time, the narratives of power and divine lineage dictated over centuries, and the human desire for meaning and order all alchemized, transmuting those things into powerful ideas. It was a strange, commanding magic that I felt that day in Westminster. But the woman, the human form of all that regal authority and mysterious poetry, was lying in a coffin underneath. For so long, she stood for the Crown, and the Crown for her. Without her presence, these ornaments and symbols seemed exposed, naked somehow, as if they had been caught unawares.

King Charles III. Even after all this time, it still doesn’t always look quite right on the page. The same can be said of Queen Camilla—those promises of her taking on only the titles Princess Consort, and then Queen Consort, were just white lies the Palace is now keen for people to forget. But here we are. Despite their flaws and many mistakes, it’s difficult not to sympathize with the new king and queen. Filling such enormous shoes is almost an impossible task, especially considering that when Her Majesty died, unfortunately so did much of the legend, mystique, and secrecy that enshrouded the monarchy. It’s safe to say that very few outside a strict inner circle knew much of anything about Queen Elizabeth II. She inhabited her stately role completely. Her personal life was her own and she fiercely guarded it, knowing full well that to share it was to lose it. She also appreciated and respected the demands of the Crown: service over personal gain, and duty over individual happiness. In public, her resolute composure expressed this in spades, no explanations necessary. With Charles and Camilla, it’s the opposite. The King has lived a full life out in the public as an outspoken environmental activist, an occasional meddler in politics, a successful businessman, a flawed father, and a philandering husband who destroyed the life of Princess Diana—an ignominious legacy he’s eager to put behind him now that he is on the throne. He’s known to us warts and all. His litany of personal failings and missteps is front-page fodder, and much of the British public will never fully forgive him for his role in Diana’s tragic demise. And Queen Camilla, a woman who is finally tolerated by the public but is still not universally accepted, remains to many as “the other woman,” the third person in Charles and Diana’s marriage and someone who caused much pain and chaos within the royal family. Now, no veil of arcane secrecy falls between the new King and Queen and their subjects, providing cover and inscrutable power. Everyone already knows that King Charles might have preferred a life as Queen Camilla’s tampon. Though off to a steady start, the ongoing efforts to boost Charles’s popularity will never come easy for the institution of the monarchy, regardless of his new station. As prepared for thronedom as he may have felt, behind palace walls, and in the minds of the public, the question remains: Is he up for the job? Immediately after the Queen passed away and ordinary citizens were still shedding tears, the new King Charles made headlines after cameras caught him throwing a tantrum over a faulty pen. A

stubborn eccentric who has spent most of his life waiting and planning for his ascension, even at the cost of his relationships with his own sons, the former Prince of Wales is not only far less popular than his predecessor and his successor, he has also been a thorn in the side of the institution. Despite the fact he’s well-liked by world leaders and global power figures, during the life of his mother, he was never fully embraced by power brokers within the system, the Palace operators and partisans with links to the British establishment, including the government. When he was Prince of Wales, some senior Buckingham Palace aides had expressed to me and others that they felt the then next in line didn’t quite have the moxie or vision for the family’s next chapter. Perhaps they were right. Just weeks before becoming the new monarch, he was knee-deep in controversy involving bags of money, cash-for-honors allegations, and a police investigation into donations accepted by his Prince’s Foundation charity. Or perhaps he was just never allowed to demonstrate his readiness. Many in the Firm’s old guard, including the Queen’s most senior courtiers —those shadowy men, and now women, “in gray,” as Diana famously called them—distrusted and disliked Charles. Personally, I’ve always admired Charles’s efforts in the environmental space, but it’s telling that he is also a man who—over fifty-five years into his life as a working royal— failed to truly capture the imagination and interest of those outside the monarchist bubble. His quirks and entitled behavior have, at times, alienated him from the institutional hidden forces that could change that popularity overnight, leaving him to take matters into his own hands, often with disastrous results. His failure to initiate a substantive dialogue with Prince Harry, despite how clearly his son detailed their fracture in interviews and public statements, is yet another sign of his inability to effectively address family matters head-on or navigate constitutional crises. To add insult to injury, Charles knows his reign will be a transitional one, an intervening sovereignty that must happen before his elder son, William, the Prince of Wales, takes over at a far younger age and attempts to breathe new life into a desiccated monarchical system. Over the years I’ve watched as, behind the scenes, senior courtiers and other establishment figures groom Prince William for the throne. As a long-serving member of the Queen’s most trusted staff put it to me before the monarch’s death, Charles may be the next king, but William is “the future.”

This brewing power struggle between the favored prince and the unpopular king is Shakespearean—a familial tug-of-war waged both onstage and off that still has the potential to unravel the monarchical tapestry. Scheming and backstabbing began long ago. Jealous of Harry’s popularity with the media and William’s preferred status in the Firm, King Charles has been known to turn a blind eye while aides leak details about his sons to the press. Camilla, also guilty of the same practices, caused further damage to the family during her long-running campaign to rehabilitate her own image. A tactical masterstroke, a well-timed leak, can pave the way for a beneficial back-scratching relationship with media confidantes in exchange for favorable treatment while also cutting down competition for the spotlight a rung or two. Long before the release of Spare, it was well known within the tight circle of royal correspondents that Charles eagerly piggybacked on reports of Prince Harry’s teenage drug use by allowing the leak of personal details about his own son to construct a “great dad” narrative that many within the press gladly printed in return. They say never mix family with business and, though the brothers had in the past put on a good show when needed, William and Harry are the perfect example of why this particular family business often teeters on the brink. Though they were remarkably close as they grew up, Harry’s decision to “defect” to America (William’s choice of word, according to a source, not mine) widened an already growing rift between the pair. Disappointed in Harry’s life decisions and rooted in his ignited, newfound dedication to the Crown, William now considers his brother an outsider, especially since the release of Harry’s memoir, which not only gave further details surrounding the Sussexes’ decision to step back from their royal roles but also William’s part in it. The heir doesn’t really “need” the spare any longer anyway, one source admitted to me shortly after the Duke of Sussex left Britain in March 2020. No longer useful as a helpful distraction or collateral damage, William had been wanting to distance himself from his brother ever since Harry’s marriage to Meghan—whom the then Duke of Cambridge took a disliking to from the start. Now firmly established within their own household, William and Kate have become a committed, driven team, focused on their roles in the family and in royal history. Harry’s dramas are no longer of any concern to them. Or so they say.

Some might argue that it’s unnecessary to bring the Duke and Duchess of Sussex into conversations about the future of the monarchy since they started their separate life in California three years ago. As royal family members now living autonomously and completely disconnected from the institution, they currently play no part in where the Firm goes from here. But their role in the bigger royal story remains as important as ever. The issues raised by the couple, including allegations of bullying, misogyny, racism (or, in Harry’s description, “unconscious bias”), and image manipulation, alongside the institutional cruelty they experienced, remain largely ignored and unexamined by the Palace. And any promises made after their departure, including a focus on diversity within the royal households, have proved little more than PR-friendly gloss-overs. Not a great look for an institution whose monarch is sovereign to interracial Britain and the head of the predominantly non-white Commonwealth. Discrediting Harry and Meghan through negative press briefings (no matter how many times Palace sources deny doing so) may have damaged the Sussexes’ legitimacy to many, but for the members of the public still horrified by the family’s treatment of its first mixed-race royal, it remains a thorny issue. Beyond the family circle’s damaging dramas, the institution of the monarchy is in increasingly desperate straits, too. Supporting a cratered Firm after the Queen’s death is a tall order in and of itself. Doubly so when a growing percentage of the population feels that the monarchy is losing relevancy, with many now far more comfortable in voicing their views after Elizabeth II’s passing. Recent years have seen an institution scrambling to justify its significance to younger generations who believe it no longer serves a strong enough purpose to justify its growing cost to the state. To stay relevant, the system, in an almost Trumpian twist, leans on patriotism —even jingoism—to shore up its purpose. When in doubt, festoon the palace, unfurl the Union Jacks, and enlist the tabloids. In the first year of his reign, however, with the memory of the late Queen still fresh in the minds of many, King Charles III has received a healthy amount of support. To many, particularly Britain’s royalists, he is still a son who lost his mother. But, as declining popularity polls already show, the good favor of the country can last only so long. And the bigger question remains: How can a former pampered prince who is now an aging king keep the attention of those who already feel the monarchy is less

necessary than ever—or, worse, are totally indifferent to it? Charles’s mother left a mandate and a clear path forward—a blueprint for how to keep things afloat. But is Charles the kind of king to simply follow the rules? Or will he want to go his own way, as he has repeatedly demonstrated in the past? It’s an inescapable fact that the Firm’s public ordeals, knee-jerk reactions, and family discord have created a life raft mentality that has long made their “never complain, never explain” mantra impossible to live by. The rot has set in, and it’s eating away at the monarchy’s undergirding. Without Queen Elizabeth II, who is there to offer a counterpoint? To stop the rot from spreading? Like Dorian’s portrait in the attic, the ruinous truth is starting to show. * * * I have followed every important step of the royal story since William and Kate’s engagement captured the hearts and excitement of a global audience in 2010, but I never expected to one day find myself in the middle of it. Working as the European bureau chief for Jann Wenner’s Us Weekly magazine—at the time one of America’s most-read publications—my entrance into the royal press ranks was bright-eyed, and I cut my teeth covering the gamut of royal events and news stories: engagements, weddings, births, and many wet Wednesdays in small rural towns for community center openings and plaque unveilings. The job gave me the perfect courtside seat to their world, and it wasn’t long before I started to travel around the globe on tours and foreign visits with William, Kate, and Harry—the younger, more exciting stars of the family at the time—while forming bonds with those around them. Whether it was privately sharing strategies in the dawn of the social media age, providing a sounding board during certain media crises, or getting invites to private drinks receptions with the royals, I was a welcome face to Palace aides from the kinder U.S. press. Luckily for me, my work separated me from some of the less savory British media outlets that staff and family members had grown to quietly despise. The arrival of Meghan in 2016 saw my two news beats (entertainment and the royals) collide, and less than a year later I made the decision to focus on the royal family full time. Owing to a unique pool of sources and a refusal to follow the crowd, I quickly became a trusted confidante for many in and around the younger family—a true insider.

But that all changed in late 2020 after the publication of my first book, Finding Freedom, about Harry and Meghan’s whirlwind journey in, and out of, the House of Windsor. It blew the lid off the Sussex saga, finally revealing the backroom machinations and family betrayals that eventually forced the royal couple out of the Firm. But it also put me on the receiving end of several of the same toxic practices that pushed the couple to their breaking point. “You ended up in a place a journalist rarely finds themselves—in the middle of a family war . . . And you were on the wrong side,” a senior aide to the late Queen opined to me as I began writing this book. The fear of damaging revelations scared the family and angered powerful Palace operatives, and it also put a mark on my back. Five months before its release, a close friend of Prince Harry had warned me that the institution—and the media allies that support it—might “play dirty” against those who attempt to expose the truth. They weren’t wrong. I’m still in the mix, but let’s just say I’m no longer the journalist who some in the family, or the more royalist-leaning correspondents, are thrilled to see at engagements. Having moved away from playing the Palace game of give-and-take to maintain access, I am now a perceived source of trouble for the institution. Why? Because I know—and share—too much. For four years, some of the most damaging in Windsor history, I witnessed the full scope of the deceptions, malice, and defensive posturing of an unstable family business and an institution in decline. I saw just how far they would go to save their own skin, the deep corrosion at the heart of the royal establishment, and I’ve witnessed the human damage done because of it. It’s impossible to deny the Queen’s achievements during her seventyyear reign—something the world was reminded of during the outpouring of grief and tributes after her death. I was fortunate enough to cover some of the late monarch’s greatest moments—from making the line of succession more equitable to her tireless charity efforts—and I’ve seen the impact that Her Majesty’s unwavering dedication to duty had on a new generation of working royals. Even at the height of his painful battle with the institution, I can’t forget how Prince Harry’s closest aide told me that the Queen’s life of public service continues to inspire and motivate his every step forward in the Sussexes’ new American life. But all that hangs in the balance now. I fear that by continuing to ignore the ongoing constitutional corruption in the Palace’s inner sanctum and enabling a cabal of courtiers and the British media to call the shots—as well

as quietly supporting those who have brought shame and humiliation to the Crown—the royal institution is risking untold damage to the Queen’s legacy. King Charles and Prince William have already displayed signs that they are allowing selfish agendas, a culture of cover-ups and PR trickery, and family discord to take over the House of Windsor. It is an outcome the royal family can avoid, but only if there is change. In the past I, like others, have held back on revealing some of the darker truths at the heart of the institution of the British monarchy because I didn’t want to lose my insider position or my contacts, or experience some of the threats made toward me. But as the once-majestic brocade of the royal family continued to fade and fray behind the scenes and on the front page, I was increasingly convinced that it was time to write this book. Some of what you will read in Endgame may already be known to those in the self-regulated pack of journalists who, just like the White House press pool, shadow the family on their various endeavors. But that doesn’t mean you will hear it from them. Though one can usually get away with the occasional rock of the boat, you need to waltz the Palace’s dance if you want to maintain access to those off-record briefings and invites to private engagements. Me? Let’s just say it’s not the path I continued to follow. The information shared over the pages ahead is sourced from over a decade of personal reporting files as well as conversations and interviews with the many who have played a part in seminal moments, be they friends or professional acquaintances of the royals and those working for the monarchy, Palace aides and courtiers past and present, insiders from the world of politics and media, and, as you’ll see, occasionally royal family members themselves. Parts of this book will burn my bridges for good. But to tell the full story, there’s no holding back. Not anymore. We’re in the endgame.

1 The Queen and Her Piper Elizabeth II’s Final Days Life seems to go on without effort when I am filled with music. —George Eliot, The Mill on the Floss So the days, the last days, blow about in a memory, hazy autumnal, all alike as leaves: until a day unlike any other I’ve lived. —Truman Capote, Breakfast at Tiffany’s

On

the morning of September 6, 2022, at Balmoral Castle, a fiftythousand-acre royal estate situated deep in the northeastern corner of the rugged, mystical Scottish Highlands, the piper to the sovereign, Pipe Major Paul Burns, started his day the same as he had done for over a year. Standing below the draped bay windows of Her Majesty’s quarters, he fired up his bagpipes at 9:00 a.m. sharp to “wake the Queen.” She was, of course, already up at this time (since 7:30 a.m.), but for seventy years of her life it had always been the official start to her day after having a bath and breakfast, and a moment she always looked forward to. Though his fifteen-minute piping session usually started promptly on the hour, those in charge asked him to commence his tune thirty minutes later on this foggy autumn morning due to the Queen’s ailing health and need for rest. As Burns blew air into his instrument’s flutelike chanter, a low drone crowned by a haunting melody drifted over the sprawling Balmoral grounds, ascended into the forested hills surrounding the castle, and spread into the cloudy sky. To those within earshot, goosebumps were as guaranteed as his presence. Major Burns’s piping prefaced a busy and

important day of engagements for the monarch. At the time, of course, no one knew that this piping session would also herald the Queen’s final day of royal duties. At 11:00 a.m. exactly, the Queen met with Boris Johnson to accept his official resignation as prime minister. The conservative Tory party had pushed him out after a series of disgraceful scandals, and this was his official exit. The meeting lasted forty minutes, with Johnson later sharing that the Queen appeared “bright and focused.” Professional, too—though the monarch privately disliked Johnson because of his behavior (the only one of fifteen prime ministers forced to formally apologize to the sovereign twice), sources said “you wouldn’t have known it” during their time together. At noon, she met with the newly elected party leader, Liz Truss, to officially grant her permission to form a new government. The Queen had always conducted this ceremony, known as the “kissing of hands,” at Buckingham Palace, but, due to her ongoing health struggles and her officially stamped “episodic mobility issues” from which she continued to suffer, Palace officials decided that Truss should make the trip to the Highland estate instead. Less than forty-eight hours earlier, concerned courtiers suggested to the monarch that she might be better off letting Prince Charles carry out the task in her place. After all, the heir had already stood in for his mother at the opening of Parliament four months earlier. But this was one duty the Queen—despite the crippling pain she was experiencing in private—would not step aside from. “It’s my job,” she defiantly told aides. Her meeting with Truss was short, lasting a little under an hour, and the Queen concluded it by allowing a photograph of the two to be released— the monarch with her walking stick in her hand (a dark wood favorite that once belonged to Prince Philip) and a room-lighting smile. Truss looked somewhat out of her element, which proved to be the case—her time as PM lasted a mere seven weeks. After carrying out light reading and correspondence from her desk, the Queen returned to her bedroom after lunch. Two days later, and after she postponed a virtual Privy Council meeting on the advice of doctors, Major Burns piped the Queen awake for what would be the last time. A member of the Royal Regiment of Scotland, Pipe Major Paul Burns took over the piping duties from his predecessor, Pipe Major Richard Grisdale, in late 2021. A forty-six-year-old unassuming man with

distinguished graying temples, solemn eyes, and a welcoming smile, Burns hailed from Ingleby Barwick, a small North Yorkshire town not far from the heathered valleys and Jurassic scenery of the North York Moors. He served as the Queen’s thirteenth piper during her seventy-year reign and was part of a line of pipe majors who stretch back to Queen Victoria’s time on the throne. A dutiful, even-keeled man who is proud of his country and honored to serve, Major Burns told his family and friends on several occasions that it was the job of his dreams. The tradition of the piper to the sovereign began in 1843, after Queen Victoria traveled to the Scottish Highlands to visit John Campbell, the 2nd Marquess of Breadalbane, at Taymouth Castle. The marquess had his own piper, and Queen Victoria fell in love with both the sound of the instrument and the idea of having a piper of her own. She later wrote to her mother, the Duchess of Kent: “We have heard nothing but bagpipes since we have been in the beautiful Highlands, and I am become so fond of it [sic], that I mean to have a Piper, who can, if you like it, pipe every night at Frogmore.” After seeking Campbell’s sage counsel, Queen Victoria ordered her clerk marshal, a member of her royal household, to swear in Angus Mackay as the first official piper to Her Majesty. Since then, pipers, who are present whenever the monarch is in residence, have served the sovereign in this position, establishing what is an unquestionably affecting royal tradition. To most of the thirteen pipers taken on by Queen Elizabeth II, their nickname ended up as “Pipes,” and all the pipe majors quickly developed a lighthearted, friendly rapport that included jokes and cheerful banter with Her Majesty. Scott Methven, who piped for the Queen from 2015 until 2019, enjoyed a particularly warm relationship with Her Majesty. Though the friendship was respectful on both sides, the Queen was never afraid to be the first to break the ice with her pipers, knowing that they would probably be nervous in her presence. “Do you know you’re the first piper to hold the post that I haven’t had to look up to?” she once joked to Methven, who—though broad in stature—stands at just five six. “That was the first thing she said to me,” he later shared. “So, I was like, ‘Right, is that how it’s going to be?! One-liners. Right, here we go!’” And it wasn’t just jokes. The Queen demonstrated her genuine kindness to him when his wife, Morven, was diagnosed with cancer. He was at a loss as to what to do after discovering the tragic news, not wanting to let down the Queen and skip his playing session that evening. But the boss was

having none of it. “No,” the Queen told him that afternoon. “You’re not playing. You’re going to go to the hospital now and sit with your wife.” “She treats everyone with the utmost respect,” he said, adding that when he took time off to be with his wife during her chemotherapy treatments, the British Army wanted to install a new pipe major who didn’t have family matters to attend to. But, once again, the Queen had his back. “I’ve got one Queen’s Piper. And the reason he isn’t here is that he’s away caring for his wife,” she told her staff. “So, you are not replacing him under any circumstances. He is not getting removed from his post because his wife is dying of cancer.” The pipers to the sovereign do more than just pipe in the mornings and at night; they also sometimes play when guests arrive at Buckingham Palace, Balmoral, or any other royal residence where a royal hosts visitors and family members. During the Queen’s final summer at Balmoral, Major Burns greeted many of those who came to visit, including family members who had all grown to love the unwieldy instrument and its rustic tone. For the most part, anyway. Prince Harry has amusingly described the instrument as a “drunken octopus” that, depending on your mood, “could sometimes drive you mad.” Balmoral, in any season, is a beautiful place. The Queen often referred to it as her “happy place.” Located in Aberdeenshire, Scotland, the huge estate is nestled in the foothills of the craggy Cairngorms, a mountain range that includes some of Britain’s highest plateaus and peaks, namely the cratered but towering Mount Lochnagar. It was “Dark Loch na Garr” to Lord Byron, who, in one of his earliest poems, praises the mountain’s rugged glory: “Restore me the rocks where the snow-flake reposes / . . . Oh for the crags that are wild and majestic.” With a stunning view of these sublime peaks, Balmoral Castle sits at the heart of the estate and was acquired by the royal family in 1848, when Prince Albert privately purchased it for Queen Victoria. A Scottish baronial castle built from local granite and outfitted with a seven-story tower and pepper pot turrets, Balmoral predominantly functions as a grand country house for the royal family. Inside the fairy-tale home are stone floors, decorative fireplaces, and dozens of rooms—it’s cavernous but warm, with dark woods accenting all the granite and stone. It’s historically been a quiet Highland retreat for gatherings, shooting parties, and outdoor pursuits such as salmon fishing—the late Prince Philip’s favorite pastime—hunting, and

hiking. Even during the Queen’s later years, she was known to confidently drive her Land Rover Defender over large swathes of the fifty-thousandacre property—both on and off road. “The roads were bumpy and full of potholes, but she handled them all like a pro,” a longtime aide told me. “The further out you go, the easier it is to get lost, but she knew every inch of the estate off by heart.” About a mile from Balmoral’s main castle, up on a hill above the cascading, salmon-rich River Dee, is Craigowan Lodge, a modest (at least by royal standards) seven-bedroom guest house where the Queen and Prince Philip would often stay for part of their summers on the estate. It was at Craigowan where the Queen spent the first month of her final summer at Balmoral, before moving into the castle. Her team there was much leaner than her others, but close aides like her long-serving page of the backstairs, Paul Whybrew, and her sergeant at arms, Barry Mitford, were always nearby. After Philip’s death, these two men dutifully watched TV with their boss in the evenings and brought in her beloved Racing Post newspaper every morning. Also by her side was her personal assistant and advisor, and curator to the Queen, Angela Kelly. A fashion designer and, according to most, a stern woman, Kelly was very protective of the Queen—she even lived with the monarch during her February 2022 bout with Covid, doing everything including reading to her at night and washing her hair. She was one of the Queen’s most trusted aides and confidantes, and a source said she was “indispensable” during Her Majesty’s final weeks. By all accounts, it was a peaceful summer for the Queen after her arrival that July. Sources familiar with her itinerary, and those who had visited her there, shared that she enjoyed spending time sitting in the sun when it was pleasant out. Mobility issues kept her from taking her usual walks, but she did use her staghorn walking stick—a cane suitable for outdoors made from locally sourced wood—to take short strolls around Balmoral’s grounds and watch her two beloved corgis, Sandy and Muick, scamper around the gardens. As a close aide described, “That summer was walks, picnics, and barbecues—all the things the Queen loved to do at Balmoral.” People who spent time with her, including one of the staff members who spoke to me for this book, said she was often “smiling and in good spirits.” Always mindful of the work to be done, the Queen also fulfilled her daily duties without fail—her red box of government papers and briefings

was always up-to-date and close by. All play and no work was never the Queen’s style. In fact, it was loyal aides who had to make sure she paced herself, knowing that for her to do it all, they would have to find ways to spread out her scheduled duties so they didn’t take an irreversible toll on her limited energy. Though she loved attending the annual Braemar Gathering, an historic Highland Games festival near Aberdeen—she missed only two in her life—Palace aides and doctors decided the lively event was not a good idea for the ninety-six-year-old. Courtiers back in London, including the Queen’s private secretary Sir Edward Young, Prince Charles’s private secretary Sir Clive Alderton, and the master of the household Sir Tony Johnstone-Burt, discussed the sovereign’s workload if she didn’t return to Windsor at the end of the season—and how other family members, particularly Charles, could help pick up some of that work in her stead. The monarch usually left her Balmoral retreat in late September or early October to return to palace life, but with her health issues, her departure was looking unlikely. Even before she left, a long-serving Buckingham Palace courtier told me a month before her arrival that they were unsure whether Her Majesty would come back at all. “I have a feeling in the pit of my stomach that this will be the last time we see her head up there,” they said. “There’s a sense that, and I feel scared to even say it, that she may not make it.” Despite her serious health issues and the unwelcome changes to her work schedule, the Queen ensured that Balmoral was a revolving door of close family members sojourning there that summer, including her son Prince Edward and his wife, Sophie, Countess of Wessex, and her grandson Prince William with Kate, then the Duchess of Cambridge, and their children, Prince George, Princess Charlotte, and Prince Louis. And the steadfast Major Burns was there to greet every single one of them who came through the door. The Queen also welcomed friends from every part of her life to Balmoral during her last days. The Reverend Dr. Iain Greenshields was appointed as the moderator of the General Assembly of the Church of Scotland that summer and received a two-day invite on September 3 from the monarch. Unknown to all at the time, his visit would fall on what would become the final weekend of her life. “You could see her fragility, but as soon as she started talking, as soon as she was engaged with you, a very different kind of person emerged,” he said of his time with the monarch. “She was somebody whose memory was

exceptional . . . She spoke very warmly of Scotland and the relationship she had with Scotland and particularly the Balmoral estate where she felt very much at peace in her last days as it was going to turn out to be.” And despite her physical struggles, the Queen’s trademark wit was as sharp as ever. After dining together on the Saturday, the monarch stopped Reverend Dr. Greenshields before he returned to his guest accommodation at the castle’s Tower Rooms. “Your Queen is sending you to the tower,” she said with a smile, chuckling at her own joke. The monarch was also in a reflective mood, Greenshields shared, often reminiscing about the joy she had felt while staying in Scotland. “She loved Balmoral estate and [after lunch] she took me over to the window and she was just showing me the different gardens and flower beds that were there and pointing out the estate that brought her so much comfort and peace in her life.” The pair also spent time reflecting on Her Majesty’s faith and the role it played throughout her seventy-year reign. “[Her faith] was fundamental,” he said. “She said she had no regrets, having started that journey of faith, she had no regrets at all.” On the second day of his visit, Reverend Dr. Greenshields presented the monarch with a parting gift—a handmade cross that an inmate in a rehabilitation program at Glenochil prison gifted him on one of his many visits. “I asked what I could possibly give to somebody who had everything, and she smiled at me. I offered her the cross, and she took it very graciously and thanked me for it and wished me the best.” Just four days later, the Queen passed away peacefully at 3:10 p.m. in her bedroom. The official cause of death later given by Her Majesty’s official apothecary in Scotland, Dr. Douglas James Allan Glass, was “old age.” Her eldest children—Princess Anne, who was in Scotland for royal engagements at the time, and Prince Charles, staying less than ten miles away at his Birkhall residence—each received calls from Dr. Glass to tell them the time had come. Anne spent the night at Balmoral Castle with her mother, and both children got to spend time at her bedside before she passed. “It was what she wanted and what we all prayed for,” a close friend of the family shared. “To have her loved ones close by and for that moment to happen in private.” Prince Andrew, Prince William, Prince Edward, and Sophie, still then the Countess of Wessex, arrived at Aberdeen Airport on a private flight just before 4:00 p.m. that day. Prince Harry—already in Britain with Meghan

for nonroyal engagements—landed almost three hours later, on a separate flight, a story in itself I will get to later. Each family member was given time alone with the Queen as she rested in peace. A final moment in private before the world—which was informed of the sovereign’s passing at 6:10 p.m.—was invited to join the royal family in grief. That night the group was split in two, with Charles, now King, and Camilla, Queen Consort, leaving for Birkhall with William, now next in line, for a dinner together. A top-of-the-heirarchy gathering of sorts. Meanwhile, Andrew, Edward, Sophie, Anne, and Harry sat down for dinner together at Balmoral. Major Burns—dressed in a Balmoral tartan kilt (the only nonroyal allowed to wear this gray-and-red design)—played the pipes in honor of the Queen before they ate. As he stood outside the residence’s dining room, it was the first time Burns had played for guests without the presence of “the boss.” The Queen’s passing in Scotland was considered serendipitous by some in the family. The “land of the brave” was not only a country to which she was duty bound, but also a home with ancestral roots (Her Majesty was a direct descendant of Queen Margaret of Scotland). “It was where she was most at peace,” said Ailsa Anderson, a former press secretary to Queen Elizabeth II. “There had always been plans in place if she were to pass away there.” Indeed, the monarch’s death in Scotland called for an extension within the “Operation London Bridge” plans. “Operation Unicorn” took its code name from the lion (England) and the unicorn (Scotland) featured in the coat of arms for the United Kingdom. The protocol included an additional ceremonial procession in the Scottish capital, Edinburgh, and a service at the city’s St. Giles’ Cathedral. The processions and rituals that followed her ten-day journey from Balmoral to her final resting place in Windsor saw the Queen’s coffin steadfastly accompanied by Princess Anne—a wish the monarch’s daughter had made some years before her mother’s passing. The Princess Royal— whose strong work ethic and no-nonsense attitude were often likened to that of her mother—became a stoic presence for the nation. The six-hour journey from Balmoral to Edinburgh began with six gamekeepers (known locally as ghillies) carefully carrying the coffin out of the castle’s ballroom through to a hearse outside. Major Paul Burns played his bagpipes as the oak coffin passed by him in the dining room. With such an important role to play, he turned to Methven the night before for some sage advice for the

days ahead. “He’s a cracking piper and a good man . . . I told him he would do a fantastic job,” Methven said. As the hearse drove through Aberdeenshire, and then on to Aberdeen and Dundee, Princess Anne, now joined by her husband, Vice Admiral Sir Timothy Lawrence, remained part of the royal cortege until it arrived in Edinburgh. There, Anne and Sir Tim joined other family members for the procession to St. Giles’ Cathedral, where the Queen would lie at rest for twenty-four hours. Reverend Dr. Iain Greenshields, his weekend with the Queen still fresh in his memory, conducted the ceremony that followed, telling the congregation, “Most of us cannot recall a time when she was not our monarch. Committed to the role she assumed in 1952 upon the death of her beloved father, she has been a constant in all of our lives for over seventy years. She was determined to see her work as a form of service to others.” On the final morning of the Scottish portion of the processional, Anne was there again to escort her mother’s coffin to Edinburgh Airport. The Queen’s final journey from Scotland to England was originally planned and documented in “Operation Unicorn” for the Royal Train, but, due to security concerns, Palace aides and government officials decided that the coffin was safer on a plane. The royal standard of Scotland draped over the Queen’s solid oak coffin, and a flowered wreath rested on top, with each flower type representing values and traits that Her Majesty held dear. The dahlias represented kindness, commitment, and perseverance, while the white phlox stood for harmony and understanding. Lovingly picked the day she died by Balmoral staff, the sweet peas—Elizabeth’s favorite—meant “thank you for a lovely time” and “goodbye.” The Scots who gathered at the airport to bid farewell to their beloved Queen waved and, in some cases, wept as soldiers closed the cargo door of the Royal Air Force C-17 that carried her to London. “It has been an honor and a privilege to accompany her on her final journeys,” Anne said of escorting her mother. “Witnessing the love and respect shown by so many on these journeys has been both humbling and uplifting . . . I am also so grateful for the support and understanding offered to my dear brother Charles as he accepts the added responsibilities of the Monarch.” Five days into the ten-day period of national mourning, King Charles and Camilla, Queen Consort, received the coffin at RAF Northolt, on the

western outskirts of London. It was there that the royal family formally handed over her body to the public she served—Her Majesty then lay in state until the day of her funeral. At Westminster Hall, the oldest building on the British parliamentary estate, units from the Sovereign’s Bodyguard, the Foot Guards, and the Household Cavalry Mounted Regiment stood watch as members of the public filed past to pay their respects, a tradition that dates back to 1898, and since then, King George V, King George VI, and Queen Mary have all laid in state before their funerals. And so, it would be no different for Queen Elizabeth II, a woman who valued and cherished tradition. Over four hundred thousand people from every corner of the country and overseas lined up for five days for an opportunity to venerate Her Majesty and her legacy or to just be present for this historical moment. #TheQueue trended on social media, and lines—which could even be seen from planes flying to Heathrow—became an important final scene of the Queen’s life: a national moment of shared experience. Dignitaries from all around the world, including President Joe Biden and First Lady Jill Biden, also stopped by to pay their respects. On September 17, all eight of the Queen’s grandchildren—Peter Phillips, Zara Tindall, Prince William, Prince Harry, Princess Beatrice, Princess Eugenie, Lady Louise, and Viscount Severn—stood in silent vigil beside the catafalque on which her coffin rested. Each was instructed where to stand and what cues to follow. “You were our matriarch, our guide, our loving hand on our backs leading us through this world,” Eugenie and Beatrice wrote in a statement. “You taught us so much and we will cherish those lessons and memories forever.” The morning of the funeral on September 19, 2022, was the culmination of a plan conceived in painstaking detail. A cortege of soldiers and family members escorted the late monarch’s coffin, now draped in the royal standard flag, to Westminster Abbey, resting on the same 123-year-old State Gun Carriage that former Palace officials rolled out for the funeral of her father. Behind the carriage and to the beat of marching drums walked the new King; his sons, William and Harry; and immediate family including Princess Anne, Prince Edward, Prince Andrew, and the late Queen’s first cousin, the Duke of Gloucester. The processional also included Palace officials—the Queen’s master of the household, Tony Johnstone-Burt; the most senior officer of the royal household, Lord Chamberlain Baron Parker of Minsmere; principal private secretary Edward Young; equerry lieutenant

colonel Nana Kofi Twumasi-Ankrah; and Keeper of the Privy Purse Sir Michael John Stevens, the man in charge of the monarchy’s coffers. With a view of Westminster Abbey from the roof of the neighboring Methodist Central Hall, where ABC News was live on air, the rousing sound of bagpipes dolefully echoing through the streets of Westminster is one I won’t soon forget. All air travel was suspended for the solemn occasion, and the silence that immediately followed the procession as Her Majesty was carried into Westminster Abbey by eight soldiers from the Queen’s Company 1st Battalion, Grenadier Guards was profound. The Queen chose the Abbey over the larger St. Paul’s Cathedral because of the medieval church’s significance in her life. The Abbey was where she married Prince Philip in 1947 at the young age of twenty-one, and where, just six years after their union, she was crowned. Her words on the day of her coronation now served as a reminder of her service. “The ceremonies you have seen today are ancient, and some of their origins are veiled in the mists of the past. But their spirit and their meaning shine through the ages never, perhaps, more brightly than now. I have in sincerity pledged myself to your service, as so many of you are pledged to mine,” she said in her first speech as sovereign. “As this day draws to its close, I know that my abiding memory of it will be, not only the solemnity and beauty of the ceremony, but the inspiration of your loyalty and affection.” Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II’s coffin arrived at the Abbey shortly before 11:00 a.m., and it was now her family’s turn to say goodbye to her era. As 4.1 billion people tuned in from around the world to watch the first state funeral since Winston Churchill’s in 1965 (Prince Philip turned down the opportunity for one, not wanting “the fuss”), it was the first in over seventy years to allow viewers to witness firsthand how the royals pass on their hereditary power. After handing over responsibilities and duties to those more physically able in the final few years of her life, the Queen had already put a spotlight on the new representatives of the royal family. King Charles and Camilla, Queen Consort, stood front and center to illustrate the beginning of the new Carolean era, while Prince William and his son Prince George stood closely behind to reinforce the family’s next two generations. For a family that heavily relies on imagery, it was a well-choreographed moment on an emotionally potent day. Just one part of the most complex security apparatus in British history, the Metropolitan Police watched over all two thousand guests from every

corner (and rooftop) as other family members—from the Sussexes to the Wessexes—joined representatives from 168 countries (out of 193 UN member states), eighteen monarchs, fifty-five presidents, and twenty-five prime ministers, including President Joe Biden, President Emmanuel Macron of France, and all of Britain’s living prime ministers. (An envoy from North Korea was present, but representatives from Myanmar, Belarus, and Russia all remained firmly on the no-invite list.) All the guests stood as the choir’s spine-tingling rendition of the nineteenth-century hymn “The Day Thou Gavest, Lord, Is Ended” filled the Abbey with sorrowful acceptance. Major Burns waited patiently in the wings of a balcony overlooking the congregation. It was, he admitted to Methven just days earlier, the most important day of his career, and he wanted to get it right. In the days leading up to the funeral, he practiced in private, but, in just over an hour, there would be no room for error during his rendition of the traditional lament “Sleep, Dearie, Sleep.” Dressed in a kilt of Royal Stewart tartan plaid and the piper’s traditional Glengarry hat, Burns had received instructions earlier in the morning about where he should stand to allow BBC cameras to capture the moment, a small piece of tape marking the exact spot. He always took pride in his bagpipes, but he went the extra distance for this occasion, deep cleaning and polishing the dark, weathered wood and silver tuning slides, even lint-rolling the pipes’ bright blue velvet bag. But before Major Burns’s lament came the religious ceremony led by the Dean of Westminster, David Hoyle. A devout Christian and the proud head of the Church of England, the Queen often spoke about how her faith guided her reign and her personal life. As Archbishop of Canterbury Justin Welby noted during the service, “People of loving service are rare in any walk of life. Leaders of loving service are still rarer.” Every detail, every moment of religious symbolism, was carefully considered by the Queen and her closest aides during the later years of her life. “Her Majesty’s state funeral was so God honoring because that’s exactly how she lived every moment of her life,” a Buckingham Palace courtier said. “The service was a celebration of her life but also a true show of her commitment to God and serving others.” A minister who knew her added that she lived her life “immersed [in Scripture]” (she would read daily and worship privately every Sunday) and wanted people to feel that throughout the service.

For a woman who had purposefully remained so shrouded in mystery during her life, the Queen’s state funeral offered new glimpses into her personality, namely through music and readings, as those elements emphasized the things she respected and loved in her personal life, a rich inner existence she kept mostly to herself. As the national anthem and two-minute silence signaled the end of the service, Major Burns tuned up his bagpipes for his soul-stirring version of “Sleep, Dearie, Sleep.” The Gaelic lullaby brought tears to the eyes of many, including King Charles, who, after touring the nation for eleven days as the new monarch, was “understandably exhausted and emotional,” a senior aide later explained. On this unusually dry and sunny day in London, thousands lined the streets to watch as the funeral procession solemnly moved from the Abbey, past her former Buckingham Palace home, and then to the nearby Wellington Arch, where a cortege would head toward Windsor for the committal service that would officially end Elizabeth II’s reign. Big Ben’s affecting chimes were the only accompaniment to a reigning, powerful silence. This twenty-two-mile journey to Windsor would also lead to the Queen’s final retreat from the public eye. After the high polish of the official proceedings, this homecoming trip returned her from the public to the private sanctuary of her family. For them, the strict protocol of the past eleven days naturally led everyone to demonstrate the famous stiff upper lip and push through the formalities. But there in Windsor, without all the cameras and conventions, they would soon be able to mourn freely as their mother, grandmother, and great-grandmother was returned to the earth. Since her death, Charles had already become king two times over—the day the Queen died and the day of his September 10 proclamation at St. James’s Palace in front of the accession council. At the private committal ceremony that evening, it would happen once again as he symbolically scattered soil on his mother’s coffin in the Royal Vault beneath St. George’s Chapel. Before the last hymn at the burial, the Imperial State Crown, scepter, and orb were removed from the Queen’s coffin by the crown jeweler. As is tradition, the Lord Chamberlain broke his “wand of office” to mark the end of the sovereign’s reign before placing the two pieces on her coffin. Cameras were allowed to capture these final moments for the first time

before Elizabeth II was lowered into the vault, but what happened beyond was kept private—all part of maintaining the mystery and intrigue of the royal family, perhaps the Queen’s last command. For a family so known for sharing some of their most private moments through back channels with the press, this was the one time they all universally agreed to keep the details to themselves. Major Burns was also there to pipe for the monarch’s final act. The image of the lone piper was one that resonated the most with viewers around the world. As he played “A Salute to the Royal Fendersmith,” the haunting timbre of his bagpipes floated over the fields and gardens of Windsor, down to the River Thames, and out to the North Sea. Burns didn’t show it at the time, but he was deeply moved by that moment. Right before his final duty for Her Majesty, he learned of the Queen’s final act for him— ensuring his job was safe. The new king had assured his mother’s dear “Pipes” that he would continue the role under his reign. Inside St. George’s Chapel, as the Queen was finally laid to rest in the King George VI Memorial Chapel, King Charles III wiped away his tears. In a 2011 speech at the Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting in Australia, the Queen quoted an Aboriginal proverb: “We are all visitors to this time, this place. We are just passing through. Our purpose here is to observe, to learn, to grow, to love, and then we return home.” Now, resting by her “strength and stay,” Philip; her beloved parents, George VI and Elizabeth; and her sister, Margaret, she, too, returned home.

2 Shaky Ground The Queen Is Dead, the Monarchy Faces Trouble Above all things our royalty is to be reverenced, and if you begin to poke about it you cannot reverence it . . . Its mystery is its life. We must not let in daylight upon magic. —Walter Bagehot, The English Constitution The Queen is dead, boys. And it’s so lonely on a limb. —The Smiths

Right after his ascension to the throne, we got a snapshot of King Charles III as a sovereign who might prove more “in touch” and affable than his removed and dignified mother. Just hours after the Queen’s death, he ventured outside the gates of Buckingham Palace to shake hands with members of the public during his first walkabout as king. Chatting with those who were close by and smiling at others as they expressed their condolences, the newly minted monarch even allowed one woman to lean forward and kiss him on the cheek. It was a stark contrast to the Queen, whose arm’s-length approach might have seen her wave to well-wishers from the rope line but rarely permitted her to indulge in anything more during her seventy-year reign. Charles, on the other hand, genuinely appeared at ease and unafraid to embrace his fellow supporters. But it’s not a stretch to suggest that this moment was orchestrated and planned by Charles and his team years ago. At seventy-four, Charles was the longest-serving heir apparent in the British monarchy’s history. He had decades to think about and strategize for his time on the throne—time to outline his vision for the monarchy and calculate ways to delineate his reign

from his mother’s. And his vision is not a secret; he’s continually designed and refined it over the years, even publicly addressed it on many occasions. Knowing full well how difficult it is to get an oversize, slow-moving institution to adapt, Charles has long championed a “slimmed-down” monarchy, one that is more modern, agile, and—more importantly for a public that helps foot the royal bill—cost-effective. More than just trimming the fat, the King, who as the Prince of Wales was known for his compassionate activism and progressive thinking (even if some of it resulted in his reputation as a busybody), has stressed to aides that he wants his version of a “modern” monarchy to be more palatable to younger generations. Where his mother brought a brisk, stately detachment, Charles has spoken about wanting a warmer touch. Perhaps he learned some lessons from the late Princess Diana, queen of people’s hearts, both in the tragedy of her life and the genuine value of her work, or maybe his vision was simply born of frustration from a life following the rules and abiding by the way things have always been—a rigid code for living and working as a royal that led to countless struggles with his family, the institution, and the public. Or maybe this is just a way of channeling the passion he brought to his service as the Prince of Wales—his dedication to the environment, his desire to unite religions through interfaith initiatives, and his championing of organic farming—into the smaller window he’ll serve as King. But it can be said for sure that the long-suffering prince who now wears the crown has known for years that if the monarchy is going to survive, it will have to present itself to the world as—at the very least—a leaner, more tolerant, and more personable family and organization. And when the King went out to shake hands with his subjects for the first time on September 9, 2022, he was attempting to present just that. Too bad the image didn’t hold. Less than twelve weeks later, on November 29, Queen Camilla hosted a Violence Against Women and Girls reception at Buckingham Palace. It was a high-profile effort for one of Camilla’s cherished causes and an issue for which she’s advocated over the course of her royal tenure. Held during the United Nations’ 16 Days of Activism Against Gender-Based Violence campaign, the event convened three hundred guests, including charity workers, domestic violence survivors, ambassadors, politicians, journalists, royalty (Queen Rania Al Abdullah of Jordan, Crown Princess Mary of Denmark, and Queen Mathilde of Belgium), and even a Spice Girl—Mel B. Declared a success

by many who attended, it was a reminder of what Camilla is capable of offering in her new role, and an event that signaled the Firm had the ability to stick its neck out to advance a pertinent, substantial, and brave cause (even if they don’t do it often enough). But the next morning a tweet by an attendee started a fire on social media. Ngozi Fulani, a British citizen born in London of African heritage and Caribbean descent and CEO of Sistah Space—a London-based charity that offers support to women and girls of African and Caribbean heritage affected by domestic and sexual abuse—noted that her experience was vastly different from the positive press surrounding it. “Mixed feelings,” she lamented on Twitter, revealing that within ten minutes of arriving, a staff member she referred to as “Lady SH” had touched her dreadlocks without permission and persistently asked where she was “really” from. That aide was Lady Susan Hussey, an eighty-three-year-old lady-in-waiting from Queen Elizabeth II’s reign who had recently been moved into a nonsalaried position of lady of the household, a role that required her to attend Buckingham Palace engagements and mingle with guests. The daughter of the 12th Earl Waldegrave and a prim-looking baroness, Lady Hussey is also a close friend to many within the royal family, including Prince Harry, and one of Prince William’s three godmothers. In a transcript shared by Fulani, she detailed how Hussey had pestered her about her background and asked at least seven times where she was from. After Fulani told her she was British, Hussey pushed back with a follow-up question: “No . . . Where do your people come from?” Even after she expressed exasperation and questioned the Queen’s former confidante, “‘My people’? Lady, what is this?” Hussey continued her offensive inquisition, exclaiming, “Oh, I can see I’m going to have a challenge getting you to say where you’re from. When did you first come here?” This awkward and shocking conversation—witnessed by the leader of the British Women’s Equality Party, Mandu Reid—amounted to a privileged white aristocrat berating a Black woman about her origins while refusing to believe she was only a British citizen. Within hours it became world news, and, once again, the royal institution was in hot water for racist comments and retrograde thinking. Hussey’s casual racism (be it conscious or not) not only scuttled Camilla’s successful event, shifting the focus from a noble cause to controversy, it also came at a time when the royal family was still digging out from Harry and Meghan’s revelation in their March

2021 Oprah interview that “concerns and conversations” were had in the family about “how dark” the skin of their unborn son, Archie, might be. Disgraceful and intrusive, the Hussey episode marred an otherwise meaningful royal engagement. “Standing there in a room packed with people while this violation was taking place was so strange, especially as the event was about violence against women,” Fulani shared. “That feeling of not knowing what to do will never leave me. Almost alone in a roomful of advocates.” There was minimal stalling from Buckingham Palace, who were surprisingly quick to address the issue. “Unacceptable and deeply regrettable comments have been made,” a statement read. “We have reached out to Ngozi Fulani on this matter and are inviting her to discuss all elements of her experience in person if she wishes.” It went on to say that Hussey had stepped aside from her honorary role with immediate effect. Despite the statement’s claim to the contrary, Fulani didn’t receive any official correspondence until almost a week later. The Palace also failed to explain why Lady Susan was put in such a role in the first place. An octogenarian and trusted advisor to the Queen, Hussey might have had respect from the family members, but it was unwise to put her in a publicfacing position at an event with such a diverse crowd at a time when they needed to show some proof of modernization. Like so many at Buckingham Palace, she is from another era, and the mealymouthed excuses that rationalize this kind of behavior—well-meaning folks from that generation don’t know any better, for example—do not cut it. Large, exasperated swathes of the public are weary of these justifications, and our current cancel culture is hostile to them. The press offices in both royal households should be pumping out good news about the family, not countering allegations from their back foot and expending resources apologizing, fixing, and tap-dancing around scandals. The fracas was a reminder that despite the promise of a more tolerant and forward-looking monarchy, this institution was still anything but. Repurposing six of the late Queen’s ladies-in-waiting, a feature of court life dating back to the Middle Ages, instead of allowing the women (all born in the 1930s and ’40s) to gracefully retire set the Firm up for disaster. Ironically, just days earlier, the Palace had made a show of Camilla’s “modern” decision to not hire her own ladies-in-waiting, instead bringing on informal “Queen’s companions.” Though they would not be required to

handle correspondence or administration like Queen Elizabeth II’s righthand women, these six would still be around to “support” her at official engagements. In other words, they’re ladies-in-waiting with fewer duties— hardly any different to the past. And it was more evidence that, although Charles may have a vision for modernity, the reality is the institution is still entrenched in the past, often knowingly dragging arcane, extraneous traditions along with it. This also points to a larger issue: modernizing a thousand-year-old monarchy that just lost its longest-serving sovereign in history is immensely challenging, particularly when the family is usually one blunder away from scandal. A royal source said that Charles knows that if he “pulls on the thread” of change too fast and with too much force, he may unwind the knot that holds it all together. It leaves him in the unfortunate position of resorting to virtue signaling and enacting half measures that may come back to haunt him and compromise the monarchy’s future. Although King Charles has successfully retreated into the solemn sovereign space, the Lady Susan ordeal indicates that perhaps seventy-four years in a bubble of privilege isn’t the most effective training for the top job, and that his decision-making isn’t aligned with his own vision of how he wants this new royal chapter to read. The King should be prepared for a reign under a microscope: the press (at least those who aren’t in his pocket), the public, and his foes will quickly and mercilessly critique everything he does, and they will be unsparing in their judgment. Because of her long service and her beloved stature in the national pantheon, Queen Elizabeth II was often spared this treatment, but Charles gets no such grace. Despite the fact that Hussey is his godmother, Prince William was fast to denounce and remove himself from the ugly ordeal. Behind the scenes, William was “furious” and told his team that he needed to distance himself quickly. “There was just this feeling that it could have been easily avoided,” said a source in his circle. “[William] asked, ‘Why was she there in the first place?!’” Acting the same day the news broke, Kensington Palace spokesman Lee Thompson, who had taken on the job five months earlier, said, “This is a matter for Buckingham Palace, but as the Prince of Wales’s spokesperson I appreciate [that] you’ll want to ask about it. So let me address this head-on: I was really disappointed to hear about the guest’s experience at Buckingham Palace last night.” He went on to say, “Racism

has no place in our society. The comments were unacceptable, and it is right that the individual has stepped aside.” This was a swift rebuke and a remarkably different PR response to what we’ve come to expect from the Palace. William’s decisive action on the matter demonstrates that he is willing to act independently and, added a source, is proof that he is unwilling to dither and defer to Buckingham Palace when a situation demands an immediate, resolute response. As the heir to the throne, he’s savvy enough to know these are moments he can leverage to show the public (and the institution) that he’s his own man, and one ready to be king. His father, said sources, didn’t share the same approach. “It was a rash  .  .  . knee-jerk response,” a Buckingham Palace source remarked. “The feeling was they wanted to disassociate, instead of thinking as a team.” This is quite a different position to the one the Palace adopted when Prince Andrew paid out millions to settle with his sexual abuse accuser, Virginia Giuffre, whose allegations Prince Andrew has always vehemently denied. During this royal cause célèbre, Palace aides told members of the press that Prince William and his father were in “lockstep” over the action to take away Andrew’s titles and military honors—a buzzword that then rippled through the media and one the Palace used to suggest that Charles and his son were joining forces to support Queen Elizabeth II at the tail end of her reign. A nice story, but behind the scenes a different one played out. Knowing the Queen’s soft spot for Andrew and his father’s fear of hurting his brother, sources said it was actually William who encouraged the Queen and Charles to strip the disgraced Duke of York. “William stepped up, but those close to the Queen briefed journalists that it was very much a joined father-son move . . . that’s where the term ‘lockstep’ came in,” said a source close to William. Regardless of the details, it worked, but, because it took so long to coordinate necessary action, it also came at great cost: the bad press was relentless. So much for lockstep now, though. After the Firm’s painfully protracted management of the Andrew scandal and the aftermath of Harry and Meghan’s departure, Kensington Palace sources say William is keen to ensure his own image is no longer impacted by “poor decisions” made by others—be it his father, his uncle, his brother, or any other family member. The prince, said an insider, knows his father’s reign is little more than transitional, if only by virtue of the King’s age, and is acting accordingly:

“There was rarely a moment where [Charles] stepped on his mother’s toes . . . but it’s different with William. He’s eager to establish himself as his own man . . . He’s not giving his father the same space Charles did with the Queen. There’s no time for that.” This father-son relationship was beginning to bristle with tension and one-upmanship, so William’s solo maneuverings around the Hussey trouble added force to the friction. William’s Kensington Palace and King Charles’s Buckingham Palace are now hives of competing agendas and different ideas about how to modernize. Behind closed doors, the King and the Prince of Wales are embracing very different approaches. For William, this isn’t just about ego, claimed a source. Rather, it’s because the institution itself has always put its weight behind him, giving the prince the confidence required to stand apart from his father. This was evident shortly before the Queen’s passing. During June 2022’s Platinum Jubilee concert, it was William who had the biggest moment during the televised event in addressing the public and promoting his own efforts on finding solutions to environmental issues. Charles merely followed up with a short speech dedicated to his mother and the introduction of a comedy sketch starring the late monarch and Paddington Bear. As a Palace aide later remarked, “Nothing is ever a coincidence.” The tussle for the spotlight has only heightened since Charles became King, including the moment William chose to sit down for a rare interview with the Sunday Times scheduled for publication the day after King Charles’s first Trooping the Colour parade, essentially wiping any coverage of the special moment off the front page. It’s also why joint appearances or engagements have been few and far between during the King’s first year on the throne. “Though royal officials don’t like to talk about it, particularly after Charles’s ascension, behind Palace walls, William represents the monarchy’s true next stage.” Charles is the bridge to get there. The prince’s unilateral response notwithstanding, the timing of the Hussey controversy couldn’t have been worse for William and Kate. The story broke on the morning the Waleses were preparing to leave for the United States to roll out the green carpet for his Earthshot Prize ceremony in Boston—a star-studded event at the MGM Music Hall at Fenway billed by a Kensington Palace aide as Prince William’s “Super Bowl moment,” whatever that was supposed to mean. Launched by William and Sir David Attenborough in October 2020, the Earthshot Prize awards one million

British pounds to five individuals or teams whose work offers “ingenious solutions to repair and regenerate our planet.” After William widely announced Earthshot to the world, sources claimed Charles was quietly annoyed. For much of his adult life, he was the one who passionately pushed the environmental cause, often without any acknowledgment. “He had hoped that William would want to involve his father or at least credit him for inspiring him to take on this role, but instead it was as if [Charles’s environmentalism] didn’t even exist,” said a Clarence House source at the time. A glitzy affair for a good cause, the inaugural Earthshot ceremony in London generated a fair share of buzz. The following year’s event was shaping up to be no different, featuring celebrity guests such as actress Catherine O’Hara, football legend David Beckham, and actor Rami Malek, alongside musical performances by the likes of Billie Eilish and Annie Lennox. But by the time they landed in Boston, the furor over Lady Susan was at full volume, drowning out much of the hoopla for the event. The couple flew commercial to make a point, but it was lost on a public already outraged by yet another royal race incident. Both former U.S. secretary of state and current Special Presidential Envoy for Climate John Kerry and the author, diplomat, and member of America’s “royal family” Caroline Kennedy, their chief guests, appeared to tap the brakes on joining the engagement—Kerry cited illness and Kennedy “disrupted travel plans” but in reality, it’s likely they both wanted to see how the scandal played out. (In the end, Kerry did attend the event, and Prince William later met Kennedy for thirty minutes at the John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum.) On the second night, William and Kate attended a Celtics basketball game at TD Garden Arena, where, to their surprise, many fans booed and subjected the royal couple to chants of “USA! USA!” whenever they appeared on the jumbotron. In all fairness, Boston sports fans will boo just about anyone who shows up on their turf, but the latest scandal, along with all the other baggage William and Kate drag around as royals (including their treatment of Harry and Meghan, for one), only made the jeers louder. In fact, there appeared to be little excitement for the royal visit in general (especially compared to the huge cheers I witnessed when traveling with the couple to New York in 2014). When asked what it was like having the royals courtside, Celtics coach Joe Mazzulla retorted, “Jesus, Mary, and Joseph?” before joking he was familiar with only one

royal family and didn’t “know too much about that [British] one, thank you.” Despite the promotional efforts and high expectations, the awards ceremony, by most accounts, didn’t make the playoffs, let alone the Super Bowl. There was, however, halftime show entertainment courtesy of another royal couple. The first trailer for the Sussexes’ intimate Netflix docuseries, Harry & Meghan, released that same day (an intentional move by the streamer, I’m told), promising the “full truth” behind the couple’s departure. “There’s a hierarchy of the family,” Harry said in the clip. “There’s leaking, but there’s also planting of stories.” It was all anyone could talk about. As for the Earthshot ceremony, viewers were less than captivated, to say the least. In the United Kingdom, newspapers claimed the public “switched off” in droves within minutes of the BBC airing it, while the audience watching live in the United States via PBS’s streaming platform fell to the hundreds at times. Despite certain celebrity guests flying in to the “green” event at great expense and using thousands of gallons of jet fuel (Beckham flew on a private jet from Qatar), the environmental award winners themselves were strangely forced to stay at home and appear via Zoom. Rather than buying a new outfit, Kate made a statement by renting her offthe-shoulder gown (a genuinely good idea, but one that has never been repeated at a royal event since). The green carpet the couple walked down at the start of the evening was repurposed from the previous year’s ceremony, but the Palace refused to comment on the fact it was shipped halfway across the world to make the environmentally conscious statement. As for local media coverage, it focused mostly on the cost of the trip for the city ($170,407) and how it would affect traffic. For the first time in their lives, William and Kate now have to deal with image challenges of their very own. In the past, the institution and the public viewed them as the safe and relatively fun couple who toed the company line when required but successfully managed a balance between their private lives and their work responsibilities. Kate cut a popular figure in her fairy-tale role, lighting up rooms with her smile and elegant style, while William’s awareness and vigor provided a much-needed contrast to older, stodgier family members. They worked within the system and coasted on their star power after their 2011 wedding and for much of their tenures as Duke and Duchess of Cambridge. But perhaps they coasted too

long. The higher they rise, the closer they get to the top jobs, the more difficult it has become to separate themselves from all that comes with it. With more pressure on the pair to increase their workloads and deliver more than just agreeable photos for the papers, the Waleses are finally facing more scrutiny from sections of the press and public now unleashed from their respectful relationship with the Queen. * * * It’s not like things were going that well for the Firm before the Queen’s death. After Harry and Meghan shared stories of problematic behaviors and made some damning allegations, and Prince Andrew’s slow-motion fall from grace (stemming from his long friendship with sex traffickers Jeffrey Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell) plunged the family into turmoil, the Palace was in frazzled damage control mode, and Charles—thanks to his plethora of money-related scandals—was doing little right. Even for the usually unscathed William and Kate, their disastrous eight-day Caribbean tour through Commonwealth countries Jamaica, Belize, and the Bahamas in late January 2022 for the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee put them firmly in the firing line. What should have been a simple smile-for-the-cameras trip turned into a PR nightmare for Kensington Palace. And instead of solidifying the monarchy’s presence in the Commonwealth realms (William’s press aides openly billed it as a “charm offensive” when briefing journalists back in London), the tour ended up raising new questions about its future. The problems began before the couple even arrived, with protestors in Belize voicing opposition to the royals’ visit due to a dispute over “contested property” between residents of Indian Creek village and Flora and Fauna International (FFI), a conservation charity that William supports as patron. “Colonial legacy of THEFT continues with PRINCE & FFI” was just one of the many banners in view. Kensington Palace removed the village from their itinerary, but after flying into Belize (on a costly private jet), William and Kate ran into more demonstrations. One hundred people— including leading human rights advocates, professors, and lawyers— released an open letter with a less than celebratory tone. “During her 70 years on the throne, your grandmother has done nothing to redress and atone for the suffering of our ancestors that took place during her reign and/or during the entire period of British trafficking of Africans,

enslavement, indentureship and colonialization,” the Advocates Network wrote. “We encourage you to act accordingly and just ‘sey yuh sorry!’” continued the letter, which also called for reparations. It was then followed by protestors gathering in Kingston, Jamaica. But instead of acknowledging the grievances—or taking the opportunity to meet those leading the growing protests—William and the Palace chose to ignore it all. I was one of just a few journalists who initially challenged the silence, pointing out the arrogance of flying into a country that had been colonized by Britain and the royal family yet again refusing to engage in conversation about it. My contention was only met with hostility from Kensington Palace aides on the tour. “I hope you’re going to set [Omid] straight,” a senior aide said to one of the traveling royal reporters. But there was little reason to—in less than twenty-four hours, the world’s media echoed the same points. Photos of William and Kate in Trench Town clutching the hands of young Black boys and girls through a fence that bore an unfortunate likeness to a cage set the tone for the rest of the trip. At best, it was an unfortunate snapshot; at its worst, it was proof that the all-white and undiverse Palace team was just not equipped to carry out such engagements. Their bosses, Prince William and Kate, then the Duchess of Cambridge, were equally oblivious to the poor optics. “If you were there, it wouldn’t have been as obvious that this was an entirely inappropriate visual to be sending out into the world. The couple wanted to meet as many people as possible and not ignore anyone,” a Kensington Palace staffer explained some months later. Perhaps, I suggested, it would have been avoided entirely if the couple’s team included people of color or those with more sensitivity to what would be appropriate and what wouldn’t. “Maybe,” they replied quietly. The trip was organized months in advance, and all movements were determined by an earlier reconnaissance visit led by members of William’s team and the British Foreign Office. Even though the whole scene was drawn up and presented to Palace officials and the couple, no one found the staging of the pair standing in an old Land Rover to re-create imagery of colonial-era trips made by the Queen and Prince Philip a bad idea. The move—which saw the couple in all-white on a raised platform waving at the all-Black crowds below—was greeted with horror and widely mocked. Only after the world reacted to the photos did those around the couple attempt to distance themselves from the decision. “There were questions,

including from William, about whether it was appropriate,” admitted a Kensington Palace source. “The staging was all at the request of the Jamaican government, not the Palace. They were keen to include the Land Rover, which had been kept for moments like this, but absolutely we should have pushed back.” (Curiously, a spokesperson at the office of the prime minister of Jamaica said this version of the story did not ring true.) Still, a Foreign & Commonwealth Office source countered that before the tour, Kensington Palace officials were only “excited” about the itinerary—there had been no complaints or hesitation. After all this, it hardly came as a surprise that just a day later, Jamaica’s prime minister, Andrew Holness, informed William and Kate (who was bizarrely dressed in the orange and white colors of the People’s National Party, the party in opposition to the prime minister) that Jamaica was “moving on” and ready to remove the Queen as head of state—to their faces. The pair awkwardly stood and smiled, saying little in response. Later that evening, William was said to be “frustrated and irritated” that he was so unprepared for the moment. So far, everything about the trip looked like a throwback to a bygone era of the British Empire. “Had this have been a personal tour, the itinerary would have been different, but this was a trip for the Platinum Jubilee and we had little say in how it would look,” said a Kensington Palace source. The end of the royal family in the Commonwealth realms (fourteen of which remain at the time of this writing) has been in the cards for some time, as countries move to reclaim their postcolonial independence, but arriving in the Caribbean without anything to say on the matter showed that despite the Palace campaign to position William as a “statesman in the making,” he was not as ready for the role as the institution wanted people to believe. As the tour neared the end, and global criticism stretched from the Washington Post to the Independent (whose race correspondent Nadine White called it “offensively tone deaf”), Kensington Palace attempted to fix the PR mess. “It needed swift action and, yes, there has been a tendency in the past to sit on these problems or just hope they go away  .  .  . But the feeling at the time was simply ‘How can we make this right?’” said a Palace aide. William soon released a statement that claimed “you learn so much” on foreign visits. “I know,” he added, “that this tour has brought into even sharper focus questions about the past and the future. In Belize, Jamaica

and the Bahamas, that future is for the people to decide upon.” His words certainly cooled some of the coverage, but it was too late to save it. Their tour was already marred by ignorant slip-ups, mistakes, and indelible images that those in the Commonwealth still haven’t forgotten as many realms continue to power forth with their plans for true independence. Following his statement, William’s private secretary, Jean-Christophe Gray, sat down with some of the press pack who traveled with the royal couple during the flight back to England. He briefed lines about the lessons learned by William and the “blueprint” for his kingship in the future. Moving forward, he said, the heir and his wife planned to do things “the Cambridge way,” which included abandoning the “never complain, never explain” motto favored by his father and grandmother. Aides also shared details about William’s own plans to modernize how he works when he succeeds his father as the Prince of Wales. From the outset, it was claimed, he would halve the estimated 137 staff Charles employed to create a more cost-effective and “less formal” team. “It is not a criticism of how it was done in the past,” a Kensington Palace aide told The Sun, which also reported that William wanted to “rip up” the royal institution’s rulebook. “But times are changing.” Though he was not yet next in line, William’s remarks came across like a man just years from taking the throne. Charles (who allegedly derived some schadenfreude from his son’s recent missteps and public humiliation) was said to be furious over William’s effrontery. This kind of declaration was for either the Queen or the direct heir to make, not for the second in line. “It was disrespectful  .  .  . Not only was he dangling the carrot of something his father could not deliver, but he also failed to address how he could actually deliver any of that,” an aide huffed. Another source added at the time that William was “out of order” and Charles saw this as a deliberate attempt to upstage him. The Duke of Cambridge screwed up, but he effectively leveraged the moment to tease the public that he could soon be able to bring change. As often envious of his own son’s popularity and favored status in the institution as Prince Charles was, this was already a sensitive topic with him, so this breach in royal etiquette, which he has never spoken about directly with William, apparently “left a mark.” And this wasn’t the only bruise to Charles’s ego. While the trip was still in the planning stages, separate sources said he had advised his son to be “alert and prepared” to the growing calls for reparations. But, as those first

days of the visit proved, William ignored his advice, letting bravado obscure his judgment. Distrust and simmering animosity between father and son are nothing new to their working relationship. A source close to William said, “Though [Charles and William] share a number of passions and interests, their style of leadership is quite different.” An insider in Charles’s camp explained, “Contrary to public belief, [Charles] leads with his head and his heart. [William] is colder in that respect. He just wants to get the job done and has no problem taking prisoners along the way.” Over the years, William has often rejected his father’s counsel, keen to avoid the controversial candidness for which Charles has a reputation. The King is a passionate idea man whose instincts, before he took the throne, often drove him into political matters—his climate crusades, his ecofriendly initiatives (such as his quasi-utopian model town project, Poundbury), and his opposition stances on several government policies. He was notorious in the 1990s and 2000s for lobbying with prime ministers and politicians on a plethora of issues. But this outspokenness landed him in hot water. As next in line (or applicable to any senior royal, for that matter), Charles was supposed to always be apolitical, even when he vehemently disagreed with a government position. Those who wear the crown should never express public opinions on political matters or policy, no matter how misguided or noxious they might be—it’s why no one ever knew, even posthumously, any of Queen Elizabeth II’s political leanings or opinions. For William, who always admired his grandmother’s example of political neutrality, “he doesn’t want to follow that same path [as his father],” said a source. “There is a lot he wants to do differently.” Since his ascension, however, King Charles has at least proved more reserved than Prince Charles. But the question remains, will it last? Considering the ongoing drama in the Firm, it seems unlikely he will be able to rise above it all for long. The new king is still dealing with the fallout from his inability to convene and command his own family. His ineptitude surrounding the Harry and Meghan saga has effectively turned the couple into the disruptors they were feared to become in the first place. “And so much of it could have been prevented,” said a mutual family friend. “For so long Harry had made it clear that he and Meghan simply wanted to be heard. That they wanted the opportunity to sit down and talk through the past, from both perspectives, and find a way to move forward. For Harry, it was about seeking accountability and, where appropriate,

apologies.” Stubborn as ever, it was the one thing Charles refused to give them—even if it meant risking damage to the Crown. A former Clarence House staff member said Charles was encouraged by senior aides and, on at least one occasion, the Queen herself to swallow his pride. “Just tell him what he needs to hear  .  .  . That’s what was said,” admitted the former employee. Instead, Charles chose to say nothing and turn the other way as the Sussexes shared their story via Netflix in December 2022 and Harry’s memoir a month later. A record-breaking global bestseller on its release day, Spare revealed the full unvarnished story of the family’s fractures. After watching so many others (including myself) tell their story, Harry quite rightly wanted his turn to put his own voice on the historical record. And that he did, describing decades of simmering resentment between his brother and the true depths of their falling-out. Even more damaging to the Firm were the revelations about how his family, including Camilla, had leaked personal details about his life to save their own skin. Despite the many opportunities to discuss his grievances ahead of the publication of the book, Charles instead chose to keep his distance for months. Harry and his father swapped a few words over Christmas 2022, but it wasn’t until after the January 10, 2023, release of the memoir that they had their first proper conversation. Encouraged by a close friend, the Duke of Sussex reached out to Charles by phone to try to discuss some of the unresolved issues between them. “It was an awkward conversation, but he knew if he didn’t make those first steps, there would never be any progress,” said a friend of the prince. “There were no raised voices, no arguments  .  .  . but the King was cold and brief rather than open to any proper dialogue.” With no significant resolution or outcome from the father-son conversation, Charles had once again wasted an opportunity to take the upper hand and let bygones be bygones for the sake of family harmony. “It’s complex, but there’s increasing frustration from some of the wider circle of family members that Charles won’t just fix things for the sake of everyone,” said a royal source. And the institution needs it. Just three months after the publication of Spare, the royal family’s approval rating fell to its lowest level in years: 47 percent, down six points since before the book’s launch. In fact, several independent polls have shown that all senior

royals (including the Sussexes themselves) have been affected by the fallout. The responses to claims by Harry and Meghan have followed a pattern of avoidance and dissembling. I’ve repeatedly witnessed up close how Palace aides do their best to muddy the truths the couple shared with the world (be it with misleading briefings to newspapers or, in some cases, lies to inquiring journalists), but the issues they raised—from institutional cruelty to unconscious racial bias—still loom large over the monarchy. None of this was helped by the fact that the Sussexes remain as much of the royal story today as the day they stepped back from their roles. For most royal correspondents, the couple are still the only surefire way to get prominent headlines and online traffic, whether it was the months of “will they, won’t they” stories about the couple attending the coronation or the breathless running commentary about the state of their various business deals in the United States. Instead of completely walking away from the Firm, they’ve unintentionally taken much of the royal spotlight with them to America. Determined to live their lives apart from the royal apparatus, they have managed to make their own way, enjoying a reasonable amount of support (and experiencing some missteps and failures) all on their own terms. Both the institution and the family still can’t seem to come to grips with that fact. Or move on. I’ve watched Kensington Palace and Buckingham Palace repeatedly get worried about being upstaged and derailed by the couple, and leak negative information on Harry and Meghan—a tactic that started before they even got married—during moments that could easily be focused on genuine royal news instead. Around significant birthdays, Palace aides are often eager to quietly provide one or two outlets with access to a select group of sources for quotes and background information to use in puff pieces celebrating the life and work of that royal. When Kate turned thirty in 2012, I was pleasantly surprised at how—only eighteen months into my time covering the young royals—Kensington Palace officials happily assisted me with exclusive details as I put together a special issue of Us Weekly. For William’s fortieth in June 2022, the Daily Mail—a paper whose complex relationship with the Firm has shifted over the decades but is currently very cozy—provided one of the big birthday reads. With contributions from those closest to William (friends and aides who were given tacit approval), the “intimate portrait” promised the “true

story” of a king in the making but, in the end, mostly delivered a list of familial complaints about Harry. Instead of hearing more about William’s ambitious environmental plans, we were told in detail by royal sources that he “alternates between grief and anger” over Harry’s life decisions and feels his brother “has 100 percent crossed [a] line” by speaking publicly about his struggles within the family. And rather than share how William was preparing for his role as the Prince of Wales and taking over the Duchy of Cornwall, we heard from people close to him about how Harry has been “sucked into an alien world [in California] and there’s fuck all [William] can do about it.” Still, opined one close friend, “William is absolutely allergic to drama,” before proceeding to air his grievances about Meghan. Could have fooled me! The article had an air of insecurity, and instead of showing a transformational prince at work, it inadvertently cast William as a petulant, grudging brother who is so consumed by Harry’s decisions (and his anger over making them all so public) that he, and those around him, are unable to even put it aside to seize his moments. It’s one of the many events that highlight William’s metamorphosis into what some have described as a hotheaded “company man”—an institutional champion who’s privately embraced the draconian tactics of an antiquated and often vicious institution, and an heir increasingly comfortable with the Palace’s dirty tricks and the courtiers who dream them up. Famously dubbed the “men in gray,” the institution’s Palace courtiers and private secretaries form a wall of hard-line establishment types who uphold and preserve the Crown’s interests, no matter the cost. With ties to the government and the shadow players who hold the reins of power, these men and sometimes women (though there are still very few in senior roles) are often the operators, strategists, and family confidantes running the show and managing the royal brand behind palace walls. They are both the lifeblood of the institution and, at many times, its most glaring fault line. Already considered a throwback organization, the institution is increasingly caught up in a self-perpetuating cycle. Most of those who work there are plucked from a tiny minority of British society—white, privileged, and well-heeled. Recent statistics may suggest that Palace staff diversity is on the rise, but when you only look at senior-level aides—and not the junior household staff who check the diversity boxes—the lack of progressive hires has left minimal space for diversity of opinion or thought. They

adhere to what they know, and what they know is often outdated and ineffectual. Time and time again, the institutional operatives have demonstrated that they are incapable of managing the scandals that the family routinely throw their way. From the Diana debacle of the 1990s to Andrew’s litany of disgraces and the current family feuds, the institutional operators rarely get in front of anything. They often find themselves in a scramble to fix and cover up, and then roll out shoddy PR techniques that stop way short of solving the problem. These over-rehearsed, lacking responses prove there is no learned wisdom—they make the same mistakes over and over again. Their management of the Harry and Meghan saga is the latest and most glaring example. Back when Meghan married into the House of Windsor, the Sussexes joined William and Kate as representatives of the next generation of royals. Dubbed the “Fab Four” by the press, the two couples commanded global attention and gave the monarchy a new shine and allure. It barely lasted two years. William and Kate have done their best to keep some of that momentum going since Harry and Meghan’s departure, and Kate is assuredly the last glamorous figure in the lineup as William assumes a more stolid role, but there is an unmistakable void. And one that is harder to fill than they ever expected. A short-lived campaign to bring forward Edward and his wife, Sophie, to create a new dynamic foursome failed to inspire an indifferent public and did nothing to make young people interested. As a soft-spoken prince more at home in the West End or on Broadway than on the royal stage, Edward and his wife’s quick dispatch to push the family out of the ditch after the Oprah interview did little to help get the show back on the road. Outside of the United Kingdom, few know of the couple, despite both being active working members of the family (they carry out an average of over 130 engagements each per year). In the United Kingdom, few follow them. “Oprah who?” the then Countess of Wessex said in a conveniently timed June 2021 interview and at-home-style photo shoot with the Telegraph. “You know, if you’re not into chat shows, there’s no reason why you should know who she is. Certainly not in this country, anyway.” The same could have been said about them. Whether it was a “joke” (as a source close to the couple later claimed it was) or not, the comments about the world’s most successful Black woman and one of the biggest faces in entertainment made them seem stuffy or tin-eared at best, and casually bigoted at worst. Now

the Duke and Duchess of Edinburgh—Charles conferred Prince Philip’s title in March 2023 on the condition that their son, Viscount Severn, won’t one day inherit it—Edward and Sophie continue with their work, but the media isn’t paying much attention. When the couple was dispatched to the Cayman Islands, Turks and Caicos Islands, and the Bahamas in February 2023, the only outlets who covered their movements in the first few days were the Cayman Compass and Cayman News Service. As a top Fleet Street editor once told me, “I’d have more luck putting my mum on the front page.” What may seem like a trivial episode by itself, Sophie’s Oprah gaffe is yet another page to add to the history of recent royal screw-ups. Put together, these miscues make up a dossier that could be used to prove that the institution is an anachronistic, intolerant organization steeped in bigotry and privilege. And an expensive one at that. In late June 2023, the Sovereign Grant Report, an annual document that outlines the royal family’s expenditures, revealed that spending had risen by 5 percent from the previous year to £107.5 million (the second time in history it had broken the £100 million mark). Despite Charles campaigning on environmental issues, reports for 2022 and 2023 also revealed that he still regularly travels by helicopter between his numerous royal residences at an average cost of £15,000 per flight. William and Kate’s ill-fated Caribbean tour cost £226,000 in flights and accommodation alone. For British taxpayers still in the middle of a cost-of-living crisis, the news was once again a tough pill to swallow. Tone-deaf, racist, and financially reckless are three charges the Firm has had to deal with over the years, but when Queen Elizabeth II was at the helm she managed to keep much of it at bay. She was a unifying force for both the family and the institution—and the monarchy was still valued by the majority, despite its obvious struggles and mistakes. As a sovereign committed to a lifetime of service and duty to something larger than any one person, the late Queen disappeared into the role and allowed the public to project onto her whatever they needed to believe. She symbolized the heavy crown she wore. By staying true to the old adage “never complain, never explain” and removing herself from her family’s unending dramas—sometimes to the point of seeming too distant—Elizabeth II sustained the enigma of the Crown. “She was never born to be Queen but from an early age she got the

understanding that when you abandon your duty or put yourself before your duty, bad things happen,” said biographer and Queen of Our Times author Robert Hardman. “She continued that level of dedication until the very end.” Despite the century’s upheavals and several anni horribiles, she kept a large part of the public on her side through her voice of perseverance, stability, and defiance against history’s pitiless forces. After the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, it was the Queen who said, “Grief is the price of love.” And during the relentless isolation of the Covid pandemic, she reassuringly reminded us, “We will meet again.” She always spoke with a dedication to endurance, no matter the obstacle. Admittedly this is an almost impossible act to follow and one that may no longer even work in this day, but what we see already is a monarchy struggling to define itself in the reign of King Charles. Two men who had most of their lives to learn from the best are proving they’ve not learned nearly enough. With clashing approaches and opinions, Charles and William are playing out an increasing struggle between father and son in front of a global audience. The dysfunction goes way beyond parent and child, though. The institution and the family seem unable, even unwilling, to change with the times. The Ngozi Fulani and Lady Susan Hussey scandal is proof that a monarchy so defined by its own superior, steadfast place in history lacks the agility and improvisational thinking to change with a rapidly transforming world. Seventeen days after the race scandal first made headlines, Fulani was finally invited to Buckingham Palace to sit down with Hussey for a face-to-face conversation. The pair, I’m told, “reluctantly” agreed to allow Palace officials to share a photo of their encounter with the media. According to a Palace statement, the meeting was “filled with warmth and understanding.” Lady Susan “offered her sincere apologies for the comments that were made and the distress they caused to Ms. Fulani. Ms. Fulani [has] accepted this apology and appreciates that no malice was intended.” For the charity boss, who endured weeks of online trolling, violent threats, and defamatory remarks from radical right-wing media outlets, it all did little to heal her pain. And despite Buckingham Palace’s claims that they, too, had apologized for the incident, Fulani revealed on March 8, 2023, that she never received a direct apology from the institution. “If you’re sorry, tell me you’re sorry,” she said. “I don’t see what is so hard to say, ‘I’m sorry.’ You sent me the invitation, so you know how to find me.

You know how to say sorry.” That same day, International Women’s Day, the activist announced she would be stepping down from her charity due to safety concerns and continued harassment. Meanwhile, Lady Susan returned to the royal fold, performing official duties on February 21, attending a memorial service of a courtier on behalf of Princess Anne. In June, she was seen laughing and joking with Charles and Camilla in the monarch’s box at Royal Ascot—firmly back in the royals’ inner circle. Courtiers, ladies-in-waiting, meaningless PR stunts—they all point to the same problem. Hailing from an incredibly shrinking, old-fashioned world of land barons, polo fields, and posh formality, the royal family is finding it is debilitatingly out-of-touch, even expendable, with an increasing percentage of the public. Those within the institution are aware of the changing public opinion, a growing many of whom are either apathetic to or stand fiercely against the monarchy. The fear is how bad things will get when Queen Elizabeth II is all but a distant memory. “It’s a worry that is discussed on a regular basis,” a senior aide who served the late monarch for more than a decade told me after I explained the premise of this book during a private meeting. “How we make that work . . . I’m not sure I have an answer for that yet.”

3 “Oh God, I Hate This” King Charles’s Premiere My days, which are at best but dull and hoary Mere glimmering and decays. —Henry Vaughan, “Friends Departed” I always admired virtue, but I could never imitate it. —King Charles II

Official duties were pressing. On September 13, 2022, just five days after Queen Elizabeth II’s death, the new King Charles traveled to Belfast’s magnificently Gothic St. Anne’s Cathedral for a remembrance service for his mother and to receive a motion of condolence from the Northern Ireland Assembly in nearby Hillsborough Castle. Following a moving memorial that included readings, hymns, a touching Gaelic blessing, and echoing blasts from St. Anne’s massive pipe organ, Charles made his way through the gentle slopes and scenic countryside of County Down to the village of Hillsborough. A Georgian mansion built in the eighteenth century, Hillsborough Castle sits at the center of a hundred acres of parkland, where its large walled garden expands out to the edge of a wood and trails meander to a picturesque lake. It is the King’s kind of place—a swath of cultivated refinement bordered by unspoiled nature. Inside there is fine art and gilded staterooms, outside an oxygenating forest, wildflowers, and bees. But even in such a pleasant setting, with an audience present solely to commemorate the late Queen and honor their new sovereign, Charles couldn’t contain his frustration and legendary irascibility. While signing the

castle’s visitor book, he suddenly lost his cool, throwing what can only be called a petulant temper tantrum. His target: a leaky fountain pen. Caught on video, it was an amusing but revealing scene. Sitting at an antique wooden desk dressed up with a vase of lilies and a gold, royal accoutrement, Charles, already cranky from writing in the wrong date, now faced the calamity of a malfunctioning pen. Noticing the leaking ink, he blurted out, “Oh God, I hate this pen!” After he stood up and brusquely handed it to his Queen, who was equally irked (“Oh look, it’s going everywhere!”), the new King grumpily wiped his fingers. He was almost to the point of stamping his feet when he said through gritted teeth, “I can’t bear this bloody thing  .  .  . every stinking time!” Shoving his inky handkerchief into his pocket, Charles left the room in a grumble while Camilla calmly sat down and signed the book. She did what most of us would have done in this situation—a simple solution, really: she used another pen. Now, it’s hard to blame him for his crankiness—tradition and duty required a grieving seventy-four-year-old man to tour the United Kingdom and work through an extensive list of “sadmin” just days after his mother’s final hours and the traditional obsequies. And who among us hasn’t cursed something for not working exactly how we want it to, reverting to peevish, childlike behavior, regardless of our age? The difference, however, is that this particular son who couldn’t calmly handle a leaky pen also happens to be King Charles III, the new monarch of Great Britain, the next representative of a bloodline dynasty, and, for many, a symbol of British stability and fortitude. He is the head of state and the Commonwealth, commander-in-chief of the British Armed Forces, and the presiding supreme governor of the Church of England. Some composure is required and expected, especially so when your predecessor was celebrated as the living embodiment of grace under pressure. A faulty pen is hardly a tragedy. With the world’s eyes on him and question marks about his moral character and fitness to serve littering his first days on the throne, it’s fair to say the new monarch should have known better. This little “episode” immediately went viral, and the next day nicknames like “Grumpy King” emerged, and news coverage naturally zeroed in on it. “I think in that moment everyone rushed to compare him to his calm mother,” said a former Charles aide, “but they forgot that he’s also Prince Philip’s son, too  .  .  . And that moment was very Prince Philip.”

Added a close source, “The King can be great fun to be around, but he’s also a terrible grouch at times. I don’t think he knows how to hide it.” This crotchety flare-up might not have piqued and amused the media and public to such an extent had it not been for another sour display of impatience just a few days prior. A mere forty-eight hours after the Queen’s death, while signing the historic proclamation of his new position as King in Henry VIII’s St. James’s Palace, Charles furiously gestured to his private secretary Clive Alderton to remove a tray of pens (bloody stationery again!) and inkpot (an old gift from his sons), baring his teeth in a grimace as he nearly pushed the lot off the desk. And, naturally, with little concern for optics, he did this with the world watching and waiting to see the new King in action. Online clips and headlines quickly followed. Despite the occasion’s solemnity, there was the new monarch publicly making a fuss over a triviality, bungling his special moment by flashing his temper during the official proceedings for his own ascension while signing his very first document as King. Hadn’t the man had decades of training for this exact situation? Are the cosseted prince-cum-king’s worst instincts undeterred even by the gravity of history? Is he actually up for the job? These are worthwhile questions, and because of his testy display, they floated to the surface for many even during the deluge of royal pomp that was Charles’s first official act as King. The customary royal grandstanding designed to captivate and distort couldn’t efface the lasting image of a noticeably prickly Charles. The visual takeaway from his proclamation was an irritable new king passively berating an aide for overcrowding his desk. So, by the time the leaky pen set him off a couple of days later, cantankerous King Charles and his quick temper were ripe for criticism, cued up for memes and punch lines. The Queen hadn’t been gone even a week, and already the fragile mystique was cracking. This was the inauguration of a new sovereign who spent decades waiting for the top job, but it immediately appeared as if Charles was illprepared for—and uncomfortable in—his new role as King and that the Palace failed to properly onboard their new CEO. It was a deflating, inauspicious start—insignificant on the surface and at the time, but consequential for the Firm’s long-term branding and optics campaign for the monarchy’s next iteration. And it was telling. It demonstrated that Charles and the institution still hadn’t grasped the power of social media

and the internet, a fact that, frankly, seems blindly incompetent at best. Think of it this way: Imagine if Apple had decades to roll out a revolutionary new successor to the iPhone, one they’d spent a great deal of time and money hyping up as an emblem of the next generation of communication, and then clumsily unveiled, with great fanfare, a throwback, temperamental flip phone riddled with software bugs. And doing so while somehow unaware that they were under a microscope and at the mercy of trends, unceasing opinion, and the new world order’s outrage machine. Royalist press brushed off the pen blunders as nothing but harmless gaffes, à la those of President Joe Biden, with one journalist at The Times calling them just “a bit of grouchiness,” but it was more than that. “Those two moments made me realize we might have our work cut out for us,” a Buckingham Palace staffer told me. “People were willing to overlook it because he was a son in mourning, but afterward there were conversations about how those situations can be best avoided in the future.” Added another source, “It irritates him when he hears from those on his staff making comments like ‘Well, the Queen wouldn’t have done it that way’ or ‘The Queen would have done it like this . . .’” It didn’t help that so early in his reign sources close to the King claimed he was already a little frustrated by the burden of daily red box paper shuffling and rubber-stamping—the executive work that Queen Elizabeth II relished and considered an anchoring component of her position. Right out of the gate, Charles was a little overwhelmed by it all, easily irked, and perhaps even a bit wistful for his former job as heir apparent and the freedom it provided. Although he had official duties as Prince of Wales, he was less restricted to express frustration or passion, and in some cases, he was free to crusade for issues like sustainability in the private sector and alternate medicines. As the new role transforms him, the job requiring quiet forbearance instead of vigorous debate (and resistance, in the case of the 2003 invasion of Iraq), the opinionated, activist prince must retreat behind the stately remove of the king’s throne. Adopt, adapt, and abide, just like his mother did. This is the expectation of those in the establishment and the institution. But Charles’s shaky start proves that it is much easier to mold and coach a newly minted, young Queen than to administer and transfigure the longestserving intern in the monarchy’s history. Just a month after the media had their fun with “Pengate” (eye roll), King Charles’s premiere hit another

snag in late October, one that presaged a difficult autumn ahead. Before resigning, Prime Minister Liz Truss formally requested that Charles refrain from attending COP27, an annual international climate meeting that the United Nations has organized since 1994 and one he had enthusiastically attended several times in the past. Two years earlier he had delivered the summit’s opening address in Paris. The 2022 conference was held in the Egyptian coastal city of Sharm el-Sheikh during the first two weeks of November. Despite his lifelong campaign for a greener earth and his position as an outspoken, stalwart advocate for climate awareness—a cause and a passion that is now almost synonymous with Charles—the new King wasn’t allowed to go anywhere near it. And the new prime minister who followed, Rishi Sunak, quickly reminded Charles not to pack any bags for Egypt. He “left [Truss’s] request in place,” a No. 10 Downing Street spokesperson declared, adding that the climate summit was “not the right occasion” for the King to attend. Buckingham Palace aides told reporters at the time that he “unanimously agreed” with this request, but those close to Charles said that, behind closed doors, the King was frustrated. Because of his reluctance to completely steer clear of the conference, there was a tussle between Charles and the government, resulting in a compromise: government officials gave him the green light to host a November 4 preconference reception for many of the attendees at Buckingham Palace. The eco warrior was benched for the big game; the last-minute palace soiree was a chance for the King to hit the field for the warm-up—a way to signal his support from a safe and regal distance. This flag up the pole from the gated palace was a far cry from Charles’s usual (and expected) ardent participation at these gatherings. Standing down on issues near to his heart runs against the grain of his personality and counters his hard-earned legacy as a prince who freely wielded his (leakfree) pen and spoke his mind. As his long-standing biographer, Catherine Mayer, says, “One of the ironies with Charles is, when he was young, he felt that the Palace was blocking him from doing what he wanted to do at every turn, and that everything that he’s done, he feels he achieved in spite of the Palace, not because of it.” But now, finally in the king’s throne, he must assume the Palace position, embrace the established, governmentapproved point of view, don the requisite mask. The unbending royal system ever at work.

It’s only fair to point out that this was also just a bit of bad luck for the new King, a chance turn of events that served as an early reality check. Mayer put it this way: “The very first thing that happens to [Charles as King] is that the whole ordeal around his attendance at COP27 becomes a political hot potato.” Possibly stretching the metaphor too thin, it was a hot potato that gave him a proper burn. It was at this point, a source added to me, that Charles begrudgingly accepted that “he can no longer campaign, only highlight.” Added another, “The glass-half-full take on that is he still has, and wants to utilize, the power to convene those who can campaign.” Later in November, just weeks after the COP reception at the palace, another pointed tête-à-tête with Prime Minister Sunak tested this disgruntled acceptance. During closed-door conversations, Sunak and his team pressured the Palace to rethink Charles’s vision for a toned-down, cost-saving coronation, sternly advising them to go big and put on the full show. In keeping with Charles’s overhyped conception of a slimmed-down monarchy—a drum that Charles thundered on for years in preparation for his reign—and “keenly aware” of Britain’s distressing economic woes, the initial messaging out of the Palace in September 2022 was that Charles wanted a smaller, less grandiose coronation. Like his mother, who was also crowned during a time of great austerity and economic difficulties in 1953 (she even saved up her ration coupons to buy enough material for her wedding dress), Charles supposedly wanted to pay attention to the concerns of the nation. His wish, added the Telegraph, was a service that represented “good value.” Sources explained that while he certainly wanted the nation to experience the grandeur and tradition of it all, he wanted a celebration that was within reason and in proportion to the intractable realities that plagued the country. “The King and Queen Consort and their advisers are keenly following the debate to ensure they are striking the right balance between this moment of celebration and something that can be done against a very challenging economic backdrop,” added a source to the Daily Mail. The country had emerged from the Covid crisis in a bit of a state. After public opinion and “the herd” in the Tory party pushed out Prime Minister Boris Johnson and his successor, Truss, barely had time to unpack her things at Downing Street before the same muttering flock forced her resignation, the government was floundering and in disarray. Twin crises strafed the economy: the Russian war on Ukraine, pandemic aftereffects, and a global supply chain crisis led to a full-on cost-of-living emergency,

while a backlog of millions of unbuilt homes, among other issues, precipitated what some argued was a long-gestating housing problem. Workers in various sectors went on strike, including teachers and National Health Service (NHS) employees. And the rippling effects of Brexit continued to rankle a large section of the population. Britain had shunted off the tracks, which further diminished the nation’s standing in the world, and internal unrest fueled the country’s instability. Initially, Charles and officials on the Coronation Committee, comprised of privy counsellors, astutely recognized that a scaled-back coronation during these dire times would signal to the public that the monarchical institution wasn’t completely out of touch and that the new King was also deeply concerned for the state of the nation. And let’s be frank, the King and his team also recognized that a cut-rate coronation was a timely branding and messaging opportunity for the Firm—the new sovereign will do things his way; this is the dawn of a new regal era. It was a chance to demonstrate that he would be a more modern, compassionate monarch whose words about slimming down weren’t just hot air. Leveraging crisis, in whatever way possible, and maximizing royal benchmarks is all in a day’s work for the Palace. Prime Minister Sunak and the government approached the coronation from the opposite position. While Charles wanted to downsize, Sunak and Whitehall (the government) envisioned a full-fat celebratory weekend—the full monty of carriages, a big concert, and national celebration. The Firm saw the coronation as a chance to exude importance through prudence and sensitivity, but the government wanted to distract and redirect by way of extravagance and ballyhoo. It was a two-for-one deal: a good, old-fashioned royal performance would divert public attention from the crises at home— the pre-coronation media hype would dominate the news cycle for months —and stimulate an image-repair process for Britain on the global stage. A source said it was the Queen’s funeral that reminded Sunak and other ministers that a “proper” royal occasion draws an international audience like no other and puts a momentary gloss on reality. The government stance was to harness this moment—the country could use a bit of “Brand Britain” and the public some entertaining diversion. With the Wales children many years away from marriage and jubilees starting only at the twenty-five-year mark, they were also shrewdly aware that Charles’s coronation would be

the last true royal spectacular for years. This, of course, the Palace agreed with. Downing Street prevailed, and Charles ceded his vision for a leaner affair. In a later meeting, Sunak’s cabinet publicly confirmed that the country would proceed with a full-scale coronation. A cabinet spokesperson said, “Obviously, there will be a great deal of attention on the United Kingdom at that time. It will be a moment for us to show the best of Britain in many different aspects.” Immediately following that statement, Palace sources close to Charles backtracked on their earlier words and started to claim that the King rejected the idea of a cut-price coronation weekend. A spokesperson later told reporters in a briefing over Microsoft Teams that the coronation would be a “once in a lifetime” spectacle of glorious pomp and pageantry. It was a humbling autumn for the new King as he discovered that, in some respects, his promotion occasionally felt like a demotion. He may wear the crown, but the system quickly disabused him of the notion that he could always have his way—the King could no longer act like a prince. The fall season was then capped off by an exceedingly cold and trying end to 2022. Charles’s long December was a direct result of the Harry & Meghan documentary series, a media juggernaut that commandeered international attention and dominated the news cycle for weeks. Netflix dropped a teaser for the first three episodes on December 1, and, sure enough, hyperbole and screeching immediately followed. The Daily Mail reported that “allies” of William and Kate referred to the trailer as a “declaration of war.” The Times claimed royal sources believed the Duke and Duchess of Sussex “deliberately torpedoed” the Waleses’ U.S. visit during that time, while the front page of the Daily Express dramatically asked, “Harry, Do You Really Hate Your Family So Much?” Charles was aware that some in other royal quarters were briefing their thoughts and feelings on the series, but within his own court, he requested a wall of silence. “The King was genuinely sad about the entire situation,” a family source said three months later. “He was angry but didn’t want people to speak ill of his son in front of him, either. It was a brief moment where he paused and realized how bad things had become.” The King’s sympathy soon disappeared, however, when it became clear the Harry and Meghan hubbub would overshadow his work, including his participation in a worthwhile cause that received little coverage. Charles

personally donated “substantial” funds to the Felix Project, a charity that redirects surplus food from farms, manufacturers, and supermarkets to food banks. A large chunk of their £1 million starting funding came from the monarch, a noble deed, but the Sussexes and Netflix were all the press could talk about. While the papers and the circus of royal commentators were still condemning and salivating over the teaser clip, Netflix went ahead with a full-length trailer on December 5 before dropping the first trio of episodes three days later. Once again, the attention was diverted away from Charles, who was traveling to northeast Wales for an engagement his team thought would land him every front page. Set in the beautiful Welsh countryside, Wrexham had recently grabbed the world’s attention after actors Ryan Reynolds and Rob McElhenney acquired the local football team, Wrexham AFC—the oldest football club in Wales and the third-oldest professional football club in the world. The motivation for buying the team didn’t exactly come from an undying love of the game. After purchasing the Red Dragons for $2.5 million, the two friends created a docuseries about the team, the town, and their first foray into club ownership. Welcome to Wrexham was a huge success, and as a result, the largely unknown town of Wrexham and its fifth-tier football team entered the zeitgeist. Capitalizing on this media focus, Charles and Camilla ventured to Wrexham to celebrate the village achieving city status in a Queen’s Platinum Jubilee competition the previous year and to tour the Wrexham AFC stadium with McElhenney and Reynolds. For royal events, this one bordered on the flashy side as photographers captured the King and Queen on the field with the two Hollywood stars. Normally, this would have been fodder for prime, positive royal coverage and grist for the mill of royal watchers, but the spotlight was still on the Duke and Duchess of Sussex. The couple’s revelations in the first episodes enthralled millions (Netflix’s highest-viewed documentary ever), agitated royalists, lit up social media, and created a frenzy among the papers. The Mirror’s front page went with “Stop This Royal Circus,” demonstrating the paper has little or no selfawareness, considering it is often a ringmaster for said circus. The Daily Mail took aim at the docuseries’ description of the Commonwealth as “Empire 2.0” with the pearl-clutching headline “Palace Anger at ‘Assault on Queen’s Legacy.’” At the Palace, heads were in hands and migraines were brewing. “[The show] took the wind out of everyone’s sails,” said one

aide. “Here you have the King doing his damnedest best and no one is watching.” Added a second source, “[He] went from not wanting anyone to talk about his son to openly criticizing ‘that fool.’” It was a rousing mini soap opera within the world’s largest soap opera— a level of melodrama only the British royal family can produce. And it eclipsed King Charles at every turn, besting his attempts to highlight his own narrative and promote the monarchy’s new Carolean era. And his long December wasn’t over yet. In the middle of the month, Netflix released the final half of the series, in which Harry claimed he and his wife were victims of “institutional gaslighting” and revealed new details about how his family leaked stories about the couple to score points with the press and other powerful players. These were true bombshells, but, just as they had done throughout the entire Netflix ordeal, both Buckingham Palace and those working with William and Kate remained silent, offering no official statements, though complaining plenty to preferred journalists in the royal rota in the form of anonymous source quotes. Some of Meghan’s claims, including the fact that aides didn’t prep her for her job in the Firm, were “a total lie,” a royal source told the Sunday Times. A “friend” of William’s told the paper, “I reminded him to keep his rifle pointed at the target and not to be distracted, even though it’s all fucking tedious in every sense of the word.” This silence might have benefited the institution, but it didn’t do the King any favors. Up until his first Christmas broadcast from Sandringham, Charles carried on with a few royal events, but he did so in relative obscurity and under a cloud of uncontested accusations and ceaseless media hype about his now excommunicated son. At the December 15 taping of Kate, the Princess of Wales’s Together at Christmas carol service at Westminster Abbey, Charles and Camilla joined other members of the royal family to present a united front against the damning allegations flying over on Netflix. (Curiously, most of the female family members wore matching burgundy coats, a move the Daily Mail called a “dig” at Meghan’s documentary claim that she was unable to wear bright colors during her years as a working royal, though a Palace source told me this is “ridiculous.”) And the following day should have been a big one for the new King. After attending an anti–hate crime meeting at the Jewish Community Security Trust in northwest London, Charles moved on to a nearby Jewish community center that serves all faiths. He brought along a

trunk of rice and canned tuna to donate over the upcoming Chanukah holidays, and, after touring JW3’s facility, he joyfully danced with Holocaust survivors, including Anne Frank’s ninety-three-year-old stepsister, Eva Schloss. His day out was evidence that he was taking some progressive steps as a monarch and that he hadn’t entirely surrendered his passions to the demands of the throne. But in the fallout from Harry and Meghan’s latest round of disclosures, few even noticed. The King’s prerecorded Christmas address from the quire at Windsor Castle’s St. George’s Chapel was perfunctory but heartfelt as he paid tribute to his mother, who was laid to rest in the same location. A few days of holiday rest at Sandringham—where the Wales family, the Wessexes, and Prince Andrew were among guests—were required because the new year was looking ominous. The early January 2023 publication of Spare was on the horizon and with it a collateral storm of revelations. Despite the absence of Prince Harry and his family at the royal family festivities, Charles chose not to reach out to his younger son. Instead, it was Harry who made the effort to wish his father well over the holidays. “Charles was cautious,” a source close to the monarch shared. “He didn’t want to engage in anything other than light chat . . . The message among the family about Harry was he is not to be trusted until they see what is in the book and what he says while promoting it. They all took that seriously.” While some were sad to hear about Harry’s experiences (Prince Edward was one of the few who felt Charles should “properly speak” with his son and try to move on), the majority were cross. While gathered at Sandringham, Princess Anne suggested to Charles that it was time he took away the Sussexes’ Frogmore Cottage home and Prince Andrew’s Royal Lodge residence. “He knew she was right,” said a source, who noted that Anne’s comments would have been related to the fact that Harry and Meghan, and Andrew for that matter, were no longer working royals, rather than a suggestion for punishments. Ahead of Spare’s release, the Firm endured three days of a rapid-fire prepublication promotional blitz for the memoir. In an interview with journalist and friend Tom Bradby on January 8, the Duke of Sussex detailed his estrangement with his family and told the ITV news anchor he was not sure whether he would attend his father’s coronation. The next day’s interview with Anderson Cooper for CBS’s 60 Minutes was notable for two things: Harry’s candidness and Cooper’s on-air disclosure that the Palace demanded to see the full footage of the interview before making any

comments (aides also asked the same thing of ABC’s Good Morning America later that week). Cooper reiterated for the millions watching that this was “something we never do.” The Palace stayed silent. But after its January 10 global release, King Charles made his feelings on the tell-all clear in private, despite not having read a page of the book (just as he refused to watch the Netflix series). The Sussexes’ team received correspondence from Buckingham Palace’s Keeper of the Privy Purse Sir Michael John Stevens, who informed Harry and Meghan that, as they were no longer working royals or based in Britain, they needed to give up the keys to their royal rental, Frogmore Cottage. Although there were reports to the contrary some months later, I spoke to a source close to the couple on the day they were informed, and there was a clear feeling of shock and disappointment as the news sunk in. Renovations at Frogmore had not only been repaid in full by the couple (£2.4 million in total), but they had also covered a lease on the property well into the future. Given that the couple was now banned from access to royal protection (even if they paid for it themselves), staying on the Windsor estate was the Sussex family’s only truly safe option when visiting the United Kingdom, as the grounds are surrounded by armed guards. Several days later Harry spoke about the matter with Charles over the phone. “Don’t you want to see your grandchildren?” the duke asked his father. His silence, followed by a half-hearted declaration that they would always have “somewhere” to stay didn’t, according to a source, give Harry much hope. Sir Michael followed up with a note that Harry would have until early June to clear out the entire residence and return the keys. The final blow came when the couple became aware that King Charles had offered the property to his disgraced brother Prince Andrew, who had spent the past twenty years living at the nearby thirty-room Royal Lodge. In 2003, the disgraced prince had signed a seventy-five-year lease on the property, renting it from the Crown Estate for the bargain price of just £250 a week on the condition he covered the costs of the many renovations it needed (believed to have reached a total of £7.5 million over two decades). Now that Andrew was no longer a working royal and didn’t have any active financial endeavors bringing in money, there was talk that he could no longer afford to continue running the home, though he defiantly told anyone who asked that he had it under control. For Charles, the issue of Frogmore Cottage wasn’t just about punishing his son, though sources say that

“undoubtably” played a significant role; it was also part of the effort to streamline the portfolio of properties being used by members of the family. Slimming down the monarchy also means slimming down the privileges and perks enjoyed by family members. Officially, offering the smaller fivebedroom Frogmore Cottage to his younger brother was Charles’s way of reducing the number of “nonworking” royals paying discounted rent for grand properties, but the timing and the optics suggested this was also a punitive measure aimed at Harry and his family—one that smelled of bitterness and recrimination. Nailing an eviction notice on the front door of Frogmore was unsurprisingly hailed as a “strong decision” by the usual chorus of reactionary royalists and royal reporters. But others in the media found Charles’s Frogmore move petty, including the respected former BBC royal correspondent Peter Hunt. “Instead of building bridges, the head of state is torching them,” he said. “The banishment of his son is cruel, unnecessary, and diminishes Charles.” Staying mum about Harry’s accusations and remaining publicly unconcerned for his son’s well-being while ending his family’s lease on a safe U.K. residence was not a decisive action by a resolute King; it was a cheap shot from a wounded father bound by an institutional system that is often intolerant of human emotion. One all-too-human family complication that the King apparently has a blind spot for is the shameful burden of Prince Andrew and his fall from favor. Stonewalling and expelling his son came easy enough, but it’s a different story with his brother. Offering Frogmore is another sign that the King won’t completely banish Andrew from the picture. Taking advantage of Charles’s brotherly bias, Andrew continued to turn down the keys to Frogmore for months until Sir Michael stopped asking him about it. And despite knowing the uproar that would come from the public, he slithered into an ermine robe for the March 2023 service for the Royal Victorian Order, an event that occurs every four years in the medieval St. George’s Chapel at Windsor Castle, and continued the ceremonial role the Queen failed to take away from her son. Charles is aware that his brother wants to slowly step back into some sort of public role, even if it isn’t as a working royal (a ship that has long sailed). “He held his hands up and said, ‘I can’t stop him,’ but it felt as if he didn’t want to stop him,” said a family source of Andrew’s outing.

Many questioned the King’s judgment, particularly coming on the heels of the Frogmore dustup. Pundits called out Andrew for his brazen audacity and impertinence, including the outspoken former Liberal Democrat politician Norman Baker, who said the Palace allowed Andrew to “play dressing up as a royal for the day when really he should be serving a long period of silence.” Considering the depths of Andrew’s disgrace, whether or not the King quietly approved or even made the final decision about the duke’s appearance at the service is irrelevant. Andrew’s mere presence in ceremonial royal garb was dramatically out of step with public opinion. More than that, it exposed Charles as weak-kneed when it comes to his brother (and his family in general). His judgment came into question once again after he met with Ursula von der Leyen, the president of the European Commission, while she was in London to revise a post-Brexit trade deal between Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland. Given the controversial nature of the deal and the mixed feelings toward the monarchy in Northern Ireland (where praise for the royal family vies with disdain), Charles’s decision to meet with the EU president on the very day Britain’s prime minister signed the new agreement—curiously branded in a press conference as “The Windsor Framework”—was met with skepticism across the political spectrum. To many, this was a monarch sticking his nose into political matters. After outrage intensified, neither government representatives nor Palace officials clarified who decided the meeting between the two was a good idea in the first place. Buckingham Palace told me the King was acting on “government’s advice,” but Downing Street claimed it was the King’s decision. Circumvented by Netflix, overshadowed by his younger son, humbled by the government and the institutional system, and dragged down by his own poor judgment and that of his wayward brother, Charles often stumbled through his first hundred days as King, encountering one obstacle after another. It seemed he couldn’t catch a break. But the monarch did just that at the tail end of an unusually rainy March. The King and Buckingham Palace officials were desperate to carry out the first international trip for the monarch and his consort—an ambassadorial mission to Europe. This was a chance for Charles to promote his new reign and underscore the monarchy’s strength, despite the Sussex dramas and the void left behind after Queen Elizabeth II’s death. Soft power was on the agenda, too. Part of his mission,

on behalf of the U.K. Foreign Office, was also to remind leaders that Britain was still standing tall after Brexit, Covid, and economic and governmental crises stress-tested the country’s foundations. Though the tour was originally scheduled to stop in both France and Germany, anti-government protests in Paris and other French cities forced the Palace to postpone that leg until late September. No one’s fault, but not the luckiest of starts. So with only Germany left, the pressure was on to knock it out of the park: no gaffes or slipups. The terrible timing and bad-luck traps that Charles knows so well were also set again. The Duke of Sussex was at the High Court in London alongside Sir Elton John and other claimants for an unlawful newsgathering lawsuit against the publisher of the Daily Mail, and, because it’s Harry, this usually ignored type of hearing chummed the waters for yet another media frenzy. Taking it in stride and perhaps pulling a page from his mother’s handbook, King Charles left for Germany on March 28 showing all signs that he was undeterred, fully prepared, and buoyed by the Queen Consort’s presence by his side. After arriving in Berlin with an impressive Luftwaffe escort, Charles and Camilla made their way to the historic Brandenburg Gate, where the German president Frank-Walter Steinmeier welcomed the couple with military honors—an unprecedented move that signaled Germany’s strong support for the new King and the monarchy. The following day included another first. Charles shined as the first British monarch to address the Bundestag, the German parliament, with a speech that eloquently enforced the vital importance of both sides maintaining a British-German partnership. Charles further endeared himself to Bundestag lawmakers by speaking German during a portion of his address, one that went beyond the usual royal platitudes and strongly veered into politics with regards to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine (and Germany’s “courageous” move to give military support). It was a powerful address, and one that Social Democratic Party politician Jens Zimmermann claimed saw Charles send a “clear message” by speaking in the country’s native tongue while in the parliamentary chambers. “It was very well-received,” he added. “Much more political than you might have expected. It was very connecting.” On the last day of the royal visit, Charles and Camilla visited Hamburg, a city that was leveled by Allied bombs, particularly those dropped by the Royal Air Force, during World War II’s “area bombing” campaign. Joined by President Steinmeier once again, Charles laid a wreath of remembrance

for all the victims of that war at the magnificently steepled St. Nikolai Church. Before the trip, the Guardian—a newspaper unafraid to criticize the royal family when necessary—ran an opinion piece about his symbolic visit to Hamburg with a headline that read, “For Hamburg, Devastated by Allied Bombing, King Charles’s Visit Is So Much More Than a Photo-op.” He proved that it was, not only in Hamburg but across his entire visit. After a rough start as King at home, Charles proved up for the job abroad. As head of state and a soft-power emissary, he was commanding and unifying —even daringly unconventional—when the situation demanded it. Returning home to England a little lighter after a trip that was hailed as successful by both German and British media, Charles was bolstered and enlivened by his first mission abroad and relieved that his luck had turned. Foreign trips and mingling with leaders and dignitaries have always been two of Charles’s strengths, though it’s not known how often he will get to lean on those skills. Sources say that the King and Queen have received advice from doctors that big overseas working trips should be kept “on the shorter side” as a precaution, meaning those grueling countrywide tours of Canada, Australia, and New Zealand lasting ten to fourteen days might just be a thing of the past. For their winter 2023 visit to Kenya, sources say the schedule of engagements was devised with their ages and health in mind. As is the norm during any trip overseas, the monarch is, without fail, accompanied by a doctor. Although Harry was still in the United Kingdom when he returned from Germany, Charles ignored a request to meet, instead instructing an aide to fob him off with a “too busy” excuse. As for the positive energy generated from his trip, it didn’t last long. Charles found himself in the news for the wrong reasons once again just six days later, during a trip to York for his first Maundy Thursday service as King. Commemorating the Last Supper on the day before Good Friday, the ceremony was adopted by the British monarchy back in 1210, when King John became the first sovereign to distribute alms (money, food, clothing) to mark the occasion. After King Charles II handed out new-minted silver coins in 1662, the alms were thereafter called “Maundy Money.” Duly obligated, the new King Charles carried on this ancient tradition by handing out two purses—one red, the other white—to 148 senior citizens (seventy-four men and seventy-four women) to recognize their service to the church or community. The white purse contained specially forged silver coins commensurate in value to

Charles’s age at the time (seventy-four) while the red one held two commemorative coins, signifying the monarch’s beneficence. All in all, it is a rather harmless, if slightly condescending tradition, one that Queen Elizabeth II made her own as only she could do. It was always quite touching to see her perform the service, either as a young, wide-eyed English rose new to the job or a venerated, battle-tested Queen who embodied royal tradition. Charles performed his part of the service with requisite smiles and adequate respect, knowing that his mother especially cherished this event. But while greeting locals after unveiling a statue of his late mother, Charles experienced something that the late Queen never did at a Maundy Thursday service—eggs hurled in protest. Although smaller in number to those gathered in support, a group of anti-monarchy protestors at the engagement were active and loud, with one shouting at Charles, “This country was built on the blood of slaves!” Among them was twenty-threeyear-old student Patrick Thelwell, who lobbed five raw eggs that narrowly missed the King and Camilla. As yolks spattered across the ground, some well-wishers tried to drown out the protestors’ boos with chants of “God save the King!” The young man was quickly arrested and later sentenced to a hundred hours of community service. The King might have wowed audiences in Germany, but back at home he faced mixed reception, to put it mildly. Three days after the egg missiles, Charles led members of the royal family into Windsor’s St. George’s Chapel for the Easter Sunday service. Practically front and center in the group was Prince Andrew. Glum but arrogant, the Duke of York strode tall next to his sister, Princess Anne, and one step behind King Charles. Prince William and Kate, the Princess of Wales, purposefully kept their distance, but Charles appeared unconcerned, still blithely unaware of the message this sends to the public. The King seemed surprisingly comfortable dragging the baggage of the past into the monarchy’s new era. As the Queen told Harry a few years earlier, “Your father always does what he wants to do.” Charles has finally got his chance, and only he can squander it.

4 Remembrance of Things Past The Ongoing Campaign to Make the Royals Great Again Though worlds may change and go awry While there is still one voice to cry! There’ll always be an England . . . Surely you’re proud, shout it aloud Britons, awake! —Ross Parker and Hughie Charles, from the popular World War II song “There’ll Always Be an England” An element of propaganda, of sales and marketing, always intervened between the inner and the outer person. —Julian Barnes, England, England

June 2, 2022

As far as royal moments go, it was picture perfect. Standing on either side of the Queen was the next chapter of the House of Windsor. Charles, Camilla, William, Kate, Edward, and Sophie, all gathered on Buckingham Palace’s iconic East Wing balcony—their children, including future king Prince George—waving and smiling and putting on a model regal display as planes from the British Royal Air Force, past and present, roared overhead. Trooping the Colour, the official parade for the Queen’s birthday, took place right in the middle of Her Majesty’s Platinum Jubilee celebrations, a four-day public holiday marking seventy years on the throne. From their privileged vantage point, eighteen members of the family looked straight down the length of the Mall, the 930-meter promenade that runs from the palace’s black and gilded wrought iron gates to bustling Trafalgar

Square, and skirts leafy St. James Park and Clarence House along the way. It’s one of the most beautiful parts of central London—tree-lined, stately, and the only place in the city unbothered by painted lines on the streets (because who would want to spoil such a sight?). The Mall looked particularly tranquil and grand on that celebratory June day. A stream of Union Jacks danced in the sixty-nine-degree breeze and a summer-blue sky darted in and out of passing patches of white clouds. A sizable crowd gathered there, too, despite the new, upended reality born from the Covid pandemic’s global upheaval. Well-wishers, monarchists, and tourists were out in full force—some masked, most not, but all doing their bit to commemorate the Queen or to get a peek at history in the making. It was hard not to be a little moved by the crowd’s presence as they lined the fenced-off pavement in support. The day itself was positive, the family catching a much-needed break from the skies above. I’ve covered big-ticket royal occasions like that one many times over, and I’m always amazed at how these moments, be it the birth of a new heir or a royal wedding, can magically whip the unpredictably tempered British weather into producing a sun-soaked day that seems lifted out of time. As the Queen waved to her people and the Red Arrows aerobatic team streaked the sky red, white, and blue in perfect formation, I was reminded that this was the kind of showpiece moment the royal family had done so well during her reign. And, after a few stormy years, this sunshine was just what the Windsors needed—a cheerful occasion to repackage and reissue the royal brand. I was covering the event for ABC News, who partnered with the BBC for the official Platinum Jubilee coverage in the United States, and the two networks had exclusive access to every event. Throughout the four-day celebration, I watched as hundreds of workers and volunteers made sure everything was perfect. “When you’re asked to perform for the Queen, you drop everything,” Ed Sheeran said, smiling backstage on the day of the June 5 concert before he performed his song “Perfect” as a tribute to the monarch and her late husband, Prince Philip. It was a full-circle moment for the singer, who had been inspired by the Queen’s Golden Jubilee concert twenty years earlier (and a showstopping performance of “Layla” by Eric Clapton) to start playing guitar and dream of pop stardom. He added, “There’s no way I wouldn’t be here for this . . . And to be able to pay tribute

to the Duke [of Edinburgh] is just the biggest honor.” Having overseen and participated in the planning of the commemorative events, one of the Queen’s communications secretaries was equally buzzing when I saw them. “It’s been a very proud moment for all of us,” they said with a smile. There’s an almost school reunion–like atmosphere at big royal occasions such as this. It’s often the case that the last time you saw many of the journalists, producers, and TV crews, who flew in from almost every corner of the world, was years prior at the last wedding, birth, or major royal landmark. Even for more critical royal correspondents like me, it’s impossible not to get a little swept up in the spectacle of it all. These are huge moments in history to witness firsthand. And it’s big business—with the financial struggles most media companies are now facing, mega budgets for special coverage are more infrequent than they used to be. Though that was hardly noticeable over at Good Morning America’s plush pop-up studio outside Buckingham Palace. “I mean, this is what you guys do best!” one of the show’s anchors, T. J. Holmes, said to me as I was getting mic’d up for my contributions that day. “No one does pomp, circumstance, and all of this like the royals.” Image advertising and reputational management are practices about which the royal establishment knows a thing or two—that much is certainly true. The family organization’s most famous face, Queen Elizabeth II, was no slouch when it came to crafting visuals to increase the monarchy’s core value to the public, and she assuredly left a messaging framework for Charles to build on. She also recognized that it was paramount to manage the family brand out of view and with minimal fuss, something with which her children and grandchildren haven’t had much success. The Queen and Prince Philip also famously eschewed going overboard on “strategy,” going so far as to half-heartedly embargo the word from the Palace’s working lexicon at one point. The Prince once grumbled to a busied Palace aide that “the only two people who talked more about strategy and planning than [the aide] were Hitler and Stalin.” But strategically or not, the Queen, with the help of Philip, who provided a fresh take on ideas, repeatedly demonstrated that she—perhaps instinctively—understood the importance of marketing, and that this was something she could effectively administer from her position above the fray. She would no doubt bristle at the phrase, but the Queen appreciated the colossal significance of the monarchy’s “value proposition.” To survive, the populace must buy into it.

The perception of the Firm unquestionably ebbed and flowed during the Queen’s reign. Their image suffered from fate’s normal slings and arrows, but it also experienced many crippling self-inflicted wounds, some easily avoidable (Andrew’s idiocy and degeneracy come quickly to mind) and others devastating (Princess Diana). Then again, it often projected a healthy glow, conveying well-timed vim and resolve—the Queen’s visit to Aberfan in Wales after the mining tragedy that took the lives of 116 children in 1966, and her invention of the “walkabout” during a tour of Australia in 1970, where she decided it would be better to stroll and meet more people rather than cruise past in a car. There were also the weddings of Charles and Diana, William and Kate, and Harry and Meghan—each of them a grand affair watched by hundreds of millions that elevated the royal family in front of the world. And through it all, there was the Queen, doing her best to demonstrate the power of tradition and the value of duty. She protected her image and, by extension, the monarchy’s, by consistently rising “over and above” all the squabbles and turmoil, even when problematic members of her family (oh, where do I start?) and some buffoons in the establishment (ahem, Boris Johnson) were doing their best to drag it all down. As a symbol, she was always there, though what she projected evolved over time. As a young monarch, she was a fresh face after the horrors of World War II; then, as a middle-aged Queen, she was a stiff upper lip in the Cold War; and, finally, in her later years, she was a regal grandmother and a sagacious, maternal comfort in an increasingly haywire world. But, unlike other royal books, I’m not here to tell you that the Queen was perfect. After all, a human being lived underneath that regal facade, but Her Majesty did a masterful job at selling the idea that she lived a life exceedingly close to it. It’s one of the things that made her more popular than the monarchy itself. And some, me included, would even argue that her reign often helped mask Britain’s relative decline. For decades, the Queen and her institutional backers expertly maintained and sold this image of unflappable sincerity in a tiara while, behind the scenes, they quietly and steadily reinvented what the monarchy represented and reflected back to the public. As the sun set on the British Empire and the United Kingdom lowered the Union Jacks in the remaining colonies, Great Britain lost its tokens of power and the monarchy much of its luster. The government’s focus increasingly returned to its own harbors

and the many crises it faced as a declining superpower, until war tempted the country into a different kind of foreign adventure altogether, with wideranging results. Margaret Thatcher’s Falklands War provided a patriotic jolt, while Tony Blair’s risky neoconservative interventions in Afghanistan and Iraq divided the country. Brexit further split the British citizenry and more forcefully removed the country from the greater world. Excusing itself from the table of global power, the Great Britain of colonial expansion, World War II greatness, and European solidarity decided it was high time to refocus its energies on “Merry England” and other nation-first interests. The totality of all these changes meant a paradigm shift for the country and its royal establishment. Instead of waving to subjects from the backs of Jeeps in far-flung lands or dining out in black tie with European heads of state, senior members of the royal family found themselves more and more on country lane walkabouts greeting their own citizens. Recognizing these historic shifts and then recalibrating was an essential task for Her Majesty and the Firm. On this front, there were both advances and retreats, but, over time, the Queen and her advisors transformed the monarchy’s image from a regal manifestation of empire and preeminent influence to a domestic expression of continuity, civic obligation, and enigmatic “Britishness.” The Queen became a national icon. “This was a role imposed on her [by an ancient constitution] that really only required that she simply existed, but she brought so much more to it, she made it her own,” said former press secretary to the monarch Ailsa Anderson. But mostly, she was committed to her title role as a fixed star for the nation and a token of traditional Britain and its “old ways” values. Over the years, however, as countries in the Commonwealth continue to make moves toward independence and Scotland grows more comfortable with republican ideas of its own, this royal emblem of “Britain” and “Britishness” has gradually become more of a totem of “England” and “Englishness.” What it really seems to represent is what we might call a “British-Englishness.” To maintain their symbolic position in the British-English firmament, the royal family exhibited what the late author and political theorist Tom Nairn called a “glamour of backwardness” and embraced a “contrived timelessness.” Backward because the family has glorified bygone aristocratic ways and means to great effect and sold it as national emblem,

and timeless in the way they increasingly joined their dynastic heritage with sentimental nationalism and communal longing for sepia-toned stability. This produced a portrait of a “great nation-family” meant to enchant the public and the press. And in many ways, it worked. Somehow staying both above it all and comfortably entwined with normal British life, the family settled into new roles as tourist attractions and tabloid stars. Their successes and blunders were ceaselessly reported on, and the family narrative emerged as a through line in the national story. As both national treasures (the Queen) and soap stars (the rest of the family), the royals mirrored the state of the nation: a mass-market culture nostalgic for a golden age and in search of itself in the tumult of new global realities. Nostalgia is a potent energy, and the practice of harnessing that power to advance agendas and undergird isms is nothing new. Governments and social movements have been doing this for centuries—it’s now standard operating procedure. The Eton College– and Oxford University–educated Boris Johnson and his elitist chums exploited yearnings for the quaint, rural Britishisms of yesteryear to justify Brexit. And, of course, there’s Trumpism. MAGA crowds feverish with grievance and the fear of being left behind gobbled up Donald Trump’s platter of “America First” red meat to such a degree that die-hard Trumpists still believe that only this particular man of wealth, privilege, and dubious moral character truly stands for real American values; only he can restore the country to its former greatness. The list of those who have manipulated nostalgia for less than honorable purposes is a long one—it seems there’s a strong human impulse to practice this dark art. So, when it comes to capitalizing on nostalgia and the feelings that go with it, the royal institution often uses blueprints that history left by the palace gates. And, of course, they’ve also drawn up a few of their own. When Elizabeth II was still in the picture, leveraging nostalgia was never a problem. Here was a woman whose life spanned a majority of the twentieth century and twenty-two years of the twenty-first. She witnessed— and worked through—almost a century’s worth of history’s seesawing—the glories and horrors of the first modern era and the convulsions and breakthroughs in the early hours of the second millennia. In her first radio address in 1940, then Princess Elizabeth, she comforted children around the Commonwealth during the initial spasms of World War II. She was a solemn and strangely comforting presence for many since then—she bucked up the nation when the chips were down and joined us as we

celebrated our collective successes and milestones. There’s also the ubiquity of her image. For seventy years her visage and the royal iconography associated with her appeared on currencies, stamps, flags, postboxes, and all genres of art. And let us not forget the inescapable photographs: the Queen in her kaleidoscope of bright outfits to stand out from the huge crowds at engagements, Franklin D. Roosevelt–like moments by the fireplace at Windsor Castle, warm and cheerful at Christmas gatherings with her family, in a hat for a day at the races or a tiara for a state occasion, and white-gloved and elegant on the balcony for Trooping the Colour. For a woman we actually knew so little about, she was everywhere, and for a long time. These photographs and royal representations helped create a type of folklore imbued with that “British-Englishness” redolent of heritage, convention, and fabled civility—the Great Britain of castles, misty green rolling hills, country parishes, afternoon tea, urbane Londoners, and stoic locals standing by the taps in low-ceilinged pubs. This is quite a magic trick when you step back to objectively take it in. Somehow, all at once, an image of the Queen manages to conjure up an assemblage of national myths, stereotypes, and cultural touchstones. She was fortitude in the trenches, Wellies in the English garden, and courtliness in the palace. Her Majesty, her family, and even their creaky system of birthright and superior lineage are bizarrely as essential to the nation’s collective understanding of itself—its cherished past, its current decline, its stabilizing hope—as the chords of a Beatles song, the novels of Jane Austen, Big Ben’s reverberating chimes, and Stonehenge’s prehistoric circle of rock and mystery. An iconographic transformation like this doesn’t happen overnight, and as the royals have demonstrated, it has tremendous staying power, despite what the outside world violently hurls at the royal gates. Its ancien régime has been long associated with military conquest and colonial expansion, as well as the flag-waving and communal pride, whether warranted or not, that frequently accompany these national moments. Leveraging patriotism is tantalizing, low-hanging fruit and comes almost automatically for the Firm, especially when they need to roll out the pageantry to remind the public of their value. It’s now pro forma for Union Jacks to come out en masse when there’s a coronation, a royal wedding, a funeral, or a milestone like a jubilee.

It must be said that in the past, this patriotic expression for the royal family was often unpolluted by politically charged energies. Because the institution had largely kept the family business out of politics, the public spirit conveyed around royal occasions was generally a celebration of what the monarchy represented to its supporters regardless of their ideological allegiances—the intangibles that comprise national identity. And they waved flags to commemorate their Queen, a singular woman whose elevated, soft power healed and inspired, but always from a dignified distance. This was a preternatural, crowning achievement for the monarchy, given that politics now pervades almost every aspect of our lives. But, as the saying goes, there’s always a chance of having too much of a good thing. Maximizing on patriotic bursts and nostalgic yearnings became established practice for the Firm from the postwar days until the Queen’s death to such an extent that the institution and the family started to rely almost exclusively on these national feelings to repair their image and underscore their raison d’être. Prince Harry found purpose in serving his country in the military, an unquestionably honorable thing to do, but it’s worth mentioning that his time in uniform also gave his “bad-boy” tabloid image a much-needed “for the Mother Country” makeover. While Harry served, the Palace heavily leaned on the young prince’s time on the battlefield in Afghanistan for a boost of its own. It was inevitable that the public would be curious about Harry’s military experience, so, in the interest of stopping prying tabloids from putting Harry or his comrades at risk, Palace publicity gurus carefully released details through their own channels and the Press Association. The Firm considered it a PR win to have one of its own on the front lines. “There was a certain amount of pressure put on Harry by the institution to please the press in that situation,” a source said. “It wasn’t his choice to carry out interviews, but he was told it was the right thing to do.” Thanks to those interviews, the world discovered that Harry personally killed several Taliban fighters, a revelation that made the front pages of every newspaper at the time. This moment of patriotic (even jingoistic) fervor saw the prince declared a national hero— and the royal family a pronounced symbol of wartime national pride. It also demonstrated just how entwined royalism and nationalism actually are. The Firm has seized almost every opportunity to demonstrate the monarchy’s value, and they have had quite a good run of moments in recent years. From the Queen’s Golden Jubilee in 2002 until the Queen’s death in

the fall of 2022, the monarchy had many major events to showcase their wares. For all these banner occasions, they spared no expense and played all the hits: street parties, extended holiday weekends, fireworks displays, splashy television specials, and concerts at the palaces. While the family maintained a unified front (publicly, at least), and with the Queen still on the throne, this reliance on grandstanding kept the monarchy in the papers and front of mind, even if their patriotic swagger and homages to Merry England started to grow increasingly wearisome and transparent. As the Queen aged out of the spotlight and family infighting took its place, their lucky streak came to a discombobulating end. We are entering a potentially uneventful era like the one that endured after Diana’s death until the wedding of the Cambridges fourteen years later. Another long winter is coming for the royal family, and it couldn’t be at a worse time. The reality is, King Charles III and his relatively short reign will never reach the national treasure status that his mother achieved, even with Union Jacks fluttering behind him. Aides on his current team say they are “fully aware” of the difference in popularity he holds. “No one is under any illusion that he has the same pulling power,” a royal source confided. For Charles, he understands that his primary role is to secure the sail until the next in line can steer the ship into new winds. The institution, royalists, government officials, and media devotees (aka the establishment) are riding out the Charles and Camilla years with the hopes that William and Kate and their three children, particularly Prince George, will have what it takes to make the royals great again. Just maintaining, however, is proving difficult work, considering the King is facing increasing opposition to his reign and—it must be said—his personality. The protest eggs hurled at Charles in Yorkshire represent more a precursor than an anomaly. More flew in the King’s direction a month later while he was in Luton, a small town about an hour north of London. And while none of the eggs found their targets, and both King and Queen were unfazed, it’s worth recalling because Queen Elizabeth II was never subject to the egg treatment in her home country. In fact, the only time she faced this kind of protest was during a tour of New Zealand in 1986, in opposition to a treaty the British Crown signed with the country’s native Māori in 1840. “New Zealand has long been renowned for its dairy

produce,” she quipped at the time. “Though I should say that I myself prefer my New Zealand eggs for breakfast.” As proven in recent surveys, there is evidence that a growing percentage of the public is losing patience with the family and respect for the monarchy. Many of the nation’s citizens could see themselves in the Queen’s representation of the monarchy, with its cohesion of national enchantments and values. With King Charles, well, not so much. With the country facing economic crises at home and reputational bruising abroad, large sections of the public are increasingly less tolerant of royal extravagance and family dramas. Even finding entertainment for his coronation concert at Windsor Castle proved a challenge for the organizers. The list of acts who declined the invitation to perform was long and included Sir Elton John, Harry Styles, the Spice Girls, Adele, Taylor Swift, and Ed Sheeran. Sources close to Kylie Minogue—a regular at royal events in the past and very much an honorary Brit—said she turned down the opportunity because of the growing republican movement in her home country of Australia. Contrast that with the lineup for the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee: Queen (with Adam Lambert), Alicia Keys, Sir Rod Stewart, Diana Ross, and, more than happy to clear his schedule for Her Majesty, even Sir Elton. The coronation refusals may seem frivolous, and no doubt some were down to logistics, but the shrug-offs also suggest something deeper at work. Charles just doesn’t have the requisite gravitas, which is understandable, given he’s spent a majority of his life in the wake of the grand-class cruise ship of his mother’s reputation. In fact, positive opinion of the royal family in the United Kingdom dropped from 68 percent to 54 percent within four months of the Queen’s death. In our era of celebrity obsession and pop culture icons, if Elton and Harry Styles can’t be bothered, why should we be? Speaking of Styles, there’s also the institution’s struggle to connect with or appeal to younger generations, particularly Zillenials, Gen Z, and the ones to follow. During their time as working royals, Harry and Meghan, as individuals and as a couple, put a new coat of paint on the House of Windsor and let some fresh air into the Palace. The couple’s generational awareness and interest in progressive social causes fostered a connection between the family and young people of all backgrounds. Three years after the Sussexes’ great escape, however, this connection is lost. As older

millennials in their early forties, William and Kate should still have some vitality to offer, but many of their overtures—such as their rather stiff guest appearances for BBC Radio 1 and its fifteen-to-twenty-nine-year-old audience—may start to come off as slightly contrived. An attempt to connect with a similar audience through a YouTube channel managed a brief buzzy moment in 2021 (racking up over 600,000 subscribers), but most videos posted these days barely reach 25,000 views. * * * If recent cultural disruptions prove anything, it’s that progressive millennials and Gen Zers are determined to remain awake to and aware of the world that lies beyond the borders prescribed to them. Pining for a glorious yesteryear and leaning on a love of country that is partially defined by long-ago wars and atavistic pride doesn’t exactly jibe with the modern worldview. Ready to press reset and usher in a new age of well-informed inclusion, the up-and-coming generations are prepared to jettison the old national emblems in favor of creating a few of their own. When they celebrate their country, they’re doing so for a new Britain they see emerging —one of openness, representation, understanding, and cultural fusion. In this light, the traditional royal family seems decidedly off-brand and the institution a dusty relic. British journalist and social commentator Afua Hagan says, “To many young people who hope to see Britain become a more diverse, equal, and tolerant society, the royal family—or more importantly what they represent—are not part of the picture. They are interested in true modernization rather than trying to force something from the past that is struggling to keep up in a space that has changed dramatically.” As much as the monarchy might like to shoehorn itself into this powerfully reconfigured national identity, it is increasingly unlikely to fully realize this. With the late Queen as the center of attention, it was a less challenging task. Her totemic power meant that a timely public address, staged photo op, or celebration could instantly bring the monarchy back into sharp relief. Minus the late Queen, those showpiece events are already starting to feel somewhat énervant and over-rehearsed. Instead of starting on a new royal chapter, King Charles has simply become the causeway to get to one,

and to many, he is exhibiting what Nairn called “a willful failure to quit a darkening stage.” And William and Kate, who within the institution are considered the true future of the Firm, have thus far shown they, too, haven’t yet figured out how to project new purpose. They may strive to couple some of the old greatness with a fresher perspective, but it’s not going to be easy—the support structure below them is crumbling. Still, this won’t stop the next King and Queen from carefully choosing their moments to try to re-enchant the public. And to do so they will assuredly continue to play all the dusty hits. They’re the only tunes they know.

5 Baggage The Lingering Trials of King Charles At the age of eleven or thereabouts women acquire a poise and an ability to handle difficult situations which a man, if he is lucky, manages to achieve somewhere in the later seventies. —P. G. Wodehouse, Uneasy Money There’s a lot of baggage that comes along with our family, but it’s, like, Louis Vuitton baggage. —Kim Kardashian, Keeping Up with the Kardashians

There came a time when even Queen Elizabeth II reluctantly admitted she was slowing down. She was undeniably committed to the job until the end, but at ninety-five years old, Her Majesty didn’t have the energy or health for every royal event and engagement. If it were solely up to her, she would have kept at it, but much to her chagrin, those around her—including private secretary Edward Young and right-hand woman and dresser Angela Kelly—wouldn’t stop reminding her to take it slower. As a matter of practice, understudies Prince Charles, Prince William, and Princess Anne were already enlisted to fill in for her at investitures, events that required standing for long periods of time. After splitting up most of her travel appointments among senior royals starting in 2015 (after completing a final state visit to Germany), with Charles stepping in to lay the wreaths every Remembrance Sunday since 2017, it was pretty rare to see her away from Balmoral, Windsor Castle, or Buckingham Palace for more than a few hours. But it wasn’t until spring 2021, toward the end of the pandemic, that the monarch quietly took another step toward relinquishing greater duties

by installing Andrew Parker, Baron Parker of Minsmere, as the new Lord Chamberlain, the senior officer of the royal household. Like the Lord Chamberlain who came before him, Parker oversees the departments and staff that support the royal family and serves as a liaison between the House of Lords and the sovereign. A former British intelligence officer who had headed up the storied MI5 counterintelligence and security agency since 2013, Parker—a bespectacled, salt-and-pepperhaired gent whom one aide likened to a “friendly giant” due to his towering frame when standing next to the petite monarch—was a strategic choice. The Queen, whose health was worsening by the month, was nearing the end of her reign, and a slow transition into King Charles’s era was underway. A time of change like this required caution, diplomacy, determination, and sensitivity—essential qualities for a MI5 chief. These are also qualities that Charles hadn’t demonstrated enough of over the years. Indecisive, temperamental, and often in the middle of sticky situations, Charles hadn’t exactly proven himself a port in the storm. In an early 2021 conversation with a senior family member, the Queen confessed that Parker would not only become the new Lord Chamberlain of the household but also, unofficially, and in her words, “my new CEO” of the Firm. A source added that “there was a slight lack of faith in her son . . . She needed someone who could be trusted to be her eyes and ears.” The presence of a strong, commanding figure as the Lord Chamberlain is not without historical precedent. After the dingy 1970s, when the embattled monarchy’s popularity was at a low point, the Firm brought on David Ogilvy, the 13th Earl of Airlie, as Lord Chamberlain in 1983. A banker and businessman, Ogilvy delivered a bottom-line perspective and business acumen to the monarchy’s vision for subtle reinventions. It wasn’t exactly “out with the old and in with the new,” but more akin to “slow and steady wins the race.” Ogilvy and Palace officials transformed the Lord Chamberlain role from a predominantly ceremonial position into an active, participatory job. With the Queen at the helm as CEO, Ogilvy filled in as chairman of the board. He served as Lord Chamberlain until 1997, a guiding force through testing times. He was there for the Queen’s notorious annus horribilis in 1992. The Queen was already comfortable with outsiders and change-makers, and this time she was even ready to quietly hand over some of the reins. The previous Lord Chamberlain, Earl William Peel, had been in the position since 2006, and while trusted and respected by the

monarch, his close friendship with Charles, at times, saw him caught in the middle of the two. This time, however, the Queen and her team worked directly with Parker behind the scenes to create a strategy for the future and a vision for the monarchy beyond her life. She called on Charles for some of the more public-facing duties that she was ready to step aside from. It was a long time coming, but on May 10, 2022, the then Prince of Wales—the oldest heir to the throne in nearly three hundred years—finally had his big moment when Palace and government officials invoked the Regency Act of 1937—Section 6, to be specific. It states, “In the event of illness not amounting to such infirmity of mind or body . . . the Sovereign may, in order to prevent delay or difficulty in the dispatch of public business, by Letters Patent delegate, for the period of that illness or absence, to Counsellors of State such of the royal functions as may be specified in the Letters Patent.” In this case, that meant Charles would step in to perform the ceremonial duty of reciting the “Gracious Speech” at the opening of the new parliamentary session. It wasn’t until the day before that Buckingham Palace announced that the Queen would “reluctantly” miss the event due to “episodic mobility issues”—a well-meaning euphemism for “too old for all that walking” and a convenient way to avoid going into detail about the greater health problems she was privately dealing with. In her seventy-year reign, she missed only two other state openings—those in 1959 and 1963, the years she was pregnant with her spares, Andrew and Edward, respectively. On those occasions, the serving Lord Chancellors read her speech and five Lord Commissioners helped open Parliament, but this time it was Charles’s turn. A man who’s craved validation and admiration from his family, the royal institution, and the British establishment for decades, the Prince of Wales finally got his solo turn in the spotlight. Well, sort of. As it turned out, it was more a moment to showcase the monarchy as a powerful, lineal institution, not Charles as an individual or a king in waiting. Charles read the Queen’s speech, but not from her seat. Her Sovereign’s Throne was removed and replaced with the consort’s throne, the ornate chair the late Prince Philip used for occasions (which the Queen first fought to include in 1967). The Queen wasn’t physically there, but her presence was felt. Taking pride of place on the dais, Her Majesty’s Imperial State Crown rested comfortably on a crimson and gold velvet pillow exactly

where her gilt-wood, crystal-inlaid throne would normally command the room’s attention. Also present on the red and gold carpeted rostrum was Prince William, next in line to his father, who looked on from a “chair of state,” strategically placed a few inches down from his father and the glittering crown. In the Queen’s absence, two counsellors of state* must be present to officiate. The Palace wanted the world to see this as a joint duty. With the two side by side, the vision for the era of transition was in full view. Camilla, soon to become Queen Consort to Charles, was seated nearby on a lower platform. Raffia-hatted, stately in navy, and laden with pearls, she rounded out a portrait of what the family would look like post–Queen Elizabeth II. Even with a lifetime of training for this ritualistic occasion, Charles looked a little awkward in his down-size throne without his mother by his side. Decked out in his Admiral of the Fleet Royal Navy uniform, complete with medals and gold aiguillettes, the prince appeared deep in thought as he took his seat. He faithfully read a letter penned by the now-disgraced Prime Minister Boris Johnson, which outlined “Her Majesty’s Government’s” priorities. Charles delivered the pro forma speech without a hitch. He even looked commanding at times, as commanding as one can look while compliantly seated next to the boss’s crown on a cushion. As an anachronistic exercise in mise-en-scène pomp, the state opening was a success. Despite some ginned-up fanfare around the event and media fixation on a “Queen’s speech without the Queen,” the ceremony proceeded as normal and as expected, which is exactly what the institution and the establishment wanted from Charles. When Charles exited the House of Lords Chambers, a room so full of red—from carpet to benches, cushions to robes—one could mistake it for a set in Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shut, the soon-to-be King appeared ready for duty. The preparation the day before the event tells a different story. To say he was calm, an insider later shared, “would be a lie.” Sources in Charles’s camp later revealed that chaos reigned during the planning stages. Boris Johnson didn’t send over the speech until the very last minute, so an irritated Charles wasn’t given ample time to practice reading it. (“Johnson has done everything he can to become the most unpopular prime minister the Windsors have ever known,” an aide said with a laugh.) Still, for all the stress, the Firm could count the day as a win. This small victory rolled right into the national holiday hullabaloo and outdoor

drinking sessions that accompanied the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee. The recently besieged family business took a breath and enjoyed some time in the sun, free of its demons and setbacks. It was short-lived. Just three weeks after the Jubilee, The Times of London broke a story about Prince Charles accepting “bags of cash” equaling three million euros from former Qatar prime minister Sheikh Hamad bin Jassim bin Jaber Al Thani between 2011 and 2015. Known as “HBJ” in London’s financial circles, the sheikh—a member of Qatar’s ruling Al Thani family and chairman of Qatar Islamic Bank—is one of the richest men in the world. To some, he is also “the man who bought up London” thanks to his leadership of the sovereign wealth fund that invested billions into the likes of Harrods, London’s Olympic Village, the London Stock Exchange, the iconic Shard building, and Canary Wharf. The optics weren’t good, and news replaced the actual image of Charles reading the Queen’s speech under the canopy of state with an imagined one where he’s reaching out a greedy hand to take plastic sacks (from luxury grocer Fortnum & Mason, of all places) and leather duffels of crisp €50 bills. The Palace immediately went into their version of damage control. The usual rationalizations and justifications followed as they released a statement to clarify that the money was deposited directly into the accounts for the Prince of Wales’s Charitable Fund (PWCF). Clarence House also stressed that it wasn’t Charles who physically accepted the bags of money, but an aide who then passed them straight on to the appropriate persons at the nonprofit. Even if this is the case, and there is no suggestion that Charles and the charity behaved improperly in any way, it was perceived to be a wildly irresponsible move for the future King to be casually accepting bundles of cash during a meeting with an official representing a country with an alarming record on human rights. Unconstitutional? Maybe not. Reckless? Most definitely. While Charles can point to documents as evidence that he followed protocol (guidelines state that members of the royal family are allowed to accept a check as a patron of, or on behalf of, a charity with which they are associated), the whole affair raised serious concerns about his judgment and motivations. To banish the story from the news, the Palace offered a half-baked apology, claiming Charles “will not accept bags of cash again,” as if he were a child who had just been punished for breaking the rules.

To make matters worse, a month later, on July 30, The Sunday Times’ Whitehall editor Gabriel Pogrund broke another story about Charles accepting cash. This time the transaction involved members of the forever tarnished Bin Laden family. Charles accepted one million pounds from two half brothers of Osama Bin Laden, Bakir and Shafiq (who had no connection or involvement with terrorism or other illegal activities), after an October 30, 2013, in-person meeting at Clarence House. The private appointment, sources later shared, was only for the purpose of making a donation. “Before the meeting took place, it was made clear that [Bakir and Shafiq] wanted to contribute,” one revealed. “Despite the fact aides had told the Prince of Wales it would not be wise, given the family links, he chose to proceed regardless.” Again, the Palace set the record straight posthaste, stating there wasn’t anything ethically or legally wrong with doing business with Bin Laden family members who were not connected to any terrorist activity. A spokesperson from PWCF went as far as to tell BBC News that “the sins of the father” (in this case, Osama Bin Laden) shouldn’t preclude other Bin Ladens from making donations. The communications foot soldiers at Clarence House quickly put forward Sir Ian Cheshire, PWCF’s chairperson, to take the heat off the royal household—highlighting the differences between Prince Charles’s obligations and those delegated to the trustees. Cheshire issued a calibrated statement that removed Charles from the equation. At the time he emailed myself and other reporters that the donation was “carefully considered” with “due diligence,” and “the decision to accept the donation was taken wholly by the trustees.” It doesn’t matter that Charles had nothing to do with brokering this donation; the whole sorry episode placed the heir back in the hot seat. To everyone but Charles—and some of those in his orbit of entitlement—it seems obvious that accepting cash from a family tainted by the terrorism of one of its members is not necessarily a smart move. And it begged the questions to even the most ardent of royalists: What the hell was he thinking? Where was his judgment? In only a matter of two months, Charles went from the positive spotlight of opening Parliament to the glaring light of the public’s interrogation room. The imprudence aside, the revelations about his financial affairs couldn’t have come at a worse time. Charles’s royal household was waistdeep in a cash-for-honors scandal that once again involved the communityfocused Prince’s Foundation. At the center of this controversy were Dr.

Mahfouz Marei Mubarak bin Mahfouz, a wealthy Saudi tycoon whom Prince Charles awarded a CBE (commander of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire) at an unusually private Buckingham Palace investiture in August 2016, and Michael Fawcett, a former assistant valet to Charles who rose through the ranks to become the prince’s senior valet. Curiously, the meeting was never declared on official records. A leaked letter showed Fawcett offering to support Mahfouz in securing a knighthood and in his application for British citizenship, the infamous “golden visa,” in exchange for a sizable donation (reportedly £370,000 to help replace ninety-three windows at the Castle of Mey, the Queen Mother’s former retreat on the north coast of Scotland now managed by the foundation). The Times broke the story in September 2021, which resulted in a press shitstorm and a bona fide criminal investigation. Under intense scrutiny, Clarence House press secretaries fended off speculation, stating that the “Prince of Wales had no knowledge of the alleged offer of honors on the basis of donation to his charities.” The blame fell on Fawcett, who resigned in disgrace shortly after. This wasn’t Fawcett’s first rodeo. A ruddy-faced sixty-year-old man who squeezed into expensive suits, Fawcett spent nearly four decades rarely less than a few steps away from Charles. As a long-standing fixture in the prince’s court, many believe he knows “where all the bodies are buried” and can point you to the skeletons in the closet. Choose your metaphor, but it is well-known and well-established that Fawcett was Charles’s right-hand man, confidante, and fixer. His résumé is a testament to his loyalty and dedication to serving the Firm, and it reads a bit like a “made man” whose years of fealty finally earned him the title of consigliere. In 1981, at the young age of nineteen, Fawcett joined the ranks as a footman to Queen Elizabeth II. After moving up to serve Her Majesty as first sergeant footman, Fawcett moved over to Clarence House, where staff inside Charles’s camp claim he bullied his way into the position of assistant valet to the prince. After that, Fawcett became indispensable to Charles. He held this loyal insider position in some form or another—senior valet, freelance consultant, personal assistant, CEO of the charitable fund—for nearly forty years. His duties ran the full gamut, from laying out Charles’s bespoke clothes for the day and managing the prince’s social schedule to event planning and heading up fundraising efforts. Despite internal inquiries and controversy around his alleged bullying and racist remarks toward

another staff member in the 1990s, which forced a brief departure from his post (until an employment tribunal ruled that the Highgrove Estate was not guilty of racial discrimination), Fawcett and Charles were basically inseparable. Dickie Arbiter, former royal press secretary to the Queen for twelve years, revealed, “Fawcett has been there for so many years, so close in times of stress, knowing all the ins and outs and all the warts.” Several sources have confirmed that at one point, when Charles needed to produce a urine sample after breaking his arm in a polo accident, Fawcett traveled with him to the hospital and held the specimen cup. At some point during their long association, Charles reportedly remarked, “I can manage without just about anyone, except for Michael.” In 2003, however, Prince Charles had to start learning how to do just that, at least on paper. Allegations surfaced that Fawcett, with Charles’s blessing, sold unwanted gifts from foreign dignitaries and was allowed to keep a cut of the proceeds. Those in royal inner circles knew about Fawcett’s practices—his nickname in the Firm at the time was “Fawcett the Fence”—but kept quiet. An inquiry found Fawcett innocent of any criminal offense, but the incident left a shadow over them. Employing an aide who was barely operating within the law proved too much for Palace officials, so the institution applied the requisite pressure. Against Charles’s wishes—it was even reported that he broke down in tears over his adjutant’s imminent departure—Fawcett soon resigned as the prince’s personal assistant. Officially, Fawcett was no longer on the Palace payroll, but in a matter of weeks, he set up a new management company, Premier Mode, and Charles hired him as a freelance consultant. The institution might have wiped their hands of Fawcett, but Charles was far from doing the same. The prince not only brought his faithful servant back into the fold as a hired gun, primarily as a “party planner,” but in 2018 turned Fawcett the Fence into a chief executive. As head of the Prince’s Foundation, he oversaw the entire operation, personally leading many fundraising campaigns that brought in parcels of money (excuse the pun) for the foundation’s many initiatives, including renovating the Dumfries House Estate and offering education and training programs in construction and traditional crafts. Fawcett was indispensable once again, until the leaked letter in 2021 that prompted the investigation into the alleged cash-for-honors deal with Mahfouz, the Saudi billionaire. After this debacle, the heir’s loyal aide-decamp resigned as the Prince’s Foundation CEO, and a Clarence House

spokesman, as if on cue, trotted out a statement that read: “Michael Fawcett and [his company] Premier Mode will not be providing services to us in the future. We have all agreed to end this arrangement.” The criminal probe dragged on at a snail’s pace, with authorities confirming they had interviewed two men (one in his fifties, the other in his forties) under caution in September 2022 before proceedings went silent until the following year. Though there were suspicions that the case might conveniently disappear after Charles became king, the Metropolitan Police’s Special Enquiry Team went on to speak with a number of witnesses (though nobody from Buckingham Palace), obtained court production orders, and reviewed over two hundred documents. Among those was the 2016 letter from Fawcett, where he admitted that he was “willing and happy” to make an application to change Mahfouz’s honorary CBE into a knighthood because of his “generosity.” Still, a conclusion was announced in August 2023: no further action would be taken over the alleged “honors for sale” incident. As for Mahfouz, he is now a British aristocrat known as His Excellency Dr. Mahfouz Marei Mubarak bin Mahfouz, CBE, GCMLJ, FRSA, Baron of Abernethy. After the Metropolitan Police launched the investigation into “honors for sale” offenses in February 2022, Charles faced questions about one of his other projects just five months later. A charity watchdog announced it was looking into the purchase of properties made by a company connected to a Prince’s Foundation trustee on land controlled by a subsidiary of the Prince’s Foundation. Between 2012 and 2017, the Havisham Group—partly owned by Lord David Brownlow, one of Britain’s richest men—spent £1.7 million on eleven houses at Charles’s sustainable village of Knockroon. Though Brownlow was on the board of the Prince’s Foundation between 2013 and 2017, it was alleged by The Sunday Times that the Foundation had failed to declare information about related-party transactions, despite it being a standard measure required by charity regulators. The Office of the Scottish Charity Regulator confirmed in a statement that “the work of Havisham Group and property transactions relating to [Knockroon] forms part of our overall investigation, work on which is ongoing.” Brownlow left his role at the charity in 2018 and was subsequently awarded a Commander of the Victorian Order (CVO), according to a Prince’s Foundation spokesperson, “in recognition of his role of chair of the charity the Prince’s Foundation for Building Community.”

A sequel to his Poundbury, England, green community, but this time in the craggy hills of Scotland’s historic Ayrshire county, Knockroon was a disaster from start to finish. Charles acquired the land in 2007 after purchasing Dumfries House, a Palladian country home located in the town of Cumnock, which is managed by the Prince’s Foundation. But what he had hoped would become a 770-home “heritage-led regeneration” of the area worth £15 million ended up with a final declared value of only £700,000. Glasgow-based professor Alan Dunlop, a fellow of Scotland’s Royal Incorporation of Architects and Royal Society of Arts, had warned that the project had limited appeal and impossible ambitions. “Ersatz Georgian and mock Scottish vernacular creations  .  .  . and imported pastiche from past centuries” would not fly in the working-class area, he said. “I couldn’t see how it could stack up from the start, from a development point of view. No one could understand how you could possibly make it work.” Even with the help of the Havisham Group, only thirty-one homes were built over ten years. To senior aides around the late Queen (and, per rumor, Her Majesty herself), this series of headline-grabbing stories about Charles’s financial improprieties were another set of strikes against his name. Ambitious (and, as many would argue, unnecessary) endeavors such as Knockroon, and the predicaments they often led to, are exactly why some of the aides and insiders I spoke to for this book aren’t convinced Charles will make a reliable or trustworthy King. “It’s the same pattern over and over,” bemoaned a senior Buckingham Palace courtier in the summer of 2022. “He starts off with his heart in the right place but makes rash, poorly thought-out decisions to make them [his ideas] happen.” The farmland on which Knockroon was supposed to find its success was part of a larger deal the Prince of Wales made in 2007 when he bought Dumfries House after falling in love with it. Owned by former F1 driver John Crichton-Stuart, the 7th Marquess of Bute, Charles needed the countryside home (complete with its original eighteenth-century paintings, artifacts, and Thomas Chippendale furniture) and its two thousand acres of land the moment he laid eyes on it. It was the perfect spot for him to plant a flag and make a statement—a new HQ for HRH Prince Charles, the Duke of Rothesay, the peerage title he uses while in Scotland. The only problem was this grand old manor was valued at an eye-watering £43 million. “I

remember trying for years before it actually came up for sale, I tried to find a way to help sort it out or find somebody who might help, a sponsor, a donor or somebody,” Charles told BBC’s Hidden Heritage in 2011. On a mission, the heir managed to raise almost half its value and, while some of his aides implored him not to do it, he took out a £20 million loan through his charitable foundation (he later admitted to his staff that this was a debt that kept him “awake at night”). Originally the bank had offered only half the sum but then doubled it after security for the loan was attached to blueprints for developing Knockroon on the land surrounding the house. News of the extortionate purchase raised the Queen’s eyebrows “into orbit,” joked one Palace insider. And with good reason. The last Prince of Wales with such a penchant for luxe property (George IV in the eighteenth century) nearly bankrupted the royal family. Still, sleepless nights or not, Charles was confident he had made the right decision. “His Royal Highness was determined this wonderful asset should not be lost for future generations,” a Clarence House spokesman said in an attempt to convince the public of their boss’s vanity purchase. Since then, Dumfries House has become the base for Charles’s Prince’s Foundation and remains one of his passion projects. I remember asking him about it in 2014 and watching his eyes light up as he revealed how much local schoolchildren love to visit the newly renovated farm and stables there. “Some of his charities, such as the Prince’s Trust, are clearly doing amazing things,” said Gabriel Pogrund, who led the string of scoops on Charles’s financial messes. “But [Prince Charles should] ask the question, does he need all that money and to do all these things? Does he need to be raising millions of pounds for Dumfries House? He needs to rethink what he spends his money on. The role of his charitable work should be reassessed.” At a time when Prince Charles should have been making news as an heir to the throne who was ready to assume his future role, he was, instead, in the spotlight for questionable judgment. It was an unfortunate reminder that the King who replaced the untouchable Queen is an error-prone man dragging some heavy baggage as he attempts to fill his mother’s shoes. As much as Charles would like to move past all of this, these issues aren’t going away. First, there’s the question of Fawcett. He’s no longer working for the King, but the two remain in regular contact. Palace sources have expressed concern that he may have his eyes on a return to the King’s

fold. And there’s also the question of who was leaking information about Charles’s financial affairs in the first place. While I was writing this book, a rumor circulated in royal circles that some of these leaks might have come from a party deep inside the establishment who wanted to give Charles a knock before he officially took the throne. Though such rumors are verging on conspiracy theory, the timing makes sense. On June 11, 2022, news outlets revealed that Charles had privately criticized the British government over their plan to deport Rwandan asylum seekers back to their home country. A source (in this case, one of his senior staff) was given permission by Charles to brief The Times and the Daily Mail that the future King “was more than disappointed at the policy” and “thinks the government’s whole approach is appalling.” For a royal, particularly the incoming King, to comment on government policy or function is strictly verboten (even if his empathetic view on the matter was particularly refreshing to hear from a senior royal). Keeping quiet means rising above, and, in a strange twist that only the British monarchy can produce, rising above provides a clear path to maintaining power. Only weeks after opening Parliament in the Queen’s stead, Charles opened his mouth on a political matter when he shouldn’t have. Sources say he wanted his views on the controversial asylum policy to be heard ahead of the Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting in Rwanda, where he would represent his mother, later that month. Charles brings to the throne his deeply held, often vocalized opinions and a lifetime of experience operating outside the rules—written or otherwise—that dictate the life and work of the sovereign. As a successful entrepreneur, philanthropist, and eco warrior, Charles had to play politics, and voicing enthusiastic opinions and generating new ideas that sometimes challenged the status quo were all part of this self-appointed position. The intentions were good, but for someone who should be observing the constitutional rule of not having an opinion on pretty much anything, he should have never entered the conversation in the first place. His ambitions and dogged persistence have led to some overreach and meddling. During his time as prime minister, Tony Blair complained to the Palace about Charles’s interference on several New Labour issues, including the 2001 invasion of Afghanistan led by the United States and the United Kingdom (the prince famously asked to “halt” the invasion to honor Ramadan, claiming, “But Americans can do anything!”). In 2004, he

famously wrote to then environment minister Elliot Morley that protecting Patagonian toothfish must become a “priority” so that endangered albatross could feast on them for survival. In her biography Prince Charles: The Passions and Paradoxes of an Improbable Life, Sally Bedell Smith recounts how, at the height of her austere measures in 1985, Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher sternly reminded the prince she was in charge after he complained that because of her Tory policies, he would “inherit the throne of a divided Britain” (like Prince William today, Charles was conjuring up his reign long before it was even close to his turn). The Iron Lady’s riposte? “I run this country, not you, sir.” Charles’s exhaustive history of interfering in political processes and lobbying was laid bare in May 2015 when his “Black Spider memos” (a reference to his spiderlike penmanship) were released to the world following a ten-year freedom of information battle by the Guardian. From his calls for homeopathic treatments to be made available via Britain’s National Health Service and a 2004 missive calling for Blair to cull badgers to help the country’s “lack of self-sufficiency” in producing meat and vegetables, to lobbying for the replacement of Lynx military helicopters (because U.K. troops lacked “necessary resources” in the Iraq War, he claimed), Charles has had an opinion on everything. His busybody campaigning tapered off in his final years as the Prince of Wales, but those who pull the levers will not hesitate to remind Charles, overtly or perhaps in underhanded ways like leaks to the press, that he is far from welcome in the government’s legislative process or the establishment’s power-brokering. In other words, as King, there’s no seat for him at the table in the back room. And when he made those comments about Rwanda, there would have been plenty of figures within the political landscape eager to remind him to keep his apolitical beak out of their business—through whatever means necessary. Charles knows the rules but often still appears divided between what he can and cannot say. Conspiracies over damaging leaks also extended to his own personal bubble. When some details of private written correspondence between Charles and daughter-in-law Meghan appeared in the Telegraph on April 21, 2023, there were worries that the tip-off had come from within. Though fingers of blame are often pointed in the Sussex direction, this was an exchange that both parties wanted to keep confidential—letters addressing Meghan’s concerns about unconscious racial bias in the royal family in the

wake of the Oprah interview. The newspaper’s vague reporting, mostly centered on the existence of the written communication, made no mention of the damning details within them, but, said a Palace insider, “there was certainly discussion amongst [the team] that it could be a warning shot from someone  .  .  . something to shake the King up ahead of the coronation.” Though they were personal messages, some Palace aides—one of whom later left on less than amicable terms—also caught sight of the letters as they were sent and received. Charles had initially reached out to his daughter-in-law in spring 2021 to express his sadness over the huge distance between the two parties and his disappointment that the couple chose to go so public with their words. But what had upset him the most was Meghan’s disclosure that “several conversations” were had in the family, away from herself and Harry, that featured “concerns” over what color their unborn son Archie’s skin might be and “what that would mean or look like [for the Firm].” When speaking with Oprah, both Harry and Meghan chose to refrain from sharing who was involved in this exchange. (A representative for the couple would only go on to clarify that it was not the Queen nor Prince Philip.) “I think that would be very damaging to them,” Meghan said. But in the pages of these private letters, two identities were revealed. Laws in the United Kingdom prevent me from reporting who they were. The King, said sources, wanted his response to make clear to Meghan that he felt there was no ill will or casual prejudice present when the two people had spoken about his future grandson. “He wanted to clear up something he felt strongly about,” said a royal insider. For Meghan—who had never used the words racist or racism in her descriptions of this event or in the letters—her bigger concern was, added the insider, “the way in which these conversations were had . . . Their tone . . . revealed lingering unconscious bias and ignorance within the family that needed to be addressed.” The letters, described a second source, were “a respectful back and forth” but “serious.” They added, “I don’t know if either saw completely eye to eye in the end, but there was at least a feeling that both had been heard.” Since then, said a source close to the two families, the pair have had pleasant, if occasional, exchanges. “There are no hard feelings about this specific incident, but there is distance, and everything else remains unaddressed,” said the source. For the Sussexes’ part, though communication with Charles—who declined an invite to granddaughter

Lilibet’s March 3, 2023, christening in California due to scheduling conflicts—is infrequent, they “still keep him in the loop on their family life, sending new photos of the children.” * * * Charles’s divided nature sits at the heart of his many family issues. As a child, he was considered a sensitive soul—a quiet boy who preferred books and art to sports and pranks. The age-old story applies here: because of his sensitivity and dreamy nature, Charles was bullied and teased at the strict and demanding Gordonstoun school in Scotland, where he boarded for five years. As a young man, he emerged from his cocoon a bit of a playboy. He took to the finer things in life, happily accepting the boons that his privileged position afforded him. He cut a figure on the social scene, wearing only the finest clothes—Turnbull & Asser shirts, bespoke Savile Row suits, and Anderson & Sheppard tweed. Not an athlete by any stretch, Charles, in an effort to complete his courtly image, stepped out of his comfort zone and took to the polo fields. It is here where Charles met the love of his life, Camilla Shand. Enter sixteen-year-old Diana Spencer. A darling of the aristocracy who intrigued anyone who caught a glimpse of her, the on-paper version of Diana was perfect for Charles, who was twenty-eight at the time. The institution got one look at her and quickly decided they could easily transform her into what Dame Hilary Mantel later called a “royal body . . . carriers of a blood line.” The monarchical machine rejected Camilla and slotted Diana into the system to produce a proper princess for their narrative and approved her as the next delivery mechanism for the royal genes. This sent Charles into decades of internal conflict between matters of the heart and the demands of duty. His heart wanted Camilla, but the heir’s role demanded Diana. The young prince decided to have both. Sometime after saying his “I dos” to Diana at St. Paul’s Cathedral in 1981, Charles initiated a decades-long affair with the woman the institution dismissed. The affair became the Firm’s worst-kept secret and everyone knew it was wrong. Charles and Diana’s tortured marriage was front-page fodder, but for all its luridness, it did result in the required heir and spare. Diana’s work was done. Those in power wanted her to step in line, tone down the

glamour, and get out of the spotlight. A devoted mother and the “queen of people’s hearts,” she would go on to do anything but that. Charles’s reputation never fully recovered. Although he has occasionally made forays into the public’s good graces, recent polls still reveal that large swathes of the public continue to have a negative opinion of him for how he treated his former wife during their union and her short life. It’s why his second marriage to Camilla passed by so quietly. No fanfare, no televised nuptials, just a private 2005 civil ceremony at Windsor Guildhall in the presence of their families. Because of her dedication to her role as the head of the Church of England (which discourages divorce), the Queen felt it was best not to attend the ceremony. Her one bit of advice to her son ahead of the April 9 nuptials was simple: don’t rub it in people’s faces. The leaks about his finances and ongoing charity scandals only compound the resentment and disapproval expressed by many about his role as King. As for the institution and the establishment, there are some within it who still see him as a waffler and a dilettante. He remains a question mark to the bureaucrats and éminences grises who privately and publicly run Britain’s economic interests and maintain the country’s social order. Even though the heir played a role in Prince Andrew’s royal demotion, he is torn here, too. Understandably, he cares for his brother, so much so that a close source said that during the most heightened moments of Andrew’s downfall, Charles was tearful over fears for the shamed duke’s mental health. Charles has long advocated for a slimmer monarchy with fewer working royals, but he didn’t imagine it would become a reality as a result of two things beyond his control: his brother’s public humiliation and his son’s exit. What could have been a powerful opening gambit for the new King now simply looks like a resigned defensive move to protect what’s left on the board. And what’s left on the chessboard, with the exception of the Waleses, isn’t much of a side. The older generation have less energy, but the bigger problem is their removed air of entitlement. At the helm of the crew of working royals—Queen Camilla, Princess Anne, the Duke and Duchess of Edinburgh, the Duke of Kent, the Duke and Duchess of Gloucester, and Princess Alexandra—is the King himself, who as the heir was saddled with the unfortunate sobriquets “Prince of Wails” and “Pampered Prince.” The

latter nickname emerged after staff complained to various journalists about Charles’s outrageous service demands and his extravagant lifestyle. The King lives a life of luxury and comfort that is even alien to other members of the royal family—a throwback to monarchs of the past. Those who know him, serve him, and write about him often compare him to Louis XIV, the French monarch who transformed a hunting lodge into one of the most extravagant palaces in the world. Versailles’s enduring opulence is testament to the Sun King’s commitment to living large. Charles may not own anything to rival Versailles, but Dumfries House (one of six multimillion-pound homes he owns across Britain) is no country cabin. The details about the cosseted King’s habits and way of life suggest a disconnect. Even his late mother, once one of the wealthiest women in the country, repeatedly complained about Charles’s extravagantly luxurious lifestyle. We all know he’s a man of taste, but some of the particulars leave many gobsmacked. His repair-and-rewear approach to dressing may be the height of eco-friendliness and sustainability, but the multiple changes during the day that four valets prepare for him and help him put on is far from humble. You may have already heard how he likes his soft-boiled eggs just so (four minutes—no more, no less, or they’ll be sent back to the kitchen in infantile fury), but did you hear about the one-thousand-threadcount bed linen (that must be perfectly steamed) he insists on traveling with? There have been reports of temper tantrums at night as well: if the prince’s pajamas aren’t pressed, sources have claimed, there is hell to pay. Every dandy loves his shoes, and Charles is no different. The King has the same environmentally conscious approach to his footwear as his clothes (never throw them out, always have a cobbler bring them back to life), but his particularness about their shoelaces is a little more unique. When laces get even the smallest bit threadbare, a staff member must quickly switch them out with a fresh, ironed pair. There is even a rumor (one that, surprisingly, sources have confirmed) that Charles likes to have someone squeeze exactly one inch of toothpaste onto his toothbrush for him ahead of his bedtime routine. Paging Michael Fawcett! But it doesn’t end there. The cherry on top of this ridiculous extravagance: the toothpaste must come from a “crested silver dispenser.” In an attempt to lower the chances of further embarrassing coverage, Charles has laid new groundwork for even friendlier media relationships during his reign. Leading up to his ascension, Charles and Camilla never

stopped ingratiating themselves to media figures and journalists, leaning on aides to leak stories to maintain a positive image in the press. Hiring a former co–deputy editor of the Daily Mail (and, before that, the Mail on Sunday) to lead the Palace’s in-house media team was no coincidence. Tobyn Andreae may have had zero PR experience before taking the job of head of communications, but with twenty-five years working on tabloids, he quickly ensured that the likes of the Daily Mail and The Sunday Times have had a steady feed of positive stories pumped their way since the beginning of his tenure in July 2022. Charles has no problem doing the job himself, either. In February 2020, he invited a handful of trusted royal reporters to Dumfries House in Scotland for an overnight stay, a grand dinner, and plenty of schmoozing. With a chance to tour his sprawling estate, Charles hoped the trip would help keep Britain’s most influential newspapers onside during the drama surrounding Harry and Meghan’s exit from working royal life. As expensive bottles of Laphroaig whisky (from the only single malt distillery with a Royal Warrant) were poured and laughter echoed down the historic house’s Pewter Corridor, Charles winked to one of the media guests and said, “This is all off the record, of course.” Knowing full well this is never really the case when dealing with most royal correspondents (there’s a pattern of sticking it in one’s back pocket and then putting it in a story as a “royal source” after enough time has passed), he went on to pull aside one of the guests to explain his position on the Sussexes, who had moved to North America just a month earlier: “I made sure they were taken care of [when they left] . . . Their stubbornness doesn’t make it easy.” While this was hardly a bombshell, anecdotes like these are just the kind of nuggets needed to court favor and find their way into positive articles about him. With a series of strategically placed “off the cuff” remarks during that period of time, Charles and his aides did their bit to help ensure he emerged from the public family drama unscathed. Shortly after the media gettogether (and no, I was not invited—at this point the Palace was already getting jitterish about the release of Finding Freedom), details about how much money he was giving his younger son and how he had done all he could for the Sussexes made their way into the papers. Mission accomplished. Charles may be adept at wielding the media to settle his scores, but it’s evidence that he’s bringing old habits and coarse practices to the top job—a

refined one that the Queen emphatically insisted was to remain untarnished from such scheming. We may have heard snippets about her life from aides and friends over the years, but it was extremely rare to hear her thoughts and feelings via source quotes. (As a friend of the late monarch once told me, “Many of the ‘sources’ you see in the papers claiming to know her innermost thoughts are clearly made up.”) It also demonstrates a recklessness on the King’s part: a logrolling relationship with powerful players in the media is a treacherous one. Depending on prevailing trends, capricious opinions, and, of course, ratings and viewership, the very same media he uses to prop himself up can just as easily bring him down if it guarantees clicks and views. This points to a single important issue when it comes to King Charles. While it was never controversial to support the Queen, it’s not the same with Charles. After a long life in the public eye, and one made up of some questionable decisions, Charles was never going to have an easy reign. For much of his adult life, he has been at the center of controversies, both fairly and unfairly. The duplexity of the man intrigues and confounds. His messy trials and tribulations are all too human. The new King, who is supposed to stand above to represent the royal family’s solidarity, is in a heartbreaking war with his own son. The reality is that to many who watched as Charles was anointed with holy oil on May 6, 2023, to confirm him as the head of the Church of England, the man in front of the Archbishop of Canterbury was still a philandering husband and an unwise collector of bags of money.

6 The Fall of Prince Andrew Scandal, Shame, and Silencing Jane Doe I admit fully my judgment was probably colored by my tendency to be too honorable, but that’s just the way it is. —Prince Andrew, 2019, Newsnight interview I never wonder to see men wicked, but I often wonder to see them not ashamed. —Jonathan Swift, Miscellanies

Nervous, frustrated,

and like shit were the terms a former aide used to describe the disgraced Duke of York’s state of mind as he made the fifteenminute car ride from his Royal Lodge home to a meeting with his mother on the frigid morning of January 11, 2022. For Andrew—who appeared gaunt and exhausted in his rumpled suit behind the misty windshield of his Range Rover—the rainy journey to Windsor Castle was another chapter in what can only be described as an unfortunate series of events for the royal. After decades of humiliating headlines and disapproval from Queen Elizabeth II, the sixty-one-year-old was finally facing some consequences for his personal failings, particularly his friendship with Jeffrey Epstein, the wealthy pedophile with powerful cronies whose criminal, contemptible legacy continues to swallow up his victims long after his 2019 suicide in prison. Andrew’s subsequent legal entanglements with Virginia Giuffre, née Roberts, a woman who alleges the duke sexually assaulted her when she was seventeen years old (an allegation that Andrew continues to deny), brought further shame to himself, his family, and the Crown. The court of

public opinion had already chastised him, but the punishment from the House of Windsor had, so far, been light—the Firm simply asked him to step away from his royal duties in November 2019, leaving all his royal perks intact. This time, however, Andrew knew the jig was up. Sternly summoned by the monarch without explanation, Andrew was en route to an “official” meeting where the country’s head of state would finally strip him of his HRH title, his military honors, and (almost) all his official royal roles. “He knew it was coming,” said a family source. “But given that he also needed to be saved from embarrassment in the courthouse, it was a small price to pay.” Five months earlier, Giuffre had filed a civil lawsuit in New York, claiming that she was forced to have sexual encounters with Andrew when she was a minor. Though his lawyer tried to dismiss the case, it now looked like Andrew was going to offer some kind of financial settlement to avoid appearing in court. With few assets of his own, the prince knew he would soon need his mother’s deep pockets to help bail him out. Her punishment was something he literally couldn’t afford to run away from. As he pulled up to Windsor Castle, the crunch of the gravel didn’t evoke the usual warmth he felt when arriving to meet his mother. At the appropriate entry point to Her Majesty’s quarters, an awaiting courtier instructed him to enter the building alone. Andrew had brought his longtime and trusted criminal defense lawyer, Gary Bloxsome, in the hopes that he could help negotiate with his family, but the Queen’s aide made it clear that the criminal defense solicitor should wait in the car. Bloxsome’s glass-halffull attitude and tendency to focus only on the best-case scenario always put the prince at ease. He was also one of the last remaining close aides on Andrew’s team. His private secretary Amanda Thirsk had walked out in 2020 (with a handsome payout), less than ten weeks after Andrew’s catastrophic Newsnight interview. Now, as he walked toward the Queen’s private apartment, he was forced to face his humbling alone. For many in the family and institution, this day was too long in the making. Though the Queen was the official face of Andrew’s reckoning, it was Prince William who set the wheels in motion. William was keenly aware that the horrific allegations, the fallout from the embarrassing interview, and now the prospect of an out-of-court settlement involving money from the family’s private wealth were all damaging the monarchy’s reputation. “Someone needed to be the firm hand in that situation, and he felt the family [was] being too soft,” said a source close to the prince. “The

whole thing was casting a long shadow over the entire institution . . . over all of them.” Up to this point, the family hadn’t done much to mitigate the crisis or make any public moves, even after at least fifty other charities and organizations severed their ties with Andrew, including patronages with the likes of the Children’s Foundation, Royal National Institute for the Deaf, Royal Navy, and Royal Marines Children’s Fund. William’s snapping point came days before military leaders chimed in on the matter via an open letter to the Queen. Signed by 152 veterans of the Royal Navy, Royal Marines, and Army, the missive called on the Queen as the head of the British Armed Forces to remove Andrew’s twelve honorary ranks and titles. They asserted that not only was Andrew’s position “untenable,” but it also brought shame to the services and “were this any other senior military officer, it is inconceivable that he would still be in post.” Considering Andrew is a career naval officer and a Falklands veteran, this was a harsh rebuke from a normally supportive wing of the establishment. The fact that military leadership had joined the already outraged public in questioning the Firm’s lack of action was proof that if William had left his intervention any longer, the ordeal would have spiraled to the point of no return. In a meeting with his private secretary, Jean-Christophe Gray, or “JC” to colleagues—a by-the-numbers, amiable bureaucrat with an impressive résumé who was known to many insiders as a “bean counter” and fiscal hawk—William made preparations for Andrew’s ouster, taking the initiative when others suffered from inertia. Even though several working members of the family wanted to see Andrew curtailed, neither Charles nor the Queen appeared ready to take him to task themselves. While Charles openly detested Andrew’s indiscretions, he didn’t want to be the one to break his younger brother. “You’d find it hard to believe, but [he] has [lay] awake many nights worrying about him,” a source close to the then Prince of Wales revealed. Charles’s reluctance baffled William, who didn’t have much confidence in his father to do the right thing anyway. A source close to the prince said at the time, “William [doesn’t] think his father is competent enough, quite frankly. Though they share passions and interests, their style of leadership is completely different.” As for the Queen, William admitted to Gray that he understood it ultimately came down to the monarch to drop the gavel on Andrew. But he felt she would remain “soft” on his uncle if he didn’t forcefully express his

concerns to his grandmother. As the Queen’s reportedly favorite son, Andrew has historically received a pass from his mother. In 2011, Andrew was pushed out of his U.K. trade envoy position over concerns about his friendship with Epstein. But the Queen wasn’t actively involved—it was Lord Christopher Geidt, her then private secretary, who urged action on the matter. The Queen eventually turned to her stalwart husband, Prince Philip, who outsourced the job to Downing Street, who promptly sacked Andrew with no questions asked. “She always believed in his innocence,” a former aide to the Queen said. Unable or unwilling to admonish her son, the Queen often appeared curiously aloof about the whole affair. Courtiers and royal observers long referred to her spoiling of Andrew as her only notable blind spot. Though her other children may have experienced a stricter side (particularly Anne and Charles), Andrew, said a family friend, “was the one who would make her laugh, keep her company, and, because he was always a little bit lost, she coddled him.” As one former member of staff said to me in early 2022, “If anything, her sense of duty means she sometimes turns a blind eye or buries her head when it comes to bigger family issues. The Duke [of Edinburgh] would be the one to take those matters into his own hands.” Known as the pillar of the family, Prince Philip was the person they most feared. A gruff but committed, decisive consort who spoke his mind, Philip did not suffer fools, even if the fool was part of the fold. According to a former aide, “Everyone would listen to him.” His death at ninety-nine on April 9, 2021, prompted the usually Palace-friendly Times newspaper to declare, “Without Prince Philip the royal house of cards is falling.” When it came to private family matters, Prince Philip’s steady hand was missed by many in the family. While the Queen demonstrated powers of restraint like no other, it was Philip who didn’t hold back when it came to toeing the line—especially with their children. “The Queen was the boss, but he was the head of the household,” said author and family friend Gyles Brandreth. He could also be an exceedingly stubborn man. Those who spent considerable time with him in private described him as a far from easy character. Thank you was not a phrase that he often uttered (needless praise was irritating), and anyone expecting an apology from the duke is likely to still be waiting for it. But there was also a sensitive side to the man that the family cherished and counted on. Though very reserved (the modern, emotionally in-touch world was too soft for his taste), his resolute actions of

support revealed that he was also thoughtful—in his own particular way, of course. Extracts from letters he wrote to Princess Diana show that he was a caring influence within his family at a time when few were showing any concern for the late princess. He was not a great fan of Camilla at the time and wrote to Diana, “I cannot imagine anyone in their right mind leaving you for Camilla.” There were moments, however, when he got it wrong. During discussions about whether William and Harry should walk behind Diana’s coffin, it was Philip who nudged the young boys into taking on the mammoth task. “I think you should do it,” he reportedly said. “If I walk, will you walk with me?” In 2017, Harry said of the traumatic experience, “I don’t think any child should be asked to do that, under any circumstances.” Prince William knew that if his grandfather were still around, Andrew wouldn’t have stood a chance. Without Philip there to take charge, it was a different story, so William told Gray he was ready to deal with “the Andrew problem” head-on. He just needed to coax the Queen. In the days leading up to this personal meeting, sources say the “determined” prince was unwavering in his belief that it was time to take out insurance on the Firm’s biggest risk. William arranged an appointment with the Queen via Edward Young, her private secretary. Young, too, was keen for the situation to be resolved quickly and efficiently. So, in early January 2022, William met with his grandmother in her residential quarters at Windsor Castle. Decorated in her own style with items that reflected her passions, the monarch’s private living room was less of a stateroom and more of a refuge. Any visitor would struggle to miss the airy room’s tall windows or the large, William Morris–style japanned cabinet filled with cherished items, trinkets, and personal photographs. It was the space where William often met his grandmother for tea when she was staying in Windsor, and also a forbidden play spot for him and Harry when they were children. This time, however, it was all business, and the two discussed the Andrew situation for more than an hour, according to sources. Later that day, the Queen spoke on the phone with Charles, who was in Scotland at the time. The monarch made it clear to her eldest son that it was time to strip his brother of all his titles and duties. A family source described her decision as a “genuinely sad” moment for the monarch and another “gut punch” to the family, particularly coming on the heels of Prince Philip’s death. The Queen was distraught over how the media and the public had so quickly turned against Andrew, but, now aware that more

drastic action needed to be taken, she was decisive. Charles, on the other hand, didn’t want any part of it. On the phone call, he agreed with his mother that now was the time to act, but he left the tough work to her and William. Of course, this wasn’t the narrative that aides at Clarence House were cooking up for the press. They soon spun the story that Charles and William acted together from the outset. They were, as many reports cited, in “lockstep” with each other concerning the Andrew predicament. When I spoke to a Charles source regarding this, they said the notion that William took charge of the situation was “off the mark” and part of a personal agenda. “William, or his staff, I should say, will always be quick to play up his efforts,” they said. “There is an almost frenzied push for William to be seen as ready for the throne, despite an entire generation coming beforehand.” Two days after Andrew’s aforementioned fateful meeting with his mother at Windsor Castle, Buckingham Palace issued a statement, confirming that the Duke of York was to lose his military roles and his ability to use the “His Royal Highness” styling before his title, and be stripped of all remaining royal patronages. They would, said the media release, all be “returned” to the Queen. I had follow-up questions for the Palace communications team: Why didn’t the Queen take away his Order of the Garter role? And would the British taxpayers continue to cover his security? “Those will have to be directed to his private office,” the press secretary responded. “Private office” meaning “he’s not one of us anymore.” They wanted nothing more to do with him. It took them long enough. By this point, Andrew’s relationship with Jeffrey Epstein had been in the press for more than a decade. “Andrew has never felt the need to explain himself,” said a York family acquaintance. “Entitled, spoiled, and immature. No one in his life has ever called him out on anything, including Fergie [the Duchess of York].” Despite divorcing in 1996, Andrew and his ex-wife have been living together since 2006. Though they have never publicly said much about their unique living arrangement, the pair—who multiple sources confirm are not romantically involved—are closer than ever. Living under the same roof is also about convenience, family, and support, said a source. Plus, both have experienced financial issues, so cohabitating at his cavernous Royal Lodge home (on a seventy-five-year lease for just £250 a week) is a cost-effective arrangement. Andrew, said sources, was Sarah’s “rock” after her breast

cancer diagnosis and mastectomy in the summer of 2023. Sarah, who now cares for the late Queen’s corgis, Muick and Sandy, told Good Morning Britain in April 2023, “[Andrew] is a kind, good man, and I think the spotlight needs to come off of him and let him get on with his life to rebuild.” Easier said than done. When Epstein pleaded guilty in June 2008 to procuring a child for prostitution and was sentenced to eighteen months in prison, most of the American financier’s horrified friends jumped ship. Andrew, however, stuck around. A former business associate of Epstein’s told me that his first arrest was the breaking point for most people who socialized with him: “My wife and I cut things off there and then, almost all of us did . . . Andrew didn’t. That was a stupid decision and one, for the life of me, I can’t understand. No one can be that stupid.” But they were. Despite Andrew’s claims that he saw Epstein only once after the horrific conviction (with the “sole purpose” of saying it would be “inappropriate” to be remain friends), court documents reveal that the pair kept in regular touch. In June 2010, while Epstein was still under house arrest—and federal officials had at this point identified thirty-six girls, some as young as fourteen years old, who had been groomed and abused by the businessman—Andrew allegedly visited the criminal’s Florida mansion for lunch. Then, six months later, after Epstein’s controversial plea deal, Andrew raced to his pal’s side, where the pair were photographed deep in conversation in New York’s Central Park. On that particular trip, he spent four days at his friend’s Upper East Side mansion, the largest in Manhattan. American media called this residence the “house of horrors,” where taxidermy animals and sexually explicit artwork adorned the walls (years later police seized drawers filled with CDs containing child porn), but for Andrew this was a home away from home. On the duke’s first night in town, Epstein threw a huge party for his guest of honor, hosting a soiree full of marquee names and celebrities, including director Woody Allen, comedian Chelsea Handler, and news anchors Katie Couric and Charlie Rose. That week, Epstein’s former pal and famous literary agent, John Brockman, spotted Andrew receiving foot massages from two young Russian models. In fact, for the entirety of his stay, the entrance to Epstein’s Seventy-First Street townhouse was a revolving door of young women. “To Andrew, he never saw Epstein as a bad man . . . The side of him he knew was a kind, intelligent friend and—

just like he ignores tabloid rumors about his own family and friends—he did the same when it came to what people said about [Epstein],” a source close to Andrew told me in late 2021. These were way more than rumors, but Andrew defended his decision to keep Epstein as a friend during his infamous Newsnight interview in 2019. The result was a mess, to say the least. The show was full of difficultto-watch moments as Andrew evaded and parried from the moment he opened his mouth. There were his laughable excuses: he couldn’t have been at a nightclub with Virginia Giuffre because he was at a Pizza Express an hour outside of London with his daughters earlier that evening; and that it was impossible for him to have “sweat[ed] all over” Giuffre, due to a post– Falklands War medical condition that prevents him from perspiring. And then there was his complete lack of empathy toward Epstein’s victims, evident in his tap-dancing answers to journalist Emily Maitlis’s questions. “A ridiculous, misguided, pathetic attempt at fixing his own damaged public image that absolutely blew up in his face,” a senior Buckingham Palace courtier vented. “He went in completely unprepared and came out even more of a fool.” Before the public’s allergic reaction to the interview finally registered, Andrew bizarrely thought it was a personal win. “This is how far removed he is from reality,” a source said. “He thought it did him good.” After the interview’s taping, Andrew marveled about how well it went to a flabbergasted set crew. The show’s producer, Sam McAlister, revealed, “He was in an invidious situation of his own making, but  .  .  . he wanted to vindicate himself, like most interviewees. Everybody thinks they are going to give a good interview.” This lack of awareness and basic common sense is partly why he got sucked into Epstein’s world in the first place. Easily influenced and a total pushover when it came to those with impressive credentials or attractive business propositions, Andrew saw not just a mentor in Epstein—whose estate was valued at approximately $600 million—but someone who could help him make wealthy friends and influence others. It was a mutually beneficial relationship: while Andrew used Epstein for his financial connections, Epstein leveraged his connection with the prince to enjoy the trappings and clout that supplements a friendship with a senior royal. Andrew regularly invited Epstein to royal residences and events. Pictures of Epstein and his now imprisoned pimp and sidekick, Ghislaine Maxwell, at

one of the Queen’s private log cabins during a 1999 Balmoral vacation are proof that he made it as far into the inner sanctum of the royal family as possible. “Within a year [of meeting], Andrew and Epstein had developed their own strong friendship,” said a family source. “He always had a peculiar group of friends, so nothing really stood out in the early days . . . What was strange was that no one told him to distance himself when all the news came out about what Epstein had done.” It was during the early part of this alliance when, on a night out in March 2001, a forty-one-year-old Prince Andrew met the seventeen-yearold Virginia Roberts, just one year after she, too, was swept up into Epstein’s world. As a runaway teen and child sex abuse victim, Giuffre was already vulnerable by the time Maxwell offered her a job—at just sixteen— to work for Epstein as a traveling masseuse, providing massages and sexual services for the multi-millionaire and his business associates. For two years, it was a life of private jets, manipulation, and, as Giuffre has later described, a devastating time of being passed around Epstein’s associates “like a platter of fruit.” In 2007, the FBI identified her as one of Epstein’s victims and, after six months of hesitation, she agreed to cooperate with their investigation. Two years later she anonymously filed a lawsuit as “Jane Doe 102” against Epstein, and, in 2010, she shared the details about her encounters with both Andrew and Epstein with the public. She then spoke with the Mail on Sunday for a piece that also disclosed a photograph of herself and Prince Andrew and Maxwell at Maxwell’s house. By now, you most likely can recall the image from memory—standing at the top of a stairwell, Andrew has his arm wrapped tightly around a young-looking Giuffre as they both smile for the camera with Maxwell grinning in the background. Without the backstory it looks fairly innocent, but with the gaps filled in, it’s stomach churning. Those few who remain in Andrew’s corner have long denied the picture’s credibility (which has only been seen in the press as a photograph of a photograph). In 2019, Andrew instructed trusted aides to tell friendly journalists at the Telegraph and Evening Standard that some shadowy figure created the image using digital trickery (the girth of his fingers being the dead giveaway, apparently). Even Maxwell, who previously admitted the image taken at her London home was genuine, now says (from her prison cell, where she’s serving twenty years for child sex trafficking and other offenses) that it is fake. This is all distraction and fabrication, of course—the FBI had already confirmed the

authenticity of the four-by-six original, noting that the time stamp on the back of the print proved Giuffre had it developed in a store near her former home in Florida, three days after she returned from her 2001 trip to London. After the picture made its rounds in the media, Andrew still hoped it would all just go away, knowing Epstein had the means to pressure and stall. A coterie of aggressive lawyers working for Epstein dissuaded some mainstream media outlets from covering the story through various means: a five-figure donation to a New York Times reporter’s preferred nonprofit at one end of the spectrum, and a severed cat’s head in the front yard of Vanity Fair’s editor in chief at the other. The royal institution also did its bit to protect Andrew, spending a small (private) fortune on lawyers to work with the prince on his initial defense and making sure certain communication aides were prepped to handle the world’s interest. Giuffre, said close sources, was “fearful” about going against one of the Queen’s children. “She felt afraid about speaking up,” said a source. “It was drilled into her that bad things would happen if you do, that you don’t want to get on the wrong side of the institution. And indeed, she was reminded that, like Diana, it could turn on you.” In 2015, Buckingham Palace officials warned media outlets that “any suggestion of impropriety with underage minors is categorically untrue.” It’s worth noting that the age of consent in Britain, New York, and the U.S. Virgin Islands—the three locations Giuffre alleges Andrew sexually assaulted her—are sixteen, seventeen, and eighteen, respectively. Buckingham Palace still had a shield up for Andrew in 2019, telling journalists, including myself, “It is emphatically denied that the Duke of York had any form of sexual contact or relationship with Virginia [Giuffre]. Any claim to the contrary is false and without foundation.” But Giuffre confidently countered, “He denies that it ever happened and he’s going to keep denying that it ever happened, but he knows the truth and I know the truth.” To this day, Andrew repudiates all allegations. The journalists who wanted to report further details about Epstein and Prince Andrew also found it difficult to do so. During her time as a Good Morning America anchor on ABC, journalist Amy Robach conducted an hour-long exclusive interview with Giuffre that never aired. “The Palace found out that we had her whole allegations about Prince Andrew and threatened us a million different ways,” an unguarded Robach admitted during a hot-miked off-air clip that mysteriously surfaced online

(supposedly leaked by an “ABC insider” in November 2019 to far-right activist group Project Veritas). “We were so afraid that we wouldn’t be able to interview Kate and Will . . . I tried for three years to get it on to no avail.” Robach backtracked on her comments a year later while still working for the network, explaining, “I was caught in a private moment of frustration. I was upset that an important interview I had conducted with Virginia Roberts didn’t air because we could not obtain sufficient corroborating evidence to meet ABC’s editorial standards about her allegations.” It would be wrong to assume that this might have been all the work of the Palace (sources at ABC News, where I continue to work as a royal contributor, have said that approaches were also made by lawyers acting for Epstein), but it’s impossible to discount this aspect of the story. Even after Giuffre filed a defamation suit against Ghislaine Maxwell months later, putting many of her further allegations officially into the public domain, Robach’s interview remained unseen. A former Buckingham Palace staff member who worked with the Duke of York claimed that many inside and close to the Firm spent “at least four years” actively nudging trusted or easily influenced members of the press away from negative Andrew stories, claiming that “those who could be convinced it wasn’t worth dealing with all the legal issues were helped in other ways.” This certainly tamed some of the coverage and criticism of Andrew. And soon enough the British media’s obsession with the Sussexes pushed Andrew’s disgraces further back into the pages of some papers. It’s also impossible to ignore that retrograde cultural attitudes around young women and girls being taken advantage of by older white men in power have also played a role in how the story has (and hasn’t) been covered. Still, no amount of media massaging could soften the blow that came from Giuffre’s August 2021 decision to launch a civil lawsuit in New York against Prince Andrew, accusing him of “sexual assault and intentional infliction of emotional distress” and seeking unspecified damages. Andrew wanted to fight it. “This is a marathon, not a sprint, and the duke will continue to defend himself against these claims,” one of his legal representatives told me at the time. Added a royal source, “He felt there were enough holes in Virginia’s story to knock her down. But there was pressure from others [within the institution]” to steer clear of a legal battle and the media circus that would accompany it, especially if it made its way to a courtroom.

It was time to settle, no matter the cost. These pressures primarily came from Sir Edward Young, the late Queen’s private secretary; Sir Clive Alderton, Charles’s private secretary; and Sir Michael Stevens, the Keeper of the Privy Purse and the monarch’s accountant. After considering this position, the Queen came around and agreed to cover the cost. The huge sum of £12 million (approximately) was paid directly to Giuffre’s Victims Refuse Silence organization, a nonprofit she started in 2014 to help survivors of sexual abuse and victims of sex trafficking. Even with the rushed sale of his Swiss chalet (also bankrolled by Mummy some years earlier), Andrew didn’t have the funds to settle by himself—the Queen’s financial support was his only way out. The case was settled on February 15, 2022, just before Andrew’s scheduled seven-hour court-ordered deposition. Giuffre’s lawyer, David Boies, explained that it “was never a case where I think he could have afforded to go to trial.” He added, “[The] evidence was too strong . . . [The] photograph made it clear that he could not say he hadn’t met her. People, when they start to lie, go so far and they make statements that are demonstratively untrue. He could have said, ‘Yes I met her, yes I danced with her, but no, there was never any sex.’ That’s something that may have been hard to disprove. But when he says, ‘I’ve never met her’ and you’ve got that photograph . . . well.” Andrew later pushed staff and friends to inform friendly journalists that he only agreed on a settlement to ease the burden for his mother and the institution, not because he lacked confidence around proving his innocence. On the record, though, the prince stayed silent. As part of the settlement deal, both he and Giuffre agreed to refrain from any public comments regarding the case. This period conveniently encompassed the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee (during which Andrew had a fortuitous case of Covid) and, by happenstance, King Charles’s coronation. Before her death, the Queen told some of those close to her that she believed Andrew could eventually repair his image through philanthropic endeavors. The rest of the working family—though they predominantly believe in his innocence— would beg to disagree, with some hoping he remains firmly in the background for their sake. If Andrew has been attempting his mother’s style of repair, however, he’s off to a strange start. In June 2020, he sent pizzas (not from Pizza Express) and boxes of dates to a charity that helps human trafficking and

sexual exploitation victims. Though few want him to, Andrew hopes to one day ramp up his charitable efforts to creep back into the public eye. “William finds this quite extraordinary. The man is a ticking time bomb!” said a Kensington Palace source. The bomb started ticking years ago. Prior to his Epstein troubles and his official defrocking, Andrew had already proved he was a one-man PR disaster in the making, even as a sideshow to Charles’s 1990s humiliations and front-page troubles. Described as an inveterate “tits and bums man” with a penchant for “schoolboy humor” by a close associate, the “Playboy Prince,” also previously known in the tabloid press as “Randy Andy,” went on a bit of a tear after his divorce from Fergie. Andrew caused a stir because of his associations with a string of glamorous women, including actress Angie Everhart and model Caprice (who, on a 2000 date to Buckingham Palace, Andrew let sit on the Queen’s throne). A model exgirlfriend he dated in the 2010s told me, “I liked him. He’s charming, funny, and quick to put his foot in his mouth. Pretty women and money . . . those are the things that he lives for.” That love of money and finer things resulted in a history of poor judgment firmly rooted in debts and financial woes. His fondness for despots, which he fully took advantage of while touring the world as the United Kingdom Trade & Investment special envoy, was also another weakness. At the 2008 World Economic Forum in Egypt, Andrew was heavily criticized for dining with Kazakhstan’s autocratic president, Nursultan Nazarbayev, a controversial figure who headed up a family and group of cronies who had just forked over more than a billion dollars for properties in New York, Switzerland, and London. Palace aides initially defended Andrew for “just doing his job,” but the chorus of support quieted down when it was reported that Nazarbayev’s son-in-law, Kazak billionaire Timur Kulibayev, generously paid $5.6 million over the asking price for Andrew and Fergie’s abandoned and collapsing mansion, Sunninghill Park, as a favor. Then there was the story about convicted gun smuggler Tarek Kaituni, who gifted Andrew’s daughter Princess Beatrice a $37,000 necklace for her eighteenth birthday after he and Andrew socialized during a 2008 visit to Tunisia. That same year Andrew dined in Libya with dictator Muammar Gaddafi, a man responsible for the Lockerbie terrorist bombing, among a

litany of other crimes and human rights abuses. A year after this trip, the United Kingdom picked up a lucrative oil deal in the region. Andrew carried on with this brazen behavior and willingness to meet with oppressive regimes long after he was forced to resign as envoy. In 2014, reports surfaced that Andrew was planning a trip to Azerbaijan to meet with billionaire tyrant leader Ilham Aliyev, despite the fact that Aliyev was accused of stealing elections and violently persecuting journalists and political opponents. Sources initially claimed it was a onetime meeting but, as it turned out, the pair had met in secret eleven times prior. There are believed to be dozens, if not hundreds, more unwise connections to uncover from Andrew’s years in the role. Just don’t expect to find answers at Britain’s Department for Business and Trade. While records of who joined Andrew on his decade of international travel for the government division should be kept on file, Freedom of Information requests hit a brick wall (believe me, I tried). The Foreign Office claim that the documents won’t be available until 2065. Blurring the lines between his personal and professional lives is a repeated pattern for Andrew. His ten years as an envoy saw him live life large, with “travel expenses” and security costing taxpayers an estimated £22 million. With little regard for the public purse, Andrew would settle for nothing less than five-star hotels (the embassies on offer were rarely good enough for him) and first-class or private flights. Up until 2011, he also used his trade missions to plug the work of his friends and associates. According to a trove of emails, internal documents, and regulatory filings, the duke acted as an unofficial “door opener” for financier David Rowland and his secretive bank for the super-rich in Luxembourg, Banque Havilland S.A. Thanks to Andrew’s royal connections and envoy role, he was able to pitch the bank’s services to potential clients from the ranks of the high-networth elite. Rowland even brought Andrew on an official visit to China. In return he had access to a Bombardier Global Express jet and a virtually limitless credit card—Rowland even paid off a £1.5 million loan Andrew owed to his bank. Now that King Charles finally cut off the Duke of York from his £249,000 annual allowance from the Duchy of Lancaster in April 2023, money—particularly how to earn it—is still very much on his mind. Until he figures that out, his big brother continues to provide private financial support. Charles is even footing his seven-figure annual private security bill

—a move that surprised Prince Harry after Charles had no problem cutting him off from all financial aid and paid protection when he stepped away from his royal role. But the close association may end up coming back to bite the King and the monarchy. With the gag order from her settlement with Andrew now expired, it’s just a matter of time before the royal family hears from Giuffre again. In early 2023, the thirty-nine-year-old signed a major deal to publish her first memoir. And, though Epstein may be dead, stories from the past— including his friendship with Andrew—continue to trickle out. Still, with Charles’s brotherly support, sources say Andrew has been quietly focusing on how to clear his name once and for all, and that discussions with his legal team about contesting his settlement with Giuffre have already taken place. Giuffre’s lawyer, David Boies, finds this hard to believe. “He would just be putting himself back into the same dangerous position again, facing the same deposition,” he said with a laugh. “But if he wants to go through all of that, his lawyers have my number!” While King Charles has, so far, shown no inclination of conclusively stopping his support of his wayward brother, Andrew would be foolish to think that William will unquestionably support his uncle in the same way. It’s fair to say, the next King is the one in the family who inherited Prince Philip’s assertiveness when it comes to protecting the Crown. Until then, though, Andrew remains a wild card and one that can still inflict considerable damage to the monarchy. A source close to the family said, “One would be foolish to assume that Andrew won’t bring further shame . . . it’s his specialty. For his brother—the King, for Christ’s sake—to be blindly supporting him, despite the great risk he poses to this entire thing, is crazy.”

7 Race and the Royals Institutional Bigotry and Denial Perhaps you notice how the denial is so often the preface to the justification. —Christopher Hitchens, Hitch 22: A Memoir For while we have our eyes on the future, history has its eyes on us. —Amanda Gorman, “The Hill We Climb”

You could practically hear the eye-rolling in her voice. “Well . . . we could already guess what someone like her would be like. I saw it coming from miles away.” At a March 2021 meeting in her Kensington Palace apartment, Princess Michael of Kent—wife of the Queen’s first cousin Prince Michael of Kent—couldn’t stop herself from indulging in gossip with an aide about Meghan. Princess Michael has never been much of a fan of Prince Harry’s wife, and as she busily chattered on about the Sussexes’ prime-time Oprah Winfrey interview, she let her drawling emphasis on certain words do all the talking. The seventy-seven-year-old former interior designer had just spent most of the week with publishing contacts to discuss a proposal she was working on at the time, so she spoke freely and with confidence when she said: “[Meghan’s] made it all about race because that’s all everyone does these days.” Her remarks didn’t surprise those within earshot, including my source. This is the same royal who, at a 2017 family Christmas lunch, arrived at her first meeting with biracial Meghan Markle wearing a blackamoor brooch pinned to her coat lapel. Blinded by unconscious bias or just callously indifferent, it’s hard to say, but she certainly failed to recognize the cultural

insensitivity of wearing a brooch featuring a highly exoticized bust of a Black man in servant regalia, much less how others might react to such a thoughtless choice. She later apologized for the indiscretion (though never directly to Meghan), but, according to sources, the princess still shrugs and wrinkles her lip when the subject comes up. “I don’t think she particularly cared,” a senior royal source told me. Princess Michael wasn’t alone in nonchalantly deciding the resulting outcry over her blackamoor accessory, a style first popularized in the seventeenth century, was “over the top.” The same source revealed that “some in the family rushed to comfort her afterward. They didn’t feel the [media] onslaught was fair.” Meghan, I’m told, did not receive any such overtures. But then, failing to recognize racial or cultural insensitivities is a common theme among certain members of the royal family and a number of those working for and around them. This was but yet another example of ugly, systematic racism bubbling to the top. During my years covering the royals I have regularly been surprised by the Palace’s blasé attitude when it comes to anything to do with race, racism, or the issues that impact those from minority backgrounds. After Minneapolis police officers murdered George Floyd and the resurgence of the American-born Black Lives Matter (BLM) movement spawned international protests against systemic, racially motivated police brutality, unrest hit the streets of London in May 2020. A global civil rights issue was forcing change around the world, but the royal family chose to completely ignore it. As often as I emailed or phoned the Buckingham Palace communications team (more than weekly during the height of the BLM marches), my requests for on- or off-the-record guidance on whether we may see family members acknowledge this hugely important moment went noticeably unanswered—they responded to other queries I had, just not that one. The Palace famously stays away from anything it considers political, but unlike the political intricacies involved with the movement in the United States, BLM support in Britain simply meant standing up to and against racism. Leaders, activists, and public figures in the United Kingdom all spoke out on the issue (as did other royals in Europe), so the British royals’ silence—which followed almost four years of racially charged coverage of their only biracial family member—was hard to ignore.

With Covid still gripping the country, face time with Palace aides was practically nil and almost all engagements were held virtually. I didn’t receive any answers about the BLM movement until meeting with a senior aide at a hotel bar in August 2021. “We didn’t [reply] because it felt like you were trying to get a headline, quite honestly,” they told me. “You would have turned [the family not saying something] into a story.” It was a story, I argued. To me, it was bizarre that an institution that supposedly works for and strives to reflect modern and diverse Britain—one that now includes a biracial family member who has endured years of racial attacks since joining—couldn’t see the importance of speaking out against racism. The aide added that an op-ed I wrote in my role as royal editor for Harper’s Bazaar on the Sussexes’ allegations surrounding family concerns over the skin color of their son, Archie, was too “pointed” for the family’s liking. Titled “Stifling, Toxic, and Racist—Duchess Meghan Never Had a Chance,” it underscored the outdated posturing and institutional prejudices that forced Harry and Meghan to make a change. After all the deafening silence on race issues, I wanted it to be pointed. “You called us white supremacists,” the aide whispered to me with more than a little exasperation. This wasn’t entirely accurate. Here’s what I wrote: “If it’s not considered appropriate to acknowledge racism or racial ignorance when aimed at a mixed-raced senior royal, then how should the 54 countries of the Commonwealth and its predominantly Black, Brown, and mixed population feel about the realm’s figurehead belonging to an institution that claims to celebrate ‘diversity’ but in practice appears to uphold white supremacy?” * * * But let’s pull back for a little history lesson and take a look at the big picture, as ugly and uncomfortable as it is. In the United Kingdom, racism takes a different shape to the United States and other parts of the world. Although sometimes adopting pernicious form in economic policies and political dog-whistling, racism in America, for the most part, is not hidden. It often loudly announces itself in Trumpism, police brutality, the education system, deep-rooted white privilege, and viral “Karen” videos online. In Britain, racism furtively shape-shifts, and it lurks in the shadows as casually accepted discrimination, coded language, and systemic oppression, often

revealing itself in conversations about class, crusty colonialist thinking, and well-worn stereotypes. You don’t have to dig deep into those aspects of U.K. life that many consider traditional and quintessentially British to unearth some racist roots—post-Brexit, the mawkish Union Jack and St. George’s Cross flag-waving often conjures up a yearning for the golden age of empire. It’s often so undercover that many Brits will quickly and confidently tell you, “This is not a racist country,” and that Britain is the least racist place in Europe. The latter half is technically true. A 2019 European Union report on race and ethnic disparities found that an average of 21 percent of people of African descent in the United Kingdom had reported or experienced racial harassment in the last five years—in Finland, for comparison, the number is 63 percent. Germany and Italy stood at 41 percent. But being the “least” racist country doesn’t mean there isn’t racism. Black women in the United Kingdom are statistically four times more likely to die during childbirth, largely due to wider cultural and structural biases, and young Black men are nineteen times more likely to be stopped and searched by police. The number of non-white people who died from Covid was 50 percent more than their white counterparts, due to factors such as type of work and the toll that living in the crosshairs of racism takes on the body (it has been linked to heart disease, obesity, diabetes, high blood pressure, and kidney or liver disease). It’s a similar contrast when applying for jobs. On average, people from minority ethnic backgrounds still have to send 60 percent more applications to get a positive response from an employer compared to a white person of British origin, according to a University of Oxford study. Many of the issues affecting people of color in the United Kingdom originated in the heart of the British establishment—the institution of the monarchy. It was Queen Elizabeth I who legitimized slavery in 1562 when she allowed naval commander John Hawkins to kidnap Africans in his ship’s cargo hold and sell them in the Caribbean. And, during the reign of King Charles II, the Crown financed the African slave trade by founding and maintaining the Royal African Company of England, a trading operation that shipped more enslaved African men, women, and children than any other single institution during the entire period of the transatlantic slave trade. In 1712, Queen Anne landed an exclusive contract for the British nation to provide enslaved people for the Spanish West Indies for

thirty years. When the government later sold the contract, Anne received a 20 percent cut of a £7.5 million deal, which equals approximately £355 million in 2023. By the time British Parliament abolished the slave trade in 1807, more than twelve and a half million enslaved people had been transported from Africa to the Americas and Caribbean. Twenty-six years later, the government paid out a total of £20 million (the equivalent of £17 billion today) to compensate around three thousand British slave owners for the loss of “human property.” The freed, formerly enslaved didn’t receive a penny, nor has the government disbursed any monetary reparations to their descendants. The murderous and destructive impact of the royal family’s role in slavery is rarely covered in British schools to this day, but the remnants of it are all around us, from the man-made canals running through the towns and cities of England and Wales (which transported goods cultivated by enslaved people, including indigo, tobacco, rice, cotton, and sugar) to the striking civic and commercial buildings built with money from the commodities that enslaved people produced. And then there are the dozens of statues confidently associated with the transatlantic slave trade that still stand tall across the country. The sculpture of the political figure and slave owner William Beckford, for example, remains in London’s Guildhall, despite the fact he made his name and fortune on the back of the slave trade. To address the BLM protests, City of London officials decided to “retain and explain” the statue. A plaque next to Lord Beckford now “contextualizes” the life of a man who owned fourteen Jamaican sugar plantations and approximately three thousand enslaved Africans. The history of slavery also explains certain attitudes toward immigrants and foreigners that still persist. When King Charles II financed the African slave trade, the justification of the colonial project was validated by the notion that, other than the West, the rest of the world was corrupt and backward. It was this reasoning—and the widely pushed rhetoric of Black and Brown people as barbarians that accompanied it—that introduced much of the racism and “otherism” that still poisons today’s culture. This type of exceptionalism is a seam that runs deep through Britain’s politics. Case in point: Brexit and the narrative surrounding refugees, asylum seekers, and migrants (particularly those who are not from the fair-skinned Ukraine). Of course, these policies do not speak for an entire nation. Compared to other

parts of Europe, Britain has managed to grow into a diverse and more tolerant country. But while racial prejudices and learned behaviors are still deeply ingrained into British culture, a lot of it is subconscious. On my travels with the royals to former British colonies like Singapore and India, I’ve had the opportunity to talk with Palace aides about the monarchy and race. Almost reflexively, the responses dance around the same theme—that it’s unfair to lump the weight of the colonial past on the current crop of family members. They are simply people born into the institution they serve and into a history that was determined long before they entered this world, one senior official told me. Myopic at best, willfully ignoring the issue at worst, this position glosses over the fact that the monarchy they represent—one that emphasizes bloodlines and hereditary power and was built on the backs of others—still profits from untaxed slave-era inheritances. A lot of the £652 million estate inherited by King Charles from the Queen, all untaxed, can be traced back to the slave trade and empire. And the response to all this? Resolute silence. The family has had plenty of opportune moments to publicly engage in conversations about their past, but instead we have seen a herculean, strategic effort to avoid it. At a 2021 ceremony to mark the transition of Barbados from a constitutional monarchy under Queen Elizabeth II to a self-governing parliamentary republic with a new president, Charles became the first royal to touch on the topic. He declared that the “appalling atrocity of slavery” had “forever stain[ed] our history.” But what followed was not an apology for the monarchy’s role in the “darkest days of our past,” but rote platitudes about how the country’s journey had brought Barbadians to “this moment not as your destination, but as a vantage point from which you can survey a new horizon.” Charles offered little remorse on the institution’s behalf but seized the moment to “reaffirm  .  .  . the close and trusted partnership” between Barbados and Britain. The elephant in the room, of course, was this was Barbados’s moment to cast off the label of “Little England,” and finally sever ties with the country that turned it into a slave society. And everyone knew it. After the ceremony, protest organizer David Denny, general secretary for the Caribbean Movement for Peace and Integration, told reporters that Charles “shouldn’t be here at all” and that the country should ask the royal family to pay reparations.

With much of the public ill at ease with the royal family’s ties to the dark history of slavery, the Firm should be doing more than vaguely admitting there is an ugly past. The family’s inability to offer a head-on admission that issues to do with race still linger in the corners of the present-day institution is disingenuous, particularly after Harry spoke so candidly about his own unconscious bias in his memoir and in interviews around the book’s publication. Vile prejudices are not ancient history for the family. Let’s take a minute to recall Prince Philip’s comments about “slittyeyed” Chinese people, the moment he told the traditionally dressed president of Nigeria that he looked “ready for bed,” and the time he asked a group of indigenous people if they still “throw spears at each other” (lines that the British media routinely dismissed as “gaffes” or “quips”). The Queen Mother also had a history of making insensitive remarks (she once told a lady-in-waiting that “the Africans just don’t know how to govern themselves . . . what a pity we’re not still looking after them”), and Prince Charles thought nothing of nicknaming a South Asian friend “Sooty” because he thought his dark skin supposedly looked like soot. And lest we forget, the Duke of Windsor’s disturbing friendship with Adolf Hitler and the infamous images of Elizabeth II as a young, no doubt innocent girl giving the Nazi salute—an image the institution is still desperate to bury. The royal family spent much of the twentieth century dealing with, and often trying to cover up, race scandals. And the twenty-first century has, so far, been much of the same. From Princess Michael of Kent yelling at Black diners in America to “go back to the colonies” (she later defended herself against accusations of racism, declaring, “I’m not a racist—I even pretended to be a half caste”) to Prince Andrew’s casual slurs (in 2012 he allegedly used the n-word while talking about a senior political aide to Prime Minister David Cameron), and even Prince Harry’s own past, which saw the royal caught on video in 2009 calling fellow Sandhurst military cadet Ahmed Raza Khan “rag-head” and “Paki,” the House of Windsor may never talk about racism, but their prejudices—conscious or not—have often been on display and speak volumes. Behind the scenes it’s no different, if not worse. In 2001, Elizabeth Burgess, a Black secretary of ten years at Highgrove, told an employment tribunal how Prince Charles’s valet Michael Fawcett called her a “fucking n***** typist” in 1996. The tribunal ruled the claim against Burgess as

unproven and Charles went on to promote Fawcett to senior valet, but it should have been an opportunity for the Palace to raise their awareness level as a signal that they are listening. It would be careless not to mention the 1968 memo against hiring “coloured immigrants or foreigners” to a number of important roles at Buckingham Palace. Documents in the British National Archives reveal that, at a time when government ministers introduced laws making it illegal to refuse work to an individual on the grounds of their race or ethnicity, the Queen’s former chief financial manager informed civil servants that it “was not, in fact, the practice to appoint coloured immigrants or foreigners” to clerical roles in the royal household, although they were permitted to work as domestic servants. It’s unknown when the ban was lifted (Buckingham Palace still refuses to engage in conversations about the matter), though records on racial backgrounds of employees from the 1990s do show that the institution hired individuals from ethnic minorities for previously unavailable roles. “I would be lying if I said it’s not a difficult environment to be a person of color,” a non-white member of royal household staff told me on the condition of anonymity. “I have not witnessed outright, explicit racism but I have certainly experienced, and seen others experience, microaggressions and prejudice at work. This place still has a long way to go when it comes to everyone working here being able to feel completely comfortable.” A former member of staff, who worked for more than two members of the royal family during their tenure at the Palace, said, “The ignorance and casual racism is as bad as you think it is. It felt like another era sometimes.” I, too, have experienced and witnessed some of that ignorance and bias. Like the time a seasoned aide who—commenting on my clear English accent—told me, “I never expected you to speak the way you do.” Or the staff member who casually called a less developed part of London we were visiting on a royal engagement “the ghetto.” Or the senior courtier who hollered, “Oh my God. What a legend!” when they heard that a photographer had commented that Meghan should “be more Black and wear some African garb . . . let her Afro out” at an engagement linked to Nelson Mandela. A Palace spokesperson previously declined to comment on the views of past employees but admitted to me that there is still “much work to be done.” The work to be done is evident in the stubborn avoidance around the issue, even when incidents provide them with perfect opportunities to make

amends. Whether it was Lady Susan Hussey’s display of racial ignorance toward Sistah Space’s charity founder Ngozi Fulani, or the misogynoirladen bile from The Sun’s columnist Jeremy Clarkson, who wrote that Meghan should be “paraded naked through the streets of every town in Britain while the crowds  .  .  . throw lumps of excrement at her,” their continued silence is deafening and, perhaps more tellingly, exposes some of the institution’s noxious ways and means. Days before the former Top Gear host’s acerbic rant (which prompted Amazon Prime Video to decline a contract renewal with Clarkson and cost him a presenting gig on ITV’s iteration of Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?), Camilla, the Queen Consort, was hobnobbing with him at a Christmas party in central London. The pair consider each other dear friends, and, despite public pressure on Camilla to condemn his column and sexually violent language, she remained quiet on the issue. She wouldn’t, I was told by a Palace source, “be wading into any culture wars.” Several weeks later, Camilla gave an impassioned defense of free speech and the right of writers to express themselves at a Clarence House event for her Queen’s Reading Room book club. Her words followed news that some offensive or outdated terms had been altered or removed in the latest British editions of Charlie and the Chocolate Factory, Matilda, and other books by Roald Dahl. But it was also considered, particularly by the right-wing press, a rallying cry in the face of the “woke, snowflake culture” she famously detests and has publicly derided. Other failed opportunities include the number of ignored Black History months—every single one of them up until 2022. You may remember when Prince Edward and Sophie, then the Countess of Wessex, were bizarrely dispatched to pose with alpacas at a city farm in 2021 (the urban farm was marking the start of the annual Black History observance). And who can forget when the same couple was sent to Antigua and Barbuda, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, and Saint Lucia just one month after William and Kate’s flop Caribbean tour? It was the perfect opportunity to patch and correct the mistakes of the March 2022 trip but stopped way short of achieving this. The couple smiled, waved, and danced their way across the islands and in front of campaigners demanding apologies and reparatory justice. A disinterested Edward went on to offend Antigua prime minister Gaston Browne as he guffawed in response to the prime minister’s suggestion that the Wessexes should use their “diplomatic influence” to

help provide “reparatory justice” for Caribbean countries that were colonized by Britain. “You may not necessarily comment on this issue as you represent an institution that doesn’t comment on contentious issues,” said Browne. “Our civilization should understand the atrocities that took place during colonialism and slavery, and the fact that we have to bring balance by having open discussions.” Edward’s response? “I wasn’t keeping notes, so I’m not going to give you a complete riposte. But thank you for your welcome today.” Later that day the couple’s scheduled trip to Grenada was canceled at the last minute following advice from the country’s government. The move came just hours after new reports revealed that Britain directly owned hundreds of enslaved Black people in Grenada during the eighteenth century. Slow progress has, unsurprisingly, not been helped by the majority of the mainstream British newspapers, who—just like the institution of the monarchy—run in the opposite direction when faced with the subject of race. The majority of the country’s print media remains lenient and evasive when it comes to conversations about Britain’s history of slavery or the accusations of racism in the Palace (racism anywhere, for that matter). Spend enough time around certain journalists or outlets and you will find yourself hearing the hard-to-believe argument that the royal family has actually helped eradicate the colonial ties of the past. Using an apologist’s lens, some commentators have also claimed that over the years the Queen did more to “eradicate” racism while in pursuit of an equal society than any other monarch or politician in British history. There’s also the belief that Queen Elizabeth II’s years of traveling the length and breadth of the Commonwealth helped modernize the ties between the nations and to move past the fallout from the fall of the British Empire. “She was ahead of the curve,” said historian and professor of imperial and military history at King’s College London Ashley Jackson. “Unlike many of her ministers and indeed her British subjects, she discerned the need to avoid ‘old’ ideas of imperial loyalty or Anglo-Saxon superiority and instead to embrace new members. She emphasized the importance of common history, ideas, and values—theoretically shared by the diverse people of the Commonwealth, even if not by their leaders.” And while, yes, the Queen did oversee a decolonization process that played out around the world, she also took her colonial role seriously, sending the following message to “peoples of the British Commonwealth

Empire” while still a princess in 1947: “I declare before you all that my whole life, whether it be long or short, shall be devoted to your service and to the service of our great imperial family to which we all belong.” That imperial family was, of course, almost exclusively white—its prosperity secured by disposable Black and Brown lives. When historian and professor David Olusoga claimed on the Sussexes’ Harry & Meghan Netflix series that the palaces are still filled with “racist imagery,” a number of royal commentators rushed to exonerate the monarchy. “Clearly they have never been [to the palaces],” one ranted. But when you look for yourself, the imagery is irrefutably noticeable. Though the royal art collection has more than 7,500 works, it was seventeenthcentury Dutch landscape painter Aelbert Cuyp’s The N***o Page that hung on the wall of William and Kate’s formal drawing room at Kensington Palace when President Barack Obama and First Lady Michelle Obama visited in April 2016. The Mail’s resident art critic (yes, they have one!) praised the choice, suggesting that the image “featuring a black servant boy  .  .  . would particularly appeal to a History of Art graduate such as Kate.” But the critic failed to point out the giant lamp and plant pot that were hastily plonked in front of the 1660 painting to obscure the brass plate featuring the painting’s offensive title. I was one of two journalists covering that private engagement, and at the time, Kensington Palace was keen for the art incident to go unreported. Having inside access to the engagements (which, unlike members of the British media–only royal rota, is not guaranteed to any members of U.S. press), I was being careful not to be cut out and regrettably agreed to exclude the incident from my otherwise positive coverage of the meeting. Take a peek into Camilla’s Ray Mill House in Wiltshire, and you can’t miss the giant blackamoor statue in the entrance hall—a four-foot muscular Black man holding a lightbulb and lampshade high into the sky. A Palace source says it has been removed “in recent years.” It was a similar tale for blackamoor sconces hanging on the walls at Clarence House. When the Google Arts & Culture platform gave the world a look inside Charles’s London residence in 2018, eagle-eyed netizens spotted the offending items and officials quickly took them down (both the photos and from the residence). Removing offending objects are steps in the right direction, but they don’t go nearly far enough—many more symbols of slavery, whether in art

or jewelery, remain in royal households and in public view. The Royal Collection Trust published a catalog that featured more than forty uncensored uses of racist slurs, including the n-word, in its artifact descriptions. It took complaints over fifteen years before the Trust finally removed Ancient and Modern Gems and Jewels from circulation in July 2023. And, despite calls from campaigners for a redesign, one of Britain’s highest-honor medals bestowed by King Charles to ambassadors and diplomats for distinguished service still features a depiction of St. Michael, a blue-eyed white angel, standing on the neck of Satan, portrayed as a chained Black man. More glaringly, looted wealth is visible everywhere. The Kohi-Noor diamond in the crown last worn by the Queen Mother has only belonged to the monarchical institution since 1849, the year it was stolen from Lahore, India. And the Cullinan Diamond, a showpiece three-thousand-carat artifact of British imperialism incorporated into the Crown Jewels, including the sovereign’s scepter, was taken from South Africa in 1905 and “gifted” to King Edward VII by the government of the British Transvaal Colony. Calls for the Koh-i-Noor’s return have grown following the death of Queen Elizabeth II. And Camilla’s decision to have Queen Mary’s crown reset with the Cullinan III, IV, and V diamonds for her May 2023 coronation ceremony reignited questions about the royal family’s involvement with the development of diamond resource exploitation in southern Africa. “If the Koh-i-Noor is a symbol of East India Company plunder imperialism in India, the Cullinan is a symbol of a different kind of British racialized settler colonialism in southern Africa—and the royal family and their literal crowns and regalia are one place where these two strains of imperialism come together,” said Danielle Kinsey, a professor of history and nineteenthcentury Britain at Carleton University in Ontario, Canada. Revealingly similar to the way in which the Firm avoided the Black Lives Matter movement, Queen Elizabeth II mostly stayed mum on the progress in racial matters during the banner days of the civil rights movement. When Rev. Martin Luther King Jr. requested an audience with the monarch during a visit to London and invited her to his sermon at St. Paul’s Cathedral, he received no response. When he was shot dead a little more than three years later in Memphis, though Buckingham Palace made no comment at the time, the Queen did later go on to shape the theme of her 1968 Christmas speech around brotherhood, stating, “Mankind can only

find progress in friendship and cooperation.” As social psychologist and author Dr. John Petrocelli pointed out, “With a world stage and powerful voice that was inherited by her very position, it could have and should have been the Queen’s greatest contribution—she had nothing to lose and most everything to gain by being the real champion she is now ballyhooed to be.” British activist, lawyer, and author Dr. Shola Mos-Shogbamimu added, “She was a colonial Queen—monarch of an estate which owned the biggest empire in human history. She was the head of state of the British Empire at the start of her reign. You can’t divorce the Queen from the institution that she represented and the institution she represents has one of the strongest known links to the start of, and the pain of, slavery and colonialism.” In other words, it’s like saying Pope Francis doesn’t represent the Catholic Church. * * * This was the backdrop on which I based my comments in my aforementioned article that referenced white supremacy, and I stand by that piece today. The Palace aide who admonished me at the time said, “Your statements have huge consequences.” It’s why, he added, the Buckingham Palace communications team made the decision to exclude me from a media briefing about the funeral of Prince Philip shortly after that article came out (although, after kicking up a stink, the Palace did backtrack and accredit me for Windsor Castle access days later). “If you say things like that, of course you’re going to be at the bottom of the list.” So much for a free press, I gruffly replied. I knew this environment, both present and historical, would make it almost impossible for Meghan to flourish in the royal system. And the signs were there even in the earliest coverage of her time in the royal orbit, when news outlets used loaded terms like narcissistic, social climber, exotic DNA, and straight out of Compton (despite her not growing up anywhere near it) both to describe her, and to establish a narrative. Just eight days after the Sunday Express revealed their relationship to the world on October 31, 2016, Prince Harry felt compelled to write a statement, released by his head of communications, Jason Knauf, condemning the “racial undertones” and “wave of abuse” and harassment coming from the media.

“It was something new to all of us,” Knauf told me in early 2020. “Harry led the push [against that], but there were others who didn’t agree.” Though retrospective rumors incorrectly suggested it was his brother, Prince William, who pushed back against Harry’s communication efforts, several sources have since confirmed that it was Charles who felt taking on the papers “so aggressively” was a “terrible” idea. However, this came after the fact. Prior to the statement, Harry’s father was kept completely in the dark, because his son had little faith in him to stand on the right side. “[Harry] knew Charles would try and stop him because he’s so afraid of the press and damage to his own [media] relationships. Everyone involved had to keep it secret, including William,” a senior Palace aide said. Sadly, it was not just his father who was disappointed in Harry’s actions. Key members of staff—across all three royal households—thought Harry’s “hoo-hah” (the choice phrase of the Queen’s then deputy private secretary Edward Young, apparently) was much ado about nothing. Putting his foot down about paparazzi was one thing, but calling out racism in the press? The institution just couldn’t see the benefit of publicly addressing the sensitive issue. As tabloid op-eds and online hate increased, so did the level of denial from Palace aides, who claimed they couldn’t really see any racism in press coverage. In the upside-down dimension, some expressed sympathy for those in the press instead. A communication staffer at Kensington Palace comforted royal correspondents whom Twitter users had accused of being racist in their articles or commentary. “I do think the Duke of Sussex and his office will bear some responsibility if a journalist is harmed as a result of that ill-judged statement,” tweeted Daily Express royal editor Richard Palmer. “But, without naming names, I can say that one of [the Palace aides] is telling royal reporters to ignore the racism nuts.” Harry, who monitored Twitter closely back then, noticed the journalist’s remark. The Kensington Palace team “would much rather have the media’s back than mine,” he told a friend. As the level of online abuse Meghan received increased during her burgeoning relationship with Harry, Kensington Palace struggled with the new reality of their household Instagram account getting swarmed with slurs and hate speech. “You know you can block specific key words from appearing in the comments, right?” I said to one junior aide at the time. The office was aware, they said, but one of its higher-ranking aides felt that at the time it would be “inappropriate” to start censoring comments left for a

publicly funded institution. “They just don’t think you can start censoring people and it’s better to manually take care of anything bad.” As a result, thousands of daily comments loaded with the likes of the n-word, as well as monkey, banana, or dagger emojis, steadily appeared, many of them visible for days and weeks before they were deleted. Fans and public supporters of the couple—a movement that had quickly taken on the Sussex Squad moniker—were often the ones trawling through comments and reporting offending items. “If you’d seen the stuff that was written and you were receiving it . . . the kind of rhetoric that’s online, if you don’t know what I know, you would feel under threat all of the time,” Neil Basu, former head of counterterrorism for London’s Metropolitan Police, said. “We had teams investigating it and people have been prosecuted for those threats.” Due to the tabloids’ ridiculous suggestions that I was essentially an extended member of the couple’s team (we’ll get to that shortly), threats like the ones aimed at the duchess came my way, too—from disturbing descriptions of violent acts and graphic images, to racial slurs and warnings of physical harm at public engagements. I regularly passed all of these on to the authorities. In March 2019, Kensington Palace finally ramped up its social media safety efforts, after turning to Twitter and Instagram’s owner, Facebook, for help and dedicating a budget for online resources. “We ask that anyone engaging with our social media channels shows courtesy, kindness and respect for all other members of our social media communities,” a message posted on the royal.uk website read. “We reserve the right to hide or delete comments made on our channels, as well as block users who do not follow these guidelines.” The efforts were necessary, but pretty late in the game. Meghan was just two months away from giving birth to Archie, the first multiracial child in the family. One British-based YouTube account, a channel dedicated to conspiracy theories about Meghan faking her pregnancy, among other wild tales, had even encouraged followers to try to “pop” the duchess’s “moon bump” at a future public appearance. “She’s living in fear . . . not just for herself but for the baby. You can’t expect anyone to live like that,” one of the couple’s most senior staff told me at the time. But the fact that Archie faced more security threats than other royal children did not translate to additional safety measures. Hierarchy still took precedence, and as seventh

in line to the throne at the time, Archie was not considered a particularly high priority. The Cambridge family had a bigger security team—a point that Harry was very aware of. “No one is thinking about the fact that my wife is biracial, my son is mixed race . . . None of this registers to anyone,” Harry told an aide that summer. In fact, minimal thought ever went into race-related issues when it came to the Sussexes. This is the same institution that suggested that Lady Susan Hussey (yes, that Lady Susan Hussey) help biracial Meghan acclimate to Palace life and navigate the royal system. The duchess turned down the offer, probably having already sensed that it might not be the best idea. When Palace aides later told reporters, including myself, that they “bent over backwards” to make Meghan feel comfortable at Buckingham Palace, this included a follow-up suggestion that perhaps the Queen’s Ghanaianborn household cavalry officer Lieutenant Colonel Nana Kofi TwumasiAnkrah should be the one to help Meghan. Though a charming and intelligent man, it stood out like a sore thumb to Meghan and her friends that, due to a lack of Black or other non-white staff, let alone women, in relevant senior roles, the Palace had to turn to someone who was the Queen’s attendant. “I doubt Kate was offered an equerry [for guidance],” a pal said to Meghan. As for Harry and Meghan’s wedding, aides from Charles’s Clarence House office put themselves forward to help with the planning for the big day, but Harry, knowing from experience how quickly things leak, especially from his father’s camp, put the kibosh on the idea. “Far too big for her boots,” one of Charles’s staffers—a regular Daily Mail source at the time—moaned about Meghan. “Who does she think she is?” Just who does she think she is? This was a running theme throughout Meghan’s time as a working royal. Here was a woman who, in the eyes of many within the institution (consciously or unconsciously), wasn’t considered good enough to be part of it—be it because of her class, her family, her ethnicity, or her career history. Or maybe just because she wasn’t sufficiently reverential and thankful for the opportunity, a haughty opinion that also stinks of prejudice and privilege. “Meghan came in and did the work, but she wasn’t in awe of her surroundings. It was like taking on a new job, one that came as a prerequisite with her marriage to the person she was in love with,” said a close friend of the duchess. “She took it seriously, but the fact she wasn’t

saying, ‘Wow, this is the greatest thing on earth’ made people feel like she wasn’t grateful, that she didn’t deserve what she had.” To some at the Palace, here was a woman of color who was allowed into an entitled, exceedingly white space, so how dare she not show an abundance of gratitude. The fact that later she would choose to step away from it, essentially rejecting the hallowed space she was “lucky” enough to have entered, emerged as the sore point for many. In the weeks that followed their May 2018 nuptials, the couple embarked on a successful seventy-six-engagement tour of Australia, New Zealand, Fiji, and Tonga. Their popularity grew so big that, according to several Palace staffers I have spoken to over the years, there was intense jealousy over the couple’s growing star power among senior courtiers and other family members. “It’s a tricky place to be when you’re sixth in line but up there with number one [the Queen] in terms of popularity,” one of the couple’s press secretaries told me that summer. “They’ll probably want to bring them down a peg.” And so, the Palace permitted the press to do their bidding. A month after the couple returned to England, negative stories trickled out. “Kicking up a stink” was the Daily Mail’s November 30, 2018, headline, which reported on Meghan’s alleged “dictatorial” request to place air fresheners inside St. George’s Chapel before her wedding ceremony (of course, when Kate filled Westminster Abbey with Jo Malone for her wedding, it was “sweet”). Then the Telegraph reported the now well-worn story about Meghan making Kate cry at a bridesmaid fitting (which, not even three years later, we heard was actually the other way around). The same paper also used a report to claim a community kitchen Meghan was working with, run by a group of mostly Middle Eastern and North African women, was linked to terrorism—simply based on research carried out by an “antiIslam” think tank that “suggested” the mosque it was housed in may have been attended by three terror criminals a decade prior. And there was The Sun’s reporting that Meghan rejected the wedding tiara the Queen offered because she preferred a different design. “What Meghan wants, Meghan gets!” Harry reportedly ranted to the monarch’s dresser, Angela Kelly. A fatuous and erroneous story from start to finish, but it had remarkable staying power in the press (again, never publicly denied by anyone in the Palace). A week later, the same outlet reported that an “angry” Meghan had “bollocked” a member of Kensington Palace staff. This was around the

same time as a Telegraph story about the “garbage patch” Marks & Spencer tights she berated an assistant for buying instead of a pair from upmarket brand Wolford. Like most of these tales, this was not true. In fact, a bemused Kensington Palace staffer even showed me their text message exchange with Meghan, who had thanked them for rushing out to High Street Kensington to buy tights from M&S. As the only reporter close to the people working directly with the couple at the time, it was easy for me to see the manipulation for exactly what it was. As I was completely fine with calling it out, my daily reporting often differed from what was in the papers, which quickly put a target on my back, too. This period was the birth of “Duchess Difficult”—one of the many nicknames given to Meghan by the Palace and tabloids over the years. “Megain” (because it’s all about “me,” a royal insider told society bible Tatler), “Narcissistic sociopath,” and “Degree wife” (this one supposedly by a senior royal because they felt her marriage would only last the length of a British university degree—three years) are a few others. Inside the Palace was no different to a school playground, except this time the bullies had reporters on speed dial. For women of color, particularly those of African or Caribbean heritage, the trope of the difficult, angry, emotional woman is a familiar one. The repeated use of “Duchess Difficult” in tabloid reports is typical behavior by large sections of mainstream media, which often use divisive and inciting language—such as drama queen, diva, gold digger, aggressive, bully—to describe Black women, particularly those who have found success. Just ask the likes of Beyoncé, Michelle Obama, and Serena Williams, who have all been described in the press using similar terms over the years. These labels are why their life experiences, no matter how awful, are often met with little or no sympathy. “Calling someone the b-word, labeling them as difficult, it’s often a way to insult and dismiss someone,” Meghan explained in her 2022 Spotify podcast, Archetypes. “It becomes a way to take their power away, keep them in their place. A lot of times it’s tied to the very women who have power and agency.” Palace officials had every opportunity to mitigate some of the attacks and defang some of the dog-whistling in the press, but instead they stayed silent. It was worse behind closed doors. Some aides and staff found the name-calling funny—a few even believed Meghan got what was coming to her. One former aide shared with me that a colleague told them Meghan

“kind of deserved it  .  .  . for making our lives hell” during the wedding planning. By “hell,” the former Palace employee explained, “they basically meant she had opinions. People didn’t like that. They wanted Meghan to just go with everything that was suggested and not create any additional work. It was a combination of her not conforming with how women marrying into the family are expected to behave and certain individuals just being lazy.” The destructive symbiosis between the Palace and the press grew worse with time. Joining the growing list of negative stories about the duchess were new reports about issues with staff. The departure of Melissa Toubati, a Kensington Palace assistant for both of the Sussexes, was the first of many. A report in the Daily Mail in October 2018 revealed that the thirtynine-year-old was leaving her post after just six months. It was accompanied by anonymous quotes (provided by a Kensington Palace aide), which told the paper, “Melissa is a hugely talented person. She played a pivotal role in the success of the Royal Wedding and will be missed by everyone in the Royal Household.” When later reports suggested that Meghan had reduced Toubati to “tears” and she’d been driven out of her job, Kensington Palace, including Jason Knauf, refused to comment to anyone on or off the record. When I wrote in detail about the assistant’s departure in Finding Freedom, it was intriguing to see how quickly and thoroughly the Palace defended her, from the Palace’s positive briefings all the way to a call I received in March 2021 from a senior Buckingham Palace communications aide, after I reported details of the Sussexes’ side of the story on air. “Omid, I need you to remember that there is a human being at the other end of these claims,” they said. “Melissa has been very upset . . . Please remember that words have very real consequences.” Words do indeed have consequences, but it felt slightly rich coming from the same institution that tacitly permitted cruel nicknames and did little to protect one of their own from a deluge of hateful and damaging reporting. As the racism and threats escalated, I was stunned by their inability to pick up the phone and ask the many journalists, “royal experts,” and columnists who were attacking Meghan what had been asked of me. The pile-on took Meghan to a place she had never been before— contemplating suicide in early 2019. “I just didn’t want to be alive anymore,” she said. “That was a very clear and real and frightening

constant thought.” But when she turned to the institution for help, potentially at a facility, she was told it would not be a good look for the Firm and was instead advised to lie low so the papers would give her a break. She responded that she’d left the house only twice in the previous four months. Her supposedly “private” meeting with Samantha Carruthers, the Palace’s head of HR, surfaced as Palace gossip within a matter of weeks. Various staff at Kensington Palace, Clarence House, and Buckingham Palace all tittle-tattled about Meghan’s personal crisis, and the chatter even reached some of the reporters in the royal rota. There were few who were sympathetic, and even fewer who did or said anything to help. “The feeling was that she needed to develop a thicker skin,” a former Palace staffer recently told me. The institutional response was regrettably predictable. Instead of lending a hand, they gave her the company line, requiring her to demonstrate some of that clichéd stiff upper lip and suffer in silence, all part of a compulsory effort to protect the company brand. The direction from the Palace was, “Don’t say anything,” Harry said in the Harry & Meghan docuseries. “As far as the family was concerned, everything she was put through, they were put through as well. Like, ‘My wife had to go through that, so why should your girlfriend be treated any differently, why should you get special treatment?’ And I said, ‘The difference here is the race element.’” The Palace’s obvious indifference to Meghan’s predicament sent an undeniable message to people of color everywhere. Even a person of color like Meghan—an admittedly white-passing, and privileged biracial woman —is still subject to racial bias and gaslighting in a publicly funded institution that is globally celebrated by leaders and kingmakers. The royal establishment’s reluctance to speak out against the racism, or to at least protect a victim of it among their own ranks, indicates how retrograde thinking still poisons the heart of this often-revered family operation. Contrary to ridiculous reports and endless internet gossip, Meghan and I didn’t know each other before she entered stage right into the royal family drama. Other than a brief red-carpet encounter at a fashion event in 2015 (one I doubt she would even remember), she knew as much about me as she did the rest of the royal press pack. Though I had enjoyed covering the royals for more than five years before Meghan’s arrival, the majority of my

work was largely focused on the family’s philanthropic endeavors and picture-worthy milestones. I was an Us Weekly editor at the time, and the American appetite for glowing coverage of the House of Windsor’s younger members meant that I devoted acres of pages to William and Kate’s exciting new lives and Harry’s journey as a young royal. Given that I wanted to maintain strong access to their world and work, this approach suited me just fine. Back then, the royal family—alongside the Kardashians—were the outlet’s number one franchise for its millions of readers. It’s why at one point more than a quarter (all positive) of its fifty-two annual covers was dedicated to the royals. And Kensington Palace loved the arrangement, too, always helping me with reporting and even working closely on a number of standalone spin-off publications. It was the arrival of Suits actress Meghan Markle that increased my personal interest in the next chapters of the royal story. Here was a smart, accomplished biracial American woman, every bit the confident, optimistic Californian, joining a thousand-year-old family of hereditary power and a staid institution not exactly known for its openness and tolerance. As a younger, U.K.-born mixed-race journalist who covered the royals day in, day out, I knew this was a significant moment in British and royal history and that Meghan’s journey was going to be fascinating and far from easy. A fairy tale this was not. As I observed many British outlets turn a blind eye or struggle to recognize the thinly veiled racism and bigotry that ran rife through their newspapers and magazines, and as I watched the Palace stand by and say nothing in response, I decided to cover Meghan’s journey more objectively, but also from a vantage point closer to her reality on the ground. Hers was an important story to tell. And thanks to connections in the entertainment industry, her former world, I had sources on both sides to provide deeper insight—something the reporters at the papers didn’t have at the time. Working only for American media outlets (a decision I made early on in my career), from Good Morning America to ABC News to Harper’s Bazaar, also meant I was lucky enough to be part of more diverse and inclusive teams than one would find in most British newsrooms (only 8 percent of the country’s journalism workforce is non-white, and the majority of those aren’t in senior positions). These were colleagues who consistently understood and wholeheartedly supported my approach to the job. Back on home shores the response was vastly different. My coverage offering both

sides of the story—and an empathetic approach to the journey of a mixedrace woman in the royal institution—was met with criticism and attacks from the press. The likes of the Mail, Telegraph, and Express hastily resorted to name-calling (mouthpiece and cheerleader being two of their many favorites), and it soon became clear that the presence of a journalist offering a different take enraged them. While other royal reporters quietly got on with their jobs, I found myself dealing with tabloid reporters digging into every possible aspect of my life and, more disturbingly, harassing my family. This type of bullying had two main aims: to diminish my journalistic credentials (and therefore the strength of my reporting) and get back at me for calling out misleading and racially insensitive coverage. My reporting on Harry and Meghan’s story radically and quickly shifted my own social media landscape, too. As a journalist I was no stranger to a heated letter or negative comment here and there, but this was the first time I was the target of regular racially motivated hate. The day the Daily Mail started referring to me as “British-Iranian” (despite having never pointed out the ethnicity of other royal correspondents), the personal attacks gassed up, initiating daily tweets that told me I had no right to be speaking about “our” British royals. And as the online vitriol toward Meghan got worse, so did it toward me: “Fuck off back home paki” “MI6 should keep an eye on this terrorist” “Needs to be driven through a Paris tunnel” “Show respect to the monarch who let you stay in this country in the first place” “Camel jockey who needs to worry about his own country”

This is just a minuscule slice of the daily tweets, direct messages, and online comments I receive. I won’t bore you with the hundreds of variations of messages from furious royalists telling me to kill myself. As for Meghan, even in the early days, the ugliness was inescapable. In January 2018, the partner of a right-wing populist political party leader was exposed for sending racist text messages about Meghan. In leaked WhatsApp messages, Jo Marney—girlfriend of U.K. Independence Party leader Henry Bolton—claimed Harry’s “black American” fiancée will “taint” the royal family with “her seed” and pave the way for a “black king.” She continued, “This is Britain. Not Africa.” Other extremists shared similar sentiments, many emboldened by the stream of subtle digs in newspaper opinion pieces and on daytime television. Six former

Metropolitan Police officers, including one who went on to be employed by the British Home Office, were charged with sending offensive and racist messages, including slurs about Meghan, in a private WhatsApp group they started in August 2018. And a British court also heard how two whitesupremacist podcasters said Prince Harry should be “judicially killed for treason” for marrying Meghan, and called their son, Archie, “an abomination that should be put down.” The Welshmen, who have since been convicted of terror offenses, claimed their Black Wolf Radio podcast comments were simply “freedom of speech.” That old chestnut. By the beginning of 2019, Meghan had become the most trolled person in the world. As she pointed out on an episode of the Teenager Therapy podcast, for eight months of this grim period she was pregnant or on maternity leave. “What was able to just be manufactured and churned out, it’s almost unsurvivable,” Meghan said. “That’s so big you can’t think of what that feels like, because I don’t care if you’re fifteen or twenty-five, if people are saying things about you that aren’t true, what that does to your mental and emotional health is so damaging.” Again, the Palace did virtually nothing to help, either behind the scenes or in their public communications. During the peak of it in late summer 2018, I received a call that I thought was from the couple’s head of communications at the time, Sara Latham. We had been texting back and forth about an upcoming royal engagement. “Hi, Omid!” a female voice chirped. It was different to Latham’s northwestern American accent. “It’s Meghan.” I put my iced coffee down, not quite sure if the call was a prank. “We saw your name keep coming up on the phone . . . and I just wanted to say hi, see how you’re doing.” Sara had mentioned to her that I was dealing with my own online harassment and threats. Though I appreciated the conversation, it was also deflating. Here was someone checking in on a journalist she still only really knew through a byline, when so many of the people in her royal orbit—including those on payroll—wouldn’t do the same for her. It said so much about the state of the Firm—their ineptitude at protecting one of their own and their failure to comprehend the scope of the damage done because of their silence. Later that same day, I spoke with a senior member of their team, and they were brutally honest about Meghan’s situation. “She will give you the impression that all is fine but it’s clearly taking its toll . . . It’s really bad,

Omid,” they admitted, almost tearful themselves. “Without support there’s little I can do, either.” The Firm’s protective shield—so often used when royals are in crisis, including Prince Andrew’s never-ending ordeal—was never offered up for Meghan. And the system wields that shield whenever it’s deemed necessary. It’s impossible to forget the time Kensington Palace issued an official statement in defense of Kate after a plastic surgeon had suggested to a newspaper that she, then the Duchess of Cambridge, had “baby Botox” injections to reduce wrinkles. And when Charles and Camilla received a barrage of negative comments on Clarence House Instagram posts after the premiere of the fourth season of The Crown, aides wasted no time in switching off the ability to comment on posts. “They didn’t see Meghan as important enough to care for—simple as that,” said a friend of the duchess. “No matter who asked, no matter what was pointed out, no matter how loudly she told them, or we told them, that she was struggling . . . she was expected to shut up and deal with it quietly.” And Harry said, “I thought my family would help but every single ask, request, warning, whatever, got met with total silence or total neglect. I felt totally helpless.” It’s revealing that the one family member who has emerged as the most informed and honest about the Firm’s racial issues—and his own—is the one who left the institution altogether. Prince Harry’s racial awakening has its own story arc, but it’s worth remembering that he is the first royal in history to sincerely acknowledge their white privilege, their ancestral role in racial injustices, and, most importantly, their continuing bias and racism, unconscious or not. It was a journey that started the day he met Meghan but one that took on significance and meaning after he left the confines of the palace. He also called out his own family for not taking on the racist attacks hurled at their own, even linking this institutionalized reticence to Britain’s long history of imperialism. “For us, for this union and the specifics around [Meghan’s] race, there was an opportunity—many opportunities—for my family to show some public support,” he has said. Support did come from less expected areas. In October 2019, a Labour party political candidate, Holly Lynch, drafted an open letter regarding the racial attacks on Meghan that was later signed by seventy-two female politicians. With no illusions, it resolutely stated: “Stories and headlines

have represented an invasion of your privacy and have sought to cast aspersions about your character, without any good reason as far as we can see . . . We are calling out what can only be described as outdated, colonial undertones to some of these stories.” After hearing news of the letter, Harry told a friend, “It’s more than my family ever did  .  .  . The silence disappointed me.” The Firm has yet to fully learn how to become more initiative-taking when faced with race-related allegations, particularly after Harry and Meghan left Oprah Winfrey speechless over certain family members’ “concerns and conversations” about Archie’s skin color. The issue may have later been briefly discussed between Meghan and Charles over letter (and this is why the incidents were not repeated in the Sussexes’ 2022 Netflix series or in Spare), but the Palace’s initial response was not a swift one—they would instead wait until the interview’s U.K. broadcast aired the following day before planning anything. The family, a Palace aide told me, was keen to hear what the nation thought and see which way the wind was blowing in the court of public opinion. If the Sussexes—whose overall popularity in the country had been on a downward trajectory since they stepped away from their roles—received minimal sympathy from the British public, they would get minimal from the institution, too. After morning television hosts mocked Meghan’s stories, newspapers called the couple liars, and a nationwide poll found that more than a third of Britons (36 percent) had more sympathy with the royal family (compared to just 22 percent for the Sussexes), the Palace issued a carefully worded statement to mirror the public’s mixed reaction. “The issues raised, particularly that of race, are concerning,” Buckingham Palace included in a sixty-one-word riposte issued on behalf of the Queen. “While some recollections may vary, they are taken very seriously and will be addressed by the family privately.” Those three words, recollections may vary, artfully submarined the issue by casting it as a he said–she said situation, effectively throwing the hounds off the scent without any mea culpas or promises of investigations. With a large swathe of the public instantly taking the side of the royal family, it felt like mission accomplished for Prince William’s then communications secretary Christian Jones and private secretary JeanChristophe Gray, who helped devise the caveat during multiple drafts of the statement. They worked closely with Charles’s chief press aide, Julian Payne, on the perfect response “to plant that seed of doubt in people’s

minds,” said a former staffer, who was also involved in communications efforts at the time. “The last thing they wanted was for people to start pointing fingers at the bosses [William and Kate].” Someone else also keen to protect the family’s reputation was Kate. Years later, The Times’ royal correspondent, Valentine Low, reported that the then Duchess of Cambridge was the one to suggest that the statement needed something to reflect how the institution “did not accept a lot of what had been said . . . [She] clearly made the point, ‘History will judge this statement and unless this phrase or a phrase like it is included, everything that they have said will be taken as true.’” A source later told me, “She was really passionate about defending the family.” Two days later, when confronted by a reporter outside an East London school, Prince William helped reiterate the statement’s point, telling TV cameras, “We are very much not a racist family.” It was an unplanned response, but William—who admitted to a press secretary earlier in the day that he was “nervous” about stepping out—was keen to avoid any fingerpointing. More than two years on and, other than Charles, no one in the family has spoken about the Archie conversations with the Sussexes. Meanwhile, the Palace has been on a mission to shift itself away from the perception they represent a racist institution. Less than three weeks after the Oprah interview, “royal sources” (in this case, Buckingham Palace’s head of communications speaking anonymously) confirmed plans to appoint a diversity chief, with the “full support” of the family. It was the first time that the royal establishment came close to admitting the important need for the institution’s inner workings to be diverse and representative of modernday society. “We are listening and learning to get this right,” I was told at the time. Unsurprisingly, it turned out to be lip service. Just three months later— after sharing a below-average employment diversity statistic in their 2020– 2021 financial report (the first time such information had been publicly shared)—the Palace admitted it would be shelving plans for the diversity role. Though the position has not been completely ruled out for the future, a Palace source revealed that all staff were instead emailed a link to a “diversity survey” with tasks such as ranking (on a scale from “Strongly Disagree” to “Strongly Agree”) statements such as “This organisation really values diversity” and “I feel I am respected by my colleagues.” A former

household employee scoffed, “Lord only knows what was done with the results . . . We never heard about it since.” Change is not impossible. In recent years the Dutch royal family has led by example when it comes to addressing their own uncomfortable histories. In 2022, King Willem-Alexander of the Netherlands commissioned independent research into the role of his family in the country’s colonial past. The royal personally hired three Dutch historians and a human rights expert to spend exactly three years on the study, including tracing links to the Dutch West India Company, which operated ships that trafficked an estimated six hundred thousand people into slavery over centuries. In tandem, the Dutch government apologized for the country’s role in slavery from the seventeenth to nineteenth centuries and devoted €200 million to a fund promoting awareness of the colonial power’s role in slavery and €27 million to open a slavery museum. The king followed up with a powerful speech with his own apology on behalf of the family. In April 2023, King Charles took the British royal family’s first baby step toward acknowledging the British monarchy’s own role in the slave trade by “supporting” a research project investigating the family’s ancestral links with transatlantic slavery. It followed the Guardian’s publication of a previously unseen document from 1689 clearly showing that the slavetrading Royal African Company transferred shares in the company to King William III. The collaborative doctoral partnership between the University of Manchester and Historic Royal Palaces (a charity that manages unoccupied royal residences) is allowing historian Camilla de Koning access to specific archives for a PhD thesis on the subject. Though de Koning’s collaborative work, which began in October 2022 and will conclude in 2026, would have happened with or without Charles’s support, his public show of interest is a start. As I finished the pages of this book, a spokesperson for King Charles said the institution is still “committed” to improving diversity among household employees, particularly at the senior level. The monarch has, for example, heavily leaned on his former press secretary, Eva Omaghomi, who is now the director of community engagement, to work more closely with minority groups in the United Kingdom and across the Commonwealth. Charles, too, said a source, is planning to do more community-focused work. In August 2022, Charles guest-edited The Voice—Britain’s only national Black newspaper—and spoke about the importance of “unity

through diversity.” In a letter properly acknowledging Black History Month in the United Kingdom, he wrote, “My hope is that we can consistently preserve and celebrate the histories of people of African, Caribbean and Asian heritage in Britain, and to expand this beyond Black History Month. Doing so will recognize the rich diversity of cultures and different minority ethnic groups that make this country so special—and in many ways unique.” While criticized as “hollow words” by some of its readers, Charles does have a history of supporting minority groups in Britain. In 1976 he launched the Prince’s Trust, which has gone on to give thousands of marginalized young people, many from Black communities, financial grants to set up their own enterprises and fulfill their potential. Before they found success, entrepreneurs such as menswear designer Ozwald Boateng, actors including Idris Elba and David Oyelowo, and many Black-owned businesses received support and grants from the charity’s various programs. But it would be hasty to unreservedly believe that real change is on the horizon for the wider royal establishment just yet. In 2023, it was reported that 9.7 percent of employees in Buckingham Palace were from ethnic minority backgrounds (up from 9.6 percent the previous year) and Kensington Palace employed 16.3 percent (up from 13.6 percent). The numbers appear to be ticking up in the right direction, but a closer look at the senior staffers around royal family members reveals a predominantly white lineup (exclusively, in the case of communications team members and private secretaries at William and Kate’s household). It depressingly shows that the majority of non-white employees are at junior levels or working in more service industry–type positions (such as the hundreds of housekeeping staff helping maintain royal residences). There are also very few women in senior roles across both royal households. As for the Lord Chamberlain’s committee, the five department heads who form the core of it (the Lord Chamberlain, the King’s private secretary, the Keeper of the Privy Purse, the Master of the Household, and the office’s comptroller) are all older white men. It’s a deep-seated problem, one that has gone unrectified for centuries and one that will take a long time to change. In the twenty-first century, baby steps aren’t enough, and incrementalism won’t appease recent cultural demands for revolutionary-size change. And it all starts by taking a hard look in the mirror and recognizing all the subtle and insidious ways racism rots away at the center. “Everything they said was going to happen hasn’t

happened,” Harry commented in a January 2023 interview. “I’ve always been open to wanting to help them understand their part in it . . . For me, the difference is unconscious bias and racism, but if you are called out for unconscious bias you need to make that right, and you have the opportunity and the choice to. But if you choose not to, then that rapidly becomes something much more serious.” To put it another way, consciously ignoring or trying to brush away the once unconscious bias is, in and of itself, inherently racist. The Firm’s incapacity—and seeming disinclination at times—to initiate substantive change or even take a truly committed and objective stance on their own history shows a disregard for what the twenty-first century’s unstoppable currents demand: cycle breaking and transformation. It demonstrates an unwillingness to truly accept, embrace, and protect what the Duchess of Sussex’s inclusion stood for beyond palace walls—how important it was for the millions of Black, Brown, and non-white people throughout Britain and the predominantly non-white Commonwealth to finally see a little of themselves represented in the monarchy because of Meghan’s presence, her background, and her union with Harry. Her role in the royal story symbolized a crack in a glass ceiling that many thought was impossible to touch. But instead of helping her when she needed it most, the Palace discounted her trauma, claiming in a calibrated, well-timed statement that when it comes to Meghan’s experiences, well, “recollections may vary.” Her story didn’t matter. If Meghan’s presence didn’t alter anything within the royal family or the institution of the monarchy, then perhaps nothing will. The Firm doesn’t like to be told what to do—acclimation and change are not practices and values they have historically embraced. And a deferential press let them get away with it all, and, at times, has made it worse. The family’s past will forever discolor their legacy, and their refusal to comprehensively address much of it only deepens the stain. By their very existence, the royal family as a symbol perpetuates the notion of empire and the class system. As a result, it’s almost impossible to separate the three. To do so would require a full-scale operation geared toward redressing the Firm in modern colors and populating the institution with diverse opinions and forward-thinking ideas, including a new governing transparency. It’s a tall order for a monarchy that stretches back to 1066, and one that desperately relies on tradition, mystery, and memories of the grand old times for its survival. There are just too

many blackamoor pieces and tainted historical artifacts that can be neither retained nor explained.

8 Gloves On Prince William, Heir to the Throne If you’re not careful, duty can sort of weigh you down an awful lot at a very early age and I think you’ve got to develop into the duty role. —Prince William, 2016, BBC News interview “I am growing up,” she thought . . . “I am losing some illusions . . . perhaps to acquire others,” and she descended among the tombs where the bones of her ancestors lay. —Virginia Woolf, Orlando

A crusader is born. After the Sussexes’ allegations and William and Kate’s Caribbean debacle exposed the systemic discrimination within the royal institution, Prince William took the mantle in the Firm’s effort to distance itself from the continued assertions and presumptions that the royal family is a racist one. Immediately following the bigoted remarks of his godmother, Lady Susan Hussey, at Queen Camilla’s domestic violence event in November 2022, William hastened to rebuke her insensitive comments, even leapfrogging the Palace’s response to do so. Motivated by both justified anger and atonement for the monarchy’s recent blunders, William has now taken the campaign beyond palace walls to admonish and correct in other areas to set himself apart. On March 18, 2023, he penned a letter to address disturbing claims from a youth football league manager in the north England town of Bradford. The manager had written to the national Football Association (FA) that many of his players—some as young as seven—are routinely subjected to racial abuse and threats of violence from adults on the

sidelines, and he asked that the association do something about it. After an internal discussion, board members decided that William, the FA’s president-designate of seventeen years (an honorary title more than anything else), should be the one to publicly press the association’s executives to take action. The Prince of Wales wrote that he was “deeply concerned” and demanded that those involved “must be held accountable.” Not missing an opportunity to use the proverbial megaphone, William declared in his letter that “racism and abuse [have] no place in our society” and “abhorrent behaviour of this nature must stop now and all those responsible be held to account.” It’s not the first time William has called out racism on the pitch. On three occasions he has advocated for eliminating racism in football, mainly at the higher levels of Britain’s Premier League and on international fields. In 2021, he joined a global chorus that condemned the racial abuse of England players after the team’s defeat in the Euro 2020 final, saying he was “sickened” by it and demanded it stop. As president of BAFTA, the British version of the American Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences, he also used their 2020 awards ceremony to decry the lack of diversity in the world of film and television: “We find ourselves talking again about the need to do more to ensure diversity in the sector and in the awards process—that simply cannot be right in this day and age.” His reproach, along with those of many other public figures, hit the mark—the 2021 BAFTA nominees were slightly more diverse (although in 2023 it was criticized for falling behind once again, with a winners’ list dominated by white cast and crew members). While the royal institution has an embarrassingly poor record overall when it comes to racial issues, these organizations in which William holds honorary roles can’t afford to be seen as uninterested or unengaged—meaning the prince can’t sit back in silence like other family members. Plus, said a Kensington Palace source, William is keen to be seen embracing his role as the young, forward-looking heir to the throne. As a close confidante permitted to speak for a 2021 Sunday Times profile said, William believes “the public look to him to keep royal work looking modern  .  .  . [He is] carving out his relationship with diverse communities  .  .  . as a way of doing things now that will help a smooth transition when the time comes.” It’s why in the past year his royal engagements have included a focus on often-overlooked groups, such as

visiting the Hayes Muslim Centre in West London to support (and personally donate to) Britain’s earthquake relief efforts for Turkey and Syria. In terms of public opinion and optics, it’s a win-win for the next king. While William is certainly solicitous and tolerant in his public role, a more complicated portrait emerges from his private life. What makes his recent civic outcries on racial issues look a tad opportunistic is the fact that he has yet to clear the air with his own brother regarding those cratering accusations of unconscious bias within the family. When the world watched Prince William proclaim “We are very much not a racist family” after the Sussex-Oprah sit-down, no one knew that, behind closed doors, some of the accusations his family was dealing with came from conversations about the Sussexes’ unborn son that he and his wife were well aware of. Privately, the issue had been addressed by Meghan and Charles in the letters they exchanged in the aftermath of the interview, but the King also felt the Duchess of Sussex should discuss her feelings with the Waleses, too. Two years on and neither Harry nor Meghan has received any word on the matter from William or Kate, whose reported push for a “recollections may vary”– style clause to be added to Buckingham Palace’s public response suggests the princess in particular may not agree with the Sussexes’ words. “The silence has caused a lot of confusion and upset,” said a source close to the family. William’s handling of the situation reveals a deep divide between his personal life and his approach to the role of heir to the throne. The precarious duality of a high-profile public figure is, of course, nothing new or original to Prince William—a private self often struggles with the public mask, particularly when under duress. With the heir, it’s the stark differences between William, Prince of Wales, and Willy, husband, brother, and friend, that place his divided nature in such high relief. Composed on the pitch but unpredictable off, the prince has always had a wall between his observable life and his often very different private one. In recent years his public persona has taken the hardest hits from persistent online rumors about his private life, which hound him to this day. Although this particular scuttlebutt continues to find its way back as a trending topic on social media, has been tweeted about by multiple public figures, and surfaces as speculation in U.S. tabloids, few British outlets— and zero royal books—have actually delved into the rumors surrounding the Waleses and the Marchioness of Cholmondeley.

Until proven otherwise, rumors are just rumors, but anatomizing the handling of this gossip reveals how hearsay can shape and distort the future king’s story. As we know, tittle-tattle has long played a significant role in the history of the royal family. If it weren’t for the false tabloid tale that Charles “snuck” a nineteen-year-old Diana onto the Royal Train in 1980, Prince Philip may not have joined the push to get his son—who barely knew the young Spencer at this point—to commit so quickly. The blonde spotted stepping into the carriage was, in fact, the wife of one of Charles’s staff who was traveling with the heir, but the mere perception that the innocent, young (and virginal) Spencer was sneaking around to cavort with the Prince of Wales was deemed mortifying by the Palace. The edict came down: either they were a proper couple or nothing at all. Up until early March 2019, the gossip about Rose Hanbury was restricted to media circles, royal press pens (when aides weren’t around, of course), and the society scene. But on March 21, The Sun’s executive editor Dan Wootton broke the carefully worded news that the Duchess of Cambridge had “fallen out” with her “glamourous best friend” Rose and instructed William to “phase her out.” The article, which referred to the British peeress as Kate’s “rural rival,” cryptically reported, “It is well known that Kate and Rose have had a terrible falling out. They used to be close but that is not the case anymore.” Not included in the final edit for legal reasons, a former employee at the paper told me, was a host of other details. “It was all the newsroom could talk about,” says the former staffer. To royal followers, Rose was a somewhat familiar face. Long connected to aristocracy, her grandmother Lady Rose Lambert was a bridesmaid at her childhood friend Queen Elizabeth II’s 1947 wedding to Prince Philip. After a stint as a model and political researcher for Conservative politician Michael Gove, it was announced in June 2009 that she was marrying film director (and former Prince Andrew classmate) David Rocksavage, better known as the 7th Marquess of Cholmondeley. The pair, who are twentythree years apart in age, enjoyed a whirlwind romance and quickly welcomed twin boys four months after their wedding, and then a daughter in 2016. Home for the family of five is the palatial 107-room Houghton Hall in Norfolk, just ten minutes’ drive from the Waleses’ Anmer Hall residence (William’s thirtieth birthday gift from the Queen). The neighbors soon became close friends.

In 1990, when Rocksavage was just thirty, he inherited the title of Lord Great Chamberlain, making him one of the six “great officers” of state present at the annual openings of Parliament and major royal ceremonies. In July 2017, Rose was photographed in an impressive tiara next to Prince Harry at a Buckingham Palace banquet for Queen Letizia of Spain’s state visit. The media’s interest in her and the rest of the couple’s Norfolk social set—a tight-knit community with generational ties and unimaginable wealth, including pals William and Rosie Van Cutsem; Tom and Polly Cook, the Earl and Countess of Leicester; Laura Fellowes (William’s cousin on Diana’s side of the family); Lady Laura Marsham and James Meade (an old Eton pal of William’s)—quickly saw them nicknamed the “Turnip Toffs.” Turnip because most of the set own patches of arable farmland across England and also because Norfolk (where they all have homes) is well-known for its turnip crops; toffs is British slang for a group of upperclass types. It was The Sun’s story that prompted a blaze of Twitter gossip, but the Daily Mail threw a little water on the flames just two days after. The paper’s Palace-friendly columnist, Richard Kay, reported that Kate had not fallen out with Rose and was “the real victim of aristocratic dinner party gossip.” The “extraordinary” rumors were simply “grist to the mill for the cause of republicanism, bringing a glow to the hearts of anti-monarchists everywhere.” He went on to claim the gossip threatened to “disrupt [the couple’s] domestic tranquillity.” William, Kay added, bears “all the hallmarks of a contented man” thanks to Kate. In other words, nothing to see here. Move on. At this time, Christian Jones, the former press officer to the chancellor of the exchequer (Britain’s equivalent to the U.S. secretary of the treasury), was the head of communications at Kensington Palace, a role he served for both the Cambridges and the Sussexes when they were still sharing an office. I was deep in the middle of Finding Freedom, and Jones was helping with some of the information for that book. As the rumors began to spread, he called me, worried about how out of hand the gossip was getting. “Oh my God, I actually had to ask if they were true,” he said. Jones had raised the issue in person with the prince and his private secretary, Simon Case, in a closed-door meeting at Kensington Palace. William, he said, was furious when the question came up, and he vehemently said it was not true.

By March 26, hashtags were trending on social media for the fourth day in a row. And things were about to pick up steam when British columnist and Times staff writer Giles Coren—coincidentally a close friend of Camilla’s son, Tom Parker Bowles—tweeted in reply to someone who had asked about the Mail’s recent coverage that the rumors were true. “Everyone knows,” he tweeted. He deleted it within two hours, after he had been put under “pressure,” sources said. (Coren didn’t speak about his loose-lipped comment until three years later, when he wrote in his newspaper column, “Can I please just say that, while it was far from being the worst thing I have ever tweeted, I was JOKING  .  .  . I’d had a boozy lunch talking to fellow hacks about the story and in the cab home went online to blurt.”) Less than a week after Coren’s tweet, U.S. tabloid InTouch ran a story that took the gossip one step further. The magazine has never been known for its credibility (in its twenty-one-year lifetime, Jennifer Aniston has been “PREGNANT WITH TWINS!” or “BACK ON!” with Brad Pitt about fifty times), but it opened the floodgates for other lowbrow publications and gossip. “It’s really bad isn’t it,” a worried Jones texted me. Palace lawyers at Harbottle & Lewis sent letters out to a handful of newspapers, including The Times, stating, “In addition to being false and highly damaging, the publication of false speculation in respect of our client’s private life also constitutes a breach of his privacy pursuant to Article 8 of the European Convention to Human Rights.” To many royal watchers, the British media’s unusually cautious approach to the story was extremely out of character. It’s fair to say that if there were wild rumors about Prince Harry, they would have remained front-page news and fodder for commentary for weeks—even if there was no proof to back them up. (In fact, in July 2023, when the unreliable gossip site Radar Online claimed that the Sussexes’ marriage was “on the rocks,” many U.K. outlets jumped on the story without even asking the couple’s representatives for a comment.) The institution would have handled them differently, too. “It’s inevitable,” a former Kensington Palace staff member reflected. “There is a greater level of protection around the heir than the spare or any other family member, other than the monarch. It’s just the way things go.” For William, there was no “take it on the chin” advice like Meghan received during her media onslaughts. In fact, behind the scenes, William

remained in the loop. A senior Palace source said at the time, “We have to make this stop.” And it did, briefly. As journalists did their best to find details that could possibly back up the rumor, Rose’s name stayed out of the press for two months. Even when she attended the June 2019 state dinner at Buckingham Palace for President Donald Trump, headlines merely focused on her outfit. Kate, claimed sources, ignored it all but was “uncomfortable” with the ongoing chatter. At that moment in time, The Sun was less favorable in their royal coverage. On June 13, the paper published a carefully worded update, alleging the cause of Kate’s “fallout” with Rose, which they claimed “started because [Rose] had one or two suppers with William in Norfolk when Kate was away. But it was hardly as if they were meeting behind Kate’s back—of course she knew they were getting together. And Kate was grateful that a good friend and neighbour like Rose was there to entertain William.” Although the print edition of the paper was out in the wild, the online story didn’t remain unaltered for long. Ten minutes after going live, the article was updated with the additional words added to the end of that final quote: “. . . as a platonic friend.” Palace lawyers then contacted the tabloid, and within a few hours the two sentences about those alleged dinners were erased. A week later, the entire story was removed. This was the last time the tabloid tried to cover Rose and Kate’s fallout. Too difficult, a former editor there told me. Plus, they added, “there was a nice stream of Harry and Meghan stuff coming in, so [the editors] are happy.” In fact, it was during this run of Rose stories that the Sussexes—who started their own, separate office at Buckingham Palace in the middle of the gossip run— noticed an uptick in negative or revealing stories about themselves in the Mail and The Sun. “Funny how [it’s] back on us,” one of the couple’s Palace staff told me at the time. Harry even wondered if someone at the Palace had helped move certain journalists on to other stories—and away from the Rose gossip. He would later find out he was right. Fast-forward to 2023 and rumors like these still do the rounds, most recently resurfacing as a trending topic after it was announced that Rose’s son Lord Oliver Cholmondeley was going to be one of King Charles’s pages of honor alongside Prince George at the May 6 coronation. But despite internet lore, there is no “super injunction” on unreported details and there is no proof of unreported information being out there. “It’s a

reminder that while certain media allies can be controlled, the internet is a whole beast of its own,” said a former Palace staffer. A friend of the Prince of Wales sympathized: “Dealing with nasty, untrue rumors . . . wouldn’t you be filled with rage? It’s been very difficult for him. And for Kate. But I truly believe these things make you stronger.” The public-facing William appears levelheaded and confident, often to the point of staged—he shows up at the optimal time, asks the right questions, and gives carefully considered answers. A calm and collected character is what the system demands of the heir to the throne, particularly after all the recent turmoil and change, and the Prince of Wales plays it to a tee. As the heir, he’s finally fully embraced his roles and responsibilities at Royal Family, Inc. Many people I’ve spoken to who know him believe William comes by this honestly. It is said that after maturing into his position in the Firm, the prince now aims to follow in the Queen’s footsteps. A source within his team at Kensington Palace says that, as an adult in his forties, the former Duke of Cambridge has “fully embraced the path that he’s on. Just like the Queen he has learned the importance of duty coming before anything else.” The counter to this is that the Firm incrementally institutionalized Prince William—the unyielding pressure from the establishment wore him down into a stoic acceptance of his fate as the next great hope for the monarchy. The truth is probably somewhere in the middle, but, regardless, for public consumption, the system has churned out a disciplined king in waiting. It’s a different story when the stage lights go down, however. While William is a lot like the late Queen in the way he outwardly embodies the institution, when his temper flares behind closed doors, he more closely resembles his famously ill-tempered father. “William is a man that likes to get things done, done quickly, done efficiently . . . In the process of making that happen he can definitely be sharp,” said a former aide. Another former Kensington Palace staffer agreed: “He’s capable of having constructive conversations, to receive criticism but . . . there’s a spikiness when dealing with him, too.” Added a third, “You don’t want to be the bearer of bad news around him. He’s quick to get fed up and blame.” Biographer Robert Jobson wrote in his 2022 portrait of the prince, William at 40: The Making of a Modern Monarch, “[William’s] fiery temper can blow up at any time—usually when he’s frustrated or when it comes to issues regarding his family. Even senior members of his circle will ‘check

which way the wind is blowing’ before becoming too self-assured in his presence or raising problematic issues that might be better addressed at another time. Other insiders confide that William can be an emotional character who is, on occasion, ‘difficult to handle.’” As the next King, a role that requires mental balance and a phlegmatic disposition, William’s emotional volatility could be one of his greatest challenges. Much of Queen Elizabeth II’s success was her ability to administer a firm grip on her emotions and compartmentalize when necessary. William certainly values this, and he has long championed mental health awareness as one of his anchor issues. Alongside homelessness and environmental causes, he’s taken on the cause as a token of how he’ll modernize the monarchy as the next sovereign—virtue signaling for his upcoming reign and, once again, delineating his own style and values system from that of his father. In 2016, William, Kate, and Harry launched Heads Together, a charity that aspires to “change the conversation on mental health.” The lightbulb moment occurred during drinks together in 2015. The three landed on it, and Kate wrote the idea on the back of a cigarette packet (although the Palace loathes this version of the story, preferring to say it was a paper napkin). Heads Together set out to destigmatize the hush-hush notion around talking about mental health and, largely down to Harry’s own candid confessions during its first year, succeeded in this. Although the organization—which falls under the Waleses’ Royal Foundation umbrella and is a partner with eight charities—is technically still up and running, it’s been more heads apart since Prince Harry’s 2020 departure. After all, it’s not lost on the public that Heads Together’s remaining mental health ambassadors, William and Kate, haven’t publicly or privately expressed any empathy for the Duke and Duchess of Sussex. All this points to a marked change in Prince William. As he gets closer to the top job, in addition to his temper, there’s a colder side to him that some friends and also his brother, Harry, have described. For those who have followed him on the royal beat over the years, even his face tells the story—there is less smiling, and his frequently set jaw suggests inner storms could be occluding his sunnier side. My own experiences with William bear this out. Since meeting him in 2011, I’ve gone from being a friendly face at the many impersonal royal events and a welcome presence on long trips to being a perceived member of the enemy camp. In the early

days, on overseas trips, it was William who would often walk over to say hello or make jokes (such as ribbing me for my poor French skills in Canada). “I like the fact that you’re present [in the moment], that you’re clearly enjoying it and not over it like some of the others,” he confessed to me on a 2014 trip to Singapore. And I enjoyed covering his work. Professional, always “on,” and willing to make time for everyone, back then William was enjoyable to be around. But while my professional relationship with the Sussex team grew stronger, my Cambridge connection became fractured. There was a noticeable shift after the households divided and Harry and Meghan set up camp at Buckingham Palace in April 2019. That summer, Christian Jones—who remained at Kensington Palace to oversee all the Cambridges’ media efforts—messaged me out of the blue to say it would no longer be appropriate to socialize. Another aide later told me that William had requested this. As we approached 2020, I felt the growing strains on my working relationship with Kensington Palace, who were also much more guarded when it came to their own communication with the Sussex team at Buckingham Palace. I was still invited to the private briefings and announcements but, two months after returning from an October tour with the Sussexes in southern Africa, one of William’s aides revealed that William felt “uncomfortable” with my relationship with the Sussex team. The papers would often refer to me, incorrectly, as Harry and Meghan’s “pal,” another lie largely created to delegitimize the details I was sharing from sources close to the couple that often went against narratives that tabloids were reporting. This didn’t help the situation. A Kensington Palace aide said to me privately, “I’m not saying you need to pick a side, but you need to accept that there are sides in this.” When William and some of his aides then begged to see certain passages from Finding Freedom ahead of its August 2020 release and were told no, I could sense that this was a relationship past breaking point. Because of the pandemic and the long run of virtual royal engagements, it had been almost eighteen months since I had been in the physical presence of the future King. But in July 2021, standing inches from the front end of his Range Rover, there we were, virtually eye to eye. I had just wrapped filming in Kensington Gardens for Good Morning America and, out of all the people, it was William’s moving car that I almost walked into outside the gates at Kensington Palace. It was my fault for being so engrossed in my phone, and I think both of us were a little surprised. I

mouthed an apology but his unimpressed stare from the driver’s seat gave little away as we both paused for a very long second, though his perfunctory apology quickly brought an end to any awkwardness even if it was just a brief smile and a mutely mouthed “Sorry.” Uncomfortable encounters aside, stories about the real William are becoming more common, especially after Harry pulled the curtain back on his own experiences. William’s combustible anger reached a boiling point when he physically assaulted his brother in 2019—an allegation from Spare the heir refuses to comment on. Harry recounts the moment when William shows up “piping hot” at the snug and storied Nottingham Cottage, a redbrick “grace-and-favor” residence on Kensington Palace grounds where Harry and Meghan lived until they relocated to Frogmore Cottage. According to Harry, William, in full “heir mode,” was there to “lay down the law” about Meghan and her “difficult” behavior. Since its release, book reviewers and the media have pored over what happened next, but it’s important to note that when Harry describes William grabbing him by the collar and knocking him to the floor, where bits of a smashed dog bowl lacerated and bruised his back, he prefaces it with “it all happened so fast. So very fast.” Evidence of a smoldering fury turned violent, this lightningquick assault rattled Harry to such an extent that he immediately called his therapist after ordering William to get out. What troubled him more than the violence was the look in William’s eyes. “He wanted me to hit him back, but I chose not to,” Harry later shared. “What was different here was the level of frustration, and I talk [in the book] about the ‘red mist’ that I had for so many years, and I saw this red mist in him.” As expected, many royal correspondents and Sussex haters (there are a lot of them!) rushed to paint William’s attack as nothing more than “brothers being brothers.” This may be true with children, but one doesn’t expect this kind of behavior from the future King and head of the Church of England, who was thirty-seven at the time. “Far from seeming cold and unfeeling, William’s desperate collar-grabbing bid to get through to Harry [showed] just how much love he has for his little brother. It made him look edgy,” wrote the Telegraph’s royal editor Camilla Tominey, bizarrely sounding like the excuses of domestic abusers everywhere. Imagine if it were the other way around? People would be calling for criminal charges to be pressed against Harry or for his Sussex title to be taken away.

It would take a highly trained psychoanalyst to get to the bottom of Prince William’s anger, but there are some well-documented triggers. Obviously, his ruptured relationship with his brother tops the list. “I actually love having him around,” William once told me about Harry at a private Kensington Palace drinks reception (one of many that took place behind the scenes with the royal press pack). Being forced to walk behind their mother’s coffin in 1997 surely solidified a connection between the two— they had to be there for each other in demanding situations like this, especially because their own father wasn’t always looking out for them. William once said that he and Harry were “uniquely bonded because of what [they] went through” after their mother died. In a 2019 ITV documentary, Harry spoke about this fraternal bond, stating, “Look, we’re brothers, we’ll always be brothers. And we’re certainly on different paths at the moment, but I’ll always be there for him, as I know he’ll always be there for me.” He went on to say, “As brothers, you know, you have good days, you have bad days.” Lately, it’s been only bad days for the two, and it’s a run that started years ago. Though there had always been rivalry between the pair (not just as siblings but as members of the royal family), true cracks began to appear in 2016, when Prince Harry brought the California sun into the gray skies of his royal life. Meghan Markle’s arrival was a jolt to the system, but William soon expressed concerns that Harry was moving too fast with someone who had lived a life so far removed from that of his brother. For William, Meghan was the living embodiment of an “outsider,” and he believed Harry was swept up in her glamour and American joie de vivre to the point that he was refusing to acknowledge the rules and risks of managing a relationship within the institutional apparatus. At the expense of the family image, it was felt that Harry was rushing into something that had serious blowback potential. As Harry continued to feel unsupported by William and the institution, the brotherly relationship went steadily downhill during the months that followed, and the more incendiary moments made headlines thanks to Palace leaks. By 2018, their father reportedly stepped in briefly to referee after Harry accused William of not doing enough to welcome Meghan into the family after their wedding. Charles convinced William and Kate to host the Sussexes for Christmas at Anmer Hall that year (their only holiday invite in the years they lived in the United Kingdom). The Band-Aid didn’t

hold for long. Over time, William increasingly complained about Meghan to aides and family members. He didn’t like how opinionated she was, how she spoke to his staff, and how much of her Markle family dramas were in the press. “William shifted away from acting like a brother and became more like someone only focused [on the Crown],” a source close to the Sussexes said. Just more than a year later, in January 2020, the Duke and Duchess of Sussex announced they were stepping back from their royal roles to pursue private opportunities in North America, of all places. It was reported in The Times that William had “bullied” Harry out of the family. A joint statement denied the story and called out the allegations as false remarks. “For brothers who care so deeply for the issues surrounding mental health, the use of inflammatory language in this way is offensive and potentially harmful,” the statement read. Reporters said it was a sign that the brothers could still come together, but the reality was Harry didn’t even know about the statement. “I’m so pissed,” one of their most senior aides told me the day it was released. “We were completely bulldozed.” For William, the many fractures split wide open when Harry went public with his grievances against the family and the institution—first with Oprah in 2021, then on Netflix in 2022, and then again in his memoir the following year. Harry’s sustained offensive was too much for William. In his first post-exit interview, Harry asserted that William (and Charles) are “trapped” in the system—there is no exit for the next in line. While this is objectively true, a source close to William told me that the heir feels “far from [trapped] in any system.” But we do know that there are persisting reports that William has been—and always will be—envious of Harry’s freedom to “break away” from the royal establishment. Couple this slowburning resentment with William’s outright anger at what he perceives as Harry’s relentless selfishness in his war against the two institutions he blames for his ills, and it’s easy to see why William’s fury is bubbling to the top. The king in waiting believes Harry and Meghan blindsided the family, even the Queen, with their public complaints and their “oh so California” self-importance (an opinion he has repeatedly voiced in various ways to friends and aides during the past two years). Convinced Harry’s been brainwashed by an “army of therapists,” William says he no longer even recognizes his own brother, a source said. Before the family raised the

drawbridge and enshrouded the Palace in silence as a response to Harry’s incriminating revelations, there were leaks to reporters that William and other family members, including Camilla, covertly sanctioned. The Independent claimed that the family feels Harry was “kidnapped by a cult of psychotherapy.” They say deaths and births can bring battling families back together, but neither have helped the Prince of Wales and the Duke of Sussex. In the wake of the Queen’s death, the brothers remained in their own separate corners. Over the Christmas holidays that followed, not a single message was exchanged (though gifts were sent by the Sussexes to George, Charlotte, and Louis). And even when Harry came to the United Kingdom in March 2023 for a pretrial hearing in his battle against Daily Mail publisher Associated Newspapers, William and Kate kept their distance. “The Waleses are not in Windsor for the [Easter] school holidays,” their spokesperson said. Not that Harry had asked to meet. * * * William’s reactions to Harry’s newfound freedom and justice-seeking campaigns to change the British media landscape are certainly more institutional than they are brotherly. At one point in his life, William hated the U.K. newspapers as much as (or maybe even more than) his brother. Which points to another source of William’s frustration—the “company man,” the monarchy’s next sovereign, must fall in line, even when it means eschewing his own brother. Harry and William’s estrangement in many ways resembles another sensational fraternal feud in the royal family, but in reverse. Nearly one hundred years ago, Edward VIII contentiously abdicated the throne to his younger brother George VI (Queen Elizabeth’s father), because the family and the establishment wouldn’t allow him to marry the love of his life, the American divorcée Wallis Simpson. After Edward’s abdication, the family was never whole again. The two brothers were effectively ripped apart by institutional duty and personal desire. Different royal players on a different stage, but the storyline is strikingly familiar. At the center of both morality plays is the monarchic institution. After Harry’s trinity of revelations and what a 2023 episode of South Park mocked as a “worldwide privacy tour” (both William and Kate supposedly

found the show’s send-up of the Sussexes “hilarious”), House Montecito’s stance on the institution is crystal clear: it’s a system of overlords and buttoned-up Machiavellis in cahoots with a tabloid cabal who are all hellbent on upholding the Crown no matter the human cost. With William, however, it’s murkier and more complex. His current positions on Harry, Andrew, and the state of affairs in the outside world certainly suggest that he’s in full compliance with the system, that he’s accepted his role with few reservations, and that he’s prepared to captain the monarchy when called upon. But let’s not forget that a mere six years ago it was a different story. Back then, the prince was not exactly known for his work ethic when it came to royal responsibilities, and the nicknames “Workshy Wills” and “throne idle” followed him, which in March 2017 was to the ski slopes and nightclubs of the Swiss Alps. While on a “boys’ trip,” the prince skied by day and partied by night in the chic resort town of Verbier. Photographs sold to The Sun showed him on the dance floor with an “Aussie beauty” who was most certainly not Kate. William was heavily criticized, of course, but what stirred up the Palace and Fleet Street enough for them to send up the flares was the fact that he was noticeably absent for the Commonwealth Day service, Britain’s largest interfaith gathering, held at Westminster Abbey every year, that took place during his trip. It’s harder to imagine now, but Prince William was AWOL, and at a time when Queen Elizabeth II was discernibly slowing down. He had already been skating on thin ice when it came to work, with even the likes of aging Prince Philip carrying out a vast amount more royal engagements than him (128 more, to be precise). A former communications staffer said William was “extremely reluctant” to fully focus on work. “There was a marked difference between William then and William now. There were long periods of time when it was only possible to get one sit-down meeting a month with himself and Kate for forward planning. It didn’t feel like his priority.” This isn’t to suggest William was work-shy in other areas. Leading up to and after he tied the knot with Kate, William worked at his “day jobs” for several years. In 2010, he signed up as a Royal Air Force search-and-rescue pilot on Anglesey, a large island in northwestern Wales known for its charming rural villages and natural beauty. William and Kate made their home on Anglesey for three years, completely enamored of its sea-swept location surrounded by rolling verdant farmlands, rocky beachheads, and

soaring limestone cliffs. White-washed stone on the outside, rustic beams and cozy fireplaces in the inside, and topped with a roof made of locally sourced slate, Bodorgan Hall is an eighteenth-century five-bedroom farmhouse situated on an estate near the Irish Sea. It is here where a baby Prince George spent the first few months of his fairly normal-looking life, where Kate could easily pop out to the nearby Waitrose in the town of Menai Bridge to pick up frozen pizzas on nights she didn’t feel like cooking or bags of Haribo candy to stuff in the side pockets of their car. Considering the location of his first home, his meaningful RAF work, and the glow around his new family, it’s no surprise William shied away from his royal duties during this time. “It’s where they are at their happiest,” the couple’s former press secretary Ed Perkins told me at the time. The Firm planned for William to engage in a few years of service before taking on the lion’s share of his royal duties, but what they didn’t expect was for William to keep extending it. In 2015, William joined the East Anglian Air Ambulance charity, a helicopter emergency medical team in the eastern county of Norfolk, England. Both Charles and the late Queen supported his decision, but it’s now known that a handful of senior courtiers pushed against it. From their view, not only was it time for William to buckle down into his role in the family business, but they also believed this “middle-class job” was beneath the future King. Swooping in with the RAF was one thing, but choppering around with “ordinary people,” a source told The Times, just wasn’t in the royal paradigm. But he forged ahead anyway, and, to his credit, William stuck it out for two years, all the while fending off pressure from Palace busybodies and a nosy press. It was tough work, and he would later discuss how traumatic it was for him at times. I spoke to the prince about his role just a few months after the birth of his and Kate’s second child, Princess Charlotte, in May 2015. “Extremely tough,” he said of the twenty-four-hour shifts he would sometimes have to carry out, but one of the “most rewarding things I have ever done.” William was motivated by his own individual value system (the Firm’s would have to wait), and by his husbandly and paternal instincts to keep his wife, son, and future children out of the media’s relentless gaze. He learned the hard way, but it didn’t have to be that way for Kate and their kids. After paparazzi continually harassed their children in public and a photographer was even found in the trunk of a car waiting for Prince George to surface at a playground near their home, William worked with his head of

communications Jason Knauf on a 1,073-word plea that was then sent out to every editor in the country. The extreme and dangerous lengths certain individuals were resorting to to obtain new pictures of their children had to stop. There were legal threats, too. William and Kensington Palace officials decided that to take away the value of these long lens pictures, they would release their own photos instead. Since then, the couple has released new portraits for each child’s birthday, as well as family holidays, Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, and other milestones, such as first days at new schools. It was a smart move. “He would do anything to keep those children safe,” one of his aides shared with me at the time. “And he’s not just doing this for himself, but also for others in the family. One day Harry will have kids of his own.” Two years later, William stressed the point when he said, “My mother did put herself right out there and that is why people were so touched by her. But I am determined to protect myself and the children, and that means preserving something for ourselves. I think I have a more developed sense of self-preservation.” For a few years, this impulse for self-preservation served him well. William managed to successfully resist the expectations of others and carve out a private space for family life, all the while reporting for duty when necessary. But, eventually, the institutional demands placed on an heir proved impossible to skirt any longer. In January 2017—following increased pressure from the public, press, and institution, and at a time when an aging Queen Elizabeth II needed more support from other senior family members—he announced the end of his career as a pilot and reported to “Monarchy HQ” for his full-time position in the Firm. “Following on from my time in the military, I have had experiences in this job I will carry with me for the rest of my life, and that will add a valuable perspective to my royal work for decades to come . . . I have loved being part of a team of professional, talented people that save lives every day,” he said. And with that, William, Kate, George, and Charlotte left their country enclave in Norfolk to make Apartment 1A at Kensington Palace in London their full-time royal residence. Since embracing his full-time duties, he’s quickly moved up the ladder. In just six years, his job title has already changed once, and it is only a matter of time until he steps into the Firm’s top position. William’s eleven

years as the Duke of Cambridge lasted until the Queen’s death in 2022, at which point he automatically became the Prince of Wales—the Duke of Cornwall in England and the Duke of Rothesay, Earl of Carrick, Baron of Renfrew in Scotland. With this promotion and mouthful of titles, William also inherited the private Duchy of Cornwall estate, a massive land and property portfolio that covers nearly 140,000 acres and was created by King Edward III in 1337. Prince Charles’s entrepreneurial efforts (and passion for farming) throughout his fifty years as a prince helped one of Britain’s oldest and largest land parcels to grow in worth to somewhere in the neighborhood of £1 billion. Its annual net surplus (£24 million for 2022–2023) is reinvested into the Waleses’ charitable endeavors and helps fund the family’s public and private lives. Since William became its proprietor, Kensington Palace hasn’t shared much news about his Duchy of Cornwall role, but fully taking over his father’s position there was always the plan. Even in 2019, Prince William was already a frequent visitor and a smiling face to the tenants and employees on the rural estate. Having shadowed Charles there on several occasions, the prince became more involved in the business behind the duchy and educating himself on the challenges it may face under his watch. “I’ll never know as much as he does, but I’ll try my best,” he said in October 2019. “I’ve got the interest and the passion. The countryside is deep in my heart . . . My interest isn’t really appearing yet, but it will do in the future.” Now that he’s the boss (who received a private income of £6 million in 2023), Kensington Palace sources say he plans to do things “his way,” cherry-picking from some of the ways his father, grandmother, and grandfather managed estates over the years. Lee Thompson, his current communications secretary, says William is keen to integrate more of his charitable interests with relevant areas of the duchy, which also covers urban areas. First up is an ambitious plan to build social housing on the estate as part of a longer mission to “end homelessness.” It will start small and then scale up if all goes well. The plans tie in nicely with a Royal Foundation initiative he launched in June 2023. Homewards will develop housing and resources for the homeless in six locations across Britain. William says he wants to reach its goal over the next five years and “give people across the U.K. hope that homelessness can be prevented when we collaborate.”

The Prince of Wales title and the next-in-line status certainly brings its fair share of perks, but it’s also brought more responsibility and pushed William further into the public eye—the same penetrating stare from which he mightily protected his family from just a few years ago. The publicfacing Prince of Wales embraces the footlights the institution has switched on for him, but the private William—the son, the husband, the father— remembers his mother’s struggles on this very same stage. William’s confidence in his role, his slot in the system, and his place in the long line of British kings and queens is visible—he looks every ounce a man of the institution, a king in waiting comfortable calling the shots, doing things his way. But the flip side of this is indifference and harshness and the way he continues to stonewall Harry when all his brother wants from his family is honest conversations and accountability. One is left to wonder if William of Anglesey or William the air ambulance pilot would have left his sibling out in the cold in the same way. And as the saying goes, it’s lonely at the top, or, in William’s case, just shy of the top. After Harry’s exit, William is considerably more alone in the battle of his two selves. Even though they were always on different paths, Harry and William once shared an office, worked on the same foundations, and wanted to protect their families from the things they both feared. Proximity once allowed them to be each other’s sounding boards, particularly in times of crisis, and that “unique bond” William so highly praised tied them together when everything else was pulling them apart. The Queen’s death amplified all this. Charles vanished into the sacred Crown’s engulfing orbit, leaving William to face the royal family’s new chapter and the institution’s increasing demands without his brother close by, the one person in the world who can empathize with all that’s in store for him. As a friend close to William is quoted as saying, the heir is “definitely feeling the pressure now [that] it’s all on him—his future looks different because of his brother’s choices; it’s not easy.” As for how he feels about Harry since the release of Spare, a source close to the prince told me, “There’s a huge amount of anger there. He feels betrayed and sad about the situation. But he also doesn’t agree with the things his brother feels he has done. He feels he has lost Harry and doesn’t want to know this version of him.” That version, countered a Spencer family source, is simply “Harry being a man who has stepped outside of the institution and sees things in a different light. They will never see eye to eye at this point. They’re on

completely opposite sides . . . that won’t change.” Time does heal wounds, but it also hardens grudges, particularly when you’ve got an entire institution to validate and back your resentment and anger. Strangely enough, this institutional support has proven problematic and yet another source of frustration for William. For most of his adult life, Palace officials, senior courtiers, and even the Queen herself have paved the way for the future King William. They’ve envisioned it, planned for it, and, during more private moments, even discussed the fantasy of skipping Charles altogether and installing William as King at the end of the Queen’s reign. This support of—and excitement about—William has not gone unnoticed by Charles over the years. In his new kingship, Charles is empowered to prove everybody wrong, and time will tell. Though they grew closer while William learned the ropes for his Duchy of Cornwall position and, added a source, “they have been united in their frustrations with Harry,” an emerging narrative between father and son is only just taking shape: two men serving the same institution but with very different visions for how that establishment will run. The Palace may have once pushed the narrative that the two are perfectly aligned, but the reality is William is eager to make his own unique mark. “He respects his father, but he also sees him as a transitional monarch, paving the way for his arrival,” said a source close to the Prince of Wales. “Their views, their outlooks, are very different, and I can see that becoming an issue over the years ahead.” To avoid repeating this pattern of father-and-son strain and tension with his own children, William has made a concerted effort to be a more involved and protective father. Evidenced by his initial instincts to begin his work life in the private sector to shield his firstborn, George, from the system and the swarming tabloids, this remains an essential condition for William as a father and as a senior member of the Firm. In Anglesey and Norfolk, William drew up plans for a different kind of life for his children, sending a message to the public and the institution that he demands a level of peace and familial security for his children that wasn’t afforded to him during his own upbringing. His former private secretary Miguel Head said that after William started his own family, he displayed a “visceral determination to give them a life of consistency and privacy.” In the summer of 2022, the family of five left behind Kensington Palace and moved twenty-four miles outside the capital to Windsor. Adelaide Cottage, a “modest” (only by royal standards) four-bedroom property, is

giving the family the opportunity to live a more “normal” life, their team has said. Kensington Palace served them well but the parents to the second, third, and fourth in line to the throne felt it was time to find something less in the middle of everybody else’s business. At times, one of the couple’s senior aides told me in 2016, Kate commented that it made them feel “a bit like caged animals,” due to its heaving central London location and the fact that it was surrounded by tourists in one of the city’s busiest parks. Adelaide isn’t a permanent home (the couple have their eyes on Prince Andrew’s Royal Lodge residence in Windsor Great Park—if he ever gives it up), but Windsor’s quiet, rural environment is exactly what they were looking for. The royal estate, said sources, provides the children with plenty of safe space to run, cycle, and play in privacy, and all three have settled into their nearby Lambrook School (to which Mum and Dad still do the school runs themselves most of the time). During the days, William often uses workspace at Windsor Castle itself, with staff there now more familiar with the sight of the future King making his way back and forth between home and the castle (reportedly by e-scooter). Perhaps on a deeper level this is a way to re-create some of the quiet life they started together in Anglesey. Sitting down with one of William’s former aides, who spoke to me for the purpose of this book, I asked if the release of Harry’s memoir—which went into unprecedented detail about the difficulties of being the spare to the heir—has had any impact on how the Waleses plan to raise their own two spares, Princess Charlotte and Prince Louis, the latter of whom was born in April 2018. William, they claimed, has not read it. Hard to believe, I pressed. “He’s read passages but not the full thing . . . Harry’s experience is very different to [that of William’s] own children.” One hopes that remains the case. Of course, William navigates all of this with his wife. Despite the challenges ginned up by persistent rumors, sources said William’s marriage to Kate remains solid. “It’s a partnership, an alliance, and a lifetime commitment,” said a royal source. “They work as a team.” And, they added, William remains “incredibly proud” of Kate’s growth as a senior working member of the family. “It’s all about support, and both feel supported by one another,” said a family friend. Indeed, for William’s milestone projects over the years, including the Earthshot Prize, Kate has been by his side. His public role has, however, continued to have slipups along the way, largely down to a premature rush from Kensington Palace to reposition

William as a “statesman” within just a year of the prince leaving his pilot job to become a full-time working royal. The much-mocked 2022 Caribbean tour is one of the most notable examples. And there have been the many other false promises along the way. When he visited Israel and the Occupied Palestinian Territories for five days in 2018, Palace aides were quick to brief the press that peace in the Middle East would become the heir’s “lifelong mission.” In a speech, William told the people of Palestine they “have not been forgotten.” Since then, however, there has not been a further word from the prince or his team on the matter, even though violence between the two groups continues to escalate. In March 2023, William made a surprise visit to Poland to personally thank British and Polish troops for supporting Ukraine and to emphasize Britain’s support for Ukrainians in their fight against Russia. Admirable enough, but casually dressed in a black puffer jacket, William conjured up the images of Paul Wolfowitz and Donald Rumsfeld, who wore militarystyle boots with a jacket and tie when visiting troops during the Iraq War. The usual royal press took the bait. The Sun’s cover headline declared, “WILLS THE FREEDOM FIGHTER,” but his platitudes about “defending our shared freedoms” were also a reminder that in this apolitical and unelected role, there is not much he can actually accomplish on this front. And then there is the fact that when he took on the title of the Prince of Wales, his first solo visit to his new namesake country wasn’t exactly a hit. Locals there—some of whom have campaigned for the title to be abolished due its holder having no true connection to the country—were less than impressed with his inability to speak more than a few words of Welsh, despite having had years to prepare. “He’s doing his best,” said a Kensington Palace source, “but he is also just a human. There is a lot to learn along the way.” Indeed, as a father of an heir and two spares, and as a king in waiting, there are mounting stresses and obligations in both his official life and his private one. This requires some delicate maneuvering and a highly functioning on-off switch. The Queen managed this high-wire duality with aplomb, but with William, it’s too early to tell. I’ll never forget a conversation I had with William when he was still an air ambulance pilot. He told me that after a long day’s work in emergency situations that demanded everything he had in him—a rigorous mix of hard and soft skills—he often had to take some time at home “to decompress . . .

watch TV or have a cry” before reentering the family world as a husband and father. It was one of the few moments over the years I’ve witnessed a more vulnerable side of William. Here was a person who, like many, struggles with unrelenting work-life balance and the letting go of one part of yourself to be fully present in the other. It dawned on me that this is the royal predicament in a nutshell—the juggling of inner and outer lives, ambitions and obligations, personal desire and duty. For a moment, when William, whether intentionally or not, left his formal royal persona behind, I saw a glimpse of the man behind the facade. I can’t help but wonder whether the system will ever allow the public to see this side of the Prince of Wales and the future King, or whether, seven years on, that side of him still exists. If the Queen or many of those before her are any indication, the chances are slim. His recent posturing and dedication to the institutional cause suggests the carefully curated royal persona is here to stay, a crusader for a Crown.

9 Gloves Off Prince Harry, Man on a Mission For what matters in life is not whether we receive a round of applause; what matters is whether we have the courage to venture forth despite the uncertainty of acclaim. —Amor Towles, A Gentleman in Moscow I was summoned to provide backup, distraction, diversion and, if necessary, a spare part. Kidney, perhaps. —Prince Harry, Spare

As the morning sun rises over Santa Barbara, bathing the steep Santa Ynez Mountains, and the Pacific Ocean sparkles with California’s trademark glow, the sprawling Sussex compound in the wealthy enclave of Montecito is already popping. With Meghan already preparing a family breakfast in the kitchen, Prince Harry is busy getting the couple’s children, Prince Archie and Princess Lilibet, ready for nursery school and toddler playgroup, respectively. Despite the staff on hand to help during the daytime, when Harry and Meghan shift into work mode, the Sussexes keep their mornings as time “for the family only,” said a source—no staff. As hands-on parents, the pair take turns doing the school drop-offs and pickups every day. Once the kids are settled, the couple switch into their own prework morning routines. Their Tuscan-style villa (its number of bathrooms an obsession to the British press, who cite the stat in almost every article about the couple) includes a fully equipped gym they both make the most of before joining their first meetings of the day. For Harry, working out and

staying healthy have become regular parts of his life in California. Sessions with his personal trainer, hikes, bike rides, acupuncture, and ice baths have all become essentials. “Spending time with Harry lifts you up,” said a friend. “He’s positive, happy, and motivating. He’s in a great place.” It’s a place a world away from the life in Britain that Harry officially left behind in January 2020. When he and Meghan announced a joint decision to step back from their royal roles, after their “half-in-half-out” working model was rejected by Queen Elizabeth II and her advisors, they had to restart from scratch. Now, the couple’s calm life in California is an existence that, at many points during their working royal years, and even those first months after moving, they dared not even imagine as a possible reality. Both openly admit that the journey to get here has been tough. Family relations were tested and ruptured (permanently, in some cases), some commercial deals were made in haste to secure sufficient money to guarantee their safety long into the future (and a home of their own), and the pressures of a watching world prodded them to go full throttle when it came to launching their own projects. “Not one step ahead could be predicted  .  .  . they were flying by the seat of their pants at times,” said a friend of the couple. “Those first two years outside of the U.K. were scary, stressful, and, while full of hope, incredibly draining. It took a long time to be able to just sit back and think, ‘Phew, we’re going to be okay.’” As stressful as it was, their more recent experiences back in the royal bubble have confirmed that leaving it all behind was exactly the right thing to do for them. Even though they live completely separate lives from the royal family, key moments have seen brief returns to the chaos. Some, such as the Platinum Jubilee celebrations, were anticipated, while others— particularly the death of the Queen—unexpectedly pulled them back into the institution’s whirlwind of games and manipulations, the same vortex that had hauled them toward its dark center for four years. When the couple left their children in California with Meghan’s mother, Doria Ragland, and a nanny to visit the United Kingdom and Germany for five days of engagements in September 2022, neither knew that the quickfire trip would result in a two-week return to royal drama. Neither did I. During this visit, I joined some of their engagements and watched as Meghan gave a speech to teenagers and young adults at the One Young World summit in Manchester. In the post-pandemic world, Harry and

Meghan wanted to remind people that they hadn’t lost touch with the organizations and causes they were involved in before their departure. There was talk of visiting the Queen in Scotland, but her schedule, the couple was told, was already packed. Any rumors about Her Majesty possibly being in her final days had certainly not made it as far as California. With the imminent releases of their Netflix docuseries and Spare, family members and Palace officials were also doing their best to keep the couple at arm’s length and out of the loop. The couple intentionally kept to themselves while staying at their Windsor base, Frogmore Cottage, with no plans in place to visit family and zero room in their schedule for socializing. Plus, they were eager to get back to Archie and Lilibet as soon as their work was complete. The only private time they took was a visit to Althorp, the resting place of Princess Diana. They had never been as a couple, and Harry had long wanted to bring his wife to his late mother’s grave. Frogmore Cottage was once a home filled with promise, but after they moved overseas in 2020, their British base (which Charles wouldn’t take away until the following year) didn’t feel quite so cozy anymore. By the time of their last scheduled engagement—the WellChild Awards on September 8—they were more than ready to head back home, just in time to celebrate Harry’s thirty-eighth birthday as a family. Still, the two of them were looking forward to the WellChild event, which celebrates the inspirational qualities of Britain’s seriously ill children and the professionals who help care for them. The charity was one of Harry’s first royal patronages, and he crafted a heartfelt speech for the ceremony. As it turns out, he never got to read that speech. The night before the WellChild event, doctors for Queen Elizabeth II advised the monarch to clear her calendar and rest. Though it did not involve a hospital stay, the fact that Buckingham Palace had made an official announcement about it confirmed growing fears that her decline in health was getting worse. The news rattled the Sussexes. Just four days prior, Harry had spoken with his grandmother on the phone. She had mentioned not being well enough to attend the Highland Games, but her working schedule was still full of appointments. The monarch was, as sources said at the time, positive and upbeat. By the next morning, the Sussexes had no idea that Buckingham Palace was already planning for the Queen’s final hours and the first days of the

monarchy’s new era—until the duke’s phone started ringing. An unknown number. He usually ignored those. “You should answer it,” Meghan told him. He tapped accept just before it stopped. Harry hadn’t spoken to his father much that year, but this was not the time for any father-and-son tension. Charles told him he and Camilla were about to leave Dumfries House for Balmoral, where Princess Anne was already by the Queen’s side. He told Harry to make his way to Scotland immediately. William, whom Charles had just spoken to, was supposedly working on arranging travel. Harry sent a text message to his brother asking how he and Kate planned to get to Scotland and whether they could travel together. No response. With no further information from other family members or Palace aides, the Sussexes and their team had to operate in the dark. Harry was informed that William had already secured a flight with his uncles Andrew and Edward (and Edward’s wife, Sophie), but he couldn’t get in touch with anyone about joining that flight. “It was upsetting to witness,” said a source close to the Sussexes. “[Harry] was completely by himself on this.” Buckingham Palace released a further update: “Following further evaluation this morning, the Queen’s doctors are concerned for Her Majesty’s health and have recommended she remain under medical supervision. The Queen remains comfortable and at Balmoral.” Harry knew it was happening, and happening fast. With the world’s media now rushing to Aberdeenshire (and most flights and train tickets selling out within minutes), travel options dwindled. Another call came through from Charles, who instructed his younger son to come alone. Despite already publicly confirming that Meghan would come with him (always the plan if they were traveling from California for this very situation), he reluctantly agreed, after Charles assured him that Kate would not be there, either. Charles had cited “protocol,” but the reality was that Kate chose to stay back to pick up the children from their first day at a new school. “They just didn’t want Meghan there,” said a former Palace aide. Meghan, a friend added, “could sense she wasn’t wanted.” Harry sent another text to his brother. Nothing. Though there were available seats on William’s chartered Dassault Falcon private jet, which was leaving in less than an hour, Harry was left to fend for himself. “William ignored him,” said a family source. “He clearly didn’t want to see his brother.” Princess Eugenie reached out to Harry to see if he had any

more information about their grandmother. She had heard from another family member that it was “time” but knew little more. The Sussex team clamored to find a flight for Harry, ratcheting up the pressure on what was an already stressful situation. Meanwhile, an hour later than originally scheduled, William, Edward, Sophie, and Andrew’s flight took off from an airfield just nineteen miles away from Frogmore Cottage. With no invite forthcoming from any of the family members, Harry eventually located an available option—a private charter costing £30,000 from Luton Airport, a forty-minute drive from Frogmore without traffic. And with that, Harry started his own race to Scotland. Though rumors of the Queen’s passing were rife at this point, Harry had no way of knowing whether it was true. His father doesn’t carry a cell phone and his brother wasn’t acknowledging his existence. When William and the others landed at 3:50 p.m. to discover the news that the Queen had passed away at 3:10 p.m., Harry still had no idea what was going on when his own plane finally took off at 5:35 p.m. And, as his phone service cut out after takeoff, he remained in the dark for the duration of his seventy-minute flight. Back on the ground, there was a tug-of-war between the Sussexes’ team and Buckingham Palace over whether to announce the news without Harry being informed. With Her Majesty’s death already confirmed to the prime minister an hour before Harry left, and all other senior family members now gathered in Scotland processing the news, royal press secretaries were ready to share the news with the world. The Palace claimed Charles tried to call Harry (sources later told me there was never any proof of this), and that there was no more time left to delay. “His team literally had to beg for them to wait for his plane to land and they reluctantly agreed to hold the statement back for a little bit,” confirmed a close family source. But as stormy weather over Aberdeen International forced Harry’s plane to circle the airport numerous times before landing, patience at the Buckingham Palace press office wore thin—they could wait no longer and the announcement went live at 6:30 p.m. When Harry’s plane finally touched tarmac twenty minutes later, he received a text from Meghan urging him to call ASAP followed by a breaking news alert via the BBC News app with the announcement of the Queen’s death. Palace “sources” later briefed certain papers that Charles had personally shared the news with his younger son, but this was just a move to save face. “Harry was crushed,” said a

friend of the duke. “His relationship with the Queen was everything to him. She would have wanted him to know before it went out to the world. They could have waited just a little longer, it would have been nothing in the grand scheme of things, but no one respected that at all.” During the one-hour car ride to Balmoral, the silence in the securitydriven BMW gave the now fifth in line to the throne time for the news to sink in. Despite the ups and downs of his royal life, Harry and the Queen were consistently close. “Granny, while this final parting brings us great sadness, I am forever grateful for all of our first meetings—from my earliest childhood memories with you, to meeting you for the first time as my commander-in-chief, to the first moment you met my darling wife and hugged your beloved great-grandchildren,” he wrote in a statement. “I cherish these times shared with you, and the many other special moments in between. You are already sorely missed, not just by us, but by the world over.” When he arrived at Balmoral, Princess Anne warmly greeted him and led him to the Queen’s room, where he spent a quiet moment privately paying his respects. He had hoped to see his father—who had made it to Balmoral Castle in time to see his mother alive—to express his sympathies, but he was informed that Charles, William, and Camilla had already left for Birkhall together. Again, no invite was extended to Harry. That night after eating he retired to his room, exhausted by the day’s emotional roller coaster. He was glad to have had a private moment to say goodbye to his grandmother, but there was no point in sticking around. With no offer to return with William and the others in the morning (all of his texts, including a thoughtful message about the loss of their grandmother, continued to be ignored), Harry booked his own British Airways ticket on the first available departing flight. During the days ahead, Harry and Meghan kept a low profile, praying the press wouldn’t turn their attentions to them but remain rightfully focused on the loss of a beloved monarch. “There was an incredible sense of sadness,” said a family source. “For them, the Queen was one of their last strong links to the family. She always made them feel welcome. Without her . . . it will never be the same.” Other senior members of the family were already meeting members of the public, and questions surfaced about whether the nation would see the Sussexes doing the same. Charles spoke to Prince William on September 10

to discuss his plans. The public, said the new King, needed to see the entire family putting differences to one side. “Essentially, he told William to swallow his pride and invite his brother and sister-in-law to join them when they greeted mourners and well-wishers in Windsor that day,” said a Palace source. “William wasn’t keen. This was his moment with the public, but the King put pressure on [him].” With around forty minutes left before he planned to step out on Windsor Castle’s Long Walk with Kate, William sent his first text message in months to Harry, suggesting it would be “good” if they came along, too. The couple wanted to do what was right, but time was short. Meghan, in sneakers with her hair pulled up, had only just come back from a walk. The couple’s head of communications, Ashley Hansen, gave the couple a pep talk. “It doesn’t matter how little time you have, just get out there and do it,” she told the couple. And, with that, the Sussexes quickly got ready and made their way to the courtyard of Windsor Castle. Though they had seen William and Kate since their big exit, including at the Platinum Jubilee celebrations, this was the first time the couples had to actually talk as a foursome. The silence as they climbed into the same car (a decision made by Lee Thompson, William and Kate’s press secretary) was very noticeable. Given the tension between the brothers and zero communication between Meghan and Kate, the 150second car ride to the Long Walk felt like two hours as they muddled through light small talk. And then a feeling of discomfort and reluctancy set in as Harry and Meghan caught a glimpse of the photographers and video cameras ready to capture their arrival as a group of four. They knew there would be members of the public gathered, but this was the first time they knew of an official media presence. Kensington Palace, they later found out, had tipped off a select group of people. Of course, once out of the car, all four were consummate professionals. Walkabouts are a staple of working royal life, and all of them have discovered their own ways to shine in this type of setting. Just like the old days of the “Fab Four,” they agreed to split up and each take a different side of the Long Walk. Though appearing composed, sources said Meghan was “extremely nervous” about being in front of the crowds. By this point, the couple’s rapidly declining popularity in the United Kingdom was an inarguable fact. The level of vitriol aimed at Meghan in particular, whether online or in the newspapers, was worse than ever. Armed royal protection officers were on high alert, and so was she. Some supporters gathered in the

crowd didn’t hide their animus toward the duchess. “Of course we would get stuck with her,” moaned one woman within earshot of Meghan. Another was seen on camera grimacing after shaking the duchess’s hand, while others refused to put their hand out. “When I saw the videos of Meg, I could see she was doing her best to hold it together; she looked terrified,” said one of her close friends. When a fourteen-year-old fan stopped to chat with Meghan, their hug choked the duchess up. “I just wanted to show her that she’s welcome here and wanted to hug her after everything that’s happened,” said the teen. Kate reportedly found the outing just as difficult. Close sources told King Charles’s biographer Robert Jobson that she admitted to a family member that “it was one of the hardest things she ever had to do” because of the acrimony between the two couples. Harry spent much of the walkabout speaking with well-wishers about his grandmother, recounting memories of her life. “I still think of her being in [Windsor] Castle when I look over at it,” he said to one family, who had told him they were thrilled to see him back in Britain. The moments outside were a reminder that, despite the slanted media coverage, Harry still had some steady support in his home country. After wrapping up their forty-two-minute walkabout, William orchestrated a somewhat forced photo of the four together. Newspapers later cited Kensington Palace sources who revealed the decision to put on a show of unity in Windsor was William’s idea, but sources in both Buckingham Palace and the Sussex camp deny this version of the tale. “Sounds like a grab for positive press,” snarked a Charles aide. Over the days that followed, communication from the Palace to the Sussexes remained minimal—mostly text messages from press aides keeping the couple’s team abreast of basic information. On September 17, the Palace arranged a fifteen-minute vigil for all the Queen’s grandchildren at Westminster Hall, where the Queen was lying in state. Harry was initially told he was not permitted to wear his military uniform, despite his status as a decorated war veteran. He knew his grandmother would have wanted him to, but it took a number of emails and conversations before King Charles relented and gave special dispensation for Harry to wear his Blues and Royals, Number 1 dress attire. But when the uniform arrived at Frogmore Cottage, it was incomplete. The shoulder epaulettes were missing the Queen’s “ER” initials (only official aides-de-camp are allowed to wear them, and this was a title he had confiscated) and the ornamental braided

cord, known as an aiguillette, had been removed by someone at Buckingham Palace. To rub salt in the wound, Prince Andrew had also been given permission to wear his military uniform for a vigil by his mother’s coffin two days earlier, complete with the Queen’s cipher and aiguillettes. Heated phone calls were made, but Palace officials refused to make any changes. “Some of these people are determined to make him feel like shit, determined to continue punishing him for leaving, it’s bullying,” a family source later told me. So incensed by the way aides and Palace officials were treating him, Harry considered wearing a regular suit to the vigil that evening, but after word had come from another aide that William would remove his aiguillette to make things a little more equal, he changed his mind. It was a rare show of support from his brother and one a source said he appreciated. But the support ended there. For the duration of their time in Britain, the Duke and Duchess of Sussex were on the receiving end of snubs and brushoffs. At the state funeral Camilla, Kate, and Sophie noticeably went out of their way to ignore Meghan outside Westminster Abbey. “They did their best to remain focused on the importance of the trip and honoring Her Majesty, but being dragged into the royal fold again was an unpleasant experience. So little has changed, the same old power trips and dancing around various protocols. Having to deal with the insanity of the media coverage, which on many days revolved around them, made it even worse,” said a source close to the couple. Indeed, newspaper articles and royal commentary ranged from cruel to completely made up. One commentator, well known for her fictitious ramblings and out-of-pocket conspiracy theories, used a Sky News broadcast about the Queen’s life to falsely claim the couple would be wearing microphones and secret cameras to record their encounters with members of the royal family for future Netflix projects. The ongoing fictionalization of the Sussexes’ lives continues to be a national sport for large sections of the mainstream media. Despite him opening up his life to the public in interviews, television specials, and even a 125,000-word memoir, the caricature most of the papers draw of Prince Harry is barely recognizable to anyone who actually knows him. It’s one of the many reasons why the Duke of Sussex is on a mission to reclaim his story, his life, and his image from the media and the public’s fantastical

accounts. And, through a series of high-profile court cases, he has slowly been able to claw some of it back. From the libel case against the Mail on Sunday—which incorrectly cited “informed sources” in 2020, claiming the prince had turned his back on the Royal Marines and British Armed Forces (a legal fight for which he received substantial damages and a printed apology)—to the ongoing action against the same outlet for defamatory coverage about his security battle with the Home Office (over its refusal to allow him to personally pay for official police protection while in the United Kingdom), the duke has made it clear he’s not afraid to dispute and correct the disinformation out there about his wife and him. And it extends beyond his personal issues with the press. Emboldened by his distance from the royal institution and its fiercely protected relationships with Britain’s top media barons, Harry is now free to fight a much larger issue that has quietly plagued the media landscape for decades —illegal news-gathering practices. In 2023, three legal actions for phone hacking and other unlawful intrusions directed at Harry and his inner circle continued to gather momentum in London’s High Court: one directed at the Mirror’s publisher (MGN) for phone hacking between 1996 and 2011; another for the same allegations at the Mail group (Associated Newspapers) for a slightly longer time period; and a third aimed at Rupert Murdoch’s News Group Newspapers (NGN), which is the parent company of The Sun and the now-shuttered News of the World. All three had preliminary hearings in spring of the same year. The MGN case was a full trial of liability for a sample of thirty-seven articles (out of a list of over one hundred) believed to have come as a result of phone hacking and other illegal methods. News Group’s hearings mostly revolved around arguments over whether Harry should be allowed to get around the statute of limitations, as he didn’t find out about the publisher’s alleged unlawful activities until years after they had taken place (because, his lawyer argued, the newspaper hid them so well). In the end, though, the judge determined that only Harry’s claims of illegal information gathering can proceed to trial, not the the phone-hacking claims. His battles haven’t gone down well with members of the royal family and their aides, who seemingly did all they could to tamp down Harry’s pursuit of justice during his years as a working royal. In their view, fighting the media puts the monarchy at risk. “In short, him wanting to take on these

papers posed a threat to all of them,” said a former Palace aide. “No one in the family, particularly [Charles, Camilla, and William], wanted the solid media relationships they had formed to be rattled by a family member gone rogue.” One of those beneficial relationships was exposed in his case against The Sun’s publisher, after Prince Harry’s April 2023 witness statement alleged that in 2020 Prince William privately agreed to a “very large” settlement (which sources claimed was over one million pounds) with Murdoch’s publisher for not formally suing them for hacking into his private voicemails hundreds of times (later described by Harry as a “favourable deal in return for him going ‘quietly’”). This highlights just how different the brothers have become. Before the 2018 rebranding of William as “statesman in the making,” the pair were aligned in their plans to put claims against The Sun’s publisher and even took first steps down that path together. But Harry alleges that at some point before 2013, Charles’s household struck a “secret agreement” with senior Murdoch executives (made without William and Harry’s knowledge) that promised that royal victims of phone hacking, including the brothers, would receive a settlement and an apology when all the publisher’s other major phone-hacking cases had concluded. A few years later, and irrespective of any “deal” between the two sides, the Queen gave permission for two of her aides to help the brothers get their apologies (with multiple attempts being made to speak with evasive executives at the publisher), but when the monarch’s private secretary Lord Christopher Geidt was pushed out in 2017, any such efforts slowly came to a halt. After Edward Young took over Lord Geidt’s role, both he and Clive Alderton (Charles’s private secretary)—a man described by insiders as Young’s “partner in crime”—did their best to thwart anything that might anger the Murdoch papers. A source close to the family said, “[Charles’s office] has very much ruled the roost when it comes to the relationship with the media . . . [The Queen] was doing her best to ensure that everybody was working in harmony, but Clarence House had a long-term strategy.” In his witness statement, Harry described that strategy as a bid to “keep the media onside in order to smooth the way for my stepmother (and father) to be accepted by the British public as queen consort (and king respectively) when the time came, and anything that might upset the applecart in this regard (including the suggestion of resolution of our phone-hacking claims) was to be avoided at all costs.” Harry added that when he finally issued his

hacking claims against both the Mirror and The Sun publishers in October 2019, he was “summoned” to Buckingham Palace, where Young, Alderton, and Charles promptly demanded that he drop the legal actions because they had an “effect on all the family.” Following Harry’s legal actions, the retaliatory media coverage against the Sussexes reached new levels of negativity and aggression as the industry circled the wagons. Harry remained defiant. “I’m one of the few people that is able to take this the whole way, rather than worrying about my reputation,” he told a friend. “But I’ve got to see this through.” The media coverage centered around the prince “attacking” his family (a favored phrase by the tabloids) in the buildup to King Charles’s coronation. “The reality,” a source close to Harry added, “was that he just wants to protect his claims. The secret Charles/Murdoch agreement was made way above his station, and he only found about it years later. That’s why his action has come at this time.” For his part, Charles was aware of Harry’s court appearances ahead of the coronation and told his son he “understood” why he needed to see it through. Unlike William and more than one thousand other victims of unlawful press intrusion by News Group who settled out of court, largely down to the astronomical legal costs required to take a case to trial and the generous damages offered without admission of liability. Harry is not one of these—he is determined to have his days in court. It’s a bold move to make, one that is fortunately enabled by his deeply lined pockets, due to several commercial endeavors and private investments he’s made since moving to California. By entering witness statements into the British legal system and joining forces with other high-profile people (Sir Elton John, David Furnish, Liz Hurley, and more are going against the Mail group), Harry has actually made Britain’s most powerful publishers feel threatened. The efforts to expose the widespread culture of phone hacking during the 1990s and early 2000s, plus other illegal practices that are suspected to continue today, have also seen some journalists and prominent media figures join these class action cases. For full disclosure, I also testified in the phone-hacking trial against Mirror Group Newspapers, sharing my experiences as a college intern in the publisher’s newsrooms, where I witnessed conversations about phone hacking by senior staff, including the Mirror’s editor in chief at the time, Piers Morgan. Hundreds

of victims have launched civil lawsuits since 2012 and the publisher has, so far, paid out on well over six hundred claims. Harry himself entered the witness box for the Mirror group trial on June 6, 2023, breaking with royal protocol as he became the first member of the family to be cross-examined in court since 1891. During his eight-hour testimony at London’s High Court, the prince stated there was “hard evidence” that he was illegally targeted by MGN, who had gone to “extreme lengths to cover their tracks.” Along with telling the court that many of his past relationships had failed because of press intrusion (citing an incident when he found a tracking device on the car of his then girlfriend Chelsy Davy), he stated that the way the tabloids reported on Meghan “disgusted” him and provided the motivation for his decision to take on the Mirror, Sunday Mirror, and Sunday People newspapers. Andrew Green KC, the Mirror’s barrister, accused Harry of indulging in “total speculation” and pointed out the prince had “no evidence” his phone had been hacked by journalists working for MGN. However, invoices suggesting the Mirror made payments to a range of private investigators in the United Kingdom and the United States were submitted to the court and show that these PIs accessed ex-directory phone numbers, social security details, and financial records of public figures, including Harry. Appealing directly to the judge, an offended Harry responded, “My lord, my whole life the press have misled me, covered up their wrongdoing. To be sitting here in court knowing that the defense has the evidence in front of them, and Mr. Green saying I’m speculating  .  .  . I’m not entirely sure what to say about that.” By the end of his testimony, Harry appeared emotional when his barrister David Sherborne asked how he felt after the proceedings. “It’s . . . a lot,” he quietly replied. In an interview in early 2023, Harry described his campaign to change the media as his “life’s work.” It’s a statement sources say he would like to revise. “I plan on making sure this does not take over my life . . . I want to see it through to a conclusion,” he told a friend. In fact, the prince hopes for resolutions on all cases by the end of 2025. “This is a tough commitment, but he has the balls to take them all on . . . He’s never going to back down,” said a source close to Harry. “He spent ten years in the military and finds it very hard to turn a blind eye to injustice. He is determined to see this through.” He is not, however, naïve enough to think that even winning these cases will change how the media writes about him. “I don’t see any version

of pulling back or settling in the hope that they might leave us alone,” he told a friend. “That’s never going to happen. Unfortunately, we sell them too many newspapers and too many clicks.” An outcome he does hope for is change at a higher level. “His goal here is not to destroy the media for the sake of it, but to encourage the creation of a more ethical and reliable press,” said a source close to the duke. “Destroying them for revenge won’t get anyone anywhere. In fact, doing that just leaves a vacuum  .  .  . and who’s going to fill that? Probably Murdoch again.” Harry hopes that his actions will simply lead to finding some solutions for improving media practices. That at some point, those in the British government, including the Department for Digital, Culture, Media & Sport, will push for a substantive overhaul. With a switch to a Labour government looking likely in 2024 (after the Conservative party— largely supported by media barons who control most of the country’s papers —have been in power since 2010), that could happen. It would also be an achievement far greater than anything he could have done as a spare. In other aspects of his work, Harry’s plate is full. His input on the Harry & Meghan docuseries and his memoir took up the majority of 2022, but now he’s finally focusing on projects that will demonstrate he is moving away from his past. Sources close to the prince confirm that “royal revelations” are now over, and rumors of additional chapters or updates being added to Spare are false (the book will remain unchanged when it eventually comes out in paperback). Instead, Harry will focus on production efforts, following the positive feedback received for Heart of Invictus, a documentary based on his long-running and successful Invictus Games sporting competition for wounded, injured, and sick veterans and servicepeople. The Sussexes’ production company is working on two scripted projects for Netflix that Harry and Meghan acquired the rights to in 2023, including an adaptation of novelist Carley Fortune’s Meet Me at the Lake. And he will continue his own charitable endeavors, particularly in the military space. “[That] is where he comes alive,” said a spokesperson for the duke. “There is so much he plans to do for the community over the years ahead.” The decision to look ahead rather than backward will be music to the ears of the Palace. It will also serve the couple well. After two years of tellalls about their royal story, the Sussex brand ended up synonymous with drama by the start of 2023. For a couple who hoped to carve out their new

U.S. lives as global philanthropists, the soap opera–style narrative that followed them everywhere certainly wasn’t the plan. “For setting the record straight, it was absolutely important to share those stories and experiences the way they did,” lamented a source, “but such projects take a considerable amount of time to complete, and it kept them immersed in an old chapter of their lives during the new one for longer than was ideal. They’re more than ready to move on.” As with any new operation, it has taken a while to find the perfect rhythm. Building a three-piece organization (Archewell Foundation, Archewell Audio, and Archewell Productions) during a pandemic was certainly not the ideal start-up environment. A mix of rushed decisions and hires also meant that earlier PR efforts were far from polished. An out-ofthe-blue statement in January 2022 announcing that unnamed sources would no longer speak for the Sussexes is a prime example. The claim was that “only the official communications team at Archewell” will comment— or not—on any stories concerning the couple. An impressive feat if pulled off (especially given that the entire royal bubble thrives on anonymous briefing), but the pledge came across as bizarre to the public and the media, including myself, especially when just a week later (and beyond) unnamed “sources” continued to speak for the couple. Since then, the couple have reconfigured their approach to media strategies and hired a new head of communications, a former media executive at the Universal Film Entertainment Group, Ashley Hansen. And while the confusing guidance about sources is something their team has yet to properly address, it seems this type of cross-communication is already a thing of the past. Still, mixed messaging such as this causes some distrust in the public— who have often been unclear whether information briefed by the couple’s own aides is accurate. When Harry and Meghan experienced a distressing two-hour paparazzi chase around Manhattan in May 2023, additional details shared by their team on background (and cited in articles as “Sussex sources”) were dismissed by even some of the couple’s most ardent fans, who, as they often do, rushed to point out that “sources don’t speak for the couple anymore.” Years of British newspapers attempting to poke holes in the couple’s every word and action has also strained the Sussexes’ credibility, and sources said both Harry and Meghan reluctantly accept it’s an area that needs serious improvement.

The rush to sign commercial deals after the royal institution cut them off from all funding and security in 2020 led them to sign some lucrative deals they might have thought twice about had they not been under so much financial pressure. When the couple signed a contract worth up to $20 million with Spotify to develop podcasts, neither of the two expected executives to turn down so many of their ideas. The streamer, said a company source, was only interested in paying out for juicy goods that could generate major headlines and bring in subscriptions. In the end, Spotify only commissioned one Archewell Audio Christmas special and twelve episodes of Meghan’s Archetypes series—a podcast that explored widely used labels that hold women back. Only a portion of that $20 million was ever paid out and the two parties “mutually agreed” to part ways in the summer of 2023, although a damning review from one of Spotify’s podcasting executives, Bill Simmons, who called the couple “grifters,” suggested that it may not have been as mutual as implied. “There have definitely been a mountain of lessons learned when it comes to the business side of things,” a source close to the couple admitted. It was a shaky start for the couple’s charitable foundation, too. They launched the Sussex Foundation in the summer of 2019, but a source working on the project later told me that plans for the nonprofit were ultimately shelved as Harry and Meghan didn’t want to focus on providing grants, an effort that requires constant fundraising. The Archewell Foundation’s launch in October 2020 came with grand ambitions to provide something different, but as the months went by they realized again that grants would become the ballast for this foundation as well. No shame in that, and the money given out has gone on to do great things, such as helping move eight thousand individuals out of Afghanistan with the Human First Coalition and providing additional resources to the techfocused civil rights advocacy organization Color of Change. For a couple who want to create change around a myriad of issues, it makes sense that they have so many irons in the fire. But at the time of this writing, two and a half years into the foundation’s life, the true purpose and mission of their charitable vehicle is still not completely clear. A lot of everything, but little in terms of major anchoring projects. As it turns out, the grant work they avoided at first has taught them how to support small charities and build new partnerships. Now, said the head of the foundation and former Kensington Palace aide James Holt, a

“significant change” in direction will become more visible over the next two years. Moving forward, programs are being developed with a key thread in all three areas of the foundation’s work—mental health. It starts with the couple’s efforts to build a better online world, which includes a project and partnership with the Social Media Victims Law Center and families who have suffered the most extreme impacts of social media. Linking back to Harry’s media battles, Archewell is also seeking ways to “restore trust in information.” As well as looking at structural reform, a spokesperson added that they want to use their platform to “promote and highlight media organizations they think are doing the right thing.” And the third area is uplifting communities. Picking up from Meghan’s work supporting victims of the 2017 Grenfell Tower fire tragedy in London, who came together to prepare food for displaced residents and the wider community, the foundation is introducing the sentiment and drive behind the Hubb Community Kitchen to communities across the United States. By mid-2023, ten projects were already quietly in pilot phases (from sewing groups to cooking clubs), with a focus on women-led initiatives supporting Afghan immigrants who fled the Taliban. Archewell’s decision to work with William Morris Endeavor (WME), a powerhouse agency headquartered in Beverly Hills, has also helped the duke and duchess accelerate some of their charitable work. “It takes a long time to build a lasting legacy but this is their life’s work,” said a Sussex spokesperson. As for Meghan, following the release of the Harry & Meghan docuseries in November 2022, the duchess noticeably distanced herself from the dramas and labels associated with the royal family. By February 2023, Archie’s fourth birthday was cited as the primary reason she would not be attending the coronation of King Charles, but sources later told me that her strong feelings about not getting hauled back into royal dramas also played a “significant role.” During that low-profile year, she appeared in public for only a handful of key moments, such as receiving a Women of Vision Award for her advocacy for women and girls. Meghan kept her head down to focus on building her own business. Though there were rumors that she might follow in the footsteps of Gwyneth Paltrow’s Goop or revive her lifestyle blog The Tig (both tempting options), a source said Meghan is building “something more accessible  .  .  . something rooted in her love of details, curating,

hosting, life’s simple pleasures, and family.” Added a friend of the duchess, “Meghan is busy working on creating something safe and timeless. And something that won’t be accused of riding on the back of anything royal.” The couple’s decision to enjoy a more relaxed summer in 2023 allowed them to retreat a little from the public eye for the first time since stepping back. Naturally, the quieter moments provided a perfect opportunity for the press to fill in the gaps with their own narratives. Britain’s Telegraph wasted no time in suggesting that the couple’s “frazzled, fraught and lacking romance” relationship was in trouble. Meanwhile the couple—who used to focus on all the coverage about them—remained unconcerned and, at times, blissfully unaware at home in California. “Closer than ever,” said a close friend of the couple. “They’re genuinely happy.” At times it seemed like the couple would never find complete happiness after leaving the royal fold. Some events of the past still hurt today, particularly those involving their children, Archie and Lilibet. Although convention dictates that the two should have automatically become prince and princess when the King acceded to the throne, it took Buckingham Palace six months to finally confirm the title changes. Charles had initially avoided the subject but eventually told Harry in early 2023 that he would “make it official” if they wanted it (they did), but uttered no further word on it until his press secretary casually informed the couple’s team a month later that a change would be made. Officials finally updated the royal line of succession on the Palace’s website—the children’s “Master” and “Miss” stylings were replaced with “Prince Archie of Sussex” and “Princess Lilibet of Sussex” (sixth and seventh in line, respectively). The Palace blamed the delay on the site’s periodic update schedule but refused to explain why they didn’t just change the children’s titles at the same time as publishing William and Kate’s new Wales titles in September 2022. “They see the way their children are treated differently and that’s hard to feel comfortable with,” said a friend of the Sussexes. As for Harry, who started the year claiming in interviews that he was hoping for reconciliation with and accountability from his family, he dramatically shifted after his father and brother actively continued to avoid conversations about their part in the difficulties that the Sussexes experienced. In February and March, the prince turned to a mutual friend back in London to try to set up a conversation with his brother, but the

attempts were ignored. Harry, said a source, chose to “keep focused on the future, not the past.” As the duke left California on May 5 for King Charles’s coronation—a decision he had made because “it was the right thing” to support his father on such a big day—his emotions were a world away from how he felt landing in London with knots in his stomach for the Platinum Jubilee just a year earlier. “Though he hasn’t found closure with his family, he’s accepted that things are unlikely to change, particularly with his brother—who refuses to even properly talk with him,” said a source. As Harry later explained to a friend, “I’m ready to move on past it. Whether we get an apology or accountability, who knows? Who really cares at this point?”

10 The Men (and Women) in Gray Royal Courtiers and the Struggle for Power The courtier’s final aim is to become his prince’s instructor. —Baldassare Castiglione, The Book of the Courtier A prince’s court Is like a common fountain, whence should flow Pure silver drops in general, but if’t chance Some curs’d example poison’t near the head, Death and diseases through the whole land spread —John Webster, The Duchess of Malfi

When

the showy, obsequious courtier Osric appears in Shakespeare’s Hamlet, Prince Hamlet inquires whether his friend and confidante, Horatio, knows the young Palace aide. As Osric ingratiatingly introduces himself, Hamlet, in a wry aside, asks Horatio, “Dost know this waterfly?” Osric then shares the details of the King’s wager—a duel refereed by Osric that eventually causes Hamlet’s death—while the prince haughtily toys with the courtier, forcing him to agree with everything he says, despite intentionally contradicting himself. One minute Hamlet says he’s hot, the next he is cold, and Osric zealously concurs both times. With a touch of a sneer, the prince scolds the aide for not wearing his hat like a proper courtier: “Put your bonnet to its right use. ’Tis for the head.” Shakespeare’s gentle mocking of Osric would have easily landed with his Elizabethan audiences. During Queen Elizabeth I’s reign in the sixteenth century, the stereotypical courtier dressed extravagantly to signal their wealth and position in the court. The women literally assembled their

outfits, attaching puffy sleeves to bodices and draping elaborate skirts over hooped petticoats known as farthingales. With long, frizzy hair swept up from the forehead into hair helmets and elaborate buns, necklaces, and dangling earrings, female courtiers dazzled like cockatiels. But they were often outdone by the men. Adorned in cloaks, decorative doublets with ruffled collars (think: a gaudy, snug jacket topped by a frilly dog collar cone), ballooning knee-length trousers, tight hose, and, of course, a flamboyant hat, male courtiers were the peacocks of the Elizabethan court. Colorful, noisy, and always hovering, Queen Elizabeth’s advisors and hangers-on were also the insects of the House of Tudor, hence the bard’s reference to a waterfly. Like Osric, they buzzed around the monarchs and their advisors, flitting here and there from situation to situation like bugs, carrying messages, refereeing duels, and doing their bosses’ bidding. They were the waterflies who dropped in to deliver troubling news; the butterflies who fluttered through the palace, with whispers and scandal providing the uprush of air for their wings; the bees who pollinated the rumor mill and guarded the nest; and the flies who fed on the waste from their devious schemes. Minus the doublets and farthingales, a courtier’s work profile and behavioral traits haven’t changed all that much over the centuries. To this day, modern courtiers retain similar responsibilities and perform comparable tasks to their sixteenth- and seventeenth-century predecessors. Current members of the court still diligently guide, protect, and serve their monarchs, often with great skill and even some of that old Elizabethan flair. But instigating and umpiring Palace duels also remain part of the job description, though leaks and press releases have now replaced daggers and swords. The flashy capes may be gone, but Palace advisors still operate in cloaks of secrecy and often trade in gossip and favors. You may not see a courtier donning a feathered bonnet or carrying a scrolled message in the twenty-first century, but King Charles and Prince William continue the tradition of dispatching loyal aides to announce, arrange, fix, and, at times, provoke. Now they’re professionally trained and, in some cases, groomed for the job. Today’s Osrics sport office attire from Savile Row and have earned their stripes in the creative but wily realms of public relations and communications. Palace advisors and aides may now come tested and highly qualified, but one royal family member still refers to them as mere insects. In Spare,

Prince Harry singles out three courtiers—without ever naming them—for the bug treatment, dubbing them “The Bee. The Fly. And the Wasp.” Beyond Harry’s zoological monikers, courtiers have been subject to an array of nicknames over the years. Queen Elizabeth I referred to her top consultants as “Spirit,” “Eyes,” and “Elf.” One of these, Robert Dudley, Earl of Leicester, was purportedly her lover, so it’s fortunate for him that she labeled him Eyes instead of Elf. Both Prince Philip, who often butted heads with members of Queen Elizabeth II’s court, and Princess Margaret called them the “Men with Mustaches.” A long-serving courtier for both King George VI and Elizabeth II, Sir Alan “Tommy” Lascelles, wore a rather sizable ’stache and did in fact routinely clash with both Philip and Margaret. In The Crown, Lascelles is portrayed as a rigid, assiduous member of the old guard—an emblem of establishment order and duty to the monarchy—and the show’s Prince Philip character derisively calls him the “dreaded mustache.” Princess Diana’s well-known tag for the courtiers in her orbit was “the Men in Gray,” because of their ubiquitous gray suits; the Duchess of York, Sarah “Fergie” Ferguson, jumped on Diana’s train and referred to them as the “Gray Men,” while Meghan and her friends privately called them “Palace Vipers.” But who are these men, and now women, in gray, these wasps and mustaches? And what exactly do these courtly bees and elves get up to? Full disclosure: it’s a vast and intricate subject, one that is beyond the scope of one chapter, though I will hit some highlights. One could write an entire book about British courtiers and their powerful positions in the monarchy. In fact, some have, including historian Lucy Worsley’s Courtiers: The Secret History of the Georgian Court and royal reporter Valentine Low’s Courtiers: The Hidden Power Behind the Crown. Low’s book mostly looks at major players from the House of Windsor, which came into being in 1917, including the scornful and “unhelpful” Commander Richard Colville and the modernizing Lord Altrincham, a man who daringly told Queen Elizabeth II and her family that they were out of touch, and then, later in his tenure, let some fresh air in on what he considered an over-stuffy institution buzzing with too many upper-crust drones. Worsley’s book pulls the curtain back on the eighteenth-century court, revealing how it’s often not just senior officials who wield enormous power in the Palace. King George I’s Turkish valet, Mohammed, not only helped dress the King (and treat the

monarch’s, erm, hemorrhoids) but, because of his intimate access, was considered as important and influential as a government minister. Centuries later, similar was said about Elizabeth II’s personal assistant and senior dresser of three decades, Angela Kelly, whom the late monarch confided in more than any other aide or family member. Discreet and trustworthy, Kelly (nicknamed by some staff as “AK-47” because of her easily triggered temper) knew all Her Majesty’s secrets. She was one of the first and few to know about (and keep) the secret of the Queen’s health diagnosis and related struggles (revealed by family sources after Her Majesty’s death as myeloma, a form of bone cancer). Kelly was also a shoulder to cry on, often sitting with the Queen for hours at a time after the death of her husband, Prince Philip. Charles is said to have never trusted Kelly and, after his mother’s death, made one of his first acts as king to evict the sixty-five-year-old from the Windsor grace-and-favor home the Queen had gifted to her. “He wanted to keep her at arm’s length and away from the goings-on in Windsor,” said a source. And so Kelly was moved four hours away to a property in Yorkshire. Even that came with a condition. After publishing two books about her life working with his mother (with Her Majesty’s blessing), the Mail on Sunday reported that Kelly was made to sign a new NDA with Charles promising that any future commercial projects don’t include the words King or Palace. Lowly or high ranking, emblematic or modern, these individuals worked in a position that goes back thousands of years. The 1528 book Il Libro del Cortegiano (The Book of the Courtier), essentially a how-to guide for aspiring courtiers, described court life as one that “revolved around the monarch or prince it served”; it is a world that has existed since the first monarchies. “Whenever there is a monarch, there is a court; and whenever there is a court there are courtiers,” said Low. The line of British monarchs stretches far back into the mists of time. Sometime during 924–939, Saint Dunstan served as an influential attendant at the court of King Æthelstan, a sovereign whom many consider the founder of the English monarchy. Dunstan was the King’s favorite until other jealous courtiers hatched a sabotaging plot: they started a rumor about Dunstan to disgrace him (some things never change). After convincing Æthelstan that his chosen courtier practiced black magic and witchcraft, the King sent him packing. On his way out, his rivals attacked him, threw him

in a cesspool, and left him to die. He survived and later joined a monastery. One can hardly blame him. Two hundred years later, Sir William Marshal transformed the role. As a knight and soldier, he broke the mold of the mere court attendant, becoming King Henry II’s most trusted advisor and influencer. An exceedingly powerful courtier who joined military crusades and signed on for administrative posts, he shaped medieval English politics and society in the process. A fellow knight who eulogized him said he was “the best knight who ever lived” and Sir William’s legacy is a lasting one—a statue of “the Marshal” was unveiled at Pembroke Castle on the rugged southern coast of Wales in 2022. Sir Nicholas Carew’s legacy is not so grand. As a master of the horse— a top position in the royal household that remains a ceremonial title to this day—Carew was an important figure at the court of King Henry VIII, a transforming but execution-friendly monarch who reigned and terrorized in the early to mid-1500s. Letters between Carew and a fellow conspirator revealed there was a movement afoot to depose the King, and somehow these ended up in Henry’s possession (it appears there were leaks then, too). Carew was tried for treason and beheaded on the infamous Tower Hill on the north bank of the River Thames in 1539. The influential, trailblazing Duchess of Marlborough, Sarah Churchill, kept her head, but she did experience a steep fall from being Queen Anne’s favored courtier in the early 1700s. Churchill was Queen Anne’s right-hand woman and a quintessential gatekeeper—those who wanted to sway the Queen or sought favors from the monarch approached the duchess first. Anne rewarded Churchill for her loyalty and counsel by promoting her to Keeper of the Privy Purse. Churchill was the first of only two women to hold this powerful position. The second to hold the royal purse strings was her challenger, Baroness Abigail Masham, an ambitious protégé of the duchess whose rise to power eventually eclipsed her boss’s, leading Queen Anne to outright dismiss Duchess Churchill from her court. Although modern courtiers won’t find themselves face-to-face with a hooded executioner or at the bottom of a cesspool (not literally anyway; metaphorically the list is long, with finding oneself floating in the sewer of British politics at the top of it), they, too, are often overlooked, plotted against, and caught up in political beef and family feuds. This has much to do with the nature of their work. The label of courtier is synonymous with

“Palace aide,” and it broadly applies to those who work in royal communications or serve as private secretaries, estate managers, equerries, event coordinators, ladies of the household, dressers, valets, and much more. More narrowly, though, the term courtier is most often linked to press officials and private secretaries. When royal correspondents or talking heads reference courtiers or aides (including quoting them anonymously), chances are they are referring to those Palace staff who manage and offer advice to working royals or those in the communications offices who strategize engagements and release calibrated information. Toiling behind the scenes, they also advise, consult, and, like their ancient predecessors, finagle—surreptitiously directing and promoting their bosses (and, in theory, the Crown) whenever an opportunity presents itself. Working so closely with the family members puts them in a tough spot. Courtiers must tread carefully to achieve a certain balance. If they are too fawning, principals (the term commonly used by courtiers when referring to their boss) and other influential Palace staff may grow weary of them and discount them, but if they are too direct, their bosses may quickly show them the door. And while they’re walking this tightrope, they often have the odious task of persuading monarchs to do some things they might not want to do, like, for instance, stripping Prince Andrew of his titles or disallowing Princess Margaret to marry her beloved Captain Townsend. The hours are long, the pay is often nothing to write home about (after all, it mostly comes from the public purse), and it can be a thankless position with minimal job security. Some stick around for years, but for many it’s a brief stint—a springboard to a well-paid job elsewhere. But underestimate courtiers at your peril. As the historian and royal biographer Robert Lacey says, “[The] courtiers in the British system are the rulers of their masters and their mistresses, they’re not really underlings.” This is an overstatement, as the monarchs always have the final say, but courtiers are most certainly powerful players. The system promotes a hierarchy and, as a result, aides look for ways to exert their own power to consolidate it for their bosses. This sometimes requires hush-hush dirty work and brutal machinations. Being adjacent to power can be an intoxicating if sometimes corrupting position. Courtiers are the ultimate institutional insiders who—invisibly but with great influence—assist their principals with strategies around work and family complications, and they

do what it takes to keep ugly stuff out of the media’s relentless gaze. They help them navigate the churning waters where the rivers of their personal lives meet the wild, expansive sea of public opinion. In this respect, courtiers have played key roles in pivotal moments throughout the monarchy’s history, acutely so in more recent times. The information age tore up the ledgers and rule books and reformatted the cultural layout, even scrapping the entire design in some cases. It engendered “truthiness” and introduced multiple platforms for consistent messaging and content overload or campaigns of disinformation. Through all this change and rearrangement, an ancient monarchy has hung on and stayed relevant—at least enough to survive anyway, both as an institution and a cultural attraction. They’ve done this by serving the tyrannical notion of image and practicing “brand management”—work that primarily falls under the purview of the courtiers. Essential to the royal brand is the reputation of the monarchs, so courtiers are responsible for managing and repairing the reputations of the family, both individually and collectively. When it’s going well, the marching orders are promote, promote, promote! In times of duress or when under attack, it’s defend, defend, defend! Or sometimes the edict is to simply stay silent. Either way, the brand must be maintained, the image upheld at all cost, and senior courtiers are on the front lines of these efforts. Sometimes they do this ethically and responsibly, and sometimes they do not, which leads to the more important questions about senior courtiers: How do their practices and ploys impact the royal family, both as a family and as a brand? Do their ethics and values always reflect those that the monarchy is supposed to uphold? This brings us back to Harry’s insects. “The Bee” is Queen Elizabeth II’s former private secretary, Sir Edward Young. A former banker and advisor to Conservative politicians, Young looks the part of both. An “oval-faced” (Harry’s words) middle-aged white man with neatly parted salt-and-pepper hair, he looks like two different people depending on whether or not he is wearing his glasses. Bespectacled, he’s all business administration with a touch of the professorial; without, he appears a little softer around the edges and slightly lost. But don’t let the latter look fool you. Following a three-year stretch as head of communications for the Granada media conglomerate (now ITV plc), he joined the royal household in 2004 as an assistant private secretary to the Queen until Her Majesty promoted him to the head job thirteen years later.

Dedicated to his role, he was fiercely protective of the late monarch, particularly during the engulfing drama of Harry and Meghan’s departure. Harry’s contention is that Young abused his gatekeeping power, gaslighting him when it came to passing along important messages about his lawsuits against the media, and then prohibiting access to his grandmother when Harry needed her the most, all under the guise of “protecting the sovereign.” I first wrote about Young’s tactics when revealing the final hours of preparations for the Sussexes’ exit from Palace life at the start of 2020. After the couple announced that they were stepping back from their royal roles (and initially blocked by Young from talking to the Queen about it with a lie that her schedule was “full”), Palace officials planned the “Sandringham Summit,” a boardroom-style meeting sold as a discussion to determine the Sussexes’ future in the monarchy. On the agenda at the January 13, 2020, gathering was whether Harry and Meghan would be granted the “half in, half out” working model they pitched (keep their security, perform royal work to support the Queen, and fund their own charitable projects with commercial endeavors), or would be granted a clean break (“full severance,” which meant the Sussexes would lose their entire security detail, and their royal obligations and responsibilities would come to a complete halt). Edward Young and the Queen joined Harry (with his short-lived private secretary Fiona Mcilwham), William (who brought private secretary Simon Case), and Charles (who arrived with his private secretary Sir Clive Alderton) for an hour of discussion, before leaving only the family members for the final talking points. Soon after, the institution made the call: full severance. Harry argues, however, that the “fix was in” from the start—his family went into the discussion with their minds already made up. For the Duke of Sussex, proof of this was that Young had brought along a copy of a drafted press release for only this one particular scenario and not for the others that were also discussed. Young told Harry the office printer was broken. “Is this some kind of joke?” he asked with a laugh. He expected an open and honest conversation with his family but received a premeditated verdict from the Firm instead. The prevailing opinion on Young is that he was an uninspired private secretary who lacked imagination. Critics pointed to the fact that when Meghan first joined the family, Young was slow to help find patronages and

active roles for the newly minted Duchess of Sussex. Sources say he “dithered” for eight months before nudging Queen Elizabeth II to appoint Meghan as the royal patron for the National Theatre, a no-brainer considering her years as an actress. This initial failure to help Meghan create a suitable lane as a working royal ushered in a pack of problems for the Sussexes, who ended up taking matters into their own hands when it came to carving out their roles (and we all know how that ended). As a result, Young is often blamed for a portion of the Sussex vs. Palace fiasco. The countervailing opinion is that Young was a skilled liaison between the Queen, the government, and those who seek her favor, and that he was a committed, undaunted protector of the monarchy’s interests. It is widely believed that Young was the driving force behind the Queen releasing her own personal statement following Harry and Meghan’s Oprah interview rather than let communication aides speak on behalf of the institution. Though he was less than keen on the Kensington Palace–concocted “recollections may vary” response to the couple’s race-related allegation (a sentence he felt could perhaps come back to cause problems for the Queen and provoke the Sussexes to reveal even more), his decision to employ the word family three times in the statement helped to subtly remind the public that this was a family affair. While there were many hands involved in the official response, it was Young and the Queen who had the final say before hitting the send button on what many believe is a PR triumph of evasion and measured incredulity, packaged and sold as concern and love—truly a coup de maître of deflection, whether you agreed with it or not. As for pressing buttons, Charles’s private secretary, Clive Alderton, aka “the Wasp,” was instrumental in the plot to convince the Queen to greenlight the ouster of Young’s predecessor, Sir (now Lord) Christopher Geidt. An establishment figure par excellence and a former military intelligence officer, Geidt was a favorite of the Queen’s. He ran a tight ship, exercising prudence when necessary and forward-looking vision when modernizing pressures demanded it. Once described by a former colleague as “suave and charming, very proper, clipped and British with a regimental tie, but also with a touch of the spook about him,” Geidt was discreet, professional, and plugged into the circuit board of British politics. A bald and calmly assertive middle-aged white man (a reflexive choice for the Palace), Geidt earned the trust of those around him—including Princes William and Harry —as a decisive but aboveboard leader. His colleagues insisted he could “see

around corners” and considered him the eyes and ears of the Palace. He was an effective manager of complicated people and complex situations, and many in the Firm approved of and lauded his work ethic, judgment, and penchant for making himself invisible at the right time. Prince Charles, however, was decidedly not in this camp. The relationship between the then Prince of Wales and Geidt had deteriorated over the years, but it totally collapsed in 2017. The Queen was ninety-one at the time and Charles was pushing for more involvement in sovereign duties in preparation for his own reign. According to royal sources, Charles and his aides were eager to “accelerate” his activities and visibility by his seventieth birthday in November 2018. Insiders called it “Project 70,” and the goal was to further position Charles as the king in waiting and show that a transition of power was already underway. Ever the Palace guard and a man of caution, particularly about matters concerning the Queen, Geidt— who didn’t personally believe the heir had what it takes to be a worthy successor to his boss—stood firmly against the project. Further infuriating Charles, around this same time Geidt called a staff meeting to announce Prince Philip’s retirement without conferring with Charles’s aides beforehand (their opinions weren’t particularly valued or wanted). It was all too much for a prince itching to be King. With Alderton’s help, Charles enlisted Prince Andrew (not exactly the most dependable of siblings, but the one person who always had their mother’s ear) to convince the Queen to remove Geidt from his post. Andrew had his own issues with Geidt. Like so many others, Geidt had long envisioned a slimmer monarchy as the key to a secure future for the Crown, and he believed one way to get there was to cut back on funding for the problematic Duke of York and his family—in particular, monies for Princesses Eugenie and Beatrice. Though Andrew knew Charles also wanted to cut his family out when his turn on the throne arrived, he felt it would be one fewer obstacle if Geidt was no longer around. The brothers’ united front against the Queen’s man eventually worked, and Geidt stepped down in July 2017, allowing the Firm to promote Edward Young to the head position. The effort involving both royals and their courtiers, a Buckingham Palace insider said at the time, was like “something out of monarchies in the middle ages.” The backroom maneuver irked Prince William, who thought the whole stunt reeked of unprofessionalism and personal grudges run amok. The

press would later call this the result of a “Palace power struggle,” the climax of increasing tensions between Buckingham Palace and Clarence House. Some, including Princess Anne and Prince Edward, believe that letting Geidt go was the worst mistake of the Queen’s later years. Looking back, many in the family and households are certain that Geidt would have steered the monarchy through the Harry and Meghan dramas with much more control and forethought. “He just wouldn’t have allowed it to get so out of control,” a longtime Palace staffer who worked with Geidt said. “He would have listened to both sides and worked hard to ensure that everyone was happy, looked after, and, more importantly, [the Crown] would not get tainted.” Participating in a palace coup was not out of character for Alderton. Some behind palace walls have referred to him as the “hatchet man” for his expertise in delivering bad news to his principals. This may be the case, but he certainly doesn’t look like a man comfortable wielding a deathly axe. Tall and poised, with an older but cherubic face and floppy, sand-colored hair, Alderton looks like a preparatory schoolboy all grown up. Like Charles, Sir Clive is a sharp dresser, perhaps a stylish instinct honed while working in the Foreign Office, Britain’s version of the United States Department of State. It was there that Alderton started his career in 1986 and over the years held diplomatic posts in France, Belgium, Singapore, and Poland. He joined Charles and Camilla’s team at Clarence House as a deputy private secretary in 2006, but jumped ship to take on two ambassadorships, one in Morocco and the other in Mauritania. He rejoined Charles’s inner circle in 2015 as the then Prince of Wales’s private secretary. By all accounts, Alderton is intensely intelligent, and he also likes to charm and schmooze. A former colleague says he “thrives” on his adjacency to power but is also a social butterfly who is enjoyable to be around. In terms of his relationship with certain senior members of the press, he’s “always up for a drink,” one longtime royal reporter told me. Resilient at the pub, but also in his job. Recognizing that Geidt was the primary obstacle for Charles’s play for power, Alderton and Charles initiated a fight against an exceedingly strong opponent and won. This obvious power grab required thick skin, strategic thinking, and persistence, three essential qualities for a modern courtier. If Charles ever doubted Alderton’s loyalty or his capabilities, his willingness to go the distance to install the more pliable Edward Young surely banished any concerns. And it

solidified Alderton’s position. Nine months after the Queen’s death, Young retired with honors (appointed as a Lord in Waiting) and was given a £150,000 “compensation payment,” but Alderton stayed on and now serves as the King’s principal private secretary. Of course, it would be wrong to assume that all courtiers at the House of Windsor are ruthless manipulators. Over the decades there have been some senior aides who have successfully managed to support the Crown, climb the company ladder, become universally liked by staff and royal family members across all households, and leave with their ethics and values intact. During her seventeen-year rise at Buckingham Palace, Samantha Cohen achieved just that. Starting in the communications office before reaching the role of Queen Elizabeth II’s assistant private secretary for eight years, Australian journalism graduate Cohen quickly earned herself the nickname “Samantha the Panther” within palace walls (and the press) for her feisty spirit and no-nonsense attitude. She was one of the few colleagues to speak up at the appalling treatment of Lord Geidt in 2017, and the late Queen greatly valued her quick thinking and strong opinions. Prince Harry felt the same way, too. When his much-loved private secretary Ed Lane Fox (or “ELF” to those on friendly terms with him, though not as friendly as Queen Elizabeth and her Elf) left in 2018 after five years, Harry turned to Cohen to fill the role. He had known her since he was a teenager and always felt she was one of the “good eggs.” The Queen thought it was a “marvelous idea,” said a source, and encouraged Cohen (who at this point was ready to leave the royal fold for greener pastures) to stay on and serve as a stand-in until the Sussexes could find a permanent replacement. Many credit Cohen for the success of the couple’s 2018 tour of Australia, New Zealand, Fiji, and Tonga, having helped meticulously plan a diverse itinerary that highlighted the Commonwealth, the Queen, and the couple (not an easy feat, as more recent tours by other royals have proven  .  .  . ahem). In 2019, Cohen was ready to continue her journey elsewhere. A royal source said that Cohen was fond of Harry and Meghan but found the pair “a bit like teenagers” at times. The Sussexes attempted to keep her on but, seeing the stormy seas ahead, the senior aide felt like it was the right time go. Cohen—who was awarded a Royal Victorian Order in 2016 for her services to the monarchy—remains a trustee of the late Queen’s

Commonwealth Trust, a charity that supports young leaders across the Commonwealth. While some courtiers shine like stars in the royal orbit, others are more comfortable in the gutter. This brings us to “the Fly.” Harry had this to say about Simon Case: “[He’d] spent much of his career adjacent to, and indeed drawn to shit. The offal of government, and media, the wormy entrails, he loved it.” It’s a damning portrait, but many behind the gates of the Palace and Parliament would argue that it is also spot-on. At the age of forty-four, Case has a résumé that already reads like that of an establishment stooge, a political player who’s been in the game for much longer than he actually has. He started his career in civil service in 2006 as a policy advisor in the Ministry of Defence. After a few years of working in the Northern Ireland Office and the Cabinet Office, Case went to work at Downing Street under then prime minister David Cameron. Here he retreats further into the shadows. In 2015, Case signed on as a director of strategy for the Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ), an intelligence and security apparatus based in “The Doughnut,” a circular fortress-like hive of offices (think a round version of the Pentagon) tucked away in Cheltenham. Seemingly always buzzing from one influential post to the next, Case then joined Cameron as his principal private secretary. He continued on in the same position for the first year of Theresa May’s short stay on Downing Street, before Prince William poached him in 2018. Case’s appearance matches his résumé. Practically born in a suit, these days his combed and parted brown hair accompanies a meticulously trimmed beard and rimless glasses. Many consider the GCHQ a spy agency, and Case does resemble a spy in the pulp thriller sense—slick but normal enough. There is something about his eyes that conjures up a comparison to a weary politico who can’t unsee what he’s already seen. Having enjoyed a positive working relationship with William’s previous private aide—the affable and skilled Miguel Head, who was in the role from 2012—I didn’t feel so positive about my first in-person encounter with Case during the summer of 2018. There was just something about him I didn’t trust—and most of it was in his eyes. “I look forward to hearing more about your book —I trust it will all be glowingly positive,” he said with a chuckle. With cracks already in the relationship between the Sussexes and Cambridges, we both knew that would not likely be the case. A political operator dressed up as a civil servant, Case is intelligent and undaunted by difficult jobs. In a

short but revealing BBC News profile, a cabinet minister described Case as a “fixer by nature,” and a former university tutor claimed Case is a natural “keeper of secrets.” A Tory colleague was less guarded with their words: “I like Simon, but he’s a snake.” Prince William brought Case on in March 2018, just a couple of months before the Sussexes’ wedding. Harry and William’s relationship was already on the skids, their “divergent paths” growing further apart but still a year away from becoming front-page news. Case, said several sources, saw an opening in this deteriorating relationship, a chance to elevate his “principal.” Despite the obvious difference in the line of succession, Harry and William were publicly on equal footing at the time. Before Meghan’s arrival, William, Kate, and Harry were a unified trio on their chosen causes and I always saw them smiling and laughing together at engagements. This was largely thanks to Miguel Head, who regularly encouraged the brothers (and Kate) to find ways to work together, not apart. Case was different—he saw the cracks, and his actions helped widen them. To change the narrative for William and move him away from his work-shy image to that of a resolute and industrious second in line, some drastic measures were required. His plan: reposition William, the heir, as the responsible one, the adult in the room, while casting Harry, the spare, as the wayward one, the selfish brother with a competing agenda. Harry’s wedding was an ideal event for Case to kick off his campaign to elevate William. A source told me that Harry was unwavering in his decision to have a close friend be his best man instead of William, with whom he was already becoming at odds. In Spare, he reveals he asked “old mate” Charlie van Straubenzee to take on the role. Recognizing that the optics—and the headlines to follow—of Harry passing over his brother for the role would certainly be detrimental to William’s image and, by extension, problematic for the Firm at large, Case made sure that at the very least the media received word his boss was selected for the task. Harry’s aides were instructed not to correct the inaccurate reports that followed. In late August 2019, Case sniffed out another opportunity for PR gamesmanship. That summer the Duke and Duchess of Sussex were under fire for flying on private jets so soon after Harry announced his new sustainable tourism initiative, Travalyst. By their fourth private jet trip (in eleven days)—this time to Nice, France, on a plane that belonged to their host, Sir Elton John—sections of the press were calling out the couple’s

hypocrisy. The argument was that it contradicted Harry’s public stance on the environment. Given that private jets consume ten times more fuel per person than commercial jets, it was not one of Harry’s wisest decisions from a public image standpoint. Even his communications secretary Sara Latham had advised him to reconsider his jet travel plans for a solo Google Camp appearance in Italy the previous month. But, for this particular family trip, the media failed to account for the Sussexes’ growing security concerns, particularly when traveling with a newborn. Sir Elton ended up defending his friends and tweeted that he and his husband, David Furnish, paid for the trip for safety reasons and that they always offset their carbon emissions with donations to environmental groups. Reasonable arguments on both sides resulted in a reasonable outcome. Harry and Meghan had valid reasons for flying by jet but privately acknowledged that the criticism served as a “lessons learned” moment. As for the complaints that they were in France instead of visiting the Queen and Prince Philip in Balmoral during their summer stay (they hadn’t been explicitly asked, but all family members had an open invite), their answer was simple—they felt four-month-old Archie was too young for all the hunting, shooting, and fishing that fill up the family itinerary at the Highland getaway. But Simon Case had another idea. Seizing this moment, which he perceived as a highly embarrassing one for Harry, he took another step in his PR long game for his boss. Just days later, William, Kate, and their three children were spotted boarding a commercial budget airline flight from Norwich to Aberdeen for a trip to Balmoral. Although there were no photographers on the tarmac, a conveniently captured phone video popped up in the press showing William, Kate, and their children casually making their way off the plane at the airport. Palace-friendly papers were quick to report that their seats on the Flybe aircraft cost only £73 per adult, adding that the cheap travel proved William and Kate were entirely comfortable taking their children on a commercial flight. Champing at the bit to compare and contrast, the Daily Mail (who, like some other papers, was given a heads-up about the trip by a Kensington Palace aide) reminded readers about the recent row over Harry and Meghan’s trips before breathlessly reporting how Prince William was “looking like your archetypal family man on holiday . . . [and] can be seen clutching a number

of bags while George, six, and Charlotte, four, run excitably alongside him.” A premediated publicity setup; this was all Case’s handiwork. A stroke of backhanded artifice, it was a successful stunt—at first, anyway. As London Evening Standard royal editor Robert Jobson said at the time, “It’s a shrewd move by the Duke of Cambridge and great for the public . . . and if they can fly budget then surely Harry, Meghan and their child are able to as well.” He added, “A lot of people are claiming the royals are costing too much at the moment, and William is putting his money where his mouth is by going budget.” His commentary was exactly the kind Case was hoping for—a perceived stark contrast between the brothers and an elevation of William at the expense of his brother. Of course, all is not always as it seems and, unknown to the public at the time, William and Kate’s casual trip wasn’t quite as environmentally friendly or spendthrift as it first appeared. After a Kensington Palace aide discussed their plans (and the fact that photographs would likely end up in the papers) with a Flybe executive, officials at the company made some moves of their own. As it turns out, there wasn’t a plane emblazoned with corporate branding at William and Kate’s outgoing airport—the daily flight from Norwich to Aberdeen is operated by Loganair for Eastern Airways, a franchise of Flybe. So as to not miss this golden advertising opportunity, the Flybe team decided to fly over an empty, properly branded aircraft from their headquarters in Humberside, a coastal town 123 miles north of Norwich. The plane also returned empty to Humberside after the Cambridges and other passengers disembarked in Aberdeen. All told, the two empty flights released upward of four and a half tons of carbon emissions. Kensington Palace claimed they knew nothing about Flybe’s switcheroo, but the whole farce turned it into a fail for all involved regardless. Their perfect family trip was exposed for what it really was: a showy publicity stunt. Even in this early stage of his Kensington Palace post, some officials in the other households were less than impressed with Case’s stratagems. A Buckingham Palace aide (who was no fan of the private secretary) laughed to me at the time: “Nice try, but in the end, they looked like even bigger hypocrites than the couple they were trying to show up.” Added another communications staffer at that time, “I feel like it’s a new era with [Case]. I’m not sure if it’s a good or a bad one.”

In retrospect, as the crevasse between the brothers deepened to the point that reconciliation still seems like a long shot, even Case’s PR gambits can now be viewed as successes for Kensington Palace. The results are in: William is firmly in the role of a decisive king in waiting and Harry has been cast by the Palace and the press as a perceived lost soul. This so-called success came at an exceedingly high cost. While other circumstances— some unforeseen, but many of them devised—hammered on the wedge between William and Harry, Simon Case’s moves activated a chain of events that have helped damage a brotherly relationship beyond repair. “That was a dark time,” a source close to the family told me. Similar sentiments were shared when Charles and Camilla’s longtime press secretary Julian Payne left in 2021. Never afraid to get his hands dirty (“he’s the resident playground gossip,” a senior aide of the Queen once said to me), Payne happily shared tales about family members, including Harry and Meghan, to other staff and preferred media allies who wrote favorably about his bosses. He also gave details about Charles’s relationships with Harry and his grandchildren for Finding Freedom, although, prior to publication, I found out that some of the information (such as how regularly Charles would visit Prince George, Princess Charlotte, and Prince Louis) was not accurate. As for “the Fly,” well, he buzzed off back to the intestinal system of British politics, joining former prime minister Boris Johnson’s team as cabinet secretary, the youngest to ever hold the position. He survived Johnson’s ugly resignation and his successor’s short tenure, and Prime Minister Rishi Sunak kept him on as his cabinet secretary. But it wasn’t a successful journey for Case. He was implicated in the “Partygate scandal” and its swarming allegations that Johnson and staff flagrantly violated Covid-19 lockdown restrictions by hosting social gatherings at 10 Downing Street and other locations during the pandemic. Loyal only to himself, it seems, Westminster watched as Case seemingly threw his former boss under the bus. Johnson revealed he was advised by Case that Covid protocol was followed for the rule-breaking get-togethers, but Case later told an investigating committee that he said no such thing. The Firm needs to look no further than the example of Simon Case as a reminder that Svengalis ultimately seek to control and exploit, and gurus tend to fall from grace. Waterflies never hang around for long. Lest we forget the messy situation that Charles’s former right-hand man Michael

Fawcett found himself in. Even Niccolò Machiavelli, the Renaissance diplomat and philosopher whose name is now synonymous with calculating plots and ruthless power grabs, was eventually arrested and banished. In the end, relying on deception and trickery ultimately leads to destruction. Image control is a fool’s errand. And it should be obvious to the royals by now that when it comes to family, truth always outsmarts cunning.

11 Ghost at the Feast Princess Diana and Revisionist History Thy bones are marrowless, thy blood is cold . . . Can such things be And overcome us like a summer’s cloud, Without our special wonder? —William Shakespeare, Macbeth Body. People kept using that word. It was a punch in the throat, and a bloody lie, because Mummy wasn’t dead. —Prince Harry, Spare

Hounded as she was into a subterranean darkness, Princess Diana’s life was cut short on August 31, 1997, by excessive speed, shattering glass, and twisted metal. After her chauffeur Henri Paul was blinded by a “major white flash” from a paparazzi photographer on an overtaking motorbike, he lost control at sixty-five miles per hour and collided with a concrete pillar in the Pont de l’Alma underpass in Paris. She was thirty-six. Her journey from a spirited young woman to a “royal body” to a corpse in a French morgue was devastatingly brief. Into a tunnel and then gone. But her story, tragic ending and all, her time as the “people’s princess,” and her élan endures—and continues to inspire the public and haunt the monarchy. In some ways, it’s as if she never left. This is especially true for Prince Harry, who avows in Spare that he grappled with the reality of her death from what was left of his splintered childhood through his turbulent teenage years into early adulthood, often tricking himself into believing she was just in hiding and would soon come back for him and his brother. Who

of us wouldn’t, at his age and in his circumstances, surrender to this kind of magical thinking? Harry kept up these wishful fantasies until he was twenty-three. After a driver drove Harry through Pont de l’Alma at the exact same speed as his mother’s car, he internally acknowledged that no escape plans were executed, that his mother was not, in fact, in hiding. Speeding through the tunnel, watching the spectral zone lights ratchet up the windshield, he finally accepted that his mother was gone. “Closure” is a powerful influencer, one that steered both brothers to the scene of their mother’s death. After Harry recounted his trip to his brother, he and William then went through the tunnel together. It’s an experience that led both to conclude that the police inquest into her death—which depicted the tunnel as a bumpy death trap and laid much of the blame at the chauffeur’s feet for drinking—was a joke. We don’t know how William reacted or if he found any solace, but for Harry, it did bring closure, as he claimed, “I got it in spades.” However, instead of stopping the pain, it brought “Pain, Part Deux.” As novelist Andrew O’Hagan points out in a London Review of Books essay, over the course of his four-hundred-and-sixteen-page memoir, “Harry never says that his mother is dead, only that she has ‘disappeared.’” He still feels her presence, especially in the hinge moments of his life— his wedding, the births of his children, and when he absconded to California to protect his family from the British press and the realities of his untenable situation within the Firm. During the publicity sprint after the book’s publication, and in the years leading up to this moment, Harry often cited in interviews that a fear of “history repeating itself” (Meghan meeting a horrific end) was the prime motivator for leaving the royal bubble, saying goodbye to all of that. Harry believes his mother was undeniably there for him, revealing the tidal force Diana’s story exerts on her younger son. In a Good Morning America sit-down, Harry told host Michael Strahan that he “felt the presence of [his] mum more so in the last two years than [he has] in the last thirty.” He trusts she’s still out there, in spirit form, leading him as he reinvents himself beyond the strictures of royal life. Diana’s indelible presence may serve as an attending spirit for Harry, but for other members of the royal family and the institution behind them, her legacy is a haunting narrative, one with which they must continually contend, and another tragic episode they are doomed to never forget. Diana’s absence and the press coverage it receives is an inextricable part of

the royal story. There is incessant reminiscing from the global media, which has created a niche industry of Diana nostalgia that the business at large relies on and the royal institution leans into—when convenient. The flip side of this for the monarchy is that it never goes away. Diana created a visual brand for the family, and when the outside world pictures the Firm, Diana is still present. A web of its own making, the saga of the late Princess of Wales was not a fait accompli. The Palace effectively installed her and then manufactured the gilded cage she never stopped rattling. Queen Elizabeth II and her backers rejected Charles’s choice, Camilla Parker Bowles, and helped groom the young Diana Spencer for the role. And, wow, did she ever tick their boxes: young, elegant, and, most importantly for them, slim, virginal, and aristocratic. Born into nobility—the youngest daughter of Viscount and Viscountess Althorp—Diana, along with the rest of her family, ran in the same circles as the royals for decades. Just as the Queen selected her thoroughbred racing horses, the Firm chose Diana for her pedigree and her usefulness. They trusted Diana would bring home the big prize to Windsor —an heir and a spare. The system had a blueprint for Diana as a vessel for hereditary power, but when it came to Diana as a human being, the Palace was completely unprepared. As she matured, she proved to be all things the monarchy was not—modern, vital, mercurial, savvy, and, to the institution’s eventual dismay, wildly popular. Some of this attractive but unpredictable dynamism was expected, even planned for. The Palace knew that adding Diana to the roster would boost their public profile. She would, as former Guardian royal correspondent Stephen Bates put it, “enliven it, rejuvenate it, refresh it and be glamorous, and [serve as] proof that the family were not stuck in the mud.” She certainly brought the glamour, but she also brought empathy, sensitivity, and a worldly outlook. To borrow a cliché, she wore her heart on her sleeve, something that is categorically un-royal. The “people’s princess” was more approachable and sincere. Often to the frustration of Palace aides, who furiously watched the clock as they regularly ran over a precise schedule, she always made time for others during her royal walkabouts, clasping the hands of well-wishers as she attentively listened to their stories. The public responded to this new personable royal style, which left other working royals looking cold and stiff. The Palace took notice and

eventually adopted her approach as a matter of company policy, and then other family members followed her example (and have been ever since). Even King Charles, a man not raised to be outwardly warm, now physically embraces members of the public when he’s on walkabouts. After his mother’s death, a time of undeniable personal grief, he allowed members of the public to hug him and hold his hands in theirs. (Some haven’t quite managed it, though—Prince Edward still famously avoids most physical contact with the great unwashed. “He’s a massive germaphobe,” a royal source said.) Diana’s unfeigned warmth was infectious to everyone around her. But like anyone managing the distortions of fame and the exigencies of family life, she did live a somewhat double existence: she had a public identity and a private self—one that her biographer and confidante Andrew Morton once described to me as “a little immature . . . and a little stubborn”—and these selves were often at war. But on the public stage she predominantly came across as unaffected and assured, particularly as she grew more comfortable in her role. She was real, she was genuine, and she wasn’t afraid to show it. Diana passionately took on the thorny issue of HIV and AIDS research, even though, at the time, Charles deemed it an inappropriate cause for royal participation. For her good works and authenticity, a global public embraced her as one of their own, similar to how they did at first with Meghan. Days into her life as a working royal, Princess Diana’s popularity was already eclipsing that of her husband. The woman who should have been the submissive wife in the heir’s shadow quickly became Charles’s biggest competition, and this further irritated an already inflamed marriage. Charles’s long-standing affair with Camilla, Diana’s depression, and the strain of the insatiable British tabloids all led to the epic royal crisis that was the couple’s three-year separation and their hyper-publicized divorce in 1996. And so, the fairy tale came to an end. Diana’s popularity no longer served the royal cause, and, as a result, the system—led by Queen Elizabeth II herself—commanded the divorce. Embarrassed by the self-perpetuating circus of Charles and Diana’s imbroglios and exasperated by the fact that the couple was now airing their dirty laundry in the public arena, the Queen issued her decree via separate letters to her son and his soon-to-be ex-wife. “After considering the present situation, the Queen wrote to both the Prince

and Princess earlier this week and gave them her view, supported by the Duke of Edinburgh [Prince Philip], that an early divorce is desirable,” a December 20, 1995, Palace statement read. And to make sure the public knew God and Country approved, the statement went on to claim, “The Archbishop of Canterbury, senior prelate of the Church of England, which British sovereigns head, and Prime Minister John Major were both consulted and agreed with the Queen’s action.” All of this was just official gloss for Her Majesty’s decision—that she’d had enough of the couple’s dramas and the damage it was inflicting on the monarchy’s image. So much of the couple’s messy, human ordeal led to the Queen’s “Basta!” moment, but it was Diana’s November 20, 1995, BBC Panorama interview with Martin Bashir that pushed the late monarch into the red zone. It was a sensational prime-time special that twenty-three million people in the United Kingdom tuned in for, and the source of Diana’s famous line, “There were three of us in the marriage, so it was a bit crowded.” The interview’s many intimate disclosures are well-trodden history, and chances are you know them well. But it should be noted that for a member of the royal family—or any public figure back in the sanctimonious 1990s—to discuss her struggles with depression, self-harm, bulimia, and extramarital affairs so openly was extraordinary. It’s hard to fathom now in our social media age of oversharing and grievance gorging just how explosive and astonishing Diana’s raw honesty was. This was a time when the royal family was still adhering to the dictum of “never complain, never explain.” Finally breaking free of her royal cage, Diana directly addressed her issues, many of which were verboten for discussion—not only by the royal institution, but by the culture at large. Sweeping under the rug was a national (and royal) pastime—you just did not talk about certain things. But Diana did. And she did it head-on and without any rote tap-dancing. After it aired, the interview was lauded by some but mostly disparaged in the press, and her candor seemed reckless to many, considering she had two small boys to protect. But one thing was indisputable: in fifty-four minutes, Diana had wrested her story (and life) back from the royal system that had been shaping and defining it for her. She had taken control of the narrative in front of the camera for the very first time. Her very own “Basta!” moment. And she was immediately punished. Just a month after the interview, the Queen issued the letters that ordered the divorce.

But Diana didn’t own her narrative for long. Just a year later, as she attempted to find happiness outside of her old life, the princess sped off into the unknown with her forty-two-year-old lover and Harrods heir Dodi Fayed, their fatal crash an awful denouement that only deepened the complexity of her short but stormy life. So, it was a feeding frenzy of others making sense of it, trying to package her “life and legacy,” airbrushing out the untidy reality. First came the international spectacle of grief and mourning and the mountains of flowers; then the reactive finger-pointing started. The first target: media giants and the shutterbugs who did their bidding. American royalty quickly weighed in. Tom Cruise indignantly informed the mourning public that the media was guilty. “It was harassment,” he told CNN. Then it was the royal family’s turn in the crosshairs, particularly after the Queen, accused of cold disinterest, remained in Scotland after Diana’s death was announced to the world, also refusing to break protocol and raise the royal standard flag at half mast over Buckingham Palace to honor her passing. The Sun ran the headline “Where Is Our Queen? Where Is Her Flag?” Mass catharsis often requires a sacrificial lamb. In this case, the complexity of truth was hauled up to the altar. Blaming was easy; understanding was hard. Following a preferred narrative was undemanding —and more beneficial—than taking responsibility or simply admitting that things were more complicated than they seemed, that Diana was more than just a princess, that she was more than just a victim. Her tragic death was the result of a young, modern woman entering an unforgiving, archaic system that failed to protect her, a mother caught between loving and hating the glare of the celebrity spotlight, and an ordinary human being facing extraordinary pressure. But this entanglement of facts? Who benefits from that? Where’s the money in that? That narrative is too untidy. So the Firm and the media have been cherry-picking Diana’s legacy ever since. Palace officials, media outlets, movie and TV makers, and “royal experts” continually cannibalize her life and death to limn a caricature-like portrait to suit their needs—casting Diana as an impossibly perfect saint, reducing her to a reckless adulteress, or, in the case of the Palace, attempting to erase her suffering to avoid the blameful fingers being pointed. The media is the media—we’ve come to expect this from an enterprise hell-bent on creating necessary narratives for their bottom lines. But it is

truly bewildering to watch the royal institution speak out of both sides of its mouth when it comes to Diana. Knowing that she continues to be one of the most talked about members of the family to this day, the institution still shamelessly leverages her popularity. I recall the feeling of slight horror when a former Kensington Palace staffer told me how a senior aide encouraged the then Duke and Duchess of Cambridge to make more nods to the princess on an overseas tour, from restaging iconic photographs taken on her travels to Kate mirroring her sartorial choices during poignant moments. During the past thirteen years, Diana cosplay has become a royal staple. Both the current Princess of Wales and the Duchess of Sussex (during her working royal years) regularly replicated her iconic looks, complete with accessories once owned by the late princess. Considering they are both married to Diana’s sons, the connection makes sense. But while finding a trend untouched by Diana’s iconic style is almost impossible, the huge amount of effort that goes into channeling her exact look sometimes goes beyond the pale. “Those decisions were always discussed with [William or Harry], so much work and time goes into outfit choices,” said a source who had worked with both royals. “Were there gentle pushes from others? At times, yes. It had been known for someone to go back and pull images of Diana at a certain place or time for ideas.” At the right moment this can be a sweet gesture, but there is also a slightly queasy feeling when you realize it’s often orchestrated within the same system that contributed to her living misery, an institution that still wants some of Diana’s shine to rub off on them. And then there are the money-spinners. “Diana: Her Fashion Story,” a collection of clothes, photographs, and glossy expositions on her life displayed at Kensington Palace from 2017 to 2019, attracted tourists in droves. The tasteful curation of gowns and accessories was a fascinating and comprehensive chronicle of memories, but not a single one of the accompanying museum labels acknowledged the darker or more difficult sides of her story. It was Diana’s life—before, during, and after her marriage to Charles—presented how the institution of the monarchy would like you to remember it: glamorous, dutiful, and very happy. Put on by Historic Royal Palaces, visitors to the Kensington Palace exhibit could also pick up replicas of jewelry worn by the late Princess of Wales, including a £150 version of the sapphire-and-pearl choker she wore to dance with John Travolta, a £24.99 “Princess Diana faux sapphire

brooch,” and a £50 “Spencer tiara ring.” All thirty-two items were available to purchase in a gift shop a stone’s throw away from the apartment she once lived in and were marketed in time for events commemorating two decades since her passing. (A spokesperson for HRP argued at the time that, as an independent charity receiving no Crown funding, the retail sales were essential for the organization to maintain certain unoccupied royal residences across the country.) Because the institution’s health is so heavily reliant on script and image, the Palace has historically tussled with two occasions when Diana shared her real story: Andrew Morton’s book Diana: Her True Story, first published in 1992, and, of course, that unforgettable Panorama interview. “These two events have been the two times the Palace lost complete control of the narrative,” Morton said. Instead, they became heavy-stitched threads in the public tapestry of her life. Morton’s biography was incendiary when the independent Michael O’Mara Books first published it—staunch royalists burned copies in the streets, and the tabloids (some of whom accused the young journalist of making up reporting in the book) set up paparazzi outside his London home for weeks. But it was nothing in comparison to the firestorm that ensued after the British author updated it for a new edition just two months after Diana’s death in 1997. After denying for five years that Diana contributed to the book, claiming to have spoken only with friends and family, Morton finally acknowledged that the Princess of Wales was the main source. He changed the subtitle to Her True Story—In Her Own Words and included an eighteen-thousand-word transcript of the tape recordings that she gave him for source material. “If she was still alive today, I would still be saying my sources were her friends and family,” he said. Predictably, bedlam followed the bombshell news. Deep in version control hell and losing their grip on the story they had desperately tried to shape, the Palace threatened to have the book banned. Diana’s brother Charles, Earl of Spencer, even sought legal counsel regarding the ownership of the tapes. Morton was singled out and pilloried for “cashing in” on her death by the very same media establishment that made millions relentlessly covering her separation, her divorce, and her sad end. In more recent years, Morton claimed the newer edition reflected Princess Diana’s belief in openness, honesty, and clarity. Suffice it to say, these values are not exactly highlighted in the monarchy’s playbook. To

stay afloat, especially when their brand is challenged, the institution rolls out the opposite: reticence, truthiness, and distraction. It’s why journalists who help pump out the Palace narratives are often rewarded with the best access. Biographer Penny Junor, for example, has spoken and written about Diana as a bad mother, volatile, narcissistic, and violent. She has also enjoyed top-tier access to Charles and Camilla for intimate, and mostly positive, biographies. These knocks to Diana’s character, however, can achieve only so much. Diana’s story—the closest we will ever come to her memoir—was already out there. Along with Morton’s tome, the Panorama interview remained a go-to source for Diana’s “true story” for twenty-seven years. It was everywhere— until it wasn’t. After a BBC-led and royal family–supported 2020 investigation restated that journalist Martin Bashir committed “deceitful behavior” and used unethical practices to obtain the interview, the BBC outright banned it, announcing in July 2022 that the corporation would never air it again. For the institution and King Charles, removing Panorama from the public eye was a long time in the making. “They had no control over the Morton book, but this was something they hoped people would forget about,” a family source opined. “This investigation was the only way to secure that. They had no interest in doing it for Diana; it was all about removing what continues to be incredibly damaging to the monarchy from the public domain.” The process started in 1996, when Earl Charles Spencer, and others in Diana’s family, began to question Bashir’s tactics to land the interview. An internal investigation at the time saw Bashir admit that he forged bank statements to convince Diana and her brother that Rupert Murdoch’s News International and U.K. intelligence services were bankrolling a surveillance operation on her and other members of the Spencer family. In his quest to land the unprecedented interview, Bashir went as far as to tell the earl that his own head of security was in on it and had accepted payments from a shadowy offshore account in the Channel Islands. For a family on edge and a princess already convinced that operatives in the institution were spying on her, this was the spark that lit the fire. After Earl Spencer relayed to his sister that he had the smoking gun—bank statements that showed their security team was in on it—she agreed to Bashir’s interview proposal,

despite the fact that he was a relatively junior, little-known reporter at the time. Bashir confessed to this deceit, but the BBC let him off with a slap on the wrist. Case closed. The story all but vanished, and Bashir went on to have a successful career at ITV, NBC, ABC, and then back in the saddle at the BBC as a religious affairs correspondent in 2016. But Diana’s brother was not done fighting. Just a month prior to the twenty-fifth anniversary of what was still referred to as the “interview of a generation,” the earl wrote a letter to the BBC director-general, Tim Davie, formally asking for the public service broadcaster to open an inquiry into this matter alongside a dossier of new evidence illustrating the underhanded methods adopted by Bashir to win Diana’s trust. “I have to leave you in no doubt—because I want to be absolutely clear, not to threaten: this is all going to come out now,” he signed off rather ominously in the November 2020 note, which was also shared with the Mail on Sunday. Threat or not, the BBC took notice and hopped to it. For his part, Bashir quit before he could be fired, citing “health issues.” The corporation’s board appointed Lord Dyson, former justice of the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom, to reinvestigate the circumstances around the interview. Completed in May 2021, Dyson’s inquiry found that Bashir was in “serious breach” of BBC guidelines and, even more damning, that the BBC “covered up in its press logs such facts as it had been able to establish about how Mr. Bashir secured the interview” and “fell short of the high standards of integrity and transparency which are its hallmark.” It wasn’t the misdeed but the cover-up that heaped on the trouble. For the Palace, apologies were not enough, considering the reputational damage from the interview. This was a golden opportunity to stop it once and for all. Prince William personally contacted BBC executives to take whatever steps were necessary to ensure that the interview never again sees the light of day. With the help of Diana’s older son, they finally had the chance to remove her voice from the record. Without hesitation, the BBC agreed. The one small caveat would be that in certain circumstances (“for journalistic purposes”), it may be justified to use a short clip. But “these will be few and far between and will need to be agreed at Executive Committee level and set in the full context of what we now know about the way the interview was obtained,” the BBC said in a statement. The disappearance of Diana’s interview has prompted Andrew Morton to find

archives outside of Britain to store the tape recordings Diana made for his book. “She did only two interviews and now there is only one left, so it’s important to protect her voice,” he told me. Already at odds with each other, Prince William’s and Prince Harry’s official responses were as far apart in tone as their locations in the world. The Duke of Sussex’s written statement issued from California reminded the public that his mother was “an incredible woman who dedicated her life to service” and someone who was also “resilient, brave, and unquestionably honest.” Harry went on to share his concern that the “ripple effect of a culture of exploitation and unethical practices [that] ultimately took her life” still thrives and devastates. “Our mother lost her life because of this, and nothing has changed,” he wrote. “Let’s remember who she was and what she stood for.” To Harry, a friend of his later told me, the purpose of the duke’s brief and targeted response was to acknowledge the outcome but also protect his mother’s legacy and her words. “This wasn’t about wanting to silence her . . . He knew that what she said in that interview was how she felt at the time. The means used to convince her to do it were ugly and unethical, but if it wasn’t Bashir it would have been someone else. His mother just wanted to be heard.” In a white shirt, tie, sweater, and jacket, William personally opted to read his statement in front of a camera at Kensington Palace. He did not prevaricate as he said, “It is my view that the deceitful way the interview was obtained substantially influenced what my mother said.” He also claimed that the BBC “made lurid and false claims on the royal family which played on her fears and fueled paranoia  .  .  . [The] BBC’s failures contributed significantly to her fear, paranoia, and isolation that I remember from those final years with her.” With conviction and force, in an almost officious tone, he added that the interview “established a false narrative” and the program “should never be aired again.” The differences in the brothers’ statements are stark. Both expressed understandable outrage over Bashir’s duplicity and the BBC’s moral and professional failures. But while Harry stopped to acknowledge and honor Diana’s strengths, despite the whole fiasco, William reinforced the counternarrative that his mother was paranoid at the time. While there is no doubt that William’s rebuke came from a place of love, sources explained he was also keen to toe the company line without any concessions to what his mother said during the interview itself. To write his statement, William

turned to a number of aides within the royal household, including former private secretary Simon Case, who had left a month earlier for his new role as cabinet secretary for then prime minister Boris Johnson. He embraced the institution’s version that, because Diana was duped, the interview was null and void as a result—even if what she said was completely in line with what she had previously expressed in Morton’s book. By disparaging Bashir’s trick and by extension the entire interview, William ended up discrediting a large part of his mother’s own story. To make his points, he did not remind the public that his mother was candid and truthful, despite Bashir’s dirty work, but, instead, maintained the royal version that she was emotionally fragile and thus easily manipulated, and therefore her claims are not to be trusted. It was more proof that the institution leveraged this ordeal as a way to wipe the interview from the collective consciousness, to get rid of a source of inconvenient truths, to finally free itself of a haunting narrative that just won’t go away. And to do so, they sent out the good son, the heir to the throne, to make it official. William was convincing in his lead role, but a source close to Harry believes William may have felt some pressure to word his statement as he did, speaking not just for himself but on behalf of the institution. Either way, it demonstrates just how far the brothers have drifted apart, even though they once promised to never allow the institution to come between them and their feelings toward their mother. Harry’s statement was a missive from exile issued from the heart of his crusade to reform a press establishment that he believes caused his mother’s death. And he wasn’t shy about bringing it up again. Just over a year later, Harry allowed and encouraged director Liz Garbus to use a clip from his mother’s Panorama interview in Netflix’s 2022 docuseries Harry & Meghan. “I think we all now know that she was deceived into giving the interview but at the same time she spoke the truth of her experience,” Harry says in an episode. William was said to be “infuriated.” Let us also remember that it was in this interview that Diana suggested Charles might never be ready for the throne, claiming that such a “suffocating role . . . would bring enormous limitations to him, and I don’t know whether he could adapt to that.” Charles is now on the throne, and the Firm no doubt appreciated the opportunity to bury this insightful candor from a woman whose legacy and popularity still eclipses their own. The

hard truth in all of this: we’ll never know for certain whether Diana would have agreed to the interview and shared everything she did without Bashir’s trickery. But the fact remains that she had already risked it all for Morton’s book. “That interview was simply an amplification of what she had already said to me,” said its author. Even in Lord Dyson’s damning report, the judge states that he believes Diana probably would have agreed to the interview without Bashir’s unscrupulous inventions (a fact conveniently sidestepped by some newspapers). Published as part of the investigation was an authenticated handwritten note from Diana on Kensington Palace stationery that read, “I consented to the interview on Panorama without any undue pressure and have no regrets concerning the matter.” Bashir also wanted to get something of his own on the record. After the Dyson report, he issued a statement that claimed mocking up the bank statements was “a stupid thing to do” and an action he “deeply regret[s].” But, he added, it is “saddening that this single issue has been allowed to overshadow the princess’s brave decision to tell her story, to courageously talk through the difficulties she faced, and, to help address the silence and stigma that surrounded mental health issues all those years ago.” The sanctimony is perhaps a bit much from someone who faked their way into fame, but he makes a good point. The melodrama once again occluded Diana’s all-too-real human story: her suffering and bravery under fire, her vanity and guile. Distraction upstaged a knotty truth. Now this was straight from the Palace playbook. For the royal establishment, the timing of all this couldn’t be better. As the family continues to transform their shape with King Charles and Queen Camilla at the head and Prince William waiting for his turn, it proved an opportune moment to derail the Diana narrative. And with Harry and Meghan’s own storyline out there dredging up similar issues, particularly the institution’s indifference when it comes to women and mental health, this is a propitious moment for the Firm to, at the very least, rewrite this one notorious chapter. By casting Diana as a paranoid dupe in this fabled interview, they can pave the way for others (particularly the onside press) to raise issues about every other Diana story out there. Well, was she of sound mind when she said that? Who was pressuring her at the time? Questions about anything Diana-related that troubles the family brand can be raised. Meanwhile, the version of Diana they are comfortable with, the one that still brings in money and boosts their image, that one they’ll be fine with.

“Harry has experienced something very similar after sharing his own experiences and truth,” said a source close to the duke. “He understands exactly what his mother went through because it’s happening to him, too.” It was a masterful snow job from the Palace. In one go they delegitimized a disquieting narrative, laid blame on the media, and, once again, sidestepped any responsibility for Diana’s misery. In a campaign of mass distraction, Diana’s story was buried under a barrage of statements and reports primarily issued by powerful men. Her voice was almost lost to a mostly male echo chamber of opinion, interviews, and “findings.” When it was the Duchess of Sussex’s turn for her own Panorama-style moment, a prime-time interview with Oprah Winfrey in March 2021, the royal institution had learned its lesson. This time, a campaign was activated before Meghan’s words were even broadcast. And certain aides had just the ammunition that was required. After members of the royal household, past and present, worked closely with a British journalist, Meghan’s reputation took a hit five days before Oprah with Meghan & Harry aired on CBS. On the front page of the March 2 edition of The Times of London: “Royal aides reveal Meghan bullying claim before Oprah interview.” Inside, a lengthy dossier-style reportage featured a number of allegations from sources and insiders all claiming Meghan had “bullied” and “humiliated” staff during her time at Kensington Palace. According to the newspaper’s royal correspondent Valentine Low, aides chose to “hit back” at the duchess, fearing “that only a partial version” of her two years as a working member of the royal family would be shared in the prime-time special. “They wanted to give their account of the turmoil within the royal household from Meghan’s arrival,” Low claimed, with details of how Meghan reportedly drove two personal assistants out of their jobs and undermined the confidence of a third staff member. One of them, he reported, told a colleague, “I can’t stop shaking,” before a meeting with the newly minted Duchess of Sussex. Others, the article added, were “reduced to tears.” Spearheading these claims at Kensington Palace was Jason Knauf, who at the time of the story’s publication was CEO of William and Kate’s charitable umbrella but was previously the communications secretary for both the Sussexes and Cambridges. He first expressed concerns about Meghan’s bulldozing behavior, including her treatment of his friend and Sussex assistant Melissa Toubati, with the Palace’s head of human resources, Samantha Carruthers, back in October 2018. Knauf told

Carruthers he was worried that “nothing will be done,” then followed up by emailing Simon Case. “I am very concerned that the Duchess was able to bully two PAs out of the household in the past year. The treatment of [name one, redacted] was totally unacceptable,” he wrote in the memo, which was passed on to The Times. “The Duchess seems intent on always having someone in her sights. She is bullying [name two, redacted] and seeking to undermine her confidence. We have had report after report from people who have witnessed unacceptable behaviour towards [name two, redacted].” Interestingly, despite claims that the former “tormented” staffers were keen for their stories to be heard before the Sussexes’ special aired, several sources confirmed to me that two of the “victims” mentioned in The Times’ piece had actually rescinded their stories. “When they heard Jason had raised [the issue], they did not want it to become an official HR complaint,” said a former member of the Kensington Palace team. Regardless, Knauf went ahead with internal conversations, including, a second source confirmed, several meetings with Prince William. “William wanted the story out there at the time  .  .  . but it was tricky; it would have meant potentially putting members of staff who didn’t want to be identified or part of this in a vulnerable position.” It should come as no surprise then that, ahead of the Oprah interview, William was happy to overlook any prohibitive terms in staff members’ employment contracts before email communication between Knauf and Case was shared with The Times. Essentially, this was your classic “oppo dump,” no different from when a political candidate collects information on their opponent and unleashes it in the final stages of an election or campaign to weaken them. Inside The Times’ explosive report were a number of other unrelated claims, including the fact that Meghan had worn earrings gifted from Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman of Saudi Arabia, the same royal who U.S. intelligence agencies say approved the murder of the journalist Jamal Khashoggi. Surprisingly, the duchess chose to wear the jewels three weeks after his killing at an October 2018 dinner in Fiji hosted by the nation’s president. But a Sussex source claimed that the earrings were a wedding gift from the entire Saudi royal family and presented at Buckingham Palace on March 7, 2018, where the Sussexes weren’t present and that the earrings “remain property of the Crown.” Another allegation in the report suggested that Meghan ditched a visit to an initiative run by U.N. women on the same

Fiji trip because of reservations about the organization (a biographer, briefed by the same former Palace aide, later added that Meghan took issue because they failed to make her an ambassador). “Ridiculous!” a staff member on the tour, which I was also on, told me. “We had to end the engagement early because there were security concerns at the market [where the engagement was at], which was quickly getting overcrowded. She was pregnant and security pulled the plug.” The timing of the allegations was obvious to even the most die-hard royalists. Team Sussex was given the opportunity to comment a few days before the report, and the couple was devastated. Harry felt certain that the institution was behind it. “Let’s just call this what it is—a calculated smear campaign based on misleading and harmful misinformation,” a spokesperson for the couple pointed out. “It’s no coincidence that distorted several-year-old accusations aimed at undermining the duchess are being briefed to the British media shortly before she and the duke are due to speak openly and honestly about their experience of recent years.” Meghan’s London-based lawyer, Jenny Afia, later explained, “What bullying actually means is improperly using power repeatedly and deliberately to hurt someone, physically or emotionally. The Duchess of Sussex absolutely denies ever doing that. Knowing her as I do, I can’t believe she would ever do that.” From the time before the couple’s wedding to their January 2020 departure, I was deep into the reporting for Finding Freedom and in regular contact with the majority of Palace staff working for the Sussexes (sometimes several times a day). And though I was aware of how tense and fraught the atmosphere was for all on that team, largely down to the couple’s increasingly fractured relationships with the institution and members of the royal family, there was never a word uttered or overheard about “bullying” or anything that resembled such behavior. In fact, it wasn’t until Meghan’s final week in Britain as a working royal that I first caught wind of potential staff hostility on the horizon. “Don’t write that the staff were sad to see her go,” one of the couple’s aides said to me a couple of months later. This was after I had watched two team members wipe away tears as they bid farewell to the duchess. “Not all of us are or want to be portrayed as such.” That aide went on to help at least two journalists with stories about the couple, particularly Meghan.

Even though there were no definitive examples of the alleged bullying (to this day, neither Low nor any other reporter has shared an account or anecdote involving bullying), Buckingham Palace made the rare move of going public with their response, announcing in a statement sent to global media outlets that a full investigation would take place. “We are clearly very concerned about allegations in the The Times following claims made by former staff of the Duke and Duchess of Sussex,” read a statement issued less than twenty-four hours after the report ran, adding that the Palace’s HR team would be investigating the article’s allegations, and that staff from that period of time, including those who have left, would be invited to share their experiences. “The royal household has had a dignity at work policy in place for a number of years and does not and will not tolerate bullying or harassment in the workplace.” At a time when she was about to share her royal experience with the world, Meghan’s new image as a bully was the reputational hit the Palace needed. Three people connected to those involved in the fiasco tell me that it was intentional to launch it just before her big interview. “I think some were worried that they would come out looking bad and no one was prepared to let Meghan have the final word,” said a former Buckingham Palace staffer. “To some, they truly believed Meghan was these things . . . but to others it was about revenge. It was their way of putting her in her place in the final hour.” And it worked. When Meghan spoke about her difficult times working in the institution, media coverage in Britain still focused on the bullying allegations, and some used them to suggest she may have been to blame for the treatment she received. Behind the scenes, the Palace made a halfhearted attempt at conducting interviews (only a handful of people were ever approached) and carried out light investigative work. “It wasn’t a thorough investigation,” said the ex-staffer. “There really was never any intention to go much further with it. The claims served their purpose.” Indeed, as the months went by, so did the memories of the investigation. Sir Michael Stevens, the Keeper of the Privy Purse, told reporters during a July 2022 Sovereign Grant Report briefing, “I can confirm though that it was a review of the handling of the allegations aimed at enabling the royal households to consider potential improvements to HR policies and procedures. The review has been completed and recommendations on our policies and procedures have been taken forward, but we will not be

commenting further.” A Buckingham Palace spokesperson adds that conclusions were kept private to protect those taking part. It was an unsatisfactory outcome for all, including the participants of the investigation and the Sussexes, who—through their lawyer—filed a twentyfive-page report in early 2022 to Buckingham Palace’s HR department to refute all the bullying allegations. To this day, details of the institution’s report remain unknown to the public, unseen by the Sussexes or their lawyers, and somewhere in a vault at Buckingham Palace. Harry, said a source, “was gutted that his family would watch this kind of dirty game play out.” During a conversation just hours after the September 19, 2022, funeral of Prince Philip, Harry confronted his father and brother about why nothing was done on Meghan’s behalf. “You must understand, darling boy, the institution can’t just tell the media what to do!” Charles told him. In both Diana’s and Meghan’s cases, the institution showed it can be masters of PR sleight of hand, but it comes with tremendous fallout. Royal Family, Inc., does not exactly have a spotless reputation for how it treats the women who enter into the family business. Discrediting Diana’s account and posthumously labeling her as overly suspicious and unstable won’t help. Before her death, Diana was ordered to suffer in silence. Though now back in the fold, Sarah, Duchess of York, spent years being punished for speaking up after her divorce from Prince Andrew. She spent almost thirty years shunned and unforgiven for allowing someone to suck her toes five months after their separation, despite the depravities of her former husband, which have forever disgraced the entire organization and himself. As for Meghan, the full story is still emerging—the Oprah interview, the Netflix docuseries, and Harry’s memoir all revealed a shocking amount, and there are still things the couple has not shared. Maybe they never will. When it comes to Meghan’s grim experiences behind palace walls, the royal family may stand by “recollections may vary,” but it is now accepted truth that, at the very least, the institution ignored Meghan when she was in pain. It’s a dismal record, and with William now openly claiming his mother was essentially too paranoid to speak the truth, it proves the institution still operates under the principle that women not born into the family are, ultimately, disposable. Kate, of course, counters this, but then she’s never challenged the system with public struggles or oversize aspirations. Comfortable in her role, willing to bring the requisite smile and elegance to

her duties as princess, Kate glides under the radar. For now, anyway. It doesn’t hurt that she is the wife of the heir to the throne and mother to the next in line. In many ways, Kate is protected in a way that other unrelated women were not. Norman Baker, who is not shy about criticizing the Sussexes, said that he was told by the boss of the major national newspaper he was writing for at the time, one with close ties to the royal family, that he could “say what I want about Harry and Meghan, but I had to lay off William and Kate. That was the instruction from the editor.” In the Sunken Garden at Kensington Palace there now stands a commemorative statue of Diana. It tastefully adorns one end of an ornamental pond that serves as the terraced garden’s centerpiece, attracting tourists far and wide. On a sultry July 1, 2021, morning, William and Harry temporarily set aside their differences to unveil the bronze Ian RankBroadley–designed sculpture for its first public viewing. Many hoped this reunion would signal a thaw between the brothers, that this occasion to honor their mother would somehow bridge the widening gulf between them. Instead, it proved just a polite photo op that is now inconsequential in comparison to the transfiguring events that followed in the coming years. Harry left less than fifteen minutes after the photographers got their shot, exchanging only a few pleasantries with his brother. Now, visitors can stroll the gardens and “reflect and celebrate” the life of Princess Diana, hopefully also spending a little money in the nearby Palace gift shop (complete with Diana-related memorabilia) or the on-site Orangery where you can indulge in afternoon tea overlooking the grounds where she once walked and chatted to gardeners. As for the brothers, we are unlikely to see them visit this site together anytime soon, if ever again. Not even her legacy can fix that. But her human suffering, her impact, her eminence as a pattern breaker, these will never leave the many of us who lived through her time in the sun. And they’re also stamped on the history of the royal family, whether they like it or not. An inverted mirror image, her statue’s reflection in the palace pond is a reminder of how, depending on the light, her true story briefly vanishes but always reappears.

12 Skilled Survivors Camilla and Kate, Windsor Women

Part I: Camilla The Transformation of a Mistress The two most powerful warriors are patience and time. —Leo Tolstoy, War and Peace I feel as if I have been blessed to undergo a transformation from “gangster” to “redeemed sinner with gangster proclivities.” —Cornel West, 2016, 60 Minutes interview

Resting

in the rugged but fertile valleys that stretch between Crete’s majestic Mount Psiloritis and the towers of sun-bleached limestone that make up Mount Spathi, the Lyrarakis Winery is a family-owned business best known for its first-rate wines and commitment to sustainability and environmental stewardship. It was a natural spot for Camilla, then the Duchess of Cornwall, an earthy woman who shares her husband’s zeal for eco-friendly ventures, to stop for a tour and taste some wine during the couple’s 2018 visit to Greece. Dressed in a flowy cream and white outfit fit for a sunny day in the mythologized Greek countryside, Camilla walked the dusty vineyard paths, visited the vine museum, and tasted several of the Lyrarakis wines. A photographer snapped the requisite photos as Camilla raised a glass to toast her hosts, claiming, “I [have] never had Greek wine before, but it is

delicious. I will certainly have it again.” With that it could have been job well done for Camilla—a natural end to the engagement and time to pack up and move on to the next leg. But, with time to spare, Camilla stuck around and enjoyed the views from the winery’s taproom—and got to know Robert Jobson, a royal correspondent of nearly thirty-five years. As luck had it, Jobson was the designated journalist from the royal rota covering the engagement, and he was also gathering reportage for his book on the then Prince of Wales, Charles at Seventy. The heir and his team gave Jobson unrivaled access during this time, so Camilla was well aware that he was in the thick of it. An old hand at working rooms, Camilla called Jobson over. “Do you want to join us doing the wine tasting, Robert?” she asked with a smile. Alongside Camilla’s private secretary, the trio relaxed and chatted under the watchful gaze of her protection officer Inspector Mark Andrews as they sampled wines with a selection of cheeses. “I thought, that’s a very kind move, and a smart one, too,” said Jobson. “I didn’t see it as her trying to be manipulative or an attempt to suck up to a journalist. It was just a relaxed atmosphere and something any normal, considerate person would do. And it was great wine; neither of us needed the spittoons!” This is modus operandi for Queen Camilla—schmoozing and delighting come naturally. Speak to anyone who has spent more than a few minutes with her and they’ll talk about how charmed they were by her sense of humor and her ability to hold a conversation. Much of that is down to her personality, but it also comes from how she was raised. Camilla was brought up old-style near the picturesque rural village of Lewes in East Sussex; her parents, Major Bruce and Rosalind Shand, were both considered charming aristocrats from a bygone era. Major Shand was a handsome World War II hero who was well-versed in wine, fox hunting, and conservative politics. Before she married the debonair major, Camilla’s mother mixed in society circles as Rosalind Cubitt, daughter of the 3rd Baron of Ashcombe. Rosalind, the debutante of the year in 1939, was a radiant beauty who was comfortable holding court among that era’s beau monde. In Palace Papers, former Vanity Fair editor in chief Tina Brown wonderfully describes her as “generously bosomed, vivacious, and witty.” She was known to puff on small cigars, but she was strict about manners when it came to her children. Rosalind embodied old money and all the trappings of aristocratic life. Her triple great-grandfather was Thomas

Cubitt, a famous nineteenth-century builder who oversaw construction of many of the mansions that still grace London’s tony neighborhood of Belgravia, as well as the iconic east front of Buckingham Palace. On the other side of Rosalind’s family tree, her grandmother, socialite Alice Keppel, was King Edward VII’s favorite highborn mistress and illicit plaything of twelve years. It seems even the inclination to become a royal paramour was passed down the family line to Camilla. On the edge of the undulating green and chalk hills of East Sussex’s “magical” South Downs, Camilla’s childhood home, the Laines, is a study in “rustic elegance.” A former rectory made of brick and timber in the Georgian style, the seven-bedroom estate oozes country charm. It features rooms that are at once spacious and cozy, rambling flower and vegetable gardens, fruit trees, and a Gothic-style orangery with wrap-around windows. By all accounts, the Shand family filled this bucolic home with familial warmth and affection. Major Shand passed on his love of horses and hunting to Camilla and her two siblings, Mark and Annabel. Rosalind taught Camilla the ways of the garden. And there were of course grand dinner parties and lively drinks in the orangery, times when the Shands turned on the charm and their country home glowed with bonhomie and social dazzle. In one of her many interviews with the Mail on Sunday, Camilla joked that those gatherings prepared her for life as a royal. “We used to complain and say, ‘Can’t we stay here and watch the television over fish fingers?’ and [my mother would] sit us down at the dinner table and the minute there was a silence, she used to say, ‘Talk! I don’t care what you talk about, talk about your budgie or your pony but keep the conversation going . . .’ And so I’ve never been able not to talk. It’s in the psyche, not to leave a silence.” When it was time for school, Camilla got a good dose of the city. From the age of ten until her late teens, Camilla attended the exclusive Queen’s Gate School in London’s South Kensington. There, social training came first, academics a distant second. At the time, the school focused on preparing upper-crust girls for a life of socializing and administering to a big, grand house. Instead of formal higher education, Camilla attended a Swiss finishing school next to the shimmering waters of Lake Geneva, and then went to the capital of France, where she studied French literature (naturally) at the University of London Institute in Paris. Much of this traditionally patrician education took place during the sixties, a decade that

was swinging and full of flower power and protest, one that eschewed convention and patriarchy. But there was Camilla studying the blueprint for the bluebloods, dutifully learning how to mix and mingle and drop a perfectly timed French phrase, while many young women of her generation were burning their bras as part of an effort to dismantle the system that prized this sort of old-fashioned behavior. (Today, Camilla stands for women’s equality but, interestingly, hates it when someone suggests she is a feminist.) Camilla was fine with her outmoded upbringing then, and she’s proud of it now, a fact that is both admirable and a little troubling, considering where we are as a society two decades into the third millennium. Looking back, Camilla says she’s grateful to have been “brought up with the grounding of my parents, and taught manners. It sounds, especially in this day and age, sort of snobbish but . . . nobody went on to university unless you were a real brainbox. Instead, we went to Paris and Florence and learned about life and culture and how to behave with people, how to talk to people.” Not snobbish at all. You won’t hear the likes of Hillary Clinton, Michelle Obama, or even Catherine, the Princess of Wales, espousing the virtues of elite, erstwhile social training. And while her royal understudy, Kate, spent a “gap year” abroad at the British Institute in Florence, she followed that up by working as a deckhand in Southampton for £40 a day that same summer. This is all before she went on to the University of St. Andrews to earn a degree in art history. In Camilla’s defense, she was part of the last generation of upper-class women who were born into these antiquated practices—it was expected of them, and deviations from it were frowned upon. “This was very ingrained in my upbringing and if I hadn’t had that, I would have found royal life much more difficult,” she has said. You could say Camilla was born to play the part the royal system demands of its actors, and she demonstrated these skills from the very start of her long and twisting love affair with Charles. From the chrysalis of her loving but privileged childhood and her debutante-styled education emerged a dazzling, self-assured social butterfly who was not only trained to flit to and fro as prescribed, but also ready to face whatever circumstantial winds blew her way. Camilla might not have stood on the barricades in the sixties, but she did enjoy the sexual freedoms ushered in by that radical generation. Over the years, some who knew Camilla during this time have told various authors and journalists that the young Ms. Shand was known for being

“raunchy and randy” and the sort to “throw her knickers on the table.” This reputation is one of the reasons why Queen Elizabeth II and the Firm rejected Camilla as a spouse for Charles, alongside the fact she was a “commoner” (the air around her family home not rarefied enough) and an “experienced woman” (read: not a virgin). The result of this Palace meddling: Camilla married the horse-crazy, swashbuckling Andrew Parker Bowles, a man who at one time was also coiled around Princess Anne (though not at the same time as he was with Camilla, contrary to rumors and the third season of The Crown); Charles begrudgingly put one foot into his union with the Palace-approved, beautiful but naive Diana; and Charles and Camilla started a decades-long affair that flagrantly smudged the monarchy’s reputation and gassed up the tabloids for years. The two marriages engendered two sets of children, but the extramarital romance produced splintered families and, as can now be said with confidence, broke the hearts of those very same children. But it was in this trail of wreckage that Camilla found her footing and started playing what can only be called a long game. Before Charles eventually married Diana in 1981, he floundered around with other women, but Camilla made sure he was always more than welcome at the Parker Bowles residences whenever he wanted to return to his true love. Brigadier Andrew knew about Charles and Camilla’s fling but enjoyed the whole aristocratic gamesmanship of it all—and the royal associations, even if it meant shuffling around his private clubs as a cuckold. So, Charles and Camilla threw caution to the wind, coming dangerously close to displaying their love in public, and, at one point, making it fodder for staff gossip. The rumor that one of Charles’s bodyguards found the passionate couple “doing what Lady Chatterley enjoyed best” in the garden at Camilla’s grandmother’s house has become an old (but probably false) fable in royal circles. It wasn’t until after Diana entered the mix that Charles and Camilla added colluding to their canoodling. Marrying the woman the Firm demanded left Charles demoralized and in constant need of bucking up, a typical state of mind for the famously mopey prince. Enter Camilla, who kept up the sensual mistress routine, but she also, like her ancestor Alice Keppel did for King Edward VII, became Charles’s biggest champion and a dependable advisor. And Camilla managed to do this without scuttling her own marriage. When it came to Charles, Camilla leaned on that same self-

assuredness and natural affection that made her so appealing and unique as a debutante, qualities that flowered from seeds planted during her upbringing. She confidently took on the role as the future King’s closest confidante and lover. Charles admitted to his official biographer, Jonathan Dimbleby, that what made Camilla so exceptional was that “she laughed easily and at the same silliness” as he did, while in a letter to his favorite uncle, Lord Mountbatten, he claimed he and Camilla experienced near perfection: a “blissful, peaceful, and mutually happy relationship.” Camilla became essential for Charles. No matter how high the stakes, he had to have her in his world. She shared his interests in hunting and country life and made herself indispensable when Charles fled Palace duties and a struggling Diana to while away in his prized gardens and don his tweeds at his rural retreat. This was made easier by the fact that his refuge, the vast country mansion of Highgrove, is only a fifteen-minute drive from Camilla’s beloved Ray Mill House, an almost Proustian re-creation of her childhood haven in Sussex that she still uses to this day. Their pastoral conniving involved others from their inner sanctum who opened up the doors to their own country manors for Charles and Camilla’s trysts when Ray Mill or Highgrove wasn’t an option. A housekeeper from one of these conspiratorial homes complained to a tabloid that she always knew when Camilla had been there: “After she’s been staying, I find knickers all over the place.” Camilla’s undergarments making yet another appearance. The pair carried on like this until the calamitous 1990s sent them both reeling. In 1992, the Queen’s famous annus horribilis, Diana and Charles finally called it quits and separated. Enough was enough—Charles was checked out and, from the royal institution’s point of view, Diana was causing untold damage by openly discussing their marriage woes. And it quickly got so much worse, for Camilla in particular. After the new year celebrations of 1993, Australia’s New Idea magazine published the scandalous transcript of a bawdy phone call between Charles and Camilla. Former Mirror editor Richard Stott, who broke the story but didn’t run the transcript, claims that an amateur radio enthusiast from Merseyside gave him the tape after he randomly—and after “a few pints of lager”—picked up the call on his radio and recognized Charles’s voice. Dubbed “Camillagate,” the contents of this proto–sex tape are old news; even a 2022 episode of The Crown rehashed it in all its gory details. It’s worth

noting, however, that after Charles says he wants to “live in [Camilla’s] trousers or something, it would be much easier,” Camilla laughingly responds with, “What are you going to turn into, a pair of knickers? Oh, you’re going to come back as a pair of knickers.” Those knickers seem to be a running theme in this story. The barrage of lurid news tanked both of their reputations, forcing Camilla to batten down the hatches at Middlewick House, the Wiltshire manor she shared with Parker Bowles at the time. Charles, of course, had the Palace apparatus in his corner, and the system’s instincts to protect one of its own kicked in. Wasting no time to initiate an image-rebuilding effort for Charles, the spin machine went into high gear for the heir to the throne. Camilla, on the other hand, was left to manage on her own. It was a tough outcome for someone who had just been branded the most hated woman in Britain. She faced an unabating Hydra of scorn: hate mail, threatening phone calls, people scowling in her direction in public (though that famous story about shoppers throwing bread rolls at her is just a tabloid myth), and, of course, strikes from the papers and the wider world’s press. For her part, Diana nicknamed Camilla “the Rottweiler,” which, as she probably intended, the media picked up and ran with. Harassed and stalked, Camilla retreated into Middlewick, often afraid to step outside. While in hiding, Camilla began her long climb back to normal life. She taught herself how to paint (a hobby she still enjoys to this day) and buried herself in books. Proving her resilience, she privately withstood her mother’s death from crippling osteoporosis and Charles’s disastrous TV interview with Jonathan Dimbleby in July 1994, where he publicly confirmed that he had cheated on Diana. The nineties weren’t done with her yet, though. Camilla and her brigadier finally divorced in 1995, and Parker Bowles went on to marry his own favorite mistress, Rosemary Pitman, shortly after. In February 1996, Charles and Diana’s divorce was finalized. The musical chairs of extramarital sex, collusion, and public humiliation were finally brought to an ignoble end for all involved. After the ink dried on the divorce papers, Camilla found herself utterly alone in her cavernous Wiltshire home, but, because of her ability to “just get on with it” and her commitment to Charles, the cocoon of her new life started to form. Camilla’s stability and endurance during these hardships was recognized by those close to her and quietly by those in the orbit of the Palace. She never publicly aired her grievances or rushed to correct the

record (at the time), no matter how vicious the rumor—she rode out the storm, prioritizing her relationship with Charles (who did the same in return, much to the frustration of young William and Harry, who a family source said “often felt like they came second to Camilla”). That grin-andbear-it upbringing had already prepared her for a life of “never complain, never explain” as a member of the royal family. “The duchess is resilient  .  .  . down to earth,” Julian Payne, her communications secretary during the 2010s, previously said to me. “She is focused on the bigger picture.” Her natural composure and confidence would see her through. This time she had some serious help. After Charles and Diana’s divorce, the Queen and the institution slowly started to accept that Camilla wasn’t going anywhere—her gravitational pull on Charles was too strong, and their long affair had solidified into something that the Palace couldn’t easily dismiss. Diana’s tragic death in 1997 forced the couple to retreat from any plans to step out publicly, going to great lengths to avoid being be seen together. They wanted to change this unwelcome reality and, to achieve that, Charles and Camilla as a couple would need a PR miracle. So Charles promoted assistant private secretary Mark Bolland to a deputy role— tasking him to work with private secretary Stephen Lamport to incrementally rehabilitate Camilla’s image. Now widely known as “Operation PB” (Parker Bowles), the duo masterminded a long-term campaign as subtle as it was powerful, at least at first. When the press finally got the official first words about Charles and his ongoing relationship with Camilla, Bolland told journalists she was a “nonnegotiable” part of his life. However, they waited eighteen months before making their first photographed public appearance—a birthday party for Camilla’s sister at London’s Ritz hotel. Bolland personally phoned the likes of The Sun and the Daily Mail to assure them that the January 28, 1999, bash was “T-Day” (Together Day). The Queen was unimpressed—she felt her son was “over-promoting” their relationship. But it worked. Suddenly, at least in certain media quarters, Camilla had gone from being called “the other woman” to the “woman who waited.” For Camilla’s own fiftieth birthday celebration in June 2000, Clarence House scaled up their efforts with a sparkly to-do at Highgrove, where she would meet the Queen for the first time (and Bolland would go on to share all the details with the News of the World, edited by his close friend Rebekah Brooks, now the managing director of Rupert Murdoch’s News

UK). That night Camilla “dazzled,” and Charles and his “woman who waited” shared the spotlight in the same house they previously snuck away to for trysts. At the time, I’m told, both William and Harry struggled to come to terms with the reality of their family’s new normal. “They had few people they could share their anger with,” said a mutual friend of the siblings. “Here was a woman who had destroyed their family and tormented their mother, now having the time of her life. In those early days, they were angry with her.” It would be another five years before Charles and Camilla would marry, and in the spring of 2005—in a toned-down civil ceremony at Windsor Guildhall in front of their children, including Princes William and Harry— Camilla Parker Bowles completed the first stage of her transformation. Taking Charles’s hand in marriage, the vilified royal mistress became the Duchess of Cornwall, wife to the heir. Patrick “Paddy” Harverson, then Charles’s communications secretary and the PR chief responsible for taking the reins of Operation PB a year prior, counted the wedding as a crowning accomplishment for the couple. The former communications director for Manchester United Football Club (he turned David Beckham from a national hate figure to hero after the football legend was blamed for England’s loss against Argentina in the 1998 World Cup), Harverson was an experienced, likable, yet determined “comms guy” dedicated to his one mission: “protect and promote.” He embraced that position from day one with Camilla, recognizing how her outgoing nature and calm under pressure could benefit the monarchy’s reputation. He also quickly realized that Camilla was indispensable for Charles—she reanimated him in a way that no one or nothing else could. “She has been by his side, working diligently, supporting him while pursuing her own causes,” said Harverson. “They love each other. She is a source of great support and comfort and love to [Charles]. They share the same sense of humor and they blend together beautifully.” Good for Charles, and good for the institution, as it turns out. The wedding meant that the Palace finally embraced Camilla and formally established a working role for her. The Queen had also come around to agreeing that the union was the best thing for the Firm. It had the potential to clean up the mess the couple had made over the years. For William and Harry, it took a long time to get there, but they finally accepted Camilla for what she was and still is—an anchor for their father,

an unflinching, steady support system for which he could not do without. But while she may technically be their stepmother, the relationship she has with both is “more professional and respectful than loving and familial,” described a family friend. In the years that followed, the new Duchess of Cornwall finally became tolerated, then later accepted, by the public (and now even approved of by some). In the early days it would have been unimaginable to think that one day William and Kate would meet Charles and Camilla for laugh-filled lunches, but the two couples have grown increasingly closer over the years, especially since the Sussexes’ departure. As for her relationship with Harry and Meghan, there is none. Camilla has told others she has “great sympathy” for what Meghan went through but, according to a royal source, has “no respect for the way they handled themselves.” The rehabilitation of the mistress could be called a success, a sanitizing process that turned a “Rottweiler” into a duchess. But there was still work to be done, and Camilla, Charles, and their Palace teams continually fueled the engines for different iterations of Operation PB, orchestrating most of them from the shadows. Camilla has also taken matters into her own hands, building relationships with a number of high-profile (and some notorious) media figures. Though former morning TV host Piers Morgan was responsible for some of the most aggressive tabloid coverage about Princess Diana and the royal family during his time as editor in chief of the Mirror and has also spent more than five years attacking the Duchess of Sussex in articles and on TV, Camilla continues to enjoy a close relationship with him. Not even accusations of Mirror journalists hacking the phones of Harry and other high-profile figures during Morgan’s tenure has tempered the friendship. The pair have been close for more than twenty years and enjoy regular chats on the phone and the occasional boozy lunch. In addition to their shared love of East Sussex (they grew up in neighboring villages), they have a mutual disdain for all things “woke” (in its 2.0 sense). Behind closed doors, Camilla usually rolls her eyes when topics such as gender identity, unconscious racial bias, and even veganism are raised. “It’s all ‘lefty nonsense’ to her,” a former aide revealed. “Even gluten-free or dairy-free options on a restaurant menu irk her.” It seems they might have similar views on Meghan, too. When Piers called the Duchess of Sussex “Pinocchio Princess” and then a “race-baiter” on Good Morning Britain after she admitted that she had suicidal ideations

during her time as a working royal (also asserting that there was unconscious bias within the family), it was Camilla who quietly thanked him for defending the Firm. “[Camilla] will never publicly comment on anything or speak ill of others, but she will always know someone who can do that for her,” a former Palace aide told me. “I’ve had some messages communicated to me on behalf of several members of the royal family,” Morgan admitted to Extra TV in April 2021. “I’m not going to go into who it was, but [it was] gratitude that somebody was standing up.” Even her friendship with legendary actress Dame Judi Dench came in handy when a fifth season of The Crown threatened to knock Camilla’s reputation once again. The (mostly accurate) portrayal of her as a chainsmoking adulteress who made Diana’s life hell saw her popularity tank once again, as viewers were reminded of Camilla’s pre–Operation PB antics. To prevent the negativity experienced during the release of The Crown’s fourth season from happening again, friends in the media (including the Mail group of newspapers, where she enjoys a close relationship with the paper’s owner, Lord Rothermere) activated a defense strategy. The “vicious” series, the tabloid barked on its front pages and website, is bullying the royal family, would have “destroyed” the Queen if she were still alive, is “verging on defamatory,” and should be boycotted. Dench did her bit to help the cause and wrote an open letter in The Times accusing Netflix executives and show producers of blurring the lines between historical accuracy and crude sensationalism, thereby damaging the monarchy. The show should, she insisted, have a disclaimer at the start to “warn” viewers of its fictionalized scenes. It was a curious fight for the usually press-shy actress to take on, especially given her own depictions of the Queen’s great-great-grandmother in the movies Victoria & Abdul and Her Majesty, Mrs. Brown, both of which received some criticism from historians about accuracy. Though those in Camilla’s world all echo the same high praise when it comes to her sense of humor and mischievous “twinkle in her eye” (both true), one can’t deny that many of these friendships have also served a greater purpose when it comes to the rehabilitation of her image. That prize charm is also how she won over the majority of the royal press pack. While most senior royals tend to largely ignore the gaggle of reporters and photographers at engagements, Camilla is always the first (and often the only) to say hello and give a wink. When the photographers point their lenses, Camilla doesn’t turn away or play hard to get; instead she will ask,

“Where do you want me?” She will even give a nudge to Charles at times if she senses that snappers aren’t getting the best shot. It’s a smart and simple move—especially in the cases of some longtime royal reporters, who harbor a need to be liked by the subjects they write about. Most in the royal rota now sing her praises when given the chance in opinion pieces and documentary appearances. With some, the relationship has gone even deeper. The Daily Mail’s royal editor Rebecca English is regularly the first to be spoon-fed Camilla-related scoops. A canny strategy that has paid off in droves, as the reporter has never written a critical word about the paper’s star royal source since taking the job in 2004. “For Camilla, having a little pet in the [press] pack has been essential,” a former Palace aide revealed. “After the wedding, it was absolutely her mission to make that happen.” In Spare, Prince Harry revealed his “complex feelings” toward his stepmother. “In a funny way I even wanted Camilla to be happy,” he wrote. “Maybe she’d be less dangerous if she was happy.” That dangerousness, he told journalist Anderson Cooper, comes from her willingness to forge interdependent relationships with the tabloid press and media figures. “With a family built on hierarchy, and with her, on the way to being Queen Consort, there [were] gonna be people or bodies left in the street.” It is no secret that his own body was one of those sacrificed on Camilla and Bolland’s “personal PR altar.” In those earlier days, information about him and his life were currency to curry favor with Fleet Street editors. Today, a similar arrangement with sections of the British press still exists, as Harry’s courtroom revelations have revealed. Still, the Duke of Sussex also says he sees Camilla as just as much of a victim of the inner workings of a cold institution as any of his other family members. “I have a huge amount of compassion for her, you know,” he said. “She had a reputation, or an image, to rehabilitate. Whatever conversations happened, whatever deals or trading was made right at the beginning, she was led to believe that that would be the best way of doing it . . . [She] has done everything that she can to improve her own reputation and her own image for her own sake.” Even today there is no animosity on Harry’s side. A source close to the Duke of Sussex—who has said he doesn’t consider Camilla an “evil stepmother”—called their relationship “respectful . . . and kept at a safe distance.” Camilla, I’m told, may not feel quite the same. “To say she wasn’t hurt by what he wrote [in Spare] would

not be the truth,” said a royal source. “But she won’t retaliate.” A friend and one of Camilla’s “Queen’s companions,” the Marchioness of Lansdowne, told The Sunday Times, “Of course it bothers her, of course it hurts. But she doesn’t let it get to her. Her philosophy is always, ‘Don’t make a thing of it and it will settle down—least said, soonest mended.’” The marchioness is one of a group of six women Queen Camilla keeps close, in place of what previous female monarchs called ladies-in-waiting. Other “Queen’s companions” include Baroness Carlyn Chisholm, a British peeress and member of the House of Lords; and Lady Sarah Keswick, who has known Charles and Camilla since the first days of their affair. Camilla’s sister, Annabel Elliot, whom she considers her best friend, joined the Marchioness of Lansdowne to serve as “Ladies Attendants” during the May 2023 coronation. Elliot’s appearance made the ceremony somewhat of a family affair for Camilla, whose three teenage grandsons, Gus Lopes, Louis Lopes, and Freddy Parker Bowles, were selected as pages of honor. Camilla has long enjoyed close relationships with her two children. Her son, Tom Parker Bowles, a restauranteur, is tight-lipped when it comes to talking about Camilla the royal, but he’s the first to sing her praises as a mother. Her roast chicken “with all the trimmings” on a Sunday, with everyone getting together at Ray Mill House, is something they strive to do regularly, no matter how busy everyone gets. “We all love our food and to be able to share that with each other is wonderful,” he told me during an interview. As grandmother to his children, Freddy and Lola, she’s also happy to step in to babysit (something she is “brilliant” at, he said). Despite the fact that they’re now children of the King’s wife, neither Tom nor her daughter, Laura, expect their lives to change. “You’re not going to find us with great estates or being called the Duke of Whatever, no, that would be appalling,” he has said. In addition to fulfilling her duties as grandmother and pushing overtime to repair her reputation, Camilla has done the necessary work in her role as a senior royal, namely through philanthropic endeavors and awareness raising to help others. In an unassuming way, Camilla has put her energies into more than ninety charities, including grittier, less-glamorous issues that demand more than just ribbon-cutting. The National Osteoporosis Society, a cherished charity for Camilla after her mother died of the disorder in 1994, was renamed the Royal Osteoporosis Society in 2019. The name change was Camilla’s idea, said the charity’s executive Craig Jones, a business-

minded decision Camilla believed would give the charity more “clout and credibility.” More clout is important because, as Jones said, “osteoporosis is a difficult cause . . . it’s surrounded by stereotypes and defeatism . . . people think breaking bones is an inevitable part of getting older. Camilla knows it isn’t.” She also passionately raises awareness about domestic abuse, which she rightly calls a “global pandemic of violence against women”; literacy, through her “Queen’s Reading Room” initiative; animal welfare (both of her dogs, Beth and Bluebell, were rescued from the Battersea Dog Home); and loneliness among the elderly. Unable to lean on widespread popularity or tabloid interest in her sartorial choices (blame an ageist society and, by her own admission to an aide, a “less exciting” wardrobe for that), Camilla has carried out many of her charitable efforts without splashy, big-budget campaigns. “She was very explicit with me that she didn’t want [that] and simply let her work speak for herself,” said Julian Payne. This natural style toward work and her ease in her role has scored Camilla points with the Firm, the public, and influential figures. It has also impressed her husband. In his first address as King in September 2022, Charles had this to say about his other half: I count on the loving help of my darling wife, Camilla. In recognition of her own loyal public service since our marriage seventeen years ago, she becomes my Queen Consort. I know she will bring to the demands of her new role the steadfast devotion to duty on which I have come to rely so much.

And with that the second stage of Camilla’s royal journey was a success: Camilla, Queen Consort, now sharing her husband’s rank and status. Before she passed away, Queen Elizabeth II promoted the idea for Camilla to take on the consort title before Charles’s ascension, making her wish clear before the Platinum Jubilee celebrations in 2022. Seventeen years earlier, after the couple’s wedding, Palace aides had assured the public that Camilla would only take on the title of “Princess Consort”—an effort to appease a nation that mostly disliked her. But with Camilla having managed to achieve acceptance since then, the late monarch felt it was the right time to put her stamp of approval on an upgraded title. Unbeknownst to the public, that, too, was only temporary. A month before the May 6, 2023, coronation, Buckingham Palace released invitations without the consort styling. The former mistress would now be crowned by the Archbishop of Canterbury as Queen Camilla. Transformation complete.

Ironically, and perhaps hard to believe for some, it was never Camilla’s wish to sit on the throne. Those I have spoken to over the years say she has simply accepted that the role comes with the territory of being with the man she wanted to spend the rest of her life with. Nevertheless, she takes the job seriously. Despite her age, she consistently carries out more engagements than most royals, including Prince William and Kate, the Princess of Wales. She also remains a committed and effective advisor to the King. She can probably say more with a half-raised eyebrow than the rest of his wellinformed staff combined (it’s why she was never a fan of Charles’s righthand man Michael Fawcett—she felt he was the only other person who had his ear as much as she does). An aide close to her has told me that “she doesn’t take herself too seriously. She isn’t lost in a sense of selfimportance, but she understands the importance of the institution.” Added a royal source, “To be around her you would never think she is Queen. She’s still the same as she was years ago, friendly with everyone, always up for a natter.” Payne, who worked for Charles and Camilla for five years, told Times Radio, “She has an innate understanding of the institution but also fifty years of living in the real world. She’s a very good bridge between the two. You see her voice and her impact in all facets of the life of the King and as a couple.” Whether she wanted it or not—and whether the public wanted it or not (polls at the time of the finishing of this book say a lot of the nation still aren’t sure)—she is now Queen Camilla. And what now appears like an inevitability actually took a lot of backstage maneuvering and horsetrading. While communications campaigns and PR gurus certainly played significant roles in Camilla’s decades-long metamorphosis, it would be a mistake to underestimate her own handiwork in this massive image overhaul. But her long game is finally over, and Camilla and the Palace PR corps can finally file the strategies and plans for Operation PB. Perhaps they’ll come in handy for someone else in the future. She’s come a long way from the Shand family haven in Sussex, but, in many ways, this is exactly where Camilla thought she’d be when she became Charles’s mistress more than forty years ago. Her troubles endured, and her final act planned for all along.

Part II: Kate Suddenly Front and Center We’ve all seen the families of the skilled survivors. Their strength comes from within and was put there . . . from their earliest days. —Diana, Princess of Wales, 1993, keynote speech It is the nature of stone to be satisfied. It is the nature of water to want to be somewhere else. —Mary Oliver, The Leaf and the Cloud

As the final throes of summer tapered into an unusually hot start to the fall of 2019, September’s late afternoons brought longer shadows and slanting light to the hills and woodlands of Surrey. Only twenty-five miles southwest of London, the Royal Horticultural Society’s flagship site at Wisley basked in the warm glow of England’s unseasonably long summer and served as a testament to the wonders of horticulture. The grand gardens cover 240 acres, and its Glasshouse centerpiece, a greenhouse the size of ten tennis courts, was thriving with exotic plants from around the world enjoying the early-autumn sun. An arcadia for anyone with even a passing interest in the natural world, Wisley is home to a world-famous rock garden with a tumbling stream, alpine plants, and a fern grotto, as well as the meandering walkways of the Bowes-Lyon Rose Garden and its four thousand plants. That month, RHS Wisley was also the proud new home of the Back to Nature Garden, a woodland ramble and wildflower meadow for families and children with treehouses, a hollow log, swings, a willow pond, and a large sand pit. The brainchild of Kate, who was then the Duchess of Cambridge, the garden opened on September 10. Just like the usually bashful autumnal sun, Kate, too, was ready to shed her shy side for the garden’s grand unveiling. She visited the garden with Great British Bake Off star Mary Berry to tour the grounds and take part in a host of fun activities with local schoolchildren. “I hope I do this right!” she said with a laugh as she planted a weeping blue cedar sapling in front of photographers in the garden’s family play zone. The natural sprawl of the tree’s drooping

branches—which grow outward rather than up—added visual curiosity to the grounds and would eventually provide a den-like structure for children to play under. In a signature Emilia Wickstead blue floral dress, Kate also gave a speech on the importance of family, friends, and community re-creation in the development of young children. “The physical benefits of being outdoors and in nature are well documented,” she said. “More recently, however, I have learned that these often safe and supported environments can also bring significant benefits to the cognitive, social, and emotional development of our children, too.” The speech underscored Kate’s mission to get children back outdoors. And, unlike public speeches in the past, where she often stumbled on her words, she wasn’t nervous this time. “She practiced it a few times before giving it and was just really at ease,” her communications secretary told me afterward. “I’m definitely seeing a new level of confidence in her.” Her self-assured demeanor was a world away from four months prior, when she launched her first Back to Nature concept garden at the Chelsea Flower Show in June. To promote that she filmed a surprise appearance on BBC’s Blue Peter, Britain’s longest-running children’s television show. On air, viewers saw Kate wander around the rangy Paddington Recreation Ground in London’s Maida Vale with host Lindsey Russell talking about her passion for the great outdoors and how she constantly encourages her children to spend time outside, “rain or shine.” Smiling, relaxed, and motherly around the local schoolchildren featured in the program, Kate took the small group to “pond dip” for tadpoles, an activity she claimed was “massively up her street,” as well as some old-fashioned fort-building using sticks, logs, and leaves. But, behind the scenes, it was a different story. Though it was a lowpressure, small-stakes broadcast appearance, Kate was feeling nervous and “well out of her comfort zone” before the taping. “It was just not an area she felt confident in and, up until that point, other household staff hadn’t really pushed her,” a Kensington Palace source said. Naturally timid and introverted, Kate had historically eschewed giving interviews or public speaking, instead finding comfort in engagements that were often led by a host while she quietly followed, giving a speech from a script or teleprompter. She also favored outings that involved interacting with

children or sporting activities, where it’s more about her actions than her words. Where other senior royals are out and about several times a week, meeting people across the length and breadth of the country, Kate has long maintained a smaller work schedule that helped her check off the required royal boxes while saving time for her roles as a mother and a wife. Prince William was called work-shy for his initial hesitation to fully sign on for royal duty; Kate, too, gained some disparaging media nicknames of her own. Not long after their marriage, some critics deemed her “lazy” because she avoided regular royal duties. Over the years, several factors made it easier to circumvent too many public-facing events, including William’s fierce protectiveness and her vital role of producing an heir (and spares) first and foremost. The Palace gatekeepers have always been more vigilant when it comes to Kate, never pushing her too hard, as the road to Queendom is a marathon, not a sprint. “I think for a long time people were afraid to make her do something that would make her uncomfortable,” a senior aide told me. But with the sun setting on the Queen’s reign, the heir and spare tasks achieved, it was time to slowly push Kate out onto center court. Her lead press secretary Christian Jones—who had six years of experience working with two government departments before starting at Kensington Palace in early 2019—was the one who suggested the Blue Peter appearance to the duchess. While it was designed as a slow pitch for Kate to hit a crowd-pleasing home run, there were difficulties getting her up to the plate. Kate, Jones later told me, wasn’t thrilled with the idea of doing an interview and initially wanted to turn it down. But after some encouragement from both himself and William, she reluctantly agreed. On the day of the mid-June shoot, Kate was “a bag of nerves.” Jones joined her for the weekday outing and reminded Kate that the interview would be short and the majority of the filming would be with children. But it was William’s words that eventually filled her with enough courage to stay calm. As she arrived, a text message from her husband popped up. “William was texting her regularly to see how she was doing and make sure she wasn’t nervous,” said a source. The taping itself went smoothly, Kate later admitting to Jones that she “worried for nothing.” William called afterward to make sure everything was all right. Everything, she assured him, was great. “She was always nervous about speaking on

camera,” an aide said afterward, “but it feels like today was a bit of a breakthrough.” Given that Kate was in a public-facing role for eight years up to this point, the journey to this breakthrough took longer than anyone expected. Still, progress is progress. The Back to Nature projects formed part of the buildup to Kate’s earlyyears development advocacy, dubbed “her life’s work” by Kensington Palace officials. What started back in 2012 as a curious interest in how experiences in childhood often shape a person’s life, for good and bad, gradually expanded into the focus of her royal efforts. Through the Royal Foundation Centre for Early Childhood, which she launched in 2021, Kate is now working with professionals “to transform society for generations to come.” Along with it have been splashy nationwide campaigns, numerous research reports, and red-letter events to drum up interest and awareness. It’s all for a worthy cause, but the restrictive nature of Kate’s role means that she’s unable to get involved on the political front and push for the urgent solutions the early-years sector desperately needs—namely, government funding. Instead, say royal aides, Kate hopes her focus on amplifying “key findings” and issues will influence policymakers, including politicians and those in government. Within the sector itself, feedback has been a mix of appreciation for her efforts and a feeling that much of the initial work done (surveys and reports that offer statistics and information already discovered by other organizations, as well as endless convening of “roundtable discussions”) seemed a shade performative. Case in point: there were no early-years experts on the team that drafted a key report from her foundation in 2022. Dr. Mine Conkbayir, a leading voice in the early-years sector and founder of several related scientific programs and educational courses, said, “We are well accustomed to MPs and royalty visiting earlyyears settings. But nothing is done. The time has long passed for ‘awareness.’ We need action—long-term investment and funding in the early years.” Indeed, in 1999 the Labour party launched an early-years program in Britain offering grants and centers for health care, education, and mental health support for children and parents. Due to funding cuts, however, over 1,400 of the 3,600 centers that the Sure Start program has operated in are now closed. Campaigners say this could have been avoided if prominent figures such as Kate helped advocate for their importance. Nevertheless, it’s clear that Kate genuinely cares about the issue, and

Kensington Palace often reassures journalists that she remains committed to the cause for “the rest of her life.” Like so much royal philanthropy, Kate’s early-years work is part of a broader institutional campaign to flaunt and elevate her importance to the monarchy and to the nation. Every royal is expected to have their flagship cause, and this is hers. Flaunting is, of course, the easy part. Without fail, those in the media—now as a matter of reflex—will always reference Kate’s elegance, charm, and grace. There is also always a focus on what Kate is wearing—her clothes, her jewelry, her shoes, her hairstyle—to such an extent that often what she says and does is usually an afterthought. Compared to other royals, mainstream coverage of Kate in the British papers is overwhelmingly positive, often bordering on infantilizing the princess, with articles marveling at her ability to perform the simplest of tasks (think enthusiastic reporting about kicking a soccer ball or flipping a pancake, or how amazing it is that she can assume the perfect “princess pose” in photographs). Admittedly, Kate has rarely put a foot down wrong in public. But in the instances where criticism would be fair, such as carrying out fewer engagements than other senior royals, or the fact that she has had five different private secretaries in six years (one, I’m told, simply found the role “uninspiring and frustrating”), you’d be unlikely to read about it in any British newspaper. For many of those in the press, Kate is the monarchy’s last “shiny thing” for many years to come, even more so given William’s slow fade into his staid institutional role and the departure of Harry and Meghan. Put a new, glamorous photo of Kate on the front page of a paper and a sales boost is guaranteed. Charles, Camilla, and William? Unless it’s family drama, not so much. In the first months after her wedding to Prince Harry, the Duchess of Sussex was also a shimmering ornament in the royal family tree. And with her outgoing nature and leadership potential, qualities for which Kate isn’t known, early coverage of Meghan’s royal engagements were far less about fashion choices and more about her work or her role in the Firm. Until they weren’t. Though new to the Windsor fold, Meghan assuredly took to her role as a working royal. With her acting experience and upbeat demeanor, Meghan was supremely comfortable in her public-facing role, even when she initially knew very little about it. Her confidence alarmed some at Buckingham Palace, who found it intimidating or obnoxious at times.

Before it all went wrong, the Firm’s American outsider and underdog was becoming the star of the show. Whether it was guest-editing an entire September issue of British Vogue while heavily pregnant, releasing a bestselling book for charity, or collaborating with British fashion brands to launch a capsule collection to raise money for her patronage of the women’s employment coaching charity Smart Works, Meghan got things done fast. It was Princess Diana all over again. William, Kate, and their team took notice and altered course. Harry and Meghan had introduced the world to a new, more modern-looking royal, and it suddenly made the Cambridges—who for years had been the monarchy’s hot young couple—appear a little dull in comparison. Though all similar in age, it’s undeniable that during their glory days the Sussexes connected with a younger generation of Brits in a way William and Kate never had. And so, over time, Kate’s private secretaries and communications aides encouraged her to change her approach to engagements—less “listening and learning” and more doing. Even her working wardrobe of formal coat dresses and structured pieces started to slowly transform into the more relaxed, business-casual attire chosen by the California duchess. Fashion choices change over time for anyone, but even a few aides at Buckingham Palace separately commented that Kate’s sartorial evolutions seemed far from coincidental. As an aide working with the Cambridges and Sussexes said to me in 2019, “Meghan’s arrival was a bit like a rocket up the . . .” He paused midsentence, but I knew where he was going. Much has been written (and mostly speculated) about the relationship between Meghan and Kate. In past articles and Finding Freedom, I wrote about how—contrary to reports—the lukewarm distance between the two women was initially down to the ever-growing cracks in William and Harry’s relationship. They may have had very little in common, but they probably could have made things work in those early days if there was peace between the warring Windsor siblings. Still, for Meghan, who found much of her time as a working royal a lonely and isolated experience, there was a hope that Kate would be someone she could at least turn to for an encouraging word during her lowest points, including her emotional difficulties during her pregnancy. They were once both outsiders, middleclass women brought into the House of Windsor for unimaginably different lives. Kate, however, was uninterested in forming this kind of bond with

Meghan. “She can be cold if she doesn’t like someone,” said a source who had worked with Kate in the past. Does that mean she didn’t like her from the start? The source paused. “She wasn’t a fan, no,” they replied. Added another, “She spent more time talking about Meghan than talking to her.” This is a side of Kate that rarely gets written about. Advocating for mental health causes—the mental health of mothers, for that matter—but ignoring her own sister-in-law’s cries for help seemed out of character for someone the public knew as sweet and easy to get along with. And when the Telegraph accused the Duchess of Sussex of making Kate cry (front-page news that resulted in days of critical Meghan coverage), Kate watched in silence as the Palace refused to set the record straight, even though it was the other way around. She later apologized to Meghan (with flowers), but the damage from the public rift was already done. On more recent occasions, Kate has jokingly shivered when Meghan’s name has come up around her, and there has been almost zero direct communication, bar a few short pleasantries, between the pair since late 2019. For the princess, there’s no going back, even in her relationship with Harry. “She was close to Harry, and she will always look back fondly on those moments . . . and the relationship he had with their children . . . but to her there is no way she could ever trust them after all their interviews,” said a source who knows the family. There’s also the fact that the Sussexes’ departure put more pressure on the other half of the “Fab Four” to scale up and fill the working void left behind. After Harry and Meghan broke ranks and fled to North America at the start of 2020, sources at the time said Kate was put in the hot seat. But perhaps the extra push was also a silver lining. That period saw the introduction of Kate 2.0—a slightly more relaxed, more relatable duchess with a voice that could be (needed to be) heard. First up was an appearance on the Happy Mum, Happy Baby podcast with mommy blogger Giovanna Fletcher. During their candid conversation, Kate opened up about her own childhood and shared some of her struggles as a mother. The interview was the first time the public heard Kate speak at length, and it was universally lauded in the media as “groundbreaking,” which is maybe a little hyperbolic. But even as a somewhat jaded royal reporter it was fascinating to witness her showing a different side of herself when Kensington Palace invited a group of us to come and listen to the recording before it went live. There was the future Queen discussing her severe morning sickness, “mum

guilt,” and giving a peek into her world, all the while reminding listeners that the girl next door had made it to the top without losing her everywoman qualities. I remember having a similar conversation with Kate at a Kensington Palace media reception after the birth of Princess Charlotte in 2015, one in which she spoke about the challenges of parenting. “I look at my friends and think they have it all figured it out . . . while I’m just making it up as I go along,” she said with a laugh. I always thought this more frank, real side of the sometimes Stepford-like royal wife was something that others should see more of. Attending her engagements and traveling on the couple’s tours for the better part of a decade, I was around for brief glimpses of Kate away from the cameras. At India’s Kaziranga National Park in 2016, I was the only reporter with William and her on a mini-safari to spot the elusive onehorned rhinos for which the stunning region is famous. As we rode through the wild terrain in two open-topped Jeeps, our guides instructed us to remain silent if a rhino crossed our path and to let the accompanying park ranger make the necessary animal calls to scare it if it got too close. As luck would have it, we encountered two on our journey, one of which decided to stop right in the middle of the muddy road we were traveling on. Clearly not in a rush, the beautiful female rhinoceros slowly stomped around in front of us . . . and then stopped to poop. As we sat there in dead silence giving the rhino absolutely no privacy whatsoever, I looked over at Kate, who was in a fit of muted giggles. For someone usually so poised and inscrutible, it felt like the mask momentarily fell away, and it was a refreshing sight. Her silent laughter triggered the rest of us and we all ended up pretty much holding our breath, trying not to let out immature chuckles after each massive plop. It was a genuinely candid moment. And so, the podcast and its chance for the public to experience a tiny bit of that same openness was an inspired PR push. If the Palace needed Kate to generate some positive news in the wake of Harry and Meghan’s departure, it was a solid start. In the summer of 2020, during the height of the pandemic, Kate spearheaded a successful photography project with the National Portrait Gallery. Hold Still was a community project in which Kate, an avid photographer and art history graduate, invited members of the public to send in photographs they snapped during the national lockdowns. Documenting the effects of the virus outbreak and the subsequent quarantines, the digital exhibition

gathered and organized photographs under the themes of “Helpers and Heroes,” “Your New Normal,” and “Acts of Kindness.” It was a compassionate project, and Kate scored accolades and solid media coverage for another solo venture. A year later, she wrote an introduction and helped curate content for the book Hold Still, which made its way to the Sunday Times bestseller list. It was reminiscent of Meghan’s 2018 Together cookbook in aid of the Grenfell survivors of London’s Hubb Community Kitchen—and it worked. In September 2021, the same Kate who was exceedingly nervous for a brief appearance on a children’s television program confidently took to the tennis courts to play doubles with teen ace Emma Raducanu. An avid tennis player and patron of the All England Lawn Tennis and Croquet Club (AELTC), Kate showed off her forehand and appeared unfazed by the cameras and the many in attendance who were there to welcome Raducanu back to the United Kingdom after she took the trophy at the U.S. Open just a few weeks before. After the autumn leaves fell and the 2021 holiday season kicked into high gear, Kate readied herself to host the televised Together at Christmas carol service at Westminster Abbey. Christmas has always been a highreturn, low-risk holiday for the royal family, and Kate seized it for a moment. Billed as a “tribute to the incredible work of individuals and organizations across Britain who have supported their communities through the Covid-19 pandemic,” the holiday occasion primarily provided the family a much-needed reason to convene in public. Still staggering from an unnerving few months that started with the April 2021 death of Prince Philip, the Queen’s October hospitalization, and the ever-unfolding Sussex story, the senior members of the Firm were determined to put on a united front. And, with Kate at the helm—even playing the piano—it was a success. With the exception of Princess Anne (who had schedule conflicts), the extended royal family appeared with much fanfare—which also helped gloss over the fact that the Queen was too fragile to attend. When it came time to doing it all again in 2022, the family was in even more dire need of a celebratory set piece. Earlier that year, Prince Andrew was humiliatingly defrocked and settled out of court with his family’s money. The monarch’s death further destabilized the family and the Firm, while Harry’s candid memoir was lurking around the corner. There was an immense and powerful feeling that the other shoe was about to drop. The family gathered

for a Together at Christmas redux featuring a stirring tribute to the recently deceased Queen Elizabeth II. And, by coincidence, the carol service took place on the same night as the premiere of Harry and Meghan’s Netflix docuseries. A perfect distraction, they hoped. From a PR point of view, the evening wasn’t quite the draw it was the previous year, but Kate appeared even more confident. And the family, despite their troubles, were adequately cheerful. The absence of Covid masks this time around might have helped, too. For someone more than comfortable in the background, Kate has come a very long way. She did this with the help of the Palace machine, sure, but also on her own and with some guidance from Bucklebury Manor, the Middleton family home. Kate’s stable childhood and strong parental guidance, especially from her mother, inculcated in her strains of resilience and acceptance unique to those who are not born into incomprehensible wealth and privilege. Kate’s comparatively modest beginnings started in a simple semidetached house just outside of Reading. Her parents, Michael and Carole Middleton, who met while working at British Airways, bought the house shortly after their marriage. During Kate’s early years, Carole set up shop in the shed behind the house, forming a mail-order party supply business. Her company, Party Pieces, was a multimillion-dollar operation for many years before it was sold at a loss to an entrepreneur in 2023. Back then Carole added self-made millionaire to a résumé that also included loving mother of three, and Michael continued at British Airways until he later joined Party Pieces to help his wife manage the growing company. After selling their first home, the Middleton family moved to a larger property in Bucklebury village and then to the nearby sprawling manor house on the nearby Pease Hill. The Middleton ancestors who married into money left an inheritance large enough for Michael and Carole to send Kate and her siblings, Pippa and James, to some of the country’s top private schools. As two caring parents who worked hard, made their mint, and climbed the social ladder (no small feat in a country still obsessed with class), the Middletons— mostly Carole—saw that the pretty and grounded Kate was ready to carry the family name further to the top. So, they began orchestrating her life, ensuring she was at the right places at the right time and spoke the right way. Kensington Palace has never denied that Kate had several rounds of elocution lessons as she became more serious with William. Friends have

noted over the years that her accent now sounds “posher” and “even more plummy” than her husband’s. The Middleton strategy involved more than just aristocratic affectation—Carole calculatingly placed Kate right at the center of young Prince William’s world. It was first reported in royal biographer Katie Nicholl’s Kate: The Future Queen that when Carole learned that Prince William was slated to attend the University of St. Andrews, she encouraged her daughter to turn down a spot at her dream school, the University of Edinburgh, take a gap year to study abroad in Florence, and enroll at St. Andrews the following year. Carole set things up, and Kate took it the rest of the way. It wasn’t long before William and Kate’s friendliness turned into a loving relationship, one that included natural ups and downs—periods when they were on and times when they were off. During the flush and passion of their early romance, the pair spent lots of time with Kate’s family in Bucklebury. William took to the cozy Middleton enclave in a village where time seemed to stand still. The echoing bells of the sixteenth-century parish, the clink of glasses and last call in the traditional Bladebone Inn, and the low lights and trailing chimney smoke from thatched-roof houses all proved irresistible for a young man used to gated entries, long corridors, and private secretaries. He also fell for the Middleton family. Although less frequent these days, William has always looked forward to Sunday roasts at their house and helping load the dishwasher at the end of it. They live in comfort, but it’s down-to-earth, snug, and congenial compared to the decorous, hushed rooms at the cavernous royal residences he grew up in. The wellies-by-theback-door and home-cooked meals of it was an environment that both he and Kate have continually tried to re-create for their own children. Bucklebury Manor was the house at the end of the lane. And it was this home with its familial affection and quiet ambition that shaped and equipped Kate for her life as a future Queen. As Tina Brown noted, “Bucklebury provided the backbone for Kate’s aspirational resolve.” And Kate was forced to call up this resolve long before the two were married. Their courtship lasted eight years, long enough to give birth to the cruel tabloid nickname “Waity Katie.” Knowing he would soon be immersed in his monarchical duties, William struggled to commit for the long haul, even pushing the two to completely break up in spring 2007. Kate retreated to Bucklebury for Carole’s motherly advice, while William took refuge at Bovington Army Camp in Dorset.

Kate didn’t pull back for long. She soon resurfaced and demonstrated some of that Middleton determination and took a few bold steps of her own. While William was off in Dorset—ostensibly for armored reconnaissance training, but photographic evidence suggests he spent much of his time sowing his wild oats—Kate rallied her sister, Pippa, and some close friends for London’s nightlife scene. The paparazzi swarmed, and Kate was regularly photographed on raucous nights out. Long before my royal reporter days, I saw her inside the members-only Boujis club in South Kensington a few times, where she and her friends would knock back complimentary trays of shots and jump up on the seats and tables to dance to whatever hip-hop or house music the DJ was spinning. There was an option to leave the building secretly, but Kate left through the main doors, where the photographers waited. During that spring, the media ran with the “single and ready to mingle” storyline long enough for William to take notice and come racing back from Bovington. Game, set, match. Less than three years later, I combined reporting efforts with Nicholl to break the news on the front cover of Us Weekly that the “Royal Wedding Is On!” A week later, Clarence House confirmed the engagement. William and Kate married in the spring of 2011. An estimated two billion people around the world watched in awe as Kate Middleton stepped out of the church as Catherine, Duchess of Cambridge, the grand and dulcet chimes of Westminster Abbey eclipsing the bells of Bucklebury’s little parish church. In many ways this is where Kate’s personal story comes to an end: she traded in Carole’s training for the Palace playbook, and the young woman disappeared behind a Palace-constructed mold. Before her engagement to William, Kate was left to fend, manage, and ward off the stalking tabloid press who seemed to buzz around her wherever she went and create whatever narratives they pleased. There may have been no social media negativity or online trolls to deal with, but Fleet Street’s interest was obsessive: Kate was regularly tailed by paparazzi, her voicemails were repeatedly hacked (155 times alone by one reporter at News the World), the likes of the Daily Mail poked fun at her un-royal family and former air hostess mom, and body-shaming commentary was written about her weight loss. The misogynistic and snobbish way many of the tabloids wrote about Kate was reprehensible. After her marriage, however, she had full Palace

protection and spinmeisters on the payroll to assist her with media harassment and reputational management. Aides at the time told me they were keen to avoid “the past” (i.e., the institution’s mistakes with Princess Diana) from happening again. Because of the Middletons’ strategic guidance and Kate’s instincts for reticence and discretion, the public knew scarcely anything about her inner life even when she was simply Kate Middleton from Berkshire. As the Duchess of Cambridge, wife of the heir to the throne and future Queen, her genuine identity receded even further. Transfigured by her new role and completely dedicated to indiscriminately supporting William, Kate—with institutional assistance—successfully sublimated her authentic self, becoming an enigma to the public and perhaps even to herself. Unimpeachable, relatable Kate was also now an inscrutable queen in training—an institutional dream come true. Kate quickly assumed her royal positions: a vessel for a dynastic family and a token of glamour and youth. She gave birth to an heir in the requisite time frame—Prince George was born in 2013. Following years of tradition, she introduced her firstborn (and the subsequent births of Charlotte and Louis) to the world on the steps of the Lindo Wing at St. Mary’s Hospital in London. My experience of waiting for weeks outside the hospital with the dozens of other journalists and photographers for the mother of an heir to give birth is still as surreal as it sounds. Lying on the floor just ten steps away from them (to stay out of shot) as hundreds of cameras clicked was just bizarre. After the body image–obsessed tabloids tracked every pound of her postpartum weight loss, she was back on the royal A-team for the daily drudgery: ribbon-cutting, ceremonial piffle, and well-timed photo ops. And she looked great doing it. Always elegant and serene, she wore her role well. The late Hilary Mantel got into some hot water for saying so, but during Kate’s early royal career, it almost seemed that appearing this way was Kate’s sole purpose for the Firm, especially after she birthed an heir. “I saw Kate becoming a jointed doll on which certain rags are hung,” Mantel wrote, adding that the duchess appeared like a “shop-window mannequin, with no personality of her own, entirely defined by what she wore.” A harsh observation to be sure, but also a truth most find hard to swallow. Like Diana, Kate became a sparkling showpiece for the Firm, a symbol of refined beauty and those white, English Rose genetics the British newspapers love so much. Freya in an Emilia Wickstead coat dress.

And now, like Diana, she, too, is the Princess of Wales. It’s a title that carries a huge and extremely important legacy, but sources close to the royal (who, for those wondering, “is just as happy being called Kate as she is Catherine”) say she is surprisingly “unfazed” by her new designation. Respectful of the past but graciously “keen to carve out her own” path in the new role. Unlike strong-minded Diana, who, saddled with a cruel and taxing marriage, proved to be a woman unwilling to fully submit to the royal cause, so far Kate has been a much more teachable, pliable future Queen. She’s coachable, which is something Queen Elizabeth II admired in Kate from the start. “There has rarely been a moment where Kate has said ‘This is my way’ or pushed an opinion on others,” said a royal source. “She is happy to follow the advice and leadership of those around her, people she trusts to take charge and [who] know what’s best.” To mitigate the fact that, in terms of actual work, she has technically been a part-time working royal, the Kensington Palace communications team always stress in press releases and other communiqués that Kate is “keen to learn.” So, yet another nickname was born. “Katie Keen” was a popular refrain on social media for several years. A Kensington Palace source called her approach to philanthropic work a “shift” in how royal duties have been executed over the years. Where in the past royal patronages were collected in the hundreds (Queen Elizabeth II had more than six hundred when she passed), the Waleses have both streamlined their lists. Princess Anne is currently patron or president for more than three hundred organizations and rarely goes a few days without carrying out an engagement at one of them, while Kate has taken on only about twenty (a spokesperson for the couple said the smaller slate gives more time to make an impact on each one, rather than infrequent visits, though statistically there isn’t much proof of this). All are said to reflect her own interests (such as the Royal Photographic Society), but it’s resulted in a much leaner schedule of engagements for the publicly funded Princess of Wales. In 2022, she attended just ninety engagements; Anne, on the other hand, topped out at 214. In 2023, before the coronation, both William and Kate took off an entire month from work for the children’s Easter break from school, leaving Charles and Camilla to hold the fort and the attention of the public. It followed almost two weeks off in January, a week in February, and seven weeks over the summer for other school-related

vacations. “That one’s a nonnegotiable,” said a royal source. “It’s essential for her and William to have the school holidays with the children.” Another source told me that Kate doesn’t plan to increase her workload for another ten to fifteen years, once the children reach adulthood. It’s a privilege most parents can only dream of. The late Queen, too, would take off blocks of time throughout the year to recharge, but she was also known to carry out at least three hundred engagements annually. Sources said Kate remains “laser focused” on her duty to the family first, and then the Crown. Unlike so many others in the royal family, Kate has no history of bringing scandal or shame to the Firm, and it’s likely that the Palace machine will ensure it stays that way. When she was photographed topless while vacationing in France with William in 2012, she met the horrendous moment by staying mum and out of the fray—the definition of grace under fire. I joined Kate for an engagement in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, on the day France’s Closer magazine released the photos in print and online. William’s private secretary Miguel Head had just shared the news with the couple over breakfast when I arrived at the As-Syakirin Mosque ahead of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge for a tour of the Islamic place of worship. For someone who had just experienced such a traumatic and gross invasion of privacy, Kate seemed unshaken. William was tense, his fists clenched and, from a source who had been with him earlier in the day, “filled with rage.” But Kate smiled and got on with the work. Rather than “freak out,” I was told, she relied on the royal institution and her vehemently protective husband to handle the situation, which they eventually did by winning a lawsuit against the French outlet and scrubbing the photos from many parts of the internet. A senior aide likened Kate’s faith in the institution to doing a trust fall: “She has absolute confidence that they know what’s best.” When rumors repeatedly circulated and trended online about her marriage, Kate never publicly addressed or acknowledged the issue, letting William, the Palace, and the passage of time do the work for her. In our current age of oversharing, when most people snatch up the opportunity and platform to set the record straight, Kate—who reportedly never looks at social media or reads newspapers—seems content as a voiceless symbol of courtly resolve, a totem of stoicism in a time of emotional overdrive. This side of her most resembles Queen Elizabeth II, a woman after whom Kate has long modeled her approach to royal life—the late sovereign’s allegiance

to the Crown and her commitment to the stability and continuity of the monarchy. Perhaps more than anything else, Kate has learned what is paramount for survival in the system: vanishing into your role, giving away nothing, and allowing yourself to embody what the public sees in you. And with those elocution lessons, the Princess of Wales even sounds a bit like her former boss—polished, regal, and appropriately distant. Kate may have achieved a Queen-like detachment, but it’s still a guess as to whether she can maintain this now that natural occurrences and unanticipated conditions have pushed her further into the spotlight. Even to this day, the public knows so little about her, and we haven’t yet seen her display the gravitas and commanding power that the late Queen mustered so effortlessly. Some journalists who have been approached by publishers to author biographies about the Princess of Wales have turned down the chance. “I’d barely be able to do a chapter, let alone an entire book,” one joked to me. As the Princess of Wales, Kate has now entered a more pressurized, demanding phase of her royal life, which has put much of the fate of the monarchy’s popularity on her shoulders. William will one day be King, but the closer he gets, the more rigid he becomes. His future is a stately, silent one. Kate’s is more of a question mark, but we know it will involve more public participation and civic engagement. She can still easily draw a crowd and land a front page like no other (working) royal, and the Firm heavily leans on that. With Charles and Camilla already aging out of the long overseas tours, William and Kate will be expected to carry some of that load—even if they have already told senior courtiers that they would prefer to keep any travels focused on their own flagship projects rather than those at the request of the Foreign & Commonwealth Office. Still, there are commitments with being married to the next in line to the throne that are unavoidable, including new military honors. In December 2022, King Charles named his daughter-in-law the new honorary colonel of the Irish Guards—a position previously held by Prince William that requires more than appearing with the guard’s regiment for St. Patrick’s Day. The following March, she dressed up in camo and visited the 1st Battalion Irish Guards at a very snowy Salisbury Plain Training Area to participate in training exercises. And in August 2023, she became the commodore-inchief of the Royal Navy’s Fleet Air Arm (one of Prince Andrew’s former roles), colonel-in-chief of the 1st Queen’s Dragoon Guards, and Royal Honorary Air Commodore of Royal Air Force Coningsby.

But at home, titles are left at the door, and she relishes just being “mama” or, in Princess Charlotte’s case, “mummy.” Since moving to the smaller Adelaide Cottage on the Windsor estate, the family enjoy “plenty of outdoor time,” said a source, who noted that both William and Kate enjoy riding bikes with their three children. “It’s cute  .  .  . like ducks in a row,” they joked. Without the live-in help they had at Kensington Palace’s Apartment 1A (staff now just come and go), Kate has “really gotten into cooking.” Above all, and this is where she differs from Elizabeth II, the children will always come before duty, several sources commented. Raising an heir has also presented its own unique challenges. After Prince George’s tenth birthday in 2023, media coverage and opinion pieces about his future role increased. It was also reported that the second in line to the throne will be allowed to skip the obligatory stint with the Armed Forces “if he wishes.” Controversial, according to some in royal circles, given that he will one day become the head of the British Armed Forces when taking the throne. But William and Kate, a source told me, “want to allow George to make as many of his own decisions as he can in life.” Mother but also the future Queen—it’s quite a balancing act. And it puts Kate in an almost impossible position: when the time comes, she will have to leave the mum role at the palace gates, shuck her natural diffidence, balance her regal rectitude with some everywoman charm, and, for the never-ending presence of the press, dazzle whenever needed. It will require every ounce of the Middleton resilience that got her this far. For a woman who is so tightly controlled and carefully assembled, this is a lot of shapeshifting and pressure to perform. Under such continual duress, facades tend to crumble. The institution will do anything to prevent this from happening. The Palace knows the fallout when it does. After that successful 2019 appearance on Blue Peter—an undeniable confidence booster considering her pre-taping nerves almost got the better of her—with a big smile Kate confidently asked her head of communications, “Okay, what can I do next?” Perhaps we’ll see more of this self-assurance and enthusiasm from the Princess of Wales as she grows even more accustomed to the spotlight. Maybe that Back to Nature garden day was a turning point for Kate—planting the weeping blue cedar a means to encourage her own growth. Here’s the thing about that species: it’s naturally slow-growing and requires adequate space for its sculptural branches and cascading needles. But if there is too much pruning, or the

space around it is too restricted, the tree ends up taking on an odd shape and loses the character that made it so special in the first place.

13 A Dangerous Game Royals and the Media The press is our chief ideological weapon. —Nikita Khrushchev (former premier of the Soviet Union), 1957, speech If we amplify everything, we hear nothing. —Jon Stewart, 2010, speech at “Rally to Restore Sanity”

Sitting in a dimly lit corner of a South London pub on a brisk autumnal evening, Prince William was about as incognito as a future King could get. Swapping his usual uniform of a crisp Oxford shirt and chinos for a more casual jeans and baseball cap combo, the then Duke of Cambridge would have looked like any other patron if it weren’t for his protection officers sitting nearby. Not that anyone would have noticed—the buzz around the October 11, 2019, England vs. Czech Republic football game on the venue’s TV screens had the most pub-goers cheering on the Three Lions in their UEFA Euro qualifier match (which they were about to lose, 2–1). William was one of them, but he also had other business to attend to. While the senior royal is no stranger to a pint or two at the pub with friends, this visit was different. He was there to meet Sunday Times editor in chief and News Corp executive Martin Ivens. William first established a professional relationship with Ivens when he took on the newspaper’s top job in 2013, and there was a mutual respect between the two—and an appreciation of football. But they weren’t here to talk match stats. On the top of William’s mind was Prince Harry, who had just seven days earlier announced phone-hacking lawsuits against News Corp’s Sun newspaper

and MGN, the former owners of the Mirror. Around the same time, Meghan announced she was suing the publisher of the Mail on Sunday after they published a handwritten letter she sent to her estranged father. The announcement of their lawsuits stunned the rest of the royal family, who found out the news with the rest of the world while Harry and Meghan were touring southern Africa. When news outlets reported on the lawsuits, William immediately turned to his aides to vent. “It was a step too far in his opinion,” said a former Kensington Palace staffer. “You just don’t take on the press like that . . . It’s a recipe for disaster.” Added another, “William felt this would jeopardize his own relationships [with the press].” Around this time, William was already in the process of meeting a number of big-name newspaper editors to personally strengthen his connections, so someone (especially his brother) putting them at risk was not an option. After a contact had tipped him off, William was aware that Harry had also discussed their “tensions” and “different paths” with journalist Tom Bradby for a forthcoming prime-time ITV documentary about the Sussexes’ royal tour. Both William and his private secretary Simon Case felt that Harry’s candid confessions were going to be “a problem.” So, by the time William sat down with Ivens at the pub, it didn’t take long for him to open up about Harry. “I’ve put my arm around my brother all our lives and I can’t do that anymore; we’re separate entities,” he confessed. “I’m sad about that. All we can do, and all I can do, is try and support them and hope that the time comes when we’re all singing from the same page. I want everyone to play on the team.” As the relationship between the Sussexes, the institution, and the royal family continued to disintegrate, William’s frustrations with Harry intensified. When Harry and Meghan announced on January 8, 2020, that they would completely step back from their royal roles, William took action to deal with the oncoming Sussex storm. “He had conversations with a few in his team about getting ahead of what he felt would soon be Harry blaming them all for not doing enough [to support himself and Meghan],” said a Kensington Palace aide who has since left the royal household. Palace officials advised William to bite his tongue until he could join the Queen and Charles for a proper sit-down with Harry, a meeting already scheduled for a week later in Sandringham. But his patience was, as usual, running thin, so he discreetly took matters into his own hands.

Just a day before the now-famous Sandringham Summit, William’s disapproval over his brother’s decision to step back was loud and clear on the front page of The Sunday Times: “I’ve put my arm around my brother all our lives. I can’t do it anymore.” The article quoted William speaking to an anonymous “friend” (guess who) and positioned the heir as a caring older brother who had done everything to help his hapless sibling. When it first came out at midnight, Kensington Palace didn’t like its tone. Calls were made. By early morning, the second editions of the paper made their way around the country with an updated front page: “William to Harry: We need to be team players.” Perfect. For years, the axiom “never complain, never explain” has been synonymous with the royal family. Dating back to the 1800s, legend has it that it was British prime minister Benjamin Disraeli who first uttered the phrase, but it was soon adopted by high-ranking Brits across the military, royalty, and even future prime ministers, including Winston Churchill. During the Victorian age and beyond, the maxim reflected an established position for the royal family and those in the institution. Today, however, it’s nothing more than an empty promise. Queen Elizabeth II may have genuinely kept calm and carried on, but the go-to move for most other senior family members now is to reveal their thoughts, plans, and grievances via anonymous source quotes through their staff and well-timed leaks to preferred newspapers. This sacrosanct relationship between two of Britain’s oldest institutions, the monarchy and the press, is now a symbiotic one where each leans on the other for its survival. Without the acres of coverage and the visibility the British newspapers provide, the royal family would be a shadow of itself. This drift into irrelevance has already happened to many European monarchies. And without the access, photos, and scoops from the family’s constant drama that drives their revenue, the flagging industry of tabloids and broadsheet newspapers would be even closer to death’s door. While printed media is fast becoming a thing of the past, newspapers and their brands still sit at the core of the nation’s media realm as many publications have found new leases on life online. Influential, expedient, subsidized by deep pockets, and fueled by an information-obsessed public, the likes of the Daily Mail, The Sun, The Telegraph, and The Times have the ability to influence political votes, public opinion, and the national mood. They’ve wielded this power for centuries, sometimes for good, but often

not. The arrival of publications such as the London Gazette in 1665 saw pages filled with eye-catching headlines, exaggerated tales, and titillating rumors, creating a sense of communal belonging among a widely dispersed British public. They were outraged and intrigued by the same things, motivated by the same opinions. And as a result, says openDemocracy journalist Adam Ramsay, “demands for democracy—that these publics have a say—advanced.” This synchronicity of opinion and demand for a more democratic system created a new form of nationalism among the population, one that sprung from the bottom instead of being decreed from the top. The establishment was forced to acknowledge and respond. King Charles I disregarded public and parliamentary opinion during the birth of this new nationalist era which resulted in his beheading. The late political scientist and historian Benedict Anderson pointed out that the country’s ruling class, including its media-owning elite, quickly realized the advantages of maintaining pomp and ceremony, “[it] kept the plebs reverential and society hierarchical, and propped it up.” The cofounder of the National Review and editor of the Economist in the 1860s, Walter Bagehot, maintained that the British monarchy’s raison d’être was to “impress the many” while Westminster and Whitehall press on with “governing the many.” The Crown is the “dignified” part of the constitution—the monarchy is there to “excite and preserve the reverence of the population.” Strategically, this located the hereditary principle—a dynasty of white privilege and the rusty class system that goes with it— right at the heart of British identity. The emergence of radio and TV amplified this notion. Lord Reith, the first managing director of the BBC, said in 1929 that the national broadcasting corporation would guarantee that the ringing bells of Big Ben, “the clock which beats the time over the Houses of Parliament, in the center of Empire,” would echo “in the loneliest cottages in the land.” In 1924, Reith convinced King George V to address his subjects over the radio via the BBC with great success. Twenty years later, for Queen Elizabeth II’s coronation, the royal family fully embraced modern media, allowing TV cameras inside Westminster Abbey to broadcast the ceremony for the first time. This historic occasion doubled the number of television owners in Britain and established royal pageantry as a form of entertainment. Because the sovereign’s roles include the head of British

Armed Forces and the head of the Church of England, the monarchy was already conjoined with the institutions of the military and religion. But after Her Majesty’s coronation, the institution of the media—one that now was connected to the people by way of a TV or radio in virtually every British home—also became an essential component of the royal pantomime. The media kept the appeal of the royal family alive throughout Queen Elizabeth II’s reign and beyond. And the monarchy has needed it. The huge decline in religion (only 6 percent of the adult British population currently identify as a practicing Christian) and a vast reduction in the country’s military power have left the media as the only viable institution left to effectively prop up the monarchical system. As a result, the institution has heavily leaned on the media for connection and prominence. Some new media efforts worked (Charles and Camilla’s assorted appearances on popular British TV shows such as The Repair Shop, Gardeners’ World, and Antiques Roadshow have been solid PR boosts, particularly among older Brits) and some were misfires. In 1969, Prince Philip encouraged Buckingham Palace to commission the BBC documentary Royal Family, which was essentially a one-episode reality show that followed the royals for just over three months. It revealed never-before-seen intimate moments such as family mealtimes and Balmoral barbecues. Publicly it was a wellreceived program, but it also briefly destabilized the family. The “behind the palace walls” approach allowed too much access to the monarchy, and the portrait of a somewhat “normal” family cut through the carefully maintained veil of secrecy and fantasy that is so vital to the monarchy’s existence. If the people who were supposedly given divine sanction to rule are just like us, then what was the point of it all? The Palace’s successful campaign to remove the 110-minute special from all archives has left behind only bootleg cuts to occasionally surface on the internet. This “now you see, now you don’t” relationship is what made the second half of Queen Elizabeth II’s reign so interesting. While she gave plenty of scripted speeches in front of the cameras, and even shared stories about the Crown Jewels in a 2018 BBC documentary, the Queen famously never gave a full-length interview. The public rarely knew her opinion on matters beyond horse racing and corgis; as for her personal life, much of it remains a mystery even after her death. Kate, the Princess of Wales, has mostly followed the same model, while the majority of the family have clearly deviated from it. The disastrous results that come from more

forthcoming moments reveal just how important having a protective media strategy is for the monarchy—their secrecy is their weapon. Of course, apace with this give-and-take relationship with the traditional media come their tortured alliances with Britain’s newspapers and manic tabloids. For many of those outside the United Kingdom, the country’s tabloid culture is hard to fathom. In the United States and most of Europe, tabloid periodicals are rarely taken seriously—they are trivial publications (in the past referred to as “yellow journalism”) usually relegated to grocery store checkout lines and doctor’s waiting rooms. But for those living in Britain, they are part of the national fabric and the country’s collective conversations. Even for those who purposefully avoid such material, there is little escape from tabloid journalism. When the more elevated outlets like BBC News, Sky News, and BBC Radio 4 analyze the day’s newspaper front pages across numerous shows, tabloid headlines are discussed as seriously as the stories from the Financial Times or the Guardian. Whether people want it or not, the narratives from the likes of The Sun and the Daily Mail easily become part of one’s subconscious—whether it is through other media or their presence at the front of every corner shop, supermarket, and gas station in the country. And in any case, for a society obsessed with surfaces and superficialities, addicted to gossip and celebrity, and demanding of beauty and gore in equal measure, the tabloids give people what they want (even if they will rarely admit it). As Martin Amis said, “They wouldn’t be there if there wasn’t something in the British character that wanted it to be so.” Too much junk food, however, can make you sick. Where British newspapers were once clearly separated into a trio of categories: broadsheets (The Times, the Telegraph, the Independent), the mid-markets (Daily Mail, Express), and the tabloids (The Sun, the Mirror, the Daily Star), the lines are now blurred. While The Times of London may posture and advance a more elevated style (and it does contain some of the country’s finest hard news coverage), when it comes to royal news, the contents are often no more or less salacious and gossip-ridden than the stories found down a rung in the Mail. And while one was once guaranteed a break from the screeches and tawdry gossip of the Mirror or The Sun by opening the pages of the Telegraph, that supposedly high-minded paper is now home to some of the most coarse, tabloid-style royal articles out there, including gossipy fiction such as Prince Harry spending nights alone in a Montecito hotel to get away from his wife. For the royals, this means

nowhere is safe—every publication is capable of sinking to this kind of questionable, even vicious, coverage. * * * While they are constantly evolving, the relationships between the press and the institution can be separated into three silos: the royal rota; sources, leaks, and briefings; and the darker world of interference, obstruction, and control. For years, the royal rota has been the official way for media to access taxpayer-funded royal engagements and activities. Similar to the White House press corps, members from this assemblage of journalists from various print outlets take turns reporting back to the group the relevant information and scuttlebutt from engagements where open coverage isn’t possible—usually intimate gatherings in venues with limited space, or when the general humdrumness of it all doesn’t require more than a reporter or two. For each engagement there is usually one print reporter, a representative from the Press Association, one TV camera (broadcasters have their own pool system, too), and a couple of photographers—everyone else, including those who aren’t part of the official rota, waits outside in a “fixed point” pen to capture the royal departures and arrivals. The rota’s existence ensures that nothing is missed as members of the royal family carry out their work, but it’s not a system without flaws. Established British national newspapers are the only ones allowed in from the print world, and journalists of all stripes from the Commonwealth— including Australia, New Zealand, and Canada—are banned from joining. Some exceptions have been made for the London-only Evening Standard newspaper and the glossy royal-friendly Hello! magazine. Even though online outlets are now the dominant news source for people across the world, journalists from the U.K. divisions of all-digital news organizations, such as HuffPost (which William and Kate have even contributed opinion articles for) and Newsweek, are also blocked from the rota. With newspaper sales on a fast decline and newsrooms shrinking, it’s no wonder that, unlike the White House press pool (which is open to any permanent U.S.-based editorial staff working across any platform), access to the rota (and its reporting notes) is fiercely managed and maintained by its members, which at the time of the writing of this book is just ten print

journalists. Though there is much more to royal coverage than just engagement reporting, the additional rota-only briefings and front-row access to major occasions, such as funerals and weddings (though Harry controversially banned them from his nuptials), means rota members have become indispensable assets to their newspaper bosses. Front-page stories on the royals still guarantee a boost in newsstand sales of up to 15 percent. Though it was the Palace who green-lit the group’s formation more than forty years ago, the implementation was left to a British trade body, the News Media Association (NMA), who assigned a “captain” to manage the pool. For the past thirteen years that captain has been the royal editor of the Daily Mail, Rebecca English, who is solely in charge of managing the rotation of members covering each royal engagement and ensuring reporting is filed among the group. “We call them the cartel—it’s a strange system that has a complete monopoly on coverage [of royal engagements]. And no one wants to change the system,” a Buckingham Palace communications aide once told me. Even among the rota there has been frustration over English’s seemingly permanent role. “They essentially put the Mail in charge of it all,” a royal reporter at a popular newspaper told me. “She often rigs things to make sure she gets all the good engagements, gatekeeps certain information [from the Palace], and will do anything to make sure the rota doesn’t grow.” There’s also the glaring fact that the captain of the rota has been accused, with evidence in a court of law, of illegally paying a private investigator to spy on Prince Harry and track one of his former girlfriends. She has refused to comment on the matter. Prior to Meghan’s arrival, a couple of us in the royal press pack enjoyed rota access in a more honorary fashion. As members of the U.S. media, we didn’t meet the official criteria, but because we offered continual royal coverage for American publications that cater to a different audience (i.e., not considered industry competition), the rota reluctantly allowed us full access to the pooled reporting notes and rota positions on engagements. From 2011 to 2017, all was fine. But as I grew closer to the Sussexes’ team (a situation that led a few reporters to privately complain to the Palace about my “unfair” access) my rota privileges were restricted. “I’d love to help but  .  .  . you’re in more of a TV role now,” English said with a sigh, referring to my ABC News gig and conveniently ignoring my role as royal editor for Harper’s Bazaar. The other honorary member, who also worked

for a U.S. outlet with close connections to the Duchess of Sussex’s inner circle, also had their rota access reduced. The Sussexes were the big story, so, under English’s fabricated rule, anyone, especially an honorary member, with strong access to the couple’s world should not be allowed additional benefits as well as rota perks. “Newsroom budgets were shrinking fast, job security was becoming a concern to many, and the focus of some in the rota became less about what was fair and more about protecting one’s job and the ability to pay school fees or a mortgage,” one longtime royal correspondent admitted to me. The Palace, on the other hand, quietly made sure that foreign correspondents excluded from the rota had everything we needed (I was “snuck” out of barricaded media positions and inside engagements by certain press secretaries on many occasions) but, as one aide said to me with a sigh, “We really don’t want to interfere with the rota.” They were, as several expressed to me over the years, scared. After all, if unhappy rota members had the power to shift the tone of their coverage with the wave of a pen, the Palace was most definitely going to do whatever they could to keep it that way. Restricted access for Commonwealth outlets, digital news organizations, or U.S. publications (the latter being relevant to a newly installed American duchess in the House of Windsor) didn’t make much sense to many of us. With the support of two senior Palace aides, I wrote a letter to relevant senior individuals at Buckingham Palace about why it was important to open an additional position in the rota—one that could at least be shared by the aforementioned groups. Harry, I was told, was also keen to back the effort. But it quickly hit a dead end. Rather than decide themselves, Palace aides called in English and The Times’ royal correspondent Valentine Low, the rota’s overseas tour captain (who was admittedly far less bothered about petty politics and mostly attempted to be fair in this less-involved role), for a meeting. English told them that letting “others” in would be unacceptable. “To be honest the rota is just a headache none of us want to deal with. It’s easier to just leave it as it is,” a senior courtier said with a shrug over coffee with me. Yet another case of institutional fear and blinkered acceptance of the status quo when it comes to the media. Harry and Meghan, who were having their own conversations about the same issue, were then told that if they wanted to break away from the rota

system and give other journalists access to their work, they would have to foot the bill for their own engagements. The list for their reasons to leave was getting longer by the month. Harry vented in Spare, “I’d had it with the royal rota, both the individuals and the system, which was more outdated than the horse and cart  .  .  . It discouraged fair competition, engendered cronyism, encouraged a small mob of hacks to feel entitled.” To Harry, the rota wasn’t just a symbol of the prevailing but noxious link between the media and monarchy, but proof of the backroom deals made between the two institutions, the underhanded agreements that are often personally destructive. He famously called this pact the “invisible contract”—a tacit agreement in which orchestrated public exposure is offered with a certain level of scrutiny accepted, in return for privacy behind palace gates. Amol Rajan, who produced the BBC documentary series The Princes and the Press (which, for transparency, I participated in), describes it like this: “Journalists are always doing unspoken deals with people. I worked in newspapers for the best part of a decade; I cut a few deals myself. The Windsor deal is: The royals get to live in a palace, they get some tax-payer funding. In return—so long as they grant access and a steady supply of stories and pictures—they get favorable coverage. But that deal only works if both parties stick to their side of the bargain.” Prince Harry’s black-and-white description of this invisible contract in Spare and more recent interviews reveals a world in which almost every press officer and courtier has a hotline to the press—a wide-open connection to dish dirt on other family members in order to protect their own bosses and bank future favors. Of course, it’s not quite as simple as that. Many old hands in the royal press pack will (and do) categorically say that no such invisible contract exists whatsoever and that this is all part of Harry’s axe-grinding campaign to take down his family and the media along with it. In my own experience, the real truth lies deep in the murky middle. The Express’s longtime royal correspondent, Richard Palmer, has said in interviews he doesn’t recognize Harry’s description in the slightest, while veteran royal editor Robert Jobson said in 2021, during the period of leaks around Harry and Meghan’s troubles, “They can deny it all they like until they’re blue in the face, but there’s been an awful lot of leaking, particularly from Kensington Palace.” While royal “churnalism”—the regurgitation of press releases, rewriting details from royal rota reports, and parroting briefing notes sent out by

Palace aides—takes up the majority of the slate for some journalists on the beat, bigger outlets also need their own stories. Exclusives, leaks from sources, and on-and-off-the-record briefs make up the second type of relationship between the Palace and press. While big scoops do sometimes come directly from Palace aides (especially those hunting for favors or armed with an agenda), many are still down to good old-fashioned reporting efforts. Having access to the world the royals occupy provides journalists, myself included, with the perfect opportunity to build relationships with an assortment of those who live and work up close and personal with the royal family. Sometimes it’s their communications secretaries or private secretaries, and other times it’s those who are not based at the palace or work independently, such as assistants, stylists, hairdressers, and protection officers. It’s no different to the way in which one covers politics, sports, or entertainment news—you cultivate sources wherever you can find them. Some of these sources are on a mission from HQ and others simply dish up the goods because they love to vent, gossip, or feel heard. And, of course, there are those who do it for the money—British papers historically pay handsomely for insider information (even when it’s illegal, in some cases). Off-the-record briefings and sources speaking anonymously are by no means a bad thing in and of themselves, and journalists depend on these things for reporting. Publicists and representatives for the likes of celebrities, sports stars, politicians, businesses, and governments all rely on an open channel to discuss stories or issues that are best talked about on background or off the record. In the Palace’s case, it is often a convenient way to share useful or sensitive information ahead of an engagement or a royal mile-marker, or to address a story they want to quash, derail, or explain without the fuss of putting out a statement. While the Palace often chooses to “no comment” most things, staff in the communications offices will sometimes instead give quotable “guidance” as a source to provide further information or context. It’s partly why we have a WhatsApp group with the communication aides to fire off questions and comment requests at all hours of the day. What makes the House of Windsor unique in this dance with the media is the competing households within it, all with their own agendas, and all doing their best to please their royal bosses. Up until the Queen’s death there were three houses, each with a team assigned to work with the media: Kensington Palace for William and Kate, Clarence House for Charles and

Camilla, and Buckingham Palace for the monarch. There were also smaller teams under the BP umbrella who worked with other family members like Edward and Sophie, Princess Anne, and (pre-departure) Harry and Meghan. Though all part of the same institution, the rivalry between these teams is real in many ways and often derails a unified message. Each house is often angling for the same space in newspapers, hand-waving for attention with regards to their work, grabbing the ideal dates and locations for their tours and engagements, or scrambling for first dibs on charitable causes. And this rivalry often causes rifts, problems, and confusion downstream after a particular household offers breaking news or choreographs a PR operation. It was an “absolute headache” when Charles, William, and Harry all wanted to do similar high-profile environmental work, an aide once told me. “None of them were into the idea of collaborating; they all wanted their own big moments away from the other  .  .  . It was all about competition, and the households were purposefully holding information back so others couldn’t try to get ahead,” they explained. Naturally, as paid members of the team, household staff for each of the three offices look out for the royals they represent. This is where “briefings” get complicated, because while the aides are all working to prop up the Crown, they owe nothing to the family members they don’t report to. In the stormy days of Charles and Diana’s fractious marriage, both had friends in the press that they directed their aides (and friends) to saddle up to. In recent years, the Sussexes have repeatedly claimed that staff from other households betrayed them by briefing negative stories to journalists about them, and that Charles specifically authorized aides to give out details and fabrications to his preferred media outlets. Harry called it a “dirty game” in his Netflix docuseries. When it comes to this game, it involves more than just standard communication efforts for their bosses. Palace courtiers, as previously discussed, also have a long history of leaking information about other royals—for a multitude of reasons. With different households, it is common for an aide to look out for the royal they represent by using information about another member of the family (from a different household, and preferably less senior) as currency to win over the more ruthless media outlets or to kill a potentially damaging story about the “principal” they serve. Just think back to the 2018 tabloid stories about Meghan’s 5:00 a.m. emails and the supposed drama around her wedding tiara. These reports,

and many others, included anonymous quotes from Palace sources and aides working for other members of the royal family. And this was hardly a secret. Over the years, many Palace staff have described what can only be called a toxic culture of leaking and negative briefings within the institution, especially poisonous when it comes to Harry and Meghan. Some of the staff I have spoken to in the past and for this book said the couple was an easy target because they believed other family members were jealous of their unrivaled popularity at the time, while two others shrugged and said that was “just how it goes.” And a handful of aides told me they thought that much of the venom was a result of the fact that some family members and staff just flat-out disliked Meghan for both rational and irrational reasons. Journalist Anna Pasternak, who received legal threats from the Palace and attacks from British newspapers for a Tatler profile on Kate, which included mild criticism, in its July/August 2020 issue, said briefings often come to those journalists playing the right game. “[To receive them] you have to consistently write pieces that flatter the relevant members of the royal family, that you have to be seen to be more negative about others [in the family],” she explained. These conspiratorial briefings happen much less often with broadcast journalists because they so rarely have the ability to lean on anonymous source quotes for reporting (although background information can easily shape the tone of a news script), but it’s exceedingly common with traditional print outlets and their online companion sites. Journalists who say otherwise either haven’t managed to build those kinds of relationships with the Palace or are lying to avoid putting their access at risk. But this doesn’t mean television doesn’t get dragged into the drama. And when it does, it can get heated, fast. Case in point: when I reported details of an insidious briefing war between Kensington Palace and Prince Harry, the Palace hit back hard. For a 2021 investigative show on Britain’s ITV network, I said that it was no coincidence that stories of Prince William’s “fears” for his brother’s “fragile” state of mind appeared in newspapers less than a day after the Duke of Sussex publicly opened up about the growing distance between him and his brother. Based on information I had confirmed from several sources and Palace aides, I added that the Sussex camp were well aware that a senior member of the then Duke of Cambridge’s staff cynically used supposed concerns about Harry’s mental

health as an opportunity to spin positive press for William. Furious that I had exposed this, Kensington Palace—personally instructed by William, one of his aides let slip—rapidly intervened and applied the requisite pressure to stop the truth from spreading. Such claims would not paint their boss in a positive light, especially given his active role as a mental health advocate. The producers of the show were sternly encouraged by Prince William’s lawyers to remove my comments from the documentary. Aides at Kensington Palace warned the network that my accurate revelations were “potentially” defamatory. The tug-of-war rose to ITV’s executive level until the broadcaster made an eleventh-hour agreement to mute the audio of my voice when it aired. I was told by a source that ITV was concerned about losing access to the royal family for other big-ticket TV items (such as Kate’s Christmas concert specials). Dead air on network television is extremely rare, so when my voice cut out for five seconds the night Harry & William: What Went Wrong aired, it made for an incredibly awkward silence noticed by viewers and pundits alike. Kensington Palace continued their damage control by telling certain royal correspondents that I had “no evidence” to support my claim. Eagerto-please reporters repeated this accusation, despite knowing the truth. “It provided a vivid example that Kensington Palace is certainly more prepared to wade in to influence media coverage when it chooses to,” said the documentary’s award-winning journalist-turned-director Richard Sanders. “On the day of transmission, the Palace demanded that we remove [the] quote. People more important than myself acquiesced, although it seemed to me perfectly, legally defensible.” Defensible, indeed. And somehow, in all this back-and-forth and he said–she said nonsense, the real story was lost to the noise. Continuing William’s campaign to emerge from the brothers’ public squabble looking like the caring older sibling, the heir’s Kensington Palace team did everything they could to carefully control that narrative. They were determined to paint him as the more mature and responsible one who had done all he could to salvage the relationship. But they can’t bury the articles that included the strategic briefings I initially exposed, which clearly quote Kensington Palace sources. “WILLS: MY FEARS FOR FRAGILE HARRY” was The Sun’s October 21, 2019, front page. Inside the paper, a senior royal source revealed that William was worried about

Harry’s “fragile” state of mind after Harry and Meghan: An African Journey aired that week. Another source in the story added, “Harry is not in great shape . . . I’d say he’s not well.” And a Kensington Palace source was also quoted by BBC News on the same day, revealing that the Duke of Cambridge was “worried” about his brother. Harry and Meghan, they added, were in a “fragile” place. Similar language appeared in a number of other outlets, including the front page of the Daily Mail: “WILLIAM’S FEARS FOR TROUBLED HARRY.” My proof of Kensington Palace’s schemes at work wasn’t just in the newspaper coverage. I also had close working relationships with Buckingham Palace aides and people on Harry and Meghan’s team. Back in 2019, one of the Sussexes’ main communications aides felt strongly that William’s staff, led by press secretary Christian Jones, crossed a line with the mental health stories. One of the couple’s team called me the moment the “William’s concerns for Harry” front pages dropped. “It’s pretty disgusting that they would pull out the mental health card for this . . . None of them care for his health,” the aide said. As Harry later shared, “They were happy to lie to protect my brother. They were never willing to tell the truth to protect us.” This wasn’t Christian Jones’s first rodeo, and he was just one of many at Kensington Palace who engaged in these tactics. William’s private secretary Simon Case and communications secretary–turned-senior-advisor Jason Knauf also shared details with preferred reporters to quell rumors about the broken relationship between the Cambridges and the Sussexes. When William and Kate went to see Harry and Meghan after the birth of Archie, Jones made calls to a Mirror reporter and me to share an exclusive—the couple had just minutes ago stopped by for a special visit. “It’s a great story that shows that the relationship isn’t as bad as everyone makes out,” he said. “It was really sweet.” What he failed to mention, as I later found out from Sussex sources, was that the couple’s lukewarm drive-by lasted less than twenty minutes. There are also times when certain false information is purposefully given out just to give the institution a proper whitewash. For Finding Freedom—which initially started life in 2018 when Harry and Meghan were excited about their years ahead as royals—two Kensington Palace aides working for the Sussexes at the time told my coauthor Carolyn Durand and me that Meghan had received SAS-style security training ahead

of her marriage to Harry. Perfectly believable, given the fact that Kate and other senior royals went through the exact same taxing instruction course. But the Sussexes were surprised to read this when the book came out in August 2020. “Meghan wishes that was true,” her new U.S. representative admitted to me after publication. Harry called the story “nonsense,” adding, “On the contrary, the Palace floated the idea of not giving her any security at all because I was now sixth in line to the throne.” Looking back on that period, a current senior Kensington Palace staffer called the “briefing wars” that took place during the Sussexes’ fallout a “dark time.” They claim the Prince and Princess of Wales are now keen to move on and operate differently. After I exposed the details behind the “fears for Harry” stories leaked by Kensington Palace, William had me excluded from access to engagements and even press releases for almost ten months. A former aide in the prince’s circle revealed that it was the last straw. “There was a frustration that control of the narrative was slipping away when Finding Freedom came out, then Oprah . . . [William and Kate] were exhausted and angered by it all.” But in the summer of 2022, I was told by a senior aide that the household wanted to “wipe the slate clean.” The arrival of Lee Thompson, NBC’s former vice president of global communications and strategic partnerships, as William and Kate’s new head of press has certainly resulted in new, more transparent strategies. There’s a sense that under his watch at least, the past might not repeat itself. “That’s not how I operate,” Thompson told me shortly after taking on his new role. He vowed to staff at the start of his role that he doesn’t have favorites and doesn’t have plans to get involved in any games. A supposed new era. But the lasting damage of many years of deceit and cynical tactics still lingers. The impact on family relations seems as raw as ever when you consider Harry’s tormented odyssey. There were times, the Duke of Sussex says, that even brother William had been a victim of manipulation and trickery in an effort to boost his father’s and Camilla’s images. Charles’s former press secretary Sandy Henney revealed that William was “furious” when, at sixteen, The Sun published details of his first proper meeting with Camilla. The author of the story later revealed that the source was, once again, Mark Bolland, Charles’s deputy private secretary and public relations advisor. Henney described the briefings as “transactional,” adding, “When I joined his office in ’93 [Charles] was going through some pretty virulent criticism—‘Bad father, unloving husband.’ I think he was pretty hurt.”

Bolland worked hard to change Charles’s image, leaking all sorts of details in the process and helping journalists shine an extremely positive light on his boss, even if it meant bringing others down along the way. “[Mark] had a meeting with me at the publisher’s office, at the very beginning of [my biography Charles: Victim or Villain],” revealed journalist Penny Junor. Details provided to the author included the claim that Charles’s marriage to Princess Diana was a lost cause because she had multiple personality disorder. This was a low point in Charles’s desperate attempts to reconstruct his image, and the public took notice. The Palace disassociated itself from the book, but Junor still claims Bolland was behind much of the reporting in the tome, a huge share of which glorified Camilla as the woman who “saved” a forlorn prince. Bolland was also accused of approving a News of the World scoop claiming a sixteen-year-old Harry was “taking drugs,” in exchange for spinning the story into one that praised Charles as a caring, involved father who took time out of his busy royal schedule to take his pot-smoking son to a “heroin rehab clinic.” To complete the fabrication, misleading photographs from an unrelated royal engagement Harry and his father carried out at an entirely different rehabilitation facility were used to illustrate the article. While Harry has admitted to spending many nights at Highgrove getting high and drunkenly falling into trouble at a local pub in Wiltshire, the story failed to mention that this rebellious time in his life was partly the result of Charles leaving him alone at his country mansion for a majority of the summer in 2002. “This was a child that needed guidance, that needed a parent, and [Charles] was too busy and involved with other things to notice,” said a family friend. In Spare, Harry writes that the frontpage tabloid story, which went on for an additional six pages, left him feeling “sickened” and “horrified.” Bolland later admitted that the sequence of events in the now-defunct newspaper was “distorted” to make Charles look good. When rumors about Prince William and gossip about Kate’s “fallout” with Rose Hanbury flooded social media feeds and American tabloid magazines in 2019, Kensington Palace press secretary Christian Jones took a leaf out of Bolland’s book and pulled out all the stops to get The Sun—the first outlet to allude to the gossip—to stop poking around in the detritus of the rumor and back off. Crises such as these require more than just strategic briefing, which drops us right into the third media relationship: tactics that

teeter on the edge of ethical boundaries, and in some cases run right past them. While there was no proof that there was any truth to the Rose gossip, the tale’s trip along the grapevine was damaging enough. “Christian was desperate to stop [the rumor] and made it his mission to do so,” a former courtier told me. Jones even tried to include me in his attempts. While the tabloid continued to dig around on the story, even sending a reporter to canvass Hanbury’s home in Norfolk, Jones—who had already admitted to me that the paper’s persistence was stressing him out—suggested that I connect with the journalist behind the initial reports—The Sun’s “showbiz” editor Dan Wootton. Christian clearly wanted to give Wootton something in exchange for standing down on the rumors. If he promised Wootton scoops from elsewhere, maybe The Sun would do him a solid. As for my supposed gain from this, Jones claimed, it would be a “great move” to help promote Finding Freedom before it was launched in August. “He would be helpful,” Jones wrote in a late-night text. “I reckon a story [from your book] to Dan that goes in The Sun, and then he goes on [morning TV show] Lorraine [to talk about it].” At this point I was already aware and dubious of the triad relationship between Jones, Callum Stephens (his partner and PR executive), and Wootton. I had zero interest in collaborating with the tabloid and Wootton, let alone with a notorious hack best known for bullying and hounding celebrities, including the late Love Island UK host Caroline Flack (who Prince Harry was romantically linked to in 2009), as well as a long list of worrying allegations, including blackmail, coercion and other repulsive acts. (In July 2023, Wootton responded to the publication of some of the allegations, calling it a “witch hunt” by “dark forces,” and admitted that, while he has “made errors of judgement in the past [the] criminal allegations . . . are simply untrue.”) But Jones continued to push the idea— at least three other times. It was soon clear my book was not the only carrot Jones would dangle in front of his pal at The Sun. In late June the paper suddenly pulled reporters off the hunt and then dropped digs into the story entirely. “Christian helped make it end,” one high-level courtier told me. Curiously, Wootton and the paper—which does not have a reputation for giving up on potential scoops—shifted their focus to a series of revealing stories about the Sussexes.

For Prince Harry and some other Palace staff, including one who was confiding in me at the time, the timing of this shift was dubious. And those suspicions reached fever pitch when, a year later, a report was published by a grassroots news outlet run by a team of media lawyers and former Fleet Street journalists that focuses on the activities of Britain’s newspapers. Strict U.K. laws prevent me from repeating the details contained within it. At this point, the Sussexes and two of their aides were on high alert. It didn’t go unnoticed that just months prior to the report, Wootton let slip to Talk Radio listeners that most of the negative stories about the Sussexes are “coming from within the royal family.” For this book, several separate sources—including two Sun staffers— confirmed that Jones helped provide details to The Sun about the Sussexes’ move to Canada and their decision to step back from royal life. “Leaks got really obvious toward the end,” a senior ranking courtier confided to me. When Harry and Meghan’s head of communications Sara Latham sat down with Jones and Prince Charles’s press secretary Julian Payne in January 2020 to prepare a joint statement from Buckingham Palace confirming the couple’s official departure, details about it leaked to the newspaper while they were still working on the draft. “They hadn’t even spoken to anyone at that point and Dan [Wootton] was already calling her to ask for comment about details in the statement  .  .  . It felt like Christian had literally been texting him under the table.” The steady stream of information to The Sun appeared to have had an upshot. The paper that once dubbed William “Workshy Wills” and called him the “cringey” heir went on to write mostly enthusiastic, positive pieces about the Prince of Wales. Since 2020, The Sun’s coverage has called Prince William a “hero,” labeled him a “man of the people,” and—after years of negative commentary—declared that the future of the monarchy now rests in his “safe hands.” A “proud” Kate even joined forces with the tabloid in the summer of 2023 to launch a drive for baby bank donations. Quite the reversal. As for Prince Harry, he attempted to sound the alarm on Jones’s movements with Wootton early on but, to his frustration, found himself up against resistance from all fronts in the institution. At the infamous Sandringham Summit in January 2020, the duke brought up the matter to his brother for the first time, a conversation to which William was surprisingly receptive. A source said he was willing to hear Harry out.

“Yeah, we’ve also got our suspicions,” William responded. They both agreed to do “something” about it—but three months went by, and nothing was done. Instead, William promoted Jones from press secretary to personal private secretary, a station much closer to the future king. But the Duke of Sussex wasn’t relying on his brother’s cooperation anymore because, by this point, he had all the evidence he needed: relevant documents, intel from Scotland Yard, and information from other journalists (including sources at the paper itself) who had passed details along to his team. Armed with a dossier, Harry went to the very top of the institution with a formal complaint and a suggestion that they take appropriate action against The Sun. The response Harry received, however, was far from what he expected. There, on Buckingham Palace–headed paper, was a reply from the Lord Chamberlain at the time, Earl William Peel, who had a particularly close relationship with Charles. The letter, a source said, included “some of the most strong” language seen on official household stationery, aimed at Harry, not Jones. “It was a threat,” said a source close to the situation, who added that the Queen wasn’t consulted before the Palace issued it. “[The Lord Chamberlain] said either drop the charges or face severe consequences in twenty-four hours.” A message from a lawyer for Jones, arranged by the Palace, soon followed. The decree: stand down from legal action against Prince William’s aide. An exasperated Harry pointed out to Palace aides that he was not suing the aide or anyone on this matter—he simply had a desire for the situation, a public official with deep connections to private information about a senior royal being shared with a national newspaper, to be properly dealt with. For the duke, enough was enough. The Sun had a long and controversial history of inappopriate relationships with public officials, and the Palace, at one point, was also keen to put an end to these practices. “The Palace basically accused Harry of wanting to sue his brother’s [private secretary] and causing great distress to Christian,” the source continued. When they asked him to provide more evidence, Harry refused. “At this point he already had plenty and, given how defensive they were being of Christian, it was clearly going to be used to help him and not Harry.” Within weeks, it was clear to all involved that the Lord Chamberlain’s threat of “severe consequences” was no bluff. Harry received two further letters in July 2020, one from Charles’s private secretary Clive Alderton and the other from the Queen’s, Edward Young, both stating the same thing:

he was to be officially and immediately cut off from all financial support, including official security, which Charles had been privately covering with his Duchy of Cornwall income. “I have never seen the Palace circle the wagons like they did with Christian,” a source later reflected. “In my experience, anyone who puts a risk to the survival of the monarchy is out.” It seems, however, that the actions of Christian Jones, who continued to work for Prince William until April 2021, were seen as a help, not a hindrance. As it turns out, William knew about Jones’s friendship with Dan Wootton since day one. Multiple sources confirm that during an early 2018 interview with Simon Case for his job at the Kensington Palace press office, Jones, in the interest of transparency, shared that he has a “working relationship” with Wootton. Joining The Sun in the collusion club with the royal family is the Daily Mail. Often the go-to when it comes to setting the record straight or controlling certain narratives, the consistently favorable coverage of the royal family in the country’s most read daily newspaper has greatly benefited the monarchy in the last fifteen years. Queen Camilla’s mutually advantageous friendship with Mail editor Geordie Greig now orbits the Independent, a once left-leaning paper where Greig landed in January 2023 as editor in chief. Since the Eton College alum’s arrival, the Independent has gone from a paper that went out of its way to avoid covering the royal family to routinely publishing insidery reports that have at times quoted a mysterious “senior royal family source.” And her ongoing relationship with the Mail’s publisher, Lord Rothermere, arguably the most powerful man in the British media, has helped matters, too. “Camilla has been canny,” said former BBC royal correspondent Peter Hunt. “She’s kept the media close and the Daily Mail even closer.” So it’s no surprise that when the Duchess of Sussex announced in October 2019 that she was suing Associated Newspapers and the Mail on Sunday on the grounds of copyright infringement and invasion of privacy after they published a private letter she wrote to her estranged father, Thomas Markle, both Clarence House and Kensington Palace aides became “very worried” about how it might affect their ties with the Mail. “Even aides on [the Sussex] team were saying it would be best to stand down,” admitted a source, who added that once Harry and Meghan made the legal action public, Charles, Camilla, and William were “furious.” “So much work had gone into getting the Mail in their corner . . . The paper had pretty

much become an extension of the Palace communications team, and to lose that would have had detrimental impact on the monarchy as a whole. It sounds extreme, but the Mail’s positive coverage and its huge audience do a huge part in helping prop up the popularity of the royal family.” A number of sources confirmed that in an effort to make it clear to Lord Rothermere and his executives that the Palace was against the duchess’s legal move, Palace officials furtively told the Mail’s lawyers that they would “get the help they need [from the institution]” to defend themselves in the trial. Evidence of this support arrived in December 2020 when the publisher’s lawyers filed a witness statement from the Mail on Sunday’s editor in chief Ted Verity. In the statement, he shared information received from a “senior member of the royal household” referred to only as “Source U.” Verity wrote, “They were fully aware of the matters in dispute in these proceedings and how important they were to me and the company I work for.” This Source U, an anonymous high-ranking courtier, informed Verity that William and Kate’s head of communications at the time, Jason Knauf, worked on drafts of Meghan’s letter to her father. In their eyes, this legally ensured that Meghan was not the sole copyright owner. With this one source statement, the Daily Mail—with Palace assistance —tried to submarine one of Meghan’s copyright claims and paved the way for Knauf to step forward with evidence. The kicker: Source U also claimed that I was given a copy of the letter for a “big reveal” in Finding Freedom. A ludicrous claim that I hardly feel the need to correct, but, as the pages of the book itself confirmed, this is untrue. Still, none of this mattered by February 2021. After more than a year of hearings, the judge decreed that because the case was so clear-cut, there was no need for a full trial. The court awarded Meghan a victory over the newspaper group for both invasion of privacy and copyright infringement. For the publisher and a number of individuals at the Palace, it was a crushing blow, as both parties hoped the trial would result in a victory for the paper and a timely opportunity to traduce Meghan’s character yet again. The legal drama was far from over, though. Claiming they had new evidence and that it was essential for their witnesses to be heard (including Knauf and Thomas Markle, who bizarrely sided with the same paper that famously screwed him over days before Harry and Meghan’s wedding), the Mail’s lawyers appealed the ruling. With Prince William’s blessing to circumvent an employment NDA concerning emails and text messages,

Jason Knauf provided a statement of his own to prove he was a legitimate coauthor of the letter (having helped Meghan go over every draft), and that the two of them had meticulously worded it in the event that the press got hold of it. In other words, could it have really been that private then? The emails that Knauf provided to the Mail’s lawyers and the court also showed that he and Meghan repeatedly discussed Finding Freedom after my coauthor and I asked him for input on some topics in our biography. During a fall 2018 lunch at Nobu (a spot we had taken Knauf on a number of occasions), Durand and I gave him an overview of what was needed for the book. He was keen to help us in his role as Harry, Meghan, William, and Kate’s joint communications secretary, so I followed this up with the first wish list of topics and queries (mostly regarding Meghan’s family and upbringing) with which we thought he could help—all standard practice for most journalists writing a book on the royal family. Knauf’s emails showed that Meghan had provided him with answers to some of the questions on this list, and the press raced to turn this into some sort of gotcha moment—supposed “proof” that she had invaded her own privacy by helping us with the book (which is exactly the point Associated was hoping to make). And also “proof” that I had lied about the couple not cooperating. It was incredibly frustrating, as I was clear in hundreds of media interviews—and even two witness statements for this very case—that the couple did not cooperate with us on the book. It was all completely ridiculous. Not a week goes by when a royal press secretary doesn’t have to ask a member of the family whether something is true or not, or discuss a response to a story. The same goes for when a journalist calls Buckingham Palace for a “right of reply” on a big scoop they are about to break. If it’s of interest (or alarm), this usually spurs the Palace official to contact the relevant royal to discuss the matter (often unbeknownst to the reporter making the request). It’s standard operating procedure, and it certainly doesn’t mean the royal is in cahoots with that exact journalist. Of course, this is all information that Knauf omitted from his statement (and the British tabloid press would choose to ignore). Too much of the truth would have spoiled the narrative he was attempting to spin. The Palace has always worked closely with the press, but this combined effort in the High Court was like nothing seen before. Meghan’s U.K. lawyer, Jenny Afia, points out that Knauf didn’t have to step forward if he

didn’t want to—there was no official request for his evidence. “The witness statements had no legal significance on the case  .  .  . [They were] filed because the impact on Meghan’s reputation was potentially damaging,” she said. Indeed, for the Mail, the Palace, and Knauf this was just a mission in optics. And for William, it was his opportunity to watch the institution strike back after Harry and Meghan went so public with private details about the Firm. Still, regardless of the sideshow circus, it was clear from the beginning that the Mail broke copyright laws and unlawfully trampled on Meghan’s privacy by publishing her letter to her father. Their appeal was destined to flop from the get-go. Almost a year after the original decision, the judge awarded Meghan her second victory in December 2021 alongside a courtmandated front-page apology from the paper. The mea culpa in the Mail on Sunday stopped short of saying sorry, but it did acknowledge her legal victory. Knauf continued to work in his role as chief executive of William and Kate’s foundation for a few more months before stepping down to join the board of the foundation for William’s Earthshot Prize. As a loyal aide, he stuck by William through it all, from helping brief the press long after his communications role ended, leading the bullying allegations against Meghan, and joining forces with the Mail in court. Unsurprisingly, a year later, King Charles included him on his list of those to receive the honorable title of lieutenant of the Royal Victorian Order (RVO) for his “personal service to the monarchy.” Notably, this high honor is chosen by the royal family and not the government, and it was his pal the Prince of Wales who performed the investiture on May 10, 2023, at Windsor Castle. Knauf—a man who went above and beyond to protect the royal family’s relationship with a British tabloid—emerged from this fiasco as a titled hero, the personification of duty above all. His dangerous dalliance with the media in the courtroom is all part of a job description you won’t find on his LinkedIn profile and a soon-to-be forgotten footnote in a celebrated career. No one really paid attention to the Mail’s public apology because their coverage at the time focused on the fact that Meghan received only £1 from the newspaper for her privacy invasion. The Mail conveniently failed to report that Meghan also received close to seven figures for her copyright win. So, in the end the paper came out unscathed. Emboldened by their tighter-than-ever relationship with the institution, King Charles took the

relationship to another level by hiring longtime Daily Mail editor Tobyn Andreae as his communications secretary in July 2022—the invisible contract becoming increasingly visible. Though he had no PR or communications experience, the former Eton College student’s twenty-one years at the country’s most aggressive tabloid was most appealing to the monarch and his Queen. With her established ties to the paper, it was Camilla who put him forward for the role after Geordie Greig sang his praises on a number of occasions. Andreae is not the first person from the news media industry to lead the monarch’s press team, but Charles’s other hires, such as the capable former Newsnight editor Simon Enright, came from the proven BBC, not the arena of downmarket tabloids. If this was intended as a modernizing effort on the King’s part, it comes with more than a few questions as to why. Buckingham Palace’s head of press is now a man whose stint at the Mail included being an editor overseeing pieces that called out Kate’s “alarming” weight loss, articles pushing the cruel “Waity Katie” nickname that followed her for years, and features mocking the princess’s “trashy” eyebrows and “disastrous” gray hairs. And Andreae’s two years as a deputy editor at the Mail on Sunday included the ugly week in which the paper viciously exposed Thomas Markle’s staged paparazzi photos, the ones that initiated a chain of events that brought the Sussexes’ royal wedding to its knees, destroying Meghan’s relationship with her father in the process. But as the royals and those who collaborate with them have repeatedly demonstrated, it’s all about keeping one’s enemies—and friends in the right places—very close. It’s easier to forgive previous attacks when those responsible for such cruelty are now on your side and at your disposal when enemies and obstacles get in the way. * * * Kensington Palace and Buckingham Palace have refused to comment on their media relationships or briefing history. Palace sources did, however, tell the Daily Mail in 2022 that it was “absolutely wrong” to suggest that people working at the Palace had secretly briefed damaging or confidential information about the Sussexes during their time as working royals. Sources making these claims to the same newspaper that published most of the offending articles is objectively absurd. Despite a mountain of evidence to

the contrary, many royal reporters still claim no such invisible contract exists. But as the respected BBC journalist Andrew Marr said, “Either wellknown journalists are making a lot of stuff up, just sitting at their laptops at the kitchen table inventing the detail of feuds and private confrontations, or a particularly confidence-rotting form of anonymous briefing has been taking place.” Jennie Bond, the BBC’s royal correspondent from 1989 to 2003, added, “Charles has always kept the tabloids on side, rather to my own annoyance and bemusement when I was working at the BBC . . . I was excluded from parties and events. I remember one big party at Buckingham Palace, I wasn’t invited as a [senior] royal correspondent but Piers Morgan was, as the editor of the Daily Mirror, David Yelland was, as the editor of The Sun. And I used to say to [the Palace], ‘Why do you give stories to the tabloids first? Why don’t you come to me, and I’ll broadcast it and they can follow me?’ But that was never the way the Palace worked; they liked to keep particularly the tabloids on side.” But as the golden years of Fleet Street fade further into the past and the number of those who actually buy physical newspapers continues on a downward trajectory, Palace officials are making strides toward fostering stronger relationships with broadcast media. Both the Prince and Princess of Wales continue to nurture a beneficial relationship with ITV (yes, the very same broadcaster who protected William from my briefing claims), with Kate’s annual Christmas concert likely to enter its third run and the prince collaborating with the network for a fly-on-the-wall documentary about his work with a homeless charity. “You cannot say a critical word about [William and Kate], no matter what the story is. They are protecting that relationship fiercely,” a respected journalist at ITV told me. And King Charles has now shifted some of his media efforts to strengthening bonds with the BBC, an expedient reversal from his previous position. Shortly after taking the throne, the King held at least two clandestine meetings with BBC executives. These discussions were part of the monarch’s efforts to ensure that the network properly covers his work as King in spite of all the drama surrounding the institution. The message: His Majesty will not be overshadowed any longer. And it proved a successful run of schmoozing. In the buildup to the May 2023 coronation, the BBC ran Palace-requested items across their platforms about his charitable efforts. “It’s become apparent to a number of journalists and producers that the Palace now has the BBC firmly under its control,” a senior figure at the

network shared on the condition of anonymity. “To many, the BBC has become an extension of the press office of the palace.” Joined at the hip, two troubled institutions now require each other for relevance in a culture that, to a large degree, is moving on without them. As a result, the relationship between the monarchy and the British media has changed. Where once the royal family needed the print press as a partner for advancing their agenda, it is now in such dire straits that the Palace has mutated into a feeder machine—there’s no clear mission, just a gasping effort to provide them enough grist to keep the relationship limping forward. With the option to tell their own stories on social platforms and through other progressive outlets, perhaps it’s time the Palace realizes it no longer needs to play the dirty game—that it also has the option of pulling the plug before a callous and reckless tabloid culture pulls the Firm down all the way to the bottom.

14 The Decay of Years The Fading Glory of the Crown Something as curious as the monarchy won’t survive unless you take account of people’s attitudes. After all, if people don’t want it, they won’t have it. —Charles, the Prince of Wales, 1994, ITV interview As yourselves your empires fall, and every kingdom hath a grave. —William Habington, To Castara

May 3, 1951

A thin fog hunkered over the streets of London on an otherwise agreeable spring morning. Thousands gathered to cheer King George VI, Queen Elizabeth (later known as the Queen Mother), and Princess Margaret as they made their way from the gates of Buckingham Palace to St. Paul’s Cathedral to officially open the Festival of Britain. The decked-out and tasseled Household Calvary Mounted Regiment escorted the open-top carriage, stopping the horse-drawn escort only once along the way at the ceremonial entrance to the City of London. Here, at the Temple Bar Memorial, the Lord Mayor presented the King with the pearled sword, a bit of royal kabuki established in the Elizabethan era that is still performed every time the royal family makes a pilgrimage to the cathedral. From here the monarch’s escort continued the short distance to St. Paul’s, Sir Christopher Wren’s magnificently domed, Neoclassical-Baroque masterpiece. After a short dedication service, other members of the royal family, including a twenty-five-year-old Princess Elizabeth (who nine months later became Queen Elizabeth II), husband Prince Philip, and

George VI’s mother, Queen Mary, joined Their Majesties and Margaret on the cathedral’s front steps for the King’s speech. The 1951 Festival of Britain was a nationwide exhibition that emerged from the two great storm surges that altered the texture of British life: the fallout from World War II and the winding down of the British Empire. Although the fall of the empire was mostly gradual and undramatic, two particular events signaled its crumbling into the ocean of history—India’s independence in 1947 and the London Declaration of 1949. The latter established the Commonwealth of Nations, which at the time was really just Britain’s last-ditch effort to maintain ties and mutual interests with its former colonial strongholds and outposts. After the victory parades and end of World War II celebrations faded into memory, and Britons faced the grim economic realities of a once great nation in decline—work and food shortages being chief among them—the Festival was designed to showcase the United Kingdom’s past, present, and future contributions to Western civilization and to boost the country’s morale. At the time, Britain looked and felt like a defeated nation. Lights in warravaged cities flickered off and on at night, food rationing lines formed in grimy streets, and heavy-headed souls trudged home after the factory whistles blew—now a haunting sound reminding the working men and women that many of their coworkers-turned-comrades never made it home from the front lines. These telltale signs of slow economic recovery and collective grief produced a dour national mood, one that tested the “Keep Calm and Carry On” resolve that carried the country through the war’s crouching hours, wailing sirens, and bombs. Dreamed up by Herbert Morrison, a senior cabinet member of the Labour party and a forward-thinking politician, the Festival of Britain highlighted the country’s achievements in the arts, sciences, and industry as a means to celebrate the nation’s victories beyond the arenas of war—a reminder of Britain’s role in advancing civilization even while it was still recuperating from a full-on assault against it. The exhibitions were scattered across England and Scotland, but the Festival’s epicenter was on the South Bank of the River Thames in the nation’s capital. It featured pavilions, displays, retrospectives, and the Festival’s focal point: the futurist-looking Skylon, a “floating” three-hundred-foot-high cigar-shaped steel tower meant to symbolize the United Kingdom’s aspirational strides out of the rubble toward a better world. In a promotional reel, a jaunty yet

instructional male voice distinctive of 1950s commercials and TV shows told viewers that the Festival was “devised halfway through this century as a milestone between past and future to enrich and enliven the present,” and stressed that Britain was now a “diverse place of serious fun and lighthearted solemnity reclaimed from the bomb rack and the decay of years.” The Festival also marked the centenary of Prince Albert and Queen Victoria’s Great Exhibition. Held in the massive cast-iron-and-glass wonder of Crystal Palace, the 1851 Victorian-era exhibition celebrated modern industrial technology and culture from around the world. Prince Albert, who was known as an advocate for reform and social change (including campaigning against the slave trade and child labor), said that the motivations for the exhibition were “for Great Britain [to make] clear to the world its role as an industrial leader,” and to “increase the means of industrial education and extend the influence of science and art upon productive industry.” Absent from this grandstanding was any mention of how it also coupled the image of Queen Victoria and her consort as patrons of the arts and sciences with showcases highlighting the power and wealth of the British Empire. It was a clever public relations coup outdone only by the fact that the Festival also solidified the monarchy’s relationship with the middle class, the main audience for the exhibition. The industrial and technological achievements on display were important to this segment of Britain’s population, and so the Great Exhibition was another moment to bolster and advance national pride and unity—two survival elements for a lineal monarchy at odds with middle class aspirations. Twenty years later, with the impatient urging of Prime Minister William Ewart Gladstone, this same Victorian, PR-minded institution took it a step further—Palace officials reclaimed the old carriages and royal accoutrements that were collecting cobwebs in carriage houses and attics, and gave them a good polish to create the apparatus of pomp and pageantry that the royal family are known for today. The Victorian Firm was dealing with a public image crisis of their own—a small but intelligent republican movement was afoot and out to change some hearts and minds. After the Prince of Wales (later Edward II) “miraculously” recovered from typhoid in 1872, the monarchy leveraged the moment to make itself magical again. The Queen wanted a small, quiet thanksgiving service to mark her son’s recovery, but Gladstone convinced her to accept what the late political

essayist Tom Nairn called “the new limelight” by turning the service into a national public holiday. Seventy-two years later, the same would happen again when Prime Minister Rishi Sunak announced that King Charles III’s coronation would be a full-fat display of pomp and celebration, rather than the cost-of-living, crisis-minded proceedings that sources said the monarch had originally hoped for. After Gladstone’s encouragement, they pulled out all the stops, creating a flashy display of regal power and tradition that also, by the way, featured a balcony moment similar to the ones we’re accustomed to now. Victoria and her son, the miraculous survivor, stepped out onto the Buckingham Palace balcony to wave to the public and bask in their cheering. In one auspicious and ostentatious display of ceremony, the royal family endeared themselves to the crowd, coiled their identity around the national one, and drowned out the emerging republican chorus. Standing on the front steps of St. Paul’s decades later, King George VI would have been aware of all this as he waved to an adoring public before his Festival of Britain speech. By this point the royal apparatus the Victorians put in motion was a well-oiled machine, and the institution quickly engaged it for this hinge-moment in the nation’s history. Overcoming his stammer in the speech, the King wasted no time in likening the Festival of Britain to its Victorian predecessor: “One hundred years ago, Queen Victoria opened the Great Exhibition in Hyde Park . . . All of us can paint the contrast between the calm and security of the Victorian Age and the hard experience of our own. Yet this is no time for despondency. For I see this Festival as a symbol of Britain’s abiding courage and vitality.” After declaring the Festival open, Their Majesties and Princess Margaret descended the cathedral stairs to applause and pealing bells before boarding their coach back to the Palace. Off in the distance a forty-one-gun salute fired from the Tower of London and Hyde Park capped off the theatrics with a dash of militaristic zeal. Just as Queen Victoria and Prince Albert had done in 1851, the postwar royal family of 1951 deftly entwined their brand with the occasion—using the moment to stage some tried-andtrue royal pantomime. The Festival of Britain was a success, and millions attended it during its five-month run. But shortly after it closed, Winston Churchill and a newly elected Conservative government completely dismantled it, erasing it from sight. They believed that the Festival was nothing more than a display of

utopian delusions and propaganda for the Labour party’s vision of a Socialist Britain, and somehow the previous government had convinced the monarchy this was a good idea. Particularly that Skylon, which the era’s grumbling, traditional conservatives no doubt universally condemned as a futuristic eyesore. An almost forgotten tidepool of history, the Festival’s legacy rests in how it successfully promoted a new and positive vision for a modern Britain while the country was still recovering from war. It put a benign face on modernity and change. And also, a royal one. Strangely enough, an antique horse-drawn landau en route to St. Paul’s Cathedral is now an indelible image from a festival that celebrated the possibilities of the future. The royal family and the institution once again made looking back an essential component of the national mechanism for looking forward. Just a few years later, the institution used this royal cunning to officially repackage the dead empire as a new, vital Commonwealth of Nations, and enlisted the newly crowned Queen Elizabeth II for the task. In her 1953 Christmas Day broadcast, she strategically connected her nascent reign with the Elizabethan Age and the accomplishments of her “Tudor forbear,” to assert that “from the Empire of which they built the frame, there has arisen a worldwide fellowship of nations of a type never seen before.” Using grandiose abstractions, she sold the idea of the Commonwealth as “an entirely new conception—built on the highest qualities of the spirit of man: friendship, loyalty, and the desire for freedom and peace.” The institutional spin continued as Her Majesty repeated that “the Commonwealth is moving steadily towards greater harmony between its many creeds, colours and races despite the imperfections by which, like every human institution, it is beset.” She added her signature touches of commitment to duty, declaring: “To that new conception of an equal partnership of nations and races I shall give myself heart and soul every day of my life.” This is quite a bill of goods. The remnants of empire—damaged and forever-stained with colonial boot scuffs—reissued as equal partners in the pursuit of brotherly love and common good. The rapacious takeovers glossed over as institutional imperfections. And the state power and ancestral privilege of the Crown repurposed as a living bond between a sovereign and Commonwealth citizens who are no longer subjects. Rather than a token of colonial power, the Crown was repositioned as a symbol of

stability and continuance, even as it shape-shifted to assume its diminished position in the new Commonwealth of Nations. All this in one broadcast by a young monarch prepared to tell the world that while empires are swept away, the Crown remains. Part of the Queen’s new mission as head of state was to redecorate decolonization and postwar decline in shades of unified purpose and modernity—to normalize the essential theatrics required to conjure up Britain as a leader of this new “worldwide fellowship” while softening the blow of the nation’s waning power. Times may be changing, but the British royal family can still convene and lead. This was the messaging, and it was crafty, but it was also disingenuous. The monarchy and the British government knew all along that many of these former colonies and territories would eventually “graduate” and mature into independence and a life beyond the mother country’s shadow. This illusion of a leading nation was necessary to secure a place for the United Kingdom at the table of global power, even if it meant projecting itself as a soft unifier interested in the “spirit of man” while other superpowers like the United States and the former Soviet Union ferociously employed hard power to build military might and gain control of world economies. In many ways, the British monarchy with Queen Elizabeth II at its helm continually accomplished this unifying the Commonwealth task for decades, incrementally changing the Crown’s image, through soft power and image maintenance just enough to remain visible and relevant (the Queen’s famous quote “I have to be seen to be believed” is applicable here). Elizabeth II and the institution charged up the Victorian royal machine when necessary—employing royal choreography and elevating, even manufacturing, tradition with all its national costume to validate the monarchy for the modern world. That whole looking-back-to-look-forward trick, what Tom Nairn called “cultivated anachronism.” Fanfare and royal enchantment go a long way in selling the idea that Britain still heavily influences and leads the Commonwealth. The presentation of a pearled sword must mean something. Why else would they still do it? But what exactly is this global fellowship? Members have changed over the years, but the current Commonwealth of Nations, known as the British Commonwealth until 1949, is a voluntary association of fifty-six independent member countries, many of which are former British colonies or territories like Trinidad and Tobago, Ghana, and Sri Lanka. This is

different from the Commonwealth Realms, which refers to the fourteen sovereign states that have the British monarch as their official head of state, including Canada, New Zealand, Jamaica, and Australia. The Commonwealth of Nations includes the Commonwealth Realms, but a majority of the countries in the Commonwealth of Nations do not have the British monarch as their head of state. It’s a lot to keep straight. Hardly a multination partnership of shared interests, cultural understanding, and mutual respect, the Commonwealth of Nations is more a loose confederation of countries with current or former ties to Britain. Some are stronger than others and, for years, the strength of the ties between the mother country and the realms has given the entire Commonwealth an illusory glow of health and vague connection. But, toward the end of the Queen’s reign and particularly after her death, even the appearance of strength started to vanish. In the case of Barbados, the country’s graduation day came just over nine months before the Queen’s death. After 396 years, the sun finally set on the royal family’s reign over the Caribbean island in November 2021, with a handover ceremony attended by Charles, who watched in silence as the royal standard flag representing the Queen was lowered to cheers in Heroes Square in Bridgetown. Out of respect for Queen Elizabeth II, Jamaica put their republican ambitions on hold while she was alive, but, ahead of Charles’s coronation, it was announced that a referendum would be held in 2024 and would possibly see the country become a republic, complete with an elected president, before the year is out. More worryingly for the monarchy, the growing republican movement in Australia—a Commonwealth realm known for its long commitment to the Crown—found new energy after the Queen’s passing. Just five hours after her death, the Australian Green Party leader Adam Bandt weighed in on Twitter: “Our thoughts and prayers are with the family and all who loved her. Now Australia must move forward. We need Treaty with First Nation peoples, and we need to become a republic.” Many found the tweet insensitively timed and disrespectful. Even the Australian prime minister, Anthony Albanese, obliquely admonished Bandt for his timing. But Albanese, too, is a devoted republican, and in May 2022 he appointed an assistant minister to his administration whose primary role is to hasten the process for the country to hold a referendum to become a republic. And in the summer of 2023, it was announced that the country would no longer

host the Commonwealth Games, a major sporting event always supported by the royal family, because they do not represent “value for money” anymore. Bandt might have been an outlier in his seeming disrespect for Queen Elizabeth II, but when it comes to King Charles, it seems he is just another voice in a growing choir. In a February 2023 decision that indicates the referendum may come sooner rather than later, Australia’s central reserve bank—with consultation from the nation’s current center-left Labour government—decided to remove the face of the British sovereign from their five-dollar bill. Aussie fivers were the only remaining banknote featuring an image of the Queen (which will still remain in circulation), but new ones issued will not display the new monarch. The new banknote will feature an indigenous design, something that honors “the culture and history of the first Australians.” Charles has been relegated to coins only. Treasurer Jim Chalmers said, “The $5 note will say more about our history and our heritage and our country, and I see that as a good thing.” One can hardly argue with that. And it’s both a sign of the times and more evidence that King Charles just doesn’t command the same level of admiration as his mother. There’s a “why wait now” feeling to all these republican impulses —the Queen is gone, so what’s the holdup? Republicans closer to the Crown’s home turf are also asking this same question. The Scottish independence movement may have hit a roadblock when Scottish National Party (SNP) leader Nicola Sturgeon resigned amid controversy in March 2023, but their historic push for independence is not going away. Fifteen years ago, the Scottish National Party was considered a mostly unimportant rabble of semi-radicals, but, as of early 2023, the party now holds forty-eight of the country’s fifty-nine parliamentary seats in Westminster. Around 45 percent of Scottish voters do not want England to govern their country, and a vast majority of younger Scots are in favor of breaking away from English rule. New SNP leader Humza Yousaf says it’s not a case of if, but when an independent Scotland should decide on their future with the royal family. “It’s not an immediate priority, I accept that,” he said. “But let’s absolutely within the first five years [of independence] consider whether or not we should move away from having a monarchy into an elected head of state.” It’s a future the late Queen once publicly opposed, taking a rare step into the political arena. Ahead of Scotland’s 2014 independence referendum (which saw 55 percent of the country vote

in favor of remaining part of the United Kingdom), she expressed hope that voters will “think very carefully about the future.” It was later revealed that a panicked Prime Minister David Cameron had asked the monarch to make the public intervention. A driving force behind the current Scottish independence movement is a desire to return to the European Union. If the Scots do vote for independence, Scotland will immediately apply to rejoin the EU. This says quite a lot about the fallout from Brexit, which came into effect in January 2020. Triggered by anti-establishment populism and anti-immigration sentiment, and sold as a return to the traditional, bygone days of ye olde British glory, Brexit further isolated Britain, hastening its decline in the global arena and at home. The numbers bear this out. Just a quick example: if the United Kingdom’s gross domestic product (GDP) continues on its current path of an average decline of 0.5 percent annually as it has from 2010 to 2021, the British economy will fall behind many of its European neighbors, including Poland by 2030 and Romania and Hungary by 2040. There is a fear, particularly from those in the left-leaning parties, that a failing economy will lead to a mass exodus of young people, what Labour leader Sir Keir Starmer calls a “brain drain—not just to London and Edinburgh, but to Lyon, Munich, and Warsaw—that’s not the future our country deserves.” It must be said that the unanticipated disruption of the Covid pandemic and the global economic destabilization that accompanied it also greatly impacted Britain’s economy like it did elsewhere around the world. One wonders, however, whether a continued British partnership with other countries in the European Union might have minimized the spiritual and economic aftereffects of the twenty-first century’s first global plague. This is what King Charles and the royal institution are facing: a shrinking Commonwealth, a retreating world presence, and a weakening economy at home. And because the royal family has so deftly—and expediently in recent years—merged itself with national identity and the “Land of Hope and Glory” instincts, when the nation’s status wanes, so, too, does theirs. Queen Elizabeth II, with her physical and emotional endurance and exalted commitment to the Crown, provided a decorative and protective veil from this troubling codependency between national stability and monarchical relevance, but in the early days of the Carolean era, the veil has fallen away.

Keeping the ship afloat during these anxious times is mission number one for King Charles. He long ago reconciled himself to the fact that maintaining a smaller monarchy and streamlining the institution behind it are essential to its survival. His steps to “slim down” the family business, a dream he harbored long before becoming King, are now supposedly in full motion. Under Charles’s plans, a leaner lineup of seven royals (himself, Camilla, William, Kate, Anne, Edward, and Sophie) will represent the Crown on a working level. When every other institution and major governmental body is under pressure to cut costs, it’s a smart move. Whether it’s fully realized is another thing altogether. So far there have been few signs from Buckingham Palace that the royal family will cost the British taxpayer less money anytime soon, and a look at the Court Circular (the official record of past royal engagements) shows that the lesser-known Duke and Duchess of Kent, Duke and Duchess of Gloucester, and Princess Alexandra have all been carrying out dozens of official engagements since Charles took charge. Charles’s efforts also include cutting back on the number of family members benefiting from reduced-rate rents at royal residences. With the Sussexes having officially handed back the keys to Frogmore Cottage in June 2023 and Prince Andrew under pressure to downsize, the King is also working with aides to open the likes of Buckingham Palace, Windsor Castle, and Balmoral to the public for longer periods around the year to generate more income. If executed, it’s an operational change that could shave millions off the amount the family pulls from the public purse to fund the Firm. Instead of using Buckingham Palace—which is being renovated with Sovereign Grant funding of £396 million over ten years—as an official royal residence, Charles has chosen to stick with the nearby Clarence House as his London base. “There’s a strong chance we will see BP turn into an all-year-round tourist attraction,” said a senior aide. During the first two years of his reign, we’re unlikely to see further drastic changes, but sources close to King Charles say there will be more in the future. At least on paper, the new King appears to have accepted that, as the monarchy’s importance at home and abroad continues to diminish, survival will largely be down to appearing as a more cost-effective, domestic-focused operation. Polls often reveal that a majority of the British public do not consider themselves royalists, nor do they enthusiastically support the monarchy, but most leave it at that—viewing the family as a

harmless institution that makes Britain unique and one that doesn’t present any glaringly definitive reasons to get rid of it. Royal Family, Inc., relies on this apathy and sources say King Charles, CEO, knows some belttightening is the key to remaining mostly unchallenged. What he wasn’t counting on, though, was the increasing number of republicans at home who want to abolish the monarchy altogether—sooner rather than later. Up until now, the British republican movement has mostly remained on the fringe with those calling for the end of the monarchy viewed as radicals or busybody academics with too much time on their hands. But this is starting to change. Since 2018, the royal family’s popularity has been on the slide. At the same time, the numbers of those beginning to see the rationale for doing away with the royal system are rising. This group consists of both hardcore anti-monarchists and those who just don’t see the point anymore, particularly after the Queen’s death. Since then, protestors (albeit far outnumbered by royal well-wishers) have started to become a regular sight at royal engagements. Signs and banners reading “NOT MY KING” are now a familiar sight on walkabouts. Recent polls show overall abolition support from an average of one in four Britons (up from just less than 20 percent a few years ago), while the number of people who say the monarchy is “very important” for the country fell to 29 percent, from 38 percent in 2022. Individually, King Charles III has an average approval rating of 54 percent, well below that of his late mother, 76 percent, and William, at 64 percent. In 2023, outright support for the monarchy fell to 55 percent (down from 75 percent in 2012, the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Year and the peak of Cambridge mania). Generationally, the differences are huge —79 percent of over-sixty-fives in Britain back the Crown, while just 36 percent of eighteen-to-twenty-four-year-olds want it to continue. That point will no doubt be of concern to the royal institution, who are already aware that when older swathes of royalists die out, they will be replaced with more critical voices. Since Charles’s ascension, the British republican advocacy group, Republic, has stepped up its efforts to disestablish the royal institution—and the movement is growing. Hardly a “firebrand,” its CEO, Graham Smith, takes a constitutional, nuts-and-bolts perspective to where Britain would go without a royal head of state. The author of Abolish the Monarchy: Why We Should and How We Will describes it as all “relatively straightforward” because “no one is suggesting [that Britain moves] to a U.S.- or French-

style constitution. It’s about moving to a parliamentary democracy.” He describes a future where both houses of Parliament are filled with elected representatives, with a prime minister serving in the lower house. This system would also include a non-political head of state, who is elected by the people, but ultimately has very limited powers. Countries all across Europe already have this structure, including Germany, Ireland, Iceland, Finland, and many of the Baltic states. Anna Whitelock, a British historian and professor of the history of monarchy at City, University of London, predicts a similar fate. “By 2030 there will be definite louder clamors for the eradication of the monarchy,” she has said. “The monarchy—its purpose, what it’s about, will be questioned and challenged in a way that it hasn’t been before.” Just five years ago, the thought of the Windsors becoming equal citizens without privileged status seemed unreal to most, but now that future doesn’t seem as far-fetched. Harry and Meghan have already fled to real life, and, by the looks of it, they’re not hurting for either money or status. More importantly, for Britain as a country, Smith thinks establishing a republic would be a moment of profound pride for the nation: “We would actually feel very proud of ourselves for doing it and for embracing democracy and ridding ourselves of these institutions. I hope we [will also] be a beacon to other countries.” As reasonable and seemingly straightforward as this is, the possible birth of a British republic is a long way off. A lot of this has to do with the perceived popularity of the royal family, even in their current fragmented state. Republicans argue that the members of the population who passively support the monarchy believe the family are popular, profitable, and harmless. Anti-monarchists claim this is a common fallacy that is easy to disprove. With regards to their popularity, the feeling is that most of the people who like the monarchy do so because they believe others do as well, often a direct result of deceptive polling and reporting. As an example, if there is an opinion poll that states 75 percent of the population want to “keep the monarchy,” the result is often misreported in the media as 75 percent “love the monarchy,” which obviously makes it sound more popular than it really is. Keeping something doesn’t always mean you love it. That’s why attics and garages are full of stuff we want to hold on to but don’t value enough to use or display.

When it comes to the profitability belief, the anti-monarchy stance is that there’s no real evidence of this. It’s certainly true that they are tourist attractions, but there is no precise value attached to the monarchical revenue stream—no matter how many figures are flung around every year. Staunch royalists will say the royal family are the country’s biggest attraction, but a closer look at statistics available from Britain’s Association of Leading Visitor Attractions reveals that it’s the country’s heritage sites such as St. Paul’s Cathedral and the Tower of London that consistently feature at the top of London’s most-visited attractions. And while Windsor Great Park might be a popular destination, royal residences such as Kensington Palace, Buckingham Palace, and Windsor Castle have yet to feature in their annual top ten lists. To put it comparatively, Britain’s average tourism revenue pre-Covid was £127 billion and royal tourism accounted for approximately £500 million of it—0.3 percent of that number. There is a habituated opinion, however, that while the British monarchy is a peculiar, even frustrating institution, at the end of the day, it is a mostly innocuous one. In the 2014 BBC program Martin Amis’s England, Amis, who was not known for fuzzy feelings toward the “philistine” royal family, echoed this point of view: “It’s connected with our love of [1970s British TV drama set in a posh London townhouse] Upstairs, Downstairs—those country house dramas. It’s nostalgia for that class society. It’s all connected, it can’t not be connected. But it’s relatively harmless.” For years, this notion that the family may be innocuous aristocratic buffoons has provided the monarchy with an invulnerability that protected some of their darker secrets. But this just isn’t the case anymore; the monarchy is more vulnerable now than it’s ever been. The popular Queen Elizabeth II’s reign is long gone, Prince Andrew dragged the Crown’s reputation through puddles of disgrace, the King’s business dealings threw a shadow over his early days on the throne, and Harry and Meghan bore a hole through the Palace wall. More recently, deeper insights into the royal family’s private wealth and finances have revealed a world of secrecy that obscures their fiscal matters from the public. Ahead of Charles’s coronation, the Guardian launched an investigative report to cut through the “entrenched secrecy” that the paper argues was a “hallmark of [Elizabeth II’s reign]” and one that deprives the British people “of the most basic information about the monarchy.” It

resulted in reporting that estimated King Charles’s personal fortune at £1.8 billion (the Palace later called this figure “a highly creative mix of speculation, assumption and inaccuracy”). The King’s assets include jewelry passed on from his mother (diamonds, pearls, emeralds, rubies— you name it, he’s got it) worth an estimated £533 million; inherited properties, including Balmoral and Sandringham; a fleet of cherished RollsRoyces and Bentleys; and, of course, Her Majesty’s horses—several stables’ full that are said to be worth upward of £27 million. Digging even deeper, investigations also showed that the late Queen and King Charles both took cash payments worth around £1.2 billion from “two hereditary estates that pay no tax,” in addition to the millions they receive in public funding for their official duties. And the Duchies of Cornwall and Lancaster are the primary cash cows. In 2022, they collected £21 million from each, while a fierce debate continues as to whether these duchies actually belong to the British state. On top of this, the monarch also receives £86.3 million a year from the Sovereign Grant (made up of taxpayer contributions and a percentage of Crown Estate profit) for official royal duties, official travel, staff salaries, and the upkeep of properties. Regardless of the state of the country’s economy, this number does not go down, thanks to a so-called “golden ratchet” clause inserted by former Conservative prime minister David Cameron during his term. In fact, from 2025, the Sovereign Grant can expect a projected rise of £38.5 million (45 percent) thanks to an increase in Crown Estate profit after Charles secured a £1-billion-a-year wind-farm deal on part of its land. While the King made it clear he wants extra profit from the estate to “be directed for the wider good,” a percentage of that will also go back into the pockets of the royal family instead of the public purse. “This is at a time when nurses are receiving [a] 5 percent [pay rise] and other key public workers are still fighting for a fair wage,” said Nick Wall of internal pressure group Labour for a Republic. “This reward is morally unjustifiable, while also both antidemocratic and plain wrong. The people of this country should have their say on royal funding through debate between their elected representatives.” It’s worth noting that the royal family also cost the country approximately £345 million in security funding, which is not covered by the Sovereign Grant. All of this heavily underlines the republican argument that, at the end of the day, monarchies look out for themselves and are propelled by their own

agendas, interests, and bank accounts. This enormous fortune speaks volumes about the monarchy’s motivations for sticking around way beyond its sell-by date and why they use the idea of “serving the Crown” as a protective shield. If all of this is about duty to the state and commitment to a better Britain, then it doesn’t look so much like an ungodly amount of inherited wealth as it does well-earned compensation for services rendered. As long as they are cutting ribbons, sharing cute portraits of their children, and doing enough work, they trust the public will agree to keep them on as a “harmless” anachronism and a uniquely British spectacle. Just like their forebears, they will continue to roll out the carriages, unsheathe ceremonial swords, and parade the crown in a worn-thin campaign to keep their palaces and stay in the game. After King George III went mad and was forced to abdicate in 1820, his son, George IV, nicknamed “Prinny,” assumed the throne. George IV’s heavy drinking and self-indulgence sorely tested the patience of the public and eventually caught up with him. He reigned as King for a brief and troubled ten years before his death. When his brother, William IV, ascended, he faced a disgruntled public and an institution in disarray. Known as “Sailor Billy” because of his storied career in the Royal Navy, he was the oldest person at that point to assume the throne, and a bit of a hopeless case. Legend has it that after a reform mob threw garbage and food at his royal carriage, the sailor king said, “I feel the Crown tottering on my head.” King Charles III usurped Sailor Billy as the oldest sovereign to take the throne, and one imagines that after the eggs thrown his way, not to mention the tepid response to his ascension, he, too, may one day feel the Crown teetering on his head.

15 Endgame We ransomed our dignity to the clouds . . . We’re actors . . . We pledged our identities, secure in the conventions of our trade that someone would be watching. And then, gradually, no one was. —Tom Stoppard, Rosencrantz and Guildenstern Are Dead If you want a happy ending, that depends, of course, on where you stop your story. —Orson Welles, The Big Brass Ring

As

I quietly made my way toward the center of a virtually empty Westminster Abbey, it was hard to believe that the unassuming wooden throne in front of me was a central figure in one of the country’s most ancient rituals. Patched up and timeworn, the faded wood and spotted gold Coronation Chair has been at the heart of Britain’s coronations for more than seven centuries. It’s the place where the Archbishop of Canterbury anoints the new monarch, where King Charles receives the royal regalia and, finally, feels the full symbolic weight of the Crown upon his brow. With less than twenty-four hours left on the coronation countdown, the Abbey was a hive of hushed activity. Outdoor voices were left firmly at the door as workers quietly made necessary adjustments to the center stage, lint rollers at the ready to keep the somewhat garish-looking yellow carpet lintfree. Its color wasn’t tradition, but a choice made early on in the planning process so the area would “pop” on television (and, in a lucky coincidence, show some solidarity toward Ukraine—a running theme in the 2023 activities of the royal family).

Even after twelve years of covering the royal story, it was difficult not to feel the gravity of what was about to take place. The 335-pound Stone of Destiny, which was brought down from Edinburgh Castle four days earlier and was now sitting beneath the Coronation Chair, had enough history behind it for an entire book of its own. The Anglican Church and the royal family have used this humble slab of sandstone as part of the inauguration ceremony for almost a thousand years. Covering these details for rolling ABC News coverage felt like reporting from a liminal space, somewhere between venerable old traditions and an episode of Game of Thrones. But one thing was for sure—the royal family had set the most dramatic stage possible. Westminster Abbey has been the backdrop for coronations since 1066. The church has also hosted more than sixteen royal weddings and even more funerals, including the global events of Princess Diana’s and Queen Elizabeth II’s memorials. For me, Westminster is also where I clocked in for my first major event as a royal reporter—covering the elaborate nuptials of William and Kate on April 29, 2011. Back then it was an entirely new world to me, and I marveled at the thirty-three cameras that were discreetly set up to broadcast as many angles of the fairy-tale ceremony as possible. More than a decade later, production teams strategically placed exactly 150 cameras—now smaller and more technologically advanced—to capture Charles’s big day in a level of detail unimaginable back in the early 2000s. The job at hand: broadcast every movement, every bead of sweat, and every glistening eye in full 4K resolution. The contrast between then and now is a stark and clarifying one. When William and Kate tied the knot, we were all still caught up in the royal fantasy—the enchanting wedding provided the magic the family and institution desperately needed at the time. After a dry spell, the couple’s union made the royal family exciting again and threw a spotlight on the possibilities of the next generation. The cameras were there to catch this aspect, too, but the fairy-tale filter was still on and the royal machinery provided the requisite timeless grandeur. But after several years of family disintegration, disturbing revelations, and disquieting investigations, the soft focus is gone and so is a lot of the myth, both entombed with Queen Elizabeth II. Just like those 4K cameras at Charles’s coronation, we can now see the world at large more clearly, at times forced to take in

unvarnished realities at a disorienting pace. And, despite institutional resistance, the monarchy is now just another part of this unmasked world. The May 6, 2023, crowning of King Charles III was the first chance for the majority of the nation, and those around the globe, to witness the spectacle of a British coronation. Though the crowds in the rainy streets of London hoping to catch a glimpse of the Golden State Carriage or that iconic balcony wave were fewer than we saw for the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee just a year earlier, it still briefly brought the nation’s capital to a standstill. With millions tuned in around the world, it was the perfect opportunity for the Firm to recaptivate and restore some of that lost mystique. Commentary notes that Buckingham Palace sent to those of us preparing for hours of television coverage placed emphasis on the fact that the ceremony was one thousand years old. But a closer look at the past reveals a different history. In fact, the type of ceremony the institution prepared for Charles dates back only to 1902, when King Edward VII was crowned. Sure, there are still medieval elements, but the majority is a more recent creation as technology allowed the world to start witnessing such events. Even the regalia on display aren’t originals—those were destroyed by Oliver Cromwell in 1649 during the country’s brief flirtation with republicanism. As journalist and polemicist Fintan O’Toole pointed out, “The odd thing about these British royal ceremonials is that they have become more important as the power and majesty they are supposed to project has diminished.” For Charles, this wouldn’t be the first time a little creative license was needed to stir the emotions and imaginations of those watching. His investiture as a twenty-year-old Prince of Wales in 1969 was in fact largely created by his filmmaker uncle, Lord Snowdon, who shaped the ceremony to look arcane and mysterious, despite the fact that they used modern props to drape the occasion. While it looked like Charles’s ornate crown was topped by a gold orb, it was actually just an electroplated plastic Ping-Pong ball. Snowdon later called the event “bogus as hell.” They say a coronation is a mirror for a monarch’s reign, and Charles certainly tried to put a twenty-first-century stamp on the service. He chopped the ceremony down to two hours from three, and his procession route was just a quarter of his mother’s coronation’s sojourn in 1953. And though guests included monarchs from Spain, Bhutan, the Netherlands, and

more, there was also representation from the general public on the 2,300person guest list—many of those were honorable people who had bettered their communities through charitable work or volunteering. Less aristocracy, more meritocracy. There were a few celebrity sightings, too, courtesy of Lionel Richie and Katy Perry, both ambassadors for charities founded by Charles. It was still by and large an Anglican ceremony, but Charles also cosigned a new pledge authored by the Archbishop of Canterbury, promising that the Church of England “will seek to foster an environment where people of all faiths and beliefs may live freely.” This was an important distinction for a man who has an impressive collection of books on all faiths, from Judaism to Buddhism, and once called Islam “one of the greatest treasuries of accumulated wisdom and spiritual knowledge available to humanity.” Of course, tradition leaves little room for true modernization. As he did for Harry and Meghan’s 2018 wedding ceremony, Charles requested a Black gospel choir to perform at his coronation. The talented Ascension Choir was handpicked for the job, though it was impossible not to notice that the choir didn’t sing gospel music. Their presence, said journalist Nels Abbey, could have been something truly new and refreshing—a change to what is considered the norm in worship in the Church of England. “It would be diversity doing what diversity is meant to do,” he said. “What we had instead was a group of excellent Black singers swaying to a [Anglican] hymn.” And there were also changes that were not so well received. Not long before the big day, Lambeth Palace—the official London residence of the Archbishop of Canterbury—announced that, for the first time in coronation history, the public was invited to make an “homage” to the King and “pay true allegiance to your majesty, and to your heirs and successors” during the coronation. But this news was met with widespread criticism in the public and the media—a request to pledge allegiance felt like a ridiculous call for servility, a command reverberating from feudal times or heard on statemandated television in North Korea. Sources told me that Charles absolutely hated the unnecessary, tone-deaf addition. After the backlash (which saw 84 percent of people polled in Britain say they would refuse to do such a thing), Buckingham Palace officials instructed the archbishop’s office to tone it down. On the day itself, the archbishop instead “invited” those in the congregation who wished to “offer their support” to recite an

oath swearing allegiance to the monarch and the Crown. To most, however, it still seemed extremely old-fashioned—and undemocratic. This blip on the radar proved a harbinger for some rough waters ahead. The coronation was a moment Charles had spent his adult life thinking about and planning for, particularly during his mother’s later years. But, despite ample preparation time, his arrival did not go particularly smoothly. Pulling up to Westminster Abbey for their grand entrance, the King and Queen were forced to wait in their carriage for six minutes before other family members arrived. “We can never be on time,” Charles angrily muttered to Camilla. “There is always something  .  .  . This is boring.” A Buckingham Palace source initially blamed the delay on the Wales family for departing Kensington Palace late, but a spokesperson for the Prince of Wales was quick to chime in with the detail that Charles’s carriage had actually traveled from Buckingham Palace to Westminster too quickly, resulting in the premature arrival. The two households’ narratives at odds, once again. As he slowly walked through the church’s Great West Door and under its ten statues of twentieth-century martyrs, Charles looked like a man with the weight of the world on his shoulders—and it wasn’t because of the nearly five-pound St. Edward’s Crown on his head. His grandfather King George VI’s heavy velvet Robe of State from 1937 appeared to pull his shoulders down even farther into a stoop that aged him beyond his seventyfour years. Some sources said it was nerves, others called it dread, but, as he and Queen Camilla sat down on matching throne chairs, he bit the insides of his pale, powdered cheeks, looking more like he was enduring the ceremony rather than basking in it. Though much could go wrong elsewhere, he didn’t need to worry about his speaking parts. The few sentences—such as “All this I promise to do” and “I am willing”—that Charles had to recite over the next 120 minutes were (much to the amusement of viewers) printed out in large font on cue cards that were held up directly in his line of vision for easy reading. Camilla, on the other hand, looked confident, though at times appeared as if she couldn’t quite believe she had finally completed her thirty-sevenyear journey from unpopular mistress to a crowned Queen. Her smirk as Queen Mary’s upcycled crown (now bejeweled with 178 carats of Cullinan diamonds) was placed on her head became one of the most meme’d images of the day on social media. Unlike Charles, who was anointed with holy oil

behind a screen as a private moment between himself and God, Camilla was anointed in full public view—her new, elevated status was reinforced in front of the world. Of course, eyes were also on the other family members. In stark contrast to a robed Prince William, who, as the next in line, kneeled before his father and pledged his loyalty “as your liege man of life and limb” (from a cue card, naturally) with a hand on Charles’s right shoulder and a kiss on his left cheek, Charles’s other son sat among guests four rows back. With Meghan at home in California, Prince Harry’s solo attendance was a striking reminder of the missed opportunity the monarch had to bring his entire family together before the public witnessed this royal milestone. It wasn’t for lack of effort on Harry’s side, who made it clear to his father after the January release of his memoir that he hoped to have a proper conversation about events of the past, a chance for both sides to take accountability where necessary. Instead, Charles was stubbornly hard to pin down. The Sussexes spent the first few months of the year unclear about whether they were even invited to the coronation. His responses to Harry’s inquiries about his attendance were vague at best. “I . . . haven’t decided,” he told his son during an early February phone call that Harry initiated, and he didn’t officially make up his mind until late March. As for Harry, while he had an extensive list of reasons for skipping the proceedings altogether, shortly before making the trip, he told a source that supporting his father as the fifth in line to the throne “still outweighed the other things.” Unsurprisingly, Harry, who left for California immediately after the service, received far more cold shoulders than Prince Andrew, who selfassuredly walked to his seat in the Abbey. Though Palace aides explicitly told the Duke of Sussex that he wasn’t allowed to wear a military uniform (a request that neither he nor his team had actually made), Charles gave a firm nod to Andrew to wear his lavish Order of the Garter ceremonial robes. There were some concerns among courtiers about how this would look, with “some suggestions that maybe [Andrew] should be encouraged to wear civilian attire,” said a source. All fell on deaf ears. Just like the Queen he replaced, Charles’s soft spot for his brother remains exposed. Back at center stage, Archbishop Welby put on the show of his life, dramatically holding the St. Edward’s Crown high before lowering it onto Charles’s head. “God save the King,” he solemnly declared, before stepping back to carefully check that it fit the new monarch’s head. The Abbey’s

pealing bells and booms of gun salutes echoed around London. “God save the King,” the 2,300-strong congregation called back. Charles, standing taller than when he entered, regained his confidence— even if just for a moment—as he walked the aisle with Camilla, their purple velvet Robes of Estate trailing behind them. As he stepped past his siblings, a smile briefly cracked from the corner of his mouth before he stopped to acknowledge the assembled faith leaders he had personally invited. It was a warm moment and an affecting modern touch—Charles’s pan-religious leanings on full display as he shook their hands. Smiles, however, were left indoors, and as he stepped outside a stiff resignation returned. The hard part was over, but a look of fear fell over him—a concerned grimace clouded any faint suggestion of joy. The coronation ceremony was complete, but for King Charles III the tough part of the job is only beginning. For William, too. The father and son are facing a long line of hurdles. Britain is in a tailspin, and the turmoil’s end is nowhere in sight. In the past, the family and the institution have seized crises as opportunities to showcase their importance, to highlight monarchical “stability” and “continuity.” It’s different now. There isn’t a war (so far anyway) that the establishment can use to galvanize support—only a nation in severe economic and reputational decline, and one fighting for a new identity. The Commonwealth Realms are not what they once were, with some countries already making quick and resolute moves toward independence. Over the next two years, Charles, Camilla, William, and Kate plan to increase formal visits to Commonwealth countries to protect and strengthen ties. It’s a lastditch attempt at bolstering relationships with what’s left of Queen Elizabeth II’s “brotherhood of nations” (that Charles failed to visit during his first year as King). But, as many of them continue to look at a future without the British monarchy, it’s probably too little, too late. Closer to home, the King and the Prince of Wales must contend with rabid criticism of the institution and the royal system; a younger generation who feel apathetic toward the royals and who are pushing for a more open and tolerant culture; and a growing republican movement that, while still on the fringe, will continue to find footing in the wreckage left behind by the family’s rippling scandals and the institution’s missteps. This all pales in comparison to the mammoth task of keeping the family and system relevant enough to stay afloat. Aspirations will fall as survival mode kicks in, and

King Charles could do worse than simply embracing his position as a warden of the monarchy until Prince William takes his shot at reanimating the pageant, even if it’s just for another generation. After the dust settled from the coronation celebrations and Westminster Abbey returned to its quiet dignity, Prince William forged ahead with his new agenda—one step closer to what historians will call the “Gulielean Era.” The heir is already openly discussing the changes he will make to define his own reign. His decision to forgo a Welsh investiture when he became the Prince of Wales is just a preview. “Tradition will not be the deciding factor in anything he does,” said a source. Instead, his mission is to define what the monarchy means and looks like in the modern world. A senior staffer from his household told The Times of London, just days after Charles’s big day: “[William’s] Coronation will look and feel quite different.” As the official royal family Instagram account trotted out highlights from the coronation celebrations, William and Kate’s social media had a slightly different take on the proceedings. In a glossy, five-minute video directed by an advertising filmmaker (whose clients include Uber Eats and Red Bull), the focus firmly rested on the Wales family. Although it was Charles’s coronation weekend, the King and Queen were visible in the film for only fourteen seconds. It was a decision noticed by some senior Buckingham Palace aides and the monarch himself. A source close to William simply called the decision smart public relations. “The prince is aware of the huge amount of popularity and good favor that he and the princess receive  .  .  . For them to take advantage of that only benefits the entire institution.” Whatever the reason, it’s yet another sign of the growing lack of cohesion between the King and the heir, the father and the son. Long gone is that “lockstep” narrative the Palace once pushed—Kensington Palace now regularly shares that William will do things his own way when his time comes. “There has been a sense,” described a former senior courtier, “that William is slowly trying to separate himself from his father. His popularity is high, and he doesn’t want his father’s lack of it to affect that.” A month after the coronation, the soldiers were out marching once again —this time for Trooping the Colour, King Charles’s official birthday parade. What was once a must-see calendar entry for royalists felt quieter this time around. Perhaps it was widespread fatigue from royal events over

the past year, but, even at the start of the summer tourist season, the crowds gathered outside Buckingham Palace were thin. While one would usually fear getting caught in the middle of the throng of people who stand outside Buckingham Palace to watch for the big balcony moment and the roaring RAF flyover, this time you could have easily walked through Canada Gate to Bird Cage Walk on the other side of the Mall without so much as a knock to your shoulder. The balcony moment itself, once a who’s who of the royal family and the iconic setting for those vibrant group portraits, appeared quieter and less exciting without its star player and cast of colorful supporting characters. The lineup of the Wales family, the Edinburghs, Princess Anne and husband Sir Tim Lawrence, and the new King and Queen may have been the slimmed-down vision Charles had long desired, but the result felt a little lackluster. To change, adapt, and modernize has been a repeated challenge for the royal institution throughout history. While Charles can’t alter the fact that the sun is setting on the British monarchy as we know it, he can set the tone for how they will approach—and even embrace—the coming nightfall. There is honor and duty in this, too. The monarch would be wise to remember something he said almost twenty years ago. When asked about his role in the Firm, he answered, “I find myself born into this particular position. I’m determined to make the most of it. And to do whatever I can to help. And I hope I leave things behind a little bit better than I found them.” Balanced stewardship from King Charles may keep it all together for the remainder of his reign, but to secure a meaningful future for the Firm, King William and the next generation will need to usher in real change. Without it, they risk losing it all. In Samuel Beckett’s masterpiece play Endgame, the servant, Clov, says to his elderly and frail master, Hamm, “I use the words you taught me. If they don’t mean anything anymore, teach me others. Or let me be silent.” The question of how to endure in a hostile world is also their existential predicament. At first, Hamm stubbornly believes “there is no reason for [their situation] to change,” but it is Clov who cautions him, succinctly and unemotionally stating, “It may end.” A poignant reminder that so much is beyond our control, even our final move on the chessboard or the last words of our soliloquies. The monarchy is now running out of meaningful words, especially if it ignores a public trying to

teach it new ones. Should it continue to do so, then perhaps it’s time for silence and to let their country speak for them instead—even if it means standing back and watching the curtain slowly close. In the story of Beckett’s stubborn old diehard Hamm, he eventually admits he’s out of moves: “Old endgame lost of old, play and lose and have done with losing.”

Acknowledgments Albert Lee, whom I’m so fortunate to call my literary agent, told me before I signed the deal for Finding Freedom that it “takes a village” to get a title to market—and it has been an absolute dream to work with this one on Endgame. Thank you once again to the amazing people and friends at HarperCollins and Dey Street, especially Liate Stehlik. Carrie Thornton, your editorial expertise, critical but loving eye, belief in my work, and willingness to take risks with me has made creating this book another unforgettable experience, and I thank you wholeheartedly! I also owe a debt of gratitude to Allison Carney and Heidi Richter for another stellar marketing and publicity campaign; Renata De Oliveira, Drew Henry, Rachel Meyers (We made it! Thank you for all your tireless efforts), Ploy Siripant (another iconic cover!), and Ben Steinberg. To the HarperCollins UK and HQ Stories teams: Lisa Milton, I’m so glad we got to work together again. Huge thanks to Halema Begum, Claire Brett, George Green, Arthur Heard, Kate Oakley, Marleigh Price, Joanna Rose, and Lauren Trabucchi. Albert, my old friend, thank you for continuing to steer this ship with the wisdom and skill that makes you the best in the game. It’s an honor to be part of the UTA family. I’m also very grateful to Laurie-Maude Chenard, Harry Sherer, and Sam Solomons. Melissa Chinchillo, Meredith Miller, Zoe Nelson, and Ethan Schlatter, thank you for all your efforts in bringing this book to new foreign markets (even with the insane translation times!). Brett Valley, what can I say? You guided me when I couldn’t find my words, helped me see straight when the number of topics I wanted to explore made my head spin, and taught me how to become a better writer. I’ve learned so much from you, and I look forward to the next! Thank you.

Reena Ratan, once again you helped me bring another beautiful book to life with iconic photographs. The Back Hill Reporter could never! To all the sources, contacts, experts, insiders, and peers who contributed to my reporting efforts—be it on or off the record—thank you for trusting me with your words and your stories. Some of us may not always see eye to eye, but I have the greatest amount of respect for every one of you. Thank you to my colleagues across the lands who have been so supportive and patient while I worked on Endgame. To the incredible teams at ABC News, Good Morning America, and ABC News Live—I’m so lucky I get to experience so many of these milestone moments with you all. Simone Swink and Zoe Magee, here’s to another unbeatable year of royal coverage! Big love to the über-talented and unstoppable gang at Harper’s Bazaar, including Bianca Betancourt, Quinci LeGardye, Chelsy Sanchez, and Rosa Sanchez. Writing a book like this at lightning speed is not easy. It’s an isolating and testing experience, so I want to give special thanks to the kind souls who have helped keep me strong on all fronts while I worked. Gary Murphy, you’ve been an absolute legend; you kept me upbeat on crazy days and have taught me so much. Hilary, you equipped me with tools I will carry for the rest of my life. And my amazing friends who kept me topped up with memes, laughs, and distractions—love you guys! As ever, the best comes last. To my beautiful family for supporting me always, I love you so much. Hayley and Ramin, I’m so proud of you both for your achievements together. This book is great and all, but becoming an uncle to your beautiful baby girl was easily the highlight of my 2023.

Notes The events described in the pages of Endgame draw on more than eleven years of reporting, conversations, interviews, and experiences from my time covering the royal beat, as well as firsthand accounts from hundreds of engagements, major events, overseas tours, and interactions with members of the royal family. Some names have been removed for legal reasons. For this book alone I interviewed more than sixty sources—a leaner pool than Finding Freedom, which started out even smaller in the initial months of writing to ensure the project was not leaked before it was announced in June 2023. As is the often frustrating nature of royal news, a lot of interviews were given on the promise of anonymity (a move done for a number of reasons, including to acknowledge sensitivity of roles, to protect careers or relationships, and to ensure safety). The upside to this is that it has allowed sources the freedom to speak candidly and critically without fear. A number of people also spoke “on background,” which means you won’t see their quotes in the book, but the information they provided has informed areas of reporting and certain scenes. Some also spoke strictly off the record. A few additional notes before we get started with the references. Unless otherwise stated in the following pages or made clear in the book, quotes featured in Endgame with no attribution are from my own interviews or conversations. All information from legal actions and court cases cited in the book has been referenced from original documents and not news coverage. Where the book already cites the exact reference material or a source of information (e.g., TV show name, network, and date), I have not repeated it in the reference notes. There are also a few fun facts peppered

throughout that didn’t quite fit in the manuscript but may help give a little more background detail. Thank you for reading!

Prologue Prince Harry spoke of his family’s “unconscious bias” during an interview with journalist Tom Bradby on ITV’s Harry: The Interview, January 8, 2023.

1 Boris Johnson’s “bright and focused” quote is from a BBC News interview, September 12, 2022. Queen Elizabeth II’s “episodic mobility issues” were first cited by Buckingham Palace in a May 10, 2022, statement confirming she would miss the State Opening of Parliament. “It’s my job” was provided by an “informed source” in a report by Matt Wilkinson, “Unseen picture of the Queen during last days at Balmoral where she insisted on doing her ‘job’ till the end,” The Sun, September 16, 2022. “We have heard nothing but bagpipes . . .” was in a letter written by Queen Victoria featured in Delia Miller, Queen Victoria’s Life in the Scottish Highlands, 1985. Scott Methven’s quotes were sourced from the self-penned “Recollections of a Queen’s piper,” The Spectator, September 17, 2022; a BBC News interview on September 10, 2021; and a CBC News interview on September 14, 2022. The “drunken octopus” quote is from Prince Harry, Spare, 2023. Reverend Dr. Iain Greenshields and Ailsa Anderson were interviewed during ABC News’ Celebrating Queen Elizabeth (which I was also part of) on September 19, 2022. “It has been an honor and a privilege to accompany her on her final journeys  .  .  .” is from a statement written by Anne, the Princess Royal, on September 13, 2022. I also found the following titles useful while researching this specific chapter: Robert Hardman, Queen of Our Times, 2022; Brian Hoey, All the Queen’s Men: Inside the Royal Household, 1992; Brian Hoey, At Home with the Queen: Life Though the Keyhole of the Royal Household, 2003; Tom Quinn, Backstairs Billy: The Life of William Tallon, the Queen Mother’s Most Devoted Servant, 2016.

2 The origin of the term “the Firm” is believed to be from King George VI, the late Queen’s father, who used it to describe the royal family (predominantly senior royals) and the business of monarchy (including the staff working within it): “We’re not a family. We’re a firm,” he reportedly declared. The first printed mention of Charles one day wanting a “slimmeddown monarchy” was in an interview given by Charles’s former deputy private secretary Mark Bolland with Ian Katz, “Prince is very, very weak, says his former top aide,” Guardian, October 25, 2003. Camilla’s not hiring her own ladies-in-waiting being called a “modern” decision is from a Buckingham Palace media briefing given on November 29, 2022. Joe Mazzulla’s comment on William and Kate’s visit was given to journalists at a November 30, 2022, press conference at TD Garden Arena in Boston. BBC viewership of the Earthshot Prize ceremony from article by Abbie Bray, “BBC viewers ‘switch off’ The Earthshot Prize minutes into show,” Express, December 6, 2022. The royal family approval rating falling to 47 percent after the release of Spare is from an Ipsos poll of 1,084 adults aged 18–75 in Great Britain between March 10 and March 13, 2023. Assorted quotes from Prince William’s birthday profile by Rebecca English, “‘There are things you don’t do and Harry has 100% crossed the line’: Prince William ‘alternates between grief and anger’ over his brother but—as he turns 40—their relationship remains at ‘rock bottom,’” Daily Mail, June 17, 2022. Princess Diana’s first documented use of the nickname “men in gray” was in one of her tape recordings for biographer Andrew Morton, which became part of the manuscript for Diana: Her True Story, 1992. The term “Fab Four” first went viral on Twitter after the then Duke and Duchess of Cambridge and the future Duke and Duchess of Sussex walked to church at Sandringham together on Christmas Day, 2017—the Daily Mail then ran the headline “Side by side for the first time, it’s the new Fab Four!” the following day. “Oprah who?” and other quotes from Prince Edward and Sophie, Countess of Wessex, from an interview by Camilla Tominey, “‘We are still a family no matter what’: The Earl and Countess of Wessex on grieving for ‘Grandpa,’” The Telegraph, June 4, 2021. “She was never born to be Queen  .  .  .” quote from Robert Hardman on a Facebook livestream interview for Viking Cruises on June 2, 2022. “Grief is the price of love” is

from a statement written by Queen Elizabeth II after the September 11, 2001, terror attacks. “We will meet again” was from the Queen’s Covid broadcast to the United Kingdom and Commonwealth on April 5, 2020. “If you’re sorry, tell me you’re sorry,” said by Ngozi Fulani on ITV’s Good Morning Britain, March 8, 2023.

3 “A bit of grouchiness” from a September 14, 2022, tweet by The Times’ history correspondent Jack Blackburn. The term “Pengate” was used by the Telegraph, Daily Express, The Sun, and other outlets between September and October 2022. Prime Minister Rishi Sunak leaving Liz Truss’s “request in place” was from an official comment made by a 10 Downing Street spokesperson on October 28, 2022. King Charles being “keenly aware” and wanting “good value” come from an article by Hayley Dixon and Gurpreet Narwan, “Coronation for the cost of living crisis as King expresses wish for ‘good value,’” The Telegraph, September 13, 2022. “The King and Queen Consort and their advisers are keenly following the debate  .  .  .” from an article by Rebecca English, “King Charles’s first 100 days—and what 2023 will bring,” Daily Mail, December 30, 2022. “Obviously, there will be a great deal of attention on the United Kingdom at that time . . .” is from a 10 Downing Street spokesman on December 19, 2022. “Declaration of war” is from an article by Rebecca English, “Releasing trailer for Harry and Meghan’s Netflix show during William and Kate’s US tour is little less than ‘a declaration of war’ say insiders,” Daily Mail, December 2, 2022. “Deliberately torpedoed” is from an article by Valentine Low, Tom Ball, and Jack Blackburn, “Sussexes accused of sabotaging Prince and Princess of Wales’ US visit,” The Times, December 2, 2022. “Harry, Do You Really Hate Your Family So Much?” front-page story by Richard Palmer, Daily Express, December 2, 2022. Additional details on Ryan Reynolds and Rob McElhenney’s Wrexham Football Club takeover via profile piece by Andrew Barker, “A Win for Wrexham: How Ryan Reynolds and Rob McElhenney Helped Bring a City Back to Life,” Variety, June 19, 2023. “Institutional gaslighting” quoted from Prince Harry in Harry & Meghan (episode 4), Netflix, 2022. “I reminded him to keep his rifle pointed at the target” quote is from an article by Roya Nikkhah, “What the Palace made of

Harry and Meghan’s ‘truth,’” The Sunday Times, December 11, 2022. The burgundy coats “dig” was from a front-page story by Amanda Platell, “Was the great royal burgundy parade a cheeky swipe at Meghan?,” Daily Mail, December 21, 2022. “Instead of building bridges, the head of state is torching them . . .” is a quote from a Twitter/X post by Peter Hunt on March 1, 2023. Norman Baker spoke of Andrew “dressing up as a royal” in a story by Matt Wilkinson, “BACK FOR BASH: Disgraced Prince Andrew ‘to dress-up as royal for a day’ as he’s invited to party alongside King Charles,” The Sun, March 20, 2023. Jens Zimmermann’s quotes were filed to newswires by the Associated Press on March 31, 2023. The headline “For Hamburg, Devastated by Allied Bombing, King Charles’s Visit Is So Much More Than a Photo-op” is from an opinion piece by Helene von Bismarck, Guardian, March 30, 2023. “Your father always does what he wants to do” is quoted from Prince Harry, Spare, 2023. Though this chapter does not quote or use its material, I found Robert Jobson, Our King: Charles III: The Man and the Monarch Revealed, 2023, useful in my research.

4 “The only two people who talked more about strategy and planning than [the aide] were Hitler and Stalin,” from Alastair Campbell, Winners: And How They Succeed, 2015. Ailsa Anderson quotes from Celebrating Queen Elizabeth, ABC News, September 19, 2022. The term “Englishness” was first used by Tom Nairn in a series of essays on the British state published in the New Left Review and later collected in the book The Break-Up of Britain, 1977. “British-Englishness” was inspired by Nairn’s term as well, and there have also been uses of the phrase in at least three PhD theses by various authors, including Siyu Cao, “Performing Post-Britishness: A Quest for Independence in the Contemporary Literature of England,” University of Warwick, Department of English and Comparative Literary Studies, April 2020. “Glamour of backwardness,” “contrived timelessness,” “great nation-family,” and “a willful failure to quit a darkening stage” are from Tom Nairn, The Enchanted Glass: Britain and Its Monarchy, 2011. The Treaty of Waitangi (Te Tiriti o Waitangi) was an agreement between the British Crown and more than five hundred Māori chiefs in 1840; however,

although it was intended to create unity, different understandings of the treaty—and breaches of it—have caused conflict. “New Zealand has long been renowned for its dairy produce . . .” quote from the Queen in report by Associated Press, “All in All, Queen May Want to Forget About New Zealand,” February 27, 1986. Positive opinion of the royal family dropping within four months of the Queen’s death is from a YouGov survey of 1,710 adults in Britain between September 13 and September 14, 2022. Story about Kylie Minogue turning down coronation performance first reported by Katie Hind, “EXCLUSIVE: Kylie Minogue REFUSES offer to star at King Charles’ Coronation concert because of growing Republican sentiment in Australia,” Daily Mail, March 4, 2023, and since confirmed by my own additional reporting. Zillenials are a microgeneration of people born on the cusp of the Millennial and Gen Z demographic cohorts, usually between 1993 and 1998. Statistics of YouTube channel “The Prince and Princess of Wales” accurate as of July 31, 2023. The following books provided helpful background and research: Kevin Sharpe, Selling the Tudor Monarchy: Authority and Image in SixteenthCentury England, 2017; Kevin Sharpe, Image Wars: Promoting Kings and Commonwealths in England, 1603–1660, 2018.

5 An investiture is the day when someone who has been awarded an honor receives their insignia in person from a member of the royal family (and there are around thirty held every year). The term “annus horribilis,” meaning “horrible year” in Latin, was brought to prominence by the Queen in a speech at Guildhall, London, on November 24, 1992, for her Ruby Jubilee on the throne and the end of a year marked by scandal and disaster for the royal family. “Queen’s speech without the Queen” was used in coverage by news outlets including the London Evening Standard, BBC News, Daily Mail, and The Sydney Morning Herald on May 10 and May 11, 2022. The “bags of cash” scandal was first reported by Gabriel Pogrund, Charles Keidan, and Katherine Faulkner, “Prince Charles accepted €1m cash in suitcase from sheikh,” The Sunday Times, June 25, 2022. Charles “will not accept bags of cash again” statement given by a Clarence House “source” to the Press Association, Reuters, and journalists—including

myself—on June 29, 2022. Details on Charles accepting donation from the Bin Laden family by Gabriel Pogrund, “Prince Charles accepted £1m from family of Osama bin Laden,” The Sunday Times, July 30, 2022. The “sins of the father” quote is from a source at the Prince of Wales’s Charitable Fund to BBC News on July 31, 2022. The Mahfouz cash-for-honors scandal was first reported by Gabriel Pogrund and Dipesh Gadher, “Prince Charles aides fixed CBE for Saudi tycoon who gave £1.5m,” The Sunday Times, September 5, 2021. Pogrund’s follow-up articles are not quoted but provided additional information. Subsequent cash-of-honors details, including Michael Fawcett’s resignation, were reported by Kate Mansey and Jonathan Bucks, “Charles Aide Told Saudi Donor: We’ll Help You Get Knighthood,” Mail on Sunday, September 5, 2021. “Fawcett has been there for so many years . . .” quote from Dickie Arbiter in book by Stephen Bates, Royalty Inc: Britain’s Best-Known Brand, 2015. The existence of the “Fawcett the Fence” nickname first came to light in an article by Jamie Wilson, “Aide who ‘sold gifts’ adds to royal woes,” Guardian, November 11, 2002. “We have all agreed to end this arrangement” statement from Clarence House given to Press Association and journalists, including myself, on November 11, 2021. “Ersatz Georgian and mock Scottish vernacular creations  .  .  .” quote by Alan Dunlop from article by Laura Webster, “Prince Charles’s Knockroon ‘eco-village’ has just 30 homes,” The National, February 3, 2019. “He needs to rethink what he spends his money on” quote by Gabriel Pogrund from interview on Red Box Politics Podcast (episode title: “Prince Charles and Money”), July 4, 2022. Charles “was more than disappointed at the policy” is from an article by Matt Dathan and Valentine Low, “Prince Charles: Flying migrants to Rwanda is ‘appalling,’” The Times, June 10, 2022. “But Americans can do anything!” is allegedly a comment made by Prince Charles, reported in a book by Sally Bedell Smith, Charles: The Misunderstood Prince, 2017. “Royal body . . . carriers of a blood line” comes from an essay by Hilary Mantel, “Royal Bodies,” London Review of Books, February 21, 2013. The nickname “queen of people’s hearts” first entered the lexicon after Princess Diana was asked if she thought she would ever become Queen (alongside Charles) during her Panorama interview (episode title: “An Interview with HRH The Princess of Wales”), BBC1, November 20, 1995. “Prince of Wails” was first used in an article by William D. Montalbano, “Prince’s Marital Woes Become Britain’s Problem,” Los Angeles Times, December 30, 1995, and in

dozens of articles in the years that followed. The nickname “Pampered Prince” was first used in an article (which also cites the “crested silver dispenser”) by Stuart Millar and Jamie Wilson, “Pampered prince puts sun king in shade,” Guardian, November 15, 2002. Alongside material from these referenced sources, I also found the following two books useful for additional insight: Catherine Mayer, Charles: The Heart of a King, 2022; Tom Bower, Rebel Prince: The Power, Passion and Defiance of Prince Charles, 2018.

6 The 152 veterans of the Royal Navy, Royal Marines, and British Army who signed the letter to Queen Elizabeth II were convened by the Republic group; it was sent directly to the monarch on January 13, 2022. “Without Prince Philip the royal house of cards is falling” is from Tom Bower, The Times, December 12, 2021. “I cannot imagine anyone in their right mind leaving you for Camilla” is from a letter sent by Prince Philip to Princess Diana in the summer of 1992 and reprinted in a book by Paul Burrell, A Royal Duty, 2003. “If I walk, will you walk with me?” was first reported in a book by Gyles Brandreth, Breaking the Code: Westminster Diaries, 2014. “I don’t think any child should be asked to do that, under any circumstances,” from Prince Harry interview in a profile by Angela Levin, “Prince Harry on Chaos After Diana’s Death and Why the World Needs ‘the Magic’ of the Royal Family,” Newsweek, June 21, 2017. “[Andrew] is a kind, good man  .  .  .” quote from Sarah, Duchess of York, interview on Good Morning Britain, ITV, June 14, 2022. “He was in an invidious situation of his own making  .  .  .” quote from producer Sam McAlister interview by Andrew Kersley, “Ex-Newsnight producer Sam McAlister on booking Prince Andrew and BBC’s ‘fatal’ class problem,” Press Gazette, July 22, 2022. “Like a platter of fruit” quote is from Virginia Giuffre in an interview with Panorama, BBC, December 2, 2019. The articles featuring sources close to Prince Andrew denying the authenticity of the photo with Virginia Giuffre were by Bill Gardner, “Prince Andrew’s supporters say his ‘chubby’ fingers prove photo of him with Epstein victim is fake,” The Telegraph, August 29, 2019, and Robert Jobson, “Prince Andrew hits back over ‘witch hunt’: Duke of York insists claims by Epstein’s ‘sex slave’ are

‘categorically untrue,’” London Evening Standard, August 28, 2019. “Any suggestion of impropriety with underage minors is categorically untrue” is from a Buckingham Palace spokeswoman on January 2, 2015. “It is emphatically denied that the Duke of York had any form of sexual contact or relationship with Virginia [Giuffre]” is a statement from Buckingham Palace in response to Virginia Giuffre’s Panorama interview on December 2, 2019. “He denies that it ever happened . . .” quote from Virginia Giuffre interview with NBC News on September 20, 2019. “Tits and bums man” and “schoolboy humor” quotes from reporting in article by Valentine Low, “‘Andrew the great’ exasperated duchess with unsavoury friend,” The Times, January 6, 2015. The tabloid nickname “Randy Andy” was born after a 1986 Daily Mail article, titled “Randy Andy and His Web of Arm Candy” chronicled his long list of alleged romances. “He would just be putting himself back into the same dangerous position again, facing the same deposition . . .” quote from David Boies interview on Piers Morgan Uncensored, Talk TV, February 21, 2023. During my reading and research for this chapter, I also found the following titles of use: Nigel Cawthorne, Prince Andrew: Epstein, Maxwell and the Palace, 2022; Robert Jobson, Prince Philip’s Century, 1921–2021: The Extraordinary Life of the Duke of Edinburgh, 2021; Sam McAlister, Scoops: Behind the Scenes of the BBC’s Most Shocking Interviews, 2022; Sarah Ferguson, Finding Sarah: A Duchess’s Journey to Find Herself, 2011.

7 Black women in the United Kingdom being four times more likely to die during childbirth is a statistic from a report published by MBRRACE-UK (Mothers and Babies: Reducing Risk through Audits and Confidential Enquiries across the United Kingdom), released on November 10, 2021. Young Black men in London being nineteen times more likely to be stopped and searched is from a November 2020 research study by University College London’s institute for global city policing. The death rate of nonwhite people in Britain who died from Covid being 50 percent more than their white counterparts comes from a May 2020 analysis by the Institute for Fiscal Studies. Minority ethnic job applicants sending 60 percent more applications to get a positive response from an employer is a statistic

released in January 2019 by the Centre for Social Investigation at Nuffield College, University of Oxford. The case of “retain and explain” for statues linked to slavery in the City of London was a result of a decision made by the district’s Court of Common Council. Prince Charles’s speech on the “appalling atrocity of slavery” was delivered in Bridgetown, Barbados, on November 30, 2021. Barbados was dubbed “Little England” after the English settled on the island in 1627, wiping away all traces of its original inhabitants (the Arawaks), and it retained the nickname due to its strong British attitude and traditions (such as afternoon tea and cricket matches). “Shouldn’t be here at all” quote from David Denny in article by Victoria Murphy, “Prince Charles Calls Slavery an ‘Appalling Atrocity’ Which ‘Forever Stains Our History’ in Landmark Speech,” Town & Country, November 29, 2021. Prince Philip’s “slitty-eyed” remark was made to a group of students of Mandarin at Xian University on October 16, 1986. Prince Philip told then president of Nigeria Olusegun Obasanjo (wearing national dress), “You look like you’re ready for bed,” during a visit to Nigeria on December 3, 2003. Prince Philip’s “Do you still throw spears at each other?” remark was made on a visit to the Tjapukai Aboriginal Cultural Park in Australia on March 2, 2002. “The Africans just don’t know how to govern themselves . . .” was a quote from the Queen Mother (shared by one of her ladies-in-waiting) in an article by Tanya Gold, “The queen of unkindness,” Guardian, September 15, 2009. Charles calling a South Asian friend “Sooty” is from an article by Tim Walker, “Member of Princes’ polo club ‘affectionately’ known as Sooty,” The Telegraph, January 12, 2009. Princess Michael of Kent was quoted telling Black restaurant goers, “You need to go back to the colonies!” in an article by Jeane MacIntosh, “TELLS BLACK NYERS: ‘GO TO COLONIES,’” New York Post, May 26, 2004. “I even pretended years ago to be an African, a half caste” is from an interview with Princess Michael of Kent on My Favourite Hymns, ITV1, July 25, 2004. Prince Andrew’s alleged use of the n-word is from a comment piece by Rohan Silva, “Andrew’s use of language left me reeling —and I still regret not challenging his choice of words,” London Evening Standard, November 18, 2019. Prince Harry’s uses of the slurs “rag-head” and “Paki” were from a leaked video recording covered in the News of the World, January 11, 2009. The document revealing courtiers banned “coloured immigrants or foreigners” from serving in clerical roles in the royal household was first revealed in a report by David Pegg and Rob

Evans, “Buckingham Palace banned ethnic minorities from office roles, papers reveal,” Guardian, June 2, 2021. “Paraded naked through the streets . . .” is from an opinion piece written by Jeremy Clarkson, “One day, Harold the glove puppet will tell the truth about A Woman Talking B*****ks,” The Sun, December 16, 2022. “You may not necessarily comment on this issue  .  .  .” quote by Antigua prime minister Gaston Browne to Prince Edward was broadcast on ABSTV Antigua, April 27, 2022. “She was ahead of the curve” is a quote from historian and professor of imperial and military history at King’s College London Ashley Jackson in the article “The Queen and the Commonwealth: a force for international change?,” The Queen at 90, BBC History, March 2020. “I declare before you all that my whole life, whether it be long or short  .  .  .” is from the Queen’s twenty-first-birthday speech on April 21, 1947. That an image “would particularly appeal to a History of Art graduate such as Kate” is a quote by Mail on Sunday art critic Philip Hensher in an article by Sarah Oliver and Katie Nicholl, “Incredible glimpse through the palace keyhole and fiercely guarded private life of William and Kate,” Mail on Sunday, April 24, 2016. “If the Koh-i-Noor is a symbol of East India Company . . .” quote from Danielle Kinsey in article by Brahmjot Kaur, “Camilla swaps the Kohinoor diamond for another controversial stone on her coronation crown,” NBC News, February 17, 2023. “With a world stage and powerful voice that was inherited by her very position  .  .  .” quote from article by John V. Petrocelli, “Trouble in the Castle: Unnecessary to Consult Sussex,” Psychology Today, December 10, 2022. Prince Harry’s statement condemning “racial undertones” and “wave of abuse” was released by Kensington Palace with the title “A Statement by the Communications Secretary to Prince Harry” on November 8, 2016. “I do think the Duke of Sussex and his office will bear some responsibility if a journalist is harmed  .  .  .” comment by Richard Palmer on Twitter/X, December 18, 2018. “If you’d seen the stuff that was written and you were receiving it . . .” quotes from Neil Basu to Channel 4 News, November 29, 2022. The “Meghan made Kate cry” story first ran in an article by Camilla Tominey, “Kate and Meghan: Is the royal sisterhood really at breaking point?,” The Telegraph, November 26, 2018. The “What Meghan wants, Meghan gets!” tiara story was first reported by Dan Wootton, “MAJ RAPPED MEG: The Queen warned Prince Harry over Meghan Markle’s ‘difficult’ behaviour after row over bride’s tiara for royal wedding,” The Sun, November 9, 2018.

The story claiming Meghan, the Duchess of Sussex, “bollocked” Kate, the Duchess of Cambridge’s staff was reported by Dan Wootton, “ROYAL STRIFE: Meghan Markle and Kate Middleton locked in bitter fallout as Hollywood starlet takes on royal court,” The Sun, November 30, 2018. The claim that Meghan refused to wear M&S tights first appeared in a column by Sophia Money-Coutts, The Sunday Telegraph, November 18, 2018. The nickname “Duchess Difficult” was first used in a headline by Roya Nikkhah, “Meghan loses second close aide, Samantha Cohen, as rumours swirl of ‘Duchess Difficult,’” The Sunday Times, December 9, 2018. The nickname “Me-Gain” was reported in an article by David Jenkins, “Two years on from the Royal Wedding, the cult of ‘Meghanomania’ endures,” Tatler, May 18, 2020. The descriptor “narcissistic sociopath” being used by ex-staffers was reported by Valentine Low, Courtiers: The Hidden Power Behind the Crown, 2018. “Degree wife” first appeared in an article by Sophia Money-Coutts, “Cambridge v. Sussex: is there a rift between Prince William and Kate and Prince Harry and Meghan?,” The Sunday Times, June 16, 2019. “Calling someone the b-word, labeling them as difficult  .  .  .” quote is from Meghan on the podcast Archetypes (episode: “To ‘B’ or not to ‘B’?”), Spotify, November 2022. “Melissa is a hugely talented person . . .” source quotes from article by Richard Eden, “Palace shock as Meghan Markle’s closest aide quits her job just six months after royal wedding,” Daily Mail, November 10, 2018. The Meghan “friend” the Buckingham Palace aide said had also made comments about Melissa Toubati was actress Janina Gavankar, who was interviewed on This Morning, March 10, 2021, where she said, “I also know why someone had to leave, and it was for gross misconduct. The truth will come out, there’s plenty of emails and texts about that.” “I just didn’t want to be alive anymore . . .” quotes from Meghan from Oprah with Meghan and Harry, CBS, March 7, 2021. “As far as the family was concerned . . .” quotes from Prince Harry from Harry & Meghan, Netflix, 2022. Only 8 percent of Britain’s journalism workforce being non-white is a statistic from an Office for National Statistics Labour Force Survey reported by Charlotte Tobitt, “Survey finds growing UK journalism workforce of nearly 100,000 still lacks ethnic diversity,” Press Gazette, May 13, 2021 (updated September 30, 2022). The first use of “British-Iranian” in an article about me was by Ian Gallagher, “The celebrity writers chosen by Meghan to tell her ‘real’ story,” Mail on Sunday, April 25, 2020. “What was able to just be manufactured and

churned out, it’s almost unsurvivable . . .” quote from Meghan to Teenager Therapy podcast, October 10, 2020. The statement denying Kate’s “baby Botox” was issued by a Kensington Palace spokesperson on July 24, 2019. “For us, for this union and the specifics around her race  .  .  .” quote from Prince Harry from Oprah with Meghan and Harry, CBS, March 7, 2021. The letter written by Holly Lynch was sent to the Duchess of Sussex on October 29, 2019. The nationwide poll about sympathy for the Sussexes or the royal family after the Oprah Winfrey interview aired was conducted by YouGov (who surveyed 2,111 adults living in the United Kingdom) on March 8, 2021. Kate’s “History will judge this statement” was reported by Valentine Low in the paperback release of Courtiers: The Hidden Power Behind the Crown, 2023. “We are very much not a racist family” was William’s comment to Sky News reporter Inzamam Rashid on March 11, 2021, who asked the question, “Have you spoken to your brother since the interview?” (the prince’s reply, “No, I haven’t spoken to him yet, but I will do”), followed by, “And can you just let me know, is the royal family a racist family, sir?” The Buckingham Palace employment diversity percentages were released in the Sovereign Grant Report for the financial year 2022–23, and additional information was gathered by my own reporting. “Everything they said was going to happen hasn’t happened . . .” quotes by Prince Harry from Harry: The Interview, ITV, January 8, 2023. This chapter would be incomplete without the additional insights, stories, and research provided in the following sources: Akala, Natives: Race and Class in the Ruins of Empire, 2019; Naomi and Natalie Evans, The Mixed-Race Experience: Reflections and Revelations on Multicultural Identity, 2022; Catherine Hall et al., Legacies of British Slave-ownership: Colonial Slavery and the Formation of Victorian Britain, 2016; Afua Hirsch, Brit(ish): On Race, Identity and Belonging, 2018; Kenneth Morgan, Slavery and the British Empire: From Africa to America, 2007; Safiya Umoja Noble, Algorithms of Oppression: How Search Engines Reinforce Racism, 2019; David Olusoga, Black and British: A Short, Essential History, 2020. A huge hat tip also goes to the R. S. Locke article “House of Windsor II: Prince Harry and the Flight of Icarus,” Medium, March 1, 2001; a journal article by Emily C. Bartel, “Too Many Blackamoors: Deportation, Discrimination, and Elizabeth I,” Studies in English Literature, 1500–1900 46, no. 2, Tudor and Stuart Drama (Spring 2006); the YouTube channel “LonerBox” for its documentaries “Racism in the UK,” October 14, 2020,

and “The British Monarchy,” September 30, 2022; and the documentary “How Black Britons experienced racism in the shadow of COVID-19,” Al Jazeera, March 14, 2022.

8 Prince William said he was “sickened by the racist abuse aimed at England” in a tweet from the Kensington Palace Twitter/X account on July 12, 2021. William’s speech about ensuring diversity in future BAFTA nominations was delivered at the start of the 73rd British Academy Film and Television Arts Awards ceremony on February 3, 2020. “The public look to him to keep royal work looking modern . . .” and (later on in the chapter) “middleclass job” and “ordinary people” are from sources quoted in a profile by Roya Nikkhah, “Up close and personal with Prince William: an intimate portrait of the future king,” The Sunday Times, March 20, 2021. Cholmondeley is pronounced “Chum-lee.” The first report about Kate, then the Duchess of Cambridge, and Rose Hanbury’s alleged “fall out” was by Dan Wootton, “ROYAL RIVAL: Kate Middleton has fall-out with glamorous best friend and tells Prince William to ‘phase her out,’” The Sun, March 22, 2019—it was removed from the newspaper’s website in 2021. The nickname “Turnip Toffs” was first used in an article by Catherine Ostler, “The Turnip Toffs! Meet Kate and Will’s new neighbours, the partyloving Norfolk set with bigger homes than the royals. And, dahling, everyone knows each other (sometimes EXTREMELY well),” Daily Mail, September 12, 2014. “The real victim of aristocratic dinner party gossip” from an article by Richard Kay, “Is Kate’s ‘rural rivalry’ just a vicious rumour to damage her?,” Daily Mail, March 24, 2019. The legal warning to U.K. newspapers about rumors was reported by Lachlan Cartwright and Tom Sykes, “Prince William’s Lawyer Tries to Suppress Rumors  .  .  .  ,” Daily Beast, April 9, 2019. The claim that Harry and Meghan’s marriage was in trouble was reported by Aaron Johnson, “Harry and Meghan TRIAL SEPARATION: ‘Nasty Fights, Humiliation and Failure’ Lead Prince to Pursue ‘Peace’—Inside the Drama,” Radar Online, July 18, 2023. “He wanted me to hit him back, but I chose not to . . .” by Prince Harry from Harry: The Interview, ITV, January 8, 2023. “Far from seeming cold and unfeeling  .  .  .” in an article by Camilla Tominey, “There’s never been a

better time for the Princess of Wales’s new private secretary to shake things up,” The Telegraph (“Royal Appointment” digital newsletter), February 8, 2023. “We are uniquely bonded because of what we went through . . .” is a quote from Prince William during a seven-minute video released online by Kensington Palace on April 21, 2017, to launch Heads Together. “Look, we’re brothers, we’ll always be brothers  .  .  .” quote by Prince Harry on Harry and Meghan: An African Journey, ITV, October 20, 2019. The report that William had “bullied” Harry out of the family is by Valentine Low, “Princes ‘fell out because William wasn’t friendly towards Meghan,’” The Times, January 13, 2020. The “source close to the royal family” who said Harry has been “kidnapped by a cult of psychotherapy” was quoted in an article by Alastair Jamieson, “Royals despair as Prince Harry ‘kidnapped by cult of psychotherapy,’” Independent, January 10, 2023. “The worldwide privacy” tour episode of South Park (season 26, episode 2) was first aired on February, 15, 2023, on Comedy Central in the United States. William was first called “work-shy” in an article by Emily Andrews, “Meddling Wills is throne idle,” The Sun, February 18, 2016. The photographs of William at a Swiss nightclub appeared in an article by Emily Andrews and Nick Parker, “LETTING HIS HEIR DOWN: Prince William shows off his dad dancing skills as he throws his hands in the air to hip hop classic on lads’ holiday,” The Sun, March 14, 2017. “My mother did put herself right out there  .  .  .” quotes by Prince William from interview by Alastair Campbell, “William: A Prince in His Prime,” British GQ, May 29, 2017. “Following on from my time in the military . . .” is from Prince William’s statement released by Kensington Palace, “An update from Kensington Palace about the plans for The Duke and Duchess of Cambridge in 2017,” January 20, 2017. “I’ll never know as much as he does, but I’ll try my best . . .” quotes by Prince William in an article by Hannah Furness, “Prince William on making his mark on father’s Duchy of Cornwall legacy,” The Telegraph, October 11, 2019. “Homelessness can be prevented when we collaborate  .  .  .” quote by Prince William from Kensington Palace press release, “The Prince of Wales and The Royal Foundation launch UK-wide programme to end homelessness,” June 26, 2023. William spoke of his “unique bond” with Harry in a Heads Together video released by Kensington Palace on April 21, 2017. Miguel Head is quoted in an article by Roya Nikkhah, “Up close and personal with Prince William: an intimate portrait of the future king,” The Sunday Times, March 20, 2021. William’s

“lifelong mission” was first reported by Russell Myers, “Prince William’s pledge after Israel and Palestine visit: ‘Middle East peace will be my lifelong mission,’” The Mirror, July 1, 2018. “WILLS THE FREEDOM FIGHTER” was the front page of The Sun, March 23, 2023. Additional reading and research was useful in the books Robert Jobson, William at 40: The Making of a Modern Monarch, 2022; Penny Junor, Prince William: Born to Be King, an Intimate Portrait, 2012; Anna Pasternak, The American Duchess: The Real Wallis Simpson, 2020. The research on the “Turnip Toffs” by author Meredith Constant (published to TikTok and YouTube, March 2023) was also very helpful.

9 “Granny, while this final parting brings us great sadness . . .” from tribute statement written by Prince Harry and released on September 12, 2022. “I just wanted to show her that she’s welcome  .  .  .” quote from unnamed fourteen-year-old girl to Scott McLean, CNN, September 10, 2022. “It was one of the hardest things she ever had to do” from a source quoted in Robert Jobson, Our King: Charles III: The Man and the Monarch Revealed, 2023. The interview in which Harry said changing the media was his “life’s work” was with Tom Bradby, Harry: The Interview, ITV, January 8, 2023. Bill Simmons called Harry and Meghan “the fucking grifters” on The Bill Simmons Podcast, Spotify, June 16, 2023. The Sussexes’ marriage was described as “frazzled” and “fraught” in an article by Camilla Tominey, “The Sussexes are frazzled, fraught and lacking romance—like any couple with young kids,” The Telegraph, May 19, 2023. Though not directly quoted, references to Prince Harry’s Spare, 2023, are also made during this chapter.

10 Queen Elizabeth I called Robert Dudley, Earl of Leicester, her “Eyes,” William Cecil her “Spirit,” and Robert Cecil her “pigmy” or “elf,” per letters she had written during her life and quoted in a number of books on her life, including Alison Weir, Elizabeth, The Queen, 2011. Prince Philip’s

and Princess Margaret’s references to courtiers as “the Men with Mustaches” has been documented in numerous biographies, including books by Gyles Brandreth, Philip: The Final Portrait, 2021, and Tim Heald, Princess Margaret: A Life Unravelled, 2007. Sarah, the Duchess of York, referred to “Gray Men” in her autobiography, My Story, 1996. Angela Kelly’s NDA was first reported by Kate Mansey, “Angela Kelly ‘is made to sign gagging order,’” Mail on Sunday, May 21, 2023. “Whenever there is a monarch, there is court  .  .  .” quote from Valentine Low, Courtiers: The Hidden Power Behind the Crown, 2022. “Courtiers in the British system are the rulers of their masters . . .” quote from Robert Hardman in an article by Latika Bourke, “The ‘men in grey’: The true powers behind the palace,” Sydney Morning Herald, March 13, 2021. The “half in, half out” working model was shared by Prince Harry and Meghan, the Duchess of Sussex, on the website SussexRoyal.com, as well as within the royal institution, on January 8, 2020. “Something out of monarchies in the middle ages” is attributed to “Buckingham Palace insiders” in an article by Chris Ship, “Why has the Queen’s most loyal aide suddenly left his role?,” ITV News, September 17, 2017. “Palace power struggle” was first used to describe Sir Christopher Geidt’s departure in an article by Valentine Low and Alexi Mostrous, “Queen’s aide Sir Christopher Geidt ousted in palace power struggle,” The Times, September 16, 2017. Sir Clive Alderton’s “hatchet man” nickname was first reported in an article by Kate Mansey, “King Charles III will keep the Queen’s Private Secretary—known as a ‘hatchet man’ for his ability to deliver bad news—in his post,” Mail on Sunday, September 17, 2022. Samantha Cohen’s “Samantha the Panther” nickname was first reported by Martin Robinson, “Meghan gets the Queen’s special advisor,” Daily Mail, May 24, 2018. “[He’d] spent much of his career adjacent to, and indeed drawn to shit . . .” quotes from Prince Harry, Spare, 2023. The article that refers to Simon Case as “a fixer by nature” and “keeper of secrets” is by Ben Wright and Joshua Nevett, “Simon Case: ‘Keeper of secrets’ under scrutiny,” BBC News, February 3, 2023. “I like Simon, but he’s a snake” quote is from article by Emilio Casalicchio, “From spy chief to Prince Harry’s bête noire—the many lives of UK Cabinet Secretary Simon Case,” Politico, January 10, 2023. The term divergent paths was used often used by Kensington Palace aides in 2019 to describe Harry and William’s “natural progression” into establishing different roles at different royal households. Elton John defended Harry and Meghan’s use

of his private jet in a series of posts on Twitter/X, August 19, 2019, where he said, “To maintain a high level of much-needed protection, we provided them with a private jet flight.” Prince William “looking like your archetypal family man on holiday . . .” is from an article by Rebecca English, “Who needs a private jet? Kate and Wills’ £73 budget flight,” Daily Mail, August 23, 2019. The following books also provided invaluable research and background: Baldassare Castiglione, Il Libro del Cortegiano (The Book of the Courtier), 1528; Ophelia Field, Sarah Churchill Duchess of Marlborough: The Queen’s Favourite, 2003; Paul Hill, The Age of Athelstan: Britain’s Forgotten History, 2004; Niccolò Machiavelli, The Prince, 1532; Marc Morris, The Anglo-Saxons: A History of Beginnings, 2022; Kathryn Warner, Edward II: The Unconventional King, 2014; Alison Weir, Henry VIII: The King and His Court, 2001; Lucy Worsley, Courtiers: The Secret History of the Georgian Court, 2010.

11 The term “people’s princess” was used by the then British prime minister Tony Blair to describe Diana, Princess of Wales, on the day of her death, August 31, 1997. “Harry never says that his mother is dead . . .” quote from article by Andrew O’Hagan, “Off His Royal Tits,” London Review of Books 45, no. 3, February 2, 2023. Harry has publicly shared his fears of “history repeating itself” on at least three occasions, including his docuseries created with Oprah Winfrey, The Me You Can’t See, Apple TV+, 2021. “Felt the presence of [his] mum  .  .  .” quotes by Prince Harry to Michael Strahan, Good Morning America, ABC, January 9, 2023. Diana was going to “enliven it  .  .  .” quote from former Guardian royal correspondent and author of Royalty Inc., Stephen Bates, in an article by Suyin Haynes, “The Crown Doesn’t Fully Explain Why Princess Diana Was So Popular. Here’s How She Became a Global Celebrity,” Time, November 16, 2020. Tom Cruise spoke about media “harassment” over the phone to CNN on August 31, 1997. “Where Is Our Queen? Where Is Her Flag?” was the front page of The Sun, September 4, 1997. The sentence on Diana’s influence on fashion trends was inspired by an article by Emma Mackenzie, “Why are people so obsessed with buying Diana’s things?,” Yahoo! News, August 9, 2023. The

“Diana: Her Fashion Story” exhibition traced the evolution of the royal’s style and was organized by Historic Royal Palaces and ran at Kensington Palace from February 24, 2017, to February 17, 2019. Biographer Penny Junor wrote about Diana as a bad mother, volatile, narcissistic, and violent in her books Charles: Victim or Villain, 1999, and Prince Harry: Brother, Soldier, Son, 2014. Additional details on the Martin Bashir/Panorama investigation from the “Report of The Dyson Investigation by The Right Honourable Lord Dyson,” published on May 14, 2021. Earl Spencer’s letter to BBC’s director-general Tim Davie was published in the Daily Mail, “SPENCER’S ULTIMATUM TO BBC’S NEW BOSS,” November 3, 2020. Martin Bashir stepped down from his BBC role in April 2021, and it was announced in a statement by Jonathan Munro, the deputy director of BBC News, on May 14, 2021. Both Prince Harry’s and Prince William’s statements on the outcome of Lord Dyson’s investigation were released under embargo by their respective offices at exactly 10:00 p.m. U.K. time, May 20, 2021. “What bullying actually means . . .” quote from Jenny Afia is from The Princes and The Press (episode 2), BBC Two, December 8, 2021. “You must understand, darling boy  .  .  .” quote by Charles is from Prince Harry, Spare, 2023. “Say what I want about Harry and Meghan . . .” quote by Norman Baker is from interview on GB News, December 13, 2022. Other books that provided helpful research for this specific chapter: Noel Botham, The Murder of Princess Diana: The Truth Behind the Assassination of the People’s Princess, 2017; Tina Brown, The Diana Chronicles, 2017; Patrick Jephson, Shadow of a Princess: An Intimate Account by Her Private Secretary, 2000; James Patterson and Chris Mooney, Diana, William, & Harry: A life cut short. A love that endures, 2023; Ken Wharfe with Robert Jobson, Diana: Closely Guarded Secret, 2016; Ken Wharfe and Ros Coward, Diana: Remembering the Princess, 2022.

12 Part I

Quotes from Camilla’s Mail interview (including “just get on with it” later in the chapter) were given to Geordie Greig, “EXCLUSIVE: Camilla up close! Duchess of Cornwall opens up as never before, saying: ‘If you can’t laugh at yourself, you may as well give up,’” Mail on Sunday, May 28, 2017. “Raunchy and randy” and “throw her knickers on the table” come from an article by Caroline Murphy, “Squidging about,” London Review of Books 26, no. 2, January 22, 2004. “Doing what Lady Chatterley loved best” is a quote from a butler in the book by Gyles Brandreth, Charles & Camilla: Portrait of a Love Affair, 2005. “She laughed easily at the same silliness” quote is from a book by Jonathan Dimbleby, The Prince of Wales: An Intimate Portrait, 1998. Details of Charles’s letters to Lord Mountbatten published in a book by Penny Junor, The Duchess: Camilla Parker Bowles and the Love Affair that Rocked the Crown, 2018. “I find knickers all over the place” quote is from a housekeeper at Glyn Celyn House, where the couple regularly stayed as far back as 1992, in an article by James Whitaker and Jane Kerr, The Mirror, August 26, 1996. The story about the ham radio enthusiast is from the memoir of Richard Stott, Dogs and Lampposts, 2002. Diana’s “Rottweiler” nickname for Camilla was first reported by Andrew Morton, Diana: Her True Story, 1992. Patrick “Paddy” Harverson’s quote is from an interview on Good Morning America, ABC, September 12, 2022. Piers Morgan called Meghan “Pinocchio Princess” in a March 8, 2021, Twitter/X post before calling her a “race-baiter” on Good Morning Britain, ITV, March 10, 2021, where he then stormed off the set when challenged by a co-presenter about his stance (and then “left” his job that same day after Meghan personally complained to the network’s CEO, Carolyn McCall, who defended the duchess). “New series of Netflix’s The Crown is ‘vicious’ and ‘would have destroyed’ the Queen, one of the late monarch’s closest friends says,” story by Brittany Chain, Katie Hind, and Kate Mansey, Mail on Sunday, October 23, 2022. Judi Dench added pressure on Netflix to tell viewers its show is fiction by writing a letter that was published in The Times, October 19, 2022. Harry’s “bodies left in the street” quote was from an interview with Anderson Cooper, 60 Minutes, CBS, January 8, 2023. “I have a huge amount of compassion for her  .  .  .” quote from Harry to Michael Strahan, Good Morning America, ABC, January 9, 2023. “Of course it bothers her . . .” quote from the Marchioness of Lansdowne in an article by Roya Nikkhah, “Queen Camilla: the ‘lady boss,’ by her inner circle,” The Sunday Times, April 15, 2023. “We all love our food . . .” quote

from Tom Parker Bowles to me on the podcast The HeirPod, ABC Audio, December 13, 2019. “You’re not going to find us with great estates  .  .  .” quote from Tom Parker Bowles on the podcast The News Agents, Global, April 20, 2023. “She was very explicit with me  .  .  .” quote from Julian Payne to Times Radio, May 4, 2023. “I count on the loving help of my darling wife . . .” was from King Charles’s address to “the Nation and the Commonwealth,” which was broadcast on September 9, 2022. Additional reading for this chapter: HRH The Prince of Wales and Bunny Guinness, Highgrove: A Garden Celebrated, 2014; Caroline Graham, Camilla: Her True Story, 2001; Tom Quinn, Mrs. Keppel: Mistress to the King, 2016.

12 Part II “The physical benefits of being outdoors . . . are well documented . . .” from a speech delivered by Kate, then the Duchess of Cambridge, at the Back to Nature festival at RHS Garden Wisley on September 10, 2019. Kate’s appearance on Blue Peter aired on BBC1, June 13, 2019. The Royal Foundation Centre for Early Childhood was launched on June 18, 2021. Details of Sure Start closures come from article by Anoosh Chakelian, “Replacing lost Sure Start centres is a tacit admission of austerity’s failure,” New Statesman, February 10, 2023. Kate joined the podcast Happy Mum, Happy Baby, Acast, for an episode released on February 15, 2020. The book Hold Still: A Portrait of Our Nation in 2020, featuring an introduction by the Duchess of Cambridge, was released on May 7, 2021. “Bucklebury provided the backbone for Kate’s aspirational resolve” is from Tina Brown, The Palace Papers: Inside the House of Windsor—the Truth and the Turmoil, 2022. The nickname “Waity Katie” was invented by the Daily Mail (because she was “happy to hang on until William proposes”) and first used in the article “‘Waity Katie’ has a wobble as Prince William commits seven years to the RAF,” November 8, 2008. “Royal Wedding Is On! The Secret Proposal” was the front cover of Us Weekly a week before the engagement was announced on November 16, 2010. “I saw Kate becoming a jointed doll on which certain rags are hung . . .” and other quotes are from

Hilary Mantel, “Royal Bodies,” London Review of Books 35, no. 4, February 21, 2013. The report that Prince George can skip a stint in the Armed Forces “if he wishes” originates from an article by Kate Mansey, “Prince George will not be expected to join the Armed Forces before becoming King breaking centuries of tradition,” Mail on Sunday, July 15, 2023.

13 “Demands for democracy—that these publics have a say—advanced” and other invaluable insight from an article by Adam Ramsay, “The monarchy and media are trapped in a mutually dependent relationship,” openDemocracy, January 9, 2023. More invaluable insight in an article by Adam Ramsay, “Dismantling Britain Is One Thing. Dismantling Britishness Is Another,” Novara Media, October 6, 2021. “Impress the many,” “governing the many,” and “excite and preserve the reverence of the population” from Walter Bagehot, The English Constitution (Second Edition), 1873. “The clock which beats the time over the Houses of Parliament  .  .  .” quote is referenced in Todd Avery, Radio Modernism: Literature, Ethics, and the BBC, 1922–1938, 2006. The statistic that 6 percent of the British population identify as Christian (while 42 percent say they are nonpracticing Christians) is from a survey by Talking Jesus reported exclusively in an article by Anugrah Kumar, “‘Talking Jesus’ report finds only 6% of UK adults identify as practicing Christians,” The Christian Post, May 2, 2022. “They wouldn’t be there if there wasn’t something in the British character . . .” quote from Martin Amis’s England, BBC Four, March 23, 2014. “They can deny it all they like until they’re blue in the face  .  .  .” quote from Robert Jobson on Sunrise, Channel 7, November 24, 2021. The term “churnalism” is used for a type of journalism in which press releases and stories from newswires (or press pools) are used to create articles in newspapers and other news media—it was coined by BBC journalist Waseem Zakir in the early 2000s. The documentary Harry & William: What Went Wrong aired on ITV1, July 4, 2021. The documentary Harry and Meghan: An African Journey aired on ITV1, October 23, 2019. William and Kate’s visit to Harry and Meghan was reported by me, “Prince William & Duchess Kate Have Visited Meghan at

Frogmore Cottage,” Harper’s Bazaar, April 25, 2019. Sandy Henney’s quote is from Zeynep Tufekci, “Prince Harry Is Right, and It’s Not Just a Matter of Royal Gossip,” New York Times, January 25, 2023. Penny Junor’s quote about Mark Bolland is from Reinventing the Royals (episode 1 of 2), BBC Two, March 24, 2015. Dan Wootton’s comment about negative information “coming from within the royal family” was made on Talk Radio, August 2, 2019. Kate, the Princess of Wales, backed The Sun’s “Baby, Bank On Us” appeal on June 4, 2023, telling the paper, “I’m very proud to support this campaign.” “Camilla has been canny . . .” is from an article by Peter Hunt, “How Camilla came in from the cold,” Spectator, February 5, 2022. The apology to Meghan in the Mail on Sunday was printed on December 26, 2021, and on the Mail Online on December 25, 2021. Additional Tobyn Andreae history from an article by Ellie Hall, “King Charles Hired a Former Top Editor at the Tabloids That Published Critical Kate Middleton Columns and the Story That Was an Impetus for the Breakdown of Meghan Markle’s Relationship with Her Father,” BuzzFeed News, September 30, 2022. “Either well-known journalists are making a lot of stuff up  .  .  .” quote is from an article by Andrew Marr, “Prince Harry’s war on the Windsors,” New Statesman, January 11, 2023. I fell down many a rabbit hole researching for this chapter, but the following titles are some of the many additional sources of research that were helpful (even if material or quotes from them don’t appear in the book): Dickie Arbiter, On Duty with the Queen: My Time as a Buckingham Palace Press Secretary, 2014; Nick Davies, Flat Earth News: An AwardWinning Reporter Exposes Falsehood, Distortion and Propaganda in the Global Media, 2008; Jackie Harrison and Luke McKernan, Breaking the News: 500 Years of News in Britain, 2022; Chris Horrie, Tabloid Nation: From the Birth of the Daily Mirror to the Death of the Tabloid Newspaper, 2003; Adrian Phillips, The First Royal Media War: Edward VIII, the Abdication and the Press, 2023.

14 The origin of “Keep Calm and Carry On” was a slogan created by Britain’s Ministry of Information in 1939 as a message of “sober restraint” to be used in the event of war. “For Great Britain [to make] clear to the world its role

as an industrial leader” is quoted from a book by Mark Kishlansky, Patrick Geary, and Patricia O’Brien, Civilization in the West, 2008. “Increase the means of industrial education  .  .  .” quote from an 1850 royal commission for the Great Exhibition, which Prince Albert was president of, and now available in the House of Lords Library. Edward VII’s “miraculous” recovery from typhoid is covered in a book by Jane Ridley, Bertie: A Life of Edward VII, 2012. “The new limelight” and (later in the chapter) “cultivated anachronism” are from a book by Tom Nairn, The Enchanted Glass: Britain and Its Monarchy, 2011. “One hundred years ago, Queen Victoria opened the Great Exhibition  .  .  .” speech by King George VI, delivered for the opening of the Festival of Britain, May 3, 1951 (sourced from British Pathé archives). “Worldwide fellowship” from Queen Elizabeth II’s Christmas broadcast delivered on December 25, 1953. The Queen’s famous “I have to be seen to be believed” quote is in a biography by Sally Bedell Smith, Elizabeth the Queen: The Life of a Modern Monarch, 2012. Commonwealth Games being “not value for money” were the words of politician David Andrews, Australia’s premier of Victoria, during a July 18, 2023, news conference announcing that the country will be pulling out of hosting duties. The quotes from Australia’s treasurer Jim Chalmers were given during a news conference in Melbourne on February 1, 2023. Humza Yousaf’s quotes about Scotland becoming a republic are from an interview by Laura Webster, “Humza Yousaf: Indy Scotland should look at breaking with royals,” The National, March 13, 2023. The Queen made the comment about the people of Scotland needing to “think very carefully about the future” during a walkabout outside Crathie Kirk church in Balmoral on September 14, 2014. The data used to highlight Britain’s economic trajectory (that it will soon be overtaken by Poland et al.) came from calculations shared by Labour party leader Sir Keir Starmer on February 27, 2023, based on World Bank data and the assumption that the United Kingdom’s gross domestic product (GDP) per capita continues to grow as it has between 2010 and 2021. Keir Starmer’s comment about “brain drain” is from a speech given at the office of U.K. Finance in London on February 27, 2023. The phrase “Land of Hope and Glory” is from a British patriotic song (set to the theme of Edward Elgar’s “Pomp and Circumstance March No. 1”). Its references to Britain’s colonial history, with lines like “By freedom gained, by truth maintained, thine Empire shall be strong” have made it controversial. The government-funded £396

million, ten-year refurbishment of Buckingham Palace (agreed to by then Conservative leader and prime minister Theresa May, chancellor of the exchequer Philip Hammond, and Buckingham Palace’s Keeper of the Privy Purse Sir Alan Reid) was announced in November 2016 and began in April 2017. Buckingham Palace is usually referred to as “BP” by staff and royal family members (same for Kensington Palace, which is called “KP”). Poll data for abolition support comes from British market research and data analytics firm YouGov (total sample size was 1,754 adults, and fieldwork was undertaken between April 30 and May 2, 2022); the percentage of Britons thinking the monarchy is “very important” comes from the National Centre for Social Research (based on 6,638 interviews carried out in 2023 and building on forty years of data collected for their annual “British Social Attitudes” survey); King Charles’s approval rating based on polling by Ipsos in April 2023 (data is from three representative quota samples from adults between eighteen and seventy-five years old: 1,079 interviewed online between March 31–April 1; 2,000 interviewed online between April 12–13; and 1,008 interviewed over the phone between April 5–11); young and older support for the monarchy was polled in April 2023 by YouGov for BBC’s Panorama (4,592 U.K. adults questioned). Anna Whitelock quoted by Press Association on April 14, 2016. Royal tourism site statistics from the Association of Leading Visitor Attractions (AVLA) and based on visits made in 2022 to known attractions. The Guardian’s “Cost of the crown” series was launched with a report by David Pegg and Paul Lewis, “How the British royal family hides its wealth from public scrutiny,” April 5, 2023. Charles’s estimated fortune and assets come from a report by the “Cost of the crown” team, “Revealed: King Charles’s private fortune estimated at £1.8bn,” Guardian, April 20, 2023. “Be directed for the wider good” quote from Britain’s finance minister Jeremy Hunt, January 20, 2023. Nick Wall’s quote comes from a Labour for a Republic letter to opposition Labour leader Keir Starmer sent in July 2023. The following books were useful for historical research and additional insight: Becky E. Conekin, The Autobiography of a Nation: The 1951 Festival of Britain, 2003; Phillip Hall, Royal Fortune: Tax, Money & the Monarchy, 1992; Philip Murphy, Monarchy and the End of Empire: The House of Windsor, the British Government, and the Postwar Commonwealth, 2013; Tom Nairn, The Break-Up of Britain: Crisis and Neo-Nationalism, 2021; Lynn Picknett, Clive Prince, and Stephen Prior,

War of the Windsors: A Century of Unconstitutional Monarchy, 2002; Tim Shipman, Fall Out: A Year of Political Mayhem, 2018; Graham Smith, Abolish the Monarchy: Why We Should and How We Will, 2023; E. A. Smith, George IV, 2000; Peter Fearon, Buckingham Babylon: The Rise and Fall of the House of Windsor, 1993.

15 “The odd thing about these British royal ceremonials  .  .  .” and regalia observation from article by Fintan O’Toole, “Golden Coats, Sacred Spoons,” The New York Review of Books, May 7, 2023. The story of the electroplated Ping-Pong ball was first reported by Stellene Volandes, “Prince Charles’s Prince of Wales Coronet Has an Actual Ping Pong Ball Hidden Inside It,” Town & Country, April 23, 2019. The Earl of Snowdon’s comments on Charles’s “bogus as hell” Welsh investiture were made on Timewatch, BBC Two, July 3, 2009. “It would be diversity doing what diversity is meant to do  .  .  .” quote from op-ed by Nels Abbey, “Brilliant Floella Benjamin and a not-very-gospel coronation choir. Is this as ‘diverse’ as Britain gets?,” Guardian, May 7, 2023. The 84 percent of British people saying they would not pledge allegiance to King Charles III came from a snap online poll for Good Morning Britain, ITV1, April 30, 2023. “[William’s] Coronation will look and feel quite different” quote from a “source close to William” in article by Roya Nikkhah, “Prince William is already thinking about his coronation—it won’t be like his dad’s,” The Sunday Times, May 13, 2023. “I find myself born into this particular position . . .” quotes from Charles (then the Prince of Wales) from interview with 60 Minutes, CBS, October 27, 2005. I found Ian Lloyd, The Throne: 1,000 Years of British Coronations, 2023, useful for additional information on coronations and coronation ceremonies. * * * And finally, there are so many other resources not mentioned in the individual chapter references that provided invaluable information and additional reading while writing this book, including Norman Baker,  .  .  . And What Do You Do? What the Royal Family Want You to Know, 2020;

Tina Brown, The Palace Papers: Inside the House of Windsor—the Truth and the Turmoil, 2022; Robert Jobson, Charles at Seventy: Thoughts, Hopes and Dreams, 2018; Alexander Larman, The Crown in Crisis: Countdown to the Abdication, 2021; Andrew Marr, The Diamond Queen: Elizabeth II and Her People, 2021; and, of course, Prince Harry, Spare, 2023.

Photo Section Five Years of Highs and Lows

Happier times for the “Fab Four” at the February 2018 Royal Foundation Forum in London. Chris Jackson/Getty

William and Kate followed tradition, sharing their third child, Prince Louis, with the world outside the Lindo Wing of London’s St. Mary’s Hospital on April 23, 2018. Mark Cuthbert/Getty

Harry and Meghan were at the peak of their popularity on their wedding day at St. George’s Chapel, Windsor, on May 19, 2018, though the vultures were already circling. Ben Stansall/Getty

The Queen of the United Kingdom, Elizabeth II, shares a laugh with the Queen of Fashion, Anna Wintour, during London Fashion Week in February 2018. WPA Pool/Getty

Charles and Camilla host Donald and Melania Trump during a June 2019 state visit. President Trump later tweeted about meeting “the Prince of Whales.” Chris Jackson/Getty

The Queen and Prince Philip meet their great-grandson, and the first mixed-race child born to a senior royal, Archie, after his May 6, 2019, birth. “I cherish these times,” Harry later wrote. Chris Allerton/Sussex Royal

Proud parents: Prince Louis makes his Trooping the Colour debut alongside siblings Princess Charlotte and Prince George in June 2019. Pool/Samir Hussein/Getty

Prince Andrew’s catastrophic November 2019 Newsnight interview, where the duke deflected and fumbled answers about his friendship with Jeffrey Epstein and underage sex allegations. Mark Harrison/BBC

A painfully obvious divide as William and Kate turn cold shoulders to Harry and Meghan at the Commonwealth Day service on March 9, 2020—the Sussexes’ final engagement as working royals. WPA Pool/Getty

A united front: William and Kate took a break from their March 2020 royal tour of Ireland for a romantic stroll in front of the cameras. Pool/Samir Hussein/Getty

After Harry’s departure, the Palace were keen to show William and Charles—here at a medical rehabilitation center in February 2020—working in “lockstep” together. WPA Pool/Getty

Strict pandemic protocols were still in place for the funeral of Prince Philip, with the Queen one of only thirty attendees for this solemn occasion on April 17, 2021. WPA Pool/Getty

Harry and Meghan’s March 2021 interview with Oprah was the first step in the couple sharing their side of the story. The Palace’s response? “Recollections may vary.” CBS/Harpo Productions—Joe Pugliese

William and Harry briefly put their differences to one side in July 2021 to unveil a commemorative statue of their mother, Princess Diana, in the gardens of Kensington Palace. WPA Pool/Getty

Charles, Camilla, William, and Kate sparkle at the premiere of No Time to Die at London’s Royal Albert Hall in September 2021. Ian Gavan/Getty

The Netflix docuseries Harry & Meghan—which debuted in December 2022—was the first project born of the Sussexes’ deal with Netflix and gave a peek into their new life in California with Archie and Lilibet. Netflix

Netflix

As the Queen slowed down, Prince Charles took on her monarchical duties bit by bit. Here he delivers the sovereign’s speech at the opening of Parliament in May 2022. WPA Pool/Getty

William and Kate’s misjudged and colonial-tinged May 2022 tour of the Caribbean ended with Jamaica announcing their intent to cut ties with the British monarchy. Karwai Tang/Getty

Harry and Meghan make a low-key appearance at the June 2022 Platinum Jubilee celebrating the Queen at St. Paul’s Cathedral for a service of thanksgiving. WPA Pool/Getty

During the Trooping the Colour parade to mark his great-grandmother’s birthday in June 2022, Prince Louis lets his feelings about the very loud Royal Air Force flyover be known. Max Mumby/Indigo/Getty

The last photo: Queen Elizabeth II awaits the new (and short-lived) Prime Minister Liz Truss at Balmoral Castle on September 6, 2022—two days before she passed. WPA Pool/Getty

An uncomfortable reunion for the Wales and Sussex couples, who briefly came together after the death of the Queen to greet mourners on the Long Walk at Windsor Castle on September 10, 2022. WPA Pool/Getty

Harry carried out a major publicity tour for his candid memoir, Spare, appearing on The Late Show with Stephen Colbert in January 2023. The book rocketed to the tops of bestseller lists worldwide. CBS

A new normal: After Charles became King, egg-throwing hecklers (above, pictured in November 2022) and republican protestors became a familiar sight at the monarch’s engagements. Chris Jackson/Getty

A new normal: After Charles became King, egg-throwing hecklers and republican protestors (above, February 2023) became a familiar sight at the monarch’s engagements. Arthur Edwards/Getty

The celebrations for the coronation begin—a Buckingham Palace garden party in May 2023—with Edward and Sophie now thrust forward into prominent roles once destined for Harry and Meghan. Jonathan Brady/Getty

Despite initial plans for a leaner coronation, King Charles III’s May 6, 2023, crowning laid on full pomp and circumstance as the family, including Kate and Andrew, worked hard to stoke pride for a monarchy facing challenging times. The day also marked the triumph of Camilla’s image rehabilitation as she finally became queen. Jonathan Brady/Getty

WPA Pool/Getty

Jeff Spicer/Getty

P van Katwijk/Getty

With Charles’s vision for a slimmed-down working lineup now a reality, a leaner June 2023 Trooping the Colour balcony appearance failed to evoke the usual annual buzz. Royal events fatigue? Or the sign of waning public support? Only time will tell. Neil Mockford/Getty

About the Author OMID SCOBIE is a London-based journalist, broadcaster, and author. His New York Times bestselling biography of the Duke and Duchess of Sussex, Finding Freedom, remains one of the fastest-selling royal books of all time and made Scobie the most-talked-about royal correspondent of this generation. Today he remains an authoritative voice on the British royal family, which he has covered since 2011, and he can regularly be seen on U.S. television as a contributor on Good Morning America and ABC News, helping shape coverage of breaking royal news and major royal events. He also serves as an editor-at-large for Harper’s Bazaar. An advocate for a more diverse, inclusive, and ethical media, Scobie is regularly invited to speak with journalism students and at industry events. Discover great authors, exclusive offers, and more at hc.com.

Copyright

ENDGAME. Copyright © 2023 by Omid Scobie. All rights reserved under International and PanAmerican Copyright Conventions. By payment of the required fees, you have been granted the nonexclusive, nontransferable right to access and read the text of this e-book on-screen. No part of this text may be reproduced, transmitted, downloaded, decompiled, reverse-engineered, or stored in or introduced into any information storage and retrieval system, in any form or by any means, whether electronic or mechanical, now known or hereafter invented, without the express written permission of HarperCollins e-books. Cover design by Ploy Siripant Cover photographs © Pascal Le Segretain/Getty Images (Prince William and Catherine, Duchess of Cambridge); © Max Mumby/Indigo/Getty Images (King Charles III and Camilla, Queen Consort); © Misan Harriman/The Duke and Duchess of Sussex/Backgrid (Prince Harry and Meghan, Duchess of Sussex); © Shutterstock Cover photograph edit by Reena Ratan FIRST EDITION Digital Edition NOVEMBER 2023 ISBN: 978-0-06-325868-6 Version 10112023 Print ISBN: 978-0-06-325866-2

About the Publisher Australia HarperCollins Publishers Australia Pty. Ltd. Level 13, 201 Elizabeth Street Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia www.harpercollins.com.au Canada HarperCollins Publishers Ltd Bay Adelaide Centre, East Tower 22 Adelaide Street West, 41st Floor Toronto, Ontario, M5H 4E3 www.harpercollins.ca India HarperCollins India A 75, Sector 57 Noida Uttar Pradesh 201 301 www.harpercollins.co.in New Zealand HarperCollins Publishers New Zealand Unit D1, 63 Apollo Drive Rosedale 0632 Auckland, New Zealand www.harpercollins.co.nz United Kingdom

HarperCollins Publishers Ltd. 1 London Bridge Street London SE1 9GF, UK www.harpercollins.co.uk United States HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 195 Broadway New York, NY 10007 www.harpercollins.com

* Counsellors of state are the five individuals (over the age of twenty-one) next in the line of succession and are authorized to carry out most of King Charles’s official duties—such as attending Privy Council meetings and signing documents—if the monarch is absent due to illness or being abroad. They can’t, however, dissolve Parliament, appoint a prime minister, or deal with Commonwealth matters. The current counsellors of state, in this order, are Queen Camilla, Prince William, Prince Harry, Prince Andrew, and Princess Beatrice.

Introduction The Politics of Entertainment War on Trump War on America Immigration War on White People Film and Television Liaison Offices Climate Change Sports “News” Late-Night Comedy Shows Award Shows Feminism The LGBT Agenda Sexual Deviants Crimes Inspired by Hollywood Conclusion Copyright Info

Introduction A lot of people say, “I don’t follow politics,” but the reality is that pop culture is politics. It’s woven into the fabric of movies, television shows, music—and now even professional sports. Just as art imitates life, life imitates art, and what is often seen as mere “entertainment” actually functions as a container to deliver carefully crafted pieces of propaganda intended to influence the audience as much as it is to entertain them. Millions of people practically worship celebrities and blindly follow their lead, imitating characters’ hair styles, the way they dress, and even their attitudes and behaviors. People subconsciously absorb ideas and actions they see in the media and regurgitate them as part of their own personalities. While many celebrities engage in political activism as a hobby during their off time, the more subtle power of Hollywood is using entertainment itself to influence. The ability to influence is a tool, and tools can do great things for humanity, but in the wrong hands easily turn into weapons. In the 1980s, The Cosby Show brought a nice upper middle class Black family into the homes of millions of Americans, depicting the husband as a doctor and the wife as a lawyer, changing the way many looked at the possibility of Black people achieving higher education and making a better life for themselves. 1 For Generation X kids who grew up during this time period we watched He-Man and GI Joe cartoons which always taught a valuable lesson, either through the plotline, or a brief PSA at the end. “So now you know, and knowing is half the battle!” Shows like Family Ties and Growing Pains often tackled serious issues kids and families sometimes faced, and as cheesy as those shows may seem today, by the end of the episode there was an obvious moral to the story that undoubtedly, however subtle, affected millions of people in a positive way. And while there are still plenty of nice family shows on television today, they are surrounded by landmines consisting of the most degenerate characters and perverted plots one could imagine—shows so vile just a

generation ago it would have been unthinkable that major networks would air such content. A strategic and relentless campaign by LGBT activists has saturated television shows, movies, and even commercials with gay, lesbian, and transgender characters which is the sole reason they have become normalized in the minds of the masses. Despite denying there was a “gay agenda,” you’ll see that well-funded and highly organized groups have been lobbying Hollywood studios to promote and celebrate such characters. 2 America went from having one television per household in the 1950s —prominently placed in the family room—to children as young as seven or eight years old carrying their own TV around in their pocket and being able to watch practically anything they want with virtually no adult supervision. 3

So not only has there been a stunning drop in the moral quality of content in recent years, the safeguards to prevent children from consuming it have all but vanished as well. Joshua Meyrowitz, professor of Media Studies at the University of New Hampshire, points out, “Television dilutes the innocence of childhood and the authority of adults by undermining the system of information control that supported them. Television bypasses the year-by-year slices of knowledge given to children. It presents the same general experiences to adults and to children of all ages. Children may not understand everything that they see on television, but they are exposed to many aspects of adult life from which their parents (and traditional children’s books) would have once shielded them.” 4 He continues, “Television and its visitors take children across the globe before parents even give them permission to cross the street.” 5 How true is that?! And he said this in a book I’ve had since college—a book published back in 1995 when the Internet was just in its infancy, and a decade before social media would begin to wrap its tentacles around an entire generation of children. Today, kids have access to unlimited adult content in the palm of their hand thanks to YouTube, Netflix, Snapchat and the rest. Parents don’t know what to do, and trying to shield children from inappropriate content in today’s online age would require living like the Amish. Pandora’s Box has been opened. Meanwhile, celebrities continue to speak out of both sides of their mouths—saying entertainment inspires, encourages, and teaches viewers

about life, while at the same time denying that it can influence anyone in a negative way. About 100 years ago a British film industry paper called Bioscope once wrote that movies were the Christian church’s “legitimate competitor in moulding the character of the nation.” 6 Since then, the Church has lost out, and it’s no longer a question of which institution has more influence. The majority of people don’t even realize what has happened. Professional hypnotherapist Dr. Rachel Copelan warned, “Most people drift into a common, everyday trance when they gaze into the light of the TV tube. Indirect hypnosis manipulates the minds of millions of unsuspecting viewers every day. Surreptitiously, subliminal persuasion leaves its mark upon the collective subconscious. Ideas implanted by commercials affect the health and behavior of all of us. We eat, drink, dress, and make love based on what we see and hear. Television has the power to lull the mind into a state of exaggerated suggestibility, opening it up to behavior control from the outside.” 7 Singer Miley Cyrus popularized “twerking” in 2013, a form of “dance” (if you can call it that) where girls rapidly shake their butt—an act that was instantly mimicked by millions of teens who now regularly post twerking videos on TikTok and Snapchat, etc. In the early 2000s we saw the “Jackass Effect”—where kids got hurt imitating the stunts they saw Johnny Knoxville and his friends doing on the popular MTV series. 8 A college football-themed film in 1993 called The Program had a scene edited out when it was later released on DVD because at one point several of the players decided to lay down in the middle of a busy highway at night to show how “brave” they were. Of course, several groups of teenagers imitated the scene which resulted in at least one death and numerous others getting seriously injured when they were struck by a car. 9 Edward Bernays, the man who is credited with being the father of public relations, was a 20th century genius who knew how to manipulate the media in order to shape public opinion around virtually any issue. He was hired by advertising agencies and even the U.S. government to deploy his methods for a variety of aims. 10 He’s the man responsible for diamond engagement rings being the cultural standard and even convinced women that smoking cigarettes was an act of defiance against the patriarchy. 11 The De Beers diamond monopoly and the tobacco industry paid him well for his ingenuity, and because of his knowledge of psychology and

mass media he was able to play the public like a fiddle through a series of cleverly crafted press releases and ad campaigns. In his 1928 book Propaganda , he admitted, “our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of...in almost every act of our lives whether in the sphere of politics or business in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires that control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.” 12 He even went so far as to say that those in control of the media “constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country.” 13 Entertainment rules America. Charlie Sheen made it into the Guinness Book of World Records as the person to reach 1 million Twitter followers the fastest once joining. 14 Ellen DeGeneres set a world record for the most retweeted tweet after she posted a selfie taken with a group of other celebrities at the 2014 Oscars. 15 Music videos get more views than political speeches, and celebrities make more money while they sleep than police officers or fire fighters do risking their lives to keep their communities safe. The majority of media today functions as a modern-day equivalent of the “bread and circuses” of ancient Rome, where people were pacified by games and food at the Colosseum, so they weren’t paying attention to the collapsing empire around them. Karl Marx famously said that religion was the “opiate of the masses,” but really its entertainment. It’s television sitcoms, sports, and anything that streams. It’s the trending list on Twitter and the viral hashtags on Instagram. Entertainment is such a powerful medium for influencing people’s behavior that for several years the CIA actually secretly recruited and directed popular rappers in Cuba to write and perform “protest songs” denouncing their Communist leader Raul Castro in order to foment civil unrest and erode support for his regime. 16 It may seem like the plot out of a movie, but declassified documents obtained by the Associated Press years later show that’s exactly what they did. 17 The CIA had a budget of millions of dollars for this program and used a front company (which is commonplace) named Creative Associates International in order to conceal their activities. 18 They literally created a

talent agency to mold the music and careers of artists they thought could be used to influence Cubans to rise up against Raul Castro. 19 Similar operations have been run in America. Shortly after President Trump’s inauguration, the DJ Moby, who was fairly popular in the early 2000s, revealed that he had been in contact with “active and former CIA agents” who “confirmed” to him that Russia was “blackmailing” Trump and said they needed his help to get the word out. “So they passed on some information to me and they said, like, ‘Look, you have more of a social media following than any of us do, can you please post some of these things just in a way that…sort of put it out there.’” 20 Deep State operatives reaching out to celebrities hoping to use them to smear Donald Trump—and that’s just the tip of the iceberg. In this book you’ll learn in detail how the Hollywood elite are using their media conglomerates to wage a war on President Trump and his supporters, and not just by celebrities “speaking out,” but by incorporating countless anti-Trump themes into their projects. You’ll see who is behind the coordinated effort to promote climate change hysteria, how the entertainment industry was instrumental in getting the public to accept gay “marriage,” and how they are waging a war against traditional family values, American culture, and even against God Himself. The late Andrew Breitbart famously said that politics is downstream from culture, meaning if you want to change the laws in a country, you have to first change the culture. This saying became known as the Breitbart Doctrine because it captures the essence of power, propaganda, and politics and explains how many once fringe ideas and behaviors are now legally protected and any business, school, or landlord that dares to disagree can now be punished with the full force of the courts. Within these pages you’ll also learn that liberal Hollywood has some interesting bedfellows when it comes to promoting war, and you’ll be shocked to find that the U.S. government often works hand in hand with major studios to produce what essentially amounts to propaganda films; and why there has been an explosion in plots promoting mass immigration, abortion, and socialism. Not even sports coverage is immune from being turned into another mouthpiece for their agenda as the Left is now pulling out all of the stops hoping to succeed in their “cultural revolution.” Let’s now pull back the

curtain and take a look around behind the scenes of Hollywood Propaganda .

The Politics of Entertainment Television commercials try to sell you a product or a service despite the fact that most of the time the content of the commercials has nothing to do at all with what they’re actually selling. Celebrities drink a soda and react as if it gives them an orgasm. “Ahhh! Pepsi, the choice of a new generation” they say with a huge fake smile. Samuel L. Jackson shouts “What’s in your wallet!” as if it’s a punchline from a sitcom while he’s simply promoting a credit card. Ads for insurance featuring a caveman and a gecko are passed off as if they’re

characters from a recurring comedy series, and the list goes on. But it’s not just products or services that companies try to sell us through entertainment. It’s ideas. Hollywood propaganda is carefully woven into movies and TV shows with the intent of influencing the audience rather than merely entertain them. Sometimes the central plot serves as the propaganda which is coated in a thin layer of entertainment, but the writers and producers know, and often openly admit, what their true intentions are. Film critic James Combs wrote, “The term propaganda comes from the Latin propagare , denoting the ability to produce and spread fertile messages that, once sown, will germinate in large human cultures,” adding, “Removed from its pejorative connotation, propaganda may be viewed objectively as a form of communication that has practical and influential consequences,” and can “sway relevant groups of people in order to achieve their purposes.” 21 In the late 1980s a man named Jay Winsten, who worked as an associate dean at Harvard’s School of Public Health, launched a campaign to convince Hollywood producers to include messages about the dangers of drunk driving in TV shows along with the importance of using designated drivers. 22 It was called the Harvard Alcohol Project and soon the term “designated driver” was being used in shows like Cheers , L.A. Law , The Cosby Show , and countless others, catapulting it into the public lexicon. 23 Before the 1980s there wasn’t much of a social stigma against driving drunk, but with a persistent propaganda campaign from groups like the Harvard Alcohol Project and MADD [Mothers Against Drunk Driving], the country as a whole began thinking differently about the issue. More recently, special interest groups use their power to promote abortion, the gay agenda, Obamacare, climate change hysteria, and literally every one of their social justice crusades in the same way. But in these cases, instead of raising awareness for a public good, like stigmatizing drunk driving, they’re using their influence to push fringe political ideas into the mainstream and convince the masses to accept the most flagrant violations of morality and decency.

Social Impact Entertainment Today there are over 100 organizations dedicated to using entertainment to further political and social causes, and there’s even an Orwellian term for the propaganda they create—“Social Impact Entertainment.” In 2014 UCLA opened the Skoll Center for Social Impact Entertainment (SIE) which boasts to be “the first of its kind dedicated solely to advancing the power of entertainment and performing arts to inspire social change.” 24 The department is committed to “exploring innovative approaches to curricular development for the emerging field of social impact entertainment, but also provide students and faculty with workshops, lectures, distinguished visiting artists programs and unique opportunities to focus their scholarly and creative work in this arena.” 25 “It will launch research initiatives that explore the development of a new field in social impact entertainment research and practice; inspire students and faculty to use the power of story to make a difference and inspire social change; galvanize the public to action to foster positive social change; develop meaningful partnerships between the public and private sectors to create new models to drive social change; and engage local, national and global communities about how the industry impacts global society through film, television, animation, digital media and theater.” 26 In 2019 they released a report titled “The State of SIE” [Social Impact Entertainment] where they said, “Given the magnitude of today’s challenges—climate change, economic inequality, forced migrations and any number of other problems—it’s easy for people to get discouraged about their capacity to make a difference in the world. But as the case studies in this report reveal, SIE can play a critical role in catalyzing significant change.” 27 The report cited Al Gore’s documentary An Inconvenient Truth , which it said, “helped shift global opinions on climate change, one of the most contentious issues of our time, and mobilized a new generation of pioneering environmental activists.” 28

It appears that the Skoll Center for Social Impact grew out of another UCLA program which had the same goals called the Global Media Center for Social Impact (GMI) which was founded a year earlier in 2013. Sandra de Castro Buffington, who was the director of the program, said, “Topics that have been traditionally taboo are showing up on series television and they’re being discussed, especially via social media, and because of this they don’t seem so controversial anymore. When something goes from being taboo to being openly discussed, it’s a predictor of mass behavior change.” 29 An industry publication called Cinema of Change noted, “[The Global Media Center for Social Impact] provides the entertainment industry with free, on-demand access to leading experts and cutting-edge resources on topics such as health, immigration, racial justice, America’s prison crisis, the environment, LGBT/gender equality, learning and attention issues, youth sexuality, reproductive health and rights and more. From script reviews and writers’ room consultations to off-site visits and special events, GMI facilitates experiences for industry professionals that inspire them to create stories that entertain, engage, and empower viewers to make change on issues that matter to them.” 30 Their website, GMImpact.org is now defunct, and it appears they morphed into UCLA’s Skoll Center for Social Impact in 2014, which was created with a $10 million dollar donation by billionaire Jeffrey Skoll, who made his money as the first president of e-Bay.

The Center for Media & Social Impact A similar SIE organization is located in Washington D.C. at American University called the Center for Media & Social Impact (CMSI). They describe themselves as “an innovation lab and research center that creates, studies and showcases media for social impact. Focusing on independent, documentary, entertainment, and public media, the Center bridges boundaries between scholars, producers and communication practitioners across media production, media impact and effects, public policy and audience engagement. The Center

produces resources for the field and academic research; convenes conferences and events; and works collaboratively to understand and design media that matter.” 31 They receive funding through various grants and list some of those contributors on their website, including Bill Gates, the Rockefeller Foundation, the Ford Foundation, the National Endowment for the Arts, and Univision. In 2019 the Center for Media & Social Impact launched “Comedy Think Tanks” which aims to use comedy to promote social justice issues. The following year they released a report titled Comedy and Racial Justice in the Climate Crisis that “analyzes the value and importance of comedy for local public mobilization in climate change.” 32 The report highlights “the unique potential of social justice comedy” and suggests it be used as a “mobilization strategy, and as disruptive creative expression inserted into a broader cultural conversation about climate change, centering communities of color and low-income people who are ‘hit first and worst’ by climate disasters.” 33 It concludes, “Through the open-minded experience of co-creating with comedy professionals, social justice organizations can embrace the innovation and creativity that comedy can provide. Comedy can cut through cultural clutter, and it also entertains and invites feelings of play. This kind of light is needed in the climate movement, which can feel too complicated and difficult to engage disparate groups and communities beyond a stream of fatiguing outrage or clinical statistics.” 34

Propper Daley Propper Daley is another “social impact agency” which was founded by Greg Propper and Mark Daley, who are close associates to Hillary Clinton. Before helping start the agency, Greg Propper actually worked for the Clinton Foundation, and when Hillary was running for president in 2016, Propper Daley helped organized fundraisers for her,

bringing together stars like Leonardo DiCaprio, Tobey Maguire and others under the same roof. 35 Previously they had organized meetings with writers from TV shows like Parks and Recreation , How I Met Your Mother , and Glee , to sit down with Chelsea Clinton to discuss how they could help promote some of the Clinton Foundation’s initiatives. 36 Patti Miller, who worked for the foundation, admitted the meeting aimed to “bring together a cross section of the industry, with leading television comedy writers, hoping they can help us reach our audience with creative, funny content.” 37 In March 2019 Propper Daley held a private invite-only conference with 400 writers, producers and executives to discuss how they could use their positions to “think differently or with more nuance about certain characters or storylines and hopefully create a more empathetic public.” 38 In other words, to lobby them to include more pro-gay and transgender storylines, and promote mass immigration, abortion, and other Leftist causes through their work.

GLAAD GLAAD [the Gay and Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation] has been aggressively lobbying Hollywood for years to include gay and transgender characters in television series and films. One of their current aims is to pressure studios to include gay characters in 20% of films by the year 2021 and 50% of all films by the year 2024. 39 Each year they release their Studio Responsibility Index , a report where they track their progress and complain that mainstream entertainment isn’t gay enough. They even have what they call the “GLAAD Media Institute” that has drawn up a “roadmap for Hollywood to grow LGBTQ inclusion in film.” 40 Their 2018 Studio Responsibility Index says, “With wildly successful films like Wonder Woman and Black Panther proving that audiences want to see diverse stories that haven’t been told before, there is simply no reason for major studios to have such low scores…At a time when the entertainment industry is holding much needed discussions about inclusion,

now is the time to ensure the industry takes meaningful action and incorporates LGBTQ stories and creators as among priorities areas for growing diversity.” 41 It goes on, “Studios must do better to include more LGBTQ characters, and construct those stories in a way that is directly tied to the film’s plot…Far too often LGBTQ characters and stories are relegated to subtext, and it is left up to the audience to interpret or read into a character as being LGBTQ. Audiences may not realize they are seeing an LGBTQ character unless they have outside knowledge of a real figure, have consumed source material for an adaptation, or have read external press confirmations. This is not enough…Our stories deserve to be seen on screen just as much as everyone else’s, not hidden away or left to guess work, but boldly and fully shown.” 42 It’s really an open secret in Hollywood, but few people outside the industry are familiar with the intense (and very successful) lobbying efforts the organization engages in. Entertainment Weekly recently admitted that “GLAAD is changing Hollywood’s LGBTQ narrative—one script at a time,” and CEO Sarah Kate Ellis confirmed that as far back at the mid1980s, “we realized we needed Hollywood to be telling our stories to humanize LGBTQ people. So we opened a chapter very quickly in Los Angeles, in Hollywood, and really the main focus was lobbying Hollywood to tell our stories.” 43 I’ll cover this topic in more detail in “The LGBT Agenda” chapter because it’s one of the Left’s most aggressive efforts, and in the last few years they have successfully caused an influx of LGBT characters in major television series, and even convinced Disney and Sesame Street to get on board with their plans. 44

United Nations The United Nations has a special program called the Creative Community Outreach Initiative to lobby producers and celebrities to help them promote various agendas as well. In 2009 they convinced producers of NBC’s Law and Order: Special Victims Unit to make an episode about child soldiers who were brainwashed by the Lord’s Resistance Army in Uganda. 45 The U.N. also convinced ABC’s Ugly Betty

to incorporate the use of mosquito nets over beds to prevent the spread of malaria in Africa by having the lead character promote the (real) Nothing But Nets program which works to donate bed nets to people there. 46 The United Nations has even launched a campaign called “The Unstereotype Alliance” which has been backed by consumer product giants Procter & Gamble and Unilever, along with the Big Tech companies like Google, Facebook and others to promote “social justice” through advertising campaigns for unrelated products. 47 “Advertising is a reflection of culture and sometimes can be ahead of the curve and help effect change. We are proud to be a founding member of this UN sponsored initiative to ‘unstereotype’ through the power and breadth of our messaging. We are all in,” said a Microsoft executive. 48 It used to be that commercials promoted the benefits of their products and did their best to avoid getting political because Republicans and Democrats both drink beer, eat hamburgers, and buy cars; and companies didn’t want to ostracize half of their potential customers by supporting any polarizing causes. But since the liberal pathogen has caused a zombie-like apocalypse in America recently, many large corporations have decided to take up the banner of “social justice,” and when lobbyists from the “Unstereotype” campaign make demands, companies often oblige. This goes far beyond companies trying to be environmentally friendly, introducing recyclable packaging, or highlighting how they’re using renewable energy to power their factories. Nobody could really disagree with those practices. I’m talking about companies that actually now insult half of their potential customers in the hopes of gaining the unwavering support of a smaller segment of society because of their “woke” campaigns. They don’t even see it as insulting people, they’re just so arrogant that they feel they need to “educate” people about social justice causes, or think they need to virtue signal about how much “they care” by jumping on the bandwagon. The Unstereotype Alliance has boasted of “smashing” gender roles in commercials so now they don’t depict cleaning as “women’s work,” and regularly feature interracial and homosexual couples to give them more “visibility.” 49

Promoting Obamacare When President Obama was trying to get Obamacare passed into law, his administration was aided by a chorus of enthusiastic celebrities who used their voice to support the bill, but behind the scenes strings were being pulled to encourage them to speak up, and Hollywood studios were actually lobbied to include pro Obamacare messages in the plots of popular TV shows. 50 One such lobbyist group called Hollywood, Health & Society works with studios to promote health based initiatives and were paid $500,000 to convince them to incorporate “the need for Obamacare” into storylines of network TV shows 51 An executive with the organization said, “Our experience has shown that the public gets just as much, if not more, information about current events and important issues from their favorite television shows and characters as they do from the news media…This grant will allow us to ensure that industry practitioners have up-to-date, relevant facts on health care reform to integrate into their storylines and projects.” 52 Hollywood, Health & Society has become the one-stop-shop for organizations that want to have their messages covertly inserted into entertainment. Executive Kate Folb, admitted, “There was a time when there were so many organizations lobbying the entertainment industry on just their one issue, that it was just too much. They were all calling the same writers and trying to get meetings with the same shows. What happened was the industry stopped taking all of those calls because they became so overwhelmed. That’s part of the reason HH&S came into being: to help writers get what they need and keep them from getting overwhelmed with requests to include certain messages in their shows.” 53 Another PR firm called Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide was paid $900,000 to pitch Obamacare plots to major networks. They even tried to get major networks to shoot a reality show about “the trials and tribulations of families living without medical coverage.” 54 “I’d like to see 10 of the major TV shows, or telenovelas, have people talking about ‘that health insurance thing,’” said Peter V. Lee, the California

Health Benefit Exchange’s executive director, which hired the PR firm. “There are good story lines here.” 55 President Obama brought a bunch of actors and producers to the White House to ask them for their help promoting Obamacare, and soon they started happily doing so. 56 In October 2013, Jennifer Hudson starred in a Funny or Die skit designed to promote Obamacare where she played a Washington D.C. “fixer” or a “scandal manager” in a parody of ABC’s series Scandal. The “funny part” was that everyone who tried to hire her to fix their problems (like a college student without any health insurance, and a guy who was changing insurance companies but was worried they were going to drop him because of preexisting conditions), learned that there was no problem at all because of Obamacare. 57 It was a pathetic attempt at humor and to do such a lame skit under the Funny or Die banner made it even more sad, but they wanted to do their part to help the cause. President Obama also appeared on Zach Galifianakis’ Funny or Die skit “Between Two Ferns” for a scripted interview meant to be funny but was just another stunt to promote Obamacare. It worked, however, and when the segment was posted online it became the number one source of traffic to the new HealthCare.gov website. 58 The White House Entertainment Advisory Council admitted, “This is a perfect example of a great partnership with Funny or Die stepping up in a big way. The site has a very robust traffic base of young men and women who are on the edge of the cultural zeitgeist. It has an organic reach, and now the traditional media will be talking about it for days.” 59 Under the Obama administration all of Hollywood was more than willing to support anything the White House wanted, but once Donald Trump took over the Oval Office everything changed as I will detail in the next chapter, the “War on Trump.”

Abortion Planned Parenthood is America’s largest abortion factory and most people have no idea they also have a special Arts & Entertainment Engagement department that reaches out to television studios and “feeds” them plot points they would like included in shows. 60 Few people outside of the

industry know such a department exists and most would probably have a hard time believing it, but it does. And for eight years now they’ve been hosting an annual “Sex, Politics, Film, & TV Reception” at the Sundance Film Festival to “celebrate” films and television shows that promote abortion. 61 Little press coverage has been given to Planned Parenthood’s Arts & Entertainment Engagement department, but The Washington Post did mention their work once, saying, “For nearly 50 years, it has been legal to have an abortion in America yet stubbornly taboo to show one on television or film. But both those things are now changing.” 62 The article went on to admit the existence of the abortion A&E department and list some of their “successes.” I’ll cover their activities in more detail in the “War on America” chapter, but for now you should at least know that such an apparatus exists and has been working behind the scenes for years. Easy abortions cause many women to ignore the use of simple precautions to reduce the risk of pregnancy, and by softening the social stigma that has historically been associated with abortions, many young girls now see them as a regular part of life.

War on Trump It’s obvious that the “news” media has been waging a disinformation war against President Trump since the day he won the 2016 election—something I chronicled in my previous book The True Story of Fake News . But the entertainment industry has also dedicated much of their creative efforts to continuously casting him and everything he does in a negative light by weaving antiTrump narratives into the plot lines of countless television dramas and sitcoms to ensure as many people as possible are inundated with the message. Stephen Colbert went so far as to produce an entire

animated series for HBO called Our Cartoon President which is dedicated to mocking him. Before becoming President, the media used to love Donald Trump. For decades he was a symbol of wealth and success, and throughout the 1980s and 90s made cameos in dozens of TV shows and movies like The Fresh Prince of Bel-Air , Spin City , WrestleMania , Home Alone 2 , Zoolander , and more. But all that changed after winning the 2016 election, when the Liberal Media Industrial Complex launched a war against him hoping to derail his administration and prevent him from cleaning up the corruption in Washington D.C. and bringing the government gravy train to a halt. ABC’s sitcom Black-ish revolves around an African American family and the issues they face as a Black middle-class family in America today, and shortly after the 2016 election there was an episode about how “terrified” everyone was about Trump’s victory and what it would mean for Black people. 63 For his entire professional life Donald Trump has been a friend of the Black community and had been given awards for all he did. 64 Every leader in the Black community from Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton to Muhammad Ali had sung praises of him for decades, but now the media started gaslighting that he was a racist, hoping to get Black people to turn against him. 65 In an episode of The Simpsons , Lisa is seen reading To Kill a Mockingbird while seated on the couch next to Homer, when he tells her, “Now just remember, it’s set in the South a long time ago. The terrible racism you’re reading about is now everywhere .” 66 Homer and Lisa then head off to the local mall and pass a TV news crew which is interviewing a group of men, one wearing a red hat. “Kent Brockman here interviewing three blue-collar men who voted for Trump. How do you feel now?” the reporter asks them. One of the men replies, “Please stop interviewing us,” as if he’s ashamed he voted for President Trump and realized he made a big mistake.

In an episode of the revived Murphy Brown series, a character (who is a reporter) was depicted as being attacked by rabid Trump supporters because of their hatred for the media. 67 While promoting the show Candice Bergen (who plays Murphy Brown) said Donald Trump winning the 2016 election was the motivation to revive it. 68 The original series which aired from 1988-1998 depicted Murphy Brown as an investigative journalist and news anchor, so producers thought with Trump’s war on the media raging they could bring the show back and have Murphy Brown working to “expose” him. Rolling Stone noted, “The season premiere climaxes with Murphy swapping insults with President Trump during a live broadcast (him via Twitter, her glaring at the camera). The second episode has her lecturing Sarah Huckabee Sanders about the fundamental dishonesty of her press briefings, while the third sees her verbally dismantling a barely-disguised version of Steve Bannon.” 69 Literally the entire reason for bringing the show back was to use the angle of Trump vs the media, with Murphy Brown and other reporters being the underdogs and the “victims” of President Trump’s attacks. When NBC brought back Will & Grace in 2017 after initially ending the series in 2006, one new episode depicted a character walking into a cake shop because she’s hosting a birthday party for the president and wants a cake that says Make America Great Again on it. While ordering the cake she makes a comment about how she’ll be serving White Russians, a reference to the Democrats’ obsession that the Trump campaign “conspired” with Russians to “steal” the 2016 election, adding, “But you don’t need to know the guest list.” 70 The baker then refused to bake the cake saying that the phrase “Make America Great Again” is racist. 71 Vice News had a whole series called The Hunt for the Trump Tapes starring comedian Tom Arnold where he traveled around the world looking for the rumored “Trump pee tape” or a supposed recording of him saying the n-word. And just like the shows about people searching for Bigfoot that are somehow able to be drawn out for an hour each week despite never finding a shred of evidence, The Hunt for the Trump Tapes finally ended without uncovering a thing. 72 Even the X-Files has included anti-Trump messages. The series, which originally ran from 1993-2002 was revived in 2016 for a few more seasons and in January 2018 the season premiere kicked off with the “Cigarette

Smoking Man” narrating footage of President Trump’s inauguration which then cuts to a montage of clips including Vladimir Putin, people at voting booths, a KKK rally, and police confronting Black Lives Matter protesters while he continues to talk about the state of the country. 73 Robert Mueller is also depicted as the head of the FBI in the series, but “the bureau’s not in good standing with the White House.” In one episode Scully tells Mulder “Sometimes I think the world is going to hell and we’re the only two people who can save it,” to which he responds, “The world is going to hell, Scully. And the president is working to bring down the FBI along with it.” 74 After an assassination attempt on Mulder he later discovers the perpetrator is a Russian contractor with a special security clearance given to him by “the Executive branch” of our government, insinuating the President was trying to have him killed. 75 But the anti-Trump snides in sitcoms and dramas get much darker than just obsessing about how “terrible” President Trump is, or promoting the conspiracy theory that he’s a Russian agent. They’re openly calling for violence against his supporters, and want him to be assassinated.

Endorsing Violence The CBS legal drama The Good Fight posted a trailer on their official Twitter account which showed one of the main characters ranting about how “some speech” deserves “enforcement” and that it’s time to physically attack American citizens “unprovoked” who are engaging in speech that social justice warriors perceive as “racist.” 76 To the Left, supporting the border wall is considered “racist” and all Trump voters are Nazis and they want us all to be silenced, jailed, or dead. The Good Fight clip also referred to Alt-Right leader Richard Spencer getting sucker punched while giving an interview in Washington D.C. and insinuated that anyone wearing a MAGA hat in public should face the same fate. The show’s Twitter account also posted a picture showing a list of words stacked on top of each other reading, “Assassinate,” “President,” and “Trump.” 77 In one episode a character was arrested for participating in a

riot, and during his court appearance when he was talking with his lawyer he told her that the judge was a Trump appointee and so he is “fucked.” She advises him not to say anything radical, and he responds in a quiet voice, “Oh, like ‘we need to assassinate the president?” Later, when they’re back at his house she says to him, “Tell me what you said today in court was a joke” to which he responds, “Why? You don’t believe in regime change?” “You’re discussing a crime with your lawyer,” she responds and then takes his pistol and unloads it. He looks at her, disappointed, and says, “This won’t slow us down.” 78 In another episode one of the lead characters (Diane) goes on a rant about needing to get rid of President Trump and when she proposes spreading fake news about him, some of her colleagues push back thinking she’s gone too far. She then responds, “I have a Smith & Wesson 64 [handgun] in my desk, and I’m this close to taking to the streets.” 79 The series even depicted the lawyers obtaining the fabled “Trump golden showers video” after getting a flash drive sent to them by a Russian woman who claimed to have been one of the prostitutes in the video. The Daily Beast , a garbage online outlet and waste of cyberspace, was happy that such a grotesque plot line was aired on network television, saying, “It allows the show to channel our collective anxieties and outrage better than most other series that grapple with our new political reality.” 80 Amazon produced a show for their Prime streaming service titled Hunters which is about a “diverse” group of vigilantes led by Al Pacino who go around assassinating people they think are closet “Nazis” working in the United States to revive the Third Reich. In one of the trailers posted online a “Nazi” could be seen wearing a red baseball cap with some white writing on it, looking almost identical to a Make America Great Again hat. 81

“The best revenge, is revenge,” says Al Pacino’s character, who tells the vigilantes they “have to find them before they find us.” The series could easily incite (and perhaps has incited) vigilantes to go out and attack supposed “Nazis” (meaning ordinary Trump supporters). The Left thinks free speech is “hate speech” and “hate speech” is “violence,” so they justify physically attacking Trump supporters unprovoked because Antifa believes they’re fighting actual Nazis.

The executive producer of Hunters is Jordan Peele, the Black director behind Get Out who has an axe to grind with White people, so it’s not surprising he would be involved with a series that fetishizes torturing and killing them. The Left always accuse others of exactly what they’re guilty of themselves. It’s a form psychological projection, as well as a gaslighting technique. They are so detached from reality that they lack the ability of introspection and can’t see that they are the violent ones, while claiming that it’s President Trump and his supporters. They’re acting like fascists, while accusing President Trump of being one. They are the racists, spewing hatred of White people every day while claiming White people are conspiring to uphold the “systemic White supremacist system” in the United States simply because they exist. Alec Baldwin says, “the near moral collapse of this country falls squarely in the lap of Trump’s supporters,” when in reality they are the immoral degenerates destroying the foundations of our Republic. 82 Law and Order: SVU aired an episode about a character based on an amalgamation of Ann Coulter and Millie Weaver who was sexually assaulted by a suspected Antifa member, but because of her political views some of the police investigating the attack wrestled with sympathizing with her. The episode was titled “Info Wars.” At the end, the final twist was the attacker might not have been Antifa after all, but one of her own supporters (depicted as a vile White supremacist) because he got upset with her after she had turned down his advances the night before when they met at a bar. The “moral” of the story was Antifa are just peaceful protesters fighting against right-wing extremists, and while the victim was worried about them, thinking they were responsible for her assault, it was her own supporters who are the violent ones. The series usually depicts White men as the criminals, often rapists, and avoids storylines about illegal aliens being the perpetrators or Latino gangs involved in sex trafficking even though the show is supposedly often inspired by actual events. And it is extra careful not to include very many Black people as perpetrators out of the usual concerns of supposedly perpetuating “stereotypes” about Black men and crime. Actress Jessica Chastain once posted a link on Twitter to a Time magazine article denouncing Antifa, the Left’s terrorist foot soldiers, adding

“If we resort to violence as a way to combat hate, we become what we are fighting,” but then later posted a video tearfully apologizing after being barraged by social justice warriors saying that she was helping “Nazis” (meaning Trump supporters) by denouncing the increasing violence being waged against them. “I’m making a video because my heart is very heavy,” the apology began. “I’ve learned so much the past few days about the trauma many people are experiencing in our country. I’ve had the opportunity to listen, more than to speak. And [dramatic pause] it’s really hard for me to express my feelings, my thoughts, in 140 characters on Twitter so here’s my first video. I wanted you guys to know that I hear you. I want you to know that I’m committed to creating transformative social change. That I’m committed to dismantling systems of oppression. I share in the sadness of what is happening in the country. I hear you and you may never have met me, but I love you.” 83 She literally cried and apologized for denouncing violence against Trump supporters! Teen Vogue magazine declared “Antifa grows out of a larger revolutionary politics that aspires toward creating a better world, but the primary motivation is to stop racists from organizing.” 84 A better world? If Donald Trump wins reelection, Antifa may feel they have no other option to stop him than to become overt terrorists like the Weather Underground or the Symbionese Liberation Army since every attempt from the last four years to demonize him and remove him through impeachment and the ballot box have failed. Daily Show host Trevor Noah, who is from South Africa, says that Trump’s demeanor and style is like “many African dictators” or those from the Middle East. 85 And virtually every celebrity with a talk show from the old bags on The View to Stephen Colbert and Jimmy Kimmel regularly paint the president as such. 86 While everyone is familiar with Trump Derangement Syndrome—the irrational hatred and fear of President Trump, for the first time in modern history the chorus of Hollywood celebrities crossed the line far beyond their usual criticisms and hatred of a Republican president into openly calling for him to be assassinated. Madonna famously said she “thought an awful lot about blowing up the White House.” 87 Comedian Kathy Griffin did a photo shoot showing her holding Trump’s bloody decapitated head which looked like an ISIS

beheading. Griffin also said she wanted to beat down Donald Trump’s then 11-year-old son Barron. 88 At one of their shows in Mexico, Guns N’ Roses brought a Donald Trump piñata on stage and invited their fans to beat on it. 89 At a Green Day concert in Oakland, California singer Billie Joe Armstrong shouted “Kill Donald Trump!” in the middle of a song. 90 Rapper Snoop Dogg “shot” Trump in the head in one of his music videos. 91 Marylin Manson “beheaded” him with a large knife in one of his. 92 Rapper Big Sean did a freestyle about murdering Donald Trump with an ice pick on a popular hip hop radio show. 93 All with no consequences whatsoever. Actor Adam Pally, who starred in a time traveling comedy series called Making History , told TMZ that if time travel were possible he would go back and kill Donald Trump. 94 Johnny Depp went even further saying someone should assassinate him right now. “When was the last time an actor assassinated a president?” he asked a crowd. “It’s been awhile, and maybe it’s time,” he concluded, referring to John Wilkes Booth (who was an actor) killing Abraham Lincoln. 95 He faced no consequences whatsoever. He wasn’t dropped by his management company, none of his movies were pulled from the streaming services; nothing! Before she dropped out of the 2020 Presidential race, Kamala Harris joked with Ellen DeGeneres about killing Trump if she was stuck in an elevator with him. 96 Robert De Niro has said numerous times that he wants to punch President Trump in the face. Jim Carrey said he had a dream of murdering him with a golf club, and now draws pictures almost daily and posts them on his Twitter account depicting Trump and those in his administration as madmen hell-bent on destroying the earth. Mickey Rourke said that he wants to beat him with a baseball bat. 97 After the Iranian government put an $80 million bounty on President Trump’s head, comedian George Lopez responded on Instagram saying, “We’ll do it for half.” 98 While hosting Saturday Night Live , comedian John Mulaney urged people to assassinate President Trump like Julius Caesar. “It is a Leap Year, as I said. Leap Year began in 45 B.C. under Julius Caesar. This is true, he started the Leap Year in order to correct the calendar and we still do it to this day,” he began. 99 “Another thing that happened under Julius Caesar, he

was such a powerful maniac that all the senators grabbed knives and they stabbed him to death. That would be an interesting thing if we brought that back now.” 100 The atmosphere the media has created in the Trump era, where publicly wishing for his death has become commonplace, has incited numerous unhinged lunatics to attempt to storm the White House and Trump’s Mar-a-Lago resort in Florida where he often goes on holidays. 101 Yet with the exception of Kathy Griffin getting dropped by CNN as cohost of their New Year’s Eve coverage, none of the celebrities calling for his assassination have faced any consequences. Not legally or professionally. Imagine the outrage if anyone even remotely suggested that Barack Obama should be assassinated, or hung for treason. Their career would have been over by the end of the day and their “terrorist threats” would have dominated the news cycle for an entire week.

The 25th Amendment Fantasies As you likely know, every few months throughout the Trump Administration the mainstream media repeats the same news cycle about the “possibility” that President Trump may be removed from office by enacting the 25th Amendment, which allows the expulsion of a president if the majority of his cabinet agree he is mentally unfit for office, which would result in the Vice President taking over. Such pipe dreams have been fueled by gossip columnists like Michael Wolff in his tabloid trash books that are hailed by the media for his supposed “anonymous sources” inside the White House who say this possibility is “being discussed” every day. 102 The Left’s desperate hope that the 25th Amendment could end their Trump nightmare has caused the issue to get written into the plots of various political dramas on television, allowing those with Trump Derangement Syndrome to have the emotional satisfaction for a fleeting moment that it has actually happened. These plot lines also serve to plant seeds in people’s minds hoping they’ll grow and increase discussions and pressure about actually doing a such thing to President Trump.

The Showtime series Homeland , a spy thriller about the Department of Homeland Security investigating terrorist threats against the United States, is just one of numerous shows to include this plot point. “I am here to relieve you of your command,” says the character playing the Vice President to a flabbergasted now former President standing in the Oval office as he is informed of the decision. 103 Before President Trump, such a topic was never addressed in any political drama or thriller. The 25th Amendment was an obscure provision few people ever heard of, but it’s included in the Constitution just in case the President becomes mentally incapacitated. Democrats, however, hoped to use it as a weapon. CBS’s political drama Madam Secretary did the same thing. “I’ve talked to White House Counsel and the attorney general, and though there is a ‘fog of law’ surrounding Section 4 of the 25th Amendment, because it’s never been invoked, they assured me that if the heads of the executive departments plus the vice president vote by simple majority, the president will be removed from office, and Vice President Hurst will become the acting president.…If ever there were a time to set aside politics and do what’s best for the country, this is it,” says the White House Chief of Staff. 104

After the Cabinet voted in favor of removing the President by enacting the 25th Amendment, he addressed the nation to announce that he would be stepping down and thanked them for putting their country first! “I thank the brave cabinet secretaries who voted to invoke the 25th Amendment. They are all true American heroes and patriots. They put their country ahead of their personal relationship with me. That’s what separates us from dictatorships and oligarchies. Without people of such courage, our democracy would be lost, and they will forever have my gratitude. And because of them, I have never felt more proud to be an American.” 105 Kiefer Sutherland’s Designated Survivor series on ABC also aired a 25th Amendment fantasy, where his vice president plotted to invoke the power hoping to have him removed as President after notes about his therapy sessions were leaked to the public, causing concerns about his mental stability as he tried to cope with the death of his wife. 106 Michael J. Fox guest-starred as the prosecutor for the Cabinet, which ultimately failed in removing Sutherland, but succeeded in making an entire

episode about the 25th Amendment, which was the whole point in the first place. Even The CW’s superhero series Supergirl , a derivative of the Superman franchise that focuses on Superman’s cousin, also aired an episode where Kara (aka Supergirl, who, like Clark Kent works as a reporter) published an exposé on the President conspiring with arch villain Lex Luther, resulting in the cabinet invoking the 25th Amendment to have him removed. As the characters are watching a news broadcast about the situation, one turns to Kara, congratulating her, saying, “Talk about the power of the press.” 107 She replies, “These have been some dark days. And I’ll admit, there were some times where I thought we would never get out of it, but we didn’t give up, and we kept chipping away, until we brought the truth to light. Can you believe the Fourth Estate saved the day?” 108 The “Fourth Estate” refers to the news media, which functions as an unofficial fourth branch of government that is supposed to help keep political power in check.

Are There Any Conservative Celebrities? Sometimes people may wonder “why are there so few conservative celebrities?” The answer is that there may not be as few as it appears because they keep quiet about their politics knowing that if they were vocal about their beliefs it would virtually end their career. Being a conservative in Hollywood has always been difficult but in the Age of Trump, it has never been more dangerous. There are a few rare exceptions like conservative comedians Dennis Miller, Larry the Cable Guy, and Jeff Foxworthy, but they are allowed to exist because they have a niche market, and only as long as they don’t come out too hard against the Left. They won’t do jokes about gays, transgenders, Black crime, or other topics they know will cause them to be canceled. They have to stay in their lane. There are some Republican actors like Jon Voight, and Dean Cain who are public about their beliefs but open conservatives in Hollywood are mostly lower-level actors who make a good living, but aren’t A-listers.

Those who want to be megastars know what needs to be done, and what must not be done—or said publicly. James Woods says that after he was asked at a Hollywood Foreign Press Association junket (the organization that runs the Golden Globe awards) if he would support Hillary Clinton for president, he was blacklisted from Hollywood for saying no. 109 After President Trump became elected Woods began tweeting support for him, and his tweets became increasingly political. He was later dropped by his talent agent who gave him no other reason than, “I don’t want to represent you anymore.” 110 Woods is now basically retired but still enjoys tweeting his disgust for liberals on a regular basis. Kanye West says it took him a year to “have the confidence” to publicly support Trump and wear a MAGA hat. He would later say that wearing the hat “represented overcoming fear and doing what you felt no matter what anyone said.” 111 When Kanye was the musical guest on Saturday Night Live for the season premiere in 2018 he wore his MAGA hat on stage for his performance, and afterwards he started ranting about how the staff and producers were not happy about it. “They said, ‘don’t go out there with that hat on.’ They bullied me backstage. They bullied me! And then they say I’m in a sunken place.” He then went on to say that ninety percent of news is liberal, “So it’s easy to make it seem like it’s so one-sided.” 112 He got a lot of backlash and was even called a White supremacist, but he is a big enough star to weather the storm and eccentric enough for many to dismiss his political views as him just “being Kanye.” But there is no tolerance for ordinary actors or actresses just starting their career. Mean Girls was a movie and is now a play on Broadway, and one of the stars (Laura Leigh Turner) made headlines because someone snooping around her Twitter account noticed that she was following various popular conservatives, including President Trump and Sean Hannity. 113 She then un-followed Trump hoping to avoid any more negative attention. Something similar happened to a contestant on The Bachelorette in the 2018 season when it was discovered that the frontrunner had “liked” various Instagram posts that made fun of feminists and illegal aliens. After making headlines for his “egregious behavior” he deleted his account so more wouldn’t be uncovered and issued a lengthy and pathetic apology. 114

Because of the increasing persecution of conservative celebrities, actor Gary Sinise founded a “secret society” of sorts called the Friends of Abe in 2004 to function as a support group and networking organization for conservatives in the entertainment industry. “Abe” refers to Abraham Lincoln, and at one time the group supposedly had around 2000 members, including Kevin Sorbo, Jon Voight, Scott Baio, and Kelsey Grammer. They used to meet once a month and would host guest speakers like conservative pundits as well as Republican politicians. When the organization filed for a 501(c)(3) tax exempt status in 2011, the Obama-controlled IRS demanded a list of their members in order to process their application which is not a requirement for a group to be granted a non-profit status. 115 It was during this same time that the IRS was later found to have discriminated against over 400 different conservative groups, especially if they had “Tea Party” in their name. 116 After getting some negative press for trying to find out the names of everyone associated with Friends of Abe, the IRS reluctantly approved them as a 501(c)(3). It is said that they disbanded in 2017 over divisions about President Trump, but there are rumors that a new “Friends of Abe” may have formed, possibly under a different name. 117 Being a conservative in Hollywood has always been difficult, but in our modern age with political correctness run amok and Thought Police ready to destroy anyone’s career for having the “wrong” opinion, it has caused most conservatives in the entertainment industry to stay hiding in the closet. It’s not just Donald Trump that Hollywood is waging war on—it’s what he represents. He’s a nationalist, not a globalist. He puts America First, and unlike most other recent presidents won’t surrender our sovereignty to the United Nations. But Hollywood isn’t just trying to destroy him and his supporters. They’re waging war on the entire country, our culture, our history, and our families.

Author’s Note: Please take a moment to rate and review this book on Amazon.com, or wherever you purchased it from if you’re reading the ebook, to let others know what you think. This also helps to offset the trolls who keep giving my books fake one-star reviews when they haven’t even read them. Almost all of the one-star reviews on Amazon for my last three books, “The Liberal Media Industrial Complex,” “The True Story of Fake News,” and “Liberalism: Find a Cure” are from NON-verified purchases which is a clear indication they are fraudulent, hence me adding this note. It’s just more proof that liberals are losers and can’t play fair, so if you could help me combat them as soon as possible since you actually bought this book, that would be great! Thank you!

War on America Since the Leftists are trying to overthrow the United States of America and replace our Republic with a socialist dictatorship they are heavily promoting illegal immigration, demonizing the police, and are relentlessly attacking American culture, customs, symbols, and holidays. This is all obvious today, but back in the late 1940s and early 50s there were widespread concerns about communists and communist sympathizers working in Hollywood who may use their positions to do just that. Numerous individuals were blacklisted and basically banned from working in the industry to prevent them from spreading anti-American

sentiments. In 1947, ten writers and directors refused to testify about their suspected communist ties or sympathies before the House Un-American Activities Committee, likely because they didn’t want to incriminate themselves. The communist purge back then was widely criticized as an overreaction and a witch hunt (often referred to as McCarthyism), but it’s obvious—the seeds of Marxism have taken root in Hollywood and now, as Tim Allen said, being a conservative in that town today is like being a Jew in 1930s Germany. 118 Orson Bean, who was a popular gameshow host in the 1960s, later noted, “Sitcoms and movies today hate old-fashioned values. There’s more anti-American propaganda today than the Soviets could have ever worked into our culture through their covert party members who were writing screenplays.” 119 A former KGB Agent named Yuri Bezmenov who defected to Canada in the 1970s would later give a series of interviews and lectures in the United States detailing how the Soviet Union was working to undermine the United States as part of their long term goal to end our reign as the world’s premier superpower. He described the process as “ideological subversion” which was comprised of four different parts: Demoralization, Destabilization, Crisis, and Normalization. 120 He said the Marxists knew it would take an entire generation to accomplish, but were patiently and persistently working towards the goal. “What [ideological subversion] basically means is: to change the perception of reality of every American to such an extent that despite [an] abundance of information, no one is able to come to sensible conclusions in the interest of defending themselves, their families, their community, and their country,” he explained. 121 Basically, the communists planned to cause cultural chaos by encouraging Americans to embrace socially toxic ideas they knew would ultimately lead to self-destruction down the road. It’s obvious that each phase of the Ideological Subversion plan has been successful. Hollywood has warped the minds of tens of millions of people causing irreversible damage, brainwashing them into believing that America is an evil country built entirely on the backs of slaves while the greedy 1% control all the wealth, so why bother trying to earn an honest living.

They’ve destabilized the nuclear family causing a sociological crisis like the world has never seen, with the majority of children now being raised by single parents; they’ve normalized the most unhealthy sexual behaviors and lifestyles anyone could imagine; and recently we’ve been faced with numerous crises from the coronavirus pandemic to the ongoing racial conflicts from Black Lives Matter. All of which have thrown America into a tailspin. The ongoing attacks on American culture are stunningly similar to the “Cultural Revolution” in China which was launched by communist dictator (and mass murderer) Mao Zedong in the 1960s to purge any remaining elements of capitalism from the country along with anything else that may be an obstacle to his power. The Communist Party claimed that although the capitalists had been overthrown they were “still trying to use the old ideas, culture, customs, and habits of the exploiting classes to corrupt the masses, capture their minds, and stage a comeback.” 122 To solidify his power Mao Zedong had his Red Guards (a network of student groups) violently target what were called the “Four Olds”— meaning old customs, old culture, old habits, and old ideas; in order to “transform education, literature and art, and all other parts of the superstructure that do not correspond to the socialist economic base, so as to facilitate the consolidation and development of the socialist system.” 123 This is exactly what the social justice warriors of today are doing in the United States by targeting gender norms, the nuclear family, American holidays, our history, capitalism, and free speech.

Socialism’s Emergence in America Bernie Sanders popularized socialism perhaps more than anyone else in a generation, and now an increasing number of wealthy celebrities have taken up the cause. Mark Ruffalo was one of the first to endorse Sanders’ presidential campaign. The Avengers star is worth over $30 million dollars and earned $6 million playing the Hulk in just one of the many Avengers films but he thinks “It’s time for an economic revolution,” and claims, “Capitalism today is

failing us, killing us, and robbing from our children’s future.” 124

John Cusack also endorsed Bernie Sanders and at one of his rallies said we need to end “predatory capitalism,” which basically means forgive all debt and offer everyone free stuff paid for by those of us who work hard and save our money. 125 It’s our fault that others frivolously spend their money on things they don’t need instead of saving it or investing it, and now they feel they deserve ours. Jim Carrey, Britney Spears, and others are also encouraging Americans to “say yes to socialism.” 126 The Democratic candidates for president in 2020 were in a competition to see who could offer voters more free stuff: Free health care, free college, forgiving all student loans, reparations for Black people and gays, and more. Recently we’ve started seeing blatant anti-capitalism and pro-socialism themes in major movies and television shows which is exactly what Joseph McCarthy was worried communist sympathizers would do. Such messages seem to have been glossed over in 2019’s Joker by most viewers who were captivated by Joaquin Phoenix’s disturbing performance, but they were actually at the core of the movement the Joker would come to lead. “Kill The Rich—A New Movement?” is the headline on a tabloid the Joker had in his apartment as civil unrest erupted in Gotham. “Fuck the rich! Fuck Thomas Wayne! That’s what this whole fucking thing is about! Fuck the whole system!” screams one protester. A reporter asks Mr. Wayne (Batman’s father) about the “groundswell of anti-rich sentiments,” adding, “It’s almost as if our city’s less fortunate residents are taking the side of the killer.” “What kind of coward would do something that cold-blooded?” he responds, speaking of Arthur Fleck killing three men who assaulted him on the subway, sparking his transformation into Joker. “Someone who hides behind a mask. Someone who’s envious of those more fortunate than themselves.” At the very end when the Joker is a guest on a popular late-night talk show, he begins the interview saying, “It’s been a rough few weeks Murray…ever since I killed those three Wall Street guys.”

“Okay, I’m waiting for the punchline,” Murray (Robert De Niro) responds. “There is no punchline. It’s not a joke.” He goes on to rant about how awful society is and how nobody is civil anymore. “Do you think men like (billionaire) Thomas Wayne ever think what it’s like to be someone like me? To be somebody but themselves? They don’t!” He continues ranting and gloats about the riots on the streets and the police officers who have been harmed and then shoots Murray in the face live on the air. The Joker is hailed as a hero by the mobs gathering in the streets for fighting back against the system. Throughout the riots some people are seen holding signs that say “Resist”—the same signs anti-Trump “Resistance” activists often use at their protests. The hacking thriller Mr. Robot has been praised for its anti-capitalism themes. The main character “Elliot” wants to cause “the single biggest incident of wealth redistribution in history,” by deleting all financial records of credit card debt and mortgages. 127 The Atlantic said, “for the most part the show plays like an Occupy Wall Street fever dream.” 128 Another critic called it, “the anti-capitalist TV show we’ve been waiting for,” and praised it because it, “makes socialism a vibrant force again in popular culture.” 129 Justin Timberlake stars in the 2011 film In Time about a future world where people are genetically programmed to stop aging at 25, and then die a year later if they can’t afford to buy any more “time.” Their remaining lifespan counts down on a timer implanted in their arm which shows how much longer they have to live. The rich people are able to afford more “time” and can live for hundreds of years, but the poor people can’t, and have to borrow “time” at high rates of interest. So Justin Timberlake decides to steal a whole bunch of “time” and distribute it to the poor people in order to “crash the system.” 130 The Netflix series The Society is about a small town where all the adults mysteriously disappear, leaving a group of high schoolers stuck in what appears to be a parallel universe to fend for themselves while they struggle to build a new “society” in order to survive on their own. After some of the kids decide to raid the local hardware store for supplies, fighting with each other as they scramble to take what they can, it results in a town meeting where the natural leader (the new “mayor,” who was student body president in their previous world) tells everyone they’re

going to take inventory on all the food and other resources in the town and begin eating meals communally in the school cafeteria to ration it. A group of the jocks are later shown laying around reflecting on what they had done to the hardware store and discussing the emerging government. One of them begins, “I’ve been thinking—what if we didn’t, like, take stuff? Like food or whatever. Wouldn’t be the worst thing in the world, right? Sharing. It could be like socialism. There’s no “I” in team, right?” Another says it “kind of worked” in China because “everything’s made in China.” “Well. Socialism it is,” they conclude. 131 But sharing food and work responsibilities angers some of the rich kids from the town (the “haves”) who don’t want to give up their property to others (the “have nots”) or work at what they see as jobs that are beneath them, so a power struggle ensues and the “haves” organize a coup, seizing political power of the town proving how “ruthless” rich people are and the lengths they’ll go to maintain their lifestyle at the “expense” of others. In season two of Amazon Prime’s Jack Ryan series, the cause for Venezuela’s economic and humanitarian crisis isn’t said to be from socialism failing the country, but because the president is a “nationalist.” The president’s opponent however, is “running against him on a social justice platform and on the strength of, in my humble opinion, just not being an asshole,” explains Jack Ryan. 132 The Foundation for Economic Freedom denounced the series, pointing out that, “By making the villain of Jack Ryan a nationalist, the writers take a not-so-subtle jab at US President Donald Trump, whose ‘America First’ slogan has been described as nationalism ‘that betrays America’s values.’” 133

The growing pro-socialist messages woven into the plots of TV series and movies caused the Orange County Register to ask, “Why does Hollywood smear capitalism, promote socialism?” 134 The answer is clear— the Marxists embedded in Hollywood are using their positions in the industry just as the Red Scare of the 1940s and 50s had feared. In February 2020 a “Netflix for the Left” was launched called Means TV by a group of socialist film makers who helped produce campaign ads for Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez’s 2018 election to Congress. 135 It’s an “anticapitalist” subscription service that streams documentaries, news shows,

and even cartoons and comedies in order to “create the cultural foundation and need to build socialism in the U.S.” 136 It is an admittedly Marxist service that aims to incite people to rise up and “seize the means of production.” 137

Black Lives Matter Riots of 2020 After a man named George Floyd, who was high on fentanyl and methamphetamine, 138 died while in police custody in Minneapolis, it kicked off nationwide riots and looting that went on for over a week. 139 They started locally in Minneapolis, Minnesota, where the Black community looted and burned businesses and even took over the local police station and burnt that down too. 140 The riots and looting quickly spread to other cities across the country largely due to the mainstream media fanning the flames of racial tensions by reporting half-truths and gaslighting, giving gullible people the impression that African Americans are being systematically hunted by police and around every corner Black people minding their own business are confronted by “White supremacists.” Celebrities were more than happy to pour gasoline on the fire, and many of them announced that they were donating money to bail out the rioters. Justin Timberlake, Chrissy Teigen, Steve Carell, Seth Rogan and many more declared that they were on the side of the mob and were helping to fund them. Others, including John Legend, Lizzo, Natalie Portman, Common, and more all signed a petition supporting the new anti-police agenda calling for police departments to be defunded and shut down. 141 Just days later the Los Angeles mayor announced that he was cutting $100 to $150 million dollars from the LAPD budget and diverting the money to communities of color. 142 New York City mayor Bill de Blasio followed suit saying he too was cutting the NYPD budget by one billion dollars to defund the police. 143 This just days after iconic stores like Macy’s on Fifth Avenue had been looted because police were too busy dealing with rioters in other parts of the city. “We don’t want no more police,” one protest leader told

Minneapolis mayor Jacob Frey before the mob ran him out of an event for not supporting the cause. 144 Defunding and disbanding police departments as part the Black Lives Matter “revolution” certainly wasn’t enough to satisfy the angry mob, so soon they began calling for all TV shows and movies about cops to be canceled. The Washington Post led the charge with the headline “Shut down all police movies and TV shows—Now,” and just a few days later the popular “Cops” reality show was pulled from TV because it “glorified police.” 145 It had been on air for 33 seasons, beginning in 1989. Another popular cop reality show, Live PD, was also canceled. 146 These unscripted series show the dangers police officers face firsthand, but since they humanize them, the Marxists wanted the shows banned. And all this happened within two weeks of Black Lives Matter resurging. They even targeted Paw Patrol , a cartoon for kids about dogs who work a variety of jobs like a dalmatian firefighter, a bulldog construction worker, and a German shepherd police officer. 147 The Left doesn’t want children to have any positive depiction of police so they can more easily indoctrinate them into their nihilist cult and the “ACAB” (All Cops Are Bastards) ideology. It’s a miracle Will Smith and Martin Lawrence didn’t apologize for starring in the action comedy Bad Boys since it makes cops seem funny and cool. Apple Music even disabled the search feature for a day, called Blackout Tuesday, to help raise “awareness” for Black Lives Matter—as if we all hadn’t been hearing enough about them on the news and social media. Instead of letting people find the music they wanted to listen to, Apple replaced the Browse feature with a special curated playlist containing Black power music, including NWA’s infamous “Fuck the Police.” 148 They continued marching in the streets for months claiming the United States is inherently racist against Black people and that they are being oppressed by “systemic racism” that keeps them from succeeding in life. This, while every major social media platform coddles them and even gives Black people special privileges and perks. 149 The terms of service forbidding “hate speech,” harassment, and inciting violence are rarely enforced when such violations are made by non-White users. During the 2020 Riots countless major corporations including Facebook, Twitter, Google, Amazon, Disney, McDonalds, Starbucks, Bank

of America and many others released statements declaring their support for the Black Lives Matter movement and donated hundreds of thousands, or even millions of dollars each to Black communities and causes. 150 Cable networks, including the Discovery Channel and the Disney Channel were airing Black Lives Matter PSAs, 151 and several video games including Call of Duty and FIFA 20 (soccer) added a “Black Lives Matter” message every-time the games were booted. 152 Black Lives Matter is not about “ending racism” or “helping” Black people—it’s a front for a neo-Marxist movement attempting to overthrow the United States government and uproot our Constitutional Republic. 153 One of their original online manifestos (which has since been toned down a bit) read, “Black people will never achieve liberation under the current racialized capitalist system…The White supremacist, imperialistic, patriarchal systems needs not reform but radical transformation…We must remake the current U.S. political system in order to create a real democracy where Black people and all marginalized people can effectively exercise full political power.” 154 One of the original “founders” of the movement, Patrisse Cullors, openly admits she’s a Marxist and her “intellectual influences” are Karl Marx, Vladimir Lenin, and Mao Zedong. 155 Other Black Lives Matter leaders like Yusra Khogali have written that White people are “subhuman” and are “genetic defects.” 156 They are also calling for a universal basic income [UBI], universal healthcare, reparations for slavery, the release of “all political prisoners” meaning Black people incarcerated for committing any crime, and want “a radical and sustainable redistribution of wealth.” 157 Such extremist ideas had been festering on the fringes of the Black power movement since the 1960s but now they have the unwavering support of virtually every celebrity and the entire Hollywood machine has been recalibrated to promote their cause.

Christianity Under Attack In order to destroy America, the conspirators are determined to eradicate faith in God and dismantle organized Christianity. Attacking Jesus and Christianity is a sacrament in Hollywood because the far-Left

hates Jesus and everything He stands for. It’s not an overstatement to say that many in key positions of power in the entertainment industry (and politics) are Satanists who will someday openly embrace Lucifer as the rebel angel kicked out of Heaven for defying God. “I’m glad the Jews killed Christ,” ranted comedian Sarah Silverman in one of her comedy specials. “Good. I’d fucking do it again!” she declares, as her audience agrees in laughter. 158 While accepting an Emmy Award one year Kathy Griffin said, “A lot of people come up here and they thank Jesus for this award. I want you to know that no one had less to do with this award than Jesus. He didn’t help me a bit…so all I can say is suck it Jesus! This award is my god now!” 159 I’m not saying people shouldn’t be able to make fun of Christians, but no mainstream celebrity would dare make such insults or jokes about Muhammad because Muslims (and Jews) are vigorously protected against any criticism or mockery and only wonderful things can be said about them. Even a slightly edgy joke ignites a barrage of attacks with cries of “Islamophobia” or “anti-Semitism” and gears start moving in the wellfunded and massive smear machines like the ADL and the SPLC which quickly move to destroy the person’s career before they can utter another word. Hating Christians is almost as necessary as believing in climate change if you’re going to be a mainstream Hollywood celebrity. There are very few open Christians in Hollywood, most of them are has-beens like Kevin Sorbo and Kirk Cameron who have been basically blacklisted since being open about their faith. Kevin Sorbo was banned from Comicon because he’s a conservative and “pals with Sean Hannity.” 160 He and other Christian actors are stuck doing low budget films that get little attention. They’re allowed to exist (for now) as long as they never point out the Bible’s teachings on homosexuality. Only watered down and generic Christian messages are allowed to be said. After Guardians of the Galaxy star Chris Pratt appeared on The Late Show with Stephen Colbert and happened to discuss his “spirituality,” many

online began attacking him for being a Christian and attending a church. Actress Ellen Page (a lesbian) from the X-Men and Inception tweeted, “If you are a famous actor and you belong to an organization that hates a certain group of people, don’t be surprised if someone simply wonders why it’s not addressed. Being anti LGBTQ is wrong, there aren’t two sides. The damage it causes is severe. Full stop.” 161 Singer Ellie Goulding threatened to back out of her scheduled performance at the 2019 Thanksgiving NFL halftime show if the Salvation Army didn’t pledge to donate money to LGBT causes. She got the idea after her Instagram comments were flooded with complaints from her fans because the Salvation Army was sponsoring the game to announce their annual Red Kettle Campaign (bell ringers) fundraiser for the homeless. 162 Since the Salvation Army is a Christian charity, Goulding’s fans freaked out, accusing them of being “homophobic” and “transphobic.” They quickly bowed to the pressure and “disavowed” any anti-LGBT beliefs, which basically means they’re disavowing the Bible because even the New Testament denounces homosexuality in Romans 1:26-27 and 1st Corinthians 6:9-10. Many critics claim that only the Old Testament does, but the Book of Romans makes it clear that just because Jesus came to offer salvation doesn’t mean God’s law regarding homosexuality changed. The Salvation Army also removed a “position statement” from their website that had made it clear “Scripture forbids sexual intimacy between members of the same sex,” and replaced it with one saying “We embrace people regardless of race, gender, ethnicity, sexual orientation, or gender identity.” 163 One of the world’s largest Christian charities whose very name “The Salvation Army” refers to the salvation of Christ, cowardly bowed down to the Leftist activists out of fear they would be branded “homophobic.” Christians are easy targets since they’re much more passive than Jews and Muslims when attacked, and Hollywood loves to stereotype them as a bunch of superstitious bigots who don’t know how to have fun. In the rare case that there is a movie favorable to Christianity that gets widespread distribution, that too is attacked. Passion of the Christ was deemed “anti-Semitic” because it depicts the story of Jesus’ arrest, sham trial, and crucifixion. 164 It was the most popular film about the events to be made and wasn’t a straight to DVD release like

most others. With Mel Gibson behind it, the film became a huge success, which caused a tremendous backlash. The ADL [Anti-Defamation League] denounced the film, saying it “continues its unambiguous portrayal of Jews as being responsible for the death of Jesus. There is no question in this film about who is responsible. At every single opportunity, Mr. Gibson’s film reinforces the notion that the Jewish authorities and the Jewish mob are the ones ultimately responsible for the Crucifixion.” 165 That’s because that’s what happened! Technically, the Romans did it, but at the behest of the Jewish leadership in Jerusalem at the time. The Bible makes it very clear what led to Jesus being crucified. Pontius Pilate is quoted in Matthew 27:24 saying, “I am innocent of this man’s blood,” and “It is your responsibility!” meaning the Jewish Pharisees. They were the ones who conspired to have Jesus arrested and killed for “blasphemy” and being a “false” messiah. Pontius Pilate even offered to release Jesus, but the crowd demanded he release Barabbas instead, another man who was being detained for insurrection against Rome, and for murder. 166 A critic for the New York Daily News called The Passion of the Christ , “the most virulently anti-Semitic movie made since the German propaganda films of the Second World War.” 167 Many others angrily denounced the film when it came out in 2004. Some in the media even blamed it for a supposed “upsurge” in anti-Semitic hate crimes. 168 When the History Channel miniseries The Bible was released in 2013, the same cries of “anti-Semitism” rang out. 169 The New York Times opinion editor Bari Weiss went so far as to say that it’s a “conspiracy theory” that Jews killed Jesus. 170 Even though most Christmas movies aren’t overtly Christian and instead focus of the importance of families reuniting and spending time together, that doesn’t mean they’re not going to come under attack. As the war on western culture continues, the Marxists have set their sights on Christmas too. Online liberal cesspool Salon.com ran a headline reading “Hallmark movies are fascist propaganda,” and complained they promote “heteronormative whiteness” because there aren’t enough LGBT characters or people of color in them. 171 “Hallmark movies, with their emphasis on returning home and the pleasures of the small, domestic life, also send a not-at-all subtle signal of

disdain for cosmopolitanism and curiosity about the larger world,” Salon said, “which is exactly the sort of attitude that helps breed the kind of defensive White nationalism that we see growing in strength in the Donald Trump era.” 172 The article went on to say that because the Hallmark Channel airs so many Christmas movies, it is promoting, “a set of patriarchal and authoritarian values that are more about White evangelicals defining themselves as an ethnic group, and not about a genuine feeling of spirituality…The very fact that they’re presented as harmless fluff makes it all the more insidious, the way they work to enforce very narrow, White, heteronormative, sexist, provincial ideas of what constitutes ‘normal.’” 173 The article wasn’t satire. Salon.com has a deep-seated hatred of Christianity, conservatives and families, and is another cog in the Cultural Marxist machine working to destroy the United States. Comedian Whitney Cummings was reported to the Human Resources department of a major Hollywood studio after she wished the crew of a TV show she was working on “Merry Christmas” when they wrapped up for the year. She made the revelation while speaking with Conan O’Brian the following December. “Last year, I was working on a TV show, [and] got in trouble with Human Resources for saying ‘Merry Christmas’ to an intern,” she began. 174 Conan asked her if she was being serious and she said it was a true story, elaborating, “I was leaving, like on the 18th or whatever…and I was like, ‘Bye guys, Merry Christmas.’” When she returned from vacation after New Year’s she was called to HR and scolded. She joked, “I don’t even care how your Christmas was. It was just a formality. It’s what you say when you leave.” 175 Conan O’Brien then replied, “In these times we’re in, that could trigger someone or offend them if it’s not their holiday.” 176 She didn’t say which network it was, but she’s been involved with some major shows like NBC’s Whitney (where she played the main character), as well as the CBS sitcom 2 Broke Girls, which she created and was a writer for. While today it may seem impossible that Christmas movies may become a thing of the past, nobody could have ever guessed that reruns of the classic Dukes of Hazzard would get banned after the Confederate flag was deemed a “hate symbol” in 2015, or that Aunt Jemima pancake syrup,

Eskimo Pie ice cream bars, and Uncle Ben’s Rice would be deemed “racially insensitive” and pulled from production a few years later. 177 Once someone reminds liberals that the word Christmas is derived from Christ’s Mass and that it is actually a commemoration of the birth of Jesus, they may finally go over the edge and deem Christmas just as offensive as Columbus Day or the Fourth of July. And with the Muslim and Sikh populations increasing in the United States, the American standard of Christmas music playing in shopping malls and retail stores all month long every December may one day come to an end because it’s not “inclusive” and leaves non-Christians feeling “ostracized.”

Glorifying Satanism Since the Hollywood elite hate God and everything that is normal and good, it would only make sense that they have embraced Satan as their symbolic (or literal) master. The Church of Satan is an organization started by Anton LaVey in the 1960s which gained popularity among a few celebrities at the time like Sammy Davis Jr. and Jayne Mansfield. The “church” was really just Anton LaVey’s house, but he was a showman, so in the late 1960s and early 70s he was able to get some media attention for openly embracing satanism and engaging in various theatrical rituals and stunts (like serving an amputated leg for dinner that one of the members stole from a hospital he worked at). 178 While the group’s 15 minutes of fame soon faded away, satanism in Hollywood didn’t. Rock stars and heavy metal bands in the 1980s and 90s continued to promote satanism through their music. Marilyn Manson, the self-described “anti-Christ superstar,” would often tear out pages from the Bible on stage as part of his shows. Of course he would never do that to a Quran because radical Muslims would put out a fatwa calling for him to be executed, not to mention he would be denounced as “Islamophobic,” but attacking Christians gets one hailed as a hero in Hollywood.

In the early 2010s we began to see an explosion of pop stars promoting a new brand of satanism, in the form of the Illuminati. The original Illuminati was a secret society founded in Bavaria, Germany in the late 1700s by a law professor at the University of Ingolstadt named Adam Weishaupt. While the Founding Fathers in America openly declared their views and goals to gain independence from the King of England, the Illuminati sought secrecy and subversion to escape the grasp of the Monarch in Germany. After many of the members were discovered, rounded up and arrested, it was said the secret society was no more, but rumors have persisted for over two hundred years that they survived and continued on. The group’s original plans—many of which had been discovered by seizing their letters of correspondence—detailed how the organization was structured to avoid collapsing if any of its cells were discovered. Some trace their symbols, slogans, and activities to the Skull & Bones secret society founded in 1832, and later to the Bohemian Grove, and the Bilderberg Group. 179 Aside from being a mafia of sorts, consisting of powerful politicians, bankers, and businessmen—many people believe that these “Illuminati” members are privy to ancient philosophical secrets about the history of mankind and the “true” nature of divine forces. Concerns and conspiracy theories about the Illuminati were mostly contained on the fringes of the Internet until the early 2010s when allegations of celebrity Illuminati involvement went viral through YouTube videos and social media postings. 180 Many rappers and pop stars began incorporating Illuminati symbols into their music videos and hinting that they were somehow a part of it. None of these musicians were members of Skull & Bones or attending the Bohemian Grove, but by promoting the Illuminati and satanism as cool, they laid the foundation for the widespread acceptance of satanism—or Luciferianism as it is also called. Those who follow this secret doctrine believe that the God who created the world (and all living things) was actually a lower level god called the Demiurge (Jehovah), who essentially enslaved mankind through our very creation, either through malevolence or ignorance of its own lack of abilities; and so Satan/Lucifer, the “supreme” being of the Universe from this point of view, decided to enter the Demiurge’s creation to “save” mankind by convincing Adam and Eve to eat from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, giving them consciousness. 181 This strange

belief that Satan is the savior, and God (the creator) is evil, is found at the core of most occult fraternities and secret societies. 182 Such esoteric ideas had remained mostly hidden from public view for thousands of years, but now a large number of Hollywood celebrities seemed to be embracing the idea that Satan/Lucifer is good, and giving a wink and a nod that they too know the Illuminati secret. 183 While the Illuminati fad in pop culture has passed, the open embrace of this idea—that Satan/Lucifer is actually the “savior”—will no doubt return someday and catch on like wildfire among the high priests of pop culture. A-list celebrities will declare that Satan is “king” and countless people will blindly follow their lead as they always do. Bible prophecy predicts that one day a counterfeit Christ (the Antichrist) will declare that he is “God” and the ruler of the earth, and such proclamation will be welcomed by billions of people. And thanks to the massive cultural shifts that are taking place, the path is being paved for the widespread acceptance of the “secret doctrine” that Satan/Lucifer is really the “good” God and here to “save” mankind from the inept or malevolent creator who made a flawed world.

Abortion Because liberals celebrate hedonism, debauchery, and tend to live in the moment without any concern for the consequences, unwanted pregnancies are a common occurrence. And instead of accepting responsibility for their actions, they usually decide to kill the baby and have its remains vacuumed out of the womb, seeing such barbarism as no different than getting a wart removed. But they’re upset that such a procedure has a negative stigma for so many people, so the Hollywood propaganda machine has been working behind the scenes to change that. It’s not enough for abortion activists to hope that writers will decide on their own to include pro-abortion messages in their scripts, so Planned Parenthood took it upon themselves to create their own entertainment liaison who lobbies studios to insert such themes on their behalf.

A woman named Caren Spruch is the current director of the Arts & Entertainment Engagement department at Planned Parenthood, and the Washington Post calls her their “secret weapon,” admitting, “She encourages screenwriters to tell stories about abortion and works as a script doctor for those who do.” 184 Spruch said that Planned Parenthood has advised studios on over 150 different movies and television shows since 2014. Their first project was a “comedy” called Obvious Child which is about a girl who has a one-night stand with some random guy after breaking up with her boyfriend and later finds out she’s pregnant and gets an abortion on Valentine’s Day. 185 One of the many shows Planned Parenthood’s entertainment liaison office helped “advise” is the Hulu series Shrill , which shows the lead character (Aidy Bryant) getting pregnant and deciding to have an abortion “before it becomes illegal.” After killing the baby she tells her roommate she’s glad she “got out of a huge fucking mess” and, “I feel very fucking powerful right now. And I just feel like I need to go out [and party].” 186 A sociologist at the University of California, San Francisco wants more comedies about abortion to help destigmatize it. “The purpose of including an abortion plot line is simply to make jokes about abortion, recognizing that such satire is valuable for some people as both a means and an end,” said Gretchen Sisson, PhD. 187 She continued, “This should not be surprising: comedy has often been used as a subversive way of challenging predominant social structures,” and she thinks abortion is “intuitive new ground for comedy to address.” 188 NBC’s Parenthood included an episode where a character (played by Skyler Day) visited a Planned Parenthood clinic to get an abortion despite her boyfriend’s wishes she keep the baby and the two “start a life” together. “If I have this baby, my life is over” she told him, and proceeded to kill the child. Depicting characters getting an abortion was rare back in 2013 for network television, and the episode was celebrated for “bravely” tackling the topic. 189 The Huffington Post praised the episode as well, noting “Amy’s mind was made up and there was nothing Drew could do to stop her.” 190 Melanie Roussell Newman, who works as Planned Parenthood’s senior vice president of communications and culture, admitted, “We’ve seen pop culture change views around LGBTQ issues, for example, and pop culture

has the power to challenge abortion stigma, too.” 191 Yes, that’s a real job position—they have a “communications and culture department” (as well as their Arts & Entertainment Engagement office). One Planned Parenthood affiliate even said that there should be a cartoon where a Disney princess gets an abortion. 192 Many people believed the statement to be an Internet hoax, but it is real, and they later explained, “Planned Parenthood believes that pop culture—television shows, music, movies—has a critical role to play in educating the public and sparking meaningful conversations around sexual and reproductive health issues and policies, including abortion.” 193 Another organization called the Center for Reproductive Rights was recently formed to promote abortion through entertainment. 194 Chairwoman Elizabeth Banks said her goal is to make abortion stigma-free and wants girls getting one to be seen as symbolic of “liberty itself.” 195 Comedian Michelle Wolf had a short-lived show on Netflix where she once did a segment titled “Salute to Abortions” which consisted of her being joined on stage by a marching band as she shouted to the audience, “It doesn’t have to be a big deal, it’s actually a great deal! It’s about $300 dollars. That’s like six movie tickets.” The segment ended with her declaring, “God bless abortions, and God bless America!” 196 She later revealed that she herself had gotten one and it made her feel “very powerful” and “like God.” 197 Actress Lena Dunham once admitted she wished she had gotten an abortion so should could “better understand” other women who have had them. 198 When actress “Busy Philipps” was at a pro-abortion rally in March 2020 she stood at the podium and screamed (literally screamed ) about how glad she was to have gotten one when she was a teenager since it allowed her to become a star. “Soon I would be driving my hybrid [car] to my beautiful fucking home…and I have all of this! All of it! Because I was allowed bodily autonomy at fifteen!” 199 “I will not be shamed into being quiet. We will not be shamed into being quiet. Never again! I will never stop talking about my abortion or my periods or my experiences in childbirth, my episiotomies, my yeast infections, or my ovulation that lines up with the moon!” 200 After seeing her unhinged rant, one might think it was someone playing a character and

doing a parody sketch of a pro-abortion activist, but she really meant it and screamed it at the top of her lungs. She was happy to sacrifice her baby for fame and fortune.

Bowing to China It’s interesting to note that Hollywood is increasingly bowing to China’s cultural standards in order to maintain distribution channels there. The Communist government has strict rules about which films are allowed to be seen in China, and in hopes of pleasing them, various plots are changed and scenes altered before they are put into production. When the trailer for the Top Gun sequel was released, some eagle-eyed fans noticed that a Taiwanese flag patch which had been sown onto Tom Cruise’s jacket along with a few other country’s flags where his father had flown missions, was now missing. 201 Taiwan has been in an ongoing dispute with China trying to become an independent country, but China still claims the island as their territory and in another apparent attempt to appease the Chinese government, Top Gun producers removed the Taiwanese flag from Cruise’s jacket because it simply being there symbolized Taiwan was not part of China, but their own country. DC Comics also censored a promotional image for a Batman comic that was posted on their Instagram and Twitter accounts after some people in China interpreted it as supporting Hong Kong in their struggle for independence. The picture showed Batman throwing a Molotov cocktail with the caption “the future is young.” 202 Protests by separatists had been growing in Hong Kong, and mostly involved college age people using social media to organize, and some read too much into the Batman picture thinking it supported them, so DC Comics deleted it so it wouldn’t cause any issues with their distribution there. The 2015 film Pixels starring Adam Sandler and Kevin James about aliens in the form of popular video game characters invading planet earth was altered so China wouldn’t get offended. While waging war against our planet—in one scene an Arkanoid paddle, similar to Breakout, was supposed to destroy part of the Great Wall of China since in the game

players bounce a ball against bricks to break them apart, but the censors changed that scene to depict the object destroying the Taj Mahal in India instead. 203 The zombie action movie World War Z was based on a book that described the virus outbreak turning people into zombies starting in China, which is ultimately nuked, leaving Lhasa, Tibet the largest remaining city in the world. But for the film, producers changed the location of the outbreak to Korea and of course China wasn’t nuked because they had nothing to do with it. Apparently the Chinese government has banned the distribution of any films featuring zombies, and the Hollywood Reporter noted that a sequel was in the works for World War Z but later canceled because Paramount wouldn’t be able to distribute the film internationally there. 204 The Chinese market is huge, and if studios are pitched a film they know won’t be allowed in China, they’re often inclined to pass on making it altogether. “You’re not going to see something that’s like Seven Years in Tibet anymore,” said Larry Shinagawa, a college professor at Hawaii’s Tokai International College. 205 The 1997 film which stars Brad Pitt takes place in the 1940s and 1950s when Tibet was struggling for independence from China, but that’s too offensive to the Chinese these days and similar films may hurt distribution deals for other, unrelated projects. Richard Gere’s Red Corner (1997) was perhaps the last major film critical of Communist China to be made. In it, Gere plays a businessman who is framed for the murder of a Chinese general’s daughter while on a trip there, and soon realizes how corrupt their legal system is. In First Man (2018), a biopic about Neal Armstrong and the Apollo 11 landing on the moon, the film didn’t show one of the most iconic scenes in history—Neal Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin planting the American flag on the moon once they arrived. When viewers noticed this strange omission Ryan Gosling, who played Armstrong, defended its absence saying landing on the moon was a “human achievement” not an American one. 206 Others had their suspicions the scene wasn’t depicted to avoid making the film too American in hopes it could be distributed in China. It doesn’t make any sense that a movie about one of America’s greatest achievements wouldn’t proudly show the historic scene of the American flag being victoriously planted in the ground on the moon after we won the Space Race.

Ryan Gosling and the producers couldn’t admit to the public the real reason for omitting the scene, because it would shock filmgoers across the country and perhaps cause people to boycott the movie for downplaying our own greatness in attempts to make more money through distribution in China. Hollywood stays very quiet about the lengths they go to in hopes of achieving that. Even the NBA has sold out to China. When the general manager of the Houston Rockets basketball team tweeted support for Hong Kong in the midst of growing protests there hoping to gain their independence, it sparked an enormous problem for the NBA because their games are broadcast in China since they are surprisingly very popular there. Adding to the problem was Chinese native Yao Ming (the 7-foot 6-inch star) had played for the Houston Rockets before retiring. Stars like James Harden praised China saying “We apologize. You know, we love China.” 207 LeBron James said the coach “wasn’t educated” about the situation and that his tweet “harmed” people financially and could have “physically” harmed them as well. 208 Despite celebrity athletes always supporting “good causes” and denouncing racism, police shootings, and human rights abuses around the world, none of them were saying a word about how China treated their citizens or that one million Muslims have been locked up in re-education camps there. 209

Immigration To say that the United States is being invaded by illegal immigrants is an understatement, but we’re now living in a period of time where certain facts are considered to be “hate speech” and the liberal media gaslights their audience trying to get them to deny their own lying eyes. Over 20 million illegal aliens have breached our border and are currently living 210 in the United States,

most of which drain financial and social resources which they don’t even pay into—but to admit the extent of the illegal alien problem is strictly forbidden. In fact, the term

“illegal alien” is now considered 211 “hate speech.” In 2019 almost 400,000 anchor babies were born in the United States from illegal alien mothers. In 48 of the 50 states there were more babies born by illegal alien mothers than ones who were born by women who are U.S. citizens. 212 Flooding the United States with immigrants from third world countries is a primary objective of the globalists because it erodes patriotism, our cultural heritage, and hastens their planned economic collapse which they look to seize upon in order to launch their socialist revolution. During the early Democratic presidential debates for the 2020 election, every single Democrat candidate on stage raised their hand when asked if they support giving free healthcare to illegal aliens. 213 There are even reports of Mexicans waiting (and hoping) for Donald Trump to lose his re-election bid in November 2020, who plan to then illegally enter the U.S. because they feel their chances of getting in and being able to stay will be almost assured. 214 The more illegals the better for Democrats, who hope to one day grant them all amnesty and make them U.S. citizens (and their new voter base), destroying any chances of Republicans winning a national election again for generations. So aside from the Democrat Party and the mainstream “news” media calling for a nonstop influx of immigrants to bring this about, Hollywood is helping as much as they can as well. Often brief pro-illegal immigration messages will be inserted into the dialogue of a show or a character will comment how “terrible” President Trump’s immigration policies are, but now we’re even seeing entire television series dedicated to promoting illegal immigration and demonizing anyone who wants to secure the border. We all know Hollywood loves to reboot old shows from decades ago, from Hawaii Five-0 and Murphy Brown to MacGyver , hoping to cash-in on the nostalgia original fans had for the series. One of those reboots was Party of Five , which originally aired in the 1990s and was about a family

of five kids (ages one to twenty-four) who had to fend for themselves after both of their parents were killed in a car accident by a drunk driver. But in 2020, it was rebooted to depict a Mexican family whose parents got deported because of President Trump’s crackdown on illegal aliens! The five kids (who are anchor babies because they were born in the U.S.) are then left here to fend for themselves. 215 The show was canceled after just one season. 216 In 2017, the New York Times expressed their frustration that there weren’t enough illegal aliens in starring roles or television shows that focus on them and their struggles, so they called on studios to green-light more series about “Dreamers”—the millions of illegal aliens smuggled into the United States by their parents that President Obama gave amnesty to. 217 Producers listened, and soon plots about “innocent” illegal aliens being persecuted would become a common occurrence.

ICE Are the New Bogymen After Roseanne Barr’s character was killed off and the series renamed The Connors due to her infamous “offensive tweet” about Obama administration official Valerie Jarrett, her daughter “Becky” in the show got knocked up by an illegal alien who worked as a busboy at the same Mexican restaurant she waitressed at. He later called her one day to let her know that he got caught up in an ICE (Immigration and Custom Enforcement) raid and she breaks down in tears out of fear that now the baby is going to have to grow up without a father because he’s being deported. 218 NBC’s sitcom Superstore featured ICE agents coming to the fictional retail giant “Cloud 9” (the “superstore” at the center of the show) to arrest an illegal immigrant who works there in the season finale. Her fellow employees tried to help her escape the agents. 219 Netflix’s female prison drama Orange is the New Black also featured ICE agents as the bad guys who arrested a major character just when she was about to be released from prison for an unrelated crime, leaving her

boyfriend waiting outside with a bouquet of flowers devastated that he wasn’t getting reunited with her. 220 In an episode of the CW’s Two Sentences Horror Story, a Latino nanny fends off would-be robbers trying to break into the family’s home that she works for, but when the heroic nanny makes the news, ICE agents discovered she was undocumented and soon paid her a visit, thus the horrifying twist at the end. 221 Charisse L’Pree Corsbie-Massay, a professor at the Newhouse School of Public Communications at Syracuse University, says, “ICE has emerged as a villain in popular discourse, and now we’re seeing that on screen. But these ICE agents are one-off characters with no lines and no names. They’re just representations of ICE, the faceless government entity. Their only role is to play the villain to our characters.” 222 Pamela Rutledge, the director of the Media Psychology Research Center, said, “Making ICE agents as bad guys exacerbates the political fission surrounding the immigration issues…Whether you agree or disagree with current policies, it is important to understand how fiction can inform beliefs on current issues where most people have little actual experience.” 223

During the Trump administration we’ve seen more open border messages being sprinkled into shows than ever before. In Showtime’s Shameless one character (Frank Gallagher) played by William H. Macy, announces he’s having a keg party at his house and is charging people 10 bucks at the door to get in, and adds that unlike this “piece of shit country,” his “border” turns away no one. 224 Pop singer Kesha released a song and music video dedicated to DACA illegal aliens (Dreamers) called “Hymn” where she sings, “Even the stars and the moon don’t shine quite like we do. Dreamers searchin’ for the truth. After all we’ve been through, no, we won’t stand and salute [the flag].” 225 The medical drama Grey’s Anatomy had an episode about an illegal immigrant who reluctantly takes her daughter to the hospital to finally get healthcare she’s been neglecting out of fear that she would get deported. Lobbying agency Hollywood, Health & Society convinced the writers to include that plot point to highlight the concerns illegal aliens have about getting deported if they go to a hospital. 226 Even the rebooted Twilight Zone on CBS featured an episode where “welcoming illegal immigrants” was the “moral of the story” at the end. An

upper middle class woman’s housekeeper is detained by ICE and scheduled to be deported, and despite working for the family for over a decade, the family’s friends seem fairly callous about her situation. “These people know the risks when they come here,” a neighbor says. 227 The homeowner herself, Eve, is later revealed to be an illegal immigrant as well—from another dimension, who came to ours thirty years ago to live among humans on earth after fleeing terrible living conditions on her own planet. In the end, she is also detained and hauled off screaming, now facing deportation herself, back to where she came from. The episode concludes with narrator Jordan Peele giving the “moral” of the story, saying, “We are all immigrants from somewhere, be it another city, another country, or another dimension. As a child, Eve Martin escaped to what should have been a better world. A world where the skies are blue. But now those skies have darkened, and the land below them is a place she is no longer welcome. For Eve Martin, there’s no passport to be stamped for passage out of the Twilight Zone.” 228

Other Attempts There were reports that Jane the Virgin star Gina Rodriguez was hoping to produce a TV series about a college student who found out they were an undocumented immigrant, and reportedly had a pilot episode made for the CW network, but so far it hasn’t been picked up. 229 Then CBS reportedly bought the rights and hoped they could get the show to air under the working title of Rafa the Great . 230 Gina Rodriquez is also trying to get another show called Have Mercy produced, which is about a Latina doctor who immigrates to Miami but is unable to practice medicine in the United States for whatever reason (probably because the medical school she went to is considered substandard), and so she decides to open an illegal clinic run out of her apartment to help her Latino neighbors. 231 CBS shot a pilot episode for In the Country We Love , based on Diane Guerreros’s memoir of having her parents deported back to Columbia when

she was a teenager, but it doesn’t appear to have been picked up. 232 Probably because it’s too similar to the Party of Five reboot. Another planned series called Casa (Spanish for Home) was shopped around which is about a family of immigrants who have to fend for themselves after their parents are deported. 233 It’s unknown if the idea was dropped because it’s identical to the Party of Five reboot, or if the series was just rebranded as that. It’s likely numerous different scripts about the same premise floated around Hollywood before one of them finally got picked up since it’s such a predictable plot, and several different writers probably thought it was the next big idea. DACA dramas are becoming “TV’s new obsession” in the United States. 234 Even Apple TV, which has recently joined the television production business, produced an immigration series called Little America about a 12-year-old boy from India whose parents were deported, and he is left to run his father’s hotel. Each episode tries to “go beyond the headlines to look at the funny, romantic, heartfelt, inspiring and unexpected lives of immigrants in America, at a time when their stories are more relevant than ever.” 235 In 2019 Netflix released a documentary titled After the Raid which follows the lives of several people in a small town in Tennessee after ICE officers conducted a roundup of illegal aliens there in order to guilt trip White people into feeling bad for the “Latino families” that were “broken up.” 236 Netflix is also producing a documentary series about illegal aliens with singer/actress Selena Gomez called Living Undocumented , which follows around eight families that are at risk of being deported. Gomez told the Hollywood Reporter that, “I chose to produce this series, Living Undocumented , because over the past few years, the word ‘immigrant’ has seemingly become a negative word. My hope is that the series can shed light on what it’s like to live in this country as an undocumented immigrant firsthand, from the courageous people who have chosen to share their stories.” 237 Executive producer Aaron Saidman said, “Living Undocumented is designed to illuminate one of the most important issues of our time. But rather than discussing this issue with only statistics and policy debates, we wanted viewers to hear directly from the immigrants themselves, in their own words, with all the power and emotion that these stories reflect.” 238

It’s not just TV shows. For years feature length films have been subtly promoting immigration. District 9 put a unique spin on an alien invasion story by depicting the aliens arriving to earth, not to kill us and conquer our planet, but apparently in a desperate search of a new home. The friendly aliens were malnourished and weak from their long journey and presumably came here looking for help, only to be mistreated by humans and forced to live in a slum called “District 9” that serves as a giant internment camp surrounded by barbed wire and armed guards. In the end, the lead “immigration” official who had previously harassed and abused the aliens is turned into one himself after being exposed to a DNA-mutating agent, and is forced to live in District 9 as one of them. The entire film was a cheesy allegory about racial segregation and xenophobia. 239 In Machete (2010), Danny Trejo plays an illegal immigrant and vigilante living in Texas who is seen as a folk hero for killing a bunch of evil White people trying to stop illegal immigration. The film’s catchphrase is “We didn’t cross the border, the border crossed us.” The White people are depicted as stupid or evil and at one point Robert DeNiro’s character, who is part of a volunteer border patrol group, even murders a Mexican kid after they catch him trying to cross the border. “Welcome to America,” he says, just before pulling the trigger. Danny Trejo then kills all the White “devils.” When some people denounced the film for seemingly encouraging anti-White violence, the Southern Poverty Law Center stepped in to defend it, calling it, “an argument for comprehensive immigration reform,” 240 meaning an argument for open borders since the bad guys in the film (aside from the Mexican drug cartel) were White people who didn’t want illegal aliens crossing the border into the United States. Elysium is a 2013 science fiction action film starring Matt Damon about a futuristic society where most of the inhabitants of earth live in extreme poverty and lack basic healthcare, while a small elite group live in luxury on a space station (called Elysium) that orbits the planet. Those not authorized to land on Elysium are deemed illegal immigrants and are “deported” or even have their aircraft shot down before reaching it. 241 Matt Damon’s best friends’ daughter has leukemia and is in need a medical treatment, so he helps smuggle her to the space station to save her, despite the elite’s best efforts to stop him.

A film critic from Variety wrote that Elysium was, “one of the more openly socialist political agendas of any Hollywood movie in memory, beating the drum loudly not just for universal healthcare, but for open borders, unconditional amnesty, and the abolition of class distinctions as well.” 242 Entertainment Weekly critic Sean Smith said, “If you are a member of the 1 percent (referring to the Occupy Wall Street movement which was occurring at the time the film was released), Elysium is a horror movie. For everyone else, it’s one step shy of a call to arms.” 243

Mexican Drug Cartels Are Good Action films need “bad guys,” and for generations those bad guys have often been Mexican or Colombian drug cartels, but now those kinds of plots have been deemed xenophobic and racist out of concerns that they cast Latinos in a negative light. When the trailer dropped for Sylvester Stallone’s latest Rambo film (Last Blood ) it showed the iconic character fighting against a Mexican drug cartel and liberals immediately called it “xenophobic” and “antiMexican” propaganda. 244 Rambo’s adopted niece, who is of Mexican descent, runs away to Mexico hoping to find her birth mother, but is kidnapped by the cartel and forced into prostitution, but leave it to liberals to defend sex trafficking and get upset because an iconic American film hero hunts down and kills the traffickers! The Daily Beast said the film was “designed to prove the president’s claim that we need to Build That Wall,” and that “Rambo has gone full MAGA.” 245 One reviewer called it “deeply xenophobic” and said that the film “should be end of line for the character.” 246 Another critic called it a “hyper-violent xenophobic revenge fantasy” and said “It’s all a setup for Last Blood to live out every assault rifle owner’s worst fears and most insane fantasies about Mexico. The only way it could be more transparent is if Stallone had growled ‘I. Am. The Wall!’ in his best Judge Dredd voice.”

Some idiot even called it a “radicalizing recruitment video,” for right wing extremists. 248 On Rotten Tomatoes it got only a 27% positive rating from critics, while 85% of viewers gave it a thumbs up—a disparity often seen on Rotten Tomatoes where critics now trash politically incorrect comedy specials and movies that are well-received by viewers. In 2018, Sicario: Day of the Soldado was released starring Josh Brolin and Benicio del Toro who battle drug cartels in the stereotypical fashion, and it too set off a wave of crying critics, one saying “it doubles down on violent fantasies about another Mexican-American War,” and “feels like a piece of state-sanctioned propaganda, a MAGA-sploitation thriller that does not see humanity in our neighbors.” 249 Jennifer Garner starred in a film called Peppermint (2018) in which her husband and daughter are murdered by a drug cartel, so she becomes a vigilante hunting and killing them. The New Yorker called the movie “racist” and “ignorant.” 250 Another critic said it was “irresponsible” to make movies where the bad guys are Mexican drug cartels anymore because they “portray Latinos as animals.” 251 NBC News said the film “is a poorly written blockbuster filled with racist stereotypes. Hollywood should know better.” 252 Until the Trump era, nobody thought that films about fighting Mexican drug cartels were problematic, but because of the hyper-vigilant Twitter outrage mobs that organize harassment campaigns hoping to stomp out any opposing ideas, the entire plot point may be all but abandoned by studios out of fear that their movies will be poorly reviewed by critics who deem them “racist.” 247

The Immigration Endgame Pat Buchanon warned in his 2002 book The Death of the West that, “Uncontrolled immigration threatens to deconstruct the nation we grew up in and convert America into a conglomeration of peoples with almost nothing in common—not history, heroes, language, culture, faith, or ancestors.” 253

He goes on, “Millions have no desire to learn English or become citizens. America is not their home; Mexico is; and they wish to remain proud Mexicans. They have come here to work. Rather than assimilate, they create Little Tijuanas in U.S. cities, just as Cubans have created a Little Havana in Miami…With their own radio and TV stations, newspapers, films, and magazines, the Mexican Americans are creating an Hispanic culture separate and apart from America’s larger culture. They are becoming a nation within a nation.” 254 Many Latinos actually want to create a new country in the Southwest called Aztlan that would include California, Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, and other states in the region. 255 The name refers to a mythical homeland of the Aztecs which Chicanos (Mexicans) want to restore. Mario Obledo, the president of the League of United Latin American Citizens, said, “California is going to be a Mexican State. We are going to control all the institutions. If people don’t like it, they should leave.” 256 Never mind that if California was still part of Mexico the water wouldn’t be safe to drink. On college campuses in the Southwest various Chicano student groups exist to further the cause, including MEChA (the Chicano Student Movement of Aztlan) and La Raza (recently renamed to UnidosUS). These groups (and others) are really acting as agents of a foreign government, which means they should have to register with the Department of Justice as such, but it’s doubtful any members of La Raza, MEChA, or any other proillegal alien activist groups have. For the globalists plan for the New World Order to be complete, first large regions of the various continents must be merged into unions that act as the governing bodies for those countries, and then their different currencies merged into a single unit as well. The European Union (EU) and their common currency (the Euro) is the model for the rest of the world. Plans to merge the United States, Canada, and Mexico into the “North American Union” (NAU) which would use a new common currency (called the Amero), have been drafted, and the schemers are waiting for the day they can force their agenda through. 257 Similar regional mergers, such as the Asian Union, the Middle Eastern Union, and the African Union, are also in the plan, which would each have their own common currency as well. And once they are all formed, the final step would be to merge all of those regional unions into a single global

governing system along with each of their respective currencies, ultimately forming a one world government and a single digital global currency.

War on White People Despite Hollywood’s insistence on wanting to end all bigotry and promote “tolerance” for everything; there is a growing anti-White sentiment where White people are regularly demonized, ostracized, and blamed for all the problems in the world. At the same time, Hollywood does everything they can to portray Blacks and Latinos as perpetual victims of “whiteness” whose lives have been ruined for generations because of “White privilege.” According to Hollywood, Black people never do anything wrong, or if they do it’s a result of the circumstances in their life which

put them in that position because of “systematic” and “institutional racism” at the hands of White people. John Langley, the creator of the reality show COPS, admitted he purposefully didn’t allow many segments which involved police confrontations with Black suspects, and instead aired more where White people were being detained and arrested because he didn’t want to promote the “stereotype” that Black people tend to be criminals. 258 Never mind Department of Justice statistics which show that Black people make up approximately 13% of the population in the United States, but are responsible for close to 50% of the total murders. 259 Just pointing out statistics like that is considered to be racist, and the ADL considers 13/50 a “numeric hate symbol.” 260 “Diversity” is a code word meaning less White people, and in recent years Hollywood has been obsessed with what liberals believe are too many White people starring in films and TV shows. In 2015 after the Academy Award nominees were announced, the hashtag #OscarsSoWhite went viral from people complaining that there weren’t any Black people nominated for Best Actor or Best Actress that year. 261 In their minds Black people are the best , and it must have been because of “racism” that none happened to be nominated for those spots that year. From that point on their foot was in the door, and each year after that there would be more scrutiny over how many “people of color” were nominated and which actors won, and how many White people starred in TV shows and films. Every time nominees were mentioned, media reports would flood the Internet about the “lack of diversity” and how “problematic” it was. 262 “Why do snubs for women and people of color keep happening?” they would ask every time half of the nominees weren’t Black or Latino. 263 Fans of Jenifer Lopez were so upset that she wasn’t nominated for Best Actress

for her role as a stripper in Hustlers they took to Twitter (as usual) to complain about it, demanding “Justice for J. Lo.” 264 In the film she plays one of a group of strippers who drug and then defraud rich men who come into their club, running up their credit cards. Not exactly Oscar material, but she must have gotten “snubbed” because she’s Latino! Others were equally upset that Jamie Foxx (Just Mercy ), Lupita Nyong’o (Us ), Awkwafina (The Farewell ), and Eddie Murphy (Dolemite Is My Name ) weren’t nominated for anything either one year. All because of “racism,” not that they had mediocre performances or others who happened to be White made more of an impact. When Toy Story 4 was nominated for Best Animated Feature at the Golden Globes, some lunatics voiced their concerns that none of the toys in the franchise were Black! 265 Keep in mind that Woody, Bow Peep, and Buzz Light Year are the only “human” toys. The rest are ones like Mr. Potato Head, a dog, a pig, a dinosaur, etc. The Hollywood Reporter complained about the “near-absence of people of color,” despite two toys being voiced by the Black comedy duo Jordan Peele and Keegan-Michael Key, but that’s not good enough. Their review went on to complain that not only are each of the lead toys Caucasian, but a new character (Forky) is a “very white fork.” 266 The toy is homemade, created out of a plastic spork, some stick-on googly eyes, and has pipe cleaners for arms. It’s a spork, it doesn’t have a race, but the lunatic film reviewer saw it as another “Caucasian” toy because it’s white, which most plastic utensils are. The reviewer was also upset because, “in many ways [Toy Story 4’s] worldview seems like an Eisenhower-era fantasy, a vision of America that might have come from the most die-hard reactionary: lovely if you’re wealthy and White, but alarming if you’re Black or brown or gay or a member of any other minority—in other words, more than half the U.S. population.” 267 There weren’t enough Black people in Joker to please some critics either, even though Joaquin Phoenix’s character starts dating a neighbor of his who is a single Black mother. Time magazine complained that her character had too small of a role, saying, “In Joker, Black women are visible but they are not seen,” whatever the hell that means. 268 The review went on to complain about the roles other Black people had in the film such as the Joker’s social worker. She doesn’t really listen to

his problems and is just going through the motions, thus missing another opportunity to possibly steer him away from ultimately becoming a psychotic killer. That’s casting a Black person in a negative light, and “racist.” Another Black character, a random woman on a bus, scolds him to stop “bothering” her son when all he was doing was being nice to the kid, and that’s perpetuating “racism” too by furthering the “angry Black woman” stereotype. The 2019 film Little Women, which is based on a novel written in 1868 about four young girls living during the Civil War and coming of age, is also “too White.” A writer for Teen Vogue , a Marxist publication dedicated to perverting the minds of teen girls, wrote that when old literary classics are made into films, they need to “better incorporate diversity.” 269 Another critic said that it “romanticizes White privilege” and that “casual racism is merely the start of its problems.” They concluded that “Little Women is, indeed, rooted in the advantages of bourgeois White womanhood.” 270 We can’t have films anymore where the story just so happens to be about people who are White, because that’s not “diverse” enough. The Hollywood Reporter complained that Christmas movies on the Hallmark Channel don’t have enough Black people in them and “struggles to give diversity a home for the holidays.” 271 Their complaint begins with a snarky, “While other networks are viewing the holidays with an eye toward inclusion, Hallmark is delivering the dream of a white Christmas, just like the one’s audiences used to know,” and then notes, “Of the network’s record 24 original holiday movies this season, four of them have Black leads,” but “that’s down from last year, when five of its 21 original holiday movies had Black leads.” 272 Others have complained about Hallmark movies being “too White” as well. 273 In my previous book Liberalism: Find a Cure I detailed how many on the Left are upset that Santa Claus is White, and are now calling him a symbol of “White supremacy.” 274 Some are so determined to destroy Santa’s image that publishing giant Harper Collins released a book called Santa’s Husband which depicts him as a homosexual “married” to a Black man. CNN gleefully gave the author airtime to promote the book when it came out. 275 Director Tim Burton, the man behind Edward Scissorhands (1990), Beetlejuice (1988), and The Nightmare Before Christmas (1993) angered

the Diversity Police because he didn’t cast a “diverse group of characters” in his movie Miss Peregrine’s Home for Peculiar Children (2016) since Samuel L. Jackson was the only Black person in it. He began trending on Twitter from so many “woke” people calling him a racist. 276 Actor Jonah Hill said that “real change” in the industry will come only when White men no longer run the studios and streaming companies. 277 While celebrities obsessively complain about too many White people being in positions of power in Hollywood and starring in too many shows (and winning too many awards); none of them would ever commit the cardinal sin of the entertainment industry by asking about Jewish influence in Hollywood. 278 Everyone knows that would kill their career overnight no matter how earnestly or tactfully it was brought up, but complaining about too many White men having positions of power in the industry has become a rallying cry for social justice warriors. There are numerous specials on Comedy Central and Netflix which feature Black and Latino comedians whose entire act is basically making fun of White people, which is fine—and sometimes funny, but we all know the double standard. Few White comedians will dare make jokes about Blacks or Latinos. Jokes about Asians used to be acceptable, but those too would be career suicide today. Blacks and Latinos can “joke” about how they “hate White people” or complain about “the problem with White people” and often their distain is obvious, and their “jokes” are just thinly veiled racism—but that’s just fine. Black sitcoms often include subplots about how the families are living in a hostile country and White people around every corner hate them. 279 An entire episode of ABC’s sitcom Black-ish was about how “America hates Black people” with a lead character telling members of her family that repeatedly throughout the show. 280

90’s Sitcoms Now “Too White” Since “diversity” dominates these days, many classic shows from the past are now seen in hindsight as “racist” because there are “too many” White people in them. Beverly Hills 90210 , Seinfeld , Home Improvement ,

Everybody Loves Raymond , Growing Pains , Family Ties , Cheers , Frasier , Full House , Dawson’s Creek , Friends , and more all “lack diversity.” 281 Even with the rash of revivals and reboots, critics are upset that many of the shows’ racial makeup remained the same. The Hollywood Reporter complained about the “blinding whiteness of nostalgia TV.” 282 In the return of Roseanne , however, producers ensured there was some “diversity” by depicting her son D.J. as having married a Black woman and has a Black daughter with her. 283 Friends star David Schwimmer would later suggest that his show be rebooted with an all-Black or Asian group of friends. He went on to virtue signal that, “I campaigned for years to have Ross [his character] date women of color. One of the first girlfriends I had on the show was an Asian American woman, and later I dated African American women. That was a very conscious push on my part.” 284 These days White people are considered racist if they prefer dating only White people. 285 No other race faces the same pressures for personal relationships and families to become more “racially diverse”—only White people. And despite David Schwimmer’s hopes for a “Black Friends” reboot, that show has already been made—and before Friends. It was called Living Single , and Friends was basically an all-White reboot of that show, but there will never be enough “diversity” in sitcoms and feature films. No matter how many shows feature an all-Black cast, or star Black characters, the Left will never be satisfied. There were plenty of Black sitcoms in the 1990s, like The Fresh Prince of Bel-Air , Family Matters , A Different World , Martin , Roc , Hangin’ with Mr. Cooper , The Hughleys , The Wayans Bros , The Cosby Show , and many more. All with Black stars and few, if any, White actors involved, but God forbid sitcoms exist with a White-only cast! Of course Black-only shows were made long before the 90s, and continue to be made today—like Empire , Power , Black-ish , Grown-ish , and many others, and nobody complains that there aren’t any White lead actors or threaten to boycott those shows for not being “diverse” enough.

Not Enough Mexicans The mayor of Los Angeles, Eric Garcetti, wants to double the number of Latinos in TV shows

and movies within the next ten years, and launched a project called “LA Collab” in order to “connect Latinx talent, executives, and creators to opportunities in the entertainment industry.” 286 Latinx , if you’re wondering, is the new politically correct gender neutral term for Latino , since even that is problematic these days, but that’s a topic for a whole other book. 287 Los Angeles County contains 4.9 million Hispanics and now there are at least 60 million of them living in the United States (20 million of which are illegal aliens), so Hollywood is doing everything they can to cater to them. For example, Jimmy Kimmel’s little sidekick Guillermo—who speaks broken English—is paid $500,000 dollars a year to stand off to the side of the stage and laugh at his jokes and chime in once in a while with his catch phrase, “That’s right Jimmy!” Before becoming a fixture on air for the show he worked as a security guard in the parking lot of ABC Studios making $8.00 an hour. 288 There have also been a flood of TV shows starring Latinos in recent years, including the Magnum PI reboot, but there will never be enough to satisfy the social justice warriors. Every show and movie must have a “diverse” cast (meaning fewer White people). Every popular series must have a Black, Asian, and Latino equivalent. Soon there will probably be growing calls for Arab versions of hit shows, since those of Middle Eastern descent will clamor about being “under-represented” in American entertainment. And after that it will be the Indians (or Native Americans, or Indigenous people, or whatever politically correct term they’re calling themselves these days), and then probably the Eskimos. We’re sliding down a slippery slope of stupidity with no end.

Obsessed with White Sins of the Past The one kind of movie Hollywood loves to make more than crime thrillers or actionadventures are ones that highlight how “racist” White people are. “Historical dramas” about how awful White people are

and how the films “reflect what’s still happening today” come out every year. Some of them are Black revenge fantasies like Django Unchained. Actor Jamie Foxx even bragged about killing a bunch of White people in the film when he was a featured guest on Saturday Night Live , saying, “I get to kill all the White people, how great is that?” 289 The film incited some Black people to vent their fantasies of killing White people themselves, flooding Twitter with their hatred in tweets like, “Django got me wanting to kill White people!” and “After watching Django, all I wanna do is shoot White people.” 290 Of course, you can’t tell disgruntled Blacks who hate America to “go back to Africa,” because that would be “racist.” Everything is “racist” to liberals. Black people’s obsession with racism of the past can be seen in the obvious double standard of demanding White people not be “allowed” to say “the n-word” even while singing along to popular rap songs. Kendrick Lamar brought a fan on stage to perform one of his songs with him in 2018, but stopped the show mid-performance because the girl (who was White) rapped along to the original lyrics which included the word “nigga” in the hook. After about 30 seconds he told the DJ to stop the music and started staring at the girl. “Am I not cool enough for you, bro?” she asks, thinking that her rapping wasn’t good enough. He went on to tell her the “rules” and said she had to bleep that word. She apologized, and then they started again. 291 When Latino actress Gina Rodriguez sang a few lines from a rap song that included “nigga” in the lyrics (as most rap songs do) and posted it on her Instagram, Blacks (and SJW Whites) freaked out so bad she became the top trend on Twitter. 292 She then apologized. The same thing happened when a star of the Bachelorette was singing along to a rap song on Instagram Live. 293 Most Black people get more upset when a White person says the word than they do when gang bangers end up killing an innocent kid in their neighborhood with a stray bullet. As Black radio host Jessie Lee Peterson points out, “They’re not [actually] offended! They pretend to be in order to scare White folks and shake ‘em down for stuff.” 294 Imagine if White people demanded that

Black people weren’t allowed to use certain words! Democrats in Congress would hold hearings and pass a resolution denouncing such outrageous word policing and it would be a national scandal, but the word “nigga” mustn’t be uttered out loud by White people, because it’s their word.

On the Lookout for Racism Many Black people (and White SJWs) are so hyper-sensitive and obsessed with racism that they hallucinate and often see it where none exists. For example, Roseanne Barr was fired from her hit TV show within just a few hours after making a joke about Valerie Jarrett, a former advisor to Barack Obama, when she tweeted that Valerie looked like a character from the Planet of the Apes movies; and if you saw a side by side photo of her and that character, you would know why Rosanne said that. But it turns out that Valerie Jarett is half Black, although you would never guess from looking at her. Rosanne later explained, “I thought the bitch was White!” which most people did. 295 Her show was number one on ABC, but the network immediately fired her and then continued the show, calling it The Conners after killing off her character with an opioid overdose from pain pills she was taking for knee pain. 296 Of course Rosanne is not a racist, and in the 1990s the original series promoted a lot of liberal propaganda, but once someone starts trending on Twitter after getting the attention of the perpetually offended online activists, most companies feel they need to appease the mob by firing the person even if they didn’t do anything wrong. Hollywood’s dogma is so rigid that if anyone dares doubt that all Trump supporters are racist they will be denounced for “supporting White supremacy,” as a star of Queer Eye for the Straight Guy realized when he simply said that “not all Republicans are racist.” 297 Jonathan Van Ness trended on Twitter from so many people attacking him for simply stating what should be obvious, but defending conservatives in any way is seen as a major transgression.

Sometimes when popular novels are made into movies, the studios feel the need to add some racism to “remind” the audience how terrible White people are. When Tom Clancy’s bestselling book The Sum of All Fears was turned into a film starring Morgan Freeman and Ben Affleck, the plot was changed from Palestinian terrorists trying to dupe the United States and Russia into a nuclear war because of the United States’ support for Israel, to a story about White supremacists trying to trick the two super powers into a nuclear war so they could build a Whites only Europe. 298 The movie was so different from the book that when Tom Clancy introduced himself on the DVD commentary he said he was the person who “wrote the book they ignored.” 299

Actors Denounce “White Privilege” If White celebrities don’t regularly denounce their own “White privilege” and falsely claim that their success is due to the color of their skin, then they may become a suspected White supremacist themselves, and aren’t seen as an ally of the Black community. Chelsea Handler even hosted a Netflix show called “Hello, Privilege, It’s Me, Chelsea” which examined “White privilege” and followed her around as she traveled across the country endlessly apologizing for being White and talking with other people about how terrible White people have made America. 300 Jon Stewart even issued an apology for having too many White people on the staff of The Daily Show when he was the host. 301 He hadn’t even been the host for five years and nobody was concerned about it, but he too was “sorry” and began doing various interviews to give his two cents about how America needs more “diversity.” He also called for Black people to be paid reparations. 302 When Netflix released a trailer for a forthcoming series about the crimes of serial killer Ted Bundy (played by Zac Efron), people were shocked how it glamorized him and made Bundy seem like a rock star instead of a monster. 303 Pushing back against the criticism, Zac Efron said the film highlights Ted Bundy’s “White privilege” and he believed the only reason Bundy got away with his crimes for so long was because he was a “clean-cut White dude.” 304

After the Black Lives Matter riots in the summer of 2020 the media became even more obsessed with demonizing White people, and there was an endless flood of celebrities apologizing for their “White privilege” and even producing PSAs about how sorry they are and how they “take responsibility.” 305 Poor Jimmy Fallon looked like he was being held at gunpoint when he interviewed the author of “White Fragility,” a book about how White people have ruined America for Black people. He had her on The Tonight Show to lecture the audience about White people’s “inevitable and often unaware racist assumptions and behaviors,” and called White people “aholes” because we make life “miserable” for Black people. 306 He went along with the agenda so well that he sat there agreeing with everything she said, even when she said that he was a racist but didn’t even know it. “When I’m talking about the racism that I have, the racism that you have, it’s the result of living in a society in which racism is the foundation. We all absorb it,” she said. “There’s no way we could exempt ourselves from it.” 307 There’s no way White people can’t be racist she says! The title of the segment posted on the Tonight Show YouTube channel is “Dr. Robin DiAngelo Wants White People to Stop Saying They’re Not Racist,” because she thinks we all are! 308

Watchmen When the Watchmen comic book was turned into a television series on HBO, of all the villains that the superheroes could have been fighting, the producers decided to have them tackle the “problems brought about by White supremacist forces.” 309 The series creator said, “In a traditional superhero movie, the bad guys are fighting the aliens and when they beat the aliens, the aliens go back to their planet and everybody wins. There’s no defeating White supremacy. It’s not going anywhere, but it felt like it was a pretty formidable foe.” 310

The HBO series kicked off depicting the Tulsa Race Riot of 1921, where mobs of Blacks and Whites fought and killed each other after a Black man was arrested for assaulting a White woman and a group of armed Black men came to the jail out of concern that the man had been lynched, which wasn’t true. The series started with this to set the stage that “not much” has changed in the United Sates, and Black people are still supposedly being lynched on a regular basis. The show revolves around a modern day fictional White supremacist group in Tulsa, Oklahoma called the Seventh Kavalry, who “wage war” against the local police because the city has decided to pay reparations to Black people. In order to protect themselves from the White supremacists, police hide their identities by wearing masks and costumes. The original Watchmen comic book series and the 2009 movie depicted the superheroes fighting crime at the height of the Cold War between the United States and the Soviet Union. Obviously many fans were disappointed in the HBO series turning the vigilantes into social justice warriors and force-feeding more identity politics to the audience, but critics were eager to defend the show. Vox said, “Some Watchmen fans are mad that HBO’s version is political. But Watchmen has always been political.” 311

Others blamed “right-wing trolls” who gave it negative reviews online. 312

CBS’s Supernatural Drama “Evil” CBS has a drama which is a cheap knockoff of the X-Files called Evil where a “skeptical” forensic psychologist (who’s Black) works with a Catholic priest to investigate supposed supernatural events. And in one episode the skeptic investigates a case of a girl who was pronounced legally dead, but later “came back to life” once her body was moved to the morgue. After concluding his investigation he figured out that the “resurrected” girl did not experience a miracle, but was the victim of racism because she’s Black! Once he cracked the case, he heads to the office of a senior official at the hospital with two stacks of medical records, saying, “Turned out to be

hyperinflation [of the lungs], and undiagnosed COPD…But it wasn’t the paramedics fault.” That’s when he drops the files on the man’s desk. “What are those?” he asks. “The emergency life-saving efforts of this hospital over the last year. A hundred and seventy-six in all,” he replies, looking smug. “Okay.” “These are your Caucasian patients” he says, placing his hand on one of the stacks. “Did you know that on average during a code your doctors perform fifty-eight minutes of chest compressions and rescue breathing on Caucasian patients? “No. I didn’t.” “And these are your African American patients. Your doctors on average perform chest compressions and rescue breathing twenty-three minutes on them. Patients like Naomi Clark” (the Black girl who supposedly died and came back to life). “It is the stated position of this hospital that it does not distinguish on the basis of race,” the hospital executive responds. “Naomi Clark came back to life in the morgue because your E.R. staff called her time of death thirty minutes earlier than if she were White. That’s why this wasn’t a miracle. It was implicit racism,” he concludes. “I think you should get out of here,” the executive responds. Talk about running out of ideas! Who could come up with such a ridiculous plot? And that was the big climax of the episode!

BlacKkKlansman BlacKkKlansman (2018) directed by Spike Lee was based on a true story about a Black detective in Colorado who investigates the Ku Klux Klan in the 1970s. His partner, who is White, goes undercover and infiltrates the KKK while the Black detective is the brains behind the operation. There’s a scene where David Duke (played by Topher Grace from That ‘70s Show ) is making a toast to a group of people and talks about how great it is to be a White man in America and part of the “real America” and then says “I want to thank you so much for never putting your country

second. America first!” he declares as he holds up a glass of champagne. “America first!” he repeats, to cheers from the crowd. 313 That phrase, as you know, was popularized by President Trump, and that scene was included in the film as another attempt to tie David Duke to Donald Trump, even though Trump has denounced David Duke numerous times over the last few decades. 314 During an interview about the film, Topher Grace said, “This is the first script when I read it that’s really of the Trump Administration.” 315 Of course, it’s not. It’s about a Black detective and his partner investigating a local chapter of the KKK for allegedly conspiring to bomb a civil rights rally, but Spike Lee decided to use the 50-year-old story to try and tie the events to President Trump.

“Cracka” In a series called CRACKA, a neo-Nazi is sent to a parallel universe that takes place in the 1800s where Whites are the slaves and Black people are in control of America. “Cracka,” being an insult that angry Blacks love to call White people, a ghettoized derivative of “cracker.” In the trailer, before the Nazi is transported back in time to the alternate reality, he and his friends attack a random Black man and his car is shown to have a “Trump 2020” bumper sticker on it. The series slogan is “You stole our freedom, now we steal yours.” It isn’t meant to put Whites in the shoes of Blacks to make them reflect on the injustices of the past, instead CRACKA is a Black revenge fantasy. Posts on the series official Facebook page are filled with anti-White rhetoric like “You’re in our world now!” 316 The trailer was released on Juneteenth (June 19th) the date that commemorates the freeing of the slaves, and before the comments were turned off many viewers were expressing their excitement about watching White people “get what they deserve.” Trayvon Martin’s mom endorsed the series saying, “I applaud the bravery and vision for the creation of CRACKA .” 317

Magical Negroes and White Saviors Since most liberals see racism everywhere, they’re not even happy when films depict a Black person possessing a unique quality that is used to help others who happen to be White. That is what they call employing the “magical negro” trope. Spike Lee went off on The Legend of Bagger Vance because Will Smith’s character comes to help Matt Damon win a golf tournament that takes place in Georgia in the 1930s. “Blacks are getting lynched left and right, and [Bagger Vance is] more concerned about improving Matt Damon’s golf swing!... I gotta sit down; I get mad just thinking about it. They’re still doing the same old thing ... recycling the noble savage and the happy slave,” he said. 318 Whoopi Goldberg’s character in Ghost has been criticized as a “magical negro” (by Black people) because she helps the spirt of Patrick Swayze communicate with his widow after he dies. 319 Michael Clarke Duncan’s character in The Green Mile also upset some Black people because he has the power to heal sickness and disease and ends up using his ability on several White people who worked at a prison he was being held in, despite being on death row for a crime he didn’t commit. 320 It seems some Black people hate Whites so bad that they can’t stand to see a Black person do anything nice to them. No good deed goes unpunished, as the saying goes, and when well-meaning Hollywood studios produce films of White people helping minorities, that too is criticized as being a racist trope called the “White savior narrative.” In Finding Forester , Sean Connery’s character is a reclusive but wellknown writer who crosses paths with a Black teen who plays basketball in the courts across the street from his apartment. Connery learns the kid has a gift for writing that he helps encourage, and later the boy is accused of plagiarism because his teacher doesn’t think he has the ability to write as good as he does, but Connery vouches for him in a surprise appearance at the school preventing him from failing the class.

In The Blind Side (2009) Sandra Bullock is considered a White savior for taking in a Black homeless kid named Big Mike who becomes a football star thanks to her help. One critic said the Blind Side , “peddles the most insidious kind of racism, one in which whiteys are virtuous saviors, coming to the rescue of Blacks who become superfluous in narratives that are supposed to be about them.” 321 Others attacked the film because they felt it depicted Sandra Bullock saving Big Mike from inner-city Black people who were all “poor and violent.” 322 Apparently they would have been happier if she just left him to waste away in the ghetto. White people are often damned if they do, and damned if they don’t. Other popular films liberals got upset about because they feature “White saviors” are Dangerous Minds (because a White teacher helps educate Black and Latino students in a poverty stricken part of the city), and even Gran Torino because Clint Eastwood helps his Asian neighbors fight against a Black gang in Detroit. 323 Cool Runnings , a film about a Jamaican bobsled team, was attacked because the Jamaicans wouldn’t have made it to the Olympics without the “White savior” (John Candy) their trainer. 324 Even Avatar has been accused of this since a White character using a remote control avatar of an alien body helps the alien race save their planet from human invaders looking to take their natural resources. 325 In the 1980s Diff’rent Strokes was a popular sitcom about a rich White man living in Manhattan who adopts two Black orphans from Harlem. At the time the series covered a lot of serious issues like racism, drug use, and even child molestation. But today some see it as another example of a “White savior” plot. One online magazine even included Diff’rent Strokes on its “50 Most Racist TV Shows” list, writing sarcastically, “Save us, Mr. White Man! Come rescue us from Harlem and let us come live with you in yo’ giant Park Avenue mansion where our po’ deceased mama onced worked her fingers to the bone cleaning up after yo’ wrinkled White ass! We’s cute, Mista Drummond, we ain’t gwine start no trouble.” 326

MTV’s Anti-White Agenda In 2015, MTV aired a documentary titled “White People” that was hosted by a homosexual illegal

alien named Jose Antonio Vargas who traveled around America shaming White people about their “privilege” and lecturing them for not being concerned enough about minorities. 327 The following year MTV News released a video with “New Year’s resolutions for White guys” because we’re all such terrible people we need to be educated by Blacks and Latinos on how we can be better. “Try to recognize that America was never ‘great’ for anyone who wasn’t a White guy,” begins one presenter. 328 “Nobody who has Black friends says that they have Black friends, and just because you have Black friends doesn’t mean you’re not racist. You can be racist with Black friends,” says another. “Look, guys, we know nobody’s perfect, but honestly, you can do a little better in 2017.” They surprisingly deleted the video due to the backlash but their obsession with “White privilege” continues. MTV produced a YouTube show called “Decoded” where the host uncovered White people’s hidden “racism” that she sees around every corner, including decoding “microaggressions” and “the problem with White beauty standards.” The usual complaints about Halloween costumes being “cultural appropriation” (and thus offensive) have also been covered. Each week for several years beginning in 2015 the show would release a new episode where the host found more problems to blame on White people or ways White people are supposedly being racist.

White Replacement in Media Recently another obsession we’ve seen in Hollywood is remaking popular movies or sequels and replacing the main character (if they happen to be White) with a Black actor in the name of “diversity.” It’s actually considered to be a “White supremacist conspiracy theory” to talk about White populations being “replaced” through mass immigration, but that is exactly what Hollywood has been

doing to various characters in order to stamp out “whiteness.” 329

Generation Xers remember the musical Annie being about the curly redhead orphan, but when it was remade in 2014, Annie was Black with an afro. When the live-action remake of The Little Mermaid was announced, it was also revealed that the red-headed mermaid Ariel would be played by a Black actress instead. 330 When a reboot of Buffy the Vampire Slayer was announced the show cast an African-American actress as Buffy, who was originally played by Sarah Michelle Gueller in the 1990s series. 331 Two years later the show still hadn’t made it to air, which likely means the pilot was so horrible it didn’t get picked up. But due to the low standards of what is considered “entertainment” today, that may change if they rework the script or decide to just dump it on Netflix or Hulu. Activists also began pushing for James Bond to be played by a Black man, and it was later announced that a Black woman would play Agent 007, taking over Bond’s famous codename. 332 In 2010 when The Karate Kid reboot was released it starred Jaden Smith, Will Smith’s son, who is of course Black. In 2018, Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse depicted the kid who becomes Spider Man as biracial— being half Black, half Latino. 333 There are growing calls to depict Superman as Black in future films as well. 334 In the 2015 remake of Fantastic Four, Johnny Storm (the human torch character) who is White in the first two films (as well as in the comics) was played by Michael B. Jordan, a Black man. 335 This, despite being depicted as the brother of a fellow “Fantastic Four” member, Sue Storm, who is White. Samuel L. Jackson plays Nick Fury in The Avengers series even though the character is White in the comics. In the late 1990s a made for TV movie titled Nick Fury: Agent of S.H.I.E.L.D . aired on FOX where the character was true to the comic depiction (played by David Hasselhoff), but when Marvel launched their Avengers film series they chose Samuel L. Jackson for more “diversity.” Another comic book superhero called Domino was turned Black when she made an appearance in Deadpool 2 .

After the original actress who played Batwoman in The CW television series didn’t renew her contract, she was replaced by a Black girl. 336 ABC announced plans to reboot The Wonder Years , a hit coming-of-age comedydrama about a typical kid growing up in suburban America in the late 1960s, only this time…you guessed it—the family is Black. 337 For Black History Month (February) in 2020, Barnes & Noble planned to release special editions of various literary classics like The Wizard of Oz , Romeo and Juliet , and Alice in Wonderland with new covers depicting the lead characters as African Americans. They called it the Diverse Editions program, but canceled their plan after critics complained that it was “literary blackface” and said they should have just promoted actual books written by people of color instead of doing something so dumb. 338 When Harry Potter was turned into a play, a Black actress was chosen to play the character Hermione Granger, who is described as White in the books, and was played by Emma Watson in the films. Writer J.K. Rowling later denied that she wrote the character as White, but in the books she is specifically described as such. 339 Other films are being remade with modern day “Black” versions, like Steel Magnolias , originally released in 1989 about a group of women and how they cope with the death of one of their friends, and then remade in 2012 starring all Black women. The romantic comedy About Last Night (1986), about couples entering into committed relationships for the first time in their lives, was remade in 2014 starring an all-Black cast. And there have been others, including Cinderella , Death at a Funeral , and more. 340 Remaking a “Black” version of a film is quite different than changing a well-established character like Orphan Annie or the Little Mermaid, but when race-swapping happens to Black characters, it’s denounced as “whitewashing.”

How About Entertainment For Whites? Once Whites are a minority in the United States (estimated to occur in 2045), will it then be okay to have a White Entertainment Channel like Black people have BET [Black Entertainment Television]? Will White people be able to have a Miss White USA pageant since Blacks, Latinos,

and Asians have their own beauty pageants for their race? Once Whites become a minority in America can we have White students clubs on college campuses just like the Black, Asian and Latino student organizations? Will it be okay for a White person to say that they are proud to be White? No, it won’t. The special interest groups for Blacks and Latinos will get unhinged and scream that “White supremacy” is trying to resurrect itself and loads of “White allies” will join in on the chorus denouncing their fellow White people to show solidarity with people of color. “White people had their turn,” they’ll say, and don’t deserve to be proud of their race or culture because they enslaved Black people 400 years ago. “We ended White supremacy and must ensure it never returns,” they’ll say. White people must forever bow down to the new Latino/Black/Asian majority and live the rest of their lives in servitude to the new ruling class to atone for the sins of our White ancestors, they will demand. Of course Black people ignore the fact that virtually all countries in the ancient world had slaves. Maybe we should point out that the Egyptians (Africans) enslaved the Jews. And that Black Muslim tribes in Africa actually sold other Africans to the European slave traders who brought them to North America. 341 Africa is also the world’s leader in modern-day slavery, where millions of people remain trapped in forced labor. 342 When the question is raised about a White counterpart to BET or White-only shows and movies, the knee jerk reaction is to always claim that the majority of mainstream entertainment is produced for White people. But with forced diversity being injected into almost every single television show, movie, and even commercials which all do their best to have an equal number of White, Black, Asian, and Latino characters, the claim that White people have entertainment that is a reflection of our own family, community, and culture is rapidly becoming null and void. Since most “White” homogeneous entertainment has been “diversified” and turned into a heterogenous multicultural mishmash, this just adds to the justification that such shows should be created and maintained. But just pointing out these issues is enough to get one tarred and feathered as a “neo-Nazi,” then deplatformed from social media, and “White nationalist” added to the first sentence of their Wikipedia page. 343

Film and Television Liaison Offices Most people think that propaganda films were just something produced by Nazi Germany or perhaps are still made by communist regimes in North Korea or China, but the truth is the United States is the world’s biggest producer of such material. For example, during World War II our government commissioned a series of documentary films called Why We Fight which were designed to encourage Americans to support the war. Animated segments of the films were produced by Walt 344 Disney Studios.

Disney actually produced various cartoons throughout World War II featuring Donald Duck for this same purpose. One such film titled The Spirit of ’43 encouraged Americans to file and pay their income taxes in order to help fund the war effort. “Taxes...To Defeat the Axis” was the film’s tagline which was commissioned by the U.S. Treasury Secretary at the time. 345 The title, “Spirt of ’43 ” was a play off the old patriotic sentiment from the American Revolutionary war which was captured by the slogan “The Spirit of ’76.” Another Disney war propaganda film from the era was Der Fuehrer’s Face (originally titled Donald Duck in Nutzi Land ), which encouraged Americans to buy war bonds to help fund World War II. In the film Donald Duck has a nightmare where he is forced to work at a munitions factory in Nazi Germany, but then wakes up in “home sweet home” and has a renewed love for America. 346 Donald Duck also starred in a short anti-Japanese propaganda film during World War II, where he parachuted into a Pacific island jungle to “wipe out” a Japanese airfield. 347 While it’s simple to make the case that these films were for a good cause, the point is that propaganda is more pervasive than people realize, and the avenues used to reach the masses aiming to persuade them are so vast that even popular cartoon characters are employed. Most people think war propaganda films disguised as innocent entertainment is just something from the World War II era, but the practice continued—and so did the sophistication. During the height of the Cold War in the 1980s the film Red Dawn (starring Patrick Swayze and Charlie Sheen) depicted the Soviet Union invading the United States only to be confronted by a group of high school kids who form a militia called “the Wolverines” (named after their school’s mascot) and help fight off the communists, saving their town. It was remade in 2012 with North Korea being the invaders this time, who just so happened to be in the crosshairs of the Department of Defense which considered them part of the “axis of evil.” Hollywood didn’t just think this would be a neat plotline, the film (and many others) was actually produced with the help of the Department of Defense. An open secret in Hollywood, but something rarely ever mentioned because it would spoil the “fun,” is that the U.S. government works hand in hand with writers and directors to craft blockbuster propaganda films that reinforce American foreign policy objectives. 348

During the War on Terror in the early to mid 2000s, millions of Americans were subjected to pro-torture propaganda through Kiefer Sutherland’s popular series 24 which began airing just two months after the September 11th attacks in 2001. Torturing suspected terrorists or people detained who were believed to have information about Al Qaeda was a hot topic of debate at the time, and Kiefer Sutherland was on national television with a new episode each week to show Americans that torturing the “bad guys” was “necessary” to save the world. 349 Over a decade later the popular entertainment industry publication Variety would admit that “Liberal Hollywood carried water for torture.” 350 The article pointed out, “Not only has torture become more frequent since the Sept. 11 terror attacks, but the acceptance of those depictions in entertainment has been cited as a point of reference—and even an endorsement of the tactics.” 351 Zero Dark Thirty , the 2013 dramatization depicting the hunt for Osama Bin Laden, falsely depicted torture as the reason information was obtained that led to the location of his compound after years of the terror leader eluding U.S. forces. Torturing detainees had nothing to do with discovering his hideout, but the film essentially rewrote history in the minds of millions who saw it and believe it tells the real story of how it unfolded. 352

When he was Secretary of Defense, Leon Panetta gave classified details about the raid to the producers to help them make the film. 353 Zero Dark Thirty later received several Oscar nominations. Most movie lovers have no idea that many big budget blockbuster films are produced with the direct help and oversight of the United States government. How else do you think the Hollywood studios get access to aircraft carriers, F-16 jets, tanks, and other sophisticated military equipment? They can’t just rent those kinds of things from a prop house. They get them from the government. The stars will never talk about this when doing the talk show circuit promoting their films. It’s kind of a trade secret really, but in the industry it’s widely known that various departments of the government have what are called entertainment liaison offices which work with producers and screenwriters to get them the equipment they want. Of course there is a price for this. It’s not monetary though—it comes in the form of script approval.

The U.S. Army isn’t going to lend a bunch of tanks to a producer for a film showing the dark side of war, or one that questions the WMD hoax that was used to justify invading Iraq in 2003, for example. Movies must always celebrate war and glorify it, and never doubt the reasons for starting one. Such deals have been made for films like Zero Dark Thirty, Red Dawn, Top Gun , American Sniper , and hundreds of others. Some have called this form of entertainment “government-subsidized propaganda.” 354 Freedom of Information requests revealed that the Department of Defense has been involved in over 800 films and television shows between 1911 and 2017, many of them since 2001 because of the War on Terror that started shortly after the 9/11 attacks. 355 It’s not just the Army, Navy, Marines, and Air Force, however. The CIA has their own Entertainment Liaison Office and has also been involved in the production of dozens of different films and television shows since at least 1947. 356 These entertainment liaison offices also include agreements that get active duty military personnel to be extras in movies when a scene calls for a large number of uniformed troops. That way the director gets their shot of hundreds of soldiers on the battlefield, but also saves the money they would have had to pay all the extras to be there. Mark Wahlberg plays a Navy SEAL deployed in Afghanistan in Lone Survivor , which is based on a true story derived from Marcus Luttrell’s biography about his experiences there in 2005, and thanks to the Department of Defense Entertainment Liaison Office the film was shot in New Mexico on Kirtland Air Force Base. 357 That way the studio didn’t have to recreate an entire military base, they were able to use a real one. Fortune magazine calls this “Hollywood’s Military Complex” and explained, “Even in an age of special effects, it’s exponentially cheaper to film on actual military ships with real military advisers. Despite action sequences and an A-list lead, Captain Phillips cost about $55 million to make (compared with a visual effects fest like Gravity , which cost about $100 million). The fulcrum of Hollywood’s unlikely partnership is Phil Strub, a former film school student and Navy videographer, now the entertainment liaison at the Department of Defense.” 358 Fortune goes on to say, “Scripts of movies helmed by Michael Bay, Ridley Scott, and Steven Spielberg are regularly sent to an ascetic office at the Pentagon in hopes of procuring military cooperation. If he [Phil Strub] signs off, the filmmakers stand to access the most awesome arsenal in the

world, and in turn, the image and message of the American armed forces get projected before a global audience.” 359 An official who works in the Department of Defense’s Entertainment Liaison Office confirmed they maintain control over the scripts, saying, “We make sure the Department and facilities and people are portrayed in the most accurate and positive light possible.” 360 That’s a nice way of saying, if anything in the film paints the government or war in a bad light, you’re not getting your equipment. Before an agreement is made to allow the use of government equipment (and locations), the Entertainment Liaison Office carefully reviews a script and then raises any possible concerns with the producer; and if they’re willing to change certain dialog or plot points then the government will give them basically anything they need as long as the movie will serve as an infomercial for the military. They can be quite picky even about the smallest detail. For example, in the original script of Hulk , the laboratory which caused Dr. Banner’s condition was a government lab, but documents obtained by a Freedom of Information Request show that the Department of Defense requested it be just a “lab” and not associated with the government at all. 361 The Army Times admitted that “filmmakers can ask the Pentagon for assistance on their projects, from consultation on uniforms and military procedures to use of real military aircraft and equipment.” 362 Or as Phil Strub, who was the head of Department of Defense’s Entertainment Liaison Office for almost thirty years put it, “The relationship between Hollywood and the Pentagon has been described as a mutual exploitation. We’re after military portrayal, and they’re after our equipment.” 363 Sure these films are entertaining and dramatic, but they’ll only tell half the story about why a conflict actually started, and what the costs will be. They also serve a secondary purpose by encouraging people to join the military because war is painted as exciting and glorious and always for a just cause, never because of misinformation or lies (as in the case of the War in Iraq). “We want these movies to help us in terms of recruitment and retention,” admitted the Department of Defense. 364 The original Top Gun starring Tom Cruise was said to have spiked enrollment in the Air Force to record levels. They even called it the “Top Gun Effect” and in some cities Air Force recruiters literally set up tables outside movie theaters. 365

Katy Perry’s music video “Part of Me” was actually shot at Camp Pendleton, a massive Marine base in San Diego, California, thanks to help from the Entertainment Liaison Office. 366 In the video she finds out her boyfriend is cheating on her and doesn’t know what to do with her life, so she ends up joining the Marines. The entire rest of the music video is literally a recruitment commercial, showing her dressed in uniform completing basic training, shooting an M-16, and riding in an Amphibious Assault Vehicle. The video also includes actual Marines as extras, marching alongside her and storming a beach with helicopters flying overhead—all provided by Camp Pendleton. Even the creators of the popular “Call of Duty” video game series consult with the Department of Defense’s Entertainment Liaison Office in order to get access to advisors in hopes of creating more realistic video games. 367 While the government enthusiastically helps produce movies, TV shows, and music videos that will reinforce their preferred narratives, big budget anti-war films or those which depict some of the horrors of war like Platoon (1986), Apocalypse Now (1979), and Full Metal Jacket (1987) have to go without any of this assistance. Sometimes the studios have to actually rent military vehicles and equipment from foreign governments and film outside of the United States to get their projects made. When Platoon came out, Oliver Stone, who wrote and directed the film, said, “I hope people go to see what the war was really like. That’s the statement. And once you see it, you have to think about it for yourself. Think about what you think about war. Think about what it really is, as opposed to the fantasy comic book stuff of Top Gun.” 368 He also said that the main character (played by Charlie Sheen) was actually based on his own experience of being in Vietnam, and how at first he wanted to do his “patriotic duty” for his country, but after seeing the horrors of the war first hand and later learning about the lies that got us there, he began to resent the U.S. government for what they had done. During the Iraq and Afghanistan wars in the early 2000s, George. W. Bush issued a ban on any photos and video of the coffins being unloaded from airplanes after soldiers’ remains were brought back to the United States. 369 It was widely known that support for the Vietnam War dramatically dropped when people began seeing footage of the tens of thousands of coffins returning, not to mention pictures of wounded soldiers,

and so the Bush Administration did everything they could trying to prevent a similar situation by censoring the details of the casualties in Iraq and Afghanistan. It wasn’t just George W. Bush and the neocons’ policies that caused needless death and destruction because of our involvement in the Middle East, however. Barack Obama became known as the “Drone King” for using the newly popular remote-control aircraft which ended up killing a stunning number of innocent civilians while the American mainstream media provided him cover by barely, if ever, mentioning it. 370 First Lady Michelle Obama played her part to help promote the Military Industrial Complex during the Obama administration. She actually appeared at the Oscars in 2013 via satellite to announce the winner of Best Picture which was given to Argo , a movie about the CIA covertly working with Hollywood movie producers so their agents could pose as film makers working on a science fiction movie in order to infiltrate Iran so they could rescue American hostages being held there. 371 That same year Homeland won Golden Globe awards for the Best Actress (Claire Danes), Best Actor (Damian Lewis), and Best TV Drama for their Showtime series depicting a returning veteran secretly siding with Al Qaeda. 372 This narrative parroted a report released by the Department of Homeland Security a few years earlier that warned returning veterans should be considered possible domestic terrorists out of concerns they may join right-wing extremist organizations after supposedly having a difficult time re-integrating into their communities. 373 The real reason for the report, which angered veterans groups when it was made public, may have been concerns that many soldiers were disgruntled with the U.S. government after learning that the reason for starting the War in Iraq (the “weapons of mass destruction” Saddam Hussein supposedly had), turned out to be a lie. In March 2012 a 30-minute documentary titled Kony 2012 was posted to YouTube and immediately went viral. The film promoted a campaign to capture or kill the African warlord Joseph Kony, leader of the Lord’s Resistance Army. Kony 2012 was the first YouTube video ever to get one million “likes” and was called the most viral video ever at the time. 374 Celebrities from Justin Bieber to Kim Kardashian helped spread it through their social media accounts and a few weeks later the U.S. Senate

passed a resolution condemning Joseph Kony and agreed to send troops from the African Union to help find him. 375 The film’s surprising popularity was no accident. It was produced by a charity called “Invisible Children” which used a high-power public relations firm called Sunshine Sachs Associates to promote it. That PR firm was co-founded by a man named Ken Sunshine who has close ties with Barack Obama. Many people became suspicious of Kony 2012 immediately since the video seemed to come out of nowhere and went viral so quickly. In hindsight it appears it was a carefully crafted propaganda campaign to promote the United States getting involved in another conflict halfway around the world. 376 The Military Industrial Complex had been eager to become more invested in the fight against Joseph Kony and the Lord’s Resistance Army, but since they weren’t a threat to the United States and had no direct connections to us, drumming up support to go after him would have been impossible. But thanks to the viral Kony 2012 video, everyone was talking about him, and despite living in a country few Americans could even find on a map (Uganda), he became public enemy number one.

The CIA In Hollywood In the 1990s the CIA appointed a man named Chase Brandon as a their liaison to Hollywood, and he began helping the agency produce dozens of films and television shows for major studios and television networks, including documentaries on the History Channel. 377 Chase Brandon retired in 2007 and was replaced by a man named Paul Barry who continues with the task. 378 Former CIA officer Bob Baer said, “All these people that run studios—they go to Washington, they hang around with senators, they hang around with CIA directors, and everybody’s on board.” 379 Just a few weeks after the 9/11 attacks CBS launched a new series about the CIA called The Agency , which was shot on location at the actual

CIA headquarters, and largely focused on the hunt for Osama Bin Laden and how the CIA was tirelessly working to keep America safe. The director of The Recruit (2003) a spy thriller starring Al Pacino and Colin Farrell, was invited to visit the CIA’s headquarters in Langley, Virginia so he could “understand how the space worked and looked.” 380 He wasn’t just brought there for a tour, the CIA’s Entertainment Liaison Office was involved in the production of the film to make sure it didn’t cast the CIA as a whole in a negative light, only Al Pacino’s character who is a corrupt agent and is eventually discovered. Over a decade later, The Atlantic would publish a story titled, “How the CIA Hoodwinked Hollywood” which explained, “The agency has established a very active spin machine in the heart of the entertainment capital, which works strenuously to make sure the cloak-and-dagger world is presented in heroic terms. Since the mid-1990s, but especially after 9/11, American screenwriters, directors, and producers have traded positive portrayal of the spy profession in film or television projects for special access and favors at CIA headquarters.” 381 Robert DeNiro played a retired CIA officer in Meet the Parents who famously hooks Ben Stiller up to a lie detector as part of his over-protective antics to determine if Stiller can be trusted to marry his daughter. Apparently the original script included a brief scene showing “torture manuals” on DeNiro’s book shelf once Stiller stumbled across his secret office in the basement and learned of his future father in law’s true identity, but the CIA told the studio not to include them on the shelf since they would cast the Agency in a negative light. 382 Not all films about the CIA show them in a positive light, however. Those movies have to be made without the help of any government agency. Matt Damon stars in The Bourne Identity (2002) which is loosely based on the CIA’s very real mind control experiments called MK-ULTRA. 383 Needless to say the CIA would rather sweep that under the rug and didn’t provide any assistance in its production. Syriana (2005) starring George Clooney focuses on the CIA’s involvement in the Middle East where they engage in numerous shady activities behind the scenes in order to maintain control of major fields in the region—another film they prefer would have never been made. Spy Game (2001), starring Robert Redford and Brad Pitt shows the CIA turning their back on one of their operatives in order to avoid

jeopardizing a trade deal that is about to be signed between the United States and China. The Agency wouldn’t have anything to do with that film because it showed senior management in an “insensitive light” 384 when in reality it showed the complexities of international relations and the difficult and sometimes coldblooded decisions that are made behind the scenes to maintain American superiority in the world. In his book Operation Hollywood: How the Pentagon Shapes and Censors Movies , David Robb concludes, “No society is free that allows its military to control the arts. In America, it is not only unconscionable, it is also unconstitutional.” 385 He’s certainly not alone in thinking that. Many legal experts believe that entertainment liaison offices actually violate the First Amendment because they only help producers whose films portray the U.S. government, the military, and various other agencies, in a favorable light. This kind of selective help is equivalent to the government refusing to allow certain groups from reserving local town hall venues because of what those groups or their leaders believe. Constitutional Law professor Irwin Chemerinsky, who teaches at the University of Southern California argues, “The government cannot favor some speech due to its viewpoint and disfavor others because of its viewpoint. The court has said that when the government is giving financial benefits, it can’t decide who to give to, or not give to, based on the viewpoint expressed.” 386 He and others say this one-sided favoritism is no different that if the government gave one particular religious group material support or financial favors while denying those same benefits to others. 387

Some Actors Are Real CIA Assets Aside from the CIA aiding in the production of various films and television shows, their involvement in the entertainment industry goes much further and sounds like something right out of a movie. A former CIA officer named John Rizzo wrote a memoir called Company Man: Thirty Years of Crisis and Controversy in the CIA , where he admitted the agency regularly works with production companies that allow CIA operatives to work undercover as

members of film crews when a film is being shot on location in a foreign country. 388 “Among businesses in general, the CIA has long had a special relationship with the entertainment industry, devoting considerable attention to fostering relationships with Hollywood movers and shakers—studio executives, producers, directors, and big-name actors,” Rizzo explains. 389 He also said that some celebrities have been enlisted as CIA assets through the agency’s National Resources Division, which recruits foreign students studying in America, business people here on work visas, and even foreign diplomats the Agency wants to become spies for the United States when they return to their home countries. Once initiated, the celebrities are used to relay information to the CIA about foreign leaders they meet since they’ll often speak more candidly with a celebrity than with diplomats or reporters due to being star struck and letting their guard down. 390 “These are people who have made a lot of money basically making stuff up. A lot of them, at least the smarter and more self-aware ones, realize that what they do makes them ridiculously rich but is also ephemeral and meaningless in the larger scheme of things,” Rizzo says. “So they’re receptive to helping the CIA in any way they can, probably in equal parts because they are sincerely patriotic and because it gives them a taste of reallife intrigue and excitement.” 391 In his book he also says that a major film star once approached the CIA himself, wanting to work with them, “just out of his patriotic duty,” after the actor learned that another major studio had a relationship with the agency. Rizzo says the actor asked his handler for $50,000 of cocaine for his services, which the agency allegedly refused. 392 When Ben Affleck was promoting his film Argo (2012), which is based on the true story of the CIA working undercover with a film studio to infiltrate Iran to rescue American hostages under the guise of shooting a movie there, he was asked by a reporter if he thought there were any actors working as CIA operatives in Hollywood today. “I think there are probably quite a few. Yes, I think probably Hollywood is full of CIA agents and we

just don’t know it, and I wouldn’t be surprised at all to discover that this was extremely common,” he responded. 393 Knowing what happened with the Iranian hostage rescue and working on other films that are overseen by the CIA’s Entertainment Liaison Office, Ben Affleck would certainly be in a position to know. He also starred in The Sum of All Fears (2002) where he played a CIA analyst, another film that was produced with the help of Chase Brandon, the agency’s entertainment liaison at the time. 394 Affleck’s (now ex) wife Jennifer Garner also played a CIA agent in ABC’s action thriller Alias, which the Central Intelligence Agency consulted on, so he is obviously very familiar with how close the agency works with Hollywood.

The FBI and Hollywood The FBI has their hand in Hollywood too. On their website they admit, “If you are a writer, author, or producer who wants to feature the FBI, we may be able to work with you to create an accurate portrayal of the Bureau. We’ve been doing it since the 1930s.” 395 They call this office the Investigative Publicity and Public Affairs Unit (IPPAU), and they work with “domestic and international screenwriters, producers, authors, and other industry personnel associated with TV programs, documentaries, made-for-TV movies, books, and motion pictures.” 396 J. Edgar Hoover, the infamously corrupt founding father of the FBI (and its director for almost 50 years), used his position to bully Hollywood studios into dropping certain actors from projects and got scripts changed that would have shown the agency in a negative light. John Wayne was chosen to be the narrator for a television series called “The FBI” for the ABC network in the 1960s, but because of his connections to the right-wing John Birch Society, Hoover “vetoed” John Wayne’s involvement and had ABC remove him from the project “in order

to prevent any possible criticism of the Bureau by using someone with known John Birch Society connections.” 397 J. Edgar Hoover also used his position to target anti-Vietnam war musicians like Jimmy Hendrix, Janis Joplin, and especially John Lennon, who he was concerned threatened President Nixon’s chances of getting reelected, so Hoover tried to have him deported back to England because he was once arrested for possession of marijuana. 398

Operation Mockingbird In the news industry, intelligence agencies enjoy similar influence and have deeply embedded operatives and developed covert relationships for decades. In the 1970s a Congressional hearing uncovered a secret program called Operation Mockingbird which involved the CIA infiltrating television news networks, newspapers, and magazines, and paying off reporters and editors to do the agency’s bidding. 399 At the time there were widespread concerns that the CIA was involved in numerous corrupt and illegal activities, including spying on American citizens and assassinating foreign leaders, so Congress investigated the agency and happened to learn of their secret dealings with the media. At one point during the hearing William Colby, the head of the CIA then, was asked if the agency had operatives working for any television networks. He refused to answer the question and said that it’s something he would rather “get into” in an “executive session,” meaning behind closed doors with just a small number of senators authorized to have access to classified information. 400 The former president of CBS, Sig Mickelson, was later asked if he thought despite Operation Mockingbird being uncovered, was the CIA still engaged in the same type of operations. “Yeah, I would think probably, for a reporter it would probably continue today, but because of all the revelations of the period of the 1970s, it seems to me a reporter has to be a lot more circumspect when doing it now or he runs the risk of at least being

looked at with considerable disfavor by the public. I think you’ve got to be much more careful about it.” 401 Anyone who followed the “Russiagate” scandal and the conspiracy to bring down the Trump administration by claiming he’s a secret Russian agent, knows in their gut that various intelligence agencies (the “Deep State”) continue to work closely with the mainstream media in order to push their agenda. I cover Operation Mockingbird in detail in my previous book, The True Story of Fake News , which I encourage you to order from Amazon or download the e-book from any of the major e-book stores if you’re interested in learning more about the subject. Decades have gone by since the name “Operation Mockingbird” has been mentioned on national television, and when you learn just how deep the CIA burrowed their way into the various news networks, it’s chilling, especially in light of their ruthless and relentless war on President Trump.

Climate Change Many of Hollywood’s concerns about the environment, specifically global warming (or “climate change” as they have rebranded it) aren’t really about keeping our air clean, preserving delicate ecosystems, or developing green energy, but instead is just a smokescreen to hide their true intentions. Obviously we should take care of the environment, not litter, recycle, and be good stewards of the earth, but the fanatical doomsday warnings about global warming are designed to mobilize people to accept exorbitant carbon taxes and embrace the implementation of enormous new socialist programs. 402 Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez’s senior aide and puppet master admitted, “The interesting thing about the Green New Deal is it wasn’t originally a climate thing at all…Do you guys think of it as a climate thing? Because we really think of it as a how-do-you-change-the-entire-economy thing.” 403 Ocasio-Cortez said the plan was aiming for “a new national social, industrial and economic mobilization on a scale not seen since World War II and the New Deal,” in order to “provide unprecedented levels of prosperity and economic security for all people of the United States.” 404

Celebrities have always been “tree huggers” and concerned about the environment—which is a good cause, but their hysterical rhetoric about what humans are doing to the planet is getting increasingly radical to the point that they are literally claiming the human race will soon go extinct if we don’t listen to them, and any day now when we peer outside the windows of our homes it will be as if we’re looking at a scene from a disaster movie. Because of all the “end of the world” fear mongering about climate change, some children are getting what is called “eco-anxiety” which child psychologists describe as “a form of anxiety about where the world is heading when it comes to climate change.” 405 This is what caused Greta Thunberg, the teenage climate change activist from Sweden, to begin skipping school thinking she was helping save the world. Once she caught the eye of the climate change lobby, they adopted her as their spokesperson and threw the weight of their massive propaganda machine behind her to propel her to international stardom as a child prodigy who is trying to save the planet. Time magazine even put her on the cover for their 2019 Person of the Year issue. 406 Recently there have been increasing calls for geoengineering, something that was said to be conspiracy theory just a few years ago. 407 Some scientists want to spray little particles of glitter into the atmosphere to block out some of the sun’s rays hoping that will keep the earth slightly cooler to offset the supposed “global warming” that’s happening. Meanwhile geoengineering advocates ignore the law of unintended consequences, and nobody knows what kind of environmental disasters doing such a thing would cause. Like everything liberals do, their claims of “living green” are rife with hypocrisy. Just one trip on their private jet spews more pollution into the air than several months’ worth of daily commutes on the freeway in a car. 408 Just one of Al Gore’s homes uses more than 20 times the amount of energy as an average home, costing an estimated $30,000 a year in utilities for the gas and electricity. 409 Arnold Schwarzenegger said fossil fuel executives should be sued for “first degree murder” because their industry is “killing” the planet. 410 Arnold apparently forgot that he was the first civilian to buy a Hummer in 1992 when the extra-large gas guzzling military vehicle became commercially available. It famously got about 10 miles a gallon. 411

Recently Hollywood has been inserting messages about global warming hysteria into almost everything. During the Miss Universe 2019 pageant one of the contestants was asked, “Are leaders of today doing enough to protect future generations from climate change?” Steve Harvey, the host, then rolled his eyes as soon as he was done reading the question off the card. 412 Hollywood, Health & Society (the organization that helped inject storylines about Obamacare into TV shows) also lobbies Hollywood studios about climate change. They specifically have been focusing on comedy shows because as Lizz Winstead, a writer for The Daily Show points out, “Comedians have become trusted as people who observe the world and talk about it truthfully. Because they’re not beholden to anyone, they can call bullshit when they see it.” 413 That may have been true before “Cancel Culture,” but that’s a whole other topic. The organization’s website openly states, “Hollywood, Health & Society assists with research, providing a range of information from experts for storylines on topics, from rising seas to melting glaciers, the increase of extreme weather to the spread of infectious diseases, from the Arctic to L.A.” 414 But they’re certainly not the only ones lobbying Hollywood to warn viewers about the issue. In 2011 the Secretary General of the United Nations traveled to Hollywood during Oscar week in order to encourage industry insiders to make more films about climate change. 415 The U.N. famously recruits celebrities like Angelina Jolie and George Clooney as “ambassadors” to further their agendas since so many people view celebrities as experts in everything. Knowing that few people watch documentary films, the U.N. focused on getting the issues incorporated into television series and movies. Ban Ki-moon, the Secretary General of the U.N. at the time, told attendees, “Animate these stories. Set them to music! Give them life! Together we can have a blockbuster impact on the world.” 416 Another speaker at the event said, “There’s a huge gap between what governments can do, given political constraints, and what they should do. That’s where you come in…We need you to make it sexy and cool to bring about the energy revolution that has to happen.” 417 Executives working for the FOX television network (not to be confused with Fox News) once openly admitted the network uses their shows to promote concerns about global warming. Chairman Gary Newman

admitted in a promotional video the company put out years ago to brag about their efforts that, “We want to set an example in our industry and other industries that no matter what the size of your carbon footprint is, you can make a difference...The biggest thing we have done is inserting messages about the environment into some of our content.” 418 The Simpsons , King of the Hill , Family Guy , 24 , and many other FOX shows have all included warnings about climate change, sometimes very brief, but they are there. For example, in a scene from Family Guy when a character is looking around at a car dealership he asks “what kind of jerk would drive one of those?” when he comes across a Hummer. Another FOX television executive, Dana Walden, said, “the most powerful way that we could communicate the commitment on behalf of our company was to change the practices within the production as well as work in a message about global warming, about environmental changes, and about empowering people to take responsibility.” 419 The most infamous global warming propaganda is Al Gore’s “documentary” An Inconvenient Truth which helped jump start global warming hysteria. Devastated by losing the 2000 election to George W. Bush, Al Gore found meaning in his life traveling around the world giving his doomsday predictions to anyone who would listen. But documentary films don’t have the same impact that big budget action movies do. Jesse Bryant, who organizes an environmental film festival at Yale University, said, “It’s great to publish academic journals on the issues but the real breakthrough is when pop culture stories are hinted towards this cliff that we are all heading off.” 420

The Film that Started it All? Kevin Costner’s Waterworld was perhaps the first major film used to promote fears of global warming. Released in 1995 the story takes place around the year 2500 when the polar ice caps have melted and the entire earth is covered with water, forcing citizens to live on boats. At the time, it was the most expensive film ever made, costing around 175 million dollars, and turned out to be an epic flop. 421

An interesting spin on the climate change hysteria was The Day After Tomorrow (2004) which, unlike Waterworld , depicted the earth freezing from climate change. It’s based on a crazy “non-fiction” book titled The Coming Global Superstorm written in 1999 by UFO buff Art Bell and another guy named Whitley Strieber. Dennis Quaid plays a climatologist who realizes that the melting of the polar ice caps has disrupted the ocean currents and caused an enormous polar vortex which drops the earth’s temperature below freezing. Soon dozens of feet of snow fall everywhere from the disruptive weather patterns, trapping everyone inside. There’s even a scene where the vice president, who looks like Dick Cheney, was chastised for not listening to scientists earlier about the looming disaster global warming would cause. 422 The film was widely mocked as ridiculous and had the opposite effect that was intended. Instead of raising awareness for the “dangers” of climate change, The Day After Tomorrow became a prime example of how absurd those fears were. Vanity Fair is upset that there aren’t more films about climate change, saying, “Fifteen years after The Day After Tomorrow, movies about climate change remain rare, and never as serious as the problem itself.” 423 The article recommended that the next Fast & Furious film depict the gang driving electric vehicles instead of ones with “gas-guzzling” combustion engines to “set an example.” At the bottom of the article it has a note that reads, “This story is part of Covering Climate Now, a global collaboration of more than 220 news outlets to strengthen coverage of the climate story.” 424

Perhaps the writer got the idea of Fast & Furious using electric vehicles from Pixar’s animated film Cars 2 , which casts Big Oil as the bad guy, conspiring to prevent an alternative (more environmentally friendly) fuel from catching on. 425 A 2012 film called Beasts of the Southern Wild depicts planet earth on the verge of a climate catastrophe that ends up ultimately flooding a bayou village and causing dangerous prehistoric beasts which were frozen in the polar ice caps to become free and roam the earth again when they melt. Snowpiercer (2013) starring Chris Evans is about a future where climate change made the earth freeze over due to a failed attempt by scientists trying to use geoengineering to stop it, so the humans who remain have to live on a train that constantly travels around the world non-stop.

Why do they have to live on a train, and not in a building with a furnace to keep them warm, you ask? Because that would defeat the point of the movie about the train being an allegory for “classism” and the hierarchy of society separating the rich from the poor. The upper class members live in the cars closest to the engine, in luxury, while the poor masses are stuck living in the cars at the end of the train, in poverty. 426 One science blog said the “Frozen earth in ‘Snowpiercer’ is a grim (and possible) future for our warming planet.” 427 Others liked that it wasn’t just another “climate change dystopia film” but was what they called the first geoengineering dystopia film. 428 It seems some who are concerned about climate change also doubt that geoengineering could solve the problem and think hopes of geoengineering (like spraying glitter in the atmosphere to block some of the sun’s rays) are only addressing the symptoms, and not the cause of global warming. In May 2020 the TNT television network aired a reboot of the film as a television series which is said to take place in the year 2021. The 2014 science fiction film Interstellar revolved around the human race having to find another planet to live on because of dust storms and crop failures, and while not mentioning the words “climate change,” many saw the subtle message it was trying to make. Green Peace noted, “Interstellar has the potential to play a positive role in the climate movement. It can urge those who already see the impact of climate change to take activist action. And for others who have up to now have ignored the science, they may think again.” 429 But the message was too subtle for some critics. The Atlantic complained that “climate change” is never explicitly mentioned in the film, and instead of trying to solve the “mistakes” humans have made on earth that “caused” the planet’s destruction, the characters instead decided to abandon earth and try to start over somewhere else. 430 They were upset that the space opera aspects of the film and the issues of time travel overshadowed concerns about why Matthew McConaughey and his crew had to leave the earth in the first place. It’s interesting to point out that both Jeff Bezos and Elon Musk have aerospace companies and want to colonize other planets out of fear that, because of climate change and “limited resources,” earth may become uninhabitable in the future. 431

In Downsizing (2017) Matt Damon and Kristen Wiig play a couple who plan to undergo a new scientific shrinking procedure similar to Honey I Shrunk the Kids , but this time on purpose, along with thousands of other people in order to all live in miniature communities so they will use a much smaller amount of earth’s natural resources. By “downsizing” they also reduce the amount of pollution they create, and help slow climate change. Another “benefit” is that by living in the miniaturized communities everything costs less since building materials and food go much further, making ordinary middle class people wealthy in their new life. But only 3% of the population opts for “downsizing,” meaning it has little effect on saving the earth from overpopulation. In the end the people who didn’t succumb to the procedure are said to be on the verge of all dying from global warming, but the miniature “downsized” people were all safe in an underground bunker, and they will be the ones to repopulate the earth once the climate calamity finally ends. In Geostorm (2017) special weather-controlling satellites are put in space to save the planet from all the climate change we’ve caused, only to get sabotaged and turned into weapons of mass destruction. 432 Despite the film’s over the top special effects showing major cities around the world being completely destroyed, climate change alarmists felt it was a good try regardless since it helped raise awareness for the “ecological tipping point” they fear we are approaching and were glad that climate change had been a common theme in several movies that year. 433 Ethan Hawke stars in First Reformed (2017) where he plays a minister struggling with his faith after his son died in the War in Iraq because he encouraged him to enlist in the military as part of the “family tradition.” The earth is on the verge of being uninhabitable because of climate change, and at one point a woman calls him to ask if he will counsel her boyfriend out of concern for his environmental extremist views. The woman later finds a suicide vest her boyfriend made that he planned to use to fight back against the industrialists who ruined the planet. Hawke takes it but agrees not to call the police, hoping he can talk some sense into the man and avoid getting him in trouble. The minister then researches climate change for himself, starts to agree with the man’s extremist views, and begins planning to use the suicide vest himself to kill a wealthy factory owner and others who aren’t good stewards of the earth.

Writer and director Paul Schrader said the film reflects his own “despair” over the “climate crisis.” 434 Equally corny was the 2018 version of The Predator where a key part of the plot was when the humans figured out why the creatures had returned to the earth after the incident depicted in the original film. The aliens, it turns out, were worried that climate change was going to make humans extinct soon, so the creatures came to earth to collect our DNA for their own genetic experiments before it was no longer available! “How long before climate change renders this planet unlivable? Two generations? One?” asks a federal agent trying to kill the creatures. Then it suddenly dawns on the lead scientist, played by Olivia Munn. “That’s why their visits are increasing. They’re trying to snap up all of our best DNA before we’re gone.” 435 That’s literally the reason given in the film as to why they returned to earth! Climate change was going to kill us! HBO’s Years and Years aired an entire episode focusing on the issue. The series follows a political family over the course of 15 years, with each episode taking place in a different time period, and one in the year 2025 depicts the north pole as having melted because of global warming. A lead character (Edith Lyons) says, “We keep saying, ‘you’ve got ten more years to sort out climate change, you’ve got ten more years to sort out flooding, you’ve got ten more years to sort out the rain forest.’ We’ve been saying that for 30 years. It’s too late. We’ve run out of time. Everyone knows it.” 436 The show goes on to warn that most people will soon starve from floods destroying crops and those who survive will have to live in small huts and only have their memories of what life was like before the climate catastrophe. Aquaman (2018) starring Jason Momoa depicted the King of Atlantis “Orm” starting a war with humans because of the decades of pollution we have been dumping into the ocean. Despite its pro-environmental message, some critics were upset that the words “global warming” were never actually explicitly mentioned in the film. “Aquaman shows, with unfortunate clarity, that the superhero film genre is ill-equipped to take on serious subjects,” said one critic. “Superhero stories love to imagine the end of the world, but don’t have much to offer in the face of actual global catastrophes.” 437

“Aquaman” Jason Momoa took the role very seriously however. When actor Chris Pratt posted a picture on his Instagram showing himself after a workout, he got “called out” by Momoa for drinking from a “single-use” plastic water bottle. Pratt then apologized. 438 Even if you recycle your plastic water bottle, that’s not environmentally friendly enough, so now the extremists are shaming people who don’t drink out of re-usable water bottles instead. In the Marvel superhero film Venom , the villain who is using his personal space exploration company to search for other inhabitable planets because “overpopulation and climate change” are going to make earth “uninhabitable” in just “literally” one more generation. 439 It’s by accident that one of their probes discovers an alien symbiotic lifeform that is brought back to earth, creating the “Venom” superhero by merging with a man’s DNA.

“Thanos Did Nothing Wrong” Fighting climate change often involves reducing the earth’s population, since the more people there are living on the planet, the larger our supposed accumulative carbon footprint is, and it’s under this rationale that some environmentalists sided with Avengers villain Thanos in his quest to kill half of all life in the Universe. In the movies, that’s his goal once he obtains all of the “Infinity Stones” which would grant him supernatural power, and some critics began arguing that instead of being a psychotic villain, Thanos “did nothing wrong.” The saying “Thanos did nothing wrong” had become a popular Internet meme from nihilist fans who sided with him, but some on the Left took it seriously thinking that it would help save the earth. Forbes magazine asked “Is Thanos right about overpopulation? His rationale seems to make sense if we consider our own planet. Since the Industrial Revolution, the world population has grown rapidly. The figure is currently over 7.6 billion and is projected to reach 10 billion in 2050… Fewer people ought to mean more food and less hunger, and might lower the risk of an epidemic when overcrowding enables the spread of disease. Human activity is driving a loss of biodiversity, with about 25% of animals

and plants now threatened with extinction, so halving the population would help other species. As a consequence, you could conclude that by eliminating 50% of all humans, Thanos did the Earth a huge favor.” 440 Their review concluded, “you could indeed argue that Thanos did nothing wrong—and in the long run, the villain might have actually saved the world.” 441

Population Control The idea of dramatically reducing the earth’s population in order to “save” it is actually something that environmental extremists have been promoting for decades. Back in the late 1960s, Stanford University professor Paul R. Ehrlich published a book titled The Population Bomb, which warned that within the next ten years society would collapse from massive famines because there were too many people on the planet using too many resources. 442 Despite the book being wildly inaccurate and over 50 years later the predictions laughable, many activists are still warning that we need to immediately reduce the population to save the planet. 443 Some celebrities like Miley Cyrus have even said they’re not going to have children because of climate change. 444 Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez has also said she too isn’t sure whether or not she wants to have kids for the same reason. 445 Many others are blaming couples who have children for contributing to the “problem.” 446 With Transhumanism appearing to be on the horizon which promises to extend our lifespan by hundreds of years (or indefinitely), 447 proponents are becoming increasingly concerned that this will cause the earth’s natural resources to become even more rapidly depleted because if people are able to quadruple their lifespan, that also means they’ll end up using four times as much energy, food, and other natural resources as well. 448 The mysterious Georgia Guidestones monument located in the small town of Elberton, Georgia, was erected in 1980 to declare the “need” for such actions. The 19-foot-tall monument consists of four slabs of granite

planted into the ground with 10 “commandments” engraved on each side, written in eight different languages. 449 The first of the ten “commandments” is to reduce the planet’s population down to 500 million, an over 90% reduction from its current 7.5 billion. The “Guidestones” were commissioned and paid for by an unknown man using the pseudonym R.C. Christian who said he represented a group that wanted the monument built to send the world a message. 450

Sports “News” Unlike politics and religion, sports is supposed to be the one universal activity that people can enjoy or discuss without the usual controversies associated with the human condition. One would expect that sports news shows and networks would be the last place you’d hear about politics, let alone be subjected to political propaganda, but unfortunately that’s not true these days. In the past, sports and politics would occasionally intersect but usually only when a star athlete joined a political cause and their involvement was part of a human-interest story. It was usually void of much controversy because often their activities weren’t divisive or controversial, but instead humanitarian in nature. But recently many sports writers, websites, and television networks have become liberal propaganda outlets, promoting left wing causes and putting athletes on pedestals who become token symbols of the liberal agenda. The entire NBA and NFL endorse the Black Lives Matter movement and have turned Colin Kaepernick, the former San Francisco 49ers player who refused to stand during the National Anthem before games, into a hero for starting the trend. When the 2020 NBA season began after a long delay from the COVID-19 pandemic, many of the players wore special jerseys with “social justice” messages printed on them in place of their last names on the back. 451

The league had worked with Nike to make the “Black Lives Matter” jerseys. This was in response to the protests (and riots) that spread across the country that summer when it became mandatory for sports leagues to condemn White people for “systemically” ruining Black people’s lives. Several basketball stadiums even painted “Black Lives Matter” on the courts. 452 The NFL also kicked off the 2020 season with the “Black National Anthem” being performed at the start of each game during week one in order to help “raise awareness” of “systemic racism” in America. 453 The

“Black National Anthem” is a song titled “Lift Ev’ry Voice And Sing” that many Black people consider to be “their” national anthem, instead of the Star Spangled Banner. Even NASCAR became political in 2020 when they banned drivers and fans from displaying any Confederate flags at the races just two days after the league’s only (half) Black driver Bubba Wallace made the demand. 454

Then a week and a half later someone allegedly hung a “noose” in his garage at the Talladega Superspeedway in Alabama right before a big race. Bubba became a hero overnight from the media endlessly reporting that a “racist” NASCAR fan upset at him for getting the Confederate flag banned must have snuck into his garage and hung the “noose” for revenge. At the race the next day Bubba was given a parade as he rolled out onto the track to show how the entire league supported him for being so “brave” for what he had gone through. 455 Only, as I’m sure you know, the “noose” turned out to be the handle on the end of the rope which is used to pull open the garage doors at the track. 456 But Bubba had become a star overnight and was a NASCAR hero for standing up against the imaginary “hate crime” that 15 FBI agents wasted their time investigating. 457 After Amazon obtained the naming rights to Seattle’s NHL arena, formerly called Key Arena, they changed the name to Climate Pledge Arena to “raise awareness” for climate change, so now fans can’t watch a hockey game in Seattle without the constant reminder to be on the lookout for global warming. 458 Not even the Super Bowl Halftime shows are safe from becoming avenues to deliver political messages with musical guests sometimes incorporating “social justice” propaganda into their performances. 459 Sportswriter Bryan Curtis noted, “There was a time when filling your column with liberal ideas on race, class, gender, and labor policy got you dubbed a ‘sociologist.’ These days, such views are more likely to get you a job.” 460 Sports broadcaster Jason Whitlock said, “ESPN and most of the mainstream media have lurched farther left. That’s a complaint from middle America and, in my opinion, objective America. ESPN’s own ombudsman acknowledged ESPN’s hardcore progressive slant.” 461 Speaking about Fox Sports 1, a competitor to ESPN, he said, “I think we’re the alternative for sports fans who respect and like traditional sports values. I think we’re the alternative for mainstream sports fans, Little

League coaches, athletes, sports moms and dads. I think we’re the alternative for people who want to hear authentic conversation and debate rather than words crafted for Twitter applause. I think we’re the alternative for middle America, blue-collar sports fans. I think we’re the alternative for people who don’t think every misspoken word is a fireable offense. ESPN caters to the elite, safe-space crowd. We cater to the people who love to tailgate and knock down a six-pack.” 462 Michael Brendan Dougherty, editor of The Slurve baseball newsletter, wrote, “It’s also true that conservative ideas tend to be slower off the block. Because they are defenders of tradition, conservatives’ arguments often strike liberals as either an unreflective devotion to the way things are (or were), or as being too subtle to be credible.” 463 For the 2015 season the NBA teamed up with Sheryl Sandberg, a radical feminist and top executive at Facebook, to promote her “Lean In” campaign which nagged men to, “take more responsibility for housework and child care,” and said they need to “do their fair share of daily chores.” 464

The campaign aired commercials on TV during basketball games which used NBA players like LeBron James and Stephen Curry to lecture men to help out more around the house with laundry and other chores. 465 In 2015 ESPN gave Caitlyn Jenner the Arthur Ashe Courage Award, choosing “her” over others—including double amputee Noah Galloway, who is an Iraq War veteran—and despite missing one arm and one leg became a competitive distance runner, CrossFit athlete, and won third place on Dancing With the Stars . 466 Caitlyn Jenner was also chosen over fellow nominee Lauren Hill, a college basketball player who lost her fight with a brain tumor. 467 Surprisingly, veteran sports broadcaster Bob Costas admitted choosing Caitlyn Jenner was a “crass exploitation play,” saying, “In the broad world of sports, I’m pretty sure they could’ve found someone—and this is not anything against Caitlyn Jenner—who was much closer actively involved in sports, who would’ve been deserving of what that award represents.” 468 Caitlyn Jenner hadn’t played competitive sports since the 1980s (when “she” was Bruce). Sports Illustrated also put “her” on the cover at the age of 66 wearing the gold metal “she” won at the 1976 Olympics as Bruce, forty years earlier. 469 Not long after this, ESPN fired baseball analyst Curt Schilling because he posted a meme on his personal Facebook page criticizing new

transgender bathroom laws which allow biological males to use women’s bathrooms, locker rooms, and showers. 470 The meme simply consisted of a man dressed as a woman with the caption, “Let him in to the restroom with your daughter or else you’re a narrow minded, judgmental, unloving, racist bigot, who needs to die!” ESPN’s President John Skipper was asked if the “perceived political shift” in sports becoming political was a “conscious decision” by the network. He responded, “It is accurate that the Walt Disney Company and ESPN are committed to diversity and inclusion. These are long-standing values that drive fundamental fairness while providing us with the widest possible pool of talent to create the smartest and most creative staff. We do not view this as a political stance but as a human stance. We do not think tolerance is the domain of a particular political philosophy.” 471 One conservative employee at ESPN revealed, “If you’re a Republican or conservative, you feel the need to talk in whispers. There’s even a fear of putting Fox News on a TV [in the office].” 472 Speaking shortly after the 2016 Presidential election, ESPN’s public editor Jim Brady said, “As it turns out, ESPN is far from immune from the political fever that has afflicted so much of the country over the past year. Internally, there’s a feeling among many staffers—both liberal and conservative—that the company’s perceived move leftward has had a stifling effect on discourse inside the company and has affected its publicfacing products. Consumers have sensed that same leftward movement, alienating some.” 473 Sportscaster Joe Buck is uncomfortable with sports recently becoming political, saying, “Unless I’m completely wrong, and I know in this case I’m not, nobody’s tuning into the 49ers-Cowboys game to hear my political opinions, whether it’s about Trump, or Kaepernick or Flint, Michigan. That’s not why they’re watching a football game. It’s misplaced. I hear guys doing it at times. It seems self-serving. Like they want to inject themselves into the conversation. Wait for a talk show. Go on Bill Maher’s show. Bill O’Reilly. Whoever. I think people watch these games to get away from that stuff. I think you risk alienating and upsetting a lot of people when you start going down that rabbit hole.” 474

NFL Promotes “Social Justice”

Shortly into the 2017 season, NFL players and owners issued a joint statement saying they held an important meeting to, “discuss plans to utilize our platform to promote equality and effectuate positive change. We agreed that these are common issues and pledged to meet again to continue this work together.” 475 Then Roger Goodell, NFL Commissioner, sent a letter to the Senate Judiciary Committee encouraging them to pass the Sentencing Reform and Corrections Act of 2017, which would reduce the prison sentences for drug offenders. A few months later the NFL announced the creation of their new “Inspire Change” initiative which involves giving millions of dollars in grants to “social justice” causes, including “helping schools implement more comprehensive African-American history education programs.” 476 The NFL also started becoming concerned that the tradition of using beautiful women as cheerleaders was “sexist,” so for the 2018 season they introduced male “cheerleaders” for the first time. The Los Angeles Rams and the New Orleans Saints were the first two teams to add them, and they’re not there to help the girls perform stunts by tossing them into the air and catching them. They dance with the girls and do all the same routines on the sidelines, even holding pom-poms. 477 Instead of being denounced as stupid or weird, they were hailed by the liberal media for “making history.” 478

Nike also decided to get into politics recently. In September 2018 the sportswear giant put out a new ad featuring Colin Kaepernick to celebrate the 30th anniversary of the company’s “Just Do It” campaign. While it was a polarizing choice, pushing half of their potential customers away who despise Kaepernick for his anti-American and anti-police activism, Nike’s revenue increased over the previous year’s quarter. 479 Under their new business model they don’t care how many of their previous customers will never buy a Nike product again because with Kaepernick as their new poster boy the company’s focus is now on the fanatics who will buy Nike gear even more because it reflects their social justice warrior identity. 480 As everyone knows, Black people dominate the NBA and NFL—and other sports like long distance running; but NBC Sports president Pete Bevacqua is worried that too many White people play golf. “Golf hasn’t had the best history,” he says. “Golf needs more diversity. How do you get more minorities playing the game, how do you get more women playing the

game? I think all of golf understands that, whether it’s the LPGA, the PGA Tour, the USGA, the PGA of America, Augusta National.” 481 Imagine a sports broadcaster saying there’s too many Black people in the NBA, or that it needs more “racial diversity!” They would be fired within the hour, but as I detailed in the “War on White People” chapter, the liberal media has no problem with anti-White racism, and in fact encourages it. Jemele Hill (a proud Black woman) who was co-host of SportsCenter, called President Trump a “White supremacist” in 2017 without any repercussions from the network. 482 Such an outrageous comment from the host of ESPN’s flagship show drew criticism from White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders and even President Trump himself. Many had become accustomed to hearing such slander from CNN and MSNBC panelists, but coming from an ESPN host took things to a new level of depravity.

“Pride Night” All major sports leagues now host an annual “Pride Night” where they celebrate LGBT people, decorate their stadiums with rainbows, and bring special guests to the games from the gay (and transgender) community. To make sure everything is gay enough they even have gay men’s choirs sing the national anthem. 483 Today, most—if not all—NBA teams now host one each year, but it’s not just the NBA. The NFL launched their own annual “Pride Night” as well, to “heighten sensitivity to the LGBTQ community” and show their “commitment to an inclusive environment in which all employees are welcome.” 484 As of 2018, every major league baseball team except one hosted an annual Pride Night. 485 The following year the one hold out (the Yankees) gave in and held their first “Legacy of Pride” night and even awarded scholarships to various LGBT students. 486 Even the NHL has an annual Pride Night, where they too decorate the stadiums in rainbow colors and players even use hockey sticks wrapped in rainbow colored tape to show support for the LGBT community. 487 You

can’t even go to a hockey game these days without LGBT propaganda being shoved in your face.

The Super Bowl Since the Super Bowl is the most-watched event on television every year, the NFL and their sponsors can’t pass up the opportunity to spread liberal propaganda to as many people as possible. Lately we’ve been seeing an increasing amount of Super Bowl commercials pushing a political agenda, from Audi using a car commercial to complain about the (non-existent) “gender pay gap” to a lumber company denouncing President Trump’s plan to build a wall on the U.S. / Mexico border. 488 The NFL has also reportedly refused to air pro Second Amendment commercials. 489 Even the Halftime show, which might be the last place one would expect to push a political agenda, isn’t immune. In 2016, Beyonce was the featured artist and turned her performance into a dedication to the Black Panthers and Black Lives Matter. 490 The following year, with tensions still high from the recent Presidential election, Lady Gaga also used the spotlight to promote a political agenda, although a lot more subtle than Beyonce the year before. Many people missed it, but it was there, and it was undeniable if you knew what to look for. 491 Gaga gave a shoutout to the anti-Trump protesters who were (at the time) out protesting the new president’s temporary travel ban from seven countries which had been identified as hotbeds of terrorism. 492

When Jennifer Lopez and Shakira performed in a sex-charged halftime show that included stripper poles, booty shaking, and crotch-grabbing; they also depicted “kids in cages” as a way to denounce President Trump’s immigration policy of detaining people who cross illegally into our country. 493

Both Jennifer Lopez and Shakira are of Latin descent, and at one point during their performance they started singing in Spanish to cater to the tens

of millions of non-assimilating immigrants who are occupying areas in American cities. After the New England Patriots visited the White House following their 2017 Super Bowl win, the New York Times tweeted out two side by side photos, one showing when the Patriots visited the White House in 2015 when Barack Obama was president, and the other from the current visit, giving the impression that far fewer players showed up because they didn’t want to have anything to do with President Trump. 494 The official Patriots Twitter account then issued a statement saying, “These photos lack context. Facts: In 2015, over 40 football staff were on the stairs. In 2017, they were seated on the South Lawn.” 495 Countless other people called out the New York Times for their fake news, and of course President Trump took to Twitter to denounce them as well. 496 The next day the New York Times sports editor Jason Stallman apologized, saying, “Bad tweet by me. Terrible tweet. I wish I could say it’s complicated, but no, this one is pretty straightforward: I’m an idiot. It was my idea, it was my execution, it was my blunder. I made a decision in about four minutes that clearly warranted much more time. Once we learned more, we tried to fix everything as much as possible as swiftly as possible and as transparently as possible. Of course, at that point the damage was done. I just needed to own it.” 497 But that wasn’t the only politicizing of the Patriot’s White House visit. Rob Gronkowski, who played tight end, interrupted Sean Spicer’s press briefing that day asking if he needed any help [arguing with the fake news] in a hilarious stunt that had Spicer and the press corps laughing, but ESPN’s Max Kellerman didn’t think it was funny at all. “When the press corps is cracking up at a press secretary because of an athlete’s presence there, so he’s lending something to the proceedings, the athlete is, and the press corps is, you know, they’re having a rollicking good time…that’s a very bad thing. That’s an unhealthy thing to have happened,” he complained on air. 498 Kellerman went on to say that Gronkowski’s prank “normalized” Sean Spicer, who he insists worked for an “authoritarian” administration. 499

Layoffs Many people were growing tired of politics being intertwined with sports coverage, especially when the issues

weren’t even remotely related, and polls began showing it was causing some viewers to tune out. 500 In April 2017 ESPN laid off about 100 people, including several on-air personalities, and six months later laid off another 150 people. 501 This was after ESPN had reportedly lost an average of 15,000 subscribers a day in October alone, totaling an estimated decline of 465,000 for the month. 502 In the fiscal year of 2018 they lost two million subscribers. 503 While some of the loss can be ascribed to cord-cutters ditching cable in favor of streaming services, a significant portion was due to fans becoming sick of the players protesting during the national anthem. 504

In October 2019 the sports news website Deadspin sent out a memo to their editors and staff telling them to stick to sports and stop covering politics since the website had steadily drifted into regularly complaining about President Trump. The memo said in part, “Deadspin will write only about sports and that which is relevant to sports in some way.” 505 The editor-in-chief then decided to plaster the entire website with political and pop culture news in protest, and was immediately fired. He unironically tweeted, “I’ve just been fired from Deadspin for not sticking to sports.” 506 Members of the staff then quit en masse to show solidarity with the editor, and to also protest the new “stick to sports” policy. 507 Yes, people who worked for a sports website quit when management told them to write about sports! Sports are supposed to be an outlet for people to get away from the stress and responsibilities we face during the work week. And the last thing most sports fans want is to have politics brought up when they’re trying to enjoy their favorite game, but unfortunately “stick to sports” is no longer the motto for most sports entertainment outlets. While playing sports is a great way for kids and adults to stay physically fit and learn about working together with others, the artificial importance placed on professional sports entertainment largely serves as a type of bread and circus distraction, diverting people’s attention and energy away from important problems in society.

Instead, the focus is put on concerns about whose team is going to win, and which players are injured or may get traded, and other trivial and meaningless controversies which, when you boil them down, do nothing other than serve to keep people pacified with things that lack any real importance whatsoever. George Orwell summed this phenomenon up in his prophetic novel Nineteen Eighty-Four when he wrote, “films, football, beer, and above all, gambling filled up the horizon of [people’s] minds. To keep them in control was not difficult.” 508

Author’s Note: If you haven’t already, please take a moment to rate and review this book on Amazon.com, Kindle, Google Play, iBooks, or wherever you bought it from, to let other potential readers know how valuable this information is. Almost all of the one-star reviews on Amazon for my last three books “The Liberal Media Industrial Complex,” “The True Story of Fake News,” and “Liberalism: Find a Cure” are from NON-verified purchases which shows the “reviewers” probably didn’t even read them, and just hate me. So if you could help me offset their fake one-star reviews by leaving a real one yourself since you actually read the book, that would help a lot! Thank you!

Late-Night Comedy Shows For decades the late-night talk shows were something Americans could watch at the end of the day to get a few laughs about current events, celebrity stupidity, or from other theatrics. Viewers couldn’t tell Johnny Carson’s politics because he was an equal opportunity offender. The same was true for Jay Leno and David Letterman who were staples of late-night TV for a generation. Starting the evening following Donald Trump’s victory over Hillary Clinton in 2016, late night TV stopped being funny. In fact, the hosts were visibly distraught when they took to the air, speaking in a somber tone as if we had just experienced a national tragedy. They tried to pull themselves together over the following days and weeks, but late-night television was never the same.

Today Jimmy Kimmel, Stephen Colbert, and Jimmy Fallon aren’t merely “entertainers.” They are stealth propagandists; whose political messages go down easier than those from “news” outlets because it’s covered in comedy. Their agenda is no longer to make people laugh, it’s to get them to cheer on the liberal agenda and mock conservatives. New York Magazine embraced comedy’s new mission and asked, “How Funny Does Comedy Need to Be?” noticing that it wasn’t very funny anymore. “Like post-rock, post-comedy uses the elements of comedy (be it stand-up, sitcom, or film) but without the goal of creating the traditional comedic result—laughter—instead focusing on tone, emotional impact, storytelling, and formal experimentation. The goal of being ‘funny’ is optional for some or for the entirety of the piece.” 509 Comedy without comedy? At least they’re honest enough to admit the shows aren’t funny anymore. When Supreme Court Justice Anthony Kennedy announced he was retiring, opening the door for President Trump to nominate a second judge to the court, the official Comedy Central Twitter account tweeted sarcastically “Thanks, Justice Kennedy,” along with a graphic that read “Supremely Fucked.” 510 Comedy Central’s Jim Jefferies went so far as to deceptively edit an interview with a man named Avi Yemini who is opposed to Muslims mass emigrating to European countries, but unbeknown to Comedy Central, Yemini secretly recorded the entire interview and posted it on YouTube to show how manipulated the footage was for the segment when it aired and demonstrated how many of his statements were completely taken out of context. He then sued them for defamation. 511 Some hosts like HBO’s John Oliver are steeped in guilt because they mocked the idea of Donald Trump becoming president. When guest hosting the Daily Show, John Oliver responded to a news clip reporting Trump was considering running in 2016 by saying, “Do it. Do it! I will personally write you a campaign check now!” because he thought it would make for some great material and didn’t think for a moment Trump had a chance to actually win. Now John Oliver lives in misery every day of his life. In an interview five years after he was fired from NBC as host of the Tonight Show, Jay Leno was asked how much different the late-night comedy shows are in the Trump era. “Do you miss being on the show, or is it such a different time that it would be hard to do?” Al Roker asked him.

“No, it’s different. I don’t miss it,” he replied, going on to say during his time hosting he didn’t want people to know his politics, so he tried to hit both sides equally. 512 “Because, you know, the theory when we did the show was you just watch the news, we’ll make fun of the news, and get your mind off the news. Well, now people just want to be on the news all the time. You just have one subject that’s the same topic every night, which makes it—makes it very hard. I mean, all the comics, Jimmy and Colbert and everybody else, it’s tough when that’s the only topic out there.” 513 Leno noted that the comedy on late-night TV is now “one-sided” and “all very serious” and that “I’d just like to see a bit of civility come back to it, you know?” 514 Saturday Night Live alumni Rob Schneider noted today, “Much latenight comedy is less about being funny and more about indoctrination by comedic imposition. People aren’t really laughing at it as much as cheering on the rhetoric.” 515

Jimmy Kimmel Jimmy Kimmel is largely credited with killing the Republicans’ plan to repeal Obamacare after he spent several nights ranting (and crying) about it on his show in 2017, claiming it would prevent poor people from getting healthcare. He even used his newborn son Billy as a prop since he was born with a congenital heart defect and claimed that if Obamacare was repealed then other children with similar life-threatening conditions would die. But Kimmel wasn’t coming up with his Obamacare material on his own. The Daily Beast admitted, “Kimmel and his team were in touch with health care officials, charities and advocacy groups,” as well as Senator Chuck Schumer who, “provided technical guidance and info about the bill, as well as stats from various think tanks and experts on the effects of [it].” 516

CNN asked, “Did Jimmy Kimmel kill the health care bill?” after Senator John McCain [who cast the deciding vote] said he wouldn’t support the repeal. “Kimmel’s critique [of the Republican plan] inspired intense

coverage and analyses, pundits debated Kimmel’s expertise on the subject while others told him to stay in his lane, and the comedian found himself again at the center of the health care fight.” 517 Kimmel’s propaganda efforts have extended far beyond healthcare. He has used children in skits about how “disastrous” global warming is. 518 He calls CPAC the largest gathering of “anti-vaxxers” and “very angry White people.” 519 And he even called for Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh to be castrated. 520 Kimmel says, “It just so happens that almost every talk show host is a liberal and that’s because it requires a level of intelligence.” 521 He has also admitted that sharing his political views “has cost me commercially” but neither he nor ABC care, because it’s “for a good cause.” 522

Stephen Colbert Stephen Colbert took over The Late Show from David Letterman in 2015 and ever since has turned the nightly monologue into an anti-Trump editorial, but his audience enjoys it, even his pathetic Donald Trump impression which should be enough for anyone with any taste in comedy to change the channel. He plays a big role, however, in politics. Practically all the Democrat candidates running for president in 2020 appeared on his show: Bernie Sanders, Kamala Harris, Julian Castro, Beto O’Rourke, Elizabeth Warren, Corey Booker, etc. CNN admitted that, “Aides for several of the mosttalked-about contenders confirmed that they view Colbert as a crucial stop on the presidential roadshow,” and one campaign official who spoke off the record said, “We strategize about Stephen a lot.” 523 New York senator Kirsten Gillibrand announced she was running for President in 2020 on his show. 524 She had coordinated with them and then Stephen shamelessly had her on to awkwardly ask if she had anything to announce, and then she revealed the “big” news. Congressman Eric Swalwell also officially announced he was running for president in 2020 on Colbert’s show. 525 His campaign soon embarrassingly ended with him

begging people on Twitter to donate “just one dollar” in hopes he could stay in a little bit longer.

Jimmy Fallon Poor Jimmy Fallon tried not to become a rabid anti-Trump ranter out of concerns he would ostracize half his viewers, but was reportedly pressured by NBC to stop being so soft on Trump. 526 Industry-wide Fallon was shunned and denounced after his 2016 interview with then-candidate Donald Trump because he didn’t use the opportunity to tear into him, and instead had a fun interview like he does with all of his guests. Trump even famously let Jimmy mess up his hair to prove it was real, but the liberal media was furious and claimed Fallon had “humanized” him. 527

He was shut out of the Emmys that year in what many speculated was retaliation for “helping” Trump. 528 Fallon later apologized for being too friendly and said that people “have a right to be mad.” 529 Despite trying to not have a show tainted with an obvious political agenda like Stephen Colbert and Jimmy Kimmel, Fallon soon bent to the will of his producers and started focusing more on the president and other social justice issues. He even had anti-gun activist David Hogg and his sister on the show to rail against the NRA and Florida Senator Marco Rubio for not supporting radical anti-gun laws. 530 Fallon had the kids recount their experience during the Parkland school shooting, because what could be a more appropriate topic for a late night comedy show than talking about a mass shooting at a school?

Saturday Night Live Once a staple of American comedy, Saturday Night Live has been on a slow and continuous decline, perhaps in part to an increasing number of options for viewers with the growth of cable TV and more recently streaming

services and other online entertainment; but the show’s parodies of presidential politics still bring in viewers and the sketches make headlines. More importantly than that, Saturday Night Live has been responsible for significantly altering how tens of millions of people view certain politicians. One critic noted, “The series has also shown a deft ability to define politicians’ personas—for better or worse. For some, Chevy Chase’s exaggerated version of President Gerald Ford or Dana Carvey’s over-the-top President George H.W. Bush are more familiar than the politicians’ actual legacies. And sketches spoofing the likes of Michael Dukakis and Sarah Palin have had a much longer shelf life than the real-life versions’ political careers.” 531 University of Tennessee professor and blogger Glenn Reynolds admitted, “Personally, I think that Chevy Chase cost Ford the 1976 election. Well, part of it, anyway.” 532 Decades later Chase admitted, “[M]y leanings were Democratic and I wanted [Jimmy] Carter in and I wanted [Ford] out, and I figured look, we’re reaching millions of people every weekend, why not do it.” 533 During the 2000 presidential campaign Darrell Hammond’s character of Al Gore was devastating, accentuating his dull personality to the point that the real Al Gore reminded people of Hammond’s character. SNL’s portrayal of a George W. Bush vs Al Gore debate showed him repeatedly referring to his “lock box” and haunted Gore for the remainder of the campaign. Will Ferrell’s impression of a bumbling George W. Bush is what really launched him to stardom. In 2008 Tina Fey’s portrayal of Sarah Palin stuck like glue and many political analysts credit SNL with permanently tarnishing her image in the minds of millions of voters. 534 While the show and its cast have always leaned Left, once they came down with Trump Derangement Syndrome their sickness began showing its symptoms in their skits. In 2018 they sung a special rendition of Mariah Carey’s “All I want for Christmas Is You” conveying their wishes to have Robert Mueller throw President Trump in prison. 535 And their anti-Trump obsession has caused them to sink so low that they actually endorsed assassinating him.

Cast member Michael Ché began, “Maybe I just don’t understand politics well, because when they said Trump was gettin’ impeached, I immediately thought, ‘Great! Trump’s fired! Let’s get drunk!’ But they’re like ‘no, he’s just being impeached, but he ain’t exactly impeached yet, it’s still gonna take another year or so.” 536 The punchline was, “You know, I’ll bet somebody explained how long impeachment took to John Wilkes Booth, and he was like ‘Okay, well where’s he at right now?’” 537 Jokes about assassinating a current President, or any President even after they’ve left office, have always been out of bounds, especially for any show on network television, but Saturday Night Live decided to go there. SNL alumni Norm McDonald has trashed the show’s obsessive antiTrump agenda, such as framing his 2016 election victory as if it was the end of the world. “I was like, what the fuck are we getting through? That a man was duly elected president? What are you, crazy? …I can get through anything. I got through my own father’s death. You think I can’t get through a man getting elected president of the United States?” 538 McDonald made it clear that he is certainly no fan of President Trump, but says they’re “playing into Trump’s hands.” 539 He said he doesn’t even do political jokes because he hates politics and mostly just watches sports. Pondering how comedy shows have gotten so partisan these days he said, “I wonder when it happened. Maybe with Jon Stewart. But it happened at some point that talk show hosts had to be political pundits.” 540

The Good Old Days In a 1984 interview with Barbara Walters, late night legend Johnny Carson was asked if there were things in the world that bothered him and caused him to want to use his platform (then host of The Tonight Show on NBC) to raise awareness for them. He responded, “I think one of the dangers if you are a comedian, which basically I am, is that if you start to take yourself too seriously and start to comment on social issues, your sense of humor suffers somewhere.” 541

“I’ve seen other people, whose names I won’t mention, who do humor, and then somewhere along the line they start to want to make their views known. I try to do it humorously. Some critics over the years have said that our show doesn’t have great sociological value, it’s not controversial, it’s not deep,” defending the show saying it’s just to entertain people and make them laugh. 542 He was asked a few years earlier by Mike Wallace on 60 Minutes about why he never gets political. “Do you get sensitive about that fact that people say ‘he’ll never take a serious controversy?” 543 Carson responded, “Well, I have an answer to that. Now tell me that last time that Jack Benny, Red Skelton, any comedian, used his show to do serious issues. That’s not what I’m there for. Can’t they see that? Why do they think that just because you have a Tonight Show that you should deal in serious issues? That’s a danger. That’s a real danger. Once you start that, you start to get that self-important feeling that what you say has great import, and strangely enough, you could use that show as a forum, you could sway people, and I don’t think you should as an entertainer.” 544

Hate Crime Charges for Jokes? Although mainstream shows have lost their edge and turned into social justice cesspools, some stand-up comedians are trying to save freedom of speech by carrying on the tradition of George Carlin, Lenny Bruce, and others who stood up for the right to offend people with thin skin, but comedy is under attack by the Thought Police who want people arrested for telling jokes. The London Independent published a piece titled, “As a comedy aficionado, I’m appalled at disgusting ‘jokes’ creeping back into the industry” where the columnist complained, “Comedians, crying ‘free speech’ isn’t good enough—hate crime laws should apply to all of us.” 545 She complained about what she called “Alt-Right comedy” naming YouTubers PewDiePie and Sargon of Akkod as supposedly having “persuaded some comedians that there is money to be made from belittling social justice.” 546 The writer then whined about Ricky Gervais’ Netflix special Humanity where he “deadnamed” Caitlyn Jenner (liberalspeak for calling a

transgender person by their legal name or birth name), and complained about Dave Chappelle cracking some jokes about transgender people too, saying, “I would go so far as to argue that some of the jokes I have heard on the comedy circuit of late constitute actual hate speech.” 547 Chappelle’s 2019 Netflix special Sticks & Stones upset a lot of liberals since they have no sense of humor and he kept the edge he once had for his Comedy Central sketch series in the early 2000s. Vice News told their moronic readers that “You can definitely skip Dave Chappelle’s new Netflix special Sticks & Stones ” because he “doubles down on misogyny and transphobia.” 548 The critics at Rotten Tomatoes, the popular entertainment rating website, gave it an approval rating of just 35% while the average audience rating is at 99%. 549 Matt Stone, co-creator of South Park, said that the reason so many critics trashed it was because they were afraid to say it was actually funny. “When I read TV reviews or cultural reviews, I think of someone in prison, writing. I think about somebody writing a hostage note. This is not what they think. This is what they have to do to keep their job in a social media world.” 550 Tim Allen has said that today he couldn’t do his old act from the ‘90s because it would be deemed too “sexist” since much of it was about the dynamics between men and women. 551 His hit show Last Man Standing was canceled by ABC after he appeared on the Jimmy Kimmel show and joked about how being a conservative in Hollywood these days is like being a Jew in 1930s Germany because of the persecution they face. 552 ABC claimed it was canceled because the show wasn’t performing as well as they wanted, but it was actually the network’s second most watched comedy, and the third most watched show on the entire network. 553 It was later picked up by FOX where it instantly became the highest rated show on its night. 554 Many European countries have much stricter “hate speech” laws than the United States, and it’s a model the Left wants to implement here, starting by amending or repealing the First Amendment to allow criminal charges for people who say things that hurt others feelings or are “divisive” and “not inclusive.” 555 Scottish comedian “Count Dankula” was famously arrested and convicted for hate speech after he posted a video on YouTube

showing that he trained his girlfriend’s dog to do a “Nazi salute” as a joke to upset her. 556 There is no doubt that Leftists would love to have political commentators like me arrested for jokes (or even sarcastic statements) about Black people, illegal aliens, gays, and transgenders. Comedy, which was once seen as the last bastion of free speech, is increasingly coming under attack by intolerant liberals who aim to use the mechanisms of government to silence people if the social media companies won’t.

Award Shows Award shows aren’t just for awards. They themselves are elaborate propaganda campaigns whose winners are often chosen, not because of their extraordinary talent, but because certain songs, movies, and TV shows promote agendas the social engineers want to encourage. Movies that fail miserably at the box office are still awarded if the Hollywood elite want to highlight their “powerful” message. In recent years the award shows have veered further left than most people could imagine, and it’s impossible to make it through one now without getting browbeat by nauseating messages about “diversity,” antiWhite bigotry, and gender bending. For example, the 2018 Emmys began with Kate McKinnon (a lesbian) and Kenan Thompson (a Black man) saying, “Tonight is the celebration of the hard work and the talent of everyone in this room,” begins Kate. “That’s right,” continues Kenan.

“We’re also celebrating the fact that this year’s Emmy Awards has the most diverse group of nominees in Emmy history.” It seemed like they may have been setting up a joke for a second, but they were really being serious. A few more celebrities then came out on stage and literally began to sing a song celebrating the “diversity” of the nominees. Halfway through their little musical number Ricky Martin entered the stage, saying, “You haven’t solved it. This song is way too White!” and then the music changed to salsa music and they all started dancing again. At that point Saturday Night Live’s Andy Sandberg joined the group and sings, “What about me? Is there any room in this song for a straight White guy like me?” “You can’t be a part of this,” he is told. “Sounds good, have fun you guys,” he replies, and then walks off stage. White people should be shunned was the message. Get rid of them. If you took a drink every time someone said “diversity” during the show you would have died of alcohol poisoning. When Jimmy Kimmel took to the stage to present he began, “We are delighted this year to have such a diverse collection of talented supporting actress nominees.” 557 Another presenter, Emilia Clarke (best known for starring in HBO’s Game of Thrones ), also had to make note of the wonderful “diversity,” saying, “Tonight, we are happy to announce that the comedy writing category, once dominated by White male nerds now boasts more female and diverse nerds than ever before.” 558 But there were still too many White people winning awards despite the “diverse” group of nominees that night, so in protest when James Corden was presenting he told the audience at home to get #EmmysSoWhite trending on Twitter, which they did. 559 And we can’t have an award show these days without it including a celebration of drag queens, so RuPaul was given the Emmy for his crossdressing competition, RuPaul’s Drag Race . 560 The Golden Globes are basically the Oscars and Emmys combined, meaning both movies and television shows are given awards. The event is put on by the Hollywood Foreign Press Association which is an organization consisting of foreign media outlets and reporters who cover American entertainment outside the United States.

It’s the typical superficial award show with celebrities who think they can save the world by giving a shout out to various causes, but once Donald Trump became president it was obligatory for at least one of the winners to denounce him while accepting their award. Meryl Streep was the first at the 2017 Golden Globes, held just two months after the 2016 election, where she gave an overly dramatic speech about how he’s ruining the country for immigrants. 561 The following year feminism was the theme of the night with host Seth Meyers beginning the show by saying, “People in this room worked really hard to get here, but it’s clearer now than ever before that the women had to work even harder. So thank you for all the amazing work that you’ve all done, and you continue to do. I look forward to you leading us into whatever comes next. So thank you so much for letting me say that.” 562 His cucking didn’t stop there. After his monologue he expressed concerns that the first presenters were going to be two White men. “Now to present our first awards, please don’t be two White dudes, please don’t be two White dudes. Oh, thank God! It’s Gal Gadot and Dwayne Johnson everybody.” 563 The very first award of the night went to a man named Ramy Youssef who won Best Actor in a Comedy Series. As soon as he took the stage he said, “Look, I know you guys haven’t seen my show,” and then the entire audience laughed. “Everyone’s like ‘is this an editor?’” he continued. 564 He was only half joking because nobody there, and hardly anyone watching at home, knew who he was. His show Ramy streamed on Hulu and was a comedy about a Muslim family from Egypt who had just moved to New Jersey. He was given the Golden Globe as a form of affirmative action to demonstrate how “woke” Hollywood is by celebrating a Muslim comedy, not because it was the funniest show, but simply for the sake of “diversity,” and he knew it. When Jessica Chastain announced the winner for Best Actress that year, she began sarcastically, “I’m so happy to announce that the winner of this category will also receive the 23 percent of her salary that went missing in the wage gap.” Chris Hemsworth, who stood there alongside her virtue signaling, added, “It’s true. That’s correct.” 565 When presenting the nominees for Best Actor, Geena Davis also made a sarcastic comment about the supposed wage gap, saying, “These five nominees have agreed to give half of their salary back, so that the women

could make more than them.” 566 But the White male bashing didn’t end there. When Natalie Portman announced the winner for Best Director, she went off script, saying “And here are the all-male nominees,” clearly upset that no women were nominated that year because of “sexism.” 567 At the end of the night Oprah Winfrey was given the Cecil B. de Mille Award for her “contributions” to the entertainment industry, where she gave a tearful acceptance speech causing liberals to become ecstatic and filled with hope that she would run for president in 2020 against Donald Trump. NBC’s official Twitter account even tweeted a picture of her and said, “Nothing but respect for OUR future president.” 568 The New Yorker ran the headline, “Oprah Leads a Decisive Feminist Takeover.” 569 At the 2020 Golden Globes, Ellen DeGeneres was given an “Award for Excellence” for all she has done to advance the LGBT agenda. 570 The dinner which takes place before the show was an all vegan meal that year to help “raise awareness about climate change.” 571 When Joaquin Phoenix won the Best Actor award for his performance in Joker, he began his acceptance speech thanking the Hollywood Foreign Press for “recognizing and acknowledging the link between animal agriculture and climate change.” Adding, “It’s a very bold move making tonight plant-based and it really sends a powerful message,” referencing the vegan dinner. 572 While Sacha Baron Cohen was presenting he took the opportunity to rip into Mark Zuckerberg for not cracking down on free speech enough on Facebook, sarcastically describing him as a “naive misguided child who spreads Nazi propaganda.” 573 Just two months earlier Cohen gave a speech to the Jewish ADL where he aggressively called for the major social media companies to increase censorship, claiming that they’re still allowing people to post “hate speech.” 574 Then during her acceptance speech for Best Actress in a Limited Series, Michelle Williams (who was visibly pregnant), admitted she once killed her other baby in an abortion and was glad that she did because if she had the kid it would have prevented her from becoming a successful actress. 575

The audience cheered her “bravery” for admitting what she had done.

The Biggest Night in Hollywood The “biggest night in Hollywood” is the Academy Awards where the Oscars are

handed out, and for many years celebrities have spewed political nonsense—often about saving the environment or some issue in a third world country, but in the Trump-era, everything is about Trump. At the 2017 Oscars, held just one month after President Trump’s inauguration, host Jimmy Kimmel called him a racist and insinuated that the entire world now hates America. “I want to say thank you to President Trump,” he said sarcastically. “I mean, remember last year when it seemed like the Oscars were racist?” referring to the “Oscars so White” controversy. 576

In 2018 Call Me by Your Name was nominated for “Best Picture” which is based on the true story of a 24-year-old man seducing a 17-yearold boy. Hollywood calls that a great “love story.” 577 As the Oscars kicked off that year host Jimmy Kimmel gave a shoutout to the actor who played the boy, Timothee Chalamet, saying he is “the star of a small but powerful story, Call Me By Your Name, which did not make a lot of money, in fact, of the nine best picture nominees, only two of them made more than 100 million dollars. But that’s not the point. We don’t make films like Call Me By Your Name for money. We make them to upset Mike Pence.” 578 (Vice President Mike Pence is a devoted Christian who doesn’t support same sex “marriage.”) Then came more White guilt as Black films, Black actors, and Black writers were touted as being the best. At one point Jimmy Kimmel mentioned that the new Black power film Black Panther wouldn’t be included in that year’s awards because it just came out, and then expressed his disappointment that there aren’t more Black superheroes. “It’s weird that so many superheroes are White because that’s what they were in the comics, right? People say, ‘Well Superman is White. He’s always been White. You know what else Superman has been? Not real!” 579 Apparently it’s racist now that Superman is always White in the movies, because he’s White in the comics! Then two Black women (Tiffany Haddish and Maya Rudolph) came out to present and Maya began, “We are so happy to be here, but a little

nervous too, because a few years ago people were saying that the Oscars were so White, and since then some real progress has been made.” 580 Tiffany Haddish, who has a voice scratchier than Axl Rose then chimed in, agreeing. “Mmhmm. When we came out together we know some of you were thinking, ‘are the Oscars too Black now?’” Maya Rudolph replies, “Don’t worry. There’s so many more White people to come tonight.” “Mhhhmmm. So many! We just came from backstage and there are tons of them back there! And not just movie stars. There are White people walking about with headsets. White people with clipboards. I’m personally not a fan of White people with clip boards because I’m always wondering ‘what are they writing down about me?’” 581 The message was clear. There were still too many White people around, despite the recent strides in “diversity.” Best documentary that year went to Icarus , a movie about the Russian doping scandal at the Olympics to fan the flames of the hysteria at the time about Russia supposedly helping Donald Trump win the 2016 election. Then there was more pro-immigration propaganda. Lupita Nyong’o (who is from Kenya) and Kumail Nanjiani (who is from Pakistan) presented an award, but not before saying they’re not just actors, they’re also immigrants, “and like everyone in this room and everyone watching at home, we are dreamers. We grew up dreaming of one day working in the movies. Dreams are the foundation of Hollywood, and dreams are the foundation of America…To all the Dreamers out there, we stand with you,” they said, to a resounding applause, referring to the millions of illegal immigrants Barack Obama granted amnesty to with his “Dream Act” executive order. “Now the nominees for achievement in production design.” 582 Rapper Common and singer Andra Day performed their social justice anthem “Stand Up for Something” with Common beginning, “We put up monuments for the feminists. Tell the NRA they’re in God’s way… Sentiments of love for the people from Africa, Haiti, and Puerto Rico.” 583 Later while Andra Day sung, Common continued injecting his two cents with statements like, “We stand up for the Dreamers. We stand up for immigrants.” The eight-year-old Syrian refugee, Bana al-Abed, who (supposedly) began tweeting photos of civil war-torn Syria in 2016, was brought on stage during their performance. 584 Of course eight-year-olds

don’t tweet, but the girl was used as a propaganda tool to promote U.S. intervention in the country by making her a symbol of the civil war there, but that’s a whole other story. 585 Planned Parenthood CEO Cecile Richards was also on stage, along with a total of ten social justice activists invited up there during the performance because they all “Stand Up for Something.” 586 Mexican film maker Guillermo del Toro won the Academy Award for Best Picture that year for The Shape of Water , a movie about a woman who falls in love with a fish-man (and literally gets naked and has sex with it). Probably Hollywood’s way of taking baby steps on the path to giving an Oscar to a film about bestiality. Guillermo del Toro also won for Best Director and when he took to the stage he began, “I am an immigrant like, like my compadres, Alfonso and Alejandro, like Gael [García Bernaland] Salma [Hayek], and like many of you. And in the last 25 years, I’ve been living in a country all of our own. Part of it is here. Part of it is in Europe. Part of it is everywhere, because I think the greatest thing the industry does is erase the line in the sand,” [meaning borders]. 587 The 2019 Oscars were just more of the same. At the beginning of the show Maya Rudolph announced, “Just a quick update for everybody in case you’re confused. There is no host tonight. There won’t be a popular movie category, and Mexico is not paying for the wall.” 588 Kevin Hart had originally been scheduled to host, but he was canceled after snowflakes dug up some of his past jokes and tweets about not wanting his son to be gay, so like many others, he became a victim of the “cancel culture.” 589 Black Panther was nominated for “Best Picture” simply because it was the first Black superhero movie. Spike Lee won the Academy Award that year for Best Adapted Screenplay for BlacKkKlansman , and during his acceptance speech said that the 2020 election is “just around the corner” and told everyone to “mobilize” and “do the right thing” by voting Donald Trump out of office. 590 Within just a few minutes of the 2020 Academy Awards show starting, Chris Rock was complaining that not enough Black people were nominated, but the show certainly made up for it that year with presenters. At one point a guy came on stage to announce, “The Academy would like to acknowledge that tonight we have gathered on the ancestral lands of the

Tongva, the Tataviam and the Chumash” [Native American tribes] to apologize for White people “stealing” their land. 591 To kick off the show, singer/rapper Janelle Monae changed the lyrics in one line of her song to say “It’s time to come alive, cuz the Oscars, it’s so White,” marking the sixth year in a row the “Oscars so White” complaint was made. 592 No amount of “diversity” could make them happy. Hair Love won Best Short film for a 7-minute-long animation about a Black father learning to do his daughter’s hair. Usually the winner for this category isn’t included in the show, but because the film celebrated Black people and their “hair” the producers made a special exception this year. When accepting the award the director encouraged people to support the Crown Act, which was pending legislation that would ban employers and schools from “discriminating” against people for their hairstyles, for example, if a business didn’t want their employees to wear dreadlocks, or have an afro that sticks out two feet. 593 A Netflix show called American Factory that Barack and Michelle Obama’s production company made won the Oscar for best documentary in 2020, and when accepting the award, the director quoted straight from the Communist Manifesto, saying “workers of the world unite.” 594 When Joaquin Phoenix won the Oscar for Best Actor in Joker he rattled off as many social justice buzzwords as he could, saying, “Whether we’re talking about gender inequality or racism or queer rights or indigenous rights or animal rights, we’re talking about the fight against injustice,” and then went on to complain about cow rights and people using milk in our cereal and coffee in the morning. 595 After the Black Lives Matter riots of 2020 caused a surge of Black supremacist sentiments to spread across the country and endless virtue signaling by corporations and schools about how they were going to work much harder to “support the Black community,” the Oscars announced that they were changing the criteria for films to be considered for the awards, adding a “diversity requirement.” 596 So now it doesn’t matter how good a film is, if there isn’t a Black person, a Latino, or a queer as part of the main plot, then it may get passed over in favor of another film with more “diversity.”

The Grammys The Grammys used to be mostly just about the music, but now the event browbeats the audience about how there are too many White people in the United States and endlessly praises LGBT people for being “amazing.” The Grammys have even openly celebrated Satanism. In 2014, Katy Perry performed her song “Dark Horse” in a ceremony that depicted her as a witch and made headlines across the country from people saying the performance looked like a satanic ritual. 597 She did it as a collaboration with a group called Three Six Mafia—get it—three sixes “666”—the “Satanic Mafia.” A few years earlier in 2012 Nicki Minaj had done a similar “satanic ritual” for her performance of her song “Roman Holiday.” 598 (A “Roman holiday” means to get pleasure from someone else’s pain or misfortune.) The Grammys is supposed to be a celebration of music, but they can’t make it through a show without expressing their love for the LGBT agenda. Katy Perry performed her lesbian-themed single “I Kissed a Girl” in 2009 shortly after she burst onto the music scene thanks to that song. A few years later Lady Gaga performed her “gay rights” anthem “Born This Way” during the show. 599 And now every year there are shoutouts to the “LGBT community” and how “awesome” they are. In 2014 Macklemore & Ryan Lewis won a Grammy for Best New Artist and Best Rap Album as a reward for producing a “gay rights” anthem called “Same Love” which promoted gay “marriage.” 600 When they performed at the Grammys that year thirty-three gay couples were married on stage as part of the show. 601 At the time, gay “marriage” still wasn’t legal in all fifty states, and the issue was awaiting a ruling by the Supreme Court. That same year Irish musician Hozier’s debut single “Take Me To Church” was nominated for Song of the Year because it denounced Christianity, particularly the Catholic Church’s views on homosexuality. The music video for the song was a gay anthem depicting two homosexuals being persecuted by an angry mob. It was made for just $500 and posted to YouTube when the band was still virtually unheard of, but music executives in Hollywood discovered the video and turned Hozier into a star that year because they wanted a new “gay rights” anthem to promote.

To kick off the 2017 Grammys, Jennifer Lopez said it was a really tough time in our nation’s history since it was just a few weeks after Donald Trump was inaugurated as president. Sounding like she was about to breakdown and cry she said, “It is about the music, the words, and the voices. How they move us and inspire us and touch all of our lives. At this particular point in history our voices are needed more than ever.” 602 There was no question what “point in history” she was talking about. Hollywood and the talking heads in the news media were still in shock that Hillary had lost. James Corden even performed a rap song at the start of the show which included lyrics about his fear of what Donald Trump was going to do to the country. 603 Busta Rhymes later trashed President Trump on stage, calling him “President Agent Orange.” He was joined by another group “A Tribe Called Quest” who made their entrance to the stage by breaking through a wall constructed of foam blocks. At one point Busta said that President Trump was “perpetuating evil” throughout the United States. 604 The following year the Grammys were hosted by James Corden who began the show saying “This year, we don’t just have the most diverse group of nominees in Grammys history, we also have, for the second year in a row, the least diverse host in Grammys history,” referring to himself being a straight, White male, with blonde hair and blue eyes. 605 Then rapper Kendrick Lamar got on stage and performed an anti-cop, pro-Black Lives Matter song. Halfway through his performance the lights dimmed and the camera cut to Dave Chappelle, who said, “I just wanted to remind the audience that the only thing more frightening than watching a Black man being honest in America, is being an honest Black man in America.” 606 Later Hillary Clinton made an appearance via a video which showed her reading the anti-Trump book Fire and Fury that was all the rage at the time. 607 The following year in 2019, they brought Michelle Obama on stage during the opening segment to talk about how much music means to her and how it keeps her going in tough times. 608 Childish Gambino won the award for Song of the Year and Album of the Year for his racist, anti-White, anti-police diatribe “This is America,” marking the first time that a rapper had won both awards. 609 When the nominees were announced a month or so earlier, he and other rappers complained that there weren’t enough Black artists being nominated, so it

looks like the Recording Academy tried to make it up to him by crowning him the night’s big winner. At the 2020 Grammys, host Alicia Keys started the show playing a piano melody while doing a spoken word performance mentioning the various artists who were nominated and tossed in a line celebrating President Trump getting impeached. 610 Broadway theater performer Billy Porter then took to the stage (dressed like a woman) and introduced the Jonas Brothers who performed a song, but not without first giving a wink and a nod to the “gender fluid” and “gender non-conforming” people. “Ladies, gentlemen, and those who have yet to make up their minds…” he said, before introducing the group. 611 Singer John Legend also gave a non-verbal shout-out to the gender “nonbinary” people by wearing a “dress/suit.” Ellen DeGeneres introduced a performance by “country rapper” Lil Nas X, and after mentioning some of his accolades added, “And he’s done it all by being true to himself. Unwavering in the face of prejudice, he told the world that he was gay, and overnight he became an inspiration and a role model for millions of young people around the world.” 612 Michelle Obama was then given a Grammy for “Best Spoken Word Album” for the audio book version of her memoir Becoming . 613 There was also a performance by a Spanish singer who goes by the name of “Rosalia” who sung a few songs in Spanish to pander to the tens of millions of nonassimilating Mexicans and other Latinos who have invaded the United States. The American Music Awards and the Billboard Music Awards are just more of the same. Taylor Swift even “broke her political silence” at the 2018 AMAs to encourage her fans to vote Democrat in the upcoming midterm elections. 614 For her entire career she stayed out of politics completely, but the pressure was building for her to denounce the Trump administration, so she eventually did.

MTV Awards The most degenerate of award shows can be found on MTV. Their annual Movie Awards and VMAs (Video Music Awards) are geared for kids, which makes them even more disturbing. The only time anyone really tunes in to MTV

anymore is for these award shows once a year since music videos are all released on YouTube now, and it’s been a decades-long running joke that MTV (which stands for Music Television) doesn’t play any music anymore because the network mostly consists of teen dramas. MTV’s VMAs gave birth to Miley Cyrus with her 2013 performance where she introduced “twerking” to the world, a form of “dance” she popularized which simply consists of shaking one’s butt in a rapid motion, although that’s just the beginning of MTV’s degeneracy. They have unique awards compared to other shows, for things like the Best Villain and Best Fight, and even the Best Kiss. And in 2017, the Best Kiss award went to two men for a “gay coming-of-age” film called Moonlight . 615 The following year in 2018, it was given to two men again, one of them (Keiynan Lonsdale) identifying as a “pansexual” (meaning someone who will have sex with a person of any gender, including trans people). Their movie was another teenage gay “romantic comedy” called Love, Simon. While accepting his “Best Kiss” award the pansexual told the audience, “You can live your dreams and wear dresses.” 616 In 2017 the MTV Movie Awards announced it was going to be a “genderless” award ceremony, meaning they weren’t giving different awards for best actor or best actress because that was “sexist” and “divisive.” They boasted that it was the first “gender-neutral” awards show in history. 617 To emphasize their idiotic idea, the first presenter of the evening was a real life “gender non-binary” person named Asia Kate Dillon who nobody has ever heard of. Her “preferred pronouns” are “they” and “them,” and of course she has a shaved head. The Wikipedia entry for Asia Kate Dillon reads, “Dillon was born in Ithaca, New York. They were assigned female at birth, but identifies as nonbinary. Dillon explained around 2015, they began removing gendered pronouns from their biography, and auditioning for the part of Mason helped them understand their gender identity. Dillon identifies as pansexual, stating they are attracted to multiple genders.” 618

It’s confusing because using the pronoun “they” to refer to one person is usually grammatically incorrect, but even the Merriam Webster dictionary has caved in to the craziness and recently updated the “rules” for grammar to accommodate gender non-binary or non-conforming people and their “preferred pronouns.” 619 Emma Watson won the first award that night for the live-action remake of Beauty and the Beast and made sure to start off her acceptance speech by praising how great of an idea it was to go “genderless,” saying, “Firstly, I feel I have to say something about the award itself. The first acting award in history that doesn’t separate nominees based on their sex says something about how we perceive the human experience. MTV’s move to create a genderless award for acting will mean something different to everyone, but to me, it indicates that acting is about the ability to put yourself in someone else’s shoes. And that doesn’t need to be separated into two different categories.” 620 This was all part of the show. She was just reciting the script that MTV’s producers had given her to emphasize the “historic” genderless theme of the night. Everything in Hollywood is fake, even the award shows. When Vin Diesel was given the Generation Award, he made sure to go along with the social justice agenda and said the only reason that the Fast & Furious series was a success is because the younger generation is accepting of multiculturalism. “Most importantly, I got to thank a generation that was willing to accept this multicultural franchise where it didn’t matter what color your skin was or what country you were from, when you’re family, you’re family.” 621 Multiculturalism had nothing to do with the franchises’ success. It’s an action movie series about cars , and a lot of people love car movies, and the chase scenes and action sequences are amazing, but the Hollywood elite never miss an opportunity to sing praises of their precious “diversity.” In 2018, rapper “Logic” wore a t-shirt that said “F*ck the Wall” and dozens of Mexican immigrants were brought out on stage during his performance who had shirts on that read “We Are All Human Beings.” 622 The previous year a “descendent” of Robert E. Lee, the Confederate Army general, was brought on stage to denounce racism. “We have made my ancestor an idol of White supremacy, racism, and hate,” he began. “As a pastor, it is my moral duty to speak out against racism, America’s original

sin.” 623 The man was the great-great-great-great (four “greats”) nephew of Robert E. Lee. He went on to tell the audience, “Today, I call on all us with privilege and power to answer God’s call to confront racism and White supremacy head on. We can find inspiration in the Black Lives Matter movement, the women who marched in the Women’s March in January, and especially Heather Heyer, who died fighting for her beliefs in Charlottesville.” 624 Then Heather Heyer’s mother was brought on stage, whose daughter was killed during the infamous 2017 Unite the Right rally in Charlottesville, to announce the winner of the “Best Fight Against the System” award. All the nominees had music videos denouncing racism, anti-immigrant sentiments, and promoted “diversity.” While opening the show in 2019, Taylor Swift had the words “Equality Act” projected on the stage in giant letters under a rainbow. 625 The Equality Act is a proposed bill by Democrats that would amend the Civil Rights Act and mandate someone’s gender identity be legally recognized no matter which one of the 58 different “genders” they claim to be. 626 It would also severely restrict the religious freedom of individuals and groups who don’t accept the positions of LGBT extremists. The following year the Supreme Court ruled on similar legislation, declaring that business owners can’t fire employees for being gay or transgender, nor refuse to hire them. 627

Feminism The Left has a saying that “representation matters,” which means the more on-screen depictions of certain kinds of characters, lifestyles, and behaviors, the more the general public warms up to accepting those kinds of things in real life. And part of paving the path to what they hope will be a woman President of the United States someday involves producing a variety of shows focusing on a female character who holds that position. In the years preceding Hillary Clinton’s long-expected attempt at a presidential bid there were almost a dozen television shows that had a woman president as the central part of the plot. Geena Davis starred in Commander in Chief , a short-lived series from 2005 to 2006 where she was originally the Vice President, but then had to takeover after the president died of a brain aneurysm. In FOX’s thriller 24, the show had a female

president for two seasons in 2008-2010. Julia Louis-Dreyfus ascended to the presidency in her series Veep after the president resigned, leaving her in charge. And that was just the beginning. State of Affairs, which aired for just one season on NBC, depicted a Black woman as the president, and CBS’s political drama Madam Secretary revolved around a female Secretary of State (obviously modeled after Hillary Clinton), and at the end of the fifth season the character decided to run for President and won. The following season (which was its last) the series focused on the new female president but kept the name Madam Secretary . But Hollywood’s feminist propaganda goes far beyond hoping to normalize the idea of a woman president. Liberals are obsessed with uprooting the traditional gender roles of men as providers and protectors, and women as nurturers and caretakers. They are determined to “empower women” at any cost and embrace the disastrous effects on family dynamics and society as a whole that their radical agenda is causing. “The future is female” is their mantra, showing they have no concern for equality, but instead have a thirst for power and want to dominate instead of cooperate. They despise traditional families and gender roles, and are on a mission to undermine the very foundational relationships of human society. To feminists, being a stay at home mom is slavery. Women cooking for their family is “oppression” under the Patriarchy, and men are all scumbags; but having unprotected sex with an endless line of them while avoiding any committed long-term relationships is the ideal life. That’s what Hollywood wants women to believe. Their latest plan to promote “women empowerment” is hijacking popular franchises and then completely changing the major characters and turning good old-fashioned action films into social justice warrior propaganda. Not just swapping male characters for females, or adding strong female leads, but by also portraying men as inept and incompetent losers who always need to be rescued from their own stupidity. When the Star Wars series was revised in 2015 with The Force Awakens , it diverted from the usual storyline featuring male leads (Luke Skywalker in the original trilogy and Anakin Skywalker in the prequels) to a totally new character invented by JJ. Abrams named Rey, a female loner.

A female Yoda-type of creature named Maz first starts teaching Rey about the force once she happens to discover Luke Skywalker’s old lightsaber lying around. And throughout the film Rey keeps proving to everyone that a girl can do amazing things like pilot a ship, and even fix one with her ingenuity, saving the Millennium Falcon from exploding. After there was an electrical overload and Han Solo didn’t know what to do, Rey saved the day. For extra diversity the new Star Wars teased a possible interracial romance between Rey and Finn (the Black former stormtrooper). 628

In the next film, Star Wars: The Last Jedi (2017), all women are in charge of the Resistance (the good guys), giving the orders to subservient and bumbling men. The tension keeps building between Poe Dameron and Vice Admiral Holdo (his superior) with them butting heads numerous times and Poe facing repeated snarky comments from her. The Last Jedi was hailed as “the most triumphantly feminist Star Wars movie yet,” because of this odd storyline. 629 And critics hailed it for “awakening the feminist force in little girls everywhere.” 630 At one point Poe and the other men take over the ship at gunpoint, tired of the perceived inability of the women to lead the mission. They committed mutiny only to later learn that Vice Admiral Holdo had a great plan but they just didn’t know it, and now Poe had put everyone at risk. The women save everyone though, and he’s sorry for ever doubting them. Even the Star Wars spinoff Rogue One starred a woman. NBC News noted that, “Not only is Rogue One continuing The Force Awakens trend of putting a young woman in the center of the action, but it appears to provide prominent roles for African-American, Latino and Asian actors as well—a relatively new development in the Star Wars universe.” 631 They loved the “diversity.” George Lucas, the creator of Star Wars , sold the rights to Disney in 2012 and later said he felt “betrayed” after the entertainment giant decided to “go in another direction” from his original ideas. 632 He once referred to the films as his “kids” and said that he regretfully sold them into slavery. 633 In 2015, a new installment of Mad Max was released titled Mad Max: Fury Road , but instead of starring Mad Max it starred Charlize Therone’s character “Imerator Furiosa.” It was declared the “feminist picture of the year.” 634 And instead of Max being a hero like the previous films, he was depicted as an idiot who had to be repeatedly rescued by women.

In Disney-Pixar’s animated Incredibles 2 , a “superhero mom” named Elastigirl (Mrs. Incredible) is chosen for a secret mission over her husband, who led the superhero family in the first film, because he has the tendency to cause unnecessary “collateral damage” and the superhero organization felt they needed to change the image of superheroes in the public’s mind. She then leaves her husband at home to watch the kids while she takes off on her mission. When she calls to check on how things are going, the husband is depicted as being in over his head and not able to handle taking care of the kids and running the house. The London Guardian called the film a “feminist triumph.” 635 Bustle , an online women’s magazine, wrote, “In a time when conversations about representation are more prevalent than ever, showing the diversification of familial roles is definitely fitting. Though not entirely out of the ordinary, seeing a father—especially one as domineering as Mr. Incredible—taking on more of a domestic role will definitely serve as a comedic relief for some, but will also, hopefully, contribute to larger conversations surrounding familial structures and their many forms.” 636 Their glowing review continued, “The responsibilities of family life should be divvied up amongst its members, and gender shouldn’t play a determining factor in who takes on whichever task. In this way, The Incredibles 2 is adding some much-needed perspective to conversations surrounding family dynamics and female empowerment. But, though extremely relevant and important to discuss today, true progressiveness will be measured once conversations about strong female leads and diverse familial structures are no longer needed.” 637 Birds of Prey is a spin-off from Suicide Squad , a film based on DC Comics’ characters, focusing on Harley Quinn (played by Margot Robbie) who just broke up with her boyfriend the Joker and must survive as a supervillain in Gotham City with no man to protect her. Some critics called the character’s portrayal in Suicide Squad sexist and misogynistic, so for the spin-off producers decided to atone for their “sins” by making Birds of Prey a hyper-feminist film where all of the bad guys aren’t just criminal masterminds, but misogynists who treat women poorly and deserve to be punished. 638 Ewan McGregor, who plays the crime lord Black Mask, said, “What interested me with Birds of Prey is that it’s a feminist film. It is very finely written. There is in the script a real look on misogyny, and I think we need

that. We need to be more aware of how we behave with the opposite sex. We need to be taught to change. Misogynists in movies are often extreme: they rape, they beat women ... and it is legitimate to represent people like that, because they exist and they are obviously the worst. But in the Birds of Prey dialogues, there is always a hint of everyday misogyny, of those things you say as a man you do not even realize, mansplaining ... and it’s in the script in a very subtle way. I found that brilliant.” 639 Salon.com raved, “Harley Quinn is back to take down the patriarchy, and this revolution brings scrunchies.” 640 Another critic loved that it was about “women’s emancipation,” because the character proved she could be a supervillain on her own without a boyfriend. 641 Like most “woke” movies, the film bombed its opening weekend, so the producers changed the title to Harley Quinn: Birds of Prey , hoping to spark people’s interest because the character had become a breakout star from Suicide Squad. The film was still a huge loss for the studio, but Hollywood can’t take a hint. They’ll keep making feminist propaganda pieces and have their favorite critics try to sell them to viewers no matter how much they suck and how poor they perform at the box office.

Gender Swaps In 2016 a new Ghostbusters film was released, but instead of starring Bill Murray and the gang it featured four women as the Ghostbusters. At the end of the movie the girls shoot the giant evil ghost in the crotch with their proton packs to finally destroy him. Actress Leslie Jones, who was one of the Ghostbusters, quit Twitter and said she cried because she was getting “harassed” by people who hated the film. 642 It completely bombed at the box office and cost the studio an estimated $125 million dollars in losses. 643 A few years later when it was announced that a new Ghostbusters was in the works that would continue the original series and “hand the movie back to the fans,” the director Jason Reitman was called a “sexist” because that meant it wouldn’t be another feminist empowerment film. 644

In the 2019 film Terminator: Dark Fate , John Connor, the future leader of the “Resistance” against the machines, is killed in the first few minutes, making all of the previous films completely pointless since the primary mission was to ensure that he lives so he can grow up to lead the war against the machines. Then Sarah Connor, along with the help of another “good” time-traveling Terminator (who is an “enhanced” cyborg woman) help another girl evade a new advanced “bad” Terminator which is on a mission to kill her before she becomes a threat to the machines in the future. “If you’re at all enlightened, she’ll play like gangbusters,” director Tim Miller said, speaking of the “good” female cyborg. “If you’re a closet misogynist, she’ll scare the fuck out of you, because she’s tough and strong but very feminine. We did not trade certain gender traits for others; she’s just very strong, and that frightens some dudes. You can see online the responses to some of the early shit that’s out there, trolls on the internet. I don’t give a fuck.” 645 The film bombed, reportedly losing 100 million dollars, 646 and the Hollywood Reporter said the studio had no future plans for any other Terminator movies. 647 Ocean’s Eleven was a popular heist film that originally starred the Rat Pack in 1960 and was remade in 2001 featuring an ensemble cast led by George Clooney. The reboot, which did very well, was followed up with two sequels, (Ocean’s Twelve , and Ocean’s Thirteen ) but then in 2018 the gender swap mania infected the franchise and Ocean’s 8 was released, reenvisioning the professional burglars as a group of all women, led by Sandra Bullock. As I’m sure you expected, the film bombed, and the actresses blamed bad reviews on men of course, saying they were due to a “lack of diversity” among the critics. 648 In 2019, a crime drama called The Kitchen was released as an allwoman gangster film starring Melissa McCarthy because someone thought it would be a good idea to make such a ridiculous movie. It wasn’t even a comedy, which made it even more absurd. The title refers to Hell’s Kitchen, a neighborhood on the West Side of Midtown Manhattan where the women “gangsters” live. The plot revolves around them collecting protection money from local businesses and running the neighborhood as part of the Irish mafia. It was a complete bomb and lost the studio tens of millions of dollars which should come as no surprise. 649

Disney announced they were going to reboot the 1990s Doogie Howser M.D. series about a teenage genius who becomes a doctor which originally starred Neil Patrick Harris, but the remake will star a 16-year-old girl as the child doctor. 650 Disney is also producing an all-female version of Pirates of the Caribbean that will star Margot Robbie. 651 Steven Spielberg said that his iconic character Indiana Jones should take “a different form” and be played by a woman named “Indiana Joan.” 652

Vin Diesel even said that an all-female version of Fast & Furious was in the works. 653 In 2017 when the film Dunkirk was released, which depicts the historic Dunkirk evacuation during World War II when Allied soldiers pulled out of the Dunkirk harbor in France, liberals were upset that the film didn’t gender-swap some characters to make it more “diverse.” 654 Of course that wouldn’t have been historically accurate, or made any sense because women were not on the battlefield, but that didn’t stop the snowflakes from complaining about the soldiers being all men.

The Institute on Gender in Media In 2004 actress Geena Davis started a non-profit research organization to study “gender representation” in media. The “Institute” on Gender in Media is obsessed with monitoring the number of women vs men in TV shows and movies and tracking what percentage of them have speaking roles and how many of them have power. Their website says, “we’re the only organization working collaboratively within the entertainment industry to engage, educate and influence the creation of gender balanced onscreen portrayals, reducing harmful stereotypes and creating an abundance of unique and intersectional female characters in entertainment targeting children 11 and under.” 655 Another pointless project the “Institute on Gender in Media” has been working on is a computer program that checks scripts for “gender bias” language to make sure they’re “inclusive.” Not only does the software scan scripts for words and phrases like fireman , postman , and mankind ; but it also produces a report on the percentage of characters who are “people of

color” and even LGBTQ so the writers and producers can make sure their projects are “diverse” enough. 656

Television Commercials Turn Feminist For many years feminists have been upset about the way cleaning products are marketed, so recently there are an increasing number of commercials for laundry detergent, vacuums, and mops depicting men using the products. Creating “gender equality” in commercials for cleaning products has even been called “the final feminist frontier.” 657 Some companies are even promoting feminism in their commercials even when their products have nothing to do with gender at all. For example, some morons in the marketing department at Anheuser-Busch thought it would be a good idea for Bud Light to promote the supposed “wage gap” in an incredibly unfunny ad featuring Amy Schumer and Seth Rogan. It begins with Schumer saying, “Bud Light party here, to discuss equal pay.” Seth Rogen goes on to complain that “Women don’t get paid as much as men and that is wrong!” The two banter back and forth about women supposedly having to pay more for cars, dry cleaning and shampoo, but “Bud Light proudly supports equal pay. That’s why Bud Light costs the same, no matter if you’re a dude or a lady,” explains Schumer. Forbes magazine called the commercial “unusual” and the writer wondered, “So why did Bud Light choose to make what might be the first civil-rights-inflected beer ad…Are they targeting Hillary voters? Are they simultaneously making fun of ‘equal pay’ claims by subverting the meaning of the term to be about a non-problem—what men and women pay for beer? Or are they trying to thread the needle with comedy to speak to both audiences?” 658 Their beer sales soon declined, and they pulled the ad. 659 When journalists started inquiring about the company’s own business practices regarding “equal pay” they declined to reveal how many women work for

the company or how their salaries compare to those of their male counterparts. 660 Bud Light even took the video off YouTube trying to distance themselves from the mess they created. In 2018 Burger King launched an ad campaign to “raise awareness” about “gender inequality.” Using a hidden camera in one of their restaurants they served what they called “Chick Fries” (which were just thin chicken strips or “chicken fries”) to customers, but when women ordered them, they were served the chicken strips in a pink box and were told they had been charged a few dollars more than men “for the pink box.” 661 When some of them got upset and started arguing with the cashier (who was an actor) about how they shouldn’t have to pay more just because the box is pink for women, the cashier began lecturing them about how women’s razors supposedly cost more than men’s “just because they’re pink” and asked them why they didn’t complain about that too. Why not just promote their chicken fries and say they taste great and are on sale you may be wondering? That’s what a normal person would do, but we’re talking about people who have become infected with the liberal pathogen. The Audi car company aired a Super Bowl commercial showing a group of kids racing in a pine box derby, while focusing on the only girl in the group. As the race begins her dad is the narrator, musing aloud wondering how he was going to teach her about sexism. “What do I tell my daughter? Do I tell her grandpa is worth more than her grandma? That her dad is worth more than her mom? Do I tell her that despite her education, her drive, her skills, her intelligence, she will automatically be valued as less than every man she meets?” 662 She then wins the race, beating the boys, and it concludes with him saying, “Or maybe I’ll be able to tell her something different,” and then the words “Audi of America is committed to equal pay for equal work,” and “Progress is for everyone,” are shown on the screen. 663 The “Secret” women’s deodorant brand aired a Super Bowl-themed commercial showing a kicker kick the winning field goal at the end of a game and then when “he” takes off “his” helmet the crowd realizes it was a woman and goes silent, but after a moment of surprise they begin cheering even more and then the catchphrase “Let’s Kick Inequality” is shown on the screen. 664 Companies often use their big Super Bowl commercials to really promote the liberal agenda instead of their product. The “Unstereotype

Alliance” campaign launched by the United Nations notes, “Advertising is a particularly powerful driver to change perceptions and impact social norms,” and says they are “excited to partner with the foremost industry shapers in this Alliance to challenge and advance the ways women are represented in this field.” 665 It’s impossible to escape liberal propaganda, even when viewing commercials for cars and deodorant! Jared jewelers even released a commercial encouraging women to propose to their boyfriends with the tagline “Dare to ask him.” 666 One ad shows a woman drop down on one knee holding the ring, and then as she slides the ring on his finger the camera cuts to their friends seated at a nearby dinner table all celebrating his acceptance, having witnessed her pop the question.

Fat is “Beautiful” No fat jokes (or “fat shaming” as they’re called now) are allowed anymore, because they’re considered “bullying” and “hate speech” so liberals have been promoting “body positivity” which is a more politically correct term for the “fat acceptance movement” in which morbidly obese women are said to be “beautiful” by those who pity them. Despite becoming obese later in her career, Amy Schumer was reportedly in talks to play Barbie in a live-action film based on the doll—in what some people thought was a joke, but it turned out to be true. 667 She was then pulled from the project, probably due to the ridicule she was receiving or after producers realized the movie would be a complete flop because of their idiotic idea. 668 Lena Dunham is another token fat ugly girl in Hollywood who is always promoted as a feminist icon. 669 Dunham has posted pictures on her Instagram over the years celebrating her weight gain, once posting a beforeand-after photo showing her of average weight in the past next to a current photo of her 24-pounds heavier (weighing in at 162 pounds). 670 The post got almost 500,000 likes from people who were proud of her for being happy that she was obese. A year later she posted a picture of her lying in bed wearing lingerie, noting that “I weigh the most I ever have,” and saying she’s the “happiest I’ve ever been.” 671

By accepting obesity as “normal” and banning criticism of obesity as “fat shaming” people are only contributing to the problem. It would be like claiming you were “bullying” people by declaring opioid use is dangerous and something that should be shunned and avoided. Singer Lizzo, best known for being the 300 pound Black girl who likes bouncing around on stage during her performances, was hailed as “brave” and “beautiful” after she posted a semi-nude photo of herself on Instagram. 672

During the coronavirus pandemic of 2020 she posted a picture of herself wearing a face mask and matching bikini, and one tabloid reported that it was a balance of “safety with sex appeal.” 673 Hollywood’s new affinity for fat women is causing some older TV shows and movies to come under scrutiny. As part of the storyline in Friends , Monica (Courtney Cox) was depicted as severely obese when she was younger, but then ended up losing a bunch of weight and became hot. In flashbacks, Courtney would wear a fat suit and a prosthetic chin playing her old self, but now Entertainment Weekly calls “Fat Monica” the “ghost that continues to haunt Friends 25 years later,” and complains that the show used her to get “cheap laughs in the laziest ways possible.” 674 Shallow Hal and The Nutty Professor have since been deemed the most “fat-phobic” movies of all time for their use of fat suits. 675 It probably won’t be long now until the practice of actors wearing fat suits for comedic effect will be banned industry wide, and the those kinds of characters will be deemed just as offensive as someone wearing “blackface” which used to be a staple of comedy with people like Jimmy Kimmel, Jimmy Fallon, Howard Stern, Dan Aykroyd, Robert Downey Jr. and many others once doing skits as a Black person. Most have recently apologized for what were actually hilarious characters after old clips circulated on Twitter with people denouncing them for being “racist.” Feminists even got upset when Pixar’s Wall-E came out, which depicts a dystopian future where the earth is evacuated because it has turned into a trash heap from all the garbage humans were creating. The online outlet Slate was upset that the movie “goes out of its way to equate obesity with environmental collapse.” 676 They complained, “It plays off the easy analogy between obesity and ecological catastrophe, pushing the notion that Western culture has sickened both our bodies and our planet with the same

disease of affluence. According to this lazy logic, a fat body stands in for a distended culture: We gain weight and the Earth suffers.” 677 The London Telegraph noted that fat pride groups, “believe the film propagates anti-obesity hysteria comparable with the quest for the perfect body by the eugenics movement in Nazi Germany.” 678 Yep, Wall-E is Nazi propaganda to these lunatics! Since the Left is so concerned with “global warming” and people’s “carbon footprint,” you’d think they would start calling out fat people for using triple or quadruple the natural resources as the average person, but that would hurt people’s feelings—so instead they’re trying to convince trendy social justice warriors to eat bugs because the cow farts from beefproducing cattle are supposedly destroying the planet. 679 In 2019, Victoria’s Secret hired a plus-size model named Ali TateCutler in order to be “more inclusive.” 680 And what a surprise—later that year they canceled their annual fashion show, citing declining sales and ratings! That same year they had also celebrated hiring their first transgender model in the name of “diversity” so it’s no wonder the Victoria’s Secret brand had become less appealing to so many people. 681 The move came after lunatics on Twitter kept complaining they were “discriminating” against transgender people by having only (actual) women as models. 682 Abercrombie & Fitch also decided to be “more inclusive” by distancing themselves from their well-established brand of flawless models in their catalogs and have now embraced the “body positivity” movement by using “plus-sized” (fat) models and LGBTQ people in their ads. 683 The Sports Illustrated Swimsuit Edition has also featured a “plus size” (fat) model on the cover recently, but she doesn’t attribute her success to the fat acceptance movement. She believes it’s because of White privilege! “I know I’m on this pedestal because of White privilege,” she says. “To not see Black or Latina women as famous in my industry [meaning the plus size model industry] is crazy! I have to talk about it. I want to give those women kudos because they are the ones who paved the way for me,” she said. 684 The glass is always half empty with social justice warriors. Even when things are good, they’re not good enough, and when a fat woman has a successful modeling career she can’t be happy about that either, because she’s worried that her success is due to “White privilege.”

There are also calls for the NFL to start using plus-sized cheerleaders, and the league is under fire from feminists because the cheerleaders must abide by various strict rules, including maintaining their “ideal weight.” There are even calls to ban cheerleaders altogether because it’s “demeaning to women.” 685 In 2016 toy maker Mattel released a “curvy” Barbie to celebrate “body diversity.” An executive at the company said, “These new dolls (are) more reflective of the world girls see around them—the variety in body type, skin tones and style allows girls to find a doll that speaks to them.” 686 Sofie Hagen, a fat “comedian” who got triggered by billboards warning about the link between obesity and cancer, is also hoping Disney will soon feature a princess in one of their cartoons who is fat. She tweeted, “I cannot stress how much we need a fat Disney princess. We need it now. Shut up. We fucking do.” 687 (No, she’s not joking, and on a side note, she blocked me on Twitter for laughing at her). Feminists are often fat, ugly, angry women, as you know, so the AMC television network aired a dark comedy series called Dietland where a morbidly obese woman fed up with “society’s beauty standards” decides to start killing men who contribute to the “objectification of women,” like fashion photographers. It was basically a fat chick revenge fantasy. Only in Hollywood would someone come up with the idea of the protagonist being a fat woman who kills people who hurt her feelings!

The Four Waves Feminism is like an old tool that has outlived its usefulness, but instead of discarding it and appreciating what it accomplished during the time it was needed, feminists have continued trying to “advance” the movement in our modern era. Feminism has gone through four different phases, or waves as they’re called, since its first incarnation in the early 1900s when women banded together to demand the right to vote (women’s suffrage). In the 1960s and 70s the second wave rose up to fight against the lack of women in political positions, and they were very successful in popularizing birth control pills

and legalizing abortion, but for some power-hungry feminists there was more work to be done to dismantle “the Patriarchy.” They continued pushing forward in the 1990s (the third wave) where they worked to get more women into leadership positions in the government and corporations, often simultaneously complaining about men continuing to “objectify women” while doing everything they could to artificially boost their sex appeal and use it to their advantage in every possible situation. Then came the fourth wave of feminism which is completely unrecognizable from the first two waves which actually had a legitimate purpose and goals. Around 2012, not coincidentally coinciding with social media becoming a fixture of most peoples’ lives, the fourth wave of feminism hit the Internet like a tsunami of insanity. Through social media, crazies from across the country were able to connect with each other and affirm one another’s bizarre ideas about their abnormal lifestyles and celebrate their mental illnesses. They now come up with new “causes” to fight for online like “free-bleeding” (not wearing tampons or pads during their period) in order to “raise awareness” for periods (as if we’re not already painfully aware of them), and “smashing the scale” (celebrating obesity). The most radical feminists (the ones with blue or purple hair) eventually turn into cat ladies. Single, childless, alone, and filled with regret and hate. As their looks fade, so does their ability to attract new mates, thus leading them to the inevitable downward spiral of despair which is then used as fuel to reaffirm their beliefs that men have ruined the world and their lives.

The LGBT Agenda Gays are only approximately one or maybe one and a half percent of the 688 population.

But because of the bombardment of LGBT propaganda, many Americans falsely believe ten or even twenty percent of people are homosexual. 689

And liberals want everyone to think that there is no more of a difference between someone who is straight or gay than there is between someone who is lefthanded or right-handed. Homosexuality used to be officially classified as a mental illness by the American Psychiatric Association until 1973 when they gave in to

intense pressure by LGBT groups and had it removed from their Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM). 690 Now they just call it a “sexual orientation.” Gays used to deny there was a “gay agenda” and claimed that they weren’t promoting homosexuality; all they wanted was to not be “attacked” or “discriminated against”—but those claims, like almost everything that comes out of liberals’ mouths, turned out to be a massive lie. Today it’s not even about LGBT “rights” to them, it’s about LGBT privilege . They get extra rights. They’re special . And any criticism about their behavior or lifestyle is deemed “hate speech” and “harassment” no matter how mild or reasonable. These days anyone who doesn’t celebrate them is considered an enemy. You must put them on a pedestal and marvel at their “awesome” sexuality, or you’re a Nazi! The reason gays and transgenders went from being widely viewed as strange, to being “privileged” and “special” people over the course of a single generation is the result of a massive propaganda campaign the likes of which the world had never seen. In 1987 Gay Community News , a popular LGBT publication at the time, admitted the “gay revolution” would require the use of entertainment in order to be achieved, saying, “We shall sodomize your songs, emblems of your feeble masculinity, of your shallow dreams and vulgar lies. We shall seduce them [children] in your schools…in your youth groups, in your movie theater bathrooms…wherever men are men together. Your sons will become our minions and do our bidding. They will be recast in our image. They will come to crave and adore us.” 691 In 1989 two gay activists published a book titled After the Ball: How America Will Conquer its Fear and Hatred of Gays in the 90s which detailed their goals to have Hollywood produce propaganda that portrayed gays as “victims of circumstance and oppression, not as aggressive challengers.” Their idea was that, “Gays must be portrayed as victims in need of protection so that straights will be inclined by reflex, to assume the role of protector.” 692 Their plan worked perfectly, as Joe Biden admitted when giving a speech for Jewish American Heritage Month, where he said, “It wasn’t anything we legislatively did. It was ‘Will and Grace,’ it was the social media. Literally. That’s what changed peoples’ attitudes. That’s why I was so certain that the vast majority of people would embrace and rapidly

embrace [gay marriage]. Think behind all that, I bet you 85 percent of those changes, whether it’s in Hollywood or social media are a consequence of Jewish leaders in the industry. The influence is immense, the influence is immense.” 693 All gays wanted was to be able to get “married” they said, but within just a few short years after the Supreme Court ruling made it legal nationwide (in 2015) we saw the proliferation of dozens of different “genders,” pre-teen child drag queens and “Drag Queen Story Hour” events popping up at public libraries across the country. In numerous cases the drag queens who were reading books to children at the events have been found to be convicted pedophiles. 694 What a surprise! An LGBT website called Pink News ran a headline titled, “Republican Lawmakers Want to Make Child Drag Shows Illegal,” expressing their anger that a U.S. Representative proposed a bill that would prohibit anyone under the age of eighteen from participating in drag shows. 695 And now LGBT activists harass Christian owned businesses like Chick-Fil-A for not supporting gay “marriage.” 696 I put gay “marriage” in quotes when referring to gay “marriage” because a marriage is between a man and a woman—I don’t care what the Supreme Court says, and I refuse to acknowledge it. Chick-Fil-A restaurants have been banned from opening in airports and on college campuses, and new locations often face boycotts wherever they are. How much longer until the LGBT extremists start trying to run churches out of town and harass parishioners as they come to worship on Sundays?

Ellen DeGeneres, the Trailblazer Ellen DeGeneres is considered a pioneer in the television industry for normalizing gay people after her sitcom Ellen decided to depict her character as a lesbian when she came out in real life in 1997. Will and Grace then picked up the baton in 1998 with a sitcom about a woman (Debra Messing) and her gay roommate. “Will and Grace was the first time you saw characters on television that made gay normal, you wanted to be friends with them,” said Lance Bass from the boy band NSYNC. 697

Sean Hayes, the actor who played Will’s boyfriend on Will and Grace, said, “The best feeling I get is when people come up and say thank you for all you do for the gay community and thank you for playing that part and that show and you feel so fortunate to have been part of something so great.” 698 Since then, the world has been flooded with countless shows and movies where homosexuality is at the center of the plot. Films like Brokeback Mountain (2005) about two gay cowboys; Milk (2008) about Harvey Milk, the first openly gay politician to be elected to public office; Call Me by Your Name (2017) about an adult male who falls in “love” with a teenage boy; and many others which have been made for the sole purpose of promoting “gay rights” no matter how little success they’ll have commercially. But that’s not enough. They want gays and transgenders in every TV show and movie. In 2018, a transgender “woman” was included in the Miss Universe Pageant, a move, as you expect by now, was praised as a “historic first.” 699 Two years later Sports Illustrated included a transgender “woman” in their famous swimsuit edition. 700 And throughout this chapter you’ll see they’re trying to “gay up” everything from Star Wars to Sesame Street. When producers of the HBO vampire series True Blood decided they wanted to depict a character as bisexual and have him do soft-core porn sex scenes with other men (since it’s HBO and shows regularly include nudity), the actor Luke Grimes, who played the character, quit the show. 701 He was immediately denounced by the media and his castmates as “homophobic.” 702

NBC launched a sitcom in the Spring of 2019 called Abby’ s about a bisexual woman who runs a bar—a move that was celebrated as the first sitcom on network television to feature a bisexual as the lead character. For extra diversity she is also a Cuban-American, and the show was promoted as a “multicultural comedy.” 703 It was canceled after just one season. Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was recently a guest host on RuPaul’s Drag Race , a reality show where drag queens compete to see who is the “best.” When the drag queens thanked her for being so “brave” for standing up against Republicans, she responded by lavishing praise on them for being on the forefront of changing the culture and the laws. “People think Congress and government is all about leading people, but ultimately, a lot of our politics is about following the public will. And the

people who change the way people think are artists and drag queens.” 704 She went on to call the contestants “patriots” and gushed about how proud she was of them.

Gay Superheroes In 2011 Marvel released Captain America: The First Avenger which was a huge success, and when a sequel was released in 2014 (Captain America: Winter Soldier ), many liberals were upset that Captain America and his best friend Bucky weren’t in a gay relationship together. Vanity Fair gave the film great reviews, but said it had one “flaw,” writing, “So while Marvel was likely never going to make the homoerotic subtext of Cap and Bucky into text, would it really have hurt to keep their relationship more ambiguous?” 705 It went on, “As if to put the nail in the coffin of speculation, Bucky and Cap paused for a moment in the middle of snowy Siberia to reminisce about their days chasing skirts in pre-War Brooklyn. It’s a sweet, human bonding moment but one that also bristles with heterosexual virility. If Disney isn’t inclined to give audiences a gay superhero, couldn’t they have at least left us the dream of Bucky and Cap?” 706 The critic was literally upset they reminisced about chasing women in the previous film, which normal guys do, but LGBT extremists were projecting their own thoughts onto the characters and hoping that they would be just like them. When the much-anticipated Black Panther film came out in 2018, the first superhero film starring a Black man, some people were upset because it didn’t include any gay characters. 707 GLAAD, the gay lobbying organization, was upset after the first Wonder Woman film was released because there weren’t any gay or lesbian characters, saying “On screen, record-breaking films like Black Panther and Wonder Woman prove that not only does inclusion make for great stories— inclusion is good for the bottom line. It is time for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) stories to be included in this conversation and this movement.” 708

Wonder Woman was turned into a bisexual later in the comics, and the LGBT extremists clamored for her to be explicitly bisexual in Wonder Woman 1984 , the sequel to the 2017 film. When the trailer was released, Gal Gadot (Wonder Woman), teased that it may involve a potential romance between her and the villain, “The Cheetah” played by Barbara Ann Minerva. 709 The Eternals includes a gay superhero named Phastos and is Marvel’s first film to feature an on-screen gay kiss which takes place between him and his “husband.” 710 As soon as the new year rang in for 2020, the president of Marvel Studios announced that the franchise would also be introducing a transgender character. 711 Marvel’s Thor: Love and Thunder (scheduled to be released in February 2022) will feature a lesbian superhero called Valkyrie. 712 And the trend continues. The CW television network’s Batwoman series depicts the superhero as a lesbian. 713 In the first season she was played by actress Ruby Rose, who is herself a lesbian in real life, and throughout much of the series “Kate Kane” (the character whose alter ego is Batwoman) makes it abundantly clear she’s “very gay.” In one episode after a college student tearfully tells Batwoman that her parents hate her because they found out she’s gay, Batwoman “outs” herself and is then shown on the cover of CatCo (a fictional magazine in the DC Comics universe) with the headline “Batwoman Reveals Herself as a Lesbian.” 714 It was hailed as a “historic reveal” and celebrated that the character is now an “openly gay superhero.” 715 Even back in the late 1990s, director Joel Schumacher (who is gay) tried to depict Batman and Robin as gay. When asked about the seemingly gay innuendo between Batman (played by George Clooney) and Robin (played by Chris O’Donnell) in the 1997 Batman & Robin , O’Donnell admitted, “going back and looking and seeing some of the pictures, it was very unusual.” 716 George Clooney later said he played a “gay” Batman. 717 In 2012, DC Comics relaunched the Green Lantern as a gay man. 718 A few years after that they also decided to turn Catwoman into a bisexual. 719 There are growing calls to depict Spider-Man as gay now too. The character has been played by numerous actors over the years in various incarnations, and now one of them (Tom Holland) who currently portrays the character, is lobbying Marvel Studios to depict Spider-Man as gay or bisexual. 720

Sources close to the franchise say the character will be depicted as bisexual or have a boyfriend in a future film. 721 Andrew Garfield, who played the character in The Amazing Spider-Man (2012), said, “Why can’t we discover that Peter is exploring his sexuality? It’s hardly even groundbreaking!…So why can’t he be gay? Why can’t he be into boys?” 722

Star Wars Isn’t Gay Enough When the new Star Wars film The Force Awakens was about to be released in 2015, activists said they wanted Luke Skywalker to be gay. Mark Hamill who plays the character said fans kept asking him, “Could Luke be gay?” and instead of telling them they’re insane, he gave them hope, saying, “If you think Luke is gay, of course he is. You should not be ashamed of it.” 723 If you’re a fan of the franchise you may recall that before Luke learned of his true identity (and that of his twin sister) both he and Han Solo had a crush on Princess Leia. After Star Wars: The Last Jedi was released in 2017, LGBT extremists were upset that characters Finn and Poe weren’t in a gay relationship. BuzzFeed wasn’t happy either because they hoped the two men might have a “romance” as part of the plot. 724 Oscar Issac who plays Poe Dameron, “expressed regret that the ‘natural chemistry’ between Poe and Finn in The Force Awakens was not explored in an overtly romantic way in ‘Star Wars: The Last Jedi’—and wouldn’t be in ‘The Rise of Skywalker.’” 725 “Personally,” he said, “I kind of hoped and wished that maybe that would’ve been taken further in the other films, but I don’t have control. It seemed like a natural progression, but sadly enough it’s a time when people are too afraid, I think, of… I don’t know what.” 726 John Boyega, who plays Finn (the Black former Stormtrooper), agreed, saying, “They’ve always had a quite loving and open relationship in which it wouldn’t be too weird if it went beyond it.” 727 LGBT websites seized the news with one declaring, “Oscar Isaac wishes Star Wars’ Poe and Finn were in a gay relationship but ‘people are too afraid.’” 728

Trying to appease the criticism, director J.J. Abrams included a scene showing two lesbians kissing at the end when everyone was celebrating that the First Order had been defeated. It was hailed as “making history” for the first same-sex kiss in a Star Wars movie, but that wasn’t good enough— nothing ever is. 729 Just a few years ago all they wanted was for gay “marriage” to be legal, they said. And now they’re furious that leading male characters in Star Wars aren’t having sex with each other. They just want to be “accepted” for who they are, they said, and then once they were, they began demanding everyone embrace them and celebrate them. But it’s not just gays and lesbians. Now it’s transgenders too, and the “gender nonconforming” people, and even child drag queens.

Disney Goes Gay Even what was once the most family friendly entertainment brand in the world has gone gay, and is adding an increasing number of LGBT characters and storylines. In 2014 the Disney Channel’s most popular comedy at the time, Good Luck Charlie, included a lesbian couple in the show. 730 They tried to make it funny by depicting two parents confused about the name of the mother of their daughter’s friend. Each one of them had met the “mom,” but one thought her name was Susan, and the other swore it was Cheryl. Then there’s a knock on the door and they open it to reveal their daughter’s friend has two “moms.” The media celebrated Disney for being “brave” and said it was “about time,” and once the LGBT foot was in the door activists started pressuring the network to include a gay teenager in one of their shows. 731 The following year on the Disney-Owned ABC Family Channel [which has since been renamed “Freeform”] they included a gay kiss in a show called The Fosters between two thirteen-year-old boys. 732 The executive producer Peter Paige (who is a homosexual) was proud to have depicted the “youngest same-sex kiss in US television history.” 733 When Disney’s Beauty and the Beast was made into a live-action film in 2017, it included a brief scene of a same-sex couple dancing, which was

hailed as the “first exclusively gay moment” in a Disney movie. 734 That same year they included a “male princess” in their animated series Star vs. The Forces of Evil . 735 The Huffington Post called it a “beautiful message” for kids. 736 The show also depicted Disney’s “first same-sex cartoon kiss,” another move which thrilled the liberal media. 737 Toy Story 4 (2019) had a brief scene where a child is dropped off at school by “two moms,” something that LGBT activists were happy about. “It’s a small scene, sure, and it’s certainly not the major representation that queer people have been waiting for, but it’s still important,” wrote the Gay Times . 738 In Disney’s The Jungle Cruise (2020) starring Dwayne Johnson, one of the characters (played by Jack Whitehall) comes out as gay, which is the first-ever openly gay character to have a role in a Disney movie. 739 Disney then announced that a character in an upcoming animated movie called Onward would be a lesbian. “It’s been a long wait, but a Disney heroine finally has a girlfriend,” gloated Yahoo News when it was revealed that Officer Specter, which is voiced by a lesbian actress named Lena Waithe, would also be a lesbian in the movie. 740 The idea was praised as “making history” for being the first LGBTQ character in a Disney animation film, but as expected, critics complained that the character only appears in one scene. Then a few months later Disney released an animated film on their streaming service Disney+ called Out about a kid who was nervous about moving in with his boyfriend because he hasn’t told his parents that he’s gay. The parents then come to find that his roommate is actually his boyfriend, but instead of being horrified, to his surprise, they’re happy for him. It was hailed as Disney/Pixar’s “first gay main character.” 741 Then they introduced their first bisexual character who stars in another animated series on Disney+ called The Owl House . 742 The character, a 14-year-old girl, had previously been interested in boys, but after the show’s creator, Dana Terrace (who is bisexual herself), lobbied the network to turn the character bisexual just like her, they complied. 743 Soon they’ll probably make Mickey Mouse or Donald Duck gay.

More Gay Characters for Kids Ever since 2017, Sesame Street’s official social media accounts have been posting annual “Happy Pride Month” messages along with pictures of rainbows and various characters from the show celebrating it. 744 In 2018 a former writer for Sesame Street claimed that Bert and Ernie are gay. 745 That man himself is a homosexual (what a surprise) and really just wished they were gay. The next day the show’s producer issued a statement rebuking the former writer’s claim, saying, “As we have always said, Bert and Ernie are best friends. They were created to teach preschoolers that people can be good friends with those who are very different from themselves. Even though they are identified as male characters and possess many human traits and characteristics (as most Sesame Street Muppets do), they remain puppets, and do not have a sexual orientation.” 746 But PBS would soon cave in to the gay agenda completely. The following year (in 2019) their cartoon Arthur included a gay “wedding” in the season premiere where they revealed that one of the teachers in the show, Mr. Ratburn, is gay. The episode is titled “Mr. Ratburn and the Special Someone” and his students all attend the wedding expecting he’s going to marry another character in the show, Patty, but it’s revealed that she’s actually his sister, and then his new “husband” is introduced to everyone. 747 The year after that (in 2020) PBS included a lesbian couple in their animated series Clifford the Big Red Dog , based on the popular children’s book series that follows the adventures of an 8-year-old and her dog. 748 The official Twitter account for Nickelodeon and the Cartoon Network now post messages celebrating “Pride Month,” as well as “International Transgender Visibility Day,” which is another made-up “holiday” by the Left used to promote transgenderism. 749

Old Comedies “Transphobic”

Mrs. Doubtfire , a 1993 comedy starring Robin Williams, has come under attack recently for being “transphobic” after it was revealed that a musical adaptation would hit the stage at a theater in Seattle, and then later on Broadway. In the film, Robin Williams loses custody of his kids after a divorce and in order to remain in their lives poses as an elderly woman who successfully applies for a job working as the kids’ nanny. It was well-received at the time, but the culture has shifted so far Left that when word of the musical was announced, activists started a petition on Change.org calling for it to be canceled because the plot uses “tired, transphobic tropes” and “strengthens the assumptions and misjudgments that continue to harm trans women in implicit, pervasive ways.” 750 Jim Carrey’s 1994 comedy Ace Ventura: Pet Detective has now been deemed “transphobic” because the pet thief who kidnapped the Miami Dolphins’ mascot is found to be a transsexual, now living as a woman. When Jim Carrey realizes this, he runs to the bathroom and starts vomiting, burns his clothes, and jumps in the shower, because earlier in the film “she” came onto him and they made out. 751 Silence of the Lambs (1991) is also now considered “transphobic” since the serial killer Jodie Foster is trying to hunt down (Buffalo Bill) has gender dysphoria. As part of the plot he murders women so he can make a “woman suit” out of their skin to complete his “transformation.” Variety magazine recently denounced the film for “depicting the criminal’s transgender identification as part of his mental illness.” 752 GLAAD complained that the killer is “a walking, talking gay stereotype.” 753 What’s next? Older classics like Some Like it Hot or Tootsie ?, or more modern shows like Tyler Perry’s “Madea” character or Martin Lawrence’s “Shanaynay?” Jimmy Fallon also used to have a regular segment on the Tonight Show called “Ew” where he would dress up as a woman, but he hasn’t done it in quite some time, and it probably won’t be much longer until he apologizes for it. Soon it will probably be considered a slur to call a transgender person “transgender,” and making any distinction between them being born the opposite sex from which they currently identify will be considered an invasion of their privacy, much like releasing someone’s medical records. To call a transgender “woman” a “transgender woman” will be considered “dehumanizing” and “hateful,” and no distinctions will be allowed.

LGBTQ extremists claim people are “assigned” a gender at birth, much like they are given a name—and maintain that the “assignment” of one’s gender is just as arbitrary and is used to confine the “gender expression” of people to correspond with their biological sex. They won’t say that a transgender “woman” was born a male, they say “she” was “assigned” the male gender at birth, as if it was just a coin toss. The animated comedy series Family Guy announced in early 2019 that they were going to stop making jokes about gay people and transgenders. The series, which has been on air for over 20-years, is known for its no holds barred comedy about typically taboo subjects, but now offending LGBTQ people is too much even for them. The executive producers said, “Some of the things we felt comfortable saying and joking about back then [earlier in the series], we now understand is not acceptable…The climate is different, the culture is different and our views are different.” 754

Drag Queen Story Hour and “Drag Kids” One of the three strikes on Alex Jones’ YouTube channel that led to him being banned from the platform was a rant about a local drag queen festival that included children giving dollar bills to the drag queens as they engaged in simulated strip teases. He called it a “freak show” and an “abomination” in a segment for his show and YouTube considered that to be “hate speech.” 755 In my previous book The Liberal Media Industrial Complex I detail the “unpersoning” of Alex Jones and the censorship of conservatives on social media, which I encourage you to read if you haven’t already so you can grasp just how big the ramifications are for speaking out against this degeneracy. At one of the Drag Queen Story Hour events in New York, a drag queen asked the children, “Who wants to be a drag queen when they grow up?” 756 At another, one of them taught the children how to “twerk,” asking them, “Does anybody in this room know how to twerk?” Nobody spoke up, and the drag queen continues, “All you need to do is you just need to stand with your feet sort of shoulder-width apart like so…and then you crouch down in this sort of position, so you’re bum’s sticking out. And then you

just move your bum up and down like that [as he does it]. And that’s twerking.” 757 Equally disturbing is the recent phenomena of young pre-teen boys being dressed in drag by their parents and paraded around at drag queen festivals in hopes they’ll become social media stars. One such “drag kid” who goes by the name “Desmond is Amazing” was even featured on Good Morning America . 758 “Desmond is Amazing” certainly isn’t one of a kind. Other child drag queens like “E! the Dragnificent” and “Lactacia” (who started doing drag at eight-years-old) are building up their social media followings, all trying to be the next YouTube or TikTok star. 759 YouTube even hosts a documentary film called Drag Kids which follows a group of pre-teen kids as they travel around the country participating in child drag shows. 760 The documentary’s purpose isn’t to raise the alarm about this horrific practice, it’s to show how “cool” the kids are. Netflix has a reality series called AJ and the Queen where a 10-yearold child travels across the country with RuPaul as he performs drag shows in gay bars. The sexual things the drag queens say about the child are too disgusting to include here because they’ll make you physically ill as they did me when I first read about it. 761 Another Netflix original series called Dancing Queen follows the life of a drag queen who teaches dance lessons to kids. 762 In 2015, TLC premiered I Am Jazz , a reality show following the life of Jazz Jennings, a transgender teenager, who at the time was one of the youngest people in the world to identify as transgender. “Jazz Jennings” is a pseudonym, and unlike every other public figure on the planet who uses one, “her” birth name is not allowed to be mentioned on Wikipedia because of the special protections given to transgender people. Similarly, “Lavern” Cox’s birth name (Roderick) is not allowed to be mentioned either. In fact, simply mentioning a transgender person’s birth name or legal name is considered a violation of the terms of service on Facebook and Twitter. 763 TLC was originally called “The Learning Channel” and aired educational programming about science, history, and nature, but slowly morphed into another reality TV network (just like the History Channel has), and now instead of featuring anything remotely educational, TLC is

known for mind-numbing trash like Here Comes Honey Boo Boo , and Toddlers & Tiaras .

Celebrities Raising Kids Trans Celebrities love to adopt children from Africa as a novelty and to show how much they “care” about Black people, and since transgenderism has become the coolest new fad in Hollywood, many celebrities seem to be inspired to raise their kids as the opposite gender to defy cultural norms. Charlize Theron adopted two Black kids, one boy and one girl, and then later was spotted around town with the kids both wearing dresses and now insists she has “two beautiful daughters.” 764 Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie (who are now divorced) adopted several children, but their first biological child was daughter Shiloh who they started dressing in boy’s clothes, causing many to speculate whether she is a tomboy or actually identifies as a boy. 765 Megan Fox (now divorced from Brian Austin Green) dresses her sixyear-old son in girls’ clothes. “He likes to wear dresses sometimes and I send him to a really liberal, hippy school, but even there—here in California—he still has little boys going, ‘Boys don’t wear dresses’ or ‘Boys don’t wear pink.’ And so, we’re going through that now, where I’m trying to teach him to be confident, no matter what anyone else says.” 766 Megan and her son were once spotted by paparazzi when he was dressed up as Elsa from Disney’s Frozen. 767 Singer Adele also dresses her son up as Disney princesses, which the liberal media has hailed as “a triumph for us believers in gender-neutral parenting.” 768 Actor Liev Schreiber brought his eight-year-old son to Comic-Con dressed as Harley Quinn, the Joker’s girlfriend from Suicide Squad . 769 When Mario Lopez appeared on Candace Owen’s podcast and the subject of parents raising their children transgender came up, he said he didn’t think it was right to be deciding that a 3-year-old kid should start

being treated as the opposite gender. 770 But he was immediately attacked for being “transphobic” and soon apologized. That wasn’t enough, however. The LGBT fascists demanded that he become an “advocate” for transgender kids.

Commercials Go Gay It’s not just movies and television shows that have been filled with LGBT people, now even many commercials feature them as well. Homosexual couples are now regularly included in commercials for major brands from IKEA and Chevrolet, to Target and Tide laundry detergent. 771 Each time another one jumps on the bandwagon, their allies in the media always write an article about it celebrating how “great” it is, encouraging more. 772 For example, Campbell’s Soup created a commercial in 2015 showing two gay “dads” feeding “their son” because the company wanted to show the “diverse mix” of American families. The Huffington Post said it, “will melt your heart.” 773 In 2017, the Dove soap company released an ad featuring “real moms” with their babies and praised the “diversity” in how each of them were raising their children, saying there was “no one right way.” Included with the “moms” was a transgender woman who is the biological father of one of the babies, along with the actual mother who gave birth to the poor child. “We are both his biological parents,” the transgender says. “You get people that are like, ‘What do you mean you’re the mom?’ We’re like, ‘Yep! We’re both gonna be moms.’” 774 Gillette razors released a commercial in 2019 featuring a transgender “boy” being taught how to shave by “his” dad for the first time as part of their campaign to “redefine masculinity.” 775 Starbucks released a commercial in support of people’s “preferred pronouns” showing a teenage girl with a butch haircut named Jemma who appears to be uncomfortable every time someone says her name as she goes about her day until she walks into a Starbucks and is asked what it is so the barista can write it on the cup, which is customary.

She proudly answers “James” and is revealed to be transitioning to a boy. The commercial was part of Starbuck’s announcement that they were partnering with a charity that supports transgender children. 776 Coca-Cola’s 2018 Super Bowl ad featured a lesbian and a “nonbinary” person. 777 In another commercial for Diet Coke released the following year a blue-haired woman drives around in an Uber picking up all kinds of different people while enjoying her Diet Coke all night. At one point her passengers are shown to be two gay men, one White and one Black for extra “diversity,” who are kissing in the back seat. The camera then cuts back to the driver who has a big smile on her face. 778 Smirnoff vodka now features transgender actress Lavern Cox in their commercials. 779 Other alcohol brands like Absolut, Effen, Bud Light, and Barefoot Wine, all release special edition “Gay Pride” bottles for the month of June every year featuring rainbows on them. 780 Most major food brands now release special “Pride” themed packages for gay pride month each year, and on social media change their avatars to pictures that include rainbows. All major retailers celebrate it too, from Walmart and Target, to Kohl’s and Old Navy. All tweeting about it and posting on Facebook and Instagram how important LGBT people are to them and issuing press releases alerting the media how they’re going to be “celebrating Pride month.” 781 Sprite even released a commercial for “Pride” month in 2019 showing a bunch of transgender people transitioning; including a man having makeup put on him by another transgender “woman,” and a girl engaging in “breast binding” with her friend as they joyfully wrap her breasts tightly to her chest so she can “pass” as a male. 782

Gay Sexual Predators Swept Under the Rug In the “Me Too” era, Harvey Weinstein has become the symbol of sexual degeneracy in Hollywood, but most of the women who accused him of sexual “assault” willingly had sex with him in order to further their own careers, and they weren’t forcibly raped. Years later they just jumped on the bandwagon to cash-in once they saw the opportunity, and in hindsight regretted they had sex with such a pig for a chance to be a star.

That’s not to say he didn’t make some of them feel extremely uncomfortable by blatantly propositioning them for sex—and he’s undoubtedly a sexual predator—but powerful men using the “casting couch” to entice women into having sex with them isn’t Hollywood’s dirtiest secret. One of the things nobody wants to talk about (aside from the industry’s pedophilia problem which is actually the biggest secret and covered in the next chapter) is the fact that gay men are basically allowed to sexually harass (and assault) other men with impunity because daring to say that a gay man has done anything sexually inappropriate amounts to blasphemy. Surprisingly, actor Terry Crews developed the courage to come forward in 2017 to admit that he was once sexually assaulted by his agent, who grabbed his genitals while making sexual advances toward him. 783 James Van Der Beek, star of the teen drama Dawson’s Creek , later came forward as well to reveal that he was sexually harassed (and groped) by “older, powerful men” in Hollywood. 784 Others including Brendan Fraser, Bill & Ted’s Excellent Adventure star Alex Winter, and Star Trek: Discovery actor Anthony Rapp, have also come forward with allegations of being sexually harassed by gay men in Hollywood. 785 Their stories were just a blip on the radar however, and then the issue was swept under the rug. Undoubtedly the same thing has happened to many others who are afraid to come forward out of embarrassment or because they don’t want to make waves out of fear it may derail their career. In fact, after Terry Crews revealed he was assaulted, others in the entertainment industry including D.L Hughley and 50 Cent mocked him. 786 During a 2011 interview, Rapper Fat Joe admitted that he believes a “gay mafia” controls the music industry, saying, “The hip hop industry is most likely owned by gays. I happen to think there’s a gay mafia in hip hop. Not rappers—the editorial presidents of magazines, the [program directors] at radio stations, the people who give you awards at award shows. This is a fuckin’ gay mafia, my man, and they are in power.” 787 It’s not just in the entertainment industry that gay sexual predators are mostly ignored. The same thing is happening in the U.S. military, especially after Barack Obama lifted the ban on them enrolling. 788 According to the Department of Defense statistics, more men than women are victims of

sexual assault in the military. 789 You won’t hear that on the news because it’s another uncomfortable fact that shows the liberal agenda is severely flawed. When gay couples adopt small children and molest them, those stories are just reported in local outlets and never make the national news. 790 Few people want to even comment on such abuse out of concerns they’ll be branded “homophobic.” Reports of gay couples sexually abusing their adopted or foster children can be found around the world. 791 In some cases the couples force the children into sex trafficking and sell them to other pedophiles. 792 But just mentioning those cases is enough to anger LGBT activists who may then target you to be “canceled.” Same sex couples adopting children was the real issue at hand regarding legalizing gay “marriage,” but very few conservatives or even Christians dared talk about it. When gays are allowed to adopt children it’s no longer about what “two consenting adults” are doing “in the privacy of their own bedroom,” it’s about an innocent third party, and no child should be held prisoner in such an environment. Like many gay people, CNN’s Anderson Cooper became a father (at the age of 52) after he bought an egg from a fertility clinic and then hired a surrogate—and had the egg artificially inseminated with his sperm. 793 The woman carried the child to term and then turned it over to Anderson Cooper to be raised by him and his boyfriend. The kid will most likely never know his mother due to privacy shields regarding egg donors, nor even have the surrogate in his life either, and instead will be raised by two homosexual men in their fifties, only to someday have to be told the horrible truth about how he came to exist.

What Causes It? In 2019, a massive study conducted by over 30 organizations including Harvard and Cambridge Universities was released after scientists analyzed the DNA of almost 500,000 people and ruled out any supposed “gay gene” that caused people to be born homosexual. 794 They cited “the environment” for being 75% responsible for people’s sexual preference. 795

“Obviously, there are environmental causes of sexual orientation. We knew that before this study,” said Michael Bailey, a psychologist at Northwestern University who has researched the causes of sexual preferences. 796 The same may be true of transgenderism as well. In other words, if an infant boy not yet knowing the difference between men and women, sees mommy putting on makeup—and for a moment wants to be like mommy and do what she does—and if the mother doesn’t teach him the distinctions between boys and girls, he’ll obviously grow up extremely confused and have a difficult time knowing which behaviors are normal for a man and which are not. The boy might start “identifying” with the mother if he is not brought up to understand the biological and sociological differences between boys and girls, possibly leading to gender dysphoria and transgenderism later in life. Some psychologists believe that “Rapid Onset Gender Dysphoria” is a form of social contagion or mass psychosis sparked by teens being bombarded with depictions of transgender people on social media portrayed in a positive light, and as a result see themselves as transgender in order to be a part of this “in” group of “cool” people as a coping mechanism for other underlying psychological disorders. 797 YouTube as a company promotes and glorifies transgender YouTubers like “Gigi Gorgeous” as well as gender-bending male makeup artists like Jeffrey Star and James Charles who identify as men but wear women’s makeup and clothes, which is fueling this phenomenon. They have created an extremely confusing environment for children, who as you know, are so impressionable they can be convinced that a fat bearded man in a red suit flies around the country every Christmas to bring them presents. Today, with so many of them being raised by social media personalities instead of their parents they have no idea what kinds of behaviors are conducive or detrimental to a happy, fulfilling life. Freud believed homosexuality is a mental disorder that develops from a disruption in the Oedipal phase of children’s psychosexual development. 798

It’s possible that it could also be a birth defect resulting in a certain region of the brain being wired backwards, so to speak, during gestation while the fetus is developing. 799 Transgender people could be born with the brain of the opposite sex due to the same reason. If, as some scientists believe, prenatal abnormalities in the womb due to a hormone imbalance or other external forces are causing these issues,

then scientists just admitting that homosexuality and transgenderism are birth defects is considered “hate speech” today. 800 To admit that they have a “defect” would be to admit that they’re not normal—and that’s “hateful.” Searching for a cure that would prevent the prenatal changes to a fetus that cause such things is tantamount to eugenics, and equally opposed by the liberal ideologues. Another theory is that homosexuality arose as a maladaptive behavior due to a mutation in the gene pool as a result of the decline of the pressures of natural selection, because in our modern age humans don’t have to complete for mates to pass on their genes as if it were a life or death situation for the species since there are already billions of us, often crammed in large cities literally living on top of one another. Today large groups of “free-riders” exist because of economic abundance, modern conveniences, and social safety nets, so the urge to become financially successful and physically fit in hopes of attracting a beautiful female mate is drastically diminished for many males. Conversely, because of our economic abundant society, many females don’t feel the need to attract a male to provide protection and resources for them like our ancestors did for tens of thousands of years, since modern society offers those luxuries instead. This would explain the explosion of florescent-haired lesbians and socially dysfunctional people who identify as dozens of different genders whose sole purpose in life seems to be ruining it for everyone else. Under this school of thought, because the evolutionary pressures for men and women to find mates have been lifted, many are no longer conforming to the social framework and norms our species has known since the beginning of time, and their behaviors are “mutating.” But instead of being content as “free-riders” whose survival is protected through modernday conveniences and social programs, these changes are causing the rise of what some scientists call “spiteful mutants” who hold hostile views towards those who are normal (i.e. people who continue heterosexual traditions, behaviors, and gender roles; and those who work hard in their careers and take care of their health). 801 The end result of these “spiteful mutants,” according to the theory, is the collapse of the social structure of the entire group of organisms (humans in this case) because the non-affected group (heterosexual and cis gender people) who do not suffer from the same mutations are still severely

impacted due to the disruption of the entire social fabric of the species by those with the mutation. 802 People who are molested as children tend to later become child molesters themselves. So it appears that pedophilia may in some cases be a psychological condition that is induced from an experience rather than something someone is born with. 803 The same may be true of homosexuality and gender-bending. Is it a birth defect, or a psychological disorder exacerbated by the celebration of sexual deviancy and other abnormal lifestyles in the media and on the Internet? Just asking this question is considered “hate speech,” and few scientists will dare risk their career by publicly doubting the new liberal orthodoxy regarding gender identity and sexuality. Once a crazy idea takes hold in a culture it becomes reinforced through social policing, and anyone who begins to doubt the practice is ostracized, reprimanded, or in some cases physically punished. Others who may quietly have the same concerns about the current practice are thus afraid to voice those concerns, which helps to maintain the hegemony, no matter how irrational, abusive, or dangerous it is. Imagine living in Central America and speaking up when your fellow villagers were getting ready to cut out someone’s beating heart to appease the Aztec “gods,” or telling the tribal elders in Africa that slicing your bottom lip and stretching it out by sticking a large plate in there is ridiculous. It’s extremely difficult to break cultural traditions once they have taken root.

“Homophobia” is a Hoax Anyone who doesn’t celebrate this onslaught of homosexuality, bisexuality, and gender-bending is branded “homophobic,” “transphobic,” or a basic “hateful bigot,” but those are just more lies from the Left. A phobia is an irrational fear of something. 804 People who are sick of seeing drag queens and homosexuals celebrated in the media aren’t afraid of them, they’re repulsed by them. The same way normal people are when they hear their parents or grandparents talking about having sex with each other. What

they do behind closed doors in the privacy of their own home is their business, but the rest of us don’t want to hear about it, much less see depictions of it. Unfortunately, today you can’t avoid having gender benders and other LGBT people shoved in your face every time your turn on the TV or scroll through a news feed on social media. And you must not criticize them. You must celebrate them, or you are a “Nazi!” A few years before this cultural Marxism infected the country, comedian Adam Carolla joked that he believed in the future, kids would get bullied for not being gay. 805 It’s sad how right he was.

Sexual Deviants In the 1950s sitcom I Love Lucy, the couple Ricky and Lucy had to each sleep in their own twin bed for a few seasons because the network was concerned about the show being “too sexual” if they were seen lying in the same bed together. Back then it was considered too suggestive to depict a couple in bed on network television even if they were 806 married.

The Brady Bunch (1969-1974) didn’t even have a toilet in the bathroom of their house because executives thought it would be too disgusting to show one on TV during scenes when the

cast was brushing their teeth or 807 doing their hair. Fast forward a few decades and Charlie Sheen would become Hollywood’s darling and the highest paid sitcom actor in history. 808 An HIV-infected scumbag who smoked crack and regularly used hookers became the industry’s favorite star! Hollywood once celebrated wholesome characters and families but now embraces the biggest degenerates as creative “geniuses” who can’t help being a little “eccentric.” The media raved over Fifty Shades of Grey , the sadomasochistic film series based on the bestselling novel, and “The Weeknd” performed a song from the soundtrack at the 2016 Grammys as they attempted to mainstream this once-fringe lifestyle. Target even sold 50 Shades of Grey sex toys. 809 Skip Chasey, the vice president of Endeavor (formerly known as the William Morris Endeavor) one of the largest management firms in Hollywood, accidentally killed a man in his sex dungeon in 2017, but no charges were filed, not even for negligent homicide. 810 He also kept his job at the agency. 811 Lady Gaga tried to revive R. Kelly’s career at the 2014 American Music Awards by doing a live performance with him, despite the allegations of him being a child predator making headlines for well over a decade at the time. 812 She also put him in her video “Do What You Want” which was directed by the infamous Terry Richardson, who has been accused of sexually exploiting models for years. 813 Then a couple years later at the 2016 Grammys, she performed her song “Till It Happens To You” and was hailed as a hero for “raising awareness” about sexual assault and everyone forgot that just a few years earlier she single-handedly put R. Kelly back in the spotlight. 814 Ellen DeGeneres once introduced two little girls aged six and eight to rapper Nicki Minaj because she was their favorite pop star. 815 Ellen had Nicki surprise them on stage live on her show and the audience couldn’t have been any happier. No adult should be letting their children listen to

Nicki Minaj’s music because it’s filled with sexually explicit and vulgar lyrics, but that didn’t stop Ellen DeGeneres from introducing the adult entertainer to the little girls. Perversion apparently runs in Nicki Minaj’s family because her 25year-old brother was convicted of raping an 11-year-old and sentenced to 25 years in prison. 816 Hulk Hogan’s infamous sex tape was the result of him sleeping with his best friend’s wife (with his permission) as he hung out in another room of the house after inviting Hulk over to have his way with her. At one point during the escapade the husband even came into the bedroom to see how they were doing. 817 Celebrities often have dysfunctional lifestyles, becoming jaded and numb from overindulgence due to an endless supply of money and an inner circle of yes men who will never doubt their desires out of fear that they may be cut off from the cash cow they have attached themselves to. Their carnal appetite can never be satisfied, causing them to obsessively try to fill the emptiness in their souls with worldly pleasures. Instead of the media acknowledging these kinds of decisions lead to a disastrous downward spiral, they are celebrated and encouraged. HGTV’s popular series House Hunters follows a couple around town as they search for a new home, and they make sure to regularly include LGBT couples in the show for “diversity,” but that wasn’t enough so they recently included a “throuple,” a group of three people in a polyamorous relationship. “The past four years, I have been living in Lori and Brian’s house, so buying a house together as a ‘throuple’ will signify our next big step as a family of five rather than all four of them plus me,” said one of the three. 818 The “throuple” is also raising two children because for some reason child protective services doesn’t think the kids are in a toxic and abusive household. Imagine trying to explain to the children who the third person is that’s living with them. Democrat Congresswoman Katie Hill was also in such a relationship before she resigned when it was revealed the third wheel was one of her staffers. 819 In ABC’s sitcom Single Parents they introduced a “throuple” that consists of two men and a woman, one of whom is a public school teacher. 820

When they explain their “relationship” to their friends, instead of being

taken aback by the weirdness, one of them gets excited and pulls out her phone to download the same app the “throuple” used to find each other. We’re even seeing incest promoted on network television and in films. 821

Nick Cassavetes, the director of The Notebook, endorsed incest while promoting his film Yellow (2012) which features the main character having an incestious relationship with her brother, saying, “If you’re not having kids—who gives a damn? Love who you want. Isn’t that what we say? Gay marriage—love who you want?…you’re not hurting anybody, except every single person who freaks out because you’re in love with one another.” 822 Other films like Close My Eyes (1991), The Cement Garden (1993), Lovers of the Arctic Circle (1998), Delta (2008), Beautiful Kate (2009), and Illegitimate (2016) all have incest as the central plot. Some websites have even compiled lists of what they call the “20 Best Incest Movies of All Time,” 823 and the “13 Steamiest Incestuous Relationships In Film.” 824 Actress Mackenzie Phillips, best known for her role in American Graffiti and more recently working on the Disney Channel’s So Weird, wrote in her memoir that when she was 19-years-old she began having sex with her biological father and continued the incestuous relationship for ten years until she was almost thirty! She described the relationship as “consensual” and once had an abortion after becoming pregnant because she figured he was the father. 825 In recent years we have been seeing more stories approving of people engaging in incest. 826 Cosmopolitan magazine published a story about how “great” it was with the headline, “Girl describes what it was like to have sex with her dad.” In the article the woman is quoted as saying, “The sexual intensity was nothing like I’d ever felt before. It was like being loved by a parent you never had, and the partner you always wanted, at once.” 827 They did a similar article about a brother and sister who were separated at birth but entered into a sexual relationship with each other when they were reunited as adults. 828 Scientists believe that when parents are reunited with their adult children after giving them up for adoption when they were born, they sometimes develop a strong sexual attraction for each other, called GSA (Genetic Sexual Attraction). 829 The same phenomena can happen to adult siblings when they meet for the first time. 830

Soon liberals will likely welcome incest into the LGBT community and declare it no more abnormal than homosexuality. In fact, there are already a growing number of blogs, Tumblr accounts, and YouTube videos dedicated to legalizing “consensual incest.” 831 As everyone knows, it’s common for Hollywood-types to date people a decade or two younger than them, but some in the industry like partners so young it’s utterly disgusting, and in some cases illegal. Billionaire music mogul David Geffen has a well-known reputation of dating men who are over 40 years younger than him. 832 When he was in his seventies he was “dating” a 20-year-old former college football player. 833 The famous pianist Liberace had a 16-year-old boyfriend when he was fifty-seven years old. 834 75-year-old actress Holland Taylor, who played Charlie Sheen’s mother on Two and a Half Men, has a 35-year old girlfriend. 835 David Bowie is alleged to have had sex with a 14-year-old groupie at the height of his career. 836 Jerry Seinfeld dated a 17-year-old when he was thirty-nine years old. 837 And these are just a few of the most well-known instances. Writer, director, and actor Woody Allen is considered a “treasure of the cinema” (having won four Academy Awards and nominated 24 times), but nobody in the industry seems to care that he began a sexual relationship with his girlfriend Mia Farrow’s adopted 21-year-old daughter when he was fifty-six. 838 Such people would be shunned in most professions, but for decades Hollywood has welcomed those who engage in the most bizarre behaviors and nothing is too taboo. The “MeToo” movement really originated in Hollywood from actresses who finally grew tired of the predatory environment that was pervasive in the industry. A long list of big-named actors have been accused of sexual harassment and other predatory behavior as the “MeToo” movement gained momentum in 2017. But it seems everyone in the industry was very well aware of what was happening and who the perpetrators were. It took the fall of Harvey Weinstein to finally open the floodgates and admit the entertainment industry had a massive sexual predator problem. But sleazebags in Hollywood who prey on young actresses are just the tip of the deviance iceberg that runs rampant in the industry. And even worse, what they’re doing is being exported to the rest of society.

Celebrity Selfies Selfies are a symptom of our narcissistic culture, with people obsessing over posting pretty pictures of themselves on social media in order to feel validated. It’s a sickness that has infected large portions of our society and celebrities like Rihanna, Miley Cyrus, and Kim Kardashian have normalized posting nude pictures online, something that just a few years ago would have been unthinkable for most girls. 839 Some experts have even said that celebrities like Kim Kardashian are making children vulnerable to predators online because so many of them mimic their scantily clad selfies in hopes of attracting the attention of complete strangers who “like” and comment on their posts. 840 Kim even had her 4-year-old daughter (at the time) take a topless photo of her and posted it on Instagram. 841 You could see little North (her daughter) in a mirror holding the phone, taking the picture. Kim Kardashian even captioned it “By North.” Teaching 4-year-old girls to take topless photos and post them online—that’s Hollywood today. Kim Kardashian, perhaps more than any other celebrity has normalized sex tapes. Without hers being “leaked” in 2007 showing her with her then-boyfriend pop singer Ray J, she would be just another spoiled rich girl in Los Angeles, but her sex tape made her a star. The same thing with Paris Hilton’s. When her sex tape was leaked in 2003 she became a star overnight only to be later overshadowed by Kim Kardashian as the “queen” of pop culture. Some wannabe reality stars have even leaked their own sex tapes hoping to follow in these footsteps thinking they too will become famous.

Mainstreaming of Porn People who regularly watch porn have their brains physically altered through the creation of new neural pathways, causing them to become less aroused by actual women during real sexual encounters over time. 842

These neurological changes are similar to the tolerance level of drug addicts which cause them to need more of the drug to achieve the same high they once got the longer they use it. People who develop porn habits often find themselves in need of more hardcore porn to get aroused, even leading them to watch bizarre fetish videos hoping to get off since they don’t experience enough gratification from “regular” porn, let alone actual sexual partners. 843 The Internet has mainstreamed porn since people had to once drive to seedy adult video stores to get VHS tapes of it, but now millions of videos are just a few clicks away. Twitter even allows porn stars (and aspiring porn “actresses”) to have accounts where they can post sexually explicit content in their feed which can easily be accessed by children. 844 A site called PornHub is basically YouTube for porn, where anyone can upload hardcore pornographic videos and they are then instantly published for the world to see. Due to the lack of oversight that traditional pornography producers follow, like verifying the identity, age, and consent of the parties involved, PornHub has hosted numerous videos of underage girls and even rape videos, including one of a 14-year-old girl from Ohio who was kidnapped and gang raped while being recorded by the assailants. 845

The video was uploaded to PornHub several times with titles like “Teen Crying and Getting Slapped Around,” “Teen Getting Destroyed,” and “Passed out Teen.” One upload had over 400,000 views. 846 The victim later emailed the website, explaining she was raped (which was clear by the video and the titles) but the video remained online. A 30-year-old man in Florida uploaded over 50 different videos of him sexually abusing a 15-year-old girl after she went missing before he was finally arrested. 847 Breitbart pointed out, “Pornhub apparently has no idea whatsoever who is uploading content. Pornhub also has no idea and apparently doesn’t bother to verify the age of the performers in the videos, or if they consented to have sex, to be filmed, or to have the video commercialized and made public.” 848 There’s now a social media company called OnlyFans that caters to girls who want to start selling their own amateur nude photos and porn

videos. OnlyFans is basically like Instagram, but people have to pay a monthly fee to see what others are posting, and the website has no rules about nudity other than the users have to supposedly be 18 years old. When unemployment levels skyrocketed because of the stay-at-home orders during the Coronavirus Pandemic of 2020, many young girls flocked to OnlyFans hoping to make some easy money. Once they’re signed up they use Instagram and Twitter to promote their accounts by leaving the link to their OnlyFans page in their bio and then post content using trending hashtags hoping to get guys’ attention and drive traffic there. Previously if a girl wanted to get into porn she would have to go to work for a company that had the infrastructure to host the videos and charge customers’ credit cards, but now OnlyFans has given the ability to anyone to become a “porn star” within just a few minutes. It’s well known that many aspiring actresses who move to Los Angeles hoping to become stars end up working in porn out of desperation to pay their bills (or to afford their drug habits). Some even resort to prostitution. Teen Vogue magazine even published an article in 2019 titled “Sex Work is Real Work,” encouraging girls to become prostitutes and demanding that it become legalized around the world. 849 Many psychologists are warning that porn and video game addiction is actually causing a masculinity crisis among young men. A study by researchers at Stanford University looked into how excessive gaming and use of pornography is causing many young men to be extremely isolated and preventing them from developing the social skills needed to form relationships with girls, which only fuels more isolation. 850

Pedophiles in Hollywood Sexual harassment and pornography aren’t Hollywood’s worst problems however, as child actor Corey Feldman said, “the number one problem in Hollywood was, is, and always will be, pedophilia. That’s the biggest problem for children in this industry…It’s the big secret.” 851 He made the claim in 2011 on ABC’s Nightlight, but his concerns largely fell on deaf ears.

A few years later in 2013 when he was a guest on The View the topic came up again. “I’m saying there are people that were the people that did this to both me and Corey [Haim] that are still working, they’re still out there, and that are some of the richest most powerful people in this business. And they do not want me saying what I am saying right now,” he told the hosts. 852 Barbara Walters responded, “Are you saying that they are pedophiles and that they are still in this business?” “Yes,” Corey replied, going on to warn parents who are thinking about getting their children involved in acting. “You’re damaging an entire industry,” Barbara responds, looking disappointed in him. Feldman said that his best friend Corey Haim, who he costarred with in numerous movies, told him that Charlie Sheen raped Haim in 1986 on the set of a movie (Lucas ) they were filming together. 853 Sheen allegedly told Haim, “it was perfectly normal for older men and younger boys in the business” and “it was what all the guys do.” 854 Sheen denies the allegation. “It’s all connected to a bigger, darker power,” Feldman later said. “I don’t know how high up the chain that power goes, but I know that it probably is outside of the film industry too. It’s probably in government; it’s probably throughout the world in different dark aspects.” 855 Elijah Wood, who was a child actor in various films before hitting it big by playing Frodo in the Lord of the Rings trilogy, once made some comments during an interview about the issue, saying, “Clearly something major was going on in Hollywood. It was all organized. There are a lot of vipers in this industry, people who only have their own interests in mind. There is darkness in the underbelly. What bums me about these situations is that the victims can’t speak as loudly as the people in power. That’s the tragedy of attempting to reveal what is happening to innocent people: they can be squashed, but their lives have been irreparably damaged.” 856 He later “clarified” his statements, claiming that his interview was supposed to be about his latest film but “became about something else entirely” and said he had “no first-hand experience or observation of the topic” and that he just heard about such things from a documentary he had seen (most likely An Open Secret , which had come out a year earlier). 857

An Open Secret In 2014, a film maker named Amy Berg investigated Corey Feldman’s claims of pedophiles in Hollywood in a documentary titled An Open Secret . Previously she had been nominated for an Oscar for another documentary she made called Deliver Us From Evil about sexual abuse in the Catholic Church, so it was a subject she was quite familiar with. An Open Secret alleges that pedophile producers have held parties where they enticed young child actors with drugs and alcohol in order to take advantage of them. 858 It details the alleged activities surrounding an Internet media company called Digital Entertainment Network that was founded in the late-1990s by Marc Collins-Rector [a convicted sex offender], and his boyfriend Chad Shackley. 859 The company is alleged to have held pool parties at their 12,000-square foot mansion that were used to entice underage teenage boys into having sex with adult men. 860 Leonardo DiCaprio’s former talent agent was convicted of molesting a 13-year-old boy in 2005 and sentenced to eight years in prison. 861 The Los Angeles county deputy district attorney said, “People like this are predators who prey on little kids who want to be the next Justin Bieber—and they’re told, ‘That’s what’s done, this is all normal in the industry.’” 862 The Los Angeles Times noted that, “At least a dozen child molestation and child pornography prosecutions since [the year] 2000 have involved actors, managers, production assistants and others in the entertainment industry.” 863

One of those was a talent agent named Martin Weiss who managed kids that had roles on Nickelodeon, the Disney Channel, and in numerous films like Parenthood and The Muppets Movie. He was charged with several counts of child molestation and faced up to 80-years in prison, but was given just one. 864 Director Bryan Singer, whose credits include X-Men, Superman Returns, Valkyrie , and many others, has been accused by numerous men who say he made sexual advances towards them when they were boys. 865 Singer, who denies the allegations, has also claimed journalists who were investigating him were just “homophobic.” 866

Singer is also alleged to have been in attendance at some of the parties held by the Digital Entertainment Network, and is well known in Hollywood for hosting his own pool parties filled with what many have described as “kids.” 867 He has been followed by sexual predator accusations for decades. As far back as 1997 several child actors accused him of asking them to film a nude scene when they were working on one of his movies, yet his career has continued almost unscathed. 868 Infamous pedophile Jeffrey Epstein also had numerous ties with Hollywood A-listers, some of which had flown on his private jet to his island in the Caribbean, dubbed “Pedo Island.” 869 Epstein operated with impunity for years and is believed by many to have worked as an intelligence operative for Mossad (Israel’s CIA) to get dirt on powerful people, including many politicians, so they could be blackmailed. 870 For decades Hollywood hasn’t seemed to care about child abuse, and in fact many defend it and give awards to the abusers. Director Roman Polanski fled the United States in the 1970s after he was convicted of drugging and raping a 13-year-old girl, but continued to make films in Europe where he could avoid being extradited by U.S. authorities. 871 Not only did he continue to make films, but Hollywood continued to give him awards. In 2002 he was given the Oscar for Best Director for his film The Pianist. When he was announced as the winner, the audience gave him a roaring applause and a standing ovation by many, including Martin Scorsese and Meryl Streep. 872 Harrison Ford, who was presenting the winner that year, looked out at the crowd astonished, knowing very well why Polanski wasn’t there to accept his award. After the applause died down he said, “The Academy congratulates Roman Polanski, and accepts this award on his behalf.” 873 Not only did his peers give him a standing ovation at the Oscars, but many in Hollywood defend Polanski, still to this day. Whoopi Goldberg said that things were “different” in the 1970s, and it wasn’t “rape-rape” and thinks Polanski should be left alone and not extradited to the United States to serve the prison time he has been avoiding for over 40 years. 874 In an interview on the Howard Stern Show director Quentin Tarantino defended Polanski. Howard interrupted him, saying, “Wait a minute. If you

have sex with a 13-year-old girl and you’re a grown man, you know that that’s wrong.” 875 Howard’s cohost Robin Quivers was stunned and pointed out that Polanski had also given her alcohol and Quaaludes to which Tarantino responded, “She wanted to have it…And by the way, we’re talking about America’s morals, not talking about the morals in Europe and everything… Look, she was down with this.” 876 In 2009, Harvey Weinstein wrote an op-ed in The Independent titled “Polanski has served his time and must be freed.” 877 Over one hundred Hollywood celebrities and directors including Natalie Portman, Penelope Cruz, David Lynch, and Martin Scorsese, signed a petition that year to show their support for Polanski, demanding his release after he was taken into custody in Switzerland since he was facing extradition back to the U.S. 878 Switzerland later decided against extraditing him and let him go free. Virtually an entire industry rallied behind a man who drugged and raped a 13-year-old girl and then fled the country to avoid going to prison. That’s Hollywood! After a documentary called Leaving Neverland investigated some of the allegations surrounding Michael Jackson, singer Barbra Streisand said she believed boys were molested by Jackson, but, “they were thrilled to be there” and “his sexual needs were his sexual needs,” adding, “They [the alleged victims] both married and they both have children, so it didn’t kill them.” 879 In 2017, Stephen King’s It was remade into a feature film due to the wildly popular TV miniseries in 1990, but what people who hadn’t read the 1987 novel don’t know is that Stephen King depicted the kids all having an orgy after they finally defeated the “It” creature in the sewer. Out of the blue Beverly Marsh, the only girl in the group, tells the boys “I have an idea,” and then they all got naked and she has sex with all six of them. 880 In the book she’s depicted as eleven-years-old (and twelve in the 1990 TV miniseries). Once the boys are all done having sex with her, they magically remember which way to go in order to get out of the sewer and finally escape. Stephen King literally wrote an entire scene about an elevenyear-old girl getting gang banged and nobody seems to care. 881 Actress Annette O’Toole, who played Beverly Marsh in the 1990 television version, was upset that the orgy scene wasn’t allowed in the film. “This was their greatest attachment to one another—she thought they were

all going to die, and this was a gift she was giving to each one of them, and I thought it was the most beautiful, generous love-filled gift, and it tied them all together in such an amazing way.” 882 In 2017 after Kevin Spacey was accused of trying to engage in a sexual relationship with a 14-year-old child actor back in 1986, he announced for the first time that he was gay. That deflected much of the media criticism away from the allegations and he was celebrated for his “emotional” admission. ABC News ran a story with the headline, “‘I choose now to live as a gay man,’ Kevin Spacey comes out in emotional tweet,” but later changed it due to the backlash from people who on social media were shocked ABC sanitized the story with such a pleasant headline. 883 The CEO of entertainment giant Allied Artists, Kim Richards, said of Spacey, “If true, acting on impulse while inebriated speaks to overindulgence, not predatory behavior. You’re good & decent, deserving forgiveness.” 884 Years earlier Seth McFarlane’s Family Guy animated comedy series included a brief scene of a character (Stewie) running naked through a shopping mall screaming “Help! I’ve escaped from Kevin Spacey’s basement!” 885 McFarlane had previously called out Harvey Weinstein in 2013, years before the MeToo movement and the widespread reports about Weinstein. When he read off the names of the nominees for Best Supporting Actress for the Oscars, he followed up by saying, “Congratulations, you five ladies no longer have to pretend to be attracted to Harvey Weinstein.” 886

McFarlane knew of the rumors about Weinstein but at the time outsiders just though it was a joke. Many wondered if he also heard rumors about Kevin Spacey’s secrets as well, resulting in him adding the bizarre scene in Family Guy . Others came forward with similar allegations as well. Spacey was soon fired from his Netflix series House of Cards , and went into hiding. But on Christmas Eve of 2019 he posted a bizarre video on YouTube speaking in the tone of his evil House of Cards character Frank Underwood while sitting in front of a fireplace. “You didn’t really think I was going to miss the opportunity to wish you a Merry Christmas, did you?” he began. “I know what you’re thinking, ‘Can he be serious?’ I’m dead serious. The next time someone does something you don’t like, you can go on the attack. But

you can also hold your fire and do the unexpected. You can…kill them with kindness.” 887 He smiled menacingly at the camera and the video ends. Even more disturbing is that one of his accusers had died just a few months earlier. 888 He seemed to be alluding that he had killed him. The very next day, on Christmas, another one of his accusers died from a purported suicide. 889 That person’s estate then dropped the lawsuit against Spacey which had been pending.

Crimes Inspired by Hollywood While it’s not entirely accurate to say that violence depicted in movies causes real world violence, it can be said that sometimes it’s a catalyst, and in numerous cases mass murderers, bombings, bank robberies, and other crimes have been inspired by popular movies. Extensive news coverage of mass shootings is actually correlated with more mass shootings because it seems to plant the seeds in other 890 lunatics’ minds.

The same is true of news reports about suicide,

a phenomenon called suicide 891 contagion. The FBI and Department of Homeland Security were concerned that Joker (2019) may inspire mass shootings at theaters, so police presence was increased during the film’s opening weekend and some even inserted undercover agents inside as a precaution. 892 The fears arose from a lunatic dressed as the Joker opening fire inside a theater during a showing of The Dark Knight Rises in 2012, killing a dozen people and injuring many more. The New York Post reported that, “It’s reasonable to ask if ‘Joker’ will inspire would-be killers.” 893 Some of the victims’ families of The Dark Knight Rises shooting wrote a letter to Warner Brothers, the studio that produced Joker , expressing their concern that the movie gave the character a “sympathetic origin story.” 894 It’s not a typical superhero film, nor is it cartoonish in any way like many of the previous Batman movies. Instead, Joker is a depressing “character study” showing a man descend into madness and morph into a mass murderer, but because a portion of the population are severely mentally ill, many saw the Joker as a hero. The 1976 film Taxi Driver starring Robert De Niro (which was largely the inspiration for Joker ) is said to have triggered John Hinckley Jr.’s murderous fantasy that resulted in him attempting to assassinate President Ronald Reagan in 1981. In Taxi Driver, Robert De Niro’s character plots the assassination of a presidential candidate he becomes fixated on, which gave John Hinkley Jr. the idea to do the same thing to Ronald Reagan. He later shot Reagan outside the Washington Hilton Hotel. 895 In the 1995 film Basketball Diaries starring Leonardo DiCaprio, his character has a dream sequence where he walks into his high school wearing a black trench coat and starts blowing away his fellow classmates with a shotgun. Three years later in 1998, two students in Colorado carried out the infamous Columbine High School shooting, causing the very name “Columbine” to become synonymous with a school shooting.

The killers wore black trench coats on the day of the massacre just like Leonardo DiCaprio. Some parents of the victims filed lawsuits against the producers of The Basketball Diaries for inspiring the attack. The Columbine massacre itself has inspired dozens of copycats from more unhinged high school students who see the killers as heroes. 896 Oliver Stone’s 1994 black comedy Natural Born Killers is believed to have inspired over a dozen copycat murders and mass shootings by teenagers in the 1990s and early 2000s. 897 In the film, a murderous couple (Mickey and Mallory) go on a drug-fueled killing spree and become television news sensations. Oliver Stone says he meant the film to be a critique of how the media sensationalizes violence and murders, but some unhinged viewers actually saw Mickey and Mallory as true heroes and wanted to become famous mass murderers just like them. After actor Robin Williams committed suicide in 2014, researchers believed it caused suicide rates to spike almost 10% from copycats. “Although we cannot determine with certainty that these deaths are attributable to the death of Robin Williams, we found both a rapid increase in suicides in August 2014, and specifically suffocation suicides, that paralleled the time and method of Williams’ death,” said a report compiled by researchers at Columbia University. 898 NBC News admitted, “It has been known for decades that media reports about suicides, especially celebrity suicides, lead to an increase of suicide deaths.” 899 The Netflix teen drama 13 Reasons Why is about a girl who commits suicide after being bullied and gossiped about at her high school. She left behind a box of cassette tapes where she recorded the “13 reasons why” she killed herself, which forms the basis of the show, and many researchers believe that the series actually increased the rate of teenage suicide. 900 Studies show that suicide is “contagious” and the more widely it is portrayed in the media, the more people get inspired to follow the same path in hopes of putting an end to their own personal struggles. 901 At the University of Illinois, a student was arrested for sexually assaulting a woman he tied up in his dorm room in order to re-create a scene from Fifty Shades of Grey , the popular sadomasochism film based on the bestselling novel. 902 The lead actor in the film, Jamie Dornan, later admitted that he feared a crazy obsessed fan would actually murder him like John Lennon. 903

Ben Affleck’s 2010 film The Town was the admitted inspiration behind a pair of Brooklyn crooks who, like the characters in the film, dressed up as cops to rob a local check-cashing business. 904 Another robbery at a bank in Chicago is also believed to have been inspired by The Town , where the perpetrators copied a different scene from the film in which the characters dressed as nuns for their disguise when they robbed one of the banks. 905 A teenager in New York City was inspired by Fight Club to bomb a Starbucks which thankfully didn’t cause any injuries because it was closed. 906

In the 1999 film, the underground fight club started by Brad Pitt and Edward Norton escalates into a terrorist organization with the launch of “Project Mayhem,” beginning with a series of attacks on symbols of corporate America. One of those attacks was on a “corporate piece of art” consisting of a gigantic metal ball which is knocked off its foundation and rolls into a nearby coffee shop, clearly designed to look like a Starbucks, destroying it. There is also speculation that a serial bomber in Austin, Texas who ultimately blew himself up after being pulled over by police may have been inspired by a recent television series about Ted Kaczynski, the “Unabomber.” 907 The perpetrator had sent five package bombs in the Austin area, killing two people and injuring five others during a three week period in March 2018. On Halloween night in 2018 police in France arrested over 100 masked people for rioting and threatening locals after word spread through social media calling for a “Purge,” referring to the 2013 horror film of the same name which depicts the American government allowing all crimes, including murder, to be perfectly legal for one night a year. 908 Similar “Purge” threats have gone viral through social media in the United States claiming such uprisings would occur in various communities on specific dates, thankfully turning out to be hoaxes posted by troublesome teenagers. 909 But the inspiration for the threats of indiscriminate killing for “fun” were obviously inspired by the film. Following the 1996 release of Scream there were also numerous murders and attempted murders by people inspired by the teen slasher film, several of which actually involved the famous Ghostface mask that the killer used in the movie. 910 Two days after watching Interview with the Vampire when it first came out in 1994, a man told his girlfriend “I’m going to kill you and drink your blood,” and proceeded to stab her seven times

and did indeed drink her blood. She miraculously survived, and when he was arrested the “vampire” admitted to police he was inspired by the film starring Tom Cruise and Brad Pitt. 911

Rap Videos Nothing promotes violence and crime more than rap music. Listeners internalize the lyrics which are presented from a first-person perspective, putting them in the proverbial driver’s seat of countless drive-by shootings and other mayhem which is portrayed as exciting and fun. It would be impossible to know how many seeds have been planted in the minds of thugs who become accustomed to crime and whose music choices reflect back to them a distorted world where they are a hero for the lifestyle they chose. Many former gang members have admitted that the music helped to “brainwash” them. 912 And numerous studies have connected rap music to real world violence. 913 It’s common for rappers to include a line in their songs about doing a “187 on a cop,” which is a police code for murder. Countless rappers from Snoop Dogg and NWA, to Eminem and Tekashi 6ix9ine have entire songs about murdering people. Just two weeks after the Sandy Hook Elementary School massacre, where twenty children and six adults were gunned down by 20-year-old lunatic Adam Lanza, stunning the entire country, a popular rapper who goes by “The Game” released a song titled “Dead People” which is about him stalking and murdering people for fun. 914 A 17-year-old acting out the music video “Bustin’ At ‘Em” from rapper Waka Flocka Flame accidentally shot and killed his friend while he was waving a gun around. 915 The lyrics go “Shoot first ask questions last. That’s how these so called gangstas last. Bitch I’m bustin’ at ‘em (shooting). Ain’t no talkin’ homie I’m just bustin’ at ‘em. Bitch I’m bustin’ at ‘em.” In the music video Waka Flocka Flame and his thug friends are waving guns around shooting them in all directions the entire time. After a man in Hawaii shot and killed his landlord, he claimed he was possessed by rapper Jay Z and said that he should be the one who goes to prison. 916 In a certain sense the man was possessed by Jay Z, since the

rapper’s murderous lyrics filled his head. In his mind he just did what he thought Jay Z would have done. Jay Z has called for George Zimmerman, the man who shot Trayvon Martin in self-defense, to be killed, and has numerous songs about murdering people. 917 Thousands of years ago philosophers like Plato, Aristotle, and Socrates understood the influence that music has on its listeners. Aristotle recognized that music can even shape people’s character, saying, “Music directly represents the passions of the soul. If one listens to the wrong kind of music, he will become the wrong kind of person.” 918

Bobo Doll Experiment A famous study conducted in the early 1960s known as the Bobo Doll Experiment demonstrated how children often mimic violent behaviors they see others engaging in. Researchers monitored the children in a playroom filled with a variety of toys including a bobo doll, a sort of inflatable punching bag with a weighted bottom that stands on the ground—and when punched, returns to its upright position. Even though the bobo doll was in the room and available for the children to play with, they mostly ignored it at first, but after witnessing an adult punching the toy, they began doing the same thing, imitating their actions shortly after they had left the room. 919 The experiment clearly demonstrates the fundamentals of social learning theory and observational learning because the children’s behavior immediately changed from simply witnessing the adults interact with the doll in a “violent” manner, or as the saying goes—monkey see, monkey do. And just like children mimicked the actions they saw against the bobo doll, they also mimic behaviors they see in the media. A Senate Committee was formed in 1999 to investigate the influence of media violence on children and concluded that one of the primary catalysts of youth violence is media violence. 920 The word cause may be too strong of a word, and to more accurately describe the relationship between viewing violence and engaging in violent

acts, media effects researchers often use the word prime , instead—meaning viewing violence primes people to potentially act out similar behaviors. 921 One popular textbook, The Fundamentals of Media Effects , explains, “Media message content triggers concepts, thoughts, learning, or knowledge acquired in the past that are related to the message content. In this way, message content is connected, associated, or reinforced by related thoughts and concepts that it brings to mind.” 922 There are numerous variables that function as catalysts for priming aggressive or violent behaviors in viewers, such as the extent they identify with a character engaging in violence, the consequences the character faces for such behavior, and the perceived justification for it, or meaning of the violence. 923 Media mogul Ted Turner knew this, as do most people with common sense. Best known for founding CNN in 1980, he once noted, “You know that everything we’re exposed to, influences us…those violent films influence us, and the TV programs we see influence us. The weaker your family is, the more they influence you. The problems with families in our societies are catastrophic, but when you put violent programs before people who haven’t had a lot of love in their lives, who are angry anyway, it is like pouring gasoline on the fire.” 924

Author’s Note: Once you finish this book, please take a moment to rate and review it on Amazon.com, or wherever you purchased it from if you’re reading the e-book, to let others know what you think. This also helps to offset the trolls who keep giving my books fake one-star reviews when they haven’t even read them. Trolls often target books on Amazon written by people they don’t like and flood them with fake one-star reviews in order to tank the ratings and hope to dissuade people from reading them. It’s a dirty tactic they’ve used on my other books. If you look close, you can see that practically none of the one-star reviews are from actual verified purchases which is a clear indication they are fraudulent. Also, please spread the word about this book by posting a link to the Amazon listing on your social media accounts, or order a few extra copies for family and friends. I don’t have a large publisher behind me to promote the book since I self published it; all I have is word of mouth, social media, and you. Thank you!

Conclusion There’s a famous quote attributed to Eleanor Roosevelt that says, “Great minds discuss ideas; average minds discuss events; small minds discuss people.” The moronic masses are concerned about who their favorite celebrities are dating, which rappers are having a new beef, or the latest actor found to have said something “racist” years (or decades) ago, while life is passing them by. It’s a circus, and as media analyst Neil Postman noted, people are amusing themselves to death. 925

Everything is backwards and upside down in Los Angeles, even the city’s name. “Los Angeles” is Spanish for the City of Angels, when it’s really a city of demons. Hollywood is the “city of dreams” they say, but it’s really the city of broken dreams. Cute girls from across the country move to LA thinking they’re going to be the next Kim Kardashian or Jennifer Lawrence only to realize that they’re just one of tens of thousands of other girls equally as beautiful who are all competing for the same prize. After a string of dead end auditions or maybe landing a few bit parts in b-movies that are never released in theaters, most girls eventually give up or turn to drugs hoping to numb the increasing depression they feel from not seeing their dreams materialize as they are faced with the harsh reality of the entertainment industry. The supposed sunny blue skies of Los Angeles are filled with toxic smog from the overcrowded freeways. Many of the people driving fancy cars and renting nice houses are often living paycheck to paycheck and have no money saved for retirement and spend most of what they earn trying to portray an image of a person they’re not, living further beyond their means every day. Almost everything is fake in Los Angeles. The LA River is made of concrete. The city’s basketball team is called the Lakers, but most of the lakes are man-made. Most people think the Hollywood Walk of Fame is a beautiful place symbolic of the glitz and glam they see on the award shows, but in reality it’s a dirty street filled with homeless people and beggars. Los Angeles is widely considered to be one of the loneliest cities in America because so many people living there have few (or no) close friends they can confide in or trust. Many residents don’t even make eye contact with their neighbors when out to check the mail, they just ignore them and pretend they don’t exist. It’s a strange and sad city. Unfortunately, much of our country is now afflicted with the same kinds of sentiments. The American empire will most likely collapse someday just as ancient Rome did. The United States has too much debt, there is no sense of community throughout much of the country anymore, national pride has been undermined by floods of immigrants who won’t assimilate and are openly hostile to our culture, customs, and history—and now even many millions of native-born Americans hate our country as a result of the Marxist indoctrination they’ve been inundated with.

Open hatred of America by enemies within has never been more widespread, and they are determined to overthrow our Republic and put an end to our Constitutionally protected freedoms. Child drag queens are being celebrated by major media outlets, celebrities are bragging about their abortions, work ethic is dwindling, calls for socialism are spreading, and people can’t decide which one of the fiftyeight different “genders” they are. The angry and ignorant masses want to seize financial assets through force from those who have worked hard and saved their money for decades instead of steadily pissing it away on things they don’t need. But we do need entertainment (in moderation). It’s important to relax your mind at the end of the day or get a little distracted after a long week, so what should we do? What can you show your kids without having them indoctrinated with the idiocy and enemy propaganda that surrounds us? Fortunately, there are limitless choices of quality entertainment if you just take the time to look. There are science shows, cooking shows, how-to videos, and plenty of family friendly entertainment available—not to mention good old-fashioned books like the one in your hands. Aside from quality non-fiction books that can educate while they entertain, there are also countless literarily classics that will take your mind on a journey to faraway lands, all from the comfort of your own home. But it’s critical to do a regular digital detox, especially on the weekends, and tune out the endless distractions competing for your attention on television and smartphones. Spend time with family and friends, having face to face interactions, not artificial ones by “liking” their Facebook posts or communicating through social media. It’s important to limit social media consumption because by design it’s addictive due to the endless feedback and dopamine boosts people get from “likes” retweets, comments, and follows. Stories on social media are hard to resist because they personalize incidents that happen across the country in cities and states you’ll never step foot in, but the viral videos and photos open a window to an artificial world you have no business being in. It’s also dangerous because lies spread through social media at the speed of light, racking up tens of thousands of retweets and “shares” within minutes. By censoring opposing voices, manipulating trending topics, and major celebrities constantly jumping on the bandwagon for liberal causes,

the Big Tech companies create the false appearance of a consensus around issues. Many are afraid to stand up against it out of concern they may catch the attention of the angry online mobs who will harass them, dox them, and do everything in their power to destroy them. All of this leads many to wonder—what is wrong with liberals? Why do they always seem like they have no sense of right and wrong, almost like they have no soul? Researchers at Virginia Tech discovered that people can be identified as either liberal or conservative by a simple fMRI (Functional MRI) scan of their brain. They found that when they show people images of disgusting things like a dead animal or food covered with maggots, they could predict with a 95% accuracy rate whether the person was a liberal or a conservative based solely on brain scans which showed how people’s brain activity reacted to seeing such things. 926 How is this possible? What they found was that the brains of liberals don’t show the same signals of being disgusted when shown the disgusting images. It was a discovery made by accident, but it has an enormous significance. What it means is, the further Left someone is on the political spectrum, the higher their tolerance is for abnormal (and horrifying) things. It makes perfect sense when put into perspective. They’re the ones who accept and embrace the most bizarre, unhealthy, and disgusting behaviors and lifestyles. So when shown images of disgusting things, their brain scans show little reaction, when a normal person should be repulsed. The researchers who conducted the experiments appear to be afraid to explain why liberals aren’t disgusted by disgusting things, but the answer is clear. The Bible calls this the reprobate mind. 927 The Bible also predicted, “There will be terrible times in the last days. People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous, without self-control, brutal, not lovers of the good, treacherous, rash, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God— having a form of godliness but denying its power. Have nothing to do with such people.” 928 The fact that you read this book shows where your heart and mind is, and while we may be a minority, there are many millions of us who see the principalities and powers that oppose us and refuse to go along with their

agenda or submit to their demands. We know the truth, and the truth has set us free!

Copyright Info

Hollywood Propaganda © 2020 by Mark Dice

All Rights Reserved

Published by Mark Dice San Diego, CA No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the author. Visit www.MarkDice.com E-book ISBN: 978-1-943591-10-7

Cover images licensed from iStockPhoto

Cover design by Mark Dice

1

The Los Angeles Times “‘The Cosby Show’ Was Profound, Influential--and Indispensable” by Bobby Crawford (May 11th 1992) 2 Bloomberg

“Why Stop at 10%? Advocates Push for Even More LGBT Characters on TV” by Jeff Green (November 8th 2019) 3

The Guardian “Most children own mobile phone by age of seven, study finds” (January 29th 2020)

4 Questioning

the Media - Chapter 3, the Mediating Communication - What Happens? page 43 by Joshua Meyrowitz 5

Questioning the Media - Chapter 3, the Mediating Communication - What Happens? page 44 by Joshua Meyrowitz 6

History of British Film (Volume 4): The History of the British Film 1918 - 1929 - edited by Rachael Low 7

Dr. Rachel Copelan - How to Hypnotize Yourself And Others page 3

8

New York Times “Boy, 13, Is Critically Burned After Imitating Stunt on MTV” by Sherri Day (January 29th 2001) 9

The New York Times “Disney Plans to Omit Film Scene After Teen-Ager Dies Imitating It” by The Associated Press (October 20th 1993) 10

Encyclopedia Britannica online edition entry “Edward Bernays: American publicist” (July 20th 1998) 11

New York Times “Edward Bernays, 'Father of Public Relations' And Leader in Opinion Making, Dies at 103” (March 10th 1995) Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 37-38 (Ig Publishing 2005)

12

Ibid.

13

14

CBS News “Charlie Sheen Sets Guinness World Record: Fastest to a million Twitter followers” by Crimesider Staff (March 4th 2011) 15

USA Today “Ellen DeGeneres nabs most retweeted tweet of the year” by Alison Maxwell (December 10th 2014) 16

Billboard “How the U.S. Government Infiltrated Cuba’s Hip-Hop Scene to Spark Change” via Associated Press (December 11th 2014) 17

Reuters “U.S. defends program to fund anti-government hip-hop music in Cuba” by David Adams (December 11th 2014)

18

CBS News “U.S. infiltrated Cuba’s hip-hop scene to spark change” (December 11th 2014)

19 The

Guardia n “US agency infiltrated Cuban hip-hop scene to spark youth unrest” by Matthew Weaver (December 10th 2014) 20

Pitchfork “Moby Says CIA Agents Asked Him to Spread the Word About Trump and Russia” by Noah Yoo (January 12th 2018) 21 Film

Propaganda and American Politics: An Analysis and Filmography by James Combs and Sara T. Combs page 6 (Routledge 2013) 22

New York Observer “Hooray for Hollywood: How Charities Influence Your Favorite TV Shows” by Anne Easton (October 28th 2015) 23

The Washington Post “This Harvard professor used TV sitcoms to fight drunk driving. Can he do the same for distracted driving?” by Fredrick Kunkie (April 26th 2017) 24

UCLA’s official Theater, Film & Television department website. http://www.tft.ucla.edu/skollcenter-for-social-impact-entertainment/ 25

Ibid.

26

Ibid.

27

https://thestateofsie.com/the-state-of-social-impact-entertainment-sie-report-introduction-peterbisanz/ 28

Ibid.

29

New York Observer “Hooray for Hollywood: How Charities Influence Your Favorite TV Shows” by Anne Easton (October 28th 2015) 30

https://www.cinemaofchange.com/directory/listing/the-global-media-center-for-social-impact.

31

https://cmsimpact.org/about-us/ (August 2020)

32

Comedy for Racial Justice in the Climate Crisis by Caty Borum Chattoo page 5 (August 2020)

33

Ibid.

34

Comedy for Racial Justice in the Climate Crisis by Caty Borum Chattoo page 19 (August 2020).

35

Hollywood Reporter “Hillary Clinton Woos Young Hollywood Democrats at Fundraisers in L.A.” by Tina Daunt (June 19th 2015) 36

Hollywood Reporter “Chelsea Clinton to Meet With Network TV Writers on Saturday” by Tina Daunt (June 13th 2014)

37

Ibid.

38 Forbes

“The Power Of Purpose: How Propper Daley Is Driving ‘Unreasonable Conversations’” by Afdhel Aziz (March 12th 2019) 39

GLAAD.org “2018 Studio Responsibility Index” by Megan Townsend (May 22nd 2018)

40 Ibid. 41

Ibid.

42

Ibid.

43

Entertainment Weekly “How GLAAD is changing Hollywood’s LGBTQ narrative — one script at a time” by Gerrad Hall (May 23rd 2020) 44

The Advocate “Sesame Street Celebrates LGBTQ+ Pride With Rainbow Muppet Message” by Daniel Reynolds (June 12th 2020) 45

CNN “U.N. hosts filming of ‘Law & Order: SVU’ episode” by Richard Roth and Even Buxbaum (March 30th 2009) 46

TV Guide “Ugly Betty Teams with United Nations to Fight Malaria” by Adam Bryant (October 9th 2009) 47

AdAge “The UN Believes Ads Can Turn the Tide in Long-Losing War for Gender Equality” by Jack Neff (June 23rd 2017) 48

Unilever Press Release “Launch of Unstereotype Alliance set to eradicate outdated stereotypes in advertising” (June 20th 2017) 49

Unilever.com “12 Unilever Ads That Smash Stereotypes” (January 8th 2019)

50

New York Post “Is there ObamaCare ‘propaganda’ on our favorite shows?” by Kyle Smith (October 19th 2013) 51

The Washington Times “TV propaganda? $500K grant to sneak pro-Obamacare messages in shows” by Cheryl Chumley (October 11th 2013) 52

The New York Post “Is there ObamaCare ‘propaganda’ on our favorite shows?” by Kyle Smith (October 19th 2013) 53

New York Observer “Hooray for Hollywood: How Charities Influence Your Favorite TV Shows” by Anne Easton (October 28th 2015) 54

The New York Times “California Tries to Guide the Way on Health Law” by Abby Goodnough (September 14th 2012)

55

Ibid.

56 The

Los Angeles Times “Obama looks to Hollywood to help promote his healthcare law” by Maeve Reston (September 20th 2013) 57

The Hollywood Reporter “Jennifer Hudson Pitches Obamacare in Will Ferrell's Funny or Die Clip” by Paul Bond (September 30th 2013) 58 USA

Today “Healthcare.gov gets traffic boost after Obama’s ‘Funny or Die’ video” by Jolie Lee (March 12th 2014) 59

Hollywood Reporter “ObamaCare Website Traffic Spikes After President’s ‘Funny or Die’ Interview” by Tina Daunt (March 11th 2014) 60

National Catholic Register “Planned Parenthood ‘Secret Weapon’ Script Doctor Feeds Abortion Line to Hollywood” by Lauretta Brown (September 23rd 2019) 61

PlannedParenthood.org “Planned Parenthood Hosts 8th Annual Sex, Politics, Film, & TV Reception at Sundance Film Festival” Press Release (January 27th 2020) 62

The Washington Post “Planned Parenthood’s Secret Weapon” by Nora Caplain-Bricker (September 23rd 2019) 63

Black-ish (Season 3, episode titled “Lemons”) first aired January 11th 2017

64

Snopes “Did Donald Trump Receive an Ellis Island Award in 1986?” Rating: True by Dan Evon (September 5th 2016) 65

Patheos “FLASHBACK: Jesse Jackson Praises Donald Trump for ‘Lifetime of Service’ to Blacks” by Martin English (January 16th 2018) 66

The Simpsons (Season 30, episode 9, title “Daddicus Finch”)

67

Newsbusters “Reporter Beaten at Trump Rally on ‘Murphy Brown,’ Attacked by ‘Sea of Red Hats’” by Karen Townsend (November 29th 2018) 68

CBS This Morning “Trump’s election motivated ‘Murphy Brown’ reboot, Candice Bergen says” by Jessica Kegu (September 26th 2018) 69

Rolling Stone ‘Murphy Brown’ Review: A Crusty Comeback” by Alan Sepinwall (September 25th 2018) 70

News Busters “Will & Grace Won’t Bake MAGA Cake: Conservatives are ‘Terrible People’ with ‘Horrible Beliefs’” by Dawn Slusher (March 16th 2018) 71

Ibid.

72

Vulture “The Hunt for the Trump Tapes Doesn’t Seem Likely to Uncover Much” by Jen Chaney (September 14th 2018) 73 The

Verge “In a post-truth environment, The X-Files has gotten political” by Samantha Nelson (February 9th 2018) 74

Ibid.

75 Newsbusters

“‘The X-Files’ Wants to Believe in Trump-Russia Conspiracy” by Lindsay Kornick (January 10th 2018) 76

RedState “Is CBS Inciting Violence In The Latest Episode Of ‘The Good Fight’” by Jennifer Van Laar (April 13th 2019) 77

The Wrap “CBS All Access’ ‘The Good Fight’ Deletes Tweet with List of Words That Included ‘Assassinate’ and ‘Trump’” by Sean Burch (April 16th 2019) 78

Newsbusters “‘The Good Fight’ Character: ‘We Need to Assassinate the President’ by Callista Ring (April 22nd 2018) 79

Ibid.

80

The Daily Beast “‘The Good Fight’ Imagines a Trump ‘Pee Tape’ as Impeachment Heads to Network TV” by Kevin Fallon (April 30th 2018) 81

Summit News “New Amazon Show Features White People Wearing Red MAGA-Style Hats Being Hunted As ‘Nazis’” by Paul Joseph Watson (November 25th 2019) 82

Washington Times “Alec Baldwin sees ‘near moral collapse’ in America, blames it on Trump ‘supporters’” by Jessica Chasmar (January 14th 2020) 83

Hollywood Reporter “Jessica Chastain Clarifies Comments About Non-Violent Protests” by THR Staff (September 1st 2017) 84

https://twitter.com/TeenVogue/status/1250159551111929862

85

Breitbart “Trevor Noah: Trump’s ‘Demeanor,’ ‘Style’ Is Like ‘Many African Dictators’” by Pam Key (July 10th 2018) 86

Newsbusters “‘View’ Attacks ‘Menace’ ‘Dictator’ Trump for Acosta Heckling” by Kristine Marsh (August 1st 2018) 87

Washington Post “Madonna says she’s thought about ‘blowing up the White House’” by Coby Itkowitz (January 21st 2017) 88

Washington Examiner “Kathy Griffin said in 2016 she wanted to ‘beat down’ Donald and Barron Trump” by Leah DePiero (June 2nd 2017)

89

Time “Watch Guns N’ Roses Invite Mexican Fans Onstage to Smash a Donald Trump Piñata” by Tessa Berenson (December 2nd 2016) 90 Multiple

people recorded video of the incident and posted it on YouTube the next day, although it went unnoticed by major media outlets unlike most of the other incidents of celebrities making similar threatening statements. 91

The Hill “Snoop Dogg shoots clown dressed as Trump in latest music video” by Judy Kurtz (March 13th 2017) 92 Metro

UK “Donald Trump brutally beheaded in new Marilyn Manson video” by Ann Lee (November 8th 2016) 93

Rolling Stone “Hear Big Sean Threaten Donald Trump in New Freestyle” by Daniel Kreps (February 3rd 2017) 94

TMZ “‘Making History’ Star Adam Pally ‘I’d Have to Kill Trump or Hitler’.. If Time Travel Existed” (March 16th 2017) 95

NBC News “Johnny Depp: ‘When Was the Last Time an Actor Assassinated a President?’” (June 23rd 2017) 96

San Francisco Chronicle “Sen. Kamala Harris ruffles feathers with ‘Trump death joke’ on ‘Ellen’ show” by Michelle Robertson (April 5th 2018) 97

Toronto Sun “Mickey Rourke goes on vicious anti-Trump rant” (April 7th 2016)

98

Newsweek “Comedian George Lopez Under Fire for Instagram Joke About $80-Million Bounty for Trump's Head” by Tufayel Ahmed (January 6th 2020) 99

Mediaite “SNL: John Mulaney Jokes That Senators Should Stab Trump Like Julius Caesar” by Sarah Rumpf (March 1st 2020) 100

Ibid.

101

CNBC “Trump’s Mar-a-Lago security breach: Officials shoot Connecticut woman’s SUV after she crashes through checkpoints” by Dan Mangan, Mike Calia, and Yelena Dzhanova (January 31st 2020) 102

Newsweek “Michael Wolff Says Trump's White House Is 'That Bad' The 25th Amendment Mentioned Every Day” by Harriet Sinclair (January 7th 2018) 103

Newsbusters “‘Homeland’ Invokes 25th Amendment on ‘Unconstitutional’ President” by Lindsay Kornick (April 16th 2018) 104

Newsbusters “‘American Heroes’ Invoke 25th Amendment, Remove ‘Unfit’ President in Liberal Fantasy Show” by Lindsay Kornick (January 15th 2018)

105

Ibid.

106 RealClear

Politics “ABC’s ‘Designated Survivor’ Uses 25th Amendment To Remove President” by Ian Schwartz (April 16th 2018) 107

IMDB “Super Girl” (Episode: The Quest for Peace) 2019

108 Ibid. 109

USA Today “James Woods: I was ‘blacklisted’ like Brendan Fraser but for my conservative politics” by Maria Puente (February 23rd 2018) 110

CBS News “James Woods dropped by ‘liberal’ agent on Fourth of July” by Andrea Park (July 5th 2018) 111

NME “Kanye West says speaking out about Trump support ‘represented overcoming fear’” by Rhian Daly (August 10th 2018) 112

New York Times “Kanye West Ends ‘S.N.L.’ With Speech About Trump and Bullying” by Joe Coscarelli (September 30th 2018) 113

The Daily Dot “‘Mean Girls’ Broadway actress called out for following right-wing Twitter accounts” by Esther Bell (February 11th 2020) 114

Variety “‘Bachelorette’ Frontrunner Apologizes for Controversial Instagram Likes” by Ellis Clopton (May 31st 2018) 115

Variety “Hollywood Conservative Group Grapples With IRS Scrutiny As It Seeks Tax-Exempt Status” by Ted Johnson (January 22nd 2014) 116

Reuters “Justice Department settles with conservative groups over IRS scrutiny” by Brendan O’Brien (October 26th 2017) 117

The Guardian “Club for Hollywood Republicans locked in dispute – caused in part by Trump” by Rory Carroll (June 13th 2017) 118

The Hollywood Reporter “Tim Allen Compares Being Conservative in Hollywood to 1930s Germany” by Arlene Washington (March 19th 2017) 119

Newsweek “The Hollywood Blacklist Then And Now: The Late Actor Orson Bean On AntiAmerican ‘Propaganda’" by Paul Bond (February 29th 2020) 120

Epoch Times “How Soviet Russia Conducted ‘Ideological Subversion’ in Western Nations” by Michael Wing (January 29th 2020) 121

BigThink “34 years ago, a KGB defector chillingly predicted modern America” by Paul Ratner (July 18th 2018)

122

The Communist Party’s “Decision Concerning the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution” also known as the Sixteen Points (August 8th 1966) 123 Ibid. 124

Fox News “Actor Mark Ruffalo attacks capitalism for ‘failing us’ in tweet, but boasts 7-figure net worth” by Melissa Robert (December 3rd 2019) 125 Fox

News “John Cusack at Bernie Sanders rally: World has 10-12-year window to stop climate change, ‘predatory capitalism’” by Bradford Betz (January 19th 2020) 126

Washington Post “Jim Carrey tells Democrats: ‘We have to say yes to socialism’” by Amy B. Wang (September 10th 2018) 127

Los Angeles Times “TV Preview: Wealth disparity, hackers and cyber threats in ‘Mr. Robot’” by Alan Everly (May 29th 2015) 128

The Atlantic “Whose Side Is Mr. Robot On, Anyway?” by Spencer Kornhaber (August 6th 2015)

129

InTheseTimes “Mr. Robot Is the Anti-Capitalist TV Show We’ve Been Waiting For” by Brian Cook (August 4th 2015) 130

Reuters “Dopey socialist parable ‘In Time’ a slick, fun ride” by Alonso Duralde (October 27th 2011) 131

The New Yorker “‘The Society,’ Reviewed: A Teen Dystopia, but with, Like, Socialism” by Doreen St. Felix (May 22nd 2019) 132

Jack Ryan Season 2 Episode One on Amazon Prime

133

Foundation for Economic Freedom “‘Jack Ryan’ Gets 4 Pinocchios on Venezuela” by Jon Miltmore (January 15th 2020) 134

Orange County Register “Why does Hollywood smear capitalism, promote socialism?” by John Stossel (December 4th 2019) 135

USA Today “‘Radicalized’ couple behind viral AOC ad launches pro-socialism, Netflix-like service” by JC Reindl via Detroit Free Press (April 13th 2019) 136

Deadline Detroit “‘Netflix For The Left’: Socialist Streaming Service Launches In Detroit” (February 25th 2020) 137

HuffPost “The Couple Behind The Viral AOC Ad Plans A Streaming Channel For Socialists” by Christopher Wilson (May 17th 2019) 138

Newsweek “George Floyd Was on Fentanyl, Medical Examiner Says, As Experts Dispute Cause of Death” by Daniel Villarreal (June 2nd 2020)

139

Fox News “Rioting, looting linked to George Floyd protests leaves trail of destruction across American cities” by Greg Norman (June 1st 2020) 140 Fox

News “Minneapolis Third Precinct police station set on fire after rioters break in” by Dom Calicchio (May 28th 2020) 141

Rolling Stone “John Legend, Common, the Weeknd, Lizzo Sign Open Letter to Defund the Police” by Jon Blistein (June 2nd 2020) 142 NPR

“Amid Protests Against Police Violence LA Mayor Eric Garcetti Announces Cuts To LAPD” by Vanessa Romo (June 3rd 2020) 143

CBS News “De Blasio seeks to cut $1 billion from NYPD budget” (June 29th 2020)

144

New York Times “For Mayor Jacob Frey of Minneapolis, a Stinging Rebuke” by Michael Levenson (June 7th 2020) 145

New York Times “‘Cops,’ Long-Running Reality Show That Glorified Police, Is Canceled” by Nicole Sperling (June 9th 2020) 146

Entertainment Weekly “Live PD host slams cancellation: ‘There’s an overreaction going on’” by James Hibberd (June 11th 2020) 147

New York Times “The Protests Come for ‘Paw Patrol’” by Amanda Hess (June 10th 2020)

148

Rolling Stone “What Music’s Tech Companies Are Doing on Blackout Tuesday” by Ethan Millman (June 2nd 2020) 149

TubeFilter “YouTube Hosts Inaugural #YouTubeBlack Event To Support Creators Of Color” by Geoff Weiss (April 11th 2016) 150

CNET “These are the major brands donating to the Black Lives Matter movement” by Mercey Livingston (June 16th 2020) 151

Fox 23 “Disney releases video showing support for Black Lives Matter movement” by Katlyn Brieskorn (June 14th 2020) 152

CNN “‘Call of Duty’ games now display a Black Lives Matter message” by Steve Dent (June 5th 2020) 153

The Telegraph “Make no mistake – BLM is a radical neo-Marxist political movement” by Alexandra Phillips (June 12th 2020) 154

Breitbart “Black Lives Matter Anti-Cop Protests Part of Agenda Seeking Socialist Revolution” by Joshua Klein (June 12th 2020)

155

Time “Black Lives Matter Co-Founder Patrisse Cullors on Her Memoir, Her Life and What’s Next for the Movement” by Aric Jenkins (February 26th 2018) 156 The

Blaze “Toronto Black Lives Matter co-founder says white people are ‘genetic defects’” by Tre Goins-Phillips (February 13th 2017) 157

Breitbart “Black Lives Matter Anti-Cop Protests Part of Agenda Seeking Socialist Revolution” by Joshua Klein (June 12th 2020) 158 Sarah

Silverman in her 2005 show “Jesus is Magic.” Clips of the segment are currently available on YouTube and elsewhere online if you search for “Sarah Silverman Says I Would Kill Christ Again” 159

Reuters “Kathy Griffin’s Jesus remark cut from Emmy show” (September 11th 2007)

160

Daily Caller “Daily Caller: Comic Convention Bans Christian Conservative Actor Kevin Sorbo For Friendship With Hannity” by Ian Miles Cheong January 14th 2018) 161

NBC News “Ellen Page doubles down on criticism of celebs who attend anti-gay churches” via Variety (February 11th 2019) 162

Dallas News “Ellie Goulding threatens to cancel her Cowboys Thanksgiving halftime show over Salvation Army concerns” by Dan Dinger (November 12th 2019) 163

USA Today “Ellie Goulding threatens to quit Thanksgiving NFL game; Salvation Army says she’s a go” by Charles Trepany (November 13th 2019) 164

The Telegraph “Mel Gibson’s film on Christ condemned as anti-Semitic” June 29th 2003)

165

ADL.org “ADL and Mel Gibson’s ‘The Passion of the Christ’” (January 2nd 2013)

166

Luke 23:19

167

The New York Daily News “The Passion of the Christ” by Jami Bernard (February 24th 2004)

168

The Guardian “Mel’s Passion blamed for rise in anti-semitic attacks” (March 16th 2005)

169

The Guardian “History Channel’s The Bible series is worse than reality TV” by Alan Nyuhas (March 25th 2013) 170

Real Time with Bill Maher “Bari Weiss: How to Fight Anti-Semitism” Segment posted on the show’s official YouTube channel (September 13th 2019) 171

Salon.com “Hallmark movies are fascist propaganda” by Amanda Marcotte (December 25th 2019) 172

Ibid.

173

Ibid.

174 Breitbart

“Whitney Cummings Says She Was Reported to HR for Saying ‘Merry Christmas’” by David NG (December 20th 2019) 175

Ibid.

176 Ibid. 177

Wall Street Journal “Aunt Jemima and Uncle Ben’s, Rooted in Racist Imagery, to Change” by Annie Gasparro and Micah Maidenberg (June 17th 2020) 178

The Secret Life of a Satanist: The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey by Blanche Barton page 78 (Feral House 1992) 179

See my previous book, Inside the Illuminati (2014)

180

The Daily Beast “How the Illuminati Stole the Mind, Soul, and Body of Hip-Hop” by Rob Brotherton (January 2nd 2016) 181

Manly P. Hall wrote, “The serpent is true to the principle of wisdom, for it tempts man to the knowledge of himself. Therefore the knowledge of self resulted from man’s disobedience to the Demiurgus, Jehovah.” — The Secret Teachings of All Ages page 272 (Tarcher/Penguin 2003) 182

Aleister Crowley wrote “This serpent, Satan, is not the enemy of Man, be He who made Gods of our race, knowing Good and Evil; He bade ‘Know Thyself!’ and taught Initiation. He is ‘the Devil’ of the book of Thoth, and His emblem is Baphomet, and Androgyne who is the hieroglyph of arcane perfection.” — Magick: In Theory and Practice page 193 183

Rolling Stone “Katy Perry: I Want to Join the Illuminati!” (August 1st 2014)

184

Washington Post “Planned Parenthood’s Secret Weapon” by Nora Caplan-Bricker (September 23rd 2019). 185

Ibid.

186

Newsbusters “Hulu Character Feels ‘Really, Really Good,’ ‘Very F**king Powerful’ After Abortion” by Rebecca Downs (March 18th 2019) 187

Campus Reform “Sociologist calls for more abortion-based comedy” by Toni Airaksinen (January 2nd 2018) 188

Ibid.

189

Salon “‘Parenthood’ bravely tackles abortion” by Willa Paskin (January 9th 2013)

190

HuffPost “‘Parenthood’: Dramatic Episode Tackles Teen Pregnancy And Abortion” (January 9th 2013) 191 PlannedParenthood.org

“Planned Parenthood Announces New Senior Hires” Press Release

(January 11th 2019) 192

USA Today “Planned Parenthood called for Disney princess ‘who’s had an abortion’ in nowdeleted tweet” by Josh Hafner (March 27th 2018) 193 WNEP

16 ABC “Planned Parenthood Keystone: ‘We need a Disney princess who’s had an abortion’” by WNEP Staff (March 27th 2018) 194

Hollywood Reporter “Elizabeth Banks to Lead Center for Reproductive Rights Creative Council” by Lindsay Weinberg (October 29th 2019) 195

Washington Times “Elizabeth Banks: Abortion can be stigma-free, seen as ‘liberty itself’ with the right storytellers” by Douglas Ernst (March 5th 2020) 196

Netflix “The Break with Michelle Wolf” (June 2018)

197

Washington Examiner “‘I am God’: Comedian says abortion empowered her and encourages others to get one” by Spencer Neale (December 18th 2019) 198

New York Magazine “Lena Dunham: ‘I Still Haven’t Had an Abortion, But I Wish I Had’” by Gabriella Paiella (December 20th 2016) 199

Townhall “Actress Busy Philipps Screams She's Proud of Her Abortion at 15-Years-Old Because It Helped Her Career” by Julio Rosas (March 5th 2020) 200

Ibid.

201

Hollywood Reporter “‘Top Gun: Maverick’ Trailer Sparks Controversy as Fans Notice Taiwanese Flag Missing From Tom Cruise’s Jacket” by Patrick Brzeski (July 22nd 2019) 202

Hollywood Reporter “DC Comics Faces Backlash for Deleting ‘Batman’ Artwork That Caused Controversy in China” by Abid Rahman (November 28th 2019) 203

The Big Think “The silent Chinese propaganda in Hollywood films” by Scotty Hendricks (December 10th 2018) 204

Hollywood Reporter “Zombie Films at Cannes: What’s Up With All the Undead?” by Tatiana Siegel (May 18th 2019) 205

The New York Times “How China is Writing Its Own Script” by Amy Qin and Audrey Carlsen (November 18th 2018)

206

CNN “Ryan Gosling defends ‘First Man’ amid American flag controversy” by Sandra Gonzalez (August 31st 2018) 207 ESPN

“James Harden apologizes as controversy grows: ‘We love China’” (October 6th 2019)

208

ABC News “LeBron James says general manager who tweeted in support of Hong Kong protesters ‘wasn’t educated’ on the issue” by Meghan Keneally (October 15th 2019) 209 New

York Times “In China’s Crackdown on Muslims, Children Have Not Been Spared” by Amy Quin (December 28th 2019) 210

The Hill “Yale, MIT study: 22 million, not 11 million, undocumented immigrants in US” by Rafael Bernal (September 21st 2018) 211

CBS News “New York City’s anti-discrimination policy warns against terms like ‘illegal alien’” by Christopher Brito (October 1st 2019) 212

Breitbart “Nearly 400K Anchor Babies Born in 2019, Exceeding U.S. Births in 48 States” by John Binder (January 5th 2020) 213

CNN “Democrats want to offer health care to undocumented immigrants. Here’s what that means” by Tami Luhby (September 11th 2019) 214

Washington Times “Illegal immigrants lying in wait for Trump to lose election” by Stephen Dinan (January 17th 2020) 215

NPR “In ‘Party Of Five’ Reboot, Deportation Separates The Family” by Michael Martin (January 11th 2020) 216

Hollywood Reporter “‘Party of Five’ Reboot Canceled at Freeform” by Lesley Goldberg (April 17th 2020) 217

The New York Times “Hollywood’s Diversity Problem and Undocumented Immigrants” by Monica Castillo (October 20th 2017) 218

NewsBusters “‘Roseanne’ Spinoff: Illegal Immigrants ‘Just Trying to Have a Better Life’” by Dawn Slusher (January 23rd 2019) 219

Vulture “America Ferrera Says Superstore Season Four ICE Raid Could Shape the Show for Years” by Jordan Crucchiola (July 19th 2019) 220

The Hollywood Reporter “‘OITNB’ Star Opens Up About Tackling ‘Dangerous’ Immigration Storyline” by Jackie Strause (August 1st 2018) 221

Newsbusters “New CW Anthology Advises Illegal Immigrants To ‘Hide’” by Lindsay Kornick (August 15th 2019)

222

Daily Beast “ICE Agents Are Television’s Newest Bogeymen, From Netflix’s ‘Orange is the New Black’ to NBC’s ‘Superstore’” 223 Ibid. 224

Breitbart “Showtime’s ‘Shameless’: America Is a ‘Piece of Shit Country’” by Alana Mastrangelo (November 25th 2019) 225 Rolling

Stone “Watch Kesha Celebrate DACA Dreamers in Moving ‘Hymn’ Video” by Jon Blistein (May 31st 2018) 226

New York Observer “Hooray for Hollywood: How Charities Influence Your Favorite TV Shows” by Anne Easton (October 28th 2015) 227

Newsbusters “‘The Twilight Zone’ Defends Illegal Immigration: ‘We Are All Immigrants From Somewhere’” by Lindsay Kornick (May 16th 2019) 228

Ibid.

229

Vulture “Why You Could Be Seeing a Lot of Immigrant Stories on TV This Fall” by Maria Elena Fernandez (January 23rd 2018) 230

Hollywood Reporter “‘Jane the Virgin,’ ‘Vida’ Writers Talk Onscreen Representation” by Jenna Marotta (October 3rd 2018) 231

Variety “Gina Rodriguez Developing Pair of Latino Series at CBS, CW” by Joe Otterson (September 6th 2017) 232

Variety “Immigration Projects Take Center Stage at Broadcast Networks” by Joe Otterson (September 8th 2017) 233

Washington Post “TV dramas and sitcoms are suddenly all about immigration” by Travis M. Andrews (October 13th 2017) 234

The Guardian “‘Daca dramas’: How immigration become US TV’s new obsession” by Lanre Bakare (September 13th 2017) 235

Deadline.com “‘Little America’ Immigrant Anthology Series In Works At Apple From ‘The Big Sick’ Writers, Lee Eisenberg & Alan Yang” by Nellie Andreeva (February 8th 2018) 236

The Daily Beast “How an ICE Immigration Raid Tore Apart a Small Midwest Town” by Nick Schager (December 20th 2019) 237

Hollywood Reporter “Selena Gomez-Produced ‘Living Undocumented’ Docuseries a Go at Netflix” by Rick Porter (September 17th 2019) 238

Ibid.

239

The Guardian “District 9: South Africa and apartheid come to the movies” by David Smith (August 20th 2009) 240 SPLCenter.org

“Does Robert Rodriquez’s ‘Machete’ Advocate ‘Race War?’” by Alexander Zaitchik (September 10th 2010) 241

Philadelphia Inquirer “‘Elysium’ - the rich above, the slums below” by Steven Rae (August 8th 2013) 242 Variety

“Film Review: ‘Elysium’” by Scott Foundas (August 1st 2013)

243

Entertainment Weekly “‘Elysium’: Future Shock” by Sean Smith (July 26th 2013)

244

Worcester Telegram & Gazette “Movie review: Xenophobic ‘Rambo: Last Blood’ should be end of the line for character” by Katie Walsh (September 19th 2019) 245

Daily Beast “‘Rambo: Last Blood’ is a Trumpian, Anti-Mexican Nightmare” by Nick Schager (September 20th 2019) 246

The Spokesman-Review “Deeply Xenophomic, lazy ‘Rambo: Last Blood’ should be end of line for character.” by Katie Walsh via Tribune News Service (September 19th 2019) 247

Uproxx “‘Rambo: Last Blood’ Is A Rollicking Good Time Of Hyper-Violent Xenophobic Revenge Fantasies” by Vince Mancini (September 18th 2019) 248

The Playlist.net “‘Rambo: Last Blood’: Sylvester Stallone Leads A Manic MAGA Fever Dream & Radicalizing Recruitment Video [Review]” by Charles Barfield (September 21st 2019) 249

Indiwire “‘Sicario: Day of Soldado’ Doubles Down on Mexican Stereotypes and Violent MAGA Fantasies — Opinion” by Monica Castillo (June 29th 2018) 250

The New Yorker “‘PEPPERMINT,’ REVIEWED: JENNIFER GARNER STARS IN AN IGNORANT, RACIST DRUG-TRADE REVENGE FILM” by Richard Brody (September 7th 2018) 251

Latino Rebels “‘Liberal’ Hollywood Is Reinforcing Trump’s Hate” by Alejandro Diaz (July 25th 2018) 252

NBC News “‘Sicario: Day of Soldado’ is a poorly written blockbuster filled with racist stereotypes. Hollywood should know better.” by Ani Bundel (July 1st 2018) 253

The Death of the West: How Dying Populations and Immigrant Invasions Imperil Our Country and Civilization by Patrick J. Buchanon page 3 (2002 Thomas Dunne Books) 254

The Death of the West: How Dying Populations and Immigrant Invasions Imperil Our Country and Civilization by Patrick J. Buchanon pages 125-126 (2002 Thomas Dunne Books)

255

Los Angeles Times “Vision That Inspires Some and Scares Others: Aztlan” by David Kelly (July 7th 2006) 256 FrontPageMag.com

“Expressions of Ethnic Animosity” by James Lubinskas (November 24,

1999) 257

“Building a North American Community” report by the Council on Foreign Relations (2005)

258 The

Hollywood Reporter “TV Executives Admit in Taped Interviews That Hollywood Pushes a Liberal Agenda” by Paul Bond (June 1st 2001) 259

U.S. Department of Justice “Homicide Trends in the United States, 1980-2008” by Alexia Cooper and Erica L. Smith (November 2011) 260

ADL.org “Hate on Display™ Hate Symbols Database”

261

CBS News “#OscarsSoWhite: Academy Awards slammed for lack of diversity” by John Blackstone (January 14th 2016) 262

Fortune “These Oscar Best Picture nominees are ‘problematic’—but will that matter?” by Paula Bernstein (January 16th 2020) 263

USA Today “Oscar nominations 2020: Why do snubs for women and people of color keep happening?” by Andrea Mandell (January 13th 2020) 264

NBC Los Angeles “Fans Link J.Lo ‘Hustlers’ Snub to Oscars Diversity Problem” (January 13th 2020) 265

The Hollywood Reporter “The Whiteness of ‘Toy Story 4’” by Stephen Galloway (January 3rd 2020) 266

Ibid.

267

Ibid.

268

Time “In Joker , Black Women Are Visible But They Are Not Seen” by Beandrea July (October 11th 2019) 269

Teen Vogue “‘Little Women,’ Laurie, and the Argument for Racebent Casting” by Natalie De Vera Obedos (December 23rd 2019) 270

National Review “Greta Gerwig’s Little Women Romanticizes White Privilege” by Armond White (December 27th 2019) 271

Hollywood Reporter “Hallmark Channel Struggles to Give Diversity a Home for the Holidays” by Lesley Goldberg (November 27th 2019)

272

Ibid.

273 IBTimes

“Why Are Hallmark Movie Casts So White? We Asked The CEO” by Rachael Ellenbogen (December 21st 2017) 274

Mediaite “Touré Says There’s Already a Benevolent Black Man Who Gives Gifts to Kids: Obama” by Noah Rothman (December 16th 2013) 275 CNS

News “Harper, CNN Promote Gay ‘Married’ Santa Claus” by Michael W. Chapman (December 20th 2017) 276

USA Today “Tim Burton’s diversity comments blew up Twitter” by Carley Mallenbaum (September 29th 2016) 277

Breitbart “Jonah Hill: ‘Real Change’ in Film Will Come When Women, Minorities Run Studios and Streaming Companies” by Warner Todd Huston (January 31st 2020) 278

Newsweek “CNN’s Rick Sanchez Fired After Implying Jews Run the Media” by David A. Graham (October 1st 2010) 279

Newsbusters “‘Blackish’ Does Episode on Teaching Black Kids ‘America Hates You’” by Amelia Hamilton (January 16th 2018) 280

Ibid.

281

Complex.com “The 50 Most Racist TV Shows of All Time” (June 3rd 2013)

282

The Hollywood Reporter “Critic’s Notebook: The Blinding Whiteness of Nostalgia TV” by Inkoo Kang (March 28th 2018) 283

Inquisitr “Roseanne Barr Explains Why She Wanted The Conners To Have A Black Grandchild On The ‘Roseanne’ Revival” by Victoria Miller (February 21st 2018) 284

The Guardian “David Schwimmer: ‘I’m very aware of my privilege as a heterosexual white male’” by David Smith (January 27th 2020) 285

Slate “Is It Racist to Date Only People of Your Own Race? Yes.” by Reihan Salam (April 22nd 2014) 286

CNN “Los Angeles mayor wants to double Latino representation in Hollywood in the next 10 years” by Christina Maxouris (January 20th 2020) 287

See my previous book, Liberalism: Find a Cure (2018)

288

Parade “Guillermo’s Job Before Becoming Jimmy Kimmel’s Sidekick” by Walter Scott (April 12th 2014)

289

Washington Examiner “Jamie Foxx: It’s ‘great’ to ‘kill all the white people’” by Kelsey Osterman (December 9th 2012) 290 VLADTV

“‘Django Unchained’ Viewers Tweet Desire To ‘Kill White People’” by John S (January 9th 2013) 291

BBC “Kendrick Lamar stops white fan using N-word on stage at concert” (May 22nd 2018)

292 CNN

“Actress Gina Rodriguez comes under fire over her use of the n-word” by Faith Karimi (October 19th 2019) 293

NBC News “‘Bachelorette’ star Hannah Brown apologizes for using the N-word” by Janelle Griffith (May 19th 2020) 294

https://twitter.com/jlptalk/status/1262490953094295552

295

Vanity Fair “Roseanne Barr Screams About Valerie Jarrett: ‘I Thought the Bitch Was White!’” by Laura Bradley (July 20th 2018) 296

The Washington Post “Roseanne’s character overdosed on opioids and left ‘The Conners’ behind. It’s better this way.” by Hank Stuever (October 16th 2018) 297

The Wrap “‘Queer Eye’ Star Jonathan Van Ness Under Fire After Saying ‘Not All Republicans Are Racist’” by Jon Levine (August 16th 2018) 298

Carolina Journal “‘The Sum of All Fears’ Falls Victim to Political Correctness” by Hans Marc Hurd (August 6th 2002) 299

IGN “The Sum of All Fears: The Jack Ryan prequel hits DVD. Our full review” by Jeremy Conrad (December 13th 2018) 300

Mashable “Chelsea Handler talks about facing up to her own white privilege” by Rachel Thompson (September 10th 2019) 301

Rolling Stone “Jon Stewart Talks Lack of Staff Diversity During his ‘Daily Show’ Tenure” by Jon Blistein (June 24th 2020) 302

Esquire “Jon Stewart: America Can Only Have Equality When Black People Are Given What’s Been Taken From Them” by Justin Kirkland (June 25th 2020) 303

Insider “Zac Efron’s portrayal of serial killer Ted Bundy is being accused of romanticizing the brutal murderer” by Jacob Shamsian (January 28th 2019) 304

Fox News “Zac Efron says white privilege allowed Ted Bundy to kill people for so long before being captured” by Jessica Napoli and Tyler McCarthy (May 3rd 2019)

305

Los Angeles Times “White celebrities partner with NAACP to ‘take responsibility’ for racism” by Christi Carras (June 11th 2020) 306 The

Tonight Show Starring Jimmy Fallon “Dr. Robin DiAngelo Wants White People to Stop Saying They’re Not Racist” segment posted on the show’s official YouTube channel (June 17th 2020) 307

Ibid.

308 Mashable

“‘White Fragility’ author Robin DiAngelo explains why white people shouldn’t say they’re ‘not racist’” by Sam Haysom (June 18th 2020) 309

IndieWire “‘Watchmen’: Damon Lindelof Shares How The New HBO Adaptation Deals with White Supremacy” by Steve Greene (July 24th 2019) 310

Ibid.

311

Vox “Some Watchmen fans are mad that HBO’s version is political. But Watchmen has always been political” by Alex Abad-Santos (October 24th 2019) 312

Esquire “The Right-Wing Troll Backlash Against HBO’s Watchmen Is Hilariously Stupid” by Matt Miller (October 24th 2019) 313

The Hollywood Reporter “Watch Topher Grace Embody KKK Leader David Duke in ‘BlacKkKlansman’” by Evan Real (August 1st 2018) 314

The American Spectator “Trump Denounced a ‘White Supremacist Loser’ — 19 Years Ago” by Jeffrey Lord (March 19th 2019) 315

Interview with BlackTreeTV’s YouTube Channel “Topher Grace says finding the human side of David Duke was a challenge in BlacKkKlansman” (August 16th 2018) 316

https://www.facebook.com/crackatv/photos/a.119499679798117/119499656464786

317

CrackaWorld.com - the film’s official website (July 2020)

318

Yale Bulletin & Calendar “Director Spike Lee slams ‘same old’ black stereotypes in today’s films” Volume 29, Number 21 (March 2nd 2001) 319

Salon.com “The offensive movie cliche that won’t die” by Matt Zoller Zeitz (September 14th 2010) 320

NPR “‘Magical Negro’ Carries The Weight Of History” by Mary Louise Kelly (February 11th 2019) 321

Dallas Observer “The Blind Side: What Would Black People Do Without Nice White Folks?” by Melissa Anderson (November 19th 2009)

322

Ranker “Quietly Racist Things You Probably Missed In ‘The Blind Side’” by Evan Lambert (July 13th 2020) 323 RacismReview.com

“‘Gran Torino,’ White Masculinity & Racism” (January 17th 2009)

324

Slate.com “Cool Runnings Was Not Good, and It Is Definitely Not a ‘Cult Classic’” by Justin Peters (February 16th 2014) 325 Gizmodo

“When Will White People Stop Making Movies Like ‘Avatar’?” by Annalee Newitz (December 18th 2009) 326

Complex “The 50 Most Racist TV Shows of All Time” (June 3rd 2013)

327

Vulture “MTV’s New Documentary Wants to Make White People Very Uncomfortable” by Dee Lockett (July 8th 2015) 328

RealClearPolitics “‘MTV News’ Deletes YouTube Video Telling ‘White Guys’ What They Could Do Better In 2017 After Backlash” by Tim Hains (December 20th 2016) 329

The College Fix “Stanford University course to study ‘abolishing whiteness’” by Matthew Stein (August 11th 2017) 330

The Hill “Disney network defends casting black actress in ‘Little Mermaid’ after backlash” by Rachel Frazin (July 9th 2019) 331

CNN “‘Buffy the Vampire Slayer’ reboot to feature African-American lead” by Chloe Melas (July 23rd 2018) 332

The Guardian “Bond’s number is up: black female actor ‘is the new 007’” by Steph Harmon (July 15th 2019) 333

NBC News “In Marvel’s ‘Spider-Verse,’ Spider-Man’s mom is alive and Puerto Rican” by Arturo Conde (December 13th 2018) 334

Forbes “Science Says Superman Should Be Black” by JV Chamary (March 31st 2016)

335

The Guardian “Fantastic Four film-makers respond to criticism of decision to cast black actor” by Ben Child (June 4th 2015) 336

NBC News “‘Batwoman’ casts Black, bisexual actress Javicia Leslie to play superhero” by Tim Fitzsimons (July 9th 2020) 337

Variety “‘Wonder Years’ Reboot With Black Family in the Works at ABC, Lee Daniels to Produce” by Joe Otterson (July 8th 2020) 338

NPR “Author L.L. McKinney: Barnes & Noble ‘Diverse Editions’ Are ‘Literary Blackface’” by Audie Cornish (February 6th 2020)

339

Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban by J.K Rowling

340 BuzzFeed

“10 Classic Remakes That Gave Minority Actors The Spotlight” by Doriean Stevenson (March 28th 2014) 341 Wall Street Journal “When the Slave Traders Were African: Those whose ancestors sold slaves to Europeans now struggle to come to terms with a painful legacy” by Adaobi Tricia Nwaubani (September 20, 2019) 342

Reuters “West African slavery lives on, 400 years after transatlantic trade began” by Angela Ukomadu (August 7th 2019) 343

See my previous book The Liberal Media Industrial Complex (2019)

344

PBS “The War” series directed and produced by Ken Burns and Lynn Novick in the “At Home” episode 345

Time “The U.S. Government Used Disney Cartoons to Convince Americans That Paying Taxes Is a Privilege” by Oliva B. Waxman (April 16th 2018) 346

Der Fuehrer’s Face (1942) produced by Walt Disney

347

Commando Duck (1944) produced by Walt Disney

348

Operation Hollywood: How the Pentagon Shapes and Censors the Movies by David Robb (2004 Prometheus Books) 349

Variety “The ‘24’ Effect: How ‘Liberal Hollywood’ Carried Water For Torture” by Brian Lowry (December 14th 2014) 350

Ibid.

351

Ibid.

352

Washington Post “‘Zero Dark Thirty’ waterboarding depictions not accurate, senators say” by Ed O’Keefe and Ann Hornaday (December 19th 2012) 353

The Atlantic “Secret Report: Panetta Gave bin Laden Raid Details to ‘Zero Dark Thirty’ Makers” by Philip Bump (June 5th 2013) 354

Washington Post “25 years later, how ‘Top Gun’ made America love war” by David Sirota (August 26th 2011) 355

The Independent “Washington DC’s role behind the scenes in Hollywood goes deeper than you think” by Matthew Alford (September 3rd 2017) 356

Ibid.

357

Universal Studios “Lone Survivor Production Notes”

358 Fortune

Magazine “Hollywood’s military complex” by Soo Youn (December 19, 2013)

359

Ibid.

360 Wired

Magazine “CIA Pitches Scripts to Hollywood” by Mark Riffee (September 9th 2011)

361

The Independent “Washington DC’s role behind the scenes in Hollywood goes deeper than you think” by Matthew Alford (September 3rd 2017). 362

Army Times “The Pentagon’s Hollywood Liaison” by Hope Hodge (July 1 2013)

363

Business Insider “One Man In The Department Of Defense Controls All Of Hollywood’s Access To The Military” by Aly Weisman (March 5th 2014) 364

Wired Magazine “CIA Pitches Scripts to Hollywood” by Mark Riffee (September 9th 2011)

365

Los Angeles Times “‘Top Gun’ Boosting Service Sign-ups” by Mark Evje (July 5, 1986)

366

San Diego Union Tribune “Marines say Katy Perry video is good publicity” by Jeanette Steele (March 22nd 2012) 367

Newsweek “‘Call of Duty’ Creators Collaborated with Pentagon Adviser in Upcoming Videogame” by Madeline Grant (August 28th 2014) 368

Oliver Stone in CNN’s “The Movies” documentary series - Episode 1: The Eighties

369

CBS News “Pentagon Defends Photo Ban” (April 23rd 2004)

370

Bureau of Investigative Journalism “Obama’s covert drone war in numbers: ten times more strikes than Bush” by Jessica Purkiss and Jack Serle (January 7th 2017) 371

USA Today “Michelle Obama presents Oscar to ‘Argo’” (February 25th 2013)

372

Hollywood Reporter “Golden Globes 2013: Complete List of Winners” (January 13th 2013)

373

CBS News “DHS’ Domestic Terror Warning Angers GOP” (April 16th 2009)

374

Time “Top 10 Everything of 2012” - Top 10 Viral Videos

375

ABC News “Senate Resolution Condemns Uganda’s Joseph Kony” by Sunien Miller (March 21st 2012) 376

Reason “Kony 2012’s Old-Fashioned War Propaganda” by Tate Watkins (March 14th 2012)

377

The Guardian “The caring, sharing CIA: Central Intelligence gets a makeover” by John Patterson (October 4, 2001) 378 PR

Week “Barry named CIA Entertainment Liaison” (June 5, 2007)

379

The Guardian “An Offer They Couldn’t Refuse” by Matthew Alford and Robbie Graham (November 13th 2008) 380 Cinema

Review Magazine “The Recruit: About the Production”

381

The Atlantic “How the CIA Hoodwinked Hollywood” by Nicholas Schou (July 14th 2016)

382

The Independent “Washington DC’s role behind the scenes in Hollywood goes deeper than you think” by Matthew Alford (September 3rd 2017) 383

Time Magazine “CIA Mind-Control Experiments” by Nate Rawlings (August 6th 2010)

384

The Guardian “The caring, sharing CIA: Central Intelligence gets a makeover” by John Patterson (October 4, 2001) 385

Robb, David - Operation Hollywood: How the Pentagon Shapes and Censors Movies page 365 (2004 Prometheus Books) 386

Robb, David - Operation Hollywood: How the Pentagon Shapes and Censors the Movies page 47-48 (2004 Prometheus Books) 387

Chemerinsky also points to the 1995 U.S. Supreme Court case Rosenberger v. the University of Virginia. 388

Los Angeles Times “Hollywood figures spied for CIA, book asserts” by Ken Dilanian (January 10th 2014) 389

John Rizzo - Company Man: Thirty Years of Crisis and Controversy in the CIA page 63 (2014 Scribner) 390

Ibid.

391

John Rizzo - Company Man: Thirty Years of Crisis and Controversy in the CIA page 64 (2014 Scribner) 392

Ibid.

393

YouTube - Interview with The Guardian “Ben Affleck on Argo: Probably Hollywood is full of CIA Agents” (November 8the 2012) 394

Los Angeles Times “The CIA Spins Itself” by Patrick Goldstein (September 29th 2001)

395

https://www.fbi.gov/about/faqs/how-can-screenwriters-authors-and-producers-seekingauthenticity-work-with-the-fbi396 Ibid. 397

John Wayne: American by Randy Roberts page 569 (1995 Free Press)

398 CBS

News “The U.S. vs. John Lennon” by Jon Wiener (September 15th 2006)

399

Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Government Operations With Respect to Intelligence Activities. April 1976. 400

Church Committee Hearings (1975) testimony by William Colby

401

Sig Mickleson in a clip widely available on YouTube about the CIA and the news

402

CNBC “A carbon tax is ‘single most powerful’ way to combat climate change, IMF says” by Emma Newburger (October 10th 2019) 403

Washington Post “AOC’s Chief of Change” by David Montgomery (July 10th 2019)

404

Politico “‘Green New Deal’ lands in the Capitol” by Zack Colman and Anthony Adragna (February 7, 2019) 405

Daily Mail “The devastating rise of ‘eco-anxiety’: Psychologist says school kids are being damaged by the climate change debate” by Zoe Zaczek (September 25th 2019) 406

Time magazine “Greta Thunberg: TIME’s Person of the Year 2019” by Edward Felsenthal (December 11th 2019) 407

CNBC “This Bill Gates-funded chemical cloud could help stop global warming” by Katie Schoolov (September 7th 2019) 408

The Independent “How Bad are Private Jets for the Environment?” by Helen Coffey (August 20th 2019) 409

ABC News “This Bill Gates-funded chemical cloud could help stop global warming” by Jake Taper (February 27th 2007) 410

Politico “Schwarzenegger to Sue Big Oil for ‘First Degree Murder’” by Edward-Isaac Dovere (March 12th 2018) 411

History.com “The Origins of the Hummer”

412

Fox News “Steve Harvey brings drama to ‘Miss Universe’ with eye roll before contestant claims ‘the planet is dying’” by Melissa Roberto (December 9th 2019)

413

New York Observer “Hooray for Hollywood: How Charities Influence Your Favorite TV Shows” by Anne Easton (October 28th 2015) 414 HollywoodHealthAndSociety.org

“Climate Change Resources”

415

The Los Angeles Times “U.N. leader asks Hollywood for help in fight against global climate change” by Margot Roosevelt (February 27th 2011) 416 Ibid. 417

Ibid.

418

Promotional video for News Corp (2006)

419

Ibid.

420

Ibid.

421

Time “Top 10 Disappointing Blockbusters” (August 24th 2009)

422

Pittsburgh Post-Gazette “‘The Day After Tomorrow’ falls far short of its goal” by Tony Norman (May 27th 2004) 423

Vanity Fair “When Will Hollywood Actually Tackle Climate Change?” By Richard Lawson (September 19th 2019) 424

Ibid.

425

The Wall Street Journal “In ‘Cars 2,’ John Lasseter Says Big Oil is the ‘Uber Bad Guy’” by Ethan Smith (June 20th 2011) 426

USA Today “Stylish ‘Snowpiercer’ takes a cold look at class divisions” by Claudia Puig (June 26th 2014) 427

LiveScience.com “Frozen earth in ‘Snowpiercer’ is a grim (and possible) future for our warming planet” by Mindy Weisberger (October 11th 2019) 428

Earth Island Journal “In Review: Snowpiercer” by Jason Mark (July 19th 2019)

429

GreenPeace.org “No, Interstellar doesn’t mention climate change but it could still do the problem a lot of good” by Brian Johnson (November 12th 2014) 430

The Atlantic “Interstellar: Good Space Film, Bad Climate-Change Parable” by Noah Gittell (November 15th 2014) 431

CNBC “Jeff Bezos: Forget Mars, humans will live in these free-floating space pod colonies” by Catherine Clifford (March 8th 2019)

432

Variety “New ‘Geostorm’ Trailer: Gerard Butler Attempts to Save the World From Climate Change Disaster” by Dave McNary (July 6th 2017) 433 The

Guardian “Is climate change Hollywood's new supervillain?” by Greme Virtue (October 19th

2017) 434

Variety “Paul Schrader on How ‘First Reformed’ Reflects His Own Despair Over Climate Crisis” by Ted Johnson (May 19th 2018) 435 Screen

Rant “The Predator: Ultimate Predator Origins, Hybrid DNA & Abilities Explained” by Hannah Shaw-Williams (September 14th 2018) 436

NewsBusters “Futuristic HBO Drama Lambasts Trump, Pence, ‘Old Men In Power Forever’” by Rebecca Downs (July 1st 2019) 437

NBC News “DC Comics ‘Aquaman’ raises questions about environmentalism” by Noah Berlatsky (December 21st 2018) 438

The Hill “Chris Pratt apologizes for posing with single use plastic bottle” by Justine Coleman (December 4th 2019) 439

Yale Climate Connections “Superheroes and aliens: Climate change in the movies in 2018 - with a preview of 2019” by Michael Svoboda (March 21st 2019) 440

Forbes “The Science Of ‘Avengers: Endgame’ Proves Thanos Did Nothing Wrong” by JV Chamary (May 7th 2019) 441

Ibid.

442

Smithsonian Magazine “The Book That Incited a Worldwide Fear of Overpopulation” by Charles C. Mann (January 2018) 443

The Guardian “Climate crisis: 11,000 scientists warn of ‘untold suffering’” by Damian Carrington (November 5th 2019) 444

Washington Times “Miley Cyrus: ‘I refuse’ to have kids until climate change resolved” by Jessica Chasmar (July 12th 2019) 445

Newsweek “Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Asks: Is It Still OK to Have Kids in Face of Climate Change?” by Nicole Goodkind (February 25th 2019) 446

BBC “The couples rethinking kids because of climate change” by Ted Scheinman (October 1st 2019) 447

Newsweek “Silicon Valley Is Trying to Make Humans Immortal—and Finding Some Success” by Betsy Isaacson (March 5th 2015)

448

The New Bioethics: A Multidisciplinary Journal of Biotechnology and the Body “Transhumanism: How Far Is Too Far?” by Joel Thompson pages 165-182 (July 6th 2017) 449 The

Elberton Star “The Georgia Guidestones: tourist attraction or cult message?” by Gary Jones (April 21st 2012) 450

The man published a little-known book in 1986 titled Common Sense Renewed where he admits that he represented a group. In it, he also says that leather-bound copies were sent to all members of Congress. At the time of this writing in July 2020, one is for sale on E-bay, and listed for $3,500. I own a paperback version which was later published in a small quantity. 451 ESPN

“‘Equality’ tops list of NBA players’ most popular social justice jersey messages (July 8th

2020) 452

CBS News “NBA reportedly plans to paint ‘Black Lives Matter’ on courts when season resumes” by Christopher Brito (June 30th 2020) 453

USA Today “NFL will play Black national anthem ‘Lift Every Voice and Sing’ before each Week 1 game” by Mike Jones (July 2nd 2020) 454

New York Times “Bubba Wallace Wants NASCAR to Ban the Confederate Flag” by Maria Cramer (June 9th 2020) 455

NBC Sports “NASCAR drivers push Bubba Wallace’s car in act of solidarity after noose found in his garage” via Associated Press (June 22nd 2020) 456

Boston Globe “FBI says noose in Bubba Wallace’s stall was garage door-pull rope, not a hate crime” by Jenna Fryer via Associated Press (June 23rd 2020) 457

USA Today “FBI announces noose found in Bubba Wallace's garage had been there since 2019; no federal crime committed” by Michelle R. Martinelli (June 23rd 2020) 458

Seattle Times “Amazon buys naming rights to KeyArena, will call it Climate Pledge Arena” by Geoff Baker (June 25th 2020) 459

CNN “Beyonce gets political at Super Bowl, pays tribute to ‘Black Lives Matter’” by Deena Zeru (February 9th 2016) 460

The Ringer “Sportswriting Has Become a Liberal Profession — Here’s How It Happened” by Bryan Curtis (February 16th 2017) 461

SportingNews.com “Jason Whitlock sounds off on ‘liberal’ sports media, whether Bill Simmons should return to ESPN” by Michael McCarthy (April 12th 2017) 462

Ibid.

463

The Week “The arrogant thinking of liberal sports writers” by Michael Brendan Dougherty (February 21st 2017) 464 Associated

Press “Facebook exec, NBA team up to get men to ‘lean in’ for women” by Michael Liedtke (March 5th 2015) 465

NBA.com “NBA and WNBA Partner with LeanIn.Org to encourage men to support equality at home and at work” (March 5th 2015) 466 National

Review “Yes, ESPN Did Pick Caitlyn Jenner Ahead of Iraq War Vet and Amputee Noah Galloway for the ESPY Courage Award” by David French (June 3rd 2015) 467

New York Daily News “Twitter users call for ESPN to give Arthur Ashe Courage Award to Lauren Hill, not Caitlyn Jenner, at ESPYs” by Bernie Augustine (June 2nd 2015) 468

The Washington Post “Bob Costas: Caitlyn Jenner’s ESPYs courage award is ‘crass exploitation play’” by Cindy Boren (June 10th 2015) 469

ABC News “Caitlyn Jenner Appears on Sports Illustrated Cover 40 Years After Victory” by Ricki Harris (June 28th 2016) 470

New York Times “Curt Schilling, ESPN Analyst, Is Fired Over Offensive Social Media Post” by Richard Sandomir (April 20th 2016) 471

ESPN.com “Inside and out, ESPN dealing with changing political dynamics” by Jim Brady (December 1st 2016) 472

Ibid.

473

Ibid.

474

Sporting News “Fox’s Joe Buck says announcers should stick to sports” by Michael McCarthy (April 18th 2017) 475

NFL.com “Players, owners meet to discuss social issues in N.Y.” (October 17th 2017)

476

Sports Illustrated “NFL Announces ‘Inspire Change’ Initiative, Will Boost African-American History Education in Schools” by Jenny Vrentas (January 11th 2019) 477

USA Today “Los Angeles Rams’ male cheerleaders make NFL history” by Steve Gardner (March 28th 2018) 478

Los Angeles Times “Rams’ male cheerleaders make NFL history at Super Bowl” by Bill Plaschke (January 30th 2019) 479

Time “Despite Outrage, Nike Sales Increased 31% After Kaepernick Ad” by Gina Martinez (September 10th 2018)

480

ABC News “Why the sneaker game is becoming more political: 'It’s not just good business but a net positive for the world’” by Deena Zaru (December 22nd 2018) 481 Hollywood

Reporter “NBC Sports President: 2020 Will Be ‘Uniquely Combustible’ as Olympics, Conventions Collide” by Marisa Guthrie (December 16th 2019) 482

USA Today “ESPN’s Jemele Hill stands by comments calling President Trump white supremacist” by Steve Gardner (February 21st 2018) 483 NBA.com

“Los Angeles Lakers to Hold Second Annual Pride Night” (September 24th 2019)

484

USA Today “NFL launches LGBT initiative, NFL Pride” by Scott Gleeson (August 18th 2017)

485

NBC News “Yankees set to be only MLB team not to host LGBTQ Pride Night” by Kit Ramgopal (July 5th 2018) 486

USA Today “New York Yankees, the only team without a Pride Night, announce LGBT initiative for 2019” by Scott Gleeson (September 21st 2018) 487

NHL “Washington Capitals To Host Pride Night Jan. 7” (January 7th 2020)

488

Fortune “This Will Probably Be the Super Bowl’s Most Controversial Commercial” by Tom Huddleston Jr. (February 3rd 2017) 489

Breitbart “NFL Bans Super Bowl Gun Commercial” (December 2nd 2013)

490

CNN “Beyonce gets political at Super Bowl, pays tribute to ‘Black Lives Matter’” by Deena Zaru (February 9th 2016) 491

Vanity Fair “Lady Gaga Made an Edgy Political Statement You Might Have Missed at the Super Bowl” by Joanna Robinson (February 5th 2017) 492

CNN “How the Trump administration chose the 7 countries in the immigration executive order” by Kyle Blaine and Julia Horowitz (January 30th 2017) 493

CBS News “‘Kids in cages’ help J-Lo make powerful statement at Super Bowl halftime show” by Christopher Brito (February 3rd 2020) 494

USA Today “The truth behind the New York Times’ Patriots photo that went viral on social media” by Luke Kerr-Dineen (April 20th 2017) 495

CBS Boston “Patriots Hit Back At New York Times Over White House Tweet” (April 20th 2017)

496

Fox News “Trump Blasts NY Times for ‘Big Lie’ About Patriots’ Visit to White House” (April 20th 2017)

497

The Washington Times “New York Times sports editor takes sole blame for Patriots tweet that elicited Trump response” by Cindy Boren (April 20th 2017) 498 Breitbart

“ESPN’s Kellerman: Gronkowski Popping Into WH Press Briefing Normalizes Sean Spicer — Patriots Should’ve Boycotted Trip” by Trend Baker (April 20th 2017) . 499

Ibid.

500 Washington

Times “Hollywood stars, athletes driving away viewers with political activists poll finds” by Valerie Richardson (March 21st 2018) 501

Los Angeles Times “ESPN laying off 150 employees in another round of cuts” by Daniel Miller (November 29th 2017) 502

Media Research Center “ESPN Lost 15,000 Subscribers a Day In October” by Nick Kangadis (October 31st 2017) 503

Variety “ESPN Loses 2 Million Subscribers in Fiscal 2018” by Cynthia Littleton (November 21st 2018) 504

New York Post “Anthem protests biggest reason for NFL’s falling ratings: study” by Richard Morgan (February 2018) 505

USA Today “Order from management to ‘stick to sports’ has Deadspin site in open revolt” via Associated Press (October 30th 2019) 506

Fox News “Top Deadspin editor says he was fired after refusing to ‘stick to sports’” by Joseph A. Wulfsohn (October 29th 2019) 507

NPR “After Days Of Resignations, The Last Of The Deadspin Staff Has Quit” by Brakkton Booker (November 1st 2019) 508

Orwell, George - Nineteen Eighty-Four page 63 (1983 Plume)

509

New York Magazine “How Funny Does Comedy Need to Be?” by Jesse David Fox (September 4th 2018) 510

https://twitter.com/comedycentral/status/1012049409503358982

511

ReclaimTheNet.org “Avi Yemini files lawsuit against Jim Jeffries and Viacom after deceptively edited Comedy Central video” by Didi Rankovic (February 19th 2020) 512

Today Show “Jay Leno Talks Cholesterol, Comedy And Life After Late-Night” (March 12th 2019) 513

Ibid.

514

Ibid.

515 Fox

News “Alec Baldwin says Rob Schneider ‘has a point’ in criticism of ‘SNL’ Trump impersonation” by Jennifer Earl (April 30th 2018) 516

The Daily Beast “Jimmy Kimmel Got a Hand From Chuck Schumer in His Fight Against Obamacare Repeal” by Asawin Suebsaeng, Lachian Markay, and Sam Stein (September 23rd 2017) 517 CNN

“Did Jimmy Kimmel kill the health care bill?” by Frank Pallotta (September 22nd 2017)

518

Mediaite “Jimmy Kimmel Enlists Little Children to Explain ‘Global Warming’ and Climate Change to Trump” by Tommy christopher (January 30th 2019 519

Newsbusters “Kimmel: CPAC Is ‘Largest Gathering’ of Anti-Vaxxers Led by a ‘Dementia’Stricken Trump” (March 5th 2019) 520

Newsweek “Jimmy Kimmel Suggests Cutting Off Brett Kavanaugh’s ‘Pesky Penis’ if He’s Confirmed to Supreme Court” by Janice Williams (September 25th 2018) 521

Town Hall “Jimmy Kimmel: ‘Almost Every Talk Show Host Is Liberal’ Because ‘It Requires a Certain Level of Intelligence’” by Timothy Meads (February 4th 2018) 522

Daily Caller “Jimmy Kimmel: Sharing political views ‘has cost me commercially’” by Justin Caruso (March 13th 2018) 523

CNN “Welcome to the Stephen Colbert primary” by Brian Stelter (January 14th 2019)

524

Vanity Fair “Kirsten Gillibrand Just Announced Her Presidential Bid on The Late Show” by Laura Bradley (January 16th 2019) 525

Rolling Stone “California Democrat Eric Swalwell Announces 2020 Presidential Run on ‘Colbert’” by Ryan Reed (April 8th 2019) 526

New York Post “Fallon forced to change ‘Tonight Show’ amid Colbert ratings wins” by Carlos Greer (March 7th 2017) 527

Washington Post “Jimmy Fallon says people ‘have a right to be mad’ at his friendly hair-tousling of Trump” by Travis M. Andrews (May 18th 2017) 528

Decider.com “Did Donald Trump Cost Jimmy Fallon His Emmy Nomination?” by Joe Reid (July 13th 2017) 529

Washington Post “Jimmy Fallon says people ‘have a right to be mad’ at his friendly hair-tousling of Trump” by Travis M. Andrews (May 18th 2017) 530

The Hollywood Reporter “Parkland Survivors David Hogg and Lauren Hogg Recall Mass Shooting and Call for Change” by Katherine Schaffstall (June 20th 2018)

531

NBC “How ‘Saturday Night Live’ Has Shaped American Politics” by Adam Howard (September 30th 2016) 532 PJ

Media “‘The President’s Watching. Let’s Make Him Cringe And Squirm.’” by Ed Driscoll (December 26th 2006) 533

CNN “Chevy Chase: I wanted Carter to win” (November 3rd 2008)

534 Boston

Globe “How Tina Fey destroyed Sarah Palin” by Kevin Lewis (March 3rd 2012)

535

Newsbusters “All ‘SNL’ Wants for Christmas Is for Mueller to Lock Up Trump, ‘Only Other Option Is a Coup’” by Nicholas Fondacaro (December 2nd 2018) 536

Breitbart “SNL ‘Weekend Update’: Impeachment Process Was Too Slow for John Wilkes Booth” by David Ng (September 30th 2019) 537

Ibid.

538

The Daily Beast “Norm Macdonald Sounds Off on SNL: ‘I Think They’re Playing Into Trump’s Hands’” by Matt Wilstein (July 27th 2017) 539

Ibid.

540

Ibid

541

Barbara Walters interviews Johnny Carson (1984)

542

Ibid.

543

Rolling Stone “Flashback: ‘60 Minutes’ Profiles Johnny Carson in 1979” by Patrick Toyle (June 23rd 2015) 544

Ibid.

545

The Independent “As a comedy aficionado, I’m appalled at disgusting ‘jokes’ creeping back into the industry” by Liam Evans (February 26th 2019) 546

Ibid.

547

Ibid.

548

Vice “You Can Definitely Skip Dave Chappelle’s New Netflix Special ‘Sticks & Stones’” by Taylor Horsking (August 26th 2019) 549

Rotten Tomatoes “Dave Chappelle: Sticks & Stones” Critics Consensus (as of February 2020)

550

RedState “‘South Park’ Co-Creator Matt Stone Knows Why Critics Trashed Dave Chappelle’s New Special: to ‘Keep Their Jobs’” by Alex Parker (September 13th 2019) 551 Fox

News “Tim Allen decries ‘thought police,’ political correctness in comedy” by Sam Dorman (November 26th 2019) 552

The Wrap “Did Tim Allen’s Nazi Germany Joke Help Kill ‘Last Man Standing’?” by Tony Maglio and Ryan Gajewski (May 10th 2017) 553 Deadline

“Tim Allen Comedy ‘Last Man Standing’ Canceled By ABC After 6 Seasons” by Nellie Andreeva (May 10th 2017) 554

Deadline “Friday Ratings: Fox’s ‘Last Man Standing’ Returns To The Top” by Bruce Haring (March 16th 2019) 555

The Washington Post “America Needs Hate a Speech Law” by Richard Stengel (October 29th 2019) 556

BBC “Man guilty of hate crime for filming pug’s ‘Nazi salutes’” (March 20th 2018)

557

Jimmy Kimmel and Tracy Morgan present Outstanding Supporting Actress in a Comedy Series at 2018 Emmys 558

Orange Country Register “Emmys 2018: Here’s how diversity in Hollywood was handled on the awards show” by Angela Ratzlaff (September 17th 2018) 559

Boston Herald “Focus on Hollywood’s diversity at Emmy Awards” by Mark Perigard (September 18th 2018) 560

Hollywood Reporter “Emmys: ‘RuPaul’s Drag Race’ Wins Best Reality Competition Program” by Allison Crist (September 17th 2018) 561

Washington Post “Meryl Streep called out Donald Trump at the Golden Globes. He responded by calling her ‘over-rated.’” by Elahe Izadi and Amy B Wang (January 9th 2017) 562

Yahoo “Golden Globes 2018: The 5 most memorable lines from Seth Meyers’s monologue” by Ethan Alter (January 7th 2018) 563

New York Times “Seth Meyers’s Golden Globes Opening Monologue: Transcript” by Giovanni Russonello (January 7th 2018) 564

Entertainment Tonight “Ramy Youssef Jokes ‘I Know You Guys Haven’t Seen My Show’ After First Golden Globe Win” by Myeisha Essex (January 5th 2020) 565

Esquire “The Best, Worst, and Most Empowering Moments of the 2018 Golden Globes” by Jake Kring-Schreifels (January 8th 2018)

566

Hollywood Reporter “Golden Globes: ‘Thelma & Louise’ Stars Susan Sarandon, Geena Davis Reunite Onstage” by Meena Jang (January 7th 2018) 567 USA

Today “Natalie Portman savages the Golden Globes’ ‘all-male nominees’ for best director” by Maeve McDermott (January 7th 2018) 568

Entertainment Weekly “NBC apologizes for tweet calling Oprah ‘our future president’” by David Canfield (January 8th 2018) 569 The

New Yorker “The 2018 Golden Globes: Oprah Leads a Decisive Feminist Takeover” by Michael Schulman (January 8th 2018) 570

Los Angeles Times “Ellen DeGeneres accepts Carol Burnett Award at Golden Globes” by Greg Braxton (January 5th 2020) 571

NBC News “Golden Globes will serve plant-based meal at awards ceremony to raise environmental awareness” via Associated Press (January 3rd 2020) 572

Variety “Joaquin Phoenix Made the Golden Globes Go Vegan” by Meg Zukin and Ramin Setoodeh (January 5th 2020) 573

Business Insider “Sacha Baron Cohen satirically described Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg as a ‘naive, misguided child who spreads Nazi propaganda’” by Isobel Asher Hamilton (January 6th 2020) 574

Washington Post “‘Your product is defective’: Sacha Baron Cohen slams Facebook for allowing hate speech” by Katie Shepherd (November 22nd 2019) 575

Hollywood Reporter “Michelle Williams Delivers Empowering Acceptance Speech on Women’s Rights at Golden Globes” by Katherine Schaffstall (January 5th 2020) 576

New York Times “Jimmy Kimmel’s Oscars Opening Monologue” by Giovanni Russonello (February 26th 2017) 577

Tampa Bay Times “Coming-of-age love story ‘Call Me By Your Name’ is a rare treasure” by Steve Persall (January 11th 2018) 578

The Hill “Kimmel: We make films like ‘Call Me By Your Name’ to upset Mike Pence” by Morgan Gstalter (March 4th 2018) 579

Jimmy Kimmel at 2018 Oscars

580

Slate “Tiffany Haddish and Maya Rudolph Reassure America That The Oscars Are Still Pretty White” by Rachel Withers (March 4th 2018) 581

Ibid.

582

ABC News “Lupita Nyong’o, Kumail Nanjiani at the Oscars: ‘To all the Dreamers ... we stand with you’” by Emily Shapiro (March 4th 2018) 583 Vibe

“Oscars 2018: Andra Day and Common Celebrate Unsung Heroes During ‘Stand Up For Something’ Performance” by Christine Imarenzor (March 4th 2018) 584

Washington Post “Syrian refugee girl gets star treatment at the Oscars” by Christina Barron (March 5th 2018) 585 NBC

News “Aleppo Twitter Star Bana al-Abed Asks Trump to ‘Save’ Syria’s Children” by Mark Hanrahan and Ammar Cheikh Omar (January 25th 2017) 586

Variety “Here Are the 10 Activists Who Shared the Oscars Stage With Common and Andra Day” by Shirley Halperin (March 4th 2018) 587

USA Today “Mexico had great night at the Oscars. President Trump still tweeted smear” by Maria Puente (March 5th 2018) 588

The Hill “Maya Rudolph hits Trump at Oscars: ‘Mexico is not paying for the wall’” by Judy Kurtz (February 24th 2019) 589

Washington Post “Trending: Kevin Hart is out as Oscars host” by Briana R. Ellison (December 9th 2018) 590

Hollywood Reporter “Oscars: Read Spike Lee’s Powerful Political Acceptance Speech” by Jasmyne Bell (February 24th 2019) 591

The Hill “The Oscars acknowledged the indigenous land Hollywood sits on” by Anagha Srikanth (February 10th 2020) 592

Newsweek “Janelle Monae’s Oscars Performance Channels Mr. Rogers, Calls Out Lack of Diversity in Opening Number” by Samuel Spencer (February 10th 2020) 593

Washington Post “Oscar-winning ‘Hair Love’ director calls attention to efforts to ban race-based hair discrimination” by Jenna McGregor (February 10th 2020) 594

New York Post “Karl Marx gets shoutout during Barack Obama-produced film’s 2020 Oscars speech” by Tamar Lapin (February 9th 2020) 595

The Hill “Joaquin Phoenix makes impassioned plea for animal rights in Oscars speech” by Judy Kurtz (February 9th 2020) 596

The New York Times “The Oscars Will Add a Diversity Requirement for Eligibility” by Nicole Sperling (June 12th 2020) 597

Christianity Today “Katy Perry satanic performance of ‘Dark Horse’ at Grammys called demonic glorification by Glenn Beck” by Serena McGill (January 29th 2014)

598

Wall Street Journal “Nicki Minaj Defends ‘Roman Holiday’ Grammy Performance” by Lyneka Little (February 4th 2012) 599 MTV

“Lady Gaga Emerges from Egg to Perform ‘Born this Way’ at the Grammys (Jocelyn Vena (February 13th 2011) 600

New York Times “Stars Align for Gay Marriage Anthem” by James McKinnley Jr. (June 30th 2013) 601 The

Hollywood Reporter “Grammys: Macklemore and Madonna Perform ‘Same Love’ As 33 Couples Wed Live on Air” by Debbie Emery (January 26th 2014) 602

W Magazine “2017 Grammys: Jennifer Lopez Made a Moving Political Statement at the Award Ceremony” by Lynsey Eidell (February 12th 2017) 603

Hollywood Reporter “Grammys: Read the Lyrics of James Corden’s Opening Rap Number” by Lexy Perez (February 12th 2017) 604

The Hollywood Reporter “Grammys: Busta Rhymes Refers to Trump as ‘President Agent Orange’ During A Tribe Called Quest Performance” by Ryan Parker (February 12th 2017) 605

People Magazine “James Corden Jokes in Opening Monologue About Being the ‘Least Diverse Host in Grammys History’” by Jeff Nelson (January 28th 2018) 606

Mediaite “Dave Chappelle Interrupts Kendrick Lamar’s Grammy Performance With Joke About Race in America” by Rachel Dicker (January 28th 2018) 607

Politico “Hillary Clinton reads from ‘Fire and Fury’ at Grammys” by Brent D. Griffiths (January 28th 2018) 608

Vanity Fair “Michelle Obama Made a Surprise Visit to the 2019 Grammys” by Erin Vanderhoof (February 11th 2019) 609

Billboard “Childish Gambino’s ‘This Is America’ Becomes First Rap Song to Win Record of the Year Grammy” by Tatiana Cirisano (February 11th 2019) 610

Newsweek “Alicia Keys References Trump’s Impeachment, Tells President to ‘Get Out’ and Cardi B to Enter Politics at Grammys” by Christian Zhao (January 26th 2020) 611

MRCtv.org “Billy Porter ‘Ladies and Gentleman and Those Who Have Yet To Make Up Their Minds’” by Rachel Peterson (January 27th 2020) 612

Hollywood Reporter “An Epic Performance and 2 Wins: Lil Nas X’s Big Night at the Grammys” by Evan Real (January 26th 2020) 613

Hollywood Reporter “Grammys: Michelle Obama Wins Best Spoken Word Album for ‘Becoming’” by Katie Kilkenny (January 26th 2020)

614

ABC News “Taylor Swift breaks her political silence, endorses Democrats in passionate post on midterm elections” by Deena Zaru (October 8th 2018) 615 Time

“Moonlight Stars Dedicate MTV Best Kiss Award to ‘Those Who Feel Like the Misfits’” by Megan McCluskey (May 8th 2017) 616

MTV “Love, Simon’s Keiynan Lonsdale Accepts Best Kiss Award with a Magical Speech” by Crytal Bell (June 18th 2018) 617 Variety

“The MTV Movie & TV Awards: A New Gender Revolution?” by Owen Gleiberman (May 7th 2017) 618

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia_Kate_Dillon

619

Time “‘Social Forces Change Language.’ Merriam-Webster Adds Gender-Neutral Pronouns to Dictionary” by Suyin Haynes (September 17th 2019) 620

Washington Post “Emma Watson takes first major gender-neutral movie award” by Travis M. Andrews (May 8th 2017) 621

Entertainment Weekly “Vin Diesel pays tribute to Paul Walker as Fast & Furious wins MTV Generation Award” by Derek Lawrence (May 7th 2017) 622

Variety “VMAs 2018: Logic Wears ‘F— the Wall’ Shirt in Bold Statement on Immigration” by Rachel Yang (August 20th 2018) 623

The Daily Beast “MTV VMAs Unite Heather Heyer’s Mom and Robert E. Lee’s Descendant Against Racism” by Matt Wilstein (August 28th 2017) 624

Ibid.

625

The Hollywood Reporter “Taylor Swift Promotes Equality Act During 2019 VMAs Performance” by Katherine Schaffstall (August 26th 2019) 626

Forbes “What Is The Equality Act And What Will Happen If It Becomes A Law?” by Eric Bachman (May 30th 2019) 627

The Hill “Workers can’t be fired for being gay or transgender, Supreme Court rules” by Harper Neidig (June 15th 2020) 628

Digital Spy “How Star Wars: Episode VIII could break Hollywood’s final taboo” by Al Horner (December 23rd 2015) 629

The Guardian “A Force for good: why the Last Jedi is the most triumphantly feminist Star Wars movie yet” by Anna Smith (December 18th 2017)

630

The Guardian “Star Wars is a game-changer, awakening the feminist force in little girls everywhere” (December 29th 2015) 631 NBC

News “‘Rogue One: A Star Wars Story’ Diversity a Selling Point” by Adam Howard (August 13th 2016) 632

NME “George Lucas ‘felt betrayed’ by Disney’s plans for ‘Star Wars’ sequel trilogy” by Sam Moore (September 24th 2019) 633 Business

Insider “George Lucas says he sold ‘Star Wars’ to ‘white slavers’” by Jason Guerrasio (December 31st 2015) 634

New York Post “Why ‘Mad Max: Fury Road’ is the feminist picture of the year” by Kyle Smith (May 14th 2015) 635

The Guardian “How Incredibles 2 goes to work for the feminist superhero” by Anna Smith (June 28th 2018) 636

Bustle “‘Incredibles 2’ Has A Feminist Message That Couldn’t Be More Timely” by Ashley Rey (June 6th 2018) 637

Ibid.

638

Metro UK “Bird Of Prey’s Ewan McGregor is proud to be part of the ‘feminist film that tackled misogyny’” by Zara Woodcock (January 30th 2020) 639

CinemaBlend.com “Ewan Mcgregor Calls Birds Of Prey A ‘Feminist Film’” by Corey Chichizola (October 10th 2019) 640

Salon.com “‘Birds of Prey’ is a fantabulous, feminist grenade” by Mary Elizabeth Williams (February 8th 2020) 641

Digital Spy “Birds of Prety does feminism in a way Endgame never could” by Gabriella Geisinger (June 2nd 2020) 642

ABC News “‘Ghostbusters’ Star Leslie Jones Quits Twitter After Online Harassment” by Luchina Fisher and Brian McBride (June 20th 2016) 643

Forbes “‘Ghostbusters’ Brand Crosses The (Revenue) Streams For Halloween” by Simon Thompson (July 17th 2019) 644

Fox News “‘Ghostbusters’ reboot director faces sexism accusations for saying he’s handing the film ‘back to the fans’” by Joseph A. Wulfsohn (February 21st 2019) 645

IndieWire “Tim Miller Says ‘Terminator: Dark Fate’ Will ‘Scare the F*ck’ Out of Misogynistic Internet Trolls” by Zack Sharf (July 10th 2019)

646

Variety “Box Office Bomb: ‘Terminator: Dark Fate’ Could Lose Over $100 Million” by Rebecca Rubin (November 3rd 2019) 647 Hollywood

Reporter “‘Terminator: Dark Fate’ Puts Franchise on Ice, Faces $120M-Plus Loss” by Pamela McClintock (November 3rd 2019) 648

IndieWire “Sandra Bullock and Cate Blanchett Second Brie Larson in Championing More Diversity Among Film Critics” by Jenna Marotta (June 15th 2018) 649 Deadline

“‘Hobbs’ Hauls $25M; ‘Scary Stories’ Frighten ‘Dora’; ‘Kitchen’ Sinks Melissa McCarthy & Tiffany Haddish To Career B.O. Lows – Sunday Final” by Anthony D’Alessandro (August 11th 2019) 650

Hollywood Reporter “‘Doogie Howser’ Reboot in the Works at Disney+” by Rick Porter (April 8th 2020) 651

Entertainment Weekly “Margot Robbie set to star in new Pirates of the Caribbean movie” by Nick Romano (June 26th 2020) 652

The Sun “INDIANA JOANS - Ready Player One director Steven Spielberg says it’s time for a woman to play Indiana Jones” (by Grant Rollins (April 3rd 2018) 653

Entertainment Weekly “Vin Diesel says a female Fast & Furious spin-off is coming, so here are some we’d love to see” by Derek Lawrence (January 24th 2019) 654

Washington Times “‘Dunkirk’ review in USA Today warns ‘no lead actors of color’ in WWIIinspired film” by Douglas Ernst (July 19th 2017) 655

https://seejane.org/about-us/

656

Hollywood Reporter “Geena Davis Unveils Partnership With Disney to ‘Spellcheck’ Scripts for Gender Bias (by Patrick Brzeski (October 10th 2019) 657

The New Republic “Cleaning: The Final Feminist Frontier” by Jessica Grose (March 18th 2013)

658

Forbes “What Amy Schumer And Bud Light Have To Say About Marketplace Inequality” by Ian Ayres (August 15th 2016) 659

New York Post “Bud Light abruptly pulls Amy Schumer, Seth Rogen ads” via Fox News (November 1st 2016) 660

CNBC “The big problem with Bud Light’s new commercial” by Sarah Whitten (June 30th 2016)

661

ABC News “Burger King raises awareness of the pink tax with ‘Chick Fries’ that cost $1.40 more” (July 28th 2018)

662

Wall Street Journal “Audi’s Super Bowl Ad on Gender Pay Gap Faces Criticism” by Alexandra Bruell (February 2nd 2017) 663 Ibid. 664

Men’s Health “Secret Deodorant’s Super Bowl Ad Contains a Powerful Message About Gender Equality” by Philip Ellis (January 31st 2020) 665 UnstereotypeAlliance.org

“About the Unstereotype Alliance”

666

The Federalist “In Flight of Idiocy, Diamond Ad Tells Women to Propose to Men (by David Marcus (November 19th 2018) 667

US Weekly “Amy Schumer Is Reportedly in Talks to Star in Live-Action Barbie Movie” by Stephanie Webber (December 2nd 2016) 668

Variety “Amy Schumer Drops Out of ‘Barbie’ Movie” by Justin Kroll (March 23rd 2017)

669

Time Magazine’s 2013 List of Most Influential People

670

Breitbart “Lena Dunham Celebrates Gaining 24 Pounds” by Ben Kew (July 11th 2018)

671

Breitbart “Lena Dunham Posts Lingerie Photo to Celebrate Weighing ‘The Most I Ever Have’” by Justin Caruso (February 27th 2019) 672

ET Online “Lizzo Poses Fully Nude in Racy Instagram Photos and Video” by Paige Gawley (December 2nd 2019) 673

Page Six “Lizzo’s bikini and matching face mask balance safety with sex appeal” by Elana Fishman (May 25th 2020) 674

Entertainment Weekly “‘Fat Monica’ is the ghost that continues to haunt Friends 25 years later” by Clarkisha Kent (September 4th 2019) 675

The Revelist “The 8 most fat-phobic movies in Hollywood, ranked by awfulness” by Lauren Gordon (October 3rd 2016) 676

Slate “Fat-E: The new Pixar movie goes out of its way to equate obesity with environmental collapse” by Daniel Engber (July 10th 2008) 677

Ibid.

678

The Telegraph “WALL-E's ‘fattist’ satire angers fat pride groups” by Tim Shipman and Rowena Mason (July 12th 2008) 679

CNN “The food that can feed, and maybe save, the planet: Bugs” by Sandee LaMotte (October 25th 2019)

680

USA Today “Victoria’s Secret just got its first plus-sized model: ‘It felt surreal’” by Rasha Ali (October 8th 2019) 681 The

New York Times “Victoria’s Secret Casts First Openly Transgender Woman as a Model” by Christine Hauser (August 5th 2019) 682

Los Angeles Times “Valentina Sampaio makes history as first transgender Victoria’s Secret model” by Christi Carras (August 5th 2019) 683 New

York Post “Abercrombie tries to redeem its body-shaming past with inclusive ad campaign” by Melkorka Licea (February 6th 2020) 684

The Cut “Now, This Is a Supermodel. Ashley Graham isn’t a sample size. Which is exactly why she’s become the face of a movement” by Jada Yuan (August 6th 2017) 685

USA Today “NFL cheerleading is demeaning to women. It’s time to end this nonsense” by Tom Krattenmaker (August 9th 2018) 686

New York Daily News “Mattel remakes Barbie dolls to include a curvy body type” by Nicole Lyn Pesce (January 28th 2016) 687

https://twitter.com/sofiehagen/status/903706367646687232

688

The Atlantic “Americans Have No Idea How Few Gay People There Are” by Garance FrankeRuta May 31st 2012) 689

Gallup “Americans Still Greatly Overestimate U.S. Gay Population” by Justin McCarthy (June 27th 2019) 690

Psychology Today “When Homosexuality Stopped Being a Mental Disorder” by Neel Burton (September 18th 2015) 691

Gay Community News “Gay Revolutionary” by Michael Swift (February 15th 1987)

692

After the Ball: How America Will Conquer its Fear and Hatred of Gays in the 90s by Marshall Kirk and Hunter Madsen (1989 Doubleday) 693

Washington Post “Biden: Jewish leaders helped gay marriage succeed” by Rachel Weiner (May 22nd 2013) 694

Newsweek “Sex Offender Busted as Drag Queen Who Read Books To Children in City Library” by Scott McDonald (March 16th 2019) 695

Pink News “Republican Lawmakers Want to Make Child Drag Shows Illegal” by PinkNews Staff Writer (April 22nd 2019)

696

New York Times “Chick-fil-A Thrust Back Into Spotlight on Gay Rights” by Kim Severson (July 25th 2012) 697 In

CNN’s “The Nineties” miniseries in episode 1 “The One About TV Part 2”

698

Ibid.

699 NBC

News “In a first, transgender woman competes in Miss Universe competition” by Tim Frizsimons (December 17th 2018) 700

CNN “Valentina Sampaio becomes Sports Illustrated's first trans model” by Kiely Westhoff (July 13th 2020) 701

BuzzFeed “Luke Grimes Left ‘True Blood’ Because He Refused To Play Gay” by Louis Peitzman (June 25th 2015) 702

New York Daily News “‘True Blood’ star Nelsan Ellis on Luke Grimes quitting show because he didn't want to play gay: ‘I’m over him’” by Kirthana Ramisetti (July 24th 2014) 703

NBC News “‘Abby’s,’ 2nd network sitcom with a bisexual lead, premieres” by Gwen Aviles (March 28th 2019) 704

Washington Examiner “AOC backs drag queen ‘patriots’ to ‘push society forward’” by Spencer Neale (April 11th 2020) 705

Vanity Fair “Is this the one flaw in the otherwise great Captain America: Civil War?” by Joanna Robinson (May 9th 2016) 706

Ibid.

707

The Washington Times “‘Black Panther’ packed with action, diversity -- but no gays” by Bradford Richardson (February 20th 2018) 708

Washington Times “GLAAD report condemns Hollywood for decline in LGBT representation on big screen” by Bradford Richardson (May 23rd 2018) 709

The Daily Mail “‘The sexual tension is always there’: Gal Gadot teases potential romance between her character and Kristen Wiig’s villain Cheetah in Wonder Woman 1984” by Roxy Simons (May 30th 2020) 710

Entertainment Weekly “The Eternals will feature Marvel’s first onscreen LGBTQ kiss: ‘It’s a beautiful, very moving kiss’” by Sydney Bucksbaum (February 15th 2020) 711

NBC News “Transgender character coming to Marvel Cinematic Universe, studio president suggests” by Gwen Aviles (January 2nd 2020)

712

NBC News “Tessa Thompson’s Valkyrie to become Marvel Studios’ first LGBTQ superhero” by Alexander Kacala (July 22nd 2019) 713 The

Hollywood Reporter “Ruby Rose to Play Lesbian Superhero Batwoman for The CW” by Lesley Goldberg (August 7th 2018) 714

Newsweek “‘Batwoman’ Officially Comes Out on the CW Show: Ruby Rose ‘Cried’ While Reading the Script” by Samuel Spencer 1-20-2020) 715 The

Hollywood Reporter “‘Batwoman’ Boss Goes Inside That Historic Reveal”by Shannon O’Connor (January 19th 2020) 716

Shadows of the Bat: The Cinematic Saga of the Dark Knight Part 6-Batman Unbound (2005) Warner Home Video 717

ABC - Barbara Walters Interview (2006)

718

New York Post “DC Comics Green Lantern relaunched as gay superhero” by Dareh Gregorian (June 1st 2012) 719

The Washington Times “Catwoman comes out as bisexual in new DC comic” by Jessica Chasmar (March 1st 2015) 720

The Sun “SASSY SPIDEY Tom Holland hints there will be a gay Spider Man in the next few years” by Carl Greenwood (June 30th 2019) 721

We Got This Covered “Sony Reportedly Wants To Introduce A Bisexual Spider-Man” by Christian Bone (February 11th 2020) 722

Entertainment Weekly “Andrew Garfield on Spider-Man’s sexuality: ‘Why can't he be gay?’” by Sara Vilkomerson (July 10th 2013) 723

Vanity Fair “‘Of Course’ Luke Skywalker Is Gay, Confirms Mark Hamill, Echoing Thousands of Fan-Fiction Prayers” by Charles Bramesco (March 5th 2016) 724

BuzzFeed “Why LGBT Representation Didn’t Make It Into ‘The Last Jedi’” by Adam B. Vary (December 18th 2017) 725

Ibid.

726

Ibid.

727

Ibid.

728

Pink News “Oscar Isaac wishes Star Wars’ Poe and Finn were in a gay relationship but ‘people are too afraid’” by Emma Powys Maurice (December 4th 2019)

729

New York Post “‘Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker’ has a same-sex kiss – but not the one fans hoped for” by Eric Hegedus (December 19th 2019) 730 E!

News “Disney Channel Introduces Its First Lesbian Couple on Good Luck Charlie” by Alyssa Toomey (January 28th 2014) 731

New York Times “Waiting for Disney’s First Gay Teenager” By KJ Dell’Antonia (February 27, 2014) 732 Breitbart

“ABC Family’s ‘The Fosters’ Airs Youngest-Ever Gay Kiss Between Two 13-Year-Old Boys” by Kipp Jones (March 4th 2015) 733

BuzzFeed “This May Be The Youngest Ever Same-Sex Kiss On US TV” by Lane Sainty (March 2nd 2005) 734

The Guardian “Beauty and the Beast to feature first ‘exclusively gay moment’ in a Disney movie” by Catherine Shoard (March 1st 2017) 735

Entertainment Weekly “Disney XD gets a male princess in Star vs. the Forces of Evil” by Nick Romano (November 22nd 2017) 736

Huffington Post “Disney Sends Beautiful Message With First ‘Boy Princess,’ Complete With Chest Hair” by Noah Michelson (November 22nd 2017) 737

Teen Vogue “Disney Just Aired its First Same-Sex Cartoon Kiss” by Brittney McNamara (February 27th 2017) 738

Gay Times “Toy Story 4 has a small but important moment of LGBTQ representation” by Daniel Megarry (June 26th 2019) 739

Newsweek “Comedian Jack Whitehall to Play Disney’s First-Ever Openly Gay Character in ‘Jungle Cruise’ by Dory Jackson (August 13th 2018) 740

Yahoo! “‘Onward’ introduces the first LGBTQ character in Disney animation history” by Ethan Alter (February 21st 2020) 741

NBC News “New short film ‘Out’ features Pixar’s first gay main character” by Gwen Aviles (May 22nd 2020) 742

CNN “Disney confirms its first bisexual lead character, who is also multi-cultural” by Adrianne Morales (August 15th 2020) 743

New York Post “‘The Owl House’ becomes Disney’s first show with bisexual lead character “ by Lee Brown (August 16th 2020) 744

Hornet “‘Sesame Street’ Celebrates Pride Month, But How LGBTQ-Friendly Is the Show?” by Daniel Villarreal (June 27th 2017)

745

NBC News “Bert and Ernie are indeed a gay couple, ‘Sesame Street’ writer claims” by Kalhan Rosenblatt (September 18th 2018) 746 The

Washington Post “‘They remain puppets’: ‘Sesame Street,’ once again, shuts down speculation over Bert and Ernie’s sexual orientation” by Elahe Izadi (September 19th 2018) 747

Entertainment Weekly “Arthur season premiere reveals Mr. Ratburn is gay” by Tyler Aquilina (May 13th 2019) 748 CBN

News “‘Clifford the Big Red Dog’ Becomes Second PBS Kid Series to Feature LGBT Character” by Steve Warren (February 28th 2020) 749

The Daily Caller “Kids’ Networks Celebrate Transgender People Through #TransDayOfVisibility” by Mary Margaret Olohan (March 31st 2020) 750

Seattle Times “Does ‘Mrs. Doubtfire’ at The 5th Ave transcend the original’s problematic elements?” by Seattle Times Staff (December 20th 2019) 751

BuzzFeed “25 Years Of Transphobia In Comedy” by Meredith Talusan (February 27th 2016)

752

This quote was included in the original article published by Variety titled “10 Problematic Films That Could Use Warning Labels” by Tim Gray (June 17th 2020) but was later removed because it insinuates that transgenderism is a mental illness. The Internet Archive Wayback Machine has the original article saved and can be viewed at https://web.archive.org/web/20200618004648/https://variety.com/2020/film/news/gone-with-thewind-problem-films-forrest-gump-1234640666/ 753

Slate “When Gays Decried Silence of the Lambs , Jonathan Demme Became an Early Student of Modern Backlash” by Jeffrey Bloomer (April 28th 2017) 754

CNN “‘Family Guy’ phasing out gay jokes” by Lisa Respers (January 2019)

755

Politifact “Why Infowars’ Alex Jones was banned from Apple, Facebook, Youtube and Spotify” by Manuela Tobias (August 7th 2018) 756

Associated Press “NY Library Brings Drag Queens to Kids Story Hour” Video posted on official AP Archive YouTube channel (May 21st 2017) 757

Lifesite News “WATCH: Drag queen teaches kids to ‘twerk’ at library story hour” by Calvin Freiburger (August 7th 2019) 758

Media Research Center “Good Morning America Devotes a Whole Segment to a Child Drag Queen” by Ferlon Webster Jr. (November 19th 2018) 759

The Advocate “Meet 8-Year-Old Drag Queen Lactatia” by Neal Boverman (May 6th 2017)

760

HuffPost “Meet The ‘Drag Kids’ Who Want To Slay The World And Then Some” by Curtis M. Wong (October 24th 2019) 761 Newsbusters

“Sick: RuPaul’s New Drag Queen Dramedy Sexualizes 10-Year-Old Child as a ‘Top’” by Elise Ehrhard (January 13th 2020) 762

NPR “‘Dancing Queen’: Alyssa Edwards Doesn't Let Dance Moms Drag Her Down” by Glen Weldon (October 11th 2018) 763 The

Verge “Twitter has banned misgendering or ‘deadnaming’ transgender people” by Adi Robertson (November 27th 2018) 764

E! News “Why Charlize Theron Decided to Speak Out About Raising Two Daughters” by Jess Cohen (December 17th 2019) 765

OK Magazine “Shiloh Jolie-Pitt ‘Only Wears Boys’ Clothes’ After Questioning Gender Identity To Brad & Angelina” (August 4th 2016) 766

Today “Megan Fox opens up about letting her 6-year-old son wear dresses” by Ree Hines (September 20th 2019) 767

Teen Vogue “Megan Fox’s Son Wore a Frozen Dress Again in Spite of Critics” by Alyssa Hardy (October 5th 2017) 768

The Independent “Adele letting her son dress as Disney princess Anna is a triumph for us believers in gender-neutral parenting” by Siobhan Freegard (February 19th 2016) 769

HuffPost “Liev Schreiber’s Son Dressed As Harley Quinn, And the Internet Inevitably Reacted” by Isabelle Khoo (July 25th 2017) 770

NBC News “Mario Lopez’s comments about transgender kids aren’t just dumb. They’re dangerous.” by Chase Strangio (August 1st 2019) 771

LGBTQ Nation “The new normal: Gay couple featured in Tide TV commercial” (December 14th 2014) 772

Huff Post “J.C. Penney and Gap’s Gay-Themed Ads Seek Profit With Progress” by Ron Dicker (May 17th 2012) 773

Huffington Post “This Campbell’s Soup Ad Featuring Gay Dads Will Melt Your Heart” by Curtis M. Wong (10-6-2015) 774

NewsBusters “Dove Ad Features Transgender Mom: ‘No One Right Way’” by Sarah Stites (April 12th 2017) 775

CBS News “New Gillette ad shows dad teaching transgender son how to shave” by Aimee Picchi (May 29th 2019)

776

Daily Caller “Starbucks Partners With Trans Children Charity, Releases Ad On Calling Transgender Youth By Preferred Pronouns” by Marty Margaret Olohan (February 5th 2020) 777 Daily

Beast “Why Coke’s Non-Binary Super Bowl Moment Mattered” by Samantha Allen (February 5th 2018) 778

The commercial is titled “Late-Night Driver” and can be seen on YouTube and elsewhere.

779 Forbes

“Behind The Scenes Of Smirnoff’s New ‘Hang Out From Home For America’ Campaign With Laverne Cox” by Emily Price (April 24th 2020) 780

Newsweek “These 50+ Brands Are Celebrating Pride by Giving Back to the LGBT Community” by Daniel Avery (June 3rd 2019) 781

USA Today “How retailers have turned Pride month into a marketing, sales bonanza” by Verena Dobnik via Associated Press (June 23rd 2019) 782

PJ Media “Creepy New Sprite Commercial Sells Transgenderism and Breast Binding, Not Soda” by Megan Fox (November 18th 2019) 783

The Guardian “Actor Terry Crews: I was sexually assaulted by Hollywood executive” by Gwilym Mumford (October 11th 2017) 784

Vanity Fair “James Van Der Beek Reveals His Own Experience of Sexual Harassment” by Hilary Weaver (October 12th 2017) 785

Vanity Fair “‘I Was Terrified, and I Was Humiliated’: #MeToo’s Male Accusers, One Year Later” by Laura Bradley (October 4th 2018) 786

Newsweek “Terry Crews Threatens to ‘Slap’ D.L. Hughley for Mocking His Sexual Assault Allegation” by Dory Jackson (January 28th 2019) 787

VLADTV “Fat Joe thinks the Gay Mafia Controls Hip-Hop” (November 7th 2011)

788

Washington Times “‘Gay’ rape in military underreported by Pentagon” by Rowan Scarborough (November 3rd 2015) 789

U.S Army S.H.A.R.P (Sexual Harassment / Assault Response & Prevention report “What We Know About Sexual Assault of Military Men” 790

Sky News “Adopted Boy Sexually Abused by Gay Fathers” (July 3rd 2013)

791

The Telegraph “Gay couple arrested for abusing foster children” by Paul Stokes (June 24th 2006)

792

Australian Broadcast Network “Australian paedophile Peter Truong jailed for 30 years in US after trafficking adopted son to Boy Lovers Network” (December 9th 2013)

793

USA Today “Anderson Cooper proudly announces the birth of his son Wyatt: ‘I am a dad. I have a son’” by Cydney Henderson (April 30th 2020) 794 CBS

News “Is there a ‘gay gene’? Major new study says no” by Dennis Thompson (August 29th

2019) 795

The Telegraph “‘Gay gene’ ruled out as huge study shows environment is major factor in homosexuality.” by Sarah Knapton (August 29th 2019) 796 PBS

“There is no ‘gay gene.’ There is no ‘straight gene.’ Sexuality is just complex, study confirms” (August 29th 2019) 797

Psychology Today “Why Is Transgender Identity on the Rise Among Teens?” by Samuel Paul Veissiere Ph.D. (November 28th 2018) 798

Basic Freud: Psychoanalytic Thought for the 21st Century by Michael Kahn, Ph.D page 77 - on the negative resolution of the Oedipus complex (2002 Basic Books) 799

Sci Tech Daily “Homosexuality Might Develop in the Womb Due to Epigenetic Changes” (December 12th 2012) 800

Science Magazine “Homosexuality may be caused by chemical modifications to DNA” by Michael Balter (October 8th 2015) 801

Evolutionary Psychology Science (2017) “Social Epistasis Amplifies the Fitness Costs of Deleterious Mutations, Engendering Rapid Fitness Decline Among Modernized Populations” by Michael A. Woodley, Matthew A Sarraf, Radomir Pestow, and Heitor B.F. Fernandes 802

Of Mice and Men: Empirical Support for the Population-Based Social Epistasis Amplification Model by Matthew Alexander Sarraf and Michael Anthony Woodley (National Institute of Health 2017) 803

The Journal of Offender Rehabilitation “The Genesis of Pedophilia” by J. Paul Fedoraff and Shara Pinkus pages 85-101 (Volume 23, 1996) 804

Dictionary.com definition of “phobia”: a persistent, irrational fear of a specific object, activity, or situation that leads to a compelling desire to avoid it. (2020) 805

Adam Carolla - In 50 Years We’ll All Be Chicks page 12 (Crown Archetype 2012)

806

TVtropes.org “Sleeping Single”

807

Mental Floss “16 Things You Might Not Know About The Brady Bunch” by Kara Kovalchik (February 25th 2016) 808

Forbes “Hollywood’s Highest-Paid TV Actors” by Dorothy Pomerantz (October 11th 2011)

809

CNN “‘Fifty Shades of Grey sex toys hit stores like Target” by Katie Lobosco (February 3rd 2015) 810 Hollywood

Reporter “Death in a Hollywood Sex Dungeon: How a Top Agency Executive’s ‘Mummification’ Ritual Ended in Tragedy” by Seth Abramovitch (June 29th 2018) 811

Page Six “S&M-loving Hollywood exec keeps job after man dies in his sex dungeon” by Richard Johnson (June 29th 2018) 812 New

York Times “R. Kelly’s Two-Decade Trail of Sexual Abuse Accusations” by Jacey Fortin (May 10th 2018) 813

The Guardian “Fashion photographer Terry Richardson accused of sexually exploiting models” by Caroline Davies (March 19th 2010) 814

MTV “Lady Gaga Gives a Lesson On ‘Chemistry’ with R. Kelly in ‘Do What U Want’ Video” by Jocelyn Vena (November 11th 2013) 815

Hollywood Reporter “Nicki Minaj Performs ‘Super Bass’ With YouTube Star Sophia Grace” by Erika Ramirez (October 12th 2011) 816

USA Today “Nicki Minaj’s brother Jelani Maraj sentenced to 25 years to life for raping 11-yearold” by Cydney Henderson (January 27th 2020) 817

New York Post “Husband cheered on Hogan during sex-tape romps with wife” by Kathianne Boniello and Laura Italiano (March 20th 2016) 818

Deadline “HGTV’s House Hunters Breaks New Ground With Its First Throuple Exploration” by Bruce Haring (February 13th 2020) 819

New York Post “Rep. Katie Hill resigns amid snowballing ‘throuple’ scandal” by Marisa Schultz and Kenneth Garger (October 27th 2019) 820

Newsbusters “Now Even Network Sitcoms Have ‘Throuples:’ ABC Comedy on Polyamory: ‘It Just Works!’” by Elise Ehrhard (January 15th 2020) 821

Newsbusters “Gay Psychiatrist on ‘New Amsterdam’ Pushes Incest” by Karen Townsend (February 26th 2020) 822

Fox News “‘The Notebook’ director Nick Cassavetes says of incest: ‘Who gives a damn?’” (September 10th 2012) 823

The Cinemaholic “20 Best Incest Movies of All Time” by Vishnu Warrior (August 16th 2018)

824

Ranker “13 Steamiest Incestuous Relationships In Film” by Roger Nackerman (June 8th 2020)

825

ABC News “Mackenzie Phillips Confesses to 10-Year Consensual Sexual Relationship With Father” by Russell Goldman, Eileen Murphy, and Lindsay Goldwert (September 22nd 2009) 826 Fox

News “North Carolina father-daughter couple arrested for incest after having love child” (February 4th 2018) 827

Cosmopolitan “Girl describes what it was like to have sex with her dad” (February 19th 2015)

828 Cosmopolitan

“This is what it’s like to fall in love with your brother” by Asher Fogle (October

30th 2015) 829

The Guardian “Genetic sexual attraction” (May 16th 2003)

830

The Telegraph “Disgusted by incest? Genetic Sexual Attraction is real and on the rise” by Charlie Gill (September 9th 2016) 831

https://marriage-equality.blogspot.com/p/genetic-sexual-attraction.html

832

Daily Mail “Billionaire David Geffen, 69, splits from toyboy lover 41 years his junior after six years together” by Daniel Bates (February 21st 2012) 833

Daily Mail “David Geffen takes out restraining order against his ’20-year-old former college football player ex after ending affair’” by James Nye (December 29th 2014) 834

Daily Mail “Liberace’s ex-lover who wrote memoir ‘Behind the Candelabra’ is back behind bars after violating his probation and testing positive for meth in random drug test” by Ashley Collman (September 6th 2013) 835

Page Six “Sarah Paulson defends 32-year age gap with girlfriend Holland Taylor” by Francesca Bacardi (May 22nd 2018) 836

The Guardian “‘I wouldn’t want this for anybody’s daughter’: will #MeToo kill off the rock’n’roll groupie?” by Thea De Gallier (March 15th 2018) 837

Seinfeld FAQ: Everything Left to Know About the Show About by Nicholas Nigro Nothing (2015 Applause Theatre and Cinema Books) 838

New York Times “Woody Allen, Mia Farrow, Soon-Yi Previn, Dylan Farrow: A Timeline” by Sopan Deb and Deborah Leiderman (January 31st 2018) 839

Time “Study Finds Most Teens Sext Before They’re 18” by Randye Hoder (July 3rd 2014)

840

Daily Mail “Children ‘at risk of abuse’ because they’re copying Kim’s sexy selfies: Trend for imitating explicit images posted online by celebrities leaves young girls vulnerable to predators, experts warn” by Laura Cox (November 14th 2014)

841

People “Kim Kardashian Posts Topless Photo Taken by Daughter North West” by Brittany Talarico (February 8th 2018) 842 The

Telegraph “How porn is rewiring our brains” by Nisha Lilia Diu (November 15th 2013)

843

Ibid.

844 Vice

“Porn Is Still Allowed On Twitter” by Samantha Cole (November 3rd 2017)

845

BBC “‘I was raped at 14, and the video ended up on a porn site’” by Megha Mohan (February 10th 2020). 846

Ibid.

847

Newsweek “Florida Man Arrested After 58 Porn Videos, Photos Link Him To Missing Underage Teen Girl” by Scott McDonald (October 23rd 2019) 848

Breitbart “Nolte: Pornhub Under Fire for Allegedly Hosting Rape, Child Porn Videos” by John Nolte (February 10th 2020) 849

Teen Vogue “Sex Work is Real Work” by Dr. Tlaleng Mofokeng (April 26th 2019)

850

The Independent “Porn and video game addiction leading to ‘masculinity crisis’, says Stanford psychologist” by Doug Bolton (March 10th 2015) 851

ABC News Nightline “Actor Corey Feldman Says Pedophilia No. 1 Problem for Child Stars, Contributed to Demise of Corey Haim” By Steven Baker and David Wright (August 10, 2011) 852

Fox News “Corey Feldman’s tense Barbara Walters interview recirculates amid Harvey Weinstein scandal” (October 17th 2017) 853

Entertainment Weekly “Corey Feldman accuses Charlie Sheen of sexually abusing Corey Haim in (My) Truth documentary” by Rosy Cordero (March 10th 2020) 854

Ibid.

855

Vanity Fair “Corey Feldman on Abuse Allegations: ‘It’s All Connected to a Bigger, Darker Power’” by Yohana Desta (November 10th 2017) 856

Vanity Fair “Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Has a Pedophilia Problem” by Alex Stedman (May 23rd 2016) 857

CNN “Elijah Wood clarifies comments on pedophilia and Hollywood” by Lisa Respers (May 24th 2016) 858

The Hollywood Reporter “Hollywood Sex Abuse Film Revealed: Explosive Claims, New Figures Named (Exclusive)” by Gregg Kilday (November 12th 2014)

859

The Atlantic “Nobody Is Going to Believe You” by Alex French and Maximillian Potter (March 2019 Issue) 860 The

Hollywood Reporter “Bryan Singer Sex Abuse Case: The Troubling History Behind the Accusations” by Kim Masters and Jonathan Handel (April 30th 2014) 861

Los Angeles Times “Child sexual abuse cases in Hollywood attract attention” by Dawn C. Chmielewski (January 08, 2012) 862 Ibid 863

Ibid

864

Ibid

865

People “Bohemian Rhapsody Director Bryan Singer Accused of Sexually Assaulting Four Underage Boys” by Ale Russian (January 23rd 2019) 866

Variety “Bryan Singer Hit With Fresh Allegations of Sex With Underage Boys” by Gene Maddaus (January 23rd 2019) 867

The Federalist “A Timeline of the Many Sexual Assault Accusations Against Director Bryan Singer” by Paulina Enck (June 25th 2020) 868

Chicago Tribune “Bryan Singer Allegations Part of Upcoming Sex Abuse Documentary” by Ramin Setoodeh (April 18th 2014) 869

New York Magazine “Jeffrey Epstein’s Rolodex: A Guide to His Famous Friends and Acquaintances” by Adam K. Raymond and Matt Stieb (July 10th 2019) 870

Fox News “Jeffrey Epstein’s alleged ‘spy’ ties under fresh scrutiny in new book” by Hollie McKay (June 18th 2020) 871

Daily Mail “French government drops support for director Roman Polanski as he faces extradition to the U.S.” by Peter Allen (October 1st 2009) 872

Snopes “Did Meryl Streep Applaud Roman Polanski at the Academy Awards?” Rating: True (January 9th 2017) 873

CBS News “An Oscar Out Of Reach For Polanski” via the Associated Press (Marcy 24th 2003)

874

The Guardian “Polanski was not guilty of ‘rape-rape’, says Whoopi Goldberg” by MaevKennedy (September 29th 2009) 875

Time “Quentin Tarantino Defends Roman Polanski in Resurfaced Interview: 13-Year-Old Victim ‘Wanted to Have It’ by Cady Lang (February 7th 2018)

876

Ibid.

877 The

Independent “Polanski has served his time and must be freed” by Harvey Weinstein (September 28th 2009) 878

Indy Wire “Over 100 In Film Community Sign Polanski Petition” by Peter Knegt (September 29th 2009) 879 Rolling

Stone “Barbra Streisand Draws Criticism for Stance on Michael Jackson’s ‘Leaving Neverland’ Accusers” by Daniel Kreps (March 23rd 2019) 880

The Independent “It movie: How the book’s infamous orgy scene is handled and why Stephen King wrote the scene” by Jack Shepherd (September 10th 2017) 881

The Telegraph “Why the It movie left out Stephen King’s Losers’ Club sewer orgy” by Adam White (September 8th 2017) 882

SciFiNow Annual “Stephen King’s It: 25th Anniversary” (Vol. 2. 2015) pages 160–163

883

Mediaite “ABC News Changes Headline About Kevin Spacey After Spinning His ‘Emotional’ Coming Out” by Joseph A. Wulfsohn (October 30th 2017) 884

News.com.au “‘Over-indulgence, not predatory behaviour’: Hollywood CEO says Kevin Spacey deserves forgiveness” by Frank Chung (October 31st 2017) 885

Entertainment Weekly “Family Guy producers finally explain origin of 2005 Kevin Spacey joke” by Dan Snierson (January 4th 2018) 886

Hollywood Reporter “Seth MacFarlane Explains 2013 Oscars Jab at ‘Abhorrent, Indefensible’ Harvey Weinstein” by Ashley Lee (October 11th 2017) 887

USA Today “Kevin Spacey posts bizarre video suggesting you ‘kill people with kindness’” by Maria Puente (December 24th 2019) 888

Hollywood Reporter “Kevin Spacey Accuser Dies in Midst of Sexual Assault Lawsuit” by Eriq Gardner (September 18th 2019) 889

CBS News “Kevin Spacey accuser and writer Ari Behn dies by suicide” via Associated Press (December 26th 2019) 890

NBC News “Mass shootings: Experts say violence is contagious, and 24/7 news cycle doesn’t help” by Dennis Romero (August 5th 2019) 891

Time “Suicide Deaths Are Often ‘Contagious.’ This May Help Explain Why” by Jamie Ducharme (April 18th 2019)

892

Washington Post “Undercover police officers in theaters as Warner Bros.’ ‘Joker’ opens” by Steven Zetchik (October 4th 2019) 893 The

New York Post “It’s reasonable to ask if ‘Joker’ will inspire would-be killers” by Sara Stewart (September 24th 2019) 894

NBC News “‘Joker’ backlash: Aurora shooting victims’ families express concerns to Warner Bros.” by Daniel Arkin (September 24th 2019) 895 Washington

Post “Hinckley, Jury Watch ‘Taxi Driver’ Film” by Laura A. Kiernan (May 29th

1982) 896

The Hill “Investigation shows more than 100 copycat shooters inspired by Columbine since 1999” by Rachel Frazin (April 17th 2019) 897

The Guardian “Natural Born Copycats” by Xan Brooks (December 19th 2002)

898

NBC News “Robin Williams’ death followed by rise in suicides” by Maggie Fox (February 7th 2018) 899

Ibid.

900

NPR “Teen Suicide Spiked After Debut Of Netflix’s ‘13 Reasons Why,’ Study Says” by Matthew S. Schwartz (April 30th 2019) 901

New York Times “The Science Behind Suicide Contagion” by Margot Sanger-Katz (August 13th 2014) 902

Time “Fifty Shades of Grey Inspired Student’s Sexual Assault, Prosecutors Say” by Kevin McSpadden (February 24th 2015) 903

New York Daily News “Jamie Dornan says he’s scared of 'Fifty Shades of Grey’ fans: ‘I fear I'll get murdered like John Lennon’” by Kirthana Ramisetti (January 8th 2015) 904

Daily Mail “Revealed: How black robbers copied Ben Affleck film ‘The Town’ by disguising themselves as white cops with latex masks to snatch $200,000 from check-cashing store” (July 31st 2013) 905

ABC News “Thieves Dressed Like Nuns Rob Chicago Bank in Scene out of ‘The Town’” by Russell Goldman (May 31st 2011) 906

NBC New York “Teen Pleads Guilty to ‘Fight Club’-Inspired Starbucks Bombing” by Colleen Long (September 17th 2010) 907

Inside Edition “Was Suspect in Austin Explosions Inspired by Unabomber Miniseries?” (March 20th 2018)

908

Reuters “French police arrest over 100 after Halloween ‘Purge’ night riots” by Michael Roseand Catherine Lagrange (November 1st 2018) 909 USA

Today “Social media ‘Purge’ campaigns spark fear of bloody copycats” by Nindsay Deutsch, Kelsey Pape and Ryan Haarer (August 19th 2014) 910

The Irish Times “Student charged with murder amid concerns in France over violent films” (June 6th 2002) 911 Orlando

Sentinel “Inspired by Vampire Film, Man Stabs His Girlfriend” (November 30th 1994)

912

Chicago Tribune “Ex-gang member talks about rap music’s influence” by Dawn M. Turner (November 5th 2015) 913

NPR “Study: Rap Music Linked to Alcohol, Violence” (May 8th 2006)

914

“Dead People” by The Game on the album “Jesus Piece” (2012)

915

USA Today “Sheriff: Man acting out rap song fatally shoots friend” by J.D. Gallop via Florida Today (January 28th 2015) 916

Hawaii Tribune Herald “Nanawale murder suspect says Jay Z possessed his body” by John Burnett (October 10th 2015) 917

Spin “Jay-Z Asks Why XXXTentacion Died While George Zimmerman Lives on Drake’s ‘Talk Up’” by Israel Daramola (June 29th 2018) 918

A Concise Survey of Music Philosophy by Donald A Hodges page 111 (Routledge 2016)

919

Simple Psychology “Bobo Doll Experiment” by Sean McLeod (February 5th 2014)

920

CHILDREN, VIOLENCE, AND THE MEDIA: A Report for Parents and Policy Makers Senate Committee on the Judiciary, Senator Orrin G. Hatch, Utah, Chairman, Committee on the Judiciary, Prepared by Majority Staff Senate Committee on the Judiciary (September 14, 1999) 921

Fundamentals of Media Effects - Second Edition by Jennings Bryant, Susan Thompson, and Bruce W. Finklea page 74 (Waveland Press Inc. 2013) 922

Fundamentals of Media Effects - Second Edition by Jennings Bryant, Susan Thompson, and Bruce W. Finklea pages 78-81 (Waveland Press Inc. 2013) 923

Fundamentals of Media Effects - Second Edition by Jennings Bryant, Susan Thompson, and Bruce W. Finklea page 79 (Waveland Press Inc. 2013) 924

Los Angeles Times “We’re Listening, Ted” by Jane Hall (April 03, 1994)

925

Amusing Ourselves to Death is the title of his famous book on the media, first released in 1985. The subtitle is “Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business” 926 New

Scientist “Left or right-wing? Brain’s disgust response tells all” by Dan Jones (October 30th

2014) 927

Romans 1:28

928 2

Timothy 3:1-5

Introduction Censorship The Memory Hole The War on Trump The War on Trump Supporters The War on Families TV “News” Internet “News” Sites Wikipedia Google Rise of Social Media Facebook Twitter YouTube The Future of Fake News Conclusion Copyright Info

Introduction Today, “media” doesn’t just mean television, radio, newspapers, and magazines; since all of those industries have been swallowed up by the Internet (convergence as it’s technically called). As you know, people now get most of their news and entertainment online where there is an endless supply of things to click on, scroll through, and stream. People carry TVs in their pockets and wear them on their wrists like the old science fiction films predicted. With the push of a button anyone can watch almost any show, access any newspaper or magazine article, and even send instant feedback

about what they think. Everywhere you go people are constantly glued to their device, consuming an endless stream of “media.” It’s like a madhouse that’s almost impossible to escape. In our current mobile age, trying to keep up with the news is like running on a treadmill that’s getting faster and faster. The longer you’re on it, the more exhausting it gets, leading many to become so fatigued they decide to jump off and quit paying attention altogether. Many have become so stressed out, disgusted, and tired of the “news,” that they basically boycott it and only follow sports or other forms of entertainment, but even there they can’t escape being bombarded by political messages and cries for “social justice.” Those who wish to push political agendas know that movies, music, and TV shows are convenient vehicles to deliver their propaganda to millions under the cloak of “entertainment.” Even some sports coverage on ESPN has become political in recent years, amplifying the messages of athletes involved in fringe causes or ones based on half-truths and out-right lies. 1 Music, movies, and television shows are not just “entertainment.” They shape and influence the culture by manufacturing iconic characters whose beliefs and behaviors are mimicked by millions. While art imitates life, life also imitates art, as President Obama admitted during an appearance via video at the 2015 Grammies where he told the audience, “Tonight, we celebrate artists whose music and message helps shape our culture…Artists have a unique power to change minds and attitudes and get us thinking and talking about what matters.” 2 Celebrities have largely taken over the role that families, the Church, and national traditions used to play in molding and monitoring a society’s attitudes and actions.

As Andrew Breitbart pointed out in his book Righteous Indignation , “Hollywood is more important than Washington. It can’t be overstated how important this message is: pop culture matters. What happens in front of the cameras on a soundstage at the Warner Bros. lot often makes more difference to the fate of America than what happens in the back rooms of the Rayburn House Office Building on Capitol Hill.” 3 He continues, “As it stands, the Frankfurt School-taught Left is fighting the political battle on both the political and the cultural battlefields. Conservatives are fighting it only on the political battlefield. That means that art, humor, song, theater, television, film, dance, are all devices used every day in order to influence the hearts and minds of the American people.” 4 He’s talking about Cultural Marxism, which is the practice of waging a psychological war against America and all of Western civilization by relentlessly attacking every aspect of our culture, symbols, and institutions; hoping to gradually weaken society by subverting its foundations to the point where it becomes so dysfunctional it can be overthrown and replaced by a Marxist State. To accomplish this, the supposed “news” media regularly engages in what’s called Agenda Setting by hyping up certain stories and covering them ad nauseam to create the false impression that those stories are actually important because they’re “what people are talking about.” This provides a false justification for the extensive coverage, creating an artificial feedback loop where they hype up a story as if it’s the talk of the town, and then everyone starts talking about it because they’re inundated by reports about it, so the media keeps reporting on it, claiming that it’s a relevant story because so many people are talking about it.

They carefully choose stories, oftentimes of rare and isolated incidences, and then amplify them hoping to give the impression that there’s an epidemic and use the cherry-picked examples to promote or reinforce liberal ideologies. At the same time they act as gatekeepers, purposefully omitting other (actually important) stories and events which show a side of an issue they’re hoping people don’t hear about, or are trying to downplay the significance of. The Liberal Media Industrial Complex uses their technology to influence rather than inform; to attack instead of educate; to promote certain events while pretending others don’t exist. They always amplify salacious allegations that feed into the one-sided narratives they’re pushing, and then completely ignore the facts when they later come out if they prove the initial reports to be false. They just carry on as if nothing happened and keep repeating the same pattern like clockwork — amplifying the allegation, and then ignoring the outcome. The election of President Trump has resulted in the American mainstream media throwing all objectivity out the window and dedicating their existence to painting him as a mentally deranged dictator who needs to be impeached and imprisoned. They’ve gotten so bold in their attempts to overthrow our Republic that they now regularly engage in gaslighting and continue to repeat easily debunked falsehoods as if they are true, hoping to get people to start doubting their own memory, reasoning, and perception about what is actually going on. This is what gaslighting is. By repeatedly lying with confidence, using misdirection and discounting contrary information, the media causes some people to begin questioning their own version of reality. The term gaslighting originates from an old 1938 play (later made into a movie in 1944) where a central theme of the plot involves a woman’s husband who subjects her to all kinds

of mind games trying to drive her insane, including dimming the gas lamps in their home while convincing her that she’s just imagining it’s getting darker. The media insists that the name George Soros is a code word for antiSemitism, as are “globalists” and “Hollywood liberals.” 5 The constant assertions that anyone who supports building a wall at the US-Mexico border is racist, and anyone who supports President Trump is a white supremacist are ridiculous, but are believed by gullible people who are susceptible to propaganda. Television “news” anchors lie with such assurance and being accompanied by symbols of authority like their fancy studios and graphics, on the surface it appears as if they’re legitimate news broadcasts. The 2016 presidential election proved that the balance of power had shifted from the tight-knit group of mainstream media companies into the hands of everyday Americans who used Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube to spread their messages to others, whether it was a few hundred of their Facebook friends, or an audience of millions if their posts went viral. So in order to regain control of the flow of information, the legacy media conglomerates began working closely with the Silicon Valley titans to rewrite the algorithms so these popular platforms would favor their content above that posted by ordinary people or popular social media personalities. It’s an understatement to say that what’s happening is a conspiracy between various sectors of the media industry which are working together to give traditional outlets the loudest voices online. Mix in Google and YouTube manipulating search results, Wikipedia being the number one source of “encyclopedia” articles, and social media companies systematically censoring prominent conservative accounts under the disguise of combating “hate speech,” and you have a recipe for total

information control. There is a reason that dictators throughout history have aimed to seize their country’s media as one of their top priorities so they can use it to not only further their own aims, but prevent their opposition from using it for theirs. Just two weeks after the shocking loss of Hillary Clinton to Donald Trump in the 2016 election, the war on “fake news” was launched as a smokescreen to suppress the reach of regular users’ social media posts and artificially boost messages from the mainstream media. The Democrats became frantic about supposed “fake news” being shared on Facebook that they claimed had cast Hillary in a false light, and that was the reason they said, why so many people didn’t trust her; and hence, didn’t vote for her. 6 While there were a few viral fake news stories smearing her, all the studies show they had no influence on people’s votes and just reinforced beliefs they already held about her. 7 There were also fake stories about Donald Trump that went viral during the heat of the campaign, but that fact is ignored and the “fake news” problem was framed as an issue that’s only one-sided. In reality, the fake news scare was just an elaborate ruse to drastically alter the way social media functions by pressuring Big Tech companies to emphasize mainstream media outlets in people’s feeds instead of showing organically what should be there based on who they were following and what was being posted. 8 Barack Obama was the first “social media president,” getting elected in 2008 when Facebook was first becoming a central hub in people’s lives. He was the first president to have a Facebook page and a Twitter account, and his senior advisor David Axelrod admitted, “If not for social media, Barack Obama would never have been elected president [because] it gave us the ability to connect to a new generation of voters.” 9

At the time, social media was still kind of a novelty, but a few years later it would permeate most people’s lives when everyone had to have an iPhone and the social media companies released mobile apps so people could “stay connected” wherever they were instead of having to wait until they got home from work or school to open up their laptop to see what’s happening online. But today, getting news online isn’t just a novelty, it’s the norm. A report from the Pew Research Center in 2018 showed that more Americans get their news from posts on social media than from newspapers. 10 Social media now starts revolutions, and overnight a single video clip can turn most of the world against a nation’s leader, or galvanize members of an entire political party to rally behind a cause. Since the barriers to entry are now so low today with anyone being able to start a YouTube channel or create a Facebook page, we are seeing the legacy media frantically trying to stop their industry (and their influence) from slipping through their fingers. Liberals’ favorite tactic today is silencing their opposition under the disguise of combating “hate speech” or stopping “right-wing extremists,” and the ability to censor and manipulate information online rests in the hands of just a few gigantic corporations whose values are completely opposed to middle America and traditional family values. Because of the emergence of social media, billions of people around the world communicate through Facebook, Twitter, and other online platforms which have largely taken the place of sending emails and talking on the phone. As you know, these social media apps can allow anyone’s message to be spread just as far as something broadcast on the national news, or printed on the front page of the New York Times , but because of

this massive redistribution of power, the Liberal Media Industrial Complex is scrambling to put the genie back in the bottle. One doesn’t even have to be a “social media star” to be a victim of the Left’s censorship because average users have their Facebook posts, tweets, Instagram pics, and YouTube videos removed all the time for “violating community standards.” Big Tech’s increasingly sophisticated artificial intelligence systems automatically scan every post for key words they have identified as sexist, racist, homophobic, transphobic, Islamophobic, anti-Semitic, or just generically “hateful” or “offensive;” and has them removed once discovered. Just a handful of these “violations” and your entire account is shut down for good and everything you’ve ever posted there deleted. Nothing is out of the reach of their AI, and anything can be deleted at any moment by the nameless and faceless moderators, leaving the victims with no recourse or appeal. Total control of information is what they want, and they have hijacked the technology we all use to communicate in our modern age, but thankfully you were able to get this powerful tool into your hands before they could stop it — an old fashioned book! I commend you for picking one up and tuning out the noise relentlessly trying to make its way to your ears, and turning away from the millions of tweets, Facebook posts, and video clips all competing for your attention. In the coming pages we’ll do a deep dive into each of the major social media platforms and I’ll detail their algorithm manipulation, double standards, liberal bias, and censorship. We’ll also dissect the media’s war on President Trump, their mission to destroy our culture by undermining traditional family values, and we’ll look at the future of fake news.

While scrolling through tweets and Facebook posts is often like junk food for the brain, reading a book is a healthy and nourishing four-course meal in comparison. Sure, junk food is fine in moderation, but if it’s all you eat then you’re going to be very unhealthy. And the difference between reading through social media feeds (or watching the news) and reading a book is about the same as the difference between a good steak and eating a burger at McDonalds. One is quick, cheap, and poor quality; while the other is expensive, time consuming to make, and healthy to eat. And since we’re dealing with a very important subject, it’s best to do this right. So let’s begin by taking a look behind the curtain of the monolithic Liberal Media Industrial Complex and start dismantling it piece by piece.

Censorship There are several classic books that highlight the dangers of censorship and depict tyrannical governments that use their endless power to snuff out any opposition in hopes of maintaining their control over society. George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four , which was first published in 1949, and Fahrenheit 451 , published in 1953, are two of the most popular examples and weren’t just written for entertainment. They were meant to serve as a warning of what giant bureaucracies could do if their growing power goes unchecked. But today in America, it’s not the government censoring what newspapers print or what airs on the evening news. It’s the Silicon Valley titans — it’s Mark Zuckerberg, Jack Dorsey, and Susan Wojcicki. In the marketplace of ideas they are losing, and so these industry leaders are silencing influential opponents who speak out against the Left’s attempted revolution.

They’re also trying to create a chilling effect by scaring people into not speaking out about certain issues or make us think twice before sharing certain information on social media out of fear we will be socially ostracized, or even fired from our job; so many people are self-censoring themselves in what’s been called the “Spiral of Silence.” 11 The fewer people who speak out about an issue due to fear of repercussions causes others who feel they should say something to be more apprehensive about doing so because nobody else seems to be doing it, which in turn causes even more people to stay silent, causing the false impression that no one seems to be opposed to what’s happening. Thankfully, in the United States (at least today) the First Amendment is still intact, but in places like Canada, 12 Germany, 13 England, 14 Scotland, 15 and other supposedly “free” countries, people are being arrested and charged with “hate speech” crimes for posting things on their social media accounts that are critical of the “Islamization of Europe” from the mass influx of Muslim refugees and for voicing opposition to the LGBT agenda. 16

But while Americans are still technically free to say these things without getting arrested, there are other serious consequences since we’re living in an online world where most people rely on a handful of apps to communicate with others. Back in 1997, Harvard Law professor Larry Lessig wrote an article for Wired magazine titled “Tyranny in the Infrastructure” warning that, “Laws affect the pace of technological change, but the structures of software can do even more to curtail freedom. In the long run the shackles built by programmers could well constrain us more.” 17

In his book Cyber Ethics: Morality and Law in Cyberspace , Richard A. Spinello expanded on this concern saying, “This notion that private code

can be a more potent constraining force than public law has significant implications. The use of code as a surrogate for law may mean that certain public goods or moral values once protected by law will now be ignored or compromised by those who develop or utilize this code.” 18 We’re seeing the very principle of free speech under attack like never before, with the Liberal Media Industrial Complex even claiming that freedom of speech is “dangerous” and saying that conservatives have “weaponized” the First Amendment. 19 There have always been restrictions on the First Amendment, for example you can’t yell fire in a crowded theater, and you can’t threaten to murder someone or encourage acts of terrorism; but today just insulting a person who believes there are 58 different gender identities or pointing out certain facts and statistics is considered “hateful” and “dangerous.” Democrat Congressman Ted Lieu from California says he’s frustrated by the fact that the First Amendment is preventing him from silencing conservatives for Thought Crimes, so he’s calling on the Big Tech companies to do it on the government’s behalf. 20 Meanwhile Jerry Nadler, a Democrat Congressman from New York, says it’s just a “conspiracy theory” that the Big Tech companies have a liberal bias and, “The notion that social media companies are filtering out conservative voices is a hoax, a tired narrative of imagined victimhood.” 21 Other Democrat members of Congress, like Jamie Raskin from Maryland, insist that it is an “entirely imaginary narrative that social media companies are biased against conservatives.” 22 Of course CNN repeatedly denies conservatives are being censored and claims that pushback from President Trump is, “exacerbating a longstanding paranoia from conservatives who have for years erroneously accused social media companies of bias and censorship.” 23 It’s just

paranoia that conservatives are being censored, guys! Nothing to worry about! CNN claims, “For years, the conservative media machine has pushed the flimsy narrative that conservatives are unfairly treated by social media companies, which they accuse of bias and censorship. When the claims often fall apart under a light touch of scrutiny, right-wing media outlets continue to advance the narrative, irrespective of the facts.” 24 After years of mounting evidence, Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey finally admitted that even conservatives who work at Twitter, “don’t feel safe to express their opinions at the company” and that “They do feel silenced by just the general swirl of what they perceive to be the broader percentage of leanings within the company.” 25 With each new purge of conservative voices from the social media platforms, more and more people are seeing just how big of a threat these tech giants are to the principles of free speech and the massive implications of their monopoly on communication tools. Donald Trump Jr., who obviously has the president’s ear, has also been very vocal about the increasing censorship on social media, even writing an op-ed about it in The Hill , saying, “Our right to freely engage in public discourse through speech is under sustained attack, necessitating a vigorous defense against the major social media and internet platforms.” 26 In May 2019, the White House set up a new tool on WhiteHouse.gov for people to report instances of social media bias and censorship so the Trump administration could put together more thorough reports of what conservatives are facing online. 27 The page includes a form for users to submit details about which post was taken down, what it said, and which platform removed it. “Social media platforms should advance freedom of speech. Yet too many Americans have seen their accounts suspended,

banned, or fraudulently reported for unclear ‘violations’ of user policies,” the website reads. 28 In subsequent chapters I’ll detail what’s been happening on each of the major social media platforms, but rampant censorship isn’t limited to just Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube.

Music Streaming Services While politicians and news commentators have always had to watch what they say about certain subjects so they don’t get fired, artists have always been seen as the bastions of free speech, and censoring art—no matter how provocative or offensive it is to some people—was always seen as something only a tyrannical government would do. Major music labels and movie studios always stood by their artists and vigorously resisted calls for censorship, championing the freedom of expression whether it was NWA’s “Fuck the Police” or blasphemous anti-Christian films like The Da Vinci Code or Martin Scorsese’s The Last Temptation of Christ. But in August 2017 Spotify, the popular music streaming service, announced they would start censoring songs from “hate bands” including songs they claim “incite violence against race, religion, [or] sexuality.” 29 How will they determine which bands and songs to censor? Whatever the Southern Poverty Law Center tells them to. 30 Not surprising, the SPLC got their tentacles wrapped around Spotify and other streaming services to “help” them keep a lookout for “hateful” content. 31 Other streaming services like Apple and Pandora followed suit, banning supposed “white power” music, while allowing rap music that blatantly calls for the murder of police officers from people like Ice-T, NWA, and Snoop Dogg, who recently depicted himself murdering President Trump in one of his music videos. 32 As you know, it’s common for rappers

to diss “crackers” and “white boys” in their music, but that’s just fine. Hating white people isn’t considered to be racist to the Left. And Jay Z’s albums are okay, despite calling women “bitches” in (literally) 50% of his songs. 33 About a year later Spotify announced another new policy, saying they were going to start banning songs from artists who have engaged in “harmful or hateful conduct” in their personal lives, like domestic violence or sexual abuse. That put songs by R. Kelly and Michael Jackson at risk of not being available anymore. But then just three weeks later they reversed their decision and apologized, saying they don’t want to be the “moral police,” but affirmed that they were still going to be censoring “hate speech.” 34 Guns ‘N Roses song “One in a Million,” which was released on their 1988 album G N’ R Lies, includes a line about “immigrants and faggots” but when the studio released the Guns ’N Roses box set in 2018 they didn’t include that song on the album because it’s been deemed “racist” and “homophobic.” 35 It’s probably only a matter of time before other songs like Aerosmith’s “Dude Looks Like a Lady” will be banned for being “transphobic” as well. Once you give liberals an inch, they demand a mile, and since they smell blood in the water they will continue their quest to eliminate everything they find offensive.

Netflix and Prime Video Even movie streaming services like Netflix and Amazon’s Prime Video are showing signs of liberal bias and censoring “controversial content” that had once been available on the platforms for years. Netflix won’t allow The Red Pill , a popular documentary about the Men’s Rights Movement

produced by Cassie Jaye, to be streamed. Through the course of producing the film she found that claims about the “patriarchy” and supposed “male power” were extremely warped and that many of the burdens men typically bear in society are overlooked and often discounted by feminists. 36 Cassie Jaye herself was a feminist when she started making the film and expected to find the Men’s Rights Movement would be full of misogynists and losers who had no luck with women, but learned they have very legitimate points about gender roles and unfair treatment in child custody cases, and by the end of the film she admitted they weren’t a bunch of women-haters as she had previously thought, and decided that she could no longer call herself a feminist because “feminism is not the road to gender equality.” 37 When the trailer was released on YouTube it reached over a million views in 24 hours and was the number one purchased movie on YouTube (which streams movies on-demand for 4 or 5 dollars) beating Guardians of the Galaxy and Rogue One: A Star Wars Story. 38 But Netflix wouldn’t allow the film to be streamed on their platform because when it was released in selected theaters it had generated some negative publicity from feminists protesting it, calling it “misogynistic propaganda.” 39 In March 2019 Democrat Congressman Adam Schiff sent a letter to Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos pressuring him to censor “anti-vaccination” documentaries from Amazon Prime after seeing a report on CNN claiming that “Anti-vaccination conspiracy theories thrive on Amazon.” 40 Within hours of Schiff sending his letter, the streaming service pulled at least five documentaries including the popular Vaxxed: From Cover-Up to Catastrophe , 41 which had been promoted by Robert De Niro when it first came out because one of his children is autistic which he suspects may have been caused by the MMR vaccines. 42

Others included: We Don’t Vaccinate!;” Shoot ‘Em Up: The Truth About Vaccines , The Greater Good ; and Man Made Epidemic , which investigated the alleged connections between the autism epidemic and the preservative Thimerosal used in vaccines. Many have long suspected a link between Thimerosal and autism, including Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who has tried to bring awareness to the dangers of vaccines for years. 43 CNN then celebrated the censorship with a follow-up story touting, “Anti-vaccine movies disappear from Amazon after CNN Business report.” 44 During a segment on CNN in 2009 Dr. Oz was talking with host Campbell Brown about the H1N1 (swine flu) vaccines, encouraging people to get them, but was put on the spot by the host about her concerns that they may not be safe. He responded, “I’m going to get it, if that helps at all, but I’ll tell you my wife is not going to immunize our kids. Cuz I’ve got four of them and when I go home I’m not Dr. Oz, I’m Mr. Oz.” 45 So he went on television encouraging people to take the vaccine and give it to their children, but admitted that he’s not going to give it to his own children because his wife didn’t think it was safe; and despite him being a famous doctor, he couldn’t convince her otherwise and allowed his children to go unvaccinated. Netflix also censored an episode of comedian Hasan Minhaj’s show, blocking it for customers in Saudi Arabia at the request of the government there because in it he talked about Saudi Arabia’s role in the 9/11 attacks and the murder of Washington Post columnist Jamal Khashoggi at the hands of Saudis. 46 Netflix will not stream the 1980s classic Dukes of Hazzard because that’s too “racist” today. Reruns of the show were pulled from TV Land and other cable networks in 2015 after growing sentiment that the Confederate Flag is a “white supremacist” symbol, and since the Duke boys’ car (The

General Lee) has one painted on the roof, networks now deem the TV show too offensive to air. 47 Other classic TV shows and movies will likely slowly and quietly disappear from the streaming services and cable TV because they’re deemed too “insensitive” for our modern age. Owning DVDs may be the only way to ever see them again. A growing number of activists are upset about Ace Ventura: Pet Detective for what they call its “contempt” for LGBT people because the main suspect in the movie later started living as a woman and after catching him and realizing this, Jim Carrey goes into convulsions vomiting while having flashbacks to when “she” had kissed him earlier in the film. Or other comedies like Mrs. Doubtfire or Tyler Perry’s “Medea” character may be banned for being “transphobic” as well. Or films like Idiocracy , The Breakfast Club , or Bill and Ted’s Excellent Adventure because characters call people fags. Or maybe even The Sand Lot since one boy tells another that he plays baseball like a girl. That’s sexist! In 2018, Barack and Michelle Obama signed a deal with Netflix to produce several documentaries, scripted series, and full-length feature films through a production company they started called Higher Ground. 48 “Touching on issues of race and class, democracy and civil rights, and much more, we believe each of these productions won’t just entertain, but will educate, connect and inspire us all,” said Barack. 49 The couple’s debut documentary American Factory was hailed as their “first big anti-Trump statement of 2020” by Politico, although it didn’t mention him by name “it’s message is clear.” 50 Others called it “lefty propaganda” and an attack on Trump. 51 Netflix has also produced various liberal “comedy” shows called Netflix Originals which have included hosts like skank Chelsea Handler, Michelle Wolf, and other insufferable and non-funny Leftists. Similarly,

Hulu produced a show hosted by Sarah Silverman called “I Love You America” which got canceled after two seasons, calling into question the streaming services ability to tap into the late-night talk show genre. 52 They also produced a documentary following the Congressional campaign of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. After Georgia’s controversial “heartbeat” abortion bill was signed by the governor in May 2019 which bans abortions after six weeks into the pregnancy, Netflix announced they may quit using the state as a production location because several of their shows like “Stranger Things” and “Ozark” are shot there. They even vowed to help fight the bill in court. 53 It certainly is strange for a major corporation to take a stance on abortion, but that’s where we’re at.

Amazon Banning Books Banning books was once seen as the ultimate sin, and something only the Nazis would do, but today we’re seeing a growing number of books disappearing down the memory hole in the name of political correctness and stopping “hate speech.” 65% of all books are sold through Amazon and they have a virtual monopoly over the entire industry. 54 They are the reason Borders, Walden Books, and B. Dalton went out of business. Amazon advertises themselves as the world’s largest bookstore where you can find practically any book, new or used, since if they don’t stock it, they (supposedly) allow anyone to list used copies for sale themselves. For over twenty years since Amazon was launched in 1995 they would sell any book new or used, but recently that all changed. In July 2018 a children’s book titled No Dress for Timmy was banned for being “transphobic.” It was written by Shefflorn Ballantyne and is described as, “A story of a little boy who found himself in a perplexing situation where

he was forced to choose between speaking the truth and cheering on a friend who thinks of himself as a girl.” 55 The young protagonist basically wouldn’t support a transgender classmate. After an LGBT advocacy organization called Family Rhetoric discovered it when searching for LGBT-themed children books, they launched a campaign to pressure Amazon to ban the book, which they did. The group later celebrated on their Facebook page saying, “We did it. You did it friends! The link to No Dress for Timmy is not working. Amazon took down the book. It’s gone!” 56 And indeed it is. Amazon banned almost all of pickup artist Roosh V’s books just days after his latest one was released, titled Game: How to Meet, Attract, and Date Attractive Women. 57 They wouldn’t even give him a reason, just that they “violated” their policy and “can’t offer any additional insight or action on this matter.” 58 Roosh had come to the attention of various radical feminist groups who see him as a huge “misogynist” for his views on women and feminism, and they most likely lobbied Amazon to pull his books. Juanita Broaddrick’s book about Bill Clinton allegedly raping her was removed in June 2018, and then later restored. 59 It appears that Amazon keeps testing how far they can push the envelope by gauging the backlash, but not everyone is so lucky to have their books re-listed after media reports denounce the censorship. In August 2018 Amazon banned a book that contained plans to build a 3D printed gun called The Liberator Code Book: An Exercise in Freedom of Speech , which had been listed by the publisher just a few weeks earlier. An Amazon spokesperson said it violated their guidelines. 60 Yet they sell the Anarchist’s Cookbook and other bomb-making manuals (at least at the time this book was first published in November 2019). The Anarchist’s

Cookbook author William Powell later denounced his terrorist manual which he wrote in 1971 when he was just nineteen-years-old. 61 But he does not own the rights to the book; the publisher does (now Ozark Press), which keeps it in print, and which Amazon still sells. 62 The Columbine school shooters, who planted bombs in the school aside from shooting and killing twelve students and one teacher, owned a copy of the Anarchist’s Cookbook and used it to manufacture their bombs. 63 When members of the Black Liberation Army were arrested in the 1970s for murdering several police officers, they had a copy in their possession and are believed to have planted a bomb in a San Francisco church during the funeral of a police officer who died in the line of duty. 64 Thomas Eugene Spinks, who bombed ten abortion clinics in the 1980s, used the Anarchist Cookbook to build his bombs. 65 Many others have used it as well, including Timothy McVeigh, who carried out the 1995 Oklahoma City bombing, and the radical Islamic terrorists who committed the July 2005 bombings on the London public transportation system used the book as their instruction manual too. So No Dress for Timmy is too “transphobic” to be sold, but a literal bomb-making manual used by terrorists in numerous high-profile bombings is okay. Jared Taylor, a leader in the white identitarian [pro-white] community, had several of his books censored from Amazon in February 2019, including White Identity , despite having been sold on the site since 2011. 66 The following month Tommy Robinson’s book Mohammed’s Koran was banned from Amazon just days after Facebook and Instagram banned him (in response to Tommy posting a documentary critical of the BBC on his YouTube channel). 67 His book was deemed “Islamophobic.” 68 Then in March 2019 they banned David Duke’s autobiography My Awakening and another one of his books titled Jewish Supremacism where

he details what he believes is a Jewish supremacist belief system within Judaism. 69 The books had been available on Amazon since they first came out, one in 1998, and the other in 2004, but were removed shortly after a no-name freelance writer “inquired” about why Amazon was selling books written by a “white supremacist.” 70 They’re not just shown as out of stock or unavailable; the entire listings for the books have been deleted, and it appears Amazon is also prohibiting any 3rd party sellers from listing used copies as well. They also banned several books published by the Nation of Islam which were critical of Jews, 71 as well as a few written by Christian pastor Texe Marrs, including Holy Serpent of the Jews , for being “anti-semitic.” 72 This is especially interesting because Amazon still sells Adolf Hitler’s Mein Kampf (for now). 73 After CNN successfully pressured Amazon to censor various popular documentary films from their Prime Video streaming service in March 2019 that question the safety of some vaccines, they went on to lament that Amazon still sold “anti-vaccine” books, saying, “while some anti-vaccine videos are gone from the Prime streaming service, a number of anti-vaccine books were still available for purchase on Amazon.com when CNN Business reviewed search results on Friday afternoon, and some were still being offered for free to Kindle Unlimited subscribers.” 74 Amazon soon banned several “anti-vax” books for promoting what they called “vaccine misinformation.” 75 In July 2019 they banned books by Dr. Joseph Nicolosi, who is best known for advocating conversion therapy for homosexuals. Two of his most popular books on the subject, Healing Homosexuality and A Parent’s Guide to Preventing Homosexuality were taken down after sustained pressure from LGBT activists. 76 Perhaps Amazon will ban some of Sigmund

Freud’s books next because he believed that homosexuality was caused by a disruption in a child’s development due to a dysfunctional relationship with their parents in terms of the role those parents fill in their lives. 77 For several years now Amazon has banned sales of all Confederate flags because they’re considered to be symbols of “white supremacy” these days. 78 They have also banned the sale of various Halloween costumes liberals consider to be offensive, like the “Tranny Granny” costume that’s “transphobic,” 79 a Chinese dress for being “cultural appropriation,” and a “sexy burka” costume for being disrespectful to Islam. In January 2019 Amazon removed dozens of other products that were said to be offensive to Muslims as well. 80 Meanwhile, an album by a band called Marduk titled “Fuck Me Jesus” is allowed, which shows a naked woman using a crucifix as a dildo on the cover. 81 Amazon also sells a song titled “Fuck White People” which has a noose on the album cover. 82 They also stock various black supremacist books that promote hate groups like the Black Hebrew Israelites.

Twitch.TV Twitch.TV (which is owned by Amazon) is a website where people livestream themselves playing video games (I know this seems strange to anyone over 40) and they can have a large number of viewers who enjoy watching them play. Like YouTube livestreams, there is a chat box on Twitch where viewers can post comments and even tip the player. While it’s mostly for video games, sometimes the gamers will talk politics during their streams, and the Thought Police are watching in case they say something “racist,” “sexist,” “homophobic,” etc., etc. One gamer was recently banned from Twitch for simply saying there are only two genders. 83 The email informing her of the ban read, “Your recent behavior

has proven your lack of understanding of what hateful speech is and how it may affect your community on your channel…Several of your statements have been found offensive towards the transgender community, and we don’t tolerate this kind of behavior.” 84 In a YouTube video discussing the ban she said, “I specifically said, it’s okay if a man wants to be a woman, and a woman wants to be a man, you cannot be anything in between,” referring to the odd “gender fluid,” “pan gender,” and the dozens of other “genders” liberals have invented. A popular DJ named Deadmouse (stylized Deadmau5), who also streamed on Twitch for fun was banned for “hate speech” after he called another streamer a dreaded “homophobic slur.” He issued a statement saying, “It was intended to insult a fuckin asshat who was being a fucking asshat…it wasn’t ‘directed at an entire group of people who have a sexual orientation that differs from my own.’ Fuck off with that shit. I know who I am, and I don’t have to fucking sit here and cry and defend my fucking self with the obligatory ‘I’M NOT THAT PERSON, I AM SORRY” reflex… The sane people who knew what it was in the heat of the moment knew the purpose of the statement, and the people that think otherwise, I’m better off not even fucking knowing and they can just keep the fuck clear of me.” 85 It was great to see someone of his celebrity push back against this PC nonsense, but he soon backtracked and issued an apology, along with apologizing for his previous “non-apology” in response to the ban, saying, “I know what I said was wrong, and my hastily composed non-apology was an insult to injury.” 86 Many other Twitch streamers have had their accounts suspended and banned for just uttering what moderators thought were “slurs” out loud in a fit of anger when something went wrong on the game they’re playing when they actually said something that just sounded similar to one. 87 So even

while players are virtually “mass murdering” people in a video game, the Thought Police are carefully monitoring them to make sure their off-thecuff commentary doesn’t happen to offend someone in the LGBTQ community or other “protected group.” One streamer was even given a 30day suspension for calling another player a “mongoloid,” because Twitch considers that “hate speech” too. 88 Like YouTube and Facebook Live, Twitch uses real-time voice recognition systems to analyze what people are saying in order to lookout for any words that are flagged as being inappropriate. Monitoring livestreams using AI is one of the top priorities of the tech companies due to the bad press they get when someone livestreams something completely ridiculous (or criminal) so they are putting enormous resources into being able to detect what is being said in real-time, and even what is being shown so they can take down a stream if their algorithm deems the broadcast includes anything “inappropriate.” Twitch, however, like all the other major platforms turns a blind eye when liberals flagrantly violate their rules. A popular streamer who goes by “Destiny” (real name Steven Kenneth Bonnell II) has explicitly called for violence against conservatives on at least one occasion. When he was asked during a stream, “You genuinely do hate conservatives, don’t you?” he answered, “Very much so. I’ve moved full-on to the political violence level or the real violence level when it comes to conservative people. I feel like they need to be fucking excised from my fucking country. I think they’re demonstrably evil people.” 89 He remains on the platform and his channel is still monetized.

Alex Jones “Unpersoned” One of the scariest aspects of censorship isn’t a few songs, movies, or books disappearing from the Internet, but a person being deleted. An

“Unperson” is a term from George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four that describes someone whose very existence has been erased from society, and this basically happened to radio talk show host Alex Jones in August 2018. Within the course of just a few days he was banned from YouTube, Facebook, iTunes, the TuneIn radio app, Spotify, Stitcher, Pinterest, and even LinkedIn! Years of archived shows and interviews just disappeared. PayPal also closed his account, preventing his website Infowars.com from accepting payments through the service, 90 and numerous credit card processors also refused to allow him to have an account, making it difficult to accept debit and credit cards for the products he sells. Liberals were thrilled with the actions, including Democrat Senator Chris Murphy from Connecticut who said, “Infowars is the tip of a giant iceberg of hate and lies that uses sites like Facebook and YouTube to tear our nation apart. These companies must do more than take down one website. The survival of our democracy depends on it.” 91 Many conservatives, even those who think Alex Jones is a raving lunatic, were quite concerned about his sudden “disappearance” from the Internet. Even Senator Ted Cruz defended Alex, tweeting, “Am no fan of Jones — among other things he has a habit of repeatedly slandering my Dad by falsely and absurdly accusing him of killing JFK — but who the hell made Facebook the arbiter of political speech? Free speech includes views you disagree with.” 92 Others came to his defense as well, including Bill Maher who said despite Jones telling “lies” about him, “if you’re a liberal, you’re supposed to be for free speech. That’s free speech for the speech you hate. That’s what free speech means. We’re losing the thread of the concepts that are important to this country. You care about the real American shit or you

don’t. And if you do, it goes for every side. I don’t like Alex Jones, but Alex Jones gets to speak. Everybody gets to speak.” 93 The ACLU [American Civil Liberties Union] even warned his ban could set a dangerous precedent and expressed concerns that the pendulum could swing the other way some day, and groups like Black Lives Matter could be shut down under the same pretense. 94 President Trump appeared to reference the unpersoning of Alex Jones which had made national headlines, saying, “I won’t mention any names but when they take certain people off of Twitter or Facebook and they’re making that decision, that is really a dangerous thing because that could be you tomorrow.” 95

Alex Jones Was Just the Beginning Many people who were quite concerned about Alex Jones getting unpersoned overnight were afraid to speak out against it because they didn’t want to appear as if they supported Jones because of some of the outlandish things he has said over the years, but Big Tech coordinating with each other to ban him was just a test case and the beginning of what was to come. The editor in chief of The Verge , one of Vox Media’s online properties, started calling for Fox News to be taken off the air next, saying, “I feel like we should be just as comfortable asking Comcast and Verizon and Charter why they continue to offer Fox News on their networks as we are about Facebook and Alex Jones.” 96 Immediately after Jones was universally deplatformed PBS did a report about it and in that report complained that he had inspired countless “imitators” who “sell merchandise” and then showed a clip of me from one of my YouTube videos promoting my popular t-shirts.

Apple CEO Tim Cook then said it’s a “sin” for social media platforms not to ban people the Left deems “hateful” and “divisive.” He was given the first “Courage Against Hate Award” from the Jewish ADL, and during his acceptance speech said, “We only have one message for those who seek to push hate, division, and violence: You have no place on our platforms. You have no home here.” 97 He went on to say, “and as we showed this year, we won’t give a platform to violent conspiracy theorists on the app store,” referring to banning Alex Jones. “Why? Because it’s the right thing to do,” Cook concluded. 98 Even conservative darling Ben Shapiro is technically in violation of their terms of service for “hate speech” by saying transgenderism is a mental illness. 99 They could drop the hammer on anyone at anytime for things they’ve said years ago, and even “off platform,” meaning things said in interviews or speeches that didn’t even directly involve social media. Just voting for Donald Trump is considered “hate speech” by the Silicon Valley titans, and it won’t be long now before they include negative tone of voice, contorted facial expressions or even supposed “code words” and “dog whistles” into their terms of service as things that are not allowed. For example, if someone is reporting on a new television commercial featuring two gay men who are raising a child they adopted and react with a disgusted look on their face, or a sarcastic, “I’m sure the child will grow up to be totally normal.” That will likely be a violation of their policies. George Orwell even warned about such things in his classic novel Nineteen Eighty-Four , saying, “to wear an improper expression on your face (to look incredulous when a victory was announced, for example) was itself a punishable offense. There was even a word for it in Newspeak: facecrime, it was called.” 100

They’ll start claiming that certain words or phrases are “code words” for something else just like they’ve done with the “okay” hand sign, and soon nobody will be safe from being smeared as a “white supremacist,” “Islamophobe,” “homophobe,” “xenophobe,” etc. The Left are now engaged in a Maoist-style attempted overthrow of our culture and our country, and are systematically purging influential dissenting voices from social media. Get ready, because this is just the beginning. They don’t just want prominent vocal opponents of the liberal agenda silenced; they want our lives destroyed. Some people believe censorship amplifies extremism by forcing people to descend into the dark corners of the Internet where their ideas aren’t challenged or debunked by onlookers who disagree with them, and so they fester in an echo chamber that fuels and radicalizes them. Censoring someone who’s not calling for violence can also be seen as confirmation that they are being persecuted and cultivate a sense that they feel justified fighting back in a more extreme way. By having their voice taken away for what was perfectly legal speech, they may be compelled to act out in other ways in order to “be heard.” The liberal Establishment is working tirelessly to take down any independent social media personalities who organically gain sizable followings, and if they’re truly independent, meaning not working for a major media outlet then they are extremely vulnerable because they don’t have a legal department behind them that can push back on their behalf. They have developed a formula to take us down. First, a few unscrupulous liberal online outlets like the Huffington Post, BuzzFeed, and Vox label certain conservatives “Alt-Right” or “right-wing extremists” and then the editors at Wikipedia update those people’s pages to claim they are a white

nationalists or neo-Nazis and use those dubious reports as “sources” to solidify the smear. And since Wikipedia is the go-to place for information for most people and one of the top search results on Google, anyone looking those people up from that point on will be presented with information claiming they’re a racist or far-right extremist. Then, even more outlets repeat the false claims, thus generating even more news articles from mainstream sources parroting the smear which are then used to add even more citations to the Wikipedia articles to reinforce their false narrative. These liberal outlets know that most people don’t have the vast resources necessary to sue for defamation, and so they are forever branded a “racist.” Then the self-referencing Wikipedia page is used as the justification to demonetize their YouTube channels and suspend their PayPal accounts to cutoff their revenue streams in order to crush them into silence. In our current political climate, especially as the 2020 election is approaching, I wake up every morning wondering if today will be the day that it happens to me.

What’s Next? How far will this fascism go? Will Visa, MasterCard, or American Express deactivate certain accounts because the banks don’t like what some people say or believe? Will Bank of America and Wells Fargo start closing people’s checking accounts because they don’t like their politics? Some banks are already doing just that. Chase Bank issued a letter to Proud Boys (a pro-Trump men’s fraternity) leader Enrique Tarrio that they would be closing his account and he had until the end of the month to move all his money somewhere else. 101 Then Joe Biggs, a former reporter for Infowars who banks at Chase, got the same notification. Others did as well, including

Martina Markota who works for the conservative news site Rebel Media. 102

After word spread of the shocking move, outraging many veterans groups because Joe Biggs is an Iraq vet, Chase re-activated his account, but wouldn’t give him a reason as to why they had initially banned him. 103 PayPal has already banned Alex Jones, Laura Loomer, Milo Yiannopoulous, Lauren Southern, Tommy Robinson, Gavin McInnes, Roosh V, Faith Goldy, as well as Twitter alternative Gab, and YouTube alternative BitChute because they support free speech and won’t ban users for posting things that hurt others feelings. 104 A senior software engineer at Google recommended the company delete Donald Trump’s G-mail account, and that of everyone working in his administration. He even suggested they “brick” Donald Trump’s cell phone. 105 A “bricked” phone, if you’re not familiar with the term, means one that is completely deactivated and won’t even turn on. So the engineer was literally recommending Google remotely disable Donald Trump’s phone, since they are the owners of the Android operating system which it uses. We only know about this because the proposal was included in a series of documents obtained as part of a lawsuit filed by former Google employee James Damore who was fired after circulating a memo explaining how the company’s obsession with “diversity” is misguided. While the company didn’t authorize those radical actions, who’s to say in the future they (or Apple) won’t ban certain people from using their phones? When you activate a smartphone you “agree” to the terms and conditions, even though hardly anyone actually reads them. Those terms also say the manufacturer can change the terms at any time, so what’s to stop them from adding a clause that says they reserve the right to brick your phone (or computer) if they feel you’re engaging in certain kinds of

behavior or speech that they find objectionable? Perhaps Google didn’t want the publicity and the backlash of sabotaging the President of the United States’ cellphone, but what’s to stop them from doing it to people who aren’t as powerful or well known? How far will the Silicon Valley titans go to stamp out vocal critics of the radical Leftists’ agenda? Will video editing software companies deactivate their software on people’s computers if they don’t like the content people are creating? Will Photoshop not sell their software to artists who are making the “wrong” kind of memes? Or will Microsoft and Apple refuse to license their operating systems on the computers (or smartphones) of political activists, social media personalities, or authors they consider racist, sexist, homophobic, transphobic, Islamophobic, etc.? Or maybe their local ISP [Internet Service Provider] won’t even allow them to have an Internet connection or will start blocking certain websites. 106 What if Priceline or Orbitz decides not to sell you a plane ticket because they refuse to do business with “hateful” people? Or if Enterprise decides they won’t rent you a car. Or a popular gas station chain won’t sell you gas? What if a major grocery store chain decides they won’t sell you any food? If Visa or Mastercard blacklist you, then you won’t even be able to have a debit card. If no banks will allow you to have an account, how can you cash your paycheck? In the Bible, a prophecy in the Book of Revelation says that one day “no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name,” warning that people who don’t worship the counterfeit Christ will be completely cut off economically from the modern world. It appears we are beginning to see the justifications for such widespread bans by those who control the backbone of the financial system.

Section 230 of the CDA Technically, private companies can ban people from their platforms as long as it’s not because of their race, sex, sexual orientation, age, disability, country of origin, or other legally “protected” class. But political affiliation is not a protected class, and companies could legally ban all Republicans if they wanted to. Laws and regulations are always many years behind innovation, and the framers of the legislation governing our communication infrastructure could have never imagined the emergence of social media, let alone how instrumental of a role it would come to play in our lives. The Telecommunications Act of 1996 was passed by Congress and signed into law by President Clinton in order to overhaul the rules and regulations governing communication systems in response to the development of the Internet. Within the Act was a subsection called the Communications Decency Act, and Section 230 of the law granted immunity to Internet Service Providers, Domain Registrars, and website hosting services so if customers use these services in ways that violate copyright laws (or criminal statutes), the companies themselves are not liable for the legal consequences because they are not deemed publishers, but platforms, and are not responsible what their customers are posting. In other words, if someone posts an episode of The Big Bang Theory television show on their YouTube channel, YouTube is not responsible for that person violating CBS’s copyright (as long as YouTube would promptly remove the infringing video if notified by CBS.) Because YouTube provides a service (i.e. the “platform”) to the public, they can’t necessarily prevent people from using that service to post copyrighted material, so they are given “safe harbor” and are immune from any civil or criminal penalties when their users break the law.

Section 230 of the CDA also granted immunity to Internet Service Providers and interactive websites if third party users post defamatory information about someone, 107 death threats, 108 or even if they sell fake merchandise on eBay, meaning eBay is not responsible, only the person posting the fake listing is. Today, many Big Tech companies are abusing their immunity granted to them by Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act by censoring certain users and posts and deciding themselves what to delete from their platforms, when that content is not violating any laws. They are now acting as publishers, not platforms, because they are making editorial decisions about what will and will not be allowed. If a person posts something that doesn’t violate any laws, then why should the social media companies have the right to take it down if they are in the business of offering a platform for (supposedly) anyone to use? Currently there is a loophole in section 230 that allows for what it calls “Good Samaritan” blocking and screening of “obscene, lewd, lascivious, filthy, excessively violent, harassing, or otherwise objectionable content.” 109 So they interpret “objectionable” content as being facts or opinions that hurt people’s feelings or undermine the liberal agenda. Further evidence that section 230 of the CDA is outdated and unfair can be seen by the fact that a court ruled that President Trump can’t block people on Twitter after several trolls who he had blocked found a law firm that sued the President on their behalf. 110 The court ruled that Trump can’t block people on social media because it “deprives them of access to official Presidential statements,” and his feeds are considered a “public square.” This begs the question, why is Facebook, Twitter and YouTube allowed to deprive citizens access to that same public square?

If the President of the United States can’t “deprive” someone of access to his statements on social media, why should the tech companies be allowed to do that to ordinary citizens? Facebook and Twitter are basically the modern day equivalent of a telephone, or post office. They’ve become an intimate and crucial part of billions of people’s lives. It’s how friends and families communicate with each other, and share photos and videos. It’s where they send out party invitations and look up old childhood friends or family members they’ve lost touch with. It’s how they get their news and see what the President is saying. Imagine the phone company canceling your service because they didn’t like what you and your friends talked about. That’s essentially what Facebook and other social media platforms are doing today when they suspend people, delete their posts, or ban them completely because of what they say when their statements are not crimes, but just a “controversial,” “divisive,” or “hateful” point of view. The power these mega corporations have over how billions of people on the planet communicate with each other is staggering. And the fact that they are working in concert together to enforce their arbitrary and bias “terms of service” to silence certain people and points of view is beyond horrifying. As George Washington said, “If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter.” 111 Author’s Note: Please take a moment to rate and review this book on Amazon.com, or wherever you purchased it from if you’re reading the ebook, to let others know what you think. This also helps to offset the trolls who keep giving my books fake one-star reviews when they haven’t even read them.

Almost all of the one-star reviews on Amazon for my last two books “The True Story of Fake News” and “Liberalism: Find a Cure” are from NON-verified purchases which is a clear indication they are fraudulent hence me adding this note. It’s just more proof that liberals are losers and can’t play fair, so if you could help me combat them as soon as possible since you actually bought this book, that would be great! Thank you!

The Memory Hole Censorship encompasses much more than people getting their posts and accounts deleted from social media platforms. It involves the mainstream media self-censoring stories and certain issues as well. They lie by omission and purposefully ignore events and individuals they don’t want to give publicity to, even when what’s happening fully warrants extensive coverage. They spent years chasing after “Russian agents” who are supposedly around every corner trying to infiltrate every aspect of America, while ignoring that the National Security Agency actually considers Israel to be the top espionage threat against the United States. 112 While regularly portraying Muslims and Jews as poor minorities who are constantly persecuted by Islamophobes and anti-Semites, the American media never reports that Christians are actually the most persecuted religion in the world, and are being murdered at such a rate in the Middle East that it is considered to be “near genocide levels” according to human rights groups. 113

When a reporter for Reuters learned that Beto O’Rourke was a member of the infamous Cult of the Dead Cow hacking group when he was a teenager, he promised Beto he wouldn’t reveal that information until after the 2018 midterm election when Beto was running against Ted Cruz for his Senate seat. 114 During the campaign Beto was already being haunted by his past for leaving the scene of an accident he caused while driving drunk, and if word got out that he was also committing computer crimes as well, it certainly wouldn’t have looked good. PBS edited out a part of Finding Your Roots , a documentary series that traces celebrities’ ancestry, after Ben Affleck discovered that his ancestors owned slaves and then pressured the network to cut that part out of the episode, which they did, so it wouldn’t hurt his image. 115 We only know about the censorship because hacked emails from Sony were posted on Wikileaks, including one between Finding Your Roots host Henry Louis Gates Jr. and the CEO of Sony Entertainment discussing Affleck’s request. 116

In our digital world, news outlets can alter an article or a headline after something is published without most people even noticing, covering up falsehoods and mistakes, or even changing the overall message of the story. This often results in an inflammatory article going viral and whipping people into a frenzy, only to later have key points quietly changed in response to the backlash. Sometimes outlets have other reasons for dumping things down the memory hole. For example, the popular New Zealand news website Stuff.co.nz quietly deleted an article about how a local resident had allegedly been “introduced to radical Islam at the Al-Noor mosque in Christchurch,” immediately after a white supremacist walked into the same mosque and livestreamed his mass-murder of 50 Muslims inside. 117 It appears the

website was trying to prevent word from getting out that the attacker appeared to have targeted that particular mosque because it had allegedly been linked to Muslim extremists.

Project Censored Have you heard of Project Censored? Most people have not, which is the ultimate irony because it’s an organization that highlights important under-reported or censored stories that mainstream media buries. Each year they publish a list of the top 25 censored or under-reported stories in America hoping to give them the attention they deserve. “Under-reported” meaning that they may have been mentioned in some mainstream outlets, but weren’t front page stories or didn’t dominate the news cycle for a week as they should have due to their importance. In our fast paced world, if a story isn’t one that happens to get circulated in the news cycle non-stop for a week, it is almost immediately forgotten by most people who are swept up in the next wave of reporting about mass shootings, fires, floods, celebrity gossip, health scares, and political scandals. Project Censored was founded in 1976 at Sonoma State University by a professor who wanted to expose censorship and propaganda in mainstream media. It has been praised by many media analysts around the world. Whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg, who leaked the Pentagon Papers which showed that the Johnson administration lied to the American people and Congress about the reasons for getting involved in the Vietnam War, said Project Censored, “shines light in the dark places of our government that most need exposure.” 118 Even Walter Cronkite, who anchored the CBS Evening News for almost twenty years and who was considered to be “the most trusted man in

America” said, “Project Censored is one of the organizations that we should listen to, to be assured that our newspapers and our broadcasting outlets are practicing thorough and ethical journalism.” 119 The Los Angeles Times once admitted that Project Censored, “offers devastating evidence of the dumbing-down of mainstream news in America” and said their annual book of the top 25 most censored and under-reported stories was, “Required reading for broadcasters, journalists, and well-informed citizens.” 120

New York Times Best Seller List When the New York Times learned the NSA was illegally spying on tens of millions of Americans they sat on the story for over a year and only published it after the reporter who got his story killed by the editors decided to write a book about the spying since the paper couldn’t stop him from publishing that. 121 But that’s not the only censorship the New York Times has engaged in. They even censor books from their prestigious “best seller” list. Ted Cruz’s book A Time for Truth was excluded from their list in 2015 when it qualified to be number three on the list. 122 They claimed it was because most of the sales were from bulk orders, which they say was evidence that an author is ordering their own book to artificially inflate the numbers, but the publisher HarperCollins issued a statement saying they investigated the sales patterns and found no evidence of any such bulk orders. 123 Cruz’s campaign tweeted “The New York Times is lying — they should release their evidence or issue a formal apology.” 124 A few days later, the book was then finally included on the best seller list. 125

Bill O’Reilly’s book Legends & Lies: The Patriots was included on The New York Times best sellers list when it came out in 2016, but was only ranked number six despite being number one on the Wall Street Journal’s best seller list, as well as number one on the Publisher’s Weekly list. At the time the Nielsen organization reported Bill O’Reilly’s book sold 24,348 copies that week, while the number one book on The New York Times best seller list, The Gene , sold only 9,781 copies. 126 The New York Times also omitted a bestselling book about the Philadelphia abortionist Dr. Kermit Gosnell who killed babies that were born alive during his attempted abortions and was found to have kept baby body parts in jars around his office. He was later convicted of three counts of murder and one count of involuntary manslaughter but the liberal media paid little attention to the trial because it cast abortion in such a horrific light. 127 The book’s co-author Ann McElhinney said it is “shocking that the cover-up of the Gosnell story is continuing…It’s clear that this is a blatant fake list in a fake news newspaper…It’s not only an insult to the people who have bought this book, but an insult to the readers of The New York Times who buy the newspaper and think they are getting the truth about book sales across America but instead get false facts disguised as a neutral list.” 128 In October 2018 when Stormy Daniels’ book came out detailing her alleged affair with Donald Trump, the New York Times included it on their top 10 best seller list but not Fox News’ Jeanine Pirro’s book Liars, Leakers, and Liberals , or David Limbaugh’s Jesus is Risen , both of which had actually sold more copies than Stormy’s. 129 In June 2019, CNN’s Jim Acosta released a book about President Trump titled The Enemy of the People: A Dangerous Time to Tell the Truth

In America that didn’t even make it into the top 50 on Amazon’s best seller list and completely dropped off the top 100 list after just two days. But the New York Times placed Acosta’s book at number ten on their “best seller” list, proving once again it’s not an accurate ranking of the week’s bestselling books, but really just a favorites list of the editors. Books are so powerful that today liberals even protest companies which decide to publish certain authors. Simon & Schuster came under tremendous fire when it was revealed they had signed a deal with rightwing provocateur Milo Yiannopolous, causing the publisher to become one of the top trends on Twitter from triggered liberals calling for people to boycott not just Milo’s book (which they weren’t going to read anyway), but every book Simon and Schuster publishes! 130 Hollywood producer Judd Apatow tweeted support of the boycott, saying, “I am in! In these times we can not let hatemongers get rich off of their cruelty. Shame on Simon (and) Schuster.” 131 Former Governor of Vermont Howard Dean tweeted, “This is an embarrassment for [Simon & Schuster] and their owner CBS which is already on record putting their company ahead of the USA.” 132 The publisher eventually canceled their contract with Milo and he later had to self-publish it.

Illegal Immigration The facts about illegal immigration are rarely allowed into the news cycle because the American people would learn just how big of a crisis it is, and the damage illegal aliens are doing to our country. In 2015 over 50% of legal immigrant households received some form of government welfare— including food stamps, housing assistance, school lunch programs, or Medicaid. 133 A 2018 report by the Center for Immigration Studies found that 63% of non-citizens use at least one form of welfare. 134 While the

liberal media loves to report that they’re just coming here to work, the fact is millions of them are sucking off our tax dollars. Many illegal immigrants come infected with diseases as well, including ones that had been previously eradicated from the United States, like measles—resulting in new “mysterious” outbreaks (at places like Disneyland) because the diseases are imported by illegal aliens and those claiming to seek asylum. 135 Just in the last few years there have been thousands of murders committed by illegal aliens. 136 Lives stolen and families shattered by people who should have never been in our country in the first place. Every day there are headlines in local papers about violent illegal aliens (“undocumented workers,” as liberals call them) being arrested, and the stories may get a 15-second sound bite on the local news, but that’s it. The number of drunk driving arrests, thefts, burglaries, rapes, and other crimes they commit on a daily basis is staggering. One study shows that illegal aliens commit crimes at double the rate of native-born citizens. 137 In June 2018 when President Trump met with Angel Families at the White House (people whose family members have been killed by illegal aliens), both MSNBC and CNN abruptly cut their live feed and began talking about how the Trump administration isn’t treating illegal immigrant families who sneak into our country good enough. Ironically, during the meeting a woman who lost her son to an illegal alien drunk driver began telling the president, “The mainstream media does not let you know what is really happening.” 138 Democrats say the flood of illegals entering our country isn’t a national emergency, as President Trump declared, meanwhile in a recent four-month period Border Patrol agents apprehended 136,000 people crossing from Mexico into the U.S. illegally. 139 In February 2019 alone over 66,400

people were arrested trying to cross the border, the most detained in a single month in over ten years. 140 During one live feed on MSNBC when their reporter was down at the border talking about the prototypes for Trump’s proposed new wall, in the background a group of illegal aliens climbed over the current short and inadequate fence that’s only a few feet high, right in the middle of his report. 141 The Left go so far when denying and defending the crimes of illegal aliens that when Donald Trump called MS-13 gang members “animals” the Democrats and their mouthpieces in the media began claiming that he was referring to immigrants in general! “Trump calls immigrants animals” was their new talking point which was repeated for years as a deceptively edited video of his statement continues to circulate as the “proof.” 142 MS-13 is widely considered to be the most sadistic and vicious street gang in the world by law enforcement agencies. 143 Their motto is “rape, control, kill” and they are known for torturing and dismembering people. 144 Democrats all used to support expanding the border wall and were tough on illegal immigration, until Donald Trump became president. 145 You’ve probably seen the video compilations of Chuck Schumer, Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, and other top Democrats all previously supporting the wall and saying we need to stop the influx of illegals crossing the border —but that has changed. It appears the Democrats don’t support the blue collar working class any more. President Trump has won most of them over to his side, so now the Democrats are hoping to build a new base of future voters consisting of Americans who are too lazy to work and want free handouts from a Socialist government, and 20 million illegal aliens who they are hoping to grant citizenship to.

Transgender Crimes Transgender people have an extremely high rate of mental illness, 146 so it should be expected that they also have a high rate of crime. But because they’re part of a legally “protected class” and liberals see them as having achieved the next phase in human evolution, the media always ignores the dangers they pose to society. While their crimes may be reported briefly in local outlets where they occurred, the national conversation regarding transgender people is always framed as if they are amazing and special people who are being treated unfairly by society because they are different. A 30-year-old transgender “woman” in Wyoming was convicted of raping a ten-year-old girl in a bathroom in 2017 but nobody really heard about this story except for maybe some locals. 147 Another transgender “woman” sexually assaulted a ten-year-old girl in a grocery store bathroom in Scotland but avoided jail and was just given community service. 148 A 52-year-old transgender “woman” was arrested for raping (an actual) woman in 2016 and then once placed in a female jail “she” sexually assaulted four female prisoners within the first few days. 149 This story spread through social media because people found it so disturbing, but some were in denial and thought it was a hoax, causing Snopes to post an article asking “Did a Male Rapist Who Identifies as Female Transfer to a Women’s Jail and Assault Female Inmates?” and rated the claim “True.” 150 In March 2019 a black transgender “woman” in New York was arrested for hate crimes after targeting random white women walking along the sidewalk near subway stations in Harlem and the Upper West Side and spraying them in the face with pepper spray. Police believe 37-year-old

Thomas Herd, a black man who identifies as a woman, was behind almost a dozen other similar attacks in the area. 151 A transgender “woman” in Sydney, Australia was captured on surveillance cameras inside a 7-Eleven walking into the convenience store in January 2019 with an ax, and then randomly smashing two customers in the face after getting upset about a bad Tinder date. 152 In 2015, a 30-year-old man dressed as a woman was arrested for secretly videotaping women in a mall’s bathroom in Virginia. 153 A 37-yearold man in Toronto was arrested after he claimed to be a transgender “woman” and was allowed inside a women’s shelter, where he then assaulted four women. 154 These are just a few of many examples. Aside from ignoring the transgender Peeping Toms, rapes, and hate crimes that transgender “women” commit, the liberal media also ignores the rapes that gay men commit, and try to portray rape as something that only a man does to a woman, but the reality is that gay men raping other men occurs far more frequently than people know, particularly in the U.S. military since Barack Obama lifted the ban on gays being allowed in. 155

Black Crime The liberal media always portrays black people as being “racially profiled” by police and cite figures about black people being arrested at exponentially higher rates than whites as some kind of “proof” that the police are racist, but the reality is that black people per capita commit significantly more violent crimes than whites, so it only makes sense that they would get arrested more! Since liberals don’t know anything about math, when you mention that black men commit murder at approximately ten times the average of whites, they may lookup the statistics and claim that’s not true, but they are only

comparing the total number of murders committed by whites to the total number committed by blacks, and don’t factor in that blacks are only about 14% of the U.S. population. 156 The figures are per capita , meaning the average per person, and since less than 20% of murders in Chicago are actually solved, 157 the number of murders committed by black people is likely much higher than the FBI and Department of Justice records show, which again, reveal that black people commit murder at close to ten times the average of whites. Not twice as many per capita, or three times as many—ten times , or 1000% more murders per capita! Unfortunately many black Americans have embraced the identity of a thug, and see gangster rappers as role models, and view going to jail as a badge of honor. Local TV news in Chicago, Detroit, Milwaukee, and Baltimore cover the day’s murders, stabbings, and robberies for a few minutes each night, and it’s almost the same story the next night, and the night after that, but the black crime problem in America is never addressed as part of our national discussion. Memorial Day weekend of 2016 in Chicago ended with 69 people shot, every one of them from black on black crime. 158 And while the story may have gotten a fifteen second segment on some of the national broadcast news networks, the horrifying weekend was forgotten by the next day. There was no CNN Town Hall special to discuss the violence problem there. No endless panelists brought on air to discuss it with Anderson Cooper or Don Lemon. It’s like it never even happened. The following year 52 people were shot in Chicago over the same holiday weekend. 159 36 people were shot the year after that over Memorial Day weekend. 160 All black victims and black perpetrators. Over the Fourth

of July holiday and Labor Day weekends the same thing happens every year. It’s total carnage in the black communities in Chicago. It’s especially sad that the emergence of the Black Lives Matter movement was built upon a foundation of lies. The list of armed and dangerous perpetrators justly shot and killed by police and then labeled “victims” of “police brutality” is long. In fact, convicted cop killer Assata Shakur, who fled to Cuba which granted her “political asylum,” is considered to be an inspiration for starting the Black Lives Matter movement. 161 She was a member of the domestic terrorist organization the Black Liberation Army which stated their goal was to wage war against the United States government, and they carried out a series of bombings and assassinations of police officers in the 1970s. 162 Many Black Lives Matter supporters carried on the philosophy of the Black Liberation Army and see themselves in a war against police. During their marches they would sometimes chant “What do we want? Dead cops! When do we want them? Now!” 163 In June 2015 two black men were arrested for plotting to blow up a police station in Ferguson, Missouri to get revenge for an officer shooting Michael Brown (after Brown attacked him and tried to take his gun). 164 In July 2016 a black man ambushed a group of police officers during a Black Lives Matter march in Dallas, Texas, killing five of them and injuring nine others. 165 In 2017 when groups of black youth were robbing people of their cellphones at a train station in San Francisco, police refused to release security footage of the crimes “to avoid racial stereotypes.” 166 Debora Allen, who works for the Department of Transportation, gave an interview with the local news and explained the police told her that, “To release these videos would create a high level of racially insensitive commentary toward the district. And in addition it would create a racial bias in the riders against

minorities on the trains.” 167 Police wouldn’t release video footage of the perpetrators because they were concerned it would make black people look bad! The media regularly tries to ignore or downplay most instances of antiwhite hate crimes committed by black people. For example, after a black man walked into a predominately white church in Nashville, Tennessee in 2017 and opened fired, killing one woman and wounding seven others, a judge sealed most of the evidence for almost two years, and then during the trial it was revealed, as many had suspected, that he specifically went there to kill white people. 168 Meanwhile, if you’re concerned about white farmers being murdered in South Africa by the racist mobs of blacks who believe it’s their rightful land, you are called a racist conspiracy theorist for promoting what the Liberal Media Industrial Complex calls the “white genocide conspiracy theory.” 169 In recent years, white farmers in South Africa (called the Boers) have been facing persecution by vicious black gangs who raid their homes and slaughter them to get “revenge” against the “imperialists” who benefited from the Apartheid. 170 And God forbid you point out the anti-white hate crimes that occur in the United States at the hands of disgruntled blacks who blame white people for all of their personal and cultural failures. That’s a guaranteed way to get labeled a “white supremacist.”

Fake Hate Crimes Since a large part of our culture has come to celebrate victimhood instead of personal achievement, we have seen a staggering increase in the number of hate crime hoaxes where mostly black people, gays, Muslims, and Jews report fake hate crimes to the police after vandalizing their own

property with racial slurs, or claim they were physically attacked by some evil white people. The initial reports air on local and national news and go viral on social media, sparking outrage at the “racist” white people and “Trump supporters” who allegedly keep carrying out these attacks. But oftentimes when police get involved and interview the “victim” and gather evidence, the supposed “hate crime” turns out to be a hoax and it’s quietly forgotten about. Just after the 2016 election an 18-year-old Muslim woman in New York claimed that Trump supporters harassed her on the subway, chanting “Trump!” while trying to steal her hijab, but after police launched their investigation she was arrested for making the whole story up in an attempt to distract her father from the fact that she had been out getting drunk with her friends that night. 171 A Muslim student at the University of Texas-Arlington said she was threatened at gunpoint by a group of white men in a pickup truck only to later admit she fabricated the whole story too. 172 Hate crime hoaxes are a specialty in LGBT communities and have been used to further their cause and gain sympathy for years, and in some cases defame a neighbor they’re feuding with. 173 Since LGBT people are treated like an endangered species by the liberal media, every time a claim is made that one of them has been harassed, assaulted, or had their property vandalized with anti-gay “slurs,” the activist media is more than happy to amplify their claims. But when the police discover, as they often do, that the “victim” made the whole thing up, the story is dropped like a hot potato and the media just moves on to cover something else. For example, after a transgender “man” who was a prominent LGBT “rights” activist in Michigan had “his” home burned down, killing five pets, the FBI investigated it as a hate crime and the incident was used as leverage by the “man” to help pass a local ordinance that prohibited the

discrimination of gays, but authorities later arrested “him” for the crime and said the motive was to create publicity to help pass more gay “rights” legislation. 174 It seems every “protected” group engages in these kinds of false flags. A Jewish freshman at George Washington University reported someone had drawn swastikas on her dorm room door, but a security camera actually captured her doing it. 175 At the same school another student posted a swastika on a community bulletin board that belonged to a Jewish fraternity and it was later discovered that the perpetrator, a Jew, was a member of that same fraternity. 176 An African American community center in Seattle was vandalized with racist graffiti including “Nigger Babies” and “Vote Trump,” and as you can guess, an African American was arrested for the crime. 177 A 44-year-old black man in Colorado was arrested after it was discovered he was the one who hung racist flyers outside of a predominantly black church that caused the local community to be understandably outraged. 178 A black man reported that while his car was parked near Kansas State University it had been vandalized by someone painting “Go home nigger boy” on it. A photo of the damage went viral on social media only to later be exposed as another false flag and the man admitted that he defaced his own car and filed a false police report. 179 The FBI was even brought in to help investigate the case, which turned out to be another hoax. The following year a black student at the same school posted a photo of a note on his Twitter account that he claimed had been put on the door of his apartment, reading “Beware Niggers Live Here!!!” But when the police got involved he admitted that he made the note and put it there himself. 180

And of course the most popular hate crime hoax in decades involves actor Jussie Smollett, who claimed that two men wearing MAGA hats attacked him in the streets of Chicago in subzero weather and tied a noose around his neck, poured bleach on him, and yelled “This is MAGA country, nigger.” His story was so absurd that many were skeptical from the start, and as the investigation went on, police discovered he staged the whole thing hoping to become a social justice hero. 181 Aside from a lot of fake hate crimes being fabricated by black people, they also hallucinate that there are hate crimes committed against them. The black mayor of a small South Carolina town called police thinking she was the victim of a hate crime after she found a “yellow, sticky substance” covering her car in March 2019 which was parked in the driveway of her home. She assumed someone had spray-painted it, but police investigated and discovered it was just pollen. 182 Black college students at the University of Mississippi freaked out when someone saw a banana peel hanging over a tree branch outside a cabin at a fraternity’s weekend retreat. It caused such a concern that the retreat was canceled because some black students were afraid it was meant as a warning or to harass them, but it turns out a student who had finished eating the banana hung it on the tree because there were no garbage cans nearby and he didn’t want to just throw it on the ground where someone may end up stepping (or slipping) on it. 183 The list of recent hate crime hoaxes from “protected groups” like gays, lesbians, and black people could fill an entire book. 184 If you want to learn more about the issue there’s a whole chapter in my previous book, The True Story of Fake News which details these kinds of incidents.

Good News Ignored

Aside from burying bad news that will cause audiences to question the liberal narrative of how the world works, the Liberal Media Industrial Complex also ignores good news that undermines the agenda they’re trying to push. If it’s not completely ignored, it might be mentioned for 15 or 30 seconds on the broadcast news or published in newspapers or online articles but won’t be included in the lengthy discussions on cable news or the weekend talk shows like Meet the Press (NBC), Face the Nation (CBS), or This Week (ABC). Good news about President Trump is just a tiny blip on the radar, and then drowned out by the endless whining and moaning about minor issues and pundits’ latest paranoid delusions about what Trump “may do.” Despite reporting that if Donald Trump won the 2016 election the stock market would tank, it has skyrocketed largely in part due to him repealing countless burdensome business regulations and scrapping various awful trade deals previous administrations had gotten us into such as the Trans Pacific Partnership and NAFTA. In the first two years of his presidency the S&P 500 rose 28% 185 The Dow Jones Industrial Average later reached a record high, closing above 27,000 for the first time ever. 186 Black unemployment hit an all-time record low in May 2018 of just 5.9 percent. 187 In Trump’s first two years as president he was able to do more for African American communities than Barack Obama did in eight. Hispanic unemployment has fallen to its lowest level on record, down to 4.8%. 188 The unemployment rate for veterans also fell to an all-time low as well. 189 The average unemployment rate for the country dropped to 3.7% in October 2018, the lowest in almost 50 years. 190 The average American’s salary is also increasing at record rates. 191 President Trump signed the Veterans Affairs Choice program to dramatically speed up the amount of time that it takes U.S. veterans to get

their healthcare claims processed by enabling them to use private doctors and health care facilities instead of just the government-run VA hospitals. 192 The VA, like the DMV, the Post Office, and almost every other government-run program, was a disaster and it had taken months for veterans to see doctors and get the treatment they need. Trump’s reforms were a much-needed and long-overdue upgrade to how our veterans are taken care of. When Trump first took office ISIS controlled about 20,000 square miles of territory in Iraq and Syria, which contained a population of several million people. 193 However a year later they were driven out of their last outpost in Syria, crippling their organization and expelling them from their “Islamic State.” 194 While there are many Muslims in the Middle East who still adhere to the radical Islamic ideology of ISIS, they lost their territory and precious caliphate under President Trump. The ABC Nightly News spent literally 18 seconds on the story the day the Department of Defense announced the news that ISIS’ once planned Islamic State had fallen. 195 The CBS Evening New s spent one minute and twenty three seconds on the event. 196 Admitting that, despite his abrasive style and personality flaws, President Trump’s policies have been great for America is the last thing the Establishment will do. Instead they are trying to misdirect people’s attention and occupy their minds with issues of little significance and artificial controversies they drum up to smear him.

The War on Trump Because politicians on the Left and the Right have been screwing us over for years and using the mechanisms of government to fulfill their own selfish desires for power and wealth, the election of Donald Trump shook

the very foundation of the Washington D.C. Establishment. The lifelong bureaucrats knew the gravy train was going to come to a halt. For decades millions of Americans had felt a businessman, not a politician, would be the only one who could begin to fix the broken system—and the opportunity had finally come. Trump’s arrival to Washington was like parents who came home early from a long vacation, and now the kids (who were running around unsupervised breaking the rules) have to end the party and be held accountable for their actions. In 1988 on Oprah Winfrey’s show he was asked if he would ever run for president and he responded probably not, but added that he wouldn’t rule it out in the future because he was tired of seeing what’s happening in America. 197 And that’s why he thought about running in 2012, but felt his sons needed a few more years of experience before they were ready to take over the family business. In 2016 he felt it was the right time, and the rest is history, but the Establishment immediately struck back because they needed to destroy him before he started cleaning up the mess that decades of corruption had created. He was the ultimate roadblock to their globalist agenda, and longawaited New World Order. They were so upset about Trump’s victory they counterattacked by kicking off the “fake news” scare hoping to regain control of the flow of information. The Big Tech companies then started changing their algorithms and suppressing posts about certain topics and artificially favoring content from “authoritative” [liberal] mainstream sources. Even Tim Berners-Lee, the “founder of the World Wide Web” and the man who basically created HTML, said, “[People] are all stepping back, suddenly horrified after the Trump and Brexit elections, realizing that this web thing that they thought was that cool is actually not necessarily serving humanity very well.” 198

Nonstop Negative Coverage They began fabricating fake stories like the supermarket tabloids that invent scandals based on their own imaginations to smear President Trump and keep him constantly on the defense. “Our source says” and “if true” are littered throughout reports that endlessly speculate about Trump being engaged in a massive conspiracy to steal the election and work as a Russian “Manchurian candidate.” Nothing President Trump does is good in the eyes of the mainstream media. Everything he says is twisted and taken out of context in order to paint him as an incompetent racist who is destroying America. Journalist critic Anthony Brandt once said, “Members of the press sometimes print gossip as truth, disregard the impact they have on people’s lives, and are ready to believe the worst about people because the worst sells…We in the media have much to answer for.” 199 The week President Trump was inaugurated, Democrat operative David Brock, founder of Media Matters, a Leftist “media watchdog group,” launched a new plan to “kick Donald Trump’s ass” which included handing out a 50-page document marked “private and confidential” that outlined how they were going to use their resources to push for impeachment, bog down his administration by continuously filing lawsuits, and use their new proxy “media outlet” Shareblue to attack conservative media personalities and harass their advertisers to pull out. 200 The city of West Hollywood even voted to remove Donald Trump’s star from the Walk of Fame. “Earning a star on the Hollywood Walk of Fame is an honor,” the mayor said. “When one belittles and attacks minorities, immigrants, Muslims, people with disabilities or women — the honor no longer exists.” 201 The city has no problem with accused underage

sexual predator Kevin Spacey having a star, or convicted rapist Bill Cosby, or accused pedophile Michael Jackson. But they were determined to have Trump’s removed. So far, the star remains, since the Walk of Fame is considered a historic landmark and run by the Hollywood Chamber of Commerce which said “as of now” they have no plans to remove it. 202 A Pew Research study found that the media’s coverage of President Trump’s first 60 days in office was three times more negative than that of President Obama. 203 Even NPR admitted, “Compared to other recent presidents, news reports about President Trump have been more focused on his personality than his policy, and are more likely to carry negative assessments of his actions.” 204 Another study from the Media Research Center showed that 89% of the broadcast news reports from President Trump’s first 100 days in office were negative. 205 Newsbusters, a website run by the Media Research Group, declared 2017 “The year the news media went to war against a president.” 206

A poll by Politico showed that 46% of Americans believe the media just makes up fake stories about President Trump. 207 And ethics scholar John Hulteng previously warned, “It may be well that if journalism loses touch with ethical values, it will then cease to be of use to society, and cease to have any real reason for being.” 208 But unfortunately that ship sailed a long time ago.

“He’ll Crash the Economy” Just a few weeks before the 2016 election, CNN reported that, “A Trump win would sink stocks.” 209 Politico said that, “Wall Street is set up for a major crash if Donald Trump shocks the world on Election Day and wins the White House.” 210 CNBC warned that, “it probably won’t be a

pretty picture for stocks if he does.” 211 New York Times economist Paul Krugman wrote a column the day after the 2016 election saying, “So we are very probably looking at a global recession, with no end in sight,” adding that, “a terrible thing has just happened.” 212 Instead, the stock market kept reaching all-time highs, 213 black unemployment soon reached the lowest in history, 214 and countless Americans were getting bonuses and taking more money home each week in their paychecks because of his new tax reforms, 215 but still the liberal media kept nitpicking every little thing he did or said, trying to spin it as if it was the end of the world. People’s tax refunds were technically “lower” under Trump’s new tax code because less money was being taken out of their paychecks; money that would have been returned to them once they filed their taxes at the end of the year. Headlines from NBC News read, “Under new Trump tax code, average refund is 8.4 percent smaller,” and they reported, “Frustrated taxpayers are using the hashtag #GOPTaxScam to vent about their smaller than expected tax refunds.” 216 All the major news outlets piled on with similar reports, but this was only half of the story. The other half would put things into perspective. An executive at the Tax Foundation, a think tank that studies U.S. tax policies, told a New Jersey PBS station, “What the Treasury Department did is they adjusted the amount of taxes that were withheld from your paycheck every time you got paid, say every two or three weeks. And so you actually saw a little bit more in every paycheck in terms of less taxes withheld, but that means your refund at the end of the year might be a bit smaller than you actually expected.” 217 Why would you want to give the government more money than is required each paycheck and then wait until the end of the year to get it

back? Taking less money from each paycheck is much more efficient, but since many people are too dumb to grasp this simple concept the media spun the news about lower refunds as if people were somehow having to pay more taxes to the government, when the complete opposite is true!

“Trump is Hitler” We’ve never seen the American media be so slanderous, vicious, and dangerous when reporting on a president. They sound worse than a raving lunatic you would find standing in the streets ranting about the end of the world. CNN and MSNBC hosts regularly say that President Trump is acting like a dictator and often compare him to Adolf Hitler. Not even in the months and years after the weapons of mass destruction hoax fell apart did the liberal media stoop so low when criticizing President George W. Bush for the disaster that the Iraq War had become. Just two days after Donald Trump was inaugurated, CNN’s Brian Stelter gave the impression that the country had just been hijacked by a dictator. “These are uncomfortable questions, especially these last ones, but it’s time to ask them,” he began. “Do citizens in dictatorships recognize what’s happening right here, right now? Are they looking at the first two days of the Trump administration and saying, ‘that’s what my leader does.’ What should we learn from them today?” 218 Don Lemon opened his broadcast one night by declaring “This is CNN Tonight. I’m Don Lemon. The President of the United States is racist,” 219 and often insinuates the President supports neo-Nazis and could become the next Hitler. 220 In response to Trump’s speech at CPAC 2019 where he highlighted his America First agenda, CNN analyst Sam Vinograd said she felt “sick” after hearing it, because Trump talking about “preserving our heritage” to her,

“sounds a lot like a certain leader that killed members of my family, and about six million other Jews in the 1940s.” 221 Another CNN panelist said that President Trump has radicalized more people than ISIS ever did. 222 The New York Daily News ran a headline reading, “Trump, Not ISIS is America’s Greatest Existential Threat,” and went on to say “This is not some bit of clickbait,” and claimed, “Trump can wreak far more havoc on America, its vaunted institutions and its people than a terror group on the other side of the world.” 223 Keith Olbermann later said that Donald Trump and his family have done more damage to America than Osama Bin Laden and ISIS combined. 224 MSNBC’s Donny Deutsch has said Trump is a dictator on several occasions and people need to hit the streets and start a “revolution” to overthrow him. 225 Fellow MSNBC host Christ Matthews even compares Ivanka Trump and her husband Jered Kushner to Saddam Hussein’s two murderous sons, Uday and Qusay. 226 In his commentary about President Trump’s inauguration speech Matthews said it sounded “Hitlerian.” 227 Just before the 2018 midterms an MSNBC legal analyst hoping the Democrats would take back control of the House and the Senate said, “We’re going to see if this reign—that [Republicans] now have control over all three branches of government—we’re going to see if this reign lasts for 30 days or two years, or a thousand-year Reich.” 228 The “thousand-yearReich” was the Nazi’s name for their planned global empire. In the past, if an unhinged guest on cable news would make such outrageous statements they would never be invited back and the host would apologize for their behavior, but it is a common occurrence in the Trump era to compare him to Hitler, and it’s not just guests who aren’t affiliated with the networks, it’s people on the payroll, from regular contributors, to the hosts themselves!

Calls to Assassinate Trump The endless streams of fake news painting President Trump as a Russian agent or the reincarnation of Hitler have incited countless unhinged whack jobs to publicly make assassination threats against him on social media. 229 There have also been numerous arrests of individuals who have made such threats (and taken specific action towards their goal), but the vast majority of them go unpunished. Just a few weeks before he was elected, a Secret Service agent said she wouldn’t protect Donald Trump if someone tried to assassinate him. 230 After word spread of her treasonous statements she was forced to retire. The New York Times even published several fictional stories by various novelists imagining how the Mueller investigation may end, and one of them depicted President Trump getting assassinated with the help of a Secret Service agent. 231 The anti-Trump mania has even resulted in numerous high-profile celebrities uttering threats of violence or wishing violence against him. Madonna famously declared she “thought an awful lot about blowing up the White House,” but that was just the beginning. Johnny Depp asked an audience, “When was the last time an actor assassinated a president?” answering, “it’s been awhile and maybe it’s time,” referring to John Wilkes Booth (who was an actor) killing Abraham Lincoln. 232 Jim Carrey said he had a dream about killing President Trump with a golf club. 233 Mickey Rourke said he wanted to beat him with a baseball bat. 234 And Robert Di Niro said he wants to “punch him in the face.” 235 Rapper Big Sean did a free style on a popular radio show about how he wanted to “murder Trump.” 236 Snoop Dogg released a rap video depicting himself shooting Donald Trump in the head. 237 Marilyn Manson made a

video titled “Say 10” (a play on words to sound like “Satan”) which depicted him decapitating Donald Trump with a large knife. 238 Green Day singer Billie Joe Armstrong shouted “Kill Donald Trump!” at one point when performing the song “American Idiot” at a concert in Oakland, California. 239 And of course Kathy Griffin posted that infamous photo of herself holding Trump’s bloody decapitated head. 240 Never before have there been so many threats to assassinate a president of the United States, and it’s utterly shocking to see that there have been little to no repercussions for the high profile celebrities who have done so. Previously such reckless and dangerous statements would completely end someone’s career and gotten their movies and music pulled from store shelves and streaming services, but today these celebrities have been mostly immune from any consequences.

The Red Scare The Democrat conspiracy theory that Donald Trump “colluded” with Russians to “steal” the 2016 election caused the greatest case of mass hysteria in America since the Salem witch trials. As you know it completely consumed the news cycle for over two years, and every night the speculation and imagination about “what really happened” got more and more out of control. “Donald Trump now sits at the threshold of impeachment,” MSNBC’s Lawrence O’Donnell once declared with glee. 241 “The worst case scenario that the president is a foreign agent suddenly feels very palpable,” Rachel Maddow concluded one night. 242 He was certainly going to not only be impeached, but led out of the White House in handcuffs for committing “treason” and “undermining our Democracy,” they thought. Those who hadn’t succumbed to the madness were skeptical of these wild allegations from the start, and when the

“bombshell” reports kept turning out to be completely false, the mainstream media became increasingly discredited and desperate. Alan Dershowitz, a rare liberal who still maintained his sanity though all of this, summed it up pretty well when he said that “hope over reality” fueled their delusions. 243 When the Robert Mueller investigation finally cleared Trump and everyone connected to him of conspiring with the Russians in any way, the Democrats and their mouth pieces in the media still couldn’t admit they were wrong (and completely insane), and instead kept concocting new conspiracy theories about a “cover-up.” Since they took control of the House of Representatives in the 2018 midterm election, they kept “investigating” Trump’s business records trying to find “something.” As President Trump once noted, “If it was the goal of Russia to create discord, disruption and chaos within the U.S. then, with all of the Committee Hearings, investigations and party hatred, they have succeeded beyond their wildest dreams. They are laughing their asses off in Moscow.” 244

LGBT “Rights” President Trump supports gay “marriage” unlike every previous Republican president (and all Democrat presidents too, except for Obama when he flip-flopped during his second term). But the media still portrays Trump as anti-gay. At a campaign event before he was elected, Donald Trump held up a big gay pride rainbow flag and waved it around stage after seeing someone in the audience holding it. 245 He even said Caitlyn Jenner can use whatever bathroom “she” wants to in Trump Tower. 246 But the radical LGBT activists are still convinced that he “hates” gay people because the mainstream media ignores his pro-LGBT positions.

After President Trump announced a plan to work with the United Nations to prevent countries from enforcing laws banning homosexuality, Out Magazine , a popular American gay publication, attacked him, publishing a story titled, “Trump’s Plan to Decriminalize Homosexuality Is an Old Racist Tactic,” and claimed, “The Trump administration is set to launch a global campaign to decriminalize homosexuality in dozens of nations where anti-gay laws are still on the books,” which you would think they would be happy about, but they denounced the move, saying, “Rather than actually being about helping queer people around the world, the campaign looks more like another instance of the right using queer people as a pawn to amass power and enact its own agenda.” 247 You can’t make these lunatics happy!

They Sided with North Korea The liberal media hates Trump so bad, they basically sided with North Korea out of spite when President Trump was trying to help broker peace between the North and the South. When he was trying to incentivize Kim Jong Un to dismantle his nuclear program, NBC News complained about it, reporting that, “Trump’s North Korea policy could trigger famine,” because of new sanctions he threatened to put in place if they didn’t comply with the U.S. demands. 248 How else was he supposed to apply pressure to them without launching a full-out war? Applying sanctions to cutoff imports is a basic tactic when dealing with rogue regimes! Comedian Michelle Wolf (who had recently bombed at the White House Correspondents Dinner) polled her Netflix audience, asking them, “Are you sort of hoping we don’t get peace with North Korea so you wouldn’t have to give Trump credit?” and 71% agreed that they didn’t want

peace in North Korea because it would make President Trump look good. 249

When Michael Moore was talking with MSNBC’s Chris Hayes, the cable news host admitted that he was “genuinely rooting for him to handle the Korean situation well,” at which point Michael Moore cut him off and replied, “I don’t know if I agree with that.” A stunned Hayes responded, “You’re not rooting for him to deal with North Korea well?!” Michael Moore continued his explanation with a ridiculous analogy trying to justify his hope that President Trump fails at helping negotiate a peaceful resolution between North and South Korea. 250 The two countries joined together during the 2018 Winter Olympics to form a unified Korean hockey team which was an incredible sign that relations were improving. Kim Jong Un later crossed over the DMZ (demilitarized zone—the border between the North and South) to meet personally with the leader of South Korea, marking the first time leaders of the two countries had met since Korea split apart after World War II. 251 Families have been allowed to reunite with each other for the first time since the separation, and President Trump himself was invited to step over the DMZ where he was greeted by Kim Jong Un in a historic moment giving more hope for peace in the region, but Trump doesn’t get any credit for that, and the media kept claiming his tactics were going to start World War Three.

Trump Derangement Syndrome Conservatives began joking about liberals being afflicted with Trump Derangement Syndrome when it became obvious that they weren’t able to cope with the fact that he is the president, but as time went on many psychologists said they were actually treating patients for what they called

Trump Anxiety Disorder. 252 A therapist at the Washington D.C. Counseling and Psychotherapy Center admitted that they were getting a lot of patients who had anxiety, fear, and hopelessness about the Trump administration. 253 The shock on election night 2016 when Hillary Clinton lost was like nothing the country had ever seen. Reporters couldn’t hold back their horror and Democrats across the country were in tears, but after a week the shock still hadn’t worn off. And then a month went by and they were still in denial that Trump was going to be our next president and were getting increasingly distraught. But the months dragged on, and then it was a year, and then two years since he won the election, and instead of gaining their composure and getting back to business, they continued to get more unhinged with every passing week. When a New York Times reporter was asked about why Hillary Clinton wrote her What Happened book, she responded, “I think that the intention of the book was two things. One, it was to really, I think, just to vent and get it out there because there are so many people like Hillary Clinton who are still writing about this, who are still thinking about this, who are still in therapy frankly, sources that I know who are still really upset about the election.” 254 In therapy! On the one-year anniversary of the 2016 election, anti-Trump protesters gathered in Boston to “scream helplessly at the sky.” 255 Over 4000 people RSVP’d to the event on Facebook which was literally titled, “Scream helplessly at the sky on the anniversary of the election,” and hundreds of them actually showed up and did just that! 256 Rosie O’Donnell later admitted that she had been seeing a therapist and it took her a year to be able to compose herself enough to go out into public again. 257 Chelsea Handler also opened up a few years after the election and admitted she too had been seeing a psychiatrist because she had a “mid-life

identity crisis once Trump won the election.” 258 Model Chrissy Teigen, who’s married to singer John Legend, admitted that she asked her doctor to up her medication because Trump was causing her “crippling anxiety” and had to get a Botox injection in her jaw to relieve tension because she kept grinding her teeth, which she blames Trump for. 259 Since Democrats always project, meaning they imagine others doing what they themselves are doing, they started saying that President Trump was “mentally unfit” for office, and kept floating around the idea that the 25th Amendment could soon be enacted to remove him. But to actually invoke the 25th Amendment and get him removed it would take the vice president, his entire cabinet, and two-thirds of both the House and the Senate to achieve it. Democrats are so delusional that they are regularly accusing the president of being crazy, while being completely unaware of the irony of their own activities. One MSNBC guest even said that President Trump’s strong warnings to North Korea were the result of him having, “profound sexual and masculine insecurities” that “are literally threatening to annihilate the planet.” 260 Shortly before he died, Stephen Hawking warned that since President Trump is not very concerned about man-made global warming he may, “push the Earth over the brink, to become like Venus, with a temperature of 250 degrees, and raining sulfuric acid.” 261 One way liberals regularly vent their hatred of President Trump is by obsessively replying to his tweets, and it’s become a game for them to see who can reply first and whose reply can get the most “likes.” Some Twitter activists, like the odd Krassenstein brothers whose obsession with trolling President Trump’s tweets have become “Twitter famous.” (They were later banned for allegedly using fake accounts to artificially amplify their tweets). 262

As one writer in the London Guardian pointed out, it appears that liberals “worst nightmare” is actually a successful Donald Trump presidency. 263 The mainstream media would have to admit that they were wrong about everything and had been stringing along their audience for years under the false pretense that they were reporting news, when in reality they were just throwing an endless temper tantrum and lost every ounce of their integrity.

The War on Trump Supporters The oldest trick in the Democrats’ playbook is to call Republicans racist. When the Tea Party movement emerged in 2009 as a response to Barack Obama’s massive government expansion and increasing taxes, supporters were smeared as a bunch of old racist white people. The same tactic has been deployed against popular social media personalities today who have built up large followings in recent years and are often smeared as members of the alt-right in attempts to derail their careers and get their accounts shut down. Online media outlets and self-proclaimed journalists on Twitter often call conservatives Nazis and alt-right even if they’re Jewish! Laura Loomer (who is Jewish) has been smeared as a member of the white nationalist “altright” 264 As has Trump advisor Stephen Miller, who is also Jewish. 265 And even Ben Shapiro, a devout Orthodox Jew who wears a yarmulke in every one of his public appearances, is considered to be a member of the alt-right by these morons. 266 Instead of defending conservative Jews smeared by the liberal media, Jonathan Greenblatt, the head of the Jewish ADL [AntiDefamation League], adds fuel to the fire by saying that the words “caravan,” and “open borders” are “literally white supremacist phrases.” 267

Alex Jones has been called an “alt-right” radio host by Forbes magazine, which you would think would be a credible publication. 268 YouTuber Steven Crowder was smeared by Newsweek as becoming popular by “touting an alt-right ideology.” 269 And immediately after Trump won the 2016 election various outlets defamed me with the same smear, even though I had never expressed any support whatsoever for white nationalism and am just an ordinary Constitutional Conservative. Several publications issued retractions or removed my name from such articles after I sent them cease and desist notices. 270 Psychology Today published an article titled, “An Analysis of Trump Supporters Has Identified 5 Key Traits,” and said we have “Authoritarian Personality Syndrome, social dominance orientation, prejudice, lack of intergroup contact (contact with minorities), and relative deprivation.” 271 Actor Rob Reiner (who played “Meathead” in the 1970s show All in the Family ) told MSNBC that “20 to 30 percent” of Trump supporters “are hardcore racists.” 272 And guests on MSNBC and CNN often declare that a huge number of Donald Trump supporters are white nationalists and only support building the wall to “keep the brown people out.” 273 Don’t forget the mainstream media’s vicious smears against Nick Sandmann, the high school student from Covington Catholic who was pestered by an old Native American man who beat a drum in the kid’s face when he and his classmates were visiting Washington D.C. on a school trip. CNN then declared that MAGA hats “have become a potent symbol of racism.” 274 Sandmann then filed lawsuits against the Washington Post, CNN, and NBC for $250 million dollars each for defamation. 275 A reporter that CNN gave their “Journalist of the Year” award to was later fired in disgrace after it was discovered he had fabricated numerous stories including claiming he saw a “Mexicans Keep Out” sign at the city

limit of a small Minnesota town when he was reporting “from Trump country.” 276 The Daily Beast published an article just before the 2019 Super Bowl titled, “Tom Brady’s New England Patriots Are Team MAGA, Whether They Like It or Not,” and declared, “Their star quarterback, coach, and owner all supported Trump,” and then called them “the preferred team of white nationalists.” 277 It went on to attack quarterback Tom Brady because he was pictured previously with a MAGA hat in his locker which the Daily Beast says is, “a symbol of white nationalism in America.” 278 The article concluded that the Patriots “are the official team of American White Nationalism” and “When you root for the Patriots, you are associating yourself with a virulent and revolting strain of politics that seeks to Make America Great Again—which is to say, white, European, Englishspeaking.” 279 It also said the Covington Catholic kids are “entitled little shits being racist.” CNN is so despicable they even sent a reporter to an elderly woman’s home to confront her about sharing something on Facebook that had allegedly been originally posted by a Russian troll farm. 280 She was ambushed while doing yard work in the front of her home and had a microphone stuck in her face and was accused of being a pawn of the Russians. The woman, who is 76-years-old, said after CNN aired the segment confronting her she was relentlessly harassed online and her phone rang off the hook from strangers calling her. 281

Denial of Basic Services An increasing number of reports keep circulating about instances where people wearing red MAGA hats have been kicked out of bars and restaurants for just wearing the hats. After attending a Trump rally in

Richmond, Virginia during the summer of 2016 a family stopped into a local Cook Out burger joint for lunch but were turned away by staff because they were wearing Trump t-shirts and hats. 282 After a man wearing his MAGA hat was kicked out of a bar in New York City, he sued the owner for discrimination, but a judge threw out the lawsuit. 283 A 9-year-old boy in California who is a big fan of the President wanted a Trump birthday cake, but his mother said she couldn’t find a bakery that would make one for him. 284 Gays want bakeries sued into bankruptcy if they refuse to bake a special cake for a gay “wedding” but think it’s okay for them to deny service to Trump supporters. White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee and her family were kicked out of a restaurant in Lexington, Virginia after the owner recognized her and made them leave. When word of the incident spread, liberals celebrated it. The Washington Post even ran a headline saying, “Chasing White House officials out of restaurants is the right thing to do.” 285 Congresswoman Maxine Waters then encouraged more harassment, saying, “If you see anybody from that cabinet in a restaurant, in a department store, at a gasoline station, you get out and you create a crowd, and you push back on them, and you tell them they’re not welcome anymore, anywhere.” 286 Soon after this, activist Laura Loomer confronted Maxine Waters in the halls of the Capitol on camera, asking her, “Where can a conservative eat at a restaurant in D.C.? Do you think it’s civil to call for the harassment? Are we supposed to sit at the back of the bus?” 287 Maxine scurried away to a “members only” elevator in shock from getting a taste of her own medicine. The Boston Globe published an op-ed that began describing how one of the writer’s “biggest regrets” of his life was not pissing in political commentator Bill Kristol’s food when he ate at a restaurant the writer

worked at. He went on to urge people to tamper with Trump supporters’ food by doing what he was afraid to do, saying members of the Trump administration “have to eat,” and while the person may lose their job, (tampering with someone’s food is actually a crime) “you’d be serving America,” he said. “And you won’t have any regrets years later.” 288 The Boston Globe actually published this filth, but after a growing backlash changed parts of the op-ed and added a note saying, “A version of this column as originally published did not meet Globe standards and has been changed. The Globe regrets the previous tone of the piece.” 289 Even with the alterations, the title was, “Keep Kirstjen Nielsen unemployed and eating Grubhub over her kitchen sink,” and the overall message of the piece was still that people should run members of the Trump administration out of any restaurant they’re seen in. After growing shock and outrage that a major paper would publish such garbage, the Globe later deleted the article. 290

The Left Encouraging Violence In the Trump era political rhetoric from the Left has sunk to levels never before seen in modern American history. Not only are they insistent on smearing all Trump supporters as racists, but they are encouraging people to physically attack anyone seen wearing a MAGA hat in public. During the 2016 election season many peaceful Trump supporters were assaulted as they were leaving events by rabid protesters who had gathered outside. At a San Jose rally one woman was pelted with eggs and water balloons by an angry mob and others were punched and hit with bottles as they left. 291 After a 16-year-old Trump supporter was assaulted in a Whataburger fast food joint by having a drink thrown on him and had his MAGA stolen, CNN’s Marc Lamont Hill said, “I actually don’t advocate throwing drinks

on people. Not at all. But yes, I think MAGA hats (deliberately) reflect a movement that conjures racism, homophobia, xenophobia, etc. So yes, it’s a little harder to feel sympathy when someone gets Coca Cola thrown on him.” 292 Vox’s Carlos Maza encouraged assaulting right-wing figures as well, and hopes to make them “dread” being in public. 293 Breitbart News compiled a list of violent acts against Trump supporters and detailed mainstream media reporters and pundits who approved of them and counted 639 incidents between September 2015 and November 2018. 294

Just wearing a red MAGA hat in public can put you in danger of getting assaulted by some random lunatic who happens to see it. An MSNBC host even said wearing one is “an invitation for confrontation” and considers them “the modern day version of the Confederate battle flag.” 295 The Huffington Post reported that, “Searching for MAGA symbolism is one of the easiest ways to notice online extremists and members of hate groups.” 296 CNN’s Angela Rye said that MAGA hats are “just as maddening and frustrating and triggering for me to look at as a KKK hood.” 297

An 81-year-old man in New Jersey was attacked inside a grocery store by a 19-year-old teen because the old man was wearing a Make America Great Again Hat. 298 A couple shopping at a Sam’s Club in Kentucky had a gun pulled on them by a man who got triggered after seeing their MAGA hats. 299 A man eating at a restaurant in Massachusetts was assaulted by a woman who spotted him wearing the hat. She was arrested for assault and it turns out was an illegal alien, so a few days after her initial arrest, she was arrested again by ICE. 300 A legal immigrant from Africa living in Maryland was beat down by two other black men because he was spotted walking down the street wearing a MAGA hat. 301

A group of five Asians walking down the street in Washington D.C., all wearing MAGA hats, were harassed by two black men who videotaped themselves stealing two of the hats and posted the video on Twitter to brag about what they had done. The group happened to be North Korean defectors who had escaped the country and proudly wore their MAGA hats because President Trump was making progress facilitating peace between the North and the South. 302 A young woman wearing a red hat reading “Make Bitcoin Great Again” in the style of the MAGA hat was pepper sprayed right in the face by a member of Antifa while she was in the middle of doing a television interview on the campus of UC Berkeley during an event at the school. 303 A man in the back of a pickup truck leaving a Trump rally in Arizona was sucker punched in the head by a protester as the truck pulled away. 304 A customer eating at a Cheesecake Factory in Miami was harassed and threatened by several employees of the restaurant because he was wearing a MAGA hat. 305 When Hillary Clinton was asked about civility returning to America, she endorsed the growing angry mobs saying, “You cannot be civil with a political party that wants to destroy what you stand for, what you care about. That’s why I believe, if we are fortunate enough to win back the House and or the Senate [in the 2018 midterms], that’s when civility can start again.” 306 Barack Obama’s former attorney general Eric Holder went even further saying, “Michelle [Obama] always says, you know, ‘When they go low, we go high.’ No. When they go low, we kick them! That’s what this new Democratic Party is about.” 307 Two days after the 2018 midterm election a fascist mob gathered right outside the home of Fox News host Tucker Carlson and with a bullhorn

shouted, “Tonight you are reminded that the people have a voice. Tonight, we remind you that you are not safe,” adding, “We know where you sleep at night.” 308 Facebook didn’t even suspend the Antifa page that organized the event. 309 The Huffington Post published an op-ed calling for violent resistance against Trump and denounced those on the Left who were saying violence isn’t the answer. It’s titled “Sorry Liberals, A Violent Response To Trump Is As Logical As Any,” and starts off saying “there’s an inherent value in forestalling Trump’s normalization. Violent resistance accomplishes this.” 310

It went on to say, “Assuming anti-Trump protests should be strictly focused on electoral politics and not these broader goals would be a detrimental oversight. Understanding European anti-fascists’ use of violent tactics to shut down large rallies from White Supremacists can be illustrative here. Because while Trump isn’t leading full bore White Supremacist rallies, there is value in making it clear that even his fascismlite has no place in civilized society.” 311 The liberal media has been engaging in what’s called stochastic terrorism, which is when the widespread demonization of an individual or a group incites lone wolf political extremists or members of an extremist group to attack them in what appears to be a random act of violence but was actually inspired by inflammatory rhetoric being aimed at that individual or the group they belong to. In April 2019 the CBS show The Good Fight posted a teaser video on their official Twitter account showing one of the main characters engaging in a diatribe about how “some speech” deserves “enforcement” and that “It’s time” to physically attack American citizens “unprovoked” who are engaging in speech that social justice warriors perceive as “racist.” 312

Anti-White Racism Part of the war on Trump supporters involves painting a large percentage of white people as racists in hopes of preventing more blacks and latinos from joining the Trump train. The Liberal Media Industrial Complex now regularly paints white people as the enemy, blaming “systemic racism” for the problems in black communities, and depicts anyone who wants to stop the flood of illegal aliens into America as members of the KKK. While Martin Luther King wanted everyone to judge their fellow man by the content of their character—not the color of their skin, the Liberal Establishment uses identity politics to pit the different races against each other and are trying to create a culture where white people should be ashamed of being white and atone for their “white privilege” by paying reparations to black people and giving blacks special perks in America just because of their race. Online outlets like Salon.com and BuzzFeed are notorious for their anti-white articles. Salon has posted articles titled, “White men must be stopped; The very future of mankind depends on it,” 313 “10 ways white people are more racist than they realize,” 314 and “White guys are killing us: Toxic, cowardly masculinity, our unhealable national illness,” 315 just to name a few. One of BuzzFeed’s racist articles links to various Power Point presentations with titles like “White People Are a Plague to the Planet,” and “White People are Crazy.” 316 They’ve also published articles titled “17 Foods That White People Have Ruined,” “17 Deplorable Examples of White Privilege,” and “22 Reasons Why Straight White Boys Are Actually The Worst.”

Vice News calls whiteness “toxic” 317 and black publications like The Root regularly attack white people as “useless.” 318 MTV did a whole documentary titled “White People” that depicts the entire race as a group whose very existence is based on oppressing black people and other “people of color.” 319 Hollywood constantly complains about white people with campaigns like the “Oscars are too white” and always cries about how there isn’t enough “diversity” in leading roles. When hosting Saturday Night Live to promote his new movie Django Unchained , actor Jamie Foxx bragged, “I kill all the white people in the movie! How great is that!?” 320 Rapper Jay-Z has been photographed at an NBA game wearing a medallion from the 5% Nation, a black power group that believes white people are the Devil. 321 Many rappers admire Nation of Islam leader Louis Farrakhan who has taught that white people are “the Devil” and “deserve to die.” 322 CNN’s Don Lemon says the biggest terrorist threat in America are white men. 323 The network also claims that, “The Internet is radicalizing white men” and urges Big Tech to censor YouTube videos and change the algorithms even more to hide certain ideas on the Internet. 324 CNN contributors and other cable news pundits go so far as to say blacks can’t be racist and justify their racism against white people as “payback” for slavery in the 1800s. Just pointing out anti-white racism is enough for the Liberal Media Industrial Complex to label you a “white supremacist,” so most people are afraid to talk about it.

Demonizing Black Conservatives While it appears that black people can do no wrong in the eyes of liberals and that all their shortcomings, bad decisions, and crimes are the

fault of white people; there is one thing that black people aren’t allowed to do in America today without severe criticism and backlash—and that’s be conservative. Black conservatives like Larry Elder, David Webb, Sheriff David Clark, Pastor Daryl Scott, Ben Carson, and others are constantly smeared by the media as “traitors” to their race, or “uncle Toms” and “house niggers” who have sold out to white people. After Diamond and Silk appeared at CPAC 2019, CNN’s Oliver Darcey insinuated they were “grifters,” meaning con artists. 325 Rolling Stone magazine called Candace Owens an “Alt-Right Provocateur” once she became a star. 326 After posting a few YouTube videos about being a black conservative she was thrust into the spotlight when Kanye West tweeted about her, jumpstarting her career and turning her into one of the most popular young black conservative women in the country. When Candace spoke at a college in Utah, protesters gathered outside, which is common at her events, but this time they had a huge banner that read “End White Supremacy.” 327 When visiting Philadelphia in August 2018 a group of protesters surrounded the cafe she was eating breakfast at and shouted with a megaphone “fuck white supremacy.” 328 Georgetown University professor and regular MSNBC guest Michael Eric Dyson attacked Kanye West after he met with President Trump in the Oval Office (while wearing his MAGA hat), saying, “This is white supremacy by ventriloquism. A black mouth is moving, but white racist ideals are flowing from Kanye West’s mouth.” 329 He went on to say “Kanye West is engaging in one of the most nefarious practices yet. A black body and brain are the warehouse for the articulation and expression of anti-black sentiment.” 330

The Southern Poverty Law Center actually included the mild-mannered and meek Ben Carson on their “Extremist Watch List,” citing a line in his book America the Beautiful where he affirmed that marriage is between a man and a woman and said Leftists are pushing the United States down the same path that led to the fall of the Roman Empire. 331 They labeled Ben Carson an extremist! Hollywood actress and singer Bette Midler claimed that President Trump was paying black people to come to his rallies after she kept noticing them in attendance. She said they were just props for the background. 332 Liberals don’t want diversity of thought, they want everyone to be lockstep in line with the core tenants of the radical liberal agenda and many of their supporters are so dumb that they believe there are black white supremacists in America today, and have no clue how insane they sound. They are afraid that if 20% of black voters leave the Democrat Party and become Republicans, that would be enough to tip the scales in favor of Republicans in elections for years to come and the Democrat Party’s political power would be gravely diminished. 333

The War on Families Families instill moral values, carry on important cultural traditions, and provide a support network when someone goes through an emotionally or financially difficult time. And when someone is engaging in self-destructive or unscrupulous behaviors, those close to them can often see the warning signs and intervene to help get them back on track. But the Left doesn’t want families to raise, teach, or protect children. They want the government

to do it, along with help from the high priests of Hollywood who are held up as the moral leaders of America. Joshua Meyrowitz, Professor of Media Studies at the University of New Hampshire, points out, “Television dilutes the innocence of childhood and the authority of adults by undermining the system of information control that supported them. Television bypasses the year-by-year slices of knowledge given to children. It presents the same general experiences to adults and to children of all ages. Children may not understand everything that they see on television, but they are exposed to many aspects of adult life from which their parents (and traditional children’s books) would have once shielded them.” 334 He continues, “Television and its visitors take children across the globe before parents even give them permission to cross the street.” 335 He said that back in 1995, when the Internet was just in its infancy, and more than a decade before social media would gain a stranglehold on an entire generation of children who access an abyss of adult content, completely unsupervised, through their own smartphones while alone in their bedrooms. The Left’s war on families is targeting the most vulnerable of our society — children. They are determined to raise the next generation to be as perverted as possible—worse than ancient Rome where it was socially acceptable for adult men to engage in sexual activity with young boys. 336 In fact we’re seeing child drag queens like “Desmond is Amazing” and “Lactacia” being celebrated and featured on major television shows as if they’re heroes. NBC’s Today Show promoted “Desmond is Amazing,” the “drag kid” when he was just 10-years-old, calling him “inspiring.” 337 His parents dress him up in drag and have him perform at drag queen festivals across

the country. 338 He also does simulated strip teases on stage (including at gay bars) where grown men throw dollar bills at him. 339 ABC’s Good Morning America also promotes child drag queens, and host Michael Strahan introduced a segment saying, “Get ready for this trailblazing 11-year-old drag kid who RuPaul is calling the future, and his bravery is inspiring so many.” The kid (Desmond is Amazing) then came out on stage dancing like a stripper to hoots and hollers from the audience. 340

Good Morning America glowingly promoted Kate Hudson when reports circulated she was allegedly raising her child “genderless.” Anchor George Stephanopoulos began the segment saying, “Kate Hudson is opening up about how she’s trying to raise her new baby as ‘genderless,’ apparently that’s an approach more and more Americans are trying.” 341 Co-host Paula Faris went on to say the actress will be raising her 3-monthold daughter “without labels or restrictions” because “she doesn’t want to assume how she’ll identify herself as she’s growing up.” 342 Another co-host, Lara Spencer, chimed in, saying, “That’s a great conversation. It’s just a great conversation,” and then (lesbian) Robin Roberts concluded, “No judgment, no judgment. Whatever you feel is best for your child.” 343 Kate Hudson then released a statement on her Instagram saying, “Dear all my friends, fans and others who read this, recently someone asked me something along the lines of, if having and raising a girl is different from boys. My response was simple. Not really. This whole clickbait tactic of saying I’m raising my daughter to be ‘genderless’ is silly and frankly doesn’t even make sense.” 344 Fringe lunatics had been promoting the idea of raising children “genderless” for some time, and so the media saw an opportunity to give

the bizarre practice a boost by attaching a celebrity’s name to it by twisting around what Kate Hudson meant. But there will come a day when major celebrities embrace the “gender neutral” agenda, and they will be hailed as heroes and held up as models for what other parents should do. The media is increasingly glorifying “theybies,” meaning children whose parents are raising them as gender neutral. 345 These child abusers call their kids “theybies” instead of babies, because they use the gender neutral pronoun “they” to refer to their kids instead of “he” or “she.” NBC News recently recommended, “One way of shielding children from gender stereotypes: Keep their biological sex secret.” 346 The radical Leftists don’t want boys raised as boys, or girls as girls. They want all children to be raised as if there’s no biological difference between males and females at all. They want to completely deconstruct the traditional gender roles and deny the inherent differences between the sexes. They want to invert and pervert everything that’s normal including the most fundamental aspects of being human. Every facet of the family and interpersonal relationships is under attack. CNN has even urged people to “rethink” monogamous relationships and become swingers. “Could opening your relationship to others benefit you and your partner?” they asked. 347 According to CNN, a man’s wife banging other dudes “can be a healthy option for some couples and, executed thoughtfully, can inject relationships with some much-needed novelty and excitement.” The report quotes several “sex therapists” who recommend the practice, saying it “can bring back some of the initial novelty and excitement you felt at the beginning of your relationship.” 348 CNN is disappointed that “non-monogamy still carries a stigma in many circles, so think about how you and your partner will address that concern.” 349

Eradicating families is a Communist tactic and as soon as they seized power in Russia in 1917 the new government started shunning families and promoting “free unions” because families raising children were said to be extensions of the old system. 350 The Left wants everyone to be loyal first and foremost to the Party, not to their family. So they’re doing everything they can to rip them apart. In January 2018, CNN published a story advocating cuckolding as a way to “help” couple’s relationships. For those who aren’t familiar with “cuckolding,” it’s a term that originally referred to a man whose partner had been unfaithful, but has morphed into a kink fantasy that some strange couples carry out where the man watches another guy have sex with his wife or girlfriend. CNN cited a “study” by anti-Christian gay extremist Dan Savage and several others which claims that, “acting on cuckolding fantasies can be a largely positive experience for many couples.” 351 To be clear, this isn’t about swinging, an open relationship, or threesomes; it’s about men watching their wives have sex with another man, and CNN portrays the practice in glowing terms, and says, “Acting on adulterous fantasies may strengthen a relationship, as counterintuitive as it may sound.” 352 People are becoming so inept at how to engage in normal and healthy relationships with others that loneliness is plaguing the younger generations who rely on hook-up apps like Tinder to meet people instead of the “old fashioned way” like at school, parties, through mutual friends, or while engaging in their hobbies. 353 Their communication skills are often so poor that many don’t even have the guts to break up with someone when they feel they’re not compatible, so instead they engage in “ghosting” which means they just abruptly stop returning their calls or texts. 354 More than half of adults aged 18 to 34 don’t have a steady romantic partner. 355

And recently birthrates in the United States have fallen to a 32-year low. 356 For teenagers today it is now considered “normal” to be in a virtual “relationship” with someone online for months and even years and never even meet them face to face! 357 Many Millennials don’t even have a best friend or anyone they feel they can confide in. 358 To fill the void created from lack of intimacy in people’s lives, some are turning to unthinkably bizarre alternatives. The disturbing rise in popularity and acceptance of sex bots, which are just high tech blow up dolls that people are having sex with, seems like something out of a horror movie, but it’s actually happening. 359 While blow up dolls are a common gag gift brought along to bachelor parties, no normal person has ever considered actually having sex with one, but recently expensive “life-like” sex bots are being manufactured and sold to lonely losers who resort to having sex with them since their lives are so dysfunctional they can’t get a date with an actual woman. 360 The sex bot business is already a multi-million dollar a year industry and growing. Companies are even working to build models that incorporate artificial intelligence so they can have conversations with people. 361

Google Upset About Families In leaked documents detailing internal discussions of Google employees, one thread shows the use of the word “family” upset a bunch of them who felt it was homophobic and not inclusive enough because of its connotation as referring to a heterosexual couple with children. After one employee walked out of a company presentation over the use of the word “family,” they posted on an internal message board venting their frustration. 362

“This is a diminishing and disrespectful way to speak. If you mean ‘children,’ say ‘children’; we have a perfectly good word for it. ‘Family friendly’ used as a synonym for ‘kid friendly’ means, to me, ‘you and yours don’t count as a family unless you have children.’ And while kids may often be less aware of it, there are kids without families too, you know.” 363 The complaint went on, “The use of ‘family’ as a synonym for ‘with children’ has a long-standing association with deeply homophobic organizations. This does not mean we should not use the word ‘family’ to refer to families, but it mean we must doggedly insist that family does not imply children…Use the word ‘family’ to mean a loving assemblage of people who may or may not live together and may or may not include people of any particular age. STOP using it to mean ‘children.’ It’s offensive, inappropriate, homophobic, and wrong.” 364 It wasn’t just one lone nut who got triggered because the presentation mentioned Google is trying to make “family friendly” apps and services. The documents show that about 100 other Google employees thumbed up the post, and many responses echoed the same psychotic sentiment. “Thanks for writing this. So much yes,” replied one. “Using the word ‘family’ in this sense bothers me too,” said another. Adding, “It smacks of the ‘family values’ agenda by the right wing, which is absolutely homophobic by its very definition,” and continued, “it’s important that we fix our charged language when we become aware of how exclusionary it actually is. As a straight person in a relationship, I find the term ‘family’ offensive because it excludes me and my boyfriend, having no children of our own.” 365 The replies go on and on, all chastising Google for using the word “family.” Another says, “My family consists of me and several other trans feminine folks, some of whom I’m dating. We’re all supportive of each

other and eventually aspire to live together. Just because we aren’t a heterosexual couple with 2.5 kids, a white picket fence, and a dog doesn’t mean we’re not a family.” 366 Google’s Vice President, Pavni Diwanji, then responded saying, “Hi everyone, I realize what we said at TGIF [the name of the event] might have caused concerns in the way we talked about families. There are families without kids too, and also we needed to be more conscientious about the fact that there is a diverse makeup of parents and families.” 367 He continued, “Please help us get to a better state. Teach us how to talk about it in inclusive way, if you feel like we are not doing it well. As a team we have very inclusive culture, and want to do right in this area. I am adding my team here so we can have open conversation.” 368

Celebrating Unwed Mothers When the number of unwed mothers in America reached more than 50% in 2012, the feminist blog Jezebel celebrated the “milestone” with a headline reading, “The Increase in Single Moms Is Actually a Good Thing,” because the increase in single mothers means fewer women are “relying” on men economically, and feminists view more single moms as a sign of female empowerment. The writer was upset that experts (and ordinary people) were concerned about the growing trend since children born out of wedlock “face greater social and economic obstacles than their peers born into traditional nuclear families.” 369 Liberals never want to hear about the effects of their disastrous decisions, but there’s one thing they like more than single mothers, and that’s women who never become mothers at all. A report from CNBC declared, “Your friends may tell you having kids has made them happier. They’re probably lying.” It went on to say,

“Research shows that parenthood leads to a happiness gap. Maybe that’s because the pleasures of parenthood are outweighed by all the extra responsibilities, housework and, of course, the costs.” 370 The article then broke down the average costs per month of having a child and calculated how much it adds up to by the time the kid is eighteenyears-old in attempts to dissuade people from having children. On her short-lived Netflix show, comedian Michelle Wolf (the woman who looks like Carrot Top that performed at the White House Correspondents Dinner in 2018) did a segment titled “Salute to Abortions” which included a marching band coming out on stage where she then began to chant, “It doesn’t have to be a big deal, it’s actually a great deal! It’s about $300 dollars. That’s like six movie tickets.” She ended her speech saying “God bless abortions, and God bless America!” 371 In the Hulu series Shrill , the lead character (Aidy Bryant) got pregnant and decided to have an abortion “before it becomes illegal,” and after killing the baby she tells her roommate she’s glad she “got out of a huge fucking mess” and now, “I feel very fucking powerful right now. And I just feel like I need to go out [and party].” 372 A YouTube channel called “HiHo Kids” which features videos of young children meeting drag queens, transgender people, a gynecologist, and other individuals no child should be subjected to, even produced a video titled “Kids Meet Someone Who’s Had an Abortion” where the woman tells the children about how happy she was to do it, and that it was “part of God’s plan.” 373 Alabama State Representative John Rogers made a startling declaration during a debate about a proposed state law that would ban most abortions unless the fetus had a “lethal anomaly” or if the pregnancy would put the mother’s life at risk, saying, “Some kids are unwanted, so you kill them

now or you kill them later. You bring them in the world unwanted, unloved, [and then] you send them to the electric chair. So, you kill them now or you kill them later.” 374 He wasn’t being sarcastic, he supports abortion and was arguing against the bill. 375

“Kids Cause Global Warming” Perhaps one reason liberals are big supporters of abortion is because children are increasingly being blamed for causing global warming. The London Guardian declared, “The greatest impact individuals can have in fighting climate change is to have one fewer child, according to a new study that identifies the most effective ways people can cut their carbon emissions.” 376 One of the researchers on the project said, “I don’t have children, but it is a choice I am considering and discussing with my fiancé. Because we care so much about climate change that will certainly be one factor we consider in the decision, but it won’t be the only one.” 377 Other lunatics are so concerned that planet earth is doomed they’re afraid to have children because they don’t want to bring them into the world if it’s going to soon plunge into chaos like a science fiction movie. The New York Times interviewed a 32-year-old woman in a story about this madness who said, “I don’t want to give birth to a kid wondering if it’s going to live in some kind of ‘Mad Max’ dystopia.” 378 “Animals are disappearing. The oceans are full of plastic. The human population is so numerous, the planet may not be able to support it indefinitely. This doesn’t paint a very pretty picture for people bringing home a brand-new baby from the hospital,” said another. 379 Others see it as a “sacrifice” they have to make to save the planet. One woman who wanted to have kids but decided not to, said “it’s hard for me

to justify my wants over what matters and what’s important for everyone.” 380 Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez even said that it’s a “legitimate question” for Millennials and those in Generation Z to ask, “Is it OK to still have children?” because global warming is supposedly going to make their lives miserable. 381

The LGBT Mafia Every time a social media personality, actor, singer, or sports figure “comes out” as gay, liberal media outlets across the Internet all celebrate them as if they’ve accomplished some incredible achievement. President Obama made a habit of calling and “congratulating” professional athletes who decided to come out as gay. 382 When the Supreme Court ruled that gay “marriage” was legal in all fifty states, Obama had the White House lit up in rainbow colors that night to celebrate. 383 The media is also on a mission to ruin the careers of any celebrity who dares voice opposition to gay “marriage” or gay adoption. 384 HGTV famously canceled a television show of the Benham Brothers (not to be confused with the “Property Brothers,” who have a show on the network) after news reports started surfacing that the Benhams were Christians and didn’t support gay “marriage.” 385 Comedian Kevin Hart was scheduled to host the 2019 Oscars until LGBT activists started spreading around one of his old bits about him not wanting his son to grow up to be gay. 386 In 2014 Mozilla CEO Brendan Eich, the creator of the popular Firefox web browser, was forced to resign after LGBT activists discovered that he had donated $1000 of his own money to support Proposition 8 in California which amended the state’s constitution to define marriage as specifically between a man and a woman. 387 A gay man once filed a $70 million dollar lawsuit against a popular

Bible publisher claiming that the anti-gay verses caused him “emotional distress.” 388 Kids in California, Colorado, New Jersey, and Illinois schools are now being forced to learn about “LGBT History Month” and are being taught about the “amazing contributions” LGBT people have made to the country. 389 In the UK, school children are being taught that “all genders” can have periods, not just women, and schools started adding tampon dispensers in the boys bathrooms. 390 Since “Drag Queen Story Hour” is being held at an increasing number of public libraries across the country (where insane parents bring their small children to have drag queens read stories to them about being gay or transgender) the city council in Lafayette City-Parish, Louisiana held a meeting after many (normal) parents were outraged the event was being held in their community. During the meeting a gay man took to the podium to support the event, saying, “I’m here to let you know that this event is something that’s going to be very beautiful and for the children and the people that support it are going to realize that this is going to be the grooming of the next generation.” 391 Others in the meeting gasped since the term “grooming children” refers to a sexual predator attempting to persuade a child into a sexual relationship over time. 392 One drag queen who read to children at the Houston Public Library’s “Drag Queen Storytime” is a registered sex offender who had previously been convicted of aggravated sexual assault against an 8-year-old child. 393 The library failed to do background checks on the drag queens who were given access to the children and the sex offender had only been exposed after a conservative activist organization MassResistance took it upon themselves to investigate the drag queens who were reading to the kids at

the events. 394 Another drag queen reading to children at a library actually taught children how to twerk (jiggle their butts in a sexual way, as popularized by skank Miley Cyrus.) 395 Liberals began complaining that Victoria’s Secret “discriminates” against fat women and transgenders because only beautiful (and actual) women walk the runway in their fashion shows. Online outlet “Mic” complained that they “normalized discrimination” and that, “It doesn’t take a fashion insider to recognize that when it comes to plus-size and transgender women, as well as gender nonconforming people, Victoria’s Secret would rather maintain a closed door policy. Since the brand’s first runway show at the Plaza Hotel in New York City in August 1995, not a single plus-size or out transgender or gender nonconforming person has walked in the show’s 23-year history.” 396 Activists then called it “hateful” when the chief marketing officer dismissed criticism, but Victoria’s Secret official Twitter account soon apologized and released a statement saying, “we absolutely would love to cast a transgender model for the show.” 397 Nine months later they hired their first transgender model. 398 Just like conservative blacks are shunned and smeared by the media, so are conservative gays. Deadspin , a sports blog owned by Univision, published an article titled “Conservative Gays Need to Shut The Fuck Up.” 399 And when Caitlyn Jenner “came out” as a Republican, liberals went nuts and completely denounced “her” as a traitor to the LGBT community despite recently having been celebrated as the most famous transgender person in the world upon announcing “her” transition. “She” received infinitely more hate on social media for being a Republican than “she” did for deciding to identify as a “woman,” and

actually said it was harder to come out as Republican than it was transgender. 400

TV “News” Television news is very different from newspapers and magazines which tend to cover stories in much greater detail and context than a fifteensecond sound bite, and require a reader’s active attention and willingness to follow a story. Television, on the other hand, is a passive medium and relies on a quick pace, flashy graphics, and dramatic music in hopes of gaining an audience’s attention and holding it long enough for the commercial break so they can get paid. TV news only skims along the surface of issues, mentioning a few basic points, and is often just infotainment with no real substance. What the audience sees is a carefully crafted version of a story that the producers and editors want people to see, while leaving out the parts they don’t want. Famed media analyst Neil Postman noted, “Television always recreates the world to some extent in its own image by selecting parts of that world and editing those parts. So a television news show is a kind of symbolic creation and construction made by news directors and camera crews…and stranger still is the fact that commercials may appear anywhere in a news story, before, or after, or in the middle, so that all events are rendered essentially trivial; that is to say all events are treated as a source of public entertainment.” 401 The reason intelligent people listen to talk radio is because radio shows provide long-form interviews and in-depth discussions which explore subjects in detail during a 15 or 20 minute segment, and may even continue the discussion after the commercial break for even longer. In comparison,

the average television news segment on a national evening news broadcast is just 2 minutes and 23 seconds. 402 For local TV news it’s just 41 seconds. 403 Television news is the equivalent of reading the headline of a newspaper article and the first paragraph or two. Aside from the limitations of the television format, the days of Walter Cronkite, “the most trusted man in America” who anchored the CBS Evening News for 19 years, are long gone. After his era was over we got people like Dan Rather who used fake documents in a report about George W. Bush’s service record from when he was in the National Guard. 404 And Brian Williams who fabricated a story about his plane being shot down in Iraq when he was covering the war. 405 Most television “reporters” today aren’t reporters, but are just actors. Everyone knows Hollywood celebrities make millions of dollars a year, but most people don’t think about how much money celebrity “journalists” make. They too are performance artists not much different from a Hollywood actor reading their lines. They know when to sound somber, and when to turn up the energy and display faux outrage to the audience when the teleprompter tells them. Many of them don’t believe half the things they say, they’re just playing a part, and for that they get paid very well. For example, before he was fired from the NBC Nightly News , anchor Brian Williams was making $10 million a year. 406 Dan Rather was making $6 million a year at CBS News. 407 At CNN Anderson Cooper makes $12 million dollars a year and has a net worth of over $100 million. 408 MSNBC morning host Joe Scarborough’s divorce documents show that in 2013 he was making just under $100,000 per week! 409 Matt Lauer was making $25 million a year before he was fired from NBC’s Today Show for sexual misconduct. 410 And when Megyn Kelly was fired from NBC’s morning

lineup she left with a $69 million windfall, the remainder of her contract. 411

To put these figures in perspective, Anderson Cooper’s $12 million a year divided by 52 (weeks in a year) is over $230,000 a week, or over $46,000 per show . He makes more money in one day than many Americans make in an entire year! And for that kind of money, these television personalities will say and do almost anything. Being a cable news contributor is also very lucrative, earning pundits an easy six-figure salary to sit around a table for an hour to give their “analysis” on various issues a few nights a week. They know what the host, producers, and network want, and that’s what they deliver. They’re very careful not to bite the hand that feeds them by daring to point out facts that go against the narrative the show is trying to promote. All of the Big Three broadcast networks (NBC, ABC, and CBS) try to separate themselves from the “cable” shows, but promoting the liberal agenda remains at the core of their existence. That’s not to say they don’t have some value. The major networks are useful to learn about dangerous weather events, product recalls, health scares, etc., and they do cover some events that can’t have political spin put on them and which the general public should be aware of. And it can be important to watch what they are reporting just to be aware of the latest issues they are promoting and see what their current agenda is. They also aren’t without their own major scandals that should cause viewers to remain skeptical about their integrity as “news” networks. CBS once killed a story about the tobacco industry covering up how addictive cigarettes are out of concerns that if they were sued by the tobacco companies for their report it would interfere with the pending sale of the

network to Westinghouse. 412 The incident was later made into a movie called The Insider (1999) staring Al Pacino and Russell Crowe. 413 After allegedly burying a story about Nike using sweatshops to manufacture their clothes out of fears they would lose the company as a sponsor for the 1998 Winter Olympics, CBS reporters wore Nike jackets during their coverage as part of the sponsorship deal in what was widely criticized as a breach of journalistic ethics. 414 CBS News has even digitally inserted advertisements for their own network onto fake billboards during live shots using the same technology sports broadcasts use to display banners behind home plate at baseball games. CBS inserted them onto buildings, water fountains, and even on the back of a horse-drawn carriage during “news” reports. 415 After ABC News interrupted the network’s broadcast for some “breaking news” about the “Russia investigation,” Brian Ross falsely claimed that Michael Flynn had implicated Donald Trump in the “conspiracy,” resulting in the stock market immediately dropping 350 points out of concerns that the President would now be impeached or arrested. 416 General Flynn had made no such allegations and the story was completely false. A few years earlier during their breaking news coverage of the shooting in an Aurora, Colorado movie theater by lunatic James Holmes, anchor George Stephanopoulos said that Brian Ross found something that “might be significant.” He then went on to incorrectly report that the shooter may be a member of the Tea Party because ABC found someone on Facebook with the same name who had the Tea Party listed as one of his interests. 417 It was, of course, the wrong James Holmes. ABC News claimed that then-Attorney General Jeff Sessions delivered a speech to a “hate group” after meeting with the Christian non-profit

organization Alliance Defending Freedom, one of the most powerful Christian rights legal organizations in the country. 418 Basically all Christian groups are seen as “hate groups” to the liberal Establishment, which always cites the Southern Poverty Law Center as the ultimate authority of such things. After Oprah Winfrey accepted an award at the 2018 Golden Globes and gave an “inspiring” speech that caused many to hope she would be running for president, the official NBC Twitter account tweeted out a picture of her with the caption “OUR future president.” 419 In 2015, NBC News launched “NBC BLK” (NBC Black), a new website for “black-oriented issues.” 420 Apparently it just wasn’t enough to cover that kind of news on their main platform, they had to dedicate an entire division to “black news.” The following year they launched “NBC Out,” a website featuring LGBT news, “Out” meaning “out of the closet.” The site has it’s own Twitter account and other social media pages dedicated to using the NBC brand to promote the LGBT agenda 24/7.

Cable News As bad as the Big Three broadcast networks have become in recent years, cable news channels like CNN and MSNBC are much worse. They’ll talk endlessly about the same story on every show, every hour, all day, to ensure maximum saturation hoping their propaganda will reach as many viewers as possible since most people just tune in for an hour or two a day. Fox News, while still following the basic sound bite format of television news, actually does a very good job of presenting a variety of stories and perspectives, whereas CNN and MSNBC mostly have endless panel discussions with each pundit throwing in their two cents when their “research” consists of glancing over a few headlines before the show or

reading the producer’s notes about what the topic is for the day. Barack Obama once said that Fox viewers are living on a different planet than those who watch CNN and MSNBC. 421 Maybe he’s right. Fox viewers are the ones living on planet Earth! The Left is so fearful of Fox News that the Democratic National Committee barred them from hosting any of the twelve Democrat presidential primary debates for the 2020 election, claiming they’re “state run TV” controlled by the Trump White House. 422 God forbid any of the moderators ask the candidates some real questions! MSNBC was started in 1996 and functioned as the liberal counterpart to Fox, whereas CNN was supposedly the middle ground. CNN stands for Cable News Network and they were the first 24-hour news network in the world, started in 1980 by Ted Turner. For over 30 years they would cover news from around the globe and were once—as their trademarked slogan still (falsely) claims—one of the most trusted names in news. When something interesting was happening somewhere in the world, it was live on CNN, but in the Trump era all that changed. They rarely report on news anymore. Instead, all they do is talk about how terrible of a person Donald Trump is. It’s improv theater. The producer gives the panel a topic each night, or each segment, and like a group of actors at an improv show, the panelists pretend to be experts on the issue and put forth their opinions as if they actually know what they’re talking about when in most cases they’re just making it up as they go along. CNN doesn’t air newscasts anymore, they air talk shows filled with endless speculation and theorizing about things they have no idea about. It’s a gossip network. CNN now covers one story—Trump. It’s Trump 24/7 and virtually every minute of airtime is dedicated to complaining about him. What would

once be contained in the grocery store tabloids or frivolous websites with zero editorial ethics now regularly airs on CNN. Gossip about Stormy Daniels and the “pee tape” and endless allegations from anonymous sources about how “corrupt,” “incompetent,” “racist,” fascist,” etc., Trump is, is the only thing they talk about. The network is desperate to prevent blue collar Democrats from supporting Trump and abandoning the Democrat Party, so after a grassroots movement called #WalkAway was started by a gay liberal named Brandon Straka encouraging people to stop voting for Democrats because the party has become insane, CNN branded the movement part of a Russian plot! They reported that despite the #WalkAway campaign being “presented as a grassroots effort by former Democrats who are critical of the party’s alleged intimidation, confrontation and lack of civility and want people to walk away from the party,” they said it has, “been connected to Kremlin-linked Russian bots.” 423 The #WalkAway campaign’s YouTube channel and Facebook page are filled with video testimonials of average Americans from all different backgrounds who give their reasons for why they no longer support the Democrat Party and are encouraging others to “walk away” as well. 424 CNN’s poisonous anti-Trump obsession may have incited several terrorist attacks such as the man who shot up Republicans’ softball practice in June 2017, severely injuring Congressman Steve Scalese, or the person who mailed white powder to Donald Trump Jr.’s apartment, causing an anthrax scare and landing his then-wife in the hospital for testing. CNN’s reckless rhetoric could be the catalyst that helped push any number of mentally unstable viewers over the edge, convincing them that the Trump administration is the reincarnation of the Third Reich.

Meanwhile CNN’s senior “media analyst” Brian Stelter says that Trump’s base is a “hate movement” against the press. “I think what we are increasingly seeing from the president and his aides and his allies is a hate movement against the American press,” Stelter whined. “When you look at the behavior around Jim Acosta and some of the other reporter at these rallies, you really do see a hate movement.” 425 Shortly after the election Stelter declared that Donald Trump becoming president was “a national emergency” and painted him as a dictator who just seized power. 426 In an interview with New York Magazine CNN’s president Jeff Zucker admitted, “The perception of Donald Trump in capitals around the world is shaped, in many ways, by CNN,” warning Trump that, “Continuing to have an adversarial relationship with that network is a mistake.” 427 Even the Washington Post admitted that, “it is hard to escape the perception that Zucker issued a kind of threat.” 428 CNN was instrumental in getting Alex Jones banned from all major social media platforms after they literally lobbied the tech giants to have him removed. Before he was “unpersoned,” when his YouTube channel had just one strike they gleefully reported, “InfoWars’ Main YouTube Channel is Two Strikes Away From Being Banned” 429 A few days later his channel got a second strike, and outlets like Newsweek gloated, “InfoWars is perilously close to a permanent YouTube ban after peddling yet another debunked conspiracy theory.” 430 Dozens of other outlets picked up the story about the second strike, salivating that Infowars was one strike away from permanently being banned. 431 Even before Alex Jones’ YouTube channel was deleted, CNN was organizing an advertiser boycott against all the companies whose ads were appearing before his videos played. CNN reported, “Some of the biggest brands in the U.S. had ads running on the YouTube channels for far-right

website InfoWars and its founder, notorious conspiracy theorist Alex Jones, and they say they had no idea YouTube was allowing their advertising to appear there.” 432 Well, how did they learn their ads were running on Alex’s channel? Because CNN made of list of which ads were running, and then contacted the advertisers to pressure the companies into pulling them! Their story goes on, “CNN has discovered ads on InfoWars’ channels from companies and organizations such as Nike, Acer, 20th Century Fox, Paramount Network, the Mormon Church, Moen, Expedia, Alibaba, HomeAway, the NRA, Honey, Wix and ClassPass.” At the end of their story they admitted, “Many of the brands — including Nike, Moen, Expedia, Acer, ClassPass, Honey, Alibaba and OneFamily — have suspended ads on InfoWars’ channels after being contacted by CNN for comment.” 433 MSNBC is usually not quite as insane as CNN but it’s still almost always off the rails. Donny Deutsch, who is a regular contributor on the Morning Joe show, has challenged President Trump to a fight on air, 434 and their other regular panelists say things like Trump’s name is the “modern day swastika.” 435 They also regularly compared him to a dictator and call him a white supremacist. 436 When President Trump announced that he would be meeting face to face with Kim Jong Un, MSNBC claimed it was to “distract” the media from talking about his alleged affair with Stormy Daniels. 437 The network’s darling is lesbian Rachel Maddow whose monologues are convoluted streams of consciousness rattling off all kinds of social justice warrior buzzwords without ever really making a point. Her show is so fanatical and hyper-partisan that the New York Times banned their reporters from even appearing on it out of concern it will tarnish their credibility. 438

The Intercept’s Glenn Greenwald admitted, “I used to be really good friends with Rachel Maddow [but] I’ve seen her devolution from this really interesting, really smart, independent thinker into this utterly scripted, intellectually dishonest, partisan hack.” 439 MSNBC’s research department is so awful they took seriously a parody Twitter account that listed its location as a city in Russia and tweeted satire about a variety of issues (calling itself Boston Antifa). MSNBC reported that it was more “evidence” that Russian bots were active on Twitter. 440 They also fell for a tweet posted by the popular parody account for North Korea, the “DPRK News Service” which MSNBC cited in a report attacking President Trump. 441 Immediately after Robert Mueller wrapped up his two-year long investigation into the Trump campaign’s alleged “collusion” with the Russians and found none, CNN and MSNBC’s ratings dropped like a stone over night. After stringing along their viewers for two years giving the impression that any day now Mueller would announce he found “proof” Trump was a Russian agent and that his impeachment and imprisonment was imminent, hundreds of thousands of disappointed viewers finally quit tuning in. Following the Mueller nothing burger, Rachel Maddow’s viewership dropped by almost 20%. 442 Anderson Cooper’s prime time show on CNN got only 835,000 viewers, and for weeks couldn’t break a million. 443 Meanwhile Fox News continued to dominate, getting more viewers than MSNBC and CNN combined. 444 Even Newsweek magazine, which is part of the anti-Trump smear machine, reported, “MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow Found Huge Ratings Success Covering Trump and Russia — So What Now?” 445 Election years are always huge ratings boosters for cable news, and the regular viewers

who suffered through two years of endless speculation and listened to countless conspiracy theories about Trump and the Russians obviously aren’t the sharpest tools in the shed. Most have already forgotten all about the massive deception they were victims of and due to their short attention spans and lack of intellectual capacity, these cable news companies will continue on as if they did nothing wrong, and hundreds of thousands of people will still tune in. Normal Americans wonder how anyone could watch them again after the massive fraud the “news” networks had engaged in, but it’s easy to underestimate how many stupid people there are out there. After all, the Jerry Springer Show aired for 27 years and was able to keep audiences coming back every day to watch another group of trailer trash fight with each other about who cheated on who and who the father is of some poor child; and despite how mindless and repetitive the show was, enough people kept tuning in every day for it to stay on air for almost three decades.

Internet “News” Sites Just like the Internet sparked the creation of countless different kinds of businesses selling everything from books to airline tickets, it also gave birth to new “news” companies as well. While the brand name newspapers and television networks eventually began migrating their content online, unknown entrepreneurs threw their hat in the news business as well, creating digital-only magazines and “news” sites like the Huffington Post, BuzzFeed, the Daily Beast, Politico, Axios, Vox, Slate, Vice News, and many others.

Since the barriers to entry are so low, and these companies didn’t need to invest in gigantic printing presses or develop supply chains to deliver their product to readers’ homes every morning, many of them saw the incredible opportunities the Internet opened up. But while most newspapers and magazines require people to buy them, the vast majority of Internet news sites are free to read. All they had to do was get people to click on their articles and the advertisements on the website would fund their operation, so instead of focusing on producing quality content that people would be willing to pay for, they began flooding the Internet with sensational clickbait, throwing all journalistic standards out the window with one goal in mind—drive traffic to the articles, no matter what. The Huffington Post was one of the first “successful” online “news” outlets. It was started in 2005 specializing in clickbait trash and other pop culture nonsense, but due to spamming the Internet with countless articles on anything and everything, they generated a lot of traffic and made a name for themselves as one of the most viewed online “news” outlets. 446 In 2011 they were purchased by AOL for $315 million. 447 When Conan O’Brien was the comedian at the 2013 White House Correspondents Dinner he mocked the Huffington Post for being invited, saying, “All the Washington news media here tonight including the stars of online journalism. I see the Huffington Post has a table, which has me wondering if you’re here, who’s covering Miley Cyrus’s latest nip slip? Who’s assembling today’s top 25 yogurt related tweets? [Or] 7 mistakes you’re making with bacon? That’s a real one, and you should be ashamed of yourselves!” 448 The Huffington Post (later rebranded as HuffPost) being welcomed as part of the Washington press corps marked the beginning of the end of

journalism.

BuzzFeed BuzzFeed is another online abomination which took advantage of the new clickbait business model. The site was created in 2006, and began churning out ridiculously dumb quizzes about pop culture and recycling the same handful of topics over and over again to litter Google’s search results with their spam, often in the form of listicles like: “37 Things White People Need to Stop Ruining in 2018;” “21 Things That Almost All White People Are Guilty Of Saying;” and “33 Things That Almost All White People Are Guilty Of Doing.” They seem to hate white people so much that after the White House announced the National Day for the Victims of Communism a BuzzFeed reporter declared that the phrase “victims of Communism” was a “white nationalist talking point.” 449 Aside from their distain for white people, BuzzFeed also can’t stand heterosexual people (known as normal people to those not infected with the liberal pathogen.) When Star Wars: The Last Jedi was released, despite Disney turning the movie into a feminist propaganda piece, BuzzFeed still wasn’t happy because there were no LGBT characters and suggested that Finn (John Boyega) and Poe Dameron (Oscar Issac) should have had a “romance” as part of the plot. 450 BuzzFeed is perhaps the worst clickbait bottom feeder online and makes the National Enquirer look like a Pulitzer Prize winning publication. Outside of the community of morons who actively visit their website, BuzzFeed is best-known for publishing the fake news story about Donald Trump allegedly being caught on tape with hookers peeing on him in a Russian hotel.

The story about the now-infamous “dossier” had been circling internally at most of the major news outlets but nobody had reported on it because it was so ridiculous and there wasn’t a shred of evidence to back it up, but BuzzFeed decided they would get the “scoop” and ran with it. Then the allegations were all over social media and “Golden Showers” was trending on Twitter which provided cover for other “news” outlets to repeat the story. BuzzFeed often does the dirty work for Democrats by publishing salacious allegations and hyping them up enough to then get amplified by mainstream outlets which hide under the cover of qualifiers like “BuzzFeed reports” and “according to BuzzFeed.” This way, they can give the impression that they’re not making the claims, it’s someone else and they’re just passing it along because “if true” it would be a big story.

Vice News Vice News is another popular online outlet which regularly celebrates the most bizarre sexual perversions and promotes degenerates as modern day heroes. Some of their headlines are literally: “We Interviewed the Zoophilia Advocate Who Had Sex with a Dolphin;” “Ever Fantasized About Ingesting an Animal Through Your Anus?” “How to Make Breakfast With Your Vagina;” “Why Can’t I Consent to Sex with My Brother?” “Dear Straight Guys, It’s Time to Start Putting Things In Your Butt;” “Was Jesus Gay?” “Getting Cocaine Blown Up Your Butt;” and “Should Every Man Be Penetrated At Least Once In His Life?” It should be no surprise that Vice News is also on the forefront of celebrating child drag queens and sexualizing children. 451 Vice’s founder Shane Smith became a billionaire from peddling this kind of cancer. 452 In the early 2010s they regularly made viral videos on interesting topics that other news outlets wouldn’t cover, like traveling to

Columbia to investigate scopolamine (also known as the Devil’s Breath) which allegedly puts people into a chemically induced hypnotic trance where they will do anything they’re told, 453 and visiting Kim Dotcom’s estate in New Zealand and letting him give his side of the story regarding the massive copyright infringement case he’s facing for running the filesharing site Megaupload. 454 But Vice quickly devolved into the most perverted of online outlets. Like all the other large Leftist web-based media outlets, Vice seems to be obsessed with criticizing white people and sees “white supremacists” around every corner. They literally reported that, “Racist and white supremacist ideas have become more visible among the Chinese Canadian right.” 455 So Chinese people living in Canada are white supremacists now? There’s no point in trying to make sense of their insanity. It’s best to just stay away from them so their poisonous propaganda doesn’t enter your view because it will only make you upset. In 2015, Disney invested over $400 million into Vice, but four years later had lost all of their money and wrote it off on their taxes. 456 George Soros came to the rescue in mid-2019 and “invested” another $250 million dollars into the failing media company so they could continue to operate. 457 The “investment” from Soros was really just a donation to help them cover their operating expenses for the next few years so they could keep pumping out their liberal propaganda regardless of how much money it cost them to produce or whether they earned any revenue from it.

Vox Vox is another well-funded online outlet that sees white supremacist boogeymen around every corner, and paints anyone to the right of Karl Marx as an alt-right Nazi. Vox largely functions as an activist organization

working to destroy the careers of conservatives by painting targets on their back and smearing them with labels that are difficult to shake. In 2015 they were given $200 million dollars by NBC to do their dirty work without tarnishing the NBC name. 458 For years Vox has been obsessed with PewDiePie, who held the title of YouTube’s most subscribed channel for six years, and thinks that he is putting out secret white supremacist messages to his viewers. 459 Of course they labeled me one of YouTube’s “most extreme” creators in a video they produced crying about how conservatives were making viral anti-feminist and anti-illegal immigration videos on YouTube. 460 Vox came to most people’s attention in June 2019 when one of their activists (who calls himself a “journalist”) named Carlos Maza tried to get Steven Crowder completely banned from YouTube for calling him a “lispy queer” and an “anchor baby.” Just as gay pride month kicked off, Carlos Maza rallied his fans to pressure YouTube to ban Crowder for “bullying” him and for using “hate speech,” despite Maza often referring to himself as a “queer” and the Q in LGBTQ stands for just that. The little sissy spent an entire weekend ranting on Twitter about how miserable his life was and kept harassing YouTube to ban Crowder for his “homophobic attacks.” YouTube then demonetized Crowder’s entire channel, along with many others the company claimed were posting “offensive” content. More on that in the chapter on YouTube. In case there is any doubt as to whether or not Vox hates the First Amendment, for the 4th of July they published an op-ed titled “3 Reasons the American Revolution Was a Mistake,” which starts off saying, “This July 4, let’s not mince words: American independence in 1776 was a monumental mistake. We should be mourning the fact that we left the United Kingdom, not cheering it.” 461

It goes on to wish we would have remained a British colony because slavery would have supposedly been abolished sooner, fewer Native Americans would have been oppressed, and we would have a parliamentary system of government instead of a separation of powers (the three-branch system, which we currently have). The writer also added his belief that we would have passed a carbon tax, since that’s what happened in Britain, whereas such a proposal has (thankfully) so far failed to get enough support in the United States. The article concluded that, “The main benefit of the revolution to colonists was that it gave more political power to America’s white male minority.” 462 Of course! It’s always the white man’s fault!

The Daily Beast The Daily Beast is another unscrupulous online outlet that often functions as a political activist organization instead of a “news” website and regularly depicts Trump supporters as a bunch of bigots. They like to publish stories that smear rising conservative social media personalities as “far-right” to brand them as “extremists” in attempts to derail their careers before a major network hires them as contributors. It’s their way of trying to kill off the next generation of conservative voices before they become household names. The “far-right” label is often associated with neo-Nazism and by muddying up the search results for peoples’ names with a bunch of salacious articles about them it can cause real damage for current and future employment. Headlines like “Meet Candace Owens, Kanye West’s Toxic Far-Right Consigliere,” 463 and “Mike Cernovich and Jack Posobiec, the Far Right’s Twin Trolls, Taste Their Own Bitter Medicine,” 464 and “ProGun Parkland Teen Kyle Kashuv Apologizes for ‘Inflammatory’ Racial

Comments” are commonly deployed to digitally tar and feather conservatives. 465 The Daily Beast calls YouTube a “radicalization factory” for the “farright” and says that it’s “pulling YouTubers down the rabbit hole of extremism.” 466 Like others of their ilk, they often push for more censorship of right-wing content under the smokescreen of fighting “racism” and “extremism.” Defame, demonetize, and deplatform is their M.O. After a joke video depicting Nancy Pelosi as drunk and slurring her words went viral on Facebook, the Daily Beast doxed the person who allegedly made it, revealing his name, the city he lives in, and what he does for a living. The “reporter” (activist) who cyber-stalked the meme maker had apparently messaged his Facebook friends, including his ex-girlfriend, fishing for information about him. 467

Don’t Fall for Their Tricks If you use social media, the best thing you can do is block these Leftist clickbait accounts, and don’t share their links no matter how outrageous their articles are because these sites often rely on hate-clicks, which means they know people will share the links on their social media accounts with the intention of showing their friends how insane the articles are. Unfortunately trying to “expose” them this way just drives more traffic to their website which is what they want. They don’t care if the people clicking the articles like them or hate them, as long as they get the traffic and thus the ad revenue from it. Oftentimes articles are purposefully inflammatory and designed to get attention because of how outlandish they are, even though the people writing them may not even believe a word of it, but are simply publishing

outrageous things in hopes that people will spread them around so they can get a bunch of hate-clicks from it. So instead of posting links to these outlets, take a screenshot of their headline and post that, along with a summary of the article and your commentary so you’re not driving any more traffic to their websites. Starve them of traffic! Or post an article from a conservative website that is covering what the Leftist sites are reporting instead of giving them any more page views directly. It may be best to just ignore them altogether sometimes and not even mention them so that you don’t inadvertently inspire anyone to visit them out of curiosity. And be sure to bookmark and follow conservative sites like Fox News, Breitbart, the Drudge Report, Daily Caller, the Washington Times, Townhall, The Federalist, Washington Examiner, Newsbusters, PJ Media, Red State, One America News, WorldNetDaily, and National Review.

The End of Print Journalism? In early 2018 the New York Times CEO predicted their print edition may only last another ten years before it becomes economically unsustainable to keep it going. 468 Newspaper circulation has been on a steady decline since the Internet revolution, and many magazines are struggling as well. PC Magazine ceased printing a physical edition in 2009 and is now just a website. Computerworld followed suit in 2014. Teen Vogue magazine and Self did the same thing in 2017. Newsweek , once considered to be one of the staples of the news magazine industry ever since its creation in 1933, even quit issuing a print edition at the end of 2012 due to financial problems. 469 About a year later after it had been bought by another media organization (IBT Media) they re-launched the print edition, but continue to struggle.

Despite having over 3 million Twitter followers, most of Newsweek’s tweets barely get a dozen interactions, leading many people to think they bought millions of fake followers in order to appear popular. 470 In 2018 Newsweek was accused of fraudulently inflating the traffic to their website in order to present advertisers with false numbers, causing numerous online ad vendors to pull their ads. 471 So buying fake Twitter followers surely seems right up their alley. CNN’s president Jeff Zucker complained at an industry conference that his network was having a difficult time monetizing their content online since so many videos are spread through social media with CNN clips being posted to YouTube, Twitter, and Facebook. “In a Google and Facebook world, monetization of digital and mobile continues to be more difficult than we would have expected or liked,” he said. 472 What he means is, there is just too much competition from other websites and YouTube channels, and since there are so many different links being shared on social media, CNN’s web traffic has dramatically dropped and with fewer people actually watching them on cable they’re not getting the revenue from the long blocks of commercials. Because a lot of people use ad blocker plug-ins on their browsers which automatically hide banner ads from websites, the Washington Post recently began blocking people from being able to see their articles if their browser is using an ad blocker, requiring people to turn it off or white list (allow ads on) their site in order to even see what’s on the website at all. 473 The New York Times began limiting people’s ability to read free articles on their website to ten per month by either tracking their IP address or placing cookies on their computer, and later reduced it to just five articles a month. 474 When that number is exceeded, the articles are blacked out and a notice pops up saying you have exceeded the allowed free articles limit and

it encourages you to become a digital subscriber for $4 per month (for the first year) which then automatically changes to $15 a month from then on. The business model of displaying digital ads next to articles on their website just isn’t working anymore because there is too much competition now with countless websites all using the same ad servers.

Mainstream Asking for Donations Things are getting so dire for the major online “news” businesses that some are now asking for donations. At the bottom of every Guardian article now there is a notice that reads, “Since you’re here…we have a small favor to ask. More people are reading the Guardian than ever but advertising revenues across the media are failing fast. And unlike many news organizations, we haven’t put up a paywall — we want to keep our journalism as open as we can. So you can see why we need to ask for your help. The Guardian’s independent, investigative journalism takes a lot of time, money, and hard work to produce. But we do it because we believe our perspective matters — because it might well be your perspective too. If everyone who reads our reporting, who likes it, helps fund it, our future would be much more secure. For as little as $1, you can support the Guardian – and it only takes a minute. Thank you.” 475 In August 2017, BuzzFeed “News” started asking for donations at the bottom of all their articles too. There’s a banner that reads “Play a bigger role in our journalism” encouraging people to donate $5 dollars a month to them which readers get zero benefits for other than being added to a BuzzFeed email list. People who donate $100 get an “exclusive BuzzFeed News tote bag.” 476 Soon we may see major media outlets join Patreon!

Wikipedia Encyclopedia Britannica is the world’s oldest encyclopedia, first published in the late 1700s. For many generations they were the standard in school libraries and some homes if parents decided to spend the $1000 plus dollars for the 32-volume set. But in 2012 the company announced they were no longer going to print the books (after 244 years), and instead Encyclopedia Britannica became an online only edition available for a small yearly subscription fee. 477 Unfortunately in the Internet age where everyone wants everything for free, Encyclopedia Britannica has been largely forgotten and Wikipedia has become the new standard “encyclopedia,” which is both sad and disturbing. Wikipedia is one of the top search results, if not the top search result, for almost anything you Google, and gets 33 billion page views a month. 478 And you probably know that literally anyone can edit almost any article on the site, anonymously, without even registering as an editor. In theory, other editors will watch over new updates and remove or correct them if someone posts incorrect information, but this often results in “edit wars” where people go back and forth posting something and then others change it, and then others change it back, and on and on. So depending on when you read an article on Wikipedia, information could be completely different or even missing entirely. For benign pages about things like plants and animals there may be little controversy about what is said about them, but for pages that are biographies of people, particularly political figures (and even for some products and corporations which have entries on the site) they are usually a battleground between different editors fighting to have the final word in terms of what is (and is not) said about the topic.

Wikipedia is a major part of the Liberal Media Industrial Complex smear machine because it solidifies the liberal consensus about individuals by using careless and defamatory online articles as the “sources” for labeling someone a racist, sexist, homophobe, etc. Once outlets like the HuffPost, Daily Beast, Vox, etc., publish an article making baseless claims about a person, then the Wikipedia editors update that person’s page to paint them in a false light and cite the salacious hit pieces as the source in the footnotes, cementing the allegations in the target’s Wikipedia page. Because public figures have to prove “actual malice” in a defamation case, unlike private citizens, its difficult to win a judgment against “news” outlets for libel because they can easily claim they “thought” what they were writing was accurate, or it’s their opinion that someone is “far-right,” “racist,” “Islamophobic,” etc. Often they’ll sneakily add a weak qualifier about someone they’re smearing by saying they are an individual “who some people call far-right.” Who calls them that? A few random trolls on Twitter, so technically “some people” have called them that and it’s a devious way many of these outlets try to get labels to stick. They also know that suing them can easily cost a plaintiff a million dollars in legal fees, and even if they win a judgment for the defamation, that person will still be on the hook for their own legal costs, which may be much more than the actual judgement awarded to them for the defamation in the first place. For months Wikipedia had a section on Tomi Lahren’s page saying she was considered “White Power Barbie,” because an article in the London Guardian labeled her that simply because she’s a beautiful blonde woman who has had a few viral videos criticizing Black Lives Matter. 479 Wikipedia is such a pit of disinformation and slander that Ron Paul was included on their white supremacist list for three weeks before editors

finally fixed it. 480 Wikipedia even listed the California Republican Party’s ideology as “Nazism” for a period of time. 481 There is even an entire Wikipedia page titled “Racial Views of Donald Trump” which paints him as a huge racist, detailing how he is a “birther” for questioning Barack Obama’s heritage; taking his comments about “fine people” on “both sides” of the Confederate statue controversy out of context, and including a whole long list of supposed “evidence” that he’s a racist because he referred to El Salvador, Haiti and parts of Africa as “shit hole countries” and makes fun of Elizabeth Warren, calling her Pocahontas. In September 2018 a Democrat congressional staffer doxed several Republican Senators including Lindsey Graham by posting their home addresses and phone numbers right on their Wikipedia pages. 482 The perpetrator was later arrested and sentenced to 4 years in prison for computer fraud and sharing restricted private information, showing the seriousness of his crime and that the lack of oversight and editorial control makes Wikipedia the Internet’s equivalent of a wall in a gas station bathroom. Wikipedia editors fiercely protect the Antifa page, and (at the time of this writing) have successfully prevented any references to their violent and terrorist activities. The subsections of the article are “History,” “Ideology and Activities,” and “Notable Activism;” but nothing about their violence at all. 483 These are the scum who wear black masks and look like members of ISIS that show up at events to harass, intimidate, and assault Trump supporters with sticks, bricks, and mace. This is the same group that went to Tucker Carlson’s house, banged on his door, and shouted threats through a megaphone. 484 After Antifa members assaulted Quillette journalist Andy Ngo at an event in Portland, Oregon in June 2019, punching him in the face and

throwing milkshakes on him (causing him to be hospitalized for a brain hemorrhage) word of the incident made national news. 485 President Trump even mentioned the attack but Wikipedia editors decided that it wasn’t “significant” enough to warrant being included on the Antifa page. 486 Wikipedia is also preventing any mention of the terrorist attack on an Immigrations and Customs Enforcement [ICE] facility in Tacoma, Washington, where an Antifa member approached the property armed with a rifle and firebombed the building, resulting in him being shot and killed by police. He had also posted a manifesto online before his attack using language from Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, claiming the United States was keeping illegal immigrants in “concentration camps.” His manifesto began declaring “I am Antifa.” 487 Congresswomen Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and Ilhan Omar refused to condemn the attack when specifically asked about it. 488 Others, like Black Lives Matter activist Shaun King, appeared to celebrate it and encouraged people to “liberate” the “concentration camps” by any means necessary because illegal aliens are being “tortured” inside. 489 The FBI reported that Antifa has been engaging in terrorist activities, and members of the Senate, including Ted Cruz of Texas and Bill Cassidy of Louisiana introduced an official resolution deeming them a terrorist organization. 490 But not a word of any of this is included on the Wikipedia page about Antifa. 491 Meanwhile the Wikipedia page for disgraced former FBI agent Peter Strzok says the text messages he and his mistress Lisa Page exchanged speaking of having an “insurance policy” to derail the Trump administration is just a “conspiracy theory” saying, “The revelation of the text messages led Republican congressmen and right wing media to start pushing

conspiracy theories to the effect that Strzok was involved in a secret plot to undermine the Trump presidency.” 492 There have been controversies surrounding certain Wikipedia editors being paid to protect pages of political figures as well as big names in tech and the media. 493 Others, like myself, have no hope of ever having a fair or accurate representation on Wikipedia. Right now my page says that I’m best known for being a “conspiracy theorist” because I wrote a few books about the Illuminati when I was younger with the subtitle of “Facts & Fiction” separating the facts from the fiction, because they are a historical group that became a pop culture phenomena in the early 2010s. It’s an interesting subject I was fascinated with for a period of time, but the Wikipedia editors forever want me branded as “conspiracy theorist” for daring to look into the topic. And while I have had a sizable YouTube audience steadily growing ever since 2006, at the end of the 2016 presidential election my channel exploded. But for years after that (and currently at the time I’m writing this) the editor overlords at Wikipedia won’t allow ANY mention of my YouTube stats on my page, which is standard for professional YouTubers. Several liberal YouTubers whose channels that are much smaller than mine, like that of Kyle Kulinski who runs the Secular Talk channel, and David Pakman have their Wikipedia pages loaded with details about their subscriber counts and viewership and all the news sites which have mentioned them; but not mine. My YouTube subscriber count isn’t allowed to be mentioned at all. 494 Wikipedia gives the impression that my career ended in 2015, when in reality it took off in 2016, and I was the first conservative YouTube channel to reach 1 million subscribers. 495 Despite my 2017 book, The True Story of Fake News, reaching the #15 best seller spot (of all books) on Amazon (and #1 in its category for weeks)

the Wikipedia editors say it’s not “significant” enough to mention on my page! My book which came out the following year, Liberalism: Find a Cure , also hit #15 on Amazon best seller’s list (of all books, not just a certain category) but they still refuse to even mention it! One of the editors who fiercely guards my page wrote on the Talk Page discussion about the edits that, “The books were removed via consensus at some point because there were no reliable sources that mentioned them as being significant.” 496 Another editor writing about why my YouTube subscriber count is not allowed on the page says, “I think there is enough evidence that subscriber counts have been manipulated in the recent past that we should not be including this information in this article.” 497 They also removed (and are preventing any mention of) all the television shows I’ve appeared in, including Secret Societies of Hollywood on the E! channel, America Declassified on the Travel Channel, America’s Book of Secrets on the History Channel, Conspiracy Theory with Jesse Ventura on TruTV, as well as shows on the Sundance Channel and interviews on Fox News. These appearances are all listed on IMDB and other media outlets, but the Wikipedia editors have decided that mentioning them would make me look too popular, so they dumped them down the memory hole and are preventing anyone from adding them back to the page. Larry Sanger, the co-founder of Wikipedia (who is no longer with the organization), chimed in on Twitter when I was complaining about this, saying, “If these idiots don’t like you, then they will ignore their own f’n rules. You’re far from being the first this has happened to. It pisses me off. Arrogant little SOBs.” 498 He now calls Wikipedia “a broken system” and says “Wikipedia has long since decided to turn the other cheek when influential editors make

articles speak with one point of view, when they dismiss unpopular views, or when they utterly fail to do justice to alternative approaches to a topic.” 499

The Washington Times did an article about my “battle” with Wikipedia after I made a YouTube video about it, but instead of fixing the page the editors scrubbed any mention of my education credentials, deleting the fact that I have a bachelor’s degree in Communication. They then added a few lines that I once made “numerous homophobic statements” about a Korean boy band after they played at the American Music Awards. I had simply tweeted a picture of them with the caption, “Meet the Korean lesbian pop group BTS featured at the American Music Awards #AMAs last night.” It was clearly a joke because the band members looked very feminine and had blue hair like a stereotypical lesbian. Teen Vogue magazine wrote an article about my tweet because the group’s teeny bopper fans got upset and started a petition on Change.org urging the band to sue me, and that is the “reliable” source Wikipedia used to add a section to my page branding me “homophobic.” They also added a line about how I had been temporarily suspended from Twitter for making “transphobic” comments (in reality saying there are only two genders.) They’re trying to paint me in the most negative light possible, citing random articles from little-known or garbage websites that happened to mention jokes I’ve made on Twitter, while at the same time preventing any real information about my career, my credentials, and my success from being mentioned at all. Wikipedia founder Jimmy Wales (who now lives in England) got so triggered when President Trump visited the UK in June 2019, he tweeted that he was leaving the country until Trump returned to the United States. 500 He was widely mocked in the replies, including by me, causing him to

block me. (He later unblocked me after people continued to ridicule him over the block.) Google has donated millions of dollars to Wikipedia to help cover their operating expenses, 501 and guess who else has given them millions as well —George Soros. 502 You’d think with all their money they could have just funded the Encyclopedia Britannica and made that free to the world instead of giving it to such a garbage website filled with inaccuracies and biased information, but then the Left’s army of online trolls wouldn’t be able to edit entries about people and political policies they want to control the perception of. Author’s Note: If you haven’t already, please take a moment to rate and review this book on Amazon.com, Kindle, Google Play, iBooks, or wherever you bought it from, to let other potential readers know how valuable this information is. Almost all of the one-star reviews on Amazon for my last two books “The True Story of Fake News” and “Liberalism: Find a Cure” are from NON-verified purchases which shows the “reviewers” probably didn’t even read them and just hate me. So if you could help me offset their fake one-star reviews by leaving a real one yourself since you actually read the book, that would help a lot! Thank you!

Google Google is the most-visited website in the world, and is so popular that “Google” has become a verb meaning to look something up. They dominate not just the search engine industry, but others as well, since a large number

of the most popular mobile apps are also owned by Google (like G-mail, Google Maps, Chrome, Google Play, Google Drive, Google News, etc.). Most people assume Google knows the answers to everything, and think the top search results for what they’re looking for is the correct answer. Studies have shown that over 90% of the time people click on what is served up on page one and rarely even look at page two or beyond. 503 The ranking of search results gives Google an enormous amount of power since each page shows just ten different results out of hundreds of thousands, or millions of possible webpages. They can easily prevent people from finding articles or websites by just dropping them down to page two or three in the results. Google’s ability to surface certain information they want to promote while suppressing what they don’t like by manipulating their algorithm gives them enormous power to artificially boost certain companies, products, or political candidates and causes over others. Speaking of the 2016 election, one Google engineer wrote in internal emails, “This was an election of false equivalencies, and Google, sadly, had a hand in it.” 504 They then suggested manipulating the search results to bury articles from Breitbart and the Daily Caller, saying, “How many times did you see the Election now card with items from opinion blogs (Breitbart, Daily Caller) elevated next to legitimate news organizations? That’s something that can and should be fixed.” 505 “I think we have a responsibility to expose the quality and truthfulness of sources—because not doing so hides real information under loud noises…Beyond that, let’s concentrate on teaching critical thinking. A little bit of that would go a long way. Let’s make sure that we reverse things in four years—demographics will be on our side.” 506

Google insiders also discussed manipulating the search results to counter President Trump’s proposed “Travel Ban” in January 2017 which would have prevented people living in countries with high rates of terrorist activity from entering the United States for a period of time. The Wall Street Journal reported, “Google Workers Discussed Tweaking Search Function to Counter Travel Ban,” 507 and detailed, “Days after the Trump administration instituted a controversial travel ban in January 2017, Google employees discussed ways they might be able to tweak the company’s search-related functions to show users how to contribute to pro-immigration organizations and contact lawmakers and government agencies, according to internal company emails.” 508 Those emails showed that, “employees proposed ways to ‘leverage’ search functions and take steps to counter what they considered to be ‘Islamophobia.’” 509 After they were leaked, Google issued a statement denying that they had actually done it, and said the plan was just a “brainstorm of ideas.” 510 A Google employee who has been leaking information to Breitbart told them, “I know there are efforts to demote anything non-PC, antiCommunist and anti-Islamic terror from search results. To what extent that has been successful, I don’t know.” 511 PJ Media did an examination of the search results for the word “Trump” in the Google News tab and calculated that 96% of the results were from liberal media outlets. 512 Similar informal tests have been done by searching for various other topics, such as when Fox News founder Roger Ailes died people noticed that most search results painted him as a monster, with articles from Rolling Stone declaring he was “one of the worst Americans ever” surfacing at the top, along with others like one from NBC News claiming he “built a kingdom on exploited bias,” and the London Guardian saying he helped “create this nightmare world.”

513 A

study at Northwestern University’s Computational Journalism Lab also found that the majority of search results on Google News were from left-leaning outlets. 514 If you search for the same key words on Google and Bing, or Duck Duck Go, you’ll often notice dramatically different results. On numerous occasions when doing research for this book I have Googled various topics trying to find articles that I had seen in the past so I could use them as the citations and had a difficult time finding many of them on Google, but when I looked on other search engines they were in the top results. Sometimes when I was even searching for an article’s exact title after having copied and pasted it into my notes when I first saw it posted on social media, it wouldn’t show up on the first page of search results on Google. Google even rolled out a new “fact check” widget as part of their supposed fight against “fake news” but after a report from the Daily Caller showed the feature was targeting mostly conservative news sites in attempts to paint their overall reporting as inaccurate or misleading, (while ignoring false stories published by BuzzFeed, the Huffington Post, Vox, Salon, and others) Google shut down the feature saying they “encountered challenges” and admitted they were “unable to deliver the quality” they hoped to provide their users. 515 Google deleted Dr. Patrick Moore from the list of Greenpeace founders after he made headlines for insulting Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez over her ridiculous Green New Deal and praised President Trump. 516 Google often displays what are called “knowledge panels” as the top search results for certain topics, which are small boxes highlighting a few main points about the subject. And prior to his headline-making comments about the moronic Congresswoman, Dr. Patrick Moore was included in the knowledge panel

when someone searched for “Greenpeace founders,” but immediately after insulting her royal highness, Google mysteriously scrubbed him from it. 517 The knowledge panel for the popular pro-life movie Unplanned (2019) listed the genre as “propaganda” when it first came out, instead of “drama,” “action,” or “science fiction” like all other movies are labeled. As usual, after word went viral on social media of this “mistake” Google fixed it. 518 A group at the American Institute for Behavioral Research and Technology concluded a study in April 2018 after looking into how much Google’s search results could influence undecided voters by surfacing negative or positive results about certain issues and candidates and reported that such manipulation could shift the preference of those voters between 20 and 80 percent. 519 The same research team led by search engine expert Dr. Robert Epstein concluded that during the 2018 midterm election, Google had been able to flip three key congressional seats from Republican to Democrat due to the prevalence of pro-Democrat bias in the search results. 520

A former Google employee who worked as a “design ethicist” where he studied the ethics of using technology to persuade people, later warned in a TED talk, “A handful of people, working at a handful of technology companies, through their choices will steer what a billion people are thinking today.” 521 Even Google News has recently changed to prevent people from finding exactly what they are looking for. The “News” tab is used to retrieve only search results from mainstream and brand name news sources, not just any random website like the main Google search page. You used to be able to select specific topics you’re interested in and Google News would show recent stories about those topics all on one page, but in 2017 they changed the layout making it much more difficult to customize your

Google News feed, and now you have to click on each individual topic you’re interested in, making it tedious and cumbersome, thus encouraging users to rely on the Google News home page which contains stories curated by their editors instead of creating a custom feed to see only the topics you want to read about. Then in March 2018 Google announced their “News Initiative” plan promising to give $300 million dollars to various “news” organizations over the next three years, as well as offer them various tools and services in order to help them expand their online presence. 522 They have so much money they’re just giving it away, probably to garbage websites like Vox, the Daily Beast, and HuffPost. The Internet created an even playing field allowing someone on a laptop in their kitchen to create a website (or YouTube channel) which gave them access to the same number of potential readers (or viewers) as brand name newspapers and TV networks, and completely changed the power dynamics in media, since ordinary people could bypass the traditional gatekeepers of editors and producers who decide what gets published on their platforms. But this power shift has caused a massive backlash and we’re seeing the very tech companies which created the infrastructure that empowered the individual now quietly working to tip the scale back in favor of the massive corporations their technology once disrupted.

Champions of “Diversity” Google’s corporate culture is liberal to the core, and one brave conservative employee leaked a video of an internal meeting held just after the 2016 election showing all the senior executives sitting around talking

about how disgusted they were with Donald Trump’s victory and that they’re “sure” most people in the company agree. 523 Google is such a “champion” for “diversity” and “social justice” that there are reportedly tampon dispensers in men’s bathrooms because “some men menstruate.” 524 In August 2017 Google fired engineer James Damore after he wrote and circulated a memo internally titled “Google’s Ideological Echo Chamber” which was critical of the company’s corporate culture and their diversity policies which were aiming to hire more women. Damore pointed out that because of the biological differences between men and women, most women tend to be more interested in social activities than engineering (people rather than things). Google soon fired him for “sexism” for daring to point out well-established facts about the differences between men and women. Various psychologists including Geoffrey Miller, a professor at the University of New Mexico; Jordan Peterson, professor of Psychology at the University of Toronto; Lee Jussim, social psychology professor at Rutgers University; and others publicly defended Damore’s memo as being scientifically sound. Damore then filed a class action lawsuit against Google and is suing them for discrimination against conservatives and white men since their diversity policies are inherently discriminatory because they openly favor women and people of color in the hiring process instead of choosing applicants who are best qualified for the job, regardless of their race or gender. 525

Has Google Committed Treason? Billionaire tech investor and PayPal co-founder Peter Thiel says the FBI and CIA should investigate Google for possibly committing treason because of their “decision to work with the Chinese military and not with

the US military.” 526 Google had been secretly working on a special search engine for China that was compatible with their strict censorship rules and would have linked people’s phone numbers to their searches so the Communist government could monitor what everyone was looking up. 527 The project was only revealed after someone leaked documents to The Intercept in August 2018. Google had already been working with the Communist Chinese government since 2006 on their “Google.cn” (Google China) which allowed officials to blacklist certain search terms, but Dragonfly, the codename of the newer system they were working on, was going to be fully compatible with China’s “social credit score” system which tracks and rates citizens based on their personal activities. 528 Senator Josh Hawley called Google “the most dishonest company to appear before Congress” after one of their executives testified before a Senate Intelligence Committee and was evasive in many of his answers. 529

Creepy Google There are also serious privacy issues with Google for those who use it in the U.S. and other countries around the world. Most people don’t think about it too often, but they’re telling Google more than they tell their spouse or their best friend since people sometimes search for answers about relationship or health problems they are keeping to themselves. Google knows exactly who you are and keeps a log of everything you’ve searched for and what links you’ve clicked on. All of this information is then analyzed and sorted to create detailed profiles of people, their personalities, interests, income, and other data points about them. When asked about the privacy concerns surrounding Google, thenCEO Eric Schmidt responded, “There is what I call the creepy line. The Google policy on a lot of things is to get right up to the creepy line and not

cross it.” 530 They are, however, so creepy, that in the future they want to wire the Internet directly into people’s brains. 531 Google engineer Ray Kurzweil is one of the leading proponents of Transhumanism and hopes to one day upload his brain into the Internet so he can become a god-like “immortal” being. 532 Such megalomaniacal goals seem like science fiction and have been the plot of various films like The Lawnmower Man (1992) and Transcendence (2014), but Kurzweil is serious and has the backing of one of the world’s wealthiest tech companies. Google is also a lead developer of artificial intelligence which an increasing number of tech leaders and scientists worry may quickly get out of control and end up exterminating or enslaving the human race. 533 Other companies, including Elon Musk’s Neuralink, are developing braincomputer interfaces in hopes of enabling humans to merge with AI by turning us all into cyborgs. 534 But these are topics for a whole other book. Google’s former motto was “Don’t be evil,” a phrase that was also included in their official code of conduct, but in April 2018 they quietly removed all references of it, and sadly it seems more every day that is exactly what they are becoming.

Rise of Social Media From the creation of the printing press in 1439 to the telegraph in 1837, to radio in 1895 and television in 1927, each new form of media revolutionized society, but the development of the Internet far surpassed all previous communication technologies, especially since it’s now fully mobile and in our pocket wherever we go. It’s changed almost everything from how we interact with our friends to how we get our news and

entertainment, and people gauge what topics and events are the “most popular” because they’re “trending” on social media. As futurist George Gilder noted, “Computer networks give every hacker the creative potential of a factory tycoon of the industrial era and the communications power of a TV magnate of the broadcasting era.” 535 That’s the capability of what’s been dubbed Internet 2.0, or the two-way communication networks the Internet now enables, instead of just static websites. Comedian Dane Cook was one of the first comics to use social media to promote himself in the early 2000s through MySpace, and many of his early critics called him a better marketer than a comic because they didn’t see his humor as all that funny but couldn’t deny his popularity. “I remember getting ready to play Madison Square Garden,” he recalled to the Hollywood Reporter . “I posted once on MySpace and without spending a dime on any promotion or advertising, we sold out.” 536 Similarly, Tila Tequila became the most popular person on MySpace in 2006 from posting racy photos of herself, taking advantage of the new medium and getting floods of friend requests from lonely losers online who hoped to connect with her. 537 Her popularity on My Space opened the door for her (bisexual) dating show A Shot at Love with Tila Tequila on MTV in 2007, which began her 15 minutes of fame. In the early years of social media most people just saw the technology as something to use for fun, and a way to entertain themselves or reconnect with old friends, but as time went on the true power and ability to influence large numbers of people through it became apparent. One member of the Obama administration called journalists on social media “force multipliers” (a fancy term for propagandists) and admitted, “We have our compadres, I [would] reach out to a couple people, and you

know I wouldn’t want to name them.” These people were “prominent Washington reporters and columnists who [would] often tweet in sync with [Obama’s] messaging.” 538 Obama’s former campaign “mastermind” David Axelrod admitted, “over the last couple of years, there’s been an investment in alternative means of communication: using digital more effectively, going to nontraditional sources, understanding where on each issue your constituencies are going to be found. I think they’ve approached these major foreign-policy challenges as campaign challenges, and they’ve run [social media] campaigns, and those campaigns have been very sophisticated.” 539 Amateur video caught Hillary Clinton collapsing at the 9/11 memorial after her campaign and the mainstream media kept dismissing growing concerns that there was something wrong with her health in the final stretch of the 2016 presidential election. 540 The video first went viral through social media before finally getting covered in the mainstream press because so many people were talking about it. The Washington Post, which had been calling questions about her health “conspiracy theories,” then finally admitted, “Hillary Clinton’s health just became a real issue in the presidential campaign.” 541 A bartender working at a fundraiser held by Mitt Romney in 2012 captured the then-presidential candidate on video talking about how 47% of the country wouldn’t vote for him because they’ll support Obama no matter what since they want free hand outs so he wasn’t going to pay much attention to them. 542 Liberals pretended to be outraged and accused Mitt of not caring about half of the country, particularly lower income folks, and the video proved to be quit damaging to his campaign.

Bloggers were the ones who first debunked the fake documents CBS News anchor Dan Rather claimed were the service records of George W. Bush from his time in the National Guard. 543 Matt Drudge’s Drudge Report website first broke the Monica Lewinsky scandal when other outlets were sitting on the story and refused to cover it. 544 Facebook and Google now account for 25% of all advertising spending, both online and off. 545 Social media has swallowed up the news business, and the power-shift has been revolutionary.

Getting “News” on Social Media We all know kids love their devices, and virtually live their lives on them. An entire generation of children have been raised on them, and get babysat by smartphones since parents use them to keep kids occupied while seated in the shopping cart at the grocery store and even at the dinner table. It’s how they communicate with their friends, listen to music, watch movies, and so it only makes sense that’s where they get their news. A study conducted by Internet security company Anchor Free for the Jack Meyers Knowledge Exchange reported, “When asked to identify their two primary sources of news, the majority of this cohort name Instagram (29 percent), You Tube (22 percent), and Facebook (15 percent) as the media where they are most likely to read/see the news. Fewer than a quarter of young people depend on newspaper or television news, with 8 percent reading national newspapers such as the New York Times, Washington Post, and USA Today, 10 percent watching broadcast and cable network news, and 6 percent exposed regularly to local television news or newspapers…By comparison, a stunning 82 percent of Gen Z and younger millennials include among their primary news sources Reddit, Twitter,

Facebook, YouTube, BuzzFeed, Instagram, Snapchat and their desktop newsfeed.” 546 Media advisor Jack Myers warned, “Without the traditional filters of trusted news organizations and journalists, this new generation of potential voters may be highly susceptible to fake and biased news and may find it difficult to discern fact from fiction. Compounding this reality, Instagram — the #1 source of news for young people — is dependent almost exclusively on visual images, and none of the major social media channels invest meaningfully in original news reporting, nor do they provide usertools for deeper investigative analysis of their content.” 547 Of course it’s not just kids who are increasingly relying on social media for their news, it’s everyone.

Homeland Security Studying Influencers Because so many people are now getting their news from social media and there are millions of ways stories can be planted online and go viral governments around the world are very interested in tracking and studying the flow of information through these new channels of distribution. In 2018 the Department of Homeland Security revealed they were developing systems to monitor the social media feeds of various journalists, bloggers, and social media influencers in order to “identify any and all media coverage related to the Department of Homeland Security or a particular event.” 548 In other words there are very serious national security concerns, as well as issues and events local law enforcement need to monitor on social media because they can easily cause real-world consequences. A report in the Chicago Sun Times notes, they were building a database “to monitor the public activities of media members and influencers” so the

government would have the ability “to create unlimited data tracking, statistical breakdown, and graphical analyses on ad-hoc basis.” 549 They reportedly are tracking 300,000 different accounts to create a realtime information matrix of topics that are being talked about and how they spread. Shortly after the 2016 election I myself was contacted by the United States Special Operations Command which integrates various branches of the U.S. Armed Forces because they wanted to interview me and even send a team of researchers to observe me working so they could learn how my YouTube channel had become so popular in the final stretch of the 2016 election. I declined their request.

Operation Earnest Voice Around 2011 the U.S. government launched a program called Operation Earnest Voice which uses specialized software that allows military personnel to create and manage fake social media profiles of various “people” in order to use them for propaganda purposes. 550 The government claims they’re only doing this on websites outside the United States because technically (until President Obama amended it in 2012) it was a violation of the Smith-Mundt Modernization Act for the military to target our own citizens with propaganda, but it’s hard to believe that such technology isn’t being used by U.S. government agencies in black ops on the major social media platforms to influence the American people. Obviously all countries engage in cyber warfare, and in the 21st century that means flooding social media with bots and trolls to push certain agendas or to disrupt various discussions. The London Guardian surprisingly admitted in 2015 that, “Israel Defense Forces have pioneered state military engagement with social media, with dedicated teams

operating since Operation Cast Lead, its war in Gaza in 2008-9. The IDF is active on 30 platforms – including Twitter, Facebook, YouTube and Instagram – in six languages.” 551 The Chinese government was caught using Twitter trolls and posting propaganda videos on YouTube designed to demonize protesters in Hong Kong in the Summer of 2019 when pro-democracy demonstrations broke out. 552 And everyone knows Russia used social media to cause disruption during the 2016 election by promoting both pro-Trump and anti-Trump content, however its effect has been greatly exaggerated by Democrats, causing a modern day moral panic. It’s rarely reported that the biggest Black Lives Matter page on Facebook, which had over 700,000 followers, was found to be run by a white guy in Australia who was using it to scam people into donating money to him. 553 Another huge Black Lives Matter Facebook page called “Blactivist” (meaning black activist) which had over 360,000 followers was found to be part of Russia’s disinformation campaign against the United States and used the page to incite division and fan the flames of racism. 554 Michael Moore even promoted and attended a protest outside of Trump Tower in New York City that had been organized by the Russians. 555 So to say that Russian meddling in American social media circles was just to support Donald Trump over Hillary Clinton is just plain false.

Social Media Causing Mental Health Problems While social media is a powerful tool, it is hard to control. And it seems with every benefit it brings comes the equivalent of an equal sized detriment. The younger generations are getting lost in a world of isolation and have few real-world friendships or interactions. Social media is being

increasingly linked to mental disorders amongst teens since it has become a fixture in their lives. 556 Feeling the need to share how “great” and “perfect” one’s life is through carefully choreographed Instagram photos or Facebook posts appears to be increasing people’s anxiety and depression. 557 Many people have become literally addicted to their phones, not to mention that social media blew the door wide open for kids to be cyberbullied 24-hours-a-day by their fellow classmates who are now able to harass them when they’re not even at school, and can reach them when they’re supposedly in the safety of their own homes. Teen suicide rates have skyrocketed due to cyber bullying because now kids can never get away from their bullies no matter where they go. 558 One study even found that close to 6% of kids aged 12 through 17 have set up fake social media accounts and cyber bullied themselves so they could get attention for being a “victim.” 559 Many people are also developing “mean world syndrome,” which is a term coined by professor George Gerbner who was the dean of the communication department at the University of Pennsylvania. He was a leading researcher in the effects of mass media and concluded that the more time someone spends consuming mass media, the more distorted their view of how the world actually gets, ultimately leading them to think society is a much more dangerous and “mean” place than it actually is since their perceptions are shaped through the warped representations of the world by the media, which amplifies atrocities, arguments, and divisions. Gerbner’s “mean world syndrome” phenomenon was coined in the age of television, and now that most people are glued to their phones and are consuming an almost nonstop diet of media, one can see how the syndrome has only gotten worse. Spending too much time on social media and being bombarded by the never-ending political conflicts and fear-mongering

about things like global warming, mass shootings, and racism is wreaking havoc on the mental health of millions. Many people are getting so depraved that when they witness a tragedy like a car accident or an assault, instead of helping the victims or calling for help, their first thought is to take pictures so they can post them on social media. 560

No Customer Service Despite the Big Tech companies being an integral part of most people’s lives; unlike almost every other company that offers products or services to the public, there are no customer service phone numbers at Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, or Google. You can’t get anyone on the phone there to talk with them about problems you’ve experienced or the grievances you have with their companies. Despite names like Mark Zuckerberg and Jack Dorsey attached to them, they remain faceless corporations you can’t get in touch with. There’s no local branch you can visit where you can ask to speak with a manager, and instead users are relegated to sending tweets or submitting a “help ticket” from within the apps’ dashboard, and those attempts to get answers often only result in automated responses thanking you for contacting them and saying they’ll try to look into it. The social media giants are actually strangely anti-social. For those of you who read my previous book, The True Story of Fake News: How Mainstream Media Manipulates Millions , you know I dedicated different chapters to Facebook, Twitter, Google, and YouTube, where I detailed their Orwellian manipulation and censorship, but since their underhanded activities have only continued, it is necessary to dedicate

chapters to each of them again in this book to discuss their more recent activities. I’ll keep the overlapping information to a minimum and mostly cover what they’ve been doing since the publication of my previous book because you need to know how far they’re going to regain control of the genie they let out of the bottle.

Facebook For countless millions of people Facebook became the family photo album, their contact list, and even their diary of sorts. First started in 2004 as a social network for college kids, it quickly expanded to become the most popular one in the world used by 2.2 billion monthly active users. 561 Its dominance made founder Mark Zuckerberg the youngest billionaire in history at the age of twenty-three. 562 For those naive enough to fill in all the entry boxes when they first signed up for Facebook, the company knows not only who you’re friends with, who you’re dating or married to (as well as when you break up or get a divorce), but also which TV shows, movies, and music you like, which restaurants and businesses you visit, what cities you travel to, where you work, your birthdate, your personal interests, hobbies, and more. It’s free because you are the product and your personal data is what you are trading in exchange for using Facebook. NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden noted, “Businesses that make money by collecting and selling detailed records of private lives were once plainly described as ‘surveillance companies.’ Their rebranding as ‘social media’ is the most successful deception since the Department of War became the Department of Defense.” 563 Many millennials and Generation Z kids either quit Facebook or never signed up, and prefer Instagram (which is owned by Facebook) and SnapChat because they don’t want be on the same social network as their parents. Despite the endless scandals about abusing users’ personal information, Facebook hasn’t gone the way of MySpace (at least not yet) and remains one of the world’s top social networks.

While people use Facebook for various reasons—like keeping in touch with friends and family, many use it to share news stories and videos about political issues, but it wasn’t until after the 2016 presidential election that Facebook saw this as a problem. As you know, the Democrats largely blamed Facebook for Hillary’s loss, citing the spread of supposed “fake news” about her they claimed had caused people to see her in a negative light and not vote for her. Hillary was supposed to pound the final nails in the coffin of the United States of America, and usher in the New World Order for her globalist puppet masters, but Donald Trump canceled those plans. The war mongering neocons in the Bush administration, followed by the charismatic socialist Barack Obama had set the stage, knocking out most of the legs from under our once-great Republic. But the election of Donald Trump changed everything, and he began to right the ship. The scheming globalists were furious. The very tools that Facebook had proudly created so people could share information with others were now seen as a problem because they disrupted the traditional channels of distribution that were controlled by major media companies. If anyone posted a message, link, photo, or video, that post could be seen by as many people who read the New York Times or watch the NBC Nightly News from other Facebook users simply clicking the “share” button. But all that had to change because the “Russians” had posted “fake news” about Hillary Clinton. Rob Goldman, Vice President of Ads at Facebook, admitted, “The majority of the Russian ad spend happened AFTER the election. We shared that fact, but very few outlets have covered it because it doesn’t align with the main media narrative of Trump and the election.” 564 He was reprimanded for revealing the truth, but Facebook would go on to

completely change the way their platform functioned under the guise of stopping “fake news.” Before Facebook, people used to “bookmark” their favorite websites on their Internet browser, and would use that list to navigate to their news sources, but Facebook (and Twitter) have largely replaced browser bookmarks, and by weaseling their way in between news websites sites and their potential audience, it is Facebook, not the users, who are now in control of what articles people see.

Manipulating Users’ Feeds Most people used to assume—and many probably still do—that if they follow certain accounts on Facebook they’re going to get posts from those pages in their news feeds, but the algorithms detect keywords in posts and identify the source of links and Facebook’s proprietary technology throttles the reach of content they don’t want people to see and often limits the reach so posts only show up in a few people’s news feeds. For example, when Wikileaks first released a batch of hacked DNC emails, Facebook blocked links to them claiming they were “malicious” or “spam.” Only after Wikileaks tweeted about their links being blocked and people began clamoring about it did Facebook fix it. 565 There were even reports that when people tried to share certain links to articles exposing Jussie Smollett’s hate crime hoax they were blocked from posting and a pop-up notified them that, “This post goes against our Community Standards, so no one else can see it.” 566 Facebook even patented technology to shadow ban people so they could prevent certain posts from being seen by others without giving any indication to the person who posted it that such censorship was occurring. The Abstract on their patent explains the process, “[T]he social networking

system may receive a list of proscribed content and block comments containing the proscribed content by reducing the distribution of those comments to other viewing users. However, the social networking system may display the blocked content to the commenting user such that the commenting user is not made aware that his or her comment was blocked, thereby providing fewer incentives to the commenting user to spam the page or attempt to circumvent the social networking system filters.” 567 Facebook has admitted conducting several experiments on users to test how well they could manipulate people by making changes to what they see in their news feeds. 568 In 2010 they toyed with 60 million people’s newsfeeds to see if they could increase voter turnout in the midterm election that year and concluded they were able to get an extra 340,000 people to the polls. 569 On their own website they bragged about a case study which found that, “Facebook as a market research tool and as a platform for ad saturation can be used to change public opinion in any political campaign.” 570 They cited the study as an attempt to court advertisers and to show just how powerful their platform is, hoping to get them to run targeted ads. Hopefully it’s common knowledge now that Facebook was caught suppressing conservative news from appearing in the trending section in 2016 and artificially injecting other topics into the list to give the false impression that certain stories were organically viral from so many people talking about them. 571 After Facebook announced they were changing the algorithm to favor posts from people’s friends over the businesses, brands, and media pages they were following, Donald Trump’s engagement dropped 45%. 572 The Western Journal did a survey and analyzed the engagement of 50 different news pages ranging from the Washington Post to the Daily Caller and found

that after these algorithm changes, conservative outlets averaged a 14% drop in traffic, while liberal media accounts increased by 2%. 573 In June 2019, Tomi Lahren had the “Boosting” feature disabled on her account, which is a way for public figures and brand pages to get their posts to actually show up in the news feeds of the people who follow them by paying Facebook different dollar amounts to allow what they post to be seen by people following the page. 574 For anyone running a professional Facebook page (like mine), whatever we post is severely suppressed and only a small fraction of the people who follow the page will see it unless we “Boost” the post, which is a huge revenue generator for Facebook. Tomi Lahren became famous because her videos went viral on Facebook, but once the Boost feature was disabled she couldn’t even pay Facebook to distribute them in the news feeds of people following her page. 575 A slide from a presentation given to Facebook moderators to teach them what kind of content is inappropriate details what the company says is “destructive behavior” by “trolls” and lists doxing and harassment alongside “toxic meme creation,” and “red-pilling normies to convert them to their worldview,” and also includes an “example video” of Lauren Chen (formerly known as Roaming Millennial), a moderate conservative YouTuber who now works for The Blaze. 576 A “normie” is a slang term meaning a normal person, or in the context of certain Internet subcultures means someone who is not part of the group in question. But Facebook considers that word to be an indicator that the person posting it might be a right-wing “troll.” Things have changed so much since the early days of Facebook that it’s a completely different platform than it was when it first rose to popularity in the late 2000s. They have been getting increasingly less tolerant of different

views and their algorithms can easily hide people’s posts or automatically suspend accounts for posting what they deem to be “hate speech,” which you know is just a code word for something that hurts liberals’ feelings or facts they won’t want people to know about. In August of 2018, a senior manager at Facebook posted on their internal message board a thread titled “We Have a Problem With Political Diversity” that explained, “We are a political monoculture that’s intolerant of different views.” It went on to say, “We claim to welcome all perspectives, but are quick to attack — often in mobs — anyone who presents a view that appears to be in opposition to left-leaning ideology.” 577 That person has probably been fired by now but they were brave enough to point out what is obviously wrong with the corporate culture there. PayPal co-founder and Facebook board member Peter Thiel left Silicon Valley and moved to Los Angeles because he was sick of the Leftist culture that permeates the tech industry in Northern California. 578 Thiel reportedly considered resigning from Facebook’s board over disagreements with Mark Zuckerberg and sold three-quarters of his Facebook stock before leaving Silicon Valley. 579

Helping Mainstream News In July 2018 Facebook announced they were partnering with CNN, ABC, Univision, and other mainstream networks and began paying them to do special livestreams Monday through Friday. 580 Their goal was to, “create a curated news hub of content that would be seen as more credible than many of the random posts cycling through the News Feed.” 581 Anderson Cooper’s Facebook show, called “Full Circle” usually averaged around 1,500 live viewers and lasted a year. 582 CNN now claims they’re going to try streaming the show on their app, CNNgo, instead of Facebook.

Six months after launching the new livestreams Facebook announced they would soon be investing $300 million into various news organizations to help them “boost” their online presence. 583 People like me have to pay Facebook to “Boost” our posts so they actually show up in the news feeds of fans following our pages, while at the same time Facebook is paying hundreds of millions of dollars to mainstream media channels to help them get out their messages! The liberal bias is obvious but goes deeper than most people think. Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook’s Chief Operating Officer, wrote to Hillary Clinton’s campaign manager on June 6th 2015, saying “I still want HRC to win badly. I am still here to help as I can.” 584 Facebook openly plays favorites, for example they have a real name policy, except for transgender people, who can open an account in any name they want. 585 The company even put up a huge Black Lives Matter banner on their campus. 586 They also give out employee bonuses based on how much they’re doing for “social justice.” 587

Facebook Censoring People In October 2018, Facebook deleted over 800 accounts for publishing what they called “political spam” and “sensational political content.” 588 One of the pages belonged to Brian Kolfage, a disabled veteran who lost both his legs and one arm in the Iraq War. After retiring from the military due to his injuries he took over management of a Facebook page called “Right Wing News” and helped it build up a following of over three million people. 589 But Facebook banned the page, destroying Brian Kolfage’s thriving online business, while leaving content farms like BuzzFeed and Vox to continue littering Facebook with their political spam. The day after British activist Tommy Robinson released a documentary on YouTube showing his undercover investigation into the BBC as they were planning to air a hit piece on him, he was banned from Facebook and Instagram (which is owned by Facebook). 590 Because he’s been a vocal opponent of the Islamization of England, he has been branded an “Islamophobe.” After Facebook banned him, activists and “journalists” smelled blood and started pressuring YouTube to ban him too. “His YouTube channel has hundreds of thousands of followers and includes films viewed by millions of people,” complained Damian Collins, a Member of Parliament. 591 He continued, “Far-right groups are exploiting social media to spread their messages of hate, and the YouTube [Up Next] feature helps them by directing viewers to even more of this content once they start to engage with it.” He concluded, “I believe YouTube should also ban Tommy Robinson from their platform.” 592 More on this in the chapter on YouTube. The official Facebook page for Britain First, an anti-immigration organization working to stop the flood of Muslims from the Middle East

into the UK was also banned for “Islamophobia.” Their page had over 2 million followers, showing it isn’t just a fringe group, but they have a large number of supporters in the UK. 593 In April 2019 Facebook (and Instagram) banned Faith Goldy, a conservative Canadian journalist who has been smeared as a white supremacist because she too is critical of the massive influx of nonassimilating Muslims into Europe. 594 The Huffington Post gleefully took credit for persuading Facebook to ban her, posting a story titled, “Facebook Bans Faith Goldy After HuffPost Report On White Nationalism Content.” 595 Facebook said, “Individuals and organizations who spread hate, attack, or call for the exclusion of others on the basis of who they are have no place on our services.” 596 After Comedy Central’s Jim Jeffries recorded an interview with a Jewish political commentator from Australia named Avi Yemini, who is critical of Muslim immigration into Western countries, he was permanently banned from Facebook for “hate speech.” 597 The ban came not necessarily because of his interview on Comedy Central, but because he had secretly recorded the interview himself, and exposed how deceptively edited it was when they aired it. 598 The truth of what Comedy Central had done to him couldn’t be seen, so they banned him. Facebook’s moderators despise any criticism of mass immigration and the effects non-assimilating newcomers have on the countries they come to occupy. After a German historian posted a short essay about Islam’s historic impact on Germany, he was banned for 30 days for “hate speech.” 599 Facebook even deletes accounts of Palestinians at the direction of the Israeli government if they deem the people to be engaging in “incitement” due to their complaints about how the Palestinian people are treated. 600

Facebook took down an event page for an anti-caravan protest that was scheduled to happen when hundreds of migrants from Central America were to make it to the U.S.-Mexico border. 601 It may not be much longer before they consider the term “illegal alien” to be a “racist slur” and a violation of their terms of service in the same way posting the n-word is (if you’re white). Like all the other major social networks, conservatives are at risk of having their pages shut down for “hate speech” for being “non-inclusive.” But it’s not just supposed “extremists” like Tommy Robinson and Faith Goldy. In December 2018, Franklin Graham, son of evangelist Billy Graham, was suspended by Facebook for a post he made almost two years earlier criticizing singer Bruce Springsteen for canceling a concert in North Carolina to protest a proposed bill that would have required people to use the bathroom that corresponds to their biological sex. Graham’s post said in part, “Mr. Springsteen, a nation embracing sin and bowing at the feet of godless secularism and political correctness is not progress,” and urged the state’s legislators to “put the safety of our women and children first!” But a Facebook moderator decided that calling liberals “godless” was a violation of their policy forbidding “dehumanizing language,” so they suspended him. 602 After the incident started making headlines Facebook lifted the ban and said the moderator had made a “mistake” in their decision. Facebook even censored the Declaration of Independence after it was posted by a small newspaper’s page (The Vindicator ), claiming it was “hate speech” because it includes the phrase “merciless Indian Savages.” 603 The paper had posted it a few days before the Fourth of July to celebrate Independence Day. I was suspended in April 2017 for criticizing a Dove Soap commercial that featured “real moms” and their babies because it included a transgender

“woman” who is the biological father of “her” child but identifies as the baby’s “mom.” 604 Facebook considers it “hate speech” to denounce such insanity. Then in January 2019, I was suspended for one week after making a comment about there being a lot of crime in black communities. I appealed it, and it was denied. Residents know the local news begins every night in Chicago, Milwaukee, Detroit, Baltimore, etc, with shootings, stabbings, and robberies which occurred in black ghettos, but those stories are just fifteensecond sound bites on the local news and are then forgotten about by everyone except those directly affected—like the victims’ family and friends. But when a black person is killed by a white man, or the suspect is a white man, then the keyboard warriors amplify the story to the national level as if there’s an epidemic of white men assassinating random black people in America. They denounce “evil” “racist” white people and make ridiculous and hateful generalizations about the entire white race, but that’s allowed on Facebook. You just can’t post certain facts and statistics about black crime in America. The truth is, black men make up only about 7% of the U.S. population, but are responsible for 50% of the total murders. 605 It’s a distressing statistic no one in the mainstream media dares to point out, and if you simply mention this on Facebook, your post may likely be removed and you’ll get issued a suspension for “hate speech.” Black conservative commentator Candace Owens was suspended because of a post saying liberalism is a greater threat to black people in America than white supremacy, and for including some statistics about fatherless homes in the black community. 606 It’s “hate speech” even when black people mention certain uncomfortable facts about their communities.

Leaked documents later revealed that Facebook had labeled her a “hate agent” and was offering employees “extra credit” if they could dig up dirt on her and find any previous statements she’s made or groups she has endorsed that they consider to be objectionable. 607 Facebook sensations Diamond and Silk, two black sisters who support Donald Trump by doing a hilarious routine where one of them rants while the other acts as a “hype girl” by adding cleverly timed one or two word comments to emphasize what the other is saying, have also been censored by Facebook. Their videos became so popular that they were invited to Trump rallies during his 2016 campaign and then later to the White House once he won. Their content is 100% family friendly but Facebook deemed them “unsafe” and suppressed the reach of their page, which at the time had 1.2 million followers. 608 As usual, after the issue started making headlines, Facebook lifted the restrictions on their page and said it was just another “enforcement error.” 609 Facebook also reportedly removed posts and memes by people who were (correctly) referring to the man who shot and killed a police officer in California as an “illegal alien” and a “murderer.” 610 Criticizing illegal aliens, even if they’re murderers, is “hate speech.” A writer for the Gateway Pundit named Lucian Wintrich, who is a gay, referred to himself as a “fag” in a post, and seven months later their AI system detected it and banned him for 30-days for “hate speech” just for using the word. 611 Facebook even blocked President Trump’s social media director Dan Scavino from replying to people in the comments, claiming his posts were “spam.” Shortly after the President tweeted about the restriction, Facebook “fixed” it and said it was just another “error.” 612

Banning “Dangerous Individuals” In May 2019, Facebook (and Instagram) permanently banned Paul Joseph Watson, Milo Yiannopoulos, Laura Loomer, and Nation of Islam leader Louis Farrakhan; labeling them all “dangerous individuals” and “extremists.” 613 What’s especially interesting is that news reports were published about their ban a full hour before they were actually banned, because Facebook had been secretly coordinating with CNN and other outlets but botched the timing of the big announcement. 614 Loomer, Milo, and Watson were banned because they are critical of the Islamization of Europe, so they have all been branded “Islamophobes,” and Facebook decided to throw Louis Farrakhan in the mix as a cover to give the appearance that they weren’t just removing vocal opponents of Islam. The Atlantic initially reported, “Any account that shares Infowars content will see it removed, unless the post is explicitly condemning Infowars [or Alex Jones]. Facebook and Instagram will remove any content containing Infowars videos, radio segments, or articles (again, unless the post is explicitly condemning the content) and Facebook will also remove any groups set up to share Infowars content and events promoting any of the banned extremist figures, according to a company spokesperson.” 615 They later “updated” their article and removed the part about people having to explicitly condemn Alex Jones if they are to post anything about him. At this rate it won’t be long before Facebook bans people who say abortion is murder, citing their policy against “hate speech.” Or if you dare say you don’t believe in gay “marriage,” or call it “marriage” in quotes (because a marriage is between a man and a woman.) That’s “hateful.” If Facebook was around in the 1960s, they would have banned Martin Luther King because what he was saying was “dangerous” to the social

order. The FBI at the time, led by J. Edgar Hoover, considered King to be an enemy of the State and the bureau engaged in all kinds of nefarious activities trying to derail his message. 616 Meanwhile the Palestinian terrorist organization Hamas has an official Facebook page (and Twitter account). 617 So does the Muslim Brotherhood, which is listed as a terrorist organization in multiple countries. 618 They can have Facebook pages, but Alex Jones, Paul Joseph Watson, Tommy Robinson, Milo Yiannopoulos, and Laura Loomer can’t.

Instagram Unlike Facebook and Twitter, Instagram (which is owned by Facebook) is more about photography than news, but people do share political memes and news-related posts there, and in recent years they have enabled users to upload videos, so it too has become a place for vlogs. For years just about the only thing that would get removed by Instagram’s moderators for violations of their terms of service were pictures that included nudity or gory and gratuitous violence, but once the Orwellian era began and the Thought Police are now cracking down on free speech online, censorship on Instagram became common. They have censored a few different memes that I had posted, one of them showed a picture of actor Tobey Maguire from a scene in Spiderman looking at a picture of President Trump giving a speech to the Boy Scouts Jamboree, and then below it showed Tobey wearing “CNN glasses” which caused him to see Adolf Hitler talking with a group of Hitler Youth. The message is clear—anything President Trump does when seen through the lens of CNN is sinister, but that meme violated Instagram’s terms of service.

They also censored a meme I had posted showing a happy white couple with two young children that was captioned, “White people — the only race you can legally discriminate against.” As you know, there is a war on white people being waged by the Left in America today and whites are being blamed for everyone else’s problems, but just pointing out the Left’s open discrimination (and hatred) of white people is a violation of Instagram’s terms of service. As the Jussie Smollett hate crime hoax was unraveling, Instagram took down a Scooby-Doo meme from my account which showed the characters surrounding a “ghost” they had captured after unmasking it to reveal who it really was, and the “ghost” had Jussie’s face photoshopped onto it. Instagram said that was “harassment” and “bullying.” They also took down one of Donald Trump Jr.’s posts about Jussie Smollett’s hoax as well. 619 After conservative commentator Kayleigh McEnany posted a picture on her Instagram of Elizabeth Warren’s newly discovered Texas Bar Registration card showing she listed “American Indian” as her race, that post was removed and Kayleigh was given a notification she had violated Instagram’s terms of service by “bullying” Warren. 620 Instagram has also begun testing new technology to fact-check memes by adding pop-ups that appear next to certain posts they deem “false” and even hiding them so they don’t show up when people are searching for particular hashtags. 621 The Thought Police don’t just patrol social media for what people post, they also keep a lookout for things that people “like.” During the 2018 season of The Bachelorette , one of the frontrunners (who got the “first impression rose”) made headlines after people were combing through his social media accounts and found that he had “liked” several “inflammatory” memes that made fun of illegal aliens, transgender people, and radical

feminists. 622 He literally just clicked the “like” button on a few funny memes making fun of social justice warriors and he was smeared in the press as a xenophobic, transphobic, sexist, and forced to apologize.

What It’s Doing To Our Brains Steve Jobs wouldn’t allow his kids to even use an iPad when they were little, admitting in 2012 (two years after it was released), “Actually we don’t allow the iPad in the home,” in response to an interviewer saying his kids must love it. 623 He knew how addictive they could be and how people, especially children, were vulnerable to being completely consumed by them. Apple CEO Tim Cook doesn’t have kids but says he has placed restrictions on what his nephew can do with technology, and he doesn’t want him using social media. 624 Bill Gates also limited the amount of screen time he allowed his kids to engage in and wouldn’t let them have cellphones until they were 14-yearsold, despite them complaining that other kids in their class were able to have one. 625 But using tablets or smartphones to surf the web or watch videos is one thing. Social media apps opened up a whole new world to waste people’s time and warp their minds. The former president of Facebook, Sean Parker, later admitted the site creates an artificial social-validation feedback loop that is, “exploiting a vulnerability in human psychology” and “literally changes your relationship with society, [and] each other. It probably interferes with productivity in weird ways. God only knows what it’s doing to our children’s brains.” 626 Former Facebook executive Chamath Palihapitiya warned, “The shortterm, dopamine-driven feedback loops we’ve created are destroying how society works,” referring to the validation people get from likes, hearts, and thumbs up on their posts. 627 He also pointed out how “social media” is

making people anti-social, saying it’s harming civil discourse and spreading misinformation and hoaxes that have real world consequences. He mentioned how a hoax about a kidnaping spread through WhatsApp (which is owned by Facebook) in India and led to the lynching of seven innocent men who were killed by a local mob. “That’s what we’re dealing with. And imagine taking that to the extreme, where bad actors can now manipulate large swathes of people to do anything you want. It’s just a really, really bad state of affairs.” He also said his children “aren’t allowed to use that shit.” 628 A Google engineer posted a lengthy thread on his Twitter account about the dangers of Facebook, starting off saying, “The problem with Facebook is not *just* the loss of your privacy and the fact that it can be used as a totalitarian panopticon. The more worrying issue, in my opinion, is its use of digital information consumption as a psychological control vector.” 629 He went on to tweet, “The world is being shaped in large part by two long-time trends: first, our lives are increasingly dematerialized, consisting of consuming and generating information online, both at work and at home. Second, AI is getting ever smarter.” 630 “These two trends overlap at the level of the algorithms that shape our digital content consumption. Opaque social media algorithms get to decide, to an ever-increasing extent, which articles we read, who we keep in touch with, whose opinions we read, whose feedback we get.” 631 “If Facebook gets to decide, over the span of many years, which news you will see (real or fake), whose political status updates you’ll see, and who will see yours, then Facebook is in effect in control of your political beliefs and your worldview.” 632

“This is not quite news, as Facebook has been known to run since at least 2013 a series of experiments in which they were able to successfully control the moods and decisions of unwitting users by tuning their newsfeeds’ contents, as well as prediction user’s future decisions.” 633 “In short, Facebook can simultaneously measure everything about us, and control the information we consume. When you have access to both perception and action, you’re looking at an AI problem. You can start establishing an optimization loop for human behavior. A RL loop.” 634 “A loop in which you observe the current state of your targets and keep tuning what information you feed them, until you start observing the opinions and behaviors you wanted to see.” 635 “The human mind is a static, vulnerable system that will come increasingly under attack from ever-smarter AI algorithms that will simultaneously have a complete view of everything we do and believe, and complete control of the information we consume.” 636 “Importantly, mass population control — in particular political control — arising from placing AI algorithms in charge of our information diet does not necessarily require very advanced AI. You don’t need self-aware, super-intelligent AI for this to be a dire threat.” 637 “We’re looking at a powerful entity that builds fine-grained psychological profiles of over two billion humans, that runs large-scale behavior manipulation experiments, and that aims at developing the best AI technology the world has ever seen. Personally, it really scares me,” he concludes. 638 Even one of Facebook’s co-founders says the company is now “unAmerican” and is calling on the government to break it up. “The most problematic aspect of Facebook’s power is Mark [Zuckerberg’s] unilateral control over speech,” he said in a New York Times op-ed. “There is no

precedent for his ability to monitor, organize and even censor the conversations of two billion people.” 639

Twitter Fake news and idiotic ideas spread faster on Twitter than perhaps any other social media platform. 640 Unlike Facebook status updates which can be rather lengthy, Twitter is designed for short and quick messages (limited to 280 characters) and with the click of the retweet button, a tweet posted from anyone can soon be in front of the eyes of millions of people. It’s a place where people share first and think later, and it’s often a sea of angry people arguing with each other and jumping to conclusions based on out of context statements, photos, or video clips; and quickly spread the falsehoods even further without a second thought. 641 By the time the facts come out, the misinformation has already gone viral and shown up on the trending list—poisoning the opinions of countless others. Few people delete their tweets which fueled fake news fires, and fewer still issue retractions when learning of their mistake. Even in those rare occasions the retractions receive little attention compared to the initial tweets, since they aren’t retweeted thousands of times, not to mention most of the damage has already been done. When there’s a tragic event like a mass shooting, the wannabe sleuths online often end up naming and doxing the wrong suspect, and take someone’s photo from a social media account with the same name as the suspect and spread it around claiming they’re the killer. 642 Who knows what will happen when deepfake videos become more popular and carefully crafted hoax clips are spread through Twitter. The

effects could be devastating beyond measure and it’s something I’ll cover in detail later in the chapter titled “The Future of Fake News.” Spreading misinformation through Twitter isn’t just something that random idiots do online. Many mainstream media journalists regularly engage in the practice, or amplify fake news through retweets. Dave Weigel of the Washington Post tweeted a photo of the audience at a Trump event in Florida that went viral, claiming the event had a ton of empty seats, disputing the President’s statement that people had to be turned away because the stadium was over capacity. People starting calling the President a liar because the “prestigious” Washington Post said otherwise, but Weigel’s photo was taken hours before the event had actually started which is why there were rows of empty seats. 643 Just hours after President Trump was inaugurated, a Time magazine reporter claimed that he removed the bust of Martin Luther King Jr. from the Oval Office, posting a photo of the table where it sat, claiming it was gone, insinuating Trump is such a racist he couldn’t stand to see the face of MLK in his new office and got rid of it on his first day as president. It turns out that someone was just standing in front of it, blocking it from view, and the bust was still there. 644 But countless liberals tweeted their disgust after being duped by an “authoritative” Time magazine reporter who made the claim. There are countless vipers who live online, glued to their phones, and derive a sense of power from the amount of likes and retweets they get. And many function as a volunteer army, ready to attack any target on demand. It’s where liberals harass companies that advertise on Fox News, and where they flood the mentions of anyone who dares speak out against garbage like corporations pandering to gays and transgenders during “Pride” month.

Twitter can suck you in, wasting hours of your time while you argue with idiots about anything and everything since your mentions can easily turn into an endless flow of responses from more and more people as those triggered by your tweets keep sharing them with their followers, rallying others to join in on the dogpile. Twitter is often a dangerous and mind-bending place. As a New York Times columnist wrote after the Covington Catholic debacle, it is, “the epicenter of a nonstop information war, an almost comically undermanaged gladiatorial arena where activists and disinformation artists and politicians and marketers gather to target and influence the wider media world.” 645 An article in The Week went even further, warning that Twitter actually poses a threat to our democracy, saying, “Extreme partisan polarization is combining with the technology of social media, and especially Twitter, to provoke a form of recurrent political madness among members of the country’s cultural and intellectual elite.” 646 It continued, “But too little attention has been paid to what may be the most potent facet of the social media platform: its ability to feed the vanity of its users. There’s always an element of egoism to intellectual and political debate. But Twitter puts every tweeter on a massive stage, with the nastiest put-downs, insults, and provocations often receiving the most applause. That’s a huge psychological incentive to escalate the denunciation of political enemies. The more one expresses outrage at the evils of others, the more one gets to enjoy the adulation of the virtual mob.” 647 The piece concluded (accurately) that, “more and more the venom has been bleeding into the real world, with boycotts, doxings, firings, death threats, and groveling apologies offered to placate mobs wielding digital pitchforks. It increasingly feels like it’s just a matter of time before realworld violence breaks out in response to an online conflagration.” 648

After a Black Lives Matter supporter ambushed a group of police officers during one of the movement’s marches in Dallas, Texas in 2016, a surviving officer sued Twitter and Facebook for allowing the social media networks to radicalize the gunman, saying they were used “as a tool for spreading extremist propaganda.” 649 The shooter’s Facebook profile pic was him making a black power salute and he followed various black supremacist pages. 650 While the tech companies are determined to ban anyone posting support for “white supremacy,” they turn a blind eye to radical black power groups and those who promote their extremist ideologies and anti-white hatred. Twitter is a known safe haven for Antifa, with countless Antifa accounts active, many of which regularly promote violence against conservatives. 651 The launch of Twitter was a carefully crafted campaign involving various celebrities like Oprah Winfrey, Ashton Kutcher, and even CNN, which promoted Twitter’s “Million Followers Contest” in 2009 when the site first appeared on the public’s radar. Now practically every television show and political cause has a hashtag and everyone wants you to “follow” them on Twitter. It’s interesting to note that the CIA actually created “Cuban Twitter” so they could monitor everyone’s online activity in the country and manage the spread of information in order to undermine the government there. 652 It’s not unreasonable to think that the CIA has the same interest and control over Twitter in America (and all other major social media sites) as well. It certainly is odd that Twitter awarded the coveted blue verified checkmark to a supposed eight-year-old Syrian refugee, despite the minimum age to be allowed on Twitter is thirteen. Starting in 2016 “Bana al-Abed” began posting photos of the civil war-torn country, urging people around the world (in English) to help. Her tweets soon began making

headlines, gaining her over 322,000 followers, and she was even invited to the 2018 Academy Awards and brought on stage for a performance by Andra Day and Common for their song “Stand Up for Something.” 653 President Trump had wanted to stop intervening in foreign affairs that didn’t directly affect the United States, and what better way to undermine his efforts than showcase an eight-year-old Syrian girl using social media to beg for help? You should never believe what you see on Twitter. In 2013 the Associated Press account was hacked and tweeted that the White House had been bombed and President Obama was injured. The tweet was also said to have caused the stock market to fall until it was discovered that it was a hoax. 654 A rogue employee even took it upon himself to delete President Trump’s entire account in November 2017. If one low level employee has the administrative control to delete the President’s account, what would stop someone from hijacking the account and posting tweets as the President himself? Even if the false tweets were deleted and exposed within a few minutes, the damage they would inflict on international relations or the economy could be enormous. While Democrats cry about “Russian bots and trolls” manipulating Twitter by tweeting out certain hashtags hoping to boost them into the trending module or mass-“liking” certain tweets to give the appearance that the message is resonating with more people than it actually is; the effect they have is often minimal. One of Twitter’s executives, Nick Pickles, testified at a Congressional hearing that just 49 Russian Twitter accounts were involved in trying to artificially boost support for Brexit [the proposal for England to leave the European Union] and those collective tweets had only been liked 637 times and retweeted just 461 times. 655

While troll farms run by foreign governments or domestic political activist organizations should be a concern, Twitter and the other major tech companies have safeguards in place to detect and prevent most of this inauthentic activity from disrupting the platforms. The biggest threat in this modern information war comes from the tech companies themselves, since they hold the power over what billions of people see and hear, and with small changes to their algorithms can hide or amplify certain issues or events in order to further their own political agendas.

Massive Liberal Bias After years of avoiding the issue, Twitter’s CEO finally admitted “It’s no secret that we are largely left leaning, and we all have biases. That includes me, our board, and our company.” 656 They are so liberal in fact, that Jack Dorsey actually apologized for eating at Chick-Fil-A after he tweeted that he just used Square’s Cash App to buy lunch there, which triggered a flood of angry responses from many of his followers because Chick-Fil-A’s CEO doesn’t support gay “marriage.” 657 Jack Dorsey has been photographed hanging out with Black Lives Matter activist Deray McKesson and the two even did a joint interview together in 2016 at the popular Recode Code Conference. 658 Twitter also hired a woman named Dr. Patricia Rossini to examine “civil discourse” on the platform because everyone knows Twitter has become a nasty place, but an examination of Dr. Rossini’s past tweets reveal that she believes the basic tenets of the Republican Party are hate, racism, and homophobia. 659 The leader of Twitter’s new “task force” on “uncivil discourse,” Rebekah Tromble, thinks that President Trump is a Nazi and has “quintupled down on his commitment to white nationalists.” 660 Democrat Congressman Ted Lieu from California tweeted out a photo of himself and

the party’s new social media star Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez at what he described as a “training session” on Twitter, noting representatives from the company were in attendance helping Democrats learn to be more social media savvy. 661 Twitter also allows people to post pornography, and is an easy place for children to access it. 662 Most porn stars have Twitter accounts which contain a steady stream of hard core pornographic videos and pictures with no effective safeguards to prevent kids from following such accounts and seeing their explicit posts.

What’s Trending Twitter’s “Trending” list is supposed to be the top ten list of the most tweeted about topics or hashtags of the moment, but most users are unaware of the manual curation that is often involved. Topics are regularly artificially boosted to give the appearance that they are “popular” while others are suppressed to prevent people from looking into them further. Oftentimes if something trends on Twitter, it then starts making national headlines. Whether it’s a local issue in a small town that, for whatever reason, goes viral and starts trending, or something stupid that a celebrity said or did—if it trends, it then makes headlines. For over six consecutive months starting in the Spring of 2019 every single Sunday pro-LGBT hashtags like #LGBTangels, #LGBTQsquad, #unitedLGBT, #rainbowLGBT, LGBTQoftwitter, etc. would be on the top ten trending list. 663 The hashtag campaigns are organized by liberal groups likely in coordination with Twitter which then inserts them into the trending list to regularly expose people to selfies of teenagers “coming out” online, in attempt to normalize homosexuality and gender bending.

In his testimony to the Senate Subcommittee on Crime and Terrorism, Twitter’s lawyer admitted the company had censored almost half of all tweets using the hashtag #DNCLeak when Wikileaks first published the hacked emails from the Democratic National Committee, despite their systems only linking 2% of the tweets to supposed Russian troll farms. 664 When you click on the Search tab (the magnifying glass icon) on a mobile device, which you need to do in order to get see the Trending list, first you are taken to a page that contains a featured story (they call a “Moment”) which is always chosen by Twitter that supposedly has something to do with what’s trending, but always attempts to frame the issue in a certain light. In an interview with Rolling Stone, Jack Dorsey admitted, “We can amplify the counter-narrative [to what Trump is saying]. We do have a curation team that looks to find balance. A lot of times when our president tweets, a “Moment” occurs, and we show completely different perspectives.” 665

Shadow Banning In July 2018 conservative Twitter users started noticing that when they looked up top Republican members of Congress in the Twitter Search bar that many of their names were mysteriously missing. Devin Nunes, Matt Gaetz, Jim Jordan, Mark Meadows, John Ratcliffe, Republican Party chair Ronna McDaniel, and many others (including myself) were all shadow banned from the Search box to make it more difficult for people looking us up to find our accounts. Surprisingly the very liberal Vice News did an investigation into the shadow banning “allegations” and admitted, “Twitter is limiting the visibility of prominent Republicans in search results — a technique known

as ‘shadow banning’ — in what it says is a side effect of its attempts to improve the quality of discourse on the platform.” 666 The article went on to detail that prominent Republican members of Congress “no longer appear in the auto-populated drop-down search box on Twitter” and that, “It’s a shift that diminishes their reach on the platform — and it’s the same one being deployed against prominent racists to limit their visibility.” 667 Vice also pointed out that the shadow banning was not implemented on any Democrats they looked up, noting “Democrats are not being ‘shadow banned’ in the same way, according to a VICE News review. [Ronna] McDaniel’s counterpart, Democratic Party chair Tom Perez, and liberal members of Congress — including Reps. Maxine Waters, Joe Kennedy III, Keith Ellison, and Mark Pocan — all continue to appear in drop-down search results. Not a single member of the 78-person Progressive Caucus faces the same situation in Twitter’s search.” 668 Many conservatives began noticing this anomaly but it wasn’t until Florida Congressman Matt Gaetz called out the shadow banning that it began making headlines. 669 Then President Trump tweeted about it and the issue couldn’t be ignored. 670 A reporter for Axios then tweeted that he, “Must admit that when some [Republican] sources have complained about this to me I mocked them to their face as conspiracy theorists. This Vice article makes me rethink that, and response from Twitter is inadequate.” 671 Twitter then released a statement, saying, “We do not shadow ban,” but then in the very next sentence admitted, “You are always able to see the tweets from accounts you follow (although you may have to do more work to find them, like go directly to their profile).” 672 They played with the definition of shadow banning too, defining it as, “deliberately making someone’s content undiscoverable to everyone except the person who

posted it.” That’s why it’s more appropriate to label it shadow suppressing or throttling than to call it a “ban.” Earlier that year an undercover journalist at Project Veritas had spoken with various former and current employees of Twitter including a Content Review Agent who admitted that there were a lot of “unwritten rules” about shadow banning and that “It was never written, it was more said.” 673 A Policy Manager for Twitter’s Trust and Safety council named Olinda Hassan said the company was working on down-ranking “shitty people” so their tweets don’t show up. 674 A former software engineer at Twitter told the undercover journalist, “One strategy is to shadow ban so you have ultimate control. The idea of a shadow ban is that you ban someone but they don’t know they’ve been banned, because they keep posting and no one sees their content. So they just think that no one is engaging with their content, when in reality, no one is seeing it.” 675 Twitter most likely uses shadow throttling (instead of a full shadow ban) to limit the reach of certain users, so some people are able to see and interact with their tweets, but far less than if no such filter was activated on the accounts. Facebook admits they limit the distribution of posts unless users pay to “Boost” the post, so it’s foolish to think Twitter isn’t shadow throttling accounts as well using a filter to limit the reach of people the company has deemed politically problematic. When Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey sat down for a rare interview with CNN in August 2018 he said that the company is considering removing the “like” button from all tweets, and hiding people’s follower counts. 676 A few months later he repeated the same thing, indicating they may get rid of the “like” button “soon.” 677

Hiding the number of “likes” and retweets people’s posts get would make shadow banning certain individuals or tweets about specific topics almost impossible to detect, because without being able to see how many people are clicking “like” on a post, users wouldn’t know if their followers were actually seeing the post at all. People who use Twitter get a feel for how many “likes” an average tweet gets, and if all of a sudden their engagement dropped 95% and went from getting twenty likes per tweet to only one or two, they would notice something was wrong and suspect that people weren’t seeing their tweets. Some have pointed out that certain tweets they have posted appear to them when they’re logged in, but when looking at their feed from a different browser (not logged in) they don’t show up, adding to the concerns that Twitter is shadow banning certain tweets. 678

Censoring Accounts by Suspending Users Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey once said his goal was to have Twitter function as a basic utility, like water. 679 And in their early years, Twitter executives used to call their company the “free speech wing of the free speech party,” but as the culture changed, and the social justice warriors clamored for more censorship, Jack Dorsey said their once unofficial motto about being the free speech wing of the free speech party was actually just “a joke.” 680 While he may have been idealistic when starting the company, he later succumbed to pressure to “reign in” the wild, wild west nature of Twitter and rolled out increasingly strict policies resulting in a number of high profile people being permanently banned for saying things that are commonplace on Twitter.

Milo Yiannopoulos got banned permanently in July 2016 for trolling “comedian” and actress Leslie Jones about how horrible the all-female Ghostbusters remake was. 681 Political operative and unofficial Trump advisor Roger Stone got banned in October 2017 after going off about several CNN hosts including Don Lemon, Jake Tapper, and Ana Navarro for “using an expletive” to describe them and saying they should be “mocked” and “punished” for constantly lying about the President. 682 Tommy Robinson was permanently banned from Twitter for posting facts about crimes committed by Muslims in the UK. 683 Twitter has suspended other people’s accounts for posting facts about black crime statistics in America as well. 684 Jayda Fransen, another vocal critic of Muslim immigration to the UK and founder of “Britain First,” was banned less than one month after President Trump retweeted a few of her videos showing violent Muslim mobs attacking people, which put her on the radar of activist groups who wanted to take her down for spreading “Islamophobia.” 685 Blogger Chuck Johnson was banned for saying he was going to “take out” Black Lives Matter troll DeRay McKesson, meaning expose him and take him out of the game, but Twitter claimed it was a threat of violence. 686 Johnson responded on his blog saying “Twitter doesn’t seem to have a problem with people using their service to coordinate riots [referring to the recent spree of Black Lives Matter riots that had been occurring]. But they do have a problem with the kind of journalism I do.” 687 Supposed “white supremacist” Jared Taylor was also banned, along with the account for his American Renaissance organization as a part of a crack down on “abusive content,” but Taylor doesn’t use slurs or heated rhetoric and seems like a mild-mannered senior citizen who is just pushing back against anti-white racism, and celebrating European culture and

achievements. Despite being called a “white supremacist” he actually says that Jews and Asians on average have higher IQs than white Europeans. 688 Gavin McInnes, founder of the Proud Boys [conservative men’s fraternity], was banned after he was falsely labeled the leader of a “hate group.” He then sued the Southern Poverty Law Center for defamation. 689 Comedian Owen Benjamin was banned after going on a rant about anti-gun activist David Hogg where he said “Don’t you think it’s weird that you are telling grown men how to live when you barely have pubes?” 690 Comedian Anthony Cumia, who was once co-host of the Opie and Anthony show, was banned in June 2017 for “harassing” a writer for The A.V. Club after he called her a “fat old trans looking twat.” 691 YouTuber Sargon of Akkad was banned in August 2017 for posting sarcastic comments that included “racial slurs.” 692 Free speech activist Lindsay Shepherd was banned in July 2019 for “misgendering” a transgender “woman” who sexually harassed her. The “woman” attacked Shepherd, who had just had a baby, saying “At least my pussy is tight and not loose after pushing out a 10 pound baby.” 693 This same “woman,” who goes by the name Jessica Yaniv, has been filing discrimination claims against waxing salons for refusing to do a Brazilian wax on “her” penis. 694 Lindsay Shepherd responded, “This is how men who don’t have functional romantic relationships speak. But…I guess that’s kinda what you are!” At least I have a uterus, you fat ugly man.” 695 Twitter then banned Lindsay Shepherd for calling “Jessica” a man, and not the transgender “woman” who clearly violated Twitter’s policy against sexual harassment. Street artist Sabo, who is like an American version of Banksy, was banned in April 2018 for the generic reason of “abusive behavior.” 696 It’s likely they considered him posting pictures of his street art, which is

technically vandalism, to be a violation of the rules. Many other lesser known conservatives have also been banned but don’t get any media attention because they aren’t public figures with an active fanbase who can alert others about what happened. CNN’s Brian Stelter once tattled to Twitter asking them if President Trump violated their terms of service by “threatening North Korea” in a tweet saying he has a “nuclear button” that is much bigger and more powerful than Jim Jong-Un’s when the two were having a heated war of words about North Korea testing missiles and threatening Japan. 697 The @MAGAphobia account, which documented acts of violence and harassment against Trump supporters, was banned in May 2019 for a reason that was never given. 698 Perhaps it was for “showing graphic violence” since the account posted pictures of victims and videos of them being assaulted. Only mainstream media accounts are allowed to post graphic content so they can carefully choose how to frame certain issues, while ignoring others. Even a parody account called the “Alexandria OcasioCortez Press” was banned, even though it was clearly a parody, and labeled a parody in the account’s bio in accordance with Twitter’s terms of service. 699

Meanwhile, Twitter refused to shut down an account that organized a harassment campaign against senator Jeff Flake after he voted in favor of confirming Brett Kavanaugh to the Supreme Court. The person said, “I am starting a National @DemSocialists working group to follow Jeff Flake around to every restaurant, cafe, store, etc he goes to for the rest of his life and yell at him.” 700 Inciting harassment is supposed to be against Twitter’s terms of service, but moderators usually look the other way when liberals do it.

Comedian Kathy Griffin’s account wasn’t penalized after she called for the doxing of the Covington Catholic kids who went viral for wearing MAGA hats during their trip to the nation’s Capital. 701 When the account @HouseShoes, the verified account of a DJ and hip hop producer tweeted out to his supporters that “I want you to fire on any of these red hat bitches when you see them. On sight,” and “IF WE COULD WIPE THESE FAMILIES OUT WE WOULD BE IN A MUCH BETTER PLACE,” and his account wasn’t suspended. 702 Actor Peter Fonda tweeted rape threats to President Trump’s young son Barron and Twitter let him keep his account. 703

An investigation by Breitbart found dozens of pedophiles using Twitter to openly promote pedophilia. Some of them refer to themselves as MAPs (Minor-Attracted Persons) and others call themselves “anti-contact pedophiles” meaning they’re attracted to children but claim to not act on their desires. 704 One of them tweeted, “MAPs have every right to talk (including, yes, on public blogs) about their fantasies, sexual and romantic, as long as sexually explicit material is hidden from children. It’s not bad or disrespectful to talk about people you think are cute.” 705 Other news outlets have covered the issue of admitted pedophiles being allowed on Twitter as well, and Members of Parliament in England have denounced Twitter for allowing the accounts to remain active, some of them having been operating for years. 706 While Twitter doesn’t seem to have much of a problem with pedophiles openly fantasizing about molesting children, Laura Loomer got permanently banned for criticizing Ilhan Omar, the Muslim congresswoman from Minnesota, after Loomer said she was anti-Semitic and is a member of a religion in which “homosexuals are oppressed” and “women are abused.” 707

Not long after Laura Loomer was banned, the Congresswoman made headlines and was denounced by members of her own party, including Nancy Pelosi, for comments she made about AIPAC [The American Israel Public Affairs Committee], the largest Israeli lobbying organization, after many deemed her criticism anti-Semitic. 708 So Loomer was right about Ilhan Omar, but got banned for being “Islamophobic” and posting “hate speech” about Muslims. Later a video clip surfaced of Ilhan Omar appearing to mock Americans who were fearful of Al-Qaeda in the aftermath of the 9/11 terrorist attacks. 709 A writer named Meghan Murphy, who refuses to accept transgender “women” as real women, was banned for simply referring to a transgender “woman” as a “he” (a violation called “misgendering” someone). 710 A world-renowned expert in gender dysphoria, Dr. Ray Blanchard, was suspended for tweeting that transgenderism was a mental disorder. 711 He didn’t say it to be mean, he said it as part of a thread about the condition, (which up until May 2019 was classified as a mental disorder by the World Health Organization — and still is by many psychiatrists around the world, including the American Psychiatric Association’s DSM-5) but some facts are considered hate speech now. 712 After I tweeted that there are only two genders and insinuated the rest of the 50+ “gender identities” liberals have come up with were mental disorders, I was suspended for that too. My account was also disabled from uploading videos longer than 2 minutes and 20 seconds because they said I had posted “Inappropriate Content,” and I have been banned from running ads on Twitter too. I have also been suspended for calling Kevin Spacey a “Satanic scumbag” and telling him to “burn in Hell” after an actor came forward and claimed Spacey made aggressive sexual advances on him when he was just

14-years-old. 713 My tweet was considered to be “hateful” because he’s a gay man who is above reproach. Actor James Woods’ account was suspended for posting a satirical meme making fun of Democrats, showing three soy boys with the caption, “We’re making a woman’s vote worth more by staying home,” and included the hashtag #LetWomenDecide and #NoMenMidterm. Twitter claimed it was in violation of their policy forbidding posting content that “has the potential to be misleading in a way that could impact an election.” 714 Twitter suspended the account of Austin Petersen who was running for Senate in Missouri in 2018 just one week before the primary. 715 Twitter even banned Republican Senate candidate Marsha Blackburn from running pro-life ads during her campaign because they were deemed “inflammatory” 716 The official account for the anti-abortion movie UnPlanned was briefly suspended by Twitter during the film’s opening weekend in March 2019. 717 As usual, the suspension caused a wave a backlash and Twitter later restored it saying it was another “mistake.” Twitter also suspended a user for calling Maxine Waters a “crazy old lying lunatic in a bad wig.” 718 A recent change to Twitter’s terms of service says they will ban anyone who is “amplifying hate groups” by posting articles about them, or even retweeting other tweets about them. (That only applies to right-wing “hate groups” though. Supporting Antifa, black power groups, and other far-left movements is fine). After a bunch of Huffington Post and BuzzFeed employees got laid off in February 2019, a lot of people mocked them by responding with “Learn to Code” after they posted Dear Diary-style tweets crying about being let go, and so Twitter began suspending accounts for using that phrase or hashtag, claiming it was “abusive behavior.” 719

The saying “Learn to Code” is a reference to news outlets publishing stories encouraging coal miners who are getting laid off as clean energy companies replace their jobs to do just that. Expecting a fifty-year-old coal miner to become a software engineer is insane and shows how out of touch the journalists were who recommended they do just that, so people threw “Learn to Code” back in their faces, but that’s “harassment.” When CEO Jack Dorsey appeared on Joe Rogan’s podcast in February 2019, Joe brought up Alex Jones being banned and pointed out that Twitter was the last major platform to do so after (briefly) allowing him to keep his account in the wake of YouTube, Facebook, iTunes, etc, banning him. When Joe asked, “What did he do on your platform, that you all were in agreement that this is enough?” Jack responded, “Ah, I’m not — I’m not sure what the, what the actual like, ya know, violations were.” 720 (That’s an exact quote.) Alex was banned for telling off CNN’s Oliver Darcy outside of the Jack Dorsey congressional hearing in September 2018, where Jones denounced Oliver for pressuring all the social media companies to get him banned. The confrontation was broadcast live on Twitter via Periscope and so Twitter quickly banned Jones for “harassing” a supposed “journalist.” 721 It’s important to point out that Oliver Darcy was working in the capacity of a journalist at the time, on public property, while he was covering an event about social media; thus confirming everything Alex Jones was saying about the censorship of conservatives. Oliver Darcy later admitted that CNN had “presented Twitter with examples of [violations of Twitter’s terms of service] available on both the InfoWars and Jones account.” 722 In August 2019 a group of Leftists gathered outside Senator Mitch McConnell’s house after sunset to harass him and some of them made

threatening statements saying he should be killed, and when he posted a short video on his Twitter account showing the angry mob and what they were saying, he was suspended and the video removed for allegedly violating their terms of service prohibiting making threats, even though he had just posted evidence of what people were doing to him! 723 His staff appealed the suspension but the appeal was denied. 724 Only after growing outrage and media coverage did Twitter lift his suspension and restore the video. 725 Mitch McConnell is the Senate Majority Leader, the most powerful Senator in the country, yet was censored when he tried to show his fellow Americans that Leftists had surrounded his home to intimidate and threaten him.

Twitter Verification The “verified” checkmark on someone’s social media account is a confirmation that the account actually belongs to that person, and isn’t being run by someone else pretending to be them. Public figures like celebrities and journalists usually get them to prevent imposter accounts from impersonating them, and having a verified account is often seen as a sign that someone is “important” and so every wannabe rapper and blogger wishes to get one, but you have to apply, and Twitter won’t just verify anyone’s account. They have, however, verified numerous Black Lives Matter activists’ accounts whose credentials are basically that they’re anti-police trolls who spend their entire lives on Twitter spewing hatred of police and white people. Virulent racist troll Tariq Nasheed, who accuses almost every white person in America of being a “suspected white supremacist,” has been verified. Other Black Lives Matter trolls like Shaun King and Deray McKesson have also been rewarded with verified accounts.

Twitter also verified Sarah Jeong, a new editorial board member at the New York Times , despite a series of racist tweets about “dumbass fucking white people” and saying she gets “joy” out of being “cruel to old white men.” 726 Twitter also verified loads of fringe LGBT social media personalities, and plenty of pro-feminist and pro-abortion trolls in order to give them more clout online. Meanwhile, popular conservatives like James O’Keefe, Carpe Donktum, Gary Franchi, David Harris Jr., Brandon Tatum, David Horowitz, and others have been denied verification for years. 727 Before they were permanently banned, Tommy Robinson, Laura Loomer, and Milo Yiannopoulos had been unverified . Twitter released a statement saying “Reasons for removal [of verification checkmark] may reflect behaviors on and off Twitter that include: Promoting hate and/or violence against, or directly attacking or threatening other people on the basis of race, ethnicity, national origin, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, religious affiliation, age, disability, or disease” and even, “Supporting organizations or individuals that promote the above.” 728 Twitter verified the “Parkland kids,” a small group of anti-gun activists who became social media stars over night after a lunatic shot up their high school on Valentine’s Day 2018 in Parkland, Florida. One of them, David Hogg, went on to sic his nearly 500,000 followers onto the advertisers of various Fox News shows, harassing them to pull their ads from the network. 729 Twitter even hosted the Parkland kids for a live Q&A to help them promote their “March For Our Lives” event where they demanded more gun control laws. 730

Never Tweet

There’s a meme that looks like the sign-up page for Twitter but reads “Get fired from your job in ten years” just above the link to open an account, and it’s not that far from the truth. What you say in a tweet can be perfectly fine if it was just said amongst a group of friends, but often our enemies are lurking quietly on Twitter, watching and waiting for one little slip up, and even complete strangers who happen to come across your tweet may feel compelled to enact “revenge” because you said something on the Internet that offended them. People often like to go digging through old tweets of their enemies, hoping to find years or decade-old tweets saying “racist,” “homophobic,” or “sexist” things so they can derail their career. Twitter’s search function allows people to search anyone’s Twitter feed for any keyword or phrase, making this tactic extremely simple. (I advise, if you use Twitter, to consider a “tweet delete” app which allows you to easily search for and delete old tweets which contain certain words or phrases. Or regularly delete your tweets that are older than six months in order to avoid past tweets posted years ago from coming back to haunt you.) Oftentimes when someone becomes famous, people will go nosing around their old tweets typing in keywords like “nigger” and “faggot” into the search to see if they’ve ever tweeted anything with those words in the past so they can retweet them, trying to get the person in trouble. This is exactly what happened right after Kyler Murray won the 2018 Heisman Trophy. A reporter for USA Today took it upon himself to search through his past tweets and found some “homophobic” ones from when he was fifteen-years-old. 731 When Milwaukee Brewers pitcher Josh Hader was chosen to pitch in the 2018 All-Star Game, people dug up some of his old tweets from when he was in high school and it made headlines because he used the “n-word”

in a few tweets. 732 He then apologized and deleted his entire account. The same thing has happened to “Mr. Beast,” a popular YouTuber, and singer Shawn Mendes. 733 The best example of what can happen when you tweet is the disaster that occurred to a woman named Justine Sacco in 2013 who had just 170 followers. When boarding a flight to South Africa she tweeted, “Going to Africa. Hope I don’t get AIDS. Just kidding. I’m white!” and then got on the plane without thinking anything of it. She didn’t say it as a racist insult about the AIDS epidemic there, but meant it as a sarcastic jab at Americans who she said lived in “a bit of a bubble when it comes to what’s going on in the third world,” since she herself was born in South Africa and returning there to visit family. 734 But somebody following her got offended and retweeted it, and then their followers saw it and got triggered and retweeted it, and then she soon began trending from so many people being upset about her tweet even though she was just some random person on Twitter. She and her tweet then became a national news story and she ultimately ended up getting fired from her job. 735 Twitter is often fueled by anger with people venting their political frustrations through tweets like irate sports fans yelling at the TV. For others it’s a narcissistic circus where they derive their self-worth by getting likes and retweets since the immediate engagement can become addicting because their notifications release dopamine similar to getting a small payout from a slot machine at the casino. The instant gratification of getting feedback becomes a deeply engrained habit that’s hard for people to break. Perhaps the only good thing about Twitter is President Trump’s tweets. Previously, to hear what a President had to say, he would have to hold a press conference or give an

interview, but now with Twitter he can fire off his thoughts on anything at any time, day or night, and then the media reports on it—often overreacting to the point of having a meltdown. There have been calls to ban him, and groups have even started petitions and presented them to Twitter with the foolish hope they would shut down his account, but he’s still there. Twitter’s co-founder Evan Williams even said he was sorry for his creation helping Donald Trump get out his message during his campaign in 2016 after Trump told the Financial Times that without it, he didn’t think he would have won. 736 “If it’s true that he wouldn’t be president if it weren’t for Twitter, then yeah, I’m sorry,” Williams said. 737 Trump knows and loves the power of Twitter, but the big question is— will he still tweet after he’s left office? Barack Obama broke the unwritten rule of not criticizing his successor, and it’s been the tradition of former presidents to not inject themselves into matters involving the next administration, but both Barack Obama and George W. Bush have been openly criticizing the Trump administration, so after he leaves office he may not sit by silently, and could regularly criticize the next administration as well, and it will be hard for people to ignore what he’s saying since his Twitter feed has become such a newsmaker. There may be only one way for the Liberal Media Industrial Complex to silence Donald Trump, which is why they are constantly painting him as the reincarnation of Adolf Hitler, and incessantly calling him a fascist dictator, because they are hoping to incite some unhinged lunatic who believes what they say to assassinate him.

YouTube

Most people don’t realize this but YouTube is the second largest search engine in the world, after Google of course, and it’s also part of the same conglomerate since Google bought YouTube in 2006 for 1.6 billion dollars. Later corporate restructuring put both of them under the new umbrella company Alphabet Inc. When referring to YouTube many people consider it a part of Google, but it should be considered its own separate entity, which it technically is, with its own CEO — Susan Wojcicki. For the better part of a decade after YouTube was launched, it was largely seen as just a website for user generated entertainment. It was the place for people to upload funny cat videos and show themselves doing stupid “Internet challenges,” but a small group of people (myself included) knew from YouTube’s beginning that it was a powerful tool that could be used to share news and analysis about current events and other important issues that weren’t being properly addressed by mainstream outlets. It was like having our own public access cable channel where we could do anything we wanted with the potential to reach an audience of millions, and for some of us, that started happening on a regular basis. For over a year after the 2016 election, the mainstream media’s war on “fake news” (in reality a war on independent news and ordinary people using social media to get out their message) focused almost exclusively on Facebook and Twitter since the news giants saw them as being responsible for completely losing their power to control the national narrative surrounding major issues and events. The mainstream media could no longer prevent certain information from becoming widely known and millions of people were spending their time scrolling through Facebook, and Twitter, and watching YouTube videos instead of engaging with the traditional news outlets that had dominated the industry for decades since their creation.

But Donald Trump beating Hillary Clinton was a wakeup call for the Liberal Media Industrial Complex , so they launched a bold new effort under the disguise of fighting “fake news” to completely reshape social media. While they first focused on Facebook and Twitter, eventually they stumbled upon a huge secret that was right in front of their nose for years. People like me were creating YouTube videos on a regular basis covering news and politics and we were getting enormous audiences rivaling or beating cable news. In the run-up to the 2016 election my YouTube channel was averaging around 700,000 viewers a day, about half of what CNN’s primetime shows like Anderson Cooper and Don Lemon get on their best nights. 738 But now the Establishment discovered the “fake news” problem was flourishing on YouTube, they said, and it had to be stopped by changing the algorithm to artificially favor mainstream media channels over videos posted by ordinary YouTubers. In October of 2017, sociologist and technology critic Zeynep Tufekci said, “YouTube is the most overlooked story of 2016,” after realizing there was much more to YouTube than cat videos and pranksters. 739 Traditional media outlets discovered the world of underground news and they were shocked at just how popular we were. Slate pointed out that Twitter and Facebook had been receiving the brunt of criticism about spreading “fake news” but, “Now a series of controversies is forcing YouTube to address its responsibilities more directly and candidly than it has in the past.” 740 Soon YouTube would completely change the way the website had functioned for the previous ten years, and turned it from what was meant to be a place where anyone with an important message could post videos and build an audience, to mostly just another mainstream media site filled with brand name news channels and videos of familiar celebrities.

By mid-2018, as Wired magazine points out, YouTube was “ditching vloggers” in favor of Hollywood celebrities. “YouTube used to be all about young digital influencers who managed to threaten TV with their video blogs. Not anymore. It seems that YouTube is opting for traditional celebrities instead.” 741 Another blogger noticed the changes and ran with the headline, “YouTube is turning away from its creators to become a new MTV,” and noted, “YouTube can’t promise brand safety with volatile creators on the platform — advertisers don’t want to be caught in a firestorm. The only move is to pivot, and YouTube is ready. Hollywood names like Will Smith and Demi Lovato are safe bets. Same with music videos already vetted by major record labels.” 742 YouTube, which for over a decade was a place for independent content creators to upload their videos, even began producing shows themselves. 743 For the better part of ten years since its launch in 2006, Hollywood studios and mainstream celebrities didn’t pay much attention to YouTube. They either were afraid of it because it threatened their monopoly on content distribution, or they were too blind to see how the new technology was revolutionizing media and helping to create new kinds of stars.

Right-Wing Channels Dominating In March of 2018 Vanity Fair warned that right-wing “Dark-Web Trolls” were “taking over YouTube” because so many anti-social justice warrior channels were getting popular. 744 The New York Times then said YouTube was “radicalizing” people to the right, and claimed that if people started watching videos of Donald Trump speeches then YouTube will begin recommending videos of “white supremacist rants” and “Holocaust denials.” 745

The article declared that, “Given its billion or so users, YouTube may be one of the most powerful radicalizing instruments of the 21st century,” and that, “Its algorithm seems to have concluded that people are drawn to content that is more extreme than what they started with — or to incendiary content in general.” 746 The New York Times had previously complained that, “For the New Far Right, YouTube Has Become the New Talk Radio,” saying, “They deplore ‘social justice warriors,’ whom they credit with ruining popular culture, conspiring against the populace and helping to undermine ‘the West.’ They are fixated on the subjects of immigration, Islam and political correctness. They seem at times more animated by President Trump’s opponents than by the man himself, with whom they share many priorities, if not a style.” 747 The Left became determined to paint the Right’s rising stars as radicals, Islamophobes, and far-right extremists hoping to derail the spread of our videos. One Leftist blog called “Right Wing Watch” founded by Jared Holt declared that, “White Supremacy Figured Out How To Become YouTube Famous,” and whined that, “YouTube has served as an alternative media ecosystem apart from the mainstream where any person can contribute to national conversation and reach thousands of people overnight. But the Right’s overt domination of the platform, in addition to political forums on Reddit and 4chan, has created an environment where white nationalists and right-wing extremists can easily inject hateful rhetoric and conspiracy theories into national political discourse.” 748 When BuzzFeed or CNN reported “breaking news” about the Trump administration or when something started trending on Twitter, us YouTubers could quickly publish videos giving another perspective and point out things the mainstream media was ignoring or lying about. Our subscribers

would see the videos, but perhaps more importantly, people searching for information on YouTube about those issues could find our videos, and if they were popular with favorable ratings, those videos would be discovered by people seeking out information on the subject matter. But all that has changed.

“Authoritative Channels” Boosted to the Top For over a decade the top search results on YouTube were the most popular videos associated with the search terms you entered in, regardless of whether the videos were posted by someone who had just opened a YouTube account, a full time YouTuber, or a mainstream media outlet. The algorithm that was originally in place worked very well, because instead of showing the most-viewed videos (which could have generated a large number of views by using misleading titles and thumbnails) YouTube surfaced videos with the most “watch time” up at the top. This means that if people clicked on a video and found that the title and thumbnail were misleading or it wasn’t a quality video, and then decided not to watch it by clicking away rather soon once it began playing, the algorithm would know that it wasn’t what people were searching for because the average amount of time people spent watching the video would be low. But if the video had a high watch time average, the site (accurately) figured that people had found what they were looking for because they kept watching it, and those were the videos that ranked the highest in the search results. All that mattered was that the video was uploaded to YouTube by someone—anyone. If it was good, and people watched it instead of clicking away after a few seconds, it would show up in the top of the search results.

But all that changed in October 2017 when YouTube reconfigured the algorithm to favor videos from mainstream media outlets. 749 They added internal tags on certain channels deeming them “authoritative sources,” and overnight the top search results for most things were now videos from channels like CNN, NBC, Entertainment Tonight, etc. Most of these videos have only a tiny fraction of the views (and watch time) compared to countless other videos about the subject being searched for, but those videos are now buried under pages of content from channels that YouTube has deemed “authoritative” sources. 750 They had manually intervened in the search results previously, but only for certain topics they deemed “extremist” material, like videos supporting ISIS. YouTube had been redirecting search results for these topics to curated videos and playlists they had specifically chosen in order to “confront and debunk violent extremist messages.” 751 But now “the Jigsaw Method” as they call it, was rolled out on a massive scale and incorporated news, current events, and many other topics people regularly search for. “We’re continuing to invest in new features and changes to YouTube search that provide authoritative results when people come to YouTube looking for news,” a YouTube spokesperson said in a statement. 752 “So far this year we have introduced new features that promote verified news sources when a major news event happens. These sources are presented on the YouTube homepage, under ‘Breaking News,’ and featured in search results, with the label ‘Top News.’ Additionally, we’ve been rolling out algorithmic changes to YouTube search during breaking news events. There is still more work to do, but we’re making progress.” 753 Soon it wasn’t just videos from mainstream media channels boosted to the top during “breaking news” events, but almost anything having to do with news at all.

MSNBC’s Chris Hayes rang the alarm about YouTube’s algorithm because he didn’t like the search results for videos about the Federal Reserve. 754 Mother Jones magazine joined in on the criticism, reporting, “If you search for ‘Federal Reserve’ on YouTube, one of the first videos to surface is titled ‘Century of Enslavement.’ Using archival footage and the kind of authoritative male voice heard in countless historical documentaries, the 90-minute video espouses the idea the Federal Reserve was formed in secret by powerful, often Jewish, banking families in the early 20th century, causing America to spiral into debt.” 755 It continued, “The incendiary Federal Reserve video, flagged by MSNBC host Chris Hayes earlier this month, is just one of many examples of how political extremists have mastered YouTube’s algorithms and monetization structure to spread toxic ideas ranging from conspiracy theories to white supremacy. The video ‘Why Social Justice is CANCER,’ for instance, appears after searching for ‘social justice.’ 756 That video was from Lauren Chen (formerly known as Roaming Millennial.) 757 Soon the search results for “Federal Reserve” featured only videos from mainstream media channels, and the documentary Chris Hayes called out (Century of Enslavement: The History of the Federal Reserve— which was the top search result) was nowhere to be seen. I looked all the way through page 25 of the search results and it still didn’t show up. 758 Other videos critical of the Federal Reserve, including one titled “Exposing the Federal Reserve,” which is a high-quality 30-minute cartoon, 759 and “The Federal Reserve Explained in 3 Minutes” also vanished. A whistleblower later revealed to Breitbart that “Federal Reserve” had been added to the secret “Controversial Query Blacklist” file which causes “authoritative content” (i.e. mainstream media channels) to artificially rise

to the top of the search results over other videos that actually qualify organically for those positions. 760 My most-viewed video “Donald Trump’s Funniest Insults and Comebacks,” which has over 11 million views, is now buried on page three of the search results when looking for the exact title. All the top results for “Donald Trump’s Funniest Insults and Comebacks” are videos from CNN, NBC News, ABC News, the Washington Post, HuffPost, etc, most of which are critical of President Trump and have far less views and watch time. My channel had reached one million subscribers in May of 2017, and at the time had more subscribers than MSNBC’s channel, NBC News, CBS News, and even Fox News. 761 And many of my videos far eclipsed theirs in the number of views, but since the algorithm changes my channel virtually stalled in growth while theirs all grew exponentially. In the spring of 2019, YouTube changed the algorithm so when people searched for my own name, the top search results were other people’s videos about me, with mine buried at the bottom of the page. When searching for almost any other YouTuber, however, their most recent videos were featured at the top of the page with a notification highlighting their latest uploads. I had been calling YouTube out about this since I first learned of it in May 2019, thanks to people leaving comments on my videos giving me a heads up, but YouTube wouldn’t respond to me. It was only after an uproar four months later when Steven Crowder became aware that none of his videos were coming up in the search results for his name either, and directed his lawyer to contact them about it while his fans bombarded YouTube with a flood of tweets denouncing them for what they had done. They quickly made some adjustments, partially fixing the problem near the end of September 2019, but didn’t publicly acknowledge the complaints

or that they had reverted the algorithm back to the way it was. But at least my two most recent videos started showing up again at the top of the search results along with those of the other popular conservative channels that had been censored (Steven Crowder, Paul Joseph Watson, The Next News Network, Lauren Chen, and Breitbart News). Shortly after a feminist writer for Slate.com, an online magazine, complained about many of the top search results for “abortion” being prolife videos (including one that showed what a baby looks like in the first trimester—complete with arms, legs, fingers and toes), YouTube quickly changed the algorithm to feature various pro-abortion videos at the top. “I emailed YouTube Friday afternoon asking why anti-abortion videos saturated the search results for ‘abortion,’” she wrote, adding, “By Monday morning…the search results had changed to include a number of news outlets among the top results.” 762 National Review pointed out that YouTube was happy to “airbrush away the reality of abortion,” by artificially boosting pro-abortion videos after her complaint. 763 Now a search for “abortion” brings up videos from Vice News, the BBC, and BuzzFeed. In a leaked document given to Breitbart, one engineer admitted “We have tons of white and blacklists that humans manually curate.” 764 The document also first revealed the existence of the “Controversial Query Blacklist” file that contains a list of search terms that will bring up manually curated videos in the results or ensure the top results are videos from mainstream media channels. 765 The list includes “abortion,” “Federal Reserve,” and even people like anti-gun activist David Hogg, and Congresswoman Maxine Waters. When Captain Marvel was released in March 2019 YouTube changed their algorithm in order to bury videos of people who were giving the movie

negative reviews which were appearing as the top search results. 766 The film’s star Brie Larson had been insulting white men and promoting intersectional feminism on her publicity tour, angering many Marvel fans who took to YouTube to express their thoughts. Those videos, being very popular, surfaced at the top of the search results for “Brie Larson,” but that soon changed. A writer for The Verge posted two side by side screenshots showing the before and after top search results and noted, “This is kind of a fascinating discovery: YouTube seems to have changed the immediate ‘Brie Larson’ search results to News. That pushes up authoritative sources and, in turn, pushes troll or MRA-style [Men’s Rights Activists] video rants pretty far down the page.” 767 She went on to report that, “YouTube recategorized ‘Brie Larson’ as a news-worthy search term. That does one very important job: it makes the search algorithm surface videos from authoritative sources on a subject. Instead of videos from individual creators, YouTube responds with videos from Entertainment Tonight, ABC, CBS, CNN, and other news outlets first.” 768 YouTube has even experimented with disabling some of the search filters to make it impossible to do a more focused search when looking for something specific. In March 2019 they temporarily disabled the ability to filter search results by dates, in order to prevent people from finding recent uploads of the New Zealand mosque massacre which was live-streamed by the shooter and was being uploaded to YouTube by various people who had gotten the footage from the perpetrator’s Facebook page before moderators removed it. 769 This way you couldn’t narrow the search perimeters by the date something was posted which is often the only way to find certain clips now

because they’re buried under countless other videos that are artificially pushed to the top even though they’re not necessarily relevant to the search terms. Luckily this time, disabling the search filters was only temporarily, but who knows what the future holds.

Recommended Videos Playing favorites with mainstream channels and serving their videos up as the top search results no matter how few views or little engagement they have wasn’t good enough though. The Wall Street Journal complained, “YouTube’s algorithm tweaks don’t appear to have changed how YouTube recommends videos on its home page. On the home page, the algorithm provides a personalized feed for each logged-in user largely based on what the user has watched…Repeated tests by the Journal as recently as this week showed the home page often fed far-right or far-left videos to users who watched relatively mainstream news sources, such as Fox News and MSNBC.” 770 Their report continued, “After searching for ‘9/11’ last month, then clicking on a single CNN clip about the attacks, and then returning to the home page, the fifth and sixth recommended videos were about claims the U.S. government carried out the attacks. One, titled ‘Footage Shows Military Plane hitting WTC Tower on 9/11—13 Witnesses React’—had 5.3 million views.” 771 Others had been complaining about “conspiracy videos” too. As you can imagine, CNN piled on the criticism as well, reporting, “YouTube has long faced criticism for allowing misinformation, conspiracy theories and extremist views to spread on its platform, and for recommending such content to users. People who came to the site to watch videos on innocuous

subjects, or to see mainstream news, have been pushed toward increasingly fringe and conspiracist content.” 772 NBC News also complained that, “YouTube search results for A-list celebrities [have been] hijacked by conspiracy theorists” and noted, “YouTube did not respond to a request for comment,” [but] “Some conspiracy videos’ rankings dropped after NBC News reached out for comment.” 773 In January 2019 YouTube issued a public statement saying that they will continue, “taking a closer look at how we can reduce the spread of content that comes close to—but doesn’t quite cross the line of—violating our Community Guidelines. To that end, we’ll begin reducing recommendations of borderline content and content that could misinform users in harmful ways—such as videos promoting a phony miracle cure for a serious illness, claiming the earth is flat, or making blatantly false claims about historic events like 9/11.” 774 It went on to say, “This change relies on a combination of machine learning and real people. We work with human evaluators and experts from all over the United States to help train the machine learning systems that generate recommendations.” 775 YouTube now deciding what is and is not a conspiracy theory has dramatic implications. For example, mainstream media outlets claimed that people who thought “Empire” actor Jussie Smollett faked his “racist and homophobic attack” at the hands of Trump supporters were spreading a “conspiracy theory.” 776 And since such “conspiracy theory” videos are now admittedly buried in the search results and kept out of the Recommended and Up Next sections, YouTube was actively hiding the truth about what actually happened, which later came out. 777

A recent addition to YouTube’s terms of service specifically bans, “Content claiming that specific victims of public violent incidents or their next of kin are actors, or that their experiences are false,” which means that anyone who posted a video or did a livestream saying they thought Jussie Smollett faked the “attack” was in violation of their rules and at risk of having their videos taken down and issued a Community Guidelines strike or even having their entire channel banned if they had previous infractions. 778

For many years about one-third of my total views were from “Suggested” videos, but then in April 2019 I and many other YouTubers noticed a quick and dramatic drop, which is detailed in our Channel Analytics. From that point on my total views from “Suggested” videos dropped to around five percent, a significant drop, most likely because my channel was identified as “borderline” and so my videos don’t show up on people’s homepages anymore or next to similar content.

The “Alternative Influence Network” It wasn’t enough to bury independent content creators’ videos under piles of mainstream media channels when searching for various topics, or preventing our videos from showing up in the “Recommended” section or the “Up Next” sidebar. The Liberal Media Industrial Complex got upset that a bunch of YouTubers were collaborating with each other, and doing interviews with one another. In September 2018 a report from a “research institute” called Data & Society claimed to have identified what they called a network of “far-right” YouTubers who indoctrinate people through their videos by promoting right-wing “extremist” ideologies. “Although YouTube’s recommendation algorithms are partly to blame, the problem is fundamentally linked to the social network of political

influencers on the platform and how, like other YouTube influencers, they invite one another on to their shows,” the report reads. 779 It includes an illustration looking like a collage on the wall of a detective’s office linking together all the connections of an organized crime family and notes, “The graph is a partial representation of collaborative connections within the Alternative Influence Network (AIN)–a network of controversial academics, media pundits, and internet celebrities who use YouTube to promote a range of political positions from mainstream versions of libertarianism and conservatism to overt white nationalism. While collaborations can sometimes consist of debates and disagreements, they more frequently indicate social ties, endorsements, and advertisements for other influencers.” 780 The report basically recommends that YouTube forbid people from interviewing individuals who liberals deem unsavory or who talk about things they consider “offensive” or “hateful” which as you know includes almost everything from illegal immigration to the American flag. “The platform should not only assess what channels say in their content, but also who they host and what their guests say. In a media environment consisting of networked influencers, YouTube must respond with policies that account for influence and amplification.” 781 In an interview about the report, lead researcher Rebecca Lewis explained how most of the focus on “extremism” and “fake news” has been on Facebook and Twitter, but, “We don’t have as clear a picture of what’s happening on YouTube and Google. It is important to bring to the fore some illustrations of the problems that do exist on these platforms. I’m trying to show there are fundamental issues we need to be addressing [regarding the algorithms of] YouTube in the same way we have recognized fundamental issues with Facebook and Twitter.” 782

She went on to say, “I absolutely think reassessing the algorithms is one step that needs to be taken. Assessing what government regulation options are available is absolutely worthwhile, and then thinking about how YouTube monetization structures incentivize certain behaviors is something that needs to be done. It needs to be a multi-pronged solution.” 783 Five months after the Alternative Influence Network report was published a group of “researchers” calling themselves Digital Social Contract did a test to see how YouTube’s “Recommended” videos section changed, and looked at over 80 different channels listed in the report and noted, “For the first two weeks of February [2019], YouTube was recommending videos from at least one of these major alt-right channels on more than one in every thirteen randomly selected videos (7.8%). From February 15th, this number has dropped to less than one in two hundred and fifty (0.4%).” 784 The Digital Social Contract report also highlighted that a video of actress Emma Watson promoting feminism had another video titled “How Feminism Ruined Marriage” queued in the “Up Next” autoplay section right beside it, which they claimed was “an anti-feminist video from an altright channel.” 785 That “alt-right” channel was Ben Shapiro’s, who is a Jew, not an alt-right white nationalist, but instead is often a target of altright figures who hate him because he’s Jewish. 786

Censoring Videos YouTube has always had a policy forbidding certain kinds of content from being uploaded like pornography, graphic violence, animal abuse, or blatant invasions of someone’s privacy; which are very reasonable rules, but after the 2016 election they began removing videos critical of the radical

Leftist agenda, including videos denouncing child drag queens, feminists, and for even reporting on anti-white hate crimes. Those kinds of videos can now easily violate YouTube’s “Community Standards” and result in getting channels issued a strike (and the video taken down), and if a channel gets three strikes within a three month period, the entire channel and all its videos are completely deleted. YouTube’s senior leadership (and overall corporate culture) believes there are 58 different genders, and Christians are just old-fashioned superstitious bigots; so we’re talking about godless liberal Silicon Valley standards, not Midwestern community standards. YouTube also teamed up with the Southern Poverty Law Center, who began searching for videos they recommend be taken down. Soon all kinds of them were being removed under the banner of stopping “hate speech.” 787 I got a strike on a video I uploaded about a black man who opened fire inside a Tennessee church hoping to kill as many white people as possible. 788 The video was appropriately titled “Black Man Shoots Up White Church - Media Ignores Anti-White Hate Crime” and didn’t show any graphic images, but as you probably know by now, reporting on anti-white hate crimes is deemed “racist” by the Left. The liberal media wants people to believe hate crimes are only committed by white people against blacks and don’t want anyone talking about how such attacks are actually a two way street. Black conservative Candace Owens even had a video removed from her channel that was critical of Black Lives Matter because it was deemed “hateful” against black people. 789 A channel called High Impact Vlogs had a video removed and got a Community Guidelines strike for criticizing the parents of Desmond is Amazing, the 11-year-old “drag kid,” after the boy was featured on Good Morning America . 790

YouTube pulled a funny 2018 midterm election ad by a Republican running for governor of Florida in which he showed off his “Deportation Bus,” which he used to promote his campaign, claiming his ad was “hate speech.” 791 They later restored the video after their censorship began making headlines. Tommy Robinson’s entire channel has been “quarantined” with special restrictions that prevent any of his videos from ever showing up in the search results at all. This designation also causes all comments to be disabled on every video, and the view counts censored as well, so people can’t gauge how popular they are in another attempt to suppress his message by hiding the number of people watching his videos. 792 Hunter Avallone, a conservative millennial who makes fun of feminists and other SJWs, had his entire channel deleted in April 2019 for “hate speech” despite not having any current strikes. After a growing outrage about the censorship, YouTube restored his channel and once again claimed it was just a “mistake.” 793 The Prager University channel (stylized PragerU) sued YouTube after they discovered that almost all of their videos were hidden when YouTube was in Restricted Mode, which most schools and public libraries have it set on by default in order to filter out “sensitive content.” 794 Many of my videos are also completely hidden to people who are browsing in Restricted Mode as well, even though my content is family friendly. In December of 2017 YouTube hired 10,000 new human moderators to supposedly remove “extremist” content and videos containing “hate speech,” and soon after they began taking down popular videos and entire channels that hadn’t come anywhere close to actually violating the terms of service. As a result of the new moderators a major purge occurred a few months later in February of 2018. Jerome Corsi’s entire channel was taken

down, Mike Adams’ “Natural News” channel was also removed, and many others. YouTube even began issuing community guideline strikes and removing videos that criticized CNN’s Town Hall on gun control following the Parkland school shooting in Florida. 795 Tim Pool had produced a video where he debunked the conspiracy theories about the shooting, but his video was removed as well. 796 After some channels and videos were restored due to a major outcry about this latest wave of censorship, Gizmodo reported that, “the usual whackos like far-right personality Mark Dice are going wild on Twitter claiming the admission of any mistake at all constitutes victory. Hopefully they’re wrong and YouTube isn’t walking back punishments on people like [Jerome] Corsi, whose prior best hits include a steadfast belief Barack Obama is secretly gay and also some kind of Muslim, though InfoWars claimed yesterday that it got YouTube to revoke one of the two strikes against it.” 797

“YouTube’s New Moderators Mistakenly Pull Right-Wing Channels” was the headline at Bloomberg News. 798 It was just another “mistake,” they said. YouTube deleted the entire channel of a gamer for posting a clip of him playing “Red Dead Redemption 2” which showed him “killing” a feminist NPC (non playable character) by lassoing her and then feeding her to an alligator. 799 The game is a western and takes place in the late 1890s, and the character was just one of the townspeople who was hanging out in the street and happened to be promoting women’s suffrage (right to vote) so he thought it would be funny to feed her to the alligator, which the game allows players to do to any of the “townsfolk.”

Professional gaming is a huge industry where people stream themselves playing various video games, which as you know, often include the main character “killing” a number of other characters in the game, but the YouTube moderators deemed feeding the feminist to the alligator “graphic content that appears to be posted in a shocking, sensational, or disrespectful manner.” After others in the gaming community expressed outrage over YouTube censoring a clip of someone playing a popular game, they restored his channel. 800 After the Covington Catholic incident involving the high school kid in the MAGA hat and the Native American man beating a drum in his face at the National Mall in Washington D.C., a retired Navy SEAL named Don Shipley posted a video about Nathan Phillips, the “Vietnam Veteran” Native American, calling him a fraud because Army records show he was never actually in Vietnam. YouTube soon terminated the Navy SEAL’s channel, claiming he was “harassing” the old man. 801 Infowars host Alex Jones was banned from YouTube in August 2018 in part for his criticism of a drag queen festival where adult drag queens performed simulated strip teases for an “all ages” show which included children in the audience brought there by their degenerate parents. He called it an “abomination” and a “freak show” and so his video was deemed “hate speech” and “transphobic,” resulting in YouTube removing the video and issuing him a community guidelines strike. 802 The deleted video (titled “Shocking ‘Drag Tots’ Cartoon Sparks Outrage”) can be seen on BitChute.com 803 and Infowars.com. 804 YouTube also cited another video of Jones as being “Islamophobic” because he was ranting about the increased crime in Europe due to the influx of Muslim refugees in recent years. 805

He was given his second strike for that video, titled “Learn How Islam Has Already Conquered Europe,” 806 and soon a third (and final) strike for “circumvention” of YouTube’s “enforcement measures” because he had promoted another YouTube channel that had taken the feed of his show from his website and was streaming it on their channel since Jones was under a 90-day live-streaming suspension from the previous strikes. 807 The H3H3 Podcast channel then had their livestream taken down and were issued a community guidelines strike simply for talking about Alex Jones being banned. 808 They are a popular husband and wife duo with over a million subscribers (on their podcast channel) who were actually defending YouTube’s decision to ban Alex Jones, and were repeating some of the crazy things he has said over the years which may have been flagged by the AI voice recognition systems that monitor livestreams. H3H3 co-host Ethan Klein later said, “How can I even sit here now and call Alex Jones a conspiracy theorist when our channel just got [a strike] for even fucking talking about him? I was criticizing him!” 809 After BuzzFeed stumbled across a 14-year-old girl’s channel who does comedy sketches mocking social justice warriors and deriding political correctness, they did what they always do and wrote a hit piece urging people to pressure YouTube to ban her for “hate speech.” 810 The writer of the article (Joseph Bernstein) even labeled her an “extremist.” 811 Before the article came out, “Soph” as she goes by, had over 800,000 subscribers which terrified BuzzFeed that such a young, talented, and popular girl was pushing back against the liberal agenda, but shortly after it was published she got two strikes on her channel for previous videos which had been up for weeks with no problems. 812 The following week her entire channel was completely demonetized, dealing a crushing blow to her chances of turning YouTube into a career. 813

A month and a half later she received her third and final strike for “hate speech” after she posted a video critical of homosexuals, and her entire channel was completely deleted. 814 In June 2019 Project Veritas released a 25-minute report which included an undercover investigation into Google which showed that the head of the Innovation Department said they were doing everything they could to prevent another “Trump situation in 2020” and was bragging about how Google had come up with a new definition of “fairness.” The Project Veritas report also included an interview with a current YouTube employee which was done in a silhouette to protect his identity. He explained how YouTube was actually preventing certain conservative and libertarian channels from having their videos show up in the “Recommended” section, confirming what most of us had already basically known since it was obvious. He also provided Project Veritas with leaked documents detailing their algorithm manipulation. 815 Within hours YouTube deleted the video from Project Veritas’ account, claiming it violated the head of Innovation’s privacy even though it only showed her talking at a restaurant and mentioned who she was. Most privacy violations are for publishing someone’s home address or cell phone number. On CNN’s official YouTube channel they posted the video of their reporter stalking and harassing the old woman in her front yard because she shared someone on Facebook that originated with the Russians. During part of the altercation her full street address, which is posted on the front of her house, was completely visible. 816 How is that not a violation of her privacy and YouTube’s terms of service? In October 2019, the channel Red Ice TV was completely deleted, despite having no current strikes against it. No specific reason was given, just that it had supposedly violated YouTube’s policy prohibiting “hate

speech.” It had over 330,000 subscribers, and for over ten years was run by a husband and wife duo out of Sweden who focus on preserving European culture and exposing anti-white racism, so of course they’ve been smeared by the media as “white supremacists.” They were the most popular Identitarian channel on YouTube. 817 Leftist groups like Media Matters, the Southern Poverty Law Center, and the ADL had been pressuring YouTube to ban the channel for years. 818

No Conservative is Safe Kara Swisher, the co-founder of Recode Media which hosted the historic joint interview with Steve Jobs and Bill Gates, said she wanted to “kill” YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki after discovering that her 13-year-old son was watching Ben Shapiro’s videos, and claims he is the “gateway drug” to “neo-nazi stuff.” 819 She made the comments while interviewing Susan Wojcicki at the “Lesbians Who Tech” conference in March 2019 (Kara Swisher is a lesbian who must have adopted her poor kid or used a sperm bank). She added that her son is “lost” (meaning he’s not infected with the liberal pathogen) and insinuated that YouTube was responsible. Susan Wojcicki responded, “I have a son too and I get some of these discussions also at the dinner table. I think what you’re describing is — and the way we think about it too — look, there’s a set of content that has to meet the community guidelines. Ben Shapiro is going to meet the community guidelines. I don’t think you’re suggesting that we remove him from the platform. Are you?” Kara Swisher responded, “I would,” and continued, whining “You know, last time I saw you, I was like, ‘Get Alex Jones off that platform,’ and you’re like, ‘Well the community guidelines,’ and then [later] you got

him off.” 820 She then changed the subject and went on to ask Susan if there was enough “diversity” in the company, particularly in management. “Diversity” is a code word for “less straight white men,” because Big Tech is concerned that there are too many of those kinds of people working in Silicon Valley. Ben Shapiro is a huge nerd, he’s not a right-wing extremist or a hateful bigot, and is about as mainstream of a political commentator as you can get, yet Kara Swisher, who holds tremendous power in Silicon Valley and has direct access to all of the major CEOs, is demanding that he be banned from YouTube because she thinks he’s a right-wing extremist, proving that no conservative, no matter how moderate, is safe.

YouTube Gives Millions to Mainstream Media Demonetizing us, censoring our videos, down-ranking them in the search results, and hiding them from the “Recommended” section while boosting mainstream media channels still wasn’t silencing us enough, so YouTube decided to just give $25 million dollars to brand name news channels and provide them with special consulting to help them create more engaging videos and grow their audience on the platform. 821 “We will provide funding across approximately 20 global markets to support news organizations in building sustainable video operations,” they announced in July 2018. “Provided on an application basis to news organizations of all types, these grants will enable our partners to build key capabilities, train staff on video best practices, enhance production facilities and develop formats optimized for online video.” 822 So people like me were able to figure out how to produce quality and engaging videos and built an audience all on our own, but since ordinary YouTubers came to dominate mainstream media, YouTube decided to just

give them everything they need to emulate what we had come to learn through years of innovation and practice. The largest “YouTube news channel” is the Young Turks, which was started by progressive Democrat Cenk Uygur in 2005, and over the years has gotten help from some very wealthy benefactors. In 2014 they got $4 million dollars from an investment firm, 823 and then later got another $20 million in 2017 from former Walt Disney Studios chairman Jeffrey Katzenberg. 824 That’s not a typo—twenty million dollars! It’s interesting that their channel bears the same name as the insurgent group of Muslims who committed genocide against the Armenian people (who were Christians), killing 1.5 million of them between 1914 and 1923 in one of the first modern day genocides. 825 For years Cenk Uygur actually denied the Armenian Genocide until growing pressure caused him to change his position, saying he will refrain from commenting on it because he doesn’t know enough about it. 826 Making things even more bizarre is that the Young Turks cohost Anna Kasperian is Armenian, and works for a “news” organization which appears to be named after the very group which committed genocide against members of her own family. 827 She’s the daughter of Armenian immigrants and actually grew up speaking Armenian as her first language. 828 While YouTube has a policy against allowing “extremist groups” on the platform, they have no problem with a channel that some interpret as paying homage to a group that murdered more than a million Christians. 829 Instead, YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki enjoys hanging out with them and tweeted a photo of herself sitting down talking with Cenk Uygur at YouTube’s headquarters, thanking him for his time. 830 Young Turks host Hasan Piker even declared that “America deserved 9/11” in response to Congressman Dan Crenshaw doing an interview with

Joe Rogan where he said that Osama Bin Laden attacked the U.S. because of our western values. 831 Piker also appeared to praise Al Qaeda for blinding Crenshaw (a retired Navy SEAL) who lost an eye while serving in Afghanistan in 2012. 832 He then mocked the disabled veteran for having one eye. Hasan Piker is allowed to host a show on the platform, but Alex Jones isn’t. Piker has his own personal YouTube channel as well, that hasn’t been demonetized. In 2016 YouTube launched their “Creators for Change” program where they began funding and coaching various YouTubers to make videos denouncing “hate speech,” “xenophobia,” and “extremism.” 833 These handpicked social justice warriors produce propaganda for the platform and some of them promote the latest degeneracy the Left is trying to convince people is normal. At the end of every year YouTube produces a mashup of what they consider to be the year’s top stars and it’s always a bunch of SJWs and LGBT activists. Their 2018 “Rewind” video, as it’s called, featured drag queens and highlighted Hollywood celebrities like Will Smith and John Oliver over ordinary YouTubers. It got so many thumbs down that overnight it became the most disliked video on YouTube ever . 834 Shortly after that, YouTube announced that they were trying to figure out how to prevent what they called “dislike mobs” from “weaponizing the dislike button” and considered removing it altogether. 835

The Adpocalypse Since I’m an old school YouTuber, I was posting videos for six years before my channel was monetized (at the end of 2012) opening the door for me to become a professional YouTuber. While it has always been difficult to make a living on YouTube because monetized videos only pay a small

fraction of a penny per view, a few years after I started doing it full time, it became almost impossible, especially for smaller channels that aren’t getting five to ten million views a month. In April 2017 after the Wall Street Journal published a report about finding advertisements for major brands appearing on “racist” and “offensive” videos, all hell broke loose. Tons of companies pulled their advertisements from the platform entirely, kicking off what us YouTubers call the “Adpocalypse” (advertising apocalypse). YouTube immediately rolled out some new tools they had been testing to comb through the titles, tags, and descriptions of videos and automatically demonetize (strip advertisements from) ones that were about (or even mentioned ) certain topics. Every video uploaded is now immediately scanned by YouTube’s voice recognition software which creates a transcript of everything that’s said in the video. That transcript is then scanned for keywords that may indicate a video is about a “sensitive” or “controversial” topic and then demonetizes it if certain words or phrases are found. As a result of the Adpocalypse, almost half of all of my videos were demonetized, and from that point on making a living on YouTube became uncertain. News channels like mine were hit the hardest, because news and politics are filled with “divisiveness” and controversial issues that YouTube wanted to shield advertisers from. For people who make cooking videos, or how-to videos about fixing cars, or doing home improvement projects, those kinds of videos aren’t about anything that’s particularly “nonadvertiser friendly” like ones that talk about illegal immigration, climate change, political cover-ups, or exposing fake news. Bloomberg News later reported, “In fact, 96.5% of all of those trying to become YouTubers won’t make enough money off of advertising to crack

the U.S. poverty line.” 836 Their report continued bearing bad news, pointing out that, “Breaking into the top 3% of most-viewed channels could bring in advertising revenue of about $16,800 a year…That’s a bit more than the U.S. federal poverty line of $12,140 for a single person. (The guideline for a two-person household is $16,460.) The top 3% of video creators of all time in [the research group’s] sample attracted more than 1.4 million views per month.” 837 But even for those who never expected to be full-time YouTubers, it was still nice to make a few dollars every month for the time and effort put into creating videos about things they’re passionate about. Despite the loss of income caused by the increased scrutiny, a lot of the more popular YouTuber news channels were still able to get by, or at least kept making videos because it’s about the message not the money, but we all have to pay the bills, so YouTube decided to make people’s lives even harder by demonetizing entire channels instead of just certain videos. In January 2019 Tommy Robinson’s entire channel was demonetized. 838 A few months later in May 2019 Count Dankula was fully demonetized. What’s particularly interesting is that he learned about it from an email from BuzzFeed asking for a statement about it. It appears they had lobbied YouTube to get him demonetized and then reached out to him for a comment immediately after their YouTube source confirmed they had done it. 839 BuzzFeed learned about it before him, which speaks volumes about what’s happening. Sargon of Akkad’s channel was also completely demonetized because of a rape joke he had made three years earlier on Twitter, and—what a “coincidence”—BuzzFeed was the first to break that story as well. 840

Another round of mass demonetization and channel bans occurred in June 2019 (dubbed the Vox Adpocalypse) occurred after a gay activist named Carlos Maza, who works at Vox, ranted nonstop on Twitter for an entire week about conservative comedian Steven Crowder making fun of him. Maza’s rant, which was conveniently timed to coincide with the kickoff of gay pride month for extra leverage, was a rallying call for liberals to pressure YouTube to completely ban Crowder (the most-subscribed conservative channel on YouTube) for “hate speech” because he called Maza a “lispy queer” since he talks with a lisp, and he’s a queer. What do you think the “Q” stands for in LGBTQ? They call themselves queers, but normal people can’t use the word now apparently because the Left is trying to claim that only gay people can say queer , similarly to the double standard most black people have about the n-word. While YouTube didn’t ban Steven Crowder from YouTube, or give him any community guideline strikes to take down any of his videos; they did demonetize his entire channel, not just the “offensive” videos in question, which were probably never even monetized to begin with, thus, preventing him from ever making another dollar from the pre-roll ads you often see before videos start playing. 841 It wasn’t just Steven Crowder’s channel though. Dozens, perhaps hundreds, of others were hit at the same time, some of which were very popular with hundreds of thousands of subscribers. 842 YouTube said this was just the beginning of their latest crackdown, and vowed to purge more “hateful” right-wing channels. The very next week the New York Times ran a front page story titled “The Making of a YouTube Radical” which included a collage of various (mostly) conservative YouTubers who have sizable followings, and told the story about how a lonely loser named Caleb Cain “fell down the YouTube

rabbit hole” and it turned him into a “radical.” How radical? The Times explained that, “He began referring to himself as a ‘tradcon’ — a traditional conservative,” supported “old-fashioned gender norms,” started dating a Christian girl, and “fought with his liberal friends.” 843 “Fought” meaning discussed politics and disagreed with the nonsense they were indoctrinated to believe. The man admits he never thought about doing anything violent and wasn’t even a hateful person, but he was the new poster boy denouncing right-wing YouTubers and the “algorithm.” Other outlets immediately added more fuel to the fire and he was interviewed on CNN where he once again blamed “the algorithm” for “radicalizing” him. 844 He said the conservative YouTubers he used to watch warned of Cultural Marxists who “were trying to destroy Western civilization and install some sort of socialist regime.” 845 That’s exactly what they’re doing of course, but now if you just mention that, you’re considered a right-wing extremist and at risk of having your entire channel demonetized or even deleted. When the White House announced the Social Media Summit and invited dozens of the top conservative social media personalities to meet with President Trump to discuss the issues of censorship and liberal bias, the media freaked out saying that the attendees (which included me, as you probably know) were “trolls,” “conspiracy theorists,” and “extremists.” 846 President Trump addressed us by saying, “So this is a historic day. Never before have so many online journalists and influencers, and that is exactly what you are, you are journalists and you are influencers, come together in this building to discuss the future of social media…Each of you is fulfilling a vital role in our nation. You are challenging the media gatekeepers and the corporate censors to bring the facts straight to the

American people…Together you reach more people than any television broadcast network by far.” 847 I knew once word got out that I was invited to the White House I would have a huge target on my back and just a few days later over 200 of my YouTube videos were demonetized, with about 100 of them manually reviewed by the moderators and deemed “non-advertiser friendly” despite not just being fully monetized for days, months, (and some for years) but many of them had been manually reviewed previously and approved for monetization. YouTube moved the goal post again, and may be looking for a reason to demonetize my whole channel by deeming a “significant portion” of my content “non-advertiser friendly” like they had done to dozens of other channels a month earlier. Many of the videos were of me making fun of CNN hosts, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, Beto O’Rourke, and other members of Congress. Apparently it’s okay for Stephen Colbert to do political comedy, but not a conservative YouTuber. In January 2017 YouTube introduced what they call Super Chats, which is a creative way for a viewer to get their question answered by their favorite YouTuber while they’re doing a livestream by tipping them a few bucks. Basically, viewers can choose a dollar amount anywhere from $5 to $500, and their question or comment will be highlighted in color and pinned up at the top of the chat box in order to catch the streamer’s attention since comments in the chat can scroll by the screen so fast they’re impossible to read. In May 2018 BuzzFeed targeted Super Chats, claiming they were fueling racism and began pushing for them to be disabled because someone spent $100 on a Super Chat to post a message that said “WHITE PRIDE WORLD WIDE!” during someone’s livestream. 848 A few months later the

Wall Street Journal (which is responsible for setting off the first Adpocalypse in April 2017) also started complaining about people making money from Super Chats in a report titled, “Hate Speech on Live ‘Super Chats’ Tests YouTube.” 849 Just a few days later, KillStream, which was a free speech variety show that included debates about various issues, was completely banned from YouTube since the Wall Street Journal pointed out some of the viewers had been posting racist messages in their Super Chats. 850 A channel has no control over what viewers put in the comments or Super Chats, but now the media was blaming YouTubers themselves for what their fans (or trolls) were saying. The Liberal Media Industrial Complex is targeting Super Chats because even fairly small channels can earn a significant amount of revenue from them, since fans tossing in $5 and $10 can add up pretty fast, whereas in order to earn the same amount of money from video views alone as they can make in a livestream could take hundreds of thousands or millions of views. Because of the growing demonetization issues those of us on the politics and news side of YouTube have had to move to a more fan-funded business model instead of relying on monetized views. I now rely heavily on fans buying my books, shirts, and supporting me through Patreon and PayPal. By removing the financial incentives for people to make quality videos it was just another way for YouTube to discourage us from spending our time and energy producing news commentary and covering current events and has killed the dreams of one day becoming a full-time YouTuber for many. BuzzFeed reported, “The result of the YouTube crackdown is that prominent right-wing YouTubers are scrambling to find alternatives, setting

up shop on YouTube wannabes, or even building their own video apps. It’s all in preparation for what they see as the inevitable day when YouTube gives them the boot or forbids them from making money on the platform by demonetizing all of their videos.” 851

MCNs Dropping Channels Many YouTubers join what are called Multi-Channel Networks, or MCNs, which are companies that take a percentage of their revenue in exchange for offering consultations on how to improve the performance of videos, grow their audience, and even give them access to “brand deals” or sponsorships like talk radio shows have when the hosts plug various products and services. So even if YouTube’s automated system demonetizes a lot of videos, MCNs can get the channel some sponsors who are okay with their product being promoted there, and that way the YouTuber can still earn a living. But since being a member of an MCN can be a way around demonetization, YouTube decided to order MCNs to drop certain channels, and they had to, because they’re under contract with YouTube, and if they didn’t then YouTube wouldn’t do business with the MCN at all. 852 So first it was just certain videos getting demonetized, then entire channels (including the loss of Super Chats), and then YouTube went even further forcing MCNs to drop certain people so they couldn’t acquire sponsorships for their videos. One person who got kicked out of his network got an email reading, “The team here at Fullscreen is reaching out to let you know that your agreement with Fullscreen, Inc. has been terminated. Due to the nature of your uploads and because your uploads may potentially infringe on the rights of others or potentially violates applicable laws or regulations,

including without limitation YouTube’s Terms of Service and/or YouTube’s Community Guidelines, we feel it is best that we part ways. Thank you for your understanding, and good luck with your YouTube channel.” 853 A friend of mine, Luke Rudkowski, who runs the “We Are Change” YouTube channel was kicked out of his MCN, and when applying to others he was told that he would have to delete several of his videos they deemed inappropriate before they would accept him. The videos in question had been automatically demonetized, but didn’t violate YouTube’s terms of service so they were not deleted. Various MCNs thought they were problematic, however, and could get them in trouble with YouTube for including Luke’s channel in their network because he had posted certain content about various wars, military actions, and social unrest in parts of the world. When a channel reaches 100,000 subscribers YouTube sends them a framed “Silver Play Button” plaque to celebrate their success, and if they reach a million subscribers, they get a gold plated one, but YouTube got upset that so many anti-social justice warrior, pro-free speech, conservative channels were reaching 100,000 subscribers, they started refusing to send out the plaques to certain channels once they reached the milestone because YouTube didn’t want to appear as if they were endorsing their views. 854

Patreon Patreon is a service that allows artists to fund their work by having fans sponsor them with varying amounts of monthly support. While the site was created in 2013, it really took off in April 2017 after the “Adpocalypse” when YouTube rolled out their new guidelines and screening mechanisms to demonetize videos they deem “non-advertiser friendly.”

Most YouTubers joined Patreon as a way to supplement the revenue they were losing from so many videos getting demonetized, and for most of them, especially small to moderate sized ones, Patreon is pretty much a standard part of being a YouTuber since earning money from ads has never been the same in the wake of the Adpocalypse. But since many of them came to rely so heavily on Patreon for their revenue, this became a danger for conservatives who are now at risk of having their Patreon accounts shut down at any time for being “intolerant” of the liberal agenda by not supporting gay “marriage,” or pointing out facts about illegal immigration and crime. The first person to be banned from Patreon that made headlines because it was seen as a political decision was Lauren Southern (banned in July 2017), a Canadian YouTuber who became known for her criticism of multiculturalism and the mass immigration of people from the Middle East into Europe. She once even documented her visit to a doctor where she said she wanted to identify as a man and was given a doctor’s note which she then took to Canada’s “DMV” and got a driver’s license legally declaring she was a “man” just to see how easy it was to get her gender legally changed. 855 Lauren Southern’s ban caused quite a stir online and Patreon’s CEO Jack Conte appeared on Dave Rubin’s “Rubin Report” YouTube channel to respond to the criticism. He said that Lauren wasn’t banned because of what she had been saying about the “Islamization” of Europe, but that she had “put lives at risk” during a stunt she recorded involving refugee boats illegally bringing people across the Mediterranean Sea into Europe. The CEO claimed they have a policy about what he called “manifest observable behavior,” and if a creator does certain things, like commits crimes, then they will be banned, but, “The decision to remove a creator

page has absolutely nothing to do with politics and ideology.” 856 He also claimed that Patreon’s policies about speech (not actions) only focused on what people said on their Patreon page , not on Twitter or anywhere else, and emphasized that Lauren Southern was banned for actions not words, but soon this would be proven to be another lie. 857 December 2018, Sargon of Akkod (who had over 800,000 subscribers at the time) was banned for using a “racial slur” that someone at Patreon discovered he said in an interview months earlier. The context in which it was said was actually while he was denouncing the alt-right, saying they were acting like a bunch of “white niggers,” (trying to use their own insults against them) and so his entire Patreon account was disabled, causing him to lose thousands of dollars a month in income with no recourse. 858 About a year after Lauren Southern was banned from Patreon, her friend and sometimes collaborator Brittany Pettibone was also banned for her support of Generation Identity, a right-wing identitarian movement in Europe working to preserve European culture from Islamization. 859 The two girls have been smeared as “white supremacists” by the liberal media because they celebrate Western European culture and oppose mass migration of Muslim refugees into Europe. Soph’s Patreon was shut down one day after YouTube deleted her channel for the same enigmatic excuse of “hate speech” against homosexuals. 860 Patreon now has a policy against even making “negative generalizations of people based on race [and] sexual orientation,” so if you point out well-documented facts about crime in black communities or the HIV rate among gay men, that would be a violation of their terms of service because it’s seen as casting them in a negative light. Imagine a bank not letting someone cash a check that was written to them because the bank didn’t like what the person was going to do with the

money, or didn’t like the kind of language the person uses when talking with their friends. That’s exactly what Patreon has done here, and it’s beyond Orwellian and is a dangerous precedent that’s likely only going to follow with much worse actions in the near future.  Meanwhile, far-left individuals and groups are allowed on Patreon, including “Revolutionary Left Radio,” a communist podcast which is run by an admitted “militant revolutionary Communist who wants to put every fascist in the world against the wall and violently expropriate the wealth and property of the owning class.” 861 Before a Breitbart article was published highlighting violent Leftists using Patreon, the group’s banner on their Twitter account featured masked militants holding guns. 862 Another Communist account called the “Guillotine Podcast” had over 350 patrons (sponsors) donating monthly. The Patreon page itself said they are working to “inspire insurrection” and notes that they want to fire “massive .44 rounds at the heads of politicians and capitalists.” 863 Milo Yiannopoulos was banned by Patreon one day after he joined in December 2018. They released a statement saying, “Milo Yiannopoulos was removed from Patreon as we don’t allow association with or supporting hate groups on Patreon.” 864 He joined Patreon just days after widely circulated reports said he was $2 million dollars in debt from legal fees, employee salaries he hadn’t been paying, and other expenses he racked up in his ascent to Internet infamy. So in a desperate attempt to try and raise money he joined Patreon, but was immediately denied access. In some cases it’s not necessarily Patreon that wants to ban someone, but Visa or MasterCard, who demands Patreon shut down people’s accounts, or threatens to stop processing payments for Patreon all together which would completely put them out of business overnight. 865

The Future of YouTube For the first ten years of YouTube’s existence it was an even playing field where anyone could upload videos and if people watched them and shared them, their message could be seen by millions of people. The search results were fair, and if you were looking something up the videos you would find were relevant to what you had hoped to find. The only videos that would be deleted were things any reasonable person could agree on, like pornography, animal abuse, calls to violence, etc. People found themselves having great careers when their passion unexpectedly opened the door to huge audiences who shared their views. But the corporate conglomerates didn’t realize how many people would use YouTube to counteract the mainstream media and nobody expected how popular conservative channels would become. So YouTube is scrambling to put the genie back in the bottle, and don’t really care how obvious their liberal bias is, or even how much money they lose doing it. Conservative content must be reigned in or stamped out at any cost. In the early years of YouTube only a few carefully chosen channels were monetized, but in 2012 they opened up the “Partner Program” as it’s called, to anyone, allowing them to monetize their videos no matter how many (or few) subscribers or total views they had. You could start a channel, and immediately begin earning ad revenue from your videos if people watched them, but that has all changed. Now they manually review every channel before it’s allowed in the Partner Program, so their moderators look through the videos and see what kind of content someone is producing, and if they don’t like it, none of the videos on the channel will ever be monetized no matter how popular they are.

Some wonder if YouTube is harming themselves financially with all these new restrictions and the mass demonetization crusade they’ve engaged in, but the fact is there are plenty of other “brand friendly” or proliberal agenda channels that they can get revenue from. After all, being a YouTuber is the number one dream job for most kids today. It’s not being an astronaut, football player, or a movie star; it’s literally being a YouTuber. 866

They’ve also been moving away from the monetized view business model entirely. In 2017 they began offering television packages similar to a cable provider but through an Internet connection, calling it YouTubeTV. It started off in just five U.S. markets, but then in January 2019 they massively expanded to 195 markets, making their service available to 98 percent of U.S. households. 867 They have also been slowly morphing into another Netflix by producing original content like the popular Cobra Kai series which is a spinoff from the 1980s Karate Kid movies and stars Daniel LaRusso (Ralph Macchio) and Johnny Lawrence (William Zabka). They rent a large library of popular movies and TV shows on-demand too, for just a few dollars per stream. As one online media outlet put it, “The golden age of YouTube is over,” and it will never be the same. 868 “The platform was built on the backs of independent creators, but now YouTube is abandoning them for more traditional content.” 869 Countless videos once regularly discovered by curious minds are now lost in limbo. Voices opposing certain aspects of the liberal agenda have been systematically silenced. And Leftist propaganda has been artificially amplified to give the impression that their view is the correct one.

For those of us who have seen the changes made in recent years, as we look back on what YouTube once was, it’s like returning to the location of your favorite dive bar to find that it’s been bulldozed and replaced by a strip mall filled with a bunch of trendy stores you would never step foot in. Author’s Note: Once you finish this book, please take a moment to rate and review it on Amazon.com, or wherever you purchased it from if you’re reading the e-book, to let others know what you think. This also helps to offset the trolls who keep giving my books fake one-star reviews when they haven’t even read them. Almost all of the one-star reviews on Amazon for my last two books “The True Story of Fake News” and “Liberalism: Find a Cure” are from NON-verified purchases which is a clear indication they are fraudulent hence me adding this note. It’s just more proof that liberals are losers and can’t play fair, so if you could help me combat them once you’re finished with this book since you actually bought and read it, I would appreciate it very much! Thank you!

The Future of Fake News Once “fake news” consisted primarily of made-up stories posted on cheap websites nobody had ever heard of, or websites with similar URLs to brand name outlets publishing completely fake articles hoping they’ll go viral through social media and generate a bunch of ad revenue from all the clicks. I’m sure you’re familiar with people making fake screenshots on Photoshop and posting them on social media claiming they came from news articles, text messages, DMs, or someone’s “deleted” tweet, but we’re far

beyond those primitive forms of fake news and are approaching something that was once only found in science fiction films. In Arnold Schwarzenegger’s 1987 film The Running Man , he was an innocent police helicopter pilot who was framed for the massacre of civilians looting a grocery store after an economic collapse, and with the help of some doctored video that aired on national television, the general public thought that he had been caught red handed murdering the people, when in fact he had refused orders to open fire on them. His face was also digitally placed onto the body of someone else at another point in the film to further sell the lie to the public. While deceptively edited video has been a problem and can cast people in a false light and twist their statements or place them out of context, the video tricks we’re now facing are far more sophisticated. They can make almost anyone appear to do or say almost anything—just like what happened to Arnold Schwarzenegger in The Running Man. These fake videos are called “deepfakes” named after the deep learning of artificial intelligence algorithms that are used to create them. This same technology had been used dating back to the 1990s in order to make it appear that Forrest Gump shook hands with President John F. Kennedy, and made John Wayne look like he was handing off a six pack of Coors Light to someone in a commercial even though he had been dead for over ten years. 870

More recently it was used to digitally impose Paul Walker’s face onto another actor’s body to finish Fast and the Furious part 7 after he died in a car accident before the film was done being shot. 871 But unfortunately this technology isn’t just being used for entertainment anymore, and people are starting to realize that in the wrong hands it can pose a tremendous danger.

In April 2018 comedian Jordan Peele released a video showing Barack Obama appearing to warn that, “We’re entering an era in which our enemies can make it look like anyone is saying anything at any point at time — even if they would never say those things.” Obama went on to say, “So, for instance, they could have me say things like…President Trump is a total and complete dip shit.” 872 The video then cut to a split screen showing Obama on one side and Jordan Peele on the other, revealing that he was doing the voice for Obama since he does a pretty good impression, and he was also using real-time face mimicking software in order to match his lips and facial expressions onto a digitally recreated version of Obama. It was a clever PSA to bring this kind of technology to people’s attention, since at the time most people hadn’t heard of deepfakes. Two years earlier, in 2016, researchers at Stanford University posted a video demonstrating their “Face2Face Real-time Face Capture” technology, showing how by using their software and an ordinary webcam they could map a person’s facial expressions onto George W. Bush, Barack Obama, and Donald Trump. 873 This may have been the same software Jordan Peele used for his video. The following year a different group of researchers from the University of Washington created another fake Obama video showing him saying things that he has actually said in the past, but the video was completely synthetic and showed him in a different setting while making the statements. They released a paper explaining how they were able to do it. 874 Deepfakes like this could easily change someone’s reaction to seeing or hearing something, giving a false impression as to how they feel about a certain event or issue; but this is just the tip of the iceberg.

Technology to manipulate video in such ways was once extremely expensive and required teams of people to produce, but today deepfakes can be made by amateurs on their home computers. SnapChat filters and Facebook messenger filters can now overlay different cartoon faces and other effects on someone’s face in real time. In January of 2018 someone took a video of actress Amy Adams singing “I Will Survive” and swapped her face for that of Nicholas Cage’s. 875 Then in January 2019 someone made one by taking a segment of Jennifer Lawrence speaking with reporters backstage after the Golden Globe awards and put Steve Buscemi’s face in place of hers. The video was so bizarre and realistic looking that it became the most viral deepfake video since Jordan Peele’s Obama video, and introduced the term “deepfake” to a much wider audience. 876 A few days later Stephen Colbert had Steve Buscemi on as a guest and asked him if he’d seen the video. He joked that he had “never looked better,” but underneath the laughs appeared to be a concern about what this technology was now capable of. 877 In June 2019 a deepfake of Mark Zuckerberg was posted online showing him giving what looks to be an interview with CBS News, where he says, “Imagine this for a second: One man, with total control of billions of people’s stolen data, all their secrets, their lives, their futures. I owe it all to Spectre. Spectre showed me that whoever controls the data, controls the future.” 878 It was a publicity stunt for a futuristic art and technology exhibit in the UK, but also was meant to serve as a warning for what problems technology may cause in the near future. CBS tried to get the video removed from Facebook because the deepfake was made from an interview Zuckerberg gave to CBS News and “violated their trademark.” 879 Facebook wrestled with whether or not to remove the deepfake videos, but

chose not to take any action, but their existence sparked a difficult conversation, which is what the makers intended. The “Spectre” exhibit also commissioned the creation of a deepfake of Kim Kardashian which looked and sounded extremely realistic, unlike the Zuckerberg one which was an obvious fake. This one looked and sounded just like Kim Kardashian bragging about the power social media companies have over their users’ data, and concluded, “I feel really blessed because I genuinely love the process of manipulating people online for money.” 880 Needless to say, she was not happy about it, and tried to have the video removed by filing copyright complaints against social media accounts that posted it. 881 But these kind of satire videos are the least of celebrities’ concerns.

Deepfake Porn Just like many early Internet entrepreneurs were quick to use the emerging new technology to share porn— allowing people to access it from their home computer instead of having to go out and buy magazines or VHS tapes from some seedy adult video store—one of the early uses of deepfake technology was to make fake porn videos depicting famous celebrities like Gal Gadot (Wonder Woman ), Daisy Ridley (Star Wars ), and Scarlett Johansson (The Horse Whisperer ). Celebrity deepfake porn videos were soon banned by PornHub 882 and Reddit where users were posting clips they had made of their favorite actresses. 883 While most of the videos weren’t being passed off as actual sex tapes, their creation obviously caused concern for those actresses whose likeness is now appearing in realistic-looking porn videos. 884 Another concern is that since the software to create such fakes is widely available online, people could make fake sex tapes of someone in

attempts to extort money from them, threatening to post the fakes online if they don’t pay up. Or scorned ex-lovers or those rejected by women could create deepfakes and post them online in order to “get back” at them. 885

Information Warfare When the Bush administration was planning for the invasion of Iraq in 2003, the CIA reportedly came up with the idea to create a fake video appearing to be Saddam Hussein having sex with a teenage boy. “It would look like it was taken by a hidden camera. Very grainy, like it was a secret videotaping of a sex session,” a CIA official later admitted to the Washington Post . 886 The CIA also reportedly discussed making a fake video appearing as if Osama bin Laden and his lieutenants were sitting around a campfire drinking alcohol and talking about their “conquests with boys” as well, but another former CIA official with knowledge of the plan said, “Saddam playing with boys would have no resonance in the Middle East — nobody cares. Trying to mount such a campaign would show a total misunderstanding of the target. We always mistake our own taboos as universal when, in fact, they are just our taboos.” 887 He was referring to the practice of “bacha bazi” which is an Afghani term meaning “boy play” that refers to sexual relationships between older men and young boys who are from very poor families or orphans and used as sex slaves by wealthy and powerful Afghanis. 888 U.S. soldiers were reportedly told to ignore such abuse because it is part of the culture in regions of the Middle East. 889 This abomination is a whole other issue, but the point is the CIA actually proposed making a deepfake of Saddam Hussein as a pedophile thinking it would incite people to rise up and

overthrow him, because if such a video were real, people in a civilized culture would do just that.

Fake Photos Nvidia, a video graphics card company, has created an AI so powerful that it can automatically change the weather in video footage, making a clip of a car driving down a road on a sunny day appear as if it was actually shot in the middle of winter with a few inches of snow on the ground and the leaves missing from the trees. 890 The same technology can take photos of cats or dogs and change them to make them look like a different breed, and can change people’s facial expressions from happy to sad, or anything in between. 891 Nvidia’s AI can even generate realistic pictures of people who don’t actually exist by taking features from actual photos and combining elements of them together into a composite that is almost impossible to tell that it’s fake. 892 The website ThisPersonDoesNotExist.com uses this technology to display a different fake photo every time you visit it, most of them looking like HD photos of ordinary people. AI can now create 3D models of people just from a few photographs, and while it may be fun to input a character in your favorite video game that looks just like you, the capacity for nefarious abuses of this technology are vast.

Fake Audio In November 2016, Adobe (the creator of Photoshop) demonstrated what they called Adobe Voco, or Photoshop-for-voices, which can generate realistic sounding audio, making it sound like someone is saying something

that they never actually said. The software works by inputing samples of someone’s voice, and then can create fake audio files in that same voice saying whatever is typed onto the screen. 893 Dr. Eddy Borges Rey, a professor at the University of Stirling, said, “It seems that Adobe’s programmers were swept along with the excitement of creating something as innovative as a voice manipulator, and ignored the ethical dilemmas brought up by its potential misuse.” 894 He continues, “Inadvertently, in its quest to create software to manipulate digital media, Adobe has [already] drastically changed the way we engage with evidential material such as photographs. This makes it hard for lawyers, journalists, and other professionals who use digital media as evidence.” 895 Google has created similar software called WaveNet that generates realistic sounding human speech by modeling samples of people actually talking. 896 In May 2019 a group of Machine Learning Engineers released an audio clip they created using their RealTalk technology which sounded like podcaster Joe Rogan talking about investing in a new hockey team made up of chimpanzees. 897 It wasn’t perfect, but if you didn’t know that it was fake before you heard it, you may be fooled into thinking that it’s real. The researchers admitted, “the societal implications for technologies like speech synthesis are massive. And the implications will affect everyone.” 898 “Right now, technical expertise, ingenuity, computing power and data are required to make models like RealTalk perform well. So not just anyone can go out and do it. But in the next few years (or even sooner), we’ll see the technology advance to the point where only a few seconds of audio are needed to create a life-like replica of anyone’s voice on the planet. It’s pretty f*cking scary,” the creators wrote on their blog. 899

They went on to list some of the possible abuses this technology may be used for, “if the technology got into the wrong hands.” These include, “Spam callers impersonating your mother or spouse to obtain personal information. Impersonating someone for the purposes of bullying or harassment. Gaining entrance to high security clearance areas by impersonating a government official,” and “An ‘audio deepfake’ of a politician being used to manipulate election results or cause a social uprising.” 900 They raise some great points. What’s to stop people from creating deepfakes of politicians, CEOs of major corporations, or popular YouTubers, and making them appear as if they’re saying racist, hateful, or violent things, and claiming they got it from a coworker or a “friend” who secretly recorded it, or that the clip was from an old YouTube video once uploaded to someone’s channel that they later deleted?

National Security Concerns In July 2017 researchers at Harvard, who were backed by the U.S. Intelligence Advanced Research Projects Activity (IARPA), published a report titled Artificial Intelligence and National Security where they detailed the growing risk of deepfake forgeries, saying, “The existence of widespread AI forgery capabilities will erode social trust, as previously reliable evidence becomes highly uncertain,” and details some of the horrific possibilities that are right around the corner. 901 The report then quotes part of an article one of the researchers wrote for Wired magazine about these dangers, saying, “Today, when people see a video of a politician taking a bribe, a soldier perpetrating a war crime, or a celebrity starring in a sex tape, viewers can safely assume that the depicted events have actually occurred, provided, of course, that the video is of a

certain quality and not obviously edited. But that world of truth—where seeing is believing—is about to be upended by artificial intelligence technologies.” 902 The article continues, “When tools for producing fake video perform at higher quality than today’s CGI and are simultaneously available to untrained amateurs, these forgeries might comprise a large part of the information ecosystem.” 903 The Artificial Intelligence and National Security report goes on to warn that, “A future where fakes are cheap, widely available, and indistinguishable from reality would reshape the relationship of individuals to truth and evidence. This will have profound implications for domains across journalism, government communications, testimony in criminal justice, and of course national security…In the future, people will be constantly confronted with realistic-looking fakes.” 904 It concludes that, “We will struggle to know what to trust. Using cryptography and secure communication channels, it may still be possible to, in some circumstances, prove the authenticity of evidence. But, the ‘seeing is believing’ aspect of evidence that dominates today—one where the human eye or ear is almost always good enough—will be compromised.” 905 Elon Musk is funding a non-profit organization called OpenAI which is trying to ensure that the creation of artificial intelligence will be “safe,” but they created an AI tool so powerful they won’t release it to the public out of concern that it could create such realistic forgeries and fake news articles that they would be difficult to distinguish from real ones. “Due to our concerns about malicious applications of the technology, we are not releasing the trained model,” the organization wrote on their blog. 906

Others are equally concerned. Sean Gourley, who is the founder and CEO of a company called Primer, which data mines social media posts for U.S. intelligence agencies to track issues of concern and possible threats, warns, “The automation of the generation of fake news is going to make it very effective.” 907 Nothing may be safe from the weaponization of artificial intelligence. A group of researchers at the University of Chicago developed an AI system in 2017 that could write fake Yelp reviews and even though sites like Yelp and Amazon have machine learning algorithms designed to detect fake reviews written by trolls or bots, when they unleashed their Yelp review writer on the site their safeguards had a hard time detecting the fake reviews. 908 Ben Zhoa, one of researchers who worked on the project, said, “We have validated the danger of someone using AI to create fake accounts that are good enough to fool current countermeasures,” and warned, “more powerful hardware and larger data for training means that future AI models will be able to capture all these properties and be truly indistinguishable from human-authored content.” 909 This makes the forged documents purported to be George W. Bush’s service record in the National Guard or the infamous “Steele Trump-Russia Dossier” created by Fusion GPS seem like child’s play. The New York Observer reported that there are already multiple fake “Trump sex tapes” circulating among those working in intelligence agencies and suggested that they were created in order to “muddy the waters” in the event that a “real” Trump sex tape surfaces, which some believe was made by the Kremlin when Trump visited Russia in 2013 for the Miss Universe Pageant, for what the KGB calls “kompromat” or compromising material. 910

Trump has insisted that even before his trip to Russia he was well aware of hidden cameras in hotel rooms there and the government’s attempt to gain blackmail material on high profile individuals like himself, and made sure not to get ensnared in their trap. 911 His bodyguard testified that prior to the trip he and Trump had discussed that the Russians used such tactics and knew not to take the bait. 912 So it’s highly unlikely that a real Trump sex tape exists, but it is likely that Deep State operatives within our own CIA may have manufactured such fakes for the same reason they floated the idea of doing such a thing to Saddam Hussein and Osama bin Laden — to discredit Trump and use it as propaganda to fan the flames of an insurgency hoping to bring him down. As Winston Churchill said, “A lie gets halfway around the world before the truth has a chance to get its pants on.” 913 Nobody is safe from being smeared by deepfakes, whether they’re an ordinary person who has been targeted by a jealous ex-lover, a disgruntled coworker or classmate, or whether they are the President of the United States whose political opponents or a foreign adversary want to bring down. The other side of the coin is that if and when actual damning footage is shot of someone doing or saying something illegal or morally reprehensible, they could easily just claim the footage is fake. Perhaps half of the people would believe them, having reasonable doubt since the technology exists to actually fake it and people may have a motive to do it. We’re clearly not in Kansas anymore and only time will tell just how pervasive and damaging deepfakes will become.

Conclusion

We’re in the middle of a war — an information war. It’s being waged by tyrannical billion dollar tech companies against those of us who use their products and services in ways they hadn’t intended or imagined. They sold us tools thinking they were toys, but we saw the potential this new technology had to enable us to defend the Republic and spread our message across the country with a few clicks of a keyboard or taps on a touchscreen. In the marketplace of ideas, we were winning; so our opponents started cheating, and despite the metaphors this is not a game, this is our life. They don’t want to just silence us online, they want to repeal the First Amendment and arrest us for “hate speech” for disagreeing with them as they aim to overthrow the United States government and replace it with a Communist technocratic super-state that’s a crossbreed between the regimes in George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four and Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World . Syndicated columnist Joseph Sobran Jr. once stated, “Liberalism is really piecemeal socialism, and socialism always attacks three basic social institutions: religion, the family, and private property. Religion, because it offers a rival authority to the state; the family, because it means a rival loyalty to the state; and property, because it means material independence of the state.” 914 They want to turn Boy Scouts into child drag queens, and are encouraging people to buy sex bots instead of engagement rings. They want people to denounce God and view Christians as the enemy, while the hordes of lazy and entitled degenerates live off the labor of those who get up and go to work every morning. Most people are too distracted to see what’s actually happening and are slowly becoming part of the problem. They know more about the history of their favorite football team than they do of their own country. They’re more familiar with the names and

statistics of the players than they are of the people who are in charge of running the government. Sports entertainment and the latest talent shows on TV are mostly modern day bread and circus events that distract attention and divert energy from things that really matter. Our culture, our economy, and our country is at stake. If America falls, it will never be restored. It will be relegated to the history books like the Roman Empire and other great civilizations that have collapsed. To prevent our planned destruction it’s going to take hard work, vigorous study, and unwavering dedication. You don’t get physically fit by going to the gym once a year. Or once a month, or even once a week! You have to go on a regular basis, and keep going! Isn’t the health of our society just as important as our own physical health? Pay close attention to what you do with your time, your talent, and your money. Get involved in your local community. Get on the school board, or city council, or at least show up once in a while to give them a piece of your mind. Maintain regular face-to-face interactions with your friends and family so you don’t get trapped in the downward spiral of living your life through a screen. Do a regular digital detox on the weekends and holidays, and give yourself time for introspection by stepping away from the endless news cycle and social media feeds to get a bigger perspective of what’s going on and what’s important. Maybe we have been asleep at the wheel. Maybe we took the freedoms and prosperity of living in America for granted while the enemy quietly schemed behind our backs. Well not any more! It’s time to wake up. It’s time to get focused on the long-term goals of what we need to do in order to preserve the freedom of speech, family values, Christian traditions, and our economic security. I hope this book has helped you become more media literate so you can see how the mechanisms

of information distribution function in our modern age and what their effects are. If you found this book valuable in your journey please rate it and write a brief review on Amazon or whatever ebook store you downloaded it from, if that’s where you bought it, and tell your friends and family to checkout this book since I don’t have a major publisher backing me (I self-published this) or their marketing team to promote it. I only have my social media accounts, and you. But that’s all I need. And that’s is exactly why they are so scared of us! Also by Mark Dice: -The True Story of Fake News -Liberalism: Find a Cure -The Illuminati in Hollywood -Inside the Illuminati -The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction -The New World Order: Facts & Fiction -The Resistance Manifesto -Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare -The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction -Bohemian Grove: Facts & Fiction Connect with Mark on: Facebook.com/MarkDice Twitter.com/MarkDice Instagram.com/MarkDice YouTube.com/MarkDice MarkDice.com

Copyright Info

The Liberal Media Industrial Complex © 2019 by Mark Dice All Rights Reserved Published by The Resistance Manifesto San Diego, CA No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the author. Visit www.MarkDice.com Cover Design by Jason Bermas E-book ISBN: 978-1-943591-08-4 Cover images licensed from iStockPhoto Logos for Google, Twitter, YouTube, Facebook, CNN, NBC, and the Washington Post are registered trademarks of their respective companies and are used in accordance with fair use statutes and case law. 1 Washington Post “‘Hands up, don’t shoot’ was built on a lie” by Jonathan Capehart (March 16th 2015)

2 NBC News “Obama Promotes #ItsOnUs Campaign At 2015 Grammy Awards (February 8th 2015)

3 Righteous Indignation: Excuse Me While I Save the World! by Andrew Breitbart page 97

4 Righteous Indignation: Excuse Me While I Save the World! by Andrew Breitbart page 132

5 Washington

Post “Conspiracy theories about Soros aren’t just false. They’re anti-Semitic” by Talia Lavin (October 24th 2018)

6 CNBC “Read all about it: The biggest fake news stories of 2016” by Hannah Ritchie (December 30th 2016)

7 The Washington Post “Real research suggests we should stop freaking out over fake news” by Christopher Ingraham (January 24th 2017)

8 Wired “YouTube Debuts Plan to Promote and Fund ‘Authoritative’ News” by Issie Lapowsky (July 9th 2018)

9 David Axelrod interview in CNN’s The 2000s

10 TechCrunch “Pew: Social media for the first time tops newspapers as a news source for US adults” (December 11th 2018)

11 http://www.pewinternet.org/2014/08/26/social-media-and-the-spiral-ofsilence/

12 Huffington Post “Think Canada Allows Freedom of Speech? Think Again” by Tom Kott (December 19, 2012)

13 BBC “Facebook, Google and Twitter agree German hate speech deal” (December 15th 2015)

14 Associated Press “In UK, Twitter, Facebook rants land some in jail” by Jill Lawless (November 12, 2012)



15 Breitbart

“UK Police Arrest Man For ‘Offensive’ Facebook Post About Migrants” by Liam Deacon (February 16th 2016)

16 Daily Caller “Mother Arrested, Spends Seven Hours In Jail For Calling Transgender A Man” by David Krayden (February 10th 2019)

17 Wired “Tyranny in the Infrastructure” by Larry Lessig (June 7th 1997 edition page 96)

18 Cyber Ethics: Morality and Law in Cyberspace Second Edition by Richard A. Spinello page 5

19 New York Times “How conservatives have weaponized the first Amendment” by Adam Liptak (June 30th 2018)

20 Washington Free Beacon “Lieu: ‘I Would Love to Be Able to Regulate the Content of Speech’ but First Amendment Stops Me” by David Rutz (December 12th 2018)

21 Reuters “U.S. Congress spars over social media filtering; companies skip hearing” by David Shepardson (April 26th 2018)

22 Jamie Raskin’s opening statement at House Judiciary Committee hearing on Social Media Filtering the (July 17th 2018)

23 CNN “Trump props up false claim that big tech is out to silence conservatives” by Oliver Darcy (August 24th 2018)



24 Ibid.

25 Recode

“Twitter is so liberal that its conservative employees ‘don’t feel safe to express their opinions,’ says CEO Jack Dorsey” (September 14th 2018)

26 The Hill “Conservatives face a tough fight as Big Tech's censorship expands” by Donald Trump Jr. (March 17th 2019)

27 The Hill “White House launches tool for reporting social media ‘bias’" by Emily Birnbaum (May 15th 2019)

28 https://whitehouse.typeform.com/to/Jti9QH

29 The Independent “Spotify removes white supremacist bands from streaming service” by Roisin O’Connor (August 17th 2017)

30 Reason.com “Spotify Partners with the Southern Poverty Law Center to Purge ‘Hate Content’ from Its Music” by Christian Britschgi (May 14th 2018)

31 Breitbart “Spotify Announces Partnership with Far-Left Groups Including SPLC to Police Platform” by Charlie Nash (May 22nd 2018)

32 Rolling Stone “Watch Snoop Dogg Aim Gun at Clown-Trump in ‘Lavender’ Video” by Ryan Reed (March 13th 2017)

33 Time

“How Many of Jay-Z’s Songs Contain the Word ‘Bitch’?” by Claire Suddath (January 18th 2012)

34 Rolling Stone “Spotify Admits Its R. Kelly Ban Was ‘Rolled Out Wrong’” by Amy X. Wong (May 31st 2018)

35 The Guardian “Guns N' Roses remove song with homophobic and racist language from reissued album” by Ben Beaumont-Thomas (May 8th 2018)

36 Breitbart “Netflix Declines Streaming Hit Documentary ‘The Red Pill’” by Lucas Nolan (May 8th 2017)

37 Evening Standard “Feminist filmmaker Cassie Jaye: women’s rights have gone too far are now silencing men” by Chloe Chaplain (December 1st 2016)

38 Ibid.

39 The Sydney Morning Herald “Melbourne’s Palace Cinemas cancel screenings of MRA documentary ‘The Red Pill’ after petition” by Jenny Noyes (October 25th 2016)

40 CNN “Anti-vaccination conspiracy theories thrive on Amazon” by Jon Sarlin (February 27th 2019)

41 Variety “Amazon Pulls Anti-Vaccination Documentaries From Prime Video After Congressman’s Inquiry to Jeff Bezos” by Todd Spangler (March 1st 2019)



42 Sky

News “De Niro offers $100k reward to media for ‘truth’ about controversial children's vaccine” by Duarte Garrido (February 17th 2017)

43 Rolling Stone “Deadly Immunity” by Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (July 14th 2005)

44 CNN “Anti-vaccine movies disappear from Amazon after CNN Business report” by Jon Sarlin (March 1st 2019)

45 The New Yorker “The Operator: Is the most trusted doctor in America doing more harm than good?” by Michael Specter (January 27th 2013)

46 NBC News “Netflix pulls episode of ‘Patriot Act with Hasan Minhaj’ after Saudi complaint” by Saphora Smith (January 2nd 2019)

47 Vanity Fair “The Dukes of Hazzard Pulled Off TV Following Confederate-Flag Controversy” by Julie Miller (July 1st 2015)

48 The New York Times “The Obamas and Netflix Just Revealed the Shows and Films They’re Working On” by John Koblin (April 30th 2019)

49 Rolling Stone “Barack, Michelle Obama Unveil Initial Slate of Netflix Projects” by Althea Legaspi (April 30th 2019)

50 Politico “The Obamas’ First Big Anti-Trump Statement of 2020” by Ted Johnson (August 20th 2019)

51 Fox

News “Obamas’ debut Netflix documentary slammed as ‘lefty propaganda,’ an attack on Trump” by Brian Flood (August 20th 2019)

52 The Hollywood Reporter “Hulu Cancels ‘I Love You, America With Sarah Silverman’” by Lacey Rose (January 9th 2019)

53 Bloomberg “Netflix Threatens to Leave Georgia If Abortion Law Stands” by Nick Turner (May 28th 2019)

54 TheAtlantic “Amazon Has Basically No Competition Among Online Booksellers” by Polly Mosendez (May 30th 2014)

55 ShefflornBallantyne.com (the author’s website) So far no major media outlets have reported on Amazon banning the book.

56 Family Rhetoric by Amer Leventry on Facebook (July 10th, 2018)

57 RooshV.com “Amazon Has Banned 9 Of My Books Without Explanation (UPDATE)” by Roosh (September 10th 2018)

58 Ibid.

59 PJ Media “Juanita Broaddrick’s Book about Alleged Clinton Rape Disappears from Amazon” by Jeff Reynolds (June 12th 2018)

60 FreeBeacon “Amazon Bans Gun Book” by Stephen Gutowski (August 23rd 2018)

61 The

Guardian “I wrote the Anarchist Cookbook in 1969. Now I see its premise as flawed” by William Powell (December 19th 2013)

62 As of November 2019 when this book was first published.

63 NBC News “After latest shooting, murder manual author calls for book to be taken ‘immediately’ out of print” by Tony Dokoupil (December 17th 2013)

64 Wired “THE ANARCHIST COOKBOOKTURNS 40” by Matthew Honan (January 31st 2011)

65 Newsweek “Sorry About All The Bombs” by Tony Dokoupil (February 20th 2011)

66 American Renaissance Press Release “Amazon Now Banning Books Based on Political Content” (February 27th 2019)

67 The Sun “Amazon stops selling Tommy Robinson’s book on Islam the day after he was booted off Facebook and Instagram – but he can still broadcast on YouTube” by Annabel Murphy (February 27th 2019)

68 Independent “Amazon bans book co-written by Tommy Robinson from their website” (March 7th 2019)

69 The Script “Amazon Removes David Duke's Books After Inquiry By The Script [UPDATED with Amazon response]” (March 18th 2019)

70 https://twitter.com/JerylBier/status/1107675822377316352

71 Nation

of Islam Research Group “Amazon Bans the Secret Relationship Between Blacks & Jews” (March 16th 2019)

72 TexeMarrs.com “Amazon Bans Texe Marr’s Book for ‘Content.’”

73 As of November 2019 when this book was first published.

74 CNN “Anti-vaccine movies disappear from Amazon after CNN Business report” by Jon Sarlin (March 1st 2019)

75 NBC News “Amazon removes books promoting autism cures and vaccine misinformation” by Brandy Zadrozny (March 12th 2019)

76 NBC News “Amazon removes controversial books by ‘father of conversion therapy’’’ by Gwen Aviles (July 3rd 2019)

77 Basic Freud: Psychoanalytic Thought for the 21st Century by Michael Kahn, Ph.D pages 78-79

78 USA Today “Amazon, eBay join other retailers to pull Confederate flag” by Gregg Zoroya and Hadley Malcolm (June 23rd 2015)

79 Fortune “Walmart and Amazon Pull ‘Tranny Granny’ Halloween Costume From Their Sites” by Michelle Toh (October 7th 2016)

80 CNN:

Complaints prompt Amazon to remove products that are offensive to Muslims” by Alaa Essar (January 8th 2019)

81 Newsbusters “Amazon Removes ‘Islamophobic’ Products But Sells ‘F**k Me Jesus’” by Corinne Weaver (January 8th 2019)

82 https://www.amazon.com/Fuck-White-PeopleExplicit/dp/B07HXDG3JL/ref=sr_1_2?ie=UTF8&qid=1543984803&sr=82&keywords=fuck+white+people

83 Newsweek “Streamer HelenaLive Speaks Out After Being Banned From Twitch For Saying ‘There Are Only Two Genders’” by Steven Asarch (February 12th 2019)

84 News.com.au “Gamer reportedly banned from Twitch for claiming there are only two genders” by Nick Whigham (February 7th 2019)

85 Business Insider “deadmau5 accuses Twitch of censorship after being suspended for using homophobic language during a live stream” by Kevin Webb (February 13th 2019)

86 Newsweek “DeadMau5 Apologizes For Homophobic Slur After Twitch Ban” by Steven Asarch (February 14th 2019)

87 The Verge “League of Legends streamer banned from Twitch for slur says he was misheard” by Julia Lee (April 24th 2019)

88 Dexerto.com

“Twitch streamer banned for 30 days for using word he didn't know was offensive” by David Purcell (March 19th 2019)

89 Newsbusters “Still on YouTube: Lefty Who Calls for Violence, Purge of Conservatives” by Alexander Hall (May 31st 2019)

90 Bloomberg “PayPal Is Latest Tech Company to Ban Alex Jones and InfoWars” by Julie Verhag (September 21st 2018)

91 https://twitter.com/ChrisMurphyCT/status/1026580187784404994

92 https://twitter.com/tedcruz/status/1023207746454384642

93 The Hill “Bill Maher criticizes social media bans: ‘Alex Jones gets to speak’” by Jacqueline Thomsen (August 18th 2018)

94 The Hill “ACLU: Alex Jones ban could set dangerous social media precedent” by Megan Keller (August 21st 2018)

95 Reuters “Exclusive: Trump says it is ‘dangerous’ for Twitter, Facebook to ban accounts” by Steve Holland and Jeff Mason (August 20th 2018)

96 http://archive.fo/xb693

97 Washington Times “Apple CEO Tim Cook: Hateful views have ‘no place on our platforms’” by Jessica Chasmar (December 4th 2018)

98 Ibid.



99 https://twitter.com/benshapiro/status/890824543522226178

100 George

Orwell in Nineteen Eighty-Four

101 BigLeaguePolitics

“Chase Bank Shuts Down Proud Boys Leader’s Personal Bank Account” by Waldo Crane (February 8th 2019)

102 Breitbart “Financial blacklisting: Chase bank withdraws service from independent and conservative figures” by Allum Bokhari (February 27th 2019)

103 One America News “Chase Bank suspends account of pro-Trump Iraq vet” (February 20th 2019)

104 Breitbart “PayPal Blacklists Free Speech YouTube Alternative ‘BitChute’” by Charlie Nash (November 14th 2018)

105 Breitbart “Google Lawsuit: Senior Engineer Alon Altman Wanted to Sabotage Trump’s Android Phone, Ban His Gmail Account” by Allum Bokhari (April 19th 2018)

106 Major Internet Service Providers in Australia and New Zealand completely blocked the video sharing site BitChute in March 2019 for supposedly not promptly removing re-uploads of the Christchurch mosque shooting which was originally livestreamed on Facebook.

107 Green v. AOL and Blumenthal v. Drudge and Zeran v. AOL



108 Delfino

v. Agilent Technologies Inc.

109 CDA

Section 230(c)(2)(A) Protection for Screening.

110 New

York Times “White House Unblocks Twitter Users Who Sued Trump, but Appeals Ruling” by Charlie Savage (June 5th 2018)

111 BrainyQuote.com “George Washington Quotes”

112 Newsweek “Israel Flagged as Top Spy Threat to U.S. in New Snowden/NSA Document” by Jeff Stein (August 4th 2014)

113 BBC “Christian persecution ‘at near genocide levels’” (May 3rd 2019)

114 Reuters “Backstory: How Reuters uncovered Beto O'Rourke's teenage hacking days” by Jame Lee (March 15th 2019)

115 New York Times “Citing Ben Affleck’s ‘Improper Influence,’ PBS Suspends ‘Finding Your Roots’” by John Koblin (June 24th 2015)

116 CBS 5 KPIX “WikiLeaked Sony Emails Reveal Ben Affleck Told Producers Not To Reveal His Slave-Owning Ancestor On PBS ‘Roots’ Show” (April 19th 2015)

117 http://archive.is/phtxU

118 ProjectCensored.org

“What Some People Been Saying About Project Censored Over The Past Decades”

119 Ibid.

120 Ibid.

121 The Washington Post “At the Times, a Scoop Deferred” by Paul Farhi (December 17th 2005)

122 The Daily Signal “The New York Times Leaves Ted Cruz’s Book Off Bestseller List” by Kate Scanlon (July 13th 2015)

123 BuzzFeed “HarperCollins Refutes New York Times Claim That Ted Cruz Tried To Game Bestseller List” by McKay Coppins (July 10th 2015)

124 https://twitter.com/TeamTedCruz/status/619585464144519168

125 Mediaite “New York Times Finally Adds Ted Cruz Book to Bestsellers List” by Alex Griswold (July 16th 2015)

126 Fox News “The O’Reilly Factor” (June 8th 2016)

127 Washington Times “Kermit Gosnell’s abortion trial draws little media coverage, much outrage on Twitter” by Douglas Ernst (April 12th 2013)

128 Washington Examiner “NYT snubs top-selling book on abortionist Gosnell” by Paul Bedard (February 2nd 2017)



129 Washington

Examiner “NYT bestseller list ignores ‘Jesus’ for porn star Stormy Daniels” by Paul Bedard (October 12th 2018)

130 Huffington

Post “Critics Threaten Boycotts Of Simon & Schuster Over Milo Yiannopoulos Book Deal” by Claire Fallon (December 30th 2016)

131 https://twitter.com/JuddApatow/status/814658578174935040

132 https://twitter.com/GovHowardDean/status/814969506615455749

133 CNBC “Report: More than half of immigrants on welfare” by Alan Gomez (September 2015)

134 Center for Immigration Studies “63% of Non-Citizen Households Access Welfare Programs” by Steven A. Camarota and Karen Zeigler (December 2nd 2018)

135 Breitbart “Six Diseases Return To US as Migration Advocates Celebrate ‘World Refugee Day’” by Michael Patrick Leahy (June 19th 2016)

136 Breitbart “Fact Check: Yes, Thousands of Americans Have Been Killed by Illegal Aliens” by John Binder (January 8th 2019)

137 Washington Times “Illegals commit crimes at double the rate of nativeborn: Study” by Stephen Dinan (January 26th 2018)

138 Washington

Times “CNN, MSNBC cut away from Trump event with ‘Angel Families’ by S.A. Miller and Stephen Dinan (June 22nd 2018)

139 The Wall Street Journal “Record Immigration Surge at the Border” by Alicia A. Caldwell and Louise Radnofsky (March 5th 2019)

140 Ibid.

141 Town Hall “Ha: Illegal Immigrants Jump Border Fence During MSNBC Report on Trump's Wall” by Leh Barkoukis (October 24th 2017)

142 Politifact “In Context: Donald Trump's comments about immigrants, ‘animals’” by Miriam Valverde (May 17th 2018)

143 Newsweek “MS-13: How an FBI Informant Risked Death to Bring America’s Most Brutal Gang to Justice” by Michele McPhee (June 14th 2018)

144 Fox News “What is MS-13, the violent gang Trump vowed to target?” by Kaitlyn Schallhorn (May 23rd 2018)

145 Washington Post “Trump says Democrats used to be for new border barriers. He’s right” by JM Rieger (January 19th 2019)

146 Medical News Today “Mental health risk higher for transgender youth” by Honor Whiteman (April 16th 2018)

147 Christian

Post “Transgender Woman Convicted of Raping 10-Y-O Girl in Bathroom, Faces Up to 70 Years in Prison” by Leonardo Blair (October 20th 2017)

148 The Sun “Transgender woman, 18, sexually assaulted girl, 10, in female toilets in Morrisons” by Gemma Mullin (March 15th 2019)

149 The Telegraph “Transgender person accused of rape is remanded into female prison and sexually assaults inmates within days” by Martin Evans, Kate McCann, and Olivia Rugard (September 6th 2018)

150 Snopes “Did a Male Rapist Who Identifies as Female Transfer to a Women’s Jail and Assault Female Inmates?”

151 CBS New York “Police Arrest Transgender Woman In Bronx Pepper Spray Attack, Links To More Hate Crimes Being Investigated” (March 9th 2019)

152 BBC “Sydney axe attacks: Woman jailed for wounding 7-Eleven customers” (January 18th 2019)

153 NBC Washington “Man Dressed as Woman Arrested for Spying Into Mall Bathroom Stall, Police Say” (November 17th 2015)

154 Toronto Sun “Predator who claimed to be transgender declared dangerous offender” by Sam Pazzano (February 26th 2014)

155 Washington

Times “Victims of sex assaults in military are mostly men” by Rowan Scarborough (May 20th 2013)

156 U.S. Department of Justice “Homicide Trends in the United States, 1980-2008” by Alexia Cooper and Erica L. Smith (November 2011)

157 USA Today “Chicago police solved fewer than one in six homicides in the first half of 2018” by Aamer Madhani (September 21st 2018)

158 Chicago Tribune “Memorial Day weekend closes with 69 shot in Chicago, many of them on West Side” by Peter Nickeas, Grace Wong, Alexandra Chachkevitch and Joe Mahr (May 31st 2016)

159 Chicago Tribune “52 shot in Chicago over Memorial Day weekend, nearly half on final day” by Peter Nicheas and Elvia Malagon (May 30th 2017)

160 USA Today “36 people shot in Chicago over Memorial Day weekend, marking a reduction in gun violence” by Aamer Madhani (May 29th 2018)

161 Town Hall “Exposing The Black Lives Matter Movement For What It Is: Promotion of Cop Killing” by Katie Pavlich (September 2nd 205)

162 Politico “The Untold Story Behind New York’s Most Brutal Cop Killings” by Bryan Burrough (April 21st 2015)

163 Real Clear Politics “Last Week: NYC Protesters Chant ‘What Do We Want? Dead Cops! When Do We Want It? Now!’” by Tim Hains

(December 22nd 2014)

164 St. Louis Post-Dispatch “Two admit plot to blow up police station, St. Louis County prosecutor and Ferguson police chief” by Robert Patrick (June 2nd 2015)

165 NBC News “Dallas Police ‘Ambush’:12 Officers Shot, 5 Killed During Protest” by F. Brinley Bruton, Alexander Smith, Elizabeth Chuck and Phil Helsel (July 7th 2016)

166 KPIX CBS SF Bay Area “BART Withholding Surveillance Videos Of Crime To Avoid ‘Stereotypes’” by Melissa Caen (June 9th 2017)

167 Ibid.

168 Associated Press “State: Man in church shooting aimed to kill 10 white people” by Jonathan Mattise (May 20th 2019)

169 Newsweek “Organization Candace Owens Represents Shares, Then Deletes, Photo Promoting White Genocide Conspiracy Days After Her Testimony” by Daniel Moritz-Rabson (Aril 12th 2019)

170 Newsweek “A White Farmer is Killed Every Five Days in South Africa and Authorities Do Nothing About it, Activists Say” by Brendan Cole (March 19th 2018)

171 USA Today “NYPD arrest Muslim woman who claimed attack by Trump supporters” by Melanie Eversley (December 14th 2016)



172 Dallas

News “UT-Arlington student admits making up claim that gunman followed her to campus, threatened her” by Matt Peterson (February 13th 2015)

173 ABC News “Lesbian Couple Charged With Staging Hate Crime” by Alyssa Newcomb via Good Morning America (May 19th 2012)

174 Detroit News “Jackson gay rights leader accused of burning down own home” by Francis X. Donnely (February 25th 2019)

175 National Review “George Washington University’s Swastika Problem” by Kevin D. Williamson (April 26th 2015)

176 Daily Caller “Jewish Student Admits Swastika Hoax in Jewish Frat Dorm at George Washington U” by Eric Owens (March 19th 2015)

177 Seattle PD Crime Blotter “Burglary, Bias Crime Investigation at Africatown Center, Arrest Made” by Detective Mark Jamieson (March 26th 2016)

178 CBS Denver “Black Suspect Arrested After Racist Message Discovered Outside Predominately Black Church” (June 30th 2015)

179 The Wichita Eagle “Kansas man said he defaced his own car with racist slurs” by Kaitlyn Alanis (November 6th 2017)

180 The

Witchita Eagle “For second time in two years, racist slur at Kansas State was a hoax, police say” by Jason Tidd (November 8th 2018)

181 Variety “Jussie Smollett Indicted on 16 Counts in Attack Hoax Case” by Gene Maddaus (March 8th 2019)

182 Newsweek “S.C. Mayor Says ‘Yellow Sticky Substance’ on Her Car Was Sprayed by Vandals, Police Say It’s Just Pollen” by M.L. Nestel (March 1st 2019)

183 National Review “Frat Retreat Ends Early after Students ‘Frightened’ by a Banana Peel” by Katherine Timpf “August 31st 2017)

184 Hate Crime Hoax: How the Left is Selling a Fake Race War by Wilfred Reilly (2019)

185 Reuters “Two years in, Trump holds stock market bragging rights” by Noel Randewich (November 5th 2018)

186 NBC News “Dow notches record high, closing above 27,000 for first time” by Lucy Bayly (July 11th 2019)

187 CNBC “Black unemployment rate falls to 5.9%, ties record low hit earlier this year” by Kate Rooney (December 7th 2018)

188 Bloomberg “Black and Hispanic Unemployment in America Reach Record Lows” by Randy Woods (May 4th 2018)

189 Fox

Business “US veteran unemployment rate hits all-time low in 2018” by Brittany De Lea (January 14th 2019)

190 NPR “U.S. Unemployment Rate Drops To 3.7 Percent, Lowest In Nearly 50 Years” by Avie Schneider (October 5th 2018)

191 New York Post “Average US salaries on the rise thanks to booming economy” by John Aidan Byrne (May 18th 2019)

192 USA Today “Trump signs VA law to provide veterans more private health care choices” by Donovan Slack (June 6th 2018)

193 Washington Post “Under Trump, gains against ISIS have ‘dramatically accelerated’” by Karen DeYoung (August 4th 2017)

194 NPR “U.S.-Backed Forces Declare Defeat Of ISIS ‘Caliphate’” by Ruth Sherlock (March 23rd 2019)

195 Newsbusters “ABC Yawns as ISIS Stripped of All Territory, CBS Declares ‘ISIS Is Done’” by Nicholas Fondacaro (March 20th 2019)

196 Ibid.

197 Washington Examiner “Flashback: Trump and Oprah discuss presidential run in 1988 interview” by Melissa Quinn (January 8th 2018)

198 Newsweek: World Wide Web Inventor on 30th Anniversary: People Horrified by Trump Election Realize Web Is Not ‘Serving Humanity’” by

Jason Murdock (March 12th 2019)

199 Quoted in Media/Impact: An Introduction to Mass Media (12th Edition) by Shirley Biagi page 312

200 Washington Free Beacon “David Brock’s Shareblue to Be ‘Nucleus’ of Multi-Platform Anti-Trump Media Entity” by Joe Schoffstall (January 24th 2017)

201 PJ Media “Trump May Lose Star on Walk of Fame, But Kevin Spacey Won’t” by Tom Knighton (August 8th 2018)

202 The Wrap “Why Trump Won’t Lose His Star on the Hollywood Walk of Fame Anytime Soon” by Itay Hod (August 8th 2018)

203 Washington Times “As first 100 days in office approaches, media coverage of Trump is 89% negative: Study” by Jennifer Harper (April 19th 2017)

204 NPR “Study: News Coverage Of Trump More Negative Than For Other Presidents” by Danielle Kurtzleben (October 2nd 2017)

205 NewsBusters “Honeymoon from Hell: The Liberal Media vs. President Trump” by Rich Notes and Mike Ciandella (April 19th 2017)

206 Newsbusters.org “2017: The Year the News Media Went to War Against a President” by Rich Noyes and Mike Ciandella (January 16th 2018)

207 Politico

“Poll: 46 percent think media make up stories about Trump” by Steven Shepard (October 18th 2017)

208 Media/Impact: An Introduction to Mass Media (12th Edition) by Shirley Biagi page 312

209 CNN “A Trump win would sink stocks. What about Clinton?” by Heather Long (October 24th 2016)

210 Politico “Economists: A Trump win would tank the markets” by Ben White (October 21st 2016)

211 CNBC “This is what could happen to the stock market if Donald Trump wins” by Patti Domm (November 2nd 2016)

212 New York Times “Paul Krugman: The Economic Fallout” by Paul Krugman (November 11th 2016)

213 CNBC “S&P 500 and Nasdaq close at record highs after strong GDP report” by Fred Imbert (April 26th 2019)

214 Washington Post “Black unemployment falls to lowest level on record” by Heather Long (January 5th 2018)

215 Money.com “Check Your Paycheck: You Probably Just Got a Surprise Pay Bump” by Katie Reilly (February 2nd 2018)

216 NBC

News “Under new Trump tax code, average refund is 8.4 percent smaller” by Alyssa Newcomb (February 11th 2019)

217 NJTV News “Here’s why your tax refund may be disappointing this year” by Raven Santana (February 18th 2019)

218 CNN’s Brian Stelter (January 22nd 2017)

219 Washington Post “‘This is CNN Tonight. I’m Don Lemon. The president of the United States is racist.’” by Samantha Schmidt (January 12th 2018)

220 RealClear Politics “CNN’s Don Lemon Says Trump Could Become Like Hitler: ‘It Starts With Little Lies’” by Tim Hains (June 19th 2019)

221 Mediaite “CNN Analyst: Trump CPAC Speech Looked Scripted by Putin, ‘Reclaiming Our Heritage’ Talk Sounded Like Hitler” by Josh Feldman (March 2nd 2019)

222 Real Clear Politics “GQ's Julia Ioffe: ‘This President Has Radicalized So Many More People Than ISIS Ever Did’” by Ian Schwartz (October 29th 2018)

223 NY Daily News “Trump, Not ISIS is America’s Greatest Existential Threat” by Gersh Kuntzman (February 17th 2017)

224 Real Clear Politics “Olbermann: Osama Bin Laden Did Less Damage To America Than Donald Trump” by Ian Schwartz (November 4th 2017)

225 Free

Beacon “MSNBC Panel Says Trump Is a ‘Dictator’ Who’s Owned by Putin: ‘We Need a Revolution’” by Paul Crookston (February 2nd 2018)

226 Fox News “Chris Matthews Compares Ivanka, Jared Kushner to Saddam Hussein's Sons” (March 28th 2017)

227 Real Clear Politics “Chris Matthews: Trump's Inauguration Speech Had ‘Hitlerian’ Tone To It” by Ian Schwartz (January 20th 2017)

228 Washington Free Beacon “MSNBC Panelist: Kavanaugh Appointment Supports GOP’s Goal of ‘Thousand-Year Reich’” by Paul Crookston (October 8th 2018)

229 Breitbart “Twitter Explodes with Donald Trump Assassination Fantasies” by Patrick Howley (November 10th 2016)

230 Real Clear Politics “Anti-Trump Secret Service Agent Leaving With Pay, Pension” by Susan Crabtree (March 1st 2019)

231 The Washington Examiner “New York Times publishes fictional story on Trump assassination” by Caitlin Yilek (October 25th 2018)

232 NBC News “Johnny Depp: ‘When Was the Last Time an Actor Assassinated a President?’” (June 23rd 2017)

233 World Net Daily “Jim Carrey defends Griffin: I dreamed of beating Trump with golf club” by Chelsea Schilling (June 1st 2017)

234 Breitbart

“Mickey Rourke: Donald Trump ‘Can S*ck My F**king D*ck,’ Threatens to Beat GOP Candidate With Baseball Bat” by Daniel Nussbaum (April 7th 2016)

235 Associated Press “De Niro: I’d Like to Punch Trump In the Face” (October 8th 2016)

236 Rolling Stone “Hear Big Sean Threaten Donald Trump in New Freestyle” by Daniel Kreps (February 3rd 2017)

237 Rolling Stone “Watch Snoop Dogg Aim Gun at Clown-Trump in ‘Lavender’ Video” by Ryan Reed (March 13th 2017)

238 Independent “Marilyn Manson ‘beheads Donald Trump’ in new music video” by Jack Shepherd (November 8th 2016)

239 Multiple people recorded video of the incident and posted it on YouTube the next day, although it went unnoticed by major media outlets unlike most of the other incidents of celebrities making similar threatening statements.

240 USA Today “Kathy Griffin says she doesn’t regret Trump photo despite backlash, death threats” by Sara M. Moniuszko (March 24th 2019)

241 Newsbusters “MSNBC’s O’Donnell Claims Trump Will Get Impeached for ‘Ignorance’” by Kristine Marsh (May 17th 2017)

242 RealClear Politics “Rachel Maddow: “Worst-Case Scenario That The President Is A Foreign Agent Suddenly Feels Very Palpable” by Tim Hains

(July 22nd 2018)

243 Washington Times “Dershowitz: ‘Hope over reality’ delusion fuels obstruction of justice claims against Trump” by Douglas Ernst (December 4th 2017)

244 https://twitter.com/realDonaldTrump/status/965212168449941505

245 The Washington Times “Donald Trump holds high the flag for gay equality” by Richard Grenell (November 2nd 2016)

246 ABC News “Donald Trump OK With Caitlyn Jenner Using Any Bathroom in His Tower” by Candace Smith and Jessica Hopper (April 21st 2016)

247 Out Magazine “Trump’s Plan to Decriminalize Homosexuality Is an Old Racist Tactic” by Matthew Rodriguez (February 19th 2019)

248 NBC News “Trump’s North Korea policy could trigger famine, experts warn” by Alexander Smith December 9th 2017)

249 Herald Sun “Leftists: Rather War with North Korea Than Peace with Trump” by Andrew Bolt (June 17th 2018)

250 Mediaite “‘I’m Not Rooting for the 6-Year-Old’: Michael Moore Not Sure He Wants Trump to Succeed on North Korea” by Justin Baragona (April 28th 2017)

251 ABC

News “North Korea’s Kim Jong Un crosses DMZ line for historic meeting with South Korea” by Joohe Cho, Hakyung Kate Lee, and Tara Fowler (April 26th 2018)

252 Newsweek “Therapists Coin New Term: Trump Anxiety Disorder” by Emily Zogbi (July 28th 2018)

253 CBC “In a divided U.S., therapists treating anxiety are hearing the same name over and over: Donald Trump” by Matt Kwong (July 28th 2018)

254 Real Clear Politics “New York Times’ Yamiche Alcindor: ‘Sources' ‘Still In Therapy’ Because Clinton Lost” September 14th 2017)

255 Newsweek “Thousands of Americans Will Scream Helplessly at the Sky on Trump’s Election Anniversary” by Chris Riotta (October 23rd 2017)

256 Fox News “Anti-Trump protesters ‘scream helplessly at the sky’ to demonstrate on election anniversary” by Caleb Parke (November 9th 2017)

257 The Daily Caller “Rosie: Trump’s Presidential Victory Made Me ‘Physically Sick,’ Took a Year to Recover” by Benny Johnson (October 19th 2018)

258 CNS News “Trump Win Sent Chelsea Handler to a Psychiatrist: ‘I Just Wanted to F***king Fight People’” (April 8th 2019)

259 The Independent “Chrissy Teigen says Donald Trump’s election victory has damaged her mental health” by Maya Oppenheim (May 4th 2017)



260 Newsbusters

“MSNBC Analyst: Trump’s ‘Profound Sexual and Masculine Insecurities’ Threaten to Kill Us All” by Tim Graham (January 3rd 2018)

261 BBC “Hawking says Trump’s climate stance could damage Earth” by Pallab Ghosh (July 2nd 2017)

262 Variety “Twitter Permanently Bans Anti-Trump Krassenstein Brothers, Who Deny They Broke Platform’s Rules” by Todd Spangler (May 24th 2019)

263 The Guardian “Your worst nightmare: a successful Donald Trump presidency” by David Smith (July 3rd 2017)

264 Vox “Far-right protester interrupts Dorsey hearing. Auctioneer-turnedcongressman drones her out.” by Emily Stewart (September 5th 2018)

265 The Jerusalem Post “Ilhan Omar Defends Calling Stephen Miller a White Nationalist” by Ron Kampeas (April 11th 2019)

266 The Hill “Shapiro rips Economist after it labels him alt-right” by Joe Concha (March 28th 2019)

267 Council on Foreign Relations event “The Rise of Global Anti-Semitism (February 26th 2019)

268 Forbes

“Alex Jones: The Preposterous Poster Boy For Bitcoin” by Billy Bambrough (February 28th 2019)

269 Newsweek “Steven Crowder Incites Homophobic Harassment of Voc Reporter, YouTube Slow to React” by Steven Asarch (May 31st 2019)

270 The Guardian “Former Ku Klux Klan leader and US alt-right hail election result” by Esther Addley (November 9th 2016)

271 Psychology Today “An Analysis of Trump Supporters Has Identified 5 Key Traits” by Bobby Azarian Ph.D (December 31st 2017)

272 Newsbusters “Rob Reiner and Wife Liken ‘Evil’ Trump to Hitler, Supporters Are ‘Hardcore Racists’” by Brad Wilmouth (June 24th 2018)

273 International Journal Review “MSNBC Guest Claims That ‘Everything’ Trump Says Is Racist, Says POTUS ‘Is a White Nationalist’” by Madison Dibble (April 28th 2019)

274 CNN “Why Trump's MAGA hats have become a potent symbol of racism” by Issac Bailey (January 21st 2019)

275 Fox News “Trump supporter, 76, blames ‘fake news’ CNN for threats following reporter ambush” by Brian Flood (February 23rd 2018)

276 Washington Post “A Reporter’s dispatch from Trump country featured a ‘Mexicans Keep Out’ sign. But he made it all up” by Antonia Noori Farzan (December 21st 2018)



277 The

Daily Beast “Tom Brady’s New England Patriots Are Team MAGA, Whether They Like It or Not” by Corbin Smith (February 1st 2019)

278 Ibid.

279 Ibid.

280 Real Clear Politics “CNN Reporter Confronts Trump Supporter: Your Pro-Trump Group Was Infiltrated By Russians” by Ian Schwartz (February 21st 2018)

281 Fox News “Trump supporter, 76, blames ‘fake news’ CNN for threats following reporter ambush” by Brian Flood (February 23rd 2018)

282 Fox News “‘Hell No!’ Cashier refuses to serve Trump backers” by Todd Starnes (June 17th 2016)

283 The Hill “Judge rules bar was allowed to kick out Trump supporter” by Luis Sanchez (April 25th 2018)

284 Washington Times “Bakers refused to make pro-Trump birthday cake for 9-year-old boy: Report” by Bradford Richardson (August 7th 2017)

285 Washington Post “Chasing White House officials out of restaurants is the right thing to do” by Tom Scocca (June 26th 2018)

286 Time

“‘They're Not Welcome Anymore, Anywhere.’ Maxine Waters Tells Supporters to Confront Trump Officials” by Jennifer Calfas (June 25th 2018)

287 Daily Wire “WATCH: Activist Confronts Waters Publicly. Here’s How Waters Responded.” by Hank Berrien (June 26th 2018)

288 RedState “Toxic Masculinity: ‘Journalist’ Writes Boston Globe Column Urging Waiters to Pee, Bleed On Kirstjen Nielsen’s Food” by Sister Toldjah (April 10th 2019)

289 Boston Globe “Keep Kirstjen Nielsen unemployed and eating Grubhub over her kitchen sink” by Luke O’Neil” (April 10th 2019)

290 The Washington Times “A column suggested waiters could ‘tamper’ with Trump officials’ food. Amid backlash, the Boston Globe pulled it” by Allyson Chiu (April 12th 2019)

291 NBC News “Protesters Assault Trump Supporters With Eggs, Bottles, Punches After Rally” by Jacob Rascon and Ali Vitali (June 3rd 2016)

292 https://twitter.com/marclamonthill/status/1014904101988167685

293 https://twitter.com/gaywonk/status/1130862813713502210

294 Breitbart “Rap Sheet: ***639*** Acts of Media-Approved Violence and Harassment Against Trump Supporters” by John Nolte (July 5th 2018)

295 Washington

Times “MSNBC host, Princeton professor discuss MAGA hats as an ‘invitation’ to confrontation” by Douglas Ernst (January 23rd 2019)

296 HuffPost “How Far-Right Extremists Abroad Have Adopted Trump’s Symbols As Their Own” by Nick Robins-Early (April 6th 2019)

297 Washington Free Beacon “CNN Commentator Angela Rye Compares MAGA Hat to KKK Hood: I’m ‘So Triggered’ by the ‘Hatred’ It Represents” by Nic Rowan (January 22nd 2019)

298 NBC New York “Teen Arrested for Attack on 81-Year-Old Man Wearing MAGA Hat: Prosecutors” (February 27th 2019)

299 WTSP “Man accused of pulling gun on couple wearing MAGA hats at Sam's Club” by 10News Staff (February 18th 2019)

300 CBS Boston “Woman Charged With Attacking Falmouth Man Wearing MAGA Hat Taken Into ICE Custody” (February 26th 2019)

301 New York Post “Men accused of beating, robbing African immigrant because of MAGA hat” by Max Jaeger (April 17th 2019)

302 Washington Times “North Korean defectors wearing MAGA hats harassed in D.C.” by Jessica Chasmar (May 6th 2019)

303 ABC7 News “VIDEO: Trump supporter pepper sprayed at Milo protest” by Wayne Freedman (February 1st 2017)



304 Mediaite

“Black Trump Supporter Punched While Fleeing Arizona Melee” by Aidan McLaughlin (August 23rd 2017)

305 USA Today “Cheesecake Factory apologizes to black man reportedly harassed for wearing Trump cap” by Eli Blumenthal (May 15th 2018)

306 USA Today “Hillary Clinton: You ‘cannot be civil’ with Republicans, Democrats need to be ‘tougher’” by William Cummings (October 9th 2018)

307 Washington Post “Eric Holder: ‘When they go low, we kick them. That’s what this new Democratic Party is about.’” by Aaron Blake (October 10th 2018)

308 The Hill “Activists converge on home of Fox’s Tucker Carlson: ‘You are not safe’” by Joe Concha (November 8th 2018)

309 Townhall “Chilling Details: Tucker Carlson's Terrified Wife Hid in the Pantry As Antifa Thugs Damaged Her Home” by Guy Benson (November 8th 2018)

310 Huffington Post “Sorry Liberals, A Violent Response To Trump Is As Logical As Any” by Jesse Benn (June 6th 2016)

311 Ibid.

312 RedState “Is CBS Inciting Violence In The Latest Episode Of ‘The Good Fight’” by Jennifer Van Laar (April 13th 2019)



313 Salon.com

“White men must be stopped: The very future of mankind depends on it” by Frank Joyce (December 22nd 2015)

314 Salon.com “10 ways white people are more racist than they realize” by Kali Holloway (March 5th 2015)

315 Salon “White guys are killing us: Toxic, cowardly masculinity, our unhealable national illness” by Chauncey Devega (December 17th 2015)

316 BuzzFeed “19 School Powerpoint Presentations That Give Zero Fucks” by Hattie Soykan and Rachael Krishna (December 5th 2016)

317 Vice “Want to Heal Yourself from ‘Toxic Whiteness’? This Class Can Help” by Shahirah Majumdar (October 15th 2016)

318 The Root “Polite White People Are Useless” by Damon Young (August 29th 2017)

319 The Independent “MTV’s White People documentary succeeds in making viewers ‘uncomfortable’” by Emily Shackleton (July 23rd 2015)

320 Ebony “Jamie Foxx Defends ‘I Kill All the White People’ Joke” by The Grio (December 14th 2012)

321 New York Post “Jay Z’s bling from ‘whites are devils’ group” by Gary Buiso (April 6th 2014)

322 The

Daily Caller “Seven Louis Farrakhan Quotes on Jews, Gays, and White People” by Peter Hasson (January 26th 2018)

323 The Washington Post “CNN’s Don Lemon doubles down after saying white men are ‘the biggest terror threat in this country’” by LIndsey Bever (November 1st 2018)

324 CNN “The internet is radicalizing white men. Big tech could be doing more” by Alex Koppelman (March 17th 2019)

325 https://twitter.com/oliverdarcy/status/1102248695989325825

326 Rolling Stone “Kanye West Distances Himself From Alt-Right Provocateur” by Brendan Klinkenberg (October 30th 2018)

327 Breitbart “Utah Valley University Students Protest Candace Owens with ‘End White Supremacy’ Sign” by Alana Mastrangelo (March 7th 2019)

328 Front Page Magazine “Antifa, The Real Fascists” by Matthew Vadum (August 10th 2018)

329 Newsbusters “Dyson Slams Kanye West Speech as 'White Supremacy by Ventriloquism’” by Brad Wilmouth (October 11th 2018)

330 Ibid.

331 Washington Times “Slippery Slope with a Disastrous Ending, as Witnessed in the Dramatic Fall of the Roman Empire” by Jessica Chasmar

(February 8th 2015)

332 Los Angeles Times “Bette Midler slammed as racist for tweet about black Trump supporters” by Christie D’Zurilla (July 25th 2019)

333 RealClearPolitics “Could Trump Win 20 Percent of the AfricanAmerican Vote in 2020?” by Victor Davis Hanson (October 18th 2018)

334 Questioning the Media -Mediating Communication - What Happens? by Joshua Meyrowitz page 43

335 Questioning the Media -Mediating Communication - What Happens? by Joshua Meyrowitz page 44

336 The Independent “A Brief Cultural History of Sex” (September 23rd 2008)

337 NBC News “Meet the 10-year-old ‘drag kid’ taking over social media with inspiring message” by June 18th 2018)

338 Newsbusters “Morning Child Abuse. ‘Today’ Features 10-Year-Old Drag Queen” by Rachel Peterson (June 18th 2018)

339 The Daily Wire “11-Year-Old Boy Dressed In Drag Dances At Gay Bar, Gets Dollar Bills Thrown At Him” by Amanda Prestigiacomo (December 17th 2018)

340 Good

Morning America’s YouTube channel “The 11-year-old trailblazing drag kid ‘Desmond is Amazing’” (November 2nd 2018)

341 Newsbusters “GMA: ‘Genderless Babies’ Is ‘Healthy,’ Part of ‘Great Conversation’” by Gabriel Hays (January 24th 2019)

342 Ibid.

343 Ibid.

344 https://www.instagram.com/p/BtL8p9FAtZF/

345 NBC News “‘Boy or girl?’ Parents raising ‘theybies’ let kids decide” by Julie Compton (July 19th 2018)

346 Ibid.

347 CNN “Rethinking Monogamy Today” by Ian Kerner (April 12th 2017)

348 Ibid.

349 Ibid.

350 The Epoch Times “The Failed Soviet Experiment With ‘Free Love’” by Petr Svab (October 5th 2018)

351 CNN “Cuckolding can be positive for some couples, study says” by Ian Kerner (January 25th 2018)



352 Ibid.

353 NBC

News “Despite social media, Generation Z, Millennials report feeling lonely” by Sharon Jayson and Kaiser Health News (March 8th 2019)

354 The Independent “Millennial Dating Trends 2019: All You Need to Know, From Ghosting to Bird Boxing” by Oliva Petter and Sarah Young (February 7th 2019)

355 SFGate “It’s not just you: New data shows more than half of young people in America don’t have a romantic partner” via The Washington Post by Lisa Bronos and Emily Guskin (March 21st 2019)

356 NPR “U.S. Births Fell To A 32-Year Low In 2018; CDC Says Birthrate Is In Record Slump” by Bill Chappell (May 15th 2019)

357 Wall Street Journal “For Teens, Romances Where the Couple Never Meets Are Now Normal” by Christopher Mims (May 18th 2019)

358 New York Daily News “More than 20% of millennials claim to have no friends, poll finds” by Tim Balk (August 3rd 2019)

359 The Telegraph “Sex robots on way for elderly and lonely...but pleasurebots have a dark side, warn experts” by Sarah Knapton (July 5th 2017)

360 Forbes

“Goodbye Loneliness, Hello Sexbots! How Can Robots Transform Human Sex?” by Reenita Das (July 17th 2017)

361 Daily Mail “March of the sexbots: They talk, they make jokes, have ‘customisable’ breasts - the sex robot is no longer a weird fantasy but a troubling reality” by Caroline Graham (October 29th 2017)

362 Daily Caller “‘Disrespectful’: Google Employees Melt Down Over the Word ‘Family’” by Peter Hasson (January 16th 2019)

363 Ibid.

364 Ibid.

365 Ibid

366 Ibid

367 Ibid

368 Ibid

369 Jezebel “The Increase in Single Moms Is Actually a Good Thing” by Hugo Schwyzer (February 22nd 2012)

370 CNBC “You can save half a million dollars if you don’t have kids” by Yoni Blumberg (August 17th 2017)

371 Netflix

“The Break with Michelle Wolf” (June 2018)

372 Newsbusters

“Hulu Character Feels ‘Really, Really Good,’ ‘Very F**king Powerful’ After Abortion” by Rebecca Downs (March 18th 2019)

373 KTSA “Video: “Kids Meet Someone Who’s Had An Abortion” by Jack Riccardi (January 4th 2019)

374 Real Clear Politics “Alabama State Dem Rep. Defends Abortion: ‘You Kill Them Now Or You Kill Them Later’” by Ian Schwartz (May 2nd 2019)

375 CNN “Alabama lawmaker sparks backlash for ‘kill them now or kill them later’ comments over state abortion bill” by Veronica Stracqualursi (May 2nd 2019)

376 The Guardian “Want to fight climate change? Have fewer children” by Damian Carrington (July 12th 2017)

377 Ibid.

378 New York Times “No Children Because of Climate Change? Some People Are Considering It” by Maggie Astor (February 5th 2018)

379 Ibid.

380 Ibid.

381 Fox

5 DC “Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez: ‘Is it OK to still have children?’” by Fox News (February 26th 2019)

382 CNN “Obama congratulates Michael Sam, first openly gay player drafted by NFL” by Chelsea J. Carter and Ralph Ellis (May 11th 2014)

383 CNN “White House shines rainbow colors to hail same-sex marriage ruling” by Allie Malloy and Karl de Vries (June 30th 2015)

384 CNN “Benham brothers lose HGTV show after ‘anti-gay’ remarks” by Lisa Respers (May 9th 2014)

385 Hollywood Reporter “Benham Brothers, Dumped by HGTV Over AntiGay Remarks, Could Land at ‘Traditional Values’ Network INSP TV” by Paul Bond (May 12th 2014)

386 The New Yorker “Why Kevin Hart Had to Go as Oscars Host” by Michael Schulman (December 7th 2018)

387 Washington Examiner “Mozilla CEO Brendan Eich forced to resign for supporting traditional marriage laws” by Joel Gehrke (April 3rd 2017)

388 Christian Post “Gay Man Files $70M Suit Against Bible Publishers Over ‘Homosexual' Verses” by Elena Garcia (July 10th 2008)

389 US News and World Report “These States Require Schools to Teach LGBT History” by Casey Leins (August 14th 2019)

390 Telegraph

“Boys can have periods too, children to be taught in latest victory for transgender campaigners” by Helena Horton (December 16th 2018)

391 Breitbart “Watch: Drag Queen Admits He’s ‘Grooming Next Generation’ in ‘Story Hours’” by Dr. Susan Berry (November 29th 2018)

392 “Grooming” definition in Cambridge Online Dictionary.

393 Houston Chronicle “Houston Library apologizes after registered sex offender participated in Drag Queen Storytime” by Jasper Scherer (March 16th 2019)

394 Newsweek “Sex Offender Busted as Drag Queen Who Read Books To Children in City Library” by Scott McDonald (March 16th 2019)

395 LifeSiteNews “Drag queen teaches kids to ‘twerk’ at library story hour” by Calvin Freburger (August 7th 2019)

396 Mic “How Victoria’s Secret normalized discrimination” by Evan Ross Katz (November 12th 2018)

397 https://twitter.com/VictoriasSecret/status/1061106626583822338

398 Los Angeles Times “Valentina Sampaio makes history as first transgender Victoria’s Secret model” by Christi Carras (August 5th 2019)

399 Deadspin

“Conservative Gays Need to Shut The Fuck Up” by Lauren Theisen (December 12th 2018)

400 CNBC “Caitlyn Jenner says it was harder to come out as Republican than transgender” by Ivan Levingston (July 20th 2016)

401 Mass Communication: Living in a Media World “Can Television Take Anything Seriously” by Ralph E. Hanson (Seventh Edition 2019)

402 Pew Research Center “Video Length” by Pew Research Center: Journalism and Media Staff (July 16th 2012)

403 Ibid.

404 Washington Post “Dan Rather to Step Down at CBS” by Howard Kurtz (November 24th 2004)

405 Chicago Tribune “NBC removes Brian Williams from ‘Nightly News’” by Tribune Wire (June 18th 2015)

406 Los Angeles Times “Brian Williams’ $10-million salary should buy some honesty” (February 10th 2015)

407 CBS News “Court Tosses Dan Rather’s Lawsuit Vs. CBS” (September 29th 2009)

408 Yahoo Finance “Anderson Cooper Net Worth: His Fortune at Age 51” by Joel Anderson (June 1st 2018)



409 TMZ

“Joe Scarborough Divorce: He Earns $99,000 a Week” (October 11th 2013)

410 Business Insider “Fired ‘Today’ host Matt Lauer’s contract was reportedly worth $25 million a year — here’s how that compares to other top TV show hosts” by Jason Guerrasio (November 29th 2017)

411 Vanity Fair “Megyn Kelly Officially Out at NBC, $69 Million Richer” (January 12th 2019)

412 Los Angeles Times “Tobacco Company Sues Source in Unbroadcast ‘60 Minutes’ Report: Litigation: Brown & Williamson is also seeking to prevent its former employee from testifying” by Jane Hall (November 22nd 1995)

413 New York Times “Film Drama Shines a Harsh Light on ’60 Minutes’ and CBS” by Peter Applebom (July 13th 1999)

414 Los Angeles Times “CBS Woes Go Beyond the Ratings to a Swoosh” by Larry Stewart (February 15th 1998)

415 New York Times “On CBS News, Some of what you see isn’t there” by Alex Kuczynki (January 12th 2000)

416 Washington Post “ABC News apologizes for ‘serious error’ in Trump report and suspends Brian Ross for four weeks” by Amy B Wang (December 3rd 2017)



417 Fox

News “ABC News, Brian Ross apologize for report suggesting shooting suspect tied to Tea Party” (July 20th 2012)

418 ABC News “Jeff Sessions addresses ‘anti-LGBT hate group,’ but DOJ won’t release his remarks” by Pete Madden and Erin Galloway (July 12th 2017)

419 New York Post “NBC slammed for tweet endorsing Oprah as president” by Mark Moore (January 8th 2018)

420 The Wrap “NBCBLK Editor Defends New Black Site: ‘It Was Destined to Be Controversial’” by Alicia Banks (January 22nd 2015)

421 The Hill “Obama: Fox viewers ‘living on a different planet’ than NPR listeners” by Julia Manchester (January 13th 2018)

422 NPR “DNC Bars Fox News From Hosting 2020 Primary Debates” by Jessica Taylor (March 6th 2019)

423 CNN “Russian bots are using #WalkAway to try to wound Dems in midterms” by David A. Love (July 17th 2018)

424 https://www.YouTube.com/WalkAwayCampaign

425 CNN “Trump leading ‘hate movement’ against media” (August 5th 2018)

426 PJ

Media “CNN Anchor Calls Trump’s Election a ‘National Emergency’” by PJ Staff (December 12th 2016)

427 New York Magazine “CNN’s Jeff Zucker on Covering Donald Trump — Past, Present, and Future” by Gabriel Sherman (January 18th 2017)

428 Washington Post “CNN’s president has fired a warning shot at Donald Trump” by Callum Borchers (January 19th 2017)

429 CNN “InfoWars’ main YouTube channel is two strikes away from being banned” by Paul P. Murphy (February 24th 2018)

430 Newsweek “Florida Shooting Conspiracy Theories and Alex Jones, Infowars In Hot Water with YouTube” by Gillian Edevane (February 27th 2018)

431 The Hill “Infowars one strike away from YouTube ban” by Julia Manchester (February 27th 2018)

432 CNN “Advertisers flee InfoWars founder Alex Jones’ YouTube channel” by Paul P. Murphy and Gianluca Mezzofiore (March 3rd 2018)

433 Ibid.

434 Washington Times “Donny Deutsch issues Trump ‘serious’ fight challenge: ‘I’ll meet you in the schoolyard, brother’” by Douglas Ernst (June 30th 2017)

435 Daily

Caller “MSNBC Guest: Trump Name Is The ‘Modern Day Swastika’ [VIDEO]” by Amber Athey (August 7th 2017)

436 Newsbusters “MSNBC: ‘Everyone’ Agrees Trump’s a White Supremacist; Prove You're Not Racist by Voting Democrat” by Kritine Marsh (August 1st 2019)

437 Business Insider “Joe Scarborough and Mika Brzezinski say Trump’s North Korea surprise is a ‘painfully obvious’ distraction from porn star sex scandal” by Eliza Relman (March 9th 2018)

438 The Hill “New York Times reinforces policy prohibiting reporters from appearing on cable shows like Maddow” by Joe Concha (May 31st 2019)

439 The Wrap “Glenn Greenwald Blasts Rachel Maddow: ‘Intellectually Dishonest, Partisan Hack’” by Jon Levine (January 22nd 2018)

440 Skeptic Review “Boston Antifa Explains Parody: Vladivostok, Russia, Geo-Tagging & More” by Gretchin Mullen (November 17th 2017)

441 Mediaite “MSNBC Falls for Parody North Korean Twitter Account Attacking Fox News” by Alex Griswold (August 10th 2015)

442 Associated Press “Maddow, other MSNBC hosts see ratings drop, Fox up” by David Bauder (March 27th 2019)

443 BigLeaguePolitics “Tucker Gets More Viewers Than All of CNN Combined, Fox Early News Beats MSNBC Prime Time” by Tom Pappert

(April 4th 2019)

444 Fox News “Fox News dominates CNN, MSNBC in Wednesday primetime ratings, topping both networks’ combined viewership” (March 28th 2019)

445 Newsweek “MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow Found Huge Ratings Success Covering Trump and Russia — So What Now?” by Tim Marcin (March 25th 2019)

446 eBizMBA “Top 15 Most Popular Political Websites - January 2019”

447 Reuters “AOL to buy The Huffington Post for $315 million” by Anthony Boadle and Jennifer Saba (February 6th 2011)

448 Archive.org “CSPAN April 27th 2013 White House Correspondents Dinner”

449 The Wrap “BuzzFeed Reporter Apologizes for ‘Very Dumb’ Remarks About Communism” by Jon Levine (November 8th 2017)

450 BuzzFeed “Why LGBT Representation Didn’t Make It Into ‘The Last Jedi’” by Adam B. Vary (December 18th 2017)

451 Twitchy “What was that about exploitation? Now VICE Canada is celebrating the next generation of drag queens” by Brett T. (June 6th 2019)

452 Forbes

“Vice Media’s Shane Smith Is Now A Billionaire” by Natalie Robehmed (June 20th 2017)

453 Vice “World’s Scariest Drug (Documentary Exclusive)” on YouTube (May 11th 2012)

454 Vice “Kim Dotcom: The Man Behind Megaupload” on YouTube (January 5th 2014)

455 https://twitter.com/vicecanada/status/1042156417577365505

456 The Hollywood Reporter “Disney Discloses New $353 Million WriteDown on Vice Media Investment” by Natalie Jarvey (May 8th 2019)

457 Variety “Vice Media Gets $250 Million in Debt Funding From George Soros, Other Investors” by Todd Spangler (May 3rd 2019)

458 New York Times “NBCUniversal Invests $200 Million in Vox Media” by Emily Steel (August 12th 2015)

459 Vox “YouTube’s most popular user amplified anti-Semitic rhetoric. Again” by Aja Romano (December 13th 2018)

460 Vox “YouTube’s messy fight with its most extreme creators” (October 19th 2017)

461 Vox “3 Reasons the American Revolution Was a Mistake” by Dylan Matthews (July 3rd 2019)



462 Ibid.

463 Daily

Beast “Meet Candace Owens, Kanye West’s Toxic Far-Right Consigliere” by Amy Zimmerman (May 9th 2018)

464 Daily Beast “Mike Cernovich and Jack Posobiec, the Far Right’s Twin Trolls, Taste Their Own Bitter Medicine” by Lloyd Grove (July 23rd 2018)

465 Daily Beast “Pro-Gun Parkland Teen Kyle Kashuv Apologizes for ‘Inflammatory’ Racial Comments” by Will Sommer (May 23rd 2019)

466 Daily Beast “Inside YouTube’s Far-Right Radicalization Factory” by KellyWeill (September 18th 2018)

467 Fox News “Daily Beast accused of ‘doxxing’ alleged creator of ‘Drunk Pelosi’ video” by Frank Miles (June 2nd 2019)

468 CNBC “New York Times CEO: Print journalism has maybe another 10 years” by Kellie Ell (February 12th 2018)

469 Wall Street Journal “Newsweek Quits Print: After 79 Years, the Title Will Be Digital Only” by Keach Hagey (October 19th 2012)

470 https://twitter.com/DonaldJTrumpJr/status/1116426290817638400

471 The Wall Street Journal “Ad-Tech Firms Blacklist Newsweek Sites, Alleging Website-Traffic Manipulation” by Lara O’Reilly and Lukas I.

Alpert (March 7th 2018)

472 New York Post “Jeff Zucker joins fight to monetize mobile journalism” by Richard Morgan (February 26th 2018)

473 Business Insider “The Washington Post is blocking people with ad blockers from reading its articles” by Max Slater-Robins (September 10th 2015)

474 The Verge “The New York Times cuts free articles limit from 10 to five per month” by Natt Garun (December 1st 2017)

475 https://contribute.theguardian.com/components/epic/inline-payment

476 The Wall Street Journal “BuzzFeed News Asks Readers to Chip In With Donations” by Benjamin Mullin (August 27th 2018)

477 The Guardian “Encyclopedia Britannica halts print publication after 244 years” by Tom McCarthy (March 13th 2012

478 Pew Research Center “Wikipedia at 15: Millions of readers in scores of languages” by Monica Anderson, Paul Hitlin, and Michelle Atkinson (January 14th 2016)

479 The Guardian “The rise of Tomi Lahren, the media star lampooned as ‘white power Barbie’” by Jason Wilson (September 23rd 2016)

480 Zero

Hedge “Wikipedia Listed Ron Paul On ‘White Supremacists’ List For 3 Weeks Before Removing Him” by Tyler Durden (July 26th 2018)

481 CBS News “Google blames Wikipedia for ‘Nazism’ tag on California GOP” (June 1st 2018)

482 Washington Post “Former Democratic aide pleads guilty to ‘doxing’ GOP senators, threatening employee” by Spencer S. Hsu (April 6th 2019)

483 As of the time of this writing in July 2019 although that could change. But since Antifa has been engaged in repeated violent acts for years, that’s something that should have been included on their Wikipedia page long ago.

484 Mediaite “Mob Gathers Outside Tucker Carlson’s Home: ‘We Know Where You Sleep at Night!’” by Joseph A. Wulfsohn (November 7th 2018)

485 The Washington Times “Journalist Andy Ngo beaten up by Antifa activists at Portland protest” by Valerie Richardson (June 29th 2019)

486 Breitbart “Wikipedia Protecting Antifa: Wikipedia Editors Protect Antifa by Censoring Andy Ngo Assault, ICE Attack” by T.D. Adler (July 18th 2019)

487 Fox News “Washington ICE detention center attacker Willem Van Spronsen wrote ‘I am Antifa’ manifesto before assault” by Travis Fedschun (July 15th 2019)

488 NewsBusters.org

“The ‘Squad’ Won’t Condemn Antifa Terrorism....WHERE Are The Media?” by Tim Graham (July 17th 2019)

489 https://twitter.com/shaunking/status/1144944444992450560

490 TownHall “Republicans Craft Resolution Condemning Antifa As A ‘Domestic Terrorist Organization’” by Timothy Meads (July 19th 2019)

491 As of July 2019. Increased pressure could change this, but the fact remains, for months (or perhaps years) Wikipedia editors have vigorously protected the page, scrubbing any references to Antifa’s violence.

492 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peter_Strzok (Accessed May 2nd 2019)

493 Breitbart “Wikipedia Editors Paid to Protect Political, Tech, and Media Figures” by T.D. Adler (March 26th 2019)

494 As of August 2019, although this could change if I happen to get some favorable media coverage highlighting my subscriber count, but it hasn’t been allowed on my page which has been up since 2007.

495 SocialBlade.com lists the historical YouTube statistics for all channels. Under “Detailed Statistics” it shows my channel reached 1 million subscribers in May 2017, and Paul Joseph Watson followed in August 2017, then PragerU in September 2017, Stephen Crowder in November 2017, and Ben Shapiro’s Daily Wire in October 2018, and Next News Network in February 2019

496 TonyBallioni

23:23, 2 February 2019 (UTC)

497 Barkeep49

17:19, 30 January 2019 (UTC)

498 https://twitter.com/lsanger/status/1096227555466596352

499 150Sec.com

“‘Wikipedia is a broken system,’ says co-founder Larry Sanger” by Sophie Foggin (May 22nd 2019)

500 https://twitter.com/jimmy_wales/status/1135456897899945984

501 Tech Crunch “Google.org donates $2 million to Wikipedia’s parent org” by Megan Rose Dickey (January 22nd 2019)

502 Wikimedia Foundation “George Soros, founder of Open Society Foundations, invests in the future of free and open knowledge” by Kaitlin Thaney (October 18th 2018)

503 Search Engine Watch “No. 1 Position in Google Gets 33% of Search Traffic [Study]” by Jessica Lee (June 20th 2013)

504 The Daily Caller “Exclusive: Google Employees Debated Burying Conservative Media In Search” by Peter Hasson (November 29th 2018)

505 Ibid.

506 Ibid.

507 The

Wall Street Journal “Google Workers Discussed Tweaking Search Function to Counter Travel Ban” by John D. McKinnon and Douglas MacMilan (September 20th 2018)

508 Ibid.

509 Ibid.

510 Fox Business “Google employee discussions on altering search function after travel ban raise bias concerns” by Thomas Barrabi (September 21st 2018)

511 Breitbart “Former Google Employee: ‘There Are Efforts to Demote Anything Non-PC from Search Results’” by Allum Bokhari (August 8th 2017)

512 PJ Media “96 Percent of Google Search Results for ‘Trump’ News Are from Liberal Media Outlets” by Paula Bolyard (August 25th 2018)

513 World Net Daily “Does Google have a liberal bias? Search Results for Roger Ailes Speak Volumes” via Heat Street (May 21st 2017)

514 Washington Times “Handful of ‘left leaning sources’ dominate Google’s ‘top stories’ study finds” by Gabriella Munoz (May 12th 2019)

515 The Daily Caller “Google Suspends Fact Check Project, Rediting The DNCF Investigation with Decision” by Eric Lieberman (January 19th 2018)

516 Daily

Caller “Tech Tyranny!’ Greenpeace Co-Founder Claims Google Scrubbed Him From List of Founders” by Virginia Kruta (March 17th 2019)

517 World Net Daily “Google makes Greenpeace co-founder ‘vanish’” by Art Moore (March 18th 2019)

518 Daily Caller “Google Backs Down After Labeling Pro-Life Movie ‘Propaganda’” by Mary Margaret Olohan (April 12th 2019)

519 Breitbart “EXCLUSIVE — Research: Google Search Manipulation Can Swing Nearly 80 Percent of Undecided Voters” by Allum Bokhari (April 24th 2018)

520 Breitbart “Research: Google Search Bias Flipped Seats for Democrats in Midterms” by Allum Bokhari (March 22nd 2019)

521 TED “How a handful of tech companies control billions of minds every day” (July 26th 2017)

522 Fortune “Google Has Announced a $300 Million Initiative to Support News Organizations” by Eli Meixler (March 21st 2018)

523 CNET “Google’s Sergey Brin calls 2016 election ‘offensive’ in leaked video” by Richard Vieva (September 12th 2018)

524 Breitbart “Rebels of Google: Tampons Kept in Men’s Restrooms Because ‘Some Men Menstruate’” by Lucas Nolan (August 17th 2017)



525 Tech

Crunch “James Damore just filed a class action lawsuit against Google, saying it discriminates against white male conservatives” by Connie Loizos (January 8th 2018)

526 CNET “Trump backs billionaire supporter Peter Thiel’s calls for Google investigation” by Dhara Singh and Sean Keane (July 17th 2019)

527 The Guardian “Google's prototype Chinese search engine links searches to phone numbers” by Noah Smith (September 18th 2018)

528 Forbes “Project Dragonfly And Google’s Threat To Anti-Democratic Processes” by Julian Vigo (October 18th 2018)

529 https://twitter.com/HawleyMO/status/1151287368382656519

530 Washington Post “Eric Schmidt: Google’s Policy Is To ‘Get Right Up To The Creepy Line And Not Cross It’” by Nick Saint (October 1st 2010)

531 CNET “Google boss predicts Google implant will put the Web in your head by 2020” by Richard Trenhold (November 10th 2010)

532 PBS News Hour “Inventor Ray Kurzweil sees immortality in our future” (March 24th 2016)

533 Time “5 Very Smart People Who Think Artificial Intelligence Could Bring the Apocalypse” by Victor Luckerson (December 2nd 2014)

534 Business

Insider “Elon Musk believes AI could turn humans into an endangered species like the mountain gorilla” by Isobel Asher Hamilton (November 26th 2018)

535 Media/Impact: An Introduction to Mass Media (12th Edition) by Shirley Biagi page 176

536 Hollywood Reporter “Bring On the Haters: Dane Cook Is Plotting a Comedy Comeback” by Ryan Parker February 13th 2019)

537 Slate “Tila Tequila for President” by Jonah Weiner (April 11th 2006)

538 New York Times “The Aspiring Novelist Who Became Obama’s Foreign-Policy Guru” by David Samuels (May 5th 2016)

539 Ibid.

540 The Washington Post “Hillary Clinton’s health just became a real issue in the presidential campaign” by Chris Cillizza (September 11th 2016)

541 Ibid.

542 ABC News “The Lesson of Mitt Romney's 47-Percent Video: Be Nice to the Wait Staff?” by Chris Good (March 14th 2013)

543 The Los Angeles Times “No Disputing It: Blogs Are Major Players” by Peter Wallsten (September 12th 2004)

544 Washington

Post “Twenty years ago, the Drudge Report broke the Clinton-Lewinsky scandal” by Annys Shin (January 11th 2018)

545 Business Insider “Google and Facebook dominate digital advertising — and they now account for 25% of all ad sales, online or off” by Caroline Cakebread (December 7th 2017)

546 The Ripon Forum “How Generation Z Gets their News” by Jack Myers (Volume 52, No1 February 2018)

547 Ibid.

548 Chicago Sun Times “Homeland Security to compile database of journalists and ‘media influencers’” by Sun-Times Staff (April 7th 2018

549 Ibid.

550 The Guardian “Revealed: US spy operation that manipulates social media” by Nick Fielding and Ian Cobain (March 17th 2011)

551 The Guardian “British army creates team of Facebook warriors” by Ewan MacAskill (January 31st 2015)

552 Engadget “YouTube pulls hundreds of channels tied to Hong Kong influence campaign” by Richard Lawler (August 23rd 2019)

553 Washington Post “Facebook’s most popular Black Lives Matter page was a scam run by a white Australian, report says” by Amy B Wang (April

10th 2018)

554 CNN “Exclusive: Fake black activist accounts linked to Russian government” by Donie O’Sullivan and Dylan Byers (September 28th 2017)

555 Fox News “Michael Moore participated in anti-Trump rally allegedly organized by Russians” by Gregg Re (February 20th 2018)

556 NBC “Social media linked to rise in mental health disorders in teens survey finds” by Shamard Charles (March 14th 2019)

557 Time “Why Instagram Is the Worst Social Media for Mental Health” by Amanda Macmillan (May 25th 2017)

558 New York Post “Rise in teen suicide connected to social media popularity: study” via Associated Press (November 14th 2017)

559 USA Today “Cyberbullying’s chilling trend: Teens anonymously target themselves online, study finds” by N’dea Yancey-Bragg (November 8th 2017)

560 New York Post “Man fatally stabbed on subway while onlookers post on social media” by Tamar Lapin (January 17th 2018)

561 NBC News “Facebook hits 2.27 billion monthly active users as earnings stabilize” by Jason Abbruzzes (October 30th 2018)

562 Business

Insider “How old 15 self-made billionaires were when they earned their first billion” by Kathleen Elkins (February 17th 2016)

563 https://twitter.com/Snowden/status/975147858096742405

564 https://twitter.com/robjective/status/964680123885613056

565 New York Post “Facebook Admits to blocking Wikileaks links in DNC email hack” by Bruce Golding (July 24th 2016)

566 PJ Media “Censored: Facebook Bans Conservative Articles on Jussie Smollett Hate Hoax” by Tyler O’Neil (February 18th 2019)

567 Gizmodo “Facebook Patents Shadow Banning” by Bryan Menegus (July 16th 2019)

568 The Guardian “Facebook sorry – almost – for secret psychological experiment on users” by Dominic Rushe (October 2nd 2014)

569 UC San Diego News Center “Facebook Boosts Voter Turnout” by Inga Kiderra (September 12th 2012)

570 Facebook.com “Case Study: Reaching Voters with Facebook Ads (Vote No on 8)” (August 16th 2011)

571 Gizmodo “Former Facebook Workers: We Routinely Suppressed Conservative News” by Michael Nunez (May 9th 2016)

572 Breitbart

“EXCLUSIVE: Trump’s Facebook Engagement Declined By 45 Percent Following Algorithm Change” by Allum Bokhari (February 28th 2018)

573 Western Journal “Confirmed: Facebook’s Recent Algorithm Change Is Crushing Conservative Sites, Boosting Liberals” by George Upper and Shaun Hair (March 13th 2018)

574 https://twitter.com/TomiLahren/status/1141129134359269376

575 After filing several complaints with Facebook and publicly calling attention to the feature being disabled, they later restored it and said it was just another “error.”

576 Project Veritas “Facebook Insider Leaks Docs; Explains ‘Deboosting,’ ‘Troll Report,’ & Political Targeting in Video Interview” (February 27th 2019)

577 The New York Times “Dozens at Facebook Unite to Challenge Its ‘Intolerant’ Liberal Culture” by Kate Conger and Sheera Frenkel (August 28th 2018)

578 Fortune “Why Peter Thiel Is Leaving Silicon Valley for L.A.” by Chris Morris (February 15th 2018)

579 Reuters “Peter Thiel sells most of remaining Facebook stake” (November 22nd 2017)

580 Variety

“Facebook Paying for News Shows From ABC News, CNN, Fox News, Univision, Others” by Todd Spangler (June 6th 2018)

581 Advertising Age “Facebook Gets CNN to Bring Anderson Cooper To It’s New Media Venture” by Garett Soan (June 6th 2018)

582 Variety “CNN Is Pulling Anderson Cooper’s Show Off Facebook, Will Launch ‘Go There’ on Social Platform This Summer” by Todd Spangler (June 12th 2019)

583 NBC News “Facebook investing $300 million in local news initiatives” (January 15th 2019)

584 Zero Hedge “Facebook COO Sandberg To John Podesta: ‘I Want Hillary To Win Badly’” by Tyler Durden (March 20th 2018)

585 BBC “Facebook amends ‘real name’ policy after protests” by Dave Lee (December 15th 2015)

586 Fortune “Facebook’s Employee Bonuses Now Hinge on ‘Social’ Progress” by Michael Lev-Ram (February 6th 2019)

587 CNET “Facebook ties employee bonuses to progress on social issues” by Steven Musil and Queenie Wong (February 5th 2019)

588 The Hill “Facebook removes over 800 accounts, pages for political spam” by Ali Breland (October 11th 2018)

589 Breitbart

“Facebook Deletes Disabled Veteran’s Page Without Warning — After Taking $300,000 for Ads” by Lucas Nolan (October 16th 2018)

590 The Guardian “Tommy Robinson banned from Facebook and Instagram” by Alex Hern and Jim Waterson (February 26th 2019)

591 The Independent “Tommy Robinson: YouTube under pressure to join Facebook and Instagram in banning far-right activist” by Tim Wyatt (February 27th 2019)

592 Ibid.

593 BBC “Facebook bans Britain First pages” by Rory Cellan-Jones

594 CNET “Facebook, Instagram ban Faith Goldy as they purge white nationalist groups” by Queenie Wong (April 8th 2019)

595 Huffington Post “Facebook Bans Faith Goldy After HuffPost Report On White Nationalism Content” by Andy Campbell (April 9th 2019)

596 Ibid.

597 Breitbart “Facebook Bans Jewish Veteran After Exposé of Jim Jefferies’ Deceptive Editing” by Lucas Nolan (March 26th 2019)

598 RedState “YouTuber Who Outwitted Comedy Central Drops More Hidden Footage Exposing Their Lies” by Brandon Morse (April 10th 2019)

599 PJ

Media “Facebook Bans German Historian for Saying ‘Islam Is Not Part of German History’” by Tyler O’Neil (April 9th 2018)

600 The Intercept “Facebook Says It Is Deleting Accounts at the Direction of the U.S. and Israeli Government” by Glenn Greenwald (December 30th 2017)

601 Breitbart “Facebook Takes Down Event Page for Anti-Caravan Protest” by Allum Bokhari (April 28th 2018)

602 The Washington Post “Evangelist Franklin Graham claims Facebook ‘is censoring free speech’ after it blocked him” by Michael Brice-Saddle (December 30th 2018)

603 Washington Post “Facebook censored a post for ‘hate speech.’ It was the Declaration of Independence.” by Eli Rosenberg (July 5th 2018)

604 Breitbart “Facebook Suspends YouTuber for Disliking ‘Transgender Mother’ Commercial” (April 14th 2017)

605 U.S. Department of Justice “Homicide Trends in the United States, 1980-2008” by Alexia Cooper and Erica L. Smith (November 2011)

606 Fox News “Facebook temporarily suspends Candace Owens over post about ‘liberal supremacy’” by Christopher Howard (May 17th 2019)

607 Breitbart “EXCLUSIVE: Facebook Includes Candace Owens On ‘Hate Agents’ List” by Allum Bokhari (May 17th 2019)



608 The

Hill “Diamond and Silk slam Facebook after company deems their rhetoric ‘unsafe to the community’” by Joe Concha (April 9th 2018)

609 NPR “Facebook Admits ‘Enforcement Error’ In How It Handled Content From Pro-Trump Duo” by Tim Mak (April 15th 2018)

610 The Western Journal “Facebook Suspends Account for Calling Alleged Cop Killer an ‘Illegal Immigrant’” by Kara Pendleton (December 30th 2018)

611 https://twitter.com/lucianwintrich/status/937391808363016192

612 Fox News “Facebook apologizes to Trump’s social media director for temporarily restricting his account” by Chris Ciaccia (March 19th 2019)

613 CNN “Facebook bans Louis Farrakhan, Milo Yiannopoulos, InfoWars and others from its platforms as ‘dangerous’” by Oliver Darcy (May 3rd 2019)

614 Wired “Facebook Bans Alex Jones, Other Extremists—but Not as Planned” by Paris Martineau (May 2nd 2019)

615 The Atlantic “Instagram and Facebook Ban Far-Right Extremists” by Taylor Lorenz (May 2nd 2019)

616 New York Times “Ex‐Officials Say F.B.I. Harassed Dr. King to Stop His Criticism” by Nicholas M. Horrock (March 9th 1975)



617 https://twitter.com/HamasInfoEn

618 https://twitter.com/Ikhwanweb

619 Daily

Caller “Don Trump Jr. Slams Instagram After Smollett Post Deleted: ‘Why Don’t You Want The Truth Out There?’” by Amber Athey and Katie Jerkovich (February 18th 2019)

620 Washington Times “Instagram deletes Kayleigh McEnany post on Elizabeth Warren, issues ‘bullying’ warning” by Victor Morton (February 6th 2019)

621 The Verge “Facebook is turning its fact-checking partners loose on Instagram” by Jon Porter (May 7th 2019)

622 Hollywood Reporter “‘Bachelorette’ Frontrunner Under Fire for Liking Controversial Social Media Posts” by Jackie Strause (May 29th 2018)

623 Business Insider “Here’s why Steve Jobs never let his kids use an iPad” by Eames Yates (March 4th 2017)

624 Business Insider “Apple CEO Tim Cook: I don’t want my nephew on a social network” by Rob Price (January 19th 2018)

625 SF Gate “Bill Gates didn’t allow his kids to have cell phones until age 14” by Amy Graff (April 21st 2017)

626 The

Guardian “Ex-Facebook president Sean Parker: site made to exploit human ‘vulnerability’” by Olivia Solon (November 9th 2017)

627 The Verge “Former Facebook exec says social media is ripping apart society” by James Vincent (December 11th 2017)

628 Ibid.

629 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976563870322999296

630 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976564096605679616

631 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976564511858597888

632 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976565324622344192

633 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976565553761476608

634 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976565723597176832

635 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976567526023872513

636 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976568469679357952

637 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976568588378152960

638 https://twitter.com/fchollet/status/976569442728525824

639 New

York Times “It’s Time to Break Up Facebook” by Chris Hughes (May 9th 2019)

640 Science Magazine “Fake news spreads faster than true news on Twitter —thanks to people, not bots” by Katie Langin (March 8th 2018)

641 Engaget “Twitter’s fake news problem is getting worse” by Nicole Lee (February 17th 2018)

642 New York Magazine “All the Mistakenly Identified ‘Suspects’ in the Boston Bombing Investigation” by Joe Coscarelli (April 19th 2013)

643 The Hill “Washington Post reporter apologizes for tweet on crowd size at Trump rally” by Julia Manchester (December 9th 2017)

644 Daily Caller “Trump Calls Out Time Magazine For Fake News Story About Removing MLK Bust From Oval Office” by Saagar Enjeti (January 21st 2017)

645 New York Times “Never Tweet” by Farhad Manjoo (January 23rd 2019)

646 The Week “How Twitter could be the death of liberal democracy” by Damon Linker (January 22nd 2019)

647 Ibid.

648 Ibid.

649 CBS

DFW “DART Officer Sues Social Media Giants Over 2016 Downtown Police Ambush” by Andrea Lucia (February 14th 2019)

650 The New York Times “Suspect in Dallas Attack Had Interest in Black Power Groups” by Jonathan Mahler and Julie Turkewitz (July 8th 2016)

651 NewsBusters.org “Twitter Bans Doxxing, But Why Are Antifa Accounts Still Active?” by Corinne Weaver (October 4th 2018)

652 Guardian “US secretly created ‘Cuban Twitter’ to stir unrest and undermine government” via Associated Press (April 3rd 2014)

653 Washington Post “Syrian refugee girl gets star treatment at the Oscars” by Christina Barron (March 5th 2018)

654 Washington Post “Market quavers after fake AP tweet says Obama was hurt in White House explosions” by Dina ElBoghdady (April 13th 2013)

655 Engaget “Twitter says 49 Russian accounts tried to sway Brexit voters” by Mallory Locklear (February 8th 2018)

656 The Washington Post “Inside Facebook and Twitter’s secret meetings with Trump aides and conservative leaders who say tech is biased” by Tony Romm (June 27th 2018)

657 Business Insider “Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey forced to apologize for eating Chick-fil-A during Pride Month” by Hayley Peterson (June 11th 2018)



658 Recode

“Full video: Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey and #BlackLivesMatter activist DeRay McKesson at Code 2016” by Recode Staff (June 8th 2016)

659 https://twitter.com/patyrossini/status/756329790907490304

660 https://twitter.com/RebekahKTromble/status/897792260821090304

661 https://twitter.com/tedlieu/status/1085901851927687168

662 The Sun “TWISTED TWITTER: Channel 4 doc shows kids get unlimited access to porn on social media sites” by Rod McPhee (July 2nd 2019)

663 It started as early as March 3rd 2019, and occurred every Sunday through at least September 1st 2019 when I was finalizing this manuscript to be sent off to the proofreader.

664 LawAndCrime.com “Twitter’s Lawyer Admits Hiding Tweets With ‘#DNCLeak’ And ‘#PodestaEmails’ Hashtags” by Colin Kalmbacher (November 2nd 2017)

665 Rolling Stone “Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey: The Rolling Stone Interview” by Brian Hiatt (January 23rd 2019)

666 Vice News “Twitter appears to have fixed ‘shadow ban’ of prominent Republicans like the RNC chair and Trump Jr.’s spokesman” by Alex Thompson (July 25th 2018)



667 Ibid.

668 Ibid.

669 The

Hill “Republican feels ‘victimized’ by Twitter ‘shadow banning’” by Juliegrace Brufke (July 25th 2018)

670 https://twitter.com/realDonaldTrump/status/1022447980408983552

671 https://twitter.com/jonathanvswan/status/1022175120373309441

672 Twitter official blog “Setting the record straight on shadow banning” by Vijaya Gadde and Kayvon Beykpour (July 26th 2018)

673 Project Veritas “UNDERCOVER VIDEO: Twitter Engineers To ‘Ban a Way of Talking’ Through ‘Shadow Banning,’ Algorithms to Censor Opposing Political Opinions” (January 11th 2018)

674 Ibid.

675 RealClear Politics “‘Project Veritas’ Hidden Camera: Twitter And Reddit Use ‘Shadow Ban’ Algorithms to Censor Political Opinions” by Tim Haines (January 12th 2018)

676 CNN - Interview with Jack Dorsey (August 19th 2018)

677 The

Telegraph “This, he said, is to promote more ‘healthy’ conversations” by Margi Murphy (October 29th 2018)

678 Daily Caller “Twitter Censors ‘The Federalist’ Co-Founder Over Lisa Page Tweet” by Amber Athey (March 18th 2019)

679 SearchEnginLand “Twitter as utility, like running water? That’s the goal, says CEO” by Pamela Parker (February 14th 2011)

680 Breitbart “Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey: Our Free Speech Motto Was a ‘Joke’” by Charlie Nash (October 18th 2018)

681 The Guardian “Milo Yiannopoulos, rightwing writer, permanently banned from Twitter” by Elle Hunt (July 20th 2016)

682 New York Times “Roger Stone Suspended From Twitter After Expletive-Laden Tweets” by Jacey Fortin (October 29th 2017)

683 BBC “Tommy Robinson banned from Twitter” (March 28th 2018)

684 Breitbart “Twitter Is Banning Conservatives for Posting Facts” by Allum Bokhari (May 9th 2018)

685 The Wrap “Twitter Drops ‘Britain First’ Leader and Other Alt-Right Accounts” by Sean Burch (December 18th 2017)

686 Politico “Troll Charles Johnson banned from Twitter” by Dylan Byers (May 26th 2015)



687 Ibid.

688 CNN

Special “State of Hate” (2019) hosted by Fareed Zakaria which includes an interview with Jared Taylor where he says this.

689 NBC News “Proud Boys founder Gavin McInnes sues Southern Poverty Law Center over hate group label” via Associated Press (February 4th 2019)

690 https://twitter.com/kenklippenstein/status/981359404875505669

691 The Laugh Button “Anthony Cumia’s Twitter account suspended, allegedly following a fight with an A.V. Club writer” (July 12th 2017)

692 JRE Clips Channel on YouTube “Twitter Exec Reviews Sargon of Akkad's Ban | JRE Twitter Special” Trust and Safety leader Vijaya Gadde talk with Joe Rogan and Tim Pool about Sargon’s ban (March 5th 2019)

693 Ibid.

694 The Daily Wire “Woman Forced To Close Business After Refusing To Wax Male Genitals Of Transgender Person” by Amanda Prestigiacomo (July 21st 2019)

695 Breitbart “Free Speech Activist Lindsay Shepherd Banned from Twitter for ‘Misgendering’” by Alana Mastrangelo (July 17th 2019)

696 The

Wrap “Right-Wing LA Street Artist Sabo Banned From Twitter” by Sean Burch (April 14 2018)

697 CNS News “CNN: ‘Dangerous’ ‘Fascist’ Trump ‘Threatening’ Our Lives With His WWE Tweet” (July 2nd 2017)

698 Washington Times “Twitter suspends Jack Posobiec’s @MAGAphobia account for tracking violence against Trump supporters” by Douglas Ernst (May 78th 2019)

699 Fox News “Twitter permanently suspends AOC parody account for being misleading” by Sam Dorman (May 7th 2019)

700 https://twitter.com/anastasiakeeley/status/1047930583777779714

701 Fox News “Kathy Griffin calls for doxing student’s identities after viral video at Native American march: ‘Shame them’” by Tyler McCarthy (January 21st 2019)

702 Newsbusters “Twitter Deletes Some Covington Threats, Ignores Others” by Alexander Hall (January 22nd 2019)

703 Politico “White House reports Peter Fonda tweet on Barron Trump to Secret Service” by Christopher Cadelago (June 20th 2018)

704 Breitbart “Twitter Allows Self-Proclaimed Pedophiles to Spread Their Message on Its Platform” by Charlie Nash (December 4th 2018)

705 http://archive.is/T9EUe

706 Daily

Mail “Twitter under fire from MPs and child safety campaigners for failing to block accounts used by paedophiles to discuss their sick cravings” by Abe Hawken (December 11th 2017)

707 NBC News “Laura Loomer banned from Twitter after criticizing Ilhan Omar” by Linda Givetash (November 22nd 2018)

708 Politico “Ilhan Omar apologizes after Pelosi denounces tweet as antiSemitic” by Melanie Zanona and Heather Caygle (February 11th 2019)

709 The Daily Caller “Ilhan Omar Blows Off Al-Qaeda, Mocks Americans For Fearing Them in Recently Surfaced Video” by Virginia Kruta (April 12th 2019)

710 National Review “Journalist Sues Twitter for Banning Her over ‘Women Aren’t Men’ Tweets” by Mairead Mcardle (February 11th 2019)

711 Breitbart “Twitter Blacklists Famed Gender Dysphoria Researcher Ray Blanchard” by Neil Munro (May 13th 2019)

712 Psychiatry.org “What Is Gender Dysphoria?” by the American Psychiatric Association

713 USA Today “Who is Anthony Rapp, the actor who accused Kevin Spacey of sexual harassment?” by Jayme Deerwester (October 30th 2017)

714 Associated

Press “Actor James Woods bashes Twitter after getting locked out” by Amy Forliti (September 2018)

715 Daily Caller “Twitter Issued GOP Candidate Temporary Ban Week Before Election” by Kyle Perisic (July 31st 2018)

716 Politico “Twitter pulls Blackburn Senate ad deemed ‘inflammatory’” by Kevin Robillard (October 9th 2018)

717 Hollywood Reporter “Anti-Abortion Movie’s Twitter Account Briefly Suspended” by Paul Bond and Katie Kilkenny (March 30th 2019)

718 The American Mirror “Twitter suspends user for calling Maxine Waters ‘crazy old lying lunatic in a bad wig’” by Kyle Olson (March 3rd 2018)

719 Daily Caller “Daily Caller editor in chief locked out of account for tweeting ‘learn to code’” by Amber Athey (February 6th 2019)

720 Joe Rogan Experience #1236 - Jack Dorsey (February 1st 2019)

721 NPR “Twitter Bans Alex Jones And InfoWars; Cites Abusive Behavior” by Avie Schneider (September 6th 2018)

722 CNN “Twitter says InfoWars hasn’t ‘violated our rules.’ It looks like that’s not the case” by Oliver Darcy (August 9th 2018)

723 CNBC “Twitter locks Mitch McConnell’s campaign account for tweet violating threats policy” by Marc Rod (August 8th 2019)



724 CBS

News “Twitter suspends Mitch McConnell’s campaign account after posting video of protesters threatening him” by Christopher Brito (August 8th 2019)

725 The Wrap “Twitter Reverses Mitch McConnell Suspension, Says Protest Video ‘Will Be Visible’” by Sean Burch and Lindsey Ellefson (August 9th 2019)

726 Breitbart “Twitter Verifies Sarah Jeong Without Making Her Delete Racist Posts” by Charlie Nash (August 16th 2018)

727 Project Veritas “Why James O’Keefe Isn’t Verified On Twitter” by Laura Loomer (September 1st 2016)

728 Twitter.com “Verified account FAQs

729 SF Gate “Here Are the 27 Advertisers David Hogg Convinced to Dump Laura Ingraham” by Brian Welk (April 13th 2018)

730 The Blaze “Twitter only invites anti-gun Parkland students to Q&A panel. Pro-gun student has perfect response” by Chris Enloe (March 18th 2018)

731 USA Today “Kyler Murray apologizes for homophobic tweets that resurfaced after he won Heisman Trophy” by Scott Gleeson (December 9th 2018)

732 USA

Today “Josh Hader apologizes for racist tweets, claims they ‘don’t reflect any of my beliefs now’” by Gabe Lacques (July 18th 2018)

733 NBC New York “Shawn Mendes Apologizes for Past ‘Racially Insensitive Comments’” by Corinne Heller (August 24th 2019)

734 New York Times Magazine “How One Stupid Tweet Blew Up Justine Sacco’s Life” by Jon Ronson (February 12th 2015)

735 ABC News “Justine Sacco, Fired After Tweet on AIDS in Africa, Issues Apology” by Kami Dimitrova, Shahriar Rahmanzadeh and Jane Lipman (December 22nd 2013)

736 Financial Times “Donald Trump: Without Twitter, I would not be here — FT interview” by Lionel Barber, Demetri Sevastopulo and Gillian Tett (April 2nd 2017)

737 New York Times “‘The Internet is Broken’ @ev Is Trying to Salvage It” by David Streitfeld (May 20th 2017)

738 SocialBlade.com - Detailed Statistics for the Mark Dice YouTube channel October 2016

739 https://twitter.com/zeynep/status/915608049141915648

740 Slate “YouTube Is Realizing It May Be Bad for All of Us” by Will Oremus (March 14th 2018)

741 Wired

“YouTube’s ditching vloggers, old-school celebs are back again” by Chris Stokel-Walker (May 8th 2018)

742 Polygon “YouTube is turning away from its creators to become a new MTV” by Julia Alexander (May 7th 2018)

743 Bloomberg “With 40 New Original Shows, YouTube Targets TV’s Breadbasket” by Lucas Shaw and Mark Bergen (May 4th 2017)

744 Vanity Fair “Why the Right’s Dark-Web Trolls Are Taking Over YouTube” by Maya Kosoff (March 1st 2018)

745 The New York Times “YouTube, the Great Radicalizer” by Zeynep Tufekci (March 10th 2018)

746 Ibid.

747 New York Times “For the New Far Right, YouTube Has Become the new Talk Radio” by John Herrman (August 3rd 2017)

748 Right Wing Watch “White Supremacy Figured Out How To Become YouTube Famous” by Jared Holt (October 2017)

749 USA Today “YouTube alters algorithm after searches for Las Vegas shooting turn up conspiracy theories” by Jessica Guynn (October 5th 2017)

750 Wall Street Journal “YouTube Tweaks Search Results as Las Vegas Conspiracy Theories Rise to Top” by Jack Nicas (October 5th 2017)



751 YouTube

Official Blog “An update on our commitment to fight terror content online” (August 1, 2017)

752 Fortune “YouTube Responds to Criticism After Unverified Texas Shooting Reports Top Search Results” by Tom Huddleston Jr. (November 6th 2017)

753 Ibid.

754 https://twitter.com/chrislhayes/status/1037831504158646272

755 Mother Jones “Political Extremists are using YouTube to monetize their toxic ideas” by Tonya Riley (September 18th 2018)

756 Ibid.

757 “Why Social Justice is CANCER | Identity Politics, Equality & Marxism” by Lauren Chen (July 24th 2017)

758 The video, which is an hour and a half long, is titled “Century of Enslavement: The History of the Federal Reserve” posted by the CorbettReport channel on July 6th 2014 and has nearly 2 million views.

759 While the YouTube video is titled “Exposing the Federal Reserve” the video itself is actually the film “The American Dream” by Tad Lumpkin and Harold Uhl

760 Breitbart

“New Whistleblower Allegation: YouTube Manipulated ‘Federal Reserve’ Search Results In Response to MSNBC Host’s Complaint” by Allum Bokhari (July 30th 2019)

761 SocialBlade.com Detailed Statistics for MSNBC, NBC News, CBS News, and Fox News’ YouTube channels.

762 Slate “YouTube’s Search Results for “Abortion” Show Exactly What Anti-Abortion Activists Want Women to See” by April Glaser (December 21st 2018)

763 National Review “YouTube Changed ‘Abortion’ Search Results after a Slate Writer Complained” by Sanda Desanctis (December 22nd 2018)

764 Breitbart “THE SMOKING GUN: Google Manipulated YouTube Search Results for Abortion, Maxine Waters, David Hogg” by Allum Bokhari (January 16th 2019)

765 Ibid.

766 The Verge “YouTube fought Brie Larson trolls by changing its search algorithm” by Julia Alexander (March 8th 2019)

767 https://twitter.com/loudmouthjulia/status/1103730622281994240

768 The Verge “YouTube fought Brie Larson trolls by changing its search algorithm” by Julia Alexander (March 8th 2019)

769 CNBC

“Facebook, YouTube and Twitter go to extraordinary lengths to take down mosque massacre videos” by Lauren Feiner (March 18th 2019)

770 Wall Street Journal “How YouTube Drives People to the Internet’s Darkest Corners” by Jack Nicas (February 7th 2018)

771 Ibid.

772 CNN “YouTube says it will crack down on recommending conspiracy videos” by Kaya Yurieff (January 25th 2019)

773 NBC “YouTube search results for A-list celebrities hijacked by conspiracy theorists” by Ben Collins (July 30th 2018)

774 YouTube Official Blog (January 25th 2019)

775 Ibid.

776 Mercury News “Is Donald Trump Jr. promoting a Jussie Smollett conspiracy theory?” by Martha Ross (February 1st 2019)

777 NBC News “YouTube announces it will no longer recommend conspiracy videos” by Kalhan Rosenblatt (February 10th 2019)

778 YouTube Help “Harassment and cyberbullying policy”

779 The Guardian “YouTube's ‘alternative influence network’ breeds rightwing radicalisation, report finds” by Olivia Solon (September 18th

2018)

780 The Alternative Influence Network on YouTube by Rebecca Lewis page 10

781 The Alternative Influence Network on YouTube by Rebecca Lewis page 44

782 Mother Jones “Political Extremists Are Using YouTube to Monetize Their Toxic Ideas” by Tonya Riley (September 18th 2018)

783 Ibid.

784 Digital Social Contract “YouTube stops recommending alt-right channels” by Nicolas Suzor (February 27th 2019)

785 Ibid.

786 The Washingtonian “83 Percent of Anti-Semitic Tweets Against Journalists Targeted Just Ten People” by Benjamin Freed (October 19th 2016)

787 Daily Caller “EXCLUSIVE: YouTube Secretly Using Southern Poverty Law Center To Police Videos” by Peter Hasson (February 27th 2018)

788 US News & World Report “State: Man in Church Shooting Aimed to Kill 10 White People” by Associated Press (May 20th 2019)

789 https://twitter.com/RealCandaceO/status/903027170460803072

790 YouTube

“High Impact Vlogs” channel “The Two Videos YouTube Didn’t Want You To See! (December 1st 2018) The original video titled “ABC Just Promoted Something SO DISGUSTING & DISTURBING You Won’t Believe It…Or Will You?” can be seen on BitChute here: https://www.bitchute.com/video/_1uEOgN41CU/ (Published November 26th 2018 on the HighImpactFlix BitChute channel.)

791 Washington Times “Ga. gubernatorial candidate’s ‘Deportation Bus’ ad deemed ‘hate speech,’ removed from YouTube” via Associated Press (May 16th 2018)

792 The Independent “Tommy Robinson’s YouTube videos restricted after internet giant refuses to delete channel” by Lizzie Dearden (April 2nd 2019)

793 Hunter Avvalone YouTube Channel “I Got Banned!” (April 10th 2019)

794 TubeFilter.com “Conservative Organization PragerU Sues YouTube Over Alleged Censorship Of Conservative Voices” by Sam Gutelle (October 24th 2017)

795 Breitbart “YouTube is Shutting Down Conservative Criticism of CNN over Parkland Shooting” by Allum Nokhari and Charlie Nash (February 28th 2018)

796 Gateway Pundit “YouTube Deletes Popular Journalist’s Video Criticizing the Media Over Falling for 4Chan Florida Shooter Hoax” by

Cassandra Fairbanks (February 17th 2018)

797 Gizmodo “YouTube’s New Moderation Team Stumbles Out the Gate” by Tom McKay (February 28th 2018)

798 Bloomberg “YouTube’s New Moderators Mistakenly Pull Right-Wing Channels” by Mark Bergen (February 28th 2018)

799 Variety “YouTuber Temporarily Suspended For Video of Suffragette Killing in ‘Red Dead 2’” by Stefanie Fogel (November 8th 2018)

800 The Verge “YouTube reverses ban for streamer who killed Red Dead 2 feminist” by Patricia Hernandez (November 8th 2018)

801 PJ Media "YouTube Deplatforms Retired Navy SEAL Who Exposed Tribal Elder Nathan Phillips’ Stolen Valor” by Debra Heine (February 26th 2019)

802 Politifact “Why Infowars’ Alex Jones was banned from Apple, Facebook, Youtube and Spotify” by Manuela Tobias (August 7th 2018)

803 https://www.bitchute.com/video/WtAHuu0ycCY/

804 Infowars.com “Watch These Videos YouTube Doesn’t Want You To See” (July 25th 2018)

805 Tech Crunch “Here are the platforms that have banned Infowars so far” by Sarah Wells (August 8th 2018)



806 The

video is still available to watch on Infowars.com, which hosts it and the other videos that led to the YouTube ban here: https://www.infowars.com/watch-these-videos-youtube-doesnt-want-youto-see/

807 Engadget “YouTube removes Alex Jones’ official channel for violating guidelines” by Kris Hold (August 6th 2018)

808 https://twitter.com/h3h3productions/status/1028047008144080896

809 H3 Podcast #77 “Alex Jones Stream Shut Down” (August 11th 2018)

810 BuzzFeed “YouTube’s Newest Far-Right, Foul-Mouthed, Red-Pilling Star Is A 14-Year-Old Girl” by Joseph Bernstein (May 13th 2019)

811 https://twitter.com/Bernstein/status/1128308490047561728

812 ReClaimTheNet.org “YouTube censors 14-year-old creator Soph after BuzzFeed hit piece” by Tom Parker (May 14th 2019)

813 https://twitter.com/sewernugget/status/1131340929720147968

814 ReclaimTheNet.org “YouTube deletes Soph’s channel after her latest video was removed for ‘hate speech’ by Tom Parker (August 1st 2019) The video which caused the strike is titled “Pride & Prejudice” and can be seen on her BitChute channel here: https://www.bitchute.com/video/FNqiV8kL4cc/



815 Project

Veritas “Insider Blows Whistle & Exec Reveals Google Plan to Prevent ‘Trump situation’ in 2020 on Hidden Cam” by Staff (June 24th 2019)

816 CNN’s YouTube Channel “Some Americans unwittingly helped Russian trolls” (February 21st 2018)

817 Identitarianism is a right-wing political ideology whose supporters believe European people are entitled to preserve their own cultures and territories, instead of becoming “melting pots” due to massive immigration from countries of other races.

818 Media Matters “YouTube banned Alex Jones, but it’s letting white supremacist content thrive” by Madeline Peltz and Talia Lavin (November 5th 2018)

819 Recode.net “Full Q&A: YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki talks about child safety, the Google walkout, and AI on Recode Decode” by Eric Johnson (March 11th 2019)

820 Ibid.

821 AdWeek “The Google News Initiative Is Putting $25 Million Toward Fighting Fake News on YouTube” by David Cohen (July 10th 2018)

822 YouTube official blog “Building a better news experience on YouTube together” (July 9th 2018)



823 Politico

“Buddy Roemer firm invests $4 million in Young Turks Network” by Hadas Gold (April 16th 2014)

824 Business Insider “Progressive media outlet The Young Turks has raised $20 million in venture-capital funding and plans to double its staff” by Maxwell Tani (August 8th 2017)

825 Encyclopedia of Human Rights by David Forsythe page 98 Oxford University Press

826 TYT Network “Rescinding Daily Pennsylvanian Article” by Cenk Uygur (April 22nd 2016)

827 The Young Turks “Germany Acknowledges The Genocide” By Ana Kasperian on official YouTube channel (June 2, 2016) Around 3:20 timestamp in the video.

828 The Young Turks “People Don’t Trust Foreign Accents — Study” via The Young Turks YouTube channel (October 28th 2010) at the :20 mark, Ana explains she grew up speaking only Armenian.

829 Paste “Why Cenk Uygur Is Getting Confronted about the Name ‘The Young Turks,’ and Why It Matters” by Monica Hunter-Hart (January 5th 2017)

830 https://twitter.com/SusanWojcicki/status/890654400192028672

831 Washington

Times “Young Turks host Hasan Piker mocks Dan Crenshaw’s war injury, says ‘America deserved 9/11’” by Jessica Chasmar (August 22nd 2019)

832 Ibid.

833 The Verge “YouTube is investing $5 million in creators who ‘counter hate and promote tolerance’” by Lizzie Plaugic (January 24th 2018)

834 Vox “YouTube’s 2018 ‘Rewind’ is the site’s most disliked video ever. The implications are huge.” by Aja Romano (December 14th 2018)

835 The Verge “YouTube wants ‘dislike mobs’ to stop weaponizing the dislike button” by Julia Alexander (February 1st 2019)

836 Los Angeles Times “Hey, star-struck. Making it on YouTube isn’t easier than making it in on the silver screen” by Chris Stokel-Walker (February 28th 2018)

837 Bloomberg “Success on YouTube still means a life of poverty. 96% won’t crack the poverty line” by Chris Stokel-Walker (February 26th 2018)

838 BuzzFeed “YouTube Says Tommy Robinson Will No Longer Be Able To Make Money From His Videos” by Mark Di Stefano (January 17th 2019)

839 BigLeaguePolitics “Count Dankula Demonetized on YouTube After Buzzfeed Hit Piece” by Tom Pappert (January 18th 2019)



840 BuzzFeed

“YouTube Has Downgraded Carl Benjamin’s Sargon Of Akkad Account After He Talked About Raping A British MP” by Mark Di Stefano (May 10th 2019)

841 Fox News “YouTube ends monetization of conservative commentator Steven Crowder’s channel, several others after left-wing outrage” by Gregg R (June 5th 2019)

842 Just a few of them include Jesse Lee Peterson, Press For Truth, Ford Fischer, Mr. Allsop History, SinatraSays, and many others.

843 New York Times “The Making of a YouTube Radical” by Kevin Roose (June 8th 2019)

844 CNN “It’s YouTube’s time in the hot seat” by Seth Fiegerman (June 11th 2019)

845 CNN “Former alt-right follower calls radicalization a health crisis” posted on their YouTube channel (June 12th 2019)

846 CNN “Trump invites right-wing extremists to White House ‘social media summit’” by Oliver Darcy (July 11th 2019)

847 White House Official Transcript “Remarks by President Trump at the Presidential Social Media Summit” (July 11th 2019)

848 BuzzFeed

“How YouTube’s ‘Super Chat’ System Is Pushing Video Creators Toward More Extreme Content” by Ishmael N. Daro and Craig Silverman (May 17th 2018)

849 Wall Street Journal “Hate Speech on Live ‘Super Chats’ Tests YouTube” by Yoree Koh (November 2nd 2018)

850 WhatsTrending “Killstream is KICKED OFF YouTube For Hate Speech SuperChat” by Alex Firer (November 6th 2018)

851 BuzzFeed “Right-Wing YouTubers Think It’s Only A Matter Of Time Before They Get Kicked Off The Site” by Ishmael N. Daro (April 18th 2018)

852 Polygon “YouTube networks drop thousands of creators as YouTube policy shifts” by Julia Alexander (April 24th 2018)

853 https://twitter.com/ChiefCanuck/status/984921575471251456

854 TubeFilter “YouTube On ‘Play Button’ Awards: “Not All Creators Who Apply Will Receive Awards” by Geoff Weiss (February 6th 2018)

855 YouTube “Lauren Southern Becomes a Man” by Rebel Media (October 3rd 2016)

856 The Rubin Report “Patreon CEO Jack Conte: Lauren Southern, IGD, and Free Speech (Live Interview)” (July 31st 2017)

857 Ibid.

858 Business

Insider “Crowdfunding platform Patreon defends itself from protests by ‘intellectual dark web,’ publishes slur-filled posts from banned YouTuber” by Benjamin Goggin (December 18th 2018)

859 Breitbart “Stripe, PayPal, Patreon: The Right Is Being Banned from Online Fundraising” by Allum Bokhari (July 24th 2018)

860 ReclaimTheNet.org “Patreon suspends Soph’s account one day after YouTube deleted her channel” by Tom Parker (August 2nd 2019)

861 Breitbart “Patreon tolerates calls for violence from leftists while demonetizing conservatives” by Allum Bokhari (December 15th 2018)

862 Ibid.

863 Ibid

864 https://twitter.com/Patreon/status/1070446085787668480

865 Breitbart “Mastercard Forces Patreon to Kick Off Jihad Watch’s Robert Spencer” by Charlie Nash (August 15th 2018)

866 USA Today “Forget astronaut: YouTube is a more intriguing work frontier than space for today’s kids” by Dalvin Brown (July 18th 2019)

867 CNBC

“YouTube’s bet against big cable announces nationwide expansion” by Jillian D’Onfro (January 23rd 2019)

868 The Verge “The golden age of YouTube is over” by Julia Alexander (April 5th 2019)

869 Ibid.

870 Hollywood Reporter “R. Lee Ermey and John Wayne Shared Screen Time Together — Kind of” by Ryan Parker (April 15th 2018)

871 Hollywood Reporter “How ‘Furious 7’ Brought the Late Paul Walker Back to Life” by Carolyn Giardina (December 11th 2015)

872 The Hill “‘Obama’ voiced by Jordan Peele in PSA video warning about fake videos” by Morgan Gstalter (April 17th 2018)

873 Standford.edu “Face2Face: Real-time Face Capture and Reenactment of RGB Videos”

874 UW News “Lip-syncing Obama: New tools turn audio clips into realistic video” by Jennifer Langston (July 11th 2017)

875 Washington Post “Here are the tools that could be used to create the fake news of the future” by Philip Bump (February 12th 2018)

876 Fortune “What Is a Deepfake? Let This Unsettling Video of Jennifer Lawrence With Steve Buscemi’s Face Show You” by Kevin Kelleher

(February 1st 2019)

877 Time “Here’s Steve Buscemi’s Reaction to That Haunting Fake Jennifer Lawrence Mashup Video” by Melissa Locker (February 7th 2019)

878 CNET “Deepfake video of Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg posted on Instagram” by Queenie Wong (June 11th 2019)

879 CBS News “CBS News asks Facebook to remove ‘deepfake’ video of Mark Zuckerberg with unauthorized CBSN trademark” by Lex Haris (June 12th 2019)

880 PC Magazine “Facebook Declines to Delete Fake Zuckerberg Video” by Michael Kan (June 11th 2019)

881 Tech Dirt “Kim Kardashian Deep Fake Video Removed By Copyright Claim” by Timothy Geigner (June 19th 2019)

882 The Verge “Pornhub is the latest platform to ban AI-generated ‘deepfakes’ porn” by Adi Robertson (February 6th 2018)

883 CNET “Reddit cracks down on ‘deepfake’ pornography” by Erin Carson (February 7th 2018)

884 Wired “Yes people can put your face on porn, no the law can’t help you” by Emma Grey Ellis (January 1st 26th 2018)

885 Engadget

“AI-powered face swapping has taken a dystopian turn” by Richard Lawler (January 26th 2018)

886 The Washington Post “CIA unit’s wacky idea: Depict Saddam as gay” by Jeff Stein (May 25th 2010)

887 The Telegraph “CIA considered faking Saddam Hussein sex video” by Toby Harnden (May 26th 2010)

888 BBC “The sexually abused dancing boys of Afghanistan” by Rustam Qobil (September 8th 2010)

889 The New York Times “U.S. Soldiers Told to Ignore Sexual Abuse of Boys by Afghan Allies” by Joseph Goldstein (September 20th 2015)

890 The Verge “Nvidia uses AI to make it snow on streets that are always sunny” by James Vincent (December 5th 2017)

891 Ibid.

892 CNET “This website uses AI to generate startling fake human faces” by Jackson Ryan (February 14th 2019)

893 BBC “Adobe Voco ‘Photoshop-for-voice’ causes concern” November 7th 2016)

894 Ibid.

895 Ibid.

896 Medium

“RealTalk: This Speech Synthesis Model Our Engineers Built Recreates a Human Voice Perfectly” by Dessa (May 15th 2019)

897 Ibid.

898 Ibid.

899 Ibid.

900 Ibid.

901 The Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs - Artificial Intelligence and National Security by Greg Allen and Taniel Chan (July 2017) page 30

902 Wired “AI Will Make Forging Anything Entirely Too Easy” by Greg Allen (July 1st 2017)

903 Ibid.

904 The Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs - Artificial Intelligence and National Security by Greg Allen and Taniel Chan (July 2017) page 31

905 Ibid.

906 USA

Today “Too scary? Elon Musk’s OpenAI company won’t release tech that can generate fake news” by Edward C. Baig (February 15th 2019)

907 MIT Technological Review “Fake News 2.0: personalized, optimized, and even harder to stop” by Will Knight (March 27th 2018)

908 Scientific America “Could AI Be the Future of Fake News and Product Reviews?” by Larry Greenemeier (October 16th 2017)

909 Ibid.

910 Observer “Spies Suspect Kremlin Is Pushing Dozens of Fake Trump Sex Tapes” by John R. Schindler (November 9th 2017)

911 New York Post “Russian offered to send prostitutes to Trump’s hotel room” by Mark Moore (November 9th 2017)

912 New York Daily News “Ex-Trump bodyguard testifies Russian operative offered to ‘send five women’ to future President’s hotel room” by Leonard Greene (November 9th 2017)

913 Brainy Quote - Winston Churchill

914 AZQuotes.com - Joseph Sobran Quotes

Insights on Mark Dice's The Bohemian Grove

Contents Insights from Chapter 1 Insights from Chapter 2 Insights from Chapter 3 Insights from Chapter 4 Insights from Chapter 5 Insights from Chapter 6 Insights from Chapter 7 Insights from Chapter 8 Insights from Chapter 9 Insights from Chapter 10 Insights from Chapter 11

Insights from Chapter 1



#1

The Bohemian Club is a club for artists, musicians, and writers that was established in San Francisco in 1872. It soon took a more rural turn, and by the early 1880s, the Bohemian Club was holding weekend campouts in the vast redwood forests around Sonoma County, California.

#2

The 2013 records show that the club took in $10,168,330 in revenue that year. They paid out $3,007,779 in salaries to the staff, and other expenses were listed at $2,971,656, which went to pay for the food, booze, insurance, electricity, building maintenance, etc. Their total expenses for the year were $5,997,272.

#3

The Bohemian Club, a club that hosts the Bohemian Grove, was sued for discrimination in 1978 by the Department of Fair Employment and Housing. The court ruled in favor of the club in 1981, but the feminists did not give up and continued to pursue the case.

#4

The Bohemian Grove, along with men’s country clubs, are able to turn down people of the opposite sex for membership without being sued for discrimination because these clubs are considered private, not public.

Insights from Chapter 2



#1

The Bohemian Grove’s mascot is an owl, or more specifically, the Owl of Minerva, who is the Goddess of wisdom. The Dictionary of Symbols says, In the Egyptian system of hieroglyphs, the owl symbolizes death, night, cold and passivity. It also pertains to the realm of the dead sun, that is, of the sun which has set below the horizon and which is crossing the lake or sea of darkness.

#2

A patron saint is someone who embodies a group’s philosophies or goals, and for the Bohemian Grove this is Saint John of Nepomuk. He was a priest who received the confessionals of the queen of Bohemia in the 1300s, and when pressured by the king to reveal her confessions, he refused and was then killed by the king.

#3

The Bohemian Grove’s motto is Weaving spiders come not here, which is said to mean that members and guests are not supposed to conduct business inside the Grove.

#4

The big secret of the Illuminati is that they believe that Satan is not bad, but came to earth to free mankind from enslavement by the Creator. They believe that God was a tyrant who did not want humans to eat from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil.



#5

The ruling class wants to evolve into Gods, and they believe that through the ancient secret and the emerging science of Transhumanism, they will achieve this.

Insights from Chapter 3



#1

Inside the Bohemian Grove, there are 124 different camps, each managed by a camp captain. Each camp has its own unique name and consists of anywhere from a dozen to one hundred men who work in the same field to provide networking opportunities.

#2

The Bohemian Club and the Bohemian Grove are two of the most exclusive and influential clubs in the world. They have been known to select politicians and other powerful people for their favor.

Insights from Chapter 4



#1

The Bilderberg Group, which has been meeting annually for the past sixty years, is a human sacrifice ritual where an effigy called Care is burned on an altar. The men chant No fire, no fire, no fire. Let it be kindled in the world where Care is nourished on the hates of men, and drive him from this Grove.

#2

The Bohemian Grove, a secretive San Francisco club, is where the ceremony depicted in the photos takes place. It’s one thing to read about the ceremony, or see the photos, but the video leaves you with your head shaking. It seems that some kind of bizarre secret ritual takes place there.

#3

In 2004, National Geographic magazine published a photo taken during a Cremation of Care ritual in 1915. The caption said, To purge himself of worldly concerns, a member of the elite Bohemian Club participated in a 1915 Cremation of Care ceremony.

#4

The Bible describes Molech sacrifices in detail, and explicitly condemns them as evil. It states that anyone from the Israelites or the foreigners who live in Israel who gives one of his children to Molech must be put to death.

#5

The symphonic poem The Isle of the Dead by Russian composer Sergie Vasilyevich Rachmaninoff tells the tale of a ghostly ferryman who transports the dead in his small rowboat, as it moves slowly across the calm dark water. The symphony was inspired by Swiss artist Arnold Böcklin’s famous Isle of the Dead painting.

#6

Presidential advisor David Gergen resigned from the Bohemian Club, three days after saying he would not run around naked at its annual Bohemian Grove encampment, and insisting he would not quit. He also resigned from the Bilderberg Group, the Council on Foreign Relations, and nearly all organizations dedicated to setting up a New World Order.

#7

The anchor for the CBS Evening News from 1962 to 1981, Walter Cronkite, is believed to have recorded the voice for the Owl Shrine that is played over the loudspeakers during part of the Cremation of Care.

Insights from Chapter 5



#1

The Bohemian Grove is a two-week-long annual gathering of the most powerful men in the world. The speakers mainly discuss political, economic, and business trends, and occasionally include information that is not publicly disclosed.

#2

The Bohemian Grove is a camp that members of the elite go to every summer. It is rumored that Bill O’Reilly and Glenn Beck were there as guests or possibly speakers in 2013 because they were both missing from their usual schedules at some point in time.

#3

The camp had four sessions: Jeffrey Toobin on the Supreme Court, David Martin on the Obama administration, Michail Armacost on China, and Arthur Laffer on economics.

#4

The summit was held on July 14-21, 2018. The topics of the talks were as follows: Friday, July 14: Global Financial Warriors by John Taylor, professor of economics at Stanford University. Monday, July 17: Untold Tales from the Cold War by Tom Reed, former Secretary of the Air Force.

#5



The Grove hosts many talks, but for the most part, they keep them secret. The only thing that is announced ahead of time is the speaker.

#6

The program was hosted by Charles Elachi, director of the Jet Propulsion Lab at the California Institute of Technology. The topics were: exploring Mars and searching for life in the universe, the landscape of American politics, the elections and their aftermath, state building, and the unrealized potential of the technological revolution.

#7

The festival had a wide variety of speakers and topics, from Yurek Martin, senior writer at the Financial Times of London, to Donald Rumsfeld, member of Nixon cabinet and future Secretary of Defense in the George W. Bush administration.

Insights from Chapter 6



#1

In 1980, a local resident named Mary Moore founded the Bohemian Grove Action Network with the purpose of infiltrating the Grove by having people obtain summer jobs there or by convincing those who already worked there to steal membership lists, program guides, and other information.

#2

In July of 2000, radio talk show host Alex Jones infiltrated the Bohemian Grove and videotaped the Cremation of Care ritual. He cut a hole in the side of a shoulder bag and mounted a camcorder inside, and sat in the bleachers with the rest of the approximately 1500 members and guests. He was accompanied by his thenproducer Mike Hanson.

#3

The Bohemian Grove, a redwood grove in Sonoma County north of San Francisco, is where the wealthy and well-placed gather every summer to socialize, lecture, and conduct rituals away from public scrutiny.

#4

In January 2002, a 37-year-old man named Richard McCaslin snuck into the Grove wearing a superhero outfit, a bulletproof vest, and armed with a fully loaded MK-1 rifle-shotgun. He was there to expose the ritualistic human sacrifices happening there.



#5

In 2005, Chris Jones, a man in his late thirties, got a job at the Bohemian Grove to gather photos and video evidence of what happens inside. He was able to get photos of some of the camps and elaborate clubhouses, as well as some close-up pictures of the site of the Cremation of Care ritual.

#6

The Bohemian Club, a secret society that’s been operating in California since the United States was founded, has been accused of cutting down some trees to prevent forest fires. However, this isn’t actually illegal.

#7

Guccifer, an anti-Illuminati hacker, accessed the emails of various Clinton, Bush, and Obama administration officials, including George W. Bush’s sister’s email where he found family photos.

Insights from Chapter 7



#1

The Bohemian Grove, which is a resort and campground located near San Francisco, is known for its homosexual activities. In 1989, reporter Philip Weiss snuck into the Grove and wrote a lengthy article about the rampant homosexuality there.

#2

It has been rumored that the Mitchell Brothers O’Farrell Theatre in San Francisco’s Tenderloin district has been a source of strippers and high-class call girls used by the Bohemians.

Insights from Chapter 8



#1

The Bohemian Grove, which is a club for the world’s richest and most powerful men, is also said to have performed a human sacrifice. These rumors involve claims of horrific sadistic acts that involve the sexual abuse of children and the production of snuff films.

#2

Around this same time, the Washington Times ran a front page story detailing a gay prostitution ring operating in Washington D. C. that provided teen call-boys to some very powerful and well-connected men. The article quietly went away, and has been forgotten by most Americans.

#3

The Guardian reported, Two newspaper executives have told the Observer that their publications were issued with D-notices – warnings not to publish intelligence that might damage national security – when they sought to report on allegations of a powerful group of men engaging in child sex abuse in 1984.

#4

The world’s lust for realistic and brutal horror movies shows that millions of people find excitement in watching people getting tortured and murdered. It's not hard to believe that some people would pay money to witness an actual murder in person.



#5

Hunter S. Thompson, a journalist known for his work with the Hells Angels, was also connected to the Bohemian Grove, where he allegedly propositioned a man to shoot a snuff film involving the murder of a child.

#6

Hunter S. Thompson’s former editorial assistant, Nickole Brown, posted an article online in 2005 recounting some of the bizarre behavior she had witnessed while working for him. She said he had thrown her out of the house for refusing to watch a snuff film.

#7

Sex magic is the belief and practice of generating sexual energy and directing it to shape the fabric of reality. It is similar to the Law of Attraction, but with sex. The Knights Templars, who learned about sex magic from the Tantrics of India, practiced it.

#8

Sex magic is not just a myth, and it is not just a fringe element of the occult. It is real, and it is disgusting. It involves taking a woman’s menstrual blood and a man’s semen, and then mixing them together and baking the fluids into cookies or a cake. Then you eat it.

#9

The author Cathy O’Brien, who wrote a book about her experiences with the Illuminati, claims that the Bohemian Grove has a Necrophilia theme room. In reality, only a small fraction of the members could possibly be so evil as to enjoy such things and no informants, guests, members or employees have ever mentioned such a thing.

#10

O’Brien claims that some of her abusers were George H. W. Bush, Ronald Reagan, Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter, Dick Cheney, and Hillary Clinton, who she said performed oral sex on her on front of Bill. Yet, her CIA handlers decided to let her live to tell about it.

Insights from Chapter 9



#1

I used to try and get on the radio to question the hosts about Bohemian Grove, but every time I would get through to the call screener, they would hang up on me immediately as soon as I told them I had a question about Bohemian Grove.

#2

Bill O’Reilly, the host of the radio show, would take call after call on any topic. He would even hang up on people if their questions were off topic. I could understand if my question was irrelevant, but this was the segment where O’Reilly said, You can ask me whatever you want.

#3

Hannity: You are a kook. You are a nut. You are absolutely out of your mind insane. I’ve never been to the Bohemian Grove, sir. It’s just a great conspiracy.

#4

The Bohemian Grove is a club composed of elitist politicians and journalists who conduct secret meetings to take over the world. They run around naked, and no women are allowed.

#5

On the Savage Nation, I asked Savage about the Bohemian Grove and George W. Bush’s and Bush 41’s membership. He was skeptical at first, but did listen to me. When I told him that senator John DeCamp alleged that there were mock funerals there, he said, Well, that’s what everyone goes to the Bohemian Grove for.

#6

I once called Glenn Beck and asked him about the book The Resistance Manifesto. He replied by saying that I might have just gotten that entire show taken off the air because of me. I was promptly taken off the air.

#7

I was on the phone with Fox News host Tucker Colmes, who was asked about the Bohemian Grove and the Republican elite’s annual mock human sacrifice. He said he didn’t know anything about it, and quickly dropped the call.

#8

The Friday night free for all is where you set the agenda, you run the show, and you determine what we talk about. We cannot keep callers off the air as much as we would like to in some cases.

#9

I have continued to try to get onto the show as a guest. You are a phony and a fraud, and I am not going to put you on the air as a guest. It is not going to happen. That's that guy, anyway.

Insights from Chapter 10



#1

The Belizean Grove, a female-only retreat, was started in 2001 by Susan Stautberg, the president of PartnerCom Corporation, who gathered around 100 influential women to fly down to Belize and meet up every year for three days of balanced fun and bonding.

#2

The Belizean Grove is a all-female club that was founded in 2009 after Sonia Sotomayor was nominated for a position on the Supreme Court by President Barack Obama. It has been revealed that Republicans dug up dirt on Sotomayor and found that she was a member of this club, which supposedly discriminates against men.

Insights from Chapter 11



#1

The film Eyes Wide Shut is based on real events, and it has been suggested that the Bohemian Grove or the Illuminati sex orgies occur at the private parties of the ruling elite. The Killing Kittens club has popped up in recent years to hold Eyes Wide Shut themed parties in rented mansions.

#2

The world of politics and Hollywood is full of sex offenders and deviants, who regularly host secret orgies. It shouldn’t be much of a surprise that Eyes Wide Shut-type parties occur.

#3

South Park is a show that makes fun of pop culture figures, politicians, and religious beliefs. It is often distasteful and crude, but it is still funny. The use of the disclaimer This is what Mormons/ Scientologists believe was included in an episode about the Super Adventure Club, an organization of pedophiles who travel around the world to have sex with young boys.

#4

The man who did the voice for Mr. Burns on The Simpsons, Harry Shearer, wrote and directed a little known film that was a spoof on the Bohemian Grove. Shearer labeled the members of Bohemian Grove white Christians, and didn’t believe their activities were secret.



#5

Shearer is just one example of how many Hollywood actors are extremely wealthy. He was paid $400,000 per episode in 2008, but had to take a pay cut in 2013 to lower production costs of the show or else Fox was going to cancel it.

#6

The Turner Broadcasting Network, which owns the Cartoon Network, airs cartoons aimed at children. But after primetime, when most children are supposed to be in bed, the network changes its format to what they call Adult Swim and airs raunchy cartoons supposedly aimed at adults.

End of Insights. Thank you for reading.

Introduction

It sounds like the plot of a cheesy horror film; a group of the world’s most powerful men gather in a secluded forest once a year where they dress in black robes and perform a strange ceremony looking like a human sacrifice as they discuss their plans for world domination—but in this case it’s not the story in some movie, it’s the story of the Bohemian Grove.

Many people interested in “conspiracy theories” about the Illuminati and the New World Order have heard of the Bohemian Grove and probably know a few things about it, and if you’re one of these people, I promise this book will be packed with information and little-known details that few people have ever heard. It’s a story so bizarre, that many simply can’t believe it.

You are about to learn the hidden history, the strange rituals, and the secrets of one of the world’s most exclusive clubs. I will reveal the identity of their most powerful members and details of the over 100 different subgroups within and what world-changing ideas and events the Bohemian Grove has given birth to. I’ll cover what they call Lakeside Talks which are off the record speeches given by elite politicians and business titans to members in order to give them inside information about the speakers’ area of expertise. I will reveal the secret meaning of their motto, “weaving spiders come not here,” and the name of their patron saint and what he symbolizes. I’ll cover early investigations into the club and the leaks of their membership lists, maps, and year books; I will even reveal their tax returns and financial statements, and show you how we know what we know about this mysterious millionaires men’s retreat.

I will analyze the allegations of prostitutes servicing the members, and the gay orgies that are rumored to occur inside. I’ll also take a close look at the horrific allegations of murders and snuff films some say have occurred

inside the forest at the hands of members; and you’ll see why major talk radio hosts and the mainstream media are afraid to acknowledge the place even exists.

The Bohemian Grove is a 2700-acre redwood forest in northern California located about an hour north of San Francisco in a small town named Monte Rio. It is owned by the Bohemian Club, which is headquartered in San Francisco, and their forest—or “the Grove,” as it is called—serves as a vacation spot for around 1000 of the world’s most wealthy and powerful men who meet there every summer in the middle of July for a “men’s retreat.”

Every summer it’s common for both boys and girls to have retreats in the form of basketball camp or cheerleading camp, where the kids spend a week or so polishing their skills and going through various drills to improve their game. Of course, many Christian churches have annual men’s and women’s retreats which facilitate friendship and camaraderie among their church members, and the events also serve to further the attendees’ education on spiritual matters.

So, similarly, the Superclass, the Establishment, the Ruling Elite, the Illuminati—whatever name you want to call them—have their retreat as well, which serves as a place to rub elbows with other industry leaders and powerful politicians in a private, relaxed, and informal environment.

The annual mid-summer encampment at the Bohemian Grove has been called the “greatest men’s party on earth” by members, who include many presidents, military leaders, famous journalists, and top businessmen who enjoy getting away from their wives and the public eye for a bit to let loose and mingle with other like-minded individuals. The gathering lasts for two weeks from mid-July to the end of the month, with some men coming for a weekend, and others staying for an entire week or longer. The men call each other Bohos or Grovers, and members often bring guests with them, but they must be prescreened and approved beforehand by the club.



The term Bohemian refers to people who live non-traditional lifestyles and people who are adventurers, or vagabonds. Ever since it was started, the club’s logo has been an owl because it symbolizes wisdom since it can “see in the dark.” This is because the elite members view themselves as wise and enlightened beings. A forty-foot tall concrete “owl” shrine was constructed inside the Bohemian forest, and every year since 1929 has been the site of the annual Cremation of Care ceremony, one of the strangest aspects of this elite retreat. This is the ritual which they perform each year to kick off their two week long “encampment.”

The Cremation of Care consists of an elaborate production involving live music and fireworks—and a human sacrifice reenactment where a lifesize effigy of a person is placed on an altar at the base of the giant owl shrine and then burned or “sacrificed.” Critics claim the ritual is a toned down and theatrical version of an ancient human sacrifice to Canaanite Gods or the Devil.

It sounds so bizarre, many people chalk it up to an urban legend or an Internet conspiracy theory, but I’ll prove to you in this book that such a thing does happen, and the “rumors” are in fact true. In the 1980s, and 90s as word slowly spread about this place, occasionally a reporter tried to sneak inside the now highly guarded compound, but (at least at the time I’m writing this in mid-2015) little to nothing has been reported in the mainstream media about this fascinating (and frightening) forest.

In the past, membership lists and program guides would sometimes get stolen and made public by employees, and in the 1980s a group called the Bohemian Grove Action Network dedicated themselves to doing just that. The membership list, one of which I personally have in my possession thanks to a former employee, has included every Republican U.S. President since 1923, many cabinet officials, directors and CEO’s of large corporations and major financial institutions, and top military brass.

Some of these names include George W. Bush, George H. W. Bush, Dick Cheney, Colin Powell, Ronald Reagan, Richard Nixon, Dwight

Eisenhower, Alan Greenspan, Arnold Schwarzenegger, and many other mainly Republican members and guests. No current president attends because their schedule and whereabouts is too closely watched, but before and after they are in office they can be found in the Grove.

Some consider the Bohemian Grove to be like a Skull & Bones club for adults, and see the Cremation of Care ceremony as being similar to the satanic induction ritual that “Bonesmen” are put through in college, only with a few extra zeroes added to the budget. As you may be aware, the Skull & Bones “fraternity” located at Yale University recruits fifteen new seniors each spring to join their club and then grooms them for a possible high-level position in the Eastern Establishment once they graduate. Their initiation rituals are blatantly satanic and involve a simulated human sacrifice as well.1

Many people dismiss Skull & Bones as just a “fraternity” for rich kids, but it is far from a fraternity. In reality it is a senior society, meaning people don’t become a member until their senior year, and the organization is designed as an entryway to America’s Establishment and geared for the students’ post-graduate life. They hold meetings every Thursday and Sunday night during the school year to indoctrinate the new members with the philosophies and tactics of the ruling class—where, by the way, no alcohol is drank, or even allowed inside their clubhouse.2

What kind of a college “fraternity” doesn’t allow alcohol in their clubhouse? One that is very serious about their goals of gaining and maintaining power. If you take the time to study Skull & Bones, you will see beyond a shadow of a doubt, that they are far from a “fraternity,” and are in fact a deadly serious secret society with direct connections to the Bavarian Illuminati in Germany which was started by Adam Weishaupt.

So the “kids” in Skull & Bones conduct a satanic human sacrifice reenactment ritual in college, but then instead of outgrowing this juvenile frat boy “phase,” they become involved in even more elaborate and strange

rituals when they are well established adults and old men at the Bohemian Grove!

Is this where the secret rulers of the world meet to plot the course of planet earth? Is the mainstream media part of a cover-up to blackout any mention of the club? What is the evidence for the allegations made about the Grove? Is this annual gathering the Bilderberg Group’s summer camp? Are they really performing satanic rituals or human sacrifices? You are about to learn the answers to these questions and more, and we take a close look into The Bohemian Grove: Facts & Fiction.





History of the Grove

The Bohemian Club was started in San Francisco in 1872 by artists, musicians, and writers as an excuse for late-night drinking for those who supported Bohemianism which had become quite trendy in the late 19th and early 20th century. These Bohemians celebrated hedonism and overindulgence, and reveled in rebelling against the conservative conventions of the culture. Soon after its formation, businessmen and those with money joined the party and were called “men of use” by the original artistic founders, who called themselves “men of talent.”3 The artists enjoyed having the wealthy newcomers help foot the bill for their increasingly elaborate parties.

What originally began in their San Francisco clubhouse soon took a more rural turn. By the early 1880s, the Bohemian Club was holding weekend campouts during the summer in the vast redwood forests around Sonoma County, California. In 1893 they began renting the location now known as the Bohemian Grove from the Sonoma Lumber Company and later purchased 160-acres of the forest in 1901, later expanding their ownership to the current 2712 acres [over four square miles].

Most men’s clubs meet in Masonic lodges or fancy country clubs, but because of its unique rural atmosphere, the Bohemian Grove soon became a favorite spot where wealthy men could relive their college days of partying like there was no tomorrow. In the 1930s the Bohemian Grove became a favorite of U.S. Presidents as sort of a Camp David in the woods, and this is when word about the Grove began to quiet and the media blackout began. Members and guests enter the campground with the strict understanding that what goes on at the Bohemian Grove stays at the Bohemian Grove, and discussions—whether personal or business related—are all completely “off the record.”



The Grove is not “just a campground.” There are hundreds of structures inside ranging from elaborate clubhouses and sleeping quarters to a massive industrial kitchen and large amphitheaters—all of which is maintained by a rather large staff, not to mention guarded by an expensive security force and local police. As you may imagine maintaining such a luxurious facility is not cheap.

Back in 1887, the entrance fee for joining the club was $100 and the dues were $3.00 a month. By 1930 this had risen to $500 and $15 a month after that. In the 1990s, the initiation fee was $10,000 with $120 a month dues.4 There is a ten to fifteen year waiting list for new applicants, and in order to even be considered for membership two current non-related members must sponsor the prospect, who is then thoroughly screened by a membership committee before being placed on the wait list.

Since few men actually quit the club, most aspiring members literally have to usually wait until someone dies to then take their place. Many of the members are in their sixties and seventies, and a few of them usually pass away each year.

The Bohemian Club is registered with the IRS as a 501(c)7 Social Club, which makes them exempt from federal income tax and possibly state property tax as well. One of the requirements for 501(c) organizations is that their financial records are made available to the public for inspection— if you know where to look. I have been able to obtain these documents and they are quite interesting.

The 2013 records show that the club took in $10,168,330 dollars in revenue that calendar year.5 They paid out $3,007,779 in salaries to the staff, and “other expenses” were listed at $2,971,656, which went to pay for the food, booze, insurance, electricity, building maintenance, etc. Their total expenses for the year were $5,997,272. Total assets are listed at $20,428,708. Yes—twenty million dollars!



The general manager or the chief operating officer, Matthew Oggero was paid $556,897. The executive chef Jean-Marie Rigollet was paid $164,515. The controller Michael Boozing was paid $146,240; the HR director Jennifer Robertson was paid $145,385; the Grove Keeper James Daniel took in $146,874; and the financial director Deena Soulon was paid $222,071.

The forms note, “The compensation of all management employees are reviewed and approved annually by the compensation committee consisting of the president, vice president, and treasurer, who also set the composition benefits for the general manager.”6 Each Bohemian Grove member casts one vote for each position the governing body fills.

The first book dedicated to exposing the Bohemian Grove was published in 1974 titled The Bohemian Grove and other Retreats, written by William Domhoff, a sociologist and professor who taught at the University of California, Santa Cruz. He starts off the book explaining that upper-class retreats are of a major sociological relevance because, “they increase the social cohesiveness of America’s rulers and provide private settings in which business and political problems can be discussed informally and off the record.”7

Domhoff and a handful of other scholars who are familiar with the Grove insist it’s not just a vacation hideaway for the rich and powerful, but instead functions to facilitate the ruling class network and elitist ideologies which affects the entire world.

The book also exposed the Cremation of Care ritual, and starts off the first page saying, “You are one of fifteen hundred men gathered together from all over the country for the annual encampment of the rich and famous at the Bohemian Grove. And you are about to take part in a strange ceremony that has marked every Bohemian Grove gathering since 1880.”8 It goes on to include a full transcript and detailed description of the Cremation of Care, which was a historic revelation at the time, especially since this was back in the 1970s—decades before the Information Age.



Almost ten years after Domhoff’s book came out, ABC News surprisingly aired a segment about the Bohemian Grove in 1981. Somebody, somehow, was able to get a copy of this report from their archives and posted it on YouTube in 2006 where it can be seen today.9 The anchor at the time was Frank Reynolds, who began the segment asking, “What have Herbert Hoover, Art Linkletter, Jack London and Richard Nixon all had in common? Well, they’ve all been members of the exclusive all male, Bohemian Club in California, where every year at this time the elite from around the country get together for two and half weeks of, um, fun and games.”10

The segment then went on to reveal that more than 2000 members and guests spend two weeks camped out in the secluded redwood forest and named Gerald Ford, Henry Kissinger, George H.W. Bush, Ronald Reagan, and Richard Nixon as members, along with executives at Standard Oil and Bank of America. “Privacy is one of the Grove’s most cherished virtues,” the report continues. “Members may not photograph, record, speak or write about activities at the retreat. While many public officials are Grove members, the press is a distinctly unwelcome guest.”

The segment even showed a photograph of the Cremation of Care and included an interview with sociologist William Domhoff who explained, “With the ceremony called the Cremation of Care that begins the two week encampment, where the body of Dull Care—symbolizing woes and concerns—is burned on an altar in front of a big owl statue, when that ceremony ends, they all start to cheer and yell, and hand each other a beer.”11

The segment also pointed out that no women were allowed, not even as employees [at the time], and admitted the atomic bomb was developed by club insiders. The senior ABC News editor must have been on vacation, or the Bohemian Grove became arrogant and didn’t think a major news network would betray the strict editorial control by Establishment insiders which usually prevents such stories from making it to the airwaves.



Since this historic segment over three decades ago, there hasn’t been a single national news organization that has made a peep about the Bohemian Grove—at least as of mid-2015 when I’m writing this book—not even a tabloid news show. Pretty much only alternative news sites, and the local Sonoma County Press Democrat newspaper have ever acknowledged it even exists.

A staff of several hundred people help run the place during the summer encampment, working to cook food and keep up the grounds, most of them local high school kids from nearby towns who have no idea about the identities of the men they are serving. For almost 100 years only men (and teenage boys) were allowed to work inside. But as powerful as the Bohemian Grove is, they were not strong enough to prevent the feminists from crashing their party. In 1978 the club was charged with discrimination by the Department of Fair Employment and Housing for not hiring female employees.12

The club fought the charge and in 1981 a judge dismissed the case, but this was only a temporary victory. The judge’s decision was based on the members’ freedom to associate with who they wanted to associate with and included a statement that since the men “urinate in the open without even the use of rudimentary toilet facilities,” the presence of women would infringe on the men’s right to privacy.

The feminists didn’t give up though and continued to pursue the case. Another judge overruled the previous decision a few months later and ordered the club to begin hiring women.13 The club filed an appeal with the Supreme Court arguing that their freedom to associate was being violated, but the Court found against the Bohemian Grove.

To be clear, the Court didn’t say they had to allow women as members, but did force them to hire women as employees. There is a world of difference between being a member (or guest) and being an employee at the Grove. The employees are mainly contained in the kitchen and dining

area, and do not mingle with the guests in their clubhouses or throughout the grounds.

Despite losing their vigorous battle hoping to prevent women from working at the Grove, the Bohos find it amusing that women now work in the kitchen, “where they belong,” so it really wasn’t much of a victory for the feminists at all, since the “civil rights” victory against their “discrimination” is really just a big joke to the Bohos.

The Unruh Civil Rights Act states, “All persons within the jurisdiction of [California] are free and equal, and no matter what their sex, race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, or disability are entitled to the full and equal accommodations, advantages, facilities, privileges, or services in all business establishments of every kind whatsoever,” so how is it that the Bohemian Grove is able to legally “discriminate” against women as members?

The Bohemian Grove, along with men’s country clubs—or conversely, all-female organizations like the Girl Scouts, are able to turn down people of the opposite sex for membership without being sued for discrimination because these clubs are considered private, not public. Marcy Frost, an employment attorney at Moss & Barnett, explains, “If you are truly a private club, and not open to the public, the answer is generally, yes, you’re allowed to discriminate on the theory we have a Constitutional right of freedom of association.”14

It’s called the “private club exemption” from civil rights legislation. This issue of “legal discrimination” gets into a gray area when people begin arguing over what is considered a private verses a public club. So, at least for now, membership at the Grove remains exclusively reserved for men, but they now have to include women (and teenage girls) as employees who serve the men.

Back in 2008 when Hillary Clinton was first running for president, Bill Clinton was speaking at a campaign event when a heckler began

shouting at him about the Bohemian Grove. There was a pretty big crowd and security couldn’t immediately make it to the man to throw him out and his repeated interruptions were derailing Bill’s speech, finally causing him to respond.

“The Bohemian Club? Did you say the Bohemian Club? That’s where all those rich Republicans go up and stand naked against redwood trees right? I’ve never been to the Bohemian Club, but you ought to go. It’d be good for you. You’d get some fresh air.”15

His comment about “standing naked against redwood trees” refers to the common practice of members just whipping it out and peeing almost anywhere as if they were teenagers again at summer camp. It’s a fun thing for them to do apparently, and is part of the Bohemian Grove culture. The practice is literally encouraged and visitors have reported repeatedly seeing men everywhere around the club peeing on the side of trees or in some bushes instead of making their way to a bathroom.

Bill Clinton was also right about it being primarily a Republican club. Most, but not all of the members, tend to be Republicans who have historically been more involved with big business than Democrats. With the exception of Bill Clinton’s surprising outburst about this “Republican club,” no Democrats have dared to publicly denounce the Bohemian Grove, afraid of a backlash by their Establishment colleagues in Washington. Like the Bilderberg Group, it appears even mentioning the Bohemian Grove is off limits for most politicians.16

 





Their Symbols, Saint, and Motto

The Owl

The Bohemian Grove’s mascot (and logo) is an owl, or more specifically, the Owl of Minerva (or Athena, the Greek equivalent), who is the Goddess of wisdom. Interestingly this is the same symbol that Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Illuminati, used as his personal emblem as well.17 Within the Bavarian Illuminati in Germany, Weishaupt had also created a level in the hierarchy called the Minervals.18 An owl symbolizes wisdom because it can “see in the dark” which is analogous to being enlightened.

Pictures of owls are often seen in school classrooms standing on top of a small stack of books in order to symbolize knowledge. The National Press Club’s logo contains an owl standing on a book for this reason. Owls are also seen as guardians, and you may often see an owl statue on the top of a building in order to scare away other birds in hopes of preventing them from congregating on the ledge of the roof so they won’t dirty the building’s face with their droppings—or worse, hit passersby on the sidewalk below.

The Dictionary of Symbols by J.E. Cirlot says, “In the Egyptian system of hieroglyphs, the owl symbolizes death, night, cold and passivity. It also pertains to the realm of the dead sun, that is, of the sun which has set below the horizon and which is crossing the lake or sea of darkness.”19

A tiny owl can be found hidden in the design of the American one dollar bill, perched on the upper left corner of the frame that surrounds the

“1” located in the upper right hand corner. This isn’t just a case of people seeing something that looks like an owl popping out of a random pattern; it’s clear someone purposefully included it in the design. Some people also see an owl figure designed into the street layout of Washington D.C., appearing on top of the U.S. Capitol building when looking at the location from overhead or on a map. This one is a bit more ambiguous, but still may have been included on purpose by the Freemason architects who are known for their use of occult symbols.20

There is also a giant 40-foot tall concrete statue of an owl standing inside the Bohemian Grove on the shore of their manmade lake which is the site of the Cremation of Care ritual. Many think the “owl” looks more like a demon with horns actually, and at its feet is a large altar where the life-size human effigy (called “Care”) is “sacrificed” each year to kick-off the encampment.

Many people also believe this “idol” represents Molech, an ancient god from the Middle East that the Canaanite culture used to sacrifice their children to. Before the construction of the owl, there stood a large Buddha statue from 1892 to 1928 that was made of plaster of Paris. More on the Cremation of Care in a later chapter.



The Patron Saint

A patron saint is someone who embodies a group’s philosophies or goals, and for the Bohemian Grove this is a man named Saint John of Nepomuk. He was a priest who received the confessionals of the queen of Bohemia in the 1300s, and when pressured by the king to reveal her confessions after he suspected her of cheating on him, Saint John refused and was then killed by the king.

A large statue of Saint John carved from the trunk of a tree stands inside their forest showing him holding his index finger over his mouth, signifying the nonverbal gesture to keep your mouth shut and be quiet, paralleling Robert De Niro’s motto in Goodfellas that you “never rat on your friends, and always keep your mouth shut.” Their patron saint serves to remind Bohos of their oath of secrecy and that what happens in the Bohemian Grove, stays in the Bohemian Grove.



Weaving Spiders Come Not Here

The motto of the Bohemian Grove is “Weaving spiders come not here,” which is said to mean that members and guests are not supposed to conduct business inside the Grove—“weaving” meaning working, but this explanation is just a cover story for the saying’s true meaning. “Weaving spiders come not here” actually means “don’t dare challenge the members,” (or really, the “Gods,” as they see themselves) and is an allegory that comes from an ancient story in Greek mythology.

According to the tale, a woman weaver named Arachne once disrespected Athena, the Goddess of weaving, by failing to acknowledge that her weaving talent was a gift from the Goddess and not derived from her own power. Arachne even pridefully boasted that she was a better weaver than the Goddess herself. Angered by her lack of respect, Athena then turned Arachne into a spider, subjecting her and her descendants to weave webs forever as a curse for disrespecting the Gods.

The Bohos claim that their saying “weaving spiders come not here” is taken from a Shakespeare play called A Midsummer Night’s Dream, but given the elite’s appreciation for the occult and Greek mythology, not to mention their elitist attitude that they are gods among men, this explanation appears to be simply just a cover story for non-members used as an attempt to defuse the allegations that they conduct business in the Grove, which as you will see later in this book is quite common.

Albert Pike, a favorite philosopher among elite Freemasons, wrote that “Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals its secrets from all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it

[the Mason] calls Light, from them, and to draw them away from it.”21 So it should not come as a surprise to learn that the actual meaning of sayings and symbols by elitist organizations are not what we are told.



The Secret of Satan

When you first hear allegations about the ruling elite, or the Illuminati “worshiping Satan” it is hard for many to believe at first, but once you take a close look at the philosophies of the ruling class and the big secret of occult fraternities, it becomes undeniable that this is what’s happening. Do you think this book just took a turn into “crazy tinfoil hat-wearing conspiracy land?” Stick with me for a moment and let me explain and I’m sure you will soon agree.

Everyone, whether they believe it is literally true or just a myth, is familiar with the story of the Garden of Eden and the serpent temping Adam and Eve into eating the forbidden fruit, causing what is called the Fall of Man or the first sin. Adam and Eve were then banished from Paradise and the entire human race was cursed from that point on.

The big secret, or the “royal secret,” as it is often called, is that many men (and women) involved in secret societies believe that Satan is not bad, but instead came to earth to free Mankind from enslavement at the hands of the Creator, who in their view is seen as a tyrant who wanted to keep humans ignorant, hence forbade them from eating from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil.

The big secret taught within elite secret societies is that Satan the rebel “wanted to help” us poor humans, and risking his own eternal banishment from Heaven, he disobeyed God and encouraged Eve to eat the forbidden fruit to begin mankind’s supposed evolution to Godhood by giving them the power [knowledge] that the Creator supposedly was holding back from them out of selfishness or malevolence.



According to the Bible, Satan claimed Man could “become like God” if they listened to him and disobeyed the Creator, and this is the secret of secrets (arcanum arcanorum) of the Illuminati. In 1854 French occultist Eliphas Levi wrote, “There is indeed a formidable secret, the revelation of which has once already transformed the world, as testified in Egyptian religious tradition…This secret constitutes the fatal Science of Good and Evil, and the consequence of its revelation is death.”22

Manly P. Hall, who is considered to be Freemasonry’s “greatest philosopher,” revealed in his 1928 book The Secret Teachings of All Ages that, “The serpent is true to the principle of wisdom, for it tempts man to the knowledge of himself. Therefore the knowledge of self resulted from man’s disobedience to the Demiurgus, Jehovah [God].”23 Hall also stated that, “Both the sinking of Atlantis and the Biblical story of the ‘fall of man’ signify spiritual involution—a prerequisite to conscious evolution.”24

Helena Blavatsky, who was a major spiritual inspiration for Adolf Hitler, wrote in her 1888 book The Secret Doctrine, that, “Thus Lucifer— the spirit of Intellectual Enlightenment and Freedom of Thought—is metaphorically the guiding beacon, which helps man to find his way through the rocks and sand banks of Life, for Lucifer is the Logos in his highest.”25

Albert Pike, another highly esteemed historical figure of Freemasonry wrote, “Lucifer, the Light-bearer! Strange and mysterious name to give to the Spirit of Darkness! Lucifer, the Son of the Morning! Is it he who bears the Light, and with its splendors intolerable, blinds feeble, sensual, or selfish souls? Doubt it not!”26

Even the infamous Satanist Aleister Crowley admitted this is what he believed was the biggest secret of life, saying, “This serpent, Satan, is not the enemy of Man, be He who made Gods of our race, knowing Good and Evil; He bade ‘Know Thyself!’ and taught Initiation. He is ‘the Devil’ of the book of Thoth, and His emblem is Baphomet, and Androgyne who is the hieroglyph of arcane perfection.”27



Saul Alinsky, the leftist radical who Hillary Clinton wrote her college thesis on, acknowledged Satan in his book Rules for Radicals as the first rebel who stood up to the tyranny he said was imposed by God. According to the scriptures, Satan said, “ye shall be as gods,” if you follow his advice, and this is what the elite are striving for. They believe that through this ancient secret and the emerging science of Transhumanism, that they themselves will “evolve” into Gods as the final phase of human evolution.28

The plan to “conquer death” is being promoted as a real possibility through Transhumanism, which involves modifying our DNA or all together replacing our biological brains and bodies with interchangeable mechanical and silicon based systems.29

This is a topic for a whole other book, which I am currently working on, but this is in short the top priority of the ruling class. If my Transhumanism book is not out at the time you are reading this, there is a section on this topic in my book Inside the Illuminati: Evidence, Objectives, and Methods of Operation if you would like to learn some of the details about this disturbing agenda.

 



The Different Subcamps

Inside the Bohemian Grove there are approximately 124 different groups or camps—each having their own sleeping quarters, kitchen and bar, and each managed by a camp captain who is responsible for overseeing their group.30 Each different camp has its own unique name and consists of anywhere from a dozen to around one hundred men who tend to work in the same field to provide commonality and networking opportunities.

For example, the Hill Billies camp is made up mainly of men in big business, bankers, politicians, and media moguls from the state of Texas. The sign for the Hill Billies’ camp, which the Bush family belongs to, consists of a cloven hoofed and horned Devil figure.31 One of most elite camps is Mandalay, which is comprised of former presidents and other top political figures along with major defense contractors. No seated president ever attends the summer encampment because his schedule and location is so closely monitored that his visitation would bring too much unwanted attention to the Grove, but once they are out of office (and before they are even elected) many make it a priority to be there.

Another elite camp of former presidents and high ranking military personnel and defense contractors is Owls Nest. The Hillside camp is made up of Joint Chiefs of Staff members and other top military brass. Other camp names include the Lost Angels which is where major bankers and media executives belong. Uplifters is made up of corporate executives and international business big wigs. The Rockefeller family and other big oil men have their own camp as well called the Stowaways.

It’s quite obvious that having the Grove broken up into small subgroups which are comprised mainly of men who work in the same field facilitates discussions revolving around areas of overlapping interest. Sociologist Peter Phillips, who was a guest inside the Bohemian Grove on

two occasions and who earned his Ph. D. by writing his doctoral dissertation on it in 1994, wrote, “Sharing a camp together at the Grove gives Bohemian directors of major U.S. policy councils ample opportunity to discuss current affairs and socio-economic policy issues. Watching and listening to reactions to Lakeside Chats by various other Bohemians also gives policy directors an opportunity to evaluate policy concerns from the broad sampling of the American corporate business community encamped at the Grove. In this sense, the Grove serves as an informal evaluatory feedback process to the top socio-economic domestic and foreign policy councils in the United States.”32

Although the club claims the mid-summer encampment is just a vacation, and “weaving spiders come not here,” some major worldchanging programs have admittedly been hatched in the Grove. For example, the Manhattan Project (the plan for the atomic bomb) was admittedly conceived inside the club in 1942.33 Aside from the birth of the atomic bomb, the United Nations was hatched from the inside the club as well.34

Peter Phillips’ dissertation reveals, “One of the foremost political events in which the Bohemian political network played a significant role was the United Nations Conference of International Organization (UNCIO), April 25th to June 26, 1945 in San Francisco. This was the original formation meeting for the United Nations, with delegates from fifty nations. Receptions for UNCIO delegates and key dignitaries were held at the Bohemian Club on May 17, May 29, June 4, and June 5. Towards the end of the U.N. conference the Club invited all delegates to a program at the Grove.”35

It is rumored that Alan Greenspan was chosen to be the Chairman of the Federal Reserve Bank shortly after a meeting in the Grove where insiders came to a consensus that he should be their man. Arnold Schwarzenegger’s successful bid for governor of California in 2003 after a special recall election to replace then-governor Gray Davis was allegedly given the green light by the Establishment following a visit to the Grove as well.36



There is even a picture of Ronald Reagan when he was the Governor of California sitting down with Richard Nixon (who would be elected president the following year), taken in 1967 showing them inside the Bohemian Grove together where they were said to have been coordinating their future political careers.37 Nixon even admitted in his memoirs that the path to his presidency began with his visit to the Bohemian Grove.38

President Dwight Eisenhower’s road to the White House also began in the Bohemian Grove. In 1950, two years before he was elected president, he was a guest during the summer encampment and gave a Lakeside Talk that impressed the Establishment insiders. We know of this because President Richard Nixon openly admitted it in his memoirs!

He wrote, “After Eisenhower’s speech we went back to Cave Man Camp and sat around the campfire appraising it. Everyone liked Eisenhower, but the feeling was that he had a long way to go before he would have the experience, the depth, and the understanding to be President. But it struck me forcibly that Eisenhower’s personality and personal mystique had deeply impressed the skeptical and critical Cave Man audience.”39 Nixon was later chosen as his vice president.

After learning how the geopolitical system really works once inside the Oval Office, apparently Eisenhower’s conscience began bothering him. During his famous presidential farewell address in 1961 when his two terms were up he warned Americans that, “In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.”40

There are also rumors that in the build-up to the 2000 presidential election Bohemian Grove members George Bush Senior, Colin Powell, and other neocons had come to a consensus at the summer encampment that Dick Cheney should be George W. Bush’s running mate as VP.



 





The Cremation of Care Ritual

When you learn the details of the Cremation of Care, or see the photos or the video footage, it becomes clear why the mainstream media has maintained a near complete blackout on this issue for decades. In the age of social media, word about the Bilderberg Group—which meets every spring in a five-star hotel for three days of secret off the record talks—has spread far and wide, so the mainstream media can no longer completely ignore their annual gathering.41 While it may be somewhat simple to paint the Bilderberg Group as just another boring conference—explaining away the Cremation of Care is not so easy.

Basically, it is a human sacrifice ritual—only instead of sacrificing an actual person, they use a life-size effigy consisting of a metal skeletal framework wrapped with paper which is burned on an altar at the base of the 40-foot tall Owl Shrine. Close-up photos taken by a former employee reveal the effigy has two arms and two legs and is the size of an adult. The ritual kicks off the two-week encampment at sunset on the second Saturday of July each year, where a small number of members carry out the ceremony while the majority of others sit on a set of bleachers and watch.

It is conducted by a “High Priest” who wears a silver robe with a red cape. He is accompanied on stage by around two dozen other men who wear long black and red robes, some of whom are holding flaming torches. The High Priest also wears a wireless microphone which broadcasts over a sound system so the audience of around 1000 men can hear him. He begins by saying, “The owl is in his leafy temple; let all within the Grove be reverent before him. Lift up your heads, O ye trees, and be ye lift up, ye ever-living spires. For behold, here is Bohemia’s Shrine and holy are the pillars of this house. Weaving spiders, come not here!”



He continues, “Nay, thou mocking spirit, it is not all a dream. We know thou waitest for us when this our sylvan holiday shall end. And we shall meet and fight thee as of old, and some of us prevail against thee, and some thou shalt destroy…But this, too, we know: year after year, within this happy Grove, our fellowship has banned thee for a space, and thy malevolence that would pursue us here has lost its power beneath these friendly trees. So shall we burn thee once again this night and in the flames that eat thine effigy we’ll read the sign: Midsummer set us free!”

It is a very elaborate ceremony with a live symphony orchestra playing music at certain points for dramatic effect. The effigy is called Care, and the ritual is said to symbolically be the killing of Care, or the ritualistic “casting off their cares” so the men can have a good time at their party. As the ritual reaches its climax and the effigy is set on fire, screaming is played over the sound system, and once it is fully engulfed in flames, fireworks are set off and the crowd cheers in excitement.

The High Priest continues “Oh owl! Prince of all mortal wisdom. Owl of Bohemia, we beseech thee, grant us thy council.” A short song is then sung with lyrics that go: “No fire, no fire, no fire. Let it be kindled in the world where Care is nourished on the hates of men and drive him from this Grove. One flame alone must light this fire, one flame alone must light this fire. A pure, eternal flame, a pure, eternal flame. At last within the lamp of fellowship upon the altar of Bohemia.”

The High Priest then concludes, “Oh, great owl of Bohemia! We thank thee for thy adoration! Be gone detested Care! Be gone! Once more, we banish thee! Be gone, dull Care! Fire shall have its will of thee! Be gone, dull Care and all the winds make merry with thy dust! Hail fellowship’s eternal flame! Once again, midsummer sets us free!”

The first photo of the ceremony to be published came from a flier given to members within the Grove which was stolen by an employee and given to a group of activists called the Bohemian Grove Action Network

which was formed in the 1980s by a woman named Mary Moore who lives nearby in the neighboring town of Occidental.

Radio host and founder of Infowars.com, Alex Jones, snuck into the Bohemian Grove in July of the year 2000, and using a small video camera secretly recorded the entire ceremony and released the footage as part of a documentary film called Dark Secrets: Inside Bohemian Grove. By this time, there had been various photos available online of the ritual and many rumors of its occurrence, but Jones’ footage confirmed once and for all that such a thing did in fact take place. The footage can be viewed on YouTube and is quite shocking.42

A British TV producer named Jon Ronson documented Alex Jones’ infiltration for a segment of his own television series titled Secret Rulers of the World, which then featured some of Jones’ footage. Ronson, initially a skeptic who appeared to mock the “conspiracy theories,” was himself stunned to learn they were true. “As incredible as it sounds, it seems that some kind of bizarre secret ritual witnessed by world leaders really does take place in the forests of Northern California,” he said.43

When Ronson contacted the Grove for a comment on the newly shot footage they gave him a brief statement saying, “The Cremation of Care is a musical and verse pageant heralding a two week midsummer escape from business cares and celebrating nature and good fellowship. As grand scale stage drama it may be a bit overdrawn, but it’s about as innocent as anything could be.”44

It’s one thing to read about the ceremony, or see the photos, but the video leaves you with your head shaking. When I first saw it myself in the early 2000s, I thought it was a ceremony conducted by a small and powerless pagan cult and that Alex Jones was crazy for claiming such high profile people were in attendance, but he was right. I first came across Jones’ footage on a torrent site after searching for videos about the Illuminati. This was before video hosting sites like YouTube, Vimeo, and Dailymotion were created, and bit torrents were the primary way people

shared videos through peer-to-peer file sharing applications like BearShare and Morpheus.

After Jones’ infiltration, the club beefed up security and began using thermal imaging scanners and K-9 police tracker dogs to identify anyone lurking around the grounds who doesn’t belong there. Anyone who attempts to sneak inside will be charged with trespassing.

In 2004, National Geographic magazine published a photo taken during a Cremation of Care ritual in 1915 and included a caption saying, “To purge himself of worldly concerns, a member of the elite Bohemian Club participated in a 1915 Cremation of Care ceremony—complete with candles and a robed and hooded comrade to guide him. This private club of influential men still meets annually north of San Francisco and uses this symbolic ritual to kick off its summer retreat. But today the ceremony involves burning a mummy-like effigy named Care at the foot of the group’s mascot: a 40-foot-tall (12-meter-tall) concrete owl.”45



Molech

In the ancient Middle East, the Canaanites and the Phoenicians would regularly sacrifice their children to a horned god called Molech (sometimes spelled Moloch or Molekh). This horrifying ritual consisted of building a fire at the base of the Molech idol, which had its arms extended out over the fire pit, and then having the village high priest lift up a couple’s first-born infant son and place him into the arms of the beast, resulting in the child burning alive over the flames. Many people believe that this was the inspiration behind the Cremation of Care ritual.

David Icke, a popular British conspiracy theorist best known for his belief that the Illuminati are supposedly “reptilian shape-shifting aliens,” claims, “Today, these elite names are still doing ritual sacrifices of children at Bohemian Grove.”46 Yes, David Icke believes the ritual is a real human sacrifice!

Icke also believes the earth is hollow with ancient civilizations living deep inside it,47 and thinks the moon is a giant spacecraft just like the Death Star in Star Wars he says was built by aliens in order to watch over planet earth.48

The book of Leviticus in the Bible describes Molech sacrifices at length, and specifically denounces it as evil. “Don’t sacrifice your children on the altar fires to the god Molech,” it reads.49 It goes on to give specific instructions as to the punishment for such actions. “The Lord spoke to Moses: You are to say to the Israelites, Any man from the Israelites or from the foreigners who reside in Israel who gives any of his children to Molech must be put to death; the people of the land must pelt him with stones.”50



It continues, “I myself will set my face against that man and cut him off from the midst of his people, because he has given some of his children to Molech and thereby defiled my sanctuary and profaned my holy name.”51



Music During Ceremony

The symphonic poem The Isle of the Dead by Russian composer Sergie Vasilyevich Rachmaninoff tells the tale of a ghostly ferryman who transports the dead in his small rowboat, as it moves slowly across the calm dark water. The symphony was inspired by Swiss artist Arnold Böcklin’s famous Isle of the Dead painting which shows a coffin being transported to the symbolic grave depicted by the dark nothingness off in the distance.

Rachmaninoff’s symphony is played by an actual live orchestra during the beginning of the Cremation of Care ritual as a hooded boatman dressed as Death paddles his rowboat along with the coffin containing Care across the pond in front of the stage where “Molech” stands. Beethoven’s 7th Symphony is played later during the ritual.



David Gergen Confrontation

A top advisor to Presidents Ford, Nixon, Reagan, and Clinton— named David Gergen, who also worked as a CNN contributor, was confronted on camera by Alex Jones on the streets of New York during the 2004 Republican National Convention where Jones walked up to him and asked if he’d ever seen the Cremation of Care ritual.

Gergen, looking visibly uncomfortable, responded, “Frankly I don’t think that’s something I need to talk to you about.”52 When Jones asked him again about the ritual, Gergen snapped, “That’s none of your damn business!” and walked away. The clip can be seen on YouTube. Why was he so defensive? If it’s just an innocent “play” then why not answer such a simple question? Jones didn’t accuse him of worshiping Satan or participating in an actual human sacrifice; he just asked him if he’d been there for the Cremation of Care.

Back in 1993 The Washington Times reported, “Presidential counselor David Gergen resigned yesterday from the all-male Bohemian Club, three days after saying he would not run around naked at its annual Bohemian Grove encampment and insisting he would not quit [as the president’s advisor]. White House spokeswoman Dee Dee Myers announced the resignation along with Mr. Gergen’s departure from 17 other interest groups, charities and public boards ranging from the Trilateral Commission to the Very Special Arts Foundation.”53

He also resigned from the Bilderberg Group, the Council on Foreign Relations, and nearly all organizations dedicated to setting up a New World Order, leading many to think that perhaps he grew a conscience and decided he wasn’t going to have anything to do with such a plan any longer. Perhaps the reason he got so upset about Alex Jones’ question was that he wanted to

let sleeping dogs lie and being put on the spot about the Bohemian Grove freaked him out because he knows they cherish their oath of secrecy and didn’t want to be seen as betraying them.



Walter Cronkite

Walter Cronkite was the anchor for the CBS Evening News from 1962 to 1981, and is widely believed to have recorded the voice for the Owl Shrine that is played over the loudspeakers during part of the Cremation of Care. This is especially interesting when you learn that while accepting the Norman Cousins Global Governance Award in 1999 at a World Federalist Association meeting, Cronkite made a disturbing joke about Satan running the New World Order and seriously suggested countries need to give up their sovereignty and yield their authority to a global government.

During this event Cronkite said, “What Alexander Hamilton wrote about the need for law among the thirteen states applies today to the approximately two hundred sovereignties in our global village, all of which are going to have to be convinced to give up some of that sovereignty to the better greater union, and it’s not going to be easy.”54

He then mentioned Pat Robertson’s 1991 book, The New World Order and how Robertson (creator of The 700 Club) wrote that the construction of the global government is the work of the Devil, at which point Cronkite added, “Well, join me, I’m glad to sit here at the right hand of Satan.”55

 

Author’s Note: Please take a moment to rate and review this book on Amazon.com or wherever you purchased it from to let others know what you think. This also helps to offset the trolls who keep giving my books fake onestar reviews when they haven't even read them. Almost all of the one-star

reviews on my books are from NON-verified purchases which is a clear indication they are fraudulent, hence me adding this note. These fraudulent ratings and reviews could also be part of a larger campaign trying to stop my message from spreading by attempting to tarnish my research through fake and defamatory reviews, so I really need your help to combat this as soon as possible. Thank you!

 

The Lakeside Talks

Every afternoon throughout the two week encampment a Lakeside Chat or Lakeside Talk is given just after lunch at 12:30pm, where a political insider or industry leader gives a thirty-minute speech on his area of expertise. These daily talks are a rare and uncensored look into the minds of the most powerful men in the world. The speeches primarily revolve around political, economic, and business trends, and often include information that is typically not revealed publicly.

A reporter named Philip Weiss working for Spy Magazine successfully snuck inside the Grove in 1989 and witnessed a Lakeside Talk given by General John Chain, who was the Commander of the Strategic Air Command.56 In his speech the General lobbied the audience members to help him get the funding for the Stealth B-2 bomber program which would later end up costing almost 45 billion dollars, yes 45 billion dollars.57

Every decade or so the club produces a limited number of yearbooks called the Annals of the Bohemian Grove, which are given out to members so they can reminisce about their time there. These rare books contain dozens of photos from inside the forest and some include attendees dressed in drag, along with pictures of the Cremation of Care ritual and various Lakeside Talk speakers.

I have personally been able to obtain four different copies of these books, (Volumes V, VII, VIII, and IX) since occasionally they’ll find their way into used bookstores after older Bohemian Grove members die and their book collections are sold at estate sales or donated to thrift stores like Goodwill or the Salvation Army. In one book (volume VII 1987-1996 ) there is a clear photo of George Bush Senior and George W. Bush standing at the podium giving a Lakeside Talk in 1995 where Bush Senior reportedly told the audience that his son would make a great president one day.58



President Nixon revealed in his memoir (published in 1978) that his Lakeside Talk marked the beginning of his road to the White House, writing, “If I were to choose the speech that gave me the most pleasure and satisfaction in my political career, it would be my Lakeside Speech at the Bohemian Grove in July 1967. Because this speech traditionally was off the record it received no publicity at the time. But in many important ways it marked the first milestone on my road to the presidency.”59

While Nixon praised the Bohemian Grove in his memoir as the key to his path to the presidency, privately—as you will see in the next chapter— he denounced the widespread homosexuality he witnessed while he was there.60

Schedules of the Lakeside Talks are handed out to members inside which include who each afternoon’s speaker is and what their topic is. Often one of these schedules have been stolen by an employee and made available on the Internet. In the next few pages you’ll find a list of some of these speakers and their topics so you can get a feel for just how exclusive these talks are, and how the information presented impacts the world.

If the members’ time spent inside the Bohemian Grove is “just a vacation,” then why are there speeches by people like the director of the Central Intelligence Agency, U.S. Army Generals, mainstream media executives, political analysts and talk show hosts, leading economists, and bigwig businessmen? The stolen program guides have revealed for example, in 1981 the Secretary of Defense Casper Weinberger gave a speech titled “Rearming America” where he urged his well-connected audience to pull some strings to increase military spending. In 1991 Dick Cheney, who was Secretary of Defense under George Bush Senior’s presidency, gave a speech titled “Defense Problems of the 21st Century” where he did the same thing.

The Grove may have tightened up security in recent years, because the itineraries for the most recent years are unavailable. Some leaks did indicate

who was speaking there, but the program guide of the complete speakers list and their topic is unavailable from 2012 to 2014. It is rumored that they may have stopped handing out the schedule to members since employees keep stealing them and leaking them to the public, and the club may be securing them under a sheet of glass so they may be viewed but not carried away.

In 2013 the local Press Democrat newspaper did report that four-star U.S. Army General Stanley McChrystal and comedian Conan O’Brien were among the speakers, as well as MSNBC’s Chris Matthews, who also gave a Lakeside Talk back in 2003.61 There were rumors that Bill O’Reilly and Glenn Beck were there as guests or possibly speakers in 2013 because they were both missing from their usual schedules at some point in time while the encampment was in session.

 



Lakeside Talks 2011

Saturday, July 17

“The Supreme Court in the Age of Obama” by Jeffrey Toobin—legal analyst for CNN and The New Yorker.

 

Sunday, July 18

“The Obama Administration at War” by David Martin, national security correspondent for CBS News.

 

Wednesday, July 21

“How Should We Think about China. Partner, Competitor, Threat?” by Michail Armacost, former U.S. Ambassador to Japan and member of the National Security Council who handled East Asian and Chinese affairs.

 

Friday, July 23

“K—12 Education in America” by Joel Klein, Chancellor of the New York City Department of Education.



 

Saturday, July 24

“The Future of News” by Rupert Murdoch, CEO of News Corporation, the parent company of the Fox News Channel.

 

Sunday, July 25

“The Revenge of God: Religion & Violence in the Modern World” by Reza Aslan, professor at the University of California, Riverside.

 

Monday, July 26

“Venture Philanthropy—Andrew Carnegie 2.0” by John Wood, founder of Room to Read, a global non-profit organization that’s focused on literacy and gender equality in education.

 

Tuesday, July 27

“Cultural Diplomacy” by Dr. Gary Smith, executive director of the American Academy in Berlin.

 



Wednesday, July 28

“Defeating IEDs as a Weapon of Strategic Influence by” Thomas Metz, Lt. General, U.S. Army (retired).

 

Thursday, July 29

“The Four Most Important Words in Economics: People Respond to Incentives” by economist Arthur Laffer.

 

Friday, July 30

“To Be Announced” by California Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger.

 

Saturday, July 31

“Why is Mars so Important?” by Michael Malin, planetary geologist. Also “Countdown for America” by David Gergen, former presidential advisor.

 



Lakeside Talks 2006

Friday, July 14

“Global Financial Warriors” by John Taylor, professor of economics at Stanford University.

 

Monday, July 17

“Untold Tales from the Cold War” by Tom Reed, former Secretary of the Air Force.

 

Tuesday, July 18

“Energy, CO2 and Climate Change” by Lynn Orr, director of the Global Climate & Energy Project at Stanford University.

 

Wednesday, July 19

“Gulf Coast Erosion: Consequences for America” by Michail Armacosting, Chairman of Louisiana Governor’s Coastal Restoration and

Conservation Committee.

 

Friday, July 21

“America in the New World” by Fareed Zakaria, editor of Newsweek magazine and CNN host.

 

Tuesday, July 25

“Island Conservation with Guns, Traps & Poison” by Bernie Tershy, research biologist at the Institute of Marine Sciences at the University of California, Santa Cruz.

 

Wednesday, July 26

“The Parallelism & Ultimate Convergence of Science and Religion” by scientist Charles Townes.

 

Thursday, July 27

“Global Urbanization: a Challenge for the Future” by Richard Koshalek, President of the Art Center College of Design in Pasadena.



 

Friday, July 28

“Lessons Learned from War, Assassination, the White House and Hollywood” by Jack Valenti, former president of the Motion Picture Association of America (MPAA).

 

Saturday, July 29

“From Battlefields to Playing Fields: Economics, Energy, and Education” by General Colin Powell (retired), former Secretary of State.



Lakeside Talks 2005

Saturday, July 16

“Of Laughter & Leadership” by David Gergen, public policy professor and former presidential advisor.

 

Sunday, July 17

“To Be Announced” by naturalist Richard Leakey.

 

Monday, July 18

“The Case for Immigration Restriction” by Richard D. Lamb, professor at the University of Colorado and former Colorado Governor.

 

Tuesday, July 19

“Iraqi Medicine: Rip Van Winkle’s Burden” by Bernard S. Alpert, M.D.



 

Wednesday, July 20

“Wealth, Poverty & the Threat to Global Security” by William W. Lewis, director emeritus at the McKinsey Global Institute.

 

Thursday, July 21

“Dark Energy & the Runaway Universe” by Alex Filippano, professor of astronomy at the University of Berkley, California.

 

Friday, July 22

“Unlimited Government” by Chris DeMuth, executive director of the American Enterprise Institute.

 

Saturday, July 23

“To Be Announced” (Name not printed, which usually means someone “important” who doesn’t want to be connected to the Grove publicly).

 



Monday, July 25

“Nuclear Considerations: The Way Ahead” by Albert Konetzni, Vice Admiral, U.S. Navy.

 

Tuesday, July 26

“Peering Into Pandora’s Box: Avian Flu & Beyond” by W. Ian Lipkin, M.D., scientific director at the Northeast Biodefense Center.

 

Friday, July 29

“To Be Announced” by Bill Richardson, Governor of New Mexico.

 

Saturday, July 30

“Hoover Talk” by General Colin Powell, U.S. Army General (retired) and former Secretary of State during the George W. Bush administration.



Lakeside Talks 2004

Friday, July 16

“Exploring Mars & Searching for Life in the Universe” by Charles Elachi, director of the Jet Propulsion Lab at the California Institute of Technology.

 

Saturday, July 17

“The Landscape of American Politics” by David Brooks, New York Times columnist and political commentator.

 

Sunday, July 18

“The Elections & Their Aftermath” by Norman Ornstein, political analyst at the American Enterprise Institute.

 

Monday, July 19

“State Building: What We Do and Don’t Know about Creating Institutions in Developing Countries” by Francis Fukuyama, dean of advanced international studies at John Hopkins University.



 

Tuesday, July 20

“The Internal Life of Planets: A Comparison of Earth, Venus, Mars & the Moon” by Mark Richards, professor of geophysics and dean of physical sciences at the University of California, Berkeley.

 

Thursday July 22

“The Coming Virtual Soldier” by Roger McCarthy, chairman & principal engineer at Exponent Inc.

 

Friday, July 23

“The Long War of the 21st Century” by James Woolsey, Former Director of the CIA.

 

Saturday, July 24

“The Unrealized Potential of the Technological Revolution” by James H. Billington, librarian at the Library of Congress.

 



Monday, July 26

“Remembering Reagan, One Insiders Account” by Kenneth Adelman, author and policy analyst.

 

Wednesday, July 28

“Did the Terrorists Expect the World Trade Towers to Fall?” by Ian Mackinlay, architect.

 

Saturday, July 31

“Politics, Plagues, Prevention & Preparedness” by Vice Admiral Richard Carmona M.D., United States Surgeon General



Lakeside Talks 1997

Friday, July 11

“Rogues, Terrorists and Two Weimars Redux: National Security in the Next Century” by James Woolsey, former Director of the CIA.

 

Saturday, July 12

“Augustine’s Laws and the High Tech Grove” by Norman Augustine, chairman and CEO of Lockheed Martin Inc.

 

Sunday, July 13

Individualism in Western History” by Ken Jowitt , professor of political science at the University of California, Berkley.

 

Monday, July 14

“The Triumph of the Market and the Politics of Affluence” by Christopher DeMuth.



 

Wednesday, July 16

“Heretical Thoughts” by Yurek Martin, senior writer at the Financial Times of London.

 

Thursday, July 17

“The New Economics—Ideas Hatched in the Forest are Worth More Than the Trees” Craig McCaw, Chairman & CEO Eagle River LLC.

 

Friday, July 18

“Cyberspace and Managed Care: Is the Acceleration Manageable, or Do We Throw Momma from the Train?” by Louis W. Sullivan, M.D. Former Secretary Health & Human Services.

 

Saturday, July 19

“Plutonium Today and Tomorrow” by Charles Hollister.

 



Sunday, July 20

“National Security is Going South: Where is the Vision?” by William A. Owens, Admiral USN (retired) Former Vice-Chairman of Joint Chiefs of Staff, Vice Chairman SAIC.

 

Wednesday July 23

“Taxation with Representation” by Kurt Hauser

 

Thursday, July 24

“The Information Superhighway: A Way Upward, or a Toll Road to Nowhere?” by Ervin S. Duggan, President and CEO Public Broadcasting Service (PBS).

 

Friday, July 25

“Church, State and the Constitution” by Antonin Scalia, Justice on the Supreme Court.

 

Saturday, July 26



“Campaign Operative The Best of Times and the Worst of Times” Donald Rumsfeld, member of Nixon cabinet and future Secretary of Defense in the George W. Bush administration.



Infiltrations and Leaks

In 1980 a local resident named Mary Moore founded what she called the Bohemian Grove Action Network with the purpose of infiltrating the Grove by having people obtain summer jobs inside or by convincing those who already worked there to steal membership lists, program guides, and other information in order to expose the Grove.

Mary also organized demonstrations outside the Grove beginning in the 1980s consisting mainly of left-wing hippies who were concerned about the big business, environmentally unfriendly “Republicans” inside. She says, “When powerful people work together, they become even more powerful. The Grove membership is wealthy and becoming more so, while the middle class is steadily becoming poorer. This close-knit group determines whether prices rise or fall (by their control of the banking system, money supply, and markets), and they make money whichever way markets fluctuate.”62

Due to all the attention the Bohemian Grove Action Network was generating, in 1982 a reporter from Time magazine decided to sneak inside but his story was censored by the magazine and never published.63

As I mentioned earlier, a reporter from Spy Magazine named Philip Weiss was able to sneak inside the club in 1989 and published an article titled “Masters of the Universe Go to Camp: Inside Bohemian Grove,” detailing what he had witnessed. Aside from seeing a Lakeside Talk by General John Chain, who urged the audience to pull some strings to get the 45 billion dollars in funding for the B-2 bomber program, Weiss also said the members loved chewing on cigars, drinking beer, and peeing everywhere.



“You know you are inside the Bohemian Grove when you come down a trail in the woods and hear piano music from amid a group of tents and then round a bend to see a man with a beer in one hand and his penis in the other, urinating into the bushes. This is the most gloried-in ritual of the encampment, the freedom of powerful men to pee wherever they like,” he wrote.64

In 1991 a reporter for People magazine named Dirk Mathison was able to sneak inside and wander around for a period of time, but he was eventually spotted and removed from the property. He wrote a story about his experience that was supposed to appear in the August 5, 1991 issue of People magazine, but it never did. The managing editor at the time, Landon Jones, claimed killing the story had nothing to do with executives at Time Warner (People magazine’s parent company) being members.65



Alex Jones from Infowars.com

In July of the year 2000, radio talk show host Alex Jones, founder of Infowars.com, successfully infiltrated the Bohemian Grove and actually videotaped the Cremation of Care ritual and got out with the footage. He cut a hole in the side of a shoulder bag and mounted a camcorder inside, and sat in the bleachers with the rest of the approximately 1500 members and guests and watched the event unfold. He was accompanied by his thenproducer Mike Hanson.

A British journalist named Jon Ronson documented Jones’ and Hanson’s infiltration and included their adventure in an episode of his television series, The Secret Rulers of the World which follows Ronson as he “investigates” the claims of what he called “conspiracy theorists” surrounding the New World Order.

Ronson is a skeptic and appears to make fun of his subjects, seemingly intent to “debunk” their claims, but after Jones and Hanson emerged from the Bohemian Grove with the footage in hand, even Ronson was surprised that the “conspiracy theories” were true. After the two returned back to the hotel with the footage, Ronson questioned them about what they had seen.

[Ronson] Do you think this was unholy?

[Hanson] It’s very strange to me. These people are supposed to be running the world and they’re out there doing this.

[Ronson] You seem freaked out.



[Hanson] I am.

[Jones] These people point their fingers all day and call people extremists or cult members or whatever for their religious beliefs, this was a pagan ceremony and engaging in human sacrifice, a mock human sacrifice…

[Ronson] Aren’t they just saying that for two weeks they don’t need to worry about anything?

[Jones] But they’re burning someone in effigy and as it’s burning they “ahh ohhh nooo!”

[Ronson] But they’re not killing a person.

[Jones] We understand they’re not literally killing a person…

[Ronson] They’re killing something that is symbolic…

[Jones] Wait a minute. You saw it. You’ve got Death on this black boat bringing a pallet with the paper mache person obviously, it’s got the feet and the head and they take it over and burn it.

[Ronson] But wasn’t it just a metaphor?

[Hanson] To me it doesn’t matter. I think they’re sacrificing in the real world too.

[Ronson] Was this the New World Order?

[Hanson] Yes definitely. I looked the New World Order in the face out there.



Shortly after Alex Jones’ posted the footage online, a show called Washington Journal on C-SPAN discussed his infiltration. The show was hosted by Brian Lamb, the director of C-SPAN, who interviewed a “scholarly conspiracy researcher” named Michael Barkun who ridiculed Jones and appeared to be engaging in damage control.

The host states that he heard Alex Jones on Coast to Coast AM talking about his adventure and “he was talking about the Bohemian Grove club as if that’s where it all happens. That’s where all the decisions are made. There are thousands of people who go there, and there is some kind of ceremony and an owl and all that, have you followed this?” Lamb asked Barkun.66

Barkun replies, “Yes I have, even though the show is on past my bedtime, but, Alex Jones has been talking about this for quite a while. The Bohemian Grove, of course, is a privately owned redwood grove, up in Sonoma Country, north of San Francisco, where every summer there is a get together of the wealthy and well placed, all male, who get together for general cavorting, socializing, lecture, symposium and so on, in an atmosphere that is completely removed from public scrutiny. Alex Jones and some others have suggested for a long time that there are all sorts of nefarious rituals that go on, and a matter of fact, and I talk about this incident actually in my book, someone who had listened to the Alex Jones show about this was arrested within the Bohemian Grove, very heavily armed, because he said he was trying to bring attention to what he thought were human sacrifices that were being committed by the elite who attend these gatherings.”67

Barkun was referring to a man named Richard McCaslin who snuck onto the property in January of 2002 with the hopes of exposing the Cremation of Care ritual which he believed involved an actual human sacrifice. More on Richard McCaslin in a moment. Lamb and Barkun didn’t even mention the Cremation of Care ritual, and how it clearly depicts a theatrical human sacrifice, and gave the audience the impression that crazy conspiracy theorists have just invented the idea out of thin air that the club

is burning people alive during their party and the intruder was completely insane for thinking such a thing was happening.



The Phantom Patriot

In January 2002 a 37-year-old man named Richard McCaslin snuck into the Grove while wearing a superhero outfit, a bullet proof vest, and armed with a fully loaded MK-1 rifle-shotgun. Having heard the rumors about what allegedly goes on inside, and having seen Alex Jones’ footage of the Cremation of Care, McCaslin was convinced there were actual human sacrifices being carried out and he intended to expose it.68 Jones never said the ritual was an actual human sacrifice, but many people have, including, as I’ve mentioned earlier—David Icke, the guy who believes the Illuminati are blood-drinking shapeshifting reptilians from another galaxy.69

If you’ll recall, the summer encampment begins the second weekend of July, and since “The Phantom Patriot,” as he called himself, went there in January, not much was going on. After he didn’t find any elite insiders gathering, McCaslin decided to set a building on fire and was apprehended by Bohemian Grove security. He was sentenced to eleven years in prison, a sentence dramatically increased because he was wearing a bullet proof vest in the commission of a crime (felony arson) which is an additional charge in California.70

Richard McCaslin was (and still is) part of the real-life super hero subculture, a small and bizarre group of adult males who like to dress up as “superheroes” and fantasize about being “real” crime fighters.71 Some of these people actually walk the streets of cities in America wearing their costumes and see themselves as neighborhood watchmen.72 After McCaslin was released from prison, he continued wearing his “Phantom Patriot” costume and still believes the Bohemian Grove members are reptilian shape-shifters from another planet.73



In 2011 he was seen protesting outside a business in Davenport, Iowa where President Obama was speaking and accused Obama, the Bush family, and Bill Clinton of being reptilians. A local paper did a story on him where he is quoted saying, “Every American president has British peerage [relation], and royalty has always said they have the right to rule by their bloodline. Their ancestors weren’t human; they were aliens, probably of the reptilian type.”74

Les Claypool, the singer of the rock band Primus, wrote a song titled “Phantom Patriot” for his solo project Of Whales and Woe (2006) which is about McCaslin’s “raid” on the Bohemian Grove. Claypool lives in Occidental, California, a small town right next to the Grove and is obviously aware of the rumors and allegations surrounding the place. Here’s a sample of the lyrics:

Walking through the compound With a formulated plan

There to help his fellow man At this decisive point in time The Bohemians of the Grove Don’t see it quite the same Sensing danger in his game They dub his quest a crime - Phantom Patriot



Chris Jones

In the summer of 2005, a man in his late thirties named Chris Jones [no relation to Alex Jones] got a job at the Bohemian Grove for the sole purpose of infiltrating the club and gathering photos and video evidence of what happens inside. He was able to get photos of some of the camps and elaborate clubhouses, and even some close-up pictures of the site of the Cremation of Care ritual, including the effigy used during the ceremony.

His photos clearly show that the object burned on the altar is in fact a life-size human effigy. It consists of a metal skeleton that’s wrapped with paper. Chris said he was able to inspect the effigy shortly before the Cremation of Care in 2005 and stuck his hand inside the paper wrapping to feel around inside it to see if by any chance there was an actual person, child, or vial of blood inside, but he said it was just paper wrapped around the metal skeletal frame.75 His photos and videos were included in Alex Jones’ 2005 film The Order of Death, a sequel to Dark Secrets: Inside Bohemian Grove which first showed the footage Alex shot in July of 2000.

I have personally met Chris Jones and he showed me the photos and videos on his camera along with some other memorabilia he “kept” (stole) from the club, including a membership list, a program guide, a book of matches, and a trashcan.

When he first turned over his photos and footage to Alex Jones for publication on Infowars.com, Chris called himself “Kyle,” wanting to remain anonymous, but after he was later jailed, he went public with his real name. Chris claims he showed some teenagers in his neighborhood the footage and photos he took, trying to educate them about the Bohemian Grove, but one of them got scared and told their parents Chris showed them a “snuff film” and says this was the start of his legal troubles. He was later

arrested for lewd conduct with a minor for playing strip poker with some boys he was babysitting.76

Some people believe these charges were trumped up as payback for him working to expose the Bohemian Grove and for releasing his never before seen photos and video footage, but the court documents detail what appear to be a history of inappropriate behavior with teens in his neighborhood.77 He claimed he was innocent and said the charges were based on misunderstandings but was found guilty in court and sentenced to three years in the Theo Lacy jail in Orange, California.



More Recent Attempts

In July of 2008 a Vanity Fair reporter named Alex Shoumatoff was arrested for trespassing after sneaking onto the property. Apparently he was working on a story—not about the strange rituals or the Lakeside Talks, no —he was working on a story about the club cutting down some Douglas-fir and diseased oak trees in order to help prevent forest fires—or at least that’s what he said he was doing there.78

Shoumatoff later wrote an article in Vanity Fair titled “Bohemian Tragedy,” where he complained about them cutting down some trees and talked about his arrest. He snuck inside, in his words, “to investigate reports that the Bohemians have been desecrating their own bower. That nothing is sacred with these guys anymore. Everything is fair game. But how could the Bohemian Club, where California’s forest-preservation movement began, be logging its own land, which includes the largest stand of old-growth redwoods in Sonoma County?” he wrote.79

In January of 2011 the History Channel’s Decoded included an episode about the Bohemian Grove and two of the show’s “investigators” paddled down the Russian River in canoes and entered the forest from the riverbank which runs right along the edge of the Grove’s property. They were discovered immediately and arrested for trespassing. This wasn’t even during the summer encampment so they wouldn’t have even found anything very interesting happening inside anyway.

The show didn’t even include any of Alex Jones’ footage of the Cremation of Care because the host, Brad Meltzer, said the History Channel’s lawyers were afraid they would get sued for airing it since it was technically obtained illegally. At the end of the segment, the “investigators” talked about their experience and arrest. One of them said, “I had nine hours

of incarceration to think about this. The more I thought about it, the less I was bothered by the Grove, even though they had just arrested me. I sort of felt like they are allowed to do this, it’s their property, and if they want to continue to have presidents and Saudi princes and military leaders come here, they need to promise those guys that they’ll be safe.”80

Another of the “investigators” concluded, “There’s nothing nefarious going on here. It’s just a bunch of businessmen and a men’s club.”81 Brad Meltzer the host ended the show by saying, “To be clear, this is a great club, and breaking laws isn’t a way to get into it, but a bit more disclosure, a bit more transparency, would go a long way.” Meltzer is also friends with President George Bush Senior, who gave him the idea for the plot of his book The Inner Circle, which is about a secret society that’s been operating in Washington D.C. ever since the United States was founded. This secret society isn’t the Illuminati or any “evil” group with ill intentions—no—it turns out to be a “good” secret society that George Washington started, called the Culper Ring, which Meltzer’s book claims is still in existence today to help “protect” America.

It’s likely the Decoded “investigators” arrests were staged in order to send a warning to viewers not to attempt to sneak in. As someone who’s been involved with a variety of “reality” television shows myself, I can tell you there’s not much reality in them.82 Scenes are staged and shot out of sequence to simplify the production schedule and then edited together to make it appear as if they were shot in chronological order.

In 2013 Colin Powell’s personal email was hacked into by an antiIlluminati hacker who called himself Guccifer. Powell’s email inbox contained some photos of him and his buddies inside the Bohemian Grove, and one of the emails was from News Corp executive Andrew Knight asking Powell to “firmly point out” to British Prime Minister Tony Blair that he should attend the Grove’s summer encampment that coming July and saying, “Tony has not yet got his priorities straight.”83



Guccifer was apprehended the following year and sentenced to seven years in prison.84 This is the same hacker who illegally accessed the emails of various Clinton, Bush, and Obama administration officials, including George W. Bush’s sister’s email where Guccifer found family photos as well as a self-portrait painted by George W. Bush depicting him taking a shower.85

On my YouTube channel there is a playlist of footage that I shot at the front gates of the Bohemian Grove in July of 2012 when I attended the Occupy Bohemian Grove protest, where hundreds of people gathered outside the entrance to raise awareness about the club.86 You can see dozens of police wearing riot gear standing guard in order to prevent the crowd from marching inside. I also captured footage of a K-9 unit patrolling the perimeter of the property, a speech by anti-war activist Cindy Sheehan, and the rather violent arrest of one of the protesters.



Hookers and Homosexuality

San Francisco is basically the gay capital of America, and with the Bohemian Grove located just north of the city, one might expect some of this “gayness” would spread to the Grove, especially since it was founded by artists and “Bohemians.” A Pulitzer Prize winning columnist for The San Francisco Chronicle named Herb Caen wrote about the homosexual activities in the Grove in his gossip column in the 1980s, and informants for the Bohemian Grove Action Network have claimed there has been widespread homosexual behavior inside.

Philip Weiss, who snuck inside in 1989 and wrote a lengthy article in Spy Magazine, said, “Today AIDS has put a damper on the Grove’s River Road pickup scene, which Herb Caen used to write about in his San Francisco Chronicle gossip column. Just the same, a man on his own often gets invited back to camps by gay Bohemians.”87 Weiss went on to say that several men tried to pick him up during his visit there.

According to Mary Moore of the Bohemian Grove Action Network, a man named Don Heimforth, who worked inside the Grove, was the “Deep Throat” (referring to the famed White House informant during the Watergate scandal) of the Bohemian Grove in the 1980s, and claimed a lot of gay men were involved in the club. Heimforth himself was gay and later died of AIDS.88

In 2004 The New York Post reported that a gay porn star named “Chad Savage” was discovered working in the Bohemian Grove, supposedly as a “valet,” which many people believe was just a cover story so he could engage in other kinds of activities— like perhaps “entertaining” the members.89 The Bohemian Grove yearbooks (the Annals) have various pictures of men dressed in drag to entertain each other while inside, and one

can only imagine what kind of weirdness goes on at some of the camps under the cover of darkness.

President Richard Nixon, who in his memoir admitted that the path to his presidency began in the Bohemian Grove, had something else to say about the place as well, which was not so favorable. In 1999 the National Archives released over 400 hours of Oval Office tapes from the 1970s, and on one of them Nixon made a pretty damning statement about the Bohemian Grove.

Nixon, along with John D. Ehrlichman and H. R. Haldeman, were discussing how the media was glorifying homosexuality and how it had been spreading, especially in San Francisco. Nixon went on to say, “The Bohemian Grove—which I attend, from time to time—it is the most faggy goddamned thing you could ever imagine, with that San Francisco crowd. I can’t shake hands with anybody from San Francisco.”90



Prostitution

It’s common knowledge that many wealthy men like buying the pleasures prostitutes provide. Sex scandals and politicians go together like peanut butter and jelly and it seems a new one is uncovered every few months. The trophy wives of many wealthy businessmen and powerful politicians are often twenty or thirty years younger than their husbands, and many of these couples have an unspoken open relationship.

The wives sleep with the pool boy or men they meet at the gym, while their husbands buy prostitutes through elite escort services when they’re away on business. And so, during the “greatest men’s party on earth” at the Bohemian Grove, it would be foolish to think some of these wealthy and power-hungry men could spend a week away from their wives without buying some time with a lady of the night (or a call-boy).

The Northwood Lodge and Resort, which is just a few minutes away from the Bohemian Grove, is the spot where some men slip away to hook up with prostitutes throughout the two-week long encampment. Back in 2001 Counter Punch, an independent investigative news site, wrote, “A few years ago KGO radio, out of San Francisco, had an interesting talk show in which callers with first-hand Grove experience told their tales. A man from Monte Rio said he was only one of several towns-people renting cabins every year to prostitutes traveling from as far as Las Vegas to renew the Bohos’ spiritual fibers.”91

It has also been rumored that the Mitchell Brothers O’Farrell Theatre in the Tenderloin red-light district of San Francisco has been a source of strippers and high-class call girls used by the Bohos. Mike Hanson, who worked as Alex Jones’ cameraman and producer, and who was with Jones when he snuck into the club in July of 2000, later interviewed four dancers

from Mitchell Brothers for his book who claimed that prostitution was the “unofficial” but accepted policy at Bohemian Grove.92

These girls said that the strippers who had been brought inside to perform for the guys were always expect to “perform” in other ways, if you know what I mean. The girls Mike Hanson interviewed said they signed NDAs, non-disclosure agreements, preventing them from reveling information about their experiences inside, or even admitting publicly that they had been there, so they only spoke with him on the condition that he would not reveal their identities.

Hanson’s book, titled Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy, details his and Jones’ infiltration into the Grove, where he includes his interview with these strippers who were between the ages of twenty-one and twenty-five. They say they were hired for a three-day gig inside the Grove and on the first night they said they performed for a group of around 40 men and then later some of the guys paid the girls for their “company for the night.”93

The second night they said they put on a show for a group of around 100 men, but the girls said they started getting extremely uncomfortable with how degrading some of the men were and got creeped out so they chose to leave before their third show and claimed the men wouldn’t pay them since they had agreed to work for three nights and were breaking their contract.94

Hanson wrote that one stripper/hooker admitted she stole a laptop computer she saw laying around as compensation for not getting paid, and said that after she took it home and turned it on, she found pictures of what appeared to be women and children being violently raped.95 More about these allegations in the next chapter.

 



Allegations of Murder

In the past, when hardly anything was publicly known about the Bohemian Grove, rumors about the Cremation of Care “human sacrifice” ritual led many in the conspiracy community to believe the club was performing an actual human sacrifice every year.

After seeing the photographs and confirming that the world’s richest and most powerful men do in fact meet in a secluded forest and perform what appears on the surface to look like a human sacrifice, it’s understandable how many could come to this conclusion. But even though the details about the Cremation of Care eventually emerged showing it involves an effigy and not an actual person—accusations of murder still persist, and there are even allegations more disturbing than them supposedly “just” burning someone alive on an altar in a ritual sacrifice.

These allegations involve claims of horrific sadistic acts that are said to involve the sexual abuse of children and the production of snuff films (the videotaping of a murder for entertainment). These allegations are so grotesque and nauseating, I don’t even like to talk about them, but I feel they must be addressed and investigated. I warn you, this section will be quite disturbing and graphic, and you may wish you had never read it.

These rumors, which I will detail in a moment, don’t just lurk in the dark depths of the Internet, made by anonymous individuals on obscure websites or forums; but actually come primarily from a former U.S. Senator named John DeCamp. DeCamp was a Nebraska state senator in the 1990s who is also an attorney who represented several children who he claimed were sexually abused inside the Bohemian Grove in the 1980s at the hands of a pedophile ring allegedly operating within one of the camps.96



In 1992 he published a book titled The Franklin Cover-Up, where he claimed that a boy named Paul Bonacci was viciously sexually abused at the hands of a group of men inside the Bohemian Grove. DeCamp alleged the boy was forced to engage in necrophilia (sex with a dead body) and claimed to have witnessed these same men rape a young male child and then murder him during the summer of 1984, on or around July 26th inside the Grove.97

This was before anything about the Bohemian Grove had been posted on the Internet, and really before most people had ever heard of the Internet. Paul Bonacci claimed this abuse occurred in a luxurious Northern California campground in an area that had big trees where men wore black hooded robes and where there was a giant moss-covered owl statue.98 DeCamp says that when he asked Bonacci to guide him to the location of this alleged abuse, he said he led him to the gates of the Bohemian Grove.99

Paul Bonacci wrote in his journal about this alleged abuse right after it was said to have occurred. What he wrote is so horrifying I will not include some of it here because it will make you physically ill. He said that he and another boy he called Nicholas were forced to rape another kid who was then shot and killed immediately afterward, all while being videotaped.100

His journal reads, “After that the men grabbed Nicholas and drug him off screaming. They put me up against a tree and put a gun to my head but fired into the air. I heard another shot from somewhere and then saw the man who killed the boy drag him like a toy. Everything including when the men put the boy in the trunk was filmed. The men took me with them and we went up in a plane. I saw the bag the boy was in. We went over a very thick brush area with a clearing in it. Over the clearing they dropped the boy. One said the men with the hoods would take care of the body for them.”101

More details of Bonacci’s journal are available in DeCamp’s book The Franklin Cover-Up, and are far beyond the most gruesome and grotesque things one could imagine, and involve the alleged gang rape of a child and

necrophilia.102 In the first printing of his book in 1992 Senator DeCamp left out Bonacci’s claims of the giant owl statue and men in hoods because at the time he thought it was too far-fetched for people to believe. DeCamp had never heard of the Bohemian Grove, the Cremation of Care, or the giant owl statue at the time. Only years later did he learn about the details of Bohemian Grove and became convinced that Paul Bonacci was abused there.103

When John DeCamp first told William Colby, head of the CIA, about his investigation, Colby reportedly told him to forget everything he knew and to, “Get as far away from this thing as you can. Forget you ever saw it or know it, heard it or anything else.”104 He said DeCamp was opening a can of worms containing forces too dark for him to handle. Only after saying he couldn’t walk away from his investigation did Colby tell him he better get his story out before someone murdered him to stop it. Colby himself later died in what was called a canoeing accident, although many suspect he was murdered due to the strange circumstances surrounding his death.105

Now before you write John DeCamp off as mentally ill, or a conspiracy theorist, or perpetuating a hoax—you should know that around this same time the Washington Times ran a front page story with the headline, “Homosexual prostitution inquiry ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush,” and detailed a shocking story of a gay prostitution ring operating in Washington D.C. that provided teen call-boys to some very powerful and well-connected men.106 The man running the ring was a lobbyist named Craig Spence—who, through his connections—was able to bring several teenage boys who worked for him as prostitutes on a midnight tour of the White House, which was the focus of the Washington Times report.

The article begins, “A homosexual prostitution ring is under investigation by federal and District authorities and includes among its clients key officials of the Reagan and Bush administrations, military officers, congressional aides and U.S. and foreign businessmen with close social ties to Washington's political elite, documents obtained by The Washington Times reveal.”107 The story quietly went away and has long been forgotten by most Americans.



A similar elite pedophile ring was also operating in London at this time (and likely still does today). The Guardian recently reported that major news agencies in England were gagged by the government in the 1980s to prevent them from reporting on powerful members of the British government who were suspected of being involved in an elite pedophile ring there which also murdered children for fun.108

The Guardian reported, “Two newspaper executives have told the Observer that their publications were issued with D-notices—warnings not to publish intelligence that might damage national security—when they sought to report on allegations of a powerful group of men engaging in child sex abuse in 1984. One executive said he had been accosted in his office by 15 uniformed and two non-uniformed police over a dossier on Westminster pedophiles passed to him by the former Labour cabinet minister Barbara Castle.”109

The article continues, “The other said that his newspaper had received a D-notice [similar to a national security letter in America] when a reporter sought to write about a police investigation into Elm Guest House, in southwest London, where a group of high-profile pedophiles was said to have operated and may have killed a child.”110

This is the London Guardian, not the National Enquirer or some random website on the Internet, and this story sounds exactly like the accusations Senator John DeCamp was making about a group operating within the United States at the same time, doesn’t it? Two retired Scotland Yard detectives recently came forward and said that a network of powerful and well-known politicians in the United Kingdom sexually abused and murdered young boys at parties but they were prevented from arresting them because they were part of what are called The Untouchables.111 The detectives actually named names, including Cyril Smith, a popular member of the British Parliament who died in 2010, and who was a serial sex offender who preyed on young boys.112



In 2012 a paparazzi working for TMZ came across Ralph Rieckermann who played bass for the Scorpions, a popular rock band from the 1980s, and asked him if he would be going to any fetish parties while in Germany which are apparently very popular in Berlin. Rieckermann answered, “I don’t go to fetish parties,” but then went on to appear to insinuate that he had been to a “snuff party” one time where people were murdered for the partygoers entertainment. “I went to one, one time—I seen some really bad shit,” he says.113

When the TMZ cameraman asks, “Was it a donkey show?” Rieckermann responds “No, they actually, I think, it’s…they actually killed people there and stuff. They pay up to $100,000 to see people get…” the cameraman completes his sentence, asking “executed?”

Rieckermann responds, “I’m not kidding. I went to another one where literally I saw like…the grossest…I wanted to throw up.” The video, which can be seen on YouTube, then cuts back to the TMZ studio to show reactions from the staff. “He is dead serious. He’s not laughing, there’s not a smile on his face,” one man comments. Another says, “I’m disgusted right now.” Harvey Levin, the founder and managing editor of TMZ looked absolutely horrified, and said, “I’m shocked,” and just shook his head.

Three years later, just days after I myself posted a YouTube video about this story, getting almost 10 times as many views as TMZ’s original interview, Rieckermann posted a video statement on YouTube clarifying what he meant about the “snuff party.” He said that he didn’t personally witness anyone getting killed, but was at a party at someone’s estate where the host showed him some of the bondage/sadomasochism fetish rooms where the owner said he and his friends would murder people for fun at special events.114 Rieckermann emphasizes that he did not witness any murders but appeared to believe what the host told him was true.

It’s not hard to believe that a group of extreme sadomasochists would find enjoyment by having someone murdered at one of their parties. The world’s lust for realistic and brutal horror movies shows that millions of

people find excitement in watching people getting tortured and murdered, and with films like Faces of Death, and certain websites which specialize in collecting gruesome photos and videos of crime scenes and people getting murdered, it’s not that hard to believe that some people would pay money to witness an actual murder in person, or even participate in one themselves.



Hunter S. Thompson

A man closely connected with what Senator John DeCamp called the Franklin Cover-Up (named after the Franklin Community Federal Credit Union in Omaha, Nebraska that was allegedly used to fund a pedophile ring used by high-level U.S. politicians in the late 1980s and early 1990s) has made some startling allegations about Hunter S. Thompson and the Bohemian Grove.

Rusty Nelson, [Russell E. Nelson] who worked as the personal photographer for the man at the center of the scandal, Larry (Lawrence E.) King, alleges that the famous “gonzo” journalist offered him $100,000 in 1988 to produce a snuff film involving the murder of a child.115 Rusty said he turned the offer down.

Paul Bonacci also claimed, and wrote in his journal, that a man named “Hunter Thompson” was inside the Bohemian Grove at the time he was allegedly abused there, and also claimed that Thompson was the man videotaping his abuse.116

Interestingly, Hunter S. Thompson wrote in his book Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas about receiving Adrenochrome from a Satanist, which is supposedly a powerful hallucinogen believed to come from the pineal gland immediately after a person is killed. Adding yet another twist to the story is the fact that Hunter S. Thompson wrote in his 2004 book titled Hey Rube about how organized pedophile rings keep children as sex slaves.

“The autumn months are never a calm time in America,” he wrote. “There is always a rash of kidnapping and abductions of schoolchildren in the football months. Preteens of both sexes are traditionally seized and

grabbed off the streets by gangs of organized perverts who traditionally give them as Christmas gifts to each other to be personal sex slaves and playthings.”117

This writing clearly shows Thompson knew of the dark pedophile ring subculture. Thompson was known for getting personally involved in his stories, as was the case when he lived with the Hells Angels for nearly two years in the 1960s while he chronicled his activities for his book Hells Angels: A Strange and Terrible Saga. And so with Paul Bonacci’s allegations that a “Hunter Thompson” was present during his abuse and videotaping it, and Rusty Nelson claiming Hunter S. Thompson propositioned him to shoot a snuff film, some are led to believe he was involved in even more sinister activities than hanging out with a motorcycle gang.

Hunter S. Thompson was a celebrity during his time and is still considered to be a counterculture antihero by many today. In 1988 during an appearance on The Late Show with David Letterman he appeared to have admitted to once being inside the Bohemian Grove. At the start of the bizarre interview Letterman asked him what he likes to do for fun, to which Thompson answered, “I like to kill.”118 The audience was noticeably uncomfortable, and the clip is available on YouTube—at least at the time I’m writing this.119

In his sometimes hard to understand mumbling Hunter went on to say that he liked the Jesuits because, “they’re smart and mean,” and that he himself had what he called a “neo-religious” world view. George Bush Senior came up during the interview since he was running for president at the time, and Thompson appeared to say, “I went to Hillbilly,”120 which is the name of the Bush family’s camp in the Bohemian Grove.

After his suicide in 2005, Thompson’s former editorial assistant Nickole Brown posted an article online titled In Memory of Hunter S. Thompson: Postcard from Louisville, Kentucky, recounting some of the bizarre behavior she had witnessed while working for him over the years.

“For weeks he played a tape recording of a jack rabbit screaming in a trap,” she wrote. She also said that one time, “he threw me out of the house for refusing to watch a snuff film.”121 As she left, he allegedly called her a coward.

In an interview I conducted over the phone with Nickole Brown on May 20th 2005, she told me she thought he was possibly joking about owning a snuff film, and says she didn’t think much of it after the incident, citing his “unique” character. She also said she couldn’t imagine him being involved in anything like what Paul Bonacci and Rusty Nelson claimed. She believes Hunter was possibly investigating such claims, and may have pretended to be interested in shooting a snuff film as part of his own investigation into the rumors, which she thinks might be the source of these allegations.



Sex Magick

Sex magic is the belief and practice that through various sex acts, people can supposedly generate sexual energy and direct it to metaphysically shape the very fabric of reality. It’s basically like mixing the visualization techniques found in teachings like the “Law of Attraction,” popularized in 2006 by Rhonda Byrne’s The Secret, with sex.

The Knights Templars, who reportedly learned about sex magic from the Tantrics of India, and medieval alchemist Paschal Beverly Randolph, and Satanist Aleister Crowley, all practiced secret sexual rites in what they considered to be the secret to “real” magic. Several fraternal organizations and secret societies such as the Ordo Templi Orientis, and the Chthonic Aurarian Temple also believe in—and continue to practice these kinds of rites.

On the surface, sex magic (often spelled with a “k” on the end, as stylized by Satanist Aleister Crowley) may seem like innocent sexual experimentation or a fun game, but the deeper one looks into the practice, the more bizarre it gets.

Multiple members and former members of the Ordo Templi Orientis, the secret society which uses Aleister Crowley’s Book of the Law as their Bible, have admitted that the 11th degree of their hierarchy is dedicated to homosexual sex magick.122 Former OTO member Jason Miller revealed in his book on sex magick, that, “the OTO’s 11th degree is largely dedicated to the cultivation of sperm in the anus,” and goes on to say that according to Crowley’s diaries, “In some writings the point seems to be to cultivate the sperm alone, but in others it seems to be to combine it with blood that seeps in from tearing in the anus and remnants of feces. In this theory the blood attracts the demons and the sperm brings them to life.”123



Miller goes on to say that a group of sex magic practitioners in Japan called the Tachikawa, supposedly engage in “skull fucking.” Miller wrote, “One of the most infamous rituals they practiced is the empowerment of a human skull as a Honzon, a holy relic with supernatural powers…First the practitioner chooses a particular type of skull, such as the skull of a Shogun or an elder….He then has sex with the skull as well as with a woman. Then they wipe the combined sexual fluids on the skull.”124 Miller’s book is not written to “expose” sex magic as sinister or evil, but instead to teach it, and he is an admirer and true believer of it.

The reason I’m talking about sex magic is because the group of men who allegedly abused Paul Bonacci in the Bohemian Grove were most likely doing so under the belief that they were engaging in some dark form of this kind of “magic.” As a disclaimer I must mention that the Ordo Templi Orientis, along with former member Jason Miller, who I quoted above, do not advocate child abuse, pedophilia, or human sacrifice, but it’s not hard to believe that some rogue members or a splinter group of a fraternity that practices esoteric sex magic have tried to follow in the footsteps of Aleister Crowley—dubbed “the wickedest man alive” in his day—by experimenting with, or incorporating child abuse and pedophilia into their rites.

Even consensual adult sex magic is strange, and the deeper one looks into it, the more disgusting the rituals become. One ritual involves taking a woman’s menstrual blood and a man’s semen and then mixing them together and baking the fluids into cookies or a cake and then eating it, believing that this gives people spiritual power.125 Another involves placing sperm in the womb of a horse, which I can only assume mentally deranged people like Aleister Crowley have attempted through bestiality, which he is widely rumored to have committed in his quest to contact demons and gain spiritual energy.

With passages in Crowley’s Book of the Law such as, “Worship me with fire & blood; worship me with swords and with spears, is the

command…let blood flow to my name. Trample down the Heathen; be upon them, o warrior, I will give you of their flesh to eat! Sacrifice cattle, little and big, after a child,”126 it’s obvious he was a mentally deranged sadist.127

In some parts of Africa today, men believe that raping babies is actually a ‘cure’ for AIDS.128 This belief is not as rare as you may think, and again, this is not something people just believed 500 years ago—it’s what many believe today! Many men in Africa also believe that raping an albino woman is a cure for AIDS as well.129 These beliefs and abuses are well documented by humanitarian groups and are not just an urban legend.130

With such bizarre, brutal, and disgusting “sex magic” beliefs out there, is it really that hard to believe that an inner circle of a secret society of power-hungry megalomaniacs would engage in rape, pedophilia or murder in hopes of gaining some kind of supernatural power?



Cathy O’Brien

In 1995 a woman named Cathy O’Brien published a book titled Trance Formation of America (a play on words for Transformation, using the word “Trance” to refer to a hypnotic trance) where she recounts what she claims is a true story of physical and sexual abuse at the hands of the CIA in their MK-ULTRA mind control program.

In the book, and in her lectures which she gave at conspiracy conferences throughout the 1990s, she claims to have been taken to the Bohemian Grove where she says she worked as a sex slave for the enjoyment (and entrapment) of some of the members. “I was programmed and equipped to function in all rooms at Bohemian Grove in order to compromise specific government targets according to their personal perversions…I do not purport to understand the full function of this political cesspool playground as my perception was limited to my own realm of experience,” she wrote.131

What she means is she allegedly was used to entice high level politicians into having sex with her while they were secretly videotaped for blackmail purposes, which seems pretty reasonable, but her claims soon get so strange, they are simply beyond belief. She wrote, “Slaves of advancing age or with failing programming were sacrificially murdered at random in the wooded grounds of Bohemian Grove, and I felt it was simply a matter of time before it would be me.”132 She went on to say, “Rituals were held at a giant, concrete owl monument on the banks of the Russian River.”133

It gets even stranger. She went on to claim, “The club offered a ‘Necrophilia’ theme room to its members,”134 which she says included, “a triangular glass display centered in a main throughway where I was locked in with various trained animals, including snakes. Members walking by

watched illicit sex acts of bestiality, women with women, mothers with daughters, kids with kids, and any other unlimited perverse visual display.”135

She then says, “No memory of sexual abuse is as horrifying as the conversations overheard in the Underground pertaining to implementing the New World Order. I learned that perpetrators believed that controlling the masses through propaganda mind manipulation did not guarantee there would be a world left to dominate due to environmental and overpopulation problems. The solution being debated was not pollution/population control, but mass genocide of ‘selected undesirables.’”136

So, in her mind, keeping child sex slaves isn’t as bad as talking about their plans for a global government and world domination? The closer you look into the claims of Cathy O’Brien, the more holes you’ll find. No Illuminati member or sadistic Satanist is going to be chatting with his friends about their plans for the New World Order in the middle of sex with a prostitute or sex slave! These conversations happen around a campfire, at lunch, or while sitting around having a few drinks in the casual atmosphere of the Grove.

And her claims that the Bohemian Grove has a huge glass display “centered in a main throughway” where children are abused and women are having sex with animals for the enjoyment of the members is absurd. In reality only a small fraction of the members could possibly be so evil as to enjoy such things and zero informants, guests, members or employees have ever mentioned such a thing. If such abuse does occur, it certainly wouldn’t be put on display for the whole club to see and would be limited to a handful of individuals.

O’Brien claims that some of her abusers were George H.W. Bush, Ronald Reagan, Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter, Dick Cheney, and Hillary Clinton, who she said performed oral sex on her on front of Bill.137 Yet, for some reason after witnessing all this, her “CIA handlers” decided to let her live to tell about it? Why wouldn’t they have just killed her like she said

they did to all the other supposed sex slaves kept in the Bohemian Grove? Cathy O’Brien appears to be another opportunist who tried (and successfully did) make a bunch of money off the conspiracy community by claiming to be a first-hand witness to the activities inside the Bohemian Grove, as well as a victim of the CIA’s mind control experiments.

Her book, Trance Formation of America, is written in the form a novel and includes long passages of dialog that O’Brien claims to have remembered after she was “deprogrammed” by a man named Mark Phillips who claims to be a former CIA operative who decided to rescue her.138 She claims that as a result of being subjected to the MK-ULTRA mind control program, one of her multiple personalities developed a photographic memory and could supposedly recall every conversation that had occurred in her presence.139

In case you’re not aware, the CIA did conduct (and most likely still is conducting) horrific mind control and brainwashing experiments which began in the 1950s. Declassified documents reveal that these inhumane and illegal experiments involved sleep deprivation, drugging people with LSD and other mind-altering drugs, hypnotism, torture, and murder.140 The existence of these declassified and confirmed experiments is what leads many people believe her claims since they do at least contain a grain of truth.

One of the goals of the MK-ULTRA program was to create mind controlled slaves or Manchurian Candidates, as they were called, who would willingly carry out any order given to them whether it included murdering someone, or putting themselves in harm’s way.141 Through post hypnotic suggestions these orders were designed to be forgotten after they were carried out. Several victims of these experiments have actually been awarded six-figure financial settlements for the abuse they suffered, but Cathy O’Brien is not one of these people.142

She was most likely inspired by John DeCamp’s book The Franklin Cover-Up, which first came out several years before she wrote her book,143

where DeCamp, as I mentioned earlier, claims that numerous children have come forward saying they were sexually abused inside the Bohemian Grove and forced to participate in other sadistic acts.144 John DeCamp’s account of what he says happened to his clients is pretty straight forward, and as farfetched as it may sound to some, the claims appear to be plausible and are centered around a small subgroup within the Bohemian Grove, not the entire club.





 

Author’s Note: Please take a moment to rate and review this book on Amazon.com or wherever you purchased it from to let others know what you think. This also helps to offset the trolls who keep giving my books fake onestar reviews when they haven't even read them. Almost all of the one-star reviews on my books are from NON-verified purchases which is a clear indication they are fraudulent, hence me adding this note. These fraudulent ratings and reviews could also be part of a larger campaign trying to stop my message from spreading by attempting to tarnish my research through fake and defamatory reviews, so I really need your help to combat this as soon as possible. Thank you!

 

Talk Radio Hosts Dodge the Topic

Years ago when I first began investigating this subject, I thought I would test to see if the top call-in talk radio shows in America would dare address the Bohemian Grove, so I decided to start calling the shows trying to get on the air. I soon realized that every time I would get through to the call screener, they would hang up on me immediately as soon as I told them I had a question about Bohemian Grove. “We’re not taking calls on that right now, sorry. Click.”

I soon devised a method to actually get on the air and verbally confront the talk show hosts about this and other Illuminati issues. What I did was feed the call screener a fake question that pertained to one of the top stories of the day, and then they would place my call in the queue to be taken by the host. As soon as the host took the call—instead of asking the question the screener approved—I would fire off a question or comment about the Bohemian Grove.

I got recordings of many of these calls from the shows’ podcasts and posted them on MarkDice.com and on YouTube to show people that hosts like Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Bill O’Reilly, Glenn Beck, and others wouldn’t dare inform their audience about the activities or allegations surrounding the Bohemian Grove.

Even with the seven-second delay, many times I was able to plant seeds in the minds of the audience before getting hung up on, and sometimes the hosts would argue with me for a few seconds before dropping my call and then telling the listeners I was crazy. On the next few pages are transcripts of just a few of these calls so you can see how they reacted to my questions. Sometimes I had to give the call screener a fake name like “John” because “Mark from San Diego” became a known

problem for many of these shows when I repeatedly called into them week after week during my investigation.



First Call to Bill O’Reilly

[O’Reilly]

“Let’s go to Mark in San Diego, what’s going on Mark?”

 

[Me]

“Can you address the Bohemian Grove club private presidential…” [hung up on by Bill]

 

[O’Reilly]

“You know these guys in San Diego they’re just…the weather’s just too nice there. Now here’s what happens…not everybody…but you go out to the beach and you do all that…and some kind of substance gets in your mind. And Mark just demonstrated it.” [referring to getting stoned]



Second Call to Bill O’Reilly

[O’Reilly]

“Ok, we’ve got an all-skate going on, which means you can ask me anything you want at 1-877-9 No Spin…let’s go to Mark in San Diego, what’s going on Mark?”

 

[Me]

“How do you feel about the private presidential resort the Bohemian Grove…” [Bill interrupts and drops the call]

 

[O’Reilly]

“I don’t know what you’re talking about, and I don’t care.”

 

This was on a Friday when Bill was having what he called an ‘allskate’ in which he took call after call on any topic…or so he said. I could understand getting hung up on if my question was off topic, but this was the segment where O’Reilly said, “You can ask me whatever you want.” This call and others can be heard on my YouTube channel, just look for the Bohemian Grove playlist on YouTube.com/MarkDice.145 Bill O’Reilly quit

his syndicated radio show in 2009 but continued to host the O’Reilly Factor on the Fox News Channel.





First Call to Sean Hannity [Hannity] “Hello.”  

[Me] “The Bohemian Grove, have you been there, do you know about it…”  

[Hannity] “I’m very aware of it, I’ve been invited, I’ve never gone.”  

[Me] “Do you know about the mock human sacrifice ritual, the Cremation…” [Hannity drops call]  

[Hannity] “All right, goodbye. This guy’s nuts.”



Second Call to Sean Hannity

[Hannity]

“Alright, back to our phones. San Diego, Mark on KFMB, how are you?”

 

[Me]

“Good. Let’s talk about the Bohemian Grove and the kickoff of their summer festival in July which is a mock human sacrifice, Sean.” [Hannity drops call]

 

[Hannity]

“You’re out of your mind, you’re a sicko...this guy’s a nutcase.”



Third Call into Sean Hannity’s Show

[Hannity]

“KFMB San Diego, Mark next, Sean Hannity show, Mark, how are you?”

 

[Me]

“Let’s discuss the issue instead of hurling insults and ad hominem attacks…”

 

[Hannity]

“You are a kook. You are a nut. You are absolutely out of your mind insane. I’ve never been to the Bohemian Grove, sir. It’s just a great conspiracy.”

 

[Me]

“You said you were invited, but have you looked up what happens in the Bohemian Grove?”



 

[Hannity starts playing the theme song from the film Psycho in the background]

 

[Hannity]

“I have no idea.”

 

[Me]

“The Cremation of Care?”

 

[Hannity]

“No, I don’t.”

 

[Me]

“Look it up on any search engine Sean, ask your friends.”

 



[Hannity]

(Sarcastically) “What do you think is happening in there?”

 

[Me]

“Well, they I think they’re doing a mock human sacrifice where they burn an effigy of a human, it’s like a paper-mache human body.”

 

[Hannity]

“What Republicans do this, sir?”

 

[Me]

“Well, President Bush is on the membership list…”

 

[Hannity]

“President Bush? He’s burning figures in effigies in the Bohemian Grove, sir?”



 

[Me]

“In front of Molech, the ancient Canaanite deity, while they’re dressed up in black robes and colored robes carrying torches.”

 

[Hannity]

(Sarcastically) “Yeah.”

 

[Me]

“Look at Infowars.com.”

 

[Hannity]

“Hey Mark…”

 

[Me]

“Look it up.”



 

[Hannity]

“You are a nut.”

 

[Me]

“Well, you’re a gatekeeper, trying to avoid the truth.”

 

[Hannity]

“You are a nut. Go seek help. Go get help.” [Hannity drops call]



Call to Rush Limbaugh

When I asked Rush Limbaugh about the club, at first he pretended not to know anything about it, saying he had never been there, but when I pressed him, he made a fairly long sarcastic speech about the place, showing he knew exactly what it was and what goes on there.

 

[Rush]

“Mark, you’re next on the EIB Network, hello.”

 

[Me]

“Since I have you on the line, Rush, have you seen the video of the Bohemian Grove ceremony that Alex Jones produced that’s on Google Video?” [the predecessor to YouTube]

 

[Rush]

“Uhh…No. Been invited to the Bohemian Grove, but I’ve never been there. And I’ve not seen the video.”



 

[Me]

“Do you know about the activities within the Grove, can you talk about that?” [hangs up on me]

 

[Rush]

“No! Cuz I don’t…I’ve never been there. All I know is that it’s a bunch of elitists and power brokers who conduct secret meetings to take over the world and they run around nude. It’s all men, no women are allowed. And they run around and you can find them going to the bathroom on trees and so forth. And they have men come out and make speeches to them and all that.”

 

After his little sarcastic rant, he addresses his producer referring to my call, and says, “He believes it’s the CFR in the woods,” and then moves on as if nothing happened. The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations) is an elitist think tank that masquerades as if it were an ordinary committee in Congress that is composed of prominent politicians and journalists who are given policy recommendations and talking points which are practically viewed as marching orders by the Establishment. See my book The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction to learn more about the CFR which functions as a less secretive sister organization to Bilderberg.

 



Call to Michael Savage

Michael Savage seemed skeptical and pretty shocked at first but did listen to me for a bit before he hung up with disgust after I asked him on air about the ritual for the first time.

 

[Savage]

“Mark in San Diego, you’re on the Savage Nation.”

 

[Me]

“Michael, why has information about the Bohemian Grove and George W. Bush’s and Bush 41’s membership been suppressed and ignored, and why is it laughed at in the mainstream media?”

 

[Savage]

“I don’t know. What is so weird about the Bohemian Grove? It’s a powerful group of men who have a club. I don’t understand. What’s the big secret up there?”



 

[Me]

“You haven’t heard of, or seen the mock human sacrifice video?”

 

[Savage]

“Oh please. Come on. Do you have evidence of this? Is there any evidence you can post about this?”

 

[Me]

“Look it up on Google. Look at Alex Jones’ Infowars” [website muted and not allowed on air].

 

[Savage]

“So everybody who goes to the Bohemian Grove including Henry Kissinger, is what, they’re doing snuff movies up there now?”

 

[Me]



“Well, that’s what senator John DeCamp alleges and his witness back in 1984, but…”

 

[Savage]

“Senator who? Senator who?”

 

[Me]

“Listen Michael, you really need to look into this, I’m surprised that you haven’t.” [Savage drops call]

 

[Savage]

“I have a migraine headache sir, there’s only so much a man can do in one day. My God, now the Bohemian Grove, they’re doing mock funerals. There’s only so much madness a man can listen to until he goes crazy. You know, I’m serious. How much more can I take?”



Call to Glenn Beck

[Beck]

“Let’s go to San Diego, welcome to the Glenn Beck program.”

 

[Me]

“I was wondering if you’ve read the book The Resistance Manifesto. I know you’re a big fan of the Bohemian Grove [sarcasm] and I thought you could expand on the rituals and the mock human sacrifice that goes on there each year.”

 

[Beck]

“Yeah, do me a favor. Don’t ever lie to my phone screener again. I’d answer that question if you would have asked my phone screener that question. Don’t lie to my phone screener. We take you off the air immediately and won’t deal with you. You might have just gotten that whole show that we were going to do on that topic taken out of line. I might not do it now because you pissed me off!”





First Call to Alan Colmes [Colmes] “Let’s go to Mark in Oceanside, California. Hello.”   [Me] “Wondering if you checked out those photos or the video of the mock human sacrifice in the Bohemian Grove…” [Colmes drops call]   [Colmes] “No I have not.”

Second Call to Alan Colmes

[Colmes]

“Mark in San Marcos, California. Hello.”

 

[Me]

“Hey, I was wondering since you’ve heard a little bit about it, and you’ve probably seen the photos and the video clips, I was thinking we could spend a few minutes talking about the Bohemian Grove and the mock human sacrifice that’s done each year by the Republican elite.”

 

[Colmes]

“What about it?”

 

[Me]

“What are your comments on that?”



 

[Colmes]

“I don’t know much about it.”

 

[Me]

“You haven’t checked it out after hearing about this bizarre activity that the Republicans engage in?”

 

[Colmes]

“All right, thank you very much.” [Drops call]



Third Call to Alan Colmes

[Colmes]

“The Friday night free for all is where you set the agenda, you run the show, you determine what we talk about, I do not. We take the calls in the order they arrive, and we cannot keep you off the air as much as we would like to in some cases, if you get through you get on. Mark in San Diego, hello.”

 

[Me]

“Alan, if you type in Bohemian Grove into any search engine, the entire page is full of wonderful links and photos, and I’m sure that you’ve done this…” [Colmes cuts me off]

 

[Colmes]

“That’s very nice. And I’m sure that someday you’ll call me with actually a new topic rather than repeating yourself every single time you call me with the same thing. That will be nice.”



Fourth Call to Alan Colmes

[Colmes]

“Hello.”

 

[Me]

“Let’s spend more than just a few seconds talking about such an important issue like the Bohemian Grove…” [Colmes drops call]

 

[Colmes]

“Well, first of all, you are a problem. You have continued since this show has been on the air to try to get to me to put you on the show as a guest. You’re a phony and you’re a fraud and I’m not going to put you on the air as a guest. Ok? It’s not going to happen! That’s that guy by the way, he has attempted to book himself as a guest on the show, he’s left messages on my voicemail, has emailed me. We’ve talked to him off the air and tried to discern whether or not he was someone we wanted to put on as a guest. We decided not to. During the free for all, if he wants to call up and make his statements he’s welcome to do it. That’s why we do the free for all. And if we decide that someone is not someone we’re not going to put on as a guest, I trust the determination of our producers, that’s why they’re hired to make those decisions.”



 



The Belizean Grove

Apparently some wealthy and well-connected women were jealous of the all-male Bohemian Grove, so they started their own version for women —called the Belizean Grove. Not much is known about this girls’ club, but there are a few pieces of information I have been able to put together. The Belizean Grove was started Super Bowl weekend in 2001 by Susan Stautberg who is the president of PartnerCom Corporation, a company which manages advisory boards around the world for businesses and governments.

In a response to her husband and most other men being preoccupied with the “big game,” Stautberg gathered up a small group of her highpowered girlfriends and flew down to Central America for a women’s weekend. This wasn’t just a vacation; this was also a business trip where the women worked to further their careers and privately plotted their futures.

The group now consists of around 100 of the most influential women in the world who meet up every year in Belize for three days for what is said to be “a balance of fun, substantive programs, and bonding.”146 The group says they are “a constellation of influential women who are key decision makers in the profit, nonprofit and social sectors; who build longterm, mutually beneficial relationships in order to both take charge of their own destinies and help others to do the same.”147

One member, Mary Pearl, who works as the Dean of New York’s Stony Brook University, said, “It’s hard if you’re someone who’s a type ‘A’ personality, who’s achieved a lot and who may be in the public eye—it’s hard to make friends, so it’s just a mutually supportive wonderful experience. We get together just for socializing and also just for intelligent conversation.”148



It is bizarre that these women—most of whom are from the United States, would fly all the way down to Central America for a weekend getaway when they could just meet up locally at a fancy resort or one of their lavish private residences. Some speculate this is so the women can go out and have a night on the town with little chance of bumping into anyone they know or being recognized by someone. Perhaps it’s like a Cougar’s night out, when some of the women pickup younger men and bring them back to their hotel rooms, which if they did in an American city, they would run the risk of being spotted by someone who knew who they were, but when down in Central America, it is extremely unlikely anyone would recognize them.

Belizean Grove members include female executives from major banks, public relations firms, and even women in the U.S. Military. A New York Times article written in 2011 said, “Belizean Grove has connected the top women in technology to the top women in finance, to the top women in media, to the top women in law, to the top women in retail, and so on.”149 It is currently unknown if they engage in any occult rituals like their male counterpart at the Bohemian Grove.

The group was really only discovered in 2009 after Sonia Sotomayor was nominated for a position as a Supreme Court Justice by President Barack Obama. During the vetting process, Republicans digging for dirt on her discovered she was a member of this strange girls’ group. She immediately resigned from the Grove since the American Bar Association forbids a judge from being a member of any organization that “discriminates” against anyone based on sex, race, religion, or national origin; and since it’s an all-female club, this caused a potential hang-up for her getting approved to sit on the Supreme Court.

Founder Susan Stautberg was not happy about the new publicity, and said, “We like to be under the radar screen.”150 In order to join, a woman must be recommended to the Belizean Grove “advisory board” which then decides whether or not to admit her. A few known members are U.S. Army

General Ann E. Dunwoody; former Goldman Sachs executive Ann Kaplan; and General Services Administration Director Lurita Doan. Facebook’s Chief Operating Officer Sheryl Sandberg, a major promotor of the feminist agenda, is a likely member as well.

Before taking over for David Letterman on Late Night, Stephen Colbert hosted the popular Colbert Report on Comedy Central from 2005 to 2014, where he pretended to be a radical right-wing conservative, basically satirizing Fox News’ Bill O’Reilly. In 2009 when Sonia Sotomayor was being considered for a position on the Supreme Court, and the Belizean Grove was first discovered—Colbert joked about it in his monologue. “Now it has come to light that Sotomayor is a member of something called the Belizean Grove, a private organization whose members must be a female professional from the profit, nonprofit, and social sectors,” he began.151

“This is not only more Sotomayor reverse discrimination—it also violates the code of conduct for federal judges which forbids membership in groups that practice invidious discrimination on the basis of sex,” Colbert says, pretending to be outraged.

He goes on to say that Republicans have questioned her membership in this “sexist” club, and that, “There’s only one way for Sotomayor to be a member of a single-sex club and still be confirmed for the Supreme Court, which brings us to Tonight’s Word: Bohemian Grove! As opposed to the Belizean Grove, the Bohemian Grove or Bohemian Club is an all-male, 130-year-old secret society of captains of industry, international power brokers and every Republican president since 1923. Herbert Hoover called it quote ‘the greatest men’s party on earth,’ and Richard Nixon agreed,” he says sarcastically before playing the White House Oval Office tape of Nixon calling it the most faggy God damned thing you could ever imagine.152 “That is really saying something from a guy named tricky dick,” Colbert continues.



“Every year, the Bohemian Club holds a retreat in the Bohemian Grove in northern California where they are rumored to engage in costumed pageantry, simulated human sacrifice and worshiping before a 40-foot stone owl. In 1999 after being denied membership in the Bohemian Grove, a group of women started their own same sex organization—the Belizean Grove.”

He then quotes a statement from Sotomayor denying they discriminate against men, reading “All interested individuals are duly considered by the membership committee [and] to the best of my knowledge, a man has never asked to be considered for membership.”

“Until now!” Colbert says. “Because I hereby demand to be admitted to this ladies’ shadowy cabal. Making me a member is the quickest way to put this controversy to rest…and between you and me, the Bohemian Grove is a total sausage fest. I can’t spend another summer watching Henry Kissinger belly dance around a statue of the tootsie pop owl, so madam I await your invitation.”







Depictions in Television and Film

Eyes Wide Shut

In 1999 Tom Cruise and his then-wife Nicole Kidman stared in Eyes Wide Shut, a bizarre film directed by Stanley Kubrick about a secret society of wealthy men and women in New York City who meet periodically in large mansions to engage in strange ceremonies and masked sex orgies.

Tom Cruise’s character (Dr. Bill Hartford) is told about the parties by a friend of his who is paid to play the piano during the events. Out of curiosity Cruise rents a black robe and a mask from a local costume shop, and attends one of the parties. Once inside he witnesses a group of around 100 men and women conducting some kind of occult ritual while wearing long black robes and venetian masks just before having an orgy.

Tom Cruise is eventually discovered and escorted from the property after being given an ominous threat to remain silent about what he had seen. The following day, one of his wealthy friends reveals that he was in attendance at the ceremonial orgy and warned Cruise, “Do you have any idea how much trouble you got yourself into last night just by going over there? Who do you think those people were? Those were not just some ordinary people. If I told you their names...no, I’m not going to tell you their names...but if I did, I don’t think you’d sleep so well at night.”

As strange as it sounds, the plot of Eyes Wide Shut is based on actual events, and for some, the film brought to mind images of the Bohemian Grove or the rumored Illuminati sex orgies many believe occur at the

private parties of the ruling elite. The Hellfire Club was a sex club in England where members of Europe’s class would have sex orgies back in the eighteenth century.153

The club’s name was a celebration of the Hellfire that sin is said to bring, and their motto was “Do what thou wilt,” the same credo Aleister Crowley would adopt over 100 years later. The Hellfire club was a place where European royalty and wealthy men would get drunk and have group sex with prostitutes or loose women from their social circles. But sex clubs and swinger parties aren’t just a thing of the past. In fact, today, they are more popular than ever.

In recent years a franchise of secretive elite sex clubs called Killing Kittens has popped up in Europe and the United States that hold Eyes Wide Shut themed parties in rented mansions in major cities like London, Los Angeles, and New York. Couples pay $250 per party to participate in masked orgies with other strangers.154 The Killing Kittens club vets all requests and couples must be approved before they are allowed to attend a “Kittens Party.”155 Everyone wears a venetian mask, just like the party in Eyes Wide Shut, and everyone has sex with whoever they want, wherever they want, throughout the mansion right in front of everyone else.

A Christian singer named Jeannie Ortega, who had one of her singles reach the Billboard Top 100, wrote a blog in February of 2015 talking about how a record producer she once worked with said he was invited to an Eyes Wide Shut-type of party that was allegedly thrown by rapper Jay Z. “I was working with him [the producer] on my album and we had a conversation about the abnormal things the entertainment industry is involved in. At the time the word ‘Illuminati’ was not as popular, so we called it more so Freemasonry or something like that. The producer proceeded to share with me his own experiences while on Roc-A Fella while Jay-Z was a part of the company. He said he was once invited to a party where he was given a poker chip and asked to go to the party wearing a black trench coat with nothing else underneath it.” 156



The poker chip was supposedly the entrance pass. The producer, who Ortega did not name, said he did not attend. It’s standard operation procedure to have people sign non-disclosure agreements when attending elite parties so they are legally prevented from talking about them and strict security measures are put in place which enforce a no cell phone policy so no pictures can be taken inside. Are such sex parties thrown by the Hollywood and political elite today like they were in the days of the Hellfire club?

Billionaire Andrew Epstein—a personal friend of Bill Clinton—who also rubs elbows with many political and Hollywood elite, is accused of organizing orgies with underage prostitutes and sex slaves to entertain him and his friends on his luxurious and secluded Virgin Islands estate.157 Epstein is a sex offender, having been convicted of soliciting underage prostitutes in the past as young as fourteen-years-old.158 Court documents also claim that Epstein had the bedrooms in his estate fitted with hidden cameras to videotape his high-powered guests’ encounters with prostitutes so he could allegedly then use the videos to blackmail them.159

With swinger clubs becoming more and more popular, and websites and apps like Adult Friend Finder, a place where couples go to meet other couples and fulfill their strange sexual fetishes—and the well-known sexual deviancy of many powerful politicians and Hollywood elite, it shouldn’t be much of a surprise that Eyes Wide Shut parties occur. It’s likely that at some point in the future these sex magic orgy practitioners will come out of the closet and demand that the world accept their activities as “normal,” much in the same way we saw the gay rights movement grow from a ripple to a tidal wave in the early 21st century.



South Park

Known for its no holds barred lampooning of pop culture figures, politicians, and religious beliefs, South Park tries to be as offensive as possible with their crude and often distasteful “humor.” Occasionally the show ridicules various people and institutions by simply presenting bizarre facts in a humorous way, like they did in their episodes making fun of Mormonism and Scientology. Both of these episodes included a banner on the bottom of the screen that read, “This is actually what Mormons/Scientologists believe,” and it really was what they believe! This disclaimer was used to point out the fact that the show wasn’t making up these foolish beliefs, which made the episodes even more hilarious.

The use of this banner was also included in an episode about what was called the “Super Adventure Club.” This episode, titled “The Return of Chef,” was about an organization of pedophiles who travel around the world to have sex with young boys because they believe that it gives them magical powers. The current leader of the group explains, “Our club offers hope. Do you think we go around the world molesting children because it feels really good? No. Our club has a message and a secret that explains the mysteries of life.”160

The leader continues to explain the history of the “Super Adventure Club,” saying that a man named William P. Phineas, a pedophile who traveled all over the world molesting young boys, discovered a great secret. “But now the most wonderful part. You see, after having sex with all those children, Phineas realized that molesting all those kids had made him immortal. He discovered that children have things called marlocks in their bodies and when an adult has sex with a child, the marlocks implode feeding the adult’s receptor cavity with energy that causes immortality.”161



While this is not funny at all, and only in a morally bankrupt society would such dialogue be allowed to air on a major network like Comedy Central, the plot appears to have been inspired by the teachings of satanic sex magic—which—as I covered earlier in this book, is the belief that certain perverted sexual practices unlock spiritual powers latent in the mind. As I pointed out, Satanist Aleister Crowley believed that though sex magic a person could summon demons that would grant them supernatural power, and some believe that if these rituals involve children, it will enable them to harness “real” black magic forces.

South Park’s creators and writers Trey Parker and Matt Stone must have stumbled across this idea since there are probably whispers in Hollywood about people doing such things. Aleister Crowley is highly revered by many musicians and celebrities today.162 And again, just like the episodes making fun of Mormonism and Scientology, this episode included the note on the bottom of the screen saying, “This is what the Super Adventure Club actually believes.”

How could the writers have possibly come up with such a crazy idea out of the blue, and why would they put a banner at the bottom of the screen saying this is what these people actually believe in the same manner they did in the other episodes about strange religious beliefs if they weren’t in a sense trying to be serious?

The “Super Adventure Club” is possibly a reference to NAMBLA, the North American Man Boy Love Association, a “pedophile rights” group which claims there is nothing wrong with pedophilia, and want society to accept it as “normal” as many have in the case of homosexuality. It wouldn’t be surprising at all to learn that NAMBLA members had incorporated satanic sex magic into their teachings as another way to try to justify their mental illness and child abuse.



Teddy Bears’ Picnic

The man who did the voice for Mr. Burns on The Simpsons for over twenty-five years, Harry Shearer, wrote and directed a little known (and commercial failure) which was a spoof on the Bohemian Grove. Teddy Bears’ Picnic went straight to DVD and was too terrible for any distributer to put it in theaters. The movie was made in 2002; just two years after Alex Jones had infiltrated the Bohemian Grove and videotaped the Cremation of Care ritual, which served as Shearer’s inspiration for his film.

The plot of Teddy Bears’ Picnic involves an exclusive men’s club called Zambezi Glen that meets in the woods for their annual summer party where they get drunk, dress in drag, enjoy peeing on trees, and have sex with prostitutes. An employee of the campground secretly videotapes some of the members’ activities hoping to sell the footage to the media, but is spotted and chased into the woods. The well-connected men of Zambezi Glen then call in the military to track the guy down using helicopters and K9s, and in the process end up accidentally setting the forest on fire.

The Molech statue in the Grove is depicted as a large pelican in Shearer’s film, and club members dress up in Halloween-type witch costumes and conduct a ritual called the “Assassination of Time.” Shearer has admitted to being a guest at the Bohemian Grove and talked about his experience there with British television producer Jon Ronson in an episode of his Secret Rulers of the World series which basically makes fun of New World Order conspiracy theorists.

Being a left-wing Hollywood liberal, Shearer labeled the members of Bohemian Grove “white Christians.” He told Ronson, “You don’t have to be a conspiracy theorist to know that this is a get together of very powerful guys. Whatever it is they’re doing there, whether they’re running the world

or just reliving their adolescence, they’re a self-selected group of powerful white Christian Americans.”163

He then went on to say he likes conspiracy theories because he thinks they’re entertaining, but doesn’t believe they are true. “I love the theories, because I believe that these people are the only real good narrative writers left in the English language. They do write really good compelling narratives, but I just don’t happen to think they’re true.”

In the interview he then goes on to stereotype conspiracy theorists as gun-loving, backwoods hicks who live in the middle of nowhere. “And you can imagine, I’m in New York and they’re keeping me spellbound. Imagine being isolated on a ranch in Montana with nobody except your son, who you’re teaching to shoot a rifle, this would be some amazing stuff coming through the night to you, you know.”164 Apparently Harry Shearer thinks Montana is stuck back in the 1800s.

Ronson asked him if he thought the Bohemian Grove was a secret society, to which Shearer answered, “Yeah but I mean it’s a secret society the way the secret society that I was inducted into at UCLA in my senior year is a secret society. There is a lot of meaningless mumbo jumbo and the main conspiracy is to take it seriously.”

“If you’ve ever been through a secret society in college, you know this stuff. Just add two zeros to the budget and you’re doing what you did when you were eighteen-years-old,” he concluded.

Just to put Shearer’s twenty-five year career with The Simpsons into perspective, from around 1989 up until 1998 he was paid $30,000 per episode, then after the show became a wild success and renegotiating his contract, this jumped to $125,000. His income then jumped again to $250,000 an episode a few years later. In 2008 he was being paid $400,000 per episode, but he and other Simpsons staff had to take a pay cut in 2013 in order to lower production costs of the show or else Fox was going to cancel it, so his pay was reduced to $300,000 per episode.165



So Shearer himself is just as wealthy as some of the Bohemian Grove members, and being part of Hollywood’s elite means he probably has a lot more in common with the men inside the Bohemian Grove than he does with the average American.



Lucy, Daughter of the Devil

The Turner Broadcasting Network (TBN) owns the Cartoon Network —which, as its name suggests—consists of cartoons primarily for kids, but after primetime, when most children are supposed to be in bed, the network changes its format to what they call “Adult Swim” and airs raunchy cartoons supposedly aimed at adults. One such show called Lucy, Daughter of the Devil was a short ten minute CGI comedy about Satan trying to convince his daughter, Lucy, to fulfill her role as the Antichrist.

In 2007 an episode titled “Human Sacrifice” was about a satanic ritual at the Bohemian Grove which was being performed to honor a senator who had been chosen to be elected as the next president. “Chosen to be elected,” meaning the elite members control the elections through fraud and had chosen him to be their next puppet.166

A character named DJ Jesús, who is Jesus Christ—and Lucy’s boyfriend in the show, was chosen as the person to be sacrificed to celebrate the new president being picked. Jesus was lured to the Bohemian Grove under the pretense that he would be DJing a party that will be like the film Eyes Wide Shut and is told that Alan Greenspan (former chairman of the Federal Reserve Bank) will be there.

The Bohemian Grove, as depicted in the cartoon, is clearly modeled after the actual Grove and includes the giant owl statue with the altar at its feet and men wearing hooded robes holding flaming torches—all identical to the real Bohemian Grove. “Half of Washington” is in attendance in the episode and everyone chants “Hail Satan” as the ritual begins. The Devil even boasts that ten presidents have announced their candidacy in the Bohemian Grove as the ceremony begins.



Before he can be killed, DJ Jesús escapes and the episode ends by zooming out to an aerial view showing the location of the incident being in Northern California, where the actual Grove is located.

 



Conclusion

After sixty years of mainstream media blackouts regarding the elusive and secretive Bilderberg Group, it became impossible in the age of social media and smartphones to keep them under wraps any longer. The easily swallowed claims of the Bilderberg Group being “just another business conference,” are now offered up after the decades of denials about their existence and power, but writing off the Bohemian Grove as “just another party” is not so easy.

Most of the public gullibly buy into the claims now that the Bilderberg Group is just a bunch of men in suits getting together for another boring meeting, but trying to explain the Cremation of Care—not to mention the allegations of Satanism and child abuse that hang over the Bohemian Grove—is quite a bit more difficult. The video footage and photos of the annual “human sacrifice” ceremony would be disturbing to most people once they saw it, and no amount of whitewash or spin would remove the suspicions that many have about the Bohemian Grove.

A bunch of guys meeting for a three-day conference in the case of the Bilderberg Group is pretty easy to brush off as something rather normal—a bunch of men gathering in the middle of a secluded forest, dressing up in hooded robes, and engaging in a “human sacrifice” ritual—not so much.

Even setting this aside, it’s clear that the Bohemian Grove serves as an elite consensus-building party, held about a month after the more formal Bilderberg conference which occurs in the late spring each year. If one wants to gain a comprehensive view of the world and the mechanisms of power that work to guide it, then learning about the Bohemian Grove is a critical piece of the puzzle.



As Mary Moore of the Bohemian Grove Action Network once said, “Kiwanis and Rotary clubs in every small town has that same sort of ‘goodold-boy network’ of prominent men in the community getting to know each other through a social club. But when you get to the level of the Bohemian Grove, it’s a very global network, and much more powerful.”167

When the wealthiest and most powerful men in the world, from heads of industry to high ranking government officials and those who work in the intelligence agencies, all meet together to hang out and listen to off the record lectures given by a variety of experts and insiders, it is undeniable that this has a tremendous impact on society as a whole.

At the time I’m finishing writing this in June of 2015, very few books exist on the Bohemian Grove, and most Americans have still never heard of it. The stories are so strange that even when they do, many dismiss them as an Internet urban legend or a conspiracy theory, but you now hold the evidence in your hands.

I hope this book has helped shed some light on this dark subject, and put some of the wild allegations into their proper context so you can understand where they came from and why they spread. If you would like to continue your education on related subjects, I encourage you to checkout some of my previous books, and if it’s not too much to ask, please write a brief (or lengthy) review for this one and rate it on Amazon.com or whatever e-bookstore you downloaded it from to let other potential readers know what you think.

Please pass this book on to someone else now that you have finished it to share the information with them, and thanks again for investing your time and energy into my ten-year-long investigation of The Bohemian Grove: Facts & Fiction.





Further Reading

The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction

Secret societies have both fascinated and frightened people for hundreds of years. Often the infamous Illuminati is mentioned as the core of conspiracies which span the globe. The Illuminati is actually a historical secret society which had goals of revolutions and world domination dating back to the 1770s.

Since then, rumors and conspiracy theories involving the Illuminati continue to spread, sometimes finding their way into popular novels like Dan Brown’s Angels & Demons and Hollywood movies like Lara Croft: Tomb Raider. Some men have even come forward claiming to be former members, offering details of what they allege are the inner workings of the organization. When you sift through all of the information available on the subject, you may be surprised that the truth is stranger than fiction.

In The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, conspiracy and occult expert Mark Dice separates history from Hollywood and shows why tales of the secret society won’t die.



The New World Order: Facts & Fiction

What is the New World Order? Proponents say that it’s an anticipated new era of global cooperation between diverse nations and cultures aimed at ushering in a utopia providing all the earth's citizens with everything they need.

Detractors claim it’s the systematic take-over by secret societies, quasi-government entities and corporations who are covertly organizing a global socialist all-powerful government which aims to regulate every aspect of citizens’ lives, rendering them a perpetual working-class while the elite leadership lives in luxury.

Conspiracy theory expert Mark Dice looks at the evidence, claims, and conspiracy theories as he takes you down the rabbit hole to The New World Order.

 

Calls for a New World Order World Governed Through Secret Societies Mainstream Media Controlled by the Elite Banking, Money, and Taxes One World Currency Population Reduction One World Religion A Coming Global Dictator Who Will Claim to be God



Illuminati in the Music Industry

Famous pop stars and rappers from Jay-Z and Rick Ross to Rihanna and Christina Aguilera are believed by many to be a part of the infamous Illuminati secret society. These stars allegedly use Illuminati and satanic symbolism in their music videos and on their clothes that goes unnoticed by those not “in the know.”

Since these stars appear in our livings rooms on family friendly mainstream shows like Good Morning America, Ellen, and dozens of others —and are loved by virtually all the kids—they couldn’t possibly have anything to do with the infamous Illuminati or anything “satanic,” could they? Some famous musicians have even publicly denounced the Illuminati in interviews or songs.

Illuminati in the Music Industry takes a close look at some of today’s hottest stars and decodes the secret symbols, song lyrics, and separates the facts from the fiction in this fascinating topic. You may never see your favorite musicians the same way ever again.



Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True

In Big Brother, Mark Dice details actual high-tech spy gadgets, mindreading machines, government projects, and emerging artificial intelligence systems that seem as if they came right out of George Orwell’s novel Nineteen Eighty-Four.

Orwell’s famous book was first published in 1949, and tells the story of a nightmarish future where citizens have lost all privacy and are continuously monitored by the omniscient Big Brother surveillance system which keeps them obedient to a totalitarian government.

The novel is eerily prophetic as many of the fictional systems of surveillance described have now become a reality. Mark Dice shows you the scary documentation that Big Brother is watching you, and is more powerful than you could imagine.

 

Orwellian Government Programs Facial Recognition Scanners Mind Reading Machines Neural Interfaces Psychotronic Weapons The Nanny State Artificial Intelligence Cybernetic Organisms



The Resistance Manifesto

The Resistance Manifesto by Mark Dice contains 450 pages of extensively researched and documented information drawing from declassified documents, mainstream news articles, religious texts, and personal interviews. A dark web of evil is exposed like never before, making Bible Prophecy and the New World Order crystal clear.

Learn the most powerful information about the Illuminati, plans for the rise of the Antichrist, the institutions, people, and powers involved, and how you can fight them.

 

“Powerful and compelling. A must read.”

- Alex Jones from Infowars.com

 

“Mark takes you beyond 9/11 into a world of secret societies, mystics, and madmen.”

- Jason Bermas, Producer of Loose Change

“Mark Dice is not a conspiracy theorist, he is a conspiracy realist. This book tells it like it is. I urge every American to read it and pass it on to your friends and relatives. Wake up America!”



- Ted Gunderson, Senior Special Agent in Charge (retired) FBI Los Angeles



Inside the Illuminati

When looking into the existence and alleged activities of the infamous Illuminati secret society, one finds an overwhelming amount of conspiracy theories, hidden history, half-truths and hoaxes.

But how much truth is there to some of these claims? What is the real history of the mysterious group? Do they continue to exist today? What is the evidence? And what are they doing?

After a decade of research sifting through the facts and the fiction, secret society expert Mark Dice will help you navigate through the complex maze from the original documents to rare revelations from elite politicians, bankers and businessmen, as he takes you Inside the Illuminati.

 

Insider Revelations Original Writings Spiritual Beliefs Occult Symbolism Early Evidence Zodiac Club “Ex Members” Communism Seraphic Society The Jesuits The Jasons And more!



The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction

Every spring since 1954, a group of approximately one hundred of the world’s most powerful businessmen, politicians, media moguls, and international royalty meet in secret for several days to discuss the course of the world. Called the Bilderberg Group after the Bilderberg Hotel in Oosterbeck, Holland where their first meeting was held, this off the record annual gathering is said to be where the globalist puppet masters plot and scheme.

Does this group of power elite develop new political, economic, and cultural policies that are then covertly implemented by their underlings? Do they choose who our world leaders will be, including the next president of the United States? Is the Bilderberg Group a shadow government? Are they the Illuminati? Why has the mainstream media had a complete blackout regarding their meetings for decades? Who attends? And who pays for it?

Is this “just another conference?” Or, are the “conspiracy theorists” right? What is the evidence? How were they first discovered? What are they doing? And should the public be concerned? Secret society expert Mark Dice will show you the hidden history, financial records, and some of the insider leaks showing how this small group’s consensus has staggering effects on the political landscape of the world, global economies, wars, and more, as he uncovers The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction.

 

Their History Bilderberg’s Goals Their Discovery Recent Meetings

Members and Guests Actions and Effects Financial Records The Oath of Silence Media Blackouts Exclusive Photos And More!

 



The True Story of Fake News

Is fake news being spread through social media as part of an information war? Are political operatives publishing disinformation to smear the opposition and help their own agendas? Who creates fake news, how does it spread, and can it be stopped?

 

What are the real world effects of fake news stories that go viral? Did it affect the outcome of the 2016 presidential election? Or is ‘fake news’ a fake problem, designed to justify tighter control over the mechanisms of sharing information online to drive audiences back to brand name media outlets because their audiences and influence are dwindling?

Media analyst Mark Dice takes a close look at the fake news phenomenon and the implications of mega-corporations like Facebook, Google, and Twitter becoming the ultimate gatekeepers and distributors of news and information.

You will see the powerful and deceptive methods of manipulation that affect us all, as numerous organizations and political activists cunningly plot to have their stories seen, heard, and believed by as many people as possible.

The depths of lies, distortions, and omissions from traditional mainstream media will shock you; and now they’re colluding with the top tech companies trying to maintain their information monopolies. This is The True Story of Fake News.



 



About the Author

Mark Dice is a media analyst and author who, in an entertaining and educational way, exposes our celebrity-obsessed culture and the role mainstream media and elite secret societies play in shaping our lives.

Mark’s YouTube channel has over 1 million subscribers and more 400 million views. His viral videos have been mentioned on the Fox News Channel, CNN, the Drudge Report, TMZ, the New York Daily News, the Washington Times, and other media outlets around the world.

He has been featured on various television shows including the History Channel’s Decoded and America’s Book of Secrets; Conspiracy Theory with Jesse Ventura, Secret Societies of Hollywood on E! Channel, America Declassified on the Travel Channel, and is a frequent guest on Coast to Coast AM, The Alex Jones Show, and more.

Mark Dice is the author of 11 books, including The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True, The New World Order: Facts & Fiction, Inside the Illuminati, The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction, The Bohemian Grove: Facts & Fiction, and more.

While much of Mark’s work confirms the existence and continued operation of various powerful secret societies, he is also dedicated to debunking conspiracy theories and hoaxes and separating the facts from the fiction; hence the “Facts & Fiction” subtitle for several of his books.

He has a bachelor’s degree in communication from California State University.

 



Connect with Mark on: Facebook.com/MarkDice

Twitter.com/MarkDice.com

YouTube.com/MarkDice

MarkDice.com



1

New York Observer “At Skull and Bones, Bush’s Secret Club Initiates Ream Gore” by Ron Rosenbaum (April 23rd 2001)

2

Robbins, Alexandra - Secrets of the Tomb: Skull and Bones, the Ivy League, and the Hidden Paths of Power page 130

3

Hanson, Mike - Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy page 25

4

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 27

5

Bohemian Club’s 2013 - 990 Tax Forms - Line 9

6

Bohemian Club’s 2013 Tax Forms 990 Schedule O, Supplemental Information (2013)

7

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruing-Class Cohesiveness Preface

8

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruing-Class Cohesiveness Page 1

9

YouTube: 1981 News Report about Bohemian Grove (posted by user Jaketom3 on December 15th 2006) Other channels have also reposted this video.

10

ABC News - Segment about Bohemian Grove (July 23, 1981)

11

Ibid.

12



The New York Times “Bohemian Club Is Upheld On Refusal to Hire Women” (January 23rd 1981)

13

The New York Times “Bohemian Club Ordered To Begin Hiring Women” (October 17th 1981)

14

CBS WCCO-TV “Good Question: Why Can Some Clubs Discriminate?” by Jason DeRusha (August 20th 2012)

15

YouTube “Bill Clinton gets asked about the Bohemian Grove club that he and other elites attend” (uploaded October 2011)

16

See my book The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction for a complete analysis of the annual Bilderberg meeting and the effects it has had on shaping the world.

17

Barruel, Abbe- Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism page 582

18

See my previous book Inside the Illuminati: Evidence, Objectives, and Methods of Operation, available in paperback from Amazon.com or e-book from all major e-books stores.

19

Cirlot, J.E. -Dictionary of Symbols p. 236-237

20

Ovason, David - The Secret Architecture of our Nation’s Capital (2002 Harper Perennial)

21

Pike, Albert - Morals and Dogma page 104-105

22

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic pages 9-10

23

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Teachings of All Ages page 272

24

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Teachings of All Ages page 83

25

Blavatsky, Helena - The Secret Doctrine: Volume II page 192



26

Pike, Albert - Morals and Dogma page 321

27

Crowley, Aleister - Magick: In Theory and Practice page 193

28

TechnoCalyps - Part II - Preparing for the Singularity (2008) Documentary by Frank Theys

29

CNET “Google exec: Humans will be hybrids by 2030” by Chris Matyszczyk (June 4th 2015)

30

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 67

31

Shown in Alex Jones’ film Dark Secrets: Inside Bohemian Grove (2000)

32

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 127

33

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 92

34

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 93

35

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 111

36

SFGate “Behind the Count” (July 23rd 2003)

37

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 95



38

Nixon, Richard -RN: The Memoirs of Richard Nixon

39

Nixon, Richard -RN: The Memoirs of Richard Nixon pages 80-81

40

President Dwight Eisenhower’s Farewell Address in 1961

41

Checkout my book The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction if you would like to learn more about this annual meeting of the ruling class.

42

There are many different YouTube channels that have posted clips of Alex Jones’ footage and his entire documentary, just search YouTube and you’ll find them.

43

Jon Ronson’s Secret Rulers of the World: The Satanic Shadowy Elite? episode 4 (at approximately the 32:13 mark)

44

Statement from Bohemian Grove included in“Secret Rulers of the World: The Satanic Shadowy Elite? by Jon Ronson (2001)

45

http://magma.nationalgeographic.com/ngm/bestvintage/photogallery_02.html

46

David Icke in a lecture of his, shown in Jon Ronson’s Secret Rulers of the World: The Satanic Shadowy Elite? Episode 4 (at approximately the 42:44 mark)

47

Icke, David - The Biggest Secret page 250

48

YouTube: David Icke - The TRUTH about the Moon - Interview with David Icke talking about this theory of his.

49

The Bible: Book of Leviticus 18:21



50

The Bible: Book of Leviticus 20:2

51

The Bible: Book of Leviticus 20:4

52

YouTube: Alex Jones asks David Gergen https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GHFoUZEjuNM

about

Bohemian

Grove

Rituals

53

Washington Times “Gergen quits Bohemian Club and 17 other organizations” by Frank J. Murray (June 11, 1993)

54

YouTube: Walter Cronkite speech at the World Federalist Association receiving the Norman Cousins Global Governance Award

55

Ibid.

56

Spy Magazine “Masters of the Universe Go to Camp: Inside the Bohemian Grove” by Philip Weiss (November 1989) pages 59-79

57

B-2 Bomber: Cost and Operational Issues (Letter Report, 08/14/97, GAO/NSIAD-97-181)

58

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making page 284

59

Nixon, Richard - Memoirs (1978)

60

President Richard M. Nixon on the Watergate tapes in 1971 conversation with John D. Ehrlichman, and H. R. Haldeman made public in 1999 by the National Archives

61

The Press Democrat “Retired Gen. Stanley McChrystal, Conan O'Brien highlight secretive Bohemian Grove gathering” by Guy Kovner (July 12th 2013)



62

Sonoma Country Free Press “Bohemian Grove http://www.sonomacountyfreepress.com/bohos/bohofact.html (now defunct)

Fact

Sheet”

63

FAIR.org “Inside Bohemian Grove: The Story People Magazine Won’t Let You Read” (November 1st 1991)

64

Spy Magazine “Masters of the Universe Go to Camp: Inside the Bohemian Grove” by Philip Weiss (November 1989) pages 59-79

65

FAIR.org “Inside Bohemian Grove: The Story People Magazine Won’t Let You Read” (November 1st 1991)

66

C-SPAN - Washington Journal with guest Michael Barkun (March 12th 2004)

67

Ibid.

68

San Francisco Chronicle “Masked man enters, attacks Bohemian Grove / 'Phantom' expected armed resistance” by Peter Fimrite (January 24th 2002)

69

Jon Ronson’s Secret Rulers of the World: The Satanic Shadowy Elite? Episode 4 (at approximately the 42:44 mark)

70

San Francisco Chronicle “Bohemian Grove commando found guilty” by Kelly St. John (April 17,

2002)

71

Krulos, Tea - Heroes in the Night: Inside the Real Life Superhero Movement (October 2013) Chicago Review Press

72

Chicago Tribune “Costume-clad activists hit Chicago streets to spread altruism” by Geoff Ziezuleqicz (January 18th 2014)



73

Quad City Times “Alcoa protester believes Obama is an alien” by Rashah McChesney (June 29th 2011)

74

Ibid.

75

A personal interview I conduced with Chris Jones in 2006

76

05HF1675 The People of the State of California plaintiff vs Christopher Jones 12/21/67 Defendant c6972092 http://www.fearnotlaw.com/wsnkb/articles/p_v_jones-33569.html

77

Ibid.

78

San Francisco Sentinel “Vanity Fair Editor Arrested at Bohemian Grove” by Pat Murphy (July 2008)

79

Vanity Fair “Bohemian Tragedy” by Alex Shoumatoff (May 2009)

80

History Channel’s Decoded (Season 1 Episode 7) Aired January 13th 2011

81

Ibid.

82

I was included in a different episode of Brad Meltzer’s Decoded, as well as a variety of other shows, some of which were pilots that never got picked up. Check the “About the Author” section of this book for a more complete bio of the shows I’ve been involved with.

83

RT “Guccifer emails link Tony Blair to top-secret Bohemian Grove gathering” (March 25th 2013)

84

Herald Globe “Guccifer indicted in US for Bush family email hack” (June 14th 2014)



85

The Washington Post “Guccifer emails link Tony Blair to top-secret Bohemian Grove gathering” by Caitlin Dewey (January 22nd 2014)

86

www.YouTube.com/MarkDice

87

Spy Magazine “Masters of the Universe Go to Camp: Inside the Bohemian Grove” by Philip Weiss (November 1989) pages 59-79

88

Sonoma West Times & News “Remember When: West County Community Protests” by Frank Robertson (November 22nd 2002)

89New

York Post “Gay Porn Star Serves Moguls” by Richard Johnson with Paula Froelich and Chris

Wilson (July 22, 2004)

90

President Richard M. Nixon on the Watergate tapes in 1971 conversation with John D. Ehrlichman, and H. R. Haldeman made public in 1999 by the National Archives

91

CounterPunch.org “Meet the Secret Rulers of the World: The Truth about the Bohemian Grove” by Alexander Cockburn and Jeffrey St. Clair (June 19th 2001)

92

Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy page 192

93

Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy page 194

94

Ibid.

95

Hanson, Mike – Bohemian Grove: Cult of Conspiracy page 195

96

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up page 326



97

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up page 103

98

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up pages 326-327

99

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up pages 326-327

100

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up page 104

101

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up pages 326-327

102

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up pages 103-104

103

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up pages 326-327

104

The Alex Jones Show - “Alex Jones Interviews John DeCamp, Author of “The Franklin Cover-up”

(July 21, 2004)

105

Pytha Press “Who Murdered the CIA Chief?” by Zalin Grant

106

Washington Times “Homosexual Prostitution Inquiry Ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush” by Paul Rodriguez and George Archibald (June 29th 1989)

107

Ibid.

108

Guardian “Media ‘gagged over bid to report MP child sex cases’” by Daniel Boffey (November 22nd 2014)

109

Ibid.



110

Ibid.

111

Mirror “Retired Scotland Yard detectives back up claims that paedo MPs murdered boys at sex orgies” By Keir Mudie, Mark Conrad (November 23rd 2014)

112

BBC “Sir Cyril Smith: Former MP sexually abused boys, police say” (November 27th 2012)

113

TMZ “Scorpions Bassist: Yeah, about those Snuff Parties I Went to…” (posed on the official TMZ YouTube channel on April 21st 2012) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1JiQAzZ0tzM

114

YouTube: “Ralph Rieckermann official Statement about TMZ Snuff Party Video Clip” Posted on Ralph Riekermann’s YouTube channel on June 4th 2015

115

Interview with Rusty Nelson on A Closer Look with Michael Corbin (April 12, 2005)

116

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska page

105

117

Thompson, Hunter S. - Hey Rube: First article titled The New Dumb

118

CBS “Late Night with David Letterman” (1988) (at approximately the 7:12 mark in interview)

119

YouTube: Hunter S. Thompson on David Letterman 1988 https://www.youtube.com/watch? v=B6JnkmFMhoU

120

CBS “Late Night with David Letterman” (1988) (at approximately the 7:12 mark in the interview)

121

Brown, Nickole - In Memory of Hunter S. Thompson: Postcard from Louisville, Kentucky (posted

April 15th 2005) http://www.pw.org/mag/pc_thompson.htm



122

Kraig, Donald Michael - Modern Sex Magick: Secrets of Esoteric Spirituality page 62

123

Miller, Jason - Sex, Sorcery, and Spirt: The Secrets of Erotic Magic page121

124

Ibid.

125

Kraig, Donald Michael - Modern Sex Magick: Secrets of Esoteric Spirituality page 56

126

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 40

127

Aleister Crowley: The Wickedest Man in the World (2002) documentary film by Neil Rawles

128

Telegraph “South African men rape babies as 'cure' for Aids” by Jane Flanagan (November 11th 2001)

129

Reuters “Albinos in Tanzania murdered or raped as AIDS ‘cure’” by Fumbuka Ng’Wanakilala (May 5th 2011)

130

Ibid.

131

O’Brien, Cathy - Trance Formation of America page 169

132

O’Brien, Cathy - Trance Formation of America page 170

133

Ibid.

134

O’Brien, Cathy - Trance Formation of America page 170



135

O’Brien, Cathy - Trance Formation of America page 171

136

Ibid.

137

O’Brien, Cathy - Trance Formation of America page 155

138

O’Brien, Cathy - Trance Formation of America page 1

139

O’Brien, Cathy - Trance Formation of America page 117

140

The Guardian “CIA sued over 1950s 'murder' of government scientist plied with LSD” by Karen McVeigh (November 28th 2012)

141

Marks, John D. - The Search for the Manchurian Candidate 1991 Norton Paperback

142

Chicago Tribune “CIA Brainwashing Suit Settled” by Howard Witt (October 5th 1988)

143

The first printing of The Franklin Cover-Up was in 1992, three years before Cathy O’Brien’s book was released.

144

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up page 326-327

145

https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLa8S4GilqogR8aZGfDIztCDZD_3ImeKHC

146

New York Times “Sotomayor Defends Ties to Association” by Savage, Charlie and Kirkpatrick, David D (June 15th 2009)



147

CNN.com “Sotomayor resigns from women's club” (June 19th 2009)

148

Politico “Sonia Sotomayor found friends in elite group” by Kenneth Vogel (June 4th 2009)

149

The New York Times “A Club for the Women Atop the Ladder” by Pamela Ryckman (April 2, 2011)

150

Politico “Sonia Sotomayor found friends in elite group” by Kenneth Vogel (June 4th 2009)

151

Comedy Central “The Colbert Report” (June http://thecolbertreport.cc.com/videos/v8qfms/the-word---bohemian-grove

17th

2009)

152

President Richard M. Nixon on the Watergate tapes in 1971 conversation with John D. Ehrlichman, and H. R. Haldeman made public in 1999 by the National Archives

153

The Irish Times “Uncovering the origins of Dublin's Hellfire Club” by David Ryan (August 10th 2012)

154

New York Post “Kate Middleton’s pal hosts the swankiest sex party in NYC” by Dana Schuster (March 10th 2015)

155

New York Post “A night inside the sex club hosted by Kate Middleton’s pal” by Dana Schuster (March 17th 2015

156

BreathCast “Questlove Recounts Illuminati Experience with Jay-Z? Christian Artist Shares Own Experience with the Occult in Music Industry” by Jeannie Ortega (February 17th 2015)

157

Newsweek “Jeffrey Epstein: The Sex Offender Who Mixes With Princes and Premiers” by Catherine Ostler (January 29th 2015)



158

The Guardian “Jeffrey Epstein's donations to young pupils prompts US Virgin Islands review” by Jon Swaine (January 13th 2015)

159

The Mirror “Prince Andrew may have been secretly filmed with underage girl he is alleged to have abused” by Matthew Drake (January 3, 3015)

160

Comedy Central - South Park “The Return of Chef” Season 10 Episode 1 (March 22nd 2006)

161

Ibid.

162

See my previous book Illuminati in the Music Industry.

163

Jon Ronson’s Secret Rulers of the World: The Satanic Shadowy Elite? Episode 4 (at approximately the 42:12 mark)

164

Ibid.

165

The Washington Post “Harry Shearer, voice of Mr. Burns, to leave ‘The Simpsons,’ reports say” by Justin Moyer (May 14th 2015)

166

See Hacking Democracy (2006) produced by HBO

167



SonomaCountyFreePress.org (website now defunct)

Causing Trouble

© 2012 by Mark Dice and The Resistance

All Rights Reserved

Published by The Resistance

San Diego, CA No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the publisher and the author. Visit www.MarkDice.com ISBN: 09673466-9-X

eBook ISBN: 978-1-62346-360-1 Table of Contents Introduction High School College Craziness Middle School Moving to California Looking Back on it All

Introduction Kids always cause trouble when they’re growing up, especially boys, but not like my friends and I. We didn’t steal cars, commit armed robberies, or burn down someone’s house. Our trouble was different. It was more creative. It was more fun. It still landed us in handcuffs, in the newspapers, and for me, ultimately getting kicked out of high school and featured on the evening news. But there was a style to our trouble. It was often misguided creative energy that we didn’t know how to handle in our youth, and would manifest itself in our outrageous schemes, our over-the-top pranks, and a life that was more exciting than something out of a movie. Years later, whenever discussing high school pranks or stupid things people did growing up, I always had the best stories. Always. And not just one epic story that became legendary at the school for years afterward. I had story after story of the craziness. My stories were so entertaining to those listening that occasionally people said I should write a book about them, so I did.

I’ll tell you about every detail: Painting obscenities consisting of 30-foottall letters in the snow on the football field using food coloring mixed with water in a giant weed sprayer; sending hundreds of magazine subscriptions to a teacher and checking the “bill me later” box; replacing the magazines in the school library with old pornos from the 1970s that a friend of mine found in her dad’s basement; sending a fake college rejection letter to a former friend informing him that the school had changed its mind about enrolling him; and that’s just the beginning. Two years after getting thrown out of high school for a prank I orchestrated that got out of hand, I moved to California with one of my best friends and the craziness continued for about a year before I really started to grow up and channel my energy into more positive things. You could say that immediately after moving to California was the lowest point in my life as you will discover in this book. Within two weeks I found myself in jail for a DUI and later helped turn my roommate’s closet into a marijuana growing operation hoping we wouldn’t have to spend money on pot anymore since we smoked it every day. Instead of getting jobs, we started selling fake IDs to people at my college in order to make money because we didn’t want to work since we came to California to become successful and “live the dream.” We were headed on a crash course with complete disaster. I don’t know what it was that caused all of this craziness to manifest itself in my brain and in my life. Maybe it was because I never had cable TV growing up, so instead of mindlessly sitting in front of the television for hours on end, I had to come up with things to do to entertain myself. In the 1990s there was no high-speed Internet yet, there were only dial-up modems that took hours to download even small files. Maybe it was because I lived in Wisconsin, and for six months out of the year the weather was too bad to go outside and I was stuck indoors for months on end, so we had to do something for fun. Maybe it’s genetic, because from what I understand one of my grandfathers was a trouble maker when he was young. Or maybe it’s because my mom wouldn’t let me take karate class. I’m not really sure. My trouble making crew mainly consisted of Fred, Diego, Ken, Rick, as well as Marty and Brent. Fred and Diego are my two best friends and we

have all known each other since the first grade and lived on the same block growing up. Ken and I became good friends in the fifth grade after he moved to the area with his mom and brother, and I met Rick, Marty, and Brent freshman year of high school. This book is 100% true. Everything that is written about here in this book happened just the way it is described and nothing is exaggerated or fabricated. Everyone who knows me and grew up with me is familiar with a lot of these stories since they witnessed them first hand. The names of some of the people involved have been changed to maintain their privacy, since you’ll find a lot of craziness occurred that I’m sure they don’t want to be connected to, even though the statute of limitations is probably passed and nobody can be prosecuted. If anyone has the same name that is used in this book, it is merely a coincidence, and is in no way referring to them. And keeping in line with the typical cliché to avoid any legal problems (both for myself and for you) from people attempting to copy anything that my friends and I did, I insist that you please do not try any of this stuff at home…or anywhere…ever. You’ll have enough fun living vicariously through me just from reading about what we did, so there’s no need for you or your friends to do it too. And before you get all judgmental and think that I’m a completely terrible human being for some of things I’ve done, please read through the entire book before coming to judgment, and remember that it’s tough being a kid.

High

School Fake Pregnancy Test Results Rumors started going around that two particular teachers at our school were having an affair. Mr. Bell and Mrs. Hartnett. One of them was divorced, but the other one we thought was apparently still married (as far as we knew). They also somehow convinced the school board to let them “team teach” a course combining art class and geography in what they called “global

studies.” It was the dumbest class ever, and we didn’t really learn anything and pretty much just drew a bunch of pictures and did childish arts and crafts. I hated Mr. Bell and his dumb class that was probably just an excuse for him to spend more time with Mrs. Hartnett. He was an obese man with a fairly normal looking upper body, and then around his stomach and waist, his body just inflated into a massive blob, making him look like an oversized bowling pin or pear. Anyway, a lot of us students believed that they were having an affair, so I sent an envelope to the school addressed to Mrs. Hartnett with large letters printed on the outside that read, “PREGNANCY TEST RESULTS ENCLOSED. PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL.” As you may know, most teachers have their own little mail slots in the school office and whoever receives the mail has to go through it all and put it in the appropriate slot. The words “PREGNANCY TEST RESULTS ENCLOSED” were so large and noticeable that whoever was separating the mail in the office couldn’t miss it, and I’m sure they couldn’t help but gossip about this strange piece of mail that came in addressed to Mrs. Hartnett, and that was exactly what I wanted. Inside the envelope I put a piece of paper that said “Fuck You” written across it. Not as creative as the outside of the envelope, but hey. Of course, neither she nor Mr. Bell ever mentioned anything about this envelope after she had received it, but it wasn’t the last I would hear about it. Probably six months later, maybe even a year later, my mom—who usually never approved of my antics—came home from grocery shopping one afternoon and told me that she bumped into Mrs. So & So, who worked in the office at the high school, and my mom started smiling excitedly like she had heard some incredibly funny news and went on to tell me that this woman told her about the pregnancy test results letter that Mrs. Hartnett had received and figured it was my doing. She also told my mom that she thought it was hilarious. My mom and I started laughing, and she went on to say that the office lady had figured that it was my handiwork (and she was right). Oh yeah, at some point, Mrs. Hartnett had divorced her husband and that summer married Mr. Bell, and became Mrs. Bell. We were right. They had

been in a relationship, and this was certainly not the end of me tormenting them.

Magazine Subscriptions to Teacher You know how when you pick up a magazine, about 20 subscription cards fall out every time you flip through the pages? You know those little postcards that you put your name and address on and send in to subscribe to the magazine? Well, I noticed that you didn’t have to send any money in with your subscription and you could just check the “bill me later” box and they would start sending you the magazines without having to pay for them right away because they would send you a bill later. It was very generous of them, so I figured Mr. Bell could use some of that generosity. I drove to the mall a few days later and went to the magazine section of the bookstore and started collecting the subscription cards for every magazine on the shelves. Since each magazine has about 5 of these little cards fall out every time you open one, sometimes I collected two or three of the subscription cards for the same magazine. My stack of subscription cards kept growing and growing. I had cards for magazines I never even knew existed. I figured Mr. Bell could use some of this interesting reading material, so I spent an hour or so filling out his name and the school’s address on the cards and marked “bill me later” and dropped them off in the mail and started laughing out loud. I didn’t even have to put stamps on them because the postage was all prepaid by the magazines! It was great! It must have been around 200 different cards. I subscribed him to Good Housekeeping magazine, Time, Newsweek, Cosmo , all the fashion magazines, arts and craft magazines, fitness magazines, celebrity gossip rags, and even Penthouse and Playboy . The stack of cards was over an inch tall by the time I was done collecting them. I could already see what was going to happen. In just a week or two, Mr. Bell’s mailbox at school would be flooded with new magazines, probably 10 or more a day, every day, every week, for who knows how long, all with his name on them. Not only this, but a few weeks later he would also be sent the bill for them all. Even though I wasn’t able to see this with my own

eyes, I knew this would happen and that was satisfaction enough. He would know it was me. Only I would come up with such a devious, yet creative, idea and actually put it in motion. I figured he would never mention that this had happened to him out of embarrassment, and he wouldn’t want to encourage more subscriptions or have it happen to other teachers, but this wasn’t the last I would hear about the magazines. Months later, my mom had to come to the school to have a conference with Mr. Bell, the school principal, the vice principal, the guidance counselor, and myself, because of some other trouble I was causing Mr. Bell which involved me drawing a picture of someone holding a gun and shooting a fat man shaped like a bowling pin that resembled him. (Oh, I popped a bunch of inflatable globes he had hanging from his ceiling, too.) The school was not happy about my drawing (or the globes). The picture didn’t have his name on it, so I didn’t see what the big deal was. During the meeting I said, “Do you think this resembles you, Mr. Bell? What makes you think that?” I was trying to get him to say he was basically a fat blob like the guy in my drawing. He looked like a moron, and instead of my mom being mad at me for her having to come to the school for our big meeting, she was mad at him and thought it was a waste of her time. He wouldn’t even admit that the picture was of him, and he insisted he was just concerned because it was “violent” and even asked if I had any issues with the local bowling alley because the guy in my drawing was a human bowling pin because that was one of our nicknames for him since that was basically the shape of his body. It was during this meeting that Mr. Bell mentioned that he had been getting countless magazines sent to him that he didn’t subscribe to, and he said he had to send a letter to every single one explaining that he had not subscribed to them and asked for his subscriptions to be canceled and the bills voided. The coalition seated across from me asked if I knew anything about it. I’m sure from the look on my face they had their answer, but of course I denied it. They couldn’t prove anything and they knew it. The meeting was a complete waste of my time, and my mom’s, so I had to pay Mr. Bell back.

A few days later I started taking up a collection to enroll Mr. Bell in the “Assholes of America Club” which was something I had found in a magazine somewhere. You could pay something like $30 and enroll someone and the company would send them a T-shirt that says “Official Member of the Assholes of America Club,” along with a membership card with that person’s name printed on it, and a nice letter explaining that someone had enrolled them in the club because they are an asshole. This time, instead of just sending his membership kit to the school where I would not see the look on his face when he opened it, I decided to send it to my parents’ house so I could then place it on his desk before class. When the package came, I brought it to class the next day, and before he arrived, I set the T-shirt, letter, and his membership card on top of his podium where he would be standing in just a few minutes. Some of my friends knew exactly what I was doing and anxiously awaited Mr. Bell’s reaction. I have to give the man a little credit, because instead of flipping out and asking who did this and making a scene, he simply removed it from the podium and put it on the shelf underneath it without saying a word. It was still funny. My plan was almost ruined because my mom usually got the mail every day, so she received the package addressed to Mr. Bell, and opened it up to see what was going on. She hid the shirt and things, and left the empty package sitting on the kitchen table and confronted me about it when I came back from school. She almost wouldn’t give me the stuff because she pretty much knew what I was going to do with it, but I somehow convinced her to turn it over to me so I could bring it to school the next day. I basically threatened to do something even worse to Mr. Bell if she didn’t turn over the goods, so she reluctantly returned them to me. Sometimes I was me who deserved to be in the Assholes of America Club, I know.

The Underwear Check Because I kept messing up the computers at school and causing them to display pictures of girls in bikinis and then freeze up, a policy was implemented where the school made all of us sign an agreement that we

would pay $25 an hour for a computer technician (really just the computer teacher) to repair any damage we caused, or else we couldn’t use the computers anymore. One day instead of doing my usual thing of installing new files on the computers to mess them up or formatting the hard drives, I simply reversed the mouse and the keyboard cables to two different computers—that’s it—and the teacher charged me twenty-five dollars to switch them back! I couldn’t believe it. This was during a computer programming class, and there’s not much I could do just sitting there, so I had to pay the money so I could use the computers again. At first I sat through class for a few days in protest doing nothing, telling the teacher I’m not going to pay, but I soon realized he didn’t care and wasn’t going to budge. At first I thought about bringing in a large box of twenty-five hundred pennies all dumped loose inside, but I came up with an even better idea. I had learned somewhere that a check didn’t need to be written on any official paper like money did, and that you could technically write a check on anything as long is it had your name and account number on it and you signed it, so I decided to write the school a check using my Fruit of the Loom tighty-whities underwear. I stretched the underwear over a square piece of cardboard and used a black magic marker to write in the checking account number and all the details, and the next day I put them in an envelope and handed it to the vice principal and told her it was payment for my “damages” to the computers. A few years later I was trying my hand at some stand-up comedy and a local paper wrote up an article about me that mentioned I would be performing at a certain comedy club one Saturday night, and who did I see in the audience, but Mr. Marvin, the computer teacher whose life I made miserable. I thought it was a coincidence but after my routine he came up to me and handed me a pair of underwear that had “To Mark, from Mr. Marvin” written on them with black magic marker! I couldn’t believe it. He had seen the article in the paper saying I would be performing there and thought he would be funny and try to get me back for the underwear check I gave the school for the trouble I caused in his computer class. I didn’t really think his check was funny, I thought it was creepy, and I left the underwear

laying on one of the tables. We always thought he was gay and this kind of reinforced that idea for me. There was a small office in the back of Mr. Marvin’s classroom that was shared with the science room right next door and we noticed occasionally Mr. Marvin and other teachers would hear the phone ringing and tell the class they would be back in a moment and go into the office to take the call. Well, we got a hold of the phone number, which was written on the side of the phone, and we would occasionally call it from a payphone in the hallway and when another teacher answered it we would say, in the gayest voice possible, something like, “Hey, is Mr. Marvin available? This is his boyfriend and I’m sorry to interrupt him, but I really needed to speak with him for a moment.” Sometimes Mr. Marvin would answer the phone himself and we would make some rude comment and hang up, usually something along the lines of him being gay. He was actually married to a woman and had a son, but we still thought he was a closet homo and he certainly acted like one.

Food Coloring in the Snow You might be familiar with the large weed sprayers that consist of a two or three gallon plastic jug that people fill with weed killer and pump up and carry around their yard to spray weeds with. Well, it was winter time, and there were no weeds, but one night I still came up with a use for the weed sprayer that ultimately led to giant obscenities being painted in the snow on the football field behind the school and on the tennis courts that everyone would see the next morning when they arrived. I bought some food coloring at the local grocery store and filled the weed sprayer up with water and made a late-night visit to the school after it had just snowed. Using my boots I dragged my feet on the ground and drew huge 30-foot-tall letters in the snow, spelling out the word “Fuck” on a large slope facing the school on the edge of the football field. I then took the bright blue water I had mixed up in the weed sprayer using the food coloring and filled in the letters by spraying all around them, turning the snow blue. I wanted to spell out “Fuck You Mr. Mueller” (the name of the

principal) but I soon realized there wasn’t enough water for this, although the effect would still be the same. A simple “Fuck” would still do. The lines making up the word were probably three feet wide and about 30 feet tall. The next morning as I walked from the parking lot to the school entrance, there in the distance, on the side of the pure white, snow-covered football field was a huge “Fuck” in bright blue letters. You couldn’t miss it. It was enormous. The slope it was on was so steep that you could see it as clear as day from the school. The janitors were out there with shovels and rakes trying to move the snow around to cover it up, but the letters were so large that it wasn’t really doing any good. Everyone saw it. There was a large staircase inside the school that almost everyone would walk down to get from the upper level to the lower level, and there in clear view through the windows was a gigantic blue “Fuck” starring you in the face. The principal’s office overlooked the tennis courts on another side of the building, where a slightly smaller “Shit” was spelled out that couldn’t be missed. I didn’t even get called to the principal’s office because Mr. Mueller knew I would just deny I had anything to do with it. A lot of people figured it was me, and when the other students asked me if I did it, my face would light up with a huge grin giving them their answer.

Sidewalk Chalk Sidewalk chalk, if you don’t know, consists of huge sticks of colored chalk that kids use to draw on sidewalks and driveways. The chalk sticks are about the size of a large carrot and come in a variety of colors. While a lot of people use cans of spray paint to put graffiti on buildings, this is vandalism and was crossing the line I had thought, but somehow the idea popped into my head that I should buy some sidewalk chalk and then write a bunch of obscenities all over the outside of the high school. I mean all over the outside. I bought a literal bucket of jumbo sidewalk chalk at Toys “R” Us that contained 20 or 30 different sticks and I rounded up some of my crew and late one night we chalked practically every square foot of the outside of the school on every wall around the entire building. It took more than an hour

to finish and we had a bunch of us out there that night. We drew large pot leaves using the green chalk, we wrote “Fuck You,” “School Sucks,” “Smoke Weed” and just about every other offensive thing we could think of. There were also ten-foot-long penises and derogatory statements about the principal and several of our least favorite teachers written in three-foottall letters. While none of us were artists, we sure did put a lot of detail into our drawings. Let me be clear that this was not on the sidewalks around the school. We did this on the outer walls and it was so noticeable that even people driving by could see our handiwork when we were done. There were no 24 hour security guards, or even any surveillance cameras. This was in the 1990s, remember, in a small town in the middle of nowhere. The next morning, the janitors were out there with sponges and buckets of water washing it all off. It must have taken them hours to clean off our masterpiece, possibly even all day. As clever as this was, the one thing I overlooked was the fact that this was a Friday night and there was no school in the morning so hardly anyone got to see our work. There was a track meet that Saturday, so the track team saw some of it, but it would have been much better if we had done it on a different night so everyone would have seen it in the morning before school. Nobody’s perfect, you know.

Shoes on the Telephone Wires I’m sure you’ve occasionally seen a pair of shoes hanging on some telephone wires above the street, a scene that looks very odd and always makes people wonder why someone would toss them up there and whose shoes they were. I always had to do things a little extreme, so instead of just throwing up an old pair of shoes over some telephone wires, I put the word out at school for people to bring me their old pairs of shoes because I was going to do something cool with them, and everyone knew that meant I was going to do something crazy. Over the next few days people brought me dozens of shoes and I gathered them up in a trash bag at the end of the day and brought them home and tied

the laces together for each pair. A few days later, on a Friday night, my friends and I drove through the town and would pull over on the side of Main Street every few blocks and throw the pairs of Shoes up on the wires right in the middle of the road so they would catch and just dangle there. We did this on almost every single wire that crossed Main Street. I’m talking about 15 pairs in the span of just a few blocks and we were just getting started. After a while we were laughing so hard, as we tried to throw the shoes up to get them to catch on the wires, we were too weak to toss them high enough. It wasn’t even that late at night when we did this, and a lot of times there were cars in the distance approaching as we stood in the middle of the street trying to toss them up. We didn’t care. If a cop saw us, we would have taken off on foot and enjoyed the chase. After we were done filling up the wires on Main Street, we drove over to the other major road that went through town and flung shoes on all those wires, too. These were the only two roads that came into town, and no matter which way people came in or out, they saw the shoes. A lot of shoes. Shoe after shoe after shoe. One pair hanging on practically every single wire that crossed the street. It looked very weird and the entire town couldn’t miss them the next morning. A few days later the shoes were all taken down, a task that must have taken a cherry picker and the entire day. I still had a bunch of shoes that we hadn’t used, so my friends and I went out that same night and put them all back up again! One pair we tossed up was a pair of boots that a girl gave me, and since they didn’t have any laces to tie together, I took a piece of rope and punched a hole in each boot and tied them together so we could still hang them. For some reason someone gave me a large doll when I was collecting the shoes and so I tied a rope around it and tied the other end to a block of wood and we even tossed that up and got it to hang from the wires. We were laughing so hard we could hardly muster the strength to throw some of the pairs high enough to get them to catch and wrap around the wires. It was the middle of winter and absolutely freezing outside and that didn’t make it any easier. This time we would park the car over on a side street and each grab a few pairs of shoes and then walk over to Main Street and spread out and do our thing. We did it again. Both major streets coming

into the town were full of shoes right in the middle of the road. When we were done we couldn’t help but think of the poor city worker who was told to take the shoes down earlier that day, and we envisioned him getting yelled at by his boss because they were still up. “Bob, I thought I told you to take down all of those damn shoes yesterday!” “I did boss.” “Then why are there still 20 pairs hanging over Main Street?” Just imagine their bewilderment. It wasn’t a few days later, or a week later that the shoes went back up. It was later that same day . They must have been pissed . The local paper covered the story and said it was a mystery as to why it was happening and claimed the hanging shoes were dangerous because they distracted drivers and could cause an accident or fall onto a vehicle and break their windshield. Of course, we never really thought about that possibility, because, well, you know, we were dumb kids. I was able to call in and get on the air of a local rock station and told the audience that we were a group called the “Instigators” and that the shoes signified our desire to legalize marijuana. They really had no meaning, but I thought we could encourage others around the area to start tossing up shoes too. We then traveled to the radio station later that night and threw a bunch of shoes on the telephone wires in front of their building. Since our small little town was covered with shoes (again), we decided to branch out and expand the operation to the neighboring cities. I specifically wanted to get shoes in the middle of every major intersection so they would be seen by the most people. This was extremely difficult since there was rarely a time when no cars were stopped at the light at the intersections, so we would just toss them up right in front of the cars stopped at the red light. We didn’t care. Who would have thought that shoes could be so fun?

Donating Pornos to the Library

One of my friends found a large collection of her dad’s pornos from the 1970s in her basement, and she just knew I could put them to good use so she asked me if I wanted them. Of course I did, so she brought them to school the next day so I could donate them to the school library. Pornos from the 1970s, as you can imagine, are very different from today’s pornos. The girls were not exactly the most attractive women, and let’s just say there was plenty of hair down there. Nevertheless, I thought the school library could benefit from having a better selection of magazines, especially some vintage 1970s porn. Most of the current magazines were placed in protective plastic covers which were labeled accordingly, so one afternoon during study hall I went to the library and switched a bunch of that month’s magazines with the pornos and placed them back on the shelves to give people a pleasant surprise (or perhaps unpleasant, because the women were not exactly what I would call attractive according to today’s standards, but you get the picture). I also tore out several pages of some nasty looking pictures and slid them into the trophy cases that adorned the hallways around the school. The trophies were in locked glass cases, but there was a small opening where the two glass panels would overlap each other when they were slid open. I stuck the pages inside the cases through these tiny slits, knowing they would stay there until some janitor was called to unlock the case and take them down. While I was usually very careful when scheming, I made a terrible mistake this time. I had accidentally left one of the pornos in my locker. Within a few hours I was summoned to the principal’s office just as I expected. When I arrived and sat down, I saw a half a dozen of the pornos sitting on Mr. Mueller’s desk. I commented that it looked like he had some good reading material there. He asked me if I knew where the magazines came from, and I told him I thought they were his. He was not amused. He then informed me that he searched my locker and found one of the pornos there. “How do you explain that?” he asked. I had already told him that I didn’t know anything about any old pornos and that I had never seen them before,

so I was caught in a lie. I was busted and he knew it. I was suspended immediately and sent home. Before I was allowed to return to school I had to have a conference with him and my mom. It was very embarrassing. When we went in for the meeting, he had the pornos sitting on his desk and he held one of them up and started flipping through the pages showing my mom exactly what was inside. She was disgusted and so was I because the people were pretty gross. I told Mr. Mueller he had to admit that it was funny, not only that, but it was harmless. He still didn’t find the humor in it and said he was really getting sick of my antics. As my mom and I left his office I told him to enjoy the magazines. I just didn’t know when to stop.

The Disappearing Furniture Most schools and office buildings have a dropped ceiling which consists of the white panels that are about 2 feet wide and 4 feet long that can be lifted up so you can access the lights and plumbing pipes and other things that these panels cover up. A lot of times the actual ceiling is 10 or 20 feet above these panels, and dropped ceilings are a staple of modern buildings. One afternoon in literature class a few of us got to go across the hallway into another room to work as a group on a class project. This room was barely ever used and was pretty much only for student council meetings and test taking. It was full of desks and some small tables and extra books from other classrooms, and somehow we got the idea to remove one of the panels from the dropped ceiling and started putting desks up on top of them. Since I’m tall, I stood on top of a table in the back of the room and Fred would hand me one desk at a time, which I then set on top of the ceiling panels and put the missing panel back in place. When we filled that area of the ceiling, we moved to another part of the room and did the same thing over and over again. Someone was standing watch at the door to make sure that the teacher didn’t pop in to check on us, and for the entire period we put as many desks up in the ceiling as we could. We also put the podium up there; we put the small tables up there; we even took all the books off the shelves and threw them up there too.

Like magic, most everything in the room seemed to disappear, including the garbage can. If you looked carefully you could see many of the ceiling panels were drooping from the weight of the desks and the other furniture pushing down on them. One table was fairly large and heavy, and we worried it would break through the panels while we were still there, but fortunately it held. I can’t imagine what the teachers must have thought the next time they used that room, because almost all of the desks were missing along with the books, the podium, and just about everything else! The stuff was up there for the rest of the year and nobody found out. In another class someone had thrown a desk out the window which landed on a section of the roof below, but in this case, dozens of desks just seemed to disappear into thin air.

A Billboard of Me on the School After the principal realized that detentions didn’t bother me, after a while, he found a punishment that did. He started banning me from attending the school sporting events on Friday nights. This sucked. This was my social life he was messing with here. He had finally found my weakness. Detentions didn’t matter. Not allowing me to use the computers during study hall didn’t deter me from scheming. Even throwing me out of the weight room after school didn’t discourage me, but not allowing me to go to the basketball games on Friday night was like a kick in the balls. I tried to think of a way to convince him that the school needed me at the games because I was the loudest person in the audience and I encouraged school spirit. Me just being there really helped our team. I scanned a picture of myself from the school yearbook and using a computer graphics program I enlarged it to about 5 feet wide and 5 feet tall, and printed it out in sections. It probably took about 50 different pieces of paper, and I taped them all together to make a huge billboard of myself. I then typed up a banner that said, “Let Mark attend the basketball game on Friday night,” and I called Fred and asked him to bring a ladder to school in the back of his truck the next morning so we could put them up. We arrived early and hung my picture over a sign that was above the student entrance that had our school name on it. It was probably fifteen feet up in

the air, and instead of showing the name of the school and our mascot, it was now a gigantic picture of me with a banner below urging people to demand I be allowed to attend the game on Friday. Everyone in the entire school saw it when they arrived that morning since it was above the main entrance in the parking lot. In a perfect moment of synchronicity, I happened to be walking behind the principal in the hallway on my way to first period when the strangest thing happened. Another teacher approached him and said, “Mr. Mueller, there is a gigantic picture of Mark Dice on the side of the school above the entrance that I think you should know about.” I sped up my walk and patted him on the shoulder when I got next to him and said, “Good morning, Mr. Mueller, such a beautiful day, isn’t it?” and gave him the biggest smile. He rolled his eyes and shook his head. I’m sure he didn’t know if I had done it, or if one of my friends did, all he knew was there was a huge picture of me on the side of the school above the entrance. Later on that morning I got called to his office. I pretended I was surprised by the picture and had just found out about it that morning when I got to school. I told him it was clear evidence that the student body wanted me at the game and it was important I go. I pleaded with him to let me attend and he actually changed his mind! I came to the game that Friday wearing a red cape and a sign taped on my chest that said “Spirit Man” (as in school spirit), and I riled up the crowd more than any other game I had been to and everybody had the best time. I even think Mr. Mueller was actually glad that he changed his mind and let me come.

Running for Class President Senior year I decided to run for class president and a few of my friends joined me in the campaign and ran for other positions like vice president, secretary, treasurer, and other offices. We decided to call our group the “Dream Team,” which was named after O.J. Simpson’s team of lawyers who got him off for murder. This struck fear in the heart of the principal and the teachers because the possibility of me being the class president was probably one of the worst things that they could think of for the image of

the school. I would be a complete disgrace to the office, which is exactly why I wanted to win. The only contender running against me who was remotely capable of beating me was the school’s beautiful tennis star who was very popular, but I was sure I could gain more support than her and win. The Dream Team put up posters around the school promoting ourselves, while our opponents did little or no campaigning at all. We were sure victory was ours, but when the election results came in, I did not win. The tennis star beat me. I was shocked. There was no way I could’ve lost. Everyone wanted me, the class clown, to also become the class president just for the fun of it. When the results were announced, the principal said it was a close race, but the tennis star had won senior class president by two votes. Two! I demanded to see evidence of this loss and wanted to witness a recount. Mr. Mueller, the principal, told me that the voting ballots were thrown out! This was ridiculous. That meant there was no real proof that she won. I demanded a new election. He said no, so I typed up a petition the next day and got probably 70% of the senior class to sign it saying that they voted for me and believed there was election fraud and wanted a new one. I presented the petition to the principal and told him that he can’t steal the election from me and deny me my rightful place as class president. He said there would be no revote and I threatened to call the local television station and alert the newspapers of this fraud. He didn’t care, and I let it go. I really should have made a bigger deal out of this. I probably really did win the election and the school screwed me. This just pissed me off and made me want to cause more trouble, and that’s exactly what I did.

The Food Locker There was a locker near mine that didn’t have a number on it, which was weird, and we noticed nobody ever used it. The mysterious unmarked locker was unlocked and when I opened it up one day I realized there was a plumbing pipe going through the middle of it from the floor to the ceiling. For some reason it must have been a design flaw in the building and the pipe wasn’t built inside a wall so they had to cut a hole through the top and

bottom of the locker so it could go through. Instead of having this poor locker sit there all lonely and not get used, I decided to turn it into a trashcan. But not just any trashcan. I put out the word to my friends that they should bring their leftover food from the lunch room and dump it in the locker for fun. After just a few days it started filling up with food scraps and garbage, and you could smell it when you got close to it. I had to put a cardboard retaining wall inside it a few days later to hold the garbage in and prevent it from falling out all over the floor when we opened it to add more because it was stacking up so high. Even though the locker smelled like a dumpster, I thought it would smell worse than it actually did. I thought the stench of rotting food would fill the entire hallway but it was only noticeable when you were close to it. I don’t remember whose lockers were right next to it but I feel really sorry for them. I thought about what I could put in there that would really smell since the rotting food scraps just weren’t stinking enough, and I figured the best thing to do was to pour some beer in there, so one morning I brought a can of beer to school and cracked it open and dumped it in. The beer poured out and filled the bottom of the locker and spilled down below through the cracks underneath and I’m sure spread out underneath the surrounding lockers. It smelled immediately. That whole area of the hallway reeked of beer. When you’re at a party and everybody’s drinking beer, you don’t really notice the smell that much, but apparently when you’re in a nice clean school, the stench of spilled beer can practically fill an entire hallway. The food locker was quickly cleaned out after that and a lock was put on it so we couldn’t put anything else inside.

Going out for Lunch We didn’t have an open campus in high school, which meant we couldn’t leave for lunch. Well, it wasn’t that we couldn’t leave, it was we weren’t supposed to leave. My friends and I had a habit of ditching lunch and smoking weed and then sneaking back into the school, but after a while they realized this was happening and thought they could stop us. They

started locking all the school’s doors from the outside, except for the one right next to the principal’s office, so they could only be opened from the inside once school had started. They thought they were really smart, but I was smarter. What they didn’t realize was that if you folded up a sheet of paper like you were passing a note, you could prop the doors open with it so they wouldn’t latch. All you had to do was set the folded up paper on the ground in such a way that the door would close on it, but it would keep it propped open just enough so it wouldn’t latch and nobody could tell. So once the school started locking the doors, every time we skipped lunch I would just jam one of the doors with a folded up piece of paper and we could easily get back into the school without anybody usually noticing. I say usually , because after a while they did notice because from a few classrooms certain teachers could see us walking back to the school from the parking lot every day through their windows and they realized what we were doing so the vice principal would keep an eye out every day during lunch period trying to bust us. I was too good to be outsmarted by some vice principal and have her ruin my fun and kill my buzz, so I started thinking of a plan. I remembered there were a set of doors in the locker room that led out to the football field which was in the back of the school, and there were no windows back there so no spying teacher or vice principal would be able to see us, so we started parking across the street from the school and then walked along the side of the football field to the locker room doors and then would sneak back inside the building that way, and the fun continued for the rest of the year and we never got caught once. Sometimes if we lost track of time and were running a little late getting back to the school we wouldn’t have the time to park the car a block away and walk across the side of the football field to sneak in through the back door, so we would just park in the teachers’ parking lot and boldly walk in the door right by the principal’s office since it was the only one unlocked from the outside. No teachers or office workers would imagine that any student would have the balls to ditch class and come back in through that door. Sometimes the best place to hide something is right under someone’s nose. We would each walk in the door at about ten second intervals so we

didn’t all walk in at the same time, and occasionally a teacher or someone in the office saw one of us walk in the door, but they never said anything because they always assumed that we must have been coming back from a dentist appointment and had some legitimate reason for coming in late. It’s an interesting phenomenon that if you act like you belong somewhere, you won’t raise any suspicion. If someone less skilled in the art of fighting the system were to attempt returning to school through this door and were spotted, a look of guilt would have flashed upon their face giving them away, but when I walked in the door I just acted like there was nothing unusual happening. One afternoon, a teacher was walking right past the door in the hallway when I came back inside the school and he looked at me and shook his head. He knew exactly who I was and what I was doing and made some comment about how I was just getting back from skipping lunch, but he didn’t get me in trouble. He probably figured it was no use.

Perfect Attendance and the Disappearing Detentions In one of my favorite movies, Ferris Bueller’s Day Off , the main character uses a modem to hack into the school’s computer system to change his attendance record in order to reduce the number of unexcused absences he had accumulated. Even though that film was from the 1980s and things still weren’t very high tech then, my school’s attendance system was even less high tech in the 1990s, which actually worked to our advantage. If a student was absent from class, the teacher would just simply use a pencil to fill in the bubble next to their name on the attendance sheet which would be taken to the office every day. There was a slot on the outside of the classroom doors where the attendance sheets would be put at the end of class or at the end of the day, and someone would come around and gather them all and take them to the office where they would be processed. It doesn’t take a genius to figure out that you could just have one of your friends use a hall pass to come by and take the attendance sheet out of the slots and erase the bubble next to your name when you decided to skip class so your absence wouldn’t be recorded.

The same attendance sheet was used all week so if you did this on Tuesday, the teacher might actually notice the following day when the bubble was mysteriously not filled in anymore, so it was to our advantage to only do this on Fridays, which would be the last day they would receive that same sheet, because on Monday they would have a completely new one. This little scheme worked particularly well when there was a substitute teacher because the following day, when the regular teacher came back, they wouldn’t notice that the attendance bubble had been erased because they were not there and wouldn’t know that the student was gone the day before. Little did the high school know, but we had several Good Samaritans who worked in the office who could occasionally prevent us from having to serve detentions that teachers had written us. These Good Samaritans were students who worked part time for the school as office assistants. When a teacher wrote a detention for a student, they were set in the top tray on the vice principal’s desk at the end of the day where she would see them the next morning when she got a chance. She would then compile the detention list for that day, and put the detentions in the students’ files. Our Good Samaritan students would keep an eye on this tray and whenever a detention with my name on it or any other friends of theirs found its way into that tray, they would simply take them and crumple them up and throw them in the trash before the vice principal had seen them. The teacher who wrote them had no way of knowing that the detentions weren’t actually filed, because they confidently assumed that once the detention was on the vice principal’s desk, it would be taken care of. Well, they were wrong. Our Good Samaritans would always find us at some point throughout the day to let us know that our detention had been thrown away so we could enjoy ourselves after school with everyone else instead of sitting in detention hall. Those of us who knew about this detention tray would always keep a close eye on it whenever we were in the vice principal’s office. Occasionally myself or one of my friends would be sitting in her office after getting in trouble when she would get called out for a moment and we would take that opportunity to look through the tray and could steal the detentions or throw them in her trash can so it was like they never existed at all.

Science Class Every once in a while something will happen in a class that’s so hilarious or outrageous that word about the incident is passed down from one grade to the next year, after year, sort of like ancient folklore that was told to every new generation around campfires thousands of years ago. One of these legendary stories in our school had to do with the science teacher, Mr. Powell, who was locked in a closet by a student a few years earlier. The closet was located at the front of the classroom and had a paddle lock on the outside to prevent students from stealing the toxic chemicals and expensive science equipment kept inside. As you can imagine, one day when Mr. Powell went in the closet to retrieve something, a student ran up, closed the door, and locked it shut. Immediately after that, Mr. Powell took a leave of absence for the rest of the semester. He was said to have never been the same since. While we didn’t lock him in the closet again despite the same paddle lock and latch being used, we did make him cry once and had fun using the Bunsen Burners to melt pens and light things on fire, but nothing too crazy ever happened. Probably the funniest thing I did in Mr. Powell’s class— other than contribute to his emotional breakdown once in a while—was when I scooped a couple of goldfish out of the fish tank in the back of the room and slipped them in the jacket pockets of another student. I don’t know how long it took him to discover them, but it could have been days, and by that time I’m sure the jacket had the stench of rotting fish emanating from it. Surprise! Just for fun sometimes I would set my science book on the table standing on its end with it propped open at a 90° angle so it acted as a barrier blocking Mr. Powell’s view of me, and I would roll joints behind it while he was giving a lecture at the front of the room. A guy who sat behind me, who will remain anonymous, went through a stage when he was snorting coke for a few months and thought he would one-up my joint rolling, so he set up his book as a barricade and cut a line of coke on the table and snorted it right in the middle of class. A few students who were seated in the row behind him saw him cutting up the line and ducking behind his book to snort it, but he didn’t care. Neither did they. That’s high school.

Literature Class For a project in literature class one year, Fred and I made a video depicting the 1955 play Inherit the Wind which we had to read for an assignment. The play is about a man being put on trial for teaching Darwinism in a school in Tennessee when it was against the law to do so because only creationism could be taught. Everyone else in our class were doing serious projects and presentations, but Fred and I decided to use some of my old Legos that had been stored away in my closet to make a video depicting the play. We teamed up with a straight edge kid and before we started filming I met a pot dealer in the parking lot of a local park to score some weed and Fred slammed a six pack of Zima in a matter of minutes. Then we went back to my house to make our video. Fred was so drunk when we got started that he was slurring his lines horribly, and I was so stoned that I couldn’t recite my lines without laughing. Our other group partner thought we were insane. When the time came to show it to our class we were worried that the teacher was going to fail us for doing such a pathetic and childish project, but when we played it she absolutely loved it. Everyone in the class could tell we were wasted by the way we sounded in the video, but Mrs. Boswell didn’t have a clue and loved it. For some reason she thought it was brilliant. She also didn’t catch the F-word being used in the soundtrack playing in the background, although a few students who were fans of Pantera heard it loud and clear. At the end of the video we had set the Legos on fire with a blow torch and Fred started spitting on them with the massive saliva his chewing tobacco was generating. Even though making our video was fun, I hated literature class because of all the dumb old books we had to read, so I wrote a large “Fuck Mrs. Boswell” in one of the books, and after we turned them back in she flipped through the pages and inspected them all and found my graffiti. She literally cried in class and told everyone how upset she was and it ruined her entire week. It wasn’t really Mrs. Boswell that I didn’t like, it was having to read all those dumb books, so I felt kind of bad since she took it personally. She was obviously emotionally unstable.

Underage Drinking In Wisconsin, people like to drink. They drink a lot . The state’s baseball team, the Milwaukee Brewers, refers to beer breweries. That’s right. The baseball team is named after people who brew beer, that’s how much people there love beer. If you drive through downtown Milwaukee, you’ll notice tons of different breweries; Miller, Pabst, Schlitz, Leinenkugels, and more. They’re practically the largest buildings in the city. Milwaukee’s nickname is “Brew City” because of all the breweries. Drinking beer is as much a part of the culture in Wisconsin as sunny weather is in Southern California. This is part of the reason everyone in Wisconsin is so fat. Not just fat, but grossly obese…man are they huge. Some of the most disgustingly fat people in the world live in Wisconsin. It’s so cold there for half of the year, there’s really nothing to do but sit inside and drink, and that’s what everyone does, and that’s what we did growing up. Freshman year of high school I made my first fake ID, and it wasn’t long after that I got my first underage drinking ticket (what a coincidence), which was the first of many to come in the following years. This fake ID was not a fake driver’s license. It was not a fake passport or student ID from a local college either. No, this fake ID was a “boating instructor’s license.” Yeah, a “boating instructor’s license.” Most clerks wouldn’t accept it, but one lady at one particular liquor store apparently thought it was perfectly legitimate (or just appreciated my efforts) and so that’s where we got all our alcohol from, at least for a while. I made the ID from an actual boating license I had, since in order to legally drive a Jet Ski or other boat if you didn’t have your driver’s license, you had to take a class and pass a test to get your boating safety permit. I did this because Fred’s dad lived on a lake and had a couple of Jet Skis he let us use. Anyway, using my computer I modified my boating safety permit, and changed the birth date and added the title of “boating instructor permit.” I told the lady at the liquor store that I taught boating safety classes and I had forgotten my driver’s license at home, but somehow, I had my boating safety instructor permit in my wallet. She probably just admired my creativity so she sold me the beer.

I had only used the ID a few times before getting busted and having it taken away by the cops, but it was fun while it lasted, and it would not be my last fake ID. Basically, a car I was in got pulled over and we had a bunch of booze in the back seat because we were slamming beers and hard liquor on the way to the school football game, and we were all ticketed for underage drinking. For me, since the cops discovered my fake ID because I wasn’t smart enough to stash it under the floor mat after we were pulled over, I got a ticket for not only underage drinking, but also for having a fake ID, and a separate charge for using the fake ID to buy the alcohol (called underage procurement), and then I was given a fourth ticket for possession of alcohol by a minor. I was 15 years old and it was hundreds of dollars in fines. I was pissed! So were my parents when they had to pick me up from the police station. Since I didn’t have my fake ID anymore, I had to come up with a new way to get alcohol, so I just started trying to buy it from everywhere I could at every gas station around town, hoping to find someone who wouldn’t card me. Sometimes I would just stop people outside the gas station and ask them if they would buy us beer if I gave them the money. Surprisingly, a lot of people did (this was Wisconsin, remember). One night in a gas station parking lot some guy sitting in the passenger side of a car started talking to me as I walked past him like he knew who I was. I soon realized that he was confusing me with some friend of his named Gary. The guy was extremely drunk. I immediately noticed a bracelet on his wrist that said “Dennis” so I pretended to be surprised and said, “Dennis! How have you been man, I haven’t seen you in so long!” and continued to talk with him for a minute, all the while he was thinking I was someone else. I was able to fool him pretty well (he was wasted like I said), and a few minutes later I told him I forgot my ID at home and asked him if he could go buy me some beer, and he did. My friends and I luckily found one particular gas station where the Indian who worked there never carded anybody. Word quickly got out about this, and Fridays immediately after school got out we’d drive over there to get our beer for the night and I would often see three or four other people from our school pulling up to the gas station at the same time doing the same thing.

There is a stereotype that Indians and Arabs always own gas stations and “Kwiki Marts” in the Midwest, and it’s kind of true. This particular Arab, or Indian, or whatever he was, had an extra thumb on his right hand and was known as “the guy with the extra thumb who didn’t card anyone.” When he would give me my change, I didn’t want to get touched by his extra thumb so I always had to keep lowering my hand, hoping he would just drop my change into it instead of setting it there, where I would have to feel his extra thumb touching my hand. After a few months of taking advantage of “the guy with the extra thumb who didn’t card anyone” (also known as Habib), we got pulled over with beer in the car, and we threw him under the bus and told the cops he sold it to us without carding us. We were so stupid. We should have just said we got some random stranger to buy the beer for us, but our dumb asses told them the truth. The cops actually let us go because they were friends with one of the kid’s dads who was with us. (Hey, it’s who you know, right?) It was a close call, but they must have warned the guy about selling to underage kids because he started carding everyone from that point on. We knew it wouldn’t last. We didn’t know what to do at first now that our source was dried up and he was asking for ID. We needed beer, so one night I pulled a case out of the refrigerator, slapped the money down on the counter, and when he asked for my driver’s license I said “that’s okay don’t worry about it,” and started heading for the door with the beer tucked under my arm. I knew how much the case of beer cost, including tax, and I had left enough money on the counter to cover it, so it wasn’t like I was stealing the beer. As I continued making my way to the door, the guy ran around the counter and tried wrestling the beer away from me yelling that he was going to call the cops. I didn’t know what his problem was. The money was sitting there on the counter, but he really didn’t want me to have that beer. I broke loose from his grip and ran out of the gas station and jumped in my parents’ minivan where Fred was sitting in the driver’s seat with it still running, and we sped off with the beer. We had anticipated the guy may flip out and try to get our license plate number and call the police, so before I went in we taped a fake license plate on the back of the minivan. It was a novelty plate from the

Back to the Future movie that Fred had gotten at Universal Studios which read “OUTA TIME,” so even if the guy wrote it down, it wasn’t going to do him any good if he gave it to the police. The guy remembered me the next time I went to the station to get some gas, and he started saying something about calling the police and me stealing beer. (I actually paid for it, remember, I left the right amount of money on the counter, so I didn’t “steal” the beer.) I told him I was sorry and that I was just in a big hurry that day and I must not have been able to understand him with his thick foreign accent. I needed a new fake ID, and fast! Drinking and driving in Wisconsin when I was a teenager meant drinking while driving, not just drinking and then later getting into your car and driving home. We called it road tripping. A lot of weekends, if we didn’t have anywhere we could go to drink because no one’s parents were gone that night, we would just get some beer and drive around all night drinking and smoking pot. Looking back, this is extremely stupid, but one night our drinking and driving helped save a man’s car and all of his tools from going up in flames. Not that it justifies our stupidity, but at least something good came out of it! We were driving around out in the country—in the middle of nowhere— when we came across a car on the side of the road with its engine on fire, so we drove to the nearest house about a half mile down the road and got a fire extinguisher and some buckets and we rushed back and put the fire out with the help of water from the drainage ditch on the side of the road. The guy, who was a mechanic, was very thankful since we stopped the fire from spreading to the rest of the car and he said we saved all his tools from being destroyed which were in the trunk. We never imagined our drinking and driving could have helped save a guy’s car from going up in flames which would have ruined his career, but we did. One night we were driving around while drinking in my friend Toby’s truck when it was absolutely freezing outside, which is common in Wisconsin since the weather sucks for most of the year, when a girl got sick from drinking too much and puked inside the truck as we drove down the freeway. I was sitting in the passenger seat, and she was sitting between Toby and I, and she leaned over me and mumbled “open the door” as she

started puking in that direction. I cracked the door open a little bit and at least she was puking in that direction, but she had gotten it all over the door panel, the window, and my leg. We pulled off at the next exit and went to a gas station so we could clean her up and remove the puke splattered on the inside of the truck (and on my jeans). It was disgusting . As if this wasn’t bad enough, it was so cold outside that her puke froze almost instantly on the inside of the window, and we had to use an ice scraper to get it off! One Friday night when we couldn’t find a place to party, a big group of us all met up in an abandoned house and hung out there all night. The house was in great shape, it just happened to be on a plot of land that was going to get turned into some commercial real estate, so they were going to tear it down. The electricity still worked and everything! It was awesome! We had the whole house to ourselves and didn’t even have to clean up the mess! After Ken narrowly avoided an open intoxicant ticket by stashing his open beer in the center console between the two bucket seats in my dad’s car when we got pulled over one night, I had an idea. (The cop found my open beer when he searched me, which I hid in my inside jacket pocket, so I did get an open intoxicant ticket that night, but the cop didn’t give me an underage drinking ticket for some reason. You can’t argue with that at least!) Anyway, the summer after high school graduation I bought my first car, a hideously ugly 1981 AMC Concord, but it did the job, and it was all mine. I bought it with my own money, all $900 dollars’ worth. The car had bucket seats in the front and didn’t have a center console between them, so I went to the junkyard and bought one from an old abandoned junker and installed it in my car and added a special false bottom so I could stash beers and my bag of weed under it, so if my car got searched by the cops after getting pulled over, they wouldn’t find anything. This was a great insurance policy that paid off one night when I got pulled over for speeding and the cop happened to search my car. Just a few minutes earlier we were smoking weed from a small portable water pipe that was now stashed under the false bottom in the console along with a small bag of weed. There was also an empty beer bottle in there from several nights earlier that I forgot to throw away, so I was at risk of getting another open intoxicant ticket, and arrested for possession of marijuana and

drug paraphernalia. Fortunately, the console had served its purpose. The cop searched the car probably because he smelled marijuana, but he never found anything. I was always very proud of my false-bottom console, and knew it would work just fine if bad luck ever fell upon me. In order to reduce any suspicion my car may arouse, I went to the local police station and got a D.A.R.E. To Keep Kids Off Drugs bumper sticker and another one that read Back The Badge which showed support for local police officers and I stuck them prominently on my rear bumper. That way if a cop was behind me when I had a carload of people late on a Friday or Saturday night, they would be less likely to think that we were up to no good. It didn’t look like a teenager’s car with a Bob Marley bumper sticker on the back, it looked like a nice innocent family car that must be coming home from a late dinner at grandma’s. It was also a great inside joke among people who knew me since I was a big pothead, yet I had a D.A.R.E . sticker on my car. I’m pretty sure my stickers prevented me from getting pulled over numerous times, when most likely we were drinking beers or smoking pot. Sometimes when we went to the mall on a Saturday afternoon to mess around we would go to the Taco Bell drive through and order a couple extra-large waters that they gave us for twenty-five cents or something, and we would dump out the water and fill the cups full of beer so we could walk around the mall and still drink. One time we bumped into our friends’ mom and had to talk with her for a minute while we were holding our undercover beers and we tried to keep our distance from her so she wouldn’t smell our breath. We thought about making fake labels to wrap around beer cans to make them look like cans of Pepsi or Mountain Dew so we could drink them in public or when we were driving around so we wouldn’t have to worry about anyone noticing. Did I ever mention that our creativity was usually focused in the wrong direction? You probably figured that out by now. I narrowly escaped another underage drinking ticket when Diego and I turned the power off to a large billboard overlooking the freeway one night. I know this sounds weird, so let me try to explain. We noticed a house had been moved which is a pretty complicated task that involves literally

putting a house on the back of a semi-trailer and driving it to another location. (They really do this sometimes.) We were very curious to see where exactly this house went since we had seen it jacked up a few days earlier as they were preparing to move it. The house was so heavy that we could see the tire tracks pressed in the blacktop from the trailer carrying it. We followed these tracks for several miles down a long winding country road that led us to a new subdivision being built right next to the freeway. We were drinking, of course, and when we got to the subdivision we couldn’t help but notice a billboard off to the side of the road overlooking the freeway. I usually carried a Swiss Army Knife with me and so I pulled it out and used it to unscrew the cover of an electrical panel on the back of the billboard that revealed a simple switch inside. Well, what would you do when confronted with this situation? I would flip the switch to see what would happen, which is exactly what I did, and the lights illuminating the billboard suddenly turned off. It was the difference between night and day. The whole area was now pitch black and you couldn’t even read the sign. Diego and I laughed all the way back to the car and started to drive off when we were faced with the red and blue flashing lights of a squad car. The cop must have happened to been driving down the street and noticed the billboard mysteriously turn off and saw us running away from it back to the car. When I stopped the car and pulled over, the cop turned his spotlight on and yelled for us to put our hands on top of our heads. He walked up to my window with his hand on his gun and asked us what the hell we were doing, so we told him we were just trying to see where the house went when we saw the billboard standing there and just decided to turn it off for fun. He thought we were insane or on drugs, because we were talking about following a house, which didn’t make any sense to him at first. “You wanted to see where the house went?” he asked in a patronizing tone. We tried to explain to him that some workers had moved a house so they could expand the road a few miles back, and we were trying to figure out where they took it. It’s understandable how this would sound insane, since houses don’t usually move.

The cop made me pop the trunk and found nearly a full case of beer sitting back there that we intended to drink that night. He then told me to dump it all out, which was almost a full 24 pack since we had just started drinking. I took a beer out of the case and cracked it open and started pouring out it on the side of the road until it was empty. Glug, glug, glug, glug, glug, glug, glug, glug. I then grabbed another one and did the same thing. I cracked it open and started pouring it out. Glug, glug, glug, glug, glug, glug…it takes probably 10 or 15 seconds to empty a beer just from pouring it out, and the cop got mad at me and started cracking a bunch of them open himself and setting them upside down on the ground one by one so they would all empty out. “Do it like this!” he yelled, as he cracked a few more open doing the same thing. We would’ve been there all night if I had done it my way, pouring out one beer at a time. I didn’t know how he wanted me to pour them out. There were probably around 20 beers still in the case, so I poured the rest of them out like he had shown me. I told him it was alcohol abuse and he should be ashamed of himself for wasting beer and making me do this. Diego and I both got disorderly conduct tickets for turning off the billboard, but the cop surprisingly looked the other way about the beer. The worst part was that the cop didn’t even know we had turned the billboard off until we told him! He had pulled us over because we were leaving the construction site for the new subdivision and apparently there had been some problems with people stealing the workers’ tools a few nights ago so he wanted to see what we were doing there. He said, “What the hell are you doing,” so how were we supposed to know that he didn’t just notice the billboard turning off a few seconds earlier and the whole area going dark? He just wanted to make sure we didn’t steal anything from the construction site, which is why he made me pop the trunk. I’m very embarrassed to admit this, but one of my underage drinking tickets came from two police officers who were riding mountain bikes! It’s pathetic, I know. Fred and I were standing in a parking lot next to my car slamming beers before going into a local festival, when out of nowhere two police officers pulled up on mountain bikes right next to us. We were screwed. We were both holding open beers and were caught red handed.

They gave us both underage drinking tickets, and instead of going home discouraged, Fred and I went into the festival as planned and continued drinking. We figured, since we already got tickets for underage drinking, it would be double jeopardy if they ticketed us again, so we figured there was nothing they could do to us if we got caught a second time. We were stupid of course. In Milwaukee, Wisconsin the biggest party of the summer is called Summerfest, which is a beer and music festival downtown, with the emphasis on beer rather than music. People drink so much at Summerfest that halfway through the night, practically every step you take anywhere on the grounds, you crunch or kick a discarded plastic beer cup. They are littered all over the ground, everywhere. Beer at Summerfest, just like most baseball games and other outdoor festivals, is ridiculously expensive, so we would always get drunk before arriving so we could save money on beer once we got there. We were all under 21, but I had a new fake ID so I could just buy four or five beers at a time and hand them off to my friends and nobody would really notice or care. This is Wisconsin, after all. The ride to Summerfest was often just as fun as the festival itself. We would always leave our car at a Park and Ride and take a shuttle to the fairgrounds, and we would always smuggle beer onto it and slam them on our way. We were the loudest, most intoxicated people on the shuttle. Sometimes we would just throw our empty beer cans out the window right on the freeway. We didn’t care. One time we even smoked a joint when sitting near the back, assuming the smoke would blow out the windows, but the driver smelled it and pulled over on the side of the road and started yelling and screaming at everyone. Oops. As everyone knows, when someone’s parents go away for the weekend and leave the kids home by themselves, the parents are morons, because their kids will probably have dozens of people over drinking large amounts of beer, hard liquor and smoking weed, and doing who knows what else in the house while they’re gone. Any parent with teenagers who leaves them home alone for the weekend and thinks that their kid isn’t going to do anything crazy is completely naïve. This includes my parents. They never left for a vacation that my brother Stew and I weren’t forced to go with

them on, but one summer they left us the whole house all to ourselves. Since it was summer time and there was no school, I threw a party three days in a row, each day getting bigger and bigger, culminating in the sheriff and several deputies showing up on the third night, issuing underage drinking tickets, and giving the town sheriff a personal first-hand look at the inside of my bedroom. The most interesting part about this was that I had went to my neighbor’s house with her to grab some of her parents’ wine coolers, and as we were walking back to my house I couldn’t help but notice several police officers standing in my kitchen! This was not good. I could clearly see them through the kitchen windows from the backyard. They were cops. Tyra and I crouched down behind some bushes and watched. There were about three or four different police officers walking around inside my house. Everyone who didn’t get out and run was screwed, I had thought. As you probably know, when the cops come to an underage drinking party, people run, and most people get away, so I was hoping that most people were able to get out of there and not get busted. I certainly wasn’t going to go walking back in there because I had been drinking and there was a keg of beer in my garage, so Tyra and I just hung out in the backyard and watched. It was very surreal. The weirdest part was actually seeing the sheriff standing in my bedroom. My curtains were open, and I could see him standing there as the other officers searched the house. It wasn’t just an ordinary police officer in my room. It was the head of the police department, Sheriff McDonald. Hanging on my walls were various street signs that I had stolen, including the sign from High Street and Eighth Avenue, along with 69th Drive and a student crossing sign that I painted over to make it look like the student figure was crawling on all fours holding a bottle of booze like the popular poster. After a while, the cops all left and the coast was clear so we went back to the house. Practically everyone had gotten away and the only people busted were my friend Toby and the girl he was making out with in the basement. Obviously there was no place for them to run, and imagine their surprise when they were getting busy on the sofa downstairs, and in walk the cops! Everyone else had gotten away. It was a miracle.

The craziest thing about it was when it was all over, even though the party was at my house and several police officers and the sheriff were able to walk right in through the garage door, and the sheriff found his way to my bedroom , I had gotten off scot-free . It was amazing. They never came back to the house later that night, or even a few days later when my parents were back in town. They never called the house telling my parents what had happened either. They seemed to have forgotten all about it. There was, however, a little blurb in the local paper in the police report section explaining that the police were called to my address because of a report of a noise violation and an underage drinking party. It even said that several people had gotten underage drinking tickets. I hoped my parents didn’t notice this, and I don’t think they did, but the one thing they did notice was that we had vacuumed the house. My brother and I never vacuumed the house. Ever. As far as my mom knew, we didn’t even know how to work the vacuum cleaner, yet she realized that the carpeting had been freshly vacuumed and knew that something was wrong. My parents weren’t really mad. They kind of joked about it and said that we must have been so bored while they were gone that we decided to clean the house for something to do. They were probably just glad that nothing was broken and that I didn’t get thrown in jail while they were gone. They probably just thought it was me and a few friends laying low and couldn’t have imagined what actually happened. When it grew to more than a small group of people, I contained it mainly in the garage and basement because I didn’t want people running all over my parents’ house because I didn’t want any dumb drunk people to accidentally break anything or spill beer all over. I wasn’t stupid. I had been to plenty of parties where the house had been completely trashed because the host let it get out of control. The summer after graduation a friend of mine named Khloe was a passenger in a car that got into an accident on the way home from a party at (name withheld)’s and she was in a coma for several days. We learned of the accident when the police arrived and walked right in the house because the door was unlocked and they claimed they had probable cause to enter the residence because they saw us drinking alcohol through the window. They told us that someone who had left the party got into an accident and

was seriously injured and it didn’t look good. We could tell by the looks on their faces that they were serious. They didn’t tell us who it was, which added to our concern, but they made it clear that the person might not live. It wasn’t until the next day that we learned it was Khloe, who remained in a coma. To make things worse, my older brother Stew had bought the keg for us that night, and if Khloe would have died, then surely there would have been a massive investigation into who bought the beer, and that could have resulted in my brother Stew being charged in connection with manslaughter. (Name withheld)’s parents could have gotten sued too since the party was at their house, even though they were out of town and didn’t know anything about it. Luckily Khloe woke up from her coma after a few days and was okay. The night of the party a lot of people slept over at the house, sleeping on couches and wherever, because they were too freaked out to drive home drunk after learning about what happened. That next morning on my way home was the first time that I had ever worn my seatbelt in my car. I lived out in the country, remember, and there wasn’t a lot of traffic, so I didn’t think it was a big deal. I had gotten my own car that summer finally, (the 1981 AMC Concord) but I didn’t even know if it had seatbelts because they were stuffed under the seat and I was never concerned with wearing one. From that night on, I would always wear my seatbelt whenever I got into a car.

Juicy Lucy’s One of the only fast food restaurants open after midnight near our small little town was one named Juicy Lucy’s, which we made a habit of stopping at when we had the munchies on our way home from a night of partying. One of the things we really liked about Juicy Lucy’s was that there was a seating area in the back of the restaurant where no one could see us so we could screw around, throw food, and openly drink beers at our table that we would bring inside. We also made it a tradition to decorate the windows with ketchup, barbecue sauce, and our leftover chocolate shakes. Practically the entire set of

windows in the back would be splattered with something before we left. Half the time we couldn’t contain our laughter as we walked past the cash registers on our way back out to the car. Sometimes we were so stoned when we first arrived, that we could barely even order our food because we were laughing so hard in anticipation of what was about to occur. One night Rick ordered an extra-large chocolate shake, not to drink, but specifically to throw on the windows. He ordered a Coke or something else to actually drink. As we were getting ready to leave, he took the lid off his cup and flung the ice cream at the window, leaving a chocolate shake trail spanning across multiple different windowpanes that must have been tenfeet-long. One time the manager headed to the back of the restaurant as we left, probably because he recognized us from the last several months and knew we were up to no good back there, and as we were getting into the car, he came running out of the place chasing after us with a mop. We all hopped in the car as fast as we could and took off, and he continued chasing us half-way down the block with that mop still in his hand, probably hoping to beat us with it if he caught up to us. Aside from throwing chocolate shakes on the windows at Juicy Lucy’s, sometimes we liked to throw our half drank sodas at parked cars as we drove by. These were not cans of soda, so they wouldn’t do any real damage to the car like putting a dent in the side of them; we just thought it was funny to see the paper cup smash into the side of the cars and have soda splatter all over them. One summer evening when Fred threw his extra-large soda at the side of a parked car as we drove past it, the cup went right inside the car and splattered on the dashboard because the driver’s side window was rolled down. This wasn’t just an empty soda cup. This was a half full, extra-large cup that probably soaked the entire front seat of the car. We didn’t intend for this to happen, but at the time we couldn’t stop laughing. There was one instance when my friend Toby threw a Gatorade bottle at someone riding their bike on the side of the road and hit them in the back. A few days later we heard from one of our friends that someone they knew was talking about how they were riding their bike down whatever road that was, when some car threw something at them and hit them. What a small world.

You’re Never Too Old to Go Trick-or-Treating Since I could be extremely juvenile and immature, I never really thought I was ever too old to go trick-or-treating. I’m sure most kids stopped when they were in sixth or seventh grade, but senior year Fred and I decided it would be fun to be kids again and go trick-or-treating. I was 6-foot-three inches tall, and certainly didn’t look like a kid who should be trick-ortreating, but I thought it would be fun anyway. I put some black makeup all over my face, got some black leather gloves and a fake knife and went as O.J. Simpson, and since we didn’t have too much time to put costumes together, Fred painted his face black too and decided to go as Johnny Cochran, O.J.’s lawyer. After we put our costumes on we drove around in his truck waiting until trick-or-treating started and tipped back a few beers and smoked some weed, and I can’t tell you how many strange looks we got from people. When trick-or-treating began, we went all over town collecting candy doorto-door, and happened to bump into several honor students who were dressed up too. We were surprised, not only because we weren’t the only immature ones to go out trick-or-treating senior year of high school, but these were honor students, and we never would have imagined that they would be so immature too. When we stopped to talk to them, we realized that they weren’t trick-ortreating for candy, they were part of a program that was trick-or-treating for canned goods to then donate to the Salvation Army or some other charity. Wow did we feel dumb! Of course they weren’t so immature that they would go trick-or-treating like us! There we were, being complete jackasses, drunk, dressed up in blackface, collecting candy from all the houses, and there they were helping the needy. It really highlighted how messed up we were in the head. We were a little embarrassed. They didn’t even think it was funny what we were doing. They looked at us like we were insane. They smelled the beer on our breath too. They were the only people we knew that we had bumped into that night, and I’m sure that they couldn’t help but tell others that they

found us trick-or-treating when we were drunk and dressed up as O.J. Simpson and Johnnie Cochran.

Marijuana Use As you may have gathered, I was a big pothead in high school. I always looked at it as a spiritual experience, not like I was doing drugs. I wasn’t a burn out, I pretty much was considered a prep, but I hung out with everyone. I was friends with the preps, the jocks, the burnouts, the nerds, and the loners. I liked everyone, I just happen to like to smoke a lot of pot, and so did Fred and Rick. Rick had his own car, and he was often the driver for our weekend partying, and since it was his car and not his parents, we didn’t have to worry about it smelling like smoke the next day like I did with my parents’ car. By the time senior year came around the seats in Rick’s car were absolutely covered with countless little burn marks from when the cherry fell off the joints we were passing around and landed on the seat, singeing the fabric. We called them potholes as a play on words, because that’s what they were from. Get it? Duh. We were so clever. If you’ve ever smoked a joint before, you know that sometimes the burning weed can fall off the tip of the joint onto the ground. This is called the cherry, and if you’ve smoked joints in a car, you know that it’s bad news when the cherry falls off because it will most likely burn a small hole in the fabric of the seat (or through your pants). Rick’s car didn’t just have a small hole burned in the seat, it had dozens of them. Actually more than dozens. Seriously, probably more than 100 of them from our years of road tripping and pot smoking. The first day of class senior year I arrived at school a few minutes early and Rick pulled in and parked in the spot next to me and hopped into my parents’ minivan, where we then smoked a bowl before heading into class and beginning our senior year. A few hours later in study hall, the teacher, Mr. Michaels was taking attendance and when he called my name I raised my hand and said “here,” to which he answered, “better be careful what

you’re doing in the parking lot before school,” and then went on to call the next name on his list. I immediately knew what happened, because there was a window just outside his classroom in the hallway that overlooked the school parking lot. He must have been standing there watching in the morning, and saw Rick pull up next to me, hop into the passenger side of my parents’ minivan, and moments later saw plumes of smoke wafting out of the windows. Mr. Michaels was pretty cool, and most teachers would have told the principal, or perhaps even called the police to have me or my vehicle searched to find the weed, but I think Mr. Michaels just wanted me to know that he wasn’t stupid. He lived just four houses away from me too, just around the corner. I did a lot of dumb things involving weed (go figure) but I never got caught with it. While I had tremendous bad luck with underage drinking tickets and other alcohol related charges, I only had two close calls with marijuana, but never got busted. One time I was in a car with a bunch of people at a park smoking a bowl when a cop pulled up. It was late at night and the park was closed, and a car full of four teenagers on a Saturday night is obviously something that should be looked into. I had what I called a “dope bag,” which was a small black bag made of a thick fabric with a zipper on it that I carried my pipe in, rolling papers, and of course, the baggie of weed. I carried all contraband in the dope bag for a good reason. As the cop pulled up and flicked on his lights, I had whoever was holding the pipe at the time pass it back to me and I put it out by wetting my thumb and capping the top of the bowl for a moment, and then put it in the dope bag and then crotched it. If you don’t know what “crotching it” means, I slid the bag down inside of my underwear near my balls and it was held there by my tighty-whitey underwear so if the cop searched us, he would most likely not find it since my pockets would be empty. It’s a good thing I did this, because he searched all of us (he obviously smelled the marijuana smoke that was still lingering in the air), and if the contraband was in my pocket, he would have found it and I would have been arrested for possession of marijuana. The one thing in my pocket,

however, that I forgot about, was a small cap for the pipe that we were smoking. This cap screwed on the top of the bowl and had resin (pot residue) on the threads, and the cop found it when he searched my pockets and asked me what it was. I told him it was a part for my lawnmower which I was fixing earlier that day (a complete lie), and he didn’t think anything of it. It was a close call, but the dope bag worked. You know, I learned in Boy Scouts to “be prepared,” although I’m sure this was not what they had in mind. I remember one time, a friend of mine named Benjamin and I actually smoked a joint inside the school. There was a place underneath a staircase where there was a soda machine, and if you were standing in front of this machine, you couldn’t be seen from anyone in the hallway. We really wanted to get high, but we couldn’t skip class that day without getting an unexcused absence, so we each got a hall pass to go to the bathroom and met by the soda machine and quickly smoked a joint there. There was a door leading to the tennis courts right there that we cracked open and tried to blow the smoke outside so it wouldn’t stink up the hallway, but the breeze really just blew the smoke inside the school, instead of sucking it out the door. The whole hallway quickly smelled like weed, and we later heard that one of the teachers was searching the hallways trying to find out the source of this strange stench. Luckily we sucked down our joint and got out of there pretty quickly. An idea we got from the movie Dazed and Confused involved smoking a joint on the 50-yard-line on the football field, which we did late one night after we carried a five-gallon gas can on the field and poured out “Fuck You” in the grass, killing it in that area, so for the rest of the year there was a huge ten-foot-tall brown Fuck You in the football field. Hey, at least we didn’t light the “Fuck You” on fire, so you gotta cut us some slack! I mean, we thought about it, but came to our senses realizing it might burn more than just some letters in the grass. I remember one day after school I was hanging out with a stoner from the grade ahead of me because I didn’t have any weed so I went to his house with him to smoke a bowl on my way home. There were a couple other people who came with us, and as we were passing it around his mom

walked into the living room! I don’t remember who was holding the bowl at that time, but Gavin didn’t seem to care and neither did his mom. We just kept passing it around and smoking it while he introduced us all to her. As if smoking weed in front of some kid’s mom in her living room wasn’t weird enough, she somehow knew my mom and had worked with her on some community project at one point. “So how’s your mom doing?” she asked. “Oh she’s great,” I responded as I took a hit off the pipe. We continued chatting for a minute about whatever project my mom was doing at the time. This was weird. I was talking with one of my mom’s friends, or at least an acquaintance, while I was smoking weed with her son and a few other guys in her living room. I guess it could’ve been worse, like if she actually cared and busted us, because then she could tell my mom what we were doing, but she was totally cool with it. I was a sophomore or a junior in high school at the time. After I was thrown out of school senior year (a story I’ll get into later), the gym class I was in had a bike riding session where everyone would bring their bike to school and the class would go out riding around town for an hour with the teacher. Since I only lived a mile or so away from the school, they rode past my house one afternoon yelling my name and I heard them through the window, so I hopped on my bike and joined them. I also brought a joint with me, and a few of us smoked it as we were driving around the town, passing it to each other from bike to bike. The gym teacher was at the head of the pack, and all the smoke was blowing behind us, so he didn’t notice. I don’t think he would have cared even if he knew. One time at a basketball game I was talking to him at the concession stand, and he said, “You smell like alcohol, get away from me.” He didn’t tell the cops, which were always there, he didn’t tell the principal, he just wanted me to get away from him. Everybody always liked Mr. Birch. He liked to call people boneheads when they were being stupid. “You bonehead!” he would always yell, and then it would usually echo bouncing off the walls or the ceiling. Gym teachers are always the coolest.

Posting New Traffic Signs Around Town

A lot of kids steal street signs and hang them in their rooms, which of course I did with the Main Street sign, 69th Drive, Eighth Avenue, High Street, and a student crossing sign, but one night we thought it would be funny to move some signs around, instead of just stealing them, so we unbolted a stop sign and decided to put it up somewhere else where there wasn’t even an intersection. We took the stop sign from a small four-way stop in the middle of nowhere on a road that no one used so nobody would blow through the intersection and get into an accident (safety first, you know), and we took it over to Main Street right where it entered the town. We unbolted a speed limit sign, and then put up the stop sign in its place and hid in the corn field along the side of the road to see if cars would stop, and they actually did! There was absolutely no logical reason why a stop sign would be in this spot, and there wasn’t even an intersection or a cross street for another mile, but most cars still obeyed the sign and stopped right there in the middle of the road. The next day some city workers removed the sign. A few weeks later on another night when we were bored, we took down a dead end sign and put it up in the same spot we had put the stop sign. We figured it was fitting, since we hated our small town and thought it was a dead end to life, so the new sign seemed very appropriate. Another time we changed the name of Main Street at the central intersection in the town. We scaled the telephone poll that the street name was posted on, and switched it with another sign. That one was up for weeks before anyone switched it back. I also used a black magic marker to add a bottle of booze to all the student crossing signs around town so they looked like the figures crossing the road were carrying large bottles of alcohol. We also unbolted a handicapped parking sign from the school parking lot that was right by the entrance and moved it to the very back of the parking lot. Of course, it didn’t make any sense for a handicapped spot to be so far away from the door, which is why we moved it, and it stayed there for months before it was moved back. The funniest part was that nobody would ever park there because it was a “handicapped zone” and nobody wanted to get a ticket so that parking spot stayed empty every day.

Climbing the Radio Towers Probably the dumbest thing I’ve ever done (aside from drinking and driving) was when Diego and I decided to climb up a radio tower one night even though we were drinking and it was almost freezing outside. I’m sure you’ve seen these types of towers. They’re usually in clusters of five or more, and they have a series of red flashing lights on them so that airplanes won’t crash into them at night. They’re several hundred feet tall, and out by us, they were often in the middle of a clearing in a farmer’s field somewhere. These towers look pretty tall when you’re driving past them off in the distance, but when you’re standing directly underneath them, they seem to go on forever. We noticed the towers had ladders built into the scaffolding on the outside that led as far up as the eye could see, so we somehow got the idea to climb one. The built-in ladder had a special railing on the side of it that was used to attach a safety harness for workers who would climb them so if they lost their grip they would only fall about 10 feet until the harness would catch and save them. Of course, we didn’t have any safety harness, but we didn’t care. We weren’t drunk, but we had been drinking a little, as usual for a Friday or Saturday night, and it was winter time and so cold outside that we were wearing jackets, hats and gloves. Climbing a ladder while wearing gloves is probably not the smartest thing to do since you’re not as dexterous, and gloves can probably slip off the rung easier than your bare hand would, and climbing a ladder that’s located in the middle of a farmer’s field attached to the side of a radio tower extending hundreds of feet into the air after you’ve been drinking is even dumber. I went up first, and Diego began climbing just a few feet below me. These towers had about four or five different red flashing lights spaced out at equal distances, and when we got to the first light we were so high that we could see for miles. It felt like we were 20 or 30 stories up, but we wanted to get to the very top of the tower, so we kept climbing. After a while, we made it to the second light and stopped for a moment to rest. As we looked down below, the first light was so far beneath us it was just a tiny speck. It

felt like we could see half way across the state we were so high. The landscape was filled with countless tiny illuminated dots from street lights, porch lights, lighted signs on businesses, and headlights from cars on the freeway off in the distance. We couldn’t believe how high up we were, and we actually started to get a little freaked out. We were getting pretty tired from the constant climbing, and we worried that if we went much higher we might not have the strength to get back down, so we rested for a few minutes by the second light and then slowly began our descent. When we reached the ground we breathed a sigh of relief and tipped our heads up, gazing at the sky in awe of the amazing height of the structure we had just climbed. Our forearms were tight and we had a slightly hard time opening and closing our hands from the climb. After we got back in the car and started driving off down the country road that led us to the towers, we looked back at them marveling at their awesomeness and realized that we had only made it up about 2/5 of the way, because there were another three lights above the point where we had reached. We also reflected on how risky that just was, and realized how dumb we were.

Cliff Jumping There was a huge rock quarry in a neighboring city that was filled up with close to 100 feet of water after workers unexpectedly struck an underground spring, so it was turned into a local swimming spot since it obviously couldn’t be mined anymore. There was also a secluded area at “the quarry” where people would go cliff jumping at night, which was very illegal, but during the hot summer nights in Wisconsin this was always a good time. One night when we were out there cliff jumping, a bunch of cops showed up and we all scattered into the surrounding woods to escape. Instead of being satisfied that they stopped us from cliff jumping, the police searched the woods for several hours looking for us in the darkness. There weren’t just one or two cops; there were a half dozen or more who made it their mission to find us that night. They had flashlights of course which gave

away their position, so we could usually tell where they were and we snuck off in the opposite direction. There was an urban legend that if you got busted for cliff jumping you would get a ticket for attempted suicide or reckless endangerment or something, and none of us certainly wanted that. At the very least we would probably get ticketed for trespassing since the quarry was closed and we had snuck in by hopping a fence. If you’ve ever seen the first Rambo movie when Sylvester Stallone is on the run from the police in the middle of a forest somewhere, that’s how we felt. Wisconsin is a very wooded area full of trees, bushes, and weeds, which we were able to disappear into once we saw the cops. It was as if we were escaped inmates from a prison and the police had to find us. They just wouldn’t give up. The police chase was a lot of fun, and I never got caught, but a few of my friends did and were charged with trespassing. The cops left a note on my brother’s car, which was parked at a restaurant across the street, where all cliff jumpers left their cars when they snuck into the quarry late at night. The note said something about how they knew who he was and that he would be hearing from them shortly, but he never did. They were just trying to scare us in order to prevent us from coming back. It didn’t work, and the police chase only made cliff jumping more exciting knowing that at any moment we could be on the run again. That night was also the latest I had ever come home because we were stuck in the woods for several hours evading the police. I didn’t really have a set curfew, but I usually made it home by around 1:00AM, and that night I don’t think my brother and I got home until about 3:00 o’clock in the morning. Our mom was not happy, but at least we didn’t get tickets like some of the others. And since we actually did come home, and weren’t dead or in jail, my mom forgot about it after briefly scolding us the next morning about being out so late.

The Spud Gun No kid with a garage full of tools and any sort of engineering abilities should grow up without building a spud gun, I had thought, so one evening

some friends and I all went to Home Depot and bought the necessary PVC pipes and fittings, along with the lantern flints to fire them. We got enough parts to make three or four different guns and even decorated them with paint so they looked really cool. I painted “Mr. Potato Gun” on the side of mine. After our guns were assembled we went out and bought some Aqua Net hairspray, which is used as the fuel, and got a sack of potatoes and headed out to a clearing in the middle of a farmer’s field to test them out. They worked great! We would just shove a potato down the barrel with an old broom handle and spray some Aqua Net hairspray in the chamber and with one flick of the lantern flint—boom! The potato would shoot out like a cannon ball. There was nothing really to shoot at in the middle of a farmer’s field, so a few days later after school we took mine out in my parents’ minivan to test it in a more urban environment. We didn’t wear any eye protection in case the PVC pipe blew up in our face. No, we just figured it would hold, and thankfully it did. I was driving, Fred was in the passenger seat, and Ken was in the back seat with Mr. Potato Gun as we headed into the neighboring town to have some fun. Ken would load up the gun in the back seat and just like a scene out of The A-Team , he would pull open the sliding door, take aim at a road sign, and fire away. He would then slam the door shut as we drove off laughing. Potato guns are not exactly quiet, and it wouldn’t have been that difficult for someone to get my license plate number after they heard a loud boom and saw what looked like the barrel of a cannon sticking out from the side of the minivan. We didn’t think of this at the time, because, well, you know why. We were dumb kids. We did this for perhaps fifteen minutes or so, and when shooting road signs lost its novelty, we started shooting at parked cars and houses until we broke someone’s window and then figured we should quit and get the heck out of there. The window was from someone’s house that Ken shot and we all heard it shatter. I can’t imagine what the people must have thought, especially if they were home at the time, when all of a sudden one of their windows shattered and when they looked to see what had happened they would find a splattered potato lying in their living room. They probably

thought one of the neighbor kids did it. I don’t think anyone could have imagined it was drive-by shooting with a spud gun. A few nights later we took some of the extra potatoes and shoved them up tailpipes on people’s parked cars because we heard that if you did this, the car wouldn’t start. I’m not sure if this is true or not, but we thought we would give it a try. Instead of just shooting potatoes, I discovered that my spud gun could also be turned into a deadly dart gun. By taking a large 3 or 4 inch nail and wrapping a cardboard cone around the head and hot gluing it in place, the darts could be slid down the barrel of the potato gun and would shoot across the entire distance of my parents’ basement and still stick into a piece of wood or lodge themselves into the wall. I shot one dart almost straight up into the air in my backyard to see how high it would go, and when the dart came down it stuck into the neighbor’s roof. Better than landing on someone’s windshield, which it would have smashed, and certainly better than landing on someone’s head which would have probably killed them instantly. I neglected to think about these dangers at the time. We had occasionally talked about creating a semi-automatic spud gun that could shoot 8 or 10 potatoes, one right after the other, but we never got around to it. I did, however, make a blowgun out of a small PVC pipe and the mouth of a two liter soda bottle that was a lot of fun to shoot at rabbits in my mom’s garden. I also made a miniature dart gun that worked pretty well by attaching a small blowgun to a CO2 powered BB gun. I can thank The A-Team for inspiring those creations. Who says television doesn’t give kids bad ideas? It certainly gave me plenty.

Swiss Army Knife Fun I always liked to carry a Swiss Army Knife with me wherever I went, not as a weapon, but because the knife and other tools came in handy to fix things, open things, and to try all kinds of things I saw on MacGyver . When using the toilet in the bathroom stall at school, I happened to notice that the door and wall panels were connected using brackets fastened with large screws, so after I was done doing my business, I whipped out the handy screwdriver

gadget and I unscrewed the hinges from the door, and was able to prop the door back in place so when the very next person who used the stall would walk up to it and give the door a shove to swing it open, instead of opening, it would completely fall off! As I’m sure you know, bathroom stall doors are very heavy, and are often made of large steel panels and sometimes when I was only 20 or 30 feet away from the bathroom, as I walked back to class, I could hear the door come crashing down to the floor, hitting the toilet on its way down because somebody had went to use the stall. I can’t tell you how loud a bathroom stall door is as it crashes on the floor and bashes against the panels in the stall on its way down. Sometimes using my handy Swiss Army Knife I would remove almost the entire stall itself and set the panels up against the wall. After a while, the school janitor started using one-way tamperproof screws to put them together so once they were tightened, they couldn’t be removed. These screws only had an edge that would catch the screwdriver if you turned them to the right to tighten them, but if you turned the screwdriver left to loosen them, the screwdriver wouldn’t catch, so you couldn’t remove them. It was a good idea on their part. I also liked to turn the water off to all the sinks and unscrew the nozzle and take the screens out of them to use in my marijuana pipes. You have to admit that to your average teenage boy, the idea of people finishing taking a crap and then when they try to turn on the sink, nothing comes out, it is pretty funny. It is disgusting, but it is a little funny. Some of the bathrooms had small plastic trash cans, so occasionally I would cut the bottom out with my knife so when the janitor would pick it up to dump it out, all the discarded paper towels and trash would fall out on the floor. I was an asshole, I know.

Jamming Drinking Fountains A fun and extremely childish (and dangerous) thing that I would occasionally do involved tampering with the drinking fountains so they would spray on the floor, filling half the hallway with water. Most of the

drinking fountains shot out two streams of water that joined together into one, and I noticed that one of the streams was a lot larger than the other, so I would clog it with a spit-ball and then jam a folded up piece of paper into the panel that you would push to turn it on, which would leave it running. Once the large hole was clogged, all the water was forced out the small one which caused it to shoot over the edge of the fountain and onto the floor because of the increased water pressure. I would do this sometimes when I had gotten a hall pass to use the bathroom in the middle of class and on my way back I would jam the fountains and they would go on spraying for 20 minutes or so without anybody noticing, and by that time the hallway was completely full of water. There was really no way to prevent me from doing this and every time I did, I couldn’t help but laugh out loud as I walked back to class and I could hardly keep the smile off of my face when I sat back down in my desk. People sitting around me often knew that I had done something by the look on my face, but they weren’t sure what. After a while the school changed all the fountain heads to ones that only had one stream of water, so my little trick wouldn’t work anymore. Looking back on this, I realize how dangerous it really was because someone could have easily slipped on the thin layer of water on the floor and thrown their back out or broke their arm or even their head. That certainly was not my intention, and thankfully this never happened. Thinking about the negative consequences of my actions was not exactly one of my strong points back then.

A “Kidnapping” Fred, Brent, and I were out shopping one Saturday or Sunday afternoon when we got the idea to pretend to abduct Brent in the parking lot of a store right in front of a bunch of people. He left the store a minute before Fred and I did and as we walked out of the door I yelled “there he is” and we ran over to him, pretended to assault him by throwing fake punches and then threw him in the trunk of my dad’s car and sped off. There were several people about 10 or 15 feet from us when we had done this and nobody said a thing. We had hoped someone would try to stop us, but they just stood

there frozen. Nobody ever yelled at us or yelled for help as it was happening. We didn’t think about it at the time, but someone could have easily written down the license plate number and the cops could have put out an APB for the car, or the police could have shown up to my parents’ house shortly afterwards investigating a reported kidnapping. Thankfully this never happened. Years later I saw an episode of MTV’s Jackass where they staged a kidnapping of Brad Pitt, who was playing along, where a black van pulled up and snatched him in front of a crowd of people, so we weren’t the only jackasses to think of this kind of stunt.

Smashing Mailboxes I think every kid in a small town knows what smashing mailboxes is. I’m sure that kids have been smashing mailboxes for decades, but I think the film Dazed and Confused probably multiplied the instances of this practice immeasurably—at least for my generation. Basically, for fun on occasion we would drive past people’s mailboxes and throw things at them like beer bottles, large rocks, garbage cans or construction barricades, and knock the mailboxes off their stands. In some instances we would just stop the car and get out and kick the mailboxes over when we didn’t have anything to throw at them. We just didn’t do this to one or two mailboxes. We did it to dozens of them, and one night we must have smashed every mailbox on every street in a several mile radius out in the country. It made the newspaper a few days later. This is what kids did before they had the Internet and Facebook to waste all their time on. Our usual method for smashing mailboxes involved the driver pulling the car over near the edge of the road and the person in the passenger seat would sit on the window sill and grab a garbage can that was set out for collection, and then the driver would speed up and pull over close enough to a mailbox so the passenger could hit it with the garbage can (or whatever we were using as projectiles). One night, Fred almost broke his arm and Ken’s passenger door got a large hole poked through it because the construction barricade Fred threw at a

mailbox flipped around after hitting it and smashed into the side of the car and smacked Fred’s arm. Of course Ken’s mom wondered what the heck happened to his car so he made up some story I’m sure she didn’t believe. That put an end to our mailbox smashing spree and we found other things to keep us entertained.

Pouring Salt Water in Vending Machine We heard an urban legend somewhere that if you pour saltwater into the coin slot of a vending machine, it will short out and start dumping free sodas and quarters out of the coin return. The theory was, that since the saltwater is electrically conductive, as it’s flowing inside the machine, once it hit the electrical components it would cause all sorts of problems and short it out, dumping its contents. It seemed like a logical idea, and what kid doesn’t want free sodas and handfuls of free quarters to play arcade games with? We sure did, so one night we thought we would test this theory. We took a cup of water and mixed in several tablespoons of salt and brought it to a soda machine outside the local car wash and poured it into the coin slot. We were ready to run because we feared that the machine would start sparking or blow up, but nothing happened. We thought maybe there wasn’t enough salt in the water, or maybe we didn’t use enough water, so we went back to the house and got a huge pitcher and mixed in a bunch of salt and went back to the machine and tried it again. This time, we even used a paper funnel to make sure as much water as possible went into the coin slot, but still, nothing happened. It looks like we would have to continue paying for our sodas after all. We didn’t think about it at the time, but we probably ran the risk of getting electrocuted just by trying this stupid stunt. Apparently an episode of MacGyver in the early 1990s showed this trick being done, and from doing a little research on the Internet after I wrote the first draft of this story, it looks like the salt water trick actually worked in some machines in the 1980s and early 90s, but eventually the manufacturers changed their designs to prevent this from happening.

Creating an “Earthquake”

We knew one of the neighbor girls was home alone and her parents were out of town for the night, so we thought it would be fun to climb on her roof and start jumping up and down to scare the crap out of her. I knew from when my dad was walking around on our roof cleaning out the gutters, I could hear his every step and it would rattle the house, so I figured jumping up and down would create quite a disturbance—and it did. It shook the whole house and we could hear her and her sister screaming from inside. She said she thought it was an earthquake. I’m surprised the plaster on the ceiling inside the house didn’t crack. That would have been hard to explain to her parents, not to mention hard for me to pay to fix it! We tried the earthquake thing again to a different girl in the neighborhood one other night, and her neighbor saw us climb onto the roof and once we were up there he started screaming at us thinking we were Peeping Toms. “You perverts!” he kept yelling as he ran over carrying a broom. “What do you think you’re doing!” We jumped off the roof and took off running into the corn field behind her house. He ran right after us, just repeating himself over and over again. “You perverts! You perverts!” At least he didn’t think we were trying to break into the house. We lost him in the cornfield, so thankfully we didn’t get beaten by his broom.

Tapping Telephones Another idea I got from watching The A-Team involved opening up the telephone boxes located in the back yards of various neighborhoods, and using an old telephone with alligator clips attached on the wires I was able to clip them onto the telephone terminals inside the box, essentially tapping the telephone of that home. There was approximately one telephone box per 10 or 15 houses, and they were always located in people’s back yards where the property lines met. Inside these boxes were two columns of terminals with each pair connecting to the phone line of a different home. Late one night I brought my make-shift telephone tap and opened up one of the boxes and attached my device to a pair of terminals. To my surprise, I heard a dial tone, and my phone actually worked! It was just like I had seen on TV! In order for me to hear anyone’s conversation, they had to actually be on the phone at that time, but this wasn’t the only cool thing I could do. I

was also able to make long distance telephone calls that would then show up on that person’s bill. We thought it would be funny to call a few 1-900 psychic lines that charge your phone bill a few dollars a minute and mess with the psychics for a while since we didn’t have to pay for it because whoever’s phone line we were tapping into would get the charges on their next bill. We sat in the grass next to the box and laughed thinking how strange it would be when whoever’s phone line we were using got their next bill and there would be a $30 charge to a 1-900 psychic hotline. We also made various prank phone calls, not worrying if the recipients had caller ID, because it wasn’t our parents’ phone number that would appear on the display; it would be the person whose phone we were tapping into. I downloaded instructions one time on how to make a blue box and a black box, which are phone phreaking tools (phone phreaking is a slang term for basically hacking telephones). Back in the day, a black box enabled people to call you from long-distance and have nothing show up on their phone bill, and a blue box enabled you to make long-distance phone calls to anywhere you wanted for free. The blue box was too complicated for us to build at the time, but we did toy around and make the black box, but we’re not sure if it worked because we didn’t know anyone that could call from long distance to test it out. These devices probably wouldn’t have worked anyway because by the 1990s the phone companies were well aware of phone phreaking and had implemented safeguards to prevent people from messing with their system and getting free phone calls. Apple Computer founders Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak built blue boxes that actually worked back when they were in college in the late 1960’s, something I didn’t learn about until years later when I saw the film Pirates of Silicon Valley .

Video Game Crimes Like most kids, I enjoyed playing video games quite a bit. I had an Atari, then a Nintendo Entertainment System, and later bought the Sega Genesis. My junior year of high school the Sega Saturn came out, which was the

most advanced video game system at the time and instead of using cartridges, the games were on CDs since they could hold more information. The Sega Saturn was a videogame player’s dream come true. It was also $400, which I didn’t have, but I really needed a new video game system because the Genesis was becoming a thing of the past, so I came up with a plan. It was sort of luck at first, which I then turned into a full-blown enterprise. While looking around at a Best Buy electronics store, I just happened to notice that the UPC barcode on the box for the Sega Menacer light gun (for shooting games) was just a sticker. The Menacer was selling for $99.99 at this time, so I peeled the UPC off the box and stuck it over the UPC on the Sega Saturn and carried it up to the counter and bought it. I just saved myself $300. I was amazed. It didn’t feel like I really stole anything since I technically bought it. I just bought it at a discount. A 75% discount. Hey, $100 bucks to a teenager in the 1990s was a lot of money! The cashier didn’t notice anything. They just scanned the barcode and took my money and let me bring my brand new Sega Saturn home with no questions asked. I suddenly saw a whole new world of possibilities. A few days later I went back to the store with Fred and did the same thing and he bought a Sega Saturn for $99.99. The video games themselves were $49.99, and I thought that was too much, so I found some other products that sold for around $10, which also had barcodes that were stickers and I peeled them off and stuck them on the video games I wanted and bought them at a discount too. A few other friends of mine wanted Sega Saturns too but didn’t want to pay $400, so I went back and bought a few more over the next week or two, and then sold them for $200, which was half price from the cost at the store, so I made $100 from each one, and my friends got brand new Sega Saturns for half price. Few products had barcodes that were made of stickers that I could just peel off and put on something else. Most products have the UPC code printed on the package, but I did notice that the information tag for each product that was stuck on the shelf not only listed the price and product information for each item, but they also had the UPC code printed right on them as well. I slid some of these information sheets out of their clear plastic sleeves and

stuck them in my pocket and took them to Office Depot and photocopied them and glued the new UPC onto a mailing label sticker so all I had to do was walk into Best Buy and use my own homemade UPC code to stick on whatever product I wanted. Equally shameful was the fact that we took the scissors, glue, and mailing label stickers off the shelf from Office Depot and used them to make the fake UPCs, and then put everything back on the shelves and only paid for a few 10-cent photocopies. The first thing I bought was a brand new $2000 computer for $75. That’s about a 96% discount. It was a pretty good deal. Since my parents’ bought my first computer, they knew how expensive they were, so I couldn’t just walk into the house carrying a brand new one, so I went to my room, opened the window and pulled out the screen, and Fred came around back with it and handed it to me from outside. Just in case my dad realized the brand was different than the one he had bought me a few years earlier, I cut out the logo from the old computer’s user manual and glued it over the name of the new one. The following week I went to a different Best Buy with one of my homemade UPC stickers and purchased a $1000 scanner for another $75 bucks. I also bought a few more video games and a copy of the Windows 95 operating system, which I paid $10 for. I figured Bill Gates had enough money already. If I didn’t like a video game after getting it home and trying it out, I would shrink wrap it and return it as if it were new. I would tell the store I lost the receipt, and they would give me in-store credit and then I would just trade it for another video game to see if I liked that one. For a while I was taking the old video games to a local hobby store that had a shrink wrapping machine and they would charge me a few dollars to shrink wrap each game. Most of the guys there didn’t care and probably knew what I was doing, but after a while they implemented a new policy, and they wouldn’t shrink wrap my games anymore, so I came up with a way to do it myself by using window insulator kits and a heat gun. A window insulator is a sheet of thin plastic that you put over the windows in your house during the winter that helps to prevent cold air from coming in and saves you money on your heating bill. Once the plastic is in place and

taped around the window frame, you use a hair dryer to heat it and it shrinks tightly around the window so it doesn’t obstruct the view. Just as I figured, it also worked as shrink-wrapping material as well. What clerk is going to imagine that a 17-year-old kid played a video game for a month and then had the thing shrink wrapped in order to return it for a different game? You have to admit, it was a genius idea. The insulator kits had enough plastic to shrink wrap several games and only cost a few dollars. After a while, I started returning empty boxes to the stores and would keep the game. They never opened the box to check to see if it was in there because it looked like it was still factory sealed, so how were they going to know it was missing? They didn’t, well, that is until I returned too many empty video game boxes to one particular Toys “R” Us location and then they must have implemented a new policy to check all video games to make sure that they were actually in the box when someone brought them back. Imagine my surprise when I was returning another game and the clerk opened up the box and found there was no disk inside! There I was, in the middle of Toys “R” Us standing at the customer service counter clearly caught red handed. I could have stayed there and pretended like I was just as surprised as the lady at the counter, but they could have easily called the cops and I didn’t want to deal with that, so I said, “I’ll be right back,” and I walked away and headed for the exit. As soon as I got outside I started running to my car, jumped in and took off. I had just gotten the car a few weeks before and hadn’t received my license plates yet, so I was relieved that even if they had followed me out to the parking lot, they couldn’t have gotten my license plate number since there were no plates on the car! While I was glad that I had gotten away, I was disappointed that I still didn’t have any new video games since I was bored with the ones I had. It’s interesting that while Fred and I were driving around smoking weed and “pulling scams” as we called it, we were usually listening to Eazy-E rap about pretty much the same thing: partying, hustling, screwing the system, and in the words of Eazy-E, just not giving a fuck. It was like we were living the kind of life he was rapping about. We felt like untouchable rock star gangsters.

I continued to push the envelope with my homemade UPCs and traveled to different Best Buy stores in the area because I wanted more computer equipment. I really wanted a laser printer but they were very expensive, so I made another UPC and went to buy one at a discount. This time, the clerk actually realized it was an expensive laser printer but the cash register showed it was only $50. She knew something was wrong and called a manager for a price check. I knew this would turn into a problem so I told her I left my wallet in the car and I would be back in just a second, and I calmly walked out of the store and got in the car and took off. The car wouldn’t start right away and took a few tries before the engine started firing so I could get out of there, which wasn’t very fun. All I needed was a laser printer, and I felt my computer collection would be complete. Imagine the possibilities. The best scanner on the market, a brand new top-of-the-line computer, the newest software, and a laser printer. The possibilities were endless and I really had my heart set on that laser printer so I went to a different Best Buy and tried it again. You have to understand that in the 1990s this type of equipment was not common place in every household. In fact, back when I was a kid, only businesses and schools had laser printers and scanners because they were so expensive. This time the cashier didn’t notice the price was suspiciously low. She didn’t even really look to see what product it was. She just mindlessly scanned the barcode and asked for the amount the cash register showed. I paid $50 cash, and she thanked me for my purchase. “No, thank you,” I said, grinning as I picked up my brand-new laser printer and headed for the door. To my unpleasant surprise, the security system started beeping as soon as I passed the checkpoint on my way out. Apparently one of the security tags had not been neutralized at the cash register. The guy at the security desk asked to see the receipt and I nervously handed it to him, but when he compared the item number on the receipt to the item number on the box, they didn’t match up. The printer had two UPCs printed on the box, one on the front and one on the back, and I had only stuck my fake UPC over one of them which I strategically placed in view of the cashier when I set it on the counter so that would be the one she scanned.

The security guy was confused at first, and the cashier, who was just a few feet away, acknowledged that I had just purchased it 10 seconds earlier. I could see this was not going to go well so I said quietly to Fred, who was standing right there with me, “Go. Just go,” and I darted my eyes at the door. He wasn’t sure what I meant so I took off running, leaving the printer on the guy’s counter and my $50 in cash register and Fred ran out the door right after me. It was too close of a call. It was the second time that trying to get the printer caused a problem, and this time the guy followed us out to the parking lot so we couldn’t go to Fred’s truck because he’d get the license plate number, so we just kept running down the block and had to come back later to get it. We waited about a half hour and then Fred went back to the parking lot to retrieve his truck while I waited down the block. As he was backing out of the parking space he saw the security guy standing right behind the truck and he was writing down the license plate number on a pad of paper! Fred stepped on the gas and almost backed right into the guy, causing him to jump out of the way and then took off and came down the block to pick me up and we got out of there. I then retired from creating my own UPCs. It wasn’t long after this that Best Buy started sticking the security tags over the top of the UPC codes, and they started putting the video games in security cases that had to be unlocked at the register using a special key. So even though we had gotten a bunch of discounted computer hardware, software, and video games from them, I figured we actually helped Best Buy by showing them a major flaw in their operation and prevented other people like us from taking advantage of them on an even larger scale. Thankfully the cops never did show up at Fred’s house. It was a stressful few weeks after that close call. The security guy at Best Buy must not have been able to get the entire license plate number, or the cops didn’t have the resources to investigate a possible theft of a computer printer. Whatever reason it was, we were extremely lucky and it was too close of a call for us to continue our operation. We quit while we were ahead.

Fun at the County Fair In every small hick town around the country, the county fair is one of the highlights of the summer. It’s the place where farmers show off their livestock, kids enjoy rides assembled with duct tape that can fall apart and kill anyone at any time, and people seem to enjoy whatever kind of fried food will get them one step closer to a heart attack—like deep fried Snickers bars or chocolate covered bacon. The county fair is always fun, but when you’re a teenager working for minimum wage, the tickets can be very expensive, especially if you end up going there five different times. Today most county fairs have sophisticated ticketing systems complete with barcode scanners and individually numbered tickets to make sure no one can print up their own counterfeit ones and get in for free. But not our county fair, at least not when I was a kid. The ticket booths sold different color bracelets each day that could easily be faked. Once we found out what color was being used each day, I would simply take colored construction paper, cut it into thin strips, and using a leather punch I poked holes in it around the entire bracelet just like the originals. Then my friends and I taped them on our wrists and would walk past the ticket counter like it was no big deal, flashing them to the ticket taker. It saved us each about $30 in entrance fees over the course of the week and nobody ever noticed. I’m sure in larger cities we wouldn’t have been able to pull this off because the bracelets had barcodes on them that would have to get scanned, but in our small little town in the 1990s, nobody could have imagined that a couple of teenagers would’ve been making fake bracelets so they could get into the fair for free. One year I was able to get access to the microphone for the announcement system that covered the entire fairgrounds and told everyone to “smoke marijuana.” Over the course of that evening, several people I knew asked me if I was the one who said something about smoking marijuana over the loudspeaker. I couldn’t help it. The microphone was sitting right there on the desk at the fair office and no one was around, so how could I pass up

this amazing opportunity to say something stupid to every fairgoer that night?

Making a Fake Report Card One of my older brother’s friends went to a local technical college, but he wasn’t doing so well. He had some deal with his dad where if his grades were to fall below a C then he would have to pay rent, or his dad might even throw him out of the house or something. Since his grades sucked one semester and things weren’t looking good for him, he asked me to make him a fake report card so he could show his dad and not get thrown out of the house. I was honored that he would ask me if I could do such a thing. It was very easy, as you can imagine, but remember this was in 1996 when the only people who new how to use computers were businesses and computer geeks. I just took his original report card to Kinko’s and photocopied the school’s logo onto a blank piece of colored paper and then using a simple word processor, I typed up a fake one and gave him all A’s and B’s. He was very thankful, and I made a quick hundred bucks.

T-shirts My Mom Wouldn’t Wash I always liked to have funny T-shirts, but some of my best ones I could only wear a few times because my mom wouldn’t wash them, and if I threw them in the laundry hamper, they would just stay there laying at the bottom indefinitely. I had a great shirt that was a parody of Wheel of Fortune that showed Vanna White standing by a bunch of letters that spelled out, “G_F_ck Y__rs_lf” and the caption below it said, “Want to buy a vowel?” I thought it was great since I could wear it to school and the teachers and principal couldn’t do anything about it, because technically, it didn’t have any obscenities on it. I had another shirt that showed George Washington with bloodshot eyes, smoking a joint on the front, and on the back had a quote attributed to him that said, “Make the most of the hemp seed, sow it everywhere.” I figured if George Washington wanted people to grow cannabis, then there was really

nothing wrong with it. I had another shirt showing President Bill Clinton smoking a joint which read “Bill doesn’t inhale. He just sucks.” Another one had a mushroom cloud from an atomic bomb printed on the front and read “Made in America. Tested in Japan.” I didn’t know how to do laundry since my mom always took care of this. I would just drop my dirty clothes in the hamper and they would magically appear clean in my closet a few days later, so it took me a while to realize that my favorite shirts were disappearing every time I put them in the hamper because she refused to wash them and she would just leave them sitting in there.

Prom Night My prom date was a very cute, sweet and innocent girl, who didn’t really party, and didn’t smoke weed, but I still liked her because she seemed to be very entertained by all of my antics and trouble making. The teachers knew we would all get drunk before prom, so they spread the rumor that they were going to give us breathalyzers at the door when we arrived. We couldn’t go to prom sober, what fun would that be, we thought, so a bunch of us went out and bought flasks so we could enter the event sober, and then go in the bathroom and slam a few shots and catch a buzz since we would have already made it past the checkpoint. The school had organized a bunch of limos to pick us all up and take us to and from prom, hoping to eliminate people from drinking and driving, but the strange thing was, some of the limo drivers went out and got smashed after they dropped us off at the prom! Our driver could barely stand as he opened the door when we got back in the limo to head home at the end of the event, and he was so drunk that he got lost on the way back to the school and we had to tell him where to go. He was blowing stop signs and swerving all over the road the whole way. It would have been safer if one of us had driven. Another limo carrying some friends of mine actually drove off the road and got stuck in a ditch because the driver was so drunk, and the five or six couples in the back had to all cram into other limos. It made for an exciting ride back to the school.

After the drunk limo drivers dropped us off at our cars in the school parking lot, we all headed to someone’s house for an after party until the early morning hours of the next day. The summer after graduation I started dating an extremely attractive girl who also happened to be very intelligent as well. We were certainly the odd couple no one could have imagined would have hooked up. Me, the class clown who got thrown out of school (a story I’ll get to later), with one of the smartest, most mild mannered girls in our entire class. It was great. She must have liked the excitement of being with a “bad boy.” The best part was, that she didn’t even try to change me! I think she liked my trouble making. One night we snuck into the Sheraton Hotel to use their hot tub and I stopped at a Seven Eleven on the way to buy some dish soap which I dumped in the hot tub to turn it into a bubble bath. The whole thing started overflowing with four feet of soap suds rising from the top, so we got out of there. Not long after this she got an underage drinking ticket because of me since we were at a party when the cops came. I felt really bad at first, but she didn’t seem to care too much. I thought about offering to pay for it, but she came from a successful family, so I figured she could afford it. Besides, I had already paid way too much money in underage drinking tickets as it was.

Decorating the School with Beer Cans Every kid goes toilet papering when they’re young, and it’s a lot of fun and pretty much harmless. Sure it’s annoying for the homeowner to clean up the mess the next day, but you can pretty much spray the hose in the trees and it will fall down and the toilet paper doesn’t cause any real damage. It was because of this easy cleanup that I thought we should decorate the trees at school with something else that would last a little longer. This “something else” was beer cans. A lot of beer cans. For several weeks I saved the beer cans from our parties and late-night drinking binges, and I spent a considerable amount of time in my basement cutting sections of three foot string, and tying one beer can to each end in pairs. I would then feed this string inside one of the empty beer cans and

place the two tops of the cans against each other and I wrapped a piece of tape around them, taping them together so the strings wouldn’t get tangled up with each other. I then put each of these contraptions into two large black plastic garbage bags. The idea was to get on top of the school roof, crack the tape and pull the pairs of cans apart, and then fling them into the large tree in front of the school so they would get caught in the branches. When I say it was a large tree, I mean enormous. The upper level roof of the school was about three stories tall and was just about the same height as the tree. Sometime earlier I had noticed one area of the school that had a poll holding up an awning that I could climb up and access almost any part of the school’s roof. This opened up a whole new world of possibilities, so on the eve of April 1st, we headed up to the school with the bags of beer cans and backpacks full of toilet paper for an April Fools prank that everyone would be talking about. When we got to the school that night, Rick and I scaled the poll and hopped on the roof and another friend of ours stayed on the ground to throw toilet paper rolls into the smaller trees and to get the bushes. Once on the roof we made our way to the upper level and headed for the front of the school by the tree and started flinging the beer cans into it. My invention worked perfectly. The strings would get caught on the branches and tangle up, and the cans would hang there, blowing in the wind. We also threw rolls of toilet paper over the top of the tree and the guy on the ground would pick up the remaining roll and throw it back up into the tree finishing it off. Occasionally a car would drive by and we’d all hit the deck, ducking down on the roof so nobody would see any shadowy figures lurking around up there. The next morning I brought a camera to school so I could get a picture of our handiwork in the daylight. It looked great. Of course, the janitors had been out there since first thing in the morning trying clean it up, but the tree was so large that the hose wouldn’t reach most of the toilet paper dangling from the top and certainly wasn’t going to do anything for the dozens of beer cans tangled in the branches. It looked like the tensile from a Christmas tree and each can sparkled in the sun. You couldn’t drive by without noticing it.

The funniest thing was that there were a bunch of classrooms upstairs that had windows looking out over the front of the school and the tree was directly in front of these windows, so when you were sitting in class—there just 20 feet away outside—you could clearly see dozens of beer cans of Miller Lite, MGD, Icehouse, and others dangling in front of the windows. The school had to get a cherry picker from the city and hoist a worker up to cut down the cans one by one. It took them all day. Of course there was no evidence that I had anything to do with this, even though my proverbial signature was written boldly across it and sparkled in the sun. Well, no evidence yet .

Getting Kicked Out of High School I should have quit while I was ahead, but I always had to push the envelope. The April Fool’s Day prank of filling the school’s tree with beer cans was historic. Every car that drove by the school that day couldn’t help but practically be blinded by the sparkling cans shining in the sun. Most of the toilet paper was dangling from so high up that the hose wouldn’t spray far enough to reach it in order to knock it down. It was awesome. So awesome, in fact, that one week later we decided to toilet paper the tree again. It was Tuesday night April 9, 1996, when my friend Bobby’s parents were out of town, so he threw a huge party because we were on spring break and didn’t have school for the next few days. Ken, Rick, myself and brothers Brendon and Byron, took every roll of toilet paper from Bobby’s house and we ventured off to the school to give an encore performance. It felt like I was having déjà vu, although this time the evening would turn out very differently. As we were doing our decorating, someone from a house across the street had seen us tossing the toilet paper up into the trees and called the police. Two or three cop cars tried to sneak up on us by approaching without their lights or sirens on but we noticed them and scattered. The guys on the roof were able to make it to the ground and four out of the five of us met at the back of the school and continued running east across the football field. Byron was missing because he ran in the opposite direction of everyone else when the cops came. We didn’t know this at the time, but as he was

running away, he was tackled by the guy who lived across the street—the same guy who happened to see us and called the cops. Byron was a starathlete and we were confident that he could outrun any cop so we weren’t worried about him getting caught. More police were arriving and got out of their cars and headed on foot shining their flashlights around looking for us as they came running across the football field in our direction. Immediately behind the football field to the east were countless acres of farmers’ fields that went on for miles, so we took off running. We could see four or five cops off in the distance with the beams of their flashlights bouncing up and down as they ran after us. We had a pretty good head start, and there was no doubt in my mind that we would be able to evade them, but they still kept following us into the middle of nowhere. I was very familiar with these fields because Fred, Diego and I had a childhood fort nearby and I knew how we could get back to town through the fields, so we started heading south and crossed through a small creek by our old fort and continued on into the next farmer’s field. That field led to the edge of town and the house where the party was at was just one block from where this field ended and the neighborhood began. We couldn’t see the cops’ flashlights anymore, and we figured they gave up chasing us because there was no way they could have caught up to us. We were too fast and had way too much of a head start. We all made it back to Bobby’s party in one piece, all except one of us, that is, but we still figured Byron had gotten away and was on his way back to the house and we were home free. There is no adrenaline rush like running from the cops. We weren’t scared. We loved it. The police chase had made my night and it certainly wasn’t the first time I had police chasing after me on foot. Just as we started cracking our celebratory beers back at the party because we successfully evaded the police, several squad cars pulled up to the house. “Cops!” someone yelled. “Lock the doors!” We had dealt with this before and knew that if all the doors were locked then the cops would go away eventually. We weren’t sure if it was a coincidence that they had arrived at the house, or what was going on. We were 100% sure we had lost them in the fields, and there was no way they had followed us back to the

house. No way. I could outrun and outsmart any cop, even if I had been drinking. Perhaps one of the neighbors called them because of the party, we thought, which was a common thing we faced. Whatever they were doing there, we were pretty sure we were safe. After all, they couldn’t come in without a search warrant so we figured they would just leave after a while, and we would be okay like we always were in the past. A few minutes later there were cops storming the house. Somehow they had gotten in. My shoes were covered with mud from running through the fields, so I took them off and hid them in a cabinet under a bathroom sink because I didn’t want to draw any attention to myself and have them figure out I was one of the kids leading them on the chase a few minutes earlier through the muddy fields. I hoped there was no connection between their presence at the party and our stunt at the high school, but I was wrong. Byron had been caught and told them everything. He told them who else was there at the school, and he even told them we were at a party at Bobby’s house right before. It was despicable. He broke the cardinal rule we learned from Good Fellas: Never rat on your friends, and always keep your mouth shut. Byron wasn’t one of my crew. He was an acquaintance, not a friend. If it was one of my crew who got busted, they wouldn’t have told the cops a word, but this pretty boy sung like a canary. He probably told them it was all my idea too. The cops were able to get into the house because one of the emergency contacts listed for the alarm company was Bobby’s uncle, who also had a key to house and gave that key, and full authorization to the police to enter the house. The uncle lived just a few blocks away so it only took the police a few minutes to get the key. Once inside, the cops immediately asked which one was Mark, and I knew I was screwed. They placed me in handcuffs with my hands behind my back and sat me down in the kitchen. “How am I supposed to finish my beer with my hands behind my back?” I asked the one guarding me. He wasn’t amused.

Over a dozen people got underage drinking tickets, and everyone who went up to the high school that night ended up getting charged with felony vandalism because some of the guys on the roof kicked over a few ventilation ducts. I would not be allowed on school property ever again, including graduation. The school board made me sign a contract agreeing never to step foot on school property again, and in return, my homework for the remaining two months of school would be sent home with my friends and I would still be allowed to technically graduate, although I certainly wasn’t allowed to come for the ceremony. They just simply wanted me to go away. I pushed them too far, but this time it wasn’t really my fault. I know what you’re thinking, but it wasn’t. It was the guys who broke the ventilation ducts, which I had no part of. This went against my prankster code of conduct. I was a prankster, not a vandal. I was completely against vandalism (with the exception of smashing mailboxes, which at the time I didn’t really consider vandalism because they could be easily put back up, and who cares if their mailbox has a dent in it? Of course it is vandalism, but when you’re seventeen-years-old you don’t see things too clearly sometimes). I was pretty pissed that the guys had gotten out of control and broke the ventilation ducts. Not only were we all charged with felony vandalism, or in my case, party to felony vandalism, since I wasn’t on the roof at night, but we had to pay $3000 in restitution for the broken ventilation systems. We also had to pay for the city workers to clean up the tree again. I’m 100% convinced that the “estimate” the school had gotten for the ventilation systems was fake. Complete bull. After talking with the guys and finding out what they did on the roof, all they did was kick over three or four of the ventilation duct covers that prevent rain and leaves from getting down into the ventilation ducts. These covers must have cost about $30 each, if that. The school had screwed us. A few days later on the front page of the town paper was the headline “Students suspended for vandalizing school.” It gave all our names and told all about the whole deal. I was the only one who was not allowed back to school since I was the ringleader, and this was the last straw in a long, long list of problems that I

had been causing. I still felt this was extremely unfair, especially since I wasn’t even on the roof that night and I didn’t participate in any of the vandalism, not to mention there was no way the ventilation covers cost almost $3000! The actual “vandals” were back in school, yet I was thrown out. The school board didn’t care. They had it with me and this was their opportunity to cleanse themselves of my perpetual problem causing…or so they thought.

My Final Revenge Against the School Me getting thrown out of school was such BS that I couldn’t just sit by and accept it, so my mind started racing and I came up with an idea to piss off the school even more. One of my favorite films was Ferris Bueller’s Day Off , as I’m sure you can see why, and the movie gave me an idea. I remembered a campaign from the film which resulted in the words, “Save Ferris” being painted on a water tower because the school thought Ferris was deathly ill, when in reality he was playing hooky and having the time of his life. I printed up a bunch of “Save Mark Dice” flyers that explained my unfair punishment from the April 9 incident, and then I listed the school’s phone number and the home phone numbers of all of the school board members. “Call any time and voice your opinion,” the flyers read. I gave them to Fred to bring to school the next day so the students could pass them around and that night we went out and stuck a bunch of them in people’s mailboxes all around town. This was just the beginning of the Save Mark campaign, and the humiliation I would cause the principal and the school, even though I wasn’t even there anymore. They say that there are 5 to 7 major turning points in someone’s life. These are major events that alter the course of the rest of your life from then on. These are things like graduating college, getting married, the unexpected death of someone close to you, things like this. They are events that change your life forever, and without even realizing it, I was on the verge of one of those events. The Save Mark campaign was about to go supernova. All it took was one phone call to a local television station and me telling the news director

about what was happening to me and how I was unfairly kicked out of school. The next day a news crew came to my parents’ house and interviewed me about it. Not only did they interview me, but they tracked down one of the school board members and got her on camera too. I had given the reporter the names and addresses of all the school board members to help them with their story. Imagine this woman’s surprise when she answered the door and it was a news crew asking her about why she threw me out of school! They also interviewed several students right in front of the school to get their take on it. Some of the students had Save Mark flyers taped in the windows of their cars and were posting them around school. This made for great footage for the story, which aired later that evening. It was awesome! There I was on the evening news broadcasting to hundreds of thousands of people in the surrounding cities and towns telling everyone about how the evil school board and principal had it out for me and were denying me the memory of a high school graduation. The segment also mentioned that students were posting flyers around town, in the school, and on their cars showing their support for me. Mrs. Vandyke, the school board member who was interviewed for the segment said that instead of having a large disciplinary file, she insisted that a large box was needed to hold all of my detentions and the evidence of my past pranks and everything I was suspected of participating in over the last four years. I’m sure the pornos I put in the library were in the box, along with Mr. Bell’s Asshole of America shirt, and who knows what else. I was very proud. They didn’t just have a file on me, they had a box . The news segment still didn’t change the school board’s mind, and I still didn’t get to come back to school or attend graduation, but this skyrocketed me to a whole new level of popularity that I could have never even imagined. I must say, and very honestly and humbly, that I was already one of the most infamous students in the school, but now I was on the evening news and this took it to a whole new level. It also taught me the power of the mass media, and how easily someone could get on the news. All television stations, newspapers, and even some magazines have tip lines and ask people to phone in news items that they think are interesting, and

that’s what I did. Years later, I would polish my skill of getting into the news, as you may be familiar with, but this is how it all began. This was how I learned that simply calling the news and pitching a story idea could quite often get them to cover it. This was an amazing revelation that shaped the course of the rest of my life and if I could do it all over again, I wouldn’t have it any other way.

The Aftermath My entire locker was cleaned out and everything in it was sent to my parents’ house. Fred and Diego would bring my homework assignments to and from school for me. The principal, Mr. Mueller, along with the entire school board pleaded with Fred to convince me not to do anything else to retaliate or get even with the school for what they had done to me. The school really worried that their decision to throw me out might put me over the edge and cause me to do something even more dramatic and destructive. They just couldn’t wait for the end of the year fast enough. My appearance on the evening news was somewhat favorable to me, and I’m sure it blew the principal’s mind that it happened. Under our signed agreement I was allowed to technically graduate, so that wasn’t so bad, but it did get pretty boring sitting in my room all day by myself while my friends were at school. Even though I didn’t have to actually go to school anymore, my mom would still wake me up and not let me sleep too late since she said this was supposed to be a punishment, not an excuse for sleeping in, and she wouldn’t let me play video games until after 3:00 when school got out. Most of my homework was pretty easy, but I did pay a girl to write book reports for me for English class to save me the trouble of having to read the dumb books. I would then rewrite them in my handwriting and turn them in. I had applied, and was accepted to a local technical college in the fall, but I didn’t really have any serious plans about the future. I was just looking forward to the summer. I happened to be taking a drafting class when I was thrown out of school, and while doing most of my school work at home was fairly easy,

producing drafting drawings without the help of the teacher was very difficult. This was not a computer aided drafting (CAD) class, this was old school pencil and paper drafting where you would draw three-dimensional objects using only pencils, squares, compasses, and rulers. I didn’t even have any of the proper equipment at home, so how was I supposed to produce the last few drawings required of me for the class? I did have the drafting book, which showed a thumbnail image of the items I was supposed to draw, so using my high resolution computer scanner that I scammed from Best Buy, I scanned the tiny images and enlarged them by 1000% and then taped the printouts onto my window, and then traced them onto the drafting paper. It worked fantastic. There was just enough sunlight shining through the window and I could see each and every line in the diagrams, so I would just trace them onto my paper. A drawing that normally took several hours now only took me ten minutes. Later that summer I was told by a friend of mine in the class that the teacher held up one of my drawings as an example of the kind of work the students should strive for! If you’ve ever taken a drafting class, you know that it’s fairly difficult, and you sometimes draw lines in the wrong place or at the wrong angle and set the point of your compass off-center, and most drawings have a fair amount of erasing that has to be done on them before they are complete. Well, not my drawings. They were practically perfect, and even the teacher took notice of my handiwork, never even imagining how I had done it. He thought I was very gifted. I guess I was gifted, just not in drawing. My gift involved “beating the system,” as they say.

The Dildo Present Since I wasn’t allowed at the graduation ceremony and I couldn’t pull off one last jackass move to humiliate the principal, I decided to have one of my friends do it for me. This final prank would take balls, quite literally. I got a large black dildo and put a sticker on it reading “To Mr. Mueller, from Mark Dice,” and called my friend Brent and asked him if he would give it to Mr. Mueller at the graduation ceremony. He was cool, and thought it was a great idea, so he came on over to pick it up on his way there.

He put the dildo in his back pocket, hiding it under his gown, and when his name was called to walk up and shake the principal’s hand and get his diploma, he reached out like he was going to shake hands and placed the dildo in Mr. Mueller’s right-hand and then snatched the diploma from him and walked off the stage, leaving him holding it in front of the entire audience. Mr. Mueller quickly turned around and set the dildo down on a chair and laid a clipboard on top of it trying to hide it from view. One of my friends’ parents were videotaping the ceremony, and they got this on tape so I was able to watch it later which was pretty cool. I had also given my graduation hat to Rick to throw onstage for me at the end of the ceremony since I couldn’t be there. I had written “Fuck You!” in large letters with black magic marker on the red hat and underneath it wrote, “From Mark Dice.” The school had told the students not to throw their hats in the air, which has been a graduation tradition for who knows how long, and anyone missing their hat at the end of the ceremony would get in trouble they claimed. So my hat would be the only one being thrown that night, and Rick snuck it in under his gown and threw it on stage as one final “up yours” gesture from me to the school. Even though I was not there in person, I wanted them to know I was there in spirit. They just couldn’t escape me. I had also done one other thing trying to throw a wrench in the ceremony that night. A small number of honor students were given a gold rope (called an honor chord) to wear around their neck, signifying they were the smart ones. It had something to do with an extremely high grade point average or something, so the afternoon before graduation I went to the local craft store and bought an entire roll of gold rope that looked practically identical to ones the honor students would be wearing, and cut it into small three-foot sections, the same length as the authentic honor chords, and I gave them to Rick to pass out to everyone before the ceremony, so instead of just a handful of people wearing the honor chords, there were dozens. Certainly not as cool as the dildo or my hat, but it was something.

Fake College Rejection Letter

I was very mad that Byron had gotten caught the night we decorated the school’s tree again, especially since he ratted us all out and got me kicked out of school, so I had to get him back. Instead of doing something criminal like slashing his tires or keying his car, I decided to type up a fake letter from the college that he was going to attend in the fall, informing him that due to a recent evaluation of his criminal record they had decided to revoke his acceptance. This was in 1996, and I didn’t have a color printer at the time so I couldn’t just copy the logo off the school’s website and put it in a Word document and print it out to make an official looking letterhead, so I called the school asking for a packet of information which they sent to me. Once the brochures came, I cut out the school’s logo and brought it to Kinko’s and photocopied it onto a blank piece of paper so it looked like official school letterhead. I also made an envelope with the logo in the upper left corner so it looked nice and official too. I then typed up a professional sounding letter explaining the school’s decision to change its mind about his acceptance. I explained that the school had certain standards for their students and that he had failed to live up to those standards due to the recent vandalism charge from that infamous night at the high school. I knew that when he received the letter it would absolutely crush him. It was already too late to apply to other schools, so what would he do? I included a sentence at the bottom of the letter that said if he wished to appeal the decision, he could call and schedule an appointment to plead his case. The phone number that I listed was a 1-800 number to a phone sex line that I got out of the back of a porno magazine where they advertise such numbers. This particular 1-800 phone sex number was advertised to specialize in anal sex talk and it was a 1-800 number (and not a 1-900 number) because you had to call in and give your credit card number so they could charge you per minute to talk dirty to the girls on the other end of the line. There was a very nasty recording that played before you were asked to enter your credit card number. I will never forget this recording, at least the first sentence, which said “Hey baby. You’ve reached the Back Door Entry, the

hottest anal sex line in the world.” It then went on to say some very nasty things about what you could expect for your $3.99 a minute, or however much it cost to talk to one of the girls. I made up some fake name who I said was the college administrator and then signed a signature in pen at the bottom of the letter and folded it up and put it in the official-looking envelope, put a stamp on it, and dropped it in the mail. Later that summer I bumped into Byron’s brother Brendon at a party and I asked him how his brother liked getting thrown out of college before he even started, and then I laughed. He acknowledged his brother and his parents were freaked out when they first got the letter and then were confused when they called to schedule their appeal and got a recording talking about anal sex. They probably thought they dialed the number wrong at first. Oh, to be a fly on the wall when this happened would have been awesome. One of my very best prank phone calls would also include Byron, and interestingly enough didn’t result from me calling someone, it resulted from someone calling me who had a wrong number. I received a call one afternoon from a woman who thought she had called a bank to see if her loan was approved. Seeing a fun opportunity when she asked if this was Wells Fargo (or whatever bank it was), I said, “Yes it is. This is Bill speaking, how may I help you?” She went on to tell me that she wanted to know the status of her loan application. She sounded like an AfricanAmerican woman, and I told her I was sorry, but the loan officer in charge of her account turned her down because she was black. “Excuse me?” she said. “That’s right, I’m very sorry ma’am, and I’m going to do everything I can to correct this,” I assured her. “But Mrs. Wilson who was in charge of processing your loan doesn’t like black people.” I went on to tell her that of course this was against company policy and said I was going to do everything I could to get that loan approved. I also told her that Mrs. Wilson was under investigation for racism and that we were going to be firing her soon. Mrs. Wilson was Byron’s mom of course, and none of this was true. I told the poor woman on the phone that I was going to give her Mrs. Wilson’s home phone number and I wanted her to call and tell her how

disappointed she was that she would turn down a customer’s loan just because they were black. I assured her that the bank would call her back in a few days with the new results of her loan application, but I stressed that she really should call Mrs. Wilson right now and tell her what a piece of garbage she was, and then I gave her Mrs. Wilson’s home phone number. Just imagine how confused Byron’s mom must have been because not only did this woman have her phone number, but also knew her name! I’m sure Mrs. Wilson tried to say that she didn’t work at the bank and she didn’t have anything to do with loans, but the woman on the phone probably said that she just got off the phone with the bank, and they were the ones that gave her Mrs. Wilson’s phone number! I wish I could have been there to witness this conversation, but it was fun enough just coming up with this story off the top of my head and talking with the woman.

The Weed Cutter The summer after high school graduation (I was allowed to technically graduate, remember) Fred and I got a job on a weed cutter, and I’m sure you don’t have any idea what this is, so I’ll try to explain it to you. In the Midwest, a lot of lakes have problems with weeds growing up from the bottom and tangling in the propellers of boats, so it’s fairly common to have a huge weed cutting boat drive around the lake and cut the weeds. It looks like a floating combine like the ones used for harvesting corn. Fred lived on the lake, and his dad had gotten us the job as the two weed cutters which turned out to be one of the greatest jobs ever. One of us would ride around the lake on the boat cutting the weeds, often for several hours at a stretch, while the other one would sit in a dump truck on the shore just waiting for the weed cutter to fill up and unload. When the weed cutter was full of seaweed, we would drive it ashore and using a series of conveyor belts we would unload the weeds into the back of the dump truck. It was then the truck driver’s job to take the weeds to a nearby dump site and dump them. It was very often several hours between loads, and we would switch off every other load so one of us would drive the dump truck for half the day, while the other one would operate the boat.

Our first day on the job we were out test driving the dump truck when Fred put it in the ditch when making a u-turn. This was an omen of what was going to happen for the rest of the summer. The truck was stuck and wouldn’t move but luckily some guy drove by in a pickup truck and had a tow rope and was able to pull us out and our boss didn’t find out about it. This happened on a country road in the middle of nowhere, so we flagged the guy down for help as he approached us. He was drinking a can of Old Style beer (right in his truck while he was driving) and had the rest of the twelve-pack sitting in the truck bed. This is what happens out in the country in Wisconsin. Our supervisor for the weed cutting project was a retired senile old man named Barney. He was a scatterbrained man probably suffering from the onset of Alzheimer’s disease, and every single time he would address Fred or I, he would call us by the wrong name and then correct himself. If he was addressing me, he would say “Fred, ahh, Mark.” He could never get our names right. Ever! A lot of older grandparents do this. They just keep rattling off the names of the grandkids when talking to one until the right name pops into their head. Barney was no different. Even if he called us by the right name, his brain would still have a glitch and he wasn’t sure if he had used the correct name or not, and he would say something like, “Mark, umm, Fred, ahhh, Mark,” every single time. Nobody in their right mind should have let either of us drive a dump truck. We were 18-years-old and smoked weed constantly. The dump truck was just under a certain weight limit so we didn’t need a special driver’s license to run it. It was a stick shift, and I had never driven a stick shift before, so imagine how fun it was to learn using a dump truck! I’m surprised we didn’t destroy the transmission in the first two weeks. We beat the crap out of that truck. I did get the hang of it pretty quickly though, and soon was able to fly down the road steering with my knee while holding a hamburger in my left hand and a soda in my right. I would set my drink down on top of the shifter to shift and would take bites of my hamburger and puff on joints as I drove down the road like a maniac, never once worrying about getting pulled over.

Little did I realize when I first started that job, that it would be a changing point in my life. I could only smoke so many joints sitting in the dump truck waiting for the boat to come ashore to unload, so I had to do something to keep me busy. I soon learned the amazing power of books. I went to Barnes & Noble and bought a book called the Psychology of Persuasion , and it was amazing. It opened up a whole new world for me. When it was Fred’s turn to sit in the dump truck and wait for the boat, he read the book too, and we would discuss what we had learned after work every night. The second book I bought was Unlimited Power by Anthony Robbins, which changed the course of my life forever, and remains one of my favorite books of all time. Here I was, 18-years-old, in a small little town in Wisconsin, and I had found Anthony Robbins, the biggest self-help and motivational guru in history, and his book began to open my mind up to the true power of my potential. Fred and I felt like Jedis in training. It wasn’t long after reading this book that I began dating a hot new girl who was super smart too, and I also started looking ahead in my life, and began coming up with goals and milestones along my desired path. I had never thought too much about the future. I pretty much just lived for the moment and never really looked ahead in my life more than a week. This was my first coming of age moment. Working on the weed cutter did offer other perks too, other than ample reading time in the dump truck. Since Fred lived on the lake at his dad’s house, after work we could go jet skiing whenever we wanted and his dad would let us take out his speed boat by ourselves. We would fill a cooler full of beer and go out waterskiing until sunset with some girls from the neighborhood and smoke joints on the boat, and felt like we owned the lake. There was a water patrol police officer stationed on the lake, but we never worried about getting pulled over for speeding or reckless driving since we worked on the lake and we became friendly with the officer. His name was Malcolm, and we would drive by him with beers in our hands and wave to him and he would wave back, and he was never suspicious or perhaps never cared about what we were drinking.

One time when we were drinking and waterskiing officer Malcolm approached us and waved us down and we thought he was going to bust us for reckless driving or something. We all had open beers, of course, and there was a bag of weed in the boat, and probably not the legal number of life jackets either. We thought we were screwed, but officer Malcolm just wanted to thank us for doing a good job keeping the lake clean and asked us if we would be sure to keep the area around his dock free of weeds! When we were cutting the weeds by people’s piers, sometimes the homeowner would run out and flag us down and toss us a beer or two trying to bribe us to make sure we really cleaned up the lake in front of their house. They probably never assumed that a couple of 18-year-old kids would be operating the $150,000 weed cutter, and since almost everyone in Wisconsin loves beer, they figured this was a good incentive for us. We weren’t getting drunk on weed cutter, it was just a beer or two once in a while, and usually a Miller Lite or something we’d sweat out after a few minutes working in the sun. At one point during the summer, Fred and I had a contest to see who could go longer without showering. It started one day when Fred happened to mention that he hadn’t showered for a few days since he figured waterskiing in the lake after work kept him clean enough. I remarked that it had been a few days since I had showed too, to which Fred responded, “and I’m not going to shower today either,” as he laughed out loud at his blatant violation of social norms. “I’m not showering today either,” I said chuckling. The next day when we arrived at work I proudly announced, “I didn’t take a shower this morning.” “Me either,” Fred responded. We both grinned and went to work, repeating this same smelly game of chicken, day after day to see who would finally flinch first and give up. I went a week or maybe ten days without showering, and then I gave up after I did some work on my car and got all covered in grease. I also smelled like seaweed and there were pieces of it stuck in my hair and it was getting nasty so I figured it was time.

The lake we worked on was part of a park, and the park ranger was an extremely obese woman who drove around in an electric golf cart that we joked was her heavy duty electric wheel chair because we thought she was too fat to walk. We called her “tons of fun.” She was off on Mondays and Tuesdays and on those days we would always see a county vehicle pull into the parking lot and sit for several hours and nobody would ever get out. We realized the city worker would park there and sleep. People always joke about how county and city workers slack off all the time, and this seemed to be true. One of my friends worked for the county that summer and confirmed this, but his job still wasn’t as fun as ours. Our supervisor, Barney, the senile old man who always wore a hat like Gilligan on Gillian’s Island and always had a look of confusion on his face, would always complain that we never wore our life jackets when operating the weed cutter. I didn’t wear a life jacket because it was going to ruin my tan. He complained about it all the time and would occasionally threaten to fire us if we weren’t wearing them. Barney lived on the lake and would watch us with binoculars, and taking care of the lake was his life’s mission in his retirement. We thought about “accidentally” driving the weed cutter into his boat to poke a hole in it and make it sink, or running into his dock to smash it just for fun. One of the dump sites for the weeds was on a guy’s land who lived on the edge of a farmer’s field, and he let us dump the weeds there so the farmer could use them as mulch in the field. We met this man several times and thought he was extremely bizarre. One afternoon we saw him pulling out of his driveway with a black woman in the passenger seat who we assumed was probably his wife. I don’t mean to sound racist or anything, but a white guy with a black woman is extremely rare, especially in Hickville, Wisconsin, and we were pretty surprised by this. Fred started joking that she was his slave who he kept locked up in the basement, and somehow this idea started becoming something we considered may be true. The guy looked like a complete psycho, and we wondered how in the world he was able to even attract a wife at all, and it was even more strange that he had somehow hooked up with a black woman.

We never saw his wife again, so one day we decided we should sneak into his house and investigate to see if Fred’s delusions had any basis in reality. This was out in the country where most people don’t even lock their doors, so after we dumped a load of weeds we parked the dump truck in his driveway and walked up to his front porch to see if he was home. We came up with some dumb question to ask him about where he wanted us to dump that week’s loads, just in case he was home. We rang the doorbell, and when no one answered we thought this was the perfect opportunity to sneak inside his house and look around. I slowly opened the door, and Fred stood on the porch looking out to see if his car would pull into the driveway. I made it just a few steps into the house, and I just couldn’t do it. This was too weird. We were in insane. What the heck were we doing? We were snooping around some stranger’s house because Fred was delusional and thought he kept a black woman locked up as his prisoner. I turned back and ran out the door and we got in the dump truck and left. The weed cutter was one of the best jobs I’ve ever had. We would show up late, cheat on our timecards, smoke joints and occasionally drink a beer right on the boat. I did the same job the following summer, but Fred decided to work for his dad doing construction so I got Barney to hire my friend Marty as Fred’s replacement but we screwed around so bad that Barney told us he wasn’t going to hire us back again the next year. He really meant it too, so I ended up working at a gas station instead. I blamed Marty because he was horrible at operating the weed cutter and even fell asleep one time while he was driving it and hit a buoy and almost crashed into someone’s dock. Barney our boss had a sign hanging off his mailbox that said, “Barney’s Golden Pond,” a reference to the movie On Golden Pond about some senile old man who lives on a lake or something, so it was very fitting of him. To get our “revenge” against him we later ripped the sign off his mailbox a few nights before I moved to California and brought it with me in the car, and later threw it off the edge of the Hoover Dam.

Ideas Not Carried Out

Chicago 69 Sign While I was able to pull off most of the crazy schemes I had come up with, there were still a few that I just didn’t get around to or logistically were too difficult. People had always talked about stealing the “Chicago 69” sign, which is a large sign on the freeway signifying that Chicago is 69 miles away. While I did steal a 69th Drive street sign, stealing the Chicago 69 sign would have been truly historic since people had talked about it for years, and there was only one. Since most people only talk about doing crazy things, my friends and I decided to go out and actually steal it. We brought a battery powered saw so we could just cut down the posts in a matter of seconds and throw the sign in the back of Fred’s truck. It would have taken too much time to climb the posts and actually unbolt it, since hundreds of cars would have seen us and possibly a cop, so simply cutting the sign down seemed like a much better idea. We parked on a frontage road parallel with the freeway and then walked down the embankment to retrieve our sign. As we approached it we came to realize that the sign was three times larger than we had thought. When you’re driving by on the freeway, it doesn’t look all that big, but when you’re standing directly underneath it, it was huge. It was probably 25 feet long and 8 feet tall, and there was no way it would have even fit in the back of Fred’s truck. We had to abort the mission. At least we had tried.

The 7 Day Plan I had an idea for what we called the seven-day plan, which was a series of seven pranks, one every day of the week right after the other, with some of them being spin-offs of the previous one. For example, we were going to list the principal’s house for sale in the local newspaper saying that it had an in-ground swimming pool and a new roof, and then the next day we were going to have Diggers Hotline come to his house and spray paint all over his yard showing where all the utility lines were buried, and then the following day we were going to have a pool company stop by his house to schedule an estimate for a new swimming pool to be put in his backyard.

We were then going to schedule a roofer to come to his house the next day to give him an estimate for some new shingles. For some reason we were going to put a dead squirrel in a box and leave it on his front door because in the listing for his house we were going to put in the real estate section, we planned on mentioning that there were a lot of squirrels and other wild life on the property. The plan would culminate by taking a mannequin dressed in a school letter jacket and hanging it from its neck by a noose from the school so it looked like a student had killed themselves on the upper level of the school roof. We were hoping this would cause school to be canceled before the police realized it wasn’t really a person. The dummy was also going to be holding a copy of the real estate listing for the principal’s house in its hand. I was thrown out of school before we could put the seven-day plan in motion.

Cementing the School Gate Shut If we would have had a little more money, we would have cemented the gates shut to prevent anyone from having access to the school parking lot just to cause chaos when everyone arrived in the morning for school. We were going to go in the middle of the night and chain them shut and mix a few bags of concrete on the ground around them so by morning it would have hardened enough so the gates couldn’t open and the school would have to make a decision to cancel classes that day or have everyone park in the surrounding neighborhoods. Whatever they decide we thought it would have been hilarious but we never got around to it because nobody wanted to spend the money on the concrete.

Coveting An Arcade Game There was a small outlet mall near us that had a few arcade games in the hallway for people to play and both Fred and I had always wanted an arcade game at home, so we thought about stealing one from the mall. We figured since no one would really have the balls to steal one in the middle of the day, we could probably actually do it quite easily. We discussed making

fake T-shirts with the name of the video game company printed on them and then we were going to use a dolly and just load up the arcade game and roll it out to Fred’s truck. Who would suspect we were stealing it? We would have looked like a couple of repair men. We were also going to print up fake lettering for the side of the truck that spelled out the name of the video game company. That way if anyone saw us wheeling it out of the mall and loading it onto the truck, the door would read “Video Games Unlimited” in large letters (or whatever the company’s name was) so nobody would think anything of it. We were even going to print fake license plates for the truck just in case there were security cameras that got us on tape. The reason we never did this was because of the close call we had scamming video games and computer equipment from Best Buy using our homemade UPCs. Aren’t videogames supposed to keep kids out of trouble ? Not us.

Trying to Tap into the Announcement System at School We really wanted to tap into the announcement system of the school with our own microphone so we could say offensive things like telling the principal to go screw himself and voice our opinions about our least favorite teachers, while the whole school was listening, but we just couldn’t figure out how to do this. We did realize that there was a microphone on the principal’s desk with a large button on it that we figured could accomplish this task, but there was no way that this could be done without getting caught since his secretary or someone else would definitely see us running out of there and it was such a small school that they would probably know who it was or at least be able to identify them the next time they saw that person in the hall. Unfortunately there was no way of tapping into the system without having access to the central unit, which was located in the school office. We also thought about taping into the loudspeakers on the football field, but this also proved too difficult. It seems that sometimes dreams don’t come true.

Dumping Dead Fish in the Ventilation System

We wanted to put stink bombs in the ventilation system of the high school to stink up the entire building so they would have to close it for the day. It was something the Joker in the Batman movies would do so it seemed like a pretty good idea at the time. After thinking about this for a while, instead of just throwing a stink bomb in the intake, we decided it would be much better if we would dump a bucket of dead fish in it instead, because they would provide a continuous supply of stench instead of just one burst of it. We found an unmarked door in the school that had a ladder leading up to a room where all the ventilation ducts came from, but we couldn’t find the intake so we resorted to dropping stink bombs in the hallways instead but it didn’t have the same effect. Years earlier Ken threw a lit smoke bomb into the middle school on the last day of class and dropped another one into a ventilation duct somewhere hoping it would get sucked into the school. Kids and their smoke bombs, I’ll tell ya.

Stealing Dead Cats from Biology Class After the Advanced Biology class got done dissecting a bunch of cats for a project, we thought about going in the school dumpster and taking the bodies and then throwing them all in a teacher’s front yard. We knew from our friends in Advanced Bio that the cats had just gotten thrown out after their dissection experiments were completed, and about a dozen of them with their guts cut open were lying in the dumpster behind the school. We would have actually done this, except nobody wanted to put the dead cats in the trunk of their car so we could drive them over to a teacher’s house because we thought the blood and guts would leak out of the trash bags. We realized how bad these cats must smell, and nobody was willing to risk having the trunk of their car smell like a dead body after we were done.

Hanging a Pot Flag on the Flagpole I took a large piece of white fabric and painted a green pot leaf on it and I was going to hoist it up on the school flagpole one night, but I ended up getting kicked out of school before I could do it. I was planning on going in

the middle of the night and would lower the American flag and replace it with the large pot leaf and hoist it back up to the top and then climb the flagpole and cut the rope so the flag could not be taken down. This was one of the pranks next on my list. I had the pot flag already made and ready to go, but my early departure from school caused me to abort this mission.

Building Our Own Float Senior year we came up with the idea to make our own float for the homecoming parade that would have consisted of a trailer covered in beer cans and a large pot leaf displayed on the top, but we didn’t have enough time to build it. We talked about how it could be done and we found someone with a truck who was willing to pull the float, but the parade was a day or two away when we had come up with the idea. We were going to park the float a block away from the school and then in the middle of the parade just pull up from an adjacent street and join the procession. It was a great idea but unfortunately we didn’t have enough time to build it since homecoming was only a day or two away and we were seniors, so we couldn’t do it the following year. A few people did, however, bring eggs and stink bombs to the homecoming pep rally in the gym and raised a little hell that way. We even discussed setting off a bunch of stink bombs in the gym and then chaining all the doors shut from the outside to lock everyone in there so they couldn’t get out. We were terrible kids.

The Shit Box I always wanted to be an entrepreneur. I wanted to own my own business, invent a new product, or do something on my own so I didn’t have to work for anybody, and of course I dreamed of making millions and retiring at the age of 30. One of the first ideas I came up with was to sell boxes of shit. Literally, boxes of cow manure that I called the Shit Box. Of course, you wouldn’t buy one of these for yourself. The idea was that people would call me and give me the name and address of someone they hate, and I would

send them a box of cow manure along with a nasty letter explaining why someone decided to do this to them. This wasn’t just a wild idea I had, I actually purchased the phone number 1888 Shit Box (744-2269). (I had to get the 888 number because the 1-800 number was already taken, but the 888 number was still toll free.) I then looked into having a 24-hour answering service take the orders and researched what it would take to get a merchant account setup so I could accept credit cards. I even spoke with a sales rep from the local rock station I was planning on advertising the Shit Box on. I also wrote up a thirty second commercial I planned on using. Obviously, you can’t say shit on the radio, so the sales rep said they could just bleep it out, and people would get the idea. My commercial went something like, “Do you hate your boss, a teacher, your principal, or ex-lover? Send them a box of (bleep) in the mail. Call 1888 (bleep) box, and we’ll ship them a box of cow manure anonymously along with a letter telling them that they’re receiving a box of (bleep) because they are a piece of (bleep). That’s 1-888 (bleep) box. 1-888-7442269. Call today.” We even painted up some huge cardboard signs that said, “Send your boss a box of shit. Call 1-888 Shit Box.” We had planned to put them up all over town on telephone poles and on the side of the highway to advertise our new service. I would have done it all to, except I decided to save my money and move to California at the end of the summer. The radio advertising was very expensive and I wasn’t sure if the idea was going to take off or not. You have to admit, in a weird sort of way, it seems like a good idea, and years later I found several other websites that were doing exactly the same thing, so I wasn’t the only crazy one with the idea! Of course it wasn’t the most respectable business model, and sending people boxes of cow manure in the mail certainly wouldn’t get me any awards from the Better Business Bureau, but it still could be considered a legitimate business, and there are certainly worse businesses to be involved in.

College

Craziness

Let the Higher Education Begin Freshman year of college I lived at home with my parents and commuted to school, and the year was rather uneventful because most of my friends had all moved away to different schools and lived in the dorms. Since this was a rather boring time, sophomore year I moved into a three story, fourbedroom house with a group of guys (John, Nick, Bobby and I) and we partied at least three nights a week like there was no tomorrow. Bobby would bring home a bottle of tequila every single Friday night after work for months on end, and within several hours the bottle would be empty and then placed on a narrow 4-inch wide shelf that went around our entire living room half way up the wall. I don’t remember how many bottles of tequila were stacked up there by the end of the year, but I think there were dozens. This was in Wisconsin after all, where everybody drinks like a fish. Throughout the course of that year, we probably had the police come to our house at least a half-dozen times, and every time this happened we would lock the door, turn off the stereo, and they would just leave after a while. We did have one problem, however, that wouldn’t go away…our landlord. Our landlord lived in the house literally right behind us. Our backyard was their front yard, and they were probably less than 75 feet away from us. We knew this would be a problem when we moved in, but we had waited too long to rent a house and the school year was just around the corner, and there were hardly any available houses near campus by this time, so we had to take what we found. When we signed the lease we assured them that we were a bunch of studious young men who didn’t party and got good grades. They soon realized how big of a lie that was.

The Picnic Table My house mates and I were able to scrounge up most of the furniture we needed from our parents’ basements, but there was still one thing missing. We got a couple of old couches from Nick’s parents, John had a nice stereo system and Bobby had a decent sized TV that he brought to the house, and

by the time school started we had just about everything we needed except a kitchen table. None of our parents had an old kitchen table lying around, and we certainly didn’t want to go and buy one, so I came up with a plan. The public park that Fred and I worked at operating the weed cutter was full of picnic benches so we went there in the middle of the night and loaded one in the back of his truck and brought it to my new house. It fit perfectly in our kitchen. Of course this qualified as having stolen property in our house and there was a huge stamp that looked like it was burnt into the wood on the top of it that said “Property of the County Park System,” but we figured since it was a public park paid for by our tax dollars, the table was, in a sense, ours. We didn’t think the park would miss one table since there were plenty of them around and we even thought about bringing it back at the end of the year when we were done with it. We were just borrowing it, we weren’t stealing it. The picnic table was a nice touch in our house. Not only did we use it to eat on, but it also served as entertainment during our parties, which happened practically every week. It became common for people to take pens and magic markers, and draw funny pictures on the tabletop and on the benches where people sat. Sometimes people would take knives out of the drawer and carve things into the table as well. We encouraged this. After just a few months, practically every surface on the thing was covered with graffiti, little cartoon images, and a lot of penises for some reason. People really liked to draw penises on the table. At the end of the school year when we all moved out and went our separate ways, we carried the picnic table across the street and set it in a grassy area next to the apartment complex there and within just an hour or so, we saw some people sitting down at it and enjoying it. I’m sure they were also enjoying the two semester’s worth of artwork that was on it too. I thought about returning it to the park I had taken it from, but that would have been too much work, so abandoning it across the street was good enough.

Don’t Puke in the Flowers On St. Patrick’s Day, Bobby bought a bottle of Everclear which is 90% alcohol (190 proof), and contains a warning on the label specifically stating

not to drink it straight, and insisting that it be highly diluted with a nonalcoholic beverage. We didn’t care about this warning, and poured a couple shots. We all clanged our shot glasses together above our heads, said cheers, and downed the shots. Within seconds John and Nick ran out the front door, leaned over the railing surrounding the front porch, and started puking. I felt a little queasy too, but was able to hold mine down along with Bobby, who outweighed me by 70 or 80 pounds. The only bathroom in the house was upstairs, and there was no way anyone would have been able to hold it down until they ran up there, so luckily the front door was only a few feet away. A little while later as our party began to get in full gear, some other people wanted to take shots to see if they could hold it down, so I took another one with them, my second, their first, and one of them ran out the front door and puked immediately after taking it. The stuff tasted terrible, kind of like gasoline in my mouth, but I still was able to keep my second shot down. Then a little while later, Bobby and I took another shot, my third, and his second, and this time it was my turn to run out the front door and start puking over the railing. Bobby followed right behind me. The ground was covered with several inches of snow, and I could see where the others had puked because their chunky and colored vomit was splattered on the clean white snow that covered the grass and flowers on the ground right next to the porch. It looked nasty. Like someone had spilled rotten fruit salad all over the front of the house. The next day, the four of us sat in the living room on the sofas like a bunch of zombies watching movies. We were practically brain-dead. We realized why the bottle of Everclear said not to drink it straight, after all, just one shot made almost everyone puke immediately. I was very proud that I was able to hold two of them down, and only puked after my third. Our heads were throbbing as we watched movies trying to recover from the night before, when all of a sudden we heard pounding on the front door. This was angry pounding, not pounding like one of our friends was seeing if we were home. Everyone was too dead to even want to get up, but I managed to stagger my way to the door to answer it and realized it was the landlord. This couldn’t

have been good. As soon as I opened the door she started yelling at me saying something about puke and ruining her flowers. I had no idea what she was talking about. She started pointing at the puke stains in the snow from people throwing up on the front porch over the railing and was freaking out that the acid in the puke was going to kill her hibernating flowers and they weren’t going to bloom again in the Spring. There were five or six different enormous puke stains at different points around the front porch where people had thrown up the night before, and it just so happened that her flowers were lying dormant underneath the snow right in that area. I apologized to her and came back inside the house and sat down on the couch with my roommates looking bewildered because they overheard someone all pissed off about flowers after I opened the door and didn’t know who I was talking to or what the heck was going on. I reminded them what happened the night before and where we had all puked, and we all went out to have a look at the puke splatter. There must have been gallons of puke splattered all over the front of the house. It was epic, and just one more reason for the landlord to hate us.

Attack of the Lesbians I’m the kind of guy who likes to be the center of attention, and there’s no better way to get attention than to have a microphone in front of a large crowd of people. There was a stage set up one afternoon in the quad at my college, complete with a set of drums, a keyboard, a bunch of speakers, and of course, the microphone which looked lonely sitting in its stand with nobody using it. The band hadn’t taken the stage yet, and the quad was full of people so I jumped on stage to see if the microphone worked so I could speak to the crowd. I started rapping a parody of an Eminem song that I had written, since I was trying my hand at some comedy at the time which I performed on open mic nights at the Comedy Store, but me hijacking the microphone didn’t really go over that well with the band members, who happened to be a group of butch-looking lesbians.

A couple of them ran up on stage as I was performing my song, and one grabbed me by the arm and the other grabbed the microphone and yanked it out of my hand. I walked off stage not thinking anything of it, when all of a sudden a few more lesbians came up for reinforcements and they all surrounded me, yelling and complaining. Whatever. I turned and started walking away when one of them grabbed onto my forearm with both hands and wouldn’t let go. I peeled her hands loose and continued walking away and she followed me and grabbed me again and wouldn’t let go. She was a manly lesbian, and for some reason thought she would act like a bouncer at a bar or something and detain me. It was very weird. She just wouldn’t let go of my arm. What could I do? I couldn’t give her a shove with my other hand, because even though she was a manly lesbian, she was still a girl. I couldn’t push a girl, even if she did look like a man. I kept walking away and wiggling my arm back and forth trying to break her grip as the other lesbians approached me again. I was able to break free but my watch band broke and it fell to the ground. I didn’t care. I took off speed walking in the other direction before more lesbian reinforcements came and the wannabe bouncer lesbian picked up my watch as I left. While I did lose my watch, I avoided getting further assaulted by the lesbian gang which was quite an awkward situation. A few days later I was approached by a security guard at school and asked to come with him. I wasn’t quite sure what he wanted until I saw some of the lesbians off in the distance talking with a second security guard. I couldn’t believe it. Now they were trying to get me in trouble with campus security for some reason. What was the school going to do for me jumping on stage? It wasn’t like the band was playing and I interrupted their show, they weren’t even up there yet. I went with the security guard to one of the offices, where he then introduced me to the dean. Apparently the crazed lesbian band members thought that the reason I jumped on stage and took over the microphone was because they were lesbians! I don’t know how they could have come to this mentally ill conclusion, especially since I had no idea what band was playing or that they were lesbians, and I certainly didn’t say anything about gay people on the microphone, but somehow in their dysfunctional brains they felt so

persecuted by society for being lesbians, that they saw my jackass stunt as an attack on their sexuality. The dean realized they were insane, and I explained to him how they assaulted me and broke my watch, and then he opened up a drawer and pulled it out and set it on the desk in front of me. He made it clear that he had to “investigate” the possible “hate crime” that was supposedly committed against the lesbian band members so they wouldn’t accuse him of discriminating against them for being gay or something. I picked up my broken watch and went on my way. It’s not every day that you get attacked by an angry gang of lesbians.

Crashing the Wrong Party There was some random Friday night my sophomore year of college where I didn’t really have anything to do, so two friends of mine and I decided to walk around our neighborhood and crash someone’s party. As you probably know, in college towns on practically every block on a Thursday, Friday, or Saturday night, some house is having a huge party with dozens of people, and the hosts certainly only know a fraction of them and don’t really care who’s there since it’s not a small intimate gathering of just a few friends. At a lot of large college parties almost anyone is welcome, and friends always invite friends who invite friends, and it’s not uncommon to have 50 or 80 random people partying at someone’s house. We didn’t know of any particular parties going on that night so we went to take a walk in order to find one. Just a block away from my house we saw a bunch of people standing on a balcony holding red plastic party cups in their hands, so we headed up there to join them. Nobody knew that we didn’t know anyone there, and nobody cared. We hung out for a while, drank a few beers from their keg, and since there weren’t any hot girls there, we ventured off down the block to find another party. It wasn’t long before we found a huge three-story house that we could see through the windows was full of people so we headed up the stairs to the porch, opened the front door and walked right in. I knew immediately that this wasn’t just some random party. This was a jock party. All the guys were

pretty huge, and all the girls looked very tough as well. It turns out this was a rugby party, and everyone there was a member of the guys or girls rugby team and knew everyone else. Most people just thought that we were friends with someone at the party, since they knew we weren’t on the rugby team, and whenever anyone asked who I knew there, I would just drop the name of the person that I had been talking to a few minutes earlier. “Oh, I know Sara over there,” I would say, pointing in the direction of the girl I was just chatting with who I had just met. It was a little awkward at first, but we managed, and thankfully nobody really called our bluff. After a while we thought we should get out of there in case they realized that none of us knew anyone there, so we slowly made our way to the door and took off. Directly across the street were a couple girls standing on the second story balcony and I hollered out to them and chatted them up for a minute, and one of them invited us up and we ended up hanging out there for the rest of the night. It wasn’t even really a party. It was just four or five girls all by themselves. I got one of the girl’s phone numbers, whose name was Sheila, but there was only a week left of school and I was going to be moving back home with my parents for the summer so I could save up some money for my move to California in a few months, so I never ended up calling her, but this night revealed to me that if you make yourself feel like you belong somewhere, and you actually believe that you belong there, then people will react in a way that confirms your beliefs. It’s like a selffulfilling prophecy. The night was an interesting social experiment that went much better than any of us had expected. If you put your mind to it, you can probably party anywhere.

Applause is Contagious You expect people to applaud at the end of a play or a live concert, but it’s not something that usually happens in a movie theater. That is, unless I’m in the audience. It was during the digitally re-mastered re-release of the Star Wars films in 1997 that I learned a powerful lesson about how large crowds of people can easily be manipulated. It was a Friday night and the theater was packed since it was the opening for the re-release.

Rick, Marty and I had been partying on the way to the theater and as many Star Wars fans do, we often joked about “the Force” and using “Jedi mind tricks.” I told Marty that I would show him how the Force worked, and as the curtain opened for the film to begin, I started applauding and cheering in excitement. Practically everyone in the entire theater joined me. I felt a tremendous sense of power surging through my body at that very moment. I had just caused the entire theater to start applauding for the movie. I had accidentally stumbled upon the power of applause a year earlier during the film Independence Day because when the aliens blew up the White House in the movie, I started cheering and applauding and half the theater joined me. Every time we went to see a movie we were usually stoned and drunk, and a lot of the times we would fill our jackets full of as many beers as they would hold and sneak them into the theater so we could drink during the movie. If we brought in bottles of beer, you would often hear the empty ones accidentally get kicked over and clang into the other empty ones that we had set on the ground, and you could hear them rolling down the sloped concrete floor of the theater as they banged into the chairs below. Everybody in the theater knew what was happening. The sound of clanging beer bottles is a very distinct sound. Anyway, when we were seated in the theater to see the re-release of Star Wars I recalled the incident during Independence Day when I caused the theater to erupt in applause when the White House was blown up by the aliens, and I decided to test this power again. Aside from getting people to applaud when the curtains opened, at multiple times throughout the movie I would shout out things like, “You can do it Luke!” and “You’re going down Darth Vader!” and other people in the theater would yell in agreement. It was fascinating. I felt like the entire theater was under my control. At the end of the movie, once again, I started applauding and cheering and the rest of the theater followed suit. As we walked out of the theater that night we could see the look of joy on everyone’s face. None of them had ever been to a movie so exciting and with such a great crowd. Little did they know, but I had caused it all. For

years after that night, Marty and I would reference “the Force,” and talk about how we were becoming Jedi masters.

No Final Exam Please I can’t help but say smart ass comments when they pop into my head, and I especially loved to say things out loud in class that nobody else would have the guts to say because I thrived off getting giggles from my fellow students, but I felt like I was in the Twilight Zone on the last day of class when my smart ass comment took on a literal meaning just seconds later. This was a Group Communication class, and in the beginning of the semester we were divided into small groups which we worked with on various projects for the rest of the semester since the entire class was focused on group dynamics and communication among group members. When our groups were first formed, we each had to name our group and draw a picture that represented us. My group consisted of myself, a guy named Chaz, and three girls. Chaz and I were both alpha males and would later have races to see who could finish our tests first in the classes we had together, and we became friends in a competitive sort of way. Our group name had to reflect our dominating type-A personalities, so we decided to call ourselves the Alpha Bitches. Since there were girls in the group, we couldn’t call ourselves the Alpha Males, so the Alpha Bitches worked just fine. There’s nothing like hearing a college professor say something like “it’s time for the Alpha Bitches to give their presentation.” It was hilarious. We dominated the class for the entire semester. We even gave our final presentation on leadership, and we arrogantly explained to the rest of the class that we chose to teach them about leadership because we were the class leaders. It was a great semester. Getting back to my strange smartass comment eerily becoming true…it was the last day of class and we had all arrived to take the final exam after several days of cramming. The previous week we were given a study guide of possible material that would be included on this exam, which is pretty standard for a final. After everyone got seated that morning and just before

the professor started handing out the tests and wrapping up the semester, I raised my hand and said in a condescending tone of voice, “Dr. Moffitt, instead of taking a typical final exam, I think we should draw another picture of our group to show how we’ve changed and grown over the course of the semester.” The group picture we had drawn earlier that year had been a laughing stock for us. This was a junior level college course, and we were drawing pictures like we were in a middle school art class. We couldn’t believe it. Our group picture assignment at the beginning of the year represented how easy this class was, and what a joke it was to us. My patronizing comment about not taking a final exam and drawing a new picture instead was a thinly veiled insult to the professor indicating the lack of challenge her class provided us. Instead of laughing off my comment, or even being mildly offended by it, she replied saying, “It’s very interesting that you would say that, because that’s exactly what we’re going to do.” The class gasped in surprise. “What?” everyone said in unison. Dr. Moffitt went on to tell us to get into our groups and she handed out a blank sheet of paper to each one and had us draw a new picture of our group. That was our final exam! Nobody could believe it. It felt like I pulled a Jedi mind trick on her. It’s one of the strangest things that has ever happened to me.

How to Crash a College Class Everyone who goes to college is familiar with crashing classes, and many people have tried to crash a class, some successfully, others not so successful. Crashing a class means that you are not able to register for the class because it was filled up, but you still show up there on the first day hoping that if a few people who were registered for the class didn’t show up that day, the professor will drop them and you can take their place on the roster. It’s not uncommon for ten people to try to crash the same class on the first day, but usually there is only room for a few, so the teacher will tell the remaining crashers they’re sorry but there just isn’t any room and they should go try to add another class somewhere else. The remaining would-be crashers then frantically leave the room scrambling to crash another class,

hoping to find a spot somewhere else. I have successfully crashed numerous classes, but for one particular class I was not so lucky and wasn’t one of the handful who got their names pulled out of a hat to be added that day. (That’s seriously how some teachers choose who gets to crash when there aren’t enough open spots.) The other unlucky students whose names weren’t chosen left the classroom, but I stayed sitting at my desk and pretended like I belonged there. I took notes, participated in the discussion, and kept coming the next several weeks as if nothing was wrong. I did the homework, and when the time came for the first quiz, I took that too. I was a model student. The only problem was, my name was not on the roster, and the teacher realized this when he tried to mark my grade for the quiz in his grade book but couldn’t find my name. The next day at class he asked which one was me and I raised my hand and he came over and said that I wasn’t on the roster. “That’s weird,” I said, pretending to be surprised. He then told me to go down to the office and get a late registration form and fill it out so he could sign it and add my name to the official roster. My plan worked perfectly. You know what they say, where there’s a will there’s a way, and all the other crashers from a few weeks earlier just didn’t want to be in that class bad enough, but I did. I had to have that class. My whole schedule would have been messed up if I didn’t have it, and I would have been stuck there an extra semester to get the credits that I needed to transfer to another school. A year or so later I realized that if I couldn’t get added to the roster by crashing the first day of class, then instead of leaving like all the other crashers, I would just stay in my seat anyway and log onto the school’s website every night trying to add the class while there was still open registration, which usually went on for the first two weeks of the semester, because I knew the odds were that someone would hate the class or would have a work conflict and would drop it, and so there would be a spot open in the computer, and I would get it. This worked for me several times and I always got the classes I wanted. Where all of the other crashers lost hope and left when the teacher told them there were no openings, I knew

otherwise, and knew that after the first few days of class someone was going to drop it, and I could get their spot, and that’s exactly what I did.

Most Likely To Succeed? One of my favorite college professors once told me that I was going to be the most famous and successful person to ever graduate from my college. She told me this during a conversation we had in her office my senior year when I showed her a compilation of years’ worth of notes and journals about my adventures in dating and my philosophy on meeting and dating girls. (This would later turn into THE Book on Dating which I published and is available on Amazon.com in paperback or in e-book on Kindle) She thought I was a genius. This was in 2004, before Neil Strauss’ book, The Game was published, and before Mystery (Erik von Markovik) had gotten his Pick-up Artist show on VH1 and when professional dating coaches for men were pretty much nonexistent in the mainstream. Dr. Downey saw the potential, not only in my idea to write a book and become a dating coach, but she saw that I had the personality and drive to actually do something with it. Her endorsement and her assessment of me meant a lot, but a strange turn of events that I can’t really be blamed for would later result in her asking me to please never contact her again. About six months after I graduated I began writing a book about how secret societies pulled the strings in our world and hold the true power in politics, banking and business and how many of these secret societies have occult beliefs and rituals. I’m talking about The Resistance Manifesto , my first book of several on this topic. I won’t get into it here, you can check out my other books for yourself on Amazon.com , Kindle or Nook and I hope you do because it’s a very important subject, but this is what led to Dr. Downey’s complete 180 turn on her views of me. I returned unannounced to her office to consult with her on my new project since my entire world view had changed after learning about the New World Order and the Illuminati. Instead of being excited about my new project and life’s mission, and giving me the guidance and wisdom I had expected, a look of horror immediately came to her face. She informed me

that her father was crazy and thought the government was watching everything he did and had hidden microphones in their house in order to listen to him, and that he blew his brains out when she was a little girl. What can you say to that? She then told me that I was bringing back all kinds of horrific memories for her from her childhood and her father’s suicide, and she asked me to leave and never contact her again. I was devastated. It wasn’t like I had done something wrong, it just so happened that this subject matter touched a nerve with her. I felt really bad for how I had made her feel, and how she had changed her feelings towards me from just a few months earlier. She once thought I would be the most successful student she ever had, but now I was the one that she wished she never met.

The Gas Station You may have noticed that the people who work at gas stations are usually the scum of the earth. They look like they just got out of prison, have done way too many drugs, or are homeless. If the gas station is owned by an Indian or an Arab, that’s a whole other story. I’m talking about the white trash that always seems to work at gas stations. One of the most pathetic jobs I ever had in my life was actually working at a gas station during the summer since I wasn’t allowed to work on the weed cutter anymore. The gas station was located in the heart of Main Street, and it actually turned out to be a pretty cool job because it was a party every single night. It seemed like I was living in the film Clerks . The manager was never there, and I never met the owner, and every night I would come into work about four o’clock in the afternoon and work until closing time at 11pm all by myself. All my friends could see when I was working because my car was parked out front, and everybody would stop in and say hi or hang out for a while. I had an endless supply of beer from the cooler and we would drink right there in the store and even get stoned. We didn’t even bother to go outside to smoke pot, we smoked it right there behind the counter.

I brought in my own stereo so I could listen to CDs, and I would just blast it all night and my friends and I would smoke cigars we had taken off the shelves and pretended like we owned the place. One night I forgot to lock the front door when I left because I was so buzzed, and the manager also informed me that she found empty beer cans strewn around the station and asked me if my friends and I were drinking there the night before, and asked if that was why I had forgotten to lock the door. “Of course not,” I said, “I must’ve just been tired.” I felt really dumb. Any normal person would have fired me immediately, but she soon forgot that it happened, and my partying continued. The layout of this particular gas station was very strange. There was a gigantic pole right next to the cash register that helped support the roof, and I can’t tell you how many times people would turn away from the counter after paying and then smack their head right into it. It was the weirdest place for a poll and every few nights someone would turn around full speed from the counter and smack right into it. The manager realized this was a major liability so she wrapped a foam pad around it to try and prevent anyone from getting seriously injured. Every time someone would turn around and smack their head into the poll I couldn’t help but bust out laughing. Often, I would have a friend or two hanging out with me and we would all bust out laughing at the person and they would just duck their head in shame and walk out. As a joke I printed up a sign that said, “Warning: Pole. May cause serious injury,” and I taped it up over the foam pad. I only worked at the gas station for one summer, but that sign stayed up for probably ten years. I realized this when I happened to pull in there to get some gas when I was visiting my parents and when I went up to the cash register to pay, I saw the sign still attached! Apparently the manager thought it was a good idea to keep it up. The thing I learned about life while working at the gas station was that there are a lot of losers who come to gas stations, not to buy gas, but to buy cigarettes. These same people come to buy one pack of cigarettes at a time, day after day after day. These people could buy a carton of cigarettes from a grocery store for a heck of a lot less than they did if they bought individual packs, but they chose to come to the gas station practically every day and

buy one pack at a time. They probably felt like they were saving money since they were only spending $4 or $5 dollars at a time, instead of dropping $50 bucks or however much a carton cost. The other losers that came to the gas station every day were people who buy lottery tickets. Most of the people who bought scratch-off lottery tickets look like complete bums who had run out of hope in life. Most normal people don’t buy scratch-off lottery tickets, or maybe they’ll buy one or two a year, but the people who buy them every day are some of the dumbest and ugliest people I’ve ever seen in my life. The only thing they had to look forward to in life was winning the lottery. Night after night, they would spend $5 or $20, and almost always lost. Most of them would come back a few days later to do it again, hoping to one day win the jackpot. Half of these people couldn’t even wait to get home to scratch them off, and would do it right there at the counter. Some of them would occasionally win $5 or $10 dollars and then immediately spend it all on more scratch-offs, which were all losers. One of my coworkers worked at two different gas stations. He worked part time at the one I worked at, and he worked part time at another one in the next town. His wife also worked at a gas station just down the street from ours. Rusty was pure white trash and a felon who hung out with the Hells Angels. When he laughed you could hear the air wheezing from his lungs through the tar built up in them from decades of smoking. I bought an ounce of weed from him once, which was OK, but other than that I kept my distance from him.

Middle School Sleeping in the Tent Whenever kids come up with the idea to set up a tent in the backyard and have a bunch of friends over to sleep out there, it’s really just a cover story for being able to sneak out that night and go cause trouble in some form or

another. Sure it’s kind of fun to pretend like you’re camping out in your own backyard when you’re a kid, but what’s more fun is being able to sneak out of the tent and go wreak havoc around town after your parents go to bed. After all, you just can’t sneak out of the house most of the time without your parents noticing, even after they go to bed, because it’s still likely that they will hear the front door of the house opening or closing as you sneak out or return. Some kids, if their room is on the first story of their house, can pull the screen out of their window and sneak out that way (which I did a few times as well), but it’s much less noticeable to simply unzip the tent door and disappear into the night. Every time my friends and I slept in the tent in my backyard, houses around the neighborhood would mysteriously get toilet papered, and dozens of people would have their doorbells rung ten times in a row in the middle of the night. Doorbell ditch, as it is called, is the most fun very late at night when everyone is sleeping and you can stand on their front porch and ring the doorbell repeatedly a dozen times to make sure you wake up the resident, and then run off and duck behind some bushes at the neighbor’s house to watch them answer the door and look around to see what happened. Doorbell ditch is extremely fun when you return to the same house a few minutes later and do it again after the person has gotten back in bed after having been woken up from a good night’s sleep. When we slept in the tent, most of the time I would run an extension cord from my parents’ house out to the tent and I would bring a small television from my room out there so we could play video games all night until my parents went to bed and then we would sneak out. Sometimes in the morning we continued playing video games when we woke up, and I remember one time I was playing Double Dragon II for Nintendo, and I had never been able to win the game, but that morning I systematically beat one level after the other, making it to the final fight, and I delivered the death blow to the boss with a hurricane kick and as he flew back in slow motion, the television suddenly turned off! The picture instantly shrunk down and disappeared into a white dot in the center of the screen as the old picture tube televisions did when you turned them off. I frantically grabbed the power button and clicked it on and off repeatedly, but the television was dead. Even the Nintendo had no power. I had no idea what happened.

Then at that very moment, I heard my mom yelling from the back door that lunch was ready. We had stayed in the tent all morning, and it was approaching noon. She had yelled out earlier to come in for lunch, but I was busy trying to win Double Dragon II . I unzipped the tent and started heading to the house and saw the extension cord that had been plugged in to an external outlet on the side of the house was laying there on the sidewalk unplugged. I picked it up in bewilderment and asked my mom through the screen in the kitchen window if she unplugged it. “I told you lunch was ready,” she answered. “You stupid bitch!” I responded. “Why the hell did you unplug that, I just won Double Dragon II for the first time and I didn’t even get to see the final scene!” I had never called my mom a bitch before. Ever. I was just so angry. The timing had been so horrible. At the very second I killed the final boss, she unplugged the TV. I worked so hard to win that game, and I was so mad. Video games mean the world to teenagers (and even some adults). She didn’t take too kindly to being called a bitch. I was twelve-years-old, and that’s not the kind of language anyone should use with their mother. She was in a bad mood for the rest of the day. I was a terrible kid.

Other Video Game Trouble Since I spent so much money at the arcade playing video games, I tried the old “string on a quarter trick” to see if it would fool the machines so I could play them for free. I drilled a tiny hole into a quarter and tied a thread on to it that I got from my mom’s sewing cabinet, and lowered it slowly into the coin slot waiting for a credit to register on the machine so I could then just pull the quarter back up through the slot or just dangle it at that point and bob it up and down repeatedly so it would continue to add credits to the game so I could play for hours, but this didn’t work. Maybe a few years earlier this little trick worked, but when I was a kid in the 1980s and 90s, the video game companies had apparently figured this out and designed some device that the coin would pass through before the machine would register it, and once it got past this point, there was some lever or something that sprung into place to prevent it from being able to come back up through the slot. Did this stop me from thinking of other tricks to try hoping to play free video games at the arcade? No.

I went through my dad’s shop drawers and found some washers that were the same size and thickness of quarters and brought them to the arcade to see if they would work, but they didn’t. I figured it was because they were made of steel and were magnetic and there must be a sensor that gets tripped whenever a steel coin gets dropped into the slot, so I found some aluminum washers that were the same size as quarters, but they didn’t work either. Perhaps they were not the same weight as a quarter. I’m not sure why they didn’t work, but looking back on it now, I’m sure that the video game companies are a lot smarter than a 14-year-old kid, and I certainly wasn’t the only one who tried to trick the machines like this, so of course there are safeguards built into them to prevent it. You have to give me some credit for trying though. Kids go crazy over video games. My friend Rocky’s older brother would threaten to beat him up if he lost certain video games because he wanted to see what the final levels looked like, or he would have Rocky get to those levels so he could then play them because he wasn’t good enough to get there himself. One time, Rocky’s brother locked us out of the game room while he was playing a certain game because he didn’t want us to see what the final level looked like. We tried to see what was happening through a vent in the wall, and when his brother realized this he came out of the room and went berserk. Rocky grabbed a hammer and threatened to hit him with it in self-defense. Rocky’s mom thought that the Nintendo video game system was bad for the television and wouldn’t let him or his brother play it on the large TV in the family room and made them play it on a smaller one downstairs. For a few hours after school they would play the Nintendo on the big TV upstairs until just before their mom got home from work, and they would put it back downstairs. After all, playing video games on a small TV isn’t as fun. One afternoon his brother was playing Metal Gear on the big TV upstairs and wouldn’t let Rocky or I play, so he went and got his mom’s camera and started taking pictures of his brother sitting in front of the television holding the controller so he had proof he was using the big TV. “I got pictures! I’m telling mom you were using the big TV!” I’m sure they got into a fight after

this. They were always fighting over something, but usually it was video games. Rocky was a tough kid and one time he challenged our principal to a fight saying “I can take you,” when we were in seventh grade. We were both called into Mr. Vought’s office for various reasons and I remember he thought Rocky was my “bodyguard” and believed that the two of us ruled the middle school. Apparently he could see our budding leadership qualities back then. Fred had purchased a console copier out of the back of an electronics magazine which allowed him to copy Sega Genesis games onto 3 ½ inch floppy disks and play them that way. The copier plugged into the slot where you would insert the videogame cartridge and had another slot on top of it were you would then plug the game into, and using a built-in 3 ½ inch floppy disk drive it would copy the games from any cartridge you wanted. Once you copied a game onto a disc, you didn’t need the cartridge anymore because you could play it off the disk from then on. This was a kid’s dream come true! You could borrow any video game from any one of your friends and then copy it and play at whenever you wanted! This was practically unheard of in the early 1990s, and of course this was illegal, but we didn’t care. There was a video store downtown that we could ride our bikes to and we would frequently rent a video game and ride back to Fred’s house, copy it onto a disc and then return to the store 15 minutes later telling the guy that we had accidentally rented the wrong game and he would let us exchange it for a different one. This way we could copy two games for the price of one. The console copier was a lot of fun, but as video games got more sophisticated, the Sega Genesis soon became a relic whose graphics and games didn’t compare to the newer systems, but we definitely got our use out of it, and it paid for itself many times over.

Making Crop Circles People often think it’s a big mystery about where crop circles come from, but I can answer that question with firsthand knowledge. They come from

people like me, because my friends and I made them for fun. They weren’t the most complex crop circles, but they were crop circles, nonetheless. To accomplish this mysterious task, we just brought a rope and a wooden stake out into the middle of a corn field on the edge of our block and pushed the stake in the ground with the rope tied around it and straightened it out as far as it would go and flattened all the corn in the radius of the circle it made. One crop circle just wasn’t good enough, we thought. We really wanted this to get in the news so we decided to make two other ones so the three of them would form a triangle in the middle of the cornfield. We didn’t do this during the middle of the night under the cover of darkness like one may assume. We didn’t really see a reason for this, so we just did it when it was still light out in the early evening. What we didn’t expect was that an airplane flying overhead would happen to see us right in the middle of making our masterpiece. It was a small airplane like a Cessna and it immediately started circling the corn field obviously checking out the bizarre formation in the field. We all ducked down underneath the corn to hide so the pilot hopefully wouldn’t see us. I’m not sure why we thought we should hide, because it’s not like he could really identify us from up there; it must have just been our instincts to hit the deck when someone spotted us when we were doing something wrong. I guess it was because we were worried that he could radio into the police that there were some kids making crop circles and they could be waiting for us when we made our way back to the street. The plane kept circling the field and we figured the pilot had spotted us so we all just took off running. We left our bikes on the edge of the field near the street and as soon as we got to them we hopped on and started to ride off. We never would have imagined that the airplane would start following us all across town. It’s tough to lose an airplane when you’re riding on a street since they can pretty much see everything. We didn’t know what to do. Was he in communication with the police and keeping track of where we were so they could come and surround us? I guess technically we ruined some of the farmer’s crops, so we could get in trouble for that and we were also trespassing on the land. We just kept riding and riding all over town, but the plane kept following us and circling around wherever we went, keeping his eye on us the entire time.

Luckily it was near sunset and about a half hour later it was getting dark so it finally left. What the heck had just happened, we thought. We just got chased by an airplane on our bikes for making crop circles! This corn field was right next to a fort we had built that we would spend a lot of time at in the summer afternoons, and after we made those crop circles, I can’t tell you how many airplanes would fly by that field and circle around for a few minutes taking a second look at our handiwork before going on their way. Our crop circles could have made the evening news for all we knew, or been in the local paper, but our parents must have missed it if they had, because they certainly would have mentioned to us that crop circles had appeared in our small little town if they saw something about it on the news. They probably would have realized who was behind them too. Only a handful of people would even consider doing such a thing, and of course it was us.

Fun with the Paper Towel Dispenser Since I liked to build things when I was growing up, I made a key that would open the paper towel dispenser in the school bathroom. I also made one that would unlock the toilet paper dispensers too and I would regularly steal the rolls of toilet paper so we could go toilet paper people’s houses because we didn’t want to spend money buying the toilet paper ourselves since that money could be spent on candy or video games at the arcade. The paper towel machine held other fun possibilities though. I would pull the lever and dispense ten feet of paper towel and then using a black magic marker I would write obscenities on the towel, and then open the machine up and roll it back inside so that the next few people who would come into the bathroom and pull the lever to get their paper towel to dry their hands would be surprised with a nice “Fuck You” written on it. I also liked to write mean things about the principal, Mr. Vought, like the standard middle school insult, “Mr. Vought Sucks” or “Fuck Mr. Vought.” One day after I got done writing a bunch of trash about Mr. Vought and rolling the paper towel back up into the machine, Mr. Vought himself came walking into the bathroom as I left! I can only imagine the look on his face when he went to dry his hands and as he pulled the lever to dispense the

paper towel, out came a piece that said, “Fuck Mr. Vought.” I laughed all the way back to class just thinking about it. The next time I opened up that paper towel dispenser there was a note taped inside that said the mirror to the left was a two-way mirror and behind it was a video camera and that “you will be hearing from us shortly.” How dumb did they think I was? A two-way mirror and a hidden camera in the bathroom? Yeah right. I wrote “Fuck You” across the entire note with a magic marker and closed up the machine. I thought about taking the roll of paper towel home and feeding it in my printer and printing all sorts of crazy things on the entire roll and then putting it back in the machine so that everyone who dispensed a piece of paper towel would be pleasantly surprised by having their paper towel come out with something like “Fuck Mr. Vought” printed on it, but I soon lost interest in the paper towel machine and made a key that would shut off the lights in the hallways, and had fun with that for a while. I also took an old electrical cord with a plug on the end of it and tied the wires together and brought it to school and would plug it into the wall to short circuit the system which would flip the circuit breaker and knock the power out to the room. Yes, I was an evil genius in the making.

Free Cable TV I never had cable TV growing up, but Fred did for a period of time, and back when we were kids it was very easy to steal cable television. There was no digital cable, digital tuners, or video On Demand, or anything like that. If you ordered cable TV, then the cable guy would go out to the cable box in the back of your neighborhood and then just simply connect the coaxial cable leading to your house into the main feed. There was a special screw on these boxes to keep them locked, but Fred’s older brother made the key in shop class and after Fred’s mom stopped paying for cable TV, we simply opened up the box and re-connected the coaxial cable labeled with his address back into the main feed, and bam, he got free cable. There were also several channel blockers on the coaxial cables that ran to the different houses that subscribed to cable TV, which would filter out channels like HBO and Showtime, unless someone paid for them, so we

removed the channel blockers and Fred got those channels for free as well. Years later at his own apartment, Fred would climb a telephone pole out front and do the same thing and got free cable TV for about ten years. Yeah, ten years! A decade of free cable TV!

Our Own TV Station It was dumb luck and a complete surprise to discover that (old analog) camcorders actually broadcast a weak signal like a miniature television station that could be picked up by a television set. Let me try to explain. Old analog camcorders from the 1980s and 90s used coaxial cables to connect to the television, and not RCA or USB cables like future models, and one time when I reached behind the television to screw in the coaxial cable leading from Fred’s camcorder so we could watch what was on the tape, the picture showed up and we started hearing the audio before it was even connected to the TV. This was weird. I hadn’t even touched the coaxial cable onto the receptacle on the TV, but the tape was already playing on it. It turns out that the camcorder was actually broadcasting a signal and if you placed the male end of the coaxial cable near the female receptacle sticking out of the back of the TV, then the signal would transmit through the air and the camcorder’s tape could be seen playing on the TV. To a couple of fifteen-year-old kids who loved electronics, this was amazing. We then had an idea. There is a device (or at least there was years ago before digital television when all signals were analog) called an antenna booster that people used to increase the strength of the antenna on their television sets for picking up the analogue broadcast channels if they didn’t have cable TV or a satellite dish. These antenna boosters have two coaxial connections on them where you plug one end into the back of the television set and the other end into the antenna itself. It then magnifies whatever signal the antenna picks up, so the channels would show up more clearly on your television set. Fred and I went out and bought an antenna booster and took the coaxial cable coming from the camcorder and screwed it into the booster, and then screwed the output cable into the antenna on the top of Fred’s roof. When

we pressed play on the camcorder, to our amazement, the tape showed up on the television. The antenna booster amplified the output from the camcorder so the signal would shoot through the air so the camcorder didn’t even need to be physically wired into the television set for the tape to play on it. We were basically broadcasting the signal from the camcorder through the airwaves to the television! This worked from the antenna on the top of the house to the TV in the basement, but we wondered just how far the signal was going. Fred had a small portable television, so we set it on channel 3, the channel that televisions needed to be on in order for a camcorder or VCR to play on them, and we went outside and started walking down the block to see how far it would pick up the signal from. It slowly faded out as we got halfway down the block, but we were still amazed. We went out and bought two more antenna boosters and daisy chained them one right into the other to boost the broadcasting power even more. Using the antenna on top of Fred’s roof as a transmitter, we broadcast a signal strong enough to be picked up by all of the neighboring houses on the block. From a little experimentation we realized that our TV broadcast was showing up on numerous stations, not just channel 3 because it was so strong. Our little discovery wouldn’t only broadcast the tape from the camcorder, but if you turned the camera on, our system would broadcast whatever the camera was seeing live! We basically had our own television broadcasting station. We called it, WMAD, since we were as mad as hatters. We set the camera up in the basement with it broadcasting using the large antenna on the roof, and Fred, Diego and I started putting on our own skits and acted crazy like we were on Saturday Night Live . We knew that if any one of the neighbors were channel surfing, they would inevitably come across our station and see us. Sometimes we videotaped our “shows” and played the tape back over and over, hoping that some of the neighbors would see it. I then started calling the neighbors pretending to be someone working at “WMAD” and told them I was wondering if they were picking up our signal since we were measuring the signal strength in their area, and I would ask them to turn on

their TV to whatever channels were airing our show. Yep. They were getting it all right. WMAD was broadcasting to the entire block. One of Fred’s neighbors was a year older than us and he happened to find our show when he was channel surfing, and didn’t quite know what to think. After all, how could you possibly explain that we were on TV? He mentioned this to us the next time he saw us and was very confused about how this was happening. Even though we were having fun with our own new television station, we weren’t satisfied with a potential audience of just several surrounding homes around the block near Fred’s house. We wanted the entire town to get our station. A friend of Fred’s dad was an electrical engineer, and one Saturday afternoon Fred’s dad took us over to the cell phone store he owned so we could talk with him about our project (i.e. WMAD). When we told him what we were doing and said we were interested in building a super powerful antenna booster so the whole town would get our show, he pretty much freaked out. This was the first time I ever heard about the FCC (the Federal Communications Commission), the government agency that is in charge of overseeing all television and radio stations, as well as products that broadcast electrical waves through the air such as walkie-talkies and CB radios. The FCC sells and regulates the licenses that broadcasting stations and other companies have to get in order to ensure that their broadcasts or devices don’t interfere with each other. Fred’s dad’s friend went on to tell us that messing with the FCC was like messing with the FBI, and that broadcasting illegally, which is clearly what we were doing, could result in us getting fines of several hundred thousand dollars for each incident. We had been broadcasting WMAD several times a week for close to a month, and sometimes for hours on end. The man then went on to tell us that if people called the local television stations to complain that the signal wasn’t coming in clearly and said that they were picking up images of a bunch of kids acting stupid instead, then the FCC would surely be investigating this with sophisticated equipment, possibly in vans that would drive around the town in order to detect the source of this interference. Whoops!

This kind of spooked us. Fines of several hundred thousand dollars? Wow. The FCC sounded too much like the FBI. Did this discourage us from wanting to build our amplifier? Not at all. We thought about tapping into one of the neighbors’ antennas and broadcasting from theirs instead of the one on top of Fred’s roof to throw the FCC off so they couldn’t track it back to us. We even thought about building an amplifier and then putting it in a car and driving around town so the FCC wouldn’t know where the signal was coming from. We also talked about how funny it would be to broadcast a porno to the entire town since if we were on the move, the FCC couldn’t track the signal back to Fred’s mom’s house, but we were too young and didn’t quite have the engineering capabilities to build a strong enough antenna booster. We soon pulled the plug on WMAD.

Trying to Kill the Neighbor’s Trees One of my neighbors clearly had an advanced case of obsessive-compulsive disorder which caused him to mow his lawn every few days, whether it needed it or not, and he would sweep the floor in his garage practically every night for what seemed like an hour. We thought he was completely insane. His garage was as clean and sanitary as an operating room in a hospital. Practically every garage I’ve ever seen has tools hanging on the walls, shelves that hold a variety of automobile fluids, cleaning supplies, yard tools and other junk, but Mr. Steven’s garage walls had nothing hanging on them at all accept one weed wacker which he also used compulsively. The only things in his garage were the two family cars, and the lawnmower. It was very strange. He was a nice guy, we just didn’t like him because his constant lawn mowing disturbed our peace and quiet during our lazy summer days. One night my brother had a container full of waste oil after changing the oil in his car, and instead of taking it to the recycling site downtown to properly dispose of it, he walked across the street and dumped it around the base of a tree in Mr. Steven’s front yard. That summer, Mr. Steven’s trees became the disposal site of all waste oil, radiator fluid, transmission fluid, and even some stale gasoline. Stew likes to work on engines, so there was no shortage of toxic waste. Those trees were strong but after a while some of the leaves started to lose their color and wilt long before fall. We thought

for sure all those chemicals getting absorbed by the roots would have killed them all, but Mother Nature is surprisingly resilient and the trees still lived.

Prank Phone Calls Every kid who is normal makes prank phone calls. Some kids are better at them than others, and I was one of the best. I had polished my pranking skills from getting calls from telemarketers at my parents’ house. Instead of just hanging up on them or telling them to remove our number from their calling list like most people did, I would keep them on the phone as long as possible and come up with the craziest stories I could think of. If a telemarketer called and my mom or dad answered the phone, they knew I loved to mess with them, so they would call me over and hand the phone to me and we would all sit around and listen to whatever story I would fabricate at the time. As I’m sure you’re aware, telemarketers usually start their call by saying “How are you doing today Mr. Dice?” and instead of just saying I was fine, sometimes I would pretend to be really sad and tell them I’m not doing very well because my dog had just died. “Oh, I’m sorry to hear that. The reason I’m calling tonight is because…” (I would cut them off) “I really loved that dog. I had him for 15 years. The smartest dog in the world.” “I understand sir. I love animals too. We’re having a special on long distance calling plans this week…” (I’d cut them off again) (Pretending to sniffle) “That dog just loved to steal people’s shoes and run around the house so you’d chase after him, and sometimes he’d even take the Dr. Scholl’s padding out from inside the shoe and start chewing on them. He was such a silly dog.”

“I’m sure he was. Sir, we’re offering a special long distance plan where you can call family and friends for a low price any time after 5pm Monday through Friday…” (cutting them off again) “That’s interesting, because the dog used to like to talk on the phone with grandma and grandpa and we’d hold the phone up to his ear and they’d say things, and he’d bark through the phone back at them. That dog was so smart, I bet we could have taught him how to use the phone himself, and I’ll bet he would have.” It was about at this time that they would hang up, but sometimes they’d stay on the line for five minutes because they didn’t want to be rude. It was great. If a telemarketer called trying to sell newspapers, I told them there was nothing but bad news in there anyway and it wasn’t worth reading, and then I’d start giving them story suggestions about what kinds of things I would like to see in the newspaper instead. If they were calling trying to sell long distance service, I told them that I was going to cancel my phone service soon and become Amish, so I wouldn’t need a phone anymore. Since they were always trying to sell me something, sometimes I tried selling them things and would tell them I was having a rummage sale that coming weekend and started telling them all the nice things they could find. It wasn’t just telemarketers I loved to mess with, of course I would make prank phone calls to my friends’ houses and even random phone numbers around the area. When I couldn’t think of anyone to prank call, I would resort to calling the Hooked on Phonics company which sold reading programs for children whose phone number was 1-800-ABCDEFG. I would often call them and pretend to be a parent inquiring about their reading programs for my child, and would make up crazy stories saying something about how my two-year-old was already reading at an eighth-grade level and had just finished books like Huckleberry Finn and Tom Sawyer , and I was wondering if Hooked on Phonics had any programs to help him advance any further. They were always amazed that my child was so intelligent. Sometimes I would tell them that I was interested in getting a program for my unborn child so I could teach it to them while they were still in the womb under the assumption that they would be able to understand it and

would then have a higher IQ once they were born. The operator never seemed to think it would work, but I insisted that I had read some studies that proved unborn children in the womb could understand people if they spoke to them, and could even start learning to spell. One night I was able to get through to Larry King Live on CNN when the guest was Ron Popeil, the infomercial guy who used to sell the Chicken Rotisserie Grill, the Ronco food dehydrator, and a whole list of other infomercial products, including Hair in a Can which is that weird spraypaint for balding people that enabled them to cover up their bald spot with washable paint. I have always been fascinated by infomercials, and I thought of a great question for Ron Popeil. I gave the phone screener a bogus question asking what kind of advice Ron had for young inventors, and then as soon as my call was live on the air I said that I heard his food dehydrator was good for drying marijuana buds so you could smoke them. The screener hung up on me immediately, but my call made it on air. Instead of realizing it was a prank call and going on to the next caller, Larry King asked him, “Is that true?” to which Popeil answered, “It is true. Yes.” Larry King responded, “It is? Well marijuana may be legal someday, [and] may be able to help people.” The phone call is shown on the official transcript for the show which aired live on April 13, 2001, and if you Google “Ron Popeil Larry King Live Marijuana” you can find it. I had videotaped the broadcast on the VCR and my friends and I watched it over and over again laughing our butts off. The funniest part was this would not be the last I would hear about this phone call. About nine years later, Ron Popeil was being interviewed on CNBC about his infomercial empire and the host mentioned my phone call! My jaw dropped. The host said something about one of the most interesting questions Ron had ever been asked about his products was when he was on Larry King Live in 2001 and a caller asked if the food dehydrator could be used to dry marijuana buds from pot plants! I had never guessed that my one phone call would have been so memorable. Looking back, sales for the food dehydrator probably skyrocketed since people who grew their own marijuana would want one to dry the buds. While I was able to find the

official transcript for my call on CNN’s website, at this time I have not been able to find the video clip on YouTube and the VHS copy I made got taped over eventually.

Soda Guns Every kid in America, and perhaps the world, may know how to make a soda gun, I’m not sure. It’s interesting how kids figure these things out. Somehow we found out if you take a ballpoint pen and position it on the top of a soda can in the small round piece of metal that connects the opening tab to the can itself, you could poke a hole through it by pounding your fist on top of the pen and then if you held the soda in your hand and plugged the hole with your index finger and shook it up, when you let your finger off of the hole, soda shoots out in a stream about 15 feet like a squirt gun. A soda gun is only good for about three or four blasts and wastes half of your soda, but it sure was fun, and we must have covered the floor in study hall with sticky soda on numerous occasions, not to mention leaving people smelling like Pepsi or orange soda. And we wondered why they stopped allowing us to drink soda during study hall!

The Jelly Donut Incident Industrial Arts (shop class) has got to be every guy’s favorite class in school because we get to build things and play with power tools, but Industrial Arts at our school was extremely special because the teacher, Mr. Norton, had a short fuse and just a little screwing around would get him to absolutely flip his lid and start yelling and screaming at the top of his lungs. It was very common for students in the surrounding classrooms to be able to hear him yelling at students, but what do you expect when you take a bunch of seventh and eighth graders and give them access to power tools? Several years earlier a student ground up some Ex-Lax pills and put them in Mr. Norton’s jelly donuts that he had in his desk drawer, and after he ate them you can imagine what happened. This wasn’t just an urban legend, it was something that actually happened, and so ever since that day if you

mentioned anything about jelly donuts in Mr. Norton’s class, you were in big trouble. I happened to know this because one of my older brother’s friends was the guy who put the Ex-Lax in his jelly donuts, but not everyone was familiar with the jelly donut story. The very first day of class we all came in and sat down around the shop tables while Mr. Norton was still standing in the hallway chatting with other teachers, and I thought it would be funny to get someone to ask him if he would like some jelly donuts. The kid’s name was Nolan, and he just happened to be sitting at my table, so he was the one I convinced that if he wanted to get on Mr. Norton’s good side, he should ask him if he wants Nolan to bring in any jelly donuts tomorrow for class because he lets students bring in food once in a while for snack day and he really liked jelly donuts. (There was no such thing as snack day in shop class, of course, but it sounded good.) It wasn’t more than five seconds after the teacher walked into the classroom that Nolan turned around and said, “Hey Mr. Norton, how would you like some jelly donuts?” “Get the hell out of here right now!” Mr. Norton shouted as he grabbed Nolan by the arm and dragged him out of the room and down the hall to the principal’s office. Poor Nolan didn’t know what he did wrong, but my friends and I knew the story, and we knew the one thing you should never, ever mention in shop class, were jelly donuts. This sort of set the pace for the chaos to come the rest of the year. While we were supposed to be building things like lamps, clocks, pen holders, etc, we spent almost as much time destroying things. We especially liked to drill holes in everything, like the cabinets, tables, and people’s text books from other classes. I had to leave to get stitches in my hand once, not from a power tool accident, but because I went to punch Ken in the stomach when we were screwing around and he blocked it while holding a tape measure and it sliced my knuckle open pretty bad. We told the teacher he was just handing it to me and it accidentally cut me. I dripped a trail of blood all the way to the bathroom and my mom had to pick me up and take me to the doctor to get it stitched up. A lot of handheld power tools can be set to stay on so you don’t have to keep the trigger pulled the whole time you’re using them, and so we often

liked to lock the trigger for the belt sander so when Mr. Norton would set it on the table and plug it in, the thing would drive right off the table and crash onto the ground. He would catch on to this little trick and tried to make sure he would check the switch before he plugged it in, but every once in a while he would forget and it would go flying off the table as soon as he plugged it in. Mr. Norton had a bad case of dandruff, which we like to add to by sprinkling saw dust in his hair every chance we got. Poor Mr. Norton. We really put him through a lot. It’s really amazing that he didn’t stab one of us with a screw driver or something for all the trouble we caused him. He was a nice guy and we were all complete punks.

The Crossing Guard We would occasionally torment a poor crossing guard on our way to middle school who was probably volunteering his spare time to help make sure the kids would cross a busy highway safely on their way to and from school. He was an older gentleman, who most likely retired from his job and just wanted to help look out for the students’ safety. It’s a very noble thing to do, but at the time we were not very appreciative of him and occasionally when we were riding our bikes to school, instead of waiting for him to stop the traffic, we would just cross the highway anyway and he would start yelling and screaming at us as we drove off laughing. Yes, this is extremely childish, but when you’re 13-years-old, disobeying a crossing guard and having him yell and scream at you was the highlight of your morning. One afternoon on the way home from school Ken pretended to have an accident on his bike and tipped over in the middle of the highway and just laid there pretending to be unconscious. There was no traffic coming because this was when the crossing guard stood in the middle of the highway with his hand-held stop sign, so there was no danger of any cars driving by and hitting him (we weren’t that dumb). Instead of the crossing guard getting concerned thinking that he had been hurt, the old man grabbed Ken by the jacket with one hand and hit him in the head with his hand-held stop sign that he carried in his other hand. Ken

was able to get away from him but he had an enormous bump on his head from getting hit and he was pissed . He wanted to bring water balloons to school the next day and pelt him as he drove by, and even considered throwing a large rock at him, he was so mad. The bump on his head was the size of a large grape and looked horrible, so you can probably understand his desire for revenge. During the wintertime it was very common for us to hit the crossing guard with snowballs as we drove by. Kids are so dumb.

My Friend’s Mom was our Substitute Teacher The one day I realized that I can accomplish almost anything if I actually applied myself was the day that Diego’s mom was our substitute teacher at our school. Ordinarily I facilitated the personal hell of every substitute teacher that ever came to our school and there were a handful of other students who eagerly joined in. Having a substitute teacher was almost better than going on a field trip. We were truly out of control and there was little that they could do to keep us on task. Most of the subs would never return, probably because we made their lives miserable, but one day our sub was one of my best friends’ moms. Not only was she Diego’s mom, but she was actually pretty cool, and everyone liked her. This was a history class and we had an in-class reading assignment that day and we all had to read through a bunch of crap and then answer questions about it. This sucked. I couldn’t just sit there and do nothing, because not only was the teacher Diego’s mom, but she was also good friends with my mom, and I couldn’t have her tell my mom that I was a screwball, so I actually read through the assignment and answered the questions. Not only did I actually sit there quietly and do the assignment, but I was the first one done! It was really the first time I had ever applied myself in history class, since I really hated it at the time and didn’t see the point of it until many years later, and ironically the History Channel would become my favorite channel to watch on television, but I’ll never forget the day that Diego’s mom was our substitute teacher because that was the day I was the first one to finish the assignment in class, and I got a pretty good grade on it too. It was

amazing. If only I cared this much when our regular teacher was there, I would have got straight A’s.

Joyriding Every teenager dreams of taking their parents’ car out joyriding, especially if it’s a cool car with balls. Diego’s dad’s car was a blue Firebird that looked pretty cool, and one afternoon his parents were gone and had taken their minivan somewhere, so Diego decided to take the Firebird out for a joyride. Of course, Fred and I were there and thought it was a great idea. Not only did we take the car without his dad’s permission, but none of us even had a driver’s license at the time, making it that much more fun. We lived kind of out in the sticks, and so we took the car out onto the country roads to see how fast it could go. Diego spun the tires repeatedly, did brake torques, and would drive in reverse going 15 miles an hour and then slam the car into drive and step on the gas. We even caught air when we used a sharp incline over a particular set of railroad tracks as a ramp. Going probably 80 miles an hour we hit the ramp and our heads all smacked into the ceiling and sparks flew out from the back of the car from the muffler or something scraping on the ground. It’s amazing we didn’t cause the transmission to dropout, blow a tire, or put the car in the ditch from Diego’s insane driving. We actually made it all the way back to the house with ourselves and the car in one piece. Then, as we were pulling back into the garage, Diego’s foot slipped off the brake and onto the gas pedal. The car launched forward after squealing the tires and crashed into a table against the back wall, causing it and everything on it to fall onto the hood of the car. This was bad. Surprisingly, there was only a small dent in the hood, and some slight impressions in the wall from the back legs of the table, so we set everything back up and just hoped his parents wouldn’t notice. Aside from the small dent in the hood and the damage to the wall, we had another problem. The engine was so hot from us speeding around that the fan kept running trying to cool it down. We knew Diego’s parents would arrive back home at any moment, and not only was the fan spinning, but

there was a loud ticking noise coming from the engine too. The neighbors had also seen us pull back into the garage and heard the tires squeal and must have heard the table crashing. They were standing right in their driveway 30 feet away. Just as we had feared, Diego’s dad figured out what happened, but we weren’t sure if it was because the neighbor said that he saw us take the car out (he knew we were all too young to have a driver’s license) or if he noticed the dent in the hood, or the dents in the wall, or if his dad heard the engine’s fan when he got back, or a combination of these factors. However he did it, he figured out what Diego had done. This time it wasn’t my fault. It wasn’t even my idea! I just went along for the ride.

Family Vacations I don’t know of any kid who can sit in the back seat of a car for hour after hour on a family vacation without acting up and pissing off their parents. Maybe today kids can since they have their video games, iPads and wireless Internet, but when I was a kid we pretty much had to just sit there and stare out the window or listen to our Walkman portable cassette tape player. This got boring after a while, but one thing my brother and I found that always entertained us were whoopee cushions. We couldn’t set inflated whoopee cushions on people’s chairs since we were in the car most of the time, so we came up with what we called “drive by farting.” To be effective, drive by farting could only be done in cities or towns where there are people walking on the sidewalks next to the roads. Whenever we passed through these areas, we would roll down the windows and “fart” at people who were walking on the sidewalks. Even my mom and dad couldn’t help laughing sometimes. Some people would literally jump and look over at our car as we drove past them, and some people would start cracking up themselves laughing at what had just happened. Sometimes during long drives when there was no one to fart at with the whoopee cushion, we would raise hell from the backseat and my dad would occasionally threaten to turn the car around and go home. What were they

going to do? Ground us? Maybe when we got home, but not at that moment. Whenever we stayed at the hotels, Stew and I would hang the paintings upside down before we left and we would occasionally dump buckets of ice onto people from our second or third story balcony. When we found someone’s door that had a “do not disturb” sign put out, we would flip it over so it read “needs housekeeping” so they would get woken up first thing in the morning by a maid. We were punks. When we stopped at fast food restaurants for lunch, by the time we left, several chairs would have ketchup packets set under their legs so when someone would sit down they would burst and shoot ketchup all over the floor (and their shoes). Of course we enjoyed pulling the old salt and pepper shaker trick where you would spin a quarter on the table and slam down a salt or pepper shaker on top of it so the quarter would break through the plastic bottom so the next time someone picked it up, all the salt or pepper would fall out of the bottom onto the table. I also had a habit of scratching “Mark Was Here” in the bathroom stalls with my Swiss Army Knife before we left. Little did our parents know, but we left a trail of destruction pretty much everywhere we went.

Grandma and Grandpa’s My grandparents on my dad’s side lived an entire day’s drive away from us, and every summer we would go to visit them for a week or so and this was always the highlight of my summer. Just because I was on vacation didn’t mean I took a break from causing trouble. This was a whole new town (and state) where nobody knew who I was, so they couldn’t call my parents to rat me out for something I had done. One of my dad’s friends had a stepson my age named Noah and while our dads were hanging out and catching up, Noah, my brother and I would go out and do what we did best. Noah lived on a highway, and every summer when we hung out we would tie a bunch of empty aluminum cans onto the two ends of a long piece of fishing line and then string it up across the road so when a car would drive by, the fishing line would get caught on it and the cans would all be dragged behind it as it continued down the road. Just

like a car carrying newlyweds leaving a wedding in the movies, the cans would immediately start clanging and make a bunch of noise as they were drug down the road going forty miles an hour behind the cars. We would hide in the bushes on the side of the road and watch, and most of the time the cars would stop at some point down the road to see what all the noise was. We called it “canning.” The local college in my grandparents’ town opened up their swimming pool to the public during the summer, so we enjoyed going there a few times a week to not only go swimming, but to cause trouble around the college. My grandpa would drop us off for a few hours and leave us, so we were completely unsupervised. Sometimes Noah would come with my brother and I to the pool and we liked to bring our leftovers from lunch and throw it on the steamer in the steam room so it would stink up the place. When we were done swimming and waiting for my grandpa to pick us back up, we liked to take a bunch of metal folding chairs and stack them in the elevator leaning towards the door and press the button to send the elevator to another floor, so when the door opened, all the chairs would fall out. We would stand outside of the elevator and lean all the chairs towards the door and hold them there, and just before the elevator door would close we would quickly pull our arm away so the chairs would all lean up against the door as it closed. That way when the elevator stopped on the next floor and the door opened, there would be nothing supporting the chairs and they would all fall over onto the ground. Imagine if you were the person waiting for the elevator and when the door opened up, a pile of five or six different chairs all fell out and crashed onto the ground. OK, so it might not seem that funny to you, but to us when we were thirteen-years-old it was a great time. We usually went to visit grandma and grandpa around the Fourth of July, and grandpa always bought us bags of fireworks and we enjoyed shooting bottle rockets at passing cars and lighting smoke bombs off in the middle of the road around the neighborhood. Grandma and grandpa’s neighbor was a massively obese woman we called “fatso” and we often enjoyed harassing her with our whoopee cushions from our bedroom window when she would come home from work late at night as she walked from her car to her house.

We could hear her pull up since it was summer time and the windows were open, and from the upstairs bedroom where we slept we would hide behind the curtains and “fart” at her with the whoopee cushions practically every night. Sometimes she would sit outside on her porch with her skinny boyfriend and smoke cigarettes late at night, and we would “fart” at them repeatedly with the whoopee cushions. One night fatso yelled up to my window that she was going to tell my grandpa what I was doing, but I was leaving early the next morning to go back home, so even if she did tell on me, it wouldn’t have mattered. My grandpa would have thought it was hilarious anyway. When we weren’t causing trouble, my brother and I got to enjoy watching cable television. We never had cable TV growing up, but grandma and grandpa had it at their house, so we enjoyed watching as much MTV as we could while we were there. Whenever grandma would see some scantily clad women dancing in the videos she would ask us in a disturbed tone, “What are you’s guys watching?” and I would always answer that we were watching the Disney Channel or Nickelodeon. That’s not a type-o in the last sentence. She would always say “you’s guys” when she meant “you guys.” We always got a kick out of it, and I think she believed me that it was the Disney Channel we were watching. Grandpa Dice was quite a troublemaker himself when he was young and I believe he caused a train to be derailed by setting something on the tracks or messing with the switching station when he was a kid, so he understood our need to cause trouble. He also made sure there was an endless supply of ice cream bars in the freezer that we could eat whenever we wanted. He knew what kids wanted. He was kind of like a kid himself. He was still quite a jokester too, and when we got back from an afternoon of “bumming around” as we called it, and my grandma asked what we did all day, he would say something ridiculous like telling her that he taught me how to drive his car or that we went gambling at the local Indian casino. (I was probably thirteen years old.) Grandma’s response was always the same. “My God!” I think she actually believed him most of the time, or perhaps she just didn’t know what to believe anymore after the decades of his antics.

When my dad was a kid he wanted a BB gun for Christmas one year and my grandma wouldn’t allow it, but my grandpa thought it would be fun to mess with her a little bit so he cut a piece of wood in the shape of a rifle and covered it in wrapping paper and put it under the Christmas tree to make grandma think he had gotten my dad the gun. He sure knew how to have a good time.

Miscellaneous Middle School Madness A few other miscellaneous or minor things we did in middle school include folding ourselves up inside a hide-a-bed (three people at a time was the record with some girls from the neighborhood and it almost broke the sofa), putting a metal plate on Fred’s chest and taping a firecracker to it and putting a sandwich bag full of ketchup over it and lighting the firecracker to make our own blood bag like in the movies so it looked like he got shot. We videotaped this of course. My brother bought some new tires for his car and before he put them on, he spun the old tires right in front of our parents’ house, causing a plume of smoke stinking like burnt rubber to fill our entire block. The smoke was so thick it just lingered in the air and didn’t really disperse for several minutes. This was in the middle of summer when everyone had all of their windows open, so I’m sure a lot of people smelled it from inside their homes (and probably almost choked to death). My brother did a break torque and the car didn’t even move, but the tires kept spinning and spinning, all the while emitting the burnt rubber smoke cloud until eventually one of the tires burst and practically disintegrated. I’m sure the neighbors really loved us. My brother really likes engines and mechanical stuff, and one time he took an old lawn mower and drained the oil out of it and replaced it with water and filled the gas tank with racing fuel and let the lawnmower run until the engine seized up because he wanted to see how long it would take. Growing up, my brother was not as crazy as I was, but he certainly had his moments. One time his jacket got snagged on the mailbox and ripped a huge hole in it as he walked by, so he went up to the house and got a baseball bat and smashed the mailbox repeatedly to teach it a lesson. “The mailbox ripped my jacket” he insisted.

Diego and I spray painted some obscenities on a local bridge one summer afternoon for something to do. It seemed like a good idea, and it wasn’t like we were going to ruin it or anything since it was already covered with graffiti anyway. It was a fun thing to do until we found out that his mom or dad had somehow overheard us talking about it afterwards. They weren’t too happy about that. Usually we were pretty careful about not letting our parents overhear us plot our schemes so this was a surprise to us. Diego just denied it, and said we were talking about spray painting the bridge, but claimed that we never actually did it. Since it was already filled with graffiti, they couldn’t really tell if we had added anything to the artwork or not, but I’m sure they knew we were lying. Before we had starting drinking and partying (which was freshman year in high school), we found a stash of beer at my brother’s friends’ fort nearby that was out in the woods where they would party, and instead of drinking the beer ourselves and getting drunk, we brought the cans back to my house and shook them up and smashed them on the street so they would explode and spray beer all over. It was a lot of fun. Just a few years later if we had found a stash of beer in the woods, we certainly wouldn’t have wasted it like that; we would have gotten drunk. Fred, Diego, and I had our own fort that we frequented during the summers and it was in a fantastic location in the woods along the side of a cornfield that had a small river running beside it. The first time we discovered the location we had to wade through the river in order to get to the other side and our shoes got all wet and covered in mud. There were a bunch of large rocks making up the riverbed, so we started picking them up and throwing them in the middle of the river piling them up so we could walk on them and get to our fort without ruining our shoes. The water wasn’t very deep and before long we had a few stable piles of rocks that we could walk on to get to the other side of the river. Somehow we got the idea that it would be cool to completely dam up the river, so every time we went to the fort we would pile up more stones, slowing the water flow little by little. After a while our dam worked pretty well. It didn’t completely stop the river, but it certainly slowed it down a ton and caused it to rise considerably higher in the area on the backside of our dam.

Later that summer we realized that a local sewage plant relied on the water from the river, and when the water flow was dramatically reduced because of our dam, they must have sent someone out to see what was happening. When we returned to our fort one afternoon we realized that someone had driven a backhoe out there and dug up our entire dam and cleared the river! Fred got a water balloon launcher one summer and we had fun with it but ended up denting the aluminum siding on my neighbor’s house because the water balloons shot out so fast. They were not very happy about it. After we used the launcher to hit an annoying neighbor girl, her dad freaked out because she had a large bruise over her entire back from getting hit so hard by the water balloon. Who would have thought that a seemingly harmless water balloon could cause so much damage? We also liked to shoot golf balls out of the launcher, but we knew better than to shoot them at people so we just shot them up in the air over a corn field down the street to see how high they would go. You’d be surprised how powerful (and dangerous) a water balloon launcher is. In the lunchroom at our middle school there was always someone selling half pint cartons of milk and there was a small metal tray sitting on a table where you would set your 35 cents and then you would grab your own carton out of a crate sitting right next to it. We realized that you could pretend to set your money in the tray and by just tapping the other coins sitting in there it would sound like you dropped yours in there, and then you could just take your milk for free. The person attending the milk counter would even let us pick out our own change from the tray, so if we put in fifty cents and needed to take out a dime and a nickel for the change, we would just do it our self. After a while we would walk up to the counter, tap the tray so it looked like we put in our fifty cents, and would then take out a dime and a nickel for our change, so not only did we get a free milk, but we would make fifteen cents. (Hey, fifteen cents back then could get you a decent sized piece of candy from the store.) We stole the milk really just for the thrill of it rather than not being able to afford it. Our parents could certainly afford the extra 35 cents for a carton of milk, we just liked “beating the system.”

Occasionally we would bring four or five empty milk cartons into the bathroom immediately after lunch before the next period began, and we would stomp on them one right after the other, popping them all. Boom, boom, boom, bam! We’d then calmly walk out of the bathroom and off to class as if nothing happened. We were obviously trying to make people think there were gunshots from inside the school. This was way before the Columbine High School shootings in 1998 and the trend of school shootings had infected America. You know, the good old days. There was a massive food fight in the lunch room one afternoon when for some reason all the teachers had left for a few minutes which turned out to be one of their biggest mistakes. This was not just a food fight between a few different people, this was an epic battle among the several hundred kids in the lunch room. The interesting thing about a food fight is that the more people there are involved makes even more people want to join in and start throwing things. Monkey see, monkey do. Within just a few seconds there was so much food being thrown that no matter where you looked, there were countless pieces of something flying through the air. Probably 80% of the students had thrown something, and most of us kept scooping food up off the table that was thrown our way and tossed it somewhere else in the lunchroom. It was better than any food fight I had seen in the movies. After the teachers returned they absolutely flipped out and told us that an “ice cream social” they were planning the following week would be canceled because of our misbehavior. Whatever. We had more fun having the food fight than we would have had eating ice cream. My mom always packed a Granny Smith apple in my lunch since I really liked them, and on another occasion I convinced a kid to throw it at someone across the room, hoping to start a food fight. Granny Smith apples are extremely dense and heavy for their size, and the apple hit a girl in the head and probably caused a lump it was flying so fast. Unfortunately the incident did not start a food fight. The principal did interrupt me and others at my table, suspecting I had something to do with it, but of course we didn’t know anything about it. During study hall we were able to get a pass to go to the weight room in order to work out, and the greatest part was that we were unsupervised the

entire time because the gym teacher always had a class to teach right next door. It doesn’t take a genius to figure out that since we weren’t allowed to talk in study hall we would all get passes to go to the weight room and just hang out there. It was like our own social club. We wouldn’t even change our clothes or put on workout gear, we would just go hang out there so we could get out of study hall. There was a staircase in the weight room that went upstairs to another room filled with all kinds of ventilation ducts, so we couldn’t help but go up there and explore. Some of the vents were absolutely huge and had small access panels on them, so for a period of time we had fun climbing inside of them hoping they would lead throughout the entire school, but we couldn’t get very far because there were duct covers that blocked us. Periodically Mr. Jenson, the math teacher, would come into the weight room and go upstairs for a few minutes, which we thought was strange. Why would the math teacher need to go up there every day? One afternoon, we found out why. Diego happened to be up there exploring when Mr. Jenson walked in and headed up there and when Diego saw him coming up the stairs he was able to duck down and hide behind some ventilation ducts where he witnessed Mr. Jenson light up a cigarette and have a smoke break. Smoking on school grounds was illegal, and apparently Mr. Jenson couldn’t make it through the day without his nicotine fix, so every afternoon he would go up there to have a smoke. From that day on every once in a while in math class we would make loud comments about how the weight room smelled like smoke, or as Mr. Jenson would walk by our tables we would ask the person next to us in a loud voice, “who smokes in the weight room?” Poor guy was probably just trying to relax for a few minutes from all the stress of having to deal with punks like us, and here we were making it worse.

Moving

To

California

The Ultimate Road Trip My 1981 AMC Concord was packed and ready to go. It was early in the morning in the middle of August 1998, and for the entire summer my dad helped make sure my old car was road worthy for my long trip to California. The original plan was for Fred, Diego, and I to move out west together at the end of the summer, but Diego hung back for a few months and would later join Fred and I in January. We all hated cold weather and after my Spring Break trip to Miami sophomore year of college, I put out the word to my friends that I wanted to leave the cold, miserable state of Wisconsin and head back down south to Florida. Diego’s college roommate Curt was originally from San Diego and both Fred and Diego had stayed with Curt at his parents’ house for a vacation the previous year, so they suggested we move to San Diego instead of Miami since there was no humidity or bugs, so that’s what we decided to do at the end of the summer. We were 20-years-old. We didn’t have any jobs lined up; we didn’t have an apartment rented; we just had a road atlas that I got from the gas station I worked at that summer, along with a bunch of beef jerky and cheese sticks for food along the way. We also had two ounces of weed and a cooler full of beer. That was all we needed to start our new lives as we headed out west California dreaming. Of course our parents strongly advised we not move, but we didn’t care. We had to get out of Wisconsin. Everyone always complained about how much it sucked, so we were going to do something about it and leave. Even all our friends thought we were crazy, but they didn’t have the balls that we had to break free from our small little town and see what else the world had to offer. By the end of the first day on the road we made it to Omaha, Nebraska and decided we would stay there for the night and head on to Denver the next day. We didn’t want to spend any money on a hotel room, so we were going to just sleep in the car somewhere, possibly at a campground. We located a campsite on the map in Omaha, but instead of turning in early and resting up for the long journey ahead, we decided to go drinking in the bars downtown. (We both had fake IDs.)

Fred and I went bar hopping until almost closing time and just before we headed to the campground, we decided to steal the beer mugs we had been drinking out of as souvenirs. We finished our beers and walked out the door, hiding them by our sides from the bartender. A little while later we arrived at the campground but there was no attendant in the office because it was closed, so we stopped the car in the parking lot and decided to sleep there. Fred passed out in the passenger seat, but I couldn’t get comfortable enough to sleep sitting up in the car and I couldn’t recline my seat because the entire backseat was filled with stuff, so I got out and laid on the blacktop right next to the driver’s side door and fell asleep there. The next thing I knew it was six or seven in the morning and a police officer was standing over me asking what the heck we were doing there. I told him we were moving to California and we got there too late to get a camp site because the park was closed so we decided to sleep there. He seemed very understanding and left us alone. A little while later we smoked some weed for breakfast and continued on our journey. That evening we made it to Denver and again went bar hopping downtown. Instead of looking for a campground again, we decided we would hook up with a couple girls at one of the bars and sleep at their place, and that’s exactly what we did. We met two girls at one of the bars and at the end of the night we all went back to one of their places. I slept in one of the girl’s beds with her and we messed around a little bit, but she wouldn’t have sex with me. Contrary to popular belief, not every girl who goes home with a guy from the bar has sex with him that night. I didn’t care, I was just happy to be sleeping in a bed instead of in the car or on the ground. Fred got lucky though, and my girl and I heard him having sex with her friend on the futon out in the living room. The next morning we all went to Denny’s for breakfast and later said goodbye to our new friends and headed for Las Vegas. Since we got a late start getting on the road that morning because we slept late in the comfort of the girls’ beds, we stopped at a campsite in Utah to sleep there. We didn’t even have a tent, so Fred just slept in the car and I slept on the ground again, and we headed for Vegas the next day.

It was the middle of the afternoon when we arrived in Las Vegas extremely excited (and high from all the weed we had been smoking the entire trip). We had some 40-ounce bottles of beer left over in the cooler from the night before, so we poured ourselves some beers into the mugs we had stolen from the bar in Omaha a few nights earlier. We were driving down the famous Las Vegas strip smoking a joint and drinking beer out of our mugs like we owned the place. We even took pictures of each other with the mugs up to our mouths inside the car since we figured no one would believe that we were slamming beers on the Vegas strip, out of beer mugs nonetheless. What kind of a person drinks beer from a glass mug in a car while they’re driving on the strip in downtown Las Vegas? Us, that’s who. We had no fear. Using our fake IDs we went to a club and had a few drinks and then explored the casinos and played a few slots hoping to win some gas money to help pay for our trip. Normal people would have gotten a cheap hotel somewhere at the end of the night to sleep in, but we were far from normal. I only had $3000 to my name, which was all the money I had saved that summer, so spending $50 or $100 on a hotel room was just not in the budget, so at the end of the night we went back to the car which was parked in the lot behind the Pioneer Casino, and we crashed there. The backseat was still full of stuff and my seat wouldn’t recline, and I still couldn’t sleep sitting up, so I took a blanket and a pillow and walked over to a small plot of grass where some trees were growing and slept there. Yes, I slept outside on the grass in the middle of the parking lot of the Pioneer Casino right behind the strip in Las Vegas like a homeless person. Actually, homeless people probably knew better than to sleep right out in the open like that, but I didn’t care. I was wasted and exhausted from being on the road for days. I woke up when the sun rose early in the morning and got back in the car and we took off for the final stretch to California. Just as we were leaving the city of Las Vegas, the brakes on my car failed! The pedal dropped to the floor and lost almost all pressure and to get the car to stop I had to slam on the pedal as hard as I could and hold it down. Driving in the mountainous terrain of Colorado the day before had put so much stress on the brakes that we blew a brake line. We didn’t know this at

the time, so we stopped off at a mechanic shop in the city of Baker, California which is an hour and a half outside of Las Vegas. A strange looking man, perhaps the owner, jacked up the car, pulled off the rear tire and inspected the brakes telling us it would be several days until he could get the parts that we needed to fix them. I told him we didn’t want to wait and that we would take our chances on the road, and then he reached inside the brake drum and purposefully pulled loose the brake pads, the springs and all the other parts holding the brake pads in place, flinging them to the ground. “Oops,” he said. “Don’t think you’re going to be able to drive it like that.” Fred and I looked at each other petrified. This man just sabotaged my car, stranding us literally in the middle of nowhere in the desert. I had a sinking feeling in my stomach. This man knew we were a couple of kids with a piece of crap car filled with our entire belongings with out-of-state plates 2000 miles from home. With the rear passenger side of the car still jacked up in the parking lot, the man went inside his office to order the parts he claimed we needed. This was too creepy. This psycho was trying to screw us, or kill us, or who knows what. We had to get out of there. We picked up the miscellaneous parts from the ground, put the tire back on, lowered the jack, and sped off while he was still inside. While the brakes had basically failed (and one of the rear tires didn’t even have any brake pads anymore), there was still enough pressure to stop the car if I pushed the pedal really hard and gave myself enough breaking distance. There was no way we were going to stay stranded there in the desert for days leaving my car in this psycho’s garage in the middle of nowhere. We called my dad and he told us to cut the break line for that tire and crimp it to minimize the leak so the pressure would be enough to depress the other brake pads. We did this and continued our journey completely spooked from the creepy psycho at the garage who tried to strand us. We arrived in San Diego pretty late at night because the brake problem held us up, and we had planned on sleeping at our friend Curt’s parents’ house and staying there for a few days until we found an apartment, but it was too late in the evening and we didn’t want to wake them up so we drove to Pacific Beach just north of downtown San Diego and Fred slept in the car

again on the side of the road, while I took a blanket out and slept on the beach. I didn’t realize how strange this was until I was awoken in the morning by the lifeguards asking me if I was alright. “Of course I’m all right. I’m in California!” I answered. They informed me that it was illegal to sleep on the beach, but they didn’t give me a ticket. I wouldn’t have cared if they did. We had made it. We were in California and at the very edge of the continent. The dream was coming true. After five days of madness and living off beef jerky and cheese sticks, and smoking probably half an ounce of weed and drinking every night and sleeping in parking lots and some random girl’s apartment, and even with the brakes failing and almost getting stranded in the desert, we had done it. We were ecstatic.

The Unexpected Guests We spent our first morning in California driving around checking out the beach for a little while, and later ventured off to find Curt’s parents’ house. Fred insisted that Curt said we could stay there for as long as we needed until we found an apartment. He and Diego had stayed there a year earlier when visiting him, and Fred said Curt’s parents were totally cool…and rich. Their house was a beautiful multi-million-dollar pad on top of a huge bluff overlooking the ocean. Their backyard literally led to the edge of the bluff with the ocean below. This wasn’t just a house with an ocean view. This house was right on the ocean . It was the most amazing house I had ever seen. We knocked on their huge twelve-foot-tall front door and when Curt’s mom answered she immediately recognized Fred from his previous visit and was extremely surprised to see him again. Fred introduced me and she asked what we were doing in California. “We just moved here,” he said. “Oh, where are you living?” she asked. This is where things started to get uncomfortable. Curt had never told his parents that we were moving to California, so of course he never asked them if we could stay there until we found an apartment. You can imagine the look on his mom’s face when Fred answered, “Curt said we could stay with you.” She probably thought he was joking, but of course he wasn’t. She invited us in and told her husband that

we would be staying with them until we found an apartment. He looked just as puzzled as she did. Talk about imposing on someone! They were really nice about it, and even cooked us dinner that night and we ate it out on the patio overlooking the ocean in their back yard. After they went to bed we kept drinking their beer and wine and enjoyed watching their 60 inch flat screen plasma TV while sitting on their white leather furniture feeling like we owned the place . A 60 inch plasma TV in 1998 was practically unheard of and probably cost about $5,000 dollars. Curt’s parents let me sleep in the guest room upstairs which had an ocean view and its own balcony, and Fred slept downstairs in Curt’s sister’s room because she was off at college. When I got up the next morning Curt’s mom and dad were off to work and we had the whole house to ourselves. Sure we looked for an apartment for a few hours, but then came back to the house to hang out and enjoy the amenities. When Curt’s mom came home from work she found us drinking their beer and watching their big-screen TV like a couple of low lifes. “Did you find an apartment today?” she asked. “Nope, not yet. Nothing we could afford at least.” We hadn’t realized how expensive rent was in California, especially near the beach. Most of the apartments were about twice as expensive as we had thought. After freeloading off Curt’s parents for another five days, we actually did find an apartment, and I had to trade in my ocean view bedroom, the big-screen TV, and a house fully stocked with expensive wine for a completely empty apartment about seven miles away from the beach. It wasn’t what we had planned, but we were in California, so we were still pretty happy. Curt’s parents were glad to get rid of us and wished us well, but little did any of us know at the time, us entering their lives would be one of the worst things that had ever happened to them. More about this later.

Our New Apartment You don’t know how much you take for granted in life until you have nothing. We did have a roof over our head, our clothes, and my old car, but

that’s about it. That, and a computer and the scanner we had scammed from Best Buy several years earlier, and a box of dishes that Fred’s mom bought for us before we left. That’s pretty much it. That’s all we had. No furniture, no mattresses, no TV, no lamps, no decorations, no nothing. Our apartment was nice and had a lot of potential though. It was a spacious two-bedroom place with lofted ceilings and also had a community hot tub and pool. The day we moved in we went to Wal-Mart and each bought an inflatable air mattress to sleep on and two plastic patio chairs so we at least had somewhere to sit. After sunset, we grabbed a 12-pack of beer and went to hang out by the pool. We were immediately approached by a security guard who was sitting at one of the tables asking us who we were. We told him we just moved in and arrived from Wisconsin, and he informed us there was no alcohol allowed at the pool. We offered him a beer and sat down at the table with him and he immediately forgot about this rule and we all tipped back a few cold ones as we told him about our crazy adventures on our trip there. When we got to the part about the brakes failing, as luck would have it, he turned out to be a full time mechanic, only doing the security job part time at night. His name was Jax, and he offered to help me fix them the next day. Everything seemed to be falling right into place. It’s very strange living in a completely empty apartment with only two plastic chairs, and we desperately needed furniture but we hardly had any money so it would have to wait. Lucky for us, just as the universe provided us with a nice place to stay in Colorado with the girls we met at the bar and united us with Jax the security guard/mechanic at our apartment complex our first night there, the universe also began providing us with the furniture we desperately needed, and it was all free. Every few nights when we carried out our bags of empty beer cans to the recycling bins, we would notice sitting right next to the dumpster was some old discarded furniture that people had thrown away after moving out. It was incredible. We first found an old desk so we carried it upstairs and set up the computer on it, and seemingly every time we went to throw away our beer cans we would find something else. We called it the magic dumpster, and it provided almost everything that we needed. Aside from the desk, we

got a kitchen table and chairs, a laundry bin, an oscillating fan, shelves made of cardboard that were designed to hold cartons of cigarettes as a store display, and we even found some old picture frames with artwork in them that we hung on our bare walls. Just when everything seemed to be going our way and our California dreams were beginning to come true, our lives would take a quick detour leading us into a downward spiral to depths we had never imagined.

Getting a DUI About two weeks after I arrived in California to start my new life and pursue my hopes and dreams, my plans hit a large speed bump in the form of a DUI. It was Labor Day weekend and the police were out looking for drunk drivers as they often do on holiday weekends, and my piece of crap 1981 AMC Concord with out-of-state plates probably looked suspicious driving down the road at 1:30 in the morning as Fred and I were coming home from the bar. You can probably guess what happened next. After getting pulled over for “swerving” and failing a breathalyzer I was handcuffed and put in the back of the cop car and taken to the police station. A different cop took Fred to the drunk tank. When I arrived at the police station, the arresting officer emptied my pockets and found my fake ID stuck in my money clip. He was confused at first, because when he had pulled me over and checked my ID, he realized I was only 20-years-old, but the ID he found when he emptied my pockets said I was over 21. When he realized what it was, I told him I really needed it, and asked him if he would let me keep it instead of confiscating it. I told him to please stick it in the bushes next to the front door of the police station and when I got out of jail I would come back and find it. “I just moved here,” I told him. “And I don’t know anybody, and I need that to get into the bars in order to meet some girls,” I explained. I continued to tell him that drinking in Wisconsin is a way of life, and that if he confiscated my fake ID it would be devastating to my social life. “Everybody in Wisconsin drinks,” I said. “I really need that fake ID.” The

cop seemed rather sympathetic and told me he would set it on the top of the rear driver’s side tire on my car which was left abandoned on the side of the road where I had been pulled over. He then gave me a plastic cup and asked me to pee in it for a urine analysis. I had already failed a breathalyzer, but I didn’t want to give them any more evidence against me, so I told him I didn’t have to pee at the moment. He put me in an office with a water cooler and told me to drink a bunch of water so I could pee in a little while. The cop left me there all alone for a few minutes to gulp down some water, when I noticed a sink in the room. This was not a bathroom, and there was no toilet, but there was a sink for whatever reason, and since I really did have to pee (I just told him I didn’t have to go and held it so I wouldn’t have to give him a pee sample), I decided to pee in the sink so I wouldn’t have to give him the sample. Once I relieved myself, I knew it would be hours before I had to pee again, and my blood alcohol level would have dropped significantly by that time, and he probably would just give up on wanting his pee sample after a while. Luckily he didn’t walk in and see me peeing in his sink or I probably would’ve gotten charged with something else, like indecent exposure or something. Just as I thought, not long after this, he gave up on me peeing and a police officer drove me to the county jail. It was probably about 3 AM by now and I was placed in a jail cell with about 15 or 20 other guys, most of which looked like hard-core drug addicts or criminals. I certainly did not belong there, I thought. One guy was lying on the bench having withdrawals from heroin, and some of the other guys were passed out on the concrete floor. I felt like I was in hell. To make things even worse, the toilet was clogged and filled almost to the top with urine and feces, and stunk up the whole jail cell. The guards didn’t seem to care, and I’m sure they thought this was funny. It smelled like we were locked up in a sewer. The prisoners all realized that if anyone flushed the toilet, the rushing water coming in would cause it to overflow, spilling out onto the jailhouse floor, so every time someone was using the toilet people would remind them not to flush it or it would overflow. These suggestions worked for a few hours,

until someone out of habit flushed the toilet when they were done using it. The water started flowing into the toilet bowl, and then the urine and feces soup that had been stewing began overflowing onto the floor. This jail cell was fairly small, probably only 20’ x 20’, and the sewage spilled out half way across the floor. Everyone jumped out of the way and huddled up against the wall on the opposite side of the cell and we all put our shirts over our noses trying to cover up the smell. There on the floor was an enormous puddle of poop, probably five feet wide and ten 10 feet long. We started clamoring for the guards, telling them what happened and they came over and looked, but didn’t care. Hours went by with the sewage still on the floor, and we were still huddled up against one side of the jail cell, and we still had to breathe through our shirts to filter out some of the stench. There were no clocks in this holding cell, and of course my watch was confiscated when I was booked, so I had no idea what time it was. It seemed like time was standing still. Eventually, my turn came to be released late the next morning and I got a ride home from one of my cellmates’ girlfriends, who came to pick him up after he was released. He had also been arrested for drunk driving the night before. When they dropped me off at my apartment, I saw my car in the parking lot and I figured Fred was let go and drove it home using the spare key. A feeling of great disappointment then came over me because I remembered what the police officer had said the night before, when he promised he would put my fake ID on top of the tire where we had abandoned the car. It was great that Fred was not in jail, and it turns out the cops just took him to the drunk tank and released him in the morning without even giving him an underage drinking ticket, and he got a ride from someone back to my car and drove it back to our apartment using the spare key. I explained to him that the cop promised me he was going to put my fake ID on the tire, so we drove back to the road where we had gotten pulled over and parked on the shoulder in the approximate spot. We then started walking up the street with our eyes locked on the ground, hoping to find my fake ID, which would have fallen off the tire as Fred drove away if the officer stuck to his word. This was certainly a long shot. First of all, what are the odds that the same police officer who arrested me for a DUI would actually give me my fake

ID back? This was of course the very fake ID that had led to my arrest, allowing me access to alcohol, so what kind of a cop would actually give that back to a 20-year-old kid so he could drink some more? I had to hope for the best. I had to hope that the cop had actually done this insane, illogical, and illegal thing like he had promised. Without my fake ID our lives would be completely ruined. As we continued walking down the gravel shoulder on the highway with our eyes fixed on the ground, there it was! My fake ID! The police officer actually did what he said! I couldn’t believe it. I bent over and picked it up and let out a shout of joy with my prized possession back in my hand, but my problems were certainly not over. Getting a DUI sucks. Of course it’s dangerous drinking and driving, and a stupid thing to do, so the punishment fits the crime. While the cop did give me my fake ID back, he kept my real one because my license was immediately suspended. Right before moving to California I went to the DMV in Wisconsin and got a duplicate driver’s license just in case I lost my wallet. A few days before my DUI arrest I had applied for a California driver’s license, and when I did, the DMV took my (duplicate) Wisconsin ID and said they would mail me my California one a few days later. So, while the arresting officer had taken my remaining Wisconsin driver’s license, I had a brand-new California driver’s license in the mail on its way to me and I received it a few days later. I still had a driver’s license! Ha ha! I didn’t know if the computer systems from California and Wisconsin communicated with each other, but I had a suspicion that my Wisconsin driver’s license would be suspended in the Wisconsin computers, but the California computers would show that I had a valid California license, so I just kept driving. Most people who get a DUI are supposed to get an occupational permit, which allows you to drive only to and from school or work during specific hours, but I didn’t want to pay for this so I just kept driving like there was nothing wrong and luckily never got pulled over until several years later when my license was valid again. My California license probably was suspended, but I didn’t care, so I still drove as if nothing happened.

I did have another problem, though, because after a few months my Wisconsin license plates expired, and there’s nothing like driving an old beat-up car with expired out-of-state plates to raise suspicion when a cop sees it. Since I was most likely driving with a suspended license (along with my now expired registration), I used Photoshop to make a fake registration tag with the current year on it and glued it on my license plate. As if driving with a suspended license after getting a DUI wasn’t bad enough, I was now driving a car with fake registration stickers on it. I thought it was pretty creative, and luckily I never got pulled over, and the following year I was able to get valid California plates and could drive without getting nervous every time a cop was behind me. Getting the DUI really spooked me, especially being thrown in a jail cell with an overflowing bowl of feces that night. I also had to pay expensive fines, take alcohol education classes once or twice a week for several months, and attend a couple Alcoholics Anonymous meetings. I was not an alcoholic, but this was all part of my punishment by the court. This whole experience actually helped me realize the dangers of drinking and driving. Where I was from, the odds were the only thing you would really hit if you were drunk driving was a cornfield, but in California, there is so much traffic and so many lanes going in different directions and crazy intersections with curvy winding roads that it is very dangerous to drink and drive. Of course it’s dangerous to drink and drive anywhere, even surrounded by a bunch of cornfields, because you could hit an oncoming car or a tree, but we were too dumb to think about this at the time. After this experience I was fairly careful to not drink too much and then drive, and alcohol lost a little bit of its fun for me. Marijuana, on the other hand, had not. I still enjoyed smoking weed on a daily basis.

Where Can I Buy Some Weed Around Here? Our marijuana supply was rapidly dwindling after we arrived in California and we desperately needed to find a regular hookup so we could get more. We figured weed can’t be that hard to find in California, especially the dumpy area where we were living, so we walked around the streets by the beach asking random people if they knew where we could buy some pot.

You may be thinking this is a completely ridiculous thing to do, but we were desperate. It didn’t take long before we found a group of kids our age who said they could help. This was before medical marijuana was legal in California so we couldn’t just go and get a prescription for it and pick some up from the local dispensary. These were certainly not the most clean-cut group of kids, and one of them was carrying a cordless telephone that he was hoping to sell to someone so he would have money for his own weed, and even though these weren’t exactly our type of people, they know a guy who lived just a few blocks away who was the local pot dealer for the neighborhood so they introduced us to him. He seemed like a friendly guy at first and sold us a bag of some pretty decent weed and gave me his number for all of our future transactions. Over the next few months this dude was the most reliable pot dispenser I had ever found. He was always home after five o’clock in the evening and he always had some good weed available for sale. One thing I did notice about the guy was that he and his friends liked to play video games, particularly shoot ‘em up games. I would never hang out at his place for more than ten minutes, and it was always a quick and simple transaction, but it seemed that every night Fred and I stopped over there to score some weed, he and his friends were playing these games. “Shoot them in the fucking head!” he would always yell at the person playing the game. He seemed to have a real obsession with shooting people in the head. I didn’t think anything of it really until one morning before school I was watching the morning news and saw a report that showed his picture and mentioned that he was arrested the night before during a party at his apartment for shooting his girlfriend in the head and killing her. It was very surreal. I didn’t usually watch the news, it just happened to be on that morning. Not only did he just shoot his girlfriend and kill her, but he shot her in the head, just like he was always telling people to do when they were playing video games. It was quite disturbing. I shook off the weirdness and soon found another pot hookup at my community college who wasn’t a psycho.

Stalking Tony Robbins “Stalking” may not be the right word, because we didn’t mean Tony Robbins any harm, we just wanted to meet him and get his autograph in our copies of Unlimited Power . Anthony Robbins, of course, is the worldfamous motivational speaker and self-help guru, and his book, which Fred and I read in the dump truck while working for the weed cutter the summer after high school graduation, changed the course of our lives and opened us up to the world of self-improvement. In Unlimited Power , Tony said that he lived in a castle in Del Mar, California, a beautiful and wealthy beach community in San Diego County. Since we largely credited Tony with giving us the confidence to move to California to pursue our dreams, we wanted to meet him and have him autograph our books, so we set out to Del Mar to find the castle. We just asked random people walking on the street where Tony Robbins’ castle was, and to our surprise, somebody knew and pointed us in the right direction! We parked the car outside and walked up to the front door and both Fred and I had our copies of Unlimited Power in our hands as we anxiously awaited to meet our idol. A construction worker opened the door, and we asked him if Tony was home. He informed us that Tony had sold the castle and now lived in La Jolla, the next city south, so that’s where we went. While finding the “Del Mar Castle” was fairly simple, we wondered how in the world we would find Tony’s house in La Jolla. All we knew was that he lives somewhere in the city. We stopped at a local gas station and asked some people if they knew where Tony Robbins lived. It seems like a crazy thing to do, after all, what were the odds that some random stranger is going to happen to know where he lived? La Jolla is not exactly a small town. Someone told us he probably lived on La Jolla Farms Road, because that’s where all the richest of the rich live. The homes on this street are absolutely incredible. It feels like you’re in Beverly Hills. Most of them are gigantic and have beautiful and immaculate landscaping, and some of them you can’t even see because they’re hidden behind massive gates. Just driving down the street, truly is an incredible experience, especially for two

Midwestern boys who had no money and lived in a dumpy part of San Diego. This was definitely where the richest of the rich lived. We randomly pulled over and parked on the side of the road in front of one of the houses, and walked up to the front door to pretend that we had confused their house with Tony’s house, and acted like we were friends of his. When someone answered the door, I said nonchalantly, “Is Tony around?” “Tony?” the man responded. “Yeah. Tony and Becky” (his wife at the time). “Oh, you have the wrong house,” the man told us. “They live across the street.” “Across the street?” we thought to ourselves. “Thanks,” I said, as we turned in astonishment. What were the odds, we thought. Out of all the houses on this long and winding road, the one that we randomly chose to approach was the one directly across the street from his very house! Things soon got weirder. As we walked over to the house, which was hidden behind a large brown gate, a dark colored Porsche drove up and pulled into the driveway, stopping for a moment as the gate opened. We hurried over and approached the driver’s side and there he was, our hero, Anthony Robbins! I don’t know how he fit into that tiny car, but he did. “Tony!” I said, as we approached, holding our copies of his book. “Hey guys,” he said. “What’s going on?” “We just moved here to follow our dreams thanks to you and your book, and we wanted to meet you and say thanks,” I told him. He extended his hand to shake mine, and when they met, mine practically disappeared as he wrapped his gigantic fingers around it. People often joke that Tony has big teeth, but he also has a big head. The guy’s head was enormous, and so are his hands. He really is a giant.

We talked with him for a minute and then he autographed both of our books and drove off down his driveway, disappearing behind the closing gate. We walked back to my car stunned. We had done it. We just met Tony Robbins. Not only that, but we had somehow telepathically honed in on his exact location. What were the odds? Of all the houses on the street, we randomly chose the one directly across the street from him, and not only that, but as we were walking up to his driveway, he pulled up in his car! Tony’s teachings don’t get too much into the metaphysical, the mystical, or the spiritual, it’s mainly about strategies for creating habits that will ultimately lead you closer to your goals, but he does touch on some esoteric spiritual principles, and Fred and I drove back to our empty apartment with no furniture but two plastic Wal-Mart chairs astonished by what had just occurred. Different spiritual teachers, and even Jesus himself, spoke about the power of belief and said that if you simply believe enough, you can metaphorically move mountains, and that’s what we had done. We wanted to meet Tony Robbins so bad, and were so amped up on our new life in California after having just drove over 2000 miles with no apartment ready, no job lined up, no nothing, just our hopes and dreams of what lies ahead, and our focus was so sharp that we somehow metaphysically altered the course of our own reality causing our paths to cross with our inspiration, Tony Robbins. While I still look back on this in amazement, I must advise you that you should never just show up at the home of your favorite celebrity, ever . This is extremely creepy and if you feel that you “have” to meet them to thank them or to talk to them, then you have some mental problems. You might be saying, “but you did it, Mark.” Yeah, I did, and I was high as hell and out of my mind, and as you’ve figured out by now, I was completely insane.

Using Dish Soap in a Dishwasher How was I supposed to know that you’re not supposed to use dish soap in a dishwasher? This didn’t make any sense. I found this out the hard way after moving to California. My mom always did the dishes when I was growing up, and nobody ever told me the difference between dish soap and dishwasher detergent, and unfortunately I had to find this out on my own.

When I first moved out with John, Nick, and Bobby, in our house in Wisconsin this was never an issue, because we didn’t have a dishwashing machine in the house, but our apartment in California luckily had one, even though I didn’t really know how to use it. One morning I loaded up the dishwasher and turned it on right before leaving for the afternoon because it was loud and I didn’t want to be home when the thing was running. A few hours later I returned home to a flooded kitchen with a foot of soap suds everywhere. Later that afternoon, the maintenance guy came over to see what had happened because the neighbor below had reported a leak was coming through their ceiling. I told him my dishwasher must have broke and it overflowed. He rolled his eyes and immediately knew what happened. He asked if I used dish soap, and I said of course I used soap, how are the dishes going to get clean without any soap? He then informed me that you’re not supposed to use dish soap in the dishwasher, and you’re only supposed to use dishwasher detergent . Seriously, how was I supposed to know about this? Dish soap, dishwasher soap, how am I supposed to know there’s a difference? Luckily I didn’t have to pay for any of the damages. I felt like a complete idiot.

Ruining Thanksgiving Dinner Three months after we moved to California, Thanksgiving came around, the time when friends and families all sit around the dinner table and enjoy a good meal together. It’s the one night of the year when nobody likes to eat dinner at home all alone, and if a person doesn’t have any family in the area, then someone is bound to invite them over to their place. Since we didn’t have any family in the area, Curt’s parents generously invited Fred and I to join them and their friends at their house for Thanksgiving dinner. They would soon regret this. To our surprise, they apparently had forgiven us for showing up on their doorstep unannounced when we first arrived in California and shamefully imposed on them, essentially forcing them to let us stay at their house until we got an apartment. We showed up for Thanksgiving dinner high as hell

after having smoked a bunch of marijuana on the way there, and I’m sure Fred was drunk, and we were in no shape to be socializing with sophisticated adults. Early on at the dinner, Curt’s parents asked us what we thought of California. I spoke up and told them San Diego was fantastic, and I was glad that I moved here, but I really hated Los Angeles and thought it was a complete dump and everyone who lived there were fake, shallow, materialistic, scumbags—especially people in Hollywood who worked in the entertainment industry. I also said that I hoped God would wipe Los Angeles off the face of the earth in a massive earthquake. One of my favorite songs at the time was Aenima by Tool, which is basically about this kind of event and the singer’s hatred of Hollywood. An uncomfortable look crept onto their faces as Curt’s dad then informed me that their friends who were joining us that night, seated just across the table from me, lived in Los Angeles! I could feel the embarrassment rising up from the pit of my stomach. I tried to recover from this historic foot-in-mouth moment by asking them what they did for a living, assuming it was not something in the entertainment industry so I could then say that people in their industry are okay, it’s just the people in the entertainment industry in Los Angeles who I hated, but as it turned out both of them happened to work for Paramount, a major motion picture company. There was no recovering from what I just said. I basically just said they were scum and I hated them and hoped they died. I had pretty much ruined Thanksgiving dinner. There were a few moments of extreme uncomfortableness at the table, and I was so stoned I wasn’t sure if my anxiety was from the weed I was smoking earlier, or from insulting Curt’s parents’ guests, or both. I just started drinking more wine and forgot all about it until as Fred and I were leaving walking back out to the car, Fred started laughing uncontrollably. “You basically said you hoped the Langdon’s friends would die in an earthquake, at Thanksgiving dinner!” he cackled. He said it took all his strength and concentration not to bust out laughing uncontrollably at the table after I said it. We still laugh about it to this day. As bad as this was, it would pale in comparison to what we would later put the Langdon’s

through. Ruining Thanksgiving dinner one year is fairly easy to forgive and forget. What happened to them later because of us is not.

The Wrong Max Just a few weeks after my DUI, Fred was driving my car home from the bar one night and put it in the ditch, ruining the radiator. I had gotten a ride home from a girl I was trying to hook up with that night and left my car with Fred, but he was so drunk he crashed it on his way home. The car had been towed and impounded for being abandoned in the ditch, and we needed a ride to the impound lot on the other side of town to get it. Since we didn’t have any friends, this was extremely difficult. My one beginning friendship was with the kid named Max N, who was in my philosophy class at the local community college, but I didn’t have his phone number. I did know his full name, however, so we looked him up in the phone book, but realized there were pages of listings of people with his name because it was so common. What did we do? We started calling the listings in the phone book one by one. This was in 1998 and most people still had home phones (land lines) back then because cell phones were just starting to take off. Each time someone would answer I said, “Hey, it’s Mark from philosophy class.” The first dozen people I called had no idea what I was talking about, because obviously it was the wrong number, but after a while the person on the other end of the phone acknowledged that he was Max N from philosophy class, but when I said it was me, he didn’t know who I was. Not only did this Max N have the same name as my friend, but he was taking a philosophy class at the same college too! When I realized it wasn’t the same Max N that I knew, I told him why I was calling and explained that Max N was the only person we knew and that we had to go get my car from the tow yard. He was very sympathetic to our situation and offered to give us a ride! I gave him our address and twenty minutes later he came over and picked us up and drove us to the tow yard to get my car. This was amazing. This kid was a complete stranger, but he still offered to help us out. He didn’t even seem like a complete weirdo. He was a normal college kid who felt sorry for our situation and decided to help.

It was over $100 bucks to get the car out of the impound lot and Fred had left his keys in the ignition, but I had my set with me so we unlocked the car, got inside, and sped off. Hey, it was my car, so it wasn’t like I was stealing it or anything. It was still registered in Wisconsin, so how were they going to find us? As we drove home, the radiator leaked completely dry and the car almost overheated. The release valve on the bottom was ripped off, and in order to get the radiator to hold any water, we had to jam a towel inside the hole. Water still leaked out really bad, even with our make-shift plug put in the hole, and the car looked like it was going to overheat and ruin the engine, so we had to stop on the way home to add more water. We pulled into a parking lot somewhere and found an old cup on the ground and used it to scoop up water from a puddle and poured it into the radiator. It needed to be replaced anyway, so we figured how much more damage could some muddy puddle water do to it?

Going to The Late Late Show Fred, Max N, and I got tickets to be in the studio audience at The Late Late Show with Craig Kilborn when he hosted it in 1998, so we drove up to Los Angeles where it was filmed and smoked a big fat blunt on the way and anxiously awaited seeing one of our idols in person. Before we got to the studio we decided that we would do two things during the show. First, when Craig was introduced and the show began, we would applaud and holler like every audience did, but we wouldn’t stop because we wanted to see how long the crowd would go along with us; and second, we decided to start laughing and applaud after the setup for one of his jokes during the monologue, before he even got to the punch line. When the announcer said “Here’s your host…Craig Kilborn,” the audience erupted with applause and whoops and hollers, but just when everyone was starting to quiet down, all three of us would get even louder and kept yelling “yeah, Craig! Whooo!” and we kept applauding, and the audience would all join back in and we were able to keep this going for an abnormally long period of time, leaving a confused look on Craig’s face as he wondered why this was the most excited audience he had ever seen.

After he did a few jokes in his monologue, we all agreed now was the time to laugh at the setup, and so as soon as he finished the setup for his next joke and paused for a second before delivering the punch line, all three of us started laughing and applauding, and others in the audience followed like lemmings. The setup wasn’t even funny because the joke wasn’t finished, but most people still applauded with us! Morons! Like most late night comedy shows, the show was taped in the late afternoon or early evening and then aired later that night, so we were able to watch the show after we got back home. When it got to the part when we applauded at the setup, we realized that because so many people started applauding with us and because of our yelling, you couldn’t even hear the punch line for the joke at all! It was the weirdest thing to watch and Craig looked baffled as he continued on to the next joke, no doubt wondering why people were applauding when his joke wasn’t even finished.

Free Food from Complaining Sometimes I’m very attuned to details, and I noticed that practically every food product you buy at the grocery store has a quality guarantee that says if you are not completely satisfied with the product, you can return it for a full refund or a replacement and they list an 800-number for you to call if you want to complain. I didn’t have much money and what little I had I was spending on weed and beer, so I didn’t really have much left over to buy food—especially good food. Fred and I pretty much ate peanut butter and jelly, romen noodles, and spaghetti with no sauce because the sauce cost too much. We needed to eat, but more importantly, we needed beer and weed, so one afternoon I called the phone number listed on a pizza box and complained to the company about it hoping they would give me a refund. I told them it didn’t look like the picture, which it didn’t, and I was very disappointed. On the box, the pizza looked fantastic with all kinds of cheese and pepperoni spread all over the top, but the actual pizza didn’t look anything like that. The robotic customer service person on the other end of the line read a scripted response off their computer screen telling me, “I’m sorry sir for your dissatisfaction. We are committed to providing a quality product to our customers and you are important to us,” and they told me that they

would like to send me some free coupons for a replacement. I gave them my address and a fake name and they sent me some coupons for free pizzas! Who doesn’t like pizza, especially when it’s free? My plan worked just as I expected. I then went through our kitchen cabinet (what little food we had) and I called all the 800 numbers on every package and complained about them all. I would just tell them I didn’t like it or that it looked better on the package and I was very disappointed. Their response was the same every time. “I’m sorry sir, we are committed to providing a quality product to our customers. We would like to send you some free coupons for reimbursement, bla bla bla.” The only thing we had to eat in the apartment was pretty much peanut butter and pizza, so I took a notepad and pen to the grocery store and started writing down the 1-800 numbers from every different kind of product I had an appetite for. The customer service person always asked for the specific lot number or item number that’s stamped on the particular product when I called to complain, so along with the 800 number I would write down the product name, the size, and the specific item number. I did this for just about everything you can imagine. Bread, meat, cookies, peanut butter, jelly, frozen dinners, milk, cereal, soda, spaghetti sauce, I even started calling and complaining about the beer that we drank, telling the company it tasted stale and they would send me free coupons for beer! That’s right, free. One beer company even sent me a check for seven or eight dollars to compensate me for the six-pack that I said I didn’t like! They certainly didn’t want me switching my brand of beer and lose me as a customer for life, so they sent me some money to keep me happy. The cashiers at the grocery store would always look at me funny when they rang up $250 worth of groceries, including beer, steaks, juice, cereal, and just about everything else in the store, and then I would hand them a large stack of coupons they would have to scan one by one, and the balance would be reduced to zero dollars. They had never seen anything like it and were always surprised. I felt a little weird sometimes, but we were eating like kings without paying a dime. I even got Levi’s to send me a few pairs of free jeans because I called them and complained that mine had worn out.

People always complain that companies have terrible customer service, but I can’t praise the food industry enough. They were more than generous and kept me from starving to death.

Custom Compilations While burning your own CDs filled with your favorite music became commonplace in the 2000’s, in the late 1990s, CD burners were very expensive and few people even knew about MP3s back then; but we did. We were on the cutting edge of technology and were downloading MP3s before anyone heard of Napster, and three years before Apple had released the iPod or iTunes. Fred and I came up with the idea to start a “company” we called Custom Compilations where we would burn people compilation CDs of their favorite songs for only $9.99 — less than the cost of a new CD itself. While the idea of Custom Compilations was genius and ahead of its time, our business practices were a bit unorthodox. We didn’t have the money or the resources to acquire the proper licensing to buy the rights to popular songs (we were only twenty-years-old) so that we could legally make copies by burning them onto CDs, so we decided to download the songs from the Internet for free and then just use them anyway. I made up some nice fliers that explained our service and had a section where people could write in the songs in the order that they wanted them to appear on their CD, and we made a large color sign and brought a table out to the quad at my college and set up a booth trying to promote our idea. We figured people could fill in their desired songs on the order form and then we would go home and download them and burn them onto a CD, and the very next day we would meet them in the quad and they could pay us when we gave them their CD. This idea really was ahead of its time because hardly anyone had CD burners or knew that you could download mp3s of practically any song you wanted, but our “business” was slow to take off and we needed money fast, so we quickly abandoned the idea of Custom Compilations and launched another operation that would become immediately profitable.

Selling Fake IDs Every college kid wants a fake ID so they can buy beer and get into clubs and bars, so we decided to tap this enormous market to help pay for rent and fund our weed habit. I went out and bought the best color printer on the market at the time and a Polaroid camera, and using Photoshop we went to work. (Digital cameras were very expensive back in 1998, so we had to use a Polaroid.) We found a template on the Internet of the driver’s license from Georgia, the only state whose license didn’t have a hologram on it, so we could easily replicate it. Fred and I already had fake IDs, but we needed a sample of our work, so we took my picture with the Polaroid camera and scanned it into the computer and shortly after printed out my new Georgia driver’s license. We bought a laminating machine and small lamination cards from Office Depot, and we assembled my new ID with the precision of a surgeon. It looked pretty good, so I brought it with me to school the next day and in between my classes I would approach random groups of students and ask them if they wanted fake IDs. I would show them the one that we had just made and take a picture of whoever wanted one with the Polaroid camera and wrote down whatever name and birth date they wanted on their ID and scheduled a time for them to meet me the next day where I would exchange their new fake ID for $100 cash. We were very proud of our fake ID business. After all, where could you possibly get a fake ID within 24 hours? The best part was that the students wouldn’t even have to pay us until after we gave them their ID so they knew it wasn’t a scam just to take their money. Business was good. Some days we made $400 or $500 dollars a day. We did this only for about a month or two before we had marijuana-fuelled paranoia that the FBI was going to bust down our door early one morning and raid our apartment. We still had absolutely no furniture at all, except for the two plastic Wal-Mart chairs and a few odds and ends we had found out by the dumpster. We looked like spies, or terrorists. We had a large map of California taped on the wall because we didn’t have the money for decorations, and we each slept on inflatable camping mattresses. Our apartment didn’t look like a

home, it looked like a temporary command center for some kind of illegal operation. Because we were so short on money, when we abandoned the ID operation, we boxed up the expensive color printer and returned it to Circuit City as if it was brand new for what I expected would be a full refund, but what I didn’t realize was that the store had a policy that if you waited more than 14 days to return certain electronics, they would only give you in-store credit. I didn’t want in-store credit, I wanted the money, so I hung out in the store parking lot approaching people who were walking in, and told them that I would buy what they were looking for with my in-store credit slip, if they would then give me the cash. It was embarrassing. We also returned the laminator machine and the Polaroid camera to Office Depot and were able to get a cash refund for them. We had opened each package very carefully and sealed them all back up as if they were brand new. It was reminiscent of the days a few years back when I would return used video games by re-shrink wrapping them. Part of the reason we abandoned the fake ID operation was because if the authorities found out about us and raided our apartment, they would discover something else we would rather keep to ourselves.

Growing Weed Since our biggest monthly expense next to rent was our weed habit, and we didn’t have jobs and our savings were rapidly depleting, we did what any economically fiscal pothead would do, and decided to start growing our own. We didn’t want to sell the weed and be drug dealers; we just didn’t want to spend any more money on it since we smoked it every day. Fred spent an afternoon researching on the Internet how to start an indoor grow room, but we were disappointed to find out that you needed special light bulbs in order to give off enough light for the plants to grow properly. These lights were fairly expensive, at least to us they were, but we thought we would try growing weed anyway, and instead of using the proper lights

we just bought a few three-foot-long florescent fixtures from Home Depot and thought we would try them instead of using the recommended lighting. While I was actually enrolled in college and gone for half the day, Fred had nothing to do and didn’t even have a car since we shared mine, so he spent his afternoons transforming his closet into the grow room. Fred is a genius when it comes to engineering, and if he actually applied himself, he could have put his skills to work in college, but Fred didn’t like college. He did like the idea of unlimited free marijuana though, so he figured out how to mix up the soil and built an adjustable lighting system and meticulously constructed his masterpiece. We saved the seeds from the pot that we were smoking and Fred nursed them like they were his babies until they started sprouting. Within just a few weeks the plants were growing up out of the soil and looked beautiful. There were probably a dozen or more, filling the entire inside of Fred’s closet. He wore the same blue T-shirt every day anyway, so he didn’t really need the closet for his clothes. We anxiously awaited our garden’s maturity so we could sample our homegrown weed and start reducing our expenses. Christmas time was just around the corner and we had gotten plane tickets to fly back to Wisconsin for a week and a half, so we wouldn’t be at our apartment to water the plants or raise the lights, so we gave our only friend Max N the key to our apartment and trusted him with the task. Max liked to smoke a lot of pot too, so we had something in common. Since I wanted to have pot to smoke when I was back in Wisconsin, I brought some with me on the airplane because I didn’t know if I was going to be able to score some once I got back there. Carrying drugs onto an airplane is pretty stupid, especially when this was the first time I had ever flown in my entire life and I didn’t know if they used drug dogs to look for people smuggling drugs or what kind of security measures were in place, so I taped the bag of weed inside my pants just in case any drug dogs smelled it and security made me empty my pockets or searched my carry-on bag. Luckily it was no problem, and I got on the plane just fine carrying about a quarter ounce of pot.

Our original plan when we moved to California was to have myself, Fred, and Diego all move out together at the end of the summer, but Diego decided he would join us a few months later at the end of the year so he could finish the fall semester at college. After Christmas, we all flew back to California for some more adventures, now involving the three of us. Diego didn’t smoke pot, and even though he knew Fred and I had been potheads for years, he was a little uncomfortable with the fact that we were growing it in our apartment. It didn’t really surprise him, he just shook his head at our stupidity. The pot plants grew for the next few months, but because we weren’t using the proper lighting, the buds (the part you smoke) were very thin and practically useless. Our operation had failed. We couldn’t really throw a dozen 5-foot-tall pot plants out in the dumpster because that would be a little difficult to explain to the neighbors, so we cut down the plants one by one and stuck them down the garbage disposal. It ground them up pretty well at first, but the stems on some of the plants were so thick that after a few minutes the garbage disposal got jammed up. We couldn’t call maintenance to come over and fix it, because once the guy took it apart he would realize that it was full of pot leaves, so luckily we were able to fix it ourselves and finished disposing of the evidence. I continued being a pothead for several years after this, and smoked so much over the years that I had a chronic smoker’s cough because of it. I didn’t smoke cigarettes at all, only weed, which is probably 10 times worse for your lungs if it’s not filtered with a water bong, especially if it’s the old, rotten, moldy “Mex” weed shipped in from Mexico in bricks, as opposed to the home grown hydroponics that has become the California standard and widely available at medical marijuana dispensaries and grown in closets by hobbyists. When I finally did quit smoking weed every day a few years later, I joined 24 Hour Fitness and started working out five days a week to get in shape. Every morning in the shower I would cough up some tar and spit on the white shower wall to see how nasty it was. Within several months the tar balls were much smaller, but I could still see black residue in my spit.

For over a year I would still cough up black tar in the morning. A year! And this was with me working out five days a week. I started worrying that I had a tumor or something in my lung that was producing the black stuff I was coughing up because it just kept coming. Finally after a year or so my lungs were clean. I’m not saying I won’t take a bong hit or eat a brownie ever again, but the wake and baking and 24/7 pot smoking had to come to an end.

Working as a Telemarketer One of the first real jobs I got in California was at a shady telemarketing company that promoted timeshares. Fred and I and my new friend Max, who I met at school in a philosophy class, all got hired at the same time. There was a group interview and the company hired a bunch of people, and their lack of standards caused them to hire us. You can probably imagine what a telemarketing company is like, it’s mainly just a huge room full of desks and phones and people making unsolicited phone calls all day to promote whatever crap it is they’re selling. The job was a weekend job only on Saturdays and Sundays for about six hours each day, and the first day on the job we smoked a huge blunt (a cigar filled with marijuana) on the way to work and arrived nice and high. We were all given phone lists of people to call to try and rope in to buy a timeshare, but nobody really seemed to be interested. 99% of the people would hang up on us or yelled at us for calling them. This just wasn’t going to work, so we started making prank phone calls to random people and enjoying ourselves. It was much better than pitching timeshares. The three of us just sat around laughing all day, and it was clear that we were not doing our job. On our break we would go out back and smoke more weed by the dumpster and would come back in reeking of marijuana and just screw around for the rest of our shift. One time the manager came in and started yelling at us, and we all just started laughing uncontrollably at him because we were so high we couldn’t contain ourselves. Right to his face! We all got fired. What a surprise.

Telling My Boss Off Over the Loudspeakers Once I recorded an audio CD of me telling a story about how messed up the furniture store was that I worked at and how incompetent most of my coworkers were. I laid my audio track on top of the creepy theme song for Unsolved Mysteries and burned it onto a CD and brought it to work the next day and put it in the company’s stereo system and set it on repeat. After turning the volume up all the way, I closed down the building and went home for the night while the CD was blasting on repeat inside throughout the entire building—my several minute rant, repeating, over and over again. I was yelling pretty loud in the recording since I was venting months of frustration. It was awesome. The next morning the manager came to work and unlocked the door only to be greeted by my voice yelling over the loudspeakers how pathetic he was and how pathetic the company was. It was a good three minute rant detailing the failures of the company in a shocking and vicious attack set to music which multiplied its effect. They didn’t fire me because they needed me since I was a great salesman, and like I said, pretty much everyone else there was incompetent. The company went bankrupt a few months later. I saw the writing on the wall as clear as day and my CD was an omen for everyone else to hear.

Turning Twenty-One A funny thing happened when I finally did turn twenty-one, after six years of hardcore drinking and partying since freshman year of high school. Fred, Diego and I went to our favorite grocery store to stock up on plenty of beer to celebrate, and the girl at the cash register made a comment about how we must be having a big party because of all the beer we were buying. “Yeah it’s my birthday,” I told her. “How old are you?” she asked. “Twenty-one,” I responded. “Twenty-one?” she said with a puzzled look. I had been buying beer from her regularly for the last four months ever since I moved to California. I was such a frequent customer that we were on a first name basis and she didn’t even bother to card me anymore because she knew who I was. She

looked at me with a strange face after I told her it was my twenty-first birthday. “I was using a fake ID all of this time,” I told her as a grinned. “But I’m twenty-one now.” She just shook her head and rang up my beer. I think she just wanted to sleep with me.

Miscellaneous California Craziness A friend of Diego’s from work named Demetrios invited us over for a party one night that he and his roommates were having and it was a good time until I offended one of his roommates by saying that Mexico was a complete dump. (I think I called it a complete shit hole to be exact.) Have you ever been to Tijuana? It is a complete dump, and when I happened to mention this fact, before I knew it, Demetrios’ roommate was holding a knife to my throat. He was a Mexican and took great offense to me saying that Mexico was a shit hole. I told him I was new to California and that I was a hick from Wisconsin and I didn’t mean anything by it and thankfully he put the knife away and told me I better not say anything bad about Mexico again. The truth hurts sometimes, you know. We didn’t know it at first but Demetrios was a complete scumbag and liked to snort crystal meth and hang out with strippers who also enjoyed doing drugs. One night when Diego was hanging out at his place a couple guys walked in and pulled guns on them and started yelling about the money Demetrios owed them. That was pretty much the end of our friendship with Demetrios. My 1981 AMC Concord was having some problems since it was getting old. The power steering pump was leaking pretty bad, and since power steering fluid was fairly expensive, I just started pouring motor oil in it and the pump would start working again for a week or so and then I would have to add more oil, but after a while even that got too expensive, so I just starting filling the power steering pump with water. It actually worked. (If you don’t know anything about cars, this is a completely asinine thing to do.) If there was no power steering fluid in the unit (or in this case, it was now water) then I could barely turn the steering wheel. I could still drive the car, but it was very difficult to turn, especially when getting into (or backing out of) a parking space. Conventional wisdom would say that doing such a

dumb thing as pouring water into a power steering pump would cause it to rust and seize, but it actually worked fine and I was able to sell the car a few months later before things really started going wrong with it. Diego came running back up to our apartment after taking out the trash one day frantically saying that the dumpster was on fire, and he grabbed a bucket and filled it up with water from the kitchen sink and ran out there and dumped it on the flames, and I grabbed a pitcher from the cabinet and filled it up with water and followed right behind him. We called 911 to tell them what was happening because the flames were getting pretty high. As we waited for a fire truck to arrive, we continued running back and forth from our apartment to the dumpster with buckets of water throwing them on the flames. Luckily we were able to put the fire out. If Diego hadn’t went out there to throw something away and saw the flames, then it would have only taken a few more minutes before they spread, lighting the car port on fire, and then who knows what else. Just as we breathed a sigh of relief we noticed that another dumpster across the parking lot was on fire too! We frantically put the flames out with more buckets of water from our kitchen sink. The fire department didn’t arrive until after we had put the second dumpster fire out. Some idiot in our complex had deliberately set them on fire! I don’t know if they ever found out who did it, but when they tried to raise our rent a few months later I sent the rental agency a nasty letter telling them how we had saved the complex from burning down and they decided to keep our rent the same. Somehow despite my constant pot smoking, my lack of money for the first few years after I moved to California, and living in a crappy apartment in a dumpy part of town seven miles from the beach, I was able to hook up with two out of the three hottest girls at my college. I made only slight progress with my number one choice who was the most beautiful girl on campus, but she had a boyfriend who she had met on vacation in Cancun or the Bahamas or somewhere, and she planned on moving to Tennessee to be with him. She was crazy, and her roommate thought she was crazy, and since she barely knew the guy, I figured I could convince her not to make the foolish move to Tennessee to be with him.

After making it clear I was perusing her, she invited me to come and work out with her at 24 Hour Fitness one afternoon, so I worked out with her and her two friends, but I didn’t get anywhere with her. She was actually the reason I joined 24 Hour Fitness so I could go and workout with her, so at least something good came out of me perusing her, and landing two out of the three hottest girls on campus still isn’t bad.

The Fun Couldn’t Last After Diego moved in with Fred and I in January, he was the voice of reason we had been missing. He had always been the most responsible of the three of us. Where Fred and I fed off each other’s insanity, Diego could see we were out of control. He had gotten a real job at a business nearby, and I was going to a community college looking to transfer to a university in a few semesters, but Fred still held onto the hope that we could come up with some business opportunity so we would not have to get real jobs. While all three of us drank frequently, Fred’s drinking was getting out of control. Since he didn’t go to school or have a car or job, he would just surf the Internet all day at our apartment and drink and smoke weed. When I would arrive home from class in the afternoon, he was already pretty wasted. Even though I was smoking weed every day and wasn’t the most responsible person in the world, I could see that Fred was spiraling out of control. He would pass out on the floor every night at about 6 or 7pm after drinking all day and was just a mess. Since we were all running out of money, we were drinking boxes of Franzia wine since it was so cheap. Franzia is that bargain box wine that everyone makes fun of. We would buy three or four boxes at a time because beer was getting too expensive. I ended up getting a job at a bookstore at the mall, and after a few more months Fred moved back to Wisconsin. His dad offered him a job with his construction company and wanted him to take over the business in a few years when he retired. It seemed like a good gig, and Fred didn’t want to turn it down. Diego and I were both relieved that we did not have Fred in our lives anymore. Even though I had been a large part of the madness and Fred was one of my best friends, even I realized that he and I were going down the wrong path. Even though I still liked to party, I was beginning to

learn how to balance it with being a responsible student and started thinking about my future career. Shortly after Fred moved out, Diego moved in with his girlfriend who he would later marry and I got my own studio apartment and transferred from the community college to a university to get my bachelor’s degree in communication. The most insane chapter of my life was finally over. I would not entirely leave the madness of the past behind me, however. In the coming years it reared its ugly head a few times like the ghost of Christmas past reminding me that I still had some work to do to straighten myself up.

New Year’s Eve 1999 By the end of 1999 Fred had been living back in Wisconsin and working for his dad but came back to San Diego for the historic New Years Eve of 1999 as we left the twentieth century behind us and entered the year 2000. Curt, Diego’s old roommate from freshman year of college, was also in San Diego for winter break and all of us decided to go to downtown San Diego for New Years. Diego had bought a small Ford Ranger truck by this time, and I was too messed up to drive by the time we left for downtown, so Diego decided to drive his truck that night because he was worried if he drove my beat up old car with the out-of-state license plates on it that it may draw suspicion causing him to get pulled over by the cops. I told you he was the smartest out of the three of us. Diego and Curt rode in the cab of the truck, and Fred and I ducked down in the back as we headed downtown since all four of us couldn’t fit up in the front. There’s nothing like laying down in the bed of a truck looking up at the night sky when you’re wasted as you’re flying down the freeway to reinforce the idea that you’re not normal. We ended up going to a bar and grill called Dick’s Last Resort to celebrate the big event. Fred got thrown out within an hour or so for saying something insulting to a bartender because she was too slow in getting him a drink, but he was able to sneak back in without notice. I brought a few pre-rolled joints which we would occasionally smoke outside in the courtyard and we did this a few times without notice, but our luck later ran out.

The four of us were standing around out there smoking a joint (except Diego who didn’t smoke weed) when the bouncer who threw Fred out spotted him and grabbed him, pushing him towards the exit. Another bouncer who came over for backup noticed Curt was holding a lit joint and so he grabbed Curt and threw him out too. Curt had a drink in his hand which spilled on Diego as the bouncer grabbed him, so Diego started swearing at him and so he signaled to another bouncer and he grabbed Diego and literally pushed him out the door too. Three out of four us had just gotten thrown out in a span of about 15 seconds. I then followed after the bouncers as they shoved everyone outside and we decided to call it a night and go home. At least it was after midnight and we had made it to the New Year.

Almost Missing College Graduation Since I didn’t have a high school graduation technically, since I was not allowed at the ceremony, my college graduation was extremely special to both me and my parents. After all, I had never worn a cap and gown before so this was a big occasion. My parents had flown to California from Wisconsin for the ceremony and before I arrived, a bunch of friends and I met at a local bar to tip back some beers and get a nice buzz on to celebrate. An hour later I led the procession to the ceremony, and just as I was pulling into the parking lot, I rear-ended the car ahead of me and both of my airbags blew out. I wasn’t going that fast, but it was still fast enough to trigger the airbags. The plastic flap covering the airbag on my steering wheel practically sliced into the side of my arm as it flew open and I immediately had what looked like road rash covering part of my forearm from it scraping me. The airbags also stunk really bad and were very loud when they deployed. The car I hit had been pulling into the parking lot too, and so I followed it in and parked alongside of them. As we got out of our vehicles and inspected the damage, which was barely noticeable, I was in my cap and gown so they knew I was graduating, but I doubt they had any idea that I had been drinking. I’m sure I was over the legal limit, and I started worrying that the cops were going to come over to investigate and realize I was drunk.

I started to have visions of my parents sitting in the audience waiting for that proud moment when their son finally walked across the stage and got his diploma, but when my name was called, I was nowhere to be seen. I had to get out of there and get into the ceremony before I got arrested. Ever since my DUI years earlier, I had been very careful not to drink and drive, but this was graduation, and the ceremony was only a mile or so away from the bar, so I didn’t think it would matter. I had a few hundred dollars on me and I offered to give it to the driver of the car if they just forgot that this happened, and I told them I had to get going for the ceremony. The guy driving the car wanted to take it in to get an estimate for the stupid little scratch I left on his bumper, so we exchanged information and I told him that I would just pay for it out right if they sent me the bill because I didn’t want my insurance company to get involved. Word spread at the ceremony that night to everyone in my department about the accident, and everyone kept asking me if I was ok. Aside from the scratch on my arm from the airbag, I was fine, but I was a little shaken up and started having flashbacks of my DUI arrest several years earlier. I really had been careful not to drink and drive since my DUI, but like I said, this was graduation, and I was only driving a mile down the road so I didn’t think it would matter. This was almost the last straw that scared me straight once and for all. What would happen two weeks later would make sure I never returned to my reckless and irresponsible ways.

The Bachelor Party We Would Never Forget Diego, who had been living with his girlfriend for some time, was getting married. His relationship with her had helped save him from wasting his life away like Fred and I had been doing when we were all roommates. By this time, Fred had moved back to Wisconsin several years earlier and had a steady girlfriend and a job, and I just graduated college two weeks before the wedding, so it felt like we were all finally growing up. Almost all of the craziness we were involved in was a thing of the past. Normal life awaited us. Family and friends of the bride and groom all flew out to California for the beautiful outdoor wedding. Two days before the big day we had Diego’s

bachelor party, and since he was the first one of us to get married, it had to be epic. Our crew was finally reunited for the first time in years. It was Diego, Fred, John (my college roommate from sophomore year who was involved in the puking in the flowers incident with me), Carl (the guy who wanted to steal the dead cats from the dumpster at school and throw them in a teacher’s yard), Ken (whose car door got a hole punched in it when Fred threw a construction barricade at someone’s mailbox as we drove by), Curt (Diego’s roommate from freshman year, whose parents let Fred and I stay with them when we first arrived in California), Diego’s younger brother (who didn’t really cause any trouble), and myself. We decided to go to downtown San Diego and hit up a club, and we got a stretched Ford Excursion limo for the ride. We would be getting extremely drunk this night, so we wanted to make sure nobody would get a DUI, and who doesn’t like to party in the back of a limo? Before we arrived downtown, we stopped off at a strip club first. On the drive downtown there was a porno playing on the television located at the front of the limo, and we were drinking and batting around a blow up doll that Ken had bought for the party. When we got out of the limo at the strip club we could see the porno playing on the TV through the tinted window. Because the TV was fairly bright and right next to the window, the picture clearly shined through since it was dark outside. We all started laughing, wondering what the cars had thought that were driving next to us on the freeway since they all could see the porno playing though the window. It was turning out to be a great night. We did the strip club thing, and almost got thrown out after Diego did a back flip on stage after the strippers pulled him up there when they learned it was his bachelor party. Fred then commented that, “This is the kind of night that could end up like some fucked up movie.” Little did we know at the time, but he was right. What would transpire later in the evening was even more fucked up than anything we could imagine. After the strip club, we had a good time at On Broadway, a club downtown, and on the way home we enjoyed sticking the blow up doll out the window and yelling at people walking along the streets. The limo dropped Diego off back at his apartment, and a few other guys at their hotels, and Curt, Ken

and I crashed at Curt’s parents’ house since they were out of town. This was the beautiful multimillion dollar place on top of a huge bluff right next to the ocean where Fred and I stayed (freeloaded) for a few days when we first arrived in California. Curt went to bed and Ken and I sat out on the patio furniture near the edge of the bluff admiring the view. It was pretty late and we were wasted from a great party. Ken had his feet sitting on top of the table and was slouched back in his chair, looking like he was about to pass out soon. After a little while I got up to go to bed and told him not to fall asleep out there because it was pretty chilly. I crashed in Curt’s sister’s room since she was out of town with the parents and the next thing I knew the door bell was ringing and it was morning. Early in the morning. Nobody was answering the door and it kept ringing so I got up to see who it was. To my surprise there stood a police officer. “Was there a party here last night?” he asked. “No,” I answered. “We had a bachelor party, but we just took a limo downtown, we didn’t party here,” I added. It was only the three of us, Ken, Curt and myself who came back to Curt’s parents’ house, and we weren’t loud at all, so I didn’t know why the cop had come over. “Somebody fell off the bluff last night,” he said, “and we think it was from a party at one of the houses up here.” I still didn’t know what he was talking about and wondered why he was telling me this. He then went on to tell me that the person who fell off the cliff had died. I was still pretty much drunk, and this was real early in the morning so I wasn’t thinking clearly. I didn’t understand what he was getting at. The cop then asked me to make sure everyone in the house was accounted for, so I opened the guest room door to see if Ken was sleeping in there, but the room was empty. I found Curt upstairs sleeping in another bedroom, and I looked around the house to see where Ken had crashed but I couldn’t find him. I thought maybe some of the other guys had picked him up and went out to breakfast, so I tried calling his cell phone but he didn’t answer. The police officer then started describing what the guy looked like who had fallen off the cliff. It sounded like Ken. “I’m really sorry,” said the police officer, “but I’m pretty sure it was your friend.”

My eyes started welling up with tears as I remembered him sitting out there at the table, which was only 10 or 15 feet from the edge of the cliff. There was no railing at all, just a huge drop-off to the ocean below. I started having flashes of images pop into my mind imagining Ken getting up out of his chair to come inside and stumbling and falling over the cliff. I then had a wave of images flood my mind of the wedding that was scheduled for the very next day. Curt was in such a stupor from the previous night, he wouldn’t wake up. I would shake him and he would just mumble incoherently and groan. I called Fred on his cell who was with his girlfriend at their hotel room and I told him to get back to Curt’s house immediately. Of course he asked why, and I told him I would tell him once he got there, but that he needed to get there ASAP. He could tell by my tone that something was very wrong. What was I going to tell Diego? Ken was one of the groomsmen, and one of our best friends. How could we explain this to Ken’s mom? How could we tell everyone who came for the wedding? Would there still be a wedding? It didn’t even make any sense to us. We were in shock and weren’t sure what happened. Fred cracked a beer and started drinking to relieve the stress. It was probably 7:30am. A bunch more police and firefighters came to the house along with forensics people, and they were able to determine that Ken decided to walk down the bluff to go to the beach and fell to his death at the point where the cliff drops off in a concave cutout from the crashing waves below. With no railing to deter anyone from walking down the back yard toward the beach, and in the fog and in the dark in of night, nobody could see where the hill suddenly drops off. The coroner said alcohol was not a factor and that visual conditions on the horizon where the water meets the sky causes an optical illusion making it difficult for a person to get their bearings straight in the dark because there are no points of reference. As he made his way down the moderately sloped back yard in the fog, he was unable to determine where the cliff dropped off until he already stepped off with one foot, losing his balance, and falling to his death on the hard sand below. The homeowners were really negligent for not having any kind of railing to discourage people from walking down towards the beach there. Pretty much every other house on that bluff had railings. This one had nothing. The

backyard just led to a slope which later dropped off. It was very deceptive and it’s hard for me to describe if you haven’t seen it for yourself. The bottom line is, if there was a fucking railing like there should have been, then this would have never happened. Those dumb fuck negligent homeowners! I decided to call Ken’s brother instead of his mom, since it would be easier to break the news to him. He was a few years older than us and was in my brother’s class. How do you call one of your best friend’s moms and tell her that her son, who just flew out to California for a wedding, died at the bachelor party? Calling Ken’s brother was the most difficult thing I had to do in my life. Shortly after I told Ken’s brother what had happened, Ken’s mom called me to try and piece things together. We weren’t even sure what had happened at this point, so it was very difficult for her to make sense of it. It was hard for all of us to wrap our minds around what had just happened. The next most difficult thing was calling Diego to tell him what happened. After I told him he asked me if I was serious, and when I said I wasn’t joking, he smashed the phone against the wall and rushed over to Curt’s house. After all the forensics investigators were done tracing Ken’s steps down the bluff, they all left and we stood in the back yard dumbfounded. Ken had already picked up his tuxedo from the rental shop, so on my way back to my apartment I brought it with me, unused, still in its plastic to return it. “Why didn’t you need it?” the guy at the store asked. “He’s dead,” I answered. What else could I say. He must have seen the dazed look on my face and knew I was serious. The wedding went on as planned, and surprisingly we had a good time. Ken was always the life of the party, and he certainly wouldn’t want us to get all depressed and have a bad time at the wedding, so we partied it up to celebrate Diego’s wedding and to remember all the good times and trouble we had gotten into with Ken when we were younger. I ended up hooking up with Diego’s cousin, who was single and extremely beautiful, so that really helped me get through the night too. She was a hot blonde who flew in from the Midwest for the wedding and didn’t have a date.

A week or so later we all gathered back in Wisconsin for Ken’s funeral. It was like a class reunion. Almost everyone from our school was there. Ken was pretty popular and everybody loved him, and our whole town was in shock at what had happened. Everyone felt bad for us too, and especially Diego and his wife. The whole thing was so surreal, and it was so messed up, I just didn’t know how to deal with it. I couldn’t get it out of my head. The bachelor party, the bluff, the police, Ken, the funeral, it all just kept swirling around in my brain. This happened around the end of May, and for that entire summer I just smoked as much pot as I could to try and get my mind off it. I didn’t even go to the beach that summer, since Ken had died on the beach; just being there made me think of his dead body lying in the sand. I had loved the beach and went there at least once a week for years, but that summer I didn’t go at all and I was as white as a ghost from not getting any sun. We had done everything we could to be safe that night. None of us drank and drove like in the past. That’s why we got the limo to make sure everyone was safe, but somehow, the night still ended in tragedy. I wondered for a long time what the message was in this tragedy. What was the lesson to be learned? Why would God allow this to happen? I realized that you never know when you’re gonna die, or when the ones you love are going to die. Despite every precaution, when you least expect it, and in the most unanticipated way, someone’s life can be lost. You know they say that shooting stars burn out bright, and Ken certainly was a shooting star. He was the life of the party, a ladies man, everyone’s friend, and an all-around great guy. I was very lucky to be friends with him. He really knew how to get the most out of life and after I was able to shake off my depression, that’s what I started doing.

Looking

Back

On It All

Of course it was extremely juvenile, immature, reckless, disrespectful, dangerous, stupid, rude, foolish, moronic, idiotic and illegal to do some of the things I did growing up, and one may even argue that writing this book is almost just as bad. Regardless of how bad some of the more questionable activities were that I was involved in, you gotta admit that a lot of them were pretty cool, and if they entertained you by just reading about them, just imagine how cool it was for my friends and I to actually do them! Writing this book was really just a trip down memory lane for myself. As I would write down the stories and review them and edit them, they were so clear in my mind it was like they just happened yesterday. And who wouldn’t like to relive their childhood, a time when you had no responsibilities and you didn’t have to worry about things like your job, bills, retirement, scumbag politicians, insurance, your health, and the dozens of other things that can bring you down when you get older. When I was working on this book some people asked me what the point of it was. The point is, it was fun for me. The point is also to entertain you; to bring you back to your own childhood for a few hours; to show how creativity that is not properly channeled can be dangerous and illegal, and also to let parents know that if their kids seem to be crazy and out of control, there is hope for them that they can find a way to use that energy to better themselves, make a decent living, or even change the world in a positive way. In movies and comic books, super heroes and villains could almost always be the same person, but one of them took the wrong path at some point in their life. If Batman took just a slightly different road in life, he could have been a very dangerous criminal mastermind. If the TV serial killer Dexter had a different moral code, he would have ended up killing innocent people instead of killing murderers who slipped through the justice system and had gotten away with their crimes. Great men throughout history like Martin Luther who initiated the Protestant Reformation, the civil rights leader Martin Luther King Jr, founding father Benjamin Franklin, and countless other men and women we see as heroes today, were actually trouble makers who caused trouble for

the right reasons. Trouble making is a talent and a skill that can be used for either good things or bad. I’ll never forget an old guy named Laurence who was a pharmacist at a local pharmacy that I worked at when I was in high school who years later told me, “I always thought one day you’d be famous or in jail.” He said this when I had bumped into him ten years after we worked together. Laurence saw that I had a lot of potential when I was young, but he wasn’t sure how I would use it. You may think that because I worked at a pharmacy when I was in high school, that I would steal all kinds of pain killers because I liked to party, but honestly I never stole a single pill ever. I respected the owner, and I would never do anything to cheat him or steal from him. I did have a conscience and a code of conduct, believe it or not. Popping pain pills never really appealed to me either. I was also a late bloomer. I wasted a lot of time, money, and energy before finally shaping up, and could have gotten into much more trouble than I did if I hadn’t been so lucky not to get busted for the numerous stupid things I had done. In the hilarious film National Lampoon’s Van Wilder , the main character, Van, (played by Ryan Reynolds) has been in college for seven years and still hasn’t graduated yet. Seven. He’s not a loser, in fact, he’s the furthest thing from it, and everyone at his school loves him. At one point he is asked by an adult, “Surely you have a career in mind,” to which he answers, “Not really. I’m still looking for that dare-to-be-great situation.” Later on, Van Wilder loses faith in himself for not finishing college after so long and says he hasn’t accomplished anything and almost drops out before realizing his true potential and his purpose in life which was to inspire others and bring the best out of them. While Van Wilder took seven years to graduate and figure out his purpose, which he had been doing all along without realizing it, I took 8 years (and a summer school session) before the big day came for me. I didn’t finish with a master’s degree or a doctorate, but with a simple bachelors in communication. In my defense, I did attend four different colleges in five years and changed majors twice so a lot of credits didn’t transfer from one school to the next. I had attended three different schools in three years, and then two years later I transferred again

to my fourth and final school. My point is, I was like Van Wilder, and I almost lost hope for myself as he did as the years went on. In the past there was no message behind my madness, but as I grew older and wiser and through the tragedy of Ken’s death, my legal troubles from my DUI and underage drinking, my personal failures and my quest for spiritual understanding and inner peace, I was able to find a new direction in my life. As I started to finally grow up and calm down, all of the trouble in my past began to feel like it wasn’t even me. While some of the things I’m proud of, some of them I’m completely ashamed of too. My only defense is that I was young (under 21 for most of the madness) and I was stoned for probably 80% of it. Luckily I found an outlet for my creative energy in the form of writing books and making YouTube videos about politics and pop culture. I certainly never “grew up” and stopped causing trouble. I just found a worthwhile cause that I could put my creative energy into. A lot of the things I studied in college about mass media and communication were exactly what I needed to understand the world around me and provided fuel for my fire. Your “cause” doesn’t necessarily have to be exposing political corruption or pulling back the curtain of the mainstream media propaganda machine that shapes our culture like I have been doing. You could channel your energy into a skill, a career, a hobby, a relationship, art, education, or any number of other positive things that could be very beneficial for you and others. Just think about how big of trouble makers actor Jim Carey or Apple Computer founder Steve Jobs must have been before they fully developed the ability to channel their energy into something productive or were provided the proper outlet for their creativity and energy. After I grew up and finally started to get my life on the right track, I also realized how smart my dad really was. My brother and I always thought he was old fashioned and out of touch when we were kids, but the older I got, the more I realized how wise he was. He was able to provide a nice house in a good neighborhood in our small little town, my mom was a stay at home mom for our entire lives after leaving her career as a teacher to raise us, and we took a family vacation pretty much every year to somewhere different

around the United States. Don’t think we were some first class jetsetters or something. The family car was a Chrysler K car with vinyl seats and no air conditioning, so some summer vacations were not exactly pleasant at times when the temperature was in the 80s or 90s! We didn’t have that much money and were only average middle class, but the wisdom and frugal decisions allowed my dad to provide for us, and enabled him to retire in his 60s, which not everyone can do. I could only hope to accomplish what he did in life, and create and manage a family like he and my mom did. My mom is equally fantastic and loving. She’s done a lot of volunteer work around the community with various gardening projects and events, and is just a great person. My mom and dad are also fantastic moral examples of what good people are like. None of my trouble making should be blamed on them or their parenting. It was all my fault. Sometimes there’s nothing a parent can do to prevent their kids from doing crazy things no matter how loving, intelligent, or harsh disciplinarians they are. Boys will be boys. Most of the time parents don’t even have a clue what their kids are actually doing and couldn’t stop them anyway if they tried. My parents are the nicest, most loving parents anyone could ever ask for, so maybe I just couldn’t contain myself from the normalcy at home when I had so much energy and so many ideas bouncing around my brain I just wanted to scream. I feel really bad for putting them through everything that I did— from them having to pick me up at the police station, having to come in for conferences with the school principal, not to mention my countless detentions and having to worry what the heck I was up to when I didn’t come home until 2 o’clock in the morning on the weekends. I have since apologized to them and they accepted it and actually said they were glad the way I finally turned out! Looking back on it all, there’s not much that I would actually do differently, believe it or not. I had a lot of fun. I wouldn’t have been so careless with certain things like drinking and driving, and I would have kept the pot smoking under a little more moderation. I certainly spent too much money on marijuana, but perhaps like many others, I needed the self-medicating because of my over-active mind that raced with the possibilities of my future, yet I was stuck in a small town in the middle of nowhere. If I was

more focused on school I could have earned a master’s degree in less time than it took me to get my bachelors, but then again I did attend four different colleges as I tried to figure out what I wanted to study and where. Who attends four different colleges? Well, I did. I know you shouldn’t dwell on the past, and I certainly had a lot of fun, I just wish I was able to bridle my energy sooner than I did. So if you are young and on the same path I was, I warn you. It seems those older than you always try to tell you some great bits of wisdom so you don’t make the same mistakes that they did when they were young, but it seems that the ears of the young never listen to this wisdom and only realize how right their elders were when many years later, they are the elder and having missed the boat they then try to impart that same wisdom onto the youth in their life, which also tends to fall on deaf ears as it did on their ears when they were told so long ago by someone trying to help them in this mysterious cycle of life. Despite most teachers hating me, or just hoping for the day when they wouldn’t have to deal with me anymore after graduation, there was one high school teacher who saw the potential in me and did what he could to help me find an outlet for my chaotic energy. He was my homeroom teacher, Mr. Garett. For whatever reason, he treated me with respect and seemed to take special notice of me by delegating minor tasks to me during homeroom sessions. Instead of feeling like he was poking his nose in my business or trying to keep an eye on me, he was always cool. When I was in a study hall during final period, oftentimes he would write me a pass so I could get out and go use the weight room which helped keep me out of trouble, not to mention, in shape. I couldn’t sit quietly for the final hour of the school day in study hall! I would have gotten a detention every few weeks, so Mr. Garett really saved me some extra aggravation I didn’t need, and I really enjoyed working out, so it was a win/win situation. It’s teachers like Mr. Garett who go the extra mile for the “troubled” or “at risk” kids that most other teachers have written off as bad apples with no future who help kids like me realize that we are not worthless trouble makers destined for jail or a lifetime plagued with problems, we’re often

just kids who need an outlet for the abundant energy surging through our minds and bodies. Well, I hope that you were entertained by my stories, and I hope that you learned something from them too. They say you learn more from others’ mistakes than you do from your own, and if that’s true, then you just got an incredible education! There’s almost 250 pages of mistakes right in your hand, one right after the other! Anyway, may your own trouble making be balanced with a conscience, respectable boundaries, and style! And make sure your trouble is designed to be creative, funny, and thought provoking; never dumb, dangerous, or destructive. Now put this book down and get out there and start Causing Trouble!

Also by Mark Dice: -The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction -The New World Order: Facts & Fiction -The Resistance Manifesto -Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True

Connect with Mark on: Facebook.com/MarkDice Twitter.com / MarkDice.com YouTube.com/MarkDice MarkDice.com

Connect with Mark on:

Facebook.com/MarkDice Twitter.com / MarkDice.com YouTube.com/MarkDice MarkDice.com

Introduction

The Illuminati is either called a “conspiracy theory” or a “conspiracy fact,” depending on who you talk to. Those familiar with the Illuminati secret society may tell you that it is a criminal and diabolical network of some of the world’s most wealthy, educated, and elite bankers, businessmen, and politicians, who work behind the scenes to gain and maintain high levels of power, enormous wealth, and wield control over the world. The list of claims that come along with this monstrous conspiracy are vast, and range from the Illuminati being an elite good-old-boy network looking out for their own interests (often at the expense of others and in unscrupulous ways), to claims that they are actually alien beings from another galaxy who masquerade as humans, drink people’s blood to survive, and are working to prepare planet earth for the arrival of the Antichrist who will rule the New World Order as a god, offering those who worship him “eternal life” through transhumanist technology merging man with machine.

In this book I will help you get to the core of the conspiracy by providing you with some of the original evidence proving the existence and activities of this infamous group, dating back to the late 1700s in the state of Bavaria, Germany, and as more and more evidence is piled up, we will slowly move into the present day, proving beyond a reasonable doubt that the Illuminati is still fully operational, and many of the “conspiracy theories” are actually true.

This analysis is a supplement for my previous book, The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction and will continue to investigate and examine the many allegations and conspiracy theories associated with the Illuminati. Since the subject matter is so vast, this second volume was required to continue my analysis of the wide-ranging claims and evidence connected to the “Illuminati conspiracy.” I am dedicated to separating the facts from the fiction, since buried within the mountain of “conspiracy theories” circulated

on this subject, there is a considerable amount of irrefutable evidence that there is indeed a powerful “Illuminati” secret society that is operating today in America and around the world.

There is also a large amount of wild speculation, half-truths, and outright lies about what the Illuminati is doing, who is involved with them, and what evidence is available. Some people dismiss the idea that there is a “conspiracy” at all, and do not even believe such a thing exists, because when an educated and rational person comes across some of the more outrageous (and clearly false) allegations stemming from the Illuminati conspiracy, they just shake their head in disbelief and get the impression that all the allegations and “conspiracy theories” must be false as well; thinking such claims must have come from equally mentally deranged people who purport some of the more far-fetched and fabricated information as “evidence” and “proof.”

In this book I will present to you a rational approach to the idea of an “Illuminati conspiracy” and I will discuss the historical evidence of the original, admittedly real, Bavarian Illuminati and the roots of this secret society that has spawned countless tales of its power and reach. I will also cover many of the affiliated secret societies that were not examined in my previous book and will continue to investigate various people who claim to be actual former members. We will also look at some political elite insiders and see what they have to say about the Illuminati and the idea that a secret society of powerful men is posing a danger to the world and to our freedoms. Skeptics of an Illuminati conspiracy will be very surprised to learn the names of some prominent people throughout history who have made startling statements clearly revealing their conviction that the Illuminati is real and poses a danger to us all.

I don’t like to use the word “conspiracy” because it has a negative connotation that this material is just a “conspiracy theory,” when in fact, I do very little theorizing at all. The terms “conspiracy theory” and “conspiracy theorist” have become a pejorative, which means they have a negative connotation and are used to insult people and shut down the discussion, similar to someone screaming “racist” at someone in attempts to

bypass critical thinking and cause a knee jerk reaction to paint them as such, when in reality they simply have an opposing political ideology on a particular issue. Much to some people’s surprise, many “conspiracies” are actually real, and the dictionary definition of a conspiracy is simply, “an agreement by two or more persons to commit a crime, fraud, or other wrongful act.” People are actually charged with “conspiracy” in criminal courts every day for simply “conspiring” or planning to commit a crime.

Conspiracies happen on a small scale such as when two people conspire to rob a bank, and on a large scale when the leadership of a powerful country fabricates a reason to go to war. Conspiracies are a fact of life. When researchers such as myself point out real, solid, irrefutable evidence that reveals a conspiracy, we are often attacked as “crazy tinfoil hat wearing conspiracy theorists,” because the term causes people to immediately dismiss the claims as a paranoid delusion imagined by someone on the Internet who lives in their mother’s basement. The reality is that actual conspiracy theorists can be found in high positions of power and conspiracy theories are put forth by well-educated people. Let’s not forget that Hillary Clinton publicly claimed that a “vast right wing conspiracy” was fabricating allegations that President Bill Clinton had sexual relations with intern Monica Lewinski.1 Hillary Clinton was being a conspiracy theorist, when in reality her husband Bill was having sexual relations with the intern, and there was no conspiracy trying to bring him down—it was only people reporting on the facts.

The Bush administration put forth a conspiracy theory that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction and were planning to use them on America and our allies, strong-arming the public into invading the country based on this conspiracy theory which was later proven to be 100% false.2 Not only was it false, but to be more accurate, it was actually a lie concocted to justify the invasion and war. As everyone now knows, there were no weapons of mass destruction at all, and Americans had been duped into going to war based on a conspiracy theory constructed by the US government.



Until the twenty-first century, most Americans had never heard of the Illuminati. Dan Brown’s novel Angels & Demons introduced millions of people to the group in 2003 (although his version was far from the truth and more like a purposeful disinformation campaign). And with the rise of the information age and social media, YouTube videos a click away, and countless websites popping up dedicated to the subject, more and more people became interested in this mysterious subject.

The 2004 presidential election in America brought John Kerry and George W. Bush together to face off for the presidency, both of whom are members of the Skull & Bones secret society headquartered at Yale University, which added fuel to this growing fire. I say that they are members, not were members, because Skull & Bones is not just a fraternity like they would have you believe, but is instead a post-graduate organization that gives its members access to one of the most powerful social networks in the world. This is how two Skull & Bones members were able to secure the nominations for both the Republican and Democrat party in the same election, so no matter which one of them won (George W. Bush or John Kerry), it would be a victory for Skull & Bones.

It was around this same time that “9/11 conspiracy theories” were growing, and the cover story for the War in Iraq continued to fall apart. The official story of the September 11th attacks and the expanding “war on terror” just wasn’t adding up. For the first several years after the World Trade Center was destroyed, so-called “9/11 conspiracy theories” were contained to the Internet, but around 2005 and 2006 they boiled over into the mainstream and found many high-profile supporters whose comments about 9/11 being an “inside job” couldn’t be ignored by the mainstream media.3

When people interested in investigating the massive inconsistencies in the official story tried piecing together what really happened that day, it inevitably took many “down the rabbit hole” to discover the various secret societies that all led back to the Illuminati. 9/11 would lead to Skull & Bones, which would lead to the Bilderberg Group, which would lead to the Bohemian Grove, which would lead to the Illuminati and a whole can of

worms that raised many more questions about what the shadowy elite of our world are doing behind the scenes was opened.

When one quiets their mind from the buzz of pop culture and mainstream media and steps back from their self-absorbed lifestyle and looks deeper into world events and the power structure directing society, they begin to see the world very differently. Once someone begins to understand that there is more than meets the eye in our world, and they discover the different branches of elite ruling class networks that all converge under one umbrella, their life is often never the same. People describe it as their awakening to what’s really happening in the world or “going down the rabbit hole,” or having their eyes finally opened.

If one truly wishes to learn about the history of the world, and about the driving force behind major world events, the economy, and even our very culture, then one must look into the Illuminati. At one point in history, in the late 1700s, when the Illuminati was first exposed, most people knew about them and the dangers they posed but as time went on and generations have passed, most people had forgotten about them. Sports entertainment and celebrity news had come to dominate most people’s minds and many had fallen asleep at the wheel thinking everything was just fine.

Just as many people used to doubt and deny that the Italian Mafia even existed, the same is true of the modern Illuminati. Ancient secret societies are admitted by mainstream historians to have existed and were not just social clubs for men looking to keep themselves entertained after work. They had a powerful function, even back then. Manly P. Hall, a very well respected secret society insider, explains, “The esoteric organizations of ancient times were for the most part religious and philosophical. In the medieval world they were philosophical and political. In the modern world, political and social.”4

He goes on to say plainly, “It is beyond question that the secret societies of all ages have exercised a considerable degree of political influence,” and that “a second purpose for secret societies was to create a

mechanism for the perpetuation from generation to generation of policies, principles, or systems of learning, confined to a limited group of selected and initiated persons.”5

For years, FBI director J. Edgar Hoover denied that the La Cosa Nostra or Italian Mafia even existed. Some believe the mob was actually blackmailing Hoover with compromising photos of him and his boyfriend Clyde Tolson, but for whatever reason, even the head of the FBI publicly denied there was any such thing as an organized criminal business network that had police, judges, lawyers, and other public officials on their payroll. All the denials changed in 1957 after a major mafia meeting on a farm in Apalachin, New York (about 200 miles northwest of New York City) was discovered, now known as the Apalachin Meeting.

The property was owned by gangster Joseph Barbara and the suspicious gathering of fancy cars and men in suits got the attention of a state trooper. Police surrounded the property and ended up detaining fiftyeight men, and for the first time there was indisputable evidence that the Italian Mafia did, in fact, exist. Many of the men were suspected or wanted criminals who claimed they were just meeting for a weekend barbecue. Of course police had a decent idea of what was really going on and the Mafia began to be unmasked. Some of the men tried to flee into the nearby woods, but most were apprehended. “Don Vito” Genovese, the leader of the Genovese crime family, had organized the meeting to delegate various gambling, loansharking, and drug trafficking operations.

More shocking revelations were to come a few years later in 1963 when a mobster named Joe Valachi, who worked for Lucky Luciano and the Genovese Crime Family for 30 years, testified before the McClellan Congressional Committee on Organized Crime and revealed in detail many of the Mafia’s operations. Valachi had hoped his testimony would help him avoid a death sentence for murder. His testimony shocked most people who could have never imagined how far-reaching the Mafia was, and how they regularly paid police and judges to look the other way. Joe Valachi’s congressional testimony also introduced the world to the term La Cosa Nostra.



Many people wonder if the Illuminati Mafia actually call themselves “the Illuminati.” I highly doubt it, although perhaps occasionally in jest. The Italian Mafia referred to themselves as La Cosa Nostra, which means “this thing of ours,” or “our thing,” so the Italian Mafia literally had no name. They didn’t call each other up and say “hey we’re having a Mafia meeting tonight, why don’t you stop by?” No. They just said, “we have to do our thing” and they knew what each other meant. While you will learn, the Illuminati did at one time call themselves “the Illuminati,” they have most likely abandoned this term long ago, and have expanded into various front groups to further their aims, and—like the Italian Mafia—speak in a language that is understood by each other, but doesn’t betray its true meaning to outsiders.

Many scholars, reporters, and government officials say that conspiracies “never work” because “it’s too difficult to keep a secret” and point to events like Watergate to justify their claims, but it’s foolish to believe that every major conspiracy which is attempted is botched, or that word of it would leak out somehow. It’s preposterous to assume that every group of conspirators are so foolish that they haven’t planned plausible deniability for their actions to convolute any investigation to the point of confusion if any suspicion is aroused or if any outsiders were to take a closer look into their activities.

The Manhattan Project (the atomic bomb program) began in 1939 and was kept secret for six years until the world witnessed the mushroom cloud rising up from what was the Japanese city of Hiroshima in 1945. The project cost $2 billion dollars (adjusted for inflation, that’s $26 billion in 2014 dollars) and 130,000 people worked on it in several different states,6 making it the largest project in American history, but it was still completed in secret. Lieutenant Leslie Groves of the Army Corps of Engineers who directed the project would later reveal in his book Now It Can Be Told: The True Story of the Manhattan Project, that, “compartmentalization of knowledge, to me, was the very heart of security. My rule was simple and not capable of misinterpretation—each man should know everything he needed to know and do his job and nothing else.”7



By giving different groups of scientists and engineers separate tasks and fabricating cover stories for what they were actually working on, those in the know were able to pull off their plan without any outsiders seeing the big picture. President Harry Truman, who was the Vice President under FDR, only became aware of the program after President Roosevelt’s death in April of 1945, when Truman was then sworn in as his replacement— that’s how well kept the secret was! Not even the vice president knew of this enormous and expensive life-altering plan! Four months after Truman was sworn in as president and let in on the secret, the bomb was dropped on the Japanese city of Hiroshima on August 6, 1945, and then three days later, the second one destroyed Nagasaki.

While enormous secrets can be kept by the political elite, they also sometimes leak out. The political elite often become arrogant because of their power and think they can get away with anything. How else could you explain John Edwards running for president in 2008, when he knew he had a newborn illegitimate child from an affair with his campaign’s photographer while his wife Elizabeth was dying of cancer? The Illuminati see themselves as the Gods of Mount Olympus, as literally having evolved into gods thanks to their occult knowledge, which often leads to arrogance and carelessness, causing some of their secrets to be revealed.

How did this “Illuminati” start, and how did they operate in the past, and more importantly, what are they doing right now? In short, the “priest class”—or what is considered to be the ancient Illuminati—dates back thousands of years to ancient Egypt and Greece, where Man’s unfolding intellect was kept hidden from the general public and reserved for “the elect” or the “sages” in what were called Mystery Schools. These fraternities taught the various sciences and philosophies to the intellectual elite who benefitted tremendously from this knowledge. Many believe that at one time in the ancient past, the Mystery Schools had the best of intentions but were hijacked and taken over by selfish and wicked men who used their superior intellect, not to help mankind, but to take advantage of people, morphing the once noble fraternities into a Gnostic mafia of sorts, keeping the majority of humans in the dark about the true nature of reality.



33rd degree Freemason Manly P. Hall claims, “With the decline of virtue, which has preceded the destruction of every nation of history, the Mysteries became perverted. Sorcery took the place of the divine magic.”8 There is a belief in esoteric circles that God or Gods, or extra-terrestrials, or even Satan, gave an ancient human (or small group of humans) some kind of secret knowledge, allowing him (or them) the ability to activate incredible powers latent in the mind, enabling them to become the first priests and kings. Many occultists believe this power can be traced back to the Atlanteans, the supposed demigods, who—according to the theory—are believed to have literally inhabited the Lost City of Atlantis.

These ideas, fraternities, and philosophies will be examined throughout this book. We’ll look into dozens of interconnecting esoteric circles from the ancient Mystery Schools of the Eleusians and Dionysians to the Gnostics, the Knights Templar, Jesuits, Freemasons, Skull & Bones, Bilderberg Group, Bohemian Grove, the Federal Reserve, and many lesserknown, but critically important, pieces of the puzzle as well.

What are the facts and what is fiction? How did it all start? What is the evidence for the Illuminati’s existence? What are their goals? Are they in communication with alien beings from another galaxy that secretly work with them and guide them in their evil ways? Are they themselves alien beings disguised as humans? You are about to find out as you dive head first Inside the Illuminati.







Early Evidence

When we talk about the Bavarian Illuminati, we’re talking about the group that a man named Adam Weishaupt founded in Bavaria, a southern state in Germany, back in 1776. Specifically he founded it on May 1st 1776, which is called May Day or Walpurgis Night, a date celebrating an old meeting of witches and sorcerers. May Day is also a major Communist holiday that celebrates the “workers of the world.” Almost 200 years after Adam Weishaupt ceremoniously founded the Illuminati on this day, Anton LaVey ritualistically shaved his head and founded the Church of Satan on May 1st 1966 as his way of celebrating this occult holiday.9

The Bavarian Illuminati was basically a reorganization and modernization of the corrupted ancient Mystery Schools. Weishaupt was a lawyer like so many corrupt politicians today, and in 1772 when he was twenty-four-years-old, he became a law professor at Ingolstadt University in Bavaria, Germany. A few years later he became the dean of the law department and began formulating his plan to launch the Illuminati.

He received his inspiration for forming his secret society from both the Rosicrucian manifestos and from the Jesuits (the zealous elite Catholic Society of Jesus founded in 1540). The Rosicrucian manifestos were books that first appeared in 1614 in Germany, and described an “invisible brotherhood” dedicated to the pursuit of knowledge and Hermetic and alchemical magic. No such secret society actually existed, but the Rosicrucian manifestos planted the seeds for such a thing in men’s minds, which was the author’s purpose (although not the tyrannical kind of organization that Adam Weishaupt conceived).

Weishaupt used his position at the university to begin recruiting students and others to join him in his quest to overthrow the ruling monarchs of his day and install a global communist system with him and his inner circle of associates as the new rulers. Originally he called his

group the Perfectabilists, meaning they aimed to “perfect” man by facilitating his “evolution,” but the name Perfectabilists was quickly changed to the Illuminati to fit in with the “enlightenment” theme of the era, since Illuminati is Latin for “the enlightened ones.” While he was growing increasingly successful at expanding his network and influence, it was only a matter of time before his secrets began to slowly leak out.



Original Writings Found

It’s indisputable that original copies of Adam Weishaupt’s writings were discovered and published for all to read. This is fully admitted in mainstream history books and encyclopedias, although few people care to take the time and actually look. Today, well over one hundred original documents are kept at the State Museum in Ingolstadt, Germany, where they are on public display.

Founder, Adam Weishaupt, wrote under the pseudonym “Spartacus” and all other members used pseudonyms as well, although many were identified after their letters were found and some defectors came forward. In 1784, eight years after the Illuminati were formed, a defector named Joseph Utzchneider gave a bunch of documents to Duchess Dowager Maria Anna, warning her of the organization and their goals of overthrowing the government and destroying religion. The Duchess, who was the sister-inlaw of the Duke, handed them over to her brother-in-law Duke Karl Theodore, the leader of Bavaria.

A seemingly farfetched tale regarding the discovery of more original writings involves a story about how an Illuminati member was struck by lightning and killed, and when his body was examined the coroner discovered some documents that had been stuffed in a hidden pocket sewn into his clothes. Adam Weishaupt fled Bavaria in 1785 and headed to a neighboring province when he saw the writing on the wall that authorities were closing in on him. He and his friend Jakob Lanz were riding on horseback on their way to Regensburg when Lanz was struck by lightning and killed.10

While this story is so bizarre, it’s understandable for people to dismiss it as a myth, but multiple historical sources report that this is exactly what

happened.11 But regardless, a treasure trove of documents were also discovered by other means as well.

On October 11th 1786 police searched the home of Xavier von Zwack, located in the city of Landshut (45 miles from Ingolstadt), where they found over two hundred letters including membership lists, symbols, carvings used to fake various wax seals used by princes, nobles, clergymen, and merchants; instructions on counterfeiting, committing suicide, recipes for poison, an abortion tea, invisible ink, and instructions for building an explosive strongbox that would blow up and destroy everything inside if it was opened by someone who didn’t know how to disarm it. One paper listed a method for filling a room full of a deadly gas in case they wanted to kill someone without getting their hands dirty.12 These documents were soon published by the government in a report titled Some Original Works of the Order of the Illuminati [Einige Originalschriften Des Illuminaten Ordens in German].

The following year in 1787 police searched the castle of Baron de Bassus and discovered more papers which were then published as a Supplement of Further Original Works.13 The next year in 1788 Johann Faber published The Genuine Illuminati [Der ächte Illuminati] which revealed the rituals for the Preparation, Novitiate Degree, Minerval Degree, the Minor and Major Illuminati Degrees.

In 1789 a French journalist named Jean-Pierre-Louis de Luchet published a book titled Essay on the Sect of the Illuminists [Essai sur la Secte des Illuminés] which denounced the Illuminati and said they controlled Masonic lodges throughout Europe.

In 1794 Illuminati whistleblower Ludwig Adolf Christian von Grolmann published The Latest Work Of Spartacus and Philo (Weishaupt’s and Baron von Knigge’s code names) [Die Neuesten Arbeiten Des Spartacus Und Philo], exposing the secrets of the Illuminati Dirigens degree (Scottish Knight degree) which appointed men to run Masonic lodges so they could recruit new members from within Freemasonry.



In 1797 a French Jesuit priest named Abbe Barruel published a series of books on the French Revolution because he believed it was the result of the Illuminati, saying, “The third conspiracy, which I am now about to investigate, is that of the atheistical Illuminati, which at my outfit I denominated the conspiracy of the Sophisters of Impiety and anarchy against every religion natural or revealed, not only against kings, but against every government, against all civil society, even against all property whatsoever.”14

Barruel pondered, as others still do today, as to whether Weishaupt was the mastermind behind the conspiracy, or whether he was working with or for someone else. “It is not known, and it would be difficult to discover, whether Weishaupt ever had a master, or whether he is himself the great original of those monstrous doctrines on which he founded his school,” he wrote.15

A man named John Robison, a science professor (called natural philosophy back then), living in Scotland published a lengthy book about the Illuminati in 1798 titled Proofs of a Conspiracy, which was one of the first books written in English about the organization. Before writing his book, he was actually asked to join them, but after looking into the group he realized he didn’t want to have anything to do with them and then decided to write his book hoping to expose them. In Proofs of a Conspiracy, he also included English translations of many of the confiscated Illuminati papers.

Robison wrote that, “A collection of original papers and correspondence was found by searching the house of one Zwack (a member) in 1786. The following year a much larger collection was found at the house of Baron Bassus; and since that time Baron Knigge, the most active member next to Weishaupt, published an account of some of the higher degrees, which had been formed by himself.”16

He warned, “An association has been formed for the express purpose of rooting out all the religious establishments and overturning all the

existing governments of Europe. I have seen this association exerting itself zealously and systematically, till it has become almost irresistible.” He continued, “I have seen that this association still exists, still works in secret, and that not only several appearances among ourselves show that its emissaries are endeavoring to propagate their detestable doctrines among us, but that the association has Lodges in Britain corresponding with the mother Lodge at Munich ever since 1784.”17



Original 5 Members

Adam Weishaupt (codename: Spartacus)

Andreas Sutor

(Erasmus Rotero-damus)

Bauhof or Baubof (Agathon)

Franz Anton von Massenhause (Ajax)

Max Elder von Merz (Tiberius)



Primary Goals

The original top five goals of the Illuminati were: 1) Abolish the Monarchy and replace all governments. 2) Abolish private property and inheritance. 3) Abolish patriotism along with people’s national identity and national pride. 4) Abolish the family, marriage, morality, and then have the government raise and indoctrinate the children. 5) Abolish all religion. These are basically the same goals that would be outlined around seventy years later in the Communist Manifesto (1848) and make up the foundation of communism since Weishaupt no doubt inspired Karl Marx. More on this later.

More modern goals include a universal one world digital currency; a Big Brother Orwellian surveillance state; the elimination of the second Amendment and ending citizens’ gun ownership (leaving only police and military to be armed); implementing an all-powerful nanny state socialist government; all leading up to the unveiling of a “messiah” who will claim to be God and offer people eternal life here on earth, saying he has “restored mankind” to our “pre-fallen” state so we can live forever through the use of cybernetic Transhuman technology on the new “Heaven on earth” he has created.18



Deposition for the Court

In 1785 three former members, Joseph Utzschneider, George Grunberger, and Johann Cosandey wrote out a joint deposition for the court where they provided information about some of the Illuminati’s goals and philosophies that men in the first few degrees were taught. First of all, “The Illuminee who wishes to rise to the highest degree must be free from all religion; for a religionist (as they call every man who has any religion) will never be admitted to the highest degrees.”19

The second principle revealed to the initiates was that the ends justify the means. “The welfare of the Order will be a justification for calumnies [defamatory statements], poisonings, assassinations, perjuries, treasons, rebellions—in short, for all that the prejudices of men lead them to call crimes. One must be more submissive to the Superiors of the Illuminati, than to the sovereigns or magistrates who govern the people; and he that gives the preference to sovereigns or governors of the people is useless to us. Honor, life, and fortune, all are to be sacrificed to the Superiors. The governors of nations are despots when they are not directed by us. They can have no authority over us, who are free men.”20

What they called the Patet Exitus, or the “doctrine of suicide,” was also taught as an honorable way anyone who was caught could escape prosecution and prevent themselves from revealing the Order’s secrets.

Thirdly, the deposition revealed, “The Superiors of the Illuminati are to be looked upon as the most perfect and the most enlightened of men; no doubts are to be entertained even of their infallibility.”21

“It is in these moral and political principles that the Illuminati are educated in the lower degrees; and it is according to the manner in which

they imbibe [assimilate] them and show their devotion to the Order, or are able to second its views, that they are earlier or later admitted to the higher degrees.”22

“In consequence of our acquaintance with this doctrine of the Illuminati, with their conduct, their manners, and their incitements to treason, and being fully convinced of the dangers of the Sect, we the Aulic Counsellor Utzschneider and the Priest Dillis left the Order. The Professor Grünberger, the Priest Cosandey, Renner, and Zaupfer, did the same a week after.”

Their testimony continues, “It [the Illuminati] spread through almost every province under the cloak of Freemasonry; because it sows division and discord between parents and their children, between Princes and their subjects, and among the most sincere friends; because on all important occasions it would install partiality on the seats of justice and in the councils, as it always prefers the welfare of the Order to that of the state, and the interests of its adepts to those of the profane.”23

“Experience had convinced us, that they would soon succeed in perverting all the Bavarian youth. The leading feature in the generality of their adepts were irreligion, depravity of morals, disobedience to their Prince and to their parents, and the neglect of all useful studies. We saw that the fatal consequence of Illuminism would be, to create a general distrust between the prince and his subjects, the father and his children, the minister and his secretaries, and between the different tribunals and councils.”24

“We abandoned, one after the other, this Sect [the Illuminati], which under different names, as we have been informed by several of our former Brethren, has already spread itself in Italy, and particularly at Venice, in Austria, in Holland, in Saxony, on the Rhine, particularly at Frankfort, and even as far as America. The Illuminati meddle as much as possible in state affairs, and excite troubles wherever their Order can be benefited by them.”25



“After we had retired from the Order, the Illuminati calumniated us on all sides in the most infamous manner. Their cabal made us fail in every request we presented; succeeding in rendering us hateful and odious to our superiors, they even carried their calumnies [defamatory statements] so far as to pretend that one of us had committed murder.”26

 





Original Illuminati Structure

The Nursery (Entry Level)

 

Preparatory Literary Essay

Novitiate (Novice)

Minerval (Brethren of Minerva, Academy of Illuminism)

Illuminatus Minor

 

Symbolic Freemasonry

Apprentice

Fellow Craft

Master

Scots Major Illuminatus



Scots Illuminatus Dirigens (Directory)

 

The Mysteries (Higher Level)

Lesser

Presbyter, Priest

Prince or Regent

 

Greater

Magus

Rex or King





The 1st Edict Against the Illuminati

An edict is an act of law issued by a monarchy, (much like an executive order issued by a president today) and on June 22, 1784, Duke Karl Theodore, the Elector of Bavaria [the ruler of the state], issued the first edict against the Illuminati after his sister-in-law Duchess Dowagar Maria Anna was given some documents by an early defector named Joseph Utzschneider, and then passed them onto the Duke.27

The edict reads, in part, “Whereas all communities, societies and associations without approval from a public authority and the confirmation of the Monarch are illegal, prohibited by law, suspect and dangerous things in [and] of themselves. His Electoral Highness [the Duke] has decided not to tolerate them in his State, whatever their designation and interior constitutions, ordering categorically…one and all subjects to withdraw from any association or secret assembly of this kind…those societies [have] drawn the attention of the public and awakened its fears…”28



The 2nd Edict Against the Illuminati

The following year in 1785, Duke Karl Theodore issued a second edict, which was much more threatening and specifically named the Illuminati and Freemasonry as the perpetrators of a conspiracy against the government. In this edict the Duke also announced that if anyone were to come forward and reveal who was involved or specifically which masonic lodges had been infiltrated and were being used in this conspiracy—that informant could remain anonymous and even keep half the money that was confiscated as a result of their confession. The other half [of the money], the edict said, would be given to the poor.

It reads in part, “We [the government]…have been deeply affected and displeased to learn that the various Lodges of so-called Freemasons and Illuminati, who are still in our States, have taken so little heed of our General Prohibition issued on June 22nd of last year against all fraternal societies clandestine and unapproved, as to not only continue to hold meetings in secret, but to raise funds, and to recruit new members, seeking to further increase the already large numbers of adepts.”29

It continues, “We had deemed this society, very much degenerated and of primitive institution, too suspect, both as regards to religious concerns and from a social and political point of view, so that we could no longer tolerate it in our States…we command that all authorities must execute our orders exactly and secretly inform us of any disobedience. We declare that all money and any funds collected illegally [by the lodges] shall be confiscated [and] half will be given to the poor, while the other half will go to the denunciator [informant], even if he is a member of one of those societies, with a promise to keep his name confidential.”30

The edict concludes, “We hope that each of our subjects value enough of our favor and his own honor and happiness so that everywhere we can

count on due obedience to our orders and be excused from having to take more severe measures.”31



The 3rd Edict Against the Illuminati

On August 16, 1787, not long after the castle of Baron de Bassus was searched, where more papers were discovered, the third edict against the Illuminati was issued by the Duke of Bavaria saying the penalty would be death for any Illuminati members discovered meeting or recruiting anyone to join them. “Any so charged and found guilty are to be deprived of their lives by the sword; while those thus recruited are to have their goods confiscated and themselves to be condemned to perpetual banishment from the territories of the Duke. Under the same penalties of confiscation and banishment, the members of the order, no matter under what name or circumstances, regular or irregular, they should gather, are forbidden to assemble as lodges.”32

“As more time passes it is further realized how harmful and dangerous the Order of the Illuminati will be for the State and religion if allowed to flourish here and beyond. It is impossible to predict the deplorable effects that would result for posterity if we stand back, if not handled very seriously while there is still time to forcefully eradicate a disease which is far more daunting than the plague itself.”33

“…for the recruiter he is to be deprived of life by the sword, and for the recruited he will be sentenced to have his property confiscated and banished for life from all States of His Electoral Highness, with a promise of never being allowed to return. Under the same penalties of forfeiture and expulsion, the prohibited Lodges of the Illuminati, under whatever name they may hide and carefully present themselves, in all places, must be subject to rigorous surveillance. Those in lodge attire will be held and treated as if they had attended meetings in secret, in suspect places such as hotels or particular houses, and we will not allow the futile excuse usually given—an honest society of good friends—especially when those present have already been suspected of impiety and Illuminism.”34



The 4th Edict Against the Illuminati

Most mainstream sources (including the often inaccurate and completely unreliable Wikipedia) claim that shortly after the third edict was issued in 1787, the Illuminati were completely irradiated and weren’t much of a concern after that. The problem is—the Duke of Bavaria actually issued a fourth edict a few years later in 1790 saying that the Illuminati was not only still active but were continuing to recruit new members!

On November 15, 1790, the following announcement against the Illuminati was issued by the Duke, saying, “The Elector has learned, partly by the spontaneous confession of some members, party by sound intelligence, that despite the Edicts of July 14, 1784 and August 16th 1785 (and in the same month in 1787), the Illuminati still hold, albeit in smaller numbers, secret meetings through the Electorate, but especially in Munich and the surrounding area; they continue to attract young men to the cause and have maintained a correspondence with [secret] societies and with members in other countries.”35

It goes on, “They continue to attack the State and especially religion, either verbally or through pamphlets…Every speech, every printed book or manuscript against religion and the state must be reported to the authorities or the Elector [Duke] himself, as well as any secret meetings. Those who have remained silent on these issues, having indeed been proven to have possessed information, will be severely punished. The denunciator, even if he was an accessory to the crime, will receive a cash reward along with the other, and his identity will be kept confidential.”36

The fourth edict clearly warns, “Any member who has assisted in a secret meeting, has recruited new members or corresponded with [secret] societies or brothers in other countries, will be mercilessly punished by death. Any civil servant or [those in the] military, any holder of a beneficial

office, a parish priest, etc., must swear that he has not and will never form a part of the sect or they’ll be convicted of perjury and shall be punished accordingly.”37



Taking Over the Government

One of the original Illuminati defectors named Joseph von Utzschneider, who gave a deposition to the court about the Illuminati plans, warned that they planned to “introduce a worldwide moral regime which would be under their control in every country. This council would decide on all matters concerning pardons, appointments and promotions, as well as rejections…This would give it the unlimited right to pronounce final judgment over the honesty and usefulness of an individual.”38

The confiscated correspondence between members confirms this allegation. One of the letters reads, “The Order must possess the power of life and death in consequence of our oath; and with propriety, for the same reason, and by the same right, that any government in the world possesses it —for the Order comes in their place, making them unnecessary. When things cannot be otherwise, and ruin would ensue if the association did not employ this mean, the Order must, as well as public rulers, employ it for the good of mankind; therefore for its own preservation.”39

Many letters clearly revealed their intent to deceive people in order to “insure their happiness.”40 Weishaupt’s megalomaniacal goals of world domination become clear with such statements as, “the Order will, for its own sake, and therefore certainly, place every man in that situation in which he can be most effective. The pupils are convinced that the Order will rule the world. Every member therefore becomes a ruler.”41

“The great strength of our Order lies in its concealment; let it never appear in any place in its own name, but always covered by another name, and another occupation.”42 This has effectively happened with private organizations like the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group, and the Federal Reserve—basically taking over the key power centers in society. It must be pointed out that the Founding Fathers of America wrote

down their grievances with the Monarch in the Declaration of Independence and 56 men signed their names to it and sent it off to the king of England. They didn’t hide their intentions or deceive people hoping to further their aims. They were open and honest about their beliefs, tactics, and goals— unlike Weishaupt and the Illuminati—who used deception and fraud as a standard practice.

Similarly, when theologian Martin Luther opposed the tyrannical control of the Catholic Church over 250 years before Weishaupt, he wrote down his grievances and nailed them on the front door of his local church in 1517. He didn’t lie or deceive anyone about his hopes of breaking the Catholic Church’s stranglehold on society, but fellow German, Adam Weishaupt, was power-hungry himself, and instead of wanting to free society from the tyranny of the Jesuits and the Catholic Church, he wanted to be the tyrant himself.



Inducting New Members

Various venues were used for recruiting new members. Once someone expressed interest to a current member about his desire to overthrow the monarch, that person was “carefully observed in silence,” and if, after consideration by the council, “the Novice” as they were called, were thought to be a possible asset, he would be appointed a mentor and invited to a conference.43

One correspondence between members reads, “I shall therefore press the cultivation of science, especially such sciences as may have an influence on our reception in the world; and may serve to remove obstacles out of the way…Only those who are assuredly proper subjects shall be picked out from among the inferior classes for the higher mysteries…And in particular, every person shall be made a spy on another and on all around him.”44

Once given initial approval by the council, the Novice would be shown “certain portions” of the goals and rules of the Order and was instructed to give a weekly account in writing of his progress in carrying out his directives. At this point he was not allowed to take physical possession of any material and had to read it in the Mentor’s house just to make sure they wouldn’t turn it over to authorities, giving them concrete evidence of the conspiracy.45

High level member Baron Von Knigge would later admit, “As a rule, under the veil of secrecy, dangerous plans and harmful teachings can be accepted just as well as noble intentions and profound knowledge; because not all members themselves are informed of such depraved intentions, which sometimes tend to lie hidden beneath the beautiful facade…because for the most part, unknown superiors lie in ambush and it is unworthy of an intelligence man to work according to a plan, which he does not fully see.”46



Another original correspondence brags, “Nothing can escape our sight; by these means we shall readily discover who are contented, and receive with relish the peculiar state-doctrines and religious opinions that are laid before them; and, at last, the trustworthy alone will be admitted to a participation of the whole maxims and political constitution of the Order… In a council composed of such members we shall labor at the creation of means to drive by degrees the enemies of reason and of humanity out of the world, and to establish a peculiar morality and religion fitted for the great society of mankind.”47

In perhaps the most sinister initiation to the higher levels, a prospect was told they had to show their loyalty to the Illuminati by killing someone who betrayed the Order. The candidate was taken before a man bound and gagged who was said to have betrayed their oaths and then handed a knife and blindfolded before being positioned in front of the supposed traitor who they were then ordered to stab. Once the prospect stabbed the “person” in front of them, the blindfold was removed to reveal that the “traitor” had been swapped with a sheep, and the entire charade was a test of their loyalty.48

If the candidate refused to carry out the “murder” of the supposed “traitor,” then they were told they passed the test anyway but were then never allowed to proceed to a higher level and never trusted with any deeper secrets because they had shown they wouldn’t kill for the Order.



Contingency Plans if Discovered

A lot of people claim that because some Illuminati members were discovered and many of their writings published, that they simply gave up and ceased to exist from that point on, but common sense, the Duke of Bavaria’s 4th Edict, and the Illuminati’s own writings suggests otherwise. Weishaupt wrote, “By this plan we shall direct all mankind. In this manner, and by the simplest means, we shall set all in motion and in flames. The occupations must be so allotted and contrived, that we may, in secret, influence all political transactions…I have considered everything, and so prepared it, that if the Order should this day go to ruin, I shall in a year reestablish it more brilliant than ever.”49

“There must not be a single purpose that ever comes in sight that is ambiguous, and that may betray our aims against religion and the State. One must speak sometimes one way and sometimes another, but so as never to contradict ourselves, and so that, with respect to our true way of thinking, we may be impenetrable.”50

“This can be done in no other way but by secret associations, which will by degrees, and in silence, possess themselves of the government of the States, and make use of those means for this purpose.”51

Shortly after the Illuminati were discovered, and believed by many to have been destroyed, Joseph Willard, President of Harvard University, warned, “There is sufficient evidence that a number of societies of the Illuminati have been established in this land of Gospel light and civil liberty, which were first organized from the grand society, in France. They are doubtless secretly striving to undermine all our ancient institutions, civil and sacred. These societies are closely leagued with those of the same Order in Europe; they have all the same object in view. The enemies of all order are seeking our ruin. Should infidelity generally prevail, our

independence would fall of course. Our republican government would be annihilated.”52

Willard was just one of many Americans, including George Washington, who believed the Illuminati survived the intended purge and continued to work under the cover of Freemasonry and other organizations.



The Eradication of Christianity

Unlike theologian Martin Luther who famously nailed his ninety-five grievances on the door of the Castle Church of Wittenberg, Germany in 1517, thus starting the Protestant Reformation with the hopes of ending the Catholic Church’s hold on power and their corrupt un-Christian practices and perversion of Jesus’ message—Adam Weishaupt didn’t appreciate Christianity at all, and instead wanted it completely destroyed. Despite his strong differences with the Church, Martin Luther still respected Jesus and his teachings and simply wanted to reform the Church, but Weishaupt wanted the Church and Christianity entirely eradicated.

John Robison wrote, “It surely needs little argument now to prove that the Order of Illuminati had for its immediate object the abolishing of Christianity (at least this was the intention of the Founder) with the sole view of overturning the civil government, by introducing universal dissoluteness and profligacy [reckless] manners, and then getting the assistance of the corrupted subjects to oversee the throne. The whole conduct in the preparation and instruction of the Presbyter and Regens [degrees] is directed to this point.”53

Another letter written by Baron von Knigge said, “I have been at unwearied pains to remove the fears of some who imagine that our Superiors want to abolish Christianity; but by and by their prejudices will wear off, and they will be more at their ease.” He goes on to write that he made sure not to let them know that “our General [Weishaupt] holds all Religion to be a lie, and uses even Deism, only to lead men by the nose.”54

Weishaupt explains, “But I assure you this is no small affair; a new religion, and a new state-government, which so happily explain one and all of these symbols, and combines them in one degree, you may think that this

is my chief work; but I have three other degrees, all different, for my class of higher mysteries; in comparison with which this is but child’s play.”55

Weishaupt even boasts, “Who would imagine that I was to be the founder of a new religion,”56 and continues, “We must, first gradually explain away all our preparatory pious frauds. And when persons of discernment find fault, we must desire them to consider the end of all our labor…Second, we must unfold, from history and other writings, the origin and fabrication of all religious lies; and then, third; we give a critical history of the Order.”57

The plan to destroy Christianity can clearly be seen today with the liberal media and the gay mafia pushing homosexuality in everyone’s face and then accusing Christians of “hate speech” and “bigotry” if they simply disagree with gay marriage or homosexual couples adopting children. There is clearly a double standard in the mainstream media in terms of what is considered “hate speech” because when popular musicians or liberal political commentators spew hateful anti-Christian rhetoric on a continuous basis, such vicious attacks are touted as “justifiable payback” for the Inquisition hundreds of years ago. Imagine if major media figures were to make the same vicious statements about Jews as they do Christians. Their careers would be over before the end of the day and they would be forever branded an “anti-Semite” and never work again.

A popular reverend named Jedediah Morse preached a series of sermons between 1798 and 1799 in New England where he warned about the Illuminati’s assault on Christianity in Boston and the surrounding area, saying, “Practically all of the civil and ecclesiastical establishments of Europe have already been shaken to their foundations by this terrible organization; the French Revolution itself is doubtless to be traced to its machinations; the successes of the French armies are to be explained on the same ground. The Jacobins are nothing more nor less than the open manifestation of the hidden system of the Illuminati. The Order has its branches established and its emissaries at work in America. The affiliated Jacobin Societies in America have doubtless had as the object of their establishment the propagation of the principles of the illuminated mother

club in France...I hold it a duty, my brethren, which I owe to God, to the cause of religion, to my country and to you, at this time, to declare to you, thus honestly and faithfully, these truths. My only aim is to awaken you and myself a due attention, at this alarming period, to our dearest interests. As a faithful watchman I would give you warning of your present danger.”58

Regardless of your personal religious beliefs, you must admit that Christians have been (and continue to be) the primary opposition to the Illuminati and the New World Order, (not to mention the coming Mark of the Beast), and are the final obstacle standing between the Illuminati and their remaining goals. Christians have long warned about the “satanic conspiracy” being perpetuated by the Illuminati and have been on the front lines of the culture war being waged by Hollywood, which aims to destroy what little morality remains in society.



Using Feminism to Breakdown Families

Since one of the Illuminati’s original goals was to break up the traditional family unit so children would be raised and indoctrinated by the government, they planned on manipulating women through what would later be known as feminism, encouraging them to rebel against their duties of domestic management and motherhood.

“There is no way of influencing men so powerfully as by means of the women,” the original writings read. “These should therefore be our chief study; we should insinuate ourselves into their good opinion, give them hints of emancipation from the tyranny of public opinion, and of standing up for themselves; it will be an immense relief to their enslaved minds to be freed from any one bond of restraint, and it will fire them the more, and cause them to work for us with zeal, without knowing that they do so; for they will only be indulging their own desire of personal admiration.”59

What this means is they planned on transforming women into selfcentered, narcissistic, pleasure seeking sluts, and promote this behavior under the banner of “freedom,” so instead of raising their children and keeping their families in balance, they would have the government raise their kids while turning against their husbands and disrupt the family unit in hopes of redirecting people’s loyalty and love to the State instead of each other.

In more modern times this same method has been applied to promote the feminist movement in the 1970s through the creation of Ms. Magazine and the push to demonize stay-at-home moms. Kim Kardashian and other skilless skanks are promoted as role models even though they have no real value, and are worthless and talentless false idols advertised by the mainstream media as modern day royalty. The hypocrisy of feminism is astounding. For example, feminists who cry about sexism and the

“culturally programed gender roles” only want to give up the roles society expects of them, while still demanding men to continue following theirs.

Women who whine about “equal rights” still expect men to always pay for dates and buy them expensive gifts. Women who don’t feel it’s their duty to know how to cook still feel men should fix things around the house and diagnose their car problems. And of course, feminist women who proclaim they want to end the gender roles still expect their man to cough up thousands of dollars on a diamond engagement ring when the courtship is on the road to marriage. Feminism is a one-way hypocritical double standard street that not only targets men, but also other women who resist giving in to this cultural Marxism.

Mothers who choose to be stay-at-home moms and raise their own children or who enjoy cooking for their family are labeled “victims” of a “male-dominated ideology.” Feminism pressures women to turn their children over to daycare centers and trade in working around the home for being stuck in a cubicle sitting in front of a computer all day. Feminism has led to an entire generation being raised in single parent homes with many mothers turning to government assistance, costing the taxpayers countless dollars—not to mention tens of millions of children growing up without the guidance and supervision of two parents.

Adam Weishaupt himself was an unfaithful husband who actually impregnated his wife’s sister, which he revealed in one of his correspondences. In hopes of killing the baby to hide his adulterous behavior he gave his sister-in-law an “abortion tea,” and it appears from his letter about the issue that he also repeatedly punched his mistress in the stomach hoping to abort the child.

“I am now in the most embarrassing situation; it robs me of all rest, and makes me unfit for everything. I am in danger of losing at once my honor and my reputation, by which I have long had such influence. What think you—my sister-in-law is with child,” he wrote.



He continues, “We have tried every method in our power to destroy the child; and I hope she is determined on everything—even d –– [believed to mean death]. But alas! Euriphon is, I fear, too timid. Alas! poor woman, thou art now under the disciplina arcani [the Discipline of the Secret] and I see no other expedient [convenient yet immoral way].”60



Using Schools to Indoctrinate the Youth

Tyrants throughout history have known that if they are to effectively maintain their power they must indoctrinate the youth with their brand of propaganda to ensure as the children come of age, they will blindly support the leader and his ideologies. Adolf Hitler used the Nazi Youth program to brainwash children beginning at a young age; the Taliban in Afghanistan banned girls from going to school at all to keep them ignorant; and North Korea’s strict control of their education system are just a few examples of this in our modern era.

“We must win the common people in every corner,” the original Illuminati writings read. “This will be obtained chiefly by means of the schools, and by open, hearty behavior, show, condescension, popularity, and toleration of their prejudices, which we shall at leisure root out and dispel.”61

The indoctrination of students by the public school system is clear today with programs like Common Core and the promotion of the Big Government nanny state and the gay lifestyle while demonizing the second Amendment right to bear arms and belief in God. Being a Christian in public schools is not only frowned upon, but out right ridiculed, and favorably mentioning the word “God” or “Jesus” has basically been banned.62

Charlotte Iserbyt who was the head of policy at the Department of Education during the Reagan administration discovered how tax-exempt foundations were shaping the American education system to eliminate critical thinking and innovation by turning students into zombies who only regurgitate what they’re told. She published her findings in her book The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America. Iserbyt and others assert that Skull & Bones runs the Department of Education, which dictates what is taught to

the kids. Skull & Bones also controls the American Historical Association which dictates the “official” version of American history by carefully crafting an often one-sided and biased view of what really happened.

While the vast majority of students who attend public schools are primarily concerned with the latest teen idol, their favorite professional sports teams, or simply getting drunk and high, children of the elite are taught team building, networking skills, and other tools to prepare them to rapidly advance up the social hierarchy once they enter the “real world.”

Philips Exeter Academy is just one example of a private boarding school which was set up for the children of the elite to prepare them for life in the upper class. The Illuminati has largely funded this school and used it to educate their children and prepare them for their duties later in life. In 1930 Edward Harkness (a member of Skull & Bones’ sister organization Wolf’s Head) donated $5.8 million dollars to the school under the condition that their method of teaching students would change to what he called the Aristotelian method of antiquity.63 Harkness was the second largest shareholder in Rockefeller’s Standard Oil in the early 1900s and was in John D. Rockefeller’s inner circle.

The Rockefeller family has been one of the most powerful Illuminati families for generations and the “Aristotelean method of antiquity” that Edward Harkness paid to implement at Philips Exeter Academy was based on the ideology of the Greek philosopher Aristotle (a student of Plato) who believed that most people were too stupid to govern themselves, and that society should be structured in a way that “philosopher kings” should rule and decide what was best for the people.



Controlling the Media

Weishaupt knew the power of information, and back in his time there was obviously no television, radios or Internet, but there were books, libraries, and reading clubs, and he knew how important it was to control them if he wanted to manage what information reached the minds of the public. In one correspondence he wrote, “By establishing reading societies, and subscription libraries, and taking these under our direction, and supplying them through our labors, we may turn the public mind which way we will.”64 [Which way we will, meaning the direction they desired.]

He goes on to write, “In like manner we must try to obtain an influence in the military academies (this may be of mighty consequence); the printing-houses, booksellers shops, chapters, and in short in all offices which have any effect, either in forming, or in managing, or even in directing the mind of man.”65

Another letter written by a different member identified as Cato [real name Xaver von Zwack] points out, “We get all the literary journals. We take care, by well-timed pieces [articles], to make the citizens and the Princes a little more noticed for certain little slips.”66 What this means is they planned to use the newspapers to attack their enemies. “A little more noticed for certain little slips” means to highlight and reinforce anything officials have said or done that can be used against them.

Author Terry Melanson explains in his excellent book, Pefectibilists, that, “Without having to ascend a series of initiations and meaningless rituals—such as those of Freemasonry and Rosicrucianism—like-minded individuals could gather in reading societies, form an intellectual social circle, and discuss the literature of the Enlightenment and the politics of the day. Those who directed these societies had control of the material being

read and discussed. It became a perfect vehicle to instill radical or subversive views.”67

Today, much of the American mainstream media and other outlets in countries around the world are under the control of the government. In some countries the State-controlled television is clearly evident, but in places like America such control is done more covertly, leading many to believe that it is a “free and independent” press. In 1975 a congressional investigation discovered the CIA had virtually every editor from the major news outlets in their pocket.68 The Church Hearings, as they were called, uncovered the government was spending a billion dollars a year (in 2014 dollars) to secretly pay editors and reporters to work as gatekeepers and propagandists for the establishment.69 The program was dubbed Operation Mockingbird.

Of course, after it was exposed, the CIA claimed to have ended their media manipulation, which is a laughable lie. Even the former President of CBS, Sig Mickeson, admitted that CIA continued to maintain relationships with top media figures, “…but because of all the revelations of the period of the 1970s, it seems to me a reporter has to be a lot more circumspect when doing it now or he runs the risk of at least being looked at with considerable disfavor by the public. I think you’ve got to be much more careful about it.”70 In more recent times, the Operation Mockingbird program has been adapted to social media as well.

President Obama appointed a Harvard Law professor named Cass Sunstein to a cabinet level position in order to set up countless fake social media accounts and “troll” the comments section of news articles, YouTube videos, and Facebook pages in attempts to discredit news stories the White House thought were damaging to the establishment.71 One of Edward Snowden’s leaks revealed that the NSA took things even further by having paid trolls harass and defame people online who the establishment thought were causing too much trouble for the government’s well-controlled narrative in attempts to erode their credibility and fan base.72



The NSA also developed technology to spoof e-mails, SMS messages, inflate or deflate the view count on YouTube videos, adjust the ranking of websites, manipulate the outcome of online polls, or simply shut down someone’s social media presence all together for phony “terms of service” violations.73

For decades both the Pentagon and the CIA have had entire divisions dedicated to working with Hollywood in order to literally help produce major television shows and movies. When studios want access to expensive military equipment like aircraft and tanks or actual Army bases, they approach these government television and film liaisons and if the storyline is seen as portraying a current war or a particular military branch or government agency in a favorable light, then the projects are approved and producers are given access to consultants, equipment, uniforms, military bases, and even given active duty servicemen and women to work as extras.

As Fortune magazine once pointed out in article titled Hollywood’s Military Complex, “Even in an age of special effects, it’s exponentially cheaper to film on actual military ships with real military advisers…The fulcrum of Hollywood’s unlikely partnership is Phil Strub, a former film school student and Navy videographer, now the entertainment liaison at the Department of Defense.”74 Strub is just one of several such men who work full-time with the television and film studios on behalf of the government.

In the 1990s the CIA assigned Chase Brandon to be their liaison to Hollywood in order to establish a mutually beneficial relationship between the entertainment industry and the CIA.75 These government entertainment liaisons maintain script approval and have been known to make dramatic changes to screenplays before they are approved in order to achieve the government’s propaganda goals. The Recruit (2003), The Sum of All Fears (2002), Argo (2012), Lone Survivor (2013), and many, many other popular films and television shows have all been produced with the consent, oversight, and input of the CIA or the Pentagon.76



Infiltration of Freemasonry

Illuminati frontman Adam Weishaupt loved the idea of using existing secret societies to help grow his organization, saying, “Nothing can bring this about but hidden societies. Hidden schools of wisdom are the means which will one day free men from their bonds. These have in all ages been the archives of nature, and of the rights of men; and by them shall human nature be raised from her fallen state.”77

One of the primary vehicles used to conceal and further their agenda was (and still is) Freemasonry. Already an established occult organization in his time, Weishaupt had goals of using the fraternity for his own means, and in July 1782 he infiltrated Freemasonry and introduced what he called Illuminated Freemasonry.78 Using the existing structure of Freemasonry he created factions which were dedicated to his cause and with their ruthlessness and obsession, his supporters quickly took control of the highest levels within lodges across Europe.

In his own words Weishaupt explains the importance of using this preexisting fraternity as the ideal cover, saying, “None is fitter than the three lower degrees of Freemasonry; the public is accustomed to it, expect little from it, and therefore takes little notice of it.”79 “I declare and I challenge all mankind to contradict my declaration, that no man can give any account of the order of Freemasonry, of its origin, of its history, of its object, nor any explanation of its mysteries and symbols, which does not leave the mind in total uncertainty on all these points. Every man is entitled therefore, to give any explanation of the symbols and a system of the doctrine that he can render palatable.”80

Knowing the power of claiming to have possession of a great secret, he knew how men could be manipulated into doing his bidding, hoping to have the great secret someday revealed to them. “Of all the means I know to lead

men, the most effectual is a concealed mystery. The hankering of the mind is irresistible; and if once a man has taken it into his head that there is a mystery in a thing, it is impossible to get it out, either by argument or experience. And then, we can so change notions by merely changing a word.”81

A certificate from an Illuminati infiltrated Freemason lodge in Munich contains a pyramid with the sun over the capstone and the seal on the certificate shows the Owl of Minerva, a symbol of wisdom to the Illuminati, and the mascot of the Bohemian Grove.82

One of the most popular books on the definitions of Freemasonry’s symbols also confirms that Weishaupt successfully infiltrated the fraternity and introduced his plot to the inner circle. The Lexicon of Freemasonry was first published in 1845 by Albert G. Mackey, a 33rd degree Freemason, who was one of the most prominent scholars on the subject of Freemasonry in his day. The book contains an alphabetized list of most Masonic symbols accompanied by a detailed explanation of their esoteric meaning.

In the entry on the Illuminati, Mackey admits, “Weishaupt was a radical in politics, and an infidel in religion; and he organized this association, not more for purposes of aggrandizing himself, than overturning Christianity and the institutions of society. With the view of carrying his objects more completely into effect, he united himself with a lodge of Freemasons in Munich, and attempted to graft his system of Illuminism upon the stock of Freemasonry…Many Freemasons, misled by the construction of his first degrees, were enticed into the order.”83

Popular 20th century occult writer Alice Bailey, who claimed her books were dictated to her by a supernatural entity, wrote that, “There is no dissociation between the One Universal Church, the sacred inner Lodge of all true Masons, and the innermost circles of the esoteric societies…It must not be forgotten that only those souls who are on the Probationary Path or the Path of Discipleship will form the nucleus of the coming new world religion.”84



The role of Freemasonry in the Illuminati will be expanded on later in this book, along with a history of this fascinating fraternity and their transformation from a stonemason trade union to the spiritual secret society it is today.



Connections to Yale’s Skull & Bones

Skull & Bones, the secret society at Yale University, is often said to be simply a fraternity, but it’s far from it. It is actually not only a secret society, but its what’s called a senior society, meaning students aren’t full-fledged members until their senior year. It was the first senior society at the university and the first secret society as well. Students don’t just pledge to join hoping to get chosen like they do at fraternities—instead they are recruited if they are seen as possible valuable servants.

Skull & Bones members are responsible for creating the CIA, the Federal Reserve, the Department of Education, the American Historical Society, and various media monopolies. Skull & Bones doesn’t just have identical symbols, ideologies and goals in common with the Illuminati, there are some other very specific pieces of evidence that show a direct link between the two groups.

William Huntington Russell, one of the two founders of Skull & Bones, was studying abroad in Germany just before he returned to America and founded the organization in 1832 using the same symbols, riddles, initiation practices, and having essentially the same goals as the Bavarian Illuminati.

Of course the very emblem of Skull & Bones or the “Brotherhood of Death,” as they are often called, is a sinister skull and cross bones, identical to the Death’s Dead (totenkopf) pin that Nazis operating the death camps wore during World War II. The skull and cross bones (Jolly Rodger) emblem was also used by the Knights Templar, and was the symbol of pirates due to its intimidating look and was meant to convey that they hold the power over life and death. Many Freemasons have a human skull (real or a replica) on their desk in their office or in the “chamber of reflection” in the Lodge.



In 1876 a group of Yale students broke into the Skull & Bones headquarters to investigate this shady organization and then published a detailed newsletter titled The Fall of Skull and Bones about what they discovered inside. The burglars called themselves “File & Claw,” partly to mock Skull & Bones, but also because they used a file and crow bar to remove several security bars that covered the boarded up windows in the group’s headquarters, a building that looks like, and is called, “the Tomb.” One of the more interesting things they found once inside was a framed card on the wall that read, “From the German Chapter, Presented by Patriarch D.C. Gilman of D. 50.”

I’ll point out again that founder William Huntington Russell was in Germany, the hotbed of Illuminati revolutionaries, and the File & Claw intruders reported an open burial vault inside that contained four human skulls and a plaque written in German reading, “Wer war der Thor, wer Weiser, Bettler oder Kaiser? Ob Arm, ob Reich, im Tode gleich,” which in English says, “Who was the fool, who was the wise man, beggar or king? Whether poor or rich, all is the same in death.” This is extremely interesting when you learn this same cryptic riddle is virtually identical to the one given at the initiation ritual of the Bavarian Illuminati.

In his 1798 book Proofs of a Conspiracy, one of the first books to contain English translation of the confiscated Illuminati writings, John Robison describes the initiation ceremony into the “Regent Degree” of Illuminism, in which the initiate would be placed in front of a skeleton that had a crown and a sword at its feet, and the men were asked whether it was the skeleton of a king, nobleman, or a beggar. No matter their answer, the lodge president would explain, “The character of being a man is the only one that is of importance.”85

This means they don’t believe in an afterlife or a divine judgment by God and is used to instill a Social Darwinistic might is right world view. More on this philosophy and the history of Skull & Bones later.



What Ever Happened to Adam Weishaupt?

Adam Weishaupt’s fate is often forgotten in the wake of the Illuminati since the man himself was overshadowed by the monstrous conspiracy he gave birth to. In 1785 he was fired from his job at Ingolstadt University where he was the head of the law department.86 At this time authorities didn’t know he was involved with the Illuminati (let alone the leader and founder) but soon the Bavarian government began to learn about the Illuminati and tighten the noose in their quest to eliminate them, so Weishaupt later fled Bavaria dressed as a craftsman to avoid detection since authorities were now on the lookout for him. He was given exile in Gotha (a city in the German state of Thuringia, located just north of Bavaria) which was under control of Illuminati sympathizer Duke Ernest II. There he worked as a legal advisor for the Duke’s court until he died in 1830 at the age of 82.

After Weishaupt fled Bavaria to avoid capture, a book printer named J.J.C. Bode would take the lead as the head of the Illuminati, and used his printing shop to continue to spread Enlightenment philosophies throughout Europe. Bode traveled from Germany to France and imported the Illuminati into French masonic lodges which later became instrumental in the French Revolution. After J.J.C. Bode, the leader was Karl Leonard Reinhold, a Freemason who believed Moses incorporated secrets from the Egyptian priesthood into the fraternity.

After Weishaupt’s first wife died, he married her sister (the one who he impregnated while his wife was still alive and tried to kill the baby). He and his new wife had their first son Wilhelm the following year in 1784, who died at the age of eighteen in 1802.

Adam himself died when he was eighty-two and was survived by his second wife, Anna Maria, and six children, two daughters (Nanette and

Charlotte), and his four sons Ernst, Karl, Eduard, and Alfred, who all went on to serve as officers in the military.



French Revolution Connections

There are still whispers that the French Revolution was the work of the Illuminati, specifically the work of “Illuminated Masonic lodges” that were infected with Adam Weishaupt’s revolutionary goals. While many historians argue that the French Revolution was the result of a random and organic uprising of the French people against the oppressive Monarchy, others saw the strings being pulled from behind the scenes by the Illuminati.

While head of the Illuminati, J.J.C. Bode took two trips to Paris not long before the French Revolution, where he introduced the Illuminati to French Freemason lodges under the new name of the Philadelphes. Revolutionary and radical Enlightenment ideologies grew under the cover of various French Masonic lodges, reading societies, and Jacobin clubs, all of which were influential in organizing the French Revolution.

Bode wrote in his journal on June 30, 1787 that he met with French Freemason Charles-Pierre-Paul, marquis de Langes Savalette who would soon be involved with the revolution, and on July 3rd he made an entry about meeting with French Revolution National Assembly member Francois-Antoine Lemoyne Daubermesnil to specifically discuss the Illuminati!87

Historian Charles Porset of the National Scientific Research Center in France confirmed that Bode’s journal was authentic, saying, “the Journal has now been published by a German scholar, Hermann Schuttler, and it confirms in all respects the idea put forward by Rossberg of collusion between the Illuminati and the Philadelphes. Moreover, a ‘secret lodge is then created’—the Lodge of the Philadelphes…The unedited correspondences found in the Kloss archives housed in the Library of Grand Orient of the Netherlands, between Bode, von Busch and the Landgrave of Hesse-Darmstadt, which I’ve published, prove it. ‘We agreed,’ wrote Bode,

‘that for France, we would adopt the name Philadelphes instead of Illuminati.’”88

Another clear piece of evidence linking masonic lodges to the French Revolution is a letter from Duke Philip of Orleans that was sent out to all French Masonic lodges which reads, “all the Lodges are summoned to confederate together, to unite their efforts to maintain the revolution; to gain over it, in all parts, friends, partisans, and protectors; to propagate the flame, to vivify the spirit, to excite zeal and ardor for it, in every state, and by every means in their power.”89

In 1791 a book titled The Veil Withdrawn was published which was one of the first books to connect Freemasonry to the French Revolution. In 1792 a booklet titled The Tomb of Jacues Molay was released by Cadet de Gassicourt that linked the revolution to the Knights Templar. A few years later in 1803 a German man named Johann Starck published Triumph of Philosophy where he too claimed the Illuminati used Masonic lodges as a cover for organizing the French Revolution.





The Thirteen Bloodlines Theory

People sometimes refer to the “Illuminati bloodlines” or the “top thirteen bloodlines of the Illuminati” as the ruling elite within the pyramid of power that controls our world. A dozen or two names are thrown around and said to be Illuminati families who interbreed with each other to retain their wealth and power among the small group of ruling elite. The most common alleged thirteen bloodlines are: Astor, Bundy, Collins, DuPont, Freeman, Kennedy, Li, Onassis, Rockefeller, Rothschild, Russell, Van Duyn, and the Merovingian bloodline.

One of the more popular promoters of this theory is Fritz Springmeier, who in 1999 published Bloodlines of the Illuminati, where he wrote, “The goal of this book is to lay out the historical facts about these elite bloodlines…once one understands these bloodlines, wars between kings no longer appear as wars between elite factions, but often can be recognized as contrived wars created to control the masses of both sides by their greedy Machiavellian masters.”90

Springmeier continues, “The Illuminati themselves decided to elevate 13 bloodlines. The number 13 is extremely important magically, and these 13 occult tribes mock the 13 tribes of Israel (remember the 13th tribe, the Tribe of Joseph was split into Ephraim & Manasseh). This does not mean that only 13 Illuminati bloodlines are powerful. There are other families that have risen to prominence. Further, worldwide there are other families of great oligarchical power who have allied themselves to the Illuminati in the political and economic realms without having to intermarry into the Illuminati.”91

While Fritz’s book appears on the surface to be an impressive analysis of the supposed thirteen bloodlines, it is clear that he bought into several known hoaxes and reprinted them as fact, such as the widely debunked claims of John Todd, a man who in the 1970s claimed to be an Illuminati

“defector” belonging to one of the “Illuminati bloodlines.”92 Springmeier also claims that the Illuminati have been operating a space station on Mars, which he says they began colonizing in the late 1990s.93

A much more credible researcher, Antony Sutton, who was given a Skull & Bones membership list in the early 1980s by the daughter of a member, has a much more accurate and rational approach. In his excellent analysis, America’s Secret Establishment, Sutton has stated that twenty to thirty families have dominated the Skull & Bones society since its creation in 1832 and his book provides a scholarly overview of their activities.

The thirteen bloodlines theory is essentially a more modern version of the ancient “divine right of kings” theory, which was perpetuated for thousands of years, claiming that God ordained families of monarchs and kings to rule. In many cases, as with Egyptian Pharaohs, the Caesars of Rome, and the Chinese Dynasties, kings believed (or at least claimed to believe) that they themselves were Gods or literal descendants of the Gods, which in turn, they thought, gave them the divine right to rule. This is not just an ancient idea. The Nazi’s actually believed that white people were the descendants from the (supposed) God-like inhabitants of the Lost City of Atlantis.

Adolf Hitler and his inner circle of Nazi officers, including Heinrich Himmler, Rudolph Hess, and Joseph Georbels, literally believed that white people (the Aryan race, as they liked to call them) were descendants of Gods that once inhabited the Earth, who supposedly lived in the City of Atlantis. The Nazis thought the myth of the “Lost City” was literal history and when the city allegedly sunk into the sea, according to their beliefs, several of the demigods fled to the Himalayas of Tibet where they were said to have started the Nordic and Aryan races.

According to Nazi philosophy, the Jews, claiming to be “God’s chosen people,” were preventing the Aryans from their “divine right” to rule the earth, and race-mixing was weakening the magical power of the Aryan race. Hitler was largely inspired by Helena Blavatsky’s 1888 book, The Secret

Doctrine, which claims that Satan helped free Man in the Garden of Eden, thus allowing humans to “evolve” into gods ourselves. “Satan will now be shown, in the teaching of the Secret Doctrine, allegorized as Good, and Sacrifice, a God of Wisdom,” the book reads.94 “Blessed and sanctified is the name of the Angel of Havas—Satan,” Blavatsky wrote.95

Mainstream historians focus on the racial aspects of the Nazis quest for power, but often ignore the root of their ideology which was a twisted occult doctrine and literally based on Satanism and the belief that they had divine blood in their veins and were descendants of gods. A German secret society called the Thule Society gave birth to the Nazi party and operated much like the Skull & Bones society does in America, working to groom the country’s future leaders. The Thule Society’s logo was a swastika with a dagger in front of it.

The “most royal candidate” theory is the belief that every presidential election in the United States has been won by the candidate with the most royal blood, thus having the closest ties to the kingship bloodline of Europe.96 Proponents of the theory claim that every U.S. president since George Washington can have their bloodline traced back to European royals, and say at least thirty-three presidents are descendants of Alfred the Great and Charlemagne.97

But this begs the question of why a small group of families would consider themselves to have “royal blood.” What exactly does “royal blood” mean? Well, it means that they believe they are direct descendants of the Gods. People who subscribe to this theory often point to a passage in the Book of Genesis in the Bible as evidence. Genesis 6:1-2 reads, “And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born unto them, That the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all which they chose.” Genesis 6:4 continues, “There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown.”



Some Christians and Biblical scholars believe that the “Sons of God” which came and took the daughters of men and had children with them, were an alien race called the Annunaki. Some versions of the Bible clearly say that the Sons of God were “supernatural beings” and clearly refers to some kind of alien creatures who came to earth and mated with human females, creating some kind of alien/human hybrid called the Nephilim.

Some believe that God caused the great flood hoping to destroy these Nephilim creatures and then have Noah, his sons and their wives, later repopulate the earth after they emerged safely from the Ark. According to some beliefs, those supposed hybrid creatures survived and went on to become the first kings and queens, and later evolved into what we refer to as the Illuminati today.

The myth that Jesus Christ secretly had a child with Mary Magdalene was brought into the mainstream through Dan Brown’s 2003 book The Da Vinci Code, which was inspired by the widely debunked Holy Blood, Holy Grail (1982). Dan Brown’s novel was made into a film in 2006 starring Tom Hanks, which carried the idea to a much larger audience who wholeheartedly believed the hoax of the “Jesus bloodline.”

According to the myth, the Knights Templar and Freemasons are the guardians of the Holy Grail, which according to this theory, the Grail refers to the descendants of Jesus and Mary Magdalene, thus the “Holy Grail” is the divine bloodline whose supposed members have to live in secret to protect themselves from being killed by the Catholic Church, which allegedly will do anything to prevent this “secret truth” from being known, because it would undermine their power.

This Jesus bloodline myth may very well be unveiled at some point in time as “evidence” of the Illuminati’s supposed “divine right to rule” by claiming they are the literal descendants of Jesus. It may very well culminate with the appearance of the antichrist who will claim to be the

long awaited messiah of the world and cite his alleged genetic connection to Jesus as evidence that he is the return of Christ.

When looking into the supposed “bloodlines of the Illuminati” you will often come across people talking about “the Reptilians” who believe the Illuminati are literally a group of “shape shifting extraterrestrials” or demonic inter-dimensional entities masquerading as humans in order to work towards enslaving the human race. The “Reptilian” theory is widely ridiculed, although a sizable portion of the population has no doubt that famous politicians and celebrities are “impostors,” only pretending to be human.98 Many of the Reptilian claims are something straight out of the XFiles, the popular paranormal thriller from the 1990s, and are virtually identical to the plot of a 1980s mini series titled V (for visitors).

A British conspiracy theorist named David Icke is largely responsible for spreading this theory, and claims these “Reptillian Illuminati” have to drink human blood, “because they are drinking the person’s life-force and because they need it to exist in this dimension in a human form.”99 More recently Icke seems to have distanced himself from “Reptlillians” and began focusing on the Archons, which refer to supernatural agents of the evil Gnostic creator God, the Demiurge. Icke is also a big proponent that these “Reptillian Illuminati” families have interbred with each other throughout history to maintain their unique bloodline and hide their secret from outsiders.

In ancient times it was fairly easy to control who would marry whom, and keep royal families breeding with other royal families. Most people marry others in the same socioeconomic level because they run in the same circles, attend the same prestigious universities, and grow up in the same wealthy neighborhoods. While the ancient alien/nephilim bloodline theory is interesting on its surface, there is little to no evidence that people from these supposed royal or divine/alien/reptillian families have any significant difference in their DNA from “regular” people, or “commoners” as we are called. In more modern times the regulation of who marries whom through arranged marriages has become nearly impossible to control, so if this

theory were true, then the “alien” DNA would be so widely spread that we would be seeing it pop up in medical reports around the world.

One likely reason for a small number of families rising to power in the ancient past is that they just so happened to be living on fertile land, allowing them to have healthy and strong offspring due to an abundance of food and easily accessible water. As they say in real estate—location, location, location. These issues are explored in detail in the Pulitzer Prize winning book Guns, Germs, and Steel: The Fates of Human Societies (1997), written by Jared Diamond. His research presents the case that a variety of environmental factors, not any genetic or intellectual superiority, has been the reason certain cultures have dominated most others around the world.

I certainly wouldn’t rule out the possibility that some kind of extraterrestrial (or demonic) race is secretly working with the Illuminati leadership and directing them in their affairs, but the subject of aliens is beyond the scope of this book and in most cases the “evidence” of such beings is impossible to verify (at least at this point) or limited to interpretations of ancient art or “video evidence” of unidentified flying objects—most of which are top secret experimental aircraft or hoaxes. Aliens (or demons) working with the Illuminati is one thing—a handful of families interbreeding with each other to keep their “alien family tree” a secret amongst themselves is something totally different.







Affiliated Secret Societies

Secret societies entered popular culture in the 21st century, thanks in part to Dan Brown’s novels and Hollywood films like The Skulls (2000) and National Treasure (2004). As the 2004 United States presidential election approached, it was reported in mainstream news that both George W. Bush and his opponent John Kerry were members of Skull & Bones, the now somewhat well-known secret society based at Yale University. The correct terminology is actually that they “are” members, not that they “were” members, since it’s a lifetime membership starting their senior year of college.

While many people have now heard of Skull & Bones, most falsely believe it’s just an elite fraternity for rich kids, but Skull & Bones differs from a fraternity in several key ways. First of all, nobody “pledges to join” the club hoping to get accepted. Instead they recruit people who are seen as worthy to be members. The club doesn’t do any charity work, which is common with most fraternities, and their entire focus is geared for members’ postgraduate life which is why someone doesn’t become an official member until their senior year, as opposed to rushing a fraternity freshman year like most other college clubs.

While there are countless secret societies on college campuses around the world, Skull & Bones is in a league of their own in terms of their power and influence. While they are perhaps one of the more well-known secret societies (thanks to the Internet), there are certainly other powerful (and dangerous) ones that are lesser known.

There are secret societies of businessmen, politicians, and media moguls, (like the Bilderberg Group and the Allen & Company Sun Valley Conference); there is a secret society of scientists (the Jasons); there’s even a secret society of secretaries (the Seraphic Society), who cater to men in other secret societies. Few people know that there is a secret society of

women modeled after the Bohemian Grove who call themselves the Belizean Grove. Many of these mysterious groups have overlapping members, and at the higher levels work in concert with each other in one giant compartmentalized pyramid-shaped power structure. In this chapter I’ll take you back to the beginning, thousands of years ago, and we’ll slowly move forward in time tracking the evolution of this invisible empire.



Mystery Schools

The first secret societies were called the Mystery Schools, which meant they taught the Ancient Mysteries of life and death. The word “mystic” means one who studied the mysteries, and ancient inquisitive men formed groups or “schools” to study and ponder life’s biggest questions. Certain supposed answers were discovered or myths developed which aimed to help man make sense of his existence here on this planet.

Some see the secret occult knowledge stemming from these Mystery Schools not as evil, but as a tool that can be used for either good or evil, similar to “the Force” in Star Wars. Just as men gather into associations based on common interests like car meets, model airplane clubs and countless other kinds of clubs, men in ancient times who found they had a common interesting pondering the mysteries of life found themselves coming together in these Mystery Schools.

Various Mystery Schools popped up in the ancient world, claiming to, or seeking to, discover the powerful secrets of life, and looking to get in harmony with the divine in order to fully receive the blessings the Universe offers or explain the human condition. While these groups appear to have at one time had the best intensions, many believe they were eventually corrupted and taken over by sinister men who turned the once noble schools into a mafia of madmen who used their superior intellect and social networks to enslave society. Illuminati insider Manly P. Hall explains, "The masses, deprived of their birthright of understanding and groveling in ignorance, eventually became the abject slaves of the spiritual impostors. Superstition universally prevailed and the black magicians completely dominated national affairs, with the result that humanity still suffers from the sophistries [fallacious arguments, especially with the intention of deceiving] of the priestcrafts of Atlantis and Egypt.”100



The esoteric tradition, as it is sometimes called, appears to have begun in Mesopotamia, the oldest human civilization and the first to develop a written language. From there it can be traced to ancient Egypt and the Isis cults (3100 B.C.) and then over to Greece in the Eleusinian Mysteries (1500 BC) involving the Demeter and Persephone cults. During this time the Dionysian Mysteries were practiced in ancient Greece and Rome and included the use of intoxicants and other trance-inducing techniques in attempts to come into a greater understanding of the Mysteries. The Dionysian mysteries were based on Dionysus, one of the Twelve Olympians in Greek mythology, who was the God of wine and ecstasy.

If you keep following the chain, you progress to the Pythagoreans (5 B.C.) and onto other Greek mystery cults like Mithrasim (100 A.D.), then to the Gnostics (1-300 A.D.), to the Knights Templar (1118) and on to the Cathars in the 13th Century, and then to the Jesuits (founded in 1540), continuing to the Rosicrucians (1614), then to Freemasonry (1717) and continuing to the Illuminati (1776); and if you keep moving ahead—when you get to more modern times you’ll see organizations like Skull & Bones (1832), Bohemian Grove (1872), the Federal Reserve Bank (1913), the Council on Foreign Relations (1921), the Bilderberg Group (1954), and so on.

While you may be familiar with some of these major Illuminati organizations, each piece of the puzzle contains countless details and when meticulously assembled, creates a mosaic that reveals a clear and common theme. They are all hierarchical fraternities who use various rituals and pageants to instill in their members that they are a special elite group of masters who know “the truth” that will enable them to become gods among men. In order to preserve their secrets to a select few, initiates often swear blood oaths to never reveal their knowledge to outsiders or those in the lower levels of the hierarchy.



The Knights Templar

At this point in time, many people have heard about the Knights Templar and may be familiar with a little bit of the story surrounding them and the accusations levied against them by the Catholic Church, but few people have taken an extended look into the organization and their activities. While most people believe the accusations of devil worshiping and blasphemous rituals were fabricated by the Catholic Church as an excuse to seize the Templar’s wealth and put them out of commission, you may be very surprised to discover who admits the accusations were actually true.

The Knights Templar name basically means they were the knights of Solomon’s Temple, and were a group of (supposed) Christian knights who volunteered to protect Jerusalem from the Muslims who were trying to seize the land. The Templars were founded in 1118 in France by a man named Hugues de Payens who recruited around nine others, mostly members of his own family, who then offered to protect pilgrims traveling from the coast of the Mediterranean to the Holy Land.

While they were supposedly dedicated “warrior monks” who wanted to supposedly protect the Holy Land, it appears the founders had an ulterior motive, and while the majority of the growing Templar organization may have been wholly dedicated to protecting the Holy Land, the inner circle were busy secretly excavating the site of Solomon’s Temple for treasure and rare artifacts.

Among the most damning allegations made against the Templars was that their inner circle performed satanic homosexual rituals involving a demonic idol called Baphomet. While most people believe these allegations were fabricated by the Catholic Church to demonize the Templars, others have a different view. Eliphas Levi, a popular occultist in the 19th century,

explains, “Did the Templars really adore Baphomet? Did they offer a shameful salutation to the buttocks of the goat of Mendes? What was actually this secret and potent association which imperiled Church and State, and was thus destroyed unheard? Judge nothing lightly; they are guilty of a great crime; they have exposed to profane eyes the sanctuary of antique initiation. They have gathered again and have shared the fruits of the tree of knowledge, so they might become masters of the world.”101

He continues to say, “Yes, in our profane conviction, the Grand Masters of the Order of the Templars worshipped the Baphomet, and caused it to be worshipped by their initiates.”102 In the infamous Satanic Bible, published in 1966 by Anton LaVey (real name Howard Levy), Baphomet is listed as the demon the Knights Templar worshiped.103 So even the Church of Satan’s founder accepts the allegations made against the Templars as true.

Manly P. Hall, a 33rd degree mason best known for his revealing book The Secret Teachings of All Ages, wrote, “The famous hermaphroditic Goat of Mendes was a composite creature formulated to symbolize this astral light. It is identical with Baphomet, the mystic pantheos of those disciples of ceremonial magic, the Templars, who probably obtained it from the Arabians.”104

So, according to Hall and others, it is believed the Templars not only found physical treasure like gold and silver in their executions, but also informational treasure as well, in the form of ancient scrolls where they learned their strange secret doctrine.

Researchers Knight and Lomus, who are certainly not considered “conspiracy theorists,” explained that according to their findings, “Hence it follows that the mysteries of the craft are in reality the mysteries of religion. The Knights were, however, careful not to entrust this important secret to any whose fidelity and discretion had not been fully proved. They therefore invented different degrees to test their candidates, and gave them only symbolical secrets without explanation, to prevent treachery and solely to

enable them to make themselves known to each other. For this purpose it was resolved to use different signs, words and tokens in each degree, by which they would be secured against the Saracens, cowans or intruders.”105

In The History of Magic (published in 1860), Eliphas Levi reveals, “The Templars had two doctrines; one was concealed and reserved to the leaders, being that of Johannism [Gnosticism]; the other was public, being Roman Catholic doctrine. They deceived in this manner the enemies that they hoped to supplant. The Johannism of the adepts was the Kabalah of the Gnostics, but it degenerated speedily into a mystic pantheism carried even to idolatry of Nature and hatred of all revealed dogma…They went even so far as to recognize the pantheistic symbolism of the grand masters of Black Magic, and the better to isolate themselves from obedience to a religion by which they were condemned before, they rendered divine honors to the monstrous idol Baphomet.”106

Lynn Picknett and Clive Prince also confirm the secret doctrine accusations in their book The Templar Revelation, writing, “It is likely that the majority of the Knights Templar were no more than simple Christian solders they appeared to be, but the inner circle was different. The inner circle of the Templars appears to have existed in order to further active research into esoteric and religious matters. Perhaps one of the reasons for their secrecy was the fact that they dealt with the arcane aspects of the Jewish and Islamic worlds. They sought, literally, the secrets of the universe wherever they suspected they might be found, and in the course of their geographic and intellectual wanderings came to tolerate—perhaps even to embrace—some very unorthodox beliefs.”107

These “unorthodox beliefs” appear to have involved what’s called sex magic (often spelled sex magick with a “k” on the end), which is the practice of incorporating various sex acts into secret rituals in the belief that the sexual energy produced is transformed into spiritual power, allegedly enabling participants to activate dormant supernatural abilities. Theodore Reuss [co-founder of the Ordo Templi Orientis] revealed that sex magic was the greatest secret of occult fraternities, saying, “Our order possesses the key which opens up all Masonic and Hermetic secrets, namely, the

teachings of sexual magic, and this teaching explains, without exception, all the secrets of Freemasonry and all systems of religion.”108 He also said that sex magic was the big secret of the Knights Templar.109

In his companion book to The Secret Teachings of All Ages, titled Lectures on Ancient Philosophy, Manly P. Hall again reveals some amazing occult secrets that few people have discovered about the Templars. He wrote, “It was not the physical power of the Templars, but the knowledge which they had brought with them from the East, that the church feared. The Templars had discovered part of the great Arcanum; they had become wise in those mysteries which had been celebrated in Mecca thousands of years before the advent of Mohammed; they had read a few pages from the dread book of the Anthropos, and for this knowledge they were doomed to die.”110

Eliphas Levi writes in agreement, “It was the memory of this scientific and religious absolute, of this doctrine summarized in a word, of this word alternately lost and recovered, which was transmitted to the elect of all antique initiations…it was this same memory handed on to secret associations of Rosicrucians, Illuminati and Freemasons which gave a meaning to their strange rites, to their less or more conventional signs, and a justification above all to their devotion in common, as well as a clue to their power.”111

This “occult power” wasn’t the only thing that led to their downfall. The Templars, with the help of other secrets they likely learned from the rare scrolls they acquired, ultimately became wealthy bankers who issued loans, not only to people, but to governments and monarchs. The Catholic Church wouldn’t allow people to charge interest on money they lent to someone else because it was considered a sin (called usury), but the church looked the other way when the Templars did it, likely because they needed their protective services in the Holy Land.

Through lending money with interest, the Templars had exploited one of the most powerful and mysterious concepts in the world today. The same

tactic is used by the Illuminati banking cartel through their front groups like the Federal Reserve, the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund. More on the magic of making money and collecting interest on loans later.



The Jesuits

Fast forward a few hundred years and we can see the Catholic Church following the same pattern of the Templars hoarding knowledge, power, and wealth, so insiders can live like kings by taking advantage of the ignorant masses. Ignatius of Loyola founded the Society of Jesus (aka the Jesuits) in 1540, whose members are also known as the “Pope’s Marines” because of their militant support of the Catholic Church. The Jesuits were founded to fight against the Protestant Reformation with hopes of keeping the Catholic Church in power by any means necessary. While supposedly being a Christian group, the Jesuits’ activities have been anything but.

Some believe that Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt was covertly working for the Jesuits, but his correspondences reveal he deeply despised the Jesuits, although he did adopt their “ends justifies the means” tactics in hopes of replacing them with his own similar kind of tyranny.

A document titled The Secret Instructions of the Jesuits, was published in the early 1600s, allegedly written by a general in the society, and revealed the supposed tactics and “ends justifies the means” code of the Jesuits. The Church claims the documents are a forgery designed to defame the Jesuits, of course, but when one becomes aware of the ruthless and criminal activities Church insiders have engaged in to gain and maintain their power, it doesn’t really matter if they’re a forgery or not, because the tactics of the Jesuits and the Vatican have become widely known.

The Catholic Church’s crimes are legendary, from imprisoning Galileo for (correctly) declaring the earth revolved around the sun, to the Spanish Inquisition where officials tortured and killed anyone who dared disagree with them. And everyone is familiar with their institutional pedophile problem and the generations of cover-ups they have engaged in to protect the perpetrators.



These actions continue to give Christians a bad name with most antiChristian bigots apparently unaware (or willfully ignoring) the millions of non-Catholic Christians (like Protestants, Lutherans, Methodists, Baptists, non-denominational groups, etc.) which were (and still are) appalled by the actions of the Catholic Church who, for centuries, held a monopoly on Christianity, albeit their twisted and un-Biblical brand of it.

Jesuits were responsible for the 1605 Gunpowder Plot in England, which was an assassination attempt where the perpetrators, including Guy Fawkes, tried to blow up the House of Parliament to kill King James and the Protestant aristocracy. Every November 5th, bonfires and fireworks are used to commemorate the failure of the plot, an event that has come to be known as Guy Fawkes Night.

Vatican City in Rome is not just a city, but a completely sovereign country owned and operated by the Catholic Church that was established in 1929 by the Lateran treaty. It is only 110 acres and has a population under a thousand people and has over $8 billion dollars in assets.112 The Pope, of course, is the head, and is protected by his own personal army, the Swiss Guard.

The Popes, Bishops and Priests of the Catholic Church are basically the same as the Pharisees who Jesus denounced over 2000 years ago for their hypocrisy and pride due to their spiritual knowledge. One needs to look no further than the Inquisition or the massive institutional cover-up of countless pedophile priests to see the Catholic Church is corrupt to the core. The Catholic Church also diverts and perverts the teachings of Jesus in numerous ways, such as having people confess their sins to a priest instead of to God himself, as well as having sold indulgences, which, if you don’t know, means that people used to pay money to the church and in return a priest would forgive that person’s sins and tell them they could then get into Heaven. Some indulgences were even sold for sins people would commit in the future. Such a practice was clearly a shameful abuse of power and completely contradictory to the teachings of Jesus.



The Catholic Church basically took the freeing messages of Jesus and packaged them up and then sold them to the public, when Jesus had intended them to be accessible to all for free. This is the same thing the Jewish Pharisees did with Judaism causing Jesus to publicly denounce them. It is for these reasons and more that the Vatican, and specifically the Pope is looked at with suspicion regarding the New World Order and is believed by some to one day be the false prophet spoken about in the Bible.

According to Biblical prophecy, the counterfeit Christ (the Antichrist) will be a political figure and the leader of the world, who will be accompanied by the false prophet, a global religious leader that will (wrongfully) confirm to the world that the messiah has arrived when the Antichrist announces he is God. Since the Catholic Church is trying to reinstate itself as the only Christian authority in the world, many see the Pope as a prime candidate for this false prophet.

In 2007 Pope Benedict proclaimed that the Catholic Church was the only place that can offer salvation and held the only key to Heaven.113 He didn’t mean Christianity is the only path to salvation, which is a primary tenant of the faith. He meant specifically that the Catholic Church was the only way to God and that all other Christian denominations were basically leading people astray and were not “true” churches.114

This is the same Pope who, when he was still a Cardinal (then named Cardinal Ratzinger), was in charge of covering up the extensive pedophile priest network which has been operating within (or perhaps in charge of) the Catholic Church for generations.115 A 69-page document typed in Latin and taken from the Vatican’s Secret Archives bearing the seal of Pope John XXIII, was sent to every Bishop in the world in 1962 and contained detailed instructions and policies regarding keeping allegations of sexual abuse a secret.

The title of the documents in Latin, Crimine solicitationies, translates to “Instruction on proceeding in cases of solicitation” and was basically

identical to an earlier set of instructions issued in 1922.116 The documents were confirmed authentic by the Roman Catholic Church in England and Wales.117

Bishops were instructed to deal with child abuse allegations “in the most secretive way” and were reminded of their commitment to “perpetual silence” for what the documents called the “secret of the Holy Office.”118 They go on to say, “The oath of keeping the secret must be given in these cases also by the accusers or those denouncing the priest and the witnesses.”119 Anyone who speaks of the “secret of the Holy Office” or who admits publicly that any victims have come forward were threatened with excommunication.

All complaints about sexual abuse were stored in the Secret Archives of the Vatican. Daniel Shea, a lawyer for abused children said, “It proves there was an international conspiracy by the Church to hush up sexual abuse issues. It is a devious attempt to conceal criminal conduct and is a blueprint for deception and concealment.”120

Another attorney for abused children, Richard Scorer, said, “We always suspected that the Catholic Church systematically covered up abuse and tried to silence victims. This document appears to prove it. Threatening excommunication to anybody who speaks out shows the lengths the most senior figures in the Vatican were prepared to go to prevent the information getting out to the public domain.”121

This leads to the dark road of what is called sex magic, which is the most sinister secret of Satanism and is covered in the chapter titled Spiritual Beliefs. The leader of the Jesuits is officially called the “Superior General,” often nicknamed the “Black Pope,” and is believed by many to be the actual leader of the Catholic Church who wields his power from behind the scenes.



The Rosicrucians

The Rosicrucians are an interesting secret society-type of group, because the “group” started off as a hoax, really, which then inspired people to actually form such a group (or factions) based on the teachings of the mysterious Rosicrucian Manifestos, the first of which was published in Germany in 1614. Two other manifestos later appeared, one the following year in 1615, and another the year after that, said to have come from a secret brotherhood that made up an Invisible College which was preparing to reveal themselves to the world.

There are various theories as to who the author or authors of these mysterious books were. Many believe they were written by Johann Valentin Andrea, a German Lutheran theologian who was allegedly hoping they would help break the Catholic Church’s stranglehold on power.

Whoever wrote the manifestos chose to release them under the pseudonym Christian Rosencreutz as a symbol for the work because the name translates to Rosy Cross—a rose having been an alchemical symbol of heavenly perfection and paradise. The first manifesto tells a story of how “Christian Rosencreutz” went on a journey to the Middle East to study the occult and the ancient mysteries. The books are said to contain hidden meanings and esoteric knowledge which could only be revealed to a select few.

In the texts, “Christian Rosencreutz” wrote about a future utopia where people of different religions would all worship the same God in their own style while having tolerance for all other views. Of course, the Catholic Church condemned the manifestos and anyone who supported them.



The books also forecasted a coming age of enlightenment resulting from the revelation of ancient Hermetic secrets. Some believe surviving Knights Templars were behind the mysterious manifestos, and some also credit Rosicrucianism for changing stone mason guilds into the philosophical Freemasonry we are familiar with today.

Rosicrucian researcher Christopher McIntosh wrote, “It has often been suggested that the Hiramic legend in Masonry might be linked with the legend of Christian Rosenkreuz and his tomb…It is not impossible, therefore, that an impulse of a Rosicrucian nature (using the word “Rosicrucian” in its widest sense) was responsible for the transformation of operative into speculative Masonry.”122 The transformation from “operative” masonry to “speculative masonry” means changing from a mere stone mason trade union to the philosophical and spiritual form of Freemasonry that exists today. The 18th degree of Scottish Rite Freemasonry is called the Knight of the Rose-Croix (Rose Cross), clearly showing a connection between the two groups.

The Mormon Church, or the Church of Latter Day Saints, as they prefer to be called, contains several parallels with Rosicrucianism. First, both stem from books said to have been “discovered” or mysteriously appeared, which cleverly mix occult myths and rituals with Christian philosophy. Mormonism founder Joseph Smith Jr. most likely knew of the Christian Rosencreutz legend (which was two hundred years old in his time) when he concocted his tale of “finding” a supposed ancient text himself. Since Joseph Smith was a Freemason, he certainly would have been familiar with the Legend of Enoch, which claims that the true name of God was carved into a golden delta (triangle), and hidden before the great flood so that it would be preserved (and discovered) by a future generation.

These myths of ancient “lost and found” divine texts speaking of past cultures and mystical secrets were the inspiration for The Book of Mormon which Joseph Smith claimed to have “found” written on a stack of Golden Plates in the 1820s, which of course aren’t in a museum somewhere because he said an angel took them back to heaven for safe keeping! Smith was a Freemason who mixed Masonic mythology with Christianity to create

Mormonism which he claimed “restored” the lost secrets from the ancient past with his “discovery” (fabrication) of the Book of Mormon, again, which he magically “translated” from “Golden Plates” that are nowhere to be found.

The name “R. C. Christian” appeared in 1980 surrounding the creation of an enormous and mysterious occult monument in the small town of Elberton, Georgia—a structure known as the Georgia Guidestones. The name was chosen as a pseudonym by the individual who designed and paid for this bizarre monument. “R.C. Christian,” obviously standing for Rose Cross Christian, and the Brotherhood of the Rose Cross, which was a popular calling card of early Rosicrucians. The Georgia Guidestones monument stands nineteen feet tall and displays ten different commandments in eight different languages as the New World Order’s ten commandments. The first of which is to maintain the human population under 500 million people. The monument is said to be the “Guidestones to an age of reason” and has several astrological markings in the design, including a hole in line with the North Star.

It wasn’t just Mormonism founder Joseph Smith and the man behind the Georgia Guidestones who received inspiration from the Rosicrucians, but also the early founders of Freemasonry and even the father of the Illuminati, Adam Weishaupt. Many Rosicrucians in his time actually denounced Weishaupt and the Illuminati for taking what they considered to be a noble concept of an enlightened brotherhood, and turned it into a mechanism to exercise his own tyrannical goals.



Freemasonry

Often said to be just a men’s club of old guys who want to get away from their wives much like the Moose Lodge or Knights of Columbus— Freemasonry is quite a bit different from most men’s clubs and is actually often included when talking about the grand “Illuminati conspiracy.” What most people don’t know, and what high level masons have openly admitted, is that there is a secret society within this secret society.

Manly P. Hall, considered one of Freemasonry’s greatest philosophers, openly admitted that, “Freemasonry is a fraternity within a fraternity—an outer organization concealing an inner brotherhood of the elect…the visible society is a splendid camaraderie of ‘free and accepted’ men enjoined to devote themselves to ethical, educational, fraternal, patriotic, and humanitarian concerns. The invisible society is a secret most august [respected and impressive] fraternity whose members are dedicated to the service of a mysterious arcanum arcanorum [secret of secrets.]”123

You’ll sometimes hear people say that their grandfather was a “master mason” and dismiss any talk of a “conspiracy” because all grandpa did was engage in cheesy rituals and attend boring meetings. A “master mason” sounds quite impressive if you don’t know much about masonry. George Washington was a master mason and a considerable number of the Founding Fathers of America were masons, so they can’t be that bad, right? Out of the fifty-six signers of the Declaration of Independence, eight of them were confirmed to be Freemasons and at least sixteen U.S. presidents have also been masons, including James Madison, James Monroe, Andrew Jackson, James Polk, Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft, Franklin D. Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Lyndon B. Johnson, and Gerald Ford.

While sounding like an impressive title, a master mason is only the 3rd level (or degree) of a 33 level hierarchy. The first degree is called entered

apprentice, the second is fellow craft, and the third is a master mason; but there are thirty-three degrees in the Scottish Rite. A rite is “a formal or ceremonial act or procedure prescribed or customary in religious or other solemn use.”124

The Scottish Rite is the most popular brand of Masonry and within the higher levels each degree is given a mysterious sounding name like Secret Master (4th Degree), Knight of the Rose-Croix (18th degree) and Grand Pontiff (19th degree). In the 32nd degree (the second highest level), the initiate is called a Sublime Knight Commander of the Royal Secret or Master of the Royal Secret.

The “Scottish Rite” actually started in France and was based on legends that originated from Scotland that were told by Scotts who fled to France in the late 1700s when the British Isles were having problems. Regardless of where the name originated, Scottish Rite Freemasonry is the most popular esoteric hierarchy of the fraternity.

The 33rd degree of the Scottish Rite is the highest level and is awarded by invitation only. Each of the degrees represents the different vertebrate in the human spine and symbolize the member’s ascent in their quest for Enlightenment within the fraternity. On top of the 33rd vertebrate of the spine sits the skull, which holds the brain, so the 33rd degree signifies that the initiate has become fully enlightened with the secret gnosis (knowledge) of the ancient mysteries.

Freemasonry evolved out of stone masonry, whose ancient tradesmen used a series of secret handshakes and code words to identify each other and their level of skill. Over time, various philosophies started arising out of those trade unions and used popular stone mason tools as symbols to represented various aspects of their philosophy. As their theology grew, the stonemasons morphed from what was called operative masonry (meaning men who worked with stones) to speculative masonry, which refers to the philosophical and spiritual Freemasons today.



While the operative (or stone masons) built cathedrals out of stone, the speculative (or Freemasons) built their intellect. The term “Freemason” likely comes from freestone masonry. Freestone is a softer stone used for cathedral faces that is intricately carved by higher skilled masons and is used as a metaphor to describe the development of a man’s character and abilities. Some say that “free” means they are free from ignorance or free from the chains of darkness that once enslaved them.

Evidence indicates that the Knights Templar either assimilated with Freemasonry or directly created it. Most American’s came to hear about Freemasonry as a result of Dan Brown’s 2003 novel The Da Vinci Code, and then in the following few years the History Channel, Discovery, National Geographic and other networks produced shows looking into this fascinating group. The 2004 film National Treasure starring Nicholas Cage capitalized on the hype, and portrayed them as the secret guardians of America.

It officially came into its modern form in 1717 with the creation of the Grand Lodge of England and has been shrouded in mystery ever since. Much of the controversy surrounding Masonry stems from allegations that the higher-level members worship satan and that they deceive lower level members about its purpose. “Anti-Masons” don’t just come up with these allegations out of thin air though; they often point to Masonic texts written by highly revered Masons as their evidence.

The “Bible of Freemasonry,” a book titled Morals and Dogma, written by Albert Pike in 1871 explains Masonic philosophy and is read primarily only by dedicated Freemasons. Part of this philosophy, Pike explains, is, “Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals [emphasis in original] its secrets from all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it [the Mason] calls Light, from them, and to draw them away from it.”125



He reaffirms this deception later in the book, saying, ”The Blue Degrees are but the court or portico (porch) of the Temple. Part of the symbols are displayed there to the initiate, but he is intentionally misled by false interpretations. It is not intended that he shall understand them; but it is intended that he shall imagine that he understands them…their true explication [explanation and understanding] is reserved for the Adepts, the Princes of Masonry [those of the 32nd and 33rd Degrees].”126

Pike even makes several statements appearing to support the Devil, saying, “Satan is not a black god, but negation of God ... this is not a Person, but a Force, created for good, but which may represent evil. It is the instrument of Liberty or Free Will. They [Freemasons] represent this Force...under the mythological and horned form of the God Pan; thence came the he-goat of the Sabbat, brother of the Ancient Serpent, and the Light-bearer.”127

Later in the book he wrote, “Lucifer, the Light-bearer! Strange and mysterious name to give to the Spirit of Darkness! Lucifer, the Son of the Morning! Is it he who bears the Light, and with its splendors intolerable, blinds feeble, sensual, or selfish souls? Doubt it not!”128

I have personally spoken with a 32nd degree Mason who is a friend of a friend, and at first he dodged my insinuations that he worshiped Lucifer, but I pressed him and he started praising Lucifer and criticizing Christians saying they were morbid for worshiping a dead man hanging on a cross, and that they were judgmental and intolerant of other religions.

Satanist Aleister Crowley seems to agree that there is some great mystical secret held by the inner circle when he said, “Although I was admitted to the thirty-third and last degree of Freemasonry so long ago as 1900, it was not until the summer of 1912 that my suspicion was confirmed. I speak of my belief that behind the frivolities and convivialities of our greatest institution [Freemasonry] lay in truth a secret.”129



In his book autobiography The Confessions of Aleister Crowley, he wrote, “…for Freemasonry asserts that every man is himself the living, slain and re-arisen Christ in his own person. It is true that not one mason in ten thousand in England is aware of this fact; but he has only to remember his ‘raising’ to realize the fundamental truth of the statement.”130

Albert Pike was a lawyer who became a Confederate General in the Army, fighting against the northern colonies during the Civil War trying to ensure slavery was kept in place. He is believed to have been the leader of the Knights of the Golden Circle, a secret society of Confederates that included notorious outlaw Jesse James and John Wilkes Booth, the man who assassinated President Lincoln. The Lincoln assassination was not the action of a lone gunman, but was part of a larger plot hatched by the Knights of the Golden Circle with hopes of securing a victory for the south. John Wilkes Booth and other Knights of the Golden Circle planned to assassinate the vice president and the secretary of state that same night, thus eliminating three of the top officials in the United States government, hoping that would ensure the Confederates could take over.

Aside from being a key member of the KGC, it is rumored that Albert Pike founded the KKK as well, which isn’t far-fetched at all, considering it’s obvious he was a racist who saw black people as slaves. When African Americans first wanted to become part of the Masonic fraternity, Pike wrote, “I took my obligations to white men, not to Negroes. When I have to accept Negroes as brothers or leave Masonry, I shall leave it.”131

Pike owned the Daily Appeal, a newspaper in Tennessee, where on April 16, 1868 he published an editorial saying, “The disenfranchised people of the South...can find no protection for property, liberty or life, except in secret association...We would unite every white man in the South, who is opposed to negro suffrage [the right to vote], into one great Order of Southern Brotherhood, with an organization complete, active, vigorous, in which a few should execute the concentrated will of all, and whose very existence should be concealed from all but its members.”132



A larger than life statue of Albert Pike stands in Judiciary Square in Washington D.C. alongside Abraham Lincoln, and Pike’s body is kept in a tomb inside the Masonic headquarters in Washington D.C., a building called the House of the Temple, which is the home of the “Supreme Council” of Freemasonry.

Theosophist teacher and occult writer Alice Bailey, who claimed her books were dictated to her telepathically by an entity she called the Master of Wisdom, wrote that, “The Masonic Movement when it can be divorced from politics and social ends and from its present paralyzing condition of inertia, will meet the need of those who can, and should wield power. It is the custodian of the law; it is the home of the Mysteries and the seat of initiation. It holds its symbolism the ritual of Deity, and the way of salvation is pictorially preserved in its work. The methods of Deity are demonstrated in its temples, and under the All-seeing Eye the work can go forward. It is a far more occult organization than can be realized, and is intended to be the training school for the coming advanced occultists. In its ceremonials lies hid the wielding of the forces connected with the growth and life of the kingdoms of nature and the unfoldment of the divine aspects in man.”133

Many Muslims are against Freemasonry partly because one of Freemasonry’s ultimate goals is to rebuild the Temple of Solomon on its original site in Jerusalem, where the Al-Aqsa Mosque currently stands. This spot is claimed by both Muslims and Jews as their religion’s holy place, and a primary aim of both Palestinians and Jews is to once and for all claim this spot as their own.

Muslims are also critical of Freemasonry’s secretive nature. Sheikh Ahmad Kutty, a prominent Muslim scholar at the Islamic Institute of Toronto, explains, “As far as I know, Freemasonry is a secret organization whose beliefs and practices are totally kept confidential except from those who are initiated into it. They have levels of secrets which are not divulged to those who are at lower levels. A Muslim should never fall prey or give allegiance to something which cannot be scrutinized by the firm criteria of the Quran and the Sunnah. Whoever joins Freemasonry is like a person who

writes a blank check; by doing so he agrees to give allegiance blindly to an authority to comply with their wishes no matter what they are.”134

In 1998 a law was enacted in Britain ordering police, judges, and other government employees in the UK to reveal whether they were Freemasons after it was believed a Masonic Mafia was operating within the government.135 Ten years later the law was reversed but the controversy continued. A secret Metropolitan Police report written in 2002 and leaked to the press in 2014 reveals that an internal investigation by Scotland Yard, the police agency of London, discovered that an organized criminal network of Freemasons largely controlled the police department.136 The investigation, called Operation Tiberius, found that the Metropolitan Police were infested with corrupt Freemasons who used their position within the department to engage in organized crime, destroy evidence, and recruit other corrupt officers.137

While Freemasonry is primarily a men’s organization, there is a woman’s branch called the Eastern Star, whose logo is literally an upside down pentagram. There is even a branch for young girls called Job’s Daughters (or Rainbow Girls) and one for boys called the DeMolays— named after Jacques de Molay, the last Grand Master of the Knights Templar. President Bill Clinton was a DeMolay as a child, which many believe served as a prep school to groom him to later take his place as an Illuminati insider.

As noted earlier, it’s important to highlight that in 1782 Adam Weishaupt successfully infiltrated Freemasonry at the Congress of Wilhelmsbad, Germany, which was the largest, most important Masonic gathering of the eighteenth century.138 There he assigned men to oversee the implementation of “Illuminated Masonry” and recruit new supporters from Masonic lodges throughout Europe who would work on behalf of the Illuminati.



Skull & Bones Society

Even if you’re familiar with Skull & Bones and some of the allegations about them (many of which are true, by the way), the deeper you look into this group, the more apparent it becomes that they are anything but an ordinary college fraternity. Since it has already been touched upon earlier in this book, I won’t repeat most of what has already been covered, but I will add a few more pieces to the puzzle that most people are not familiar with so you can get a more complete picture of them.

Skull & Bones was the FIRST secret society at Yale and the first senior society—meaning someone doesn’t become a member until their senior year at Yale. There were fraternities at Yale, but Skull & Bones started a new chapter in the school’s history in 1832 when they created the first secret society, soon to be followed by Scroll & Key and then later Wolf’s Head, which are the top three senior (and secret) societies. The three clubs even hold regular “inter-council meetings” several times a year to coordinate their activities.

Each year fifteen new members are recruited (or “tapped,” as they say) to join. They are chosen during the last few weeks of the semester their Junior year in order to prepare them to replace the outgoing seniors who lead them through the elaborate and satanic initiation ceremony where they are given a new name (Long Devil, Machiavelli, Baal, Beelzebub are just a few examples).139 During part of the initiation, they lay in a coffin and give a detailed history of their sexual experiences up to that point in a ritual called Connubial Bliss.

Members consider the world “their realm” and call outsiders “Barbarians.” Once initiated the men (and now some women) are considered “bonesmen” or Knights of Eulogia, which is Greek for “Knights of the Blessing.” They even hold a special Skull & Bones wedding

ceremony when one of their members gets married to initiate the new wife into the “Bones Family.” Behind every corrupt man, there’s usually a woman willing to look the other way. They also own a 40-acre island located on the St. Lawrence River in Alexandria Bay, called Dear Island, which is used as a private vacation spot for “bonesmen” and their families.

After the summer, when the new school year begins, and the new initiates are then seniors, they meet every Thursday and Sunday night for a fancy dinner (often steak and lobster) that is followed up with what are called “sessions” which include various lectures and debates. It is believed that they eat using Adolf Hitler’s silverware that a “bonesmen” somehow obtained. Skull & Bones has its own collection of books in its library located in the Tomb [headquarters] to help new members learn the ways of the world. There is even a “Bones Bible” and other black books kept in the clubhouse library. They operate as a 5013c organization under the Russell Trust Association (or RTA Incorporated) and their 2012 filings with the IRS (which must be available for “public review” if you know just where to look and how to get them) shows they spent $469,000 dollars that year on “personal development” for their members.140

No alcohol is allowed inside the Skull & Bones Tomb clubhouse, that’s how serious they are. This is not a party. Taking over the world is serious business. Another difference between Skull & Bones and ordinary fraternities is that frats usually do community service and help with local fundraisers, but this strange group only looks out for themselves. In fact, the men (and now women) who are recruited into Skull & Bones are never engineers or mathematicians, because these careers hold little power compared to those in business, banking, media, politics, and law, which are the dominant careers of the members.

By now I’m sure you’re familiar that the most famous member is President George W. Bush, but what most people don’t know is that his family has a long history with the group. Aside from his father George Herbert Walker Bush being a member, Prescott Bush, George W.’s grandfather was a member, as well as his uncles Jonathan Bush, John

Walker, and his other uncle George Herbert Walker III. So was his greatuncle George Herbert Walker Junior, and his cousin Ray Walker.141

After George W. Bush became president in January 2001, he appointed several of his fellow bonesmen to various high level positions within the government. For example, he nominated William H. Donaldson (Bones 1953) as chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission; Edward McNally (Bones 1979) was given a position in the Department of Homeland Security.142 Robert D. McCallum was appointed to Assistant Attorney General; Roy Austin was made the ambassadorship to Trinidad and Tobago; Victor Ashe was given a spot on the board of directors of Fannie Mae (the Federal National Mortgage Association), America’s biggest home mortgage financier, and so on.143

The list of Skull & Bones members who have risen to the pinnacles of power is long. Co-founder Alfonzo Taft became the head of the Department of War, which was the name of the Department of Defense until the government changed the name in true Orwellian double-speak fashion. Alfonzo Taft’s son, William Taft became President of the United States. Pierre Jay was the first chairman of the New York Federal Reserve Bank; Winston Lord became chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations. Percy Rockefeller was on the board of Brown Brothers Harriman & Company, which was had its assets seized in 1942 under the Trading with the Enemy Act after it was discovered the firm was helping fund Adolf Hitler.144 John Kerry, who ran for president against George W. Bush in the 2004 election, later became Secretary of State under President Obama.

The list of key power players in government just goes on and on. Raymond Price (1951) was a speechwriter for Presidents Nixon, Ford, and Bush. Christopher Taylor Buckley (1975) was the chief speechwriter for George H. W. Bush when he was the Vice President. Austan Goolsbee (1991) became President Barack Obama’s chief economic advisor, etc., etc. It’s interesting to also point out that the father of American football, Walter Camp, was a boneseman. Football, as you may know, serves as a modern day bread and circus distraction for the majority of Americans, channeling their energy and aggression into watching a bunch of men chasing after a

ball instead of paying attention to important social issues. This is all part of the plan because it keeps most people out of the way so the elite can carry out their agenda.

Skull & Bones members created the American Historical Association, the American Psychological Association, the American Chemical Society; and the American Economic Association. The atomic bomb was basically a Skull & Bones project involving William Averell Harriman, Governor of New York (class of 1913), Henry Stimson, Secretary of War (class of 1888), Robert Lovett, Secretary of Defense (class of 1918), McGeorge Bundy, U.S. Intelligence Officer (class of 1940) and George L. Harrison, advisor to the Secretary of War and President of the New York Federal Reserve Bank (class of 1909).

I guess it shouldn’t be surprising that an organization whose symbols and themes revolve around death would ultimately be responsible for creating the most deadly weapon in the history of mankind. The group’s obsession with death is extremely disturbing and all the death symbolism is meant to serve as a continuous reminder of their own mortality, and since they don’t believe in an afterlife, they are urged to become gods on earth during their short time here by any means necessary.

We often think of the society “ruling the world” in terms of politicians and business, but they have also dominated the faculty of Yale University as well. Some reports claim that four out of five faculty members between 1865 and 1916 were bonesmen.145 In 1873, a student newspaper called The Iconoclast, published an article denouncing Skull & Bones control of Yale. “Out of every class Skull and Bones takes its men...They have obtained control of Yale. It’s business is performed by them. Money paid to the college must pass into their hands, and be subject to their will....It is Yale College against Skull and Bones!”146

Aside from being accused of dominating the faculty at Yale and power positions in politics and business, they are often accused of worshiping Satan and conducting extraordinary disturbing rituals. The group’s favorite

number, 322, possibly holds a secret satanic meaning. Many people believe the number 322 is a reference to the Book of Genesis chapter 3 verse 22 which talks about Adam and Eve eating the Forbidden Fruit from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil and employing this number is seen as a reference to the Luciferian doctrine or the satanic secret.

In 2001, a reporter named Ron Rosenbaum from the New York Observer used a night vision camera to videotape the initiation ritual from the ledge of an adjacent building that overlooked the courtyard of the Skull & Bones clubhouse. The footage shows initiates kneeling down and kissing a skull, and then appearing to take a knife and slit the throat of a naked woman who was being held down by other members.147

People were also heard chanting a strange mantra, “The hangman equals death, the Devil equals death, death equals death!” The hangman likely refers to Jesus hanging on the cross and the mantra appears to convey the same meaning as the riddle of the four human skulls when they are asked which one is the wise man, the beggar, the king, and the fool. The answer given is that it doesn’t matter to them because “all is the same in death.”

Rosenbaum was not sure what to make of this behavior and asked, “Is that the secret they’ve been covering up ever since the society was founded in 1832, the offshoot of a German secret society: devil worship? A fulfillment of the paranoid fantasies of the fundamentalist right, who believe the Eastern establishment is a front for satanic conspiracy.”148



Scroll and Key Society

The Scroll & Key society is a another secret society at Yale University, created in 1842, ten years after Skull & Bones, and was the second secret society at the school composed of seniors. Just like Skull & Bones, Scroll & Key recruits fifteen new students at the end of their junior year who they see as having the potential and willingness to further the organization’s goals. Scroll & Key is considered one of the “Big Three” senior societies at Yale—the other two being, of course, Skull & Bones, along with Wolf’s Head.

Fareed Zakaria, a CNN commentator on foreign affairs, was initiated as a member of Scroll & Key when he attended the university in 1986. Fareed went onto to attend Bilderberg meetings (in 1993 and 2009), and became a member of the Council on Foreign Relations as well. He didn’t just join the CFR, he actually was the managing editor of their publication Foreign Affairs which serves up their political propaganda on a platter for the members.

Fareed once argued that the Constitution is outdated and should be “fixed” to remove the Second Amendment in order to “modernize the Constitution for the 21st Century.”149

Other notable members include Ari Shapiro (class of 2000) who became the White House Correspondent for National Public Radio (NPR); James Stillman Rockefeller (class of 1924) who was the President and Chairman of the First National City Bank of New York; Cornelius Vanderbilt III of the wealthy Vanderbilt dynasty (class of 1895); and Huntington D. Sheldon (class of 1925) worked for the CIA as the Director of the Office of Current Intelligence.



The Scroll & Key society operate under the legal entity called the Kingsley Trust Association which creates a shield of privacy to protect them from people searching for information using the name “Scroll & Key” and according to their 2012 IRS filings, which must be made available for public inspection, they have over $9 million dollars in assets and spent $650,000 dollars that year.150



Wolfs Head

Wolf’s Head is the third of the “Big Three” senior secret societies at Yale and was founded in 1884, partly to counter the dominance of Skull & Bones over student affairs. They too recruit fifteen new upcoming seniors for membership and are now part of the larger network consisting of Skull & Bones and Scroll & Key.

The club’s logo is a wolf’s head on an inverted Egyptian hieroglyph called an ankh, which is often called the Egyptian Cross and said to symbolize “the key of life.” Wolf’s Head built its own Egyptian themed “tomb” headquarters in 1924 thanks to a donation from one of their members, Edward Harkness, who went on to become John D. Rockefeller’s right hand man. Harkness himself was listed by Forbes magazine as the 6th richest man in the world during his life.

The club holds meetings every Thursday and Sunday night where the men (and since 1992 some women) prepare themselves for life after college, when their real work begins.

One of their most well-known members was Erastus Corning, who went on to become the Mayor of Albany, New York for more than 40 years! Another prominent members was Paul Moore Jr. who later became a bishop of the New York Episcopal Church and one of the best known clergy. After his death his daughter revealed that Moore was bisexual and had a history of homosexual affairs.151 She detailed her father’s double life in her book The Bishop’s Daughter: A Memoir. While the Bush crime family has been active in Skull & Bones for generations, they also have a hand in Wolf’s Head. President George H. W. Bush’s younger brother William Henry Trotter “Bucky” Bush (born July 14, 1938) was inducted in 1960.



The business name of Wolf’s Head is the Phelps Association, and according to their 2013 IRS filings, which must be made public since they are registered as a 501c3 tax exempt foundation, the organization holds over $6 million dollars in assets and spent over $373,000 dollars on their members that year alone.152 Wolf’s Head members were responsible for the formation of the Yale Political Union which is the center for politically minded students at the University.



Communism

Communism is most often promoted as a political philosophy to allegedly help the average worker (proletariat) fight against the “oppressive” business owners (bourgeoisie), but it’s actually a conspiracy controlled by the elite who have used Communism as a mechanism to encourage the creation of an all-powerful super state that they themselves are in control of.

As Gary Allen puts it, author of None Dare Call it Conspiracy, “Communism is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to gain control over the world…first by establishing socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating them all through a ‘Great Merger,’ into an all-powerful world, socialist super-state probably under the auspices of the United Nations.”153

The Communist Manifesto, written by Karl Marx and his often overlooked coauthor Frederich Engles, was first published in 1848, and is widely believed to have sparked the Communist Revolution in Russia in 1917 and spreading to other countries such as North Korea in 1948, China in 1949, and a few years later moving to Cuba in 1953—but what most people overlook is that Karl Marx was really just a secretary who wrote the book outlining the Communist philosophy for a secret society called the Communist League.

The manifesto itself reads, “The Communist League (formerly called the League of Just Men)…which could of course only be a secret one… commissioned the undersigned [Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels], at the Congress held in London in November 1847, to draw up for publication a detailed theoretical and practical program of the Party. Such was the origin

of the following Manifesto, the manuscript of which traveled to London to be printed, a few weeks before the February Revolution.”154

The California Senate Investigating Committee on Education in 1953 stated, “So-called modern Communism is apparently the same hypocritical and deadly world conspiracy to destroy civilization that was founded by the secret order of the Illuminati in Bavaria on May 1, 1776, and that raised its hoary head in our colonies here at critical periods before the adoption of our Federal Constitution.”155

The report goes on to say, “The recognition of May 1, 1776, as the founding date of this world revolution conspiracy is not difficult to understand, when it is realized that May Day is frequently celebrated, even in recent times, by rioting and bloodshed on a world-wide scale.”156

“It was not until 1847 or 1848, that the Communist conspirators, who had theretofore operated in secret, came out in the open with the Manifesto of the Communist Party, by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, boldly proclaiming against practically everything upon which civilization is based —God, religion, the family, individual liberty, and so forth—the concluding paragraph of the manifesto reading: ‘Communists scorn to hide their views and aims. They openly declare that their purpose can only be achieved by the forcible overthrow of the whole extant social order. Let the ruling classes tremble at the prospect of a Communist revolution. Proletarians have nothing to lose but their chains. They have a world to win.’”157

“In issuing this manifesto the Communist conspirators evidently believe the time had arrived when, with the aid of ignorant victims, a worldwide take-over could be accomplished; but there were not enough ignorant victims then, and the expected coup failed.”158

“The Communist conspirators thereupon conceived the plan, for the future, of supplementing the long-established secret conspiracy, in existence since May 1, 1776, with an unremitting publish campaign for victims among the ignorant of all nations. And, in an attempt to hide from view the

underlying hypocritical conspiracy existing since May 1, 1776, it was decided that, in such public campaign, the manifesto of 1848 should be heralded as the founding date of communism, and Karl Marx falsely proclaimed as its author.”159

New Age guru Benjamin Crème, who is looking forward to the arrival of the Antichrist, thinking he will turn earth into a heavenly paradise, admitted, “Marx was indeed a member of the Hierarchy, of a certain degree. Looking at the effect of his work over the years—that could only have been the work of a disciple of some degree, an initiate of some level—first to have the vision, and secondly to have the capacity to embody that vision so that the work could spread.”160

While Christians are often said to have killed the most number of people in the name of God, the reality is that Communists have been responsible for the greatest genocides in the world, killing in the name of the State (their government), in countries like China and North Korea. Over 30 million were killed in the Chinese Communist Revolution lead by Mao Zedong, and Joseph Stalin killed over 3 million in Russia in the name of Communism.161 Massive numbers have also been killed in Vietnam and North Korea by Communist revolutionaries. Belief in any God other than the government is forbidden, because it reduces people’s allegiance to the State. The government is God in Communist countries.

At the heart of Communism is an enormous all-powerful government that controls every aspect of people’s lives—from the schools, to their jobs, to healthcare and banking; with a small group of elite bureaucrats living lives of luxury at the express of the working class. This is, of course, one of the primary goals of the Illuminati, who are promoting the idea as a utopian paradise.



Bohemian Grove

Because the Bohemian Grove has become fairly well-known in terms of the Illuminati conspiracy, many people may think they know all about it, but in most cases their knowledge is limited to only a few basic facts. Because of its extraordinarily bizarre rituals and elite membership list causing widespread rumors, most people who have done a brief investigation into the Illuminati are probably familiar with the basics of the Bohemian Grove, but for those who wish to scratch beyond the surface of this subject, there is certainly a lot to be learned.

As you may have heard, it’s a 2700 acre privately owned redwood forest in Northern California located about an hour north of San Francisco in a small town named Monte Rio and serves as a vacation spot for elite men every summer in mid-July, where around 1000 of the world’s most powerful men gather for a “men’s retreat” inside the Grove which is kicked off by the infamous Cremation of Care ritual, the human sacrifice-depicting ceremony, where a life-size effigy of a person is burned on an altar at the base of a 40-foot tall demon-looking statue. It’s sort of the Camp David of California (with some Satanism mixed in) and was created back in 1872.

The term Bohemian refers to people who live non-traditional lifestyles and people who are adventurers, or vagabonds. The club’s annual midsummer encampment is called the “greatest men’s party on earth” by members, who include many former presidents, military leaders, famous journalists, and top businessmen.

The Bohemian Grove’s mascot (and logo) is the Owl of Minerva, the same symbol that Adam Weishaupt used as his emblem.162 Within the original Illuminati there was a level in the hierarchy called the Minerals and the owl symbolizes wisdom because it can “see in the dark” which is analogous to being enlightened.



Out of curiosity, in the past, occasionally a reporter would try to sneak inside the now highly guarded compound, and some have been successful, yet little has been reported in major publications. Membership lists and program guides have sometimes been stolen and published by employees, and in the 1980s a group called the Bohemian Grove Action Network dedicated themselves to doing just that.

The “patron saint” of the Bohemian Grove is Saint John of Nepomuk and a large statue of him stands inside the grounds with him holding his index finger over his mouth, signifying secrecy and reminding members to keep their mouths shut. A patron saint is someone who embodies a group’s philosophies or goals. John of Nepomuk received the confessionals of the queen of Bohemia in the 1300s and when pressured by the king to reveal her confessions after he suspected her of cheating on him, Saint John refused and was killed by the king. Paralleling Robert De Niro’s gangster gospel in Goodfellas that you “never rat on your friends, and always keep your mouth shut,” the Illuminati cherish the power of secrecy and remind all Bohos (the name members are often referred to) of this with the statue of John of Nepomuk standing prominently in their forest.

A presidential advisor to Presidents Ford, Nixon, Regan, and Clinton, named David Gergen, who also worked as a CNN contributor, was confronted on camera by Alex Jones from Infowars.com on the streets of New York during the 2004 Republican National Convention when Jones stuck a microphone in his face and asked if he’d ever seen the Cremation of Care ritual.

Gergen, looking visibly uncomfortable, responded, “Frankly I don’t think that’s something I need to talk to you about.”163 When Jones asked him again about the ritual, Gergen snapped, “That’s none of your damn business!” and walked away.164 The clip can be seen on YouTube.

One of their popular sayings is that “weaving spiders come not here,” which is said to mean that the Grove is not a place for conducting business

or working, hence “weaving,” but this explanation is just a cover story for the saying’s true meaning. It actually means “don’t dare challenge the members,” (or really, the “Gods,” as they see themselves) and comes from the ancient story in Greek mythology of Arachne, a woman weaver who disrespected Athena, the Goddess of weaving, by failing to acknowledge that the woman’s skills came from the Goddess and not from her own power. Athena then turned her into a spider as punishment, dooming her and her descendants to weave webs forever, since out of her own ignorance she thought she was better than the “Gods.”

The club is divided into about 124 different camps inside the grounds, each one having anywhere from a dozen to 125 men. Each individual camp has its own sleeping quarters, kitchen and bar, and each one has a captain who is responsible for managing their territory.165 Each camp has a different name and tends to contain members who work in the same field. For example, the Hill Billies camp is comprised of mainly men in big business, bankers, politicians, and media moguls from Texas. The sign for Hill Billies’ camp, which the Bush family belongs to, consists of a cloven hoofed horned Devil figure.

The Mandalay camp is made of mainly political figures such as former presidents and defense contractors. Owls Nest is another elite camp of former presidents, high ranking military personnel and defense contractors. Other camp names include the Lost Angels (banking and media), Stowaway (Rockefeller family members and other big oil men), and Hillside (military men including Joint Chiefs of Staff members), just to name a few. No seated president ever attends because his schedule and location is so closely monitored that his visitation would bring too much unwanted attention to the club, but once they are out of office (and before they are even elected) many are fixtures at the encampment.

Sociologist Peter Phillips, who earned his Ph. D. by writing his doctoral dissertation on the Grove in 1994, wrote, “Sharing a camp together at the Grove gives Bohemian directors of major U.S. policy councils ample opportunity to discuss current affairs and socio-economic policy issues. Watching and listening to reactions to Lakeside Chats by various other

Bohemians also gives policy directors an opportunity to evaluate policy concerns from the broad sampling of the American corporate business community encamped at the Grove. In this sense, the Grove serves as an informal evaluatory feedback process to the top socio-economic domestic and foreign policy councils in the United States.”166

The midsummer encampment, as their annual gathering is called, lasts for two weeks from mid-July to the end of the month, with some members and guests coming for a weekend, and others staying for several days or even an entire week or longer. Every afternoon during the two weeks a “Lakeside Chat” is given at 12:30pm, just after lunch, where a political insider or industry leader gives a 30-minute talk on his area of expertise.

It has been rumored that Alan Greenspan was chosen to be nominated as Chairman of the Federal Reserve after a meeting in the Grove, and Arnold Schwarzenegger’s successful bid for governor of California was allegedly given the green light by insiders at the Grove as well. There’s even a famous picture taken in 1967 showing Ronald Reagan (then Governor of California) and Richard Nixon, who would be elected president the following year, sitting next to each other, where they are said to have been coordinating their political careers.167

Despite claiming the Grove is just a vacation spot and no work is conducted during the encampment, the Manhattan Project (the plan for the atomic bomb) was actually hatched inside the club.168 Aside from the atomic bomb being born in the Bohemian Grove, the United Nations was hatched from the club as well.169 Peter Phillips reveals, “One of the foremost political events in which the Bohemian political network played a significant role was the United Nations Conference of International Organization (UNCIO), April 25th to June 26, 1945, in San Francisco. This was the original formation meeting for the United Nations, with delegates from fifty nations. Receptions for UNCIO delegates and key dignitaries were held at the Bohemian Club on May 17, May 29, June 4, and June 5. Towards the end of the U.N. conference the Club invited all delegates to a program at the Grove.”170



The club has limited number of rare yearbooks that are occasionally printed for members, called the Annals of the Bohemian Grove, that contain photos of attendees dressed in drag, along with pictures of the Cremation of Care ritual so men can reminisce about their time there. I have been able to obtain several copies of these books since every once in a while they’ll find their way into the public after older members die and their book collections are sold at estate sales or donated to charity. In one Annal there is a photo of George Bush Senior and George W. Bush standing at the podium giving a Lakeside talk in 1995 where Bush Senior reportedly told the audience that his son would make a great president one day.171

The first book dedicated to exposing the Bohemian Grove was published in 1974 titled The Bohemian Grove and other Retreats, written by William Domhoff, a sociologist and professor who taught at the University of California, Santa Cruz.

The preface to his book explains that upper-class retreats are of a major sociological relevance, because “they increase the social cohesiveness of America’s rulers and provide private settings in which business and political problems can be discussed informally and off the record.”172

The book continues on page one saying, “You are one of fifteen hundred men gathered together from all over the country for the annual encampment of the rich and famous at the Bohemian Grove. And you are about to take part in a strange ceremony that has marked every Bohemian Grove gathering since 1880.”173 He goes on to include a transcript and detailed description of the Cremation of Care, which was a historic revelation, especially considering this was back in the 1970s before the Information Age.

Twenty-five years later, in the year 2000, Alex Jones from Infowars would sneak inside and capture the first ever video footage of the ritual. While it’s one thing to read about the ceremony, actually seeing it leaves you with your head shaking and confirms many of the supposed “rumors”

are true. Jones’ footage is authentic, and after his infiltration they beefed up security and began using thermal imaging scanners and K-9 police tracker dogs to identify anyone lurking around the grounds who doesn’t belong there.

The most disturbing allegations about the Bohemian Grove don’t just lurk in the dark depths of the Internet, but actually come largely from a former U.S. Senator named John DeCamp. The allegations are so horrific and graphic, I don’t even like to talk about them because they involve claims of sadistic child abuse, human sacrifice, and snuff films, said to have occurred there in the 1980s. If you are interested in learning about John DeCamp’s allegations, you can check out his book The Franklin Cover-up, but I warn you, it is extremely disturbing and you may wish you had never heard of them.



Belizean Grove

When talking about secret societies or the Illuminati, most people often think of a group of men, since they have been the dominant sex throughout history, but powerful female secret societies, although rare, do exist. The Belizean Grove is a group of around 100 influential women from politics, media, and high ranking women in the military, that was created as a female version of the Bohemian Grove! It was founded on Super Bowl Weekend in 2001 by Susan Stautberg while her husband and most men were preoccupied with football, since she obviously had something else in mind.

The Belizean Grove, while inspired by the Bohemian Grove, is named after the country of Belize in Central America where the women meet every year for three days of private off-the-record talks, which is said to be “a balance of fun, substantive programs and bonding.”174 It certainly is strange that some of the world’s most powerful women would fly down to Central America for a weekend when they could simply meet locally at one of their lavish private residences. Perhaps this is so they can go out to the bars without the risk of being recognized by the locals so they can engage in extramarital affairs with younger men willing to bed a cougar. Since such behavior would run them the risk of getting caught or recognized if they did it in a major American city, perhaps the long distance ladies night was designed to facilitate such activities.

While high level female executives from major banks, public relations firms, and even the U.S. Military, all belong to the Belezian Grove, perhaps the group’s most famous member is Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor, who was nominated by Barack Obama to sit as a justice on the court. During the vetting process it was uncovered that she was a member of this strange girls group, causing her to resign since the American Bar Association forbids a judge to be a member of any organization that

“discriminates” against anyone based on sex, race, religion or national origin.

If it had not been for Republicans digging for dirt on Sonia Sotomayer hoping to derail her appointment to the Supreme Court, we likely would still be unaware of the Belizean Grove’s existence. Founder Susan Stautberg was not happy about the new publicity, and said, “we like to be under the radar screen.”

The group says they are “a constellation of influential women who are key decision makers in the profit, nonprofit and social sectors; who build long-term, mutually beneficial relationships in order to both take charge of their own destinies and help others to do the same.”

One member, Mary Pearl, dean of New York’s Stony Brook University, said, “It’s hard if you’re someone who’s a type ‘A’ personality, who’s achieved a lot and who may be in the public eye—it’s hard to make friends, so it’s just a mutually supportive wonderful experience. We get together just for socializing and also just for intelligent conversation.”175

In order to join, a member must recommend a woman to the Belizean Grove “advisory board” that then decide whether or not to admit them to the club. A few known members are Army General Ann E. Dunwoody, former Goldman Sachs executive Ann Kaplan, and General Services Administration Director Lurita Doan. Facebook’s Chief Operating Officer Sheryl Sandberg is a likely member as well.

A New York Times article written in 2011 said, “Belizean Grove has connected the top women in technology to the top women in finance, to the top women in media, to the top women in law, to the top women in retail, and so on.”176 It is currently unknown if the group conducts any bizarre rituals like their male counterpart at the Bohemian Grove, and at the time of this writing little else is known about the Belizean Grove.



Seraphic Society

Would you believe there’s a secret society of elite secretaries? I’m not kidding. Known as the Seraphic Society, this strange group was founded in 1940 in New York to supply, “leaders in industry, and social, civic, philanthropic, professional and other important enterprises” with trustworthy secretaries.”177 The most powerful CEOs in America get their secretaries from the Seraphic Society, which is named after the Seraphim, the highest order of angels in Heaven, because the society considers their secretaries angels who protect Gods.

David Rockefeller, Steve Forbes, CEOs from Meryl Lynch, Goldman Sachs, Chase Manhattan Bank, Sony, and many other Fortune 500 companies all use the Seraphic Society to provide them with “trustworthy” secretaries. A Fortune magazine article in 2009 even admitted that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Council on Foreign Relations use this “secretarial Skull and Bones” society.178

When journalist John Glassie of the New York Times was working on an article about the group in 1998, he was told by the Saraphic president at the time, who asked not to be identified, that “We’re very quiet, very lowkey,” and “It’s very touchy.”179

One “Angel” who was willing to speak with the reporter on the condition of anonymity told him, “Some people would love to be members but they just don’t fit the qualifications, and that’s what keeps this organization so special…You can’t just say you want to join.”180

With many high-powered CEOs of international banks being essentially organized crime bosses, they can’t just hire any secretary to deal with their shady affairs. The Seraphic Society can provide them with

women they know will not have any second thoughts or misgivings about the kind of work their boss is involved in, and who will be compensated very well for their cooperation. The saying goes that behind every great man is a great woman, and the same is true that behind every corrupt man, is a woman who’s willing to look the other way.

Secretaries for rich and powerful, or “administrative assistants,” as they are often called, don’t just deal with their boss’s work schedule, but are also closely intertwined with their personal lives as well. Personal assistants often get to know the intimate details of their boss’s lives and are trusted to manage what are called P & C’s or personal and confidentials, which may range from doing their personal shopping, to even arranging the delivery of drugs or hookers.



The Ordo Templi Orientis

Ordo Templi Orientis (Latin for Order of the Temple of the East or Order of Oriental Templars, often abbreviated to O.T.O.) is a secret society (or “fraternal order” as they say) founded between 1895 and 1906 in Germany or Austria (their exact original is unverified) whose spiritual teachings are based on the philosophy of Aleister Crowley and uses his Book of the Law as it’s Bible. The O.T.O. was inspired by Freemasonry and its founders concocted nine different levels (or degrees) for initiates that each supposedly reveal new spiritual teachings. These degrees were later expanded to thirteen.

Aleister Crowley claimed a demon who possessed his wife while they were in Egypt dictated his Book of the Law to him in 1904, commanding him to obey the entity’s ruthless social darwinistic rules such as, “Compassion is the vice of kings: stamp down the wretched and the weak: this is the law of the strong, this is our law and the joy of the world.”181 The demon, whose words Crowley wrote down in what would later be published as The Book of the Law, also commands readers to “Worship me with fire & blood; worship me with swords and with spears, is the command…let blood flow to my name. Trample down the Heathen; be upon them, o warrior, I will give you of their flesh to eat! Sacrifice cattle, little and big, after a child.”182

It continues, “Damn them who pity! Kill and torture; spare not; be upon them! The best blood is of the moon, monthly, then the fresh blood of a child.”183 The demonic entity voicing its instructions finally said, “I am in a secret fourfold word, the blasphemy against all gods of men. Curse them! Curse them! Curse them! With my Hawk’s head I peck at the eyes of Jesus as he hangs upon the cross.”184



While anyone can pick up a copy of Crowley’s book and read his teachings which make up the core of the O.T.O., many believe the organization’s best kept secrets are only communicated orally, and involve what is called sex magic (often spelled sex magick, with a “k” on the end), which is the belief that through certain sexual practices, one can reach a level of enlightenment that is unattainable by any other means.

“Dr. Israel Regardie [Crowley’s personal secretary] believed that certain sex magick techniques could be used by advanced students to incarnate ‘spiritual’ energies on the physical place, as well as making important shifts in the orientation of the Psyche and the Universe. In other words, if these methods were used properly, couples could bring into the world ‘divine’ forces in the children they generated, who could influence the future of the race.”185

“The realization that man’s emotional, physical and sexual energies are food for the ‘gods’ can create great personal turmoil at first, however when one begins to joyously participate in the spiritual feeding frenzy, one is ‘elevated perpendicularly to infinity.’”186

Crowley revealed in his autobiography that, “the O.T.O. is in possession of one supreme secret. The whole of its system at the time when I became an initiate of the Sanctuary of the Gnosis was directed towards communicating to its members, by progressively plain hints, this allimportant instruction. I personally believe that if this secret, which is a scientific secret, were perfectly understood, as it is not even by me after more than twelve years’ [of] almost constant study and experiment, there would be nothing which the human imagination can conceive that could not be realized in practice…I make these remarks with absolute confidence, for even the insignificant approaches that I have been able to make towards the sanctuaries of this secret have shown me that the relations between phenomena are infinitely more complex than the wildest philosophers have ever imagined, and that the old proverb ‘where there’s a will there’s a way’ needs no caveat.”187



What he’s talking about is his belief that through various sexual practices, heterosexual and homosexual, he believed one could “super charge” in a sense, his ability to “manifest” things into his life that he wanted. Crowley was a bisexual, heroin addict, who ate human feces and reportedly had sex with animals in his quest for enlightenment, yet he is still seen as an idol by rebellious teenagers and many mainstream musicians have paid homage to him.

The fact that the Ordo Templi Orientis bases its teachings on such a perverted and wicked man casts a dark cloud of suspicion over the entire organization. Little is known about the membership and current activities of the OTO but many suspect their secret sex magic rituals have attracted some very powerful men from Hollywood’s elite. Others believe that high level Illuminati members engage in homosexual Enochian sex magic rituals inside the Bohemian Grove every summer in attempts to activate latent metaphysical power allegedly hidden deep inside the brain.



Jekyll Island Meeting

The infamous Federal Reserve, the privately owned banking cartel that is in control of America’s currency and financial system, was born out of a secret meeting held by a handful of banking elite on a secluded island off the coast of Georgia in 1910. Under the cover story of going on a hunting trip, a small group of men met on Jekyll Island for a week and a half to draft what would later be passed into law through a clever and sneaky tactic of voting on their plan on December 23rd 1913, the eve of Christmas Eve, while almost every congressman was at home with their families for Christmas, thus slipping the Federal Reserve Act into law.

While the Federal Reserve sounds like a department of the United States government, it is actually a conglomerate of privately owned banks who dictate America’s monetary policy, and as the saying goes, “those with the gold make the rules.” Just as the elite Illuminati have secretly maneuvered themselves to control both major political parties in the American government, along with the world’s resources, infrastructure, and media though their business monopolies; of course they planned (and successfully accomplished) to take over the financial system as well, and are now in charge of printing the money.

The Jekyll Island meeting included executives from the major banks, such as Rockefeller family associate Frank A. Vanderlip, who was president of the National City Bank of New York; Henry Davison of J.P. Morgan Company; Charles D. Norton, president of the First National Bank of New York; Paul Warburg of Kuhn, Loeb, & Co; and Colonel Edward House, one of the founding members of the Council on Foreign Relations. The plan they put together would then be presented to Senator Nelson Aldrich, whose daughter was married to John D. Rockefeller Jr., who then presented it to Congress where it became known as the Aldrich Plan.



Paul Warburg later admitted, “The matter of a uniform discount rate [interest rate] was discussed and settled at Jekyll Island.”188 Frank Vanderlip, who worked for the Rockefellers and attended the Jekyll Island meeting, would later admit in his autobiography that, “Discovery, we knew, simply must not happen, or else all our time and effort would be wasted. If it were to be exposed publicly that our particular group had gotten together and written a banking bill, that bill would have no chance whatever of passage by Congress.”189

Congressman Ron Paul wrote in his book End the Fed, “A secret meeting was convened at the coastal Georgia resort called the Jekyll Island Club, co-owned by J. P. Morgan himself. The press said it was a duckhunting expedition. Those who attended took elaborate steps to preserve their secrecy, but history recorded precisely who was there: John D. Rockefeller’s man in the senate, Nelson Aldrich, Morgan senior partner Henry Davison, German émigré and central banking advocate Paul Warburg, National City Bank vice president Frank Vanderlip, and NMC staffer A. Piatt Andrew, who was also Assistant Secretary of the Treasury to President Taft.”190

William Greider, author of the New York Times bestseller Secrets of the Temple: How the Federal Reserve Runs the Country, mostly dismisses what he calls “conspiracy-minded” accusations, but does admit that, “their suspicions were poetically accurate—the bankers met secretly because they knew that any proposal identified as Wall Street’s bill would be doomed in the Democratic House of Representatives.”191

Those who own the banking system have a tremendous amount of power in their hands because those who control the issuance of currency have the ability to create money out of nothing, declare it’s legal tender, and then loan it out to people (or the government) and then collect interest on the money they lend out. It’s the perfect scam because instead of earning their money by building something, delivering packages, raising livestock, or any number of other ways people earn a living, the banksters have cleverly positioned themselves into the place where they take in a massive amount of money for basically doing nothing other than acting as the self-

proclaimed sole authority on money itself. Once you can wrap your mind around what it means to “create money out of nothing and loan it out at interest,” you can realize just how monumental their scam is.

The President of the Bank of England and the second richest man in Britain in the 1920s, Sir Josiah Stamp, is reported to have revealed that, “The modern banking system manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was every invented. Banking was conceived in inequity and born in sin… Bankers own the Earth. Take it away from them but leave them the power to create money, and with a flick of a pen, they will create enough money to buy it back again…Take this great power away from them and all great fortunes like mine will disappear, for then this would be a better and happier world to live in….But if you want to continue to be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit.”192

In 1816 Thomas Jefferson wrote to his longtime friend John Taylor thanking him for sending copy of his book An Inquiry into the Principles and Policy of the Government of the United States (1814). Jefferson concluded his letter saying, “And I sincerely believe, with you, that banking establishments are more dangerous than standing armies; and that the principle of spending money to be paid by posterity [future generations], under the name of funding, is but swindling futurity [the future] on a large scale.”193

Abraham Lincoln reported believed that instead of private banks having this power, “The government should create, issue and circulate all the currency and credit needed to satisfy the spending power of the government and the buying power of consumers.....The privilege of creating and issuing money is not only the supreme prerogative of Government, but it is the Government’s greatest creative opportunity.”194

He goes on to say, “By the adoption of these principles, the long-felt want for a uniform medium will be satisfied. The taxpayers will be saved

immense sums of interest, discounts and exchanges. The financing of all public enterprises, the maintenance of stable government and ordered progress, and the conduct of the Treasury will become matters of practical administration. The people can and will be furnished with a currency as safe as their own government. Money will cease to be the master and become the servant of humanity.”

The Federal Reserve Bank is working with other central banks around the world to incrementally introduce regional currencies in different areas of the world by merging several currencies into one. Taking America off the gold standard in 1972, and continuing to run up the national debt is the bankers plan to inflate the United States Dollar to the point of worthlessness, forcing it to be replaced with a new regional currency or even bypassing that step and moving right to a global currency. The saying goes that the love of money is the root of all evil, and that root leads directly to the Federal Reserve banksters and the global financial mafia.

World-renowned economist John Maynard Keynes (whose philosophies are known as Keynesian economics) wrote in his book The Economic Consequences of the Peace, that, “Lenin is said to have declared that the best way to destroy the capitalist system was to debauch the currency. By a continuing process of inflation, governments can confiscate, secretly and unobserved, an important part of wealth of their citizens. There is no subtler, no surer means of overturning the existing basis of society than to debauch the currency. The process engages all the hidden forces of economic law on the side of destruction, and does it in a manner which not one man in a million is able to diagnose.”195

In the Bible it is written in John 2:15 that Jesus not only denounced the money changers at the Temple, but he actually tipped over their tables and used a whip to chase them away. “So he made a whip out of cords, and drove all from the temple courts, both sheep and cattle; he scattered the coins of the money changers and overturned their tables.”



In the 2000 years since then, the corrupt money changers and tax collectors have only grown more powerful through their sneaky tactics, and have continued to systematically turn most people into peasants or debt slaves. “The rich ruleth over the poor, and the borrower is servant to the lender,” reads Proverbs 22:7.



The Zodiac Club

J.P. Morgan Jr., the infamous Illuminati money master (and one of the men instrumental in the creation of the Federal Reserve Bank which was conceived during the secret meeting on Jekyll Island), was also a major figure in another financial secret society called the Zodiac Club.196 Not much is known about this intimate secret society, but a few details were uncovered in the archives of the Morgan library in New York.197

What is known about the Zodiac Club is that it was created in 1868 and is made up of twelve men, no more and no less, who each represent one of the twelve signs of the Zodiac and meet about a half dozen times every year for dinner to discuss their financial interests and cultural issues.

Their dinners are black tie events that are held in New York City on the last Saturday of every month between November and May at homes of the members. Dinner is provided by a fancy catering service and unlike the enormous undertaking to organize the Bilderberg Group meeting or the annual Bohemian Grove retreat; the Zodiac Club’s small gathering has largely stayed under the radar and has received little press attention.

One interesting factoid reported is that during prohibition, when alcohol was illegal to produce or consume, the Zodiac Club continued to enjoy drinking by either brewing their own alcohol or using their connections to obtain it. Of course, when do the elite ever follow the law anyway?

A member usually only leaves the club when they die or resign due to old age or health problems. Once someone steps down then a replacement is chosen only after they are unanimously approved by rest of the current group.



What little information that’s known about the Zodiac Club was only discovered in 2013 after a reporter for The Gathamist, a blog focusing on events and culture in New York City, took a tour of the Morgan Library where she noticed a strange arrangement of astrological signs painted on the ceiling. After asking about them, the curator admitted that he thought it was some kind of “Morgan Code” and then searched the library for any books or documents containing the word “Zodiac.”198 It was only then that the Zodiac Club’s minutes and several menus from some of their past dinners were discovered.

“I made an appointment to see the material myself. Expecting to find handwritten notes, I was instead handed a striking seafoam green book with an intricate monogram embossed in gold,” wrote art historian Danielle Oteri on The Gathamist blog.199

Oteri’s article explains, “The volumes were richly illustrated with photographs of the members and the special menus from their dinners. Only a hundred copies were printed (by Charles Scribner & Sons, the letters designed by Tiffany & Co.) and they were distributed among Zodiac Club members and their heirs for a sum of $4,800 (the equivalent of around $100,000 today). The two volumes cover the club from its genesis in 1868 up until 1928.”200

Of the few who have heard of the Zodiac Club, some believe that J.P. Morgan founded it, but apparently it was created by Edward Elmer Potter, a Major General for the Union Army during the Civil War. A book titled America’s Secret Aristocracy was published in 1987 by historian Stephen Birmingham that discussed the group and even mentioned the names of several men who he reported as being members, including real estate mogul Robert G. Goelet, who’s related to Astors and Vanderbilts; Robert S. Pirie, who was president of Rothschild Inc.; and Pittsburgh steel magnet Howard Phipps Jr. were among those identified.



Other than this little known book, and Danielle Oteri’s article in The Gathamist, virtually nothing has been printed about this intimate group of the Eastern Establishment.



Council on Foreign Relations

While not exactly a secret society, the Council on Foreign Relations is a society with secrets, and while sounding like an ordinary committee in Congress, the CFR is actually a private organization whose foreign policy recommendations are practically marching orders for the many elite politicians who belong to it. The “council” was founded in 1921 in Manhattan by Colonel Edward Mandell House, who was Woodrow Wilson’s chief advisor, along with Paul Warburg, who was at the Jekyll Island meeting held to create the Federal Reserve Bank, Elihu Root, who was the Secretary of War under both President McKinley and Roosevelt, and a handful of other insiders who then received funding for their venture from the Rockefeller family.

The Council on Foreign Relations was a major force behind the push to launch the War in Iraq which was based on the fraud (a conspiracy theory really) that Saddam Hussein was close to building nuclear weapons so he could supposedly attack the United States and our allies—claims that the world would come to learn were completely false.

At a press conference celebrating their newly opened Washington D.C. office, Hillary Clinton said, “I am delighted to be here in these new headquarters. I have been often to, I guess, the ‘mother ship’ in New York City, but it’s good to have an outpost of the Council right here down the street from the State Department. We get a lot of advice from the Council, so this will mean I won’t have as far to go to be told what we should be doing."201

Aside from most high-powered politicians being members of the council, many mainstream journalists are members as well, and use their positions to promote the agenda of the CFR. Antony Sutton, author of America’s Secret Establishment points out, “Most CFR members are not

involved in a conspiracy and have no knowledge of any conspiracy… however, there is a group within the Council of Foreign Relations which belongs to a secret society, sworn to secrecy, and which more or less controls the CFR. CFR meetings are used for their own purposes, ie., to push out their own ideas, to weigh up people who might be useful, to use meetings as a forum for discussion.”202

The CFR has been the driving force and inspiration behind much of America’s foreign policy and operates as a consensus building and lobbying firm to persuade politicians to carry out their directives. The prominent politicians and journalists then pass the propaganda they are fed into the mainstream.

Richard Haas, who has been the president of the CFR for over ten years, appeared on Bill Maher’s HBO show Real Time in 2010 to promote his book, War of Necessity, War of Choice, and as soon as the interview began Maher started off by joking, “OK, as we discussed last time, you are the president of the Council on Foreign Relations, which secretly controls the world I believe.”203 Haas sat there grinning ear to ear and nodded his head in agreement as the audience laughed.

Robert Pastor, who was once the Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations, wrote a book in 2001 titled Toward a North American Community, where he said, “In the long term, the amero is in the best interests of all three countries,”204 referring to the United States, Canada, and Mexico, which the Illuminati want to merge into a regional union modeled after the European Union that they plan to call the American Union. The “amero” he mentioned is the proposed new regional currency the Illuminati would like the North American Union to Implement.

The Illuminati’s ultimate plan regarding currency is to first establish regional unions and currencies around the world and then merge all of them into one unified global currency (potentially called the Phoenix) which will be a digital electronic currency. Once physical currency like cash and coins have been eliminated or made nearly impossible to use, the unified

electronic currency will be the global standard controlled by the World Bank and its affiliates.

This is the fulfillment of the mysterious “Mark of the Beast” prophecy written about over 2000 years ago in the Bible’s Book of Revelation, which warned “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name...and his number is Six hundred & sixtysix.” (Revelation 13:15-18)

As I’m sure you are aware, cash is slowly being phased out and even using it is now seen as suspicious because it can’t be easily traced, and keeps one’s purchasing history private. The “convenience” of a cashless society is one of the top goals of the Illuminati, and the Council on Foreign Relations is one of the front groups working to make that happen.



The Jasons

We think of most secret societies as political or spiritual associations, but one founded in 1960 is comprised of elite scientists. They are called The Jasons, a name that refers to Jason and the Argonauts from Greek mythology who ventured out to obtain the “golden fleece” (a piece of fabric woven from golden hair) which is symbolic of authority and kingship.

The Jasons, or sometimes referred to as JASON, is a small group of 30 to 60 of the world’s top physicists, biologists, mathematicians, and computer scientists who advise the U.S. Government in their area of expertise. These men are from academia and private business who do not work directly for the government, but instead serve as advisors who are reportedly paid $850 a day from a budget of $3.5 million a year.205 Many members are university professors who work a full time job during the school year, but in the summer months spend their time working on classified projects for the Department of Defense, the Department of Energy, and other government agencies.

The Jasons were responsible for a 1982 report that served as the foundation for the growing barrage of global warming propaganda titled The Long Term Impact of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide on Climate. They are believed to have been involved with various missile defense programs (Star Wars or HAARP), and gave their analysis contemplating America’s possible use of tactical nuclear weapons against the Vietcong during the Vietnam war.206

The JASONS are technically a 501C3 tax exempt nonprofit organization run through the MITRE Corporation in McLean, Virginia, and were only discovered when the Pentagon Papers were published by Daniel Elsberg in 1971 after Elsberg, a military analyst working for the RAND Corporation, photocopied seven thousand pages of government documents

and leaked them to the press after discovering the extent that the Johnson administration lied to Congress and the public about the Vietnam War. Very little has been reported on them, and at the time I’m writing this there is currently only one book published dedicated to the group—The Jasons: The Secret History of Science’s Postwar Elite (2006) by Ann Finkbeiner.

When researching her book, Finkbeiner reached out to members asking for interviews, including the director, who responded with an e-mail saying, “Frankly, we could not identify an up-side for our organization, but could identify potential downsides to such a book.”207

The reason they are paid as part time contractors and kept outside the bureaucracy of the Department of Defense is because the government feels if they were actual full time employees, their advice would be biased because they would have a vested interest in pushing for certain programs or for advising against others. After all, what government employee is going to actually report to their boss that their own job is unnecessary?

Ann Finkbeiner explains in her book, “A government wanting scientists’ advice on, say the feasibility of a particular system of missile defense could ask scientists who are nearest—that is, who are in the defense industry or on the Defense Department’s various advisory committees. But those scientists like the national lab scientists, would have something political or financial to gain or lose and might hedge their advice accordingly. Disinterested advice comes best from independent scientists, like those on PSAC, outside the government and outside industry—that is from scientists employed in academia whose livelihoods will not depend on the advice they give.”208

The original JASONS were former Manhattan Project physicists who just so happened to hold a major meeting in the Bohemian Grove! Peter Philips, who earned his Ph.D. in sociology after writing his dissertation on the Bohemian Grove, had this to say about the subject: “The atom bomb made this particular meeting at the Grove world famous, but it was not an isolated case of business and government planning through Bohemian club

facilities. This was but one in a long series of historical business-related activities done in the context of a Bohemian corporate family network. The Club takes pride in this event, and members often tell new guests this story while at the Grove.”209

“[Ernest] Lawrence’s use of the Grove’s river clubhouse for a Manhattan Project planning meeting in September of 1942 is well documented.”210 Lawrence would later join the board of directors of Monsanto and worked as a consultant to General Electric.211 The JASONS continue to receive funding from the Department of Defense through DARPA [the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency] as well as money from other agencies who sometimes attempt to hide the paper trail through various means.

DARPA is responsible for building neural interface systems they plan to wire directly into people’s brains, and they’re behind a whole list of some of the creepiest high tech Orwellian cybernetic devices you could imagine.



The Bilderberg Group

Every Spring since 1954 a group of around one hundred of the world’s most powerful politicians, businessmen, bankers, media executives, and international royalty have been holding a secret three-day long meeting in an evacuated hotel that’s surrounded by armed guards. Once inside the members and invited guests engage in intense off-the-record talks about the top issues facing the world. It’s called the Bilderberg Group, or the Bilderberg meeting, named after the Bilderberg Hotel in Oosterbeck, Holland, the site of their first gathering organized by Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands. Attendees agree not to discuss publicly who was in attendance or what specifically was discussed, and most of them have denied any knowledge of the Bilderberg Group at all.

For over sixty years there has been an almost complete blackout in the mainstream media about the meetings, yielding to the Bilderberg Group’s wishes that they keep them out of the press. For decades, news of the infamous Bilderberg Group spread in Patriot circles, in underground newsletters and websites, until the advent of YouTube and social media finally forced some major mainstream media outlets to admit that Bilderberg is real and some very powerful people attend. Here’s a brief history of how the meetings were first discovered and how news of the group began to spread.

In 1957 a Pulitzer Prize winning columnist named Westbrook Pegler who wrote for Scripps Howard News Service, the Chicago Tribune, and other papers, published the first article on the Bilderberg Group—although he did not know their name at the time—his report marked the beginning of the unraveling of one of the most interesting conspiracies of all time.

In his 1957 article, Westbrook Pegler wrote, “Something very mysterious is going on when a strange assortment of 67 self-qualified,

polyglot designers and arbiters of the economic and political fate of our western world go into a secret huddle on an island of Brunswick, GA and not a word gets into the popular press beyond a little routine AP story. These gumshoe super state architects and monetary schemers were drawn from all NATO countries. The fact of this weird conclave as spooky as any midnight meeting of the Klux in a piney wood, was bound to get known to the world eventually.”212

He continues to explain how he first learned of this meeting, saying, “I got my first word of it from a reader who happened onto St. Simon Island, Brunswick, [Georgia] on her way to West Palm Beach. She wrote that the hotel on St. Simon was almost deserted, but that when she commented on this, the clerk said the place had been alive with mysterious characters a few days earlier and with Secret Service and FBI too.”

While not yet having the group’s name, Westbrook did connect them with the same gang who met on Jekyll Island to formulate the plans for the Federal Reserve. He said, “Senator Aldrich of Rhode Island, called this one into being. He was the father of Winthrop Aldrich. There have been many excited versions of that ancient hoe-down on Jekyll Island, but relatively few have ever heard of it at all.”

After Westbrook Pegler began criticizing executives of the powerful Hearst Corporation that owned and controlled almost 30 different newspapers in America, he was fired. Hearst newspapers literally created “yellow journalism” which refers to sensationalistic headlines and careless reporting with a disregard for the facts in order to sell more newspapers.

A man named Willis Carto read Westbrook Pegler’s article and it motivated him to begin investigating and tracking the Bilderberg Group himself. In June of 1958 Willis Carto founded Liberty Lobby that published a newsletter titled Liberty Lowdown that included articles exposing the Bilderberg Group. He would later begin publishing a newspaper called The Spotlight.



Over two decades later, Jim Tucker learned of this elusive group from Carto and would become the world’s foremost expert on them. Tucker explained, “Had it not been for Willis A. Carto, who hired me as editor of The Spotlight and then put me on the tack of Bilderberg, I would probablyalmost assuredly-never heard of the word ‘Bilderberg.’ Having had the opportunity, through Carto’s good offices as founder of Liberty Lobby, publisher of The Spotlight, to begin what ultimately proved to be a generation of world-wide Bilderberg-hunting, I was able to bring news about Bilderberg to literally millions of folks who would like myself have otherwise remained in the dark about these globalist schemers.”213

Tucker tracked the Bilderberg Group from 1975 until his death in 2013 at the age of 78. His book, titled Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary contains decades of information about where the Bilderbergers met, who was in attendance and what was discussed. Tucker had somehow gained the support of an insider who would leak information to him every year about the location and date of the meeting, as well as attendee lists and other information.

It’s foolish to claim there hasn’t been a secret arrangement between the Bilderberg Group and the American mainstream media to keep them out of the press. When over 100 of the world’s most influential politicians, media owners, banking executives, and business elite fly half way around the world to meet for three days in a closed down five star hotel that’s surrounded by armed guards, you can’t say it’s not newsworthy. And you certainly can’t say it’s not interesting. For years, if anyone called into any of the major talk shows like Rush Limbauh, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck and others, and told the call screener they wanted to ask about the Bilderberg Group, the call would never be put through. “We’re not taking calls on that right now, sorry. Click.” If the person calling gave the call screener a bogus question and happened to be put on air and then asked about the Bilderbergers, they would be ridiculed and the call would be dropped immediately (something that’s happened to me many times).

After decades of news blackouts, more recently because social media has helped expose Bilderberg, some outlets have reluctantly (and briefly)

mentioned the event in attempts to avoid looking like they were covering it up.

In 1991 an Arkansas newspaper published an article reporting that Bill Clinton was attending the Bilderberg meeting. This of course was before people were using the Internet to spread news and at a time when one local newspaper’s report would rarely be seen by anyone outside its limited circulation area. The article stated, “Private sponsors picked up the tab for Gov. Bill Clinton’s recent trips to Germany and the Soviet Union—a journey he made without staff aids, spokesman said Thursday. Mike Gauldin, the governor’s spokesman, said the Bilderberg Conference paid for Clinton’s trip to Germany and a Washington DC philanthropist paid for the Soviet Union visit.”214

In the 1970s a Democratic U.S. representative from Louisiana named John R. Rarick caught wind of the meetings and became suspicious and wanted to know if taxpayers were paying for American officials to attend the secret meeting. Rarick typed up a ten-page statement and actually entered it into the official Congressional Record. “Mr. Speaker, on several occasions during recent months, I called the attention of our colleagues to activities of the Bilderbergers—an elite international group comprised of high government officials, international financiers, businessmen, and opinion-makers…” the statement begins.

“This exclusive international aristocracy holds highly secret meetings annually or more often in various countries. The limited information available about what transpires at these meetings reveals that they discuss matters of vital importance which affect the lives of all citizens. Presidential Advisor Henry Kissinger, who made a secret visit to Peking from July 9 to July 11, 1971, and arranged for a presidential visit to Red China, was reported to be in attendance at the most recent Bilderberg meeting held in Woodstock, Vermont, April 23 to April 25, 1971. The two points reportedly discussed at the Woodstock meeting were, ‘the contribution of business in dealing with current problems of social instability’ and ‘the possibility of a change of the American role in the world and its consequences.’”



“Following these secret discussions, which are certainly not in keeping with the Western political tradition of ‘open covenants openly arrived at,’ the participants returned to their respective countries with the general public left uninformed, notwithstanding the attendance of some news media representatives, of any of the recommendations and plans agreed upon as a result of the discussions—or for that matter even the occurrence of the meeting itself.”215

President Dwight D. Eisenhower, best known for warning the world about the Military Industrial Complex in his 1961 farewell address, wrote a memo to his assistant in 1955 about that year’s Bilderberg meeting which took place in Barbizon, France. While Eisenhower didn’t mention them by name, it’s pretty obvious who he’s talking about in the memo when he says, “I understand next week Prince Bernhard is having a meeting at Barbizon, continuing his exploration looking toward improving European and American relations. If personally you can fit such a trip into your schedule, I suggest you find the money and go to France.”216

I have been able to obtain several recent years of Bilderberg’s IRS filings since they are registered as a 501c3 “charitable foundation,” certain financial information must be made available for public inspection, if you know where to look.217 I discovered they operate under the business entity “American Friends of Bilderberg” and the documents show that in 2008 they received $645,000 in contributions to fund their annual meeting, with money coming from Goldman Sachs ($25,000), Microsoft ($75,000), Henry Kissinger ($20,000), David Rockefeller ($50,000) and others. The 2009 returns show the Washington Post newspaper donated $25,000.218

Under the “Summary of Direct Charitable Activities,” the forms list the organization’s goals as “Organizing & sponsoring conferences which study & discuss significant problems of the western alliance [and] collaborating on the Bilderberg meetings held in Europe & North America.”



The expenses on the 2008 and 2012 documents are listed as approximately $900,000 per year, which covers renting out the entire hotel for three days, paying the private security forces and compensating local police for the extra man-hours, and for paying the travel expenses of members and attendees.

The documents list James Johnson as the treasurer, who is also the chairman of Perseus LLC, a merchant bank and private equity fund management company based in Washington D.C. with offices in New York and an associated advisory firm in Munich, Germany. Perseus is a leading figure in Greek Mythology and is the one who beheaded Medusa.

Johnson was once the Chairman of the Executive Committee at Fannie Mae; and before that he was a managing director at Lehman Brothers. He’s also on the Board of Directors for Goldman Sachs and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations.

I have personally been to the offices of Perseus in Washington D.C. seeking a comment on the documents, and as soon as I mentioned “Bilderberg,” James Johnson’s secretary said they have no comment and slammed the door. The person listed on the forms as the accountant is Robert T. Foldes of Leon D. Alpern & Company and when I called them, the secretary confirmed they handle the taxes for American Friends of Bilderberg but declined to give me any further information.

Documents leaked from the 1955 Bilderberg meeting show they were planning the European Union and a central currency back in the 1950s, decades before the EU was formed and their new Euro currency introduced. The documents are marked “Personal and strictly confidential,” and “Not for publication either in whole or in part.” Two years later, in 1957, the European Union started to take shape with the creation of the European Economic Community (EEC), which merged the markets of six European countries: France, Germany, Italy, Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg. This later grew into the European Union in 1993 containing 28 nation states: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech

Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.

Most of their plan has been accomplished, and while they will continue to play themselves off as just an ordinary business conference, the decades of denials and media blackouts prove the Bilderberg Group has been deceptive from their inception and the inside sources who have leaked their plans over the years prove the power they wield. Most often, what’s talked about or agreed upon inside Bilderberg soon mysteriously finds its way into becoming law. It clearly appears that wars, economic booms and busts, and controversial new legislation are often traced back to this small group of around 100 men.

While politicians love to point the finger at their rivals and place all the country’s ills on the opposing party, most politicians (at least at the time I’m writing this) haven’t even uttered the word Bilderberg. Congressman Ron Paul, one of the rare honest politicians, was once asked about the Bilderberg Group by a fan at a book signing who videotaped the interaction and posted it on YouTube. “Did you hear about that recent Bilderberg Group meeting in Chantilly, Virginia?” the person asked. Ron Paul responded, “Yeah, recently there was one and there were some reports on it—I didn’t read a whole lot about it but they certainly were there.”219

The cameraman then asked what he thought they were doing there, and Paul responded, “Well, they probably get together and talk about how they’re going to control the banking systems of the world and natural resources—and we get together and talk about how we’re going to get our freedom back. So we have our own things to talk about too.”

Ron Paul didn’t play dumb and didn’t ridicule the man’s question— instead he answered it quite frankly, which is surprising for a politician, particularly when it comes to talking about the Bilderberg Group. Ron Paul was (and still may be, depending on what happens after this book is

published) the only politician (at the time) to have ever even uttered the word “Bilderberg.”

When Hillary Clinton was campaigning for president hoping to secure the election in 2008, someone asked her about the Bilderberg Group at an event in New Hampshire and posted the video on YouTube. “What’s going on at the Bilderberg meeting and what are you guys talking about up there?” She cackled, “Ha ha ha, I have no idea what you’re talking about.” The man responded, “Why are they such top secret meetings?” To which she answered (looking like a kid with their hand caught in the cookie jar), “Sir, I have no idea what you’re talking about.”220

She has no idea what he’s talking about? How could one of the most powerful and politically connected women in the world possibly not know about them? It’s ridiculous to claim that she isn’t intimately aware of the Bilderberg Group and obviously she was playing dumb to uphold their secrecy policy. Hilary wrote her college thesis on Saul Alinsky, the leftist extremist who dedicated his book Rules for Radicals to Lucifer, and adored his subversive tactics to further the Big Government agenda.

Because of social media and independent blogs and YouTube channels gaining so much popularity in the early 2000’s, Bilderberg’s secrecy has been blown, and they, (along with their accessories to the cover-up in the mainstream media) have been forced to break their silence on the group and finally, beginning in around the year 2012, some mainstream outlets began to briefly touch on the meeting to try to give the impression they weren’t obviously blacking them out in a desperate attempt to maintain their fading facade of credibility.

Almost every article or brief TV news segment mentions how “conspiracy theorists” think the group is up to no good, while glossing over the fact that for over a half century they conveniently ignored the meetings or how the top radio hosts like Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck and others actually ridiculed any caller who even brought it up.



When hosting his popular show on the Fox News Channel, Glenn Beck once claimed that talking about the Bilderberg Group was going down a “tin foil hat road,” and said he didn’t care about the Bilderberg Group, and then compared them to a toy company. “The Bilderbergers had their meeting, I don’t really know much about these people, and I don’t really care. I know probably more about the Build a Bear people in the malls, and I know those people are brainwashing our kids with teddy bears. I don’t know what kind of secret meetings they have to get our kids into the bear industry, but I don’t like it. If the Bilderberg’s are half as evil as the teddy bear people, look out.”221

Beck then went on to say that those inside the Bilderberg meeting were probably talking about how to help the world.







Spiritual Beliefs

It is often said that the Illuminati are “satanic” or Luciferian, which seems unbelievable to someone new to this material because it’s so far outside of most people’s realm of understanding that such claims are often met with skepticism, disbelief, or outright ridicule. But when one takes a closer look and understands just what Satanism and Luciferianism is, such claims not only seem reasonable, but they are undeniable. First we must look at the story of Adam and Eve to begin to understand this.

While Christians, Jews, and many others believe that the first humans disobeyed God in the Garden of Eden by following the advice of Satan, the Illuminati (and every occult association, fraternity, or secret society) believes that Satan actually saved Adam and Eve from enslavement to God, who they say was holding back Mankind’s true potential and keeping Adam and Eve imprisoned in ignorance.

Many religions have an esoteric and an exoteric doctrine, one interpretation for the masses, and another doctrine with deeper or different interpretations for the scholars or religious insiders, often called “adepts” or “the elect.” In Judaism this “second” doctrine is called the Midrash, which goes “beyond” the “simple” and “legal” interpretations of the Torah (the Old Testament) and gives an “expanded view” of the Bible’s stories.

Remember that Albert Pike said, “Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals [emphasis in original] its secrets from all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it [the Mason] calls Light, from them, and to draw them away from it.”222



In his book, The Wisdom of the Knowing Ones, Manly P. Hall explains, “all of these religions had been divided into two sections, one of which was for the public and the other essentially an esoteric or mystical tradition for a few who were willing to consecrate their lives through a process of internal enlightenment. For the many there was obedience to the forms and letters of religious law. For the few there was an insight into the deeper meanings of these things by means of which orthodoxies were transformed into great spiritual systems.”223



Lucifer and Satan

The biggest secret of the Illuminati is that they believe Satan is good, because in their view he is the “superior God,” and this secret has endowed them with tremendous power. Helena Blavatsky in her 1888 book The Secret Doctrine, explains, “Thus Lucifer—the spirit of Intellectual Enlightenment and Freedom of Thought—is metaphorically the guiding beacon, which helps man to find his way through the rocks and sand banks of Life, for Lucifer is the Logos in his highest.”224

She continues, “Lucifer is divine and terrestrial light, the ‘Holy Ghost’ and ‘Satan,’ at one and the same time, visible space being truly filled with differentiated breath invisibly; and the Astral Light, the manifested efforts of two who are one, guided and attracted by ourselves, is the karma of humanity, both a personal and impersonal entity…The Fall was the result of man’s knowledge, for his ‘eyes were opened.’ Indeed, he was taught wisdom and the hidden knowledge by the ‘Fallen Angel’…And now it stand proven that Satan, or the Red Fiery Dragon, the “lord of Phosphorus” (brimstone was a theological improvement), and Lucifer, or ‘Light-Bearer,’ is in us: it is our Mind—our tempter and Redeemer, our intelligent liberator and Savior from pure animalism…Without this quickening spirit, or human Mind or soul, there would be no difference between man and beast.”225

Satanist Aleister Crowley said, “This serpent, Satan, is not the enemy of Man, be He who made Gods of our race, knowing Good and Evil; He bade ‘Know Thyself’ and taught initiation. He is ‘the Devil’ of the book of Thoth, and His emblem is Baphomet, and Androgyne who is the hieroglyph of arcane perfection.”226

The Secret Doctrine states, “For no one, not even the greatest living adept, would be permitted to, or could—even if he would—give out

promiscuously, to a mocking, unbelieving world, that which has been so effectually concealed from it for long aeons and ages.”227

Such views can also be considered Gnosticism, which is a philosophical belief that a lower level evil god called the Demiurge created humans as slaves and in order to be free from the enslavement they must be given the secret knowledge (gnosis) from a higher level God (Satan). Manly P. Hall explains, “Gnostics never looked to salvation from sin (original or other), but rather they desired release from unconsciousness and incomprehension, whereby they meant primarily ignorance of spiritual realities. Salvation, (or liberation) is a potential present in every man and woman, and it is not vicarious but individual. The great Messengers of the Light come to stimulate this potential and they do not by their death but by their lives.”228

Those who believe they have discovered this “secret to life” often keep it contained within occult fraternities, hoping to keep the vast majority of people ignorant of their supposed “truth” so they can keep others from becoming “enlightened” so they can more easily take advantage of them. This sort of spiritual supremacism often leads to Social Darwinism, which is the philosophy of the survival of the fittest. These people have no concern for their fellow man, but are narcissistic, megalomaniacs who view themselves as Gods as a result of Satan’s secret. This superiority complex is conveyed by the “do what thou wilt” philosophy that Aleister Crowley and Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey preached, which means “do whatever you want” because you are your own God.

In his authorized biography The Secret Life of a Satanist, it was revealed that Anton LaVey wasn’t concerned if Satanism inspired people to commit mass murder. It reads, “Anton LaVey maintains that he isn’t really concerned about accusations of people killing other people in the name of Satan. He swears that each time he reads of a new killing spree, his only reaction is, ‘What, 22 people? Is that all?...There will undoubtedly be more Satanically-motivated murders and crimes in the sense that The Satanic Bible tells you ‘You don’t have to take any more shit.’”229



LaVey also admired a homosexual serial killer from the early 1900s named Carl Panzram, who killed at least twenty-two people, and who claimed to have raped one thousand men. “The only way I would like to ‘help’ the great majority of people is the same way Carl Panzram ‘reformed’ people who tried to reform him. It would be most merciful to help them by relieving them of the life they seem to hate so much. People should be happy I’m not a humanitarian—or I’d probably be the most diabolical mass murderer the world has ever known,” LaVey said.230

Richard Ramirez, the “Night Stalker” serial killer from Los Angeles, and Charles Manson were both interested in Satanism. Ramirez famously drew a satanic pentagram on the palm of his hand during his trial and would shout “Hail Satan!” to television cameras and reporters.

Because Satanists do not believe in an afterlife or an all-knowing, allpowerful God, they are not concerned with any kind of divine retribution for their actions, and are thus motivated even more to ruthlessly take advantage of others since they believe in the “survival of the fittest” and that “might is right” and that they themselves are Gods.

This “royal secret” of Satanism will likely one day soon be revealed to the world after having been practiced in secret for thousands of years. The Illuminati and the counterfeit (anti)Christ will likely openly reveal Satanism as the new World Religion and claim it had to be kept a secret all these years until the New World Order was complete. Anyone who denounces this antichrist or the new World Religion will be targeted for termination and will be blamed for trying to stop the completion of “heaven on earth.”



Double Speak

The Illuminati often use “double speak” to conceal their real agenda and present powerful propaganda to the masses who often blindly accept it as the truth without a second thought. The general public have been so dumbed down, they will believe anything their favorite political party tells them and are easily mislead by language and rhetoric that is meant to disguise the speaker’s true intentions. For example, the Department of Defense is really the Department of War, and that’s what it used to be called until the government changed its name in 1949.

The Patriot Act, the bill signed into law shortly after the September 11th attacks on the World Trade Center in 2001, was actually an assault on the Bill of Rights and anything but patriotic, but the term Patriot Act was designed to make the new laws sound as American as the Fourth of July. President Bush declared a “War on Terror” when really it was a “War of Terror.” President Obama said that raising the debt ceiling wouldn’t increase our country’s debt, when that’s clearly exactly what it does, but because the masses have become zombies who react to keywords or neuro linguistic programming language patterns, most people accept statements from presidents as truth without thinking twice.

In some of my viral YouTube videos I’ve asked people to sign petitions supporting legislation that nobody in their right mind would even consider agreeing to, but because I prefaced the question with “would you support Obama…” countless people signed the fake petitions because their blind support for the president caused them to shut off their brain and not even listen to what I was actually asking them to support.



The Hegelian Dialectic

Because the elite Illuminati are social Darwinist Satanists, they often employ what’s called the Hegelian Dialectic, which allows them to roll out their diabolical plans with little opposition. What this entails is creating a problem on purpose through covert means so the government can then present their solution, which is a plan they had waiting in the wings but were unable to implement without the proper crisis which was needed to justify their desired actions.

The Hegelian Dialectic consists of a thesis, an antithesis, and a synthesis, or a problem, a reaction, and a solution. This is the basic structure of a false flag operation which is a military strategy where a government commits a terrorist act while making it appear as if it came from their political enemy—or they allow a terrorist attack to occur when they could have easily stopped it—because the success of the event serves as a pretext (a reason) to carry out actions that previously would have been widely unacceptable by the public, but after the attack occurs, much of the public actually demands that a reaction occur, all the while unaware that behind the scenes the entire operation was planned to get that exact support which was lacking before the attack occurred.

Just three days after the 9/11 attacks, the co-chair of the Council on Foreign Relations stated, “There is a chance for the President of the United States to use the disaster to carry out what his father—a phrase his father used I think only once, and it hasn’t been used since— and that is a New World Order.”231

This attack was precisely the “New Pearl Harbor” event discussed in the Project for the New American Century think tank’s own Rebuilding America’s Defenses report published in September of 2000. From this Illuminati front group came the very plan explaining their need for a

“catalyzing event—a new Pearl Harbor”232 which would be used to set the stage for America to carry out the Illuminati’s agenda by invading the Middle East to complete the New World Order.

In 1962, a false flag attack plan was drawn up by top U.S. military officials who wanted to commit various acts of terror in Washington D.C. and in Miami that would be made to appear as if Cuba had done them, in order to generate public support for an invasion of Cuba. Operation Northwoods, as it was called, plainly stated, “We could develop a Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities, and even in Washington…The terror campaign could be pointed at Cuban refugees seeking haven in the United States…Hijacking attempts against civil aircraft surface craft should appear to continue as harassing measures condoned by the government of Cuba.”

When confronted with such damning evidence, most people immediately dismiss it as a “conspiracy theory” but the Operation Northwoods documents have been declassified and are 100% authentic. The plan was even reported on ABC News in 2001 on their website where the article reads, “In the early 1960s, America’s top military leaders reportedly drafted plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in U.S. cities to create public support for a war against Cuba.”233

For people still skeptical about the September 11th inside job, all they need to do is read the Northwoods documents and understand that plans like this have actually been put on paper, and approved by the Joint Chiefs of Staff (the heads of all U.S. military branches). Similar attacks have been carried out in the past by governments throughout history such as Operation Gladio throughout Europe, the Gleiwitz incident and the Reichstag fire in Germany, the Gulf of Tonkin incident in Vietnam, and others.

Henry Kissinger has been intimately involved with nearly every major organization or front group that is behind the push for a New World Order and was originally named the Chairman of the 9/11 Commission by President Bush, which was set up to (pretend to) investigate the terrorist

attacks on September 11th 2001. Kissinger resigned from the commission after family members of 9/11 victims discovered his business ties with the Bin Ladens.234 In an interview on CNBC in February 2009, Kissinger was asked about the problems the Obama administration was facing regarding the ongoing “War on Terror” and the economic meltdown, where he responded that Obama, “can give new impetus to American foreign policy partly because the reception of him is so extraordinary around the world. His task will be to develop an overall strategy for America in this period when, really, a New World Order can be created. It’s a great opportunity, it isn’t just a crisis.”

President Obama’s Chief of Staff Rahm Emanual made a startling statement after the economic crash of 2008, when he said, “You never let a serious crisis go to waste. And what I mean by that it’s an opportunity to do things you think you could not do before.”235

Since we’re talking about power-mad megalomaniac Satanists here, it shouldn’t come as a surprise that these men would orchestrate terror attacks in order to gain more power and further their political agendas. And it’s certainly not a surprise that most of these men have ties to occult cabals like Skull & Bones, Freemasonry, or the Bohemian Grove—all of which are incubators for corruption and keepers of the great “secret of secrets.”



Sex Magic

As I mentioned in a previous section of this book, sex magic (sometimes stylized sex magick with a “k” on the end) is the belief that through secret sexual intercourse rituals one can achieve altered states of consciousness which activate dormant metaphysical powers locked inside the mind, supposedly enabling the practitioners to harness God-like manifestation abilities in what has been described as a conscious, living lucid dream. As strange as this idea may be, it isn’t necessarily a crime for two consenting adults to engage in bizarre sex acts, but unfortunately there are some very disgusting and horrific types of sex magic that are beyond evil, and I caution you—what you are about to read is extremely disturbing.

In parts of Africa many men believe if they rape an albino woman it will give them magical power.236 “There is a belief that if you have [sexual] relations with a girl with albinism, you will cure AIDS. So there are many girls with albinism who are being raped in [Africa] because of this belief,” warned Peter Ash, founder of human rights group Under The Same Sun.237

The London Telegraph reported in 2001 that some South African men rape babies believing it is a ‘cure’ for AIDS.238 More than 67,000 cases of rape and sexual assault against children were reported in the year 2000 in South Africa alone.239

In 2013 the singer of a popular heavy metal band in the United Kingdom called Lost Prophets was sentenced to thirty-five years in prison for thirteen child sex offenses including sexually abusing babies in black magic rituals.240 Several women were also sent to prison for willingly giving him their small children so he could use them for this exact purpose.



The singer, Ian Watkins, was apparently a fan of Aleister Crowley, as many musicians are—who wrote in his book Magick: In Theory and Practice that people can obtain satanic power by murdering children. In the chapter on blood sacrifices Crowley wrote, “For the highest spiritual working one must accordingly choose that victim which contains the greatest and purest force. A male child of perfect innocence and high intelligence is the most satisfactory and suitable victim.”241

In 2014 it was revealed that a group of Aleister Crowley fans were abusing children in an England suburb by doing Satanic sex rituals.242 A woman named Jacqueline Marling even turned her daughter over to the cult and forced her to participate in sex magic rituals beginning when she was just seven years old.243

Such insane and evil sex magic practices aren’t just contained to primitive tribes in Africa or twisted rock stars or Aleister Crowley fans. It appears to be one of the deepest and darkest secrets of the Illuminati as well. Apparently in some sects within the Illuminati, initiates believe this kind of child abuse can “super charge” their “metaphysical powers” enabling them to conjure into their life whatever they wish, in a perverted version of the “Law of Attraction,” the philosophy popularized by the DVD The Secret in 2006.

In the 1990s a Republican Nebraska State Senator named John DeCamp published a book titled The Franklin Cover-Up where he alleged children were taken into the Bohemian Grove and ritualistically raped and murdered in black magic rituals at the hands of some of the members in the 1980s.244 DeCamp, who was an attorney, said he personally interviewed several children from orphanages who allegedly identified the Bohemian Grove as the location of this supposed abuse.245

Former CIA director Bill Colby is said to have warned DeCamp that he was looking into something so dark he should walk away and “Get as far away from this thing as you can. Forget you ever saw it or know it, heard it or anything else.”246 Colby later died in what was called a canoeing

accident, but many suspect he was murdered because of the strange circumstances surrounding his death and his conversations with DeCamp about sex magic. There were no witnesses to his death and he drown after mysteriously going canoeing by himself.

In 1989 the Washington Times printed a front-page headline reading, “Homosexual Prostitution Inquiry Ensnares VIPs with Reagan and Bush,” after it was discovered that a high-powered lobbyist named Craig Spence was operating a pedophile prostitution ring in the Washington D.C. area that catered to elite clients.247 Spence turned up dead a few months after the article was published from an alleged suicide. Whispers of elite pedophile rings have alleged for decades that high-powered politicians and businessmen engage in child abuse for fun or part of secret society rituals. This same dark cloud has hung over the heads of Catholic priests for many decades.

A major star at the BBC in England [the British Broadcasting Corporation] named Jimmy Savile reportedly abused hundreds of children, some as young as two-years-old, and even had sex with dead bodies, according the Washington Post and other mainstream media outlets.248 Such news leads many to believe this kind of activity is part of an organized network of powerful perpetrators, not just separate incidences.

It’s unknown how common these kinds of sex magic rituals are within the Illuminati or other Aleister Crowley-inspired groups, and when one tries to understand why anyone would even consider doing such a thing it challenges the mind to come up with an answer. These perpetrators obviously aren’t just sick psychopaths living in an abandoned cabin in the woods. These are successful men (and possibly women) who are addicted to power and wealth and fuel their ego with all of the finest pleasures of this world, often becoming so jaded and desensitized they are eventually unable to find excitement or pleasure in anything normal.

Since these acts of sexual abuse are the worst thing anyone could possibly do to another human being, these acts of ultimate evil are believed

to cause some kind of hormones to be released into the blood which give the perpetrators a kind of satanic adrenaline rush that magnifies their supposed ability to alter reality metaphysically by their thoughts, thus being the most potent “supernatural steroid” in the world. There is no doubt why sex magic is considered the deepest and darkest secret of the Illuminati, and any human being with a soul can agree that sex offenders of all kinds must be eradicated from the earth.



Transhumanism

One of the ultimate goals of the Illuminati is to become Gods themselves in what they believe is the final stage of their evolution or “transcendence.” This branch of science is called Transhumanism— meaning supporters hope to transition from a human into a totally new species or transcend into a “God.”249 This isn’t just a lofty science fiction pipe dream of a few megalomaniacs with God complexes, this is a very real plan being pursued by some very wealthy and powerful people. Billionaire Peter Thiel, the cofounder of PayPal and early investor in Facebook, believes scientists will soon “cure death” enabling him and other billionaires to live forever. “You can accept [death], you can deny it or you can fight it. I think our society is dominated by people who are into denial or acceptance, and I prefer to fight it.”250

The most popular “guru” of Transhumanism (sometimes symbolized as H+) is Google engineer Ray Kurzweil who believes by the year 2045 he and other elite will achieve immortality through cybernetic enhancements that transform them into literal supercomputing cyborgs who are physically wired into the Internet at all times—or even replacing their biological brains and bodies entirely with “more efficient” silicone computers and mechanical bodies in order to “transcend.” Kurzweil predicts, “As you go out to the 2040s, now the bulk of our thinking is out in the cloud. The biological portion of our brain didn’t go away but the nonbiological portion will be much more powerful. And it will be uploaded automatically the way we back up everything now that’s digital.”251

In 2013 Google created Calico, a life extension and anti-aging biotech company to help them pursue Kurzweil’s dream of beating death, and many other companies are pouring billions of dollars into transhumanist technology and working non-stop hoping to soon unlock immortality.



Transhumanist philosopher Zoltan Istvan, who believes that teaching children about the Bible should be banned and that the government should regulate who is allowed to have children, writes, “The transhumanist age— where radical science and technology will revolutionize the human being and experience—will eventually bring us indefinite lifespans, cyborgization, cloning, and even ectogenesis, where people use artificial wombs outside of their bodies to raise fetuses…Breeding controls and measures make more sense when you consider that some leading life extensionist scientists believe we will conquer human mortality in the next 20 years.”252

These “breeding controls” also seem to align with the Georgia Guidestones, the 19-foot-tall granite monument calling for a world population reduction down to 500 million people in order to preserve the earth’s natural resources. The idea is, if the life extension technology will extend people’s lives by hundreds of years or more, the elite feel they need to save the planet’s resources for themselves, because as CNN founder Ted Turner says, “There’s too many people…too many people are using too much stuff, if there were less people, they’d be using less stuff.”253

The mysterious man behind the strange structure made a reference to transhumanism in a little known book he published shortly after the stones were erected in 1980. “We suggest that scholars throughout the world begin now to establish new bases upon which later generations can develop a totally new universal language for men and machines. It will be adapted to our speech mechanism and to the language faculties and patterns impressed in our nervous systems. Its spoken and printed forms will be capable of accurate interchange by electromechanical means,” wrote R.C. Christian, an admitted pseudonym.254

On the inside cover of the book, titled Common Sense Renewed, it says the first two printings were sent to several thousand political leaders and “shapers of public opinion” around the world. Aside from admitting he represented the unnamed group responsible for the creation of the Georgia Guidestones, the author says part of their purpose is that, “The hearts of our

human family must be touched and warmed to welcome a global rule by reason.”255

May I remind you that several of the “guides,” or commandments as many people call them, aside from reducing to human population down to 500 million (which is more than a 90% reduction from 2014 levels) suggest creating a global government, a global universal language, and the last of the ten “guides,” engraved in eight different languages on the faces of the stones, warns people to not be a “cancer on the earth.”

The elite’s insane dreams of becoming God get even more horrifying the closer you look into them. Richard Seed, a leading geneticist and Transhumanist promoter, said, “God made man in his own image. God intended for man to become one with God. We are going to become one with God. We are going to have almost as much knowledge and almost as much power as God. Cloning and the reprogramming of DNA is the first serious step in becoming one with God.”256

Regarding the resistance to such plans, he ominously responded, “We are going to become Gods, period. If you don’t like it, get off. You don’t have to contribute, you don’t have to participate, but if you are going to interfere with me becoming a God, you’re going to have trouble. There’ll be warfare.”257

Illuminati Transhumanists believe what Satan told Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden will soon come to pass—that they will become allknowing, all-powerful, immortal Gods who will rule planet earth forever and ever. This New Age philosophy falls in line with their Social Darwinist “survival of the fittest” mentally, and while history is filled with a long list of men who have believed they themselves were Gods—from the ancient pharaohs in Ancient Egypt to Adolf Hitler—today the elite, and much of the general public, anxiously await the Singularity and believe they will soon achieve their Luciferian transition into a God, just as Satan promised mankind so long ago.





Symbolism

A picture is worth a thousand words, as the cliché goes, because pictures contain so much information someone could speak for hours trying to describe every detail but still couldn’t convey everything one encapsulated. Symbols reach deep into the psyche and the soul, and consciously and unconsciously convey meanings and evoke emotional responses. We live in a world full of symbols. A red light at an intersection means stop; a wedding ring symbolizes a man and woman’s commitment to each other. The American flag represents the values, principles, and hard work that built America. The true power of symbols comes from their ability to evoke certain thoughts and feelings.

A souvenir you bought on a trip reminds you of all the fun you had there and just the sight of the object stimulates memories and feelings about the trip. A framed photo of your favorite car hanging on the wall in your office subconsciously reminds you of the freedom you feel on the weekends driving down a country road, briefly leaving your worries behind. Family photos invoke feelings of joy and fond memories just from glancing at them for a moment as they sit on our desk or hang on our refrigerator.

While we can all agree and articulate what many symbols mean, what makes them so mysterious is that the same symbol may have completely different meanings to different people. Let us now decode some popular Illuminati symbols and uncover their occult “hidden” meanings and see why they are used and what they mean to insiders. Most of these symbols themselves aren’t “evil” in and of themselves, they’ve just been adopted by groups or people who are evil, so various symbols have taken on a negative connotation. The swastika was a popular Hindu symbol of health and wellbeing before the Nazis incorporated it as the logo of the Nazi party, and so now we have a negative association to what was originally a positive symbol. The symbol itself is certainly not evil, but we have come to associate it with evil, when in reality it was hijacked and perverted, so for

most people its meaning has been tainted from what it originally meant to convey.



The Sun

To the ancient Mystery Schools in the past, as well as numerous modern mystical or enlightenment groups, (including the Illuminati), the sun is their primary symbol and is often incorporated into their logos and artwork. The sun represents power and light. The word Illuminati means enlightened ones, and the word enlighten contains the word light, which comes from the sun. Someone is said to be bright if they are intelligent and are also called brilliant, which, if you look that word up in the dictionary, you will also find that it means “shining brightly.”

The sun rises and brings life to the world by chasing away the cold and scary darkness of the night. It is an awesome, enormous, and mysterious power that affects all life on planet earth. We tell time based on the sun, it affects the seasons, and it even has an immense effect on our psyche and our health. The 28th degree in Freemasonry is called the Knight of the Sun, and is just one example of how Masons pay homage to this massive star at the center of our solar system.



The Pyramid

The pyramid represents the social hierarchy of society, symbolically depicting a small enlightened few at the top, and the masses of ignorant “worker bees” on the bottom. A sun on top of a pyramid symbolically represents the small number of Illuminati “enlightened leaders” at the top of the social hierarchy ruling over the masses of ignorant slaves below who make up the base of the pyramid.

The Dictionary of Symbols explains, “The base is square and represents the earth. The apex is the starting-point and the finishing-point of all things —the mystic ‘center.’ Joining the apex to the base are the triangular-shaped faces of the pyramid, symbolizing fire, divine revelation and the threefold principle of creation. In consequence the pyramid is seen as a symbol expressing the whole of the work of creation in its three essential aspects.”258

The ancient Egyptian pyramids, built over four thousand years ago, are still one of the seven wonders of the world and have been an endless source of mystery still to this day. While mainstream historians believe the pyramids were built as tombs for the Pharaohs, the belief in the Illuminati is that they were actually temples where the Mystery Schools taught their secrets.

33rd degree Freemason Manly P. Hall explains, “The Great Pyramid was not a lighthouse, an observatory, or a tomb, but the first temple of the Mysteries, the first structure erected as a repository for those secret truths which are the certain foundation of all the arts and sciences…Through the mystic passageways and chambers of the Great Pyramid passed the illumined of antiquity. They entered its portals as men; they came forth as gods. It was the place of the ‘second birth,’ the womb of the Mysteries, and wisdom dwelt in it as God dwells in the hearts of men.”259



As I’m sure you are aware, a pyramid with an all-seeing eye can be found on the back of the one-dollar bill, which many people believe is basically a stamp of ownership by the Illuminati. The man who designed this Great Seal was a Freemason named Charles Thomson, confirming many peoples’ suspicions that a hidden hand strategically placed the symbol on the currency as a secret sign of their power.

The phrase Novus Ordo Seclorum (Latin for New Order for the Ages) has appeared on the bottom of the pyramid on the back of the one dollar bill since 1935. At the opening of the 110th Congress on January 4th 2007, Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi made a cryptic reference to the Great Seal, announcing, “Our Founders envisioned a new America driven by optimism, opportunity, and courage. So confident were they in the new America they were advancing, they put on the Great Seal of the United States, ‘Novus ordo seclorum’—a new order for the ages…This vision has sustained us for more than 200 years, and it accounts for what is best in our great nation: liberty, opportunity, and justice. Now it is our responsibility to carry forth that vision of a new America.”



The All-Seeing Eye

The symbol of one eye, often with rays of light emanating from it, represents God’s omniscient power and dates back to ancient Egypt where it represented the sun God Horus who could see all. It’s sometimes called the Eye of Providence, and as you know, sits on top of the pyramid on the back of the one dollar bill. This all-seeing eye symbol also represents Big Brother and the Orwellian power of the intelligence agencies watching what everyone does, what they buy, and cataloging their online activities.

Not only are there all-seeing eyes watching people in shopping malls and walking down the streets of major cities, but most people have willingly installed an all-seeing eye in their living rooms—and even their bedrooms—and with the click of a few keys these eyes can be activated by crafty hackers or government agencies. Of course I’m talking about webcams that are built into tablets, laptops, and televisions, not to mention, perhaps even more disturbing, listening to people as well through the microphones that accompany them.

Check out my previous book, Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True to learn about actual high-tech spy gadgets, mind-reading machines, government projects, and emerging artificial intelligence systems that seem as if they came right out of George Orwell’s novel Nineteen Eighty-Four and how our own world is unfortunately eerily paralleling the dystopia in his classic book.

While much of this has become fairly well known by now, one interesting point few people ponder is that the all-seeing eye—aside from representing the Illuminati—may actually become a symbol of the Antichrist himself. One Bible prophecy about the Antichrist is that an attempt will be made on his life that will take out or damage one of his eyes.260 Since the symbol often represents a “God,” it’s possible that the

coming counterfeit Christ may literally embody this symbol as a tactic to convince the masses that he himself is God. In Islam, Muslims have a prophecy almost identical saying that the Antichrist, who they call the Dejjal, will be symbolized by one eye.



Snakes and Serpents

The symbol of the serpent is perhaps best known as the creature in the Garden of Eden who tempted Adam and Eve into disobeying God by eating from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil. The very word snake has negative connotations, meaning someone is a liar or deceptive. While the typical connotation of a snake is negative, and the Biblical story of Adam and Eve depicts Satan as the enemy of God and mankind, the occult interpretation is quite different. Occultists and Satanists praise the serpent and believe it brought wisdom to Mankind, enabling humans to become gods.

Again we look to the revelations of 33rd degree Freemason Manly P. Hall who explains, “The serpent is true to the principle of wisdom, for it tempts man to the knowledge of himself. Therefore the knowledge of self resulted from man’s disobedience to the Demiurges, Jehovah [God].”261 Hall continues, saying “The serpent is the symbol and prototype of the Universal savior, who redeems the worlds by giving creation the knowledge of itself and the realization of good and evil.”262

The Secret Doctrine says, “The Serpent of Eternity and all Knowledge, that Manasic spirit [the rational faculty of the mind], which made him learn the secret of creation on the Kriyasaktic, and of procreation on the earthly planes—led him as naturally to discover his way to immortality, notwithstanding the jealously of the Gods.”263

The evil scumbag Aleister Crowley had this to say: “This serpent, Satan, is not the enemy of Man, [because it is he] who made Gods of our race, knowing Good and Evil.”264



Like Satanists and occultists, Freemasons adore the serpent as a savior and worship its wisdom. Here is a quote from Albert Pike’s Morals and Dogma about the serpent, reading, “It is the body of the Holy Spirit, the Universal Agent, the Serpent devouring its own tail.”265

Complicating the meaning of the serpent symbol are several cryptic statements in the Bible, the first of which is when Jesus advised people to be as wise as serpents yet as gentle as doves in Mathew 10:16. This statement seems to acknowledge that serpents contain wisdom or represent a power that may be used for either good or evil. Another interesting and hard to reconcile story about serpents is when Moses made a brazen (brass) serpent and attached it to the top of his staff in order to heal the Israelites who had been bitten by snakes in the desert. The American Medical Association’s logo is a snake coiled around on a staff and the same symbol is often found on ambulances as a symbol of health and healing. When someone reaches the 25th degree of Freemasonry, they are called a Knight of the Brazen Serpent.

One of the reasons serpents have come to symbolize wisdom and enlightenment is because their eyes are always open since they don’t have any eyelids. Snakes are very unique creatures because they have no legs yet move around shooting across the ground like a bolt of lightning. To early Man, they may have seemed magical because they can appear out of nowhere and then disappear into the grass or into the earth itself. The shedding of their skin has come to symbolize a rebirth or immortality, possibly because primitive man thought that snakes were immortal and would give birth to a new self, when a snake “died” it would rise again leaving behind its old “carcass” in the form of its shed skin and continue to live on.

It’s possible that the serpent does not necessarily represent evil in and of itself, but may represent a force that may be used for either good or evil.



The Phoenix

A phoenix is a large mythical bird that symbolizes cyclical renewal, immortality, or resurrection. The creature is depicted similar to an eagle and is often associated with the sun, and many myths talk about the phoenix dying, decomposing, and then rising again out of its own ashes. Some believe that many of the eagle symbols we see today are actually secretly symbols of a phoenix, including the double-headed “eagle” that is a symbol of the 33rd degree of Freemasonry.

The eagle that has come to be a popular symbol of America, and found on the back of the one dollar bill, is also believed by some to occultly signify a phoenix. The Secret Teachings of All Ages states that “The hand of the mysteries controlled in the establishment of the new government for the signature of the mysteries may still be seen on the Great Seal of the United states of America. Careful analysis of the seal discloses a mass of occult and masonic symbols chief among them, the so-called American Eagle...only the student of symbolism can see through the subterfuge and realize that the American eagle upon the Great Seal is but a conventionalized phoenix.”266

The book, published in 1928, also states that, “Not only were many of the founders of the United States government Masons, but they received aid from a secret and august body existing in Europe which helped them to establish this country for a peculiar and particular purpose known only to the initiated few. The Great Seal is the signature of this exalted body— unseen and for the most part unknown—and the unfinished pyramid upon its reverse side is a teeterboard setting forth symbolically the task to the accomplishment of which the United States Government was dedicated from the day of its in conception.”267



The phoenix has been proposed to be the name of the new unified global currency that international banksters have long awaited. The cover of the January 1988 edition of The Economist magazine read “Are you ready for a world currency” and contained an article that explained, “Thirty years from now, Americans, Japanese, Europeans, and people in many other rich countries, and some relatively poor ones will probably be paying for their shopping with the same currency. Prices will be quoted not in dollars, yen or D-marks but in, let’s say, the phoenix. The phoenix will be favored by companies and shoppers because it will be more convenient than today’s national currencies.”268

The metaphor of “rising from the ashes like a phoenix” refers to a rebirth, or something being killed or destroyed in order to give birth to something new, and so by killing off the U.S. Dollar and other currencies around the world through inflation, the banksters are symbolically giving birth to their new currency, which many plan to call the “phoenix.”



The Owl

When discussing Illuminati symbolism, the owl is most known for its connections to the Bohemian Grove, the Illuminati’s summer retreat in northern California. Esoterically, the owl represents wisdom because it sees in the dark, and the Owl of Athena was chosen by Adam Weishaupt as one of the symbols of the Bavarian Illuminati. Early civilizations saw the owl as mysterious because it is only seen at night since they are nocturnal animals.

The Dictionary of Symbols explains, “In the Egyptian system of hieroglyphs, the owl symbolizes death, night, cold and passivity. It also pertains to the realm of the dead sun, that is, it is of the sun which has set below the horizon and which is crossing the lake or sea of darkness.”269

A tiny owl can also be found hidden on the one dollar bill, perched on the upper left corner of the frame that surrounds the “1” located in the upper right hand corner of the bill. Many people see an owl designed into the street layout of Washington D.C., right on top of the U.S. Capitol building when viewing the location from overheard or looking at it on a map.

Pictures of owls are often seen in classrooms standing on a small stack of books in order to symbolize knowledge. The National Press Club’s logo also contains an owl standing on a book. Owls are also seen as guardians and often owl statues are put on the top of buildings to scare away other birds.



The Skull and Crossbones

The skull and crossbones symbol has a sinister look to it, which is why it has been used by nefarious groups for centuries—from pirates and biker gangs, to the Nazis. It represents death, or the power over life and death, which is why it appeals to megalomaniacs and psychopaths. The Nazi SS officers in charge of concentration camps where over six million people were exterminated wore a skull and crossbones symbol on their uniforms, the same emblem used by the Skull & Bones secret society as their logo. The Nazis called it the Totenkopf (German for skull or dead man’s head) and it was a blatant statement of their intention and purpose. Hitler personally handed out a Death’s Head ring to elite SS soldiers.

The Knights Templar incorporated the symbol into their lives because they were dedicated to fight to the death and vowed never to be taken alive as a prisoner. Many Freemasons have a human skull (or a replica) sitting on their desk to remind them of their own mortality and that their life is quickly ticking away. It is meant to urge them to work towards the achievement of their goals before it’s too late.

As you may recall from earlier, both the Bavarian Illuminati and Skull & Bones society at Yale use the object in their induction ceremony with their four different skulls and the question about which one is the fool, the wise man, the beggar or the king. The answer to this induction riddle, “Whether poor or rich, all’s the same in death,” is meant to reinforce their mortality to them and remind them that the clock of life is ticking so they had better do all they can to become kings here in this life because when you’re dead—to them—nothing matters. The riddle is obviously meant to convey that they don’t believe in an afterlife or a final judgment from God.



Baphomet

Baphomet is an occult idol that is depicted as an androgynous man with female breasts that has the head of a goat. The torch of Prometheus is often sticking out of its head and intertwining serpents are rising from its crotch. It’s a mysterious and hideous looking figure that dates back to the 1300s when the inner circle of Knights Templar allegedly incorporated it into their rituals and secret doctrine.

An early depiction of the figure comes from an 1854 book titled Transcendental Magic that was written by a French occultist Eliphas Levi.270 Accompanying his illustration, Eliphas Levi wrote, “According to some, the Baphomet was a monstrous head, but according to others, a demon in the form of a goat. A sculptured coffer [chest] was disinterred [dug up] recently in the ruins of an old Commandery of the Temple, and antiquaries observed upon it a Baphometic figure, corresponding by its attributes to the goat of Mendes and the androgyne of Khunrath.”271

Many Satanists have proudly incorporated the Baphomet figure into their symbols and rituals. Aleister Crowley wrote that the serpent or the “devil’s emblem” was Baphomet, who he also called the “hieroglyph of arcane perfection.”272

One version of the figure is the Church of Satan’s logo, which is printed on the cover of The Satanic Bible. While many people claim that the Catholic Church fabricated the claims that the Knights Templar were using it in secret rituals as an excuse to arrest them and confiscate their wealth during the Inquisition, most Satanists and occults hold the belief that the Catholic Church’s claims were actually true.273



Again, Eliphas Levi boldly proclaimed in his book Transcendental Magic, “Yes, in our profane conviction, the Grand Masters of the Order of the Templars worshipped the Baphomet, and caused it to be worshipped by their initiates.”274



The Pentagram

An upside down pentagram drawn inside of a circle is one of the most obvious and familiar satanic symbols that is used by occult organizations, rebellious teenagers, and rock stars today. It is a lower level occult symbol often used to represent dark powers or sinister forces. Because it’s so widely known, it’s never really used by high-level occultist or the Illuminati, who instead use much less familiar symbols like pyramids, allseeing eyes, owls, black and white checkerboards, and other, less polarizing images.

A pentagram differs from an ordinary five-pointed star in a few ways. First, a pentagram is drawn using five straight lines making up the points and also forming a pentagon in the center. The Satanic pentagram is drawn upside down, and often encompassed by a circle. The reason Satanists use it is because Christians originally used the five points of a (right-side up) pentagram (called the pentalpha) to symbolize the five wounds of Jesus (the two spikes through his hands, two through his feet, and the spear that pierced his side). Satanists like to pervert things and flip Christian symbols upside down or backwards to signify their opposing views and beliefs, and this is how their use of upside down pentagrams came into being.

The Dictionary of Symbols entry on the star reads, “As far back as in the days of Egyptian hieroglyphics a star pointing upwards signified ‘rising upwards towards the point of origin’ and formed part of such words as ‘to bring up,’ ‘to educate,’ and ‘the teacher.’ The inverted five-pointed star is a symbol of the infernal and used in black magic.”275

In Freemasonry, the pentagram is called the Blazing Star and represents the sun, Lucifer, carnal knowledge and power. To Wiccans and Pagans, the five points of the star represent air, fire, water, Earth, and spirit.

The female branch of Freemasonry, called Eastern Star, actually uses an upside down pentagram as their emblem.



Square and Compass

A square (the tool used by carpenters to lay out a right angle or a “square” angle) overlaid on top of a compass (the tool used for drawing circles and arches—not the navigation tool for identifying direction) is a popular symbol in Freemasonry and is often seen with the letter G in the center. The square and compass signify the alchemical doctrine of “as above, so below” or the joining of heaven and earth by forming two opposite facing pyramids with one pointing up and the other one pointing downward. The letter G in the center stands for God or Gnosis [the Greek word for knowledge.] It is also often said to stand for the “Great Architect of the Universe,” a term many masons use to refer to God.



The Statue of Liberty

If you asked the average American what the Statue of Liberty represented, they’ll probably tell you it has to do with “America,” “freedom,” or “democracy.” Some may know that it was given to America by the French, but few know its very design and creation was orchestrated by Freemasons, the secret society, not the government of France, who then gave it to America as a “gift” and placed it in New York Harbor.

Frederic Bartholdi, the designer of the Statue of Liberty, was, of course, a Freemason, and very familiar with occult and Illuminati symbolism and philosophies. In fact, the three major figures involved with the Statue—Frederic Bartholdi, who designed the statue itself; Gustave Eiffel, who designed the inner support structure; and Richard Hunt, who designed the pedestal—were all Freemasons.

Bartholdi’s original plan for a giant statue of this type was actually that it be placed in a harbor in Egypt. After his proposal was turned down by the Egyptian government, he changed his design a little bit and approached America to see if he could erect his newly designed statue in the United States. The point is, he originally wanted to build a bizarre “God-like” statue and have it stand somewhere other than America. Bartholdi’s first choice for his mystical statue was Egypt, not the United States.

The original name of the statue was “Liberty Enlightening the World,” not the “Statue of Liberty.” Again, the word Enlightening fits in with the Illuminati theme—Enlightening, enlightenment, light, the sun, intelligence, bright, brilliance, Lucifer. You get the picture by now.

A near mirror image of the Statue of Liberty stands in France, also on an island, in the Seine River in Paris, that was set up in 1889, just three

years after the one in America was completed. If it’s an “American” symbol then why is there an almost identical one in France? There are actually hundreds of nearly identical “Statue of Liberty” figures all around the world, including Leicester, England; Lviv, Ukraine; Carinthia, Austria; Cenicero, Spain; Arraba in Israel, and many, many other places.

The Statue of Liberty is essentially a modern version of the Colossus of Rhodes, which was a 100-foot-tall statue depicting the Greek sun god Helios (Helios being Greek for sun) that once stood in ancient Greece. The Colossus was created in the 3rd century B.C. and depicted Helios (the Sun God) holding a torch high in one hand and stood on the island of Rhodes facing the water. “This gigantic gilded figure, with its crown of solar rays and its upraised torch, signified occultly the glorious Sun Man of the Mysteries, the Universal Savior,” says The Secret Teachings of All Ages.276

There is a poem printed on a plaque that sits prominently near the base of the Statue of Liberty titled The New Colossus, clearly signaling that it was modeled after the Greek sun god. There was a Masonic cornerstone ceremony conducted when construction began, and a Masonic plaque was placed on the site as well. The statue also symbolizes a composite of a variety of ancient goddesses who represent the feminine principle.

The torch that the Statue of Liberty is holding represents the torch of Prometheus, who occultly signifies Lucifer. The Greek mythological story of Prometheus is the same allegory of stealing fire (i.e. knowledge) from God or the Gods, and giving it to humans, thus angering God.

Here is Manly P. Hall again, one of Freemasonry’s greatest philosophers, explaining in Lectures on Ancient Philosophy, that, “Man wandered hopelessly in the gloom of mortality, living and dying without light or understanding in his servitude to the Demiurgus [the creator God] and his host of spirits. At last the spirit of rebellion entered the creation in the form of Lucifer, who in the guise of a serpent tempted man to revolt against the mandates of Jehovah (the Demiurgus). In Greece this character was known as Prometheus, who brought from the gods the impregnating

flame that would release the life latent in this multitude of germlike potentialities.”277

The seven horn-looking spikes coming out of the Statue of Liberty’s head represent rays of the sun, and symbolically represents the spirit radiating from the mind as knowledge or “enlightenment.” There are seven of them because the rays represent the seven liberal arts and sciences, thus comprising an essential knowledge base. The statue is also holding a book, obviously, symbolic of knowledge and information—again fitting in with the theme of knowledge and enlightenment, because knowledge is power, and that is what the Illuminati has.



Rockefeller Center’s Prometheus

Rockefeller Center in New York City is a huge 22-acre complex made up of nineteen different buildings and the home of Bank of America, NBC, General Electric and other major international Illuminati-controlled corporations. Standing prominently within the property is a huge gold colored statue of Prometheus holding a ball of fire in one hand as he flies through the air. The mythological Greek story of Prometheus stealing fire from the Gods and giving it to mankind despite the punishment he will face is seen by occultists as identical to the story of Lucifer giving mankind the knowledge of good and evil that God had forbid us to have.

So essentially this statue that stands outside of Rockefeller Center is a tribute to Lucifer, which goes unnoticed by the average person not familiar with Illuminati symbolism. Most people are probably not even familiar with the Prometheus myth, or have long since forgotten about it since studying Greek mythology in high school and simply think the statue is just another random piece of art with little to no significance.

Helena Blavatsky explains in her classic occult work, The Secret Doctrine, that, “The allegory of Prometheus, who steals the divine fire as to allow men to proceed consciously on the path of spiritual evolution, thus transforming the most perfect of animals on Earth into a potential god, and making him free to take the kingdom of heaven by violence. Hence also, the curse pronounced by Zeus against Prometheus, and by Jehovah [God] against his ‘rebellious son,’ Satan.”278

So as you can see, it’s not just me making the connection between Prometheus and Lucifer—It’s occultist insiders themselves, and of course it’s no coincidence this stands on a Rockefeller property, a family with generational ties to the Illuminati establishment.



The Washington Monument

The Washington Monument, which is located directly west of the United States Capitol building in Washington DC, standing approximately 555 feet high, dominates the sky throughout the city and can be seen from miles around, especially at night with the red light shining from the top looking like the evil Eye of Sauron in the Lord of the Rings movies. The monument is an Egyptian obelisk with a pyramid capstone on the top and was completed in 1884.

The structure is one of the most important symbols in America to the Illuminati, although most people are clearly unaware of it having any hidden meaning. Occultists see the monument as an enormous phallic symbol—a big penis—representing masculine energy and dominance. One would expect the “Washington” Monument to be a statue of George Washington himself, much like the Lincoln Memorial houses a huge statue of Abraham Lincoln, but instead it’s a giant erect penis of the Egyptian god Baal. Of course, it too was designed and built by Freemasons, who even had a ceremony to lay the cornerstone when construction began.

Fritz Springmeier, author of Bloodlines of the Illuminati, wrote, “Every morning when the United States President wakes up he can look out the window, see the Masonic obelisk and be reminded of who controls America. If the president has any training in the Mystery Religion of Egypt, he will also know what body part is symbolically erected in the Washington Memorial.”279 Springmeier goes so far as to say, “If the U.S. were ever to return to serving God, that monument would be a good one to destroy. God asked the Israelites not just simply to avoid worshiping such abominations, He asked His people to destroy them, for their very creation was an abomination.”280



Cleopatra’s Needle

While the Washington Monument may be the most well-known Egyptian obelisk in America, it isn’t the only one. Another one stands in Central Park in New York City—called Cleopatra’s Needle, and this one is actually an authentic Egyptian obelisk that dates back to around 1500 B.C. and was transported to New York in 1881.

Similar “Cleopatra’s Needles” actually stand in London and Paris, signifying the Illuminati’s rule in those countries as well. Not surprising, there is also one in Vatican City as well. The one in New York’s Central Park stands 70-feet tall and weighs 220 tons. Why and how it was brought to America all the way from Egypt is an interesting story.

For some reason Henry G. Stebbins, who was the Commissioner of the Department of Public Parks in New York in the 1880s, announced he was looking for help financing a plan to bring the statue to America. William H. Vanderbilt, who was one of the wealthiest men in the world, was asked to help make it happen and donated over $100,000 (over $2 million in 2014 dollars) to help. Interestingly, the shipping costs for the one sent to London were paid for by Dr. Erasmus Wilson, a Freemason.

Once the obelisk arrived in America, thousands of Freemasons took part in a parade as it was rolled up Fifth Avenue from 14th Street to 82nd Street. When it was erected at its final destination in the park, the Grand Master of Masons in New York performed a cornerstone laying ritual as a celebration. When it first arrived in New York in 1881, Cleopatra’s Needle was covered with clearly visible hieroglyphics about the sun god Horus, but most of the carvings have since been warn away from acid rain. While they survived 3000 years in Egypt, it seems the ancient relic was no match for the pollution of New York City.



Movies and Music

For hundreds of years, knowledge of the Illuminati and their symbols was largely contained within the Mystery Schools that taught the esoteric tradition. Outsiders didn’t even think twice about most occult symbols because they were seen as ordinary art and few people paid much attention to them. But with the birth of the information age, things started to change. In the 1990s and early 2000s, a growing number of websites and forums were dedicated to investigating secret societies, and began to expose these once little known issues to a larger number of people.

For decades, those interested in such material were considered a fringe minority of patriots and “conspiracy theorists,” but with the emergence of social media becoming a standard feature in most people’s lives, and with video sharing websites like YouTube changing the nature of media and information exchange, an interesting phenomenon began to occur early in the twenty-first century. Illuminati and occult symbolism spilled over from what was once primarily the topic of fringe websites, and “computer geeks” on Internet forums, to became part of pop culture finding its way into various mainstream music videos and blockbuster movies.

While a sizable portion of the population has become familiar with the use of Illuminati symbolism in rap videos and supposed “Illuminati hand signs” being flashed by celebrities, most people who pay attention to this aspect of the symbolism barely have a basic understanding of the history of the symbols or their meanings. Many people who have heard the oftentimes farfetched claims about “Illuminati celebrities” have dismissed the existence of the Illuminati all together as a conspiracy theory or believe it’s simply a secret society in Hollywood that top celebrities are part of.

Checkout my previous book Illuminati in the Music Industry to read about this fascinating history since it is a very lengthy analysis in and of

itself. While there certainly have been countless allegations made against a variety of celebrities like Jay-Z, Beyoncé, Lady Gaga, Kanye West and others, when you take a critical analysis of celebrity as a whole and the power their music and personas have over the culture, it becomes very clear that music is not always “just entertainment.”

As the Illuminati prepare to announce the “royal secret,” as they call it, by declaring that Satan is the King of the Earth and the “savior of mankind,” hoping to finally overthrow the “inferior” and “evil” Creator God to complete the New World Order “utopia,” celebrities have recently played a major part in paving the path to the apocalypse.

The vast majority of the public literally worship celebrities who function as modern day Gods that shape our cultural attitudes and beliefs since their every action is mimicked, and every opinion they voice is seen as profound.

The general public is growing to see the Illuminati—not as a threat to their freedoms or a corrupt mafia of politicians, bankers and businessmen— but as a “cool” group of powerful men they wish they could be a part of. The moral decay and erosion of the work ethic have resulted in the average person willing to do almost anything for just a taste of the Illuminati’s “success.” Pop culture has begun portraying the Illuminati as holding the secret to success or a secret society of the rich and famous.

Occasionally films have portrayed the Illuminati or an affiliated group as the antagonist in a plot to convey a warning to the audience, and some celebrities have publicly denounced them as the shadowy puppet masters pulling the strings in global affairs, but the overwhelming majority of mainstream media content and celebrity idols paint the Illuminati as holding the master key to success and as a result countless people would practically kill their own mother to join them in order to have a bigger piece of the pie.







Insiders’ Hints

If you want to truly understand what the Illuminati is, what they are doing, what they are planning, and what they believe, there’s no better place to go than to elite insiders themselves who can’t always keep their mouths shut, and occasionally can’t help but brag about their “great work.” While there’s a long list of people who claim to be Illuminati defectors that speak about their alleged activities while supposedly being a “member of the Illuminati,” most of these people are hoaxers and fraudsters with no credibility who are just trying to make a few bucks from selling books, or just looking for attention, and many of them have been easily debunked.

Of course if you do an Internet search for “the Illuminati,” you’ll find countless websites making claims about what they are, what they do, who’s supposedly involved, etc. There’s even a Wikipedia page giving a few details about them, although it’s largely incomplete and inaccurate. While it’s not difficult at all to find Illuminati conspiracy theories online, what is difficult; however, is finding accurate and reliable information that is properly sourced and verified, and this is my primary goal with this book.

While everyone seems to have an opinion about the Illuminati these days, most people think “research” consists of watching a few YouTube videos or glancing over a Wikipedia article. There are, however, some very well connected and powerful men who have either dropped hints about the Illuminati and their secret agenda, or those who have gotten close enough to the power structure to see for themselves that a powerful secret society does exist and has tremendous influence over the world.



David Rockefeller

The Rockefeller family is often mentioned as one of the families that has been involved with the Illuminati for generations and have accumulated a vast amount of wealth and influence because of this. The Rockefeller family made most of their money in oil and banking, and using their wealth they have wrapped their tentacles around some of the most infamous groups and conspiracies connected to the Illuminati.

For example, Rockefeller money was instrumental in the early growth of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, and the Bilderberg Group. They were a major funder of Eugenics and the CIA’s MK-ULTRA mind control experiments at over 30 American Universities, hospitals, and government facilities. The Rockefellers bought seventeen acres of land for the United Nations headquarters to be built in Manhattan; and even financed the development of facial recognition systems through their Rockefeller University that recruited and funded a man named Joseph Atick in the early 1990s who was given use of the Computational Neuroscience Laboratory where he developed his facial recognition systems.

In his 2002 book, Memoirs, Illuminati kingpin David Rockefeller arrogantly admitted, “For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”281



In a 1980 PBS documentary titled The World of David Rockefeller, host Bill Moyer said that “David Rockefeller is the most conspicuous representative today of the ruling class, a multinational fraternity of men who shape the global economy and manage the flow of its capital. Rockefeller was born to it, and he has made the most of it. But what some critics see as a vast international conspiracy, he considers a circumstance of life and just another day’s work... In the world of David Rockefeller it’s hard to tell where business ends and politics begins.”282



Carroll Quigley

In 1966 an Establishment insider and mentor of President Bill Clinton published a book for fellow Establishment insiders titled Tragedy & Hope to help them understand how the Illuminati empire works. Carroll Quigley, a professor at Georgetown University, knew that most of the public doesn’t read books or newspapers and are more interested in sports entertainment and celebrity news than business or politics.

Quigley openly revealed, “There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the Communists act. In fact, this network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. I know of the operations of this network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960’s, to examine its papers and secret records. I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments. I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies (notably to its belief that England was an Atlantic rather than a European Power and must be allied, or even federated, with the United States and must remain isolated from Europe), but in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.”283

He described how the financial elite created front groups to influence governments around the world, writing, “…in New York it was known as the Council on Foreign Relations, and was a front for J. P. Morgan and Company in association with the very small American Round Table Group. The American organizers were dominated by the large number of Morgan ‘experts’… The Round Table for years (until 1961) was edited from the

back door of Chatham House grounds in Ormond Yard, and its telephone came through the Chatham House switchboard.”284

Quigley also explained how it was to the elite’s advantage to have only two political parties for people to choose from. The reason being, “The two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy.”285

Regarding the Federal Reserve and the financial takeover of governments by private banks he said, “The powers of financial capitalism had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences. The apex of the systems was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank...sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world.”286

Basically in his lengthy and dry book, Tragedy & Hope, he quietly confirmed what many “conspiracy theorists” had been saying for decades, but unlike most outsiders, he was in a position learn directly from the perpetrators.



Cecil Rhodes

The most notorious diamond monopoly man in history, and the person behind the elite Rhodes Scholarships, which awards young men and women who the Establishment feel will be willing and useful servants with a free ride to Oxford University and basically an invitation to the Illuminati, was a man named Cecil Rhodes, who didn’t just talk about his plans to further the Invisible Empire, he actually wrote in his will that after he died his fortune would go to finance this.

Rhodes is the man behind the DeBeers diamond cartel who became extremely wealthy by monopolizing diamond mines in Africa and then launching a brilliant propaganda campaign with the help of Edward Bernays designed to brainwash women around the world into thinking that when a man proposes marriage he must do so with a diamond ring.

Rhodes, who died in 1902, wrote in his will that his fortune was to be used, “To and for the establishment, promotion and development of a Secret Society, the true aim and object whereof shall be for the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom, and of colonization by British subjects of all lands where the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labor and enterprise, and especially the occupation by British settlers of the entire Continent of Africa, the Holy Land, the Valley of the Euphrates, the Islands of Cyprus and Candia, the whole of South America, the Islands of the Pacific not heretofore possessed by Great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the inauguration of a system of Colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire and, finally, the foundation of so great a Power as to render wars impossible, and promote the best interests of humanity.”287



To help carry out his plan, certain money from his estate is designated to what’s called the Rhodes Scholarship, which is a student fund that awards carefully chosen individuals who don’t necessarily come from wealthy families but who are seen as likely assets of the Illuminati with a free ride post graduate education at England’s Oxford University, where they are groomed to later become pawns of the global elite. President Bill Clinton was awarded a Rhodes Scholarship to bring him into the fold, as was the liberal lesbian Rachel Maddow of MSNBC who uses her national mainstream media platform to promote bigger government and the radical liberal agenda on a continual basis.



Edward Bernays

In 1928 Edward Bernays, the man considered to be the father of public relations, revealed in his book Propaganda that, “Those who manipulate the unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of...in almost every act of our lives whether in the sphere of politics or business in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires that control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.”288

He went on to admit, “Whatever of social importance is done today, whether in politics, finance, manufacture, agriculture, charity, education, or other fields, must be done with the help of propaganda. Propaganda is the executive arm of the invisible government.”289

Bernays also stated plainly that, “The invisible government tends to be concentrated in the hands of the few because of the expense of manipulating the social machinery which controls the opinions and habits of the masses.”290

The Department of Defense (previously called the Department of War) actually hired Bernays to help influence public opinion to support America’s involvement in World War I. The tobacco industry also paid him to use his methods to encourage women to smoke cigarettes since at the time it was seen as unattractive.291 Bernays is also the person all men can thank for having to cough up thousands of dollars for a diamond ring when we propose marriage since that tradition was started as a clever marketing ploy he crafted for the DeBeers diamond monopoly.



Woodrow Wilson

The 28th President of the United States, Woodrow Wilson, was the man responsible for signing the Federal Reserve Act into law and handing America’s banking system over to the money manipulating mafia in 1913. Wilson later admitted, “Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacturing, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”292

After he was out of office, Woodrow Wilson allegedly voiced regret for cooperating with the banking cartel’s plan for the Federal Reserve Banking system, reportedly saying, “I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is now controlled by its system of credit. We are no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.”293



John F. Kennedy

When speaking to the American Newspaper Publishers Association in 1961, President Kennedy actually condemned secret societies, saying, “The very word ‘secrecy’ is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings.”294

He continued, “We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it…For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covered means for expanding its sphere of influence, on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations, its preparations concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried not headlined, it’s dissenters are silenced not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”

Kennedy issued an interesting Executive Order (number 11110) in 1963 that many interpret as directing the Secretary of the Treasury to start once again issuing silver certificates (which looked similar to dollar bills) that would be redeemable for their face value in silver coins or bullion, in what many saw as an attempt to remove power from the Federal Reserve Bank and give it back to the Treasury department.

Silver certificates [called United States Notes] were originally put in circulation in 1878 by the Treasury department and used as money, but

Federal Reserve Notes (commonly known as U.S. dollars) replaced them after the creation of the Federal Reserve banking system in 1913.

Kennedy’s Executive Order 11110 was soon reversed by President Lyndon B. Johnson after he was sworn in as JFK’s replacement after his assassination. Many people cite Kennedy’s supposed opposition to the Federal Reserve cartel as a major factor in the reason he was assassinated, believing the CIA orchestrated the event and blamed “patsy” Lee Harvey Oswald. Others believe Kennedy planned to pull out of the Vietnam War, in opposition to secret Establishment, which was another motive for wanting him dead.

A Gallup poll was published in 2013 as the 50th anniversary of his death approached showed that 61% of Americans believed someone other than Lee Harvey Oswald was involved in the assassination.295 The poll notes that at one time 81% of Americans thought there was more than one person involved in the shooting, despite the official story of Oswald acting alone, and the “JFK conspiracy” is one of the most popular conspiracy theories in history.



President Dwight Eisenhower

President Dwight Eisenhower, who was a five-star general during World War II, gave his Farewell Address to the Nation on January 17, 1961 where he popularized the term “Military Industrial Complex” after he warned about the dangers of weapon manufacturers influencing the government to go to war primarily for profit.

“This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence— economic, political, even spiritual—is felt in every city, every statehouse, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society.”296

One part of the speech that still resonates today is when he said, “In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military– industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists, and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals so that security and liberty may prosper together.”

This Military Industrial Complex can be seen functioning today when major defense companies receive no-bid contracts handed to them by their politician friends to hire ex-soldiers as private security guards in war torn countries, or when the Bilderberg Group meeting includes CEOs from

private defense companies who meet with current U.S. military heads to come to a consensus about a current or future military action.



President George Bush Senior

Two hours after bombing in Iraq and Kuwait began in 1991 (Operation Desert Storm) kicking off the first Gulf War, President Bush addressed the nation from the Oval Office explaining his goal, saying, “We have before us the opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations a New World Order, a world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful, and we will be, we have a real chance at this new world order, an order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping role to fulfill the promise and vision of the U.N.’s founders.”297

A few weeks later at his State of the Union Address in 1991, President Bush was talking about America’s military action in the Gulf when he doubled down, saying, “What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea—a New World Order.”298

Before becoming Ronald Reagan’s vice president, and then president himself after that, George Bush Senior was the head of the Central Intelligence Agency in the late 1970s, not to mention a member of Skull & Bones and the Bohemian Grove, where he and his son George W. Bush were photographed giving a Lakeside talk in 1995 where Bush Senior reportedly told the audience his son would make a fine president one day.299



President George W. Bush

Shortly after the September 11th terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon in 2001, sparking the never-ending “War on Terror,” President George W. Bush addressed the growing “conspiracy theories” from people thinking the U.S. government was behind the attacks —or at the bare minimum—allowed them to happen on purpose as a pretext to launch the pre-planned wars in the Middle East. While speaking at a United Nations conference Bush announced, “Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories concerning the attacks of September the 11th; malicious lies that attempt to shift the blame away from the terrorists themselves, away from the guilty.”300

The fact that the president even addressed the “conspiracy theories” shows just how far they were spreading, and what would come to be known as the 9/11 Truth Movement started making headlines in the years to come and gained a sizable number of supporters who were suspicious of the “official story” of 9/11.301

A leaked memo from a 2003 meeting between President Bush and British Prime Minister Tony Blair later revealed that Bush once proposed luring Saddam Hussein into the War on Terror by flying an unmanned drone disguised as a United Nations airplane into Iraqi airspace hoping it would get shot down so the United States could then use the event as a justification for expanding the War on Terror into Iraq.302 As we all know, he later did invade Iraq after fabricating “evidence” claiming Saddam Hussein was working with Al Qaeda to soon nuke the United States. Many people still weren’t convinced there was any proof of this, but the administration’s mantra was, “We don’t want the smoking gun to be a mushroom cloud.”

In 2004 when Bush was campaigning for reelection he appeared on NBC’s Meet the Press where host Tim Russert surprisingly asked him about

being a Bonesman. “You were both in Skull & Bones, the secret society,” Russert stated, referring to both Bush and his Democrat opponent John Kerry.

“It’s so secret we can’t talk about it,” Bush responded.

“What does that mean for America? The conspiracy theorists are going to go wild,” Russert pressed.

“I’m sure they are. I don’t know. I haven’t seen the web pages yet.” (Laughs)303

Of course, George W. Bush was not the mastermind behind the 9/11 attacks or the War on Terror, but rather a willing servant and asset of the Illuminati whose strings were being pulled by the powers that be from behind the scenes. Having sworn allegiance to Skull & Bones and being part of a Bones family, he undoubtedly felt obligated to carry out the Order’s directives.



Vice President Dick Cheney

When giving a speech at a Council on Foreign Relations meeting in 2002, Vice President Dick Cheney cracked an inside joke about his affiliation with the organization, saying, “I want to thank you all for the warm welcome today. I see a lot of old friends in the room. And it’s good to be back at the Council on Foreign Relations. As Pete mentioned, I’ve been a member for a long time, and was actually a director for some period of time. I never mentioned that when I was campaigning for reelection back home in Wyoming (laughter) but it stood me in good stead. I value very much my experience, exposure to the tremendous people involved and the involvement and the ideas and the debates on the great policy issues of the day.”304

The reason everyone laughed when he said he never mentioned he was a member when he was campaigning is because they all know the sinister reputation their group has. Anyone unfamiliar with the history and activities of the CFR would have no idea why everyone laughed, but those “in the know” surely “got” what he said.

A Pulitzer Prize winning journalist for The New Yorker named Seymour Hersh reported that his sources revealed to him that Cheney once proposed creating a false flag “Gulf of Tonkin” type of scenario in the Middle East to expand the War on Terror into Iran by having some U.S. Navy SEALS attack American ships in the Straits of Hormuz in order to make it appear as if Iranian PT boats had done it.305 Cheney is seen by many as one of the evil Neocon architects behind the 9/11 attacks and the ensuing War on Terror. Of course, he publicly advocated torture and refused to testify under oath at the 9/11 Commission hearings.306



Smedley Butler

A United States Marine Corps Major General, the highest rank at that time, came forward in 1934 revealing a conspiracy that was organized by Wall Street bankers who wanted to overthrow President Roosevelt and replace him with a fascist dictator to serve the will of the financial elite. A congressional committee named the McCormick Dickstein Committee was formed to investigate General Butler’s allegations.

Butler testified that a Wall Street insider named Gerald P. MacGuire approached him on behalf of a secret organization hoping he would lead a coup against the United States government that was to be backed by three million dollars (over 35 million in 2014 dollars) coming from the Wall Street elite. The conspiracy was dubbed the Business Plot.

While no one was indicted, the congressional committee concluded that some of Butler’s claims were true, and that such a plan was discussed and contemplated, but the committee questioned whether an actual coup by the group was actually an immediate threat or just some wild scheme the bankers had fanaticized about.

The Congressional committee’s final report stated, “In the last few weeks of the committee’s official life it received evidence showing that certain persons had made an attempt to establish a fascist organization in this country...There is no question that these attempts were discussed, were planned, and might have been placed in execution when and if the financial backers deemed it expedient.”307

Butler would later go on to write his famous book War is a Racket that denounced most major wars and military actions as money-making schemes hatched by corrupt politicians intertwined with the weapons industry.



Zbigniew Brzezinski

The national security adviser for President Jimmy Carter, founding member of the Trilateral Commission, and protégé of David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski has made some startling admissions about the secret establishment. Brzezinski was in charge of covertly funding Osama Bin Laden and the Mujahedeen army in Afghanistan in the 1980s so they could fight off the Soviet Union who were trying to move into that area. This radical group of Muslims who America funded with several billion dollars, coordinated by Brzezinski, would later morph into Al Qaeda.

Back in 1970 he published a book called Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era, where he wrote, “The technocratic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values...The capacity to assert social and political control over the individual will vastly increase. It will soon be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and to maintain up-to-date, complete files, containing even most personal information about the health or personal behavior of the citizen in addition to more customary data. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities.”308

In his 1997 book, The Grand Chessboard, he lamented, “…as America becomes an increasingly multicultural society, it may find it more difficult to fashion a consensus on foreign policy issues, except in the circumstances of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat.”309

He seems to suggest a false flag attack as a pretext to carry out his plans, saying, “The public supported America’s engagement in World War II largely because of the shock effect of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor.”310



In a speech which can be seen on You Tube, he openly admitted, “I am deeply troubled that a very vague emotionally stated semi-theologically defined diagnosis of the central global menace is obscuring our national ability to comprehend the historically unprecedented challenge which is being posed in our time by a massive global political awakening and thus is obstructing our ability to deal effectively with the global political turmoil that this awakening is generating.”311

At a Council on Foreign Relations meeting in Montreal, Canada, Brzezinski again lamented to his fellow elitists that a “global political awakening,” was occurring and that the world had become more difficult to manage because it was “lacking internal unity with many of its members in bilateral antagonisms” and that “For the first time in all of human history mankind is politically awakened—that’s a total new reality—it has not been so for most of human history…[and the] “politically awakened masses makes it a much more difficult context for any major power, including, currently, the leading world power, the United States.”312



John Hylan

A former mayor of New York City made a detailed denouncement against “the interests” in 1922, in a speech that is often incorrectly attributed to President Theodore Roosevelt. John Hylan, who was major from 1918 to 1925, revealed, “The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government, which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy legs over our cities, states and nation. To depart from mere generalizations, let me say that at the head of this octopus are the Rockefeller–Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as the international bankers. The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes.”313

He continued, “They practically control both parties, write political platforms, make cats paws of party leaders, use the leading men of private organizations, and resort to every device to place in nomination for high public office only such candidates as will be amenable to the dictates of corrupt big business.”314

“These international bankers and Rockefeller–Standard Oil interests control the majority of the newspapers and magazines in this country. They use the columns of these papers to club into submission or drive out of office public officials who refuse to do the bidding of the powerful corrupt cliques which compose the invisible government. It operates under cover of a self-created screen [and] seizes our executive officers, legislative bodies, schools, courts, newspapers and every agency created for the public protection.”315



Winston Churchill

One of the most well-known prime ministers of England, Winston Churchill, once made a statement warning about what he called a “world conspiracy” and even named Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt as the perpetrator.

“From the days of ‘Sparticus’ Adam Weishaupt, Karl Marx, Trotski, Belacoon, Rosa Luxenberg and Ema Goldman, this world conspiracy has been steadily growing. This conspiracy played a definite recognizable role in the French Revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the 19th century. And now at last, this band of extraordinary personalities from the under-world of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their head and have become the undisputed masters of that enormous empire.”316



The Rothschilds

The patriarch of the Rothschild international banking dynasty was Mayer Amschel Rothschild, whose family fortune would become the largest fortune in the history of the world in the 1760s. He is seen as the “founding father of international finance,” and Forbes magazine listed him as one of the “Twenty Most Influential Businessmen of All Time.”317 Mayer arranged marriages for his five sons so they married their first or second cousins in order to keep his massive wealth within the family. He also assigned each of his sons to different countries to each run those regions’ economy.

A quote often attributed to Mayer Rothschild, although unverified, alleges that he once stated, “Let me issue and control a nation’s money and I care not who writes the laws.” Whether he actually said this or not is uncertain, but what is certain, however, is that one of his sons, Nathan, made an almost identical statement that has been confirmed by the wellrespected historian Niall Ferguson, whose book The House of Rothschild reports that in 1815 Nathan stated, “I care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on which the sun never sets. The man who controls the British money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply.”318

Nathan multiplied the family fortune many fold partly due to his advanced knowledge of the British victory at the Battle of Waterloo over the French in 1815, which enabled him to rake in a fortune on the London Stock Exchange. A Rothschild courier was able to get word of Duke Wellington’s victory over Napoleon’s French Army to Nathan hours before anyone else in London learned of the outcome which gave him an enormous advantage over other investors whose financial future largely hinged on the outcome of this event. Rothschild also allegedly put out the false rumor that Duke Wellington and the British had lost, thus enabling him to further capitalize on the market since he knew the opposite was true.



The Rothschild family downplays the significance of this event and the amount of money they made from it, but historians do agree that a courier did in fact reach Rothschild informing him about the outcome of the battle before anyone else.319 Sometimes people are accused of “anti-Semitism” for pointing out the Rothschild influence in the world of international banking, a claim that is often thrown at people who are critical of someone who happens to be Jewish.

Heir Nathaniel Rothschild lost a libel lawsuit he filed against London’s Daily Mail after the paper claimed he was the billionaire “puppet master” behind convincing the European Union Trade Commissioner Lord Mandelson to lift some trade barriers involving importing aluminum from Russia.320 So in a sense, by losing the libel suite, the court confirmed that he was indeed a “puppet master” pulling the strings of back-room big business and political dealings.

Many people point the finger at the Rothschild family as being one of the primary sources of the Illuminati’s finances, and the family helped fund the initial Jewish occupation of Israel and have been a major financial supporter of Zionism.



James Paul Warburg

James Paul Warburg (August 18, 1896 – June 3, 1969) was the son of Paul Warburg, the “father” of the Federal Reserve Bank, and the man who organized the secret Jekyll Island meeting to formulate their plan. The apple didn’t fall too far from the tree in this case, because his son James went on to become the financial adviser for President Roosevelt, and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations—of which he was a founding member. At an appearance before the U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations he once flatly stated, “We shall have world government, whether or not we like it. The question is only whether world government will be achieved by consent or by conquest.”321



Henry Kissinger

One of the most infamous political figures in American history is Henry Kissinger, a man who is seen by many as a treacherous war criminal for helping the CIA organize various covert operations designed to overthrow democratically elected leaders in several countries (Chili, and Argentina, for example) in order to install a leader who was more in tune with American foreign policy.322 Award winning journalist Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein, the guys who blew open the Watergate scandal, revealed that Kissinger once referred to our military men and women as “dumb, stupid animals” to be used as pawns for America’s foreign policy.323

Kissinger once remarked that power was the greatest aphrodisiac. Back in 2001 President George W. Bush chose him to be the Chairman of the 9/11 Commission to investigate the September 11th attacks, but shortly after it was revealed he was Bush’s choice outraged victims’ family members who had learned of his financial ties to the Bin Laden family forced the commission to drop him. His sole purpose as head commissioner would have been, of course, to prevent the truth about what really happened from seeing the light of day. The 9/11 attacks are seen by many as another false flag attack, or an incident that was purposefully allowed to happen in order to spark the endless War on Terror and justify the reduction of American liberties.

David Rothkopf, the managing director of Kissinger and Associates, an international advising firm founded by the infamous Henry Kissinger, wrote a very interesting book in 2009 titled Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making, where he openly discussed the ruling elite and the various organizations that largely influence the political and economic landscape of the world. While not revealing any earth-shattering insider secrets, his book serves to confirm many of the allegations made against the ruling elite by so called “conspiracy theorists.”



Rothkopf wrote that, “A global elite has emerged over the past several decades that has vastly more power than any other group on the planet. Each of the members of the superclass has the ability to regularly influence the lives of millions of people in multiple countries worldwide. Each actively exercises this power, and they often amplify it through the development of relationships with others in this class.”324

He goes on to say, “That such a group exists is indisputable. Heads of state, CEOs of the world’s largest companies, media barons, billionaires who are actively involved in their investments, technology, entrepreneur, oil potentates, hedge fund managers, private equity investors, top military commanders, a select few religious leaders, a handful of renowned writers, scientists, and artists, even terrorist leaders and master criminals, meet the above criteria for membership.”325

He proposes that this ruling elite, or “superclass” as he calls them, consists of roughly 6,000 people.326 The Occupy Wall Street protesters often spoke out against what they called the “1%” who they saw as being the ruling elite, but this equates to approximately 70 million people. (1% of the earth’s 7 billion people is 70 million.) Of course Occupy’s assessment of who is the problem is wildly inaccurate. Using Rothkopf’s figure, it wouldn’t be the 1%, but more like the .0001%. In reality, it’s probably more like the .00001% which is around 700 people who are the Illuminati or their associates.

Another interesting admission is when Rothkopf says, “From behind the scenes, it was clear that these individuals influenced everything from the way currencies were priced worldwide to which political candidates would have sufficient funding for their presidential campaigns.”327

Perhaps Rothkopf started to grow a conscience after being so close to the superclass and seeing exactly what they’re doing to the planet. He even admitted that in the post-9/11 era and with the War on Terror being waged to fight al Qaeda, that much of the information coming from the

government was basically fear mongering to achieve a political goal. “While the United states was in a real struggle with Communist Russia, the assertion that Communists were everywhere and intent on undermining the United States was vastly exaggerated in much the same way that the terror threat is exaggerated today.”328

He even said the Bilderberger Group meetings reveal the “informal mechanisms of power” that shape the world329 and was well aware of the allegations made about the Bohemian Grove, writing, “Critics on the left worry about political conspiracy and global policies plotted at the Grove, while critics on the right cite stories of homosexual rituals, devil worship, and child sacrifice.”330



President Richard Nixon

In his memoirs, published in 1978, President Richard Nixon wrote, “If I were to choose the speech that gave me the most pleasure and satisfaction in my political career, it would be my Lakeside Speech at the Bohemian Grove in July 1967. Because this speech traditionally was off the record it received no publicity at the time. But in many important ways it marked the first milestone on my road to the presidency.”331

The University of California, Berkeley, located on the San Francisco Bay, has a photograph in their archives of Nixon sitting at a table with Ronald Reagan inside the Bohemian Grove during this same visit. The two were said to have sat down to “work a political deal wherein Reagan was to run only if Nixon faltered.”332

While Nixon publicly praised the Bohemian Grove to the small group of politically minded people who would read his memoirs, privately he had something quite different to say. In one of the now publicly available Watergate tapes released by the National Archives, Nixon can clearly be heard expressing disgust for the Grove when speaking in the Oval Office with his Chief of Statt H. R. Haldeman and aid John D. Ehrlichman. “The Bohemian Grove—which I attend, from time to time—it is the most faggy goddamned thing you could ever imagine, with that San Francisco crowd. I can’t shake hands with anybody from San Francisco.”333

The Bohemian Grove yearbooks show members dressed in drag and rumors of homosexual activities by members have persisted for decades.



George Washington

President George Washington acknowledged the Illuminati’s presence in America in his personal correspondence in one particular letter dated October 24th 1798, that’s been preserved at the Library of Congress. This was thirteen years after the Illuminati was discovered and eleven years after they were banned and allegedly stamped out according to “sources” like Wikipedia.

Washington acknowledged, “It was not my intention to doubt that the Doctrines of the Illuminati and principles of Jacobinism had not spread in the United States. On the contrary, no one is more truly satisfied of this fact than I am.”334

In the letter George Washington clarifies that he did not believe that Freemasonry as a whole was involved in the conspiracy, but that certain individuals within certain lodges did in fact have these aims. If you look up the letter on the Library of Congress website, it can be difficult to read his handwriting, but it is accompanied by an official transcript.

Part of the letter reads, “The idea that I meant to convey, was, that I did not believe that the Lodges of Freemasons in this country had, as Societies, endeavored to propagate the diabolical tenets of the first, or pernicious principles of the latter (if they are susceptible of separation). That individuals of them may have done it, or that the founder, or instrument employed to found, the Democratic Societies in the United States, may have had these objects; and actually had a separation of the people from their government in view, is too evident to be questioned.”

So there you have it—George Washington was concerned that the “doctrines of the Illuminati” had spread to the United States and were using

certain Masonic lodges to “separate people from their government.” In fact, it was “too evident to be questioned,” he said.



Dick Morris

One of President Bill Clinton’s former advisors, Dick Morris, made a startling admission on the Fox News Channel in 2009 when talking to Sean Hannity about the New World Order and a global currency.

Morris began: “There is a big thing that’s going to happen in London at this G-20, and they’re hiding it, they’re camouflaging it, they’re not talking about it. The coordination of international regulation. What they are going to do is to put our Fed and our SEC under the control, in effect, of the IMF.”335

Hannity: “Oh, come on. You believe they’ll do this?”

Morris: “That’s what was in the draft agenda. They call it ‘coordination of regulation.’ What it really is, is putting the American economy under international regulation. And those people who have been yelling, ‘oh the U.N. is going to take over—global government…”

Hannity: “Conspiracy theorists.”

Morris: “Conspiracy theorists…they’ve been crazy, but now…they’re right! It’s happening!”

Hannity: When Geithner said he would be open to the idea of a Global Currency last year, those conspiracy people had said and suggested that for years. You're not wrong.”

Morris: “What they always do at these conferences is they have the center show here, and the side show they don’t want you to pay attention to.

The center show is the size of the stimulus package, but the real show is international regulation of the financial institutions which is going to happen under the IMF control.

A few years earlier Morris had revealed why, despite being a personal friend of the Clintons and working as Bill’s advisor, he cut all ties with them, saying, “I finally parted company with Hillary Clinton when I saw how she was using private detectives to investigate the women who were linked to her husband to cow [intimidate] the women into silence so that he could get elected president.”336



Cass Sunstien

President Obama appointed a Harvard law professor named Cass Sunstein to head up the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs which is an executive office of the president responsible for issuing policies regarding information technology, privacy, and information regulation. Sunstien’s Orwellian philosophy of how the government should handle information technology was detailed in a white paper published in 2008 titled Conspiracy Theories, where he argued that the government should ban “conspiracy theories” or “impose some kind of tax, financial or otherwise, on those who disseminate such theories.”337

He took things further than the typical political rhetoric by actually proposing that government trolls inundate the comment sections on “conspiracy” websites, videos, and social media accounts with outlandish comments in order to derail the discussion and introduce issues into the conversation in hopes of tarnishing the image of such websites, videos, or social media pages.338 He even suggested government operatives should attend meetings and events organized by “conspiracy theorists” saying, “We suggest a distinctive tactic for breaking up the hard core of extremists who supply conspiracy theories…whereby government agents or their allies (acting either virtually or in real space, and either openly or anonymously) will undermine the crippled epistemology of believers by planting doubts about the theories and stylized facts that circulate within such groups, thereby introducing beneficial cognitive diversity.”339

Aside from going after “conspiracy theorists” (translation: prominent independent media outlets who have successfully bypassed the editorial control of the mainstream media), Sunstein also set his sights on the Second Amendment and with a straight face lied to a group of students at the University of Chicago Law School saying that “The Supreme Court has

never suggested that the Second Amendment protects an individual’s right to have guns.”340

Of course his claim about the Second Amendment couldn’t be further from the truth, because its sole purpose is to authorize individual citizens to have guns. In his lecture he went on to predict that in the future the Second Amendment would be repealed and the right of citizens to own guns would be eliminated.

In 2014 Sunstein published a book titled Conspiracy Theories and Other Dangerous Ideas, where he warned that conspiracy theorists were dangerous anti-government terrorists. Of course what he means by “conspiracy theorists” are people who report on the real reasons for the War in Iraq, or who think the September 11th attacks were a false flag, and anyone who sees the Bilderberg Group as suspicious.



Edward Snowden

In June of 2013, word spread like wild fire around the world that a former NSA contractor with a high level security clearance had stolen thousands of classified documents detailing the technical capabilities of the National Security Agency. 30-year-old Edward Snowden fled the country to avoid imprisonment and was giving asylum in Russia, and the cache of classified documents he obtained revealed the shocking details of how powerful Big Brother had become.

As the Illuminati have been setting up an all-powerful global government, they have also been focused on building an Orwellian society where all citizens are tracked, traced, and databased. While many people reasonably assumed such a system was being built, Snowden’s leaks provided irrefutable proof that Big Brother had been born and was more powerful than most people had ever imagined.

The Snowden leaks also proved that the NSA was not just illegally conducting mass surveillance of Americans (and virtually everyone around the world) without warrants, and clearly violating the Fourth Amendment— but they also proved the government’s protocols extended far beyond ordinary eavesdropping.

Laptop computers were routinely intercepted from UPS during shipment after being purchased from online retailers like Amazon and then fitted with special hardware, including micro cellular modems so their hard drives could be accessed even if the computers weren’t connected to WiFi or an Ethernet cable. (This operation is called INTERDICTION.)341 We also learned that the government has the ability to manipulate online polls on websites (UNDERPASS); they restrict YouTube videos from going viral or have them removed for phony “terms of service violations”

(SILVERLORD); or, if they want, make certain videos receive massive views to make it appear as if they’ve gone viral (SLIPSTREAM).342

They’ve intercepted millions of webcam feeds and scanned the people chatting over them with facial recognition systems to identify them (OPTIC NERVE);343 they collect naked and compromising photos of people so they can be blackmailed or publicly humiliated by releasing them (LOVEINT);344 and they even have the ability to record and store every single phone call in the entire world. Not just the record of who called who and when, but the actual audio of all calls (MYSTIC).345 They can also spoof anyone’s email address and send emails under any identity (CHANGELING), not to mention spoof any phone number. This is just a sample of their capabilities, and of course this is all done under the umbrella of “National Security.”

This technology allows the government to have “turn key tyranny” power and with the flip of a switch they can target anyone, anywhere in the world. Not only can they physically locate you and bug you through cell phones or webcams in the area, but the NSA operatives can find out everything about a target, from your most intimate communications sent though text messages or emails, to obtaining personal photos, to uncovering health problems, shopping habits, eating habits, political views, friends, family, acquaintances, personal finances, gun ownership, etc., etc.

This power is so incredible that no man can resist abusing it, and in the final phase of the New World Order, the Illuminati and their inner circle of government agents will come down on dissenters with a digital iron fist and make them disappear down the memory hole like something right out of George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four.

Orwell ominously wrote, “The telescreen received and transmitted simultaneously. Any sound that Winston made, above the level of a very low whisper, would be picked up by it; moreover, so long as he remained within the field of vision which the metal plate commanded, he could be seen as well as heard. There was of course no way of knowing whether you

were being watched at any given moment. How often, or on what system, the Thought Police plugged in on any individual wire was guesswork. It was even conceivable that they watched everybody all the time. but at any rate they could plug in your wire whenever they wanted to. You have to live —did live, from habit that became instinct—in the assumption that every sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every movement scrutinized.”346

Checkout my previous book Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True if you’d like to read my analysis of Orwell’s novel and how it eerily parallels our world today. Orwell didn’t just accurately forecast the invasive Big Brother surveillance system, but also ominously warned about our current dumbed down and heartless society; endless wars perpetuated to justify reducing civil liberties; and the erosion of the language and the breakdown of families and relationships in order to shift people’s obedience and reliance to the State.







“Ex-Illuminati Members”

Similar to government whistleblowers or career criminals turned into informants who reveal the closely kept secrets of their organization, a handful of people have come forward over the years claiming to have been involved with the Illuminati in one way or another, and offer up what they claim to be insider information about the activities and goals of the network. Most of these people are complete frauds and are simply con artists trying to sell books and lectures, or just enjoying the attention from the conspiracy community since many people believe their stories—hook, line, and sinker.

In my previous book, The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, there is a detailed analysis of John Todd and William Schnoebelen, who are two of the most popular men who have made such claims, but there are also others whose stories have spread far and wide on the Internet like urban legends, so in this book we’ll take a close look and determine whether or not there is any legitimacy to them.

So far none of the alleged “defectors” have offered up any kind of evidence to back up their claims, but instead have only told tales based on the publicly known information about the history, beliefs, and activities of the Illuminati. None of the “former members” have ever revealed any new information that wasn’t already published in literature widely available in the conspiracy culture. But if you read through some of the comments on any of the YouTube videos featuring their claims, you will see that a very sizable percentage of the audience wholeheartedly believes these individuals and see them as heroic whistle blowers who “escaped” their dark past and are now on a mission to “expose” the Illuminati.

For an astute student dedicated to the truth and who doesn’t approach these people’s stories with confirmation bias—and if one has diligently done their own research—the inaccuracies and fabrications stick out like

sore thumbs. For those who are new to investigating the Illuminati, or to those who are quite gullible, these “former Illuminati members” only serve to confirm their greatest fears. Most of these “defectors” are simply gifted storytellers presenting publicly known information from a first-person perspective as if they themselves actually witnessed it or participated in it. Some of these people are perhaps mentally ill and may actually believe what they are saying, but the evidence proves one after the other to be fake.

Let’s take a close look at some of these individuals’ stories so we can prevent them and future hoaxers from deceiving people who are trying to find answers and accurate information regarding the Illuminati and the New World Order.



Doc Marquis

Joseph “Doc” Marquis (born on October 26th 1956) is allegedly a former U.S. Army medic which is how he says he got his nickname “Doc,” and is one of several self-proclaimed “former Illuminati members” who says he was born into an Illuminati family but now is dedicated to “exposing” them.

“Doc,” who claims to have been raised as a seventh generation witch, says when he was three-years-old his family brought him to a special ceremony and dedicated him to Lucifer in a satanic baptism.347 For the next ten years, he says, he was in the “outer court” of the Illuminati which he described as a satanic seminary school where he supposedly learned about the philosophies and secret symbols, and what he claims are the “eight nights of human sacrifice” that Illuminati members allegedly celebrate.

According to his story, when he was thirteen-years-old he was “fully initiated as a member of the Illuminati”348 after signing his name in his own blood in a book made of lamb skin which he called the Book of the Dead, which just so happens to be the name of an ancient Egyptian scroll containing information on how to navigate through the afterlife in order to enter into Heaven.

Four years later, when he was seventeen, “Doc” says he underwent another initiation ceremony and became what he called a Master Witch, or a High Druid Priest, which granted him “automatic authority over a region of the United States” where he was in charge of over 1000 other Illuminati members.349 This, all before he even graduated high school! His superiors, he says, then ordered him to join the United States Army in order to help the Illuminati infiltrate the armed forces. Within two weeks of being stationed at Fort Lewis in Washington he says he had twenty people recruited for the Illuminati, and just a couple months later says he had more

than a hundred more!350 In reality, the actual Illuminati most likely consists of no more than a few hundred men, but when “Doc” Marquis was just seventeen-years-old, he says he was “in charge” of over 1000 of them!

During an online lecture produced by Prophecy Club, he says he practiced human sacrifices eight times a year and had “constant communication with Demons.”351 Marquis claims to have personally witnessed dozens of human sacrifices before he “got out,” but no law enforcement agency has ever expressed any interest in him and have never considered him to be a suspect or a witness to any murders whatsoever. Trash television, on the other hand, gave him a platform to spread his nonsense in the late 1980s. He was once a guest on The Oprah Winfrey Show where he was talking about all these supposed murders and said, “The thing is, we didn’t body bag these people afterwards. We’d just take them [and], throw them in the woods, on the side of the road on a highway. Somebody’s going to find them.”352 Of course, no one ever has because these “victims” don’t exist.

The “eight nights of human sacrifice” that Marquis claims to have celebrated was concocted from the eight festivals that Pagans celebrate (or Sabbats as Wiccans call them) which are commemorated throughout the year on solstices, equinoxes, and the four mid-points in between—none of which involve human sacrifices. I’m certainly not saying that Satanists don’t commit human sacrifices still to this day, because such occurrences have been well documented,353 but the closest Marquis has come to one was watching a horror movie.

Local authorities would have taken him into custody for questioning if there was even a shred of evidence to back up his claims and no one involved with such crimes would dare speak about them out of fear of being arrested. Obviously in the 1980s, before the Internet, the average person could not easily confirm or disprove most claims made about the Illuminati and the occult, and very few people knew much about the subject at all. This is what led to the “satanic panic” in the 1980s when stories like Marquis’ were spread through tabloids and trash TV talk shows causing

people who didn’t know any better to think Satanists were abusing children and sacrificing people in communities across the country.

“Doc” says that in between committing his evil deeds, he was repeatedly asked by Christians if he wanted to go to church or if he knew Jesus, and for whatever reason—despite being a “high level Illuminati master,” he decided to go to church on Easter Sunday in 1979, where he realized he was a “sold out slave of Satan,” became a Christian, and “left the Illuminati.”354

In one of his video lectures titled Arrival of the Antichrist he can be seen giving the usual history lesson about Adam Weishaupt and the formation of the Bavarian Illuminati, their structure and goals, and shows the all-seeing eye on the back of the one dollar bill while telling the audience to pull out their wallets to look at the dollar themselves as if this was some major revelation.355 The eye on the back of the one dollar bill has become so elementary and Illuminati 101 that most middle school students are now aware of it, but back in the 1980s and 90s when Marquis began giving his lectures, things were quite different.

After his discussion on the one dollar bill symbology, he goes on to cover the well-known quotes from Pike’s book, Morals and Dogma, and then shows the interesting designs in the street layout of Washington D.C. and then complains about the government, the dumbing down of America, the Constitution, the demonization of Christians, etc., etc… Of course he concludes that the Illuminati is going to declare martial law and is setting up a New World Order for the reception of the antichrist.

When conducting my research into the Illuminati and coming across Doc Marquis’ claims of being a former Illuminati member, I painfully listened to his lectures online, which, like nearly every other selfproclaimed “former Illuminati member” didn’t reveal a single shred of information that wasn’t already widely known. Not only that, but many of his claims are clearly ridiculous to anyone who has basic knowledge about the Illuminati conspiracy.



For example, he says that they place a $10,000 bounty on anyone’s head who tries to leave.356 After he “left the Illuminati” he says they tried and failed to kill him at least six times!357 The Illuminati can assassinate world leaders and other heads of state, but they’ve failed over twenty times to kill this guy? Absurd.

Of course there are no police reports or news stories about any of these alleged murder attempts against him and since the Illuminati is the most powerful secret society in the world, they would have no problem killing anyone, especially no-name loser like “Doc” Marquis.

He sells a DVD called Frontmen of the Illuminati which consists of nothing more than a poorly produced home video of him sitting at a table showing different photos of symbols and people while talking about the Illuminati. The information on a website selling his DVDs reads, “Doc Marquis is a former Satanist who was trained in the Illuminati Plan before he came out of the coven to become a Christian. In 1992, Doc was hired by the Boston Police Department to train their homicide detectives how to spot evidence in a crime scene that the perpetrator was a practicing occultist. Doc also has appeared on the following TV shows: Oprah Winfrey; Geraldo Rivera; Hard Copy; and Inside Edition. He is the author of numerous books, video tapes and audio cassette series and has appeared as an expert witness in a number of documentaries.”

His claim of having worked with the Boston Police department has not been verified and to think that this man would be hired to “train” homicide detectives is laughable, particularly after having claimed to have murdered a bunch of people in satanic rituals! I guess the police just decided to forgive him of all those supposed murders!

Marquis has also claimed to have degrees in sociology, and history, and once claimed he would soon be getting his doctorate in psychiatry from Baptist Christian University in Shreveport, Louisiana, but it was later revealed he wasn’t even attending the school. He then said the school would

be accepting a book he was writing on the occult as his doctoral dissertation!

Marquis wrote several books (as does every supposed “Illuminati defector”) hoping to make a few bucks off the conspiracy community. Marquis and other “Christians” who claim to be “former Illuminati” members like Bill Schnoebelen and John Todd—while being complete phonies—may, in their own mind, actually believe that they are helping people learn about the Illuminati conspiracy. There is, after all, a massive conspiracy, and these individuals do actually expose some of it, but their fabricated pasts and long lists of lies about being personally involved with the Illuminati—when they clearly don’t even have some of their basic facts straight—shows that men like Doc Marquis are not only frauds, but quite pathetic and shameful as well.



Leo Zagami

Another man claiming to be an Illuminati defector who went on to give interviews and lectures about the nefarious plans he learned while supposedly “inside” the secret society is Leo Zagami (born in Rome on March 5th 1970). While other alleged defectors claim to have become born again Christians after “leaving the Illuminati” and say that Jesus helped them realize they were on the wrong path and found support from Christian audiences, Leo Zagami instead has taken the New Age angle. He insists the Illuminati hold “the truth” but are a corrupt group of enlightened ones who have hijacked the Mystery School teachings so he decided to leave the Illuminati in order to preach their secret philosophy to the masses.

To help spread the “enlightening truth” kept suppressed by the Illuminati, Leo Zagami claims to have started a new “religion” called Matrixism that’s based on the popular Matrix movies! He says he started this new “religion” in 2004 to commemorate the 100th anniversary of the “deliverance” of Aleister Crowley’s Book of the Law, the short blood thirsty book Crowley claimed was dictated to him by a demon while he was visiting Egypt in 1904. Yes, Zagami is a fan of dirt bag Aleister Crowley, whose philosophies he considers “the truth.”

His website described his new “religion” as, literally having been inspired by the Matrix movies, but insists it was “conceived by an anonymous group in the summer of 2004 [and] has attracted over 16,000 adherents.”358

The explanation goes on to say, “The Matrix trilogy, along with related mass media products such as video games, is generally considered to be the ‘sacred text’ of the movement.”359 He literally says The Matrix movies and video games are “sacred texts” of his “religion.” He also says the “faith” can be traced back to a book called The Promulgation of Universal Peace,

published in 1922 that consist of a series of speeches given by Abdu’lBaha, the founder of the Bahá'í Faith. All of this information, he says, comes from his knowledge of being an “Illuminati Grand Master” himself.

Zagami’s website claims that he is, “a high-ranking Illuminati Grand Master, who gained considerable attention in the conspiracy research community between 2006 and 2008 as a defector and whistle-blower.”360 He once went by the name Khaled Saifullah Khan after having supposedly converted to Islam, but later changed his name back to Leo. He claims that his goal is to now organize “the Knights Templars of the Apocalypse” to fight the Illuminati, and says this “group” has recruited 12,000 troops from the U.S. Military, CIA, FBI, etc., who are going to stop the “Dark Illuminati plans.”361

In Leo’s mind, the main enemies of humanity are: The Jesuits, which he calls “the head of the serpent”; Zionists, who he says are “the economic arms of the Vatican New World Order”; the United Nations which is “a corrupt organization in the hands of the Jesuits and their Zionist allies dedicated to enslave mankind”; and “all religious fundamentalist because organized religion in all shapes and forms is a legal mafia manipulated by the Vatican and Jerusalem in the hands of corrupt individuals who work for the elite families and their intelligence services to keep our race in ignorance and superstition in the end of times.”

Despite Leo’s strange and rambling history and his new “religion” that he created based on The Matrix movies, and his claiming to still be involved with the “good” Illuminati and the “Knights Templars of the Apocalypse” and other undercover “Illuminati Resistance” members in the CIA, FBI, military, and police; and despite revealing no new information about the workings of the Illuminati—some completely gullible fools actually believe that he actually was, or still is involved with the secret society.

Leo Zigami’s claims never gained anywhere close to the traction of other supposed “defectors” before him such as John Todd or Bill Schnoebelen, because he’s not a gifted storyteller like some other hoaxers.

And we were well into the information age by the time Leo decided to step on the scene (in 2006), whereas John Todd started his talks in the 1970s, and Bill Schnoebelen in the early 1990s before the Internet was fully utilized by most people who can now quickly fact check claims online. Even with this resource at people’s fingertips, however, a shocking number of people still believe the stories from “ex-members” like “Doc” Marquis, Leo Zagami, John Todd, and others.

Many people enjoy conspiracy entertainment or conspiratainment as I call it, and have little to no concern about actual facts or the truth. They simply love the sometimes cleverly concocted tales by people who are inspired by actual events or conspiracies and then manufacture a sometimes entertaining conspiracy mythology based on grains of truth. It’s sort of like a good science fiction story that’s based in part on actual technology and then extrapolates into a fantasy designed to entertain the audience.



Supriem Rockefeller

A man calling himself “Supriem Rockefeller” and claiming to be a member of the famous Rockefeller family created a bit of a stir on the Internet in 2010 after announcing that the Rockefellers were launching a plan to fund the building of the Third Temple in Jerusalem, in what was called the “Temple Now Project.” The Third Temple refers to the rebuilding (again) of Solomon’s Temple in Israel, which was originally destroyed in 586 BC by the Babylonians, and later rebuilt only to be destroyed again by the Romans in 70 AD. Christians believe that when the temple is rebuilt for the third time, it will signify the fulfillment of one of the final prophecies concerning the rise of the Antichrist and the return of Jesus.

Currently, a Muslim mosque called the Dome of the Rock stands on the ruins of the temple, and the only way Solomon’s Temple can be rebuilt on that spot is if Israel destroys the mosque and occupies that part of the land. This is why the “Rockefeller” announcement of supposed plans to build the Third Temple caught so many people’s attention.

A few official sounding websites published a press release about the “Supriem Rockefeller” plan without attempting to verify his identity or the supposed plan’s legitimacy. With sites like CNNMoney.com and MarketWatch having the press released posted, that was all the evidence many conspiracy blogs needed to run with the story that one of the final Biblical prophecies was about to be fulfilled thanks to the Rockefellers.362

None of this was true, however, and “Supriem Rockefeller” didn’t exist. The man behind the hoax was identified as a high school dropout named Kris from Louisiana, who was born in 1975. While living with his mother he worked as a cashier at a fast food restaurant and tried to make money by gambling and selling ringtones on various websites.



After he was fired from his job for allegedly stealing, the thirty-fouryear-old then started going by “Supriem Rockefeller” online and saying he was the secret son of David Rockefeller Jr. “Supriem” posted online about how he was authorized to finalize the New World Order and “revealed” that the Rockefeller family had descended from the Annunaki, the supposed ancient race of aliens, who are believed by some to be responsible for the creation of humans.

It appears his “Temple Now Project” hoax was an attempt to receive donations from people who wanted to support the plan, hoping to fulfill Bible prophecy. One press release claimed he would be “raising funds to go towards building the Third Temple in Jerusalem in strict coordinance with The Temple Institute, Rabbi Hiam Richman and The Palestinian National Interest Committee (PNIC),” and his mission was to “build the Temple and to create a One Israel-Palestine state.”

What made this hoax believable for some, aside from the Christian prophecy of the Third Temple, was the very real Jewish plan to one day accomplish this very task. Ever since 1987 a non-profit Jewish group called the Temple Institute has been working to do just this. In fact, in 2008 they announced they had the High Priest’s garments already made along with dozens of other items they plan on using in “sacred rituals” once it is rebuilt. Of course the Temple Institute had nothing to do with “Supreium Rockefeller,” but he cleverly included their name in his press release to add an aura of credibility to his claims, since they are a real group working to accomplish this very goal.

This hoax didn’t last too long and his Facebook page was soon deleted, but many Jews and Christians continue to await the actual rebuilding of the Temple, an event that will be seen by Christians as one of the Bible’s final prophecies being fulfilled because in this Temple it is believed the Antichrist will announce himself to be “God” and order the people of earth to worship him as such.



In the 1970s, 80s and 90s, Illuminati phonies were able to pull off their scams with a remarkable amount of success, and while the Internet can put an end to most of these scams rather quickly today, countless people are simply lost in the sea of information available on the web and continue to spread Illuminati hoaxes far and wide, believing every word. These are the same kinds of people who believe that every time a famous celebrity dies from a drug overdose, car accident, or health problem—they think they were actually “murdered” by the Illuminati or faked their own death. If you search YouTube for keywords like “Paul Walker Illuminati Sacrifice,” “Michael Jackson Murdered by Illuminati,” or “Tupac killed by Illuminati,” you will find literally hundreds of videos with millions of views and countless comments from people who are 100% convinced the Illuminati is behind every celebrity death.

The “Supriem Rockefeller” Third Temple hoax is not the first time that someone has posed as a member of the famous Rockefeller family. A man who called himself Clark Rockefeller (real name Christian Karl Gerhartsreiter) was sentenced to 27 years in prison for murdering his landlord’s son which put an immediate end to his elaborate scam.363 Gerhartsreiter even fooled his own wife into thinking he was a Rockefeller for years by taking extreme measures to hide his real identity. To accomplish this he had his wife file her income taxes as an individual instead of jointly as most married couples do, so his real name wouldn’t have to be on the couple’s tax returns, which she most likely would have noticed.364 He even forged their marriage license to avoid having her see his actual name.365

Another man calling himself Christian Rockefeller (real name Christopher Rocancourt) actually swindled tens of millions of dollars from rich people in New York in the 1990s through fake investment scams after they thought he could increase their wealth because they believed he was a Rockefeller.366



Svali

The list of people who have come forward claiming to be former members of the Illuminati are mainly men, but in 2006 a woman calling herself “Svali” popped up on the Internet claiming to come from an Illuminati family in Germany who then relocated to America when she was very young. “Svali” said when she was a kid she was told that she was “special” and that the Illuminati had big plans for her. At 12-years-old she underwent her “initiation” at the Vatican, as she claimed all the leadership in the Illuminati do, and by the time she was twenty-two, she was the youngest person in the “Illuminati leadership council” in Southern California.

“Svali” said that secret Illuminati meetings were held three times a week in Escondido, California, which is a lower income area inland where no wealthy or powerful members of the Illuminati would ever go, let alone choose to live. I have personally lived near this area for over 15 years and have friends who have lived in Escondido and I’ve seen the city with my own eyes many times. It’s primarily a Mexican ghetto and would be the last place in the world the Illuminati would ever think about going.

The security for these “Illuminati” meetings, she said, was a “spy” who had climbed up into a tree with a walkie talkie to spot unwanted visitors and would then radio ahead to the group so they could “leave within five minutes.” I guess the group would just run off into the woods if the person in the tree saw anyone unexpected rolling up to the house! You’d think the Illuminati’s security detail would be a bit more sophisticated than someone climbing into a tree with a walkie talkie! Her claims get dumber by the second the more she tells her story.

The source of the information coming from Svali appears to lead back to a man named Greg Szymanski who wrote (or may continue to write) for

a little known website called ArcticBacon.com, one of countless amateur websites that contains posts about the Illuminati, the Jesuits, and other conspiracy issues. “Svali” allegedly reached out and contacted him with her claims, so he then interviewed her in January of 2006 on his virtually unknown Internet radio show. Audio of the interview can found on YouTube if you can force yourself to listen to more than 30 seconds of her incoherent rambling.

In the interview she said her adult co-conspirators would, “get up in the middle of the night to attend meetings,” and while the adults were doing their thing, the kids were “learning how to march and shoot guns and were being trained in martial arts.” She claims her initiation at the Vatican included a child sacrifice and throughout the interview she was very scatterbrained and had a hard time explaining her story, which isn’t even remotely convincing. Greg the interviewer ate it up though, and seemed to believe every word she was saying, as did a measurable number of people on the Internet who happened to come across her story.

When she was allegedly hanging out with the Illuminati, she claimed to be a “head programmer” involved in mind control programs but never offered up any details about what her supposed responsibilities were and couldn’t even articulate the basic concepts or history of mind control.

Svali isn’t even a clever hoaxer like some others before her, and appears to be a mentally deranged person just looking for someone to pay attention to her. It’s also possible that Greg Szymanski, the man who first interviewed her, actually crafted the Svali hoax himself by working with a female friend to concoct the entire story so he could be the person to have the “exclusive” interview and forever be linked to her as the person who first “broke her story.”

His website is just one of countless virtually unknown sites in the sea of conspiracy theories online so it makes no sense why a “former Illuminati member” would reach out to him since there are a large number of fairly prominent conspiracy websites that cover such topics. She did try selling an

e-book titled Breaking the Chain: Breaking Free of Cult Programming, but it’s not even listed in any of the major e-book stores and seems like a failed attempt to try to make a few bucks by selling a PDF file from a website.

I can attest to the fact that I have received multiple e-mails from different people making extremely bizarre claims such as being stalked or harassed by cults and the rambling and incoherent nature of their emails clearly show that they are from mentally disturbed and insane people sounding very much like this woman.

Actual Illuminati members are educated, intelligent, and well-spoken people. They are very persuasive and convincing—none of which can be attributed to Svali, whose stories are so convoluted they’re hard to follow as she jumps from thought to thought. How did she eventually “escape” the clutches of the Illuminati? Well, she said she left the organization because she started to realize, “what I was doing was wrong.” Now that she is a “former member” she is a born again Christian and has repented of the activities she claims to have participated in. Today, the woman says she’s a “diabetic educator” living in Texas with her husband and two children.

The bio on the website of the man responsible for conducting the interview reads, “Greg is first and foremost a satirist, a writer and a reporter,” so he was likely just playing a role and trying to have fun with conspiracy theories by producing a new Internet urban legend of conspiracy theory fiction about the “woman who left the Illuminati.”



Brice Taylor

A woman calling herself Brice Taylor (a pseudonym) published a book in 1999 titled Thanks For The Memories: The Truth Has Set Me Free! The Memoirs of Bob Hope’s and Henry Kissinger’s Mind-Controlled Slave where she details what she says is her account of being a CIA mind control victim who was used as a sex slave by the Illuminati.

David Icke, a popular conspiracy writer best known for his theories that the Illuminati are an alien race of shape-shifting reptilians, is listed as an endorsement on Amazon.com’s listing of the book, as well as Ted Gunderson, a former FBI Agent from Los Angeles who said, the book “confirms facts furnished by many other witnesses.”

With endorsements by such heavy hitters in the conspiracy world as David Icke and Ted Gunderson, many people are inclined to believe her claims, but upon even a brief analysis of the book, the woman’s story quickly goes from being hard to believe, to being completely ludicrous and impossible by any stretch of the imagination.

The first wobbly leg of this story comes when we learn Brice Taylor is just a pseudonym and the authors’ real name is Susan Lynne Eckhart Ford who admits that from a young age she suffered from multiple personality disorder. “But as I began to heal and remember more of my hidden past, I realized that ritual abuse was merely the mind control trauma base my ritually abused, programmed pedophile father, Calvin Charles Eckhart, and others used to condition me for participation in the still active top secret Project Monarch, the Central Intelligence Agency’s white slavery operation that is related to MKULTRA and its numerous sub-projects,” she writes.367



“The result of many years of trauma, intentionally inflicted on me by my father and others to create within me multiple personalities, was that I was transformed into a programmed, totally robotical slave that could not remember to think or tell what happened to me, due to the mind control and sophisticated programming I was under. I was used frequently in child and adolescent prostitution and pornography. By my pre-teen years, I had many personalities specifically programmed to be the perfect sex slave—a ‘presidential mode’ with government mind files and a photographic memory equipped to deliver (most often through sexual encounters) messages, some cryptic, to top government officials, entertainers, and other world figures.”368

She writes that when her memories started coming back to her at the age of thirty-five she, “began having vivid, detailed memories of being used both as a sex slave and human mind file computer to some of our nation’s highest level government officials in and out of the White House.”369 She then goes on to list Presidents John F. Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, Gerald Ford, Ronald Reagan, George Bush, Jimmy Carter, as well as Henry Kissinger, Nelson Rockefeller, Bob Hope (the popular entertainer), and many others as men she says all abused her.

Taylor says that while meditating she began to remember things all the way back to when she was four months old! (Not four years old, four months old.) She says her father worked as a welder who owned a welding shop in Los Angeles, but was somehow also secretly working for the CIA as a mind control programmer. “My father began the rigorous training and intentional torture required to shatter my base personality with the goal of creating many separate individual personalities for training and use by others as I grew older.”370

Her mom too, she says, was under mind control and “was listening to music she was told to listen to in order to keep her memory of our actual life locked deeply within her subconscious mind, while the programmed reality of herself and our ‘perfect happy family’ was kept alive through programmed phrases in the music.”371



Most of the book consists of lengthy and rambling tales of alleged abuse by such a long list of people, both famous, and ordinary people in her community, that it reads like a parody of a poorly written horror story. The people involved in the conspiracy include her ballet teacher, her doctor, her dentist, her choir teacher, her next door neighbor, the people at her local church (who she says all had tunnels under their homes connecting them to each other and also leading to the church); the owners of the local bowling alley were also in on it, and of course the Freemason Shriners, and even the owners of a local gas station! They were all sacrificing children and shooting snuff films or involved with the “CIA’s mind control program” she says.372

The list of her alleged abusers and human-sacrificing CIA Satanists she was involved with just goes on and on. Prince Philip, Prince Charles, and even Sylvester Stallone are on her seemingly endless list of abusers. Sylvester Stallone, she claims, directed several bestiality films where she says she had sex with dolphins and other sea creatures! Other celebrities such as Jane Fonda and Barbara Streisand were also under mind control she says, and Elton John was aware of such things and tried to help the victims with the lyrics in his music.

Aside from listing half the people in her community as being “in on it,” and a dozen presidents and celebrities, she also names some very odd places where she says everyone sexually abused her or “programmed” her with mind control. One of these supposed places was Disneyland where she says her father introduced her to Walt Disney himself when she was fiveyears-old, who then made her look into a View-Master box containing dead cats and dead people.

“Brice Taylor” said she would also meet Henry Kissinger there at Disneyland where he would “program” her using CIA mind control techniques. One of these “programming sessions,” she said, needed to be done in front of a carrousel for some unknown reason. “I also continued to be taken to Disneyland for base programming for my new government mind

file system,” she wrote.373 Who would have thought the CIA was using Disneyland as a secret mind control center? Like I said, her book reads like a bad parody of a horror story written by a teenager.

She goes on to claim she was also taken to various McDonald’s around the country and “programmed there too.” And of course she says she was also taken inside the National Archives, the State Department, NASA, the Pentagon, the Federal Reserve, the World Health Organization, and other military bases around the country—and insists she was “programmed” at every one. Why her handlers would need to take her to the Federal Reserve Bank to “program” her using mind control techniques isn’t said, and these claims are clearly ridiculous and the result of another over-active imagination of a clearly insane person, or by a horrible storyteller fabricating such tales hoping to sell a ton of books to the conspiracy community.

She wrote that she was even told that in a few years she would be killed and her services wouldn’t be needed any longer. Why would her handlers inform her that they would kill her at some point in the future? Wouldn’t they keep this to themselves and lead her on? After all, if she knew she was going to be killed soon, wouldn’t this give her even more reason to betray them and escape before this happened? The more of Brice Taylor’s story you read, the more absurd it gets, well beyond the point of nonsense.

The book is self-published because I’m sure that not even a small fringe conspiracy publisher would invest their money in such a worthless piece of garbage filled with fictional delusions. Near the end of the book , as expected, she starts talking about the elite’s plan for a New World Order. Then there is a “suggested reading” list which includes the staple books of New World Order and Illuminati literature such as None Dare Call it Conspiracy by Gary Allen (published in 1972), Tragedy and Hope by Carroll Quigley (published in 1966), as well as books by conspiracy authors like David Icke, Texe Marrs, Fritz Springmeier, and other titles about mind control, the CIA, and brainwashing.



The question remains…why would this woman make up all these horrific things that she says happened to her? What would compel a woman to write such a book? I speculate that the only truthful part of the book is that perhaps she was sexually abused as a child, but not by any of the political figures or celebrities she mentioned, but at the hands of a relative or perhaps even her own father. She may feel justified and achieve some degree of healing by venting her anger and betrayal in a fictionalized book where she has projected that the perpetrators of her abuse are men in high positions of power within society. It’s also likely that she wrote the book purely as “conspiracy fiction” hoping to pass it off as factual to the often gullible conspiracy community.

The reason some people believe her claims is because there are grains of truth (albeit tiny miniscule grains) since the CIA did do horrific mind control experiments in their MK Ultra program, and they did drug, hypnotize, and torture people in those experiments trying to create mind controlled slaves. In 1994 the US government awarded 77 people $100,000 each in financial compensation for experimenting on them,374 but Brice Taylor (whose real name is possibly Sue Ford) never even went to court over her allegations and was not one of the recipients.

A few years before Brice Taylor’s book was published, another woman named Cathy O’Brien released a book titled The Transformation of America where she had claimed to be a test subject for the CIA’s MK Ultra program, and a “sex slave” of the Illuminati’s top politicians. O’Brien even claims to have been taken inside Bohemian Grove. It’s most likely Brice Taylor was inspired by Cathy O’Brien’s book and hoped she could cash in by making similar claims. While Brice Taylor is clearly a fraud, Cathy O’Brien’s claims are a bit more believable (but also possibly fabricated), and are analyzed in detail in my previous book The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction if you are interested in reading about them.



“Jess LaVey”

A man calling himself “Jess LaVey” saying he was the son of Anton LaVey, the infamous founder of the Church of Satan and the author of The Satanic Bible, threw his hat into the conspiracy entertainment ring around the year 2000 and got himself a small amount of attention on a few Internet radio shows who eagerly took the bait and gave him a platform to spread his nonsense.

“Jess LaVey” not only claimed to have been the son of Anton LaVey (whose real name was Howard Levey by the way), but also said he climbed the ranks of Satanism all the way up to the Illuminati. In one interview “Jess” claims, “I never could forget the counsel of thirteen, they were very wicked looking men. When I reached the age of twelve, my father told me I had to go before them…They warned me of what could happen to me if I did not do as they suggested. George H.W. Bush Senior was one of these men. I stood before them and told them I was not going to follow their ways and I was not going to take my dad’s place, and that there was nothing they could do to me….I told them I believe in a higher power and that higher power said in His Word that no harm can come to me.”375

After he refused this “invitation” to the Illuminati, he says they castrated him as his punishment. He also talked about the KimballCherokee Castle in Sedalia, Colorado, a 1450s style castle built in the 1950s on a 3,100-acre ranch in Colorado where, he claimed the Illuminati meet every year to do human sacrifices. “Satanists come together and do unspeakable things…To think that Bush and his whole family is a part of this kind of thing is hard for some people to believe. The whole Bush family is Satanists…I have met Bush Jr. once when he came to a ritual at the castle once with his father….He is a very cold man for Satan. Like a lethal weapon.”376



Other “insider” satanic “leaders” have come forward over the years, mainly in the 1980s and 90s such as Mike Warnke and Stephen Dollins, trying to use their supposed “satanic credentials” to boost their new career as Christian evangelists, but most were never involved in any organized cults or groups and wildly exaggerated the supposed activities they claimed to have participated in.377

In 2002 John W. Morehead of the Watchman Fellowship, a group that monitors the activities of cults, was given a copy of what “Jess LaVey” claimed to be his social security card which was clearly fake and when the number was run for a background check it was proven to be invalid.

“Sadly, many have claimed to be LaVey’s child in order to gain financial support from churches and to give credibility to their ministries allegedly addressing Satanism and the occult,” Morehead told Charisma Magazine in 2002.378

Anton LeVay, Aleister Crowley, Helena Blavatsky, Manly P. Hall, and other real occult insiders have revealed plenty of details to see exactly what is going on in various Satanic groups and secret societies, but conspiracy con men seem to keep coming up with the idea that they can make some money by claiming to have been an “insider” who is offering a “first-hand account” of what they have allegedly seen and done.

The interviews “Jess LaVey” did can be found on YouTube and after listening to one for about five seconds, any sane adult should obviously be able to tell he is making up his story pretty much as he goes along and doesn’t even have the faintest hint of legitimacy. Anton LaVey (again whose real name was Howard Levey) had two daughters and only one son; a boy named Satan Xerxes who was born in 1993.



George Green

A supposed former investment banker named George Green claims to have once sat in on secret Illuminati meetings where men were making “god-like decisions as to who lives and who dies” and contemplated “dropping neutron bombs” on major American cities to reduce the population in accordance with the Georgia Guidestones. “I actually sat in on the meetings. I was in the game big time. In fact, I was making such a mess, they decided rather than kill me, which they could, they invited me in to the inner group and asked me to be the finance chairman, and at that point, I probably would have been secretary of the treasury or whatever they wanted to do with me.”379 The financial chairman of the Illuminati, huh? This I gotta hear about!

In his interview, which can be seen on YouTube, Green talks about the World War Three looming in the Middle East, a coming one world currency, FEMA concentration camps, the coming economic collapse of America, the planned extermination of the majority of the world’s population to save the earth’s natural resources for the elite, and rattles off a list of well-known plans of the Illuminati. Green doesn’t reveal an ounce of new information whatsoever and like many others, just talks about the same old widely available claims while presenting them from the perspective of a supposed insider who says he literally sat in on the meetings. Of course he too is trying to sell a book titled Chaos in America, which never gained much traction.

If George Green actually did attend any of the Illuminati meetings, he would be able to at least reveal some previously unknown details about their plans, but instead he just recycles the same old material that has been floating around the Internet and patriot circles for many years. An interesting phenomenon in the information age is that if you claim to have

some kind of Illuminati “scoop” and throw the video online, people are going to find it and people will believe it.

Aside from the typical Illuminati talking points about the Georgia Guidestones, FEMA camps and the collapse of America, George Green goes straight into crazy town and says the Illuminati have been making “synthetic people.” He’s not talking about secret cloning programs, which most likely exist—he claims that most presidents have been “replaced” by these synthetic clones! That’s right. He says our major world leaders are all grown in an Illuminati lab and are just pretending to be real people.

To “prove” this is happening he points to the movie Boys from Brazil, a 1978 film about Nazi scientists creating clones of Hitler to rebuild the Third Reich. This cloning technology, he says, was given to us by the “greys” (aliens), and he says he knows this because while working in the Air Force he claimed to have “top secret” clearance which gave him access to some dead Nordic-type aliens called the Pleiadians who came to earth from the Pleiades star cluster.

While aliens may actually be directing the Illuminati, and top secret human cloning programs most likely do exist, George Green’s presentation is so poorly executed and unconvincing, it reeks of a hoax from the very moment he opens his mouth. And again, he hasn’t provided a single piece of new “evidence” that wasn’t already widely known by most conspiracy researchers.

Not to mention nobody has been able to verify any part of his supposed background as an “investment banker” or having any kind of “top secret” security clearance in the military. But then again, we’re living in a world where countless people believe Tupac faked his death which just goes to show that some people will believe just about anything, no matter how crazy it is, despite zero evidence, and defying all logic and common sense.



Kevin Trudeau

Kevin Trudeau is a man that almost everyone in America has seen on TV (whether they know his name or not) over the course of twenty years pitching various products on infomercials such as health supplements, antiaging cream, and methods to get “free money.” He is an extraordinary salesman who could sell ice to Eskimos, as the cliché goes, and has been labeled the “infomercial king” due to the massive hours of airtime and the large number of different products he has pitched over the years.380

As a follow up to his bestselling book Natural Cures ‘They’ Don’t Want You to Know About (2005), he published More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) where he claimed to have been a member of a powerful secret society, hinting it was the Illuminati—and through his supposed membership in this society, he learned how the world really worked, including how drug companies were suppressing natural cures for diseases in order to allow them to sell more drugs instead of helping people to be cured.

Trudeau alleges that because of his drive for wealth and his knowledge of the human mind, he was approached by members of “the Brotherhood” secret society and recruited by them to join. Trudeau wrote, “As a member of this secret society I have sat in private meetings with heads of state from countries around the world. I have attended secret international business meetings where business leaders, politicians, and media moguls coerce together to create the new world order with global control over individual people everywhere.”381

Sounds a lot like the Bilderberg Group, doesn’t it? During an interview on the Alex Jones Show in 2009, a very convincing Trudeau discussed his knowledge of the Bohemian Grove and other secret societies, and stated that he had friends who attended the Bilderberg meeting that year in Greece

and that he had personally “sat in on meetings” where the elite talked about reducing the world’s population by killing off “the dumb people.”382 Later in the interview he mentioned “what we talked about at Bilderberg” prompting Jones to interrupt him for clarification asking, “Did I hear you correctly, were you at Bilderberg?” to which Trudeau answered, “Yeah, I was in Greece, because I have friends who were there…All I can say is that I was in the area, and many of the people that were there and who are members are in fact people I converse with on a regular basis.”383 Of course Trudeau’s name has never appeared on a Bilderberg attendee list and all this was building up to his latest money making scheme, the Global Information Network, which I’ll get into in a few moments.

A member of this “elite Brotherhood,” Trudeau says he worked covertly for the wealthiest families on earth and during his alleged involvement, he says he made hundreds of millions of dollars and lived a life many could only dream of. “Members of this society includes politicians, captains of industry, news journalists, celebrities, musicians, writers, scientists, law enforcement officials, movie stars, and more,” he says.384

In his book More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed, he goes on to write that after he became a member of this “elite secret society,” he discovered they had two groups, and that one was evil, and the other good, and both were using the organization’s advanced knowledge and power to influence the world. “I was on the dark side doing evil; now I have repented, changed my ways, and turned my life around…Now I am going against the masters that I once served. I am telling people the truth about Big Pharma, the food industry, the oil industry, governments, and the media.”385

Trudeau has an extremely checkered past, including a conviction for fraud and larceny which resulted in him serving two years in prison in the 1990s.386 He was also banned by the Federal Trade Commission from selling products like health supplements and beauty creams on TV and fined $37 million dollars for making false claims in infomercials about his book The Weight-Loss Cure ‘They’ Don’t Want You To Know About.387 He found a major loophole however, and continued selling books and audio

recordings because these items weren’t seen as “products,” but were considered information, thus protected by the First Amendment right to free speech.

In More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed, he claimed that his prison sentence in the 1990s wasn’t really because he was a criminal, but instead, “The society needed me to go to prison for a very specific mission.”388 So what he means apparently, is that this all-powerful “Brotherhood” wanted him to commit credit card fraud and larceny because they “needed” him to go to prison for a “mission.” He goes on to write that during his sentence he spend most of his time not in a prison cell, but hanging out at the Officer’s Club at Edwards Air Force base eating “the finest food in the club,” all because he was a member of this Illuminati-type secret society!389

As if Trudeau’s claims weren’t already hard enough to believe, they get much, much stranger. He also wrote, “I have been to Area 51 in Nevada. This is where much of our technology has been developed. Area 51 houses most extraterrestrial artifacts, including a working spacecraft and dead alien bodies. I have seen these things with my own eyes.”390 He actually says he has been inside Area 51 and saw the aliens with his own eyes! I guess they have a family and friends night and even give tours to infomercial pitchmen!

Trudeau keeps his discussion on his alleged involvement with the Brotherhood and aliens brief in his More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed book, but states that unless he is the victim of an “unforeseen accident,” he will discuss this “secret society” in detail in a future book he planned to write.

At the end of 2009, Trudeau launched a new infomercial for an audio series titled Your Wish is Your Command where he claimed to teach magical methods of the “law of attraction” found in The Secret, the popular DVD produced by Rhonda Byrne, released a few years earlier which discusses mystical ideas about how your own thoughts and beliefs can metaphysically alter your physical reality.



The new infomercial was designed to look like an ordinary talk show with Trudeau as the guest and can be viewed in its entirety on YouTube. He starts of by saying that when he was 15-years-old, he was exposed to “the Brotherhood” secret society which he says took him in and taught him how to use The Secret and enabled him to make millions of dollars before his eighteenth birthday. In high school, he was actually voted most likely to succeed when he graduated in the class of 1981 from Saint Mary’s High School in Lynn, Massachusetts.

Instead of simply regurgitating The Secret’s “law of attraction” philosophy, Trudeau cleverly mixed secret societies in with his sales pitch, since he likely knew a growing segment of the population were highly interested in researching them.

In the infomercial he says, “Quite frankly, these are the same techniques that members of Skull & Bones have learned from Yale University; the Bilderberg Group—some people may be familiar with some of these organizations—the power elite. When you get to the highest level in Freemasonry, the 33rd degree level of Freemasonry—these are secrets of these various associations and societies on how to—we call it manipulating energy—it’s really just how to beam the frequency in your brain of what you want so it will come into your life.”391

He went on to say that all the popular self-help books, such as Napoleon Hill’s classic, Think and Grow Rich, and Norman Vincent Peale’s Power of Positive Thinking, were missing the “key ingredient” which makes these mystical ideas work, and only his audio program would reveal them. During part of his sales pitch he even says, “If a guy is watching this right now and doesn’t get the Your Wish is Your Command program, they’ll always be a loser.”

The host asks him why the wealthy people in the past didn’t want others to know this information (a scripted and preplanned question, of course) to which he answered, “When you’re in Skull & Bones, the secret society, or the highest levels of Freemasonry, or the Bilderberg Group or the

Trilateral Commission or the Council on Foreign Relations, or the Brotherhood—like I was a member of—you’re basically a part of a group that believes ‘we want to keep this information to ourselves, we don’t want competition.’”

He later claims he left “the Brotherhood” in 1999 because he didn’t believe that the information should be kept from everyone else and tells the audience that if they “call today” they’ll get his 14 CD program at 70% off the “regular price” of $1,000. “I would just really encourage people to take advantage of this secret knowledge on how to have, be, or do whatever they want.” He also says he has received death threats from “the Brotherhood” for revealing these “secrets,” but apparently they have enough power to rule the world but couldn’t successfully assassinate a TV pitchman!

Trudeau then started offering people a membership to “a very elite society” which he called the Global Information Network, a supposed network of former Illuminati members, Skull & Bones members, Bilderberg Group insiders, 33rd degree Freemasons, Bohemian Grove members, etc., who all left those organizations to start GIN with him to help reveal their insider secrets to the world! Trudeau’s Global Information Network is not to be confused with Global Information Network, Ltd., a non-profit news agency started in 1986 in New York City which specializes in news from Africa.

While Trudeau is an extraordinary salesman, he is a terrible teacher and a pathetic motivational speaker. As part of my research on Trudeau I have actually listened to all 14 CDs, approximately one hour each, as I sat painfully waiting for something of any value to be said, but there was nothing. For most of the 14 hours I was extremely bored and had to force myself to keep listening, and occasionally I sat in awe at Trudeau’s marvelous ability to sound like he was about to reveal something of incredible importance but never actually getting to the point. Through the entire program he just kept regurgitating a wide variety of popular analogies that have been used by self-help gurus for decades.



The website, GlobalInformationNetwork.com described his organization as being, “conceived by a group of individuals from around the world who are the highest ranking members of several private societies, associations, clubs, and groups whose membership has been exclusive to the privileged elite class of the world,”392 including supposed members from just about every Illuminati connected secret society and organization you can think of. The website originally actually listed the Illuminati, Bohemian Grove, the Bilderberg Group, Skull & Bones, Freemasons, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission and more, saying that members from all these groups had defected and were now part of the Global Information Network’s secret council.

The website went on to claim that, “For the first time in human history, the highest ranking members of these secret societies have encouraged the formation of a new, private, member only group that allows people who do not qualify to become members of the above listed societies to join together and be exposed to the same secrets revealed and taught to members of those societies and clubs.”393

The site went on to say that a New World Order is forming that “is designed to increase the gap between the wealthy and the average working man” and that “GIN does not agree with this movement” and they believe “EVERY person has the right to know the secrets of creating the life they want and enjoying freedom, pursuing happiness, and achieving all their dreams and desires.”

“Members” of GIN apparently got several CDs and books shipped to them each month to further their education on the “law of attraction” and other Illuminati secrets. What did you have to do to “join” this secret society of Illuminati defectors who were ready to reveal their insider secrets to the world? All you had to do was pay $1000.00 down and $150 a month, each and every month after that! Once you were a “member” you could get a $200 commission for every one of your friends you suckered into signing up as well. Each new member was given an affiliate code that was used as a “secret invitation” to the Global Information Network, which they gave out to others who they hoped would then sign up, earning them $200 bucks.



When I first began investigating GIN, there was a section on their website to “join” their “society” that asked for the “invitation affiliate code,” so I simply typed in Kevin as the code which was accepted because I was then taken to the payment page asking for my credit card number to pay the $1,000 initiation fee, which of course I didn’t pay. I also tried Trudeau as the affiliate code, and it worked as well. GIN was so “exclusive” that I guessed two of their secret passwords in two seconds!

Buying “Illuminati secrets” didn’t end there though. After paying a $1000.00 down payment and a $150 each month, new “members” were only given access to the first of twelve different levels within the “society.” To rise to the next level and learn more “Illuminati secrets” to success, each person had to pay more and more money with payments exceeding $10,000.00 dollars!

When I first began looking into the website, there was a section for a description and “member benefits” for each level but all the details, including the costs, were marked “classified information,” except for the $1,000 initiation fee to join the first level.

The site claimed, “Members must qualify for each membership level by meeting specific requirements and being approved by the Global Information Network membership acceptance committee. Each higher membership level in GIN gives the member additional classified benefits, substantial cash bonuses, and other financial and monetary rewards.”394 I had a sneaking suspicion that in order to “qualify” for the next level, all you needed to do was pay a large amount of money without your credit card being declined.

The site said that the “requirements” for the next level would be revealed in the previous level, but insisted that although the “benefits” were “classified and confidential,” they, “may include cash bonuses of over 1 million dollars, all-expense paid exotic vacations, one-on-one mentoring

with high level GIN members, monthly residual payments of over $100,000, luxury automobiles, private jets, and more.”395

A YouTube video advertising the Global Information Network had the following description, “For the first time in the history of mankind, the Illuminati is opening their doors to qualified people.” This video was created by someone who signed up as an affiliate and was trying to lure people to join so they could get their $200 commission through the website’s affiliate program designed to pull in new “members.” As absurd as this all sounds, as P.T. Barnum said, there’s a sucker born every minute.

The GIN website boasted, “Affiliates could potentially earn hundreds of thousands of dollars in commissions,” but included a disclaimer saying, “Individual results will vary. There are no guarantees that you will make any sales or make any money as an affiliate.”

If this didn’t sound like a good enough reason to pay the $1,000 initiation fee, they claimed that, “members could be given hundreds of thousands of dollars in surprise bonuses” as they qualify for various levels within the GIN membership organization and could get, “All expense paid trips to exotic locations around the world, luxury automobiles, private jet trips, and more,” a claim which was immediately followed by another disclaimer saying, “Legally we are required to say that there are no guarantees that you will earn money as an affiliate or a member of the Global Information Network.”

And if this still didn’t sound good enough to get someone to join, they insisted, “This is just the tip of the iceberg. Surprising as it seems, the majority of member benefits are not discussed here. The most significant members benefits are confidential and only revealed to members.”

The site claimed that members would have access to, “experts, the powerful and affluent, celebrities, professional athletes, authors, scientists, politicians, successful business people, doctors and medical experts, leaders in various fields, plus many others.”



Basically, Trudeau was trying to sell a ridiculously expensive membership [$1,000 down—later reduced to $500—and $150 a month] to join his own “secret society” that he made to appear was comprised of former Illuminati members. Trudeau carefully crafted an image of being an insider affiliated with groups like the Illuminati who was “leaking” the secrets to the average Joe who also dreams of being rich and powerful or who wanted to be a part of the Illuminati themselves.

He even advertised a special pay-per-view video “seminar” mid-2012 where he claimed he would reveal the secrets of December 21st 2012, which, you may recall, was supposedly the date that the Mayan Calendar indicated would be the end of the world. In a video posted on his YouTube channel promoting his pay-per-view “special,” Trudeau said, “There is something coming, significant, December 21st 2012...We now have the data. I now have the data authenticated. I now have the data verified through multiple sources. Something significant that you need to know is going to happen on December 21st 2012.”396

He went on to say, “I’m going to be revealing in a two hour webinar, exactly what is going to happen December 21st 2012. This is information you and your family need to know. It is information that you categorically 100% need to know. You need to know this. It is vital.” Gullible fools thought he got this “data” from his Freemasonry, Bilderberg, Bohemian Grove buddies who supposedly made up the “GIN Council.”

Trudeau is, in my opinion, an extraordinary liar and con artist and has fabricated his alleged connections with the Illuminati and the Bilderberg Group just like so many others, but added his own ingenious twist by creating his own “secret society” and selling “memberships” to suckers who thought they were going to get rich quick. If only Trudeau would have moved to Hollywood decades ago, he could have perhaps earned hundreds of millions of dollars as an Oscar winning actor and may have avoided his many legal troubles.



I’m sure that some of the information in Trudeau’s Natural ‘Cures’ books, and “getting out of debt books,” is legitimate and useful, and perhaps has helped a fair number of people get healthier and manage their finances better. But the extraordinary claims of seeing alien bodies in the Area 51 hanger, and being recruited for an elite secret society when he was 15-years-old and having to go to prison for a mission to help them are truly ridiculous.

And anyone who was dumb enough to buy into his $1,000 (or later reduced to $500) “initiation” fee to join his “elite society” which he claimed had members of the Illuminati and Bohemian Grove as a part of it, then those people are truly gullible fools who were blinded by their own desperate hopes of becoming rich without having to work hard.

Trudeau’s claims of being affiliated with an elite secret society and his carefully crafted Global Information Network scheme clearly, in my opinion, shows him to be concerned more with fooling gullible people out of large amounts of money than helping anyone get cured from any disease.

While he may discuss various useful home remedies in his “Natural Cures” books, and tout them as ‘cures’ for diseases, many health professionals have expressed concerned that people with real illnesses may have taken his advice while abandoning traditional medical treatment for what may be very serious diseases. The fact that Trudeau has been a pitchman for a wide variety of products, almost all of which play off people’s basic desires to be healthy, look beautiful, or to get out of debt, shows that he has a knack for presenting supposed easy solutions to difficult problems.

Finally, I should point out that in his More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed book where he first claims he was a member of an elite secret society and offers cures for all kinds of diseases, on the page immediately following the Table of Contents, is a disclaimer with a paragraph reading in part, “This book is considered by some a work of fiction, yet inspired by a true story. The truth is sprinkled in to spice things up. On occasion, names, dates, and

events have been changed or made up for fun.” It goes on to say the book is, “for entertainment purposes only.”397 How clever of Trudeau for including this legal disclaimer which hardly anyone even noticed, which attempts to protect him from the legal ramifications of the claims he is making. Since when is a book containing “cures” for diseases “entertainment?” It’s shameful.

So basically if you believe Trudeau’s wild tales of attending Bilderberg meetings and being connected to the Illuminati, may I remind you that in his own words he admits that it is all for “entertainment purposes only.”

After I posted several videos on YouTube exposing Kevin Trudeau beginning in 2009, some of his supporters posted angry comments on the video and on my Facebook page saying things like, “Maybe you're the one working with the Illuminati to try and discredit him for leaving them in the first place and exposing the truth.”

Another of the countless crazy comments by the gullible GIN members said, “Kevin Trudeau and his friends have dossiers of the crimes of the Illuminati all over the world and if anything happens to the GIN council it will be released to every news agency.”

In March of 2014, Trudeau was sentenced to ten years in prison for violating his court order not to make deceptive claims on infomercials.398 Court documents revealed that his Global Information Network took in over $100 million dollars in just a few years,399 all the while Trudeau claimed to be broke and didn’t pay a single penny towards his $37 million dollar fine the Federal Trade Commission levied against him.400 One court document states, “Trudeau denies having any personal property other than $2000 worth of clothing, but spent more than $15,000 in one trip to a high-end men’s clothier in Zurich [Switzerland] only months before he filed the ‘sworn’ statement.401

In court it was revealed that GIN technically listed in his wife’s name, a Ukrainian girl, twenty-three years younger than him (who some speculate

was possibly a “mail order bride”) as the named officer and director.402 During court proceedings she “took the fifth” when asked how she met Trudeau.403 Court documents reveal Trudeau was accused of hiding assets in a variety of ways including a convoluted ownership structure of various companies, off-shore trusts, and even using casino chips.404

A major key to Trudeau’s book sales were his infomercials which appealed to a sizable segment of society who weren’t very tech savvy, like many baby boomers and senior citizens—many of whom were facing declining health and desperate to try something hoping for a cure for their ailments. If, instead of ordering his books using the 1-800 number from the infomercial, they would have looked up the books on Amazon.com, then they would have seen many of the reviews were one star, and many of them ripping Trudeau for his outlandish claims and criminal past.

It is for these many reasons that, in my opinion, Kevin Trudeau is the biggest Illuminati hoaxer in history and is virtually unmatched by anyone in his ability to deceive people and put a fresh new spin on the ancient art of selling snake oil. At his sentencing, Trudeau told the judge—who called him deceitful to the core, “If I ever write a book again, if I ever do another infomercial again, I promise no embellishment, no puffery and absolutely no lies.”405 And if you believe that, I’ve got a bridge to sell you!



Mark Cleminson

Mark Cleminson is a Seventh-day Adventist Christian who says he was born into an Illuminati family and at the age of twelve was able to bend spoons, move objects, and even levitate himself through telekinesis! Cleminson claims to be a descendent of Pope Clement, and says he once worked for IBM allegedly making “hundreds of thousands of dollars a year” but left that job in 2001 for whatever reason to apparently “expose” the Illuminati. His parents attended a Roman Catholic Church as a cover for their occult “Illuminism” he says, and his father and grandfather were supposedly raised by Jesuits in the “Himalayan Mystery Schools.”

A few of his interviews can be found on YouTube where he duped a couple small Christian groups into talking with him. In the videos he looks presentable, wearing a suit and tie, appearing to be in his mid-forties, although his delivery is extremely dry and boring and consists of the typical “my life was threatened when I left” claims. First of all, the Illuminati doesn’t “attempt” to kill someone. If they want you dead, there’s any number of ways to do it, from the CIA’s frozen poison dart guns, to swabbing poison on the door handle of your car that will be absorbed into the skin and cause an undetectable heart attack, to walking next to a target and spraying them with hydrogen cyanide (HCN) or cyanogen chloride (ClCN) gas or other poison that will induce a timely death and be attributed to a heart attack, stroke, or other natural causes.

Cleminson says that shortly after “leaving the Illuminati” he was at a secluded property his family owned in upstate New York when “twenty or so” men in “full regalia masonic gear” gathered at the property next door in order to “intimidate him” and “threaten him for leaving.” He says as he walked over to confront the men, who he said he recognized as his former associates, all of a sudden the Egyptian god of the underworld Anubis appeared to him standing twenty feet tall in the woods. “You can have my

body, but you can’t have my soul,” he says he told the demon, which caused it to vanish.

His story lacks details and is so vague and unconvincing it appears at times that he’s making it up off the top of his head as he’s telling it. But, like agent Fox Mulder in the popular 1990s TV series The X-Files, so many people “want to believe” that they turn off their critical thinking and absorb every word he and other “former Illuminati members” say because it reinforces their current world view and makes them feel as if they are special for discovering these “little known truths.”

Regarding his supposed ability to “bend spoons,” with his “telekinesis” Illuminati power, this is one of the oldest parlor tricks in the book which is accomplished by using one pre-bent spoon and a second spoon handle that’s been cut off from a different spoon by removing the head, and then by holding both pieces in one’s hand and making it look like they’re only holding one spoon, magicians make it appear as if the spoon is bending.

Cleminson may have dabbled in New Age philosophy and witchcraft on a personal level, unaffiliated with any organization, and then later found interest in Christianity, but his claims of coming out of an “Illuminati family” trained by the Jesuits and “Himalayan Mystery Schools” is preposterous and purely an attempt to tap into the anti-Illuminati sentiment by portraying himself as another supposed insider who is revealing their plot. Of course in the hand full of interviews gullible suckers conducted with him, he never once revealed a single detail that wasn’t already widely known in conspiracy circles, and what little information he did offer up consisted of little more than claiming “the Rothschild’s control the banking industry.”

Maybe he did work at IBM, and was possibly fired for any number of reasons—in my opinion, probably for incompetence—but as far as having any affiliation whatsoever with the Illuminati, or having anything more than a basic understanding of them, Mark Cleminson completely misses the mark.



In August of 2014 I received an e-mail from someone who said they graduated high school with Cleminson twenty-five years earlier and was in the same circle of “jock friends” growing up. This person, whose name I won’t mention, happened to see my YouTube video about Cleminson and reached out to me to let me know what a “liar and a fraud” he was, but that’s pretty obvious to anyone with any common sense.





Conclusion

Even skeptics and debunkers have to admit that oftentimes no matter how “crazy” many so-called “conspiracy theories” sound, there are often undeniable truths at their foundation. It’s a full time job to separate the facts from the fiction when talking about conspiracy theories or the Illuminati since there is so much disinformation, misinformation, half-truths and hoaxes out there. I hope this book has helped you in your quest for the truth and shown you solid, verifiable information and helped you see through much of the B.S. that’s floating around out there.

For over ten years I’ve been tirelessly researching this material and carefully assembling the pieces of the puzzle to create an accurate picture of this monumental mystery. Even the most adamant “debunkers” have to admit that at the core of this massive conspiracy are many disturbing truths that cannot be ignored.

A writer for the New York Times who aimed to “debunk” Illuminati conspiracies in his 1983 book Architects of Fear, had to admit, “Elitism has always been the dark side of illuminism; the revolutionary vanguard that seizes control because it knows what’s good for the people, the philosopherking who knows the truth, the technocrat who knows how to run societies and wars—all try to hoard the light at the top of the pyramid. Reason, which can be used to rescue man from churches and kings, can also be used to enslave him with dogmas of its own. Knowledge is power that can be abused.”406

Elitists and Big Government New World Order promoters want people to believe that rights come from the government, instead of from God. The United States Declaration of Independence says “All men are endowed by our Creator with certain unalienable rights,” which means our rights can’t be taken away, and are permanent from the moment we are born. No society can vote to eliminate them—no government can charge you money in

exchange for granting them—they are inherent, irrevocable, and unchangeable. The State (the government) is God in the New World Order, and that’s why most bureaucrats and the mainstream media portray presidents as modern day Pharaohs who they want you to believe are the only God you need. The Illuminati want the government to be the ultimate authority, not God. They want your loyalty to be to them, not to your family, community, or religious dogma. The law is considered the Gospel. The government is your protector, provider, and teacher. It knows what’s best for you.

Because of the 24-hour cable news and satellite networks, the Internet, and social media—many people are inclined to think that we are able to quickly resolve all the world’s problems since we are instantly informed about them, but this information age seems to be a double edged sword. On one level, this technology informs us about major events or problems, but at the same time, it usually prevents people from taking action to actually resolve them. The term narcotizing dysfunction refers to the theory that because of modern media, when people are informed about a particular issue they substitute taking action to resolve it, for simply knowing about it.407

Most people feel that by posting information about a particular issue on social media that they have “done something” to help by “getting the word out” but this “slactivism” as it has been called, often has little to no actual effect. People can post all day long about earthquake victims needing help, but if nobody gets off their computer or puts away their mobile device to actually do anything to help them, then all of their talk is futile.

This is similar to the bystander effect which explains the phenomena where almost everybody assumes that someone else is taking action to resolve a problem, resulting in nobody taking action because everyone thinks someone else will do it or is already working on it.408

Terrible tragedies like airline disasters, terrorist attacks, or other high profile crimes get constant news coverage for a short news cycle often

lasting no more than a few days and then the next big scandal or tragedy is put on the front pages and runs its brief cycle, and then that too disappears from people’s minds as they are occupied by the next “top story” and the cycle endlessly repeats itself, with people’s focus quickly jumping from one tragedy to the next with the vast majority of people never actually doing anything about it. This endless barrage of sensationalist stories keeps most people in a virtual hypnotic trance, preventing them from ever looking beyond the tip of the iceberg in terms of what’s really going on in the world.

Cultural Marxism creates an invisible pressure that prevents most people from breaking away from the crowd and keeps almost everyone following the herd and subscribing to the norms of society and afraid to question the deeply engrained patterns of their peers.

Since esoteric information is hard to contain these days, and bits and pieces of it occasionally leak out, sometimes the mainstream media has to do some damage control to prevent the masses from waking up to the magnitude of the reality we are experiencing. Sometimes scholars and college professors are rolled out by mainstream media in an attempt to discredit “conspiracy theories” and hoping to keep people from peeking behind the curtain.

One such “debunker” named Michael Burkun wrote a book titled, A Culture of Conspiracy, where he ridicules “conspiracy theories” that he says almost always include “ridiculous” claims such as the [supposed] “systematic subversion of republican institutions by a federal government utilizing emergency powers; the gradual subordination of the United States to a world government operating through the United Nations; the creation of sinister new military and paramilitary forces, including governmental mobilization of urban youth gangs; the permanent stationing of foreign troops on U.S. soil; the widespread use of black helicopters to transport the tyranny’s operatives; the confiscation of privately owned guns; the incarceration of so-called patriots in concentration camps run by FEMA; the implantation of microchips and other advanced technology for surveillance and mind control; the replacement of Christianity with a New Age world

religion; and, finally, the manipulation of the entire apparatus by a hidden hierarchy of conspirators operating through secret societies.”409

He actually lists these events as “ridiculous conspiracy theories” when a brief examination of current events reveals that they’re basically all obviously true. Burkun also tries to associate “conspiracy theorists” with “anti-government right-wing extremists” like Timothy McVeigh.410

Another popular “debunker” is Daniel Pipes, who just so happens to be a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and the founder of Campus Watch, an organization that some say was set up to harass scholars who are critical of Israel.411 Pipes, who is the author of Conspiracy: How the Paranoid Style Flourishes and Where It Comes From, says “I have yet to see a clandestine effort by these so-called secret societies to gain power and to harm other people, or to fulfill their own ambitions to gain power.”412 In his book, there isn’t a single mention of the Bilderberg Group or Bohemian Grove, not a single word, not even once.

Pipes even ridicules people for being concerned about implantable microchips saying that some people fear one day, “tiny microchips will be inserted into American’s buttocks to keep track of each person’s whereabouts and activities.”413 He actually said conspiracy theorists are worried about the government implanting tracking devices in their butts! I guess he never heard of the Verichip or other implantable RFIDs or bioelectric tattoos, or wearable WiFi enabled devices or NFCs that are growing in popularity. Implantable and wearable tracking devices are very real, but Pipes attempt to trivialize the legitimate concerns about such technology is clearly ridiculous.

Furthermore, Pipes states that only conservatives and Republicans are conspiracy theorists and says Democrats and liberals are all simply too smart for such nonsense. Pipes writes, “With uncommon exceptions, the conspiracy theorists on the Right consist of skinheads, neo-Nazis, and other yahoos who express vicious ideas about Jews and batty ones about secret societies. Most of them suffer from a lack of qualifications; many have little

education and work at menial occupations…In all earnestness, right-wing authors cite as sources the National Enquirer, a grocery store tabloid, and other publications with no pretentions to accuracy.”414

Regarding liberals and Democrats, however, Pipes claims, “The Left offers densely reasoned economic analysis and presents an idealistic vision. The one presents a face contorted with malice; the second offers a smile and a hope.”415

Pipes also tries to paint “rightwing” conspiracy theorists as mostly anti-Semites. He quotes a supposed “study” on the American Militia movement, saying “leaders are careful to talk about ‘international bankers’ or the ‘Federal Reserve’ or the ‘Trilateral Commission’ or ‘eastern elites.’ But these are code phrases, carefully picked by the leadership to pull people into their movement without greeting them with overt anti-Semitism and that militias even if they call it something else and never mention Jews, they are referring to Jews.”416

He even says that the Illuminati is good! “The Order of the Illuminati represented his [Adam Weishaupt’s] effort to build a just community within a corrupt society and to modernize Germany through the discipline of a secret society.”417

In a History Channel special titled Secret Societies, Pipes concludes, “Basically all the conspiracy theories about secret societies wanting to take over the world are wrong.”418

Many people who criticize “conspiracy theorists” claim that we all have a “confirmation bias” which is the tendency for people to favor information that supports their current worldview or hypothesis—which in many cases is an accurate assessment of conspiracy theorists, but this certainly isn’t the case for me. For several years after the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Center, I fully believed the official account of what happened and I believed the conspiracy theory about Iraq having weapons of mass destruction that they were prepared to use against us at any moment. It was

only when faced with growing evidence to the contrary that the American government’s lies started to slowly unravel, allowing me to see things differently.

Since searching for the truth is difficult and painful, not to mention time consuming, most people never even start out on the journey. Instead they turn their mind, body, and soul over to the mesmerizing mainstream media, or to celebrity news or sports entertainment, so I congratulate you on your determination to be different and for taking the road less traveled. I hope I’ve been able to provide you some of the answers that you’ve been seeking, because I too have a burning desire to know the truth and we are on the same path.

In this book we’ve covered a variety of evidence, ranging from the original writings of the Illuminati, to how they were discovered, what their plans are, and tracking them to their Skull & Bones, Bohemian Grove and the Bilderberg Group offspring. We’ve seen some little-known insider revelations, looked into their philosophies, symbols, and more—which when carefully assembled form an undeniable picture proving the Illuminati is still alive.

I wish you well on your journey wherever it may take you from this point forward. If you found this book valuable in your quest please review it on Amazon.com or whatever e-book store you got it from to help support my work, and I encourage you to check out some of my other books which I’m sure you will find interesting as well. I doubt you’ll ever look at the world the same way now that you’ve peeked behind the curtain and seen Inside the Illuminati.





Further Reading

The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction

Secret societies have both fascinated and frightened people for hundreds of years. Often the infamous Illuminati is mentioned as the core of conspiracies which span the globe. The Illuminati is actually a historical secret society which had goals of revolutions and world domination dating back to the 1770s.

Since then, rumors and conspiracy theories involving the Illuminati continue to spread, sometimes finding their way into popular novels like Dan Brown’s Angels & Demons and Hollywood movies like Lara Croft: Tomb Raider. Some men have even come forward claiming to be former members, offering details of what they allege are the inner workings of the organization. When you sift through all of the information available on the subject, you may be surprised that the truth is stranger than fiction.

In The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, conspiracy and occult expert Mark Dice separates history from Hollywood and shows why tales of the secret society won't die.



The New World Order: Facts & Fiction

What is the New World Order? Proponents say that it’s an anticipated new era of global cooperation between diverse nations and cultures aimed at ushering in a utopia providing all the earth's citizens with everything they need.

Detractors claim it’s the systematic take-over by secret societies, quasigovernment entities and corporations who are covertly organizing a global socialist all-powerful government which aims to regulate every aspect of citizens lives, rendering them a perpetual working-class while the elite leadership lives in luxury.

Conspiracy theory expert Mark Dice looks at the evidence, claims, and conspiracy theories as he takes you down the rabbit hole to The New World Order.



Illuminati in the Music Industry

Famous pop stars and rappers from Jay-Z and Rick Ross to Rihanna and Christina Aguilera are believed by many to be a part of the infamous Illuminati secret society. These stars allegedly use Illuminati and satanic symbolism in their music videos and on their clothes that goes unnoticed by those not “in the know.”

Since these stars appear in our livings rooms on family friendly mainstream shows like Good Morning America, Ellen, and dozens of others —and are loved by virtually all the kids—they couldn’t possibly have anything to do with the infamous Illuminati or anything “satanic,” could they? Some famous musicians have even publicly denounced the Illuminati in interviews or songs.

Illuminati in the Music Industry takes a close look at some of today’s hottest stars and decodes the secret symbols, song lyrics, and separates the facts from the fiction in this fascinating topic. You may never see your favorite musicians the same way ever again.



Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True

In Big Brother, Mark Dice details actual high-tech spy gadgets, mindreading machines, government projects, and emerging artificial intelligence systems that seem as if they came right out of George Orwell’s novel Nineteen Eighty-Four.

Orwell’s famous book was first published in 1949, and tells the story of a nightmarish future where citizens have lost all privacy and are continuously monitored by the omniscient Big Brother surveillance system which keeps them obedient to a totalitarian government.

The novel is eerily prophetic as many of the fictional systems of surveillance described have now become a reality. Mark Dice shows you the scary documentation that Big Brother is watching you, and is more powerful than you could imagine.



The Resistance Manifesto

The Resistance Manifesto by Mark Dice contains 450 pages of extensively researched and documented information drawing from declassified documents, mainstream news articles, religious texts, and personal interviews. A dark web of evil is exposed like never before, making Bible Prophecy and the New World Order crystal clear.

Learn the most powerful information about the Illuminati, plans for the rise of the Antichrist, the institutions, people, and powers involved, and how you can fight them.





About the Author

Mark Dice is a media analyst, author, and political activist who, in an entertaining and educational way, gets people to question our celebrity obsessed culture and the role the mainstream media and elite secret societies play in shaping our lives.

Mark’s YouTube channel has received over 85 million views and his viral videos have been mentioned on ABC’s The View, the Fox News Channel, CNN, the Drudge Report, TMZ, the New York Daily News, the New York Post, and other media outlets around the world.

He has been featured on various television shows including the History Channel’s Decoded and America’s Book of Secrets, Conspiracy Theory with Jesse Ventura, Secret Societies of Hollywood on E! Channel, America Declassified on the Travel Channel, and is a frequent guest on Coast to Coast AM, The Alex Jones Show, and more.

Mark Dice is the author of several popular books on secret societies and conspiracies, including The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True, The New World Order, Facts & Fiction, The Resistance Manifesto, Illuminati in the Music Industry, and Inside the Illuminati, which are all available in paperback on Amazon.com or e-book on Kindle, iBooks, Nook or Google Play.

While much of Mark’s work confirms the existence and continued operation of the Illuminati today, he is also dedicated to debunking conspiracy theories and hoaxes and separating the facts from the fiction; hence the “Facts & Fiction” subtitle for several of his books.



While having respect for all authentic religions and belief systems, Mark Dice is a Christian and holds a bachelors degree in communication from California State University. He lives in San Diego, California.

He enjoys causing trouble for the New World Order, exposing corrupt scumbag politicians, and pointing out Big Brother’s prying eyes. The term “fighting the New World Order” is used by Mark to describe some of his activities, and refers to his and others’ resistance and opposition (The Resistance) to the overall system of political corruption, illegal wars, elite secret societies, mainstream media, Big Brother and privacy issues; as well as various economic and social issues. This Resistance involves selfimprovement, self-sufficiency, personal responsibility and spiritual growth.

 



Connect with Mark on:

Facebook.com/MarkDice

Twitter.com/MarkDice.com

YouTube.com/MarkDice

MarkDice.com





Copyright Info

 

Inside The Illuminati © 2014 by Mark Dice All Rights Reserved Published by The Resistance Manifesto San Diego, CA

 

No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the author.

 

Visit www.MarkDice.com

E-book ISBN: 978-0-9887268-5-7



1

Washington Post “First Lady Launches Counterattack” by David Maraniss (January 28, 1998)

2

CBS News “White House Admits WMD Error” by Lauren Johnston (July 9th 2003)

3

New York Times “500 Conspiracy Buffs Meet to Seek the Truth of 9/11” by Feuer, Alan (June 5, 2006)

4

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Destiny of America page 53-54

5

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Destiny of America page 54

6

http://energy.gov/management/office-management/operational-management/history/manhattanproject

7

Groves, Lesley - Now it Can Be Told: The Story of the Manhattan Project (1962) page 140

8

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages page 40

9

Baddeley, Gavin - Lucifer Rising page 71

10

July 20th, 1785

11

http://www.bavarian-illuminati.info/2008/11/lang-or-lanz-myths-about-the-myths/

12

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 79

13

Full name: Thomas Maria Baron de Bassus

14

Barruel, Abbe – Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism Volume III page v

15

Barruel, Abbe – Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism Volume III page 5



16

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 76

17

Robison, John - Proofs of a Conspiracy page 7.

18

See my previous book, The New World Order: Facts & Fiction

19

Barruel, Abbe -Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism page 685

20

Ibid

21

Barruel, Abbe - Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism page 687

22

Ibid.

23

Ibid

24

Ibid.

25

Barruel, Abbe - Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism page 687-688

26

Barruel, Abbe - Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism page 688

27

Stauffer, Vernon - New England and the Bavarian Illuminati page 176

28

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 453 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Quote translated in English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 27)

29

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 468-469 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Translated in English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 29)



30

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 468-469 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 29)

31

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 468-469 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 29)

32

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 507-508 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 40)

33

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 507-508 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001,pp 507-508. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 40)

34

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 507-508 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001 pp 507-508. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 40)

35

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 614-615 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 56)

36

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 614-615 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 56)

37

Rene, Le Forestier - Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande page 614-615 [Paris: 1914], Arche reprint, 2001. (Translated to English in Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati by Terry Melanson page 56)

38

Koselleck, Reinhart - Critique and Crisis: Enlightenment and the Pathogenesis of Modern Society Cambridge, Mass MIT Press (1988) page 92-32

39

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 124-125



40

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 134

41

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 123

42

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 112

43

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 66

44

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 77

45

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 67

46

Quoted in Steven Luckert, Jesuits, Freemasons, Illuminati and Jacobins: Conspiracy theories, secret societies and politics in late eighteenth-century Germany, Ph.D dissertation, State University of New York at Binghamton, pages 285-286.

47

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 77

48

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy page 224

49

Robison, John - Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 84

50

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 85

51

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 106

52

A Sermon Preached in Lancaster … on the Anniversary of Our National Independence … Before the Washington Benevolent Societies of Lancaster and Guildhall (Windsor, Vermont: Thomas M. Pomroy, 1812), pp. 14–15 (July 4, 1812)

53

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 124



54

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 124

55

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 85

56

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 86

57

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 89

58

Morse, Jedediah, A Sermon Exhibiting the Present Dangers, and Consequent Duties of the Citizens of the United States of America Delivered in Charlestown, 1799

59

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 111

60

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 94

61

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 111

62

Fox News “School: We Have a Right To Ban God” by Todd Starnes (July 11th 2014)

63

http://www.exeter.edu/admissions/109_1220_11688.aspx

64

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 112

65

Ibid.

66

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 113

67



Melanson, Terry - Perfectibilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Illuminati page 60

68

Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Government Operations With Respect to Intelligence Activities. April 1976. pp. 191–201

69

Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Government Operations With Respect to Intelligence Activities. April 1976. pp. 191–201

70

YouTube “CIA Admits Using News To Manipulate the USA” (1975)

71

Sunstein, Cass R & Vermeule, Adrian “Conspiracy Theories: Causes and Cures” 17 Journal of Political Philshophy 202 (2008) page 22

72

TechDirt.com “New Snowden Doc Reveals How GCHQ/NSA Use The Internet To 'Manipulate, Deceive And Destroy Reputations’ by Mike Masnick (February 25th 2014)

73

The Guardian “GCHQ has tools to manipulate online information, leaked documents show” by James Ball (July 14th 2014)

74

Fortune Magazine “Hollywood’s Military Complex” by Soo Youn (December 19, 2013)

75

The Guardian "Hollywood reporter: The caring, sharing CIA: Central Intelligence gets a makeover” by John Patterson (October 5th 2001)

76

Cinema Review Magazine "The Recruit: About the Production” (2003)

77

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 91

78

Ridley, Jasper – The Freemasons p. 181

79

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p.112

80

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 63

81

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 129



82

Lodge of Saint Theodore vom guten Rat in Munich from 1780

83

Macky, Albert – The Lexicon of Freemasonry page 201

84

Bailey, Alice - Externalization of the Hierarchy page 513

85

Robison, John - Proofs of a Conspiracy page 110

86

http://freemasonry.bcy.ca/texts/illuminati.html

87

Schüttler, Hermann - Die Mitglieder des Illuminatenordens [Members of the Illuminati 1776– 1787/93. Ars Una, München 1991

88

Melanson, Terry - The Perfectabilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of Illuminati page 72

89

Barruel, Abbe - Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism page 780

90

Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati page 1

91

Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati page 1

92

See my previous book, The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction to read my complete analysis of John Todd.

93

Lecture The Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines produced by Prophecy Club, available on YouTube

94

Blavatsky, H.P. - The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 237)

95



Blavatsky, H.P. - The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 235)

96

New York Times “Chronicle” by Nadine Brozan (October 28th 1996)

97

The Daily Mail “Is ruling in the genes? All presidents bar one are directly descended from a medieval English king” (August 4th 2012)

98

The Wire “12 Million Americans Believe Lizard People Run Our Country” by Philip Bump (April 2nd 2013)

99

Icke, David - The Biggest Secret page 295

100

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Teachings of All Ages page 316

101

Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 7-8

102

Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 307

103

LaVey, Anton - The Satanic Bible page 136

104

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 316

105

Night & Lomas – The Book of Hiram p. 434

106

Levi, Eliphas – History of Magic p. 211

107

Picknett & Prince - The Templar Revelation page 106

108

King, Francis - The Magical World of Aleister Crowley page 78

109

Picknett & Prince - Templar Revelation page 176

110

Hall, Manly P. - Lectures on Ancient Philosophy page 439



111

Levi, Eliphas - History of Magic page 31-32

112

NBC News “Inside the Vatican: The $8 billion global institution where nuns answer the phones” (Feb 14, 2013)

113

Associated Press “Pope affirms Catholicism as only way to salvation” By Nicole Winfield (July 11, 2007)

114

NBC News “Pope: Other denominations not true churches” (July 10, 2007) .

115

BBC Documentary“Sex Crimes and the Vatican” (October 2006)

116

Thomas Doyle, The 1922 instruction and the 1962 instruction “Crimen sollicitationis” promulgated by the Vatican

117

The Guardian “Vatican told bishops to cover up sex abuse: expulsion threat in secret documents” by Antony Barnett (August 17, 2003)

118

Crimine solicitations documents “Instruction on proceeding in cases of solicitation” page 3 paragraph 11.

119

Crimine solicitations documents “Instruction on proceeding in cases of solicitation” page 4paragraph 13

120

The Guardian “Vatican told bishops to cover up sex abuse: expulsion threat in secret documents” by Antony Barnett (August 17, 2003)

121

Ibid.

122

McIntosh, Christopher – The Rosicrucians p. 43

123



Hall, Manly P. - Lectures on Ancient Philosophy page 433

124

dictionary.com

125

Pike, Albert - Morals and Dogma p. 104-105

126

Pike, Albert - Morals and Dogma page 819

127

Pike, Albert - Morals and Dogma page 102

128

Pike, Albert - Morals and Dogma p. 321

129

Grant, Kenneth – Aleister Crowley and the Hidden God page 174

130

Crowley, Aleister - Confessions of Aleister Crowley page 669

131

William H. Upton - Negro Masonry, New York: AMS Press, 1975

132

Brown, Walter Lee - A Life of Albert Pike page 439-440

133

Bailey, Alice - Externalization of the Hierarchy page 511

134

http://askthescholar.com/AskTheScholar2.aspx?q=1098

135

The Independent “Anger at 'cloak of secrecy' for Freemason judges” (November 10th 2009)

136

The Independent “Revealed: How gangs used the Freemasons to corrupt police” (January 13th 2014)

137

Ibid.

138



Macky, Albert - The Encyclopedia of Freemasonry, Entry on Illuminati of Bavaria

139

Robbins, Alexandria - Secrets of the Tomb page 127

140

IRS Form 990 RTA Incorporated OMB no 1545-0047 line 18

141

Robbins, Alexandria - Secrets of the Tomb page 164

142

Yale Daily News “Yalie joins Homeland Security” By Michelle Rosenthal (January 29, 2002)

143

Robbins, Alexandria - Secrets of the Tomb pages 181-182

144

The Guardian “How Bush's grandfather helped Hitler's rise to power” by Ben Aris and Duncan Campbell (September 25, 2004)

145

Robbins, Alexandria - Secrets of the Tomb pp. 48, 50, 127

146

The Iconoclast (1873)

147

New York Observer “At Skull and Bones, Bush’s Secret Club Initiates Ream Gore” by Ron Rosenbaum (April 23rd 2001)

148

Ibid.

149

CNN “Fareed Zakaria GPS: Is it Time To Correct the Constitution?” (June 20th 2011)

150

IRS Form 990 2012 EIN: 06-0706508 Kingsley Trust Association, Line 18: Total Expenses and Line 22: Net Assets

151

The New Yorker “The Bishop’s Daughter” by Honor Moore (March 3, 2008 Issue)

152

IRS Form 990 2012 EIN: 06-6069051 Phelps Association, Line 18: Total Expenses and Line 20: Net Assets



153

Allan, Gary – None Dare Call It Conspiracy page 35

154

The Communist Manifesto - Preface to the German Edition of 1872

155

Eleventh Report Senate Investigating Committee On Education published by the Senate of California page 169

156

Eleventh Report Senate Investigating Committee On Education published by the Senate of California page 170

157

Eleventh Report Senate Investigating Committee On Education published by the Senate of California page 170

158

Eleventh Report Senate Investigating Committee On Education published by the Senate of California page 170

159

Ibid.

160

Crème, Benjamin – The Reappearance of the Christ and the Masters of Wisdom p. 190-191

161Stephen

G. Wheatcroft, "Victims of Stalinism and the Soviet Secret Police: The Comparability and Reliability of the Archival Data. Not the Last Word", Source: Europe-Asia Studies, Vol. 51, No. 2 (Mar. 1999), pp. 315–345

162

Barruel, Abbe- Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism page 582

163

Jones, Alex - The Order of Death (2005)

164

Ibid.

165

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) Page 67



166

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 127

167

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 95

168

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 92

169

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 93

170

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 111

171

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making page 284

172

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruing-Class Cohesiveness Preface

173

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruing-Class Cohesiveness Page 1

174

New York Times “Sotomayor Defends Ties to Association” by Savage, Charlie and Kirkpatrick, David D (June 15th 2009)

175

Politico “Sonia Sotomayor found friends in elite group” by Keneth Vogel (June 4th 2009)

176

The New York Times “A Club for the Women Atop the Ladder” by Pamela Rychman (April 2, 2011)

177

New York Times “Status is ... for C.E.O.'s; Having a Networked Secretary” by John Glassie (November 15th 1998)



178

Fortune Magazine “Corner Office Confidential” by Jennifer Reingold (August 31st 2009)

179

New York Times “Status is ... for C.E.O.'s; Having a Networked Secretary” by John Glassie (November 15th 1998)

180

New York Times “Status is ... for C.E.O.'s; Having a Networked Secretary” By John Glassie (November 15, 1998)

181

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 31

182

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 40

183

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 41

184

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 47

185

Crowley, Duquette, & Hyatt - Enochian Sex Magick page 116

186

Crowley, Duquette, & Hyatt - Enockian Sex Magick page 117

187

Crowley, Aleister - Confessions of Aleister Crowley page 702

188

Stephenson, Nathaniel Wright - Nelson W. Aldrich: A Leader in American Politics (1930) page 485

189

Vanderlip, James - From Farmboy to Financier, autobiography (1935)

190

Paul, Ron – End the Fed page 22

191



Greider, William - Secrets of the Temple page 276

192

Reportedly from a speech at the University of Texas in the 1920s but the source of this quote is unverified.

193

Memoirs, Correspondence, and Private Papers of Thomas Jefferson, vol. 4, Thomas Jefferson Randolph, ed., 1829, pp. 285-288.

194

McGeer, Gerald Grattan - The Conquest of Poverty Chapter 5 - Lincoln, Practical Economist page 186 (Gardenvale, Quebec: Garden City Press 1935)

195

Keynes, John Maynard - The Economic Consequence of the Peace page 235-236

196

No relation to the Zodiac Club music venue in Oxford, England

197J.

P. Morgan Jr Papers “Archives of The Pierpont Morgan Library” New York 401 The Zodiac Club Dinners 1913–41

198

The Gathamist “Inside The Zodiac Club: NYC's 145 Year Old Secret Dinner Society” by Danielle Oteri (May 16, 2013)

199

Ibid.

200

Ibid.

201

YouTube “Hillary Clinton addresses the Council on Foreign Relations, admits CFR runs the government”

202

Sutton, Antony – America’s Secret Establishment p. 3-4

203

HBO “Realtime with Bill Maher” - Richard Hass Interview (April 29th 2010)

204

Pastor, Robert - Toward a North American Community: Lessons from the Old World for the New page 115

205

Finkbeiner, Ann - The Jasons: The Secret History of Science's Postwar Elite (2006) page (xxiv)



206

The Nautilus Institute “Tactical Nuclear Weapons in 1966”

207

Finkbeiner, Ann - The Jasons: The Secret History of Science's Postwar Elite (2006) page xxvi.

208

Finkbeiner, Ann - The Jasons: The Secret History of Science's Postwar Elite (2006) page 33

209

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 93

210

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 92

211

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 91

212

Tucker, Jim – Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary page 231

213

Tucker, Jim – Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary page 218

214

“Governor’s Visits abroad Paid with Private Money” by Rachel O’neal and Larry Rhodes

215

John R. Rarick, Congressional Record, 92nd Congress, 1st Session, Wednesday, Volume 117, No. 133, 15 September 1971, pp. E9615-E9624

216

Eisenhower memo from March 11th 1955

217

2008 IRS Form 990-PF OMD No 1545-0052

218



2009 IRS Form 990-PF OMD No 1545-0052

219

YouTube: “Ron Paul talks about the Bilderberg Group” (posted August 16th 2008)

220

YouTube: “Did Hillary Clinton Attend the 2006 Bilderberg Conference?”

221

Fox News Channel “Glenn Beck Program” (June 2010)

222

Pike, Albert - Morals and Dogma p. 104-105

223

Hall, Manly P. - The Wisdom of the Knowing Ones page 127-128

224

Blavatsky, H.P. - The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 162

225

Blavatsky, H.P. - The Secret Doctrine v. II page 513

226

Crowley, Aleister - Magick: In Theory and Practice p. 193

227

Blavatsky, Helena - The Secret Doctrine v. I page xvii

228

Hall, Manly P. - The Wisdom of the Knowing Ones page 19

229

Barton, Blanche - The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey page 218-219

230

Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey page 133

231

C-Span - September 14th 2001

232

The Project for the New American Century “Rebuilding America’s Defenses” page 51

233

ABC News “US Military wanted to provoke war with Cuba” by David Ruppe (5-01-2001)

234

CNN “Kissinger Resigns as Head of 9/11 Commission” (December 13, 2002)



235

Wall Street Journal “In Crisis, Opportunity for Obama” by Gerald Seib (November 21 2008)

236

Reuters “Albinos in Tanzania murdered or raped as AIDS ‘cure’ by Fumbuka Ng’Wanakilala (May 5th 2011)

237

Ibid.

238

Telegraph “South African men rape babies as 'cure' for Aids” by Jane Flanagan (November 11th 2001)

239

Ibid.

240

BBC “Lostprophets' Ian Watkins sentenced to 35 years over child sex offences”

241

Crowley, Aleister - Magick: In Theory and Practice page 95

242

Daily Mail “House of horrors: Daughter tells how she was forced to sleep with 1,800 men by the time she was 18 as part of Satanic sex cult” by Jennifer Smith (September 21, 2014)

243

Ibid

244

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up page 326-327

245

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up page 326-327

246

The Alex Jones Show - Alex Jones Interviews John DeCamp, Author of The Franklin Cover-up (July 21, 2004)

247

Washington Times “Homosexual Prostitution Inquiry Ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush” by Paul Rodriguez and George Archibald (June 29th 1989)

248

Washington Post “How BBC star Jimmy Savile got away with allegedly abusing 500 children and sex with dead bodies” by Terrence McCoy (June 27th 2014)



249

Daily Mail “Are we evolving into a NEW type of human? 'Different' species will have evolved by 2050, scientist claims” by Ellie Zolfagharifard (September 11th 2014)

250

Telegraph “Peter Thiel: the billionaire tech entrepreneur on a mission to cheat death” by Mick Brown (September 19th 2014)

251

The Wall Street Journal “Will Google's Ray Kurzweil Live Forever?” by Holman W. Jenkins Jr. (April 12th 2013)

252

Wired “It’s Time To Consider Restricting Human Breeding” by Zoltan Istvan (August 14th 2014)

253

PBS “Charlie Rose” - Guest Ted Turner (April 1st 2008)

254

Christian, Robert – Common Sense Renewed p. 14-15

255

Christian, Robert – Common Sense Renewed page 6

256

National Public Radio NPR (July 1st 1998)

257

TechnoCalyps - Part II - Preparing for the Singularity (2008) Documentary by Frank Theys

258

Cirlot, J.E - Dictionary of symbols page 255.

259

Hall, Manly P. - Secret Teachings of All Ages page 118

260

Zechariah 11:17

261

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 272

262

Hall, Manly P – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. Ixxxviii

263



Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 283

264

Crowley, Aleister - Magick: In Theory and Practice p. 193

265

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma p. 734

266

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 282

267

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 283

268

The Economist “Get Ready for the Phoenix” (01/9/88) Vol. 306, pp 9-10

269

Cirlot, J.E.– Dictionary of Symbol 235-236

270

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic

271

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic page 316

272

Crowley, Aleister – Magick: In Theory and Practice page 193

273

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic p. 7-8

274

Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 307

275

Cerlot, J. E - The Dictionary of Symbols page 295

276

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 189

277

Hall, Manly P. - Lectures on Ancient Philosophy page 163

278

Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 244

279

Springmeier, Fritz – Bloodlines of the Illuminati page 191



280

Ibid

281

Rockefeller, David - Memoirs page 405.

282

PBS The World of David Rockefeller (1980) hosted by Bill Moyers

283

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope page 950

284

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope pages 951-952

285

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope pages 1247-1248

286

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope page 324

287

Rotberg, Robert - The Founder: Cecil Rhodes and the Pursuit of Power (1988) page 101-102

288

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 37-38

289

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 47-48

290

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 63

291

New York Times - “Group of Girls Puff at Cigarettes as a Gesture of Freedom” (April 1st 1929)

292

Wilson, Woodrow -The New Freedom, Chapter I: The Old Order Changeth

293

This quote is disputed and various sources purporting to be its origin are debated.

294

President Kennedy’s address before the American Newspaper Publishers Association (April 27th 1961)



295

Gallup “Majority in U.S. Still Believe JFK Killed in a Conspiracy” by Art Swift (November 15, 2013)

296

President Dwight Eisenhower’s Farewell Address to the Nation (January 17, 1961)

297The

New York Times “NYT transcript of Bush speech from the Oval office January 16, 1991” (January 17, 1991)

298

George H. W. Bush State of the Union Speech (January 29th 1991)

299

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making page 284

300

White House Press Release “President Bush Speaks to United Nations” (11/10/2001)

301

The Washington Post “The Disbelievers” by Michael Powell (September 8th 2006)

302

The Independent “Bush plotted to lure Saddam into war with fake UN plane” By Andy McSmith (February 3rd 2006)

303

NBC “Meet the Press” (2/08/2004)

304

CFR.org “Launch of the Maurice R. Greenberg Center for Geoeconomic Studies with Vice President Dick Cheney” (February 15th 2002)

305

Think Progress “To Provoke War, Cheney Considered Proposal To Dress Up Navy Seals As Iranians And Shoot At Them” by Faiz Shakir (July 31, 2008)

306

New York Times “Bush-Cheney 9/11 Interview Won't Be Formally Recorded” by Elizabeth Bumiller and Philip Shenon (April 28 2004)

307

74th Congress House of Representatives Report, pursuant to House Resolution No. 198, 73d Congress, February 15, 1935. Quoted in: George Seldes, 1000 Americans (1947), pp. 290–292. See also Schmidt, p. 245



308

Brzenzinski, Zbigniew - Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic Era (1970 Viking Press)

309

Brzenzinski, Zbigniew The Grand Chessboard page 211

310

Brzenzinski, Zbigniew - The Grand Chessboard page 25

311

YouTube: Zbigniew Brzenzinzki Deeply Troubled

312

YouTube: CFR Meeting - Zbigniew Brzenzski Fears Global Awakening

313

New York Times “Hylan Adds Pinchot to Presidency List; Foresees a Revolt” (December 10, 1922)

314

Ibid

315

Ibid

316

The London Press (1922)

317

Forbes “The Twenty Most Influential Business Men of All Time” by Michael Noel (7-29-2005)

318

Ferguson, Niall - The House of Rothschild (vol. 2) : The World's Banker: 1849-1999 Diane Publishing Co. (1999)

319

Ferguson, Niall - The House of Rothschild (vol.1): Money’s Prophets, 1798-1848 Penguin Publishing (1999)

320

The Independent “Rothschild loses libel case, and reveals secret world of money and politics” (April 29th 2014)



321

Senate Report (Senate Foreign Relations Committee) (February 17th 1950). Revision of the United Nations Charter: Hearings Before a Subcommittee of the Committee on Foreign Relations, Eighty-First Congress. United States Government Printing Office. p. 494.

322

SMH.com.au “Why the law wants a word with Kissinger” by Christopher Hitchens (April 30th 2002)

323

Bob Woodward & Carl Bernstein The Final Days second Touchstone paperback edition (1994) Chapter 14, pp. 194-195

324

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page xiv

325

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page xiv

326

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page xiv

327

Rothkopf, David- Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page xviii

328

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making page 257

329

Rothkopf, David- Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Page 265

330

Rothkopf, David- Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Page 283

331

Nixon, Richard - Memoirs (1978)

332

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) page 95 citing Domhoff 1974 p.42



333

President Richard M. Nixon on the Watergate tapes in 1971 conversation with John D. Ehrlichman, and H. R. Haldeman made public in 1999 by the National Archives

334

The Writings of George Washington from the Original Manuscript Sources, 1745-1799. John C. Fitzpatrick, Editor. Mount Vernon, October 24, 1798.

335

Fox News Channel “Hannity” (March 30th 2009)

336

Hillary: The Movie (2008) produced by Citizens United

337

Sunstein, Cass R. “Conspiracy Theories” Harvard University - Harvard Law School (January 15, 2008) page 14

338

Sunstein, Cass R. & Vermeule, Adrian “Conspiracy Theories: Causes and Cures,” 17 Journal of Political Philosophy 202 (2008)

339

Sunstein, Cass R. & Vermeule, Adrian “Conspiracy Theories: Causes and Cures,” 17 Journal of Political Philosophy 202 (2008) page 15

340

YouTube “Cass Sunstein Predicts Repealing Right To Bear Arms”

341

USA Today “NSA Intercepts Computer Deliveries” by Raphael Satter, Associated Press (December 29, 2013)

342

TechDirt “Latest Snowden Revelations Suggest GCHQ Is Just Like 4Chan Trolls, But With More Firepower” by Mike Masnick (July 14th 2014)

343

TIME Magazine “U.K. Spy Agency Stored Millions of Webcam Images” by Denver Nicks (February 27th 2014)

344

ABC News “LoveINT: Given Immense Powers, NSA Employees Super Cyber-Stalked Their Crushes” by Lee Ferran (September 27th 2013)



345

Washington Times “NSA program MYSTIC culls 100 percent of phone records from foreign country” by Douglas Ernst (March 18th 2014)

346

Orwell, George — Nineteen Eighty-Four page 2

347

Prophecy Club: The Arrival of the Antichrist presentation by Doc Marquis (YouTube video at 1:52 mark)

348

Prophecy Club: The Arrival of the Antichrist presentation by Doc Marquis (YouTube video at 2:46 mark)

349

Prophecy Club: The Arrival of the Antichrist presentation by Doc Marquis (YouTube 4:13 mark in video)

350

Prophecy Club: The Arrival of the Antichrist presentation by Doc Marquis (YouTube 5:33 mark in video)

351

Prophecy Club: The Arrival of the Antichrist presentation by Doc Marquis (YouTube 6:21 mark in video)

352

The Oprah Winfrey Show (June 24th 1987) WLS-TV Transcript #W203

353

Daily Mail “Sickening smile of teen accused of kidnapping, raping and murdering 15-year-old girl in 'satanic ritual’” by Michael Zennie (February 11th 2014)

354

Prophecy Club: America’s Occult Holidays, presentation by Doc Marquis

355

Prophecy Club: The Arrival of the Antichrist presentation by Doc Marquis (YouTube)

356

The Oprah Winfrey Show (June 24th 1987) WLS-TV Transcript #W203

357

The Oprah Winfrey Show (June 24th 1987) WLS-TV Transcript #W203

358

LeoZagami.com



359

http://www.leozagami.com/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=44&Itemid=55

360

Ibid.

361Ibid.

362

World Net Daily “Will Rockefeller build 3rd Temple? Internet abuzz with report of biblical proportions” (02/03/2010)

363

ABC News “Fresh Details on Mystery Man Clark Rockefeller as Trial Opens” by Michele McPhee (May 26th 2009)

364

Boston Globe “‘Rockefeller’ Seeks Dismissal of False Name Charge” (March 13th 2009)

365

Vanity Fair “The Man in the Rockefeller Suit” (January 2009)

366

CBS 60 Minutes “The Counterfeit Rockefeller” (April 18th 2003)

367

Taylor, Brice - Thanks for the Memories page 1

368

Taylor, Brice - Thanks for the Memories page 1

369

Taylor, Brice - Thanks for the Memories page 2

370

Taylor, Brice - Thanks for the Memories page 4

371

Taylor, Brice - Thanks for the Memories page 6

372



Taylor, Brice - Thanks for the Memories page 9

373

Taylor, Brice - Thanks for the Memories page 30

374

Canada.com “Woman sues Ottawa over CIA brainwashing at Montreal hospital” (January 11, 2007)

375

YouTube: Interview with “Jess LaVey”

376

Ibid.

377

Cornerstone Magazine Issue 98 “Selling Satan” (1992)

378

Charisma Magazine “Alleged son of Anton LaVey fails to prove identity” (7/31/2002)

379

YouTube “This is how they plan to KILL us - Elite Insider George Green”

380

ABC News “Infomercial King Kevin Trudeau Loses On $38 Million Appeal” by Alan Farnham (December 20th 2011)

381

Trudeau, Kevin - More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) page 11

382

The Alex Jones Show (May 26, 2009) Guest Kevin Trudeau

383

Ibid.

384

Trudeau, Kevin - More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) page 13

385

Trudeau, Kevin - More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) page 13

386

ABC News “Infomercial King Kevin Trudeau Ordered to Jail” by James Hill (September 18th 2013)



387

FTC.gov “Judge Orders Kevin Trudeau to Pay More Than $37 Million for False Claims About Weight-Loss Book” (January 15, 2009)

388

Trudeau, Kevin - More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) page 12

389

Trudeau, Kevin - More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) page 12

390

Trudeau, Kevin - More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) page 11

391

Your Wish is Your Command Infomercial with “host” Skip Linderman on “A Closer Look” (11:52 mark of interview)

392

Original explanation from www.GlobalInformationNetwork.com

393

Ibid.

394

Ibid

395

Ibid.

396

YouTube.com “Kevin Trudeau reveals 2012 Mayan Calendar TEOTWAWKI, Planet X” (posted April 2nd 2012 on Official Kevin Trudeau YouTube Channel)

397

Trudeau, Kevin - More Natural ‘Cures’ Revealed (2006) page vii

398

USA Today “TV Pitchman Kevin Trudeau Gets 10-Year Sentence” (March 18th 2014)

399

KSHB Kansas City “As infomercial king Kevin Trudeau heads to jail, his secret global club faces uncertain future” by Ryan Kath (October 17, 2013)

400

Chicago Tribune “TV pitchman Kevin Trudeau Sentenced to 10 Years in Prison” by Jason Meisner (March 17th 2014)



401

Trudeau Civil Case Document 713 07-15-13 (DX25 at 6; FTCX 90 at 103)

402Case:

1:03-cv-03904 Document #: 481-1 Filed: 07/13/12 Page 8 of 22 PageID #:6777

403

Case: 1:03-cv-03904 Document #: 713 Filed: 07/15/13 Page 3 of 35 PageID #:11594 (FTCX 14, Babenko Dep. 96:16-97:3, 100:3-24.)

404Case:

1:03-cv-03904 Document #: 481-1 Filed: 07/13/12 Page 14 of 22 PageID #:6783

405

Chicago Tribune “TV pitchman Kevin Trudeau sentenced to 10 years in prison” by Jason Meisner (March 17th 2014)

406

Johnson, George – Architects of Fear Page 222

407

The term was first identified in the article Mass Communication, Popular Taste and Organized Social Action, by Paul F. Lazarsfeld, and Robert K. Merton.

408

Psychology Today “What Is the Bystander Effect?”

409

Barkun, Michael - A Culture of Conspiracy page 39-40

410

Barkun, Michael - A Culture of Conspiracy Preface page ix

411

San Francisco Chronicle “Professors Want Own Names Put on Middle East Blacklist by Tanya Schevitz (September 8th 2002)

412

History Channel “History’s Mysteries: Secret Societies” (2001)

413



Pipes, Daniel - Conspiracy: How the Paranoid Style Flourishes and Where it Comes From page 8

414

Pipes, Daniel - Conspiracy: How the Paranoid Style Flourishes and Where it Comes From page 159.

415

Pipes, Daniel - Conspiracy: How the Paranoid Style Flourishes and Where it Comes From page 161-162

416

Pipes, Daniel - Conspiracy: How the Paranoid Style Flourishes and Where it Comes From page 142

417

Pipes, Daniel - Conspiracy: How the Paranoid Style Flourishes and Where it Comes From page

62

418



History Channel “History’s Mysteries: Secret Societies” (2001)

The

New World Order Facts & Fiction

Mark Dice The Resistance San Diego, CA

The New World Order: Facts & Fiction © 2010 by Mark Dice and The Resistance All Rights Reserved Published by The Resistance San Diego, CA No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the publisher and the author. Printed in the United States of America First edition printed in February 2010 Visit www.MarkDice.com

Table of Contents About the Author

Introduction

Calls for a New World Order

World Governed by the Elite Through Occult Secret Societies

Mainstream Media Controlled

High Level Officials and Institutions within the NWO are Above the Law

Immorality and Destructive Behavior is Encouraged

Banking, Money, and Taxes

One World Currency

Population Reduction

One World Religion

A Global Dictator Claiming to be God

Global Police and Military Force

A Nation of Spies

Elimination of the Right to Bear Arms

Elimination of National Sovereignty

Monitoring the Population with Big Brother.

A Medicated and Sedated Population

Science and Technology

Global Warming / Climate Change

Fringe Topics

Conclusion

Footnotes

About the Author Mark Dice has loved to read nonfiction books since just after he graduated High School in 1996 as he tried to figure out the world and find his place in it. Some things didn’t quite make sense to him until he learned about the powerful elite private organizations and secret societies that hold the true power in politics, banking, and the media.

After countless hours of research Mark has written several books on the subjects of secret societies, Big Brother, and the New World Order. His passion and dedication of educating others has been covered by numerous mainstream media outlets, many of which have simply attacked Mark for his beliefs that a global criminal mafia called the Illuminati operates under the cover of various organizations and manipulate political and financial arenas, slowly eroding the Constitution and America’s sovereignty and leading us into a New World Order. Mark Dice believes that the Illuminati are fulfilling Bible Prophecy by creating a global government called the New World Order, that will one day be the infrastructure that the Antichrist will use to become a global dictator. He also believes that the New World Order promotes immorality, selfishness, materialism, and purposefully aims to keep the population entertained with television and issues of little significance in order to separate them from the political process, thus allowing the Illuminati to operate without much opposition. Whatever religion you are, or if you consider yourself agnostic or atheist, you will find the information Mark brings forth in his writings to be extremely thought provoking and enlightening. Through his books, radio interviews, and YouTube videos, Mark hopes people will become enlightened to the hidden realities of the New World Order, and can more effectively manage their lives after becoming aware of the agendas and mechanisms used to keep people mentally enslaved. Mark is a nondenominational Christians and has respect for a wide variety of faiths and belief systems. He has a bachelor’s degree in communication and lives in San Diego, California.

Introduction The world is changing at a faster pace every day. New technologies, new social trends, new threats and fears, new governmental regulations and laws, and new media content and entertainment to keep us amused for hours

on end. While it is easy to notice the fun and new benefits that this rapidly advancing world has to offer us, we are often too caught up in the moment to notice the things that are falling by the wayside and getting lost to history. “The good old days,” as some call it. With every step that civilization seems to take forward, it also seems to leave behind qualities that are universally accepted as better, but were unable to remain because “times are changing.” One thing that hasn’t changed is basic human nature. If we look back at history, thousands of years ago people were having the same basic struggles that they are having today. Struggles with health, money, and relationships; the three major categories to which nearly every human problem can be traced. Humanity’s needs have not changed, despite the dramatically different landscape and culture we find ourselves living in today. People have always struggled against oppressive and tyrannical leaders who use their power to take advantage of others. People have worked to provide themselves and their family with enough food and shelter so that they can avoid the harsh conditions that life without such things entails. And people have tried to remain healthy and hoped to avoid or cure sickness and disease. History has noted several major life-changing revolutions in mechanics and technology that altered the landscape of societies forever. The agricultural revolution allowed people to grow and store food on a massive scale and sell it to others who, as a result, did not have to grow their own food, leading to labor diversification and specialization. The industrial revolution introduced mechanical devices allowing people to build and use machines that could do the work of hundreds of people and have strength and power beyond what a human workforce could produce, forever altering agriculture, mining, manufacturing, and transportation. The digital revolution, or the information age of computers and mass communication allowed instant access to information of nearly any kind from around the world with the push of a button. We have also seen humanity grow from tribes to villages, and to cities, states, and countries. Proponents of what is called the New World Order believe that a global government is the next evolutionary step in civilization. While international agreements and cooperation between

countries around the world is needed to ensure peace and facilitate economic activities, what is disturbing is that the proponents of the New World Order have been planning and implementing their agreements in secret—often denying such plans were in the works—until agreements were finalized and no public scrutiny was given. The elite groups and individuals involved in this planning see themselves as the rightful masters of the universe and are shaping the world to fulfill their own selfish and twisted desires. Leadership circles throughout history have known how to control large populations of people through various means, many of which are underhanded and ruthless. Fear, threats, propaganda, appeals for blind patriotism and allegiance to the leadership or the country, are all strategies that continue to be used to keep the population as a whole in line and allow the current power structure to continue to operate unopposed. In today’s society, particularly in America, most people simply don’t care about politics or what is happening in Washington DC. There are, however, measurable numbers of those dedicating themselves to watchdog and activist groups who work as a check and balance system to the power structure and sometimes have measurable effects in regards to preventing certain legislation from being passed or fighting to repeal certain laws or practices that have been enacted which are unconstitutional or unfair. While many of these groups and their members mean well, they are often only aware of the tip of the iceberg of what shapes the political landscape. For those who truly seek to understand the power structure of the political world, if they look hard enough, or are lucky enough, they inevitably find the proverbial rabbit hole that leads them to discover the reality that secret societies and elite private organizations largely pull the strings and contain networks of power whose members and policies are directly responsible for corrupt and unfair legislation, nearly every major war, economic collapses, and other world altering events. Some of these organizations, such as the Council on Foreign Relations, appear on the surface to be some sort of government entity, but in reality are private organizations which yield tremendous influence over the White House and Congress. Other organizations, such as the Bilderberg group and

the Skull and Bones society are more secretive, yet when we look at the membership of such organizations and the activities these members have been involved in, it becomes clear that these groups provide the financial, personal, and logistical support to get their agendas to become realities. These agendas are frequently anti-American, unconstitutional, unfair, and completely counter to the interests of the vast majority of the population. The members of these groups put on a face of public servants and fighting for the little people, yet their allegiance is to their wealthy friends and business associates. These organizations are not merely social clubs, but are highly organized, well-funded and motivated policy makers, essentially, who operate without any oversight or checks and balance systems. The activities of such groups should take place in the halls of Congress and be open to public scrutiny, yet they have lurked behind the scenes for decades with little awareness or opposition. After even a minimal amount of investigating and research into the secret societies and private organizations such as Skull and Bones, the Bilderberg group, and the Bohemian Grove, it becomes obvious that the mainstream media is working in collaboration with such organizations in order to do everything in their power to prevent even the mere mentioning of such groups from making it on the airwaves or in print. Surely after over fifty years of Bilderberg group meetings, major television stations and newspapers would at least attempt to cover such an event, but year after year, there is usually not a single mention of it by the establishment press. Speculation and conspiracy theories aside, surely it is at least interesting that such an event occurs with such powerful politicians, business leaders, media moguls, and royalty, and should warrant some kind of coverage. Every time the G-20 meets or a similar economic forum consisting of the leaders of the world’s most powerful countries, it’s the top story around the world, yet practically the only coverage of the Bilderberg meetings comes from smaller freelance journalists and websites, or perhaps an occasional European newspaper article. Only a fool could claim that such repeated blackouts are because the event is not news worthy. And only a fool can say that there is not a secret agreement between the American mainstream media owners and the Bilderberg group itself, where the two entities have

agreed that editors will act as gate-keepers and kill any story by any reporter who even attempts to cover the event. This is largely how the New World Order was able to be created without much opposition. It is only now after the foundation has been built and its construction is near completion that word of such a thing is mentioned publicly, as its secret creators promise it will bring a new era of world peace and prosperity. The New World Order is basically the plan to create a socialist global government headed up by one world leader and a wealthy ruling class of elite politicians and businessmen, and render the rest of the world’s population powerless peasants who are endlessly stuck in the daily grind. Everyone living in the New World Order will use a single global electronic currency, have little to no political power, and have an advanced high-tech surveillance system watching over everyone to keep them in line. Historian Webster Griffin Tarpley explains, “The New World Order is a more palatable name for the Anglo-American world empire. It’s the planetary domination of London, New York, and Washington over the rest of the world. It’s hard to get people to join that or think they have a part in it if you call it the Anglo-American world empire. If you call it the New World Order, then people in India or someplace like that, or the European [i] Union, might think, well, there’s something in there for us too.”

There are other reasons most people haven’t heard of the New World Order until recently, as well. The culture implants ideas of inferiority in us, leading many to believe that they need a new car every five years, and that they need the newest cell phone with the latest features or else they themselves are old fashioned and out of touch with the times. But what shapes the culture and creates these kinds of invisible social pressures on us? It’s largely the mainstream media: The television, films, music and magazines that continuously bombard us with their materialistic and antisocial self-destructive content. Their carefully crafted messages are absorbed subconsciously by the audience which has no idea that they are essentially Pavlovian dogs being trained how to feel and how to act. The lyrics to a popular song by the 1970s rock band Rush , eloquently illustrates this by saying:

We’ve taken care of everything The words you hear, the songs you sing The pictures that give pleasure to your eyes It’s one for all, all for one We work together, common sons Never need to wonder how or why This song, titled The Temple of Syrinx , is sung from the perspective of the rulers of a fictional world where the elite leadership enjoy all the pleasures of life, while the masses of people live in servitude. This book is by no means a complete analysis of the New World Order and the people, institutions, secret societies, and ideologies involved in its creation and control. My book The Resistance Manifesto (2005, 2008) provides a thorough analysis of these issues, and lays a solid foundation of understanding that this book builds upon. This book contains additional material and focuses on more modern issues and activities involving the New World Order. If one has not read The Resistance Manifesto , I strongly advise you to do so as soon as possible, because that book will take you further down the rabbit hole than you can imagine. The Illuminati, the Bohemian Grove, Satanism, the spiritual beliefs, histories, and goals of the secret societies and elite organizations involved in creating and maintaining the New World Order are covered in detail. If you have not yet read the manifesto, do not worry, because your desire to learn the truth about this world will find nourishment with the book that is in your hands. Some of your suspicions will be confirmed with the information you find within these pages, and some things you will discover will be hard to believe. Once you have fallen down the proverbial “rabbit hole” nothing is as it seems, and it can be difficult at first to determine what is real and what is not. My book The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction has over four hundred pages of information separating some of the wild speculation

and fraudulent information from the facts regarding the Illuminati secret society, if you wish to continue on the path of discovery you are now on. In The New World Order , we will look at modern political policies that are being pushed or implemented in regards to the New World Order, as well as various social and cultural issues such as the population reduction agendas of the elite and the destruction of family values and morality that the mainstream media is helping to perpetuate. Other issues involving science and technology such as weather weapons, vaccines, and pharmaceuticals will be addressed as well. Let’s face it, there is plenty to be worried about concerning the New World Order. With the countless examples of declassified government operations and experiments involving chemical and biological agents, advanced technology, false flag terror attacks, COINTELPRO, sabotage, elite politicians involved in occult secret societies and participating in bizarre rituals at the Skull and Bones headquarters in Connecticut or in the forest at the Bohemian Grove, people can get very distraught over this information, and even paranoid. Some of the paranoia is completely understandable. With all of the proven cases of evil and corruption, when someone first hears of yet another instance that is along the same lines, it doesn’t surprise them that such a thing would be happening, and so sometimes they just simply believe it and start passing the information on to their friends and families thinking that it is true. Some of this false information is posted on the Internet by people who really do mean well, and just jump to conclusions about certain news events or rumors they hear, and get all worked up over them, when if they took a calmer approach and spent a little bit of time fact checking they could realize that their initial assumption was incorrect. A small number of people who are interested in learning about the New World Order are mentally ill people, or are prone to mental illness, and the information they discover in books, videos, and on the Internet, is so overwhelming that they can’t adequately deal with it and it serves as a catalyst sparking their illness. The establishment loves to highlight these rare individuals or others with wildly bizarre views concerning the New World Order, so that they may serve as a straw man as they are presented to

a mainstream audience to show that “all” people who talk about the New World Order or secret societies pulling the strings in major world events are “crazy” and should be ignored or ridiculed. To illustrate how people involved in researching this kind of material may jump to conclusions, I will explain two instances involving emails to me or posts on my Facebook page (Facebook.com/MarkDice). One email I received read, “The ATM machine that I use, at the local Quik-Chek convenience store here in northern New Jersey, has read: ‘Temporarily Out of Service’ for the past six days. Is anyone else seeing similar outages?” Clearly this individual is paranoid, thinking that because one ATM is out of service that there must be a national outage as some plot to prevent people from getting cash. Now, in his defense, it certainly is likely that someday large numbers of ATMs in multiple cities, or perhaps the entire country will be out of commission due to a cyber attack, so his fear is not completely unwarranted. The fact that he posted such a question for other Facebook users to give their feedback on to either confirm or deny that such a thing was happening in other cities shows the level of fear and suspicion this person has in his mind. An ordinary person or someone who isn’t so paranoid would have just assumed the machine hadn’t been fixed yet because the high school dropout working at the store making minimum wage couldn’t care less about calling the company to tell them their machine was broken. Another example also comes from my personal Facebook page where a woman posted a comment and also emailed me asking me about a friend request she had gotten from “Nathan Rothschild.” The Rothschild family, for those who don’t know, have long been involved with the elite Illuminati secret society, so when this woman got a friend request from someone with that name, she got a little worried. As it turns out, just as I immediately suspected as soon as I read her email, someone had created a page as a satire pretending to be Mr. Rothschild and listed references to wanting to take over the world and enslave humanity on the “interests and activities” section. Such a practice is actually fairly common. When this woman was told this by another Facebook friend, she emailed me back telling me not to worry about it and that, “The Rothschild page was just a parody...Jason

Bermas told me. Sorry I was freaking out. I didn’t sleep well last night. Maybe tonight will be better. My mind can rest again.” Many people often fear that one day soon they are going to get rounded up by police or military and taken to a FEMA concentration camp because they know too much, or they listen to Alex Jones’ radio show and they’ve been tracked by the government using Carnivore or Echelon, and they’re on a government watch list, or they’ve ordered several books from Amazon.com about the Illuminati or the New World Order, and so now the establishment sees them as a threat. Again, some of their suspicions and fears are justified, yet fears like this tend to be overblown and fanciful. A measurable amount of suspicion and even perhaps worry is healthy, but so is balancing it with skepticism and fact checking. People who find the proverbial rabbit hole often say that they can never look at the world in the same way, or live the same way ever again, but I strongly urge you not to turn your back on other important aspects of your life such as your family, friends, career, and fun hobbies. It is good to be aware of issues that are found within this book, but you must not let them cripple you with fear. By being aware and making others aware in a calm and rational manor, collectively we can help minimize or prevent major injustices from occurring simply due to massive grass roots resistance to such things, but you must guard your mind against becoming paranoid over such things or jumping to conclusions. My goal with this book is to give you the reader tangible evidence of a corrupt and out of control government and what the secret establishment has done, and what they are hoping and planning on doing in the future and how it will affect you. It is also my hope that with the information I bring forth in my books that you the reader can have a better understanding of the who, what, and why in our world, so that you and your family and friends can live more happy, healthy, and productive lives. It is not my intention to scare you, although some of the information is horrifying. “All I’m offering you is the truth,” as Morpheus told Neo in The Matrix . And what you see will be what was right in front of you the whole time, you just weren’t aware of it until now.

What most people think are examples of an out of control bureaucracy, are of little significance compared to the abuses of power and the freedomdestroying policies being implemented by politicians who are bought by the secret establishment. Paying too high of taxes or getting a ticket from a red light camera pale in comparison to the gross injustices that are occurring on a massive scale. Without large numbers of citizens resisting and voicing their disgust over proposed policies, we would be in a much worse situation with far fewer freedoms, but as we are coming to realize, often it doesn’t matter how loud the outcry is against a particular issue, the mainstream media is able to limit the exposure to the masses or attack those voicing the opposition to minimize their effectiveness. We have also found that large numbers of politicians will vote whatever way their owners tell them to, no matter how much they betray the people in their state or districts. The secret establishment offers them more benefits than they could imagine in the form of cash, power, and privileges. Many are compromised and blackmailed into doing what the secret establishment wants. Their extramarital affairs, illegal activities, and personal perversions are often known and documented by the establishment, and when the time arises such things are held over their head and used to coerce them to act in ways that seem contrary to logic. As the pieces of the puzzle are assembled one by one, a clear picture begins to emerge. The corrupt leadership that has weaseled their way to the pinnacles of power are doing their very best to create a New World Order where an untouchable elite is able to live lavish lifestyles and fulfill their every perverted desire, while the majority of the public is being kept occupied and out of the way by issues of celebrity drama or professional sports. The wealthy business titans have worked hand in hand with politicians to ensure that their wealth remains concentrated in the hands of their families for endless generations as they own and control the banks, vast real estate, and the infrastructure society depends on to function. These men will stop at nothing to maintain their power and wealth, and certainly wouldn’t blink an eye when stealing the retirement savings of good hard working people, encouraging immoral and reckless behavior in

society, particularly the youth, or even killing billions of people in a global genocide. This is the New World Order.

Calls for a New World Order It’s interesting that the term, “New World Order,” is not just some idea coined by conspiracy theorists to describe changes in the organization and distribution of wealth and power in the world, but is instead a term used by elitist politicians to describe their own philosophy and plans. We don’t really need a “New World Order” to ease or eliminate world hunger, mass genocide, human trafficking, or political oppression. The elitists who are in power and whose organizations support their power are the ones responsible for such horrific conditions existing on the earth. No all-powerful global government is needed to stop these things. When the term is used by politicians, what they really mean is that they want a larger bureaucracy, bigger government, more regulation, higher taxes, and they want the government to direct and control more aspects of people’s lives. They often include beautiful catchphrases of hope, peace, and change, in with their New World Order dreams, sounding like Miss America contestants wishing to end world hunger or bring about world peace. They are simply good sounding ideas with no real strategies or desire to strive for such changes and are used as a cover story to conceal their true motives. But people like things that are new. New cars, new clothes, new technologies, traveling to new places, and having new experiences. Often something new is appealing simply for the novelty of it, and the experience of change. After all, there is always room for improvement in most people’s lives. Very few people are satisfied with the fact that they have to work until the age of 65, and only enjoy perhaps two weeks of vacation a year and by the time they reach their mid-sixties, may not even have accumulated enough assets or resources to quit working, so claims of prosperous changes and a new era of abundance and economic prosperity always sound good to the average Joe, who is simply a lifetime slave to the system.

For decades, a small minority of Americans and people around the world knew of the elite’s plans for a New World Order, and had frequently tried to warn others that such a plan was in the works. And, for decades, they were frequently ignored or faced with doubts and ridicule, but as time went on, in the late twentieth century and escalating into the twenty-first century, major global political figures had begun publicly mentioning their hopes and plans for a New World Order. Even political pundit and former campaign manager for Bill Clinton, Dick Morris, admitted during an interview on the Fox News Channel that, “Those people who have been yelling the UN [United Nations] is going to take over…global government, they’ve been crazy…but now…they’re [ii] right.”

Barack Obama 44th President of the United States Barack Obama traveled to Berlin, Germany when he was running for President in 2008, where he said, “Tonight, I speak to you not as a candidate for President, but as a citizen — a proud citizen of the United States, and a fellow citizen of the world.” On an appearance on David Letterman’s show, Obama was talking about the problems with the War in Iraq, and said, “the way we’re going to win in the long term is not just militarily…we’ve got to give them a stake in creating the kind of world order that I think all of us would like to see.”

Nancy Pelosi Speaker of the House at the opening of the 110th Congress on January 4th 2007. “Our Founders envisioned a new America driven by optimism, opportunity, and courage. So confident were they in the new America they were advancing, they put on the great seal of the United States, ‘Novus ordo seclorum’—a new order for the ages…This vision has sustained us for more

than 200 years, and it accounts for what is best in our great nation: liberty, opportunity, and justice. Now it is our responsibility to carry forth that vision of a new America.”

George H.W. Bush 41st President of the United States “Out of these troubled times, our fifth objective – a New World Order – can emerge: a new era – freer from the threat of terror, stronger in the pursuit of justice, and more secure in the quest for peace. An era in which the nations of the world, East and West, North and South, can prosper and live in harmony. A hundred generations have searched for this elusive path to peace, while a thousand wars raged across the span of human endeavor. Today that new world is struggling to be born, a world quite different from the one we’ve known.”

Gary Hart Former Senator (D) Colorado and Co-Chair of the CFR Just three days after the 9/11 attacks, the co-chair of the Council on Foreign Relations stated, “There is a chance for the President of the United States to use the disaster…to carry out what his father – a phrase his father used I think only once, and it hasn’t been used since – and that is a New World Order.”

Henry Kissinger Former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger has been intimately involved with nearly every major organization or front group that is behind the push for a New World Order and was originally named the Chairman of the 9/11 Commission by President Bush which was set up to (pretend to) investigate the terrorist attacks on September 11th 2001. Kissinger resigned after widows of 9/11 [iii] victims discovered his business ties with the Bin Laden family.

In an interview on CNBC in February 2009, Kissinger was asked about the problems the new Obama administration was facing regarding the ongoing “War on Terror” and the economic meltdown, where he responded that Obama, “can give new impetus to American foreign policy partly because the reception of him is so extraordinary around the world. His task will be to develop an overall strategy for America in this period when, really, a New World Order can be created. It’s a great opportunity, it isn’t just a crisis.”

Bill Clinton President of the United States from 1993-2001 At the Kennedy Center in Washington D.C., President Bill Clinton was giving a speech which was broadcast on C-Span where he said, “From 1945 and the end of the war through 1989 and the end of the cold war, we had a world view, Republican and Democratic presidents alike, from Harry Truman to George Bush…and after 1989 President Bush said, and it’s a phrase that I often use myself, and that is we need a New World Order.”

Richard Nixon President of the United States from 1969-1974 In the October 1967 edition of Foreign Affairs; (which is the Council on Foreign Relations publication) then president Richard Nixon said that, “The developing coherence of Asian regional thinking is reflected in a disposition to consider problems and loyalties in regional terms, and to evolve regional approaches to development needs and to the evolution of a New World Order.”

Angela Merkel Chancellor of Germany When giving a speech to mark the 20th anniversary of the fall of the Berlin Wall, the German Chancellor Angela Merkel said, “The most important thing, when attempting to overcome barriers, is: Are the nation states ready

and willing to give competencies over to multilateral organizations, no matter what it costs?…This world will not be a peaceful one if we do not [iv] work for more global order and more multilateral cooperation.”

Tony Blair British Prime Minister from 1997-2007 Tony Blair has publicly stated his desire for a New World Order on multiple occasions, once even saying, “There is a New World Order like it or not.” [v]

[vi]

[vii]

He used the term on November 12, 2001

and in 2002

and again [viii]

on January 7, 2003,

just to name a few.

Gordon Brown Prime Minister of England Gordon Brown at the 2009 G-20 meeting in London, England called for a New World Order to save the global economy from the recession sparked in 2008 by the housing collapse. He said, “I think the New World Order is emerging, and with it the foundations of a new and progressive era of international cooperation.”

Pope John Paul II Head of the Catholic Church On January 1, 2001 the pope declared at a service to mark the Roman Catholic Church’s World Day of Peace, that, “More than ever, we need a new international order that draws on the experience and results achieved in these years by the United Nations.” The headline in the London Guardian [ix] read, “Pope Calls for a New World Order.”

World Governed by the Elite Through Occult Secret Societies For anyone who takes an in-depth and unbiased look at the political process and geopolitics, the role of secret societies and elite secretive private organizations masquerading as government entities or committees, truly hold the keys to power and function as a good old boy network consisting of a small number of elite politicians and businessmen who shape the political landscape and who either are the movers and shakers seen in the mainstream media, or are the brains and puppet masters behind those who we view publicly as the popular ones. For a more complete list and analysis of these secret societies and elite organizations, you will find it in this author’s previous book titled, The Resistance Manifesto . You may already be familiar with many of these organizations, but even if this information is completely new to you, you will begin to develop a clear picture of just how the power structure of politics truly looks. Benjamin Disraeli, a British Prime Minister in the 19th century famously stated, “The world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes.” These powerful groups are numerous, such as the Bilderberg group, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Skull and Bones society, the Freemasons, the Bohemian Grove, and more. The Bilderberg group meets once a year under tight security where powerful politicians, bankers, businessmen, media moguls and royalty meet to secretly discuss and disseminate their agenda for the coming months and years. The Council on Foreign Relations, which sounds like a committee in Congress, is actually a private organization used to spread New World Order propaganda and push the Bilderberg’s wishes into law. The Skull and Bones society is a recruiting center at Yale University that operates as a fraternity which invites college juniors who the organization feels will later

rise to positions of power and prestige in their career, and then grooms them and gives them access to the organization’s incredible post-graduate social network. The Bohemian Grove acts as a vacation spot where hundreds of these elite men meet in private in the rural setting of a resort built in a redwood forest grove, where they talk informally without the fear of being quoted in the press. This is also a place where they engage in bizarre rituals and sexual debauchery. The inner circles of many of these organizations often overlap each other with people involved in multiple organizations at the same time. This inner circle of elite leaders is often referred to as the Illuminati, which is a term used to identify this group of organized criminals and means “enlightened ones.” President John F. Kennedy once made a profound and chilling statement about secret societies when speaking to the American Newspaper Publishers Association. Kennedy clearly had intimate knowledge of the workings of the Illuminati and didn’t want to go along with them. Audio of this statement is widely available on the Internet. He said, “The very word ‘secrecy’ is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings.” He continued, “We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it…For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covered means for expanding its sphere of influence, on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerillas by night instead of armies by day.” “It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations, its preparations concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried not headlined, its dissenters are silenced not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”

Several months prior to his assassination, John F. Kennedy had signed Executive Order No. 11110, which attempted to strip the Federal Reserve of their power to loan money to the United States government at interest. Many see this act as the major motive for the Illuminati orchestrating his assassination. More recently, former Presidential candidate congressman Ron Paul stated, “I think there are 25,000 individuals that have used offices of powers, and they are in our Universities and they are in our Congress, and they believe in one world government. And if you believe in one world government, then you are talking about undermining national sovereignty and you are talking about setting up something that you could very well call a [x] dictatorship – and those plans are there.”

The idea of secretive organizations of powerful, wealthy, and intelligent men goes back thousands of years, and should come as no surprise to anyone. What is often surprising is the occult and spiritual nature of some of these modern groups, and the beliefs and rituals that members are involved in. In the ancient past when the human race was largely unaware of science and medicine, advances in these areas were extremely important and held the power of life and death. People were also largely ignorant to the spiritual principles in the world and formulated ideas about God or gods who they believed ruled over them and controlled the weather, seasons, the crops, disease, and other aspects of life. Those intelligent thinkers who pondered the workings of the spiritual world banded together and formed what were called the Mystery Schools, which were essentially secret societies that taught these principles to its members in the form of philosophies, symbols, allegories, and rituals. The preface for The Secret Teaching of All Ages , which is one of the most popular and comprehensive books on the Mystery Schools and their teachings, reads, “It was inevitable that the initiates of the Mysteries should unite themselves against the forces seeking their extinction. Thus, while the secret doctrine with its body of disciples functioned more or less openly in ancient society, it later passed almost completely from public view. This circumstance should not be interpreted as a decline of plan or purpose. The esoteric schools remained as a powerful force for the regeneration of human

institutions…The use of indirect communication was based entirely upon practical considerations. To remain unknown was the best way to prevent a [xi] repetition of the disaster which occurred to the Knights Templar.”

Manly P. Hall, the author of The Secret Teachings of All Ages was under the impression that Mystery Schools in ancient days taught men morals, fairness, and philosophies to make them better people, and were not evil, dangerous, or devious in any way. Hall and some other New Age authors are under the impression that the Mystery Schools had been hijacked and taken over by greedy and immoral men. Certainly it is understandable that the members of such schools who were on the cutting edge of advancing knowledge in science, mathematics, and medicine could develop a superiority complex and use their knowledge and social networks to take advantage of others who were uninformed. Hall believes, “[T]he black magicians of Atlantis continued to exercise their superhuman powers until they had completely undermined and corrupted the morals of the primitive Mysteries. By establishing a sacerdotal [meaning priesthood] caste they usurped the position formerly occupied by the initiates, and seized the reins of spiritual government. Thus black magic dictated the state religion and paralyzed the intellectual and spiritual activities of the individual by demanding his complete and unhesitating acquiescence in the dogma formulated by the priest craft…These sorcerers then began the systematic destruction of all keys to the ancient wisdom, so that none might have access to the knowledge necessary to reach adeptship [xii] without first becoming one of their order.”

Alice Bailey, a famous New Age author in the twentieth century, wrote material openly explaining how occult secret societies held the true power in the world, not to expose their activities with hopes of informing the population, but rather her books were written for elite businessmen, politicians, and spiritual leaders. In her book The Externalization of the Hierarchy , she explains, “The Masonic Movement when it can be divorced from politics and social ends and from its present paralyzing condition of inertia, will meet the need of those who can, and should wield power. It is the custodian of the law; it is the home of the Mysteries and the seat of

initiation. It holds its symbolism the ritual of Deity, and the way of salvation is pictorially preserved in its work. The methods of Deity are demonstrated in its temples, and under the All-seeing Eye the work can go forward. It is a far more occult organization than can be realized, and is intended to be the training school for the coming advanced occultists. In its ceremonials lies hid the wielding of the forces connected with the growth and life of the kingdoms of nature and the unfoldment of the divine aspects [xiii] in man.”

Bailey’s writings and other occultists such as Helena Blavatsky, who wrote The Secret Doctrine (1888) are held in the highest regard by the establishment, and explain the philosophies and plans of elite secret societies quite openly. The information is considered hidden in plain sight and is mostly only found by those who have a desire to join the establishment. Most people, if they even read books at all, are only concerned with the latest pop culture novels anyway, and don’t have the desire, nor the mental capacity to understand the esoteric philosophies and plans that are written openly in occult books, such as Alice Bailey’s or Helena Blavatsky’s. Bailey openly admits, “The Hierarchy directs world events, as far as mankind will permit…the unfolding consciousness may express itself through developing and adequate social, political, religious and economic world forms. They give direction; They throw a light; They impress those who are in contact with Them, and through the inflow of ideas and through [xiv] revelation They definitely influence the tide of human affairs.”

She goes on to write, “The Hierarchy directs and controls, more than is realized, the unfolding cyclic cultures and their resultant civilizations. These can then provide adequate forms, temporarily useful for the emerging soul humanity. The format of cultures and civilizations receives special [xv] attention.”

This Hierarchy that she is talking about is the continuation of the ancient Mystery Schools, such as Freemasonry and the Illuminati.

In the most popular Masonic book ever written, Morals and Dogma , author Albert Pike brags, “The World will soon come to us for its Sovereigns [meaning government leaders] and Pontiffs [meaning religious leaders]. We shall constitute the equilibrium of the Universe, and be rulers over the [xvi]

Masters of the World.”

This book was published in 1872 and is considered the bible of Freemasonry. Freemasonry is often included in discussions about the New World Order, a charge many Masons dispute. Many Freemasons deny any claims that their organization is involved in anything other than charity work, a social club, and a method to teach enlightenment philosophies, but these Masons are either trying to keep the inner circle of Freemasonry from being discussed openly, or are themselves ignorant that the secret society they are a member of has another secret society functioning within. Manly P. Hall, who is considered one of Freemasonry’s greatest philosophers and a 33rd degree mason admits, “Freemasonry is a fraternity within a fraternity—an outer organization concealing an inner brotherhood of the elect…It is necessary to establish the existence of these two separate yet interdependent orders, the one visible and the other invisible. The visible society is a splendid camaraderie of ‘free and accepted’ men enjoined to devote themselves to ethical, educational, fraternal, patriotic, and humanitarian concerns. The invisible society is a secret and most august fraternity whose members are dedicated to the service of a [xvii] mysterious arcanum arcandrum [meaning a secret or a mystery].

In Morals and Dogma Albert Pike reveals that Masons who are “in the know” about the true beliefs and activities of Freemasonry, would never reveal them to anyone. “Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals [emphasis in original] its secrets from all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it [the Mason] calls Light, from [xviii] them, and to draw them away from it.”

Again, those in the lower levels of Freemasonry will deny that the organization is anything more than a fraternity, but Pike and others openly admit that it is a religion. “Every Masonic Lodge is a temple of religion; [xix] and its teachings are instruction in religion.”

The original writings of Adam Weishaupt, the man credited with starting the original Illuminati in Germany in 1776 had his and others secret letters discovered and seized by authorities in 1786 and when they are read, it becomes clear that he formulated specific goals and strategies for his network to occupy positions of power and privilege and operate without the public’s knowledge. His attitude is the same as that reflected in the writings of Albert Pike, although more diabolical because Weishaupt never intended them to be seen by anyone other than Illuminati members. Weishaupt wrote, “I shall therefore press the cultivation of science, especially such sciences as may have an influence on our reception in the world; and may serve to remove obstacles out of the way…Only those who are assuredly proper subjects shall be picked out from among the inferior classes for the higher mysteries…And in particular, every person shall be made a spy on another and on all around him.” “Nothing can escape our sight; by these means we shall readily discover who are contented, and receive with relish the peculiar state-doctrines and religious opinions that are laid before them; and, at last, the trustworthy alone will be admitted to a participation of the whole maxims and political constitution of the Order.” “In a council composed of such members we shall labor at the contrivance of means to drive by degrees the enemies of reason and of humanity out of the world, and to establish a peculiar morality and religion fitted for the great Society of mankind.” Weishaupt never intended his correspondence or network to become public, but in the years that passed, the Illuminati’s philosophies and goals have obviously been carried on by men who share the same vision outlined and developed by Weishaupt in 1776.

In 1966 a professor and elite insider at Princeton University named Carroll Quigley published a book titled Tragedy and Hope , which openly admits that a network of secret societies hold the true power in politics and banking. The book was meant for other elitists as a way to teach them how the world really works. Quigley wrote, “The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international…(therefore the) argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers…Instead the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election without leading [xx] to any profound or extensive shifts in policy.”

One might wonder why he would openly admit that it didn’t matter which political party, Republican or Democrat, was in power since the leadership of both will work in concert with the secret agenda to create the New World Order, but Quigley and other elite insiders know that the majority of the public would never even think of reading his book, and instead read novels about vampires (the Twilight Series) or young sorcerers (Harry Potter). In October 2009 a YouTube video was posted of Obama’s White House communications director Anita Dunn speaking to a group of students where she told them that her favorite political philosopher is Mao Tse Tung, the Chinese Communist revolutionary responsible for the murders of millions of Chinese during his reign. Most of the students probably didn’t even know who Mao Tse Tung was, or the atrocities he committed, but Dunn’s admiration for the dictator shows the mindset of the New World Order’s leadership circle. Another interesting video clip giving a glimpse into the minds of modern elite politicians comes from Ron Bloom, Obama’s manufacturing czar. At a forum for the Union League Club in New York City which took place on February 27th and 28th in 2008, Bloom told attendees, “Generally speaking, we get the joke. We know that the free market is nonsense. We know that the whole point is to game the system to beat the market, or at least find

someone who will pay you a lot of money because they’re convinced that there is a free lunch. We know that this is largely about power. That this is an adults only, no limit game. We kind of agree with Mao that political power comes largely from the barrel of a gun. And we get it, that if you want a friend you should get a dog.” Some say he was saying such comments in jest, while others insist the comments reveal the actual beliefs of the secret establishment. The modern organizations that are shaping the New World Order have carried on the tradition of the ancient Mystery Schools by elevating themselves and their members above the rest of society through their good old boy networks, control of the mainstream media, and their influence over politicians through bribes, coercion, and in some cases blackmail. They have done a great job of keeping the general public distracted with sports, pop culture, and issues of little significance, while they make and implement decisions that negatively affect us all. Establishment insiders become arrogant, selfish, and corrupt and while politicians masquerade as “public servants,” they really only serve themselves and their partners in crime. They are very often Luciferians or Satanists which means that they identify Satan or Lucifer as being a hero for breaking the rules and doing what he wants. Whether their “worship” of Satan is literal or metaphorical is debatable, but what is not debatable is that they privately philosophically see Satan as a source of good, knowledge, and wisdom and systematically break the golden rule of life while thinking only of themselves and having no regard for the thoughts, feelings, or rights of others. Helena Blavatsky wrote openly in The Secret Doctrine that, “Satan will now be shown, in the teaching of the Secret Doctrine, allegorized as Good, [xxi]

and Sacrifice, a God of Wisdom,”

and this is what these people believe. If this concept is new to you, it is quite shocking, and perhaps unbelievable, but when you come to understand more of this philosophy, it becomes undeniable that most of the inner circle of the Illuminati establishment and their subsidiary networks are Luciferians or Satanists. They believe, as most

occultists do, that Lucifer and Satan are symbolic of knowledge and intelligence, and that humans were nothing but ignorant animals until Satan came to the Garden of Eden and “set Man free” by convincing Adam and Eve to eat from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. This may just be an allegorical belief which the elite use to convince themselves and their collaborators that there is no afterlife, no Heaven or Hell, and thus they have decided to live the high life here and now and will take all they can get no matter how unfair or how many people get shortchanged, hurt, or killed as a result. Since in their mind there is no judgment by God for their sins after their death because they believe we are just advanced animals, they see nothing holding them back from doing whatever they want. The fact that most elite politicians, businessmen, and bankers are members of organizations like the Skull and Bones society, and enjoy visiting the Bohemian Grove and participating in, or viewing what can only be described as human sacrifice reenactment rituals using effigies, shows that these individuals revel in the fact that they are considered the “evil rulers of the world.” Their satanic world view and philosophy is really no different than the Jewish Pharisees who held a monopoly on spiritual knowledge and used it for their own personal benefit at the expense of those less informed. One of the main themes taught by the story of Jesus in the New Testament is that He represents God in human form, who came to earth to allow everyone a direct line to, and knowledge of God and the Kingdom of Heaven. Barrack Obama has quoted lines from Communist Saul Alinsky’s book Rules for Radicals during his speeches when he was running for president in 2008 and Hilary Clinton wrote her college thesis on Alinsky when she [xxii]

was at Wellesley College.

It’s interesting to note that in the Dedication page of his book, Alinsky pays tribute to the people he saw as past “radicals,” and lists them off, and then writes, “Lest we forget at least an over-the-shoulder acknowledgment to the very first radical: from all our legends, mythology, and history...the first radical known to man who rebelled against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least won his own kingdom — Lucifer.”

Hollywood producer Aaron Russo became politically active later in his career and in 2006 did a sit down interview with Alex Jones from Infowars.com where he described his friendship with Nick Rockefeller and the insider information he revealed to him. The Rockefeller family, for those who don’t know, have been at the core of the New World Order for generations and have used their family’s enormous wealth and influence to move the agenda for the New World Order from the secret meetings of the Bilderberg group and other informal gatherings, into the minds of globalist politicians and businessmen. The Rockefeller family and their “non-profit” foundations have their fingerprints on nearly every aspect of the New World Order. In this amazing interview that Aaron Russo gives, he explains that Nick Rockefeller had befriended him after seeing his film Mad as Hell and learning that Russo was running for governor of Nevada in 1998. Apparently Rockefeller thought that Russo may be of service to their agenda, even suggesting that he join the Council on Foreign Relations. Throughout the course of their meetings as their relationship progressed, Rockefeller revealed some startling insider information to him. “He was the one who told me 11 months before 9/11 that there was going to be an event, never told me what the event was going to be, but there was going to be an event, and out of that event, we would invade Afghanistan to run pipelines from the Caspian Sea; We were going to invade Iraq to take over the oil fields and establish a base in the Middle East and make it all part of the New World Order; and we’d go after Chavez in Venezuela…and there’s going to be this War on Terror, of which there is no real enemy and the whole thing is a giant hoax, but it’s a way for the government to take over the American people,” Russo explained. “9/11 was done by people in our own government and our own banking system to perpetuate the fear of the American people into subordinating themselves to anything the government wants them to do. That’s what it’s about; and to create this endless War on Terror. Look, this whole War on Terror is a fraud. It’s a farce. It’s very difficult to say it out loud because people are intimidated against saying it, cuz if you say it they want to make you out to be a nutcase.”

Russo goes on to say that Rockefeller conveyed to him that the endgame was to get the entire population chipped with RFID tags and that the global economy would be controlled by elite banksters and politicians. Russo recalls that Nick asked him what he thought woman’s liberation was about, and after he answered the conventional answer about women’s rights and equal pay, he says Nick laughed at him and called him an idiot and went on to inform him that the Rockefellers funded the women’s liberation movement for two major reasons. One was because only half of the population was being taxed, since primarily only the men worked, and the second reason was to break up the family so the state can have more time with children to indoctrinate them. He also says that Rockefeller thought the world’s population should be reduced by half. Russo didn’t have the same world view as his friend, and did not become involved in the globalist organizations that have covertly established the New World Order system. In 2006 he produced America: Freedom to Fascism which discusses the Federal Reserve Banking system, the IRS income tax, VeriChip RFIDs, and other political issues. Russo died on August 24, 2007 from cancer at the age of 64. Another, more powerful member of the Rockefeller family, David Rockefeller, wrote in his 2002 book, Memoirs on page 405, “For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” “The anti-Rockefeller focus of these otherwise incompatible political positions owes much to Populism. “Populists” believe in conspiracies, and one of the most enduring is that a secret group of international bankers and capitalists and their minions control the world’s economy.”

David Rockefeller is one of the grandchildren of John D. Rockefeller, the founder of Standard Oil, and at the time when he lived, John D was the richest man in the world. David Rockefeller has had his hands in nearly every major New World Order organization in existence in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. In fact, he is the founder of the Trilateral Commission and was once the Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations. He also attends nearly every Bilderberg meeting. At the time of [xxiii]

this writing, David Rockefeller (senior) is 94 years old.

He has a son, David Rockefeller Jr., who sits on the boards of numerous Rockefeller foundations. When looking into the wealthy secretive organizations behind the New World Order, besides the usual culprits of the Bilderberg group, the Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, and the Rockefellers, often Cecil Rhodes is mentioned. Cecil Rhodes (1853-1902) was a British born businessman who moved to Africa and became a politician and founder of the state of Rhodesia in Africa, which is named after him. There are two interesting aspects to Cecil Rhodes concerning the New World Order, most importantly his will which called for creating a secret society to function with the purpose of extending and maintaining British rule around the world. Also interesting is the fact that Cecil Rhodes was the founder of the DeBeers diamond monopoly which at one time controlled 90% of the world’s diamonds. Through a slick marketing campaign designed by Edward Bernays, the DeBeers diamond company has brainwashed most of the world’s women into feeling that they need a large diamond ring, earrings, and necklaces, or else their husband/boyfriend doesn’t love them. Men pay thousands of dollars to accommodate their woman’s desires for the stones, when in reality the value of diamonds are dramatically over-inflated simply because DeBeers won’t release most of their inventory to the public. Concerning Rhode’s will, it reads, “To and for the establishment, promotion and development of a Secret Society, the true aim and object whereof shall be for the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom, and of colonization by

British subjects of all lands where the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labour and enterprise, and especially the occupation by British settlers of the entire Continent of Africa, the Holy Land, the Valley of the Euphrates, the Islands of Cyprus and Candia, the whole of South America, the Islands of the Pacific not heretofore possessed by Great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the inauguration of a system of Colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire and, finally, the foundation of so great a Power as to render wars impossible, and promote the best interests of humanity.” Rhodes will also created Rhodes Scholarships which are given to students who the establishment view as likely participants in their New World Order plan. President Bill Clinton is perhaps the most well-known Rhodes Scholar.

Mainstream Media Controlled by the Elite Any educated person knows, to some extent, the power of the mainstream media and its ability to shape public opinions. Some are also aware of the often pointless information it presents to the masses as if it were something if importance, as well as the complete blackout and non-coverage of issues that should often be the top story. Adding to the confusion are prominent members of the mainstream media who claim daily to actually be fighting the mainstream media. These are the Sean Hannity’s and Rush Limbaugh’s, whose very shtick involves pretending to be an alternative to the mainstream media, when they themselves are the most powerful propagandists and gate-keepers for this very establishment. Even though most radio and TV hosts will be seen as a left-wing person attacking the right-wing or vice a versa, mainstream hosts on either side of the political spectrum are very careful not to scratch beyond the surface of partisan politics and will never address the true power structure operating

behind the scenes which controls both right and left-wing politicians. Instead, these hosts will only focus on partisan issues many of which are of little significance, while they will never address key issues such as the Bilderberg group, the Skull and Bones society, the Bohemian Grove, or the Illuminati. Most national hosts are simply paid promoters of a political party who blame all of the country’s problems and misfortunes on the opposing political party, while never admitting the wrong doing or corruption of their own.

Adam Weishaupt on Media Adam Weishaupt, the man credited with founding the Illuminati secret society back in 1776, knew the power in controlling information, and in one of his original letters, he wrote, “By establishing reading societies, and subscription libraries, and taking these under our direction, and supplying them through our labours, we may turn the public mind which way we will.” “In like manner we must try to obtain an influence in the military academies (this may be of mighty consequence), the printing-houses, booksellers shops, chapters, and in short in all offices which have any effect, either in forming, or in managing, or even in directing the mind of man: painting and engraving are highly worth our care.” He and his fellow Illuminists also understood how powerful controlling newspapers could be to smear their enemies. One correspondence reads, “We get all the literary journals. We take care, by well-timed pieces [articles], to make the citizens and the Princes a little more noticed for certain little slips.” Their “certain little slips” refers to anything they say or do that will not be looked at favorably by the public, and the Illuminati’s “well timed pieces” will be sure to inform people of this if they didn’t like that person.

Professional Sports

Karl Marx, the secretary who was commissioned to type and publish the Communist Manifesto , is well known for a quote pertaining to religion where he called it the “opiate of the masses,” when in reality such a phrase accurately describes professional sports. Each weekend, as well as Monday nights during football season, millions upon millions of Americans eat, sleep, and dream about the NFL football games that are played. It’s fascinating when one is enlightened and “unplugged from the Matrix” to see these millions of zombies focusing all of their time, energy, and emotions on something so meaningless. People yell and scream at the TV, and often their entire mood in the following days is dependent upon whether their favorite team won or lost. Somehow, a bunch of over-paid muscle heads chasing a ball on a field of grass has become one of the most important events in their lives. They can discuss at length the poor strategies that lead to their team losing the game, and they can rattle of statistic after statistic of the performance of their favorite players, yet most of these people have no clue about the New World Order, or even current events. Super Bowl Sunday is basically a national holiday, and the stores and shopping malls look about as empty as they do on Christmas day. You can hear shouts and celebrations coming from neighbors homes from multiple directions as people jump up and down yelling and cursing at their television over the performance of their team. The next morning, the “Super Bowl Champions” are plastered on the entire front page of every major newspaper in the country, as if winning the game makes them heroes like they just saved a group of children from a burning building. Who is the mayor of the city they live in, many couldn’t tell you, but they can tell you the score of the Super Bowl and who won and what their favorite commercial was. The character Tyler Durden from the film Fight Club mocks such priorities by sarcastically saying, “Murder, crime, poverty, these things don’t concern me. What concerns me are celebrity magazines, television with 500 channels, some guy’s name on my underwear.”

Jay Leno’s “Jay Walking”

A hilarious and popular segment created by comedian Jay Leno, titled “Jay Walking” shows just how out of touch many Americans are with issues that really matter, and are instead able to recall details about the personal lives of celebrities or how a certain football team is doing. A popular question Jay asks people is simply, “Who is the Vice President of the United States?” It’s shocking how many people don’t know. Sometimes he even brings photos of prominent political figures or business leaders and asks people who they are. Many don’t know. He then pulls out photos of pop singers and actors, and everyone is able to instantly identify them. The segment shows in a sad yet hilarious way that pop culture and celebrities are what is important to most Americans, not reality, politics or personal finance. This author has shot several YouTube videos with similar themes including one where I got people to sign a petition to increase inflation and cause hyper-inflation, and one where I tried to sell a one ounce solid gold coin worth over $1,150 at the time for only $50, but nobody had a clue how much gold was worth and nobody wanted it. With some people I dropped the price to just $5 but the people didn’t see the point in buying the gold [xxiv] coin.

The Fairness Doctrine One of many Orwellian plans in the New World Order is the “Fairness Doctrine,” which is the idea that the government needs to control the mainstream media in order to (as they claim) attempt to present both sides of issues so that one opinion or belief does not dominate the media. There is surely nothing fair about it, and the name and the concept clearly promote unfairness and only attempts to eliminate the free market and the voices of opposition against government policies. The original Fairness Doctrine was a policy of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) which regulates broadcast licenses, and was introduced in 1949 and required broadcasters to present controversial issues in a way the FCC viewed as balanced and honest. The doctrine was challenged in

court and in 1969 the United States Supreme court upheld the FCC’s right to enforce it, although later, in 1987 the Fairness Doctrine was abolished. Since then, a sizeable number of prominent (mostly Democrat) politicians have publicly stated their desire to have the Fairness Doctrine reinstated. The reason left-wing politicians favor such an idea is because liberals want larger government and want the government to be involved in people’s lives in every aspect. Another reason left-wingers tend to support the Fairness Doctrine is because talk radio has been dominated by conservatives, and so the liberals see the Fairness Doctrine as a way to silence or minimize the effect of right-wing radio. In June 2007, Senator Richard Durbin (D-Illinois) said, “It’s time to [xxv]

reinstitute the Fairness Doctrine,”

and around this same time, Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi of San Francisco told reporters that her fellow Democratic Representatives did not want to forbid reintroduction of the Fairness Doctrine and later when asked point blank if she personally [xxvi] supported its revival, she answered, “Yes.”

Illuminati kingpin Bill Clinton threw his support behind reinstatement during a February 13, 2009 interview on the Mario Solis Marich radio show, where he said, “Well, you either ought to have the Fairness Doctrine or we ought to have more balance on the other side, because essentially there’s always been a lot of big money to support the right wing talk shows.” [xxvii]

U.S. [xxviii]

Representative Anna Eshoo (Democrat of California),

Senator [xxix]

Debbie Stabenow (D-Michigan),

Senator Tom Harkin (D-Iowa), [xxx]

and others have all publicly expressed their desire to have the program reinstated. Democratic Senator Jeff Bingaman of New Mexico,

Operation Mockingbird

Intelligent people have varying degrees of suspicion that the US government is in bed with the American mainstream media, and anyone who monitors the news media with discerning eyes can quite easily identify specific stories and strategies that are being used to persuade and intimidate the population. For those who want “evidence” of such manipulation, one needs to look no further than the findings of a Senate Select Committee in 1975, which confirms and details this, has occurred for decades on a scale larger than most people could imagine. Operation Mockingbird, as it was called, was exposed in 1975 during the Church Committee investigation, which then published its findings the following year. The full name of the committee which investigated and uncovered such activities was called, “The United States Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities” which was chaired by Senator Frank Church (D-ID). Through this investigation it became clear that such a program was developed in the 1950s for the purpose of persuading American and foreign media, as well as to use the media as gate-keepers to prevent certain information from being published and reaching the masses. In 1948 an espionage and counter-intelligence branch within the CIA was created for the purpose of “propaganda, economic warfare; preventive direct action, including sabotage, anti-sabotage, demolition and evacuation measures; subversion against hostile states, including assistance to underground resistance groups, and support of indigenous anti-Communist elements in threatened countries of the free world.” Later that year Operation Mockingbird was established to influence the domestic and foreign media. Philip Graham, the owner of The Washington Post, was first recruited to run the project within the industry and develop a network of assets. After 1953, the network had influence over twenty-five newspapers and wire agencies and was overseen by Allen Dulles, who was director of the CIA. The Mockingbird program also involved major television broadcasters, including William Paley, the CEO of CBS broadcasting.

Thomas Braden, who was the head of the International Organizations Division (IOD), which was a division of the CIA dealing with human intelligence services, played a substantial role in Operation Mockingbird and would later reveal, “If the director of CIA wanted to extend a present, say, to someone in Europe—a Labour leader—suppose he just thought, this man can use fifty thousand dollars, he’s working well and doing a good job —he could hand it to him and never have to account to anybody... There was simply no limit to the money it could spend and no limit to the people it could hire and no limit to the activities it could decide were necessary to conduct the war—the secret war....It was multinational.” According to the Congressional report published in 1976, “The CIA currently maintains a network of several hundred individuals around the world who provide intelligence for the CIA and at times attempt to influence opinion through the use of covert propaganda. These individuals provide the CIA with direct access to a large number of newspapers and periodicals, scores of press services and news agencies, radio and television stations, commercial book publishers, and other foreign media outlets.” The committee also concluded that the cost of the program was approximately $265 million a year, which when adjusted for inflation as of 2010 means that in today’s dollars the program costs an astounding one billion dollars a year. A year after the Church Committee released its findings on Operation Mockingbird, Rolling Stone magazine published an article on the program and named various prominent journalists who they alleged to be involved with it. Some of these included Ben Bradlee, who wrote for Newsweek , Stewart Alsop, who wrote for the New York Herald Tribune , James Reston (New York Times ), Charles Douglas Jackson (Time Magazine ), Walter Pincus (Washington Post ), William C. Baggs (The Miami News ), and others. In 2007 a large amount of documents known as the “Family Jewels” were declassified and released by the National Security Archive, which also revealed that the CIA had routinely wiretapped Washington-based news reporters. These individuals were most likely seen as a threat to the

establishment and were not playing along with the propaganda and gatekeeping efforts within the media establishment. As with nearly every other case of rampant institutional corruption in government agencies, the CIA claims to have ended the program—another claim that is laughable.

The Military Wanted to Hire Bloggers for Propaganda Since the Internet has been a haven for independent journalists and countless “alternative” news sites, along with bloggers who have gained a large following of people who don’t rely only on mainstream corporate news to get their information, this posed a major problem for the establishment. The major broadcast TV and radio networks, as well as the cable channels, consist of tens of millions of dollars in equipment and expensive services such as satellite feeds and camera crews, but the Internet had opened the door for one individual with a website costing only a few dollars a month to have the potential to reach millions of people simply by posting their own articles or videos. With people able to copy and paste a link from a blog and sent it out to their email list or post it on their Facebook, MySpace, or Twitter pages, a simple blog written by an ordinary person can spread like a virus around the web. Of course, the establishment saw the dangers that blogs and nonmainstream websites held for their monopoly of information, so they decided to use prominent bloggers as paid propagandists just like the talking heads in the mainstream media. In 2006 a report from the Joint Special Operations University titled Blogs and Military Information Strategy , outlined this plan. “Hiring a block of bloggers to verbally attack a specific person or promote a specific message may be worth considering,” read the report. It was written by James Kinniburgh and Dororthy Denning. The report also suggested the government hack the blogs of those seen as detrimental to the propaganda they want to spread. It reads, “[T]he enemy blog might be used covertly as a vehicle for friendly information operations. Hacking the site and subtly changing the messages and data—

merely a few words or phrases—may be sufficient to begin destroying the blogger’s credibility with the audience. Better yet, if the blogger happens to be passing enemy communications and logistics data, the information content could be corrupted.”

High Level Officials and Institutions within the NWO are Above the Law As many people are aware, certain politicians and businessmen seem to be untouchable regarding the corruption and criminal activities they are involved in. This occurs because of the power of the invisible empire and their use of coercion, threats, and blackmail. The Illuminati keep files on practically every congressman and woman, as well as media figures, business leaders, judges, military officials, and anyone of influence in the public sphere. If a politician cheats on his wife, the invisible empire most likely know about it and have documentation proving it. If a person cheats on his taxes, uses cocaine, has any bizarre hobbies or interests, they know. Frequently they will entrap people simply to gather such evidence. Imagine that you’re a prominent politician who genuinely cares for America and wants to do the right thing in a particular segment of society such as lowering taxes. Also imagine that at one time, perhaps years or even decades ago, you made the terrible mistake of cheating on your wife, or even sleeping with a high class prostitute, perhaps provided and paid for by a colleague after a cocktail party. The odds are that the Illuminati has documentation of this. Echelon, the secret electronic snooping system, probably has a recording of a telephone conversation of you bragging about it with a friend. Perhaps the person you thought was your friend who provided the prostitute for you was doing so for the express purpose of entrapping you, and the guest bedroom in the mansion of the party, or the hotel you had sex with her at, was rigged with cameras and caught the whole thing on tape.

Now fast forward to the present time where you are a politician trying to save the American people from rising taxes, and imagine you get a phone call from someone not identifying themselves but telling you that they have evidence of what you did, and perhaps play the audio of your phone call when you spoke about it. The voice on the phone now tells you to stop pressing so hard for the tax reform, or even tells you to drop your support of it all together or they will show your wife photos of what you did. What do you do? This is just one of the methods used to get people in the pocket of the secret establishment. The History Channel produced a show called, Presidential Secrets which included a segment about J. Edgar Hoover, the infamous former Director of the FBI, which quite clearly and openly explained that Hoover keep dirt on everyone he could, and used that dirt to influence people in whatever way he wanted. For 48 years Hoover was the director of the FBI under eight different presidents. He died on May 2, 1972 at the age of 77 from a heart attack. It was only after his death that the depths of corruption Hoover sunk to were revealed. Despite 35 file cabinets of his personal files being destroyed after his death by his loyal aids, volumes of information are now public which show just how dark the soul was of Hoover, as well as how powerful people can be when they have the resources of the FBI behind them. Hoover was able to use the FBI to influence both politicians, as well as Hollywood pictures. In 1971 he was told Jane Fonda would star in a film titled Klute about a prostitute helping a detective solve a mystery, and he created a file and determined to have the part removed. He hand wrote in the margin of one of the documents which was declassified, saying “Certainly, I don’t want any reference to the FBI in any picture which this tramp, Jane Fonda appears.” He was able to have various films killed or the scripts changed to prevent the portrayal of the FBI in a negative light, including preventing John Wayne from starring in a TV show titled The FBI, which ran from 1965 to 1974, because Wayne was a member of the John Birch Society, which Hoover despised. The John Birch Society is known for its political activism particularly against globalism and in support of traditional conservatism.

Anti-war rock and roll musicians were also a target of J. Edgar Hoover. Janis Joplin, Jimmy Hendrix, and particularly John Lennon of the Beatles. In 1969 Lennon released an album containing protest songs which were enraging to Hoover and the establishment, so he tried to get him deported over a marijuana charge from England. Hoover also thought that John Lennon’s outspokenness threatened Richard Nixon’s reelection. J. Edgar Hoovers files also reveal how ruthless and powerful President Roosevelt was. It was believed that his wife Eleanor was having an affair, and after this was investigated by the FBI and pretty much confirmed, FDR wanted all of the agents who worked on the case killed so they would not spread rumors about his wife’s infidelities. The files reveal that he personally ordered all men who worked on the case to be “immediately relieved of his duties and sent to the south pacific for action against the Japs until they were killed.” Hoover himself was a homosexual and hired his long-time lover Clyde Tolson, who rapidly climbed the ranks of the FBI, ultimately becoming the Associate Director of the FBI, the second highest position in the organization. The FBI and historians openly admit the rampant corruption led by J. Edgar Hoover, and of course claim to have made changes to prevent such abuses from continuing, which we know is a lie, but looking back at how much influence Hoover was able to have decades ago can send chills up one’s spine when thinking of what is possible with today’s technology.

Barney Frank One of the most perverted cases of a politician who is above the law involves Barney Frank, who has been a House Representative from Massachusetts 4th congressional district since 1982. Barney Frank is considered by many to be one of the most powerful men in Congress and became the chairman of the House Financial Services Committee in 2007 and was a major force in Obama’s economic “stimulus” package in 2009. Frank is also openly gay and back in the 1980s met a gay prostitute from a personal ad in the newspaper who later became his roommate and ran a gay

prostitution ring out of their apartment. There are also allegations that Frank has had sexual relations with underage boys as well. The Washington Times reported in 1989 that, “Frank, one of two openly gay members of Congress, confirmed Friday that he paid [Stephen L.] Gobie for sex, hired him with personal funds as an aide and wrote letters on congressional stationery on his behalf to Virginia probation officials.” [xxxi] The article continues, “Although Frank and Gobie differ in some details of their relationship, they agree on the story line. They met on April Fool’s Day 1985. The representative answered a classified ad in the Washington Blade , the local gay weekly. ‘Exceptionally good-looking, personable, muscular athlete is available. Hot bottom plus large endowment equals a [xxxii] good time.’”

The article goes on to explain that Barney Frank paid Gobie $80 for sex which marked the beginning of their relationship. Frank was in his third term then, and despite later admitting this activity, went on to become an extremely powerful man in Washington DC. Barney Frank’s current live-in boyfriend, James Ready, was arrested in [xxxiii]

2009 for growing marijuana in their backyard.

Frank claimed he had no knowledge of the plants just as he claimed to have no knowledge of Stephen L. Gobie’s gay prostitution ring he was running out of their apartment when they lived together in the 1980s. It is very interesting that Eliot Spitzer, the former governor of New York, was busted for using high class female prostitutes ending his political career and forcing him to resign, yet Barney Frank has had a sordid past with admissions of using prostitutes himself and a roommate who was a gay pimp, while Frank is hailed as a hero. Eliot Spitzer was causing trouble for AIG and other big Wall Street firms who would eventually go bankrupt and then be given billions of dollars for free by government bailouts. Some suspect that Spitzer getting busted was simply a way to get him out of the way and stop him from poking his nose around where the Illuminati didn’t want it.

Barney Frank’s admissions of paying gay prostitutes for sex, while being reprehensible by itself, pales in comparison to the allegations that he also had sexual relations with young boys who were underage and connected to the infamous Franklin Cover-up scandal in the late 1980s. Below is a transcript from a court appearance in 1999 of a man named Paul Bonacci, who claims that he engaged in sexual relations with Frank when he was underage. IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF NEBRASKA PAUL A. BONACCI, ( 4:91CV3037) Plaintiff, vs. TRANSCRIPT LAWRENCE E. KING, Defendants. Hearing held before the Honorable Warren K. Urbom, Senior United States District Judge, on February 5, 1999 in Lincoln, Nebraska. APPEARANCES: Mr. John DeCamp Attorney at Law 414 South llth Street Lincoln, Nebraska for Plaintiff I -N-D-E-X WITNESS Direct Cross Redirect Recross Noreen Gosch 5 Russell Nelson 36

Paul Bonacci 101 Denise Bonacci 155 (At 9:01, the following proceedings were held.) THE COURT: This is the case of Paul A. Bonacci versus Lawrence E. King, 4:91CV3037. I see the plaintiff, Mr. Paul Bonacci, here with his counsel Mr. DeCamp. I do not see anyone representing Lawrence E. King. Is there anyone here representing Mr. King? I take it not. A default judgment has been entered against him. And the purpose of this proceeding is to determine the amount of damages that are to be awarded. Mr. DeCamp, you may proceed. Want to make an opening statement or not is entirely up to you. You may do that or call your witnesses as you choose. MR. DECAMP: May it please the Court, a very, very brief opening statement. What I want to establish here today, Your Honor, if at all possible, is the entire picture or scene in which Mr. Bonacci lived and prove to this Court’s satisfaction the stories he tells in his petition are in fact true and the trauma that results from those stories is in fact very real. And even, Your Honor, we would hope that the Court, after hearing some of the evidence and information today for the first time ever, would maybe even on its own initiative take some appropriate action to correct some other wrongs or launch some other investigations that may be needed, Your Honor. THE COURT: That’s not within my authority. So I can’t do that. But I can award damages. And that’s why we’re here today. The witness, Paul Bonacci, was then asked about instances involving him being sexually abused at adult parties when he was a young boy. ANSWER: A lot of the parties when we went to, that we went to and stuff, the ones in the Twin Towers were basically for one reason. And that was for sex. QUESTION: Sex between who?

ANSWER: There was sex between adult men and some other adult men but most of it had to do with young boys and young girls. QUESTION: Young boys and young girls with each other or with older folks? ANSWER: With the older folks. Also some of the parties, there was some parties above The French Cafe that they would bring people in and stuff that were from out of town. Those were specifically for sex with minors. Also in Washington, D. C. there were, there was also parties like Rusty had already talked about where there was parties after a party. Where they would have a party where they would have a legitimate party with like some politicians, businessmen. And a lot of them never knew about what happened at the after, you know, the party afterwards and stuff. Like in Washington, D. C. there was a lot of parties where they would be senators and congressmen who had nothing to do with the sexual stuff. But there was some senators and congressmen who stayed for the parties afterwards. And one person that I’m not afraid to talk about because his, because Larry King always said him and this guy were on the opposite ends of the field because this guy was a Democrat and Larry King was a Republican. That’s a known fact and stuff. And this guy, every time I see him on TV and stuff, my wife knows my hatred for him. Because every time I see him and stuff it disgusts me because it’s—his name is Barney Frank. QUESTION: Did you have relationships with him? ANSWER: Yes. QUESTION: Where? ANSWER: In Washington, D. C. And also I was sent to a house, I believe it was in Massachusetts in Boston where I believe it was his house because there’s pictures on the wall that, with him and with different people and stuff. And that he had met I guess. But it was in his basement. End of Transcript

White House Enemies List Anyone with any sense knows that the President of the United States can order the CIA, FBI, or any agency or combination of, to illegally investigate anyone he sees as a threat to his administration’s goals, such as other politicians, reporters, or political activists. While it would be political suicide for any politician to mention this fact, one Republican Senator made a startling comment on the Senate floor about the Obama administration compiling an enemies list. Republican Conference Chairman Lamar Alexander (Tenn.), who served in the Nixon White House, said, “Based upon that experience and my 40 years since then in and out of public life, I want to make what I hope will be taken as a friendly suggestion to President [xxxiv] Obama and his White House: Don’t create an enemies list.”

Alexander went on to describe the corruption that occurred during the Nixon administration and said he sees “symptoms of this same kind of animus developing in the Obama administration.” He also read off a list of examples he said support his views, such as a reported attempt by the Health and Human Services Department to put a gag order on the insurer Humana, and demonizing insurance companies during the government run health care debate. He also cited the administration’s hatred of the Fox News Channel, along with Obama’s alleged taking names of bondholders who resisted the General Motors and Chrysler bailouts. Alexander also pointed out how he and Senator Bob Bennett (R-Utah) were “called out” on the White House’s blog after questioning the power of White House czars saying, “This behavior is typical of street brawls and political campaign consultants…If the president and his top aides treat people with different views as enemies instead of listening to what they have to say, they’re likely to end up with a narrow view and a feeling that the whole world is out to get them. And as those of us who served in the Nixon White House know, that can get you into a lot of trouble.” While not exactly the most reputable tabloid, The Globe published an article in September 2009 headlined 25 Enemies Obama Wants to Silence

and listed among them, Alex Jones from Infowars.com.

The Clinton Body Count While mainly a thing of the past because Bill Clinton hasn’t been president since the year 2000, the Clinton Body Count still warrants mention in our discussion of the unlimited (and illegal) power and activities that a president has. The Clinton Body Count is the name given to the long list of people who have either been murdered, or died under suspicious circumstances who had personal or professional ties to Bill Clinton. The 1994 film The Clinton Chronicles documents some of the deaths found on the Clinton Body Count and is available to watch for free on the Internet.

2008 Economic Bailout The words “stimulus” and “stimulus package” entered the public lexicon at the end of 2008 after the housing market collapsed in the United States, and caused a wave of economic destruction to sweep around the world. The Dow Jones Industrial Average was falling sometimes five and seven hundred points a day and people were getting understandably worried about the state of the economy. This is when the Bush administration proposed their staggering 700 billion dollar bailout which they said was needed to avert an economic disaster. Many were understandably against the bailout and wanted the free market to take its course and correct itself naturally when things stabilized, but the Bush administration (along with their Illuminati banking connections) wanted the stimulus package to be passed as soon as possible. Some members of Congress were privately told that if the bailout didn’t pass a vote, the country would completely collapse into a depression and massive civil unrest and martial law would be imposed to prevent massive crime and violence. Congressman Brad Sherman blew the whistle on such [xxxv] threats and called them unjustified fear mongering.

California Senator Diane Feinstein publicly admitted that her office received 91,000 phone calls and emails about the bailout, and that 85,000 of them were opposed to it, but she voted for the bailout anyway because she

said people were “confused” and “didn’t understand it” and she needed to do what was in the best interest of the country. The economic bailouts and stimulus packages of 2008 and 2009 are lengthy subjects in and of themselves, so for the sake of keeping this book to a manageable length, they are only mentioned here briefly. There are several important points to be learned regarding these issues, one of which being that Diane Feinstein’s admission that 93% of the phone calls to her office opposed the bailout, yet she voted for it anyway, shows where the allegiance lies of elite politicians and how they couldn’t care less about actually representing their constituency, but rather bow to the private interests who supply them with power and wealth. The fear-mongering and threats of a total collapse and martial law also show the low levels those in power will sink to get their way. It’s also critical to remember that only several days after the first bailout was passed by Congress in 2008, the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department completely changed their mind about where the $700 billion dollars would go and who would get the money. Many of the firms that did get the money paid out huge year-end bonuses to their CEOs and top executives. Most people who have the potential to earn a bonus at their job will only qualify for it if they achieve certain goals such as a hitting certain sales figures, but numerous bankers on Wall Street got tens of millions of dollars each in bonuses as their companies collapsed in bankruptcy. Only if one is a member of the invisible empire can one get rewarded for a historic failure.

Electronic Voting Machines Voter fraud has been something that has occurred in American elections for hundreds of years. Stuffing the ballot, vote buying, misrecording of votes, and other methods of fraud have been problems in elections around the world. Joseph Stalin is quoted as once saying, "He who votes decides nothing; he who counts the votes decides everything.” While safeguards have been put in place to minimize voter fraud in elections, the increased use of electronic voting machines have complicated this process. The designs of electronic voting machines and their software

are closely guarded secrets by industry insiders but some whistle blowers have been able to show that the machines can be programmed to report whatever vote counts their creators want them to show. A documentary produced by HBO titled Hacking Democracy shows how one hacker was able to alter the vote totals to whatever numbers he wanted just by hacking the memory card for such machines. He didn’t even need access to the machine itself, the software code, or anything. All he did is place a program on a standard removable memory card for a machine, which are widely available, and he was able to alter the tallies. Many people suspect that operatives fixed the 2000 election in favor of George W. Bush using electronic voting machines. The 2004 presidential election is also suspected to have been fixed, particularly in the state of Ohio where exit polls showed John Kerry would win, but miraculously the vote counts showed different. Walden O’Dell, the CEO of Diebold Election Systems, had written a Republican fundraising letter in 2003 where he said his company was “committed to helping Ohio deliver their electoral votes to the President next year.” He was obviously referring to President Bush who was facing John Kerry in the 2004 election. When asked about this, Mark Radke, Diebold’s marketing director answered, “that quotation that appeared in a letter is something that, uh…he regrets. It’s a situation where his personal preference has come over into his business practice and he has committed to keeping a much lower profile when it comes to those kinds of activities.” So it is sad but probably true that your vote doesn’t matter in a presidential election. Whichever candidate will better serve the interests of the New World Order will be the one who secret operatives will make sure gets the most votes and becomes the next president. Such tampering actually takes place before the presidential election and is used in the primaries to ensure a particular candidate gets the nomination of his party. The final two candidates of the Republican and the Democratic parties are both most likely aware of the shady vote tampering and can only hope that the secret establishment chooses them to throw their weight behind to select as the next president of the United States.

The Original Blueprint of Domination Knowing about the rampant corruption and the methods of blackmail and coercion that go on in politics, it is interesting to look back several hundred years at the original writings of Adam Weishaupt, the founder of the Illuminati. These writings were discovered by Bavarian officials in 1786 and published shortly after. English translations and excerpts were made available in books like John Robison’s Proofs of a Conspiracy (1798), Abbe Barruel’s Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism (1797), and Proof of the Illuminati by Seth Payson (1802). The writings give a clear view into the mind and mission of founder Adam Weishaupt. He wrote, “There must (a la Jésuite ) not a single purpose ever come in sight that is ambiguous, and that may betray our aims against religion and the state. One must speak sometimes one way and sometimes another, but so as never to contradict ourselves, and so that, with respect to our true way of thinking, we may be impenetrable.” “This can be done in no other way but by secret associations, which will by degrees, and in silence, possess themselves of the government of the States, and make use of those means for this purpose…” “…the Order will, for its own sake , and therefore certainly , place every man in that situation in which he can be most effective. The pupils are convinced that the Order will rule the world. Every member therefore becomes a ruler.” Some people believe the mainstream history that says the Illuminati were dissolved after their discovery, but reading Weishaupt’s own words reveal that he had taken this possibility into consideration and made the appropriate steps to ensure the group would continue if this were to happen. He wrote, “By this plan we shall direct all mankind. In this manner, and by the simplest means, we shall set all in motion and in flames. The occupations must be so allotted and contrived, that we may, in secret, influence all political transactions…I have considered everything, and so prepared it, that if the Order should this day go to ruin, I shall in a year reestablish it more brilliant than ever.”

Wars and False Flag Terrorism No book on the New World Order would be complete without a discussion about the role wars and false flag terrorism play in the construction and expansion of the global government. This is an extremely detailed and unsettling subject and will only be briefly mentioned here. Entire books are available on specific aspects of this subject if you are interested in learning more. But it must be stated that major wars and terrorist attacks often cover sinister activities and goals the public is largely unaware of. The reasons for going to war are almost always greatly exaggerated and in numerous instances completely fabricated so the public on a large scale, and the military soldiers who will be risking their lives for that war, will believe that they are fighting for a just cause, such as protecting the United States. In reality, members of the armed forces are often used as imperialistic pawns who unknowingly help construct and expand the New World Order. For example, the Gulf of Tonkin Incident, as it is called, was the straw that broke the camel’s back and resulted in America getting fully involved in the Vietnam War. This incident refers to an event where North Vietnamese gunboats were reported to have attacked an American ship in international waters, prompting President Johnson to retaliate by entering the war. Years later private presidential tapes were released that show President Johnson and Robert McNamara, his secretary of defense, conspiring to lie and say the American ship was attacked, when in fact it was not. As any informed American now knows, the War in Iraq was based on lies that Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction and attempts to link him to the terrorist attacks of September 11th 2001 in New York City and Washington DC. The 9/11 attacks, as many know, were a false flag terrorist attack, meaning they were aided by elements of US and foreign intelligence agencies so this traumatic event could be used to justify invading the Middle East, as well as passing legislation domestically such as the Patriot Act which eliminated various rights outlined in the Constitution. Such strategies are insidiously genius because they are so hard to oppose. After all, if there is an alleged threat, or an actual terrorist attack said to

have been perpetrated by a specific country or group, it seems only appropriate to retaliate. False flag terrorism is essentially a terrorist act carried out by a government or intelligence agency, often against one’s own people or country, which is made to look like it was done by another country or group. It is basically framing others for the act which can then be used to justify military action in response. Since most ordinary citizens, as well as those in the military and government would never imagine that leaders in their own government could be behind such an attack against their own country, the idea of incidences being false flag attacks are rarely thought of. These subjects are massive, and there is no room in this book to detail the piles of evidence for these statements, so if you are interested in learning more about the 9/11 attacks and false flag operations, you are advised to read The New Pearl Harbor by David Ray Griffin, 9/11 Synthetic Terror by Webster Tarpley, or The Terror Timeline by Paul Thompson. There are also various films that are often available to view for free on the Internet which detail the purposeful frauds that have been created by the U.S. government in order to start wars. Several of the best are: War Made Easy , Why We Fight , Terrorstorm , 9/11 Press for Truth , and Loose Change: Final Cut . Also, an interesting historical note regarding wars involves Major General Smedley Butler, who at the time of his death in 1940 was the most decorated U.S. Marine in history. Butler published a small book titled War is a Racket which exposed the corrupt profit motives for going to war. Butler also testified before a congressional committee in 1934 where he explained how he was asked to participate in a plot to overthrow president Roosevelt and install a fascist dictatorship. Since Butler was a high ranking and influential man in the Marines, the conspirators hoped he could secretly gather 500,000 men to aid in this takeover. The men behind the attempted plot were wealthy businessmen with strong ties to the Illuminati. The term “Military-industrial complex” was coined by President Dwight D. Eisenhower in his Farewell Address to the Nation on January 17, 1961. The phrase refers to the relationship between the government, particularly the armed forces, and the industries in the commercial sector that provide the weapons, development, and research for such programs and materials.

Eisenhower realized the tremendous money-making capacities of such industries and relationships, and firmly warned of the dangers such relationships could cause if abused. His speech reads in part, “A vital element in keeping the peace is our military establishment. Our arms must be mighty, ready for instant action, so that no potential aggressor may be tempted to risk his own destruction…” “This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every statehouse, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society. In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals so that security and liberty may prosper together.”

Immorality and Destructive Behavior is Encouraged In the 1950s Elvis Presley’s swinging hips and sexually suggestive dancing caused a tremendous stir around the world. Some TV stations were ordered only to shoot him from the chest up in an attempt to censor his on-stage antics from the home audience. Now contrast this with today’s pop culture icons who dress like sluts like Britney Spears and others such as Christina Aguilera, Beyonce Knowles, and Lady Gaga, just to name a few.

Self-destructive, sexually immoral, and materialistic idols are built up by the media and presented to the youth as role models, while Christianity and traditional healthy values are ridiculed as old fashioned and uncool. The family is under attack, and family values and the family unit itself have slowly but dramatically deteriorated over the last few decades, and is reflected in the divorce rates and high numbers of sexually transmitted diseases, abortions, and unwed mothers. A wildly popular show amongst teenagers and young adults was MTV’s Jackass which aired from 2000 to 2002, and consisted of nothing more than amateur video footage of people performing various dangerous and childish stunts and pranks. Soon after the show began airing, a slew of reports detailed the injuries of various people imitating or attempting to recreate the idiocy they had seen on the show. The types of “stunts” performed on the show often involved people getting kicked or hit in the testicles by various objects, as well as smashing shopping carts, and even one individual (Steve-O) having things stapled to his bare butt using a staple gun. It’s also interesting to note that this individual, Steve-O, has a tattoo on his arm of the “Jesus fish” with the word “Satan” written inside, and had gotten a tattoo of a man raping a baby on his arm, but after even his close friends found it appalling, he had an ostrich tattooed over the baby to cover it up. The tattoo now shows a man [xxxvi]

having sex with the ostrich.

In the MTV Cribs episode featuring cast members of Jackass , Steve-O picks up the kitten at his apartment and introduces it to the camera as ‘Lucifer.’ On March 9, 2008, Steve-O’s friends forced him to check into Thalians [xxxvii]

Mental Health Center due to ongoing drug abuse problems.

He was placed on a 72 hour psychiatric hold which was later lengthened to 14 days [xxxviii] due to an alleged suicide attempt.

In June 2008, Steve-O pleaded guilty to felony possession of cocaine and [xxxix] avoided jail by the successful completion of his treatment program.

In a later MTV documentary covering his road to sobriety titled Steve-O:

Demise and Rise , he admitted that he would hear voices and thought that, “I was possessed by demons, and I think that’s pretty evident in some of this footage.” A spin-off from Jackass aired from 2003 to 2005, titled Viva La Bam , which consisted of a series of destructive and even cruel pranks done by Bam Margera and his friends on each other—especially on Bam’s family and was an MTV favorite for many viewers. Several views from within Bam’s home reveal a large symbol resembling an upside down satanic pentagram within a circle, called a ‘heart o gram,’ which is supposed to represent both good and evil. This heart o gram is also used as a hood ornament on Bam’s Mercedes and is the symbol for Bam’s favorite band HIM which has songs such as “Your Sweet Six Six Six.” The logo for the show Viva La Bam features the satanic hand sign ‘el Diablo’ of raising the index and pinky fingers, which has been drawn in as the letter “I” in the word “Viva,” complete with illuminating rays coming from behind it. When Jackass first aired, every teenager in the country knew who Johnny Knoxville and the other Jackasses were and the show inspired countless kids to videotape themselves and their friends trying to be “Jackasses” themselves.

Popular Music Nearly everyone in the world is familiar with the meteoric rise and fall of pop star Britney Spears as we watched her go from a sweet and seemingly innocent teen idol, to a whacked-out, shaved-head, train wreck of a mother. Her first album was release in 1999 and with each new album she sunk to new moral lows with her legions of preteen and teenage fans mimicking her every move. In 2009 Spears released an album titled Circus which contained a song named, “If You Seek Amy,” which on the surface seemed innocent enough until you heard the lyrics sung. The chorus goes, “Love me, hate me, but can’t you see what I see, all of the boys and all of the girls are begging to if you seek Amy.” It may not seem like anything unless you give it a second read, or hear the song for yourself.

The words “if you seek Amy,” blend together to sound like the letters F, U, C, K, and the word “me.” So what she is really saying is all of the boys and all of the girls want to fuck her. It’s important to note that this is not simply a coincidence or that this author is reading too much into the lyrics. The song was specifically designed to sound like this. The official video for the song begins with a news broadcast with a banner on the bottom of the screen reading, “New Britney Spears lyrics spell out obscenity in disguise.” Her album The Singles Collection , also released in 2009, includes a song titled “3” which contains lyrics about having a three-some and having sex with two guys at the same time. “Living in sin is the new thing,” she sings. Some other lyrics read: 1, 2, 3 not only you and me Got one eighty degrees And I'm caught in between In the early morning hours of November 12, 2009, someone hacked Britney’s Twitter account and changed the background graphic from one promoting her new album to one featuring pyramids inscribed with the word “Illuminati” with an all-seeing eye at the top. They also “Tweeted” (Twitter terminology for posting a message), “I hope the New World Order will arrive as soon as possible” and that “I give myself to Lucifer every day [xl]

for it to arrive as soon as possible. Glory to Satan!”

Her Twitter account had 3.7 million followers at the time, and her staff scrambled to regain control of the account as soon as the hack was discovered. Obviously the hacker is fully aware that Spears is an Illuminati icon and is promoted to poison the minds of young girls. A pop singer who goes by the name Katy Perry (Real name Katherine Hudson) was placed in the limelight in 2008 following the release of her single, “I Kissed a Girl,” which was a song about her sexually

experimenting by making out with a girl. “I kissed a girl, and I liked it / the taste of her cherry ChapStick / I kissed a girl just to try it / hope my boyfriend don’t mind it,” she sings. What’s more disturbing is that Perry’s parents are Christian pastors and she released a self-titled gospel album in 2001 before turning to the dark side. Another look at the 230 year old writings of Adam Weishaupt reveals that icons like Britney Spears and Katy Perry are playing right into the hands of the Illuminati without even knowing it. Weishaupt wrote, “There is no way of influencing men so powerfully as by means of the women. These should therefore be our chief study; we should insinuate ourselves into their good opinion, give them hints of emancipation from the tyranny of public opinion, and of standing up for themselves; it will be an immense relief to their enslaved minds to be freed from any one bond of restraint, and it will fire them the more, and cause them to work for us with zeal, without knowing that they do so; for they will only be indulging their own desire of personal admiration.” Almost everyone in the world is familiar with rapper Eminem (Marshall Mathers) but many may not be aware of just how violent and disgusting his lyrics are. Many of his songs are about killing people, raping women, doing drugs, and other violent acts. It would be foolish to say that people who listen to such music aren’t encouraged and inspired to commit violent acts as a result. In 2005 a man in London was arrested for killing a woman for [xli]

no reason after performing Eminem songs at a karaoke bar.

The man was said to idolize Eminem and even had several tattoos similar to the rap star. Eminem is also a member of a rap group called D-12, which produces music that is exclusively violent and vile, with some lyrics saying, “I will shit on you I don’t care who you are / I’ll shit on you / I don’t give a fuck about you or your car / Fuck your house / Fuck your jewelry / And fuck your watch / Fuck your wife / Fuck your kids / Fuck your family / I’ll shit on you.” Most of the group’s songs are about killing people and doing drugs. D-12 has sold over 10 million albums worldwide. On April 11th 2006 one of the

group’s members named DeShaun Dupree Holton (stage name Proof) was shot in the head and killed at a Detroit bar by a bouncer after the rapper had shot and killed another man after an altercation. He was Eminem’s best friend. Eminem also launched the career of 50 Cent who in 2008 was estimated to be worth $450 million dollars and one of the richest rappers. An example of 50 Cent’s lyrics which appear in the song I’ll Be the Shooter , are, “I-I’ll be the shooter / I-I’ll use the Colt, the Taurus, or the Ruger / I’ll pop some through ya / Dirty is what I’ll do ya / I-I’ll use the Sig, the pump, or the German Luger.” The examples of pop music containing overtly violent and sexually explicit material could go on and on. What is important to note here is not that such music exists, but that the singers and rap stars who perform such songs are built up in the mainstream media as gods and role models that children often imitate. Songs about three-somes and violence create a culture where such behavior is seen as normal. At one point in time, not that distant in the past, such songs would have been completely shunned or created a national outrage, but today many young boys and girls continuously fill their minds with such garbage from their iPods and television sets and their parents don’t have a clue, or don’t even care.

Television Commercials Everyone knows that sex sells, and using attractive women in commercials is an expected part of TV ads, but some commercials center around messages that have nothing to do with the product while still encouraging or finding humor in immoral behavior while the product may be completely innocent. One such commercial that was popular in 2009 was one for Minute Maid juice where a man is approached by a woman who is his child’s teacher saying, “I think you’re the father of one of my kids” and he mistakes her for some girl he had a drunken one night stand with on Spring Break years earlier. Teachers often refer to their students as “my kids” and apparently someone at the Minute Maid company thought it would be funny to make a commercial centered around a scumbag who slept with some slut on Spring Break when he was drunk and thought he knocked her up.

The online dating site, AshelyMadison.com advertises on TV showing a couple making out with each other and getting undressed in bed and then displays text on the screen reading, “This couple is married…but not to each other.” The company’s trademarked slogan is, “Life is short. Have an affair.” There was a time in the past when such a commercial would never be played, because no TV network would air such garbage, but in the New World Order nearly every last hint of morality has been tossed away, and hedonism, selfishness and immorality are the norm. AshleyMadison.com boasts of having 3.86 million users and is designed exclusively for married people who want to find someone else to have sex with, without their spouse knowing about it. For years now, television commercials advertising Las Vegas end with the slogan, “What happens in Vegas, stays in Vegas,” which means that you and your friends are encouraged to go there and sleep with hookers, do illegal drugs, and gamble all you can, and that nobody must mention these activities to other friends, girlfriends, wives, or family members, because most decent people would be completely appalled by such behavior. This phrase is actually trademarked by the Las Vegas Convention and Visitors Bureau. Las Vegas has been known as the “Sin City” for decades, but in 1999 this new “What happens in Vegas stays in Vegas” slogan was coined and was implemented in multiple television commercials encouraging people to visit the city and take part in all forms of debauchery it has to offer, but to keep it to themselves to avoid any social repercussions once they return home.

Video Games Today, both kids and adults enjoy playing video games and the graphics and action are beyond what anyone could have imagined who grew up playing the Atari or Nintendo game systems in the 1980s. Game types range from role playing adventures, to sports games and shoot ’em ups. With the increased processing power and graphics capabilities of these systems, there is an increased realness to the games, and when an abnormal amount of time is spent playing violent shoot ’em up games, many psychologists fear that it desensitizes people to such violence. Such games place the user in

the position where they “kill” dozens, perhaps hundreds of people, and in some games the targets aren’t “bad guys,” but instead are ordinary innocent people or police, and the point of some games is to just create havoc and kill as many people as you can, and enjoy doing it. Where passively watching countless hours of television or films depicting such violence desensitizes people to it, the active involvement of these realistic videogames dramatically increase this desensitization and teach the users to find pleasure and rewards for the more people they kill. One of the most notoriously violent videogames is the Grand Theft Auto series where players attempt to rise up the ranks of the criminal underworld through various objectives and are encouraged to commit mindless violent criminal acts. For example, in one mission the player gains points by killing people and causing destruction throughout the city and if they steal a police car and run people over with it, they receive double the number of points since they are killing with a police car, instead of if they had stolen an ordinary vehicle. The game has generated a decent amount of controversy from parents who are outraged that a game exists with such sinister goals, and the game’s creators have had multiple lawsuits filed against them claiming the game has encouraged or inspired several people to steal cars and commit multiple murders. William Buckner, who was 15 at the time, and his younger brother Josh (13) ended up killing two people after shooting them while they were driving on the freeway. They told police they went out to shoot at the side [xlii] of trucks after playing Grand Theft Auto III .

The victims’ families filed a $246 million dollar lawsuit against Rockstar Games, Take-Two Interactive Software, Wal-Mart, and Sony Computer Entertainment America who manufactures the Playstation 2 game counsel. Rockstar and its parent company, Take-Two, filed for dismissal of the lawsuit in 2003, stating in U.S. District Court that the “ideas and concepts as well as the ‘purported psychological effects’ on the Buckners are protected by the First Amendment’s free-speech clause.”

An attempt to move the lawsuit into a state court was unsuccessful under Tennessee’s consumer protection act and the plaintiffs dismissed the case. Another lawsuit involving the game was started in 2005 after a 17 year old named Devin Moore shot and killed three police officers in Alabama after he was questioned regarding a stolen vehicle. When being questioned, Moore took a gun from one of the police officers and shot and killed him and two others and then fled in a police car. One of Moore’s attorneys, Jack Thompson, claimed it was Grand Theft Auto’s graphic nature—with his constant playing time—that caused Moore to commit the murders, and Moore’s family agrees. At the time of this writing, the case has not been resolved and is ongoing. Lawyer Jack Thompson has said, “There’s no doubt in my mind that but for Devin Moore’s training on this cop killing simulator, he would not have been able to kill three cops in Fayette, Alabama who are now dead and in the ground. We are suing Take-Two, Sony, Wal-Mart, and GameStop for having trained Devin Moore to kill. He had no history of violence. No criminal record.” Another teenager named Cody Posey who was said to obsessively play the game murdered his father, stepmother, and stepsister in New Mexico. In 2009, a six-year-old boy took his mom’s car attempting to drive himself to school because he missed the bus, only to crash the car and luckily avoid serious injury. The child was able to drive the car over ten miles before crashing, and told the sheriff that he had trained how to drive on video [xliii] games, specifically mentioning Grand Theft Auto .

The Guinness World Records lists the game as the most controversial videogame series in history for glamorizing violence and its connections to [xliv] actual crimes.

Another videogame that wastes countless hours of people’s lives is the online role-playing game World of Warcraft . It’s sort of an advanced Dungeons and Dragons type of game, which has become synonymous with an antisocial outcast living in his parent’s basement. The game type is a

massively multiplayer online role-playing game (MMORPG) which requires players to subscribe to a monthly service in order to play with other online gamers. The game made the Guinness Book of World Records for the most subscribed MMORPG, with more than 11.5 million monthly subscriptions. Such a game takes the players into a completely fictional fantasy land where they often find themselves spending dozens of hours a week. Such a large chunk of time obviously takes away from social activities such as hanging out with friends or going to parties, as well as physical activities like playing sports. Instead, many World of Warcraft players find themselves sitting in front of their computer screen alone hour after hour, with their social skills and physical fitness deteriorating with every passing minute.

Gay Children’s Books Everyone knows how impressionable children are. They believe in Santa Clause, the Easter Bunny, and the Tooth Fairy, after all. While parents cannot have complete control over the values and behaviors of their children, it is undeniable that the environment children are exposed to and the values and behaviors of the adults in their life largely influence them. For example, the children of Anton LaVey, the founder of the Church of Satan, all grew up and continued to carry on the legacy of their father and are avowed Satanists themselves. While homosexuality is a complex and sensitive issue, it cannot be denied that heterosexual desires, behaviors, and couples are normal, and the small percentage of homosexuals represent an abnormal minority whose strange desires and behaviors are the result of some kind of neurological or hormonal disorder. This is not to say that they should be hated for what could be something they cannot fully control. But to teach young children that homosexuality is a normal and natural thing is an absolute abomination, yet in the 21st century the homosexual indoctrination of children took a disturbing turn when various children’s books began to find their way into schools which involved plots of gay characters and were being forced on the young students.

In 2006 at Estabrook Elementary School in Lexington, Massachusetts, a teacher had chosen the theme of “weddings” for reading time, and the book she chose to read to the children was a picture book titled King and King which tells the story of two men who fall in love and get married. The book begins with a Queen nagging her unmarried son, the prince, because he is not married, saying, “When I was your age, I’d been married twice already.” The Queen brings in a bunch of princesses from neighboring kingdoms for him to choose from to be his wife, but he ended up being attracted to one of the princess’s brothers. “At last, the prince felt a stir in his heart. It was love at first sight,” the book reads. The two princes get married after a whirlwind courtship and are then crowned “king and king,” instead of king and queen. The last page shows a drawing of the two “kings” kissing each other on the lips. A similar book titled And Tango Makes Three, describes two male penguins who adopt a baby penguin and raise it together. The two penguins are clearly identified as being two men, and at one point in the story the zoo keeper says they must be in love. One school superintendent, Jennifer Filyaw, said she considered the book [xlv]

“adorable” and appropriate for children ages 4 to 8.

Parents pressured the school to have the book removed from the school library, and were opposed by gay activists who claimed that would amount to “censorship.” At the Alameda Unified School District in California in 2009 the school board voted to uphold a special LBGT (Lesbian, Bisexual, Gay and Transgender) curriculum, and forced 2nd graders to read And Tango Makes [xlvi] Three .

The interesting thing about those who push the homosexual agenda is that they claim everyone should not be judgmental and that all views and lifestyles should be accepted, yet at the same time, they attack conservatives or Christians who are opposed to such agendas. So while claiming people shouldn’t judge, many gays themselves judge others who have differing

opinions and values regarding homosexual agendas, even when those opposed to such things are respectful in their differences. The original writings of the Illuminati read, “We must win the common people in every corner. This will be obtained chiefly by means of the schools, and by open, hearty behavior, show, condescension, popularity, and toleration of their prejudices, which we shall at leisure root out and dispel.”

Obama’s Perverted “Safe Schools Czar” Kevin Jennings, the person president Obama appointed to be his “safe schools czar” is a homosexual who acknowledged that when he was a schoolteacher he advised a 15 year old boy to use condoms when having sex with an older man he met at a bus station bathroom. Not only did Jennings fail to report this incident of statutory rape to authorities, but in the months following he befriended this young boy who would come by his office and tell him of his gay “adventures.” Jennings writes about this in his 2007 autobiography, Mama’s Boy, Preacher’s Son: A Memoir . On page 162, Jennings writes: “Robertson soon told me the tale, about someone he’d met in Boston, how he thought he loved him, how heartbroken he was when his calls never got returned…” On page 169, he continues: “As the fall wore on, Robertson continued to drop by my office to chat, often updating me on his latest ‘adventures.’ Sometimes these startled me, and I began to underline the importance of safe sex to him.” It wouldn’t be surprising if Jennings secretly had a crush on this young boy and found sexual gratification from hearing about all of his homosexual encounters. Jennings is also the author/editor of a book titled One Teacher in 10 , which is, “A collection of more than 30 accounts by gay and lesbian teachers from schools and universities across the country. Each narrative recounts its author’s experiences either as an openly gay or lesbian teacher or during the period of coming out.” Jennings has also written about his past drug use and his contempt for religion, and promotes homosexuality in schools. Department of Education spokesman Justin Hamilton declined to comment on Jennings’ statements

about encouraging the young boy to have sex with the older man, but Arne Duncan who is Obama’s Secretary of Education, said he was “honored” to work with Jennings and described him as “uniquely qualified for his job.” [xlvii] Some defenders say the Obama administration wasn’t aware of Jennings past, but it was written clearly in his autobiography and as Peter Sprigg of the Family Research Council said, “This controversy about the possible statutory rape was raised in 2004 when he received an award from the NEA. So it’s not like it’s been a secret. So I think it shows yet another failure of the Obama administration’s vetting process.” As if these issues weren’t bad enough, the perversions of Kevin Jennings actually get much worse. In March 2000 the Gay, Lesbian, and Straight Education Network (GLSEN) of Massachusetts held a conference where workshop leaders taught children as young as 14 how to “fist” each other, which is the dangerous sexual practice of sticking an entire hand up the rectum of another individual. Kevin Jennings is the founder of GLSEN and was the keynote speaker at this conference. In 2007 he was paid over $250,000 as its executive director. At the 2001 GLSEN conference, activists handed out over 400 “fisting kits” which included rubber gloves and lubrication to the children who attended. In 2005 this same organization handed out hundreds of copies of a booklet to kids titled The Little Black Book: Queer in the 21st Century which contained sections titled: Fucking; Licking Butt; Piss Play, and Fisting , each of which describes in very graphic language the practices of these different types of gay sex activities.

Slutty Halloween Costumes It’s a well-known aspect of Halloween that young adults, particularly female college students, like to dress up in the skimpiest and sluttiest outfits possible that night, but a disturbing trend can be seen in the costumes for young children. Very skimpy and slutty costumes are now found on the shelves for very young children and some parents who are lost in the culture of the New World Order don’t think anything of it.

Fortunately there are still parents with morals and decent values. “If girls get used to dressing like this, they might want to become a whore after Halloween,” said Harlem mom Malinda Martinez, 33, who has a 6-year-old [xlviii] girl. “They’re far too grown up for kids.”

The marketing message for many children’s costumes are more blatantly sexual than ever before. “The Navy ships won’t want to leave the dock unless this cute sailor girl is on board,” reads one catalog entry for a teenyweeny sailor costume in sizes that can fit a 4-year-old that was sold by a Party City store on West 14th Street in New York City. “It is so wrong,” said Sharon Lamb, author of the book Packaging Girlhood: Rescuing Our Daughters From Marketers’ Schemes . “The message being put out there is that it’s right to be slutty on Halloween. That’s what Halloween is all about now. The one night when it’s OK to live your fantasies, marketers are telling children their fantasies should involve [xlix] sex. It is very damaging.”

An article in the New York Post explains that a reporter found an array of slutty Halloween costumes for children at a Party City on East Fourth Street in New York City, including: A Goldilocks costume suitable for a Penthouse party with clingy gingham lace-up peasant dress with a white petticoat “that’s all grown up, and you can have your porridge and more.” A pirate costume called the “High Seas Hottie” made in sizes to fit an 8year-old. A women-in-chains fantasy costume called “Convict Cutie” that features a spandex dress and lace-up bodice. A “Devil Grrrl” costume for 10 to 14-year-olds that includes a flaming-red dress and tail, skanky fishnet hose and gloves and a tiny pitchfork. “This grrrl devil likes to get things heating up!” the packaging boasts.

One blogger wrote, “Every year, it gets harder and harder to find a costume for my oldest daughter that won’t get her picked up by the cops as a street walker…I’m still on my search to find a costume that doesn’t have a miniskirt, lace-up corset or have the word ‘cutie’ in it for my 5-year-old. I may [l] have to resort to making her a ghost by throwing a sheet over her.”

Jack Black’s Prayer to Satan on MTV At the 2009 Video Music Awards on MTV, a popular award show, actor Jack Black decided to offer up a prayer of thanks to Satan. “Since we’re giving a rock award tonight, who wants to pray to the Devil with me? Let me see those horns! (referring to the El Diablo hand sign of extending the index and pinky fingers.) Now take the hand of the person next to you. Dear dark lord Satan…just wanted to ask you to grant tonight’s winners continued success in the music industry.” Much of the crowd cheered with encouragement and many held up their “Devil horns” in unison with Black. MTV continues to be a major sewer pipe pouring garbage of all kinds into the living rooms of millions.

Anti-God Advertisements in New York Sub-way Stations A coalition of eight different atheist organizations purchased a month’s worth of advertising space in a dozen subway stations in Manhattan in order to promote atheism and attack belief in God. One poster reads “A million New Yorkers are good without God. Are you?” The groups behind the ads, which calls themselves the Big Apple Coalition of Reason, say they are, “part of a coordinated multi-organizational advertising campaign designed [li] to raise awareness about people who don’t believe in a god.”

The New York City subway system is used by more than 5 million people per day. The organizers bragged that the 2009 American Religious Identification Survey indicated that approximately 15% of those surveyed check “none” for religion, up from 8% in 1990 and said that this was just the beginning of a nationwide effort to post their materials in transit systems across the country.

Atheism is promoted by the Illuminati and the establishment because they know that most religions instill moral values in people and promote a code of conduct that enriches peoples’ lives and helps them to be happier, healthier, and create systems of accountability through friends to discourage and minimize destructive, immoral, and unhealthy behaviors. A population of hedonists whose lives are in shambles because of credit card debt, alcohol and drug abuse, and destructive broken relationships are going to be too wrapped up in their own lives and problems to care about looking into what their lawmakers and politicians are doing. Such people are not going to become organized or even speak up about any issues directly affecting them and will not get in the way of the New World Order.

Alcohol and Drug Abuse Encouraged Since a population trapped in a downward spiral of drug and alcohol abuse will not care to learn about political issues or get involved, this behavior is also encouraged. Celebrities are worshiped by the mentally enslaved who mimic their behavior and habits, finding them cool and exciting. It’s interesting to learn that many musicians are complete phonies who portray a lifestyle in their music that is completely different from their personal lives. Others become nearly destroyed by the very attitudes and behaviors that shot them to stardom. Rap celebrity Dr. Dre released an album called The Chronic in 1992 which featured a large pot leaf printed on the CD face (chronic is a slang term for marijuana) and contained numerous references to smoking weed, doing drugs, and committing crimes. In August of 2008 Dr. Dre’s first son Andre Young Jr. died at the age of 20 from an overdose [lii] of heroin and morphine.

Rapper 50 Cent burst on the music scene in 2003 with his single In Da Club with lyrics saying, “You can find me in the club, bottle full of bub [alcohol] / Look mommy I got the X [Ecstasy] if you’re into taking drugs,” portraying the image of a club hopping party animal, but in interviews 50 Cent has repeatedly stated that he is a home body and doesn’t like to go out to clubs. One particular radio station in San Diego, and I’m sure in multiple other cities as well, plays the sound of a water bong (a device used for smoking

marijuana) every day at 4:20pm celebrating “420” which is a number used by pot smokers to signify smoking marijuana. This author observed a scene once in the TV show Nip/Tuck where a character pulled out a water bong and smoked weed with his grandmother. The show airs on the cable station FX. Showing a water bong being smoked on TV is something that never happened until the 21st century when society sunk to a new level as it continued to deteriorate. This author is personally fairly libertarian when it comes to marijuana laws and sees the criminalization of possession and use largely a money making ploy for private prisons, but it’s not just marijuana that is being portrayed as cool and fun. Films like Blow (2001) starring Johnny Depp sensationalize cocaine use, and Trainspotting (1996) did the same thing for heroine.

Banking, Money, and Taxes Perhaps you have noticed that frequently the largest and most extravagant buildings in most cities (and even small towns) are banks. It’s fascinating how banks make money off interest, which is one of the most lucrative businesses known to man. While most businesses build a product or provide some kind of service involving manual labor or specialized knowledge, banks make enormous profits through the seemingly magical practice of lending people money and collecting interest on the loans. When one really looks into how money is created and used, and how interest is generated from loans, it becomes clear that the banking industry is one of the pillars of the New World Order and is at the core of the elite’s ability to control people, politicians, and even governments of large countries. You’ll often hear people familiar with this issue say that the banks “create money out of nothing, and then loan it out at interest.” Such a statement is hard to grasp at first, but conveys just how big of a con the banking industry is involved in. Such a con game goes back thousands of years and is often blamed on the Jews due to their money lending practices in Biblical times.

In the 10th century the Knights Templar figured out this amazing strategy and became the first international bankers in Europe and the practice contributed greatly to their wealth. On October 13, 1307 (Friday the 13th ) the leadership of the Knights Templar was arrested in France for allegedly practicing strange and satanic rituals, a charge most prominent occultists admit was true. Surviving Knights Templar went underground and are believed to have started Freemasonry which they used as a cover for their occult beliefs and practices. Freemasons then continued to operate (and still continue) as a Mystery School which the Illuminati was able to graft onto. Besides functioning as a place to learn occult theology and mysticism, other areas of life are also taught and nurtured in these Mystery Schools such as science, business, and banking. Because the business of banking is extremely profitable, and the banks owners don’t have to build any products or really provide any services involving extensive manual labor, cunning businessmen saw the potential for virtually unlimited easy money and became involved in the industry. People like Paul Warburg, J.P. Morgan, and others monopolized the industry, thus securing their wealth for countless generations and giving them the ability to buy politicians and fund their personal plans for a global government.

The Federal Reserve In understanding the role of money and banking in the New World Order, it is important to know about the true nature of the Federal Reserve (often simply called “the Fed”). Most people think the Federal Reserve is a government owned bank in the United States or a branch of the Department of the Treasury, but this couldn’t be further from the truth. “The Federal Reserve is no more federal than Federal Express” is the joke that people familiar with this issue often tell. And they’re right. The Federal Reserve is a private group of banks that lends money to the United States government in the same way your local bank lends you money. This ingenious scheme was put in place in 1913 with the passing of the Federal Reserve Act which was drawn up in secret by a group of wealthy banksters when they met on Jekyll Island off the coast of Georgia

three years earlier. Ever since the Federal Reserve Act was put into law, the United States has become a servant to the elite international bankers and the national debt has skyrocketed out of control. Thomas Jefferson, the 3rd president of the United States once said, “I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around [the banks] will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.” Alan Greenspan, who worked as the Chairman of the Federal Reserve for over eighteen years, made an extremely candid statement once about how powerful the Federal Reserve is when being interviewed on PBS while he was promoting his book The Age of Turbulence (2007). The interviewer, Jim Lahr, asked him what the proper relationship should be between the chairman of the Federal Reserve and a president of the United States, to which Greenspan answered, “Well, first of all, the Federal Reserve is an independent agency, and that means basically that there is no other agency of government which can overrule actions that we take…what the relationships are don’t frankly matter.” To learn more about this fascinating and important issue, you are urged to watch the films, Money As Debt , The Money Masters , or Monopoly Men .

Gold and Silver People against the New World Order will often be interested in investing in gold and silver—particularly physical gold and silver—meaning they purchase coins or bars that they themselves take physical possession of, rather than just buying gold or silver stocks or certificates. The reason for this is because gold and silver are seen as real money, as opposed to a fiat currency like the US dollar. A fiat currency is a currency that isn’t backed by gold or silver. Before 1971 the US dollar was backed by gold which meant that for every dollar in circulation, there was one dollar worth of gold

in possession by the federal government or the Federal Reserve Bank. This was a way to keep inflation low since the gold supply only slowly increased, so then would inflation. But in 1971 President Nixon took the US dollar off the gold standard, meaning the Federal Reserve could print money and put it in circulation that was not backed by gold, so the rate of inflation was no longer connected to the amount of gold in existence, but rather to the number of dollars the Federal Reserve wanted to print. For decades, patriots and those in The Resistance had worried that the Federal Reserve Banking System, which is controlled by a group of private banks operating as if they were a government entity, would one day make the US dollar practically worthless because it would print so many of them it would create what is called hyper-inflation, thus destroying the value of the currency as was seen in the Weimar Republic in Germany in the 1930s, and recently in Zimbabwe, Africa where the inflation rate was so high that a bunch of bananas cost literally billions of Zimbabwe dollars. Since the year 2000 gold has went from $300 an ounce to over $1100 an ounce in the beginning of 2010. Silver went from $5.25 an ounce to $18 an ounce in the same timeframe. Some market analysts predict that gold will hit $2000 an ounce sometime into the 2010 decade, and others are even predicting $5000 an ounce. Much of the increase in the price of gold and silver isn’t because the metals are getting rarer, but rather the price is a reflection of the weakening US dollar. Gold and silver have been seen as a hedge against inflation for decades and most financial advisers recommend that 10% of a person’s investments should be held in gold. In a video that got several hundred thousand views on YouTube, this author offered to sell random strangers walking along a boardwalk on a beach a one ounce gold coin for $50, and in some cases, $20, and once tried to trade it for a cup of coffee, but nobody expressed any interest. Some didn’t want the coin because it was Canadian and didn’t think it had much value in America, not realizing that a one ounce gold coin stamped with a picture of Mickey Mouse is still an ounce of gold and can be sold at any coin shop for whatever the spot price of gold is going for that day.

Some of the comments on the video by the viewer’s said they thought the people I approached thought it was a fake coin and that was why they didn’t want to buy it for fifty bucks. These people missed the point of the video which was to show that very few people have any clue whatsoever about what the value of gold is, so I shot another video to clearly illustrate this. In the follow up video I offered random passers-by the coin for free if they knew or could guess how much gold was trading for that day within 25%. You have to see the video to really grasp the impact of it, and if you watch it you will see that adults over the age of 30 guessed as low as thirty-eight cents and as high as $245. At the time the video was shot, gold was trading for $1150 per ounce. After the “contestants,” as I called them, gave me their answer, I told them how much the coin was actually worth and captured their reactions on the video. People concerned with the New World Order are especially interested in owning physical gold and silver because they are aware of the elite’s ultimate goal of establishing one currency for the whole world, and in order to accomplish this it is likely that the United States dollar will have to be made practically worthless through hyper-inflation at which point the solution for this currency crisis will be the introduction of a new regional currency or an adoption of a global currency. (See One World Currency ) Another reason for physically holding a collection of silver coins (usually one ounce coins which is the standard weight) is the possibility that a community barter system or an underground economy may have to be used for a period of time during a hyper-inflation scenario. In the event of a hyper-inflationary depression and the US dollar becomes practically worthless, or loses 90% of its value in a short time frame, small mom and pop stores, as well as neighborhoods and perhaps entire communities may start using one ounce silver coins as money to exchange goods and services. A small local bakery may only sell loaves of bread for a one ounce silver coin, or someone with a large farm or garden may sell their produce to others in their community, but only for silver. If this sounds far-fetched you should be aware that during the hyper-inflation in Zimbabwe, street vendors stopped taking the country’s currency because of the massive daily [liii] inflation, and would only accept grams of gold for payment.

Since a one ounce gold coin has a fairly high value, it is advised that you purchase and hold onto at least a small amount of one ounce silver coins because their value can be matched with various products or services. In the event of this kind of a black market economy arising, very few transactions would need to be made in gold because one ounce of gold is worth approximately 50 times what an ounce of silver is worth. If a loaf of bread is selling for one ounce of silver, and all you have is one ounce gold coins (or even half ounce or quarter ounces) then you’re going to have to buy way more bread than you could possibly need at the moment. This would be like shopping at a Dollar Store with only $100 dollar bills and the store wouldn’t be able to give you any change.

Income Tax and the IRS A faction of The Resistance is adamant about the federal income tax being illegal, and don’t believe the 16th Amendment was properly ratified, therefore they don’t believe the income tax should be paid. Some people who believe this actually stop paying their income taxes, and a handful of people who have done so and been taken to court over it and won, are used as examples by these people as evidence that they are correct. This is a dangerous fight to pick and is extremely difficult to win. Most people who believe the income tax is illegal, still pay their taxes because they know that when it comes to the government wanting its money, they will stop at nothing to get it. Thomas Jefferson said, “the power to tax is the power to destroy,” and he was correct. Aaron Russo’s 2006 film America: Freedom to Fascism is perhaps one of the most popular films on the subject of the income tax being illegal. In the film he interviews former IRS agents, tax protesters, and others who all subscribe to the belief that the tax is illegal. Ed and Elaine Brown are a married couple from New Hampshire who got national media attention in 2007 after they had a five month standoff with federal authorities after refusing to turn themselves in after having been convicted of tax crimes. Their home was designed to function “off the grid” and they had stockpiled food and supplies, but also had help from various visitors who were allowed on the property during the standoff. The Browns

were known to be armed and police had feared another Ruby Ridge type of incident if they tried to forcefully arrest them. After the five month standoff they were eventually arrested by undercover officers posing as supporters who were invited into the house by the Browns on October 4, 2007 and were immediately arrested without incident. Four individuals who assisted the Browns during the standoff were later convicted in connection with the matter. Their sentences ranged from two and a half years to thirty six years in prison for bringing the Browns food and supplies during the standoff. Regarding tax protesters, it’s significant to note that Irwin Schiff, the father of economic guru and Senate candidate Peter Schiff, was sentenced to thirteen years in prison after being found guilty of tax evasion. The courts claimed Irwin owed over $2 million dollars in back taxes. Irwin was a prominent tax protester and conducted seminars teaching people why he thought paying income tax was illegal.

2009 Tea Party Protests April 15,th as you probably know, is “Tax Day” in America, and is the deadline for filing your yearly income tax statement. While nobody likes paying taxes, and they continuously go up with little opposition from citizens, Tax Day in 2009 was different in the United States. The Tea Party protests, as they have become known as, were (and continue to be) a nationwide coordinated protest against big government, economic stimulus packages, government spending, and high taxes in general. Millions of Americans gathered in rallies across the country to show their displeasure with the out of control government. The name “Tea Party” is a reference to the Boston Tea Party from the American Revolution where colonists boarded British ships in 1773 and destroyed large quantities of tea by throwing it in the water as a symbolic protest against taxation without representation. The liberal media collectively labeled the Tea Party protesters as “tea baggers” which is a slang term for sucking on testicles. Liberal

commentators all knew this which was evident by their inability to contain their smirks and giggles every time they said it. CNN’s Anderson Cooper (a homosexual) was interviewing David Gergen about opposition to the 2009 stimulus packages, when Gergen commented that the Republicans “still haven’t found their voice” referring to a consensus on how to deal with the ensuing recession, when Cooper jumped in and said, “it’s hard to talk when you’re tea bagging.” Cooper’s disgusting comment with clear sexual overtones caused his guests to all giggle like children. Despite a backlash by people upset with his vulgar joke, no [liv] disciplinary action was taken.

Rachel Maddow on MSNBC (another homosexual) covered the Tea Party protests with a perverted slant, emphasizing the words “tea bagging” throughout the segment, causing her off camera staff (a camera man or production assistant) to laugh out loud which was clearly audible. “They [lv]

don’t want to tea bag alone, if that’s even possible,”

she joked, again referring to the sexual connotations that such a term holds. Another left wing MSNBC host, Keith Olbermann, made a joke about cleaning up after the tea bagging and then admitted, “and that will be my last intentional double entendre on this one, at least until the end of the segment.” A double entendre is a figure of speech which is meant to be understood in either of two ways, one being straightforward, and the other less so, often risqué or inappropriate. A report posted on the Anti-Defamation League’s (ADL) website, titled Rage Grows in America: Anti-Government Conspiracies , lists the Tea Party protests as evidence that since the election of Barack Obama as president, “a climate of fervor and activism with manifestations ranging from incivility in public forums to acts of intimidation and violence” has occurred in America. The report contains a section titled The Tea Parties which reads, “The rapid growth of anti-government anger in the wake of Obama’s election first became apparent in the spring of 2009, when conservative groups and grass-roots activists organized a nationwide series of anti-government

rallies dubbed ‘Tea Parties.’ At these events, and later sequels, antigovernment sentiments and conspiracy theories proliferated, with a common theme being that somehow Obama had ‘stolen’ the country from [lvi] Americans.”

This report also lists Alex Jones from Infowars.com as the “Conspiracy King” and says, “Further out into the extremist fringe, one person in particular has been responsible for stirring up anti-government and antiObama conspiracy theories in the United States.”

Establishment Attempts to Demonize Critics of Obama’s Economic Policies MSNBC host Carlos Watson, who is an African American, was addressing the increased use of people labeling President Obama as a socialist because of his policies, when Watson stated, “you start to wonder, in fact, if the word socialist is becoming a code word, whether or not socialist is [lvii] becoming the new N-word.”

After a story broke about Barrack Obama’s wife Michelle having 26 aids, and conservatives were questioning why she would need so many and were concerned about the cost, MSNBC’s Chris Matthews tried to quell such criticism by stating, “When I heard people going after the first lady and the number of staff that they have, it sounds racist to me. It sounds like people [lviii] are mad we have a black first lady.”

Comedian Janeane Garofalo stated on MSNBC’s Countdown with Keith Olbermann that the Tea Party protests in 2009 were not about protesting out of control government spending or increasing taxes, but that, “Let’s be very honest about what this is about. It’s not about bashing democrats, it’s not about taxes, they have no idea what the Boston Tea Party was about. They don’t know their history at all. This is about hating a black man in the White House. This is racism straight up…and there is no way around that.” She was not joking.

Former Democratic President Jimmy Carter told Brian Williams during an interview on NBC that, “I think an overwhelming portion of the intentionally demonstrated animosity towards President Barrack Obama is based on the fact that he is a black man, that he’s African American….and I think it’s bubbled up to the surface because of a belief among many white people, not just in the south, but around the country, that African Americans [lix] are not qualified to lead this great country.”

The Servant Class So a private bank (the Federal Reserve) has a stranglehold over the United States government, in much of the same way that many consumers are in debt to credit cards or other unsecured loans. (An unsecured loan is a loan that is not backed by collateral.) Much of consumer debt is due to people “buying things they don’t need with money they don’t have” as the cliché goes. Dining out, bar tabs, new clothes, and vacations often rack up enormous credit card debt which then continues to rise with compounding interest, with people often only making the minimum payment that doesn’t even cover the previous month’s interest. The larger the national debt of the United States government goes, the higher taxes are raised, and the lower the standard of living gets. You often hear that “the middle class is shrinking,” which means that more and more people will never own a home or be able to retire, and will never really accumulate any valuable assets. Another cliché, “the rich get richer and the poor get poorer” is sadly coming true. A major financial goal for the New World Order is to completely erode the middle class and leave only two social classes remaining: the wealthy, and the poor working class who will forever be slaves to the system, laboring away to pay their taxes and fuel the lifestyles of the elite Illuminati. While many people fear this coming and are trying to fight against it, the vast majority of Americans are happy as long as they can get drunk and watch football on the weekends, and have come to embrace their slavery. The elite are pleased with this servant class since they are uninformed and out of the way, and while living only for the moment, they don’t even

consider the possibility that there is more to life or that they have been reduced to mere peasants.

One World Currency People who are aware of the emerging New World Order often warn of a coming one world currency, and the “mark of the beast.” In fact, many Christians are aware of Revelation 13:16-18 which states, “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six.” The infamous mark of the beast is fairly well known in Christian circles, and secular circles as well. The term refers to a passage in the Book of Revelation, which is the last book in the Bible, and indicates some kind of mark that the Antichrist world dictator will force everyone to take on their right hand or on their forehead, and if they don’t, then they will not be able to buy or sell anything or partake in any kind of financial transactions using money. This book of the Bible is believed by most scholars to have been written sometime between the year 68 A.D. and 90 A.D. by John of Patmos and describes his apocalyptic visions of the last days of the earth. While most Christians have heard of the mark of the beast and have some idea of what it is, unfortunately most of them do not see the underlying forces and institutions that are continuously striving to bring such a thing into reality. For decades resistance groups and those who were concerned about a New World Order saw the signs that one day the elite bankers around the world hoped to implement a single global currency and eliminate all other forms of money. This unified global currency will be transferred into an electronic currency then, and the use of cash and coins will practically be eliminated and a thing of the past.

Once this electronic currency is the universally accepted method of payment for all goods and services, every person in the world will be subjected to having each and every one of their financial transactions recorded in a database. Exactly what you buy, when you buy it, how much you paid, and what store location you bought it from will be cataloged and stored indefinitely. The days of making cash transactions for things like selling an old car, or even mowing a neighbor’s lawn will be a thing of the past. Once this system is implemented the government can ensure that they will be aware of each and every financial transaction, no matter how large or small, and be sure to tax you as they see fit. The financial transaction database on each person can also be used in ways that most people could never imagine. The financial institutions connected to your mark of the beast can sell your entire purchasing history to advertisers or even insurance companies. Are you purchasing large quantities of chocolate cake on a weekly basis? Cigarettes? Beer? Your insurance company would love to know these things, and could use such information to either increase your rates, or to place you lower on the priority list when you need medical treatment since your purchasing profile shows that you buy a lot of chocolate cake and beer and aren’t paying any monthly dues to a gym or health club. President Bill Clinton’s mentor at Georgetown University, the establishment insider named Carroll Quigley wrote in his 1966 book Tragedy and Hope that “The powers of financial capitalism had (a) far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences. The apex of the systems was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank...sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the [lx] business world.”

The Amero The Amero is the new currency that elite globalist organizations are pushing to replace the American dollar, the Canadian dollar, and the Mexican peso. This will likely happen after the North American Union becomes official, which they are also pushing. Once regional currencies are established around the world, all those currencies will then be merged into the one world currency, and then transformed into an electronic currency. The Amero was first proposed in 1999 by a Canadian economist named Herbert G. Grubel who published a book titled The Case for the Amero . [lxi]

This was the same year that the Euro became the official currency in Europe for the European Union. Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations, Robert Pastor, later had a book published in 2001 titled Toward a North American Community , where he wrote, “In the long term, the amero is in the best interests of all three [lxii]

countries,”

referring to the United States, Canada, and Mexico. Anyone who has spent any time looking at the elite organizations at the heart of the New World Order knows that the Council on Foreign Relations usually gets what it wants, and it is very telling when the chairman writes a book about wanting a North American Union and a new regional currency. An economist at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Eric van Wincoop, co-authored a journal article in 2001 which discussed what he said were the benefits of a regional currency, saying, “The use of different moneys across borders can form a barrier as there are costs in exchanging currencies in spot and forward markets and traders face uncertainty about currency movements that cannot always be hedged. A common currency also leads [lxiii] to greater transparency of price differentials.”

It is very interesting that elite members of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York have been promoting the idea of creating a new regional currency involving the United States, Canada,

and Mexico, while at the same time such an idea is called a conspiracy theory by most so-called financial or political experts. The reason for this is so that such a plan may be formulated and finalized without the public’s awareness so the plan for such a currency will be just a few steps from completion before it or its supporters are faced with any opposition. Since the insider’s discussions of such a plan are mainly in literature only read by other insiders and not in the mainstream press, it is basically an open secret which goes unnoticed by the masses who are distracted by the pop culture circus that is presented to them by the mainstream media.

Hal Turner’s Amero Hoax A man named Hal Turner posted a video on his YouTube channel on October 4th 2008 titled “Hal Turner Shows New AMERO Currency,” where he claimed to have in his possession an actual Amero coin he obtained from a contact at the Denver Mint. The video quickly received over 400,000 views and reached the number one spot on Google Video’s top 100 list and was spread around the Internet like wildfire. A lot of people gullibly accepted his claims, and believed that the Amero would soon be released to the public. What most people didn’t realize is that Hal Turner is a white supremacist who worked for the FBI as an informant and an agent provocateur. More on this later. The “Amero” that Turner held in his hand for his video was simply a novelty replica that could be purchased from www.AmeroCurrency.com or www.DC-Coin.com. As he is displaying his coin in his video, at one point the camera zooms in on the front and back of the coin to show the designs as he attempts to “prove” its authenticity, and if you compare the coin he is holding to the replicas sold on the Internet, they are EXACTLY the same. After someone does two minutes of research, Hal Turner’s claims become absurd and can be seen as completely fraudulent, but some of his supporters still defended him online saying that he himself was “duped” into believing that he had been sent a “real” Amero by an informant who worked at the Denver Mint. After all, the Council on Foreign Relations and other New World Order organizations have been planning such a thing for years. The previous year Turner had posted photos of “real” Amero coins on his

website, which also spread around the web, and interestingly enough he would later buy or obtain the replica and show it off to be real. A quick Google search shows anyone that the pictures of the coins were taken from the various websites that create novelty coins and replicas. Countless people must have emailed him to point this out to him, as did the comments on his blog post, so he had to know that the coins were simply replicas, but that didn’t stop him from trying to continue the hoax a year later by claiming to have an actual coin. Posting comments on the video on his YouTube channel of his alleged discovery had been disabled by him, obviously because people would post comments and links showing his coin was nothing but an easily obtained replica. Numerous counter videos were posted to YouTube exposing this hoax, and various bloggers had posted articles pointing it out as well. Two months later, on December 3rd 2008 Turner posted photos of “Amero paper currency” and wrote, “To the chagrin of the government, I have obtained new “AMERO” paper currency notes! You know, the “AMERO” . . . . the new currency that is going to replace the US Dollar, The Canadian Dollar and the Mexican Peso? Yea, the new currency that all three [lxiv] governments claim doesn’t exist. . . I have it.”

His article goes on to say how over a year ago he “first broke” the story about Amero coins being secretly created at the Denver Mint, referring to the photos he posted on his website. His article also claims that YouTube notified him that the video he had posted showing his alleged Amero coin had been deleted and his account “permanently closed at the request of the United States Treasury Department.” Turner wrote, “The Treasury department told YouTube/Google that my video was destabilizing the U.S. [lxv] Dollar and was thus a threat to national security.”

While his articles allow readers to post comments, the user is notified that the administrator (Turner) must approve all comments first, and if and when this happens, it will show up on the website. So obviously, all comments posted informing him and the readers that the photos and his claims are

fraudulent, were simply not approved, and never found their way on the website. It is incredible the number of gullible people that continue to believe Turner. By reading the comments that he had approved, it becomes clear the inability of Turner’s readers to distinguish fact from fiction. What’s worse is that Turner’s articles are often copied and pasted into emails and sent around to others by people who believe his writings and aren’t aware of his continuous lies and his admitted role as a government agent. One can see how a large percentage of the viewers of his video claiming to show an Amero will believe him at first—that the Ameros are already being coined, only to later dismiss the idea of the U.S. Dollar collapsing and being replaced by a new currency—because it turns out the video was a hoax. It’s a classic case of disinformation by mixing facts with fiction, in an attempt to prevent the public from focusing on the impact of such issues that we will ultimately face in the near future. Turner has a history of urging and hoping for violence against others, including judges, and has posted their home addresses on his website and written blogs celebrating their murders. In July 2009 Turner was arrested for allegedly posting threats to federal judges. During a court appearance his lawyer Michael Orozco pleaded with the judge saying Turner worked for the FBI beginning in 2002 as an “agent provocateur” and was taught by the agency “what he could say that [lxvi] wouldn’t be crossing the line.”

“His job was basically to publish information which would cause other parties to act in a manner which would lead to their arrest,” Orozco said. [lxvii] So it is clear that not only was Turner wrong about having an actual Amero coin, but he was purposefully lying about it in an attempt to create the idea that a regional currency, likely to be called the Amero, is a hoax and something American’s don’t need to worry about or look into. This way when people hear about such a plan, they quickly dismiss it as a conspiracy theory or a hoax thanks to actions like Turner’s.

Turner’s admission that he worked for the FBI and his somewhat creative hoaxes about the Amero led many to believe that he worked as a disinformation agent, whose job it was to put out false and fraudulent information about the Amero, in order to make anyone who talked about such a thing seem like they were falling for Turner’s scam and that there was no such thing in the works.

China Calls for Global Currency In May of 2009 just before the G-20 economic summit in London, an official from China’s central bank made news around the world when they began calling for a new global currency to replace the U.S. dollar. The proposal came from Beijing’s central bank governor, Zhou Xiaochuan, who said that “the world economic crisis shows the inherent vulnerabilities and systemic risks in the existing international monetary system.” He recommended creating a currency that would be controlled by the International Monetary Fund in order “to achieve the objective of safeguarding global economic and financial stability.” China has been getting concerned about the value of the U.S. dollar because of Beijing’s estimated 1 trillion dollars in U.S. Treasuries and other government debt.

U.S. Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner Immediately after news surfaced of China’s desire for a one world currency, U.S. Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner was asked what his thoughts were on the proposals while he was speaking at a Council on Foreign Relations conference. A reporter asked, “[unintelligible]…about the Chinese proposal for a global currency…” Geithner answered, “I haven’t read the governor’s proposal…we’re actually quite open to that suggestion.” The previous day Geithner was asked by United States Representative Michelle Bachman, “I’m wondering, would you categorically renounce the United States moving away from the dollar and going to a global currency

as suggested this morning by China and also by Russia?,” to which Geithner replied, “I would. Yes.” She then asked Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, who was sitting right next to him, and he answered, “I [lxviii] would also.”

So in a 24 hour period Geithner completely changed his mind, from being against a global currency, to supporting it, and while speaking at a Council on Foreign Relations press conference none the less.

Russia Calls for Global Currency The Kremlin (Russia’s Parliament) published its priorities just prior to the G-20 meeting in March 2009, where they openly called for the creation of a supranational reserve currency that they said should be part of the strategy to reform the global financial system which began collapsing in the fourth quarter of 2008. (The G-20 meeting is a yearly forum consisting of the finance ministers and central bank governors of the world’s largest 20 economies who meet to discuss international financial issues.) Russia urged the International Monetary Fund to create a new “super reserve currency accepted by the whole of the international community.” [lxix]

Russian President Shows Off Sample Coin of New ‘World Currency’ at G-8 Just a few months later at the 2009 G-8 meeting held in L’Aquila, Italy, the President of Russia, Dmitry Medvedev pulled a coin out of his pocket and displayed it for the press saying it was a sample of the coin of a “united future world currency.” The sample coin was minted in Belgium and was presented to the heads of the G-8 delegations. It bears the words, “unity in diversity.” He said the coin, “means they’re getting ready. I think it’s a good sign that we [lxx] understand how interdependent we are.”

Remember that just a few months earlier during the April 2009 G-20 meeting, Russia proposed creating a new supranational currency and questioned the U.S. dollar’s future as the global reserve currency.

Euro Contributor Endorses Global Currency Kazakstan was part of the Soviet Union until it became an independent nation in 1991, and is the ninth largest country in the world. It borders Russia, China, Uzbekistan and Turkmenistan. While not thought of as a key player in global events, it is still noteworthy that the President, Nursultan Nazarbayev, also proposed a new global currency which he called the “acmetal.” What is also interesting, is that Robert Mundell, a man who played a key role in creating the Euro currency for the European Union voiced support for Nazarbayev’s idea saying, “I must say that I agree with President Nazarbayev on his statement and many of the things he said in his plan, the project he made for the world currency, and I believe I’m right on track [lxxi] with what he’s saying,” adding the idea held “great promise.”

Robert Mundell is an economics professor at Columbia University in New York City and was given the Nobel Prize in economics in 1999 for his role in creating the Euro currency for the European Union which unified currencies in many European countries—including Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain, Finland, Austria, and others.

Population Reduction At the time that this first edition of The New World Order: Facts & Fiction was first published in 2010, the earth’s population was around 6.795 billion [lxxii]

people.

One of the main goals of the New World Order is to massively reduce this number by billions of people. You read that correctly. A reduction of billions of people. Depending on the elitist, the goals of population reduction efforts range from reducing population by 50% to 95%. The elite politicians and businessmen say that the current population

levels are dangerously high and will soon result in the depletion of the earth’s natural resources. To accomplish this reduction, various strategies have been implemented such as promoting contraception, abortions, and one child policies. Mass genocide has also been discussed, including using biological weapons to kill off large numbers of people in developing countries. Many fear that such a tactic will one day be attempted in developed countries as well. The rationale behind such massive and horrific population reduction plans is quite chilling. The elite feel that since most tasks involving a large amount of physical labor have been accomplished, such as clearing countless acres of land for interstate highway systems, building infrastructure, such as dams and power plants, mining national resources, etc., and so now only a maintenance force is needed. Just think for a moment about the immense number of man hours it took to build the roads, bridges, and buildings that you take for granted every day. While at one point in time, people had to mine for minerals with simple hand tools, we now have enormous pieces of machinery that can do a job that used to take hundreds of men to do. The human species has been able to streamline nearly every process through the use of mechanical and technological means. During the incredible construction process of much of the world’s infrastructure, the workers needed food, clothes, shelter, medicine, and a variety of other things which are part of modern life. But now that most of the work is done, the elite see these people as using up valuable resources and simply being in the way and detrimental to the way of life that the elite hope to maintain. While people may find these claims hard to believe, as you keep reading you will find solid evidence and sources for them. The Illuminati want you dead.

Ted Turner Billionaire founder of CNN, Ted Turner, was interviewed Tuesday April 1st 2008 on Charlie Rose’s PBS show, where he revealed his beliefs about reducing the global population, but this was no April Fool’s joke. Turner

began by parroting the sensationalized fears of climate change, saying it needed to be stopped. “Not doing it will be catastrophic. We’ll be 8 degrees hotter in 10, not 10 but 30 or 40 years and basically none of the crops will grow. Most of the people will have died and the rest of us will be cannibals. Civilization will have broken down. The few people that are left will be living in a failed state like Somalia or Sudan. And living conditions will be intolerable. The droughts will be so bad there will be no more corn growing. Not doing it will be like suicide.” Then he went on to say, “After that, we’ve got to stabilize the population. There’s too many people. That’s why we have global warming. We have global warming because too many people are using too much stuff, if there were less people, they’d be using less stuff.” Ted Turner himself has five children. In 1996, Turner stated in an interview with an environmental magazine Audubon that, “A total population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.” In 1997 he donated one billion dollars to the United Nations to support their goals, which include population reduction.

Dr. Eric Pianka Dr. Eric Pianka (born January 23, 1939) is a biology professor at the University of Texas at Austin, who made national news in March of 2006 after his acceptance speech for the Distinguished Texas Scientist Award given by the Texas Academy of Science. A science writer named Forrest Mims was in attendance during this speech and was shocked at what he had heard, and soon after wrote an article about it for The Citizen Scientist , claiming that Pianka had advocated genocide to reduce the world’s population. In this article Mims recounts that an official of the Academy approached the video camera operator at the front of the auditorium and, “engaged him in animated conversation. The camera operator did not look pleased as he pointed the lens of the big camera to the ceiling and slowly walked away.”

So, by Forrest Mims account, Pianka’s speech was not allowed to be videotaped, and he writes that he noticed this curious incident because of his many years of experience as a writer and editor, and that it raised a red flag in his mind. Dr. Pianka began his speech by “explaining that the general public is not yet ready to hear what he was about to tell us,” Mims wrote. After Dr. Pianka told the audience that there were too many people on the earth and listing all the evils of humanity, Mims wrote that Pianka stated, “the only feasible solution to saving the Earth is to reduce the population to 10 percent of the present number…He then showed solutions for reducing the world’s population in the form of a slide depicting the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse. War and famine would not do, he explained. Instead, disease offered the most efficient and fastest way to kill the billions that must soon die if the population crisis is to be solved.” He then explains that Pianka displayed a slide showing rows of human skulls and says he was deeply disturbed, not only by Pianka’s speech, but because he “watched in amazement as a few hundred members of the Texas Academy of Science rose to their feet and gave a standing ovation to a speech that enthusiastically advocated the elimination of 90 percent of [lxxiii] Earth’s population by airborne Ebola.”

After learning of the sinister nature of Pianka’s speech, an affiliate of Mims named William Dembski informed the Department of Homeland Security [lxxiv] which resulted in the FBI interviewing Pianka.

While Pianka’s speech was not allowed to be videotaped, one can read his own words on his official University of Texas website where he wrote, “Humans have overpopulated the Earth and in the process have created an ideal nutritional substrate on which bacteria and viruses (microbes) will grow and prosper. We are behaving like bacteria growing on an agar plate, flourishing until natural limits are reached or until another microbe [lxxv] colonizes and takes over, using them as their resource.”

“First, and foremost, we must get out of denial and recognize that Earth simply cannot support many billions of people, at least not in the lifestyles we would all like to live.” “I am convinced that the world, including all humanity , WOULD clearly be much better off without so many of us.” [The bold face and capital print is in the original text on his website, and was not added in this book.] One of the links on his website is to an obituary that he posted of himself, although at the time of this writing he is still alive. One more disturbing detail regarding Dr. Pianka is that on this website he shows pictures of a [lxxvi] bison he raised on his land whose name is identified as Lucifer.

World-Famous Microbiologist Planned Genocide In 2001 shocking information was released showing that decades in the past a world-famous microbiologist and winner of the Nobel prize named Sir Fram Macfarlane had secretly urged the Australian government to develop and use biological weapons against Indonesia and other “overpopulated” countries in South-East Asia to target food crops and spread infectious diseases in order to kill large numbers of the population. Such plans, which were developed in 1947, were revealed to the public in 2001 after the top-secret files were declassified by the National Archives of Australia. The release of the reports were faced with resistance from the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, which fought to prevent them from becoming public after historian Philip Dorling uncovered information on biological warfare in the National Archives in 1998. It wasn’t until 2001 that the damning files were released to Dorling, which included a detailed memo Sir Macfarlane wrote for the Defense Department in 1947, where he said that Australia should develop biological weapons that would work in tropical Asia without spreading to Australia’s more temperate population centers. “Specifically to the Australian situation, the most effective counteroffensive to threatened invasion by overpopulated Asiatic countries would

be directed towards the destruction by biological or chemical means of tropical food crops and the dissemination of infectious disease capable of spreading in tropical but not under Australian conditions,” the [lxxvii] microbiologist said.

It’s important to note that his plans to unleash such weapons were not because Australia was at war, but because he wanted to reduce the large populations that were using the national resources. His reference to an “invasion by overpopulated countries” doesn’t refer to a military invasion but refers rather to the overpopulation itself. Another unclassified document reads that he noted, “Its use has the tremendous advantage of not destroying the enemy’s industrial potential which can then be taken over intact.” Sir Macfarlane was the head of the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research, and won the Nobel prize in 1960 for medicine. In September, 1947, he joined a chemical and biological warfare subcommittee of the New Weapons and Equipment Development Committee in Australia, where he would develop his genocidal ideas where he recommended, “the possibilities of an attack on the food supplies of S-E Asia and Indonesia using B.W. agents should be considered by a small study group.” In 1951, he recommended that “a panel reporting to the chemical and biological warfare subcommittee should be authorized to report on the offensive potentiality of biological agents likely to be effective against the local food supplies of South-East Asia and Indonesia.”

Prince Philip Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburg, is the husband of the Queen of England, and at the time of this writing in 2010, he is 57 years old (born in 1921). The British royal family has long been involved with the Illuminati, and some say they themselves believe that they are descended from the lost tribe of Dan from Israel.

The Prince made a disturbing statement years ago regarding the world’s population, where he said, “In the event that I am reincarnated, I would like to return as a deadly virus, in order to contribute something to solve [lxxviii] overpopulation.”

Prince Philip is the father of Prince Charles, and the grandfather of Prince William and Prince Henry of Whales. Some people believe that the Antichrist will come from this family and that they are crypto-Jews, meaning they are hiding their Jewish ancestry. Regardless of whether this is true or not, the British Royal Family has been a major part of the secret establishment for many generations.

President Obama’s Science Advisor President Obama appointed a man named John Holdren to be his chief science czar, which means he is basically the top advisor to Obama regarding science and technology and their effects domestically and internationally. Immediately after his appointment bloggers began looking into his past and discovered that he was the co-author of a science text book in 1977 titled Ecoscience: Population, Resources, Environment, which contains several startling proposals to deal with what the authors perceived to be issues society would soon face regarding overpopulation and resource shortages. Adding Sterilants to Water Supply Holdren’s book openly discusses the idea of adding chemicals to the water supply to sterilize entire populations, saying, “Adding a sterilant to drinking water or staple foods is a suggestion that seems to horrify people more than most proposals for involuntary fertility control. Indeed, this would pose some very difficult political, legal, and social questions, to say nothing of the technical problems. No such sterilant exists today [in 1977], nor does one appear to be under development. To be acceptable, such a substance would have to meet some rather stiff requirements: it must be uniformly effective, despite widely varying doses received by individuals, and despite varying degrees of fertility and sensitivity among individuals; it must be free of dangerous or unpleasant side effects; and it must have no effect on

members of the opposite sex, children, old people, pets, or livestock.” [lxxix] Involuntary Fertility Control Another disturbing idea the book outlines is forcing women to become sterilized after having two or three children. “A program of sterilizing women after their second or third child, despite the relatively greater difficulty of the operation than vasectomy, might be easier to implement [lxxx] than trying to sterilize men,” the text reads.

Aside from forcing women to become sterilized after having several children, the authors also postulated that young girls could be forced on birth control to prevent them from having children, and that the birth control method would only be removed if the government allowed it. “The development of a long-term sterilizing capsule that could be implanted under the skin and removed when pregnancy is desired opens additional possibilities for coercive fertility control. The capsule could be implanted at puberty and might be removable, with official permission, for a limited [lxxxi] number of births.”

Mandatory Abortions As if adding a sterilant to the water supply or forcing young girls to submit to birth control until the government approves of them having a child weren’t horrific enough ideas, the textbook goes on to discuss and endorse forcing women to have abortions if they get pregnant without government permission. The book uses the term “compulsory” which is a fancy word meaning mandatory or forced against one’s will. The book reads, “Indeed, it has been concluded that compulsory population-control laws, even including laws requiring compulsory abortion, could be sustained under the existing Constitution if the population crisis became sufficiently severe to [lxxxii] endanger the society.”

Notice how these population ideas are not something only for 3rd world countries, but also for America as the authors point out that forced abortions, they believe, would be legal under the Constitution! Two Child Limit John Holdren and his co-authors try to equate their tyrannical reproduction policies with other laws concerning public safety. “In today’s world, however, the number of children in a family is a matter of profound public concern. The law regulates other highly personal matters. For example, no one may lawfully have more than one spouse at a time. Why should the law not be able to prevent a person from having more than two children?” [lxxxiii] Toward a Planetary Regime After reading the Nazi-style reproduction regulations in Holdren’s book and seeing that decades after its publication he would find himself in President Obama’s inner circle, it should come as no surprise that he would also suggest an all-powerful global government structure to enforce his nightmarish ideas, and to regulate other aspects of our lives. He wrote that current government agencies around the world, “might eventually be developed into a Planetary Regime—sort of an international super-agency for population, resources, and environment. Such a comprehensive Planetary Regime could control the development, administration, conservation, and distribution of all natural resources, renewable or nonrenewable, at least insofar as international implications exist. Thus the Regime could have the power to control pollution not only in the atmosphere and oceans, but also in such freshwater bodies as rivers and lakes that cross international boundaries or that discharge into the oceans. The Regime might also be a logical central agency for regulating all international trade, perhaps including assistance from DCs to LDCs, and including all food on the international market.” “The Planetary Regime might be given responsibility for determining the optimum population for the world and for each region and for arbitrating

various countries’ shares within their regional limits. Control of population size might remain the responsibility of each government, but the Regime [lxxxiv] would have some power to enforce the agreed limits.”

Abortions are Good for the Economy Speaker of the House, Nancy Pelosi was interviewed on NBC’s Meet the Press where she explained why she appropriated hundreds of millions of dollars to expand Planned Parenthood and similar services as part of an economic stimulus package. A brief transcript of this encounter follows: STEPHANOPOULOS: Hundreds of millions of dollars to expand family planning services. How is that stimulus? PELOSI: Well, the family planning services reduce cost. They reduce cost. The states are in terrible fiscal budget crises now and part of what we do for children’s health, education and some of those elements are to help the states meet their financial needs. One of those—one of the initiatives you mentioned, the contraception, will reduce costs to the states and to the federal government. STEPHANOPOULOS : So no apologies for that? PELOSI: No apologies. No. We have to deal with the consequences of the downturn in our economy. End of Transcript

The Limits to Growth The Club of Rome, a notorious elite globalist think tank, published a book in 1972 titled The Limits to Growth which would mark the first major propaganda piece warning of a rapidly growing population and finite natural resources. The book was written by Dennis L. Meadows, Donella H. Meadows, Jorgen Randers, and William W. Behrens III. World population, industrialization, pollution, food production, and resource depletion were the main focus of the report which argued that

while population grows exponentially, technology and the availability of natural resources only grow linearly. This would be the beginning of the growing campaign and propaganda aimed at justifying a massive population reduction around the world.

Global 2000 Report The Council on Environmental Quality and the State Department released a report in 1980 that was commissioned by President Jimmy Carter which continued to lay the foundation for propaganda concerning population reduction, diminishing resources, and global warming. The Global 2000 Report supposedly used computer models to make projections concerning these issues for the coming decades, and aimed to show what life would be like in the year 2000 (twenty years after its publication). “Computer projection models” were seen as extremely high-tech in 1980 when this report was published—an aspect to this report that was highlighted in an attempt to add to its credibility. It concluded by saying, “If present trends continue, the world in 2000 will be more crowded, and more vulnerable to disruption than the world we live in now. Serious stresses involving population, resources, and environment are clearly visible ahead. Despite greater material output, the world’s people will be poorer in many ways than they are today.”

Agenda 21 Agenda 21 is a program launched by the United Nations (UN) pertaining to what they call “sustainable development” around the world, which is a fancy term for reducing the population and preserving natural resources. The name Agenda 21 refers to the UN’s agenda for the 21st century. The full text of Agenda 21 was revealed at the United Nations Earth Summit in 1992 (officially called the Conference on Environment and Development) that was held in Rio de Janeiro. At this Earth Summit, 178 governments voted to adopt the Agenda 21 program, which is a blueprint for members of the UN and other governments and groups to take action to increase regulations in every area where humans have an impact on the environment.

There are 40 chapters in the Agenda 21 report which cover topics such as: changing consumption patterns of natural resources, controlling pollution, educating children about such issues, and implementing new financial mechanisms to achieve these goals.

United Nations Population Fund The United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA), originally called the United Nations Fund for Population Activities, was started in 1969 to supposedly provide supplies and services involving reproductive health, but a dark cloud has lingered over the fund for decades because of coerced sterilizations and forced abortions. When word of these practices surfaced, groups pressured the Regan administration as well as both Bush administrations (George H.W. and George W.) to withhold funding from UNFPA. As a result of the United States cutting off funding for the program, a nonprofit organization called Americans for UNFPA was started and compensated for the loss by raising donations. After Barack Obama was sworn in as president in January 2009, he restored U.S. funding to UNFPA which resulted in taxpayers’ money once again funding forced abortions and sterilizations in foreign countries. According to its Annual Report, the UNFPA received a total of $845.3 million dollars in funding in 2008, with $118 million coming from the Netherlands, $53 million from the United Kingdom, 52 million from Spain, and the European Commission and Japan each donated 36 million. In 2009 UNFPA released a report titled State of World Population which is 104 pages long and blames global warming on too many people living on the earth. “Slower population growth...would help build social resilience to climate change’s impacts and would contribute to a reduction of greenhouse-gas emissions in the future,” it says. “Population growth is among the factors influencing total emissions in industrialized as well as developing countries.” “Each person in a population will consume food and require housing, and ideally most will take advantage of transportation, which consumes energy,

and may use fuel to heat homes and have access to electricity.” “The growth of population can contribute to freshwater scarcity or degradation of cropland, which may in turn exacerbate the impacts of climate change…So too can climate change make it more difficult for governments to alleviate poverty and achieve the Millennium Development Goals.” “Fear of appearing supportive of population control has until recently held back any mention of ‘population’ in the climate debate…Nonetheless, some participants in the debate are tentatively suggesting the need at least to consider the impacts of population growth.”

The Georgia Guidestones The topic of the Georgia Guidestones monument is fascinating, yet disturbing, and a complete analysis of the subject can be found in this author’s previous book, The Resistance Manifesto , so for the sake of keeping this book to a manageable length, I will only briefly discuss them and their mysterious origins here. Basically, a large 19 foot tall granite monument stands in the small town of Elberton, Georgia, in the United States, consisting of four major stone slabs standing upright and assembled in a paddle wheel formation. Each of the eight stone faces are inscribed with ten commandments, with each set consisting of a different language: English, Russian, Hebrew, Arabic, Hindi, Chinese, Spanish, and Swahili. While some of the “guides” as they are called, are somewhat benign, there are several of them which are quite chilling. The first one reads, “Maintain the earth’s population at 500,0000,000” (500 million). Others speak of creating a world court and allude to a global religion, and finally the tenth one reads, “Be not a cancer on the earth. Leave room for nature.” As if this isn’t strange enough, the story of the Georgia Guidestones gets stranger the closer one looks into it. The monument was created in 1980 and was the result of a mysterious man calling himself “R.C. Christian” who said he represented a group of concerned citizens and wanted to erect a monument for mankind. He worked with a local granite company to design

the stones, and he paid for the entire project, an estimated cost of tens of thousands of dollars. The stones currently sit on public property on the highest point in Elberton County. To anyone familiar with the Rosicrucians, the pseudonym that this man chose, “R.C. Christian,” is clearly a reference to this enlightenment group which dates back to the early 1600s. Several years after the monument’s completion this same man published a book titled Common Sense Renewed , under the admitted pseudonym Robert Christian, and proclaimed, “The hearts of our human family must be touched and warmed to welcome a [lxxxv] global rule by reason.”

The book basically outlines his political philosophy and says that the first two printings were sent to several thousand political officials and shapers of public opinion throughout the world, and all members of the United States Congress. The Georgia Guidestones were not a simple task to complete and certainly cost several tens of thousands of dollars to construct, and after reading their depopulation commandments, it comes as no surprise that the mysterious individual who commissioned them used a pseudonym with Illuminati overtones. In December of 2008 some vandals spray painted several messages across the stones, such as, “Death to the Globalists,” “No North American Union,” and “Skull and Bones Suck Dick,” referring to the Skull and Bones secret society at Yale University, which serves as a recruiting ground for the elite Illuminati. Photos of the vandalism were posted on the Internet. This author was later contacted by a freelance journalist named Randall Sullivan who was working on a story about the monument, and when his article was published in April 2009, he wrote, “While Dice denies any [lxxxvi]

involvement in the assault, he seems to have inspired it,”

because I had publicly expressed my disgust for the stones and my desire to have them removed.

Life Extension Technology Aside from wanting to reduce the world’s population by 90 to 95%, the elite New World Order kingpins are also hoping that very soon scientists will be able to prevent them from aging and possibly live forever by using some form of molecular repair, organ replacements, or transhumanist development (merging computers and machines with the human body). While anti-aging creams and remedies have been around for decades and often associated with quackery, scientists are working very hard to figure out how they can prevent the oxidization of cells, or to get cells to reproduce themselves indefinitely, thus ensuring a healthy body as long as this process continues. Ray Kurzweil and others have proposed that nanorobots could one day be injected in the body and perform cellular repair from within. These ideas are not fanciful thinking of science fiction writers, but are instead very serious branches of science that are making tremendous advances in their quest. Even if the elite are not able to live indefinitely by using some of this coming technology, they will certainly be able to extend the human lifespan several decades or perhaps longer. Such an extension obviously means that people will use more natural resources during the course of their prolonged life, and this is another reason the elite are concerned with the global population and desire to dramatically reduce it. As miraculous life extending technologies become possible, the enormous cost for such procedures will be unaffordable by most people and will not be covered by insurance. This puts the technology exclusively in the hands of the wealthy, who are the same people shaping the New World Order. As this technology becomes closer to a reality, the elite will be even more compelled to unleash their genocidal plans.

One World Religion When discussing the goals of the New World Order, often three objectives are found at the top of the list: A one world government, a single global currency, and a unified world religion. The reason for this unified single religion is said to be a prerequisite to the Messiah arriving, who religious prophecies predict will be the savior of all mankind and will unveil the mysteries of existence and lead the world into an era of everlasting peace. Many religions speak of this Messiah figure, and while Christians believe that he arrived as Jesus Christ and will later return at the end of time, other religions are still looking for the Messiah’s arrival. In order to set the groundwork for this individual (who Christians believe will be a counterfeit claiming to be God and later defeated by the return of Jesus) the New World Order must set the philosophical foundation for this “Christ” to be seen as the appearance of God on earth, and be worshiped as such. The main problem for this philosophy and the coming counterfeit to be universally accepted as the Messiah, is the traditional belief in Christianity and the Bible’s description of the Antichrist, as well as Christians desire to live by a set of traditional values that are taught in the Bible. These are the reasons that traditional Christianity and family values are the largest obstacle to the New World Order’s coming unified religion, and thus traditional Christianity has been targeted for a revision or total destruction. Manly P. Hall explains, “Christianity is not the sole revelation of God to man. It is but a fractional part of the body religious. It is simply a crutch upon which the genus homo leans until he learns to stand and walk alone. It is something he believes in before he is capable of believing in himself with understanding. Like all external things it will finally pass away and be remembered only for that which it contributed to the inner realization of its [lxxxvii] devotees.”

Christians who do not convert to a more liberal and universal form of Christianity will be seen as problematic for the New World Order since

their conservative and traditional beliefs will be seen as holding back the global utopia and ruining the fun and “anything goes” attitude of the majority of society.

“Hate Speech” Laws It’s well known that some Christians can make judgments of other people for their sexuality, stance on abortion, and ideas of what is socially acceptable behavior. Some Christians speak out against such things using harsh criticism, while others simply express their disagreement. Most Christians tend to be socially conservative and lean towards more traditional views of family dynamics and sexual activity. People who are not religious can be very liberal in these areas, and the two different ideologies occasionally clash in disputes over what is being taught to children, or what is being distributed in the popular culture. In the United States of America, people are luckily able to exercise the freedom of speech which is outlined and guaranteed by the First Amendment to the Constitution. This freedom is only supposed to be restricted in the case of defamation and incitement to riot, but many fear that living in the New World Order will create criminals of Christians for simply voicing their opinions on certain social issues or behaviors, or even quoting the Bible. In recent years various legislation has been introduced regarding what is called hate speech, which aims to criminalize certain statements or opinions when expressed publicly. In 2001, a man was arrested in Canada for “inciting hatred” after submitting a newspaper ad containing Bible quotes [lxxxviii]

about homosexuality.

He was forced to pay out $1500 to each of four different homosexuals who filed a complaint against him. Canadian officials signed a bill into law in 2004 that reinforced such rules. In Britain a woman was visited at her home by two police officers after she wrote a letter to her city council expressing her displeasure that a gay pride parade was scheduled for her neighborhood. In the letter, she referred to homosexuals as sodomites and perverts and the police threatened to charge her with a criminal offense because “a hate incident is any incident that is

perceived by the victim or another person as being motivated by prejudice [lxxxix] or hatred.”

In 2004 a group of eleven Christians were arrested and charged with multiple crimes, including felonies in Pennsylvania for peacefully [xc]

demonstrating against a gay pride parade.

The demonstrators were said to have committed “hate speech” for preaching to the homosexuals and holding signs with Bible verses printed on them.

501(c)(3) Tax Exempt Churches It’s pretty much common knowledge that most churches don’t have to pay taxes since they are considered “not for profit” organizations, but most people have no idea what kind of restrictions this license places on these churches. A 501c organization is a provision in the United States Tax code which lists 26 different types of organizations that are exempt from federal income tax. Churches fall under section 3 of the 501c code, meaning they are a religious organization. Organizations that fall under section 501(c)(3) are prohibited from certain political activities and even comments. The Internal Revenue Service website explains, “Under the Internal Revenue Code, all section 501(c)(3) organizations are absolutely prohibited from directly or indirectly participating in, or intervening in, any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for elective public office. Contributions to political campaign funds or public statements of position (verbal or written) made on behalf of the organization in favor of or in opposition to any candidate for public office clearly violate the prohibition against political campaign activity. Violating this prohibition may result in denial or revocation of tax-exempt status and the imposition of certain excise taxes.” [xci] The tax code goes on to say, “voter education or registration activities with evidence of bias that (a) would favor one candidate over another; (b) oppose a candidate in some manner; or (c) have the effect of favoring a

candidate or group of candidates, will constitute prohibited participation or [xcii] intervention.”

Language saying activities may not “have the effect of favoring a candidate or group of candidates,” or that they are “absolutely prohibited from directly or indirectly participating in, or intervening in, any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for elective public office,” mean that if a pastor gives a sermon about certain social issues such as homosexuality, gay marriage, or abortion, the church will be in violation of the law and could have their tax exempt status revoked because the pastor is “indirectly participating in” a political activity. In 2005, the 3500 member All Saints Episcopal Church in Los Angeles, California was threatened by the IRS that they could lose their tax exempt [xciii]

status after the Reverend gave an anti-war message.

The church’s tax attorney Marcus Owens said the IRS offered to drop the proceedings if the church admitted wrongdoing. A United Methodist Church in New Jersey lost its tax exempt status in 2007 after officials refused to allow two lesbian couples to have their “weddings” [xciv]

on church property.

After it was discovered that members of the Mormon Church organized to support Proposition 8 passing in California in 2008, which banned gay marriage, many homosexual groups attempted to have their tax exempt status revoked as well. Most church goers have no idea that there are federal restrictions placed on what the pastor or priests can say to their congregation. Not only has the federal government locked churches into a contract preventing them from even indirectly influencing political affairs, but they also have been secretly working with major churches to get their leaders to teach their flocks what the government wants them to.

Government Secretly Working With Churches In May of 2006 a pastor came forward saying that FEMA (the Federal Emergency Management Agency) had implemented a secret program to

train pastors of large churches and have them work secretly with FEMA in order to encourage their congregations to obey the government’s demands in the case of martial law, firearm seizures, forced vaccinations, or forced relocations. [xcv]

The pastor, who contacted Infowars.com

to make such events public, wanted to remain anonymous but said that he and other religious representatives were invited to a secret meeting which encouraged and trained pastors to help implement FEMA and Homeland Security directives. The first directive was for pastors to preach to their congregations a message based on Romans 13 in the Bible, which when taken out of context urges people to obey their government and says the government was established by God. The informant also reported that it was made clear they were to start preaching subservience to authorities now, in order to condition their congregations to accept such ideas. He also reported that those in attendance were told that quarantines, martial law, and forced relocations were a problem for authorities when enforcing federal mandates because of what they called a “cowboy mentality” of people standing up for their rights and not going along with such demands. Some people may be skeptical of such claims, especially since the pastor chose to remain anonymous, but one year later in August of 2007, a TV station in Shreveport, Louisiana reported on this, confirming what this pastor had claimed. KSLA news reported that FEMA was secretly working with what they called Clergy Response Teams that were being trained by the federal government to “quell dissent” and pacify people in order to obey any orders given by the government in the event of martial law.

Adam Weishaupt on Christianity John Robison, one of the first authors to publish English translations of the writings of Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt, wrote, “It surely needs little argument now to prove, that the Order of Illuminati had for its

immediate object the abolishing of Christianity (at least this was the intention of the Founder), with the sole view of overturning the civil government, by introducing universal dissoluteness and profligacy of manners, and then getting the assistance of the corrupted subjects to overset the throne. The whole conduct in the preparation and instruction of the Presbyter and Regens is directed to this point.” Robison quotes an original correspondence between Illuminati members from the 1700s where one member wrote, “I have been at unwearied pains to remove the fears of some who imagine that our Superiors want to abolish Christianity; but by and by their prejudices will wear off, and they will be more at their ease. Were I to let them know that our General holds all Religion to be a lie, and uses even Deism, only to lead men by the nose.”

Albert Pike’s Alleged 3 World Wars Letter A letter allegedly written by Albert Pike and sent to an Italian politician named Giuseppe Mazzini, dated August 15, 1871 outlined sinister plans for three different world wars that would purposefully be orchestrated to bring about the New World Order and set the stage for Luciferianism to become the world’s religion. Albert Pike is of course the author of Morals and Dogma and remains one of Freemasonry’s most influential members. In this letter, Pike allegedly wrote, “The First World War must be brought about in order to permit the Illuminati to overthrow the power of the Czars in Russia and of making that country a fortress of atheistic Communism. The divergences caused by the ‘agentur’ (agents) of the Illuminati between the British and Germanic Empires will be used to foment this war. At the end of the war, Communism will be built and used in order to destroy the other governments and in order to weaken the religions.” “The Second World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences between the Fascists and the political Zionists. This war must be brought about so that Nazism is destroyed and that the political Zionism be strong enough to institute a sovereign state of Israel in Palestine. During the Second World War, International Communism must become strong enough in order to balance Christendom, which would be then restrained and held

in check until the time when we would need it for the final social cataclysm.” “The Third World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences caused by the ‘agentur’ of the "Illuminati" between the political Zionists and the leaders of Islamic World. The war must be conducted in such a way that Islam (the Moslem Arabic World) and political Zionism (the State of Israel) mutually destroy each other. Meanwhile the other nations, once more divided on this issue will be constrained to fight to the point of complete physical, moral, spiritual and economical exhaustion… We shall unleash the Nihilists and the atheists, and we shall provoke a formidable social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to the nations the effect of absolute atheism, origin of savagery and of the most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citizens, obliged to defend themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries, will exterminate those destroyers of civilization, and the multitude, disillusioned with Christianity, whose deistic spirits will from that moment be without compass or direction, anxious for an ideal, but without knowing where to render its adoration, will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer, brought finally out in the public view. This manifestation will result from the general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and atheism, both conquered and exterminated at the same time.”

Alice Bailey’s Open Admissions The respected New Age author Alice Bailey writes in her book The Externalization of the Hierarchy , “It has therefore become possible to synchronize the Approach of the divine to the human and to instruct the masses of men in the technique of thus invoking the Approach. This attitude of humanity will lead to a new revelation, to the new world religion and to new attitudes in the relation of man to God (religion) and of man to man [xcvi] (government or social relationships).”

“The Members of the Hierarchy are seen to be the Custodians of the divine Plan….The spiritual Hierarchy of the planet, the ability of mankind to contact its Members and to work in cooperation with Them, and the

existence of the greater Hierarchy of spiritual energies of which our tiny planetary sphere is a part—these are the three truths upon which the coming [xcvii] world religion may be based.”

Bailey also discusses the role of Freemasonry in the creation of this one world religion. Since Freemasonry is a continuation of the ancient Mystery Schools, it should come as no surprise that the Universalist teachings of the fraternity are laying the philosophical foundation for the New World Order religion. She writes, “There is no dissociation between the One Universal Church, the sacred inner Lodge of all true Masons, and the innermost circles of the esoteric societies…It must not be forgotten that only those souls who are on the Probationary Path or the Path of Discipleship will [xcviii] form the nucleus of the coming new world religion.”

“The new religion will manifest, for instance, through organizations like Masonry. In Freemasonry is embedded the core or secret heart of the occult [xcix] Mysteries—wrapped in number, metaphor and symbol.”

Unification Church Most people are shocked to find, or simply don’t believe, that the founder and owner of the Washington Times claims to be the Second Coming of Christ and is the leader of what is called the Unification Church. Sun Myung Moon is a Korean billionaire who has millions of people who follow him and see him as the return of Jesus. Moon’s Unification Church and his enormous following show just how easily people are duped into believing false religious doctrines and how wealthy and powerful these fake prophets can be. Aside from being a billionaire and owning the Washington Times , Sun Myung Moon has maintained close relationships with powerful politicians around the world who have no problem with the fact that he thinks he’s the return of Christ.

The Vatican

Vatican City in Rome is an entire sovereign country which is basically a small city owned and run by the Catholic Church. It has enormous wealth and its own police force, along with the Pope’s personal army, the Swiss Guard. The Catholic Church has long been intertwined with the Illuminati, and its society of Jesus (the Jesuits) are the Vatican’s foot soldiers attempting to make the Catholic Church the world’s leading religious authority. In 2007, Pope Benedict XVI announced that the Catholic Church was the only way to salvation, and that all other denominations are not true [c]

churches. He wasn’t talking about non-Christian religious organizations such as Islam or Buddhism, the Pope was talking about all Christian churches other than the Catholic Church. The Catholic Church, the popes, and bishops are basically the same as the Pharisees that Jesus denounced over 2000 years ago for their hypocrisy and their pride and arrogance due to their spiritual knowledge. One needs to look no further than the Inquisition or the massive institutional cover-up of countless pedophile priests to see the core of the Catholic Church is corrupt. The Catholic Church also diverts and perverts the teachings of Jesus in numerous ways, such as having people confess their sins to a priest (who is called Father, which the Bible says nobody but God should be called that) as well as selling indulgences and worshipping the virgin Mary and other saints. The selling of indulgences, if you don’t know, means that people used to pay money to a church and in return the priest would forgive that person’s sins and tell them they could then get into Heaven. Some indulgences were even sold for sins people would commit in the future. Such a practice was clearly a shameful abuse of power and completely contradictory to the teachings of Jesus. The Catholic Church basically took the freeing messages of Jesus and packaged them up and then sold them to the public, when Jesus had intended it to be accessible to all for free. This is the same thing the Jewish Pharisees did with Judaism. It is for these reasons and more that the Vatican, and specifically the Pope is looked at with suspicion regarding the New World Order and is believed by some to one day be the false prophet spoken about in the Bible. The counterfeit Christ (the Antichrist) will be a

political figure and the leader of the world, and the false prophet is believed to be a global religious leader who will (wrongfully) confirm to the world that the Christ has returned when the Antichrist announces he is God. Since the Catholic Church is trying to reinstate itself as the only Christian authority, many see the Pope as a prime candidate for this false prophet. A strange revelation was made by the Vatican at the end of 2009 concerning space aliens when the Vatican’s chief astronomer said that there could be other “extraterrestrial brothers” of ours out in space who “remained in full [ci]

friendship with their creator.”

Reverend José Gabriel Funes, head of the Vatican Observatory and a scientific adviser to Pope Benedict XVI, said “Why can’t we speak of a ‘brother extraterrestrial?’” And suggested our “brothers” could be more evolved than humans. While the subject of space aliens is filled with speculation, misidentification, and craziness, the idea of other intelligent life existing in other solar systems is a fascinating one, and certainly is likely. But what is interesting about the statements from Reverend Funes is that he said these beings could still be “in full friendship with their creator,” meaning they are in an unfallen state, unlike mankind. This means they would be without sin. It’s a very interesting statement that some see as setting the stage for an alien being to arrive on earth that will claim to be the return of Jesus, when in fact, it could be the Antichrist. This is, of course, only speculation, but the role of the corrupt Catholic Church in the New World Order’s coming new religion should be monitored very closely, and the Pope, whoever it is, and the leadership of the Vatican should be seen for the imposters and criminals they are.

Israel The State of Israel in the Middle East remains the focus of world events due to the continuous fighting between Arabs and Jews as they argue and kill each other over who has the right to the land, the Palestinians or the Jews. The State of Israel was created in 1948 following World War II so the Jews could return to the land their ancient ancestors once inhabited. This plan was organized by Britain as a sort of reparation for the persecution of the

Jews during the war and the Holocaust. The current population of Israel is around 7.5 million with 5.62 million being Jewish. The creation and existence of the Jewish country remains controversial for several reasons. First of which is that the Jews are seen by many as having stolen the land they are now occupying, having run off the Arabs who were inhabiting the area prior to the creation of Israel. Most Jews believe that God had promised them that land and have a Jewish supremacist view that they are entitled to the land because they believe God said they were. Controversy also surrounds the fact that Israel was created as a country for a specific race of people—the Jews. It is difficult to criticize Israel because the Jews and their blind supporters quickly label any criticism as antiSemitic—no matter how valid it is. Israel also remains a focal point for Christians and those who study Bible prophecy and the New World Order. Mainline Christians believe that Israel will be the capitol of the New World Order and will be the geographic location where the Antichrist will rule from, and where Jesus Christ will return to at the end of time. Many Jews have a similar view of the role of Israel in the New World Order, but they believe that Jesus was not the Messiah, and are still waiting for this individual to arrive and lead the Jews and the rest of the world into a utopia of peace and prosperity. The Illuminati and New Age secret societies and cults also look forward to this world leader, who they say will arrive and be identified as the long awaited Christ and Messiah.

A Global Dictator Claiming to be God It is basically common knowledge that Christians believe that at some point in time, a global leader will rise to power and will wreak havoc on the earth as a dictator known as the Antichrist. Other religions such as Islam, have similar prophecies which foresee such a scenario as well. In Christian theology this dictator will rise to power at a point in time when the planet is engulfed in chaos and war, and he will promise world peace if given the

power to lead the world. According to the prophecies, this individual will not only be a tyrannical dictator once in power, but he will also claim to be God incarnate and demand to be worshiped as such. This isn’t exactly a novel idea. If one looks at the history of past civilizations, similar events have occurred over and over again. The pharaohs of Egypt claimed to be gods and demanded their people treat them as such. Nero, the emperor of Rome, expected such treatment as well. A more modern example is that of Adolf Hitler, who saw himself as the savior of Germany and the white race, and who was essentially worshiped as the messiah. A “God complex” seems to fall upon the most power-hungry men throughout history as their thirst for power and recognition leads them to the conclusion that they themselves are a god, and can do whatever they like with their power, no matter how unjust. There are a few fascinating points that I would like to address regarding this Antichrist scenario, and how it ties directly into the secret societies that are shaping the New World Order. As you should have gathered by now from my writings, a main theme within the secret societies is that the teachings elevate the initiate to a level of enlightenment where they themselves become a god, or god of their own perceived universe. Manly P. Hall explains in his classic book, The Secret Teachings of All Ages that, “The Mysteries were therefore established for the purpose of unfolding the nature of man according to certain fixed rules which, when faithfully followed, elevated the human consciousness to a point where it was capable of cognizing its own constitution and the true purpose of existence. This knowledge of how man’s manifold constitution could be most quickly and most completely regenerated to the point of spiritual illumination [cii] constituted the secret, or esoteric, doctrine of antiquity.”

Such enlightenment philosophies are not that dangerous by themselves, although considered heretical by Christianity and other religions, but instead it is the potential that one can develop this God complex and then place himself above all others and think that the rules of basic human conduct don’t apply to them.

While people defend occult organizations such as the Freemasons and other fraternities that teach the ancient Mysteries because they see the teachings as a way to build moral character and make sense of the world and their place in it through the spiritual and symbolic teachings found within such schools, it is undeniable that within such organizations there exists a corrupt core, who many say have hijacked and perverted the ancient Mysteries. The Illuminati is the key culprit who admittedly infiltrated Freemasonry in 1782 and created an inner circle to function covertly under the cover of the fraternity. Others say that the corruption had occurred centuries earlier. We do find clear evidence of the corrupt core today, and they continue to give a bad name to secret societies and are the source of countless conspiracy theories surrounding them. It is an interesting debate to discuss whether or not the Mysteries themselves are inherently evil, or whether they have been hijacked and abused by organized criminal networks that pervert them for their own gain. Now, let’s analyze the striking parallels between Christian Bible prophecy and the published plans and hopes of the elite secret societies. The Book of Revelation, the final book in the Bible, describes a man who is said to be the Antichrist, or a worker of Satan, who claims to be God and the savior of the world, but in reality is a ruthless dictator. The teachings of the Mystery Schools are believed to enlighten a man so he may become god-like and as we know men are inclined to get a God complex and become over taken by megalomania and selfishness. What is also interesting is that the Bible describes the counterfeit Christ as a world leader who will claim to be God and demand to be worshiped as such, and will do so in the new Solomon’s temple in Jerusalem. This temple, as of early 2010 when this book was first published, has not been rebuilt. The original location of the historical Solomon’s temple is currently occupied by a Muslim mosque called the Dome of the Rock. Solomon’s temple was destroyed twice in the past, once in 586 BC by the Babylonians, and again in 70 AD by the Romans. Jews have long hoped and planned for the third temple to be rebuilt on the original location, but since the Dome of the Rock stands there, they have a problem. This mosque will surely be destroyed

during a conflict sometime in the future and the land will be taken over by Jews, who will then rebuild their long awaited temple. It’s pivotal to note that Freemasonry is a modern Mystery School teaching the same philosophies that had been carried on in secret fraternal orders for thousands of years. Freemasons also consider their lodge where they meet, a temple, but not just any temple. It represents the Temple of Solomon. The head Mason of a lodge is called the Worshipful Master—an interesting choice for a leader. He is so enlightened, Masons believe, that he is a master of the universe and has achieved godhood, so he is “worshipful.” It is not hard to see then that the leader of the New World Order, or the “president of the world” will be a 33rd degree Freemason and believed by himself and his inner circle of associates to have achieved godhood, and will be a “worshipful master” and will take up the rebuilt Temple of Solomon as his own personal temple or office. In 2 Thessalonians 2:4-8, the Bible explains that the Antichrist will sit in the Temple of Jerusalem where he will exalt himself above God, claiming that he is God, saying, “Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.” Matthew 24: 15-16 quotes Jesus speaking to His disciple, saying, “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place [meaning the temple], (whoso readeth, let him understand), then let them which be in Judea flee into the mountains.” New Age guru Benjamin Crème writes about the appearance of what he calls the Maitreya or the Christ, saying, “This will lead to the Day of Declaration, when He will appear on the radio and television networks of the world linked by satellite. On that day Maitreya will mentally overshadow the whole of humanity simultaneously. All will hear His words inwardly in their own language. This telepathic communication will reach everyone, not only those watching or listening, and hundreds of thousands of miraculous healings will take place throughout the world. On that day, there will be no doubt that Maitreya is the Christ, the Imam Mahdi,

Maitreya Buddha, Kalki Avatart: the World Teacher. His open worldwide [ciii] mission will have begun.”

While Benjamin Crème may think that such an event will be the result of this individual’s “super natural power,” there is actually a perfectly logical explanation for how this kind of “telepathic” phenomena can occur.

Project Bluebeam In February of 1999, the Washington Post reported that operations were drawn up during the first Gulf War to project a huge holographic image of [civ]

Allah [the Islamic god] in the sky over Baghdad.

Then, using a 515KHz acoustic beam, the appearance of Allah talking would also have been manufactured, telling the Iraqi people to turn on Saddam. A similar plan was considered in Project Mongoose to overthrow Fidel Castro, where a Jesus-like figure would have been projected, telling the Cubans to overthrow “Godless Communism.” This technology has been labeled Project Blue Beam, and is likely ready to be used at any time. Of course, such technology is classified under national security, but this explains perfectly how Benjamin Crème’s prediction could come true of the “Christ” telepathically communicating with people, fooling them into believing he has supernatural powers and is God.

The Holy Bloodline Theory Ideas that Jesus Christ had a child with Mary Magdalene have been introduced to the mainstream though various books and novels, most popular of which is Dan Brown’s The Da Vinci Code ,which was released in 2003 and made into a film starring Tom Hanks in 2006. Such an idea has no real evidence, yet it has taken hold in millions of people’s minds as being the truth. This idea has several large implications on the New World Order’s goal of eroding faith in Christianity, as well as providing a possible justification for the supposed divine right of the Antichrist to rule earth, as he claims to be the long awaited Messiah.

Since secret societies like the Knights Templar and the Freemasons are said to be guardians of the Holy Grail, which in this theory means the bloodline of Jesus and not some cup or book of knowledge, this theory could very well be used as “evidence” that the Antichrist is the physical reincarnation of Jesus, or a direct descendent of him in an attempt to dupe Christians and Agnostics into believing he is divinely ordained to rule the New World Order.

The Rapture According to many Christians, when the end times come and the world has decayed into a disastrous wasteland and the Antichrist is about to take power, Christians will miraculously disappear from the face of the earth and be spared the harsh existence the rest of the world will face at the hands of this global tyrant. While many faithful Christians point to various Bible verses they believe verify this idea, it is highly doubtful such an event will occur, and it is this author’s opinion that the Rapture is a misinterpretation of the Bible, and a hoax. Some people who see the idea of all faithful Christians magically disappearing off the face of the earth and leaving everyone else behind to live in the New World Order as foolish, adhere to what is called a post tribulation rapture, which they say is a rapture of the Christians after the rule of the Antichrist. This idea is at least more realistic than a pre-trib (pretribulation) rapture. A major downfall to believing in the pre-trib rapture (the idea that Christians will be taken to Heaven as soon as the Antichrist comes on the scene, therefore being spared from the chaos and persecution) is that by believing they will supernaturally be taken off the earth and avoid the troubling times when the global dictator Antichrist is in power, they do not see a need to resist the New World Order or any major political or social policies being implemented, because they think that before things get too bad they’re going to go to Heaven and they won’t have to deal with it. When told about the encroaching Big Brother surveillance system and the VeriChip or similar device replacing paper currency and fulfilling the prophecy of the mark of the beast, instead of speaking out against it or

pushing for some kind of accountability or alternative for such a system, Rapture believing Christians are actually pleased such things are right around the corner because they think it means the Rapture is one step closer. Such a pathetic and cowardly attitude only allows their freedoms, privacy, and liberties to be taken away much more easily.

Other Implications of the Dictator This counterfeit Christ who claims to be God will espouse a very liberal and immoral philosophy on the world. Any sort of moral judgment on behaviors traditionally seen as immoral or reprehensible will be faced with extreme consequences. A very hedonistic lifestyle will be embraced and conservatives and Christians who oppose such behaviors will be labeled as the evil ones who are out of touch with the times. Many Christians will not believe that this man is God and will be aware of the massive fraud that is being perpetuated, and these individuals will be targeted as the trouble makers and the ones who are preventing the New World Order utopia from being realized. Some prophecies predict that the Antichrist will be nearly killed in an assassination attempt (or an accident) and will seemingly come back to life but with a massive wound to one of his eyes. His miraculous recovery will be touted as a miracle by his inner circle and will be more justification in the minds of his supporters that he has supernatural powers and has the divine right to rule. It’s interesting to note that the symbol for the Illuminati is one eye, often drawn inside a triangle or placed at the top of a pyramid. If this dictator is missing one eye after he is “resurrected” after his attack (or accident), the Illuminati would surely link their symbol of their God (the all-seeing eye) with their leader, who will also have one eye. This too may be seen as another “sign” that he is the Messiah.

Global Police and Military Force There have been suspicions that UN (United Nations) troops could be deployed on American soil for any number of reasons, such as supposedly to aid Americans in the event of a major terrorist attack from biological or

nuclear weapons, or to take over American infrastructure in the event of the U.S. dollar collapsing and becoming worthless as foreign countries try to recoup their losses. Such fears are stoked by videos that surface of the American military training foreign troops on US soil, sometimes practicing urban exercises where they simulate taking over a town’s main buildings, locking down the area, and even rounding up civilians who are willing participants in the exercises who pretend to be upset that they are being detained. Some videos even show make-shift prison camps where detainees are checked in and [cv] given ID badges and held inside tents surrounded by barbed wire.

One main reason for people’s uneasiness about such situations is that if UN forces are used on American soil for any reason, they do not have any loyalty to this country or the Constitution. We are nothing but foreigners to them. They would not be protecting their own neighborhoods or cities, but instead would simply be doing a job. Such troops will likely have no problems confiscating guns from house to house or rounding up large numbers of Americans for relocation to prison camps. President Obama’s chief science czar John Holdren wrote in his 1977 book Ecoscience about what he felt were the advantages of a global police force, saying, “If this could be accomplished, security might be provided by an armed international organization, a global analogue of a police force. Many people have recognized this as a goal, but the way to reach it remains obscure in a world where factionalism seems, if anything, to be increasing. The first step necessarily involves partial surrender of sovereignty to an [cvi] international organization.”

This is the same man who wrote in this same book about adding sterilizing agents to the water supply and forcing all women onto birth control or else forcing them to have an abortion if they get pregnant after having two children. Another unsettling aspect concerning military troops in the New World Order is the existence of private contractors being employed. Such a strategy became fairly well known during the Iraq War when the infamous

Blackwater private security company became the focus of controversy after the public learned that these “contractors” were being paid a large amount of money and were given luxurious living conditions and great food compared to regular US soldiers. These Blackwater troops are basically paid mercenaries who do not have the same chain of command and codes of conduct that members of the US military have. Such mercenaries don’t have any loyalty to any particular country either, and will accept a paycheck and orders from practically anyone.

Blackwater Now called simply Xe (pronounced Zi), is the new name for the private military contracting company formerly called Blackwater that became known for various controversies surrounding its employees activities during the War in Iraq. The company is the largest tactical training facility which trains more than 40,000 people per year in military offensive and defensive operations. In early 2009, the company changed its name from Blackwater to Xe and the new name, “reflects the change in company focus away from the business of providing private security.” The company denied the new strange name has any significance or special meaning. They did, however, admit that the name Blackwater became too closely associated with the [cvii]

company’s work in the occupation of Iraq.

The company’s license to operate in Iraq was not renewed and the new Iraqi government made several attempts to have them kicked out of the country during the course of [cviii] the war.

Xe (Blackwater) is still the largest private security contractor used by the United States government. 90% of the company’s money comes from [cix]

government contracts; two-thirds of which are no-bid contracts

— meaning they are the only company providing a quote to the government for the job—so multiple companies won’t have to compete with each other for the job by offering a lower price than the others.

The scandals and controversies surrounding corruption and murder involving Blackwater (Xe) mercenaries are numerous. In one instance executives at Blackwater authorized secret payments of nearly $1 million dollars to Iraqi officials in order to buy their silence regarding a 2007 incident where Blackwater security guards killed 17 Iraqi civilians in [cx]

Bagdad.

Blackwater’s president Gary Jackson was fingered by four former executives as having personally approved the bribes. The CIA also contracted Blackwater to create a hit squad and assassinate leaders of resistance groups in Iraq.

American Police Force A mysterious private security company came to the attention of concerned citizens in September 2009 which went by the name American Police Force, and used a Serbian coat of arms as its logo. The company had been contracted to run an empty prison facility in the city of Hardin, Montana, which drew suspicion of local residents. Local officials had hoped the facility would be used to detain prisoners that were held at the prison at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba, which President Obama claimed he would close. The contract between the city of Hardin and American Police force was [cxi] reported to be a 10-year, multimillion dollar deal.

American Police Force is owned by a man named Michael Hilton, whose criminal record shows he “pleaded guilty in March 1993 to 14 felonies, including 10 counts of grand theft, one count of attempted grand theft and three counts of diversion of construction funds, according to Orange County court records. He was sentenced to two years in prison, but it is unclear how [cxii] much time he served.”

Hilton is said to speak English with a heavy accent and told reporters he is a naturalized US citizen who is originally from Montenegro, which borders Serbia. Orange County, California court records show Hilton has used sixteen different aliases, one of which, Michael Miodrag, is listed as being

connected to a multimillion dollar fraud case in Australia from 2007. Shortly after all the controversy surrounding the American Police Force and people looking into Michael Hilton’s shady past, the city of Harding announced that American Police Force would not be taking over the abandoned prison facility. The Serbian government also forced American Police Force to change its logo, since it was a coat of arms used by the Serbian government. Mystery still surrounds this strange “American Police Force” company and how they were able to get a ten million dollar deal to operate an abandoned prison. When news reports first started surfacing about this issue, some people began fearing that this prison would be operated as a concentration camp for US citizens who some feared would be rounded up for not taking the H1N1 swine flu vaccine that the government was pushing at the time. It’s also strange that a private security company was allowed to operate using a name that impersonates the police, when such an action is a felony.

Other Private Military Companies While Blackwater and Private Police Force may be two of the most wellknown contracted military or mercenary companies, the list is fairly long of other lesser known companies. MVM Inc. provides contracting services for the CIA and the NSA (National Security Agency) and is located in Vienna, Virginia, which is just 6 miles from the CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia. DynCorp is another infamous contracting company used by the military, which has been implicated in kidnapping children from Russia and Romania and selling them as sex slaves. KBR Inc. (Formerly Kellogg Brown and Root) is another private military contractor whose employees have also been implicated in human [cxiii]

trafficking.

Numerous women have also reported being gang raped by their fellow employees while working for KBR. One woman, Jamie Leigh Jones, testified before a Congressional hearing that she had been gang-raped by approximately seven of her coworkers when she worked for

[cxiv]

KBR in Iraq back in 2005.

Jones’ lawyers said that 38 other women reported similar experiences. KBR was a subsidiary of Halliburton at the time. Dick Cheney, if you recall, was the CEO of Halliburton from 1995 to the year 2000, before becoming vice president under George W. Bush and then pulling strings so his former company would make millions in no-bid contracts.

Posse Comitatus Act The Posse Comitatus Act was a law passed in 1878 which specifically prohibited the U.S. military from being used on American soil for law enforcement purposes. The term is Latin for “power of the county.” The reason for such a law was to prevent a dictatorship from arising in America by prohibiting a corrupt president from ordering the Army or other military branch to enforce laws that may be unconstitutional. After 9/11, numerous instances of uniformed military personnel helping police conduct security checks began to be reported as violations of Posse Comitatus, but all instances were described by officials as merely “training exercises,” thus claiming there was no collaboration between police and military, when clearly there was. One concerned citizen videotaped a brief conversation with a uniformed officer in Kingsman, Arizona where the citizen was subjected to a vehicle checkpoint. The military officer admitted, “We’re just helping with security and traffic and stuff for the races.” The solider was then asked if he was under the control of the police and working for the city, to which he responded, “I have no idea, I just do what I’m [cxv] told.”

In 2008, the California Highway Patrol announced its officers would work [cxvi] with US Marines to staff sobriety and driver’s license checkpoints.

An ABC affiliate KESQ reported on this after locals expressed concern that this violated the Posse Comitatus Act. The Marines, of course, denied this and Lieutenant Thomas Beck claimed, “We were not actively participating [cxvii] in enforcing any laws. We were there to observe and observe only.”

Another instance of our military working with police was captured on video by a member of the political activist group We Are Change, where they traveled to Newport, Kentucky during River Fest. The person was questioning a uniformed Army soldier who was staking out public streets. The soldiers were in full uniform and armed with handguns and had [cxviii] military Hummers parked on the side of the road.

Another soldier who was part of this same operation was asked if he would follow orders to confiscate guns from American citizens door-to-door, like what occurred after Hurricane Katrina in 2005. He answered, “I’m just a [cxix] soldier. I do what I’m told.”

This author (Mark Dice) has lived in the San Diego, California area for over ten years and has numerous friends who have been stationed at Camp Pendleton in Oceanside, California, which is in the North County of San Diego. One friend informed me that it is against policy for Marines to wear their uniforms anywhere out in public other than from their home directly to the base or vice a versa. They are not allowed to stop off at the grocery store and go shopping, or take a stroll through the mall, because seeing a Marine in camouflage out in public can be unsettling for people and gives the feeling of a police state with public areas being patrolled by the military. The Department of Defense’s slick legal team always insists that such collaborations of military and police are just “training” exercising and claim they do not violate the Posse Comitatus Act. Such claims are of course lies.

John Warner Defense Act A bill passed by Congress in 2006 under the Bush administration known as the John Warner National Defense Authorization Act (H.R. 5122), greatly expanded the president’s power to declare martial law and deploy the National Guard into US cities without state governor authorizations when public order has been lost or is seen as being potentially lost. Before this, there were strict limitations on the president’s ability to do so and the authority was delegated to state governors, but now the president can make the decision himself.

At some point, this authority will ultimately be superseded by the United Nations or the president of the world who will then have the authority to deploy troops and declare martial law anytime and anywhere they see fit.

Military Commissions Act of 2006 The United States Military Commissions Act of 2006 (HR-6166), was an Act of Congress signed into law by President George W. Bush in order to “authorize trial by military commission for violations of the law of war, and for other purposes.” What this really did was allow the President of the United States (Bush and future presidents) to declare someone (including a U.S. citizen) to be considered an “enemy combatant,” which then eliminates their right to habeas corpus, meaning they no longer would have the right to challenge their imprisonment, and could be detained without having any charges even filed against them. Such a practice is in clear violation of the Constitution which says a person can’t be held without being charged with a crime. The language in the law is so broad that it can be used to label anyone an “enemy combatant” who is engaged in hostilities or who has supported hostilities against the United States. This “support” could be financial, [direct or indirect] or simply counseling. The Act also suggests that the label “unlawful enemy combatant” refers to any person, “who, before, on, or after the date of the enactment of the Military Commissions Act of 2006, has been determined to be an unlawful enemy combatant by a Combatant Status Review Tribunal or another competent tribunal established under the authority of the President or the Secretary of Defense.” This basically means that if the President says you [cxx] are an enemy combatant, then you are one.

The language in the Act also made this power retroactive, which means that since it was passed, people can be detained and not charged for something they allegedly did before the Act was passed in 2006, when such detainment was not authorized.

Concentration Camps When one hears of concentration camps, images of Nazi Germany and the Holocaust immediately come to mind, but many American’s would never think that innocent citizens in their country would ever be rounded up and placed in prison camps. Many Americans distracted by professional sports and pop culture are unaware that during World War II, President Roosevelt had 120,000 Japanese Americans rounded up and placed in prison camps. The conditions of living were certainly not what Jews and other prisoners faced in Nazi Germany, but nonetheless, innocent American citizens were taken from their homes and placed in large prison camps called War Relocation Camps for several years. Even if some people are aware of the Japanese internment, they dismiss such events as being a thing of the past, and never suspect that large scale detention facilities exist today. During the Republican National Convention of 2004 in New York City, hundreds of protesters were rounded up and taken to an old dilapidated bus garage by the Hudson River, which was converted into a secret detention [cxxi] camp by the NYPD in preparation for the convention.

The facility was dirty with motor oil on the ground and the building was contaminated with asbestos. People were held in crowded conditions for long hours, and the facility was dubbed “Guantanamo on the Hudson” in reference to Camp X-ray in Cuba, where suspects in the “War on Terror” are held without having any charges filed against them. Another secret prison camp that was discovered and made public was in Austin, Texas in an abandoned airplane hangar at an airport. The hanger was equipped with barbed wire fences, shackles on the ground, and mattresses for detainees to sleep on. This secret prison was created in the build-up to the year 2000 because officials worried that there would be massive civil unrest and possibly the breakdown of civilization if the rumored Y2K bug shut down computers.

Such facilities are now plentiful in America as the New World Order continues to be constructed and such prisons are not new. In the 1980s during the Iran-Contra hearings, Jack Brooks (D-TX) tried to learn about Oliver North’s role in FEMA’s plans to suspend the Constitution and detain political dissidents during a declared state of national emergency. During the hearings, Chairman Daniel Inouye (D-HA) prevented Brooks from further questioning as indicated in a transcript of the hearing. Brooks: Colonel North, in your work at the N.S.C. [National Security Council] were you not assigned, at one time, to work on plans for the continuity of government in the event of a major disaster? Brendan Sullivan: [North’s counsel]: Mr. Chairman? Inouye: I believe that question touches upon a highly sensitive and classified area so may I request that you not touch upon that? Brooks: I was particularly concerned, Mr. Chairman, because I read in Miami papers, and several others, that there had been a plan developed, by that same agency, a contingency plan in the event of emergency, that would suspend the American constitution. And I was deeply concerned about it and wondered if that was an area in which he had worked. I believe that it was and I wanted to get his confirmation. Inouye: May I most respectfully request that that matter not be touched upon at this stage. If we wish to get into this, I’m certain arrangements can be made for an executive session. End of Transcript The goofy admitted alcoholic Mormon Glenn Beck became practically a house hold name after he left CNN and moved over to the Fox News Channel in January 2009. Beck’s attempt to imitate Robert Beale of the popular 1970s film Network has gotten him a large fan base who see him as an honest average American, even though he signed a $50 million dollar [cxxii] contract for his radio show alone.

A concerned looking Beck appeared on Fox and Friends , a morning show on the Fox News Channel to promote his new show on their network, and told the hosts, “I have to tell you, I’m doing a story tonight. I wanted to debunk these FEMA camps, you know about them? I’m tired of hearing about them. I wanted to debunk them, well, now for several days we’ve done research on them…I can’t debunk them. And we’re going to carry this [cxxiii]

story tonight.”

He goes on to explain to the other hosts, “FEMA prisons, FEMA camps. These are actually prisons that were built under the Bush administration…they’re sitting there empty…you’ll see that tonight. Something just doesn’t sit right with me.” Later that night during The Glenn Beck Program when viewers were expecting to learn more about these prison camps, Beck took a complete 180 degree turn and denied that such camps even exist. He actually decided not to air the segment, and instead told his audience, “I told you that I was going to tell you about the FEMA camps or the FEMA prisons today…I don’t believe in the FEMA prisons, if you don’t know I’ll tell you about it in a couple of days.” He then said he was going to talk about it today but that his research was “incomplete” and he needed to wait a few more days. He then admitted, “this is going to drive the conspiracy theorists crazy. I’ll add this. They’re making me say this. Help,” and went on to imply that nobody from management killed the story, and that he only answers to himself. The following week Beck had James Meigs on as a guest, who is the editor of Popular Mechanics magazine and the two had a field day attacking the “conspiracy theories” about the FEMA camps, and denied that there are such things. James Meigs is the same man who presents himself as having “debunked” the “9/11 conspiracy theories” by choosing straw men arguments and fringe theories about the 9/11 attacks and then claiming the entire body of research supporting 9/11 was an inside job must be false. For anyone of any intelligence, Glenn Beck’s complete reversal is obvious, and proves that the higher ups at the Fox News Channel killed his original story and then produced a new one with the help of “debunker” James Meigs. In other instances Beck has made numerous slanderous remarks about 9/11 Truthers (those who see the 9/11 attacks were an inside job) and in one

instance Beck has fabricated statements saying that the nutcase who shot a security guard at the Washington DC holocaust museum was a “hero” to the [cxxiv]

9/11 Truthers.

These instances and others prove Glenn Beck to be a slick disinformationist and a gate-keeper who works to prevent important information from reaching the public, while pretending to bring his audience cutting edge commentary and news. The film Camp FEMA (2009) produced by Gary Franchi and directed by Richard Lewis documents the existence of modern concentration camps, a topic that is beyond the scope of this book.

MTV Warns about Martial Law and Concentration Camps A series of several brief commercials, or perhaps more accurately PSAs (Public Service Announcements), aired on MTV, of all places, in 2008 depicting situations where an out of control police force rounded up citizens in the back of trucks and put them on trains at gunpoint. At the end of the segment, the scene froze and faded into a historical photograph of Jews being rounded up for the Holocaust in a similar manor. The segments were only thirty seconds long, but were extremely disturbing. They concluded with a printed message on the screen reading, “The Holocaust happened to people like us.”

Abusing, Torturing, and Raping Prisoners As the Iraq War drug on for years and the lies continued to unravel about the reasons America started the war, word began to spread about American soldiers abusing prisoners. Hundreds of photos were made public that soldiers themselves had taken of each other abusing detainees for their own amusement, and the abuse was blamed on a handful of soldiers who were said to have acted on their own and not in accordance with their superiors. Other photos were never made public which show soldiers raping and sodomizing detainees, although such activities are officially denied to have occurred. While some photos of abuse were made public, President Obama prevented the release of over 2000 others shortly after he was sworn in as president,

despite his earlier promises to have them released. Major General Antonio Taguba was the Army officer in charge of conducting an inquiry into the Abu Ghraib jail in Iraq and gave an interview with the London Telegraph admitting that, “These pictures show torture, abuse, rape and every [cxxv] indecency.”

Just one month after Obama flip flopped and changed his mind about releasing photos, he stated, “The most direct consequence of releasing them, I believe, would be to inflame anti-American public opinion and to put our troops in greater danger,” but those on the inside like Major General Taguba know the real reason for not releasing them. “The mere description of these pictures is horrendous enough, take my word for it,” Taguba said. One such description was released under the US Freedom of Information Act where an Egyptian translator named Kasim Mehaddi Hilas said, “I saw [name of a translator] fucking a kid, his age would be about 15 to 18 years. The kid was hurting very bad and they covered all the doors with sheets. Then when I heard screaming I climbed the door because on top it wasn’t covered and I saw [name] who was wearing the military uniform, putting his dick in the little kid’s ass…and the female soldier was taking pictures.” [cxxvi] Despite all the now sealed photos and descriptions by eyewitnesses, this level of abuse is officially denied by the US government. What was admitted, after being denied of course, is the use of waterboarding, which is pouring water down the mouth and nose of someone who is strapped to a table, thus making them feel like they are drowning due to inhaling water into their lungs. Waterboarding has been illegal under international law and is considered torture by countless legal experts, war veterans, medical experts, and human rights organizations. This didn’t stop the Bush administration from using it though, and after numerous denials that the CIA and military officials were waterboarding suspects and prisoners, they finally admitted it, but called it an “enhanced interrogation technique” and denied that it was torture.

Fox News’ Operation Mockingbird asset Sean Hannity, an avid war propagandist and George W. Bush defender, continuously stated that waterboarding was no big deal and when asked live on television by one of his guests if he would volunteer to be waterboarded, Hannity agreed to do it for charity. He never followed through with his promise, and completely ignored the fact that he made such a statement. MSNBC’s Keith Olbermann publicly offered to pay $1000 to charity for every second Hannity was subjected the practice, but of course it never happened. Mancow Muller, a popular Chicago radio host, had also spoken publicly in support of waterboarding and denied that it was torture, that is, until he himself voluntarily underwent the procedure. Mancow thought that he could be waterboarded and then say it was no big deal and that liberals who were against it and those who called it torture would be proven wrong, but immediately after the procedure began Mancow ended it and admitted he thought it constituted torture. An EMT was present in case anything went wrong. Immediately after ending the experiment, Mancow said, “It is way worse than I thought it would be…Look…all that’s been done to this country, and I heard about water being dropped on someone’s face, I never considered it torture, even when I was laying there, I thought this is gonna be no big deal, I go swimming, it’s gonna be like being in the tub…it was instantaneous. I thought I could hold out 30 seconds, 60 seconds, it was instantaneous, and I don’t want to say this…absolutely torture. Absolutely, I mean that’s [cxxvii] drowning.”

COINTELPRO A sinister covert and highly illegal program admittedly conducted by the FBI between 1956 and 1971 was called COINTELPRO (an acronym for Counter Intelligence Program) which investigated and disrupted political organizations deemed problematic by the establishment. Since its discovery and the nature of its crimes and activities, of course the FBI says the program was dissolved and no such thing exists anymore. Such claims are laughable, and COINTELPRO’s discovery only served as a learning

experience for the FBI and measures were put in place to prevent such activities from being discovered and exposed in the future. The original program targeted groups seen as “subversive” or groups suspected of being subversive. Martin Luther King Jr. and other leaders in the Civil Rights Movement and those associated with the NAACP (the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People), and the Southern Poverty Law Center were also targeted, as well as groups protesting the Vietnam War, including many college students. The directives of COINTELPRO were given by J. Edgar Hoover, who was the head of the FBI at the time, and ordered agents to “expose, disrupt, misdirect, discredit, or otherwise neutralize” the leaders and activities of such groups. Agents involved in the program used a lot of dirty tricks, such as mailing letters to leaders of organizations claiming to be from someone else and making accusations that they had been sleeping with that person’s wife, for example. In one instance a recording of Martin Luther King Jr. that was taken illegally from a hotel room and proved he was cheating on his wife. FBI agents then anonymously mailed the recording to his wife because they wanted to discourage King from pushing for civil rights. Illegal wire taps, spreading false and slanderous rumors about people, frame-ups and worse were all common in COINTELPRO and are still methods used today by elite law enforcement and intelligence agents.

The MIAC Report A joint venture between the Department of Homeland Security and local law enforcement in Jefferson City, Missouri called The Missouri Information Analysis Center (or MIAC), is said to analyze terrorist threats and criminal activity in order to help prevent them. This MIAC was fairly unknown until March of 2009, when an eight page report the organization had wrote up was leaked to the public titled The Modern Militia Movement , which contained some disturbing information regarding the kinds of individuals the report labeled as potentially dangerous or domestic terrorists.

When the MIAC report first surfaced, a lot of people thought it was a hoax since the criteria it used to identify potential militia members and terrorists was completely absurd, but the report was confirmed authentic by Lieutenant John Hotz, the Assistant Director of the Public Information and [cxxviii]

Education Division of the Missouri State Highway Patrol.

The report contains what it called common symbols and media associated with terrorists in order for officials to more easily identify them. These items include bumper stickers showing support for Congressman Ron Paul, owning gold coins, and Aaron Russo’s film America: Freedom to Fascism. The report begins by trying to explain why the militia movement gained numbers in the 1980s and 90s, saying, “It was during this timeframe that many individuals and organizations began to concoct conspiracy theories to explain their misfortunes. These theories varied but almost always involved a globalist dictatorship, the ‘New World Order (NWO),’ which conspired to exploit the working class citizens…Much of this rhetoric would become anti-Semitic, claiming that the Jews controlled the monetary system and media, and in turn the ‘Zionist Occupied government (ZOG).’” In a section titled The Militia Post September 11th 2001 it reads, “Newer versions of the NWO conspiracy have been concocted in order to empower the movement. The NWO is seen as using law enforcement, military, national guard, and federal agencies in order to carry out its elitist one world government.” It goes on to say, “Many militia organizations feel that the U.S. government will fall due to economic or racial issues. They believe that during the chaotic fall of the government, moves will be made to install Martial Law, confiscate firearms, and imprison many citizens.” The report mentions the North American Union and says, “conspiracy theorists claim that this union would link Canada, the United States, and Mexico. The NAU would unify its monetary system and trade the dollar for [cxxix] the AMERO.”

Radio Frequency Identification Devices (RFIDs) are also mentioned, saying “there is a fear that the government will enforce mass RFID human implantations. This process would make it possible for the government to [cxxx] continually know the locations of all citizens.”

The report is a tremendous piece of propaganda aimed at convincing police that anyone who discusses these particular issues should be viewed as a potential threat. It says, “The militia subscribes to an anti-government and NWO mindset, which creates a threat to law enforcement officers. They view the military, National Guard, and law enforcement as a force that will confiscate their firearms and place them in FEMA concentration camps.” Since most people familiar with the New World Order learn about the private Federal Reserve Bank and its role in the economy, the MIAC report also included this topic in their report painting these people as extremists. “Members of the militia movement are strongly against the FRS (Federal Reserve System) and see it as a mechanism of the elitist New World Order. In November, End the FED protests were held nationwide at Federal Reserve Banks in opposition to the FRS. Many right-wing extremists oppose the FRS and propose a system that would be backed by gold,” it reads. Also, since many who see the left vs. right paradigm one of controlled opposition, and the leadership of both the Republicans and the Democrats as being globalists with ties to the secret establishment, many people begin favoring third party candidates who don’t have to bow down to any special interests. While this is a conclusion any thinking American would come to after learning about how the political structure actually functions, the MIAC report chose to demonize such people. “Militia members most commonly associate with 3rd party political groups. It’s not uncommon for militia members to display Constitution Party, Campaign for Liberty, or Libertarian material. These members are usually supporters of former Presidential Candidates Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin, and [cxxxi] Bob Barr.”

The report even warns that people who display political messages on their vehicles in the form of bumper stickers should be suspects. “Militia members commonly display pictures, cartoons, [and] bumper stickers that contain anti-government rhetoric. Most of this material will depict the FRS, IRS, FBI, ATF, CIA, UN, Law Enforcement, and ‘The New World Order’ [cxxxii] in a derogatory manor.”

Shortly after word spread of this report and the demonizing language in it, even mainstream media outlets covered it in shock saying it amounted to political profiling. Soon afterward, by the end of March 2009, the report was said to be scrapped and the director of the MIAC was reassigned. “For that reason, I have ordered the MIAC to permanently cease distribution of the militia report,” said Chief James Keathley of the Missouri State Patrol. “Further, I am creating a new process for oversight of reports drafted by the MIAC that will require leaders of the Missouri State Highway Patrol and the Department of Public Safety to review the content of these reports before they are shared with law enforcement. My office will [cxxxiii] also undertake a review of the origin of the report by MIAC.”

Department of Homeland Security Labels Veterans as Possible Terrorists and Extremists While some skeptics say the MIAC report was just one insignificant report drafted and circulated in the state of Missouri, not soon afterwards a similar report was made public that was drafted by the Department of Homeland Security which labeled veterans and pro-life organizations as possible extremists or terrorists. The report, titled Right-wing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment , also says that due to the collapse of the economy which began near the end of 2008 and the election of Barack Obama as the first black president of the United States, that “rightwing extremists” are having an easier time recruiting supporters who are concerned about illegal immigration, restrictions of firearms, abortion, and the loss of US sovereignty.

The report even admits, “threats from white supremacist and violent antigovernment groups during 2009 have been largely rhetorical and have not indicated plans to carry out violent acts,” but suggests that, worsening economic conditions, potential new restrictions on firearms and “the return of military veterans facing significant challenges reintegrating into their communities could lead to the potential emergence of terrorist groups or lone wolf extremists capable of carrying out violent attacks.” The report says that rightwing extremism, “can be broadly divided into those groups, movements, and adherents that are primarily hate-oriented (based on hatred of particular religious, racial or ethnic groups), and those that are mainly anti-government, rejecting federal authority in favor of state or local authority, or rejecting government authority entirely. It may include groups and individuals that are dedicated to a single issue, such as opposition to abortion or immigration.” “[T]he consequences of a prolonged economic downturn—including real estate foreclosures, unemployment and an inability to obtain credit – could create a fertile recruiting environment for right-wing extremists and even result in confrontations between such groups and government authorities similar to those in the past,” the report reads. It also warns that, “Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government…The high volume of purchases and stockpiling of weapons and ammunition by rightwing extremists in anticipation of restrictions and bans in some parts of the country continue to be a primary concern to law enforcement.” The report also mentions what it calls people who believe in antigovernment conspiracy theories about gun confiscations, citizen detention camps, and a Jewish-controlled ‘one-world government’ and says that, “end times prophecies could motivate extremist individuals and groups to stockpile food, ammunition and weapons. These teachings also have been linked with the radicalization of domestic extremist individuals and groups in the past, such as the violent Christian Identity organizations and extremist members of the militia movement.”

It also attempts to cast suspicion on veterans, saying, “Returning veterans possess combat skills and experience that are attractive to right-wing extremists…DHS/I&A (Department of Homeland Security’s Office of Intelligence and Analysis) is concerned that right-wing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize veterans in order to boost their violent capacities.” People who support enforcing immigration laws and who oppose illegal immigration or speak out against it are also demonized in the report. “DHS/I&A assesses that right-wing extremist groups’ frustration over a perceived lack of government action on illegal immigration has the potential to incite individuals or small groups toward violence.” The report concludes that the Department of Homeland Security will work with state and local officials in the near future to determine the levels of right-wing extremist activity in their areas.

Project Megiddo In the months preceding the turn of the twenty-first century, the FBI released a report warning of violence they thought would likely be carried out to mark the new millennium at the hands of people who believed in the “New World Order conspiracy theory.” The report specifically listed white supremacists, Black Hebrew Israelites, the militia movement, and apocalyptic cults as groups who the FBI should be on the lookout for. While it is true that a very small number of white supremacists and apocalyptic cults have carried out violence driven by their ideologies, the Project Megiddo report casts suspicion on anyone who talks about the New World Order. This 32 page report was titled Project Megiddo because, as it explains, “The Hebrew word ‘Armageddon’ means ‘hill of Megiddo.’ In English, the word has come to represent battle itself. The last book in the New Testament of the Bible designates Armageddon as the assembly point in the apocalyptic setting of God’s final and conclusive battle against evil. The name ‘Megiddo’ is an apt title for a project that analyzes those who believe the year 2000 will usher in the end of the world and who are willing to perpetrate acts of violence to bring that end about.”

In the section focusing on the militia, the report tries to paint those who talk about the New World Order or the United Nations as potential violent extremists, saying, “Meanwhile, for members of the militia movement the new millennium has a political overtone rather than a religious one. It is their belief that the United Nations has created a secret plan, known as the New World Order (NWO), to conquer the world beginning in 2000.” [cxxxiv] The report goes on to demonize gun owners and supporters of the Second Amendment who oppose gun control measures, reading “The passage of the Brady Bill and assault weapons ban in 1994 were interpreted by those in the militia movement and among the right-wing as the first steps towards [cxxxv] disarming citizens in preparation for the UN-led NWO takeover.”

“In light of the enormous importance and prominent role that extremist groups place on the Second Amendment, it is probable that recent government actions aimed at controlling guns are perceived to be [cxxxvi] compelling signs of the UN-led NWO takeover.”

It is well known to those who are aware of the New World Order that FEMA has constructed various prison camps, detention centers, and socalled emergency relocation centers which are usually kept secret from the [cxxxvii] public, and in some cases have been covered by mainstream news.

Most people who are familiar with these “FEMA camps” are not very comfortable with their existence and the secrecy which surrounds them. The Megiddo report addresses these worries, saying, “One can find numerous references in militia literature to military bases to be used as concentration camps in the NWO and visiting foreign military personnel conspiring to [cxxxviii] attack Americans.”

One of the most unsettling ideas conveyed in the report is that Christians who are uneasy about the New World Order for its prophetic implications regarding the end times are viewed as cult members who may act out violently in order to bring about the end of the world. “Cults with an apocalyptic agenda, particularly those that appear ready to initiate rather

than anticipate violent confrontations to bring about Armageddon or fulfill ‘prophesy’ present unique challenges to law enforcement officials.” [cxxxix] “Religiously motivated extremists may initiate violent conflicts with law enforcement officials in an attempt to facilitate the onset of Armageddon, or to help fulfill a ‘prophesy.’ … Likewise, extremists who are convinced that the millennium will lead to a One World Government may choose to engage [cxl] in violence to prevent such a situation from occurring.”

It certainly is interesting that since this report was released in October 1999, talk of the New World Order by major political figures around the world has become common place, and the vast majority of people around the world who speak out against it are viewed as dangerous extremists who the government and law enforcement agencies claim are prone to violence.

A Nation of Spies In the New World Order, the mainstream media and the government purposefully create a climate of fear, putting the population on edge with the threat of terrorism they claim can come from any number of individuals or groups. The ethereal “al Qaeda” became the focal point of such fears after the September 11th 2001 terror attacks in New York City and Washington DC and the fear mongering went on practically daily throughout the Bush administration. While it is understandable that law enforcement would put out information urging people to be on the lookout for specific suspicious behavior in hopes of preventing any crimes from taking place, the rhetoric accompanying such alerts has created a climate where people are urged to spy on their neighbors and are made to feel powerful by doing so, as if they themselves are working in cooperation with law enforcement. During the 2008 presidential campaign in America, Barrack Obama made a startling statement referring to his desire to create a program which sounds

like it was coming right out of George Orwell’s dystopian novel Nineteen Eighty-Four . Obama proclaimed, “We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.” The man chosen by President Obama to be his chief of staff, Rahm Emanuel, made equally unsettling statements in the past. On August 21, 2009 Rahm Emanuel, who was a Democratic member of the House of Representatives, was interviewed on C-Span about his book The Plan: Big Ideas for America , and when asked specifically what he meant by the idea of a “universal citizen service” Emanuel answered, “Citizenship is not an entitlement program. It comes with responsibilities. Everybody between the ages of 18 and 25 will serve three months of basic training and understanding in a kind of civil defense.” In George Orwell’s classic novel Nineteen Eighty-Four , the children spy on their parents and neighbors and accuse the lead character Winston Smith of being a “thought criminal,” meaning he has negative thoughts about the government. These same children report their father as a thought criminal as well, and he is arrested based on these accusations. The idea of civilians spying on other civilians by simply keeping their eyes and ears open for anything they might say or do that seems to criticize the ruling party was something that people thought occurred only in Nazi Germany or the Communist Soviet Union, but there have been multiple attempts by leadership in both Republican and Democratic parties to create a culture in America where people feel empowered because they are on the lookout for anyone that is not in step with current leadership and their ideologies. Often such programs are defended citing “things have changed since 9/11,” referring to the September 11th terrorist attacks and claims that a secret society of Muslim extremists are living among us plotting their next attack and waiting for the right moment or the green light from Osama Bin Laden, the mythical leader of this society of radicals.

Operation TIPS A snitch program implemented under the fear-mongering years of President George W. Bush was called Operation TIPS, which was an acronym for the Terrorism Information and Prevention System . This program was aimed at workers who had access to people’s homes, such as cable installers and telephone repairmen, who were encouraged to look for and report “suspicious” activity to authorities. The program was intended to begin in August 2002 and hoped to include over one million workers in ten US cities. John Ashcroft who was the Attorney General under President Bush admitted that information generated by Operation TIPS would then be stored in databases for various law enforcement agencies. Senator Patrick Leahy from Vermont criticized the program and likened it to J. Edgar Hoover’s misuse of the FBI when he hired citizens to spy on their neighbors if they were political protesters during the 1960s. Legislation was introduced in the House version of the Homeland Security Bill that prohibited the creation of Operation TIPS, but senator Joe Lieberman blocked its removal from the Senate’s version. The Senate later passed the House version which called for the program’s termination in November 2002. However, in 2008 it was reported that ordinary people such as utility workers and others had been trained as what are called Terrorism Liaison Officers who report “suspicious” activity that could be signs of terrorist. [cxli]

InfraGuard InfraGard is a program developed by the FBI which basically functions as a secret society of businessmen, academics, utility workers, and law enforcement agents who secretly look for suspicious activity and share information and intelligence in order to supposedly prevent terrorist attacks against critical infrastructure in the United States. InfraGuard stands for Infrastructure Guardians and began in 1996. As of December 2009, the organization reported their membership to be more than 34,000 people. Most people have never heard of InfraGuard.

In 2008, Matthew Rothschild reported in the journal The Progressive that several InfraGard members told him if martial law was declared that InfraGuard members would be given orders to “shoot to kill” in order to [cxlii]

protect critical infrastructure and would not be prosecuted.

The FBI has denied this. The article in The Progressive also reported that the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) said there “is evidence that InfraGard may be closer to a corporate TIPS program, turning private-sector corporations— some of which may be in a position to observe the activities of millions of [cxliii] individual customers—into surrogate eyes and ears for the FBI.”

iWatch A citizen spy program launched in Los Angeles, California called iWatch is promoted as being the “21st century version of Neighborhood Watch.” [cxliv]

Through brochures, meetings with community groups, and even television commercials, the iWatch program lists what they call suspicious behavior that should compel people to call the police. Several of these “indicators” are: If you smell chemicals or other fumes; If you see someone wearing clothes that are too big and too heavy for the season; And, if you see someone purchasing supplies or equipment that could be used to make bombs. So, I guess you’re supposed to call the police if your neighbor is spray painting something in their backyard or using paint thinner to clean some tools in his garage and you smell the fumes, or if someone is buying a steel pipe at the hardware store to fix some plumbing. The program also created a toll-free telephone number for people to report such activities to, as well as a website. Mike German, who is a former FBI agent now working with the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) admits that many of the iWatch indicators are all relatively common behaviors and worries that people will use the program to report people who are thought to look like a terrorist based on personal biases and stereotypes.

Supporters of the program hope iWatch will become as successful and as well-known as the Smokey Bear campaign used to prevent wildfires. “There he is with his Smokey the Bear hat, similarly here, we hope that this program, even though it’s in its birthing stages right now, in a few years will become that well known to the American public,” said Los Angeles police Chief William Bratton. One of the television commercials for the program consists of a dozen or so people each saying a sentence or two and then cutting to the next in a montage, saying, “What is iWatch? It’s a way to report suspicious behavior, or activities that relates to terrorism. Terrorism is a crime. It is our shared responsibility to keep America safe. That’s why I, iWatch. It’s like a neighborhood watch for the whole city. If you see, hear, or smell something suspicious, report it. Reporting is easy. Use the web, or the phone. Let law enforcement determine if it’s a threat. And let the experts decide. A single report can lead to actions that can stop a terrorist attack. Think about the power of that. Think about the power of iWatch. I watch. I report. I keep us safe.”

Cash Payments Given to Snitches Chicago implemented a “tax whistle-blower” program offering people a cash reward for informants who turn in businesses that are cheating on their taxes. The amount of the reward is a percentage of the tax money the city recovers as a result of the informant’s tip. “It’s just another way of bringing people into compliance,” Revenue Department spokesman Ed Walsh told [cxlv] the Sun-Times.

“It would probably be a business knowing that a competitor is not remitting a tax. An employee [of the tax-dodging business] could know that, too. [cxlvi] Typically, you need to provide some type of incentive.”

Boy Scouts and Girl Scouts In a move that could lead to a scenario similar to Hitler Youth in Nazi Germany, the Department of Homeland Security created a program where

they decided to “partner” with the Boy Scouts of America to allegedly help Americans to prepare for and respond to emergencies. “We are delighted to partner with the Department of Homeland Security on this very important initiative for America,” said Roy Williams, Chief Scout Executive. The New York Times ran an article discussing the Boy Scouts activities with Homeland Security and showed a photo of some kids dressed up in SWAT [cxlvii] gear and holding fake rifles.

The article tells how the practice drill the children were involved in included the goal of rounding up a terrorist, who in this case was a “disgruntled Iraq war veteran,” and admits that thousands of young people were being trained to “confront terrorism” and the program aimed to “prepare youths for more traditional jobs as police officers and firefighters.” [cxlviii] “Scouting embodies the very essence of being prepared and has specific training and merit badges designed to encourage proper awareness and planning in our Scouts. To partner on a program such as this allows us to reinforce the importance of preparation to families throughout the nation,” said Roy Williams, Chief Scout Executive. In an equally strange move, the Department of Homeland Security also decided to team up with the Girl Scouts as well, in order to “combat hurricanes, pandemics, terror attacks and other disasters.” The head of the Department of Homeland Security, Janet Napolitano, said “As a former Girl Scout, I know the ‘Be Prepared’ motto well, and I look forward to working with the Girl Scouts to spread the preparedness message to all of our nation’s citizens.” It was reported that Homeland Security designed a new “preparedness badge” that the girls can earn while defending America.

Climate Cops

A British website called ClimateCops.com geared for children ages 7 to 11 features cartoon images and downloadable materials for children to become “climate cops” so they can keep a watchful eye over their parents and then build a “Climate Crime Case File” to report back to their parents and make sure they, “don’t commit those crimes again (or else)!” The site also warns children that they “may need to keep a watchful eye” to prevent future violations. When one logs onto the website they are first shown a brief cartoon introducing them to four characters, the “climate cops,” who are going to fight against global warming because it is “threatening our world” and the viewer is told “it’s time to fight back” and that they “need new recruits and your training starts here.” The user then can play various games or “missions” as they are called, and can download tickets to report “climate crime” which are used to write up violations for their parents for instances like leaving the room and not turning the light off, or leaving a cell phone charger plugged in when it’s not being used. One ticket even lists “using a tumble dryer on a sunny day” and carries the assumption that people should line dry their clothes and not use a dryer. Another one says, “Putting hot food in a fridge or freezer is in fact, a crime. Climate Cops know that waiting for it to cool is the right time.” Not only does this kind of propaganda push the global warming theory onto children, but gives them the feeling of authority over their parents and teaches them that they are the ones in power and can give the orders. Global warming poster boy Al Gore once told a group of school kids that, “There are some things about our world that you know that older people don’t know…Why would that be? Well, in a period of rapid change, the old assumptions sometimes just don’t work anymore because they’re out of date. New knowledge, new understandings are much more widely available, sometimes to young people who are in school who aren’t weighed down with the old flawed assumptions of the past.” The hoax of deadly man-made climate change and the Armageddon said to occur unless people pay carbon taxes and give in to a global government is covered in its own section of this book. (See Global Warming/Climate Change)

Elimination of the Right to Bear Arms The Second Amendment to the Constitution of the United States outlines the right for citizens to bear arms—meaning to own guns. It can’t be at random that this Amendment immediately follows the right to free speech (the First Amendment), which is one of the most cherished freedoms Americans enjoy. So placing an amendment guaranteeing the right to own guns as the second one shows just how important the founding fathers felt this right was. They knew that if masses of citizens were armed, that an out of control government would have a much more difficult time imposing its will on the people because they would be able to organize and fight against such an event. In Asia, people made nunchucks and other weapons out of commonly available materials in the ancient past when all weapons were banned and only members of the military were allowed to possess such things. Nunchucks, for example, were first made from a flail used to thresh rice or soybeans. Corrupt tyrants and governments throughout history have disarmed their own citizens so they couldn’t organize and resist. A disarmed public also causes people to rely more on the government for their safety, instead of being able to protect themselves. Even modern anti-gun activists fail to see how citizens owning guns actually prevents crime. Often their anti-gun attitudes are installed in them by the mainstream media that tries to impress on people that only police and military personnel are qualified to own and carry guns. Thomas Jefferson, quoting Cesare Beccaria in On Crimes and Punishment (1764) famously said, “Laws that forbid the carrying of arms disarm only those who are neither inclined nor determined to commit crimes…Such laws make things worse for the assaulted and better for the assailants; they serve rather to encourage than to prevent homicides, for an unarmed man may be attacked with greater confidence than an armed man.”

If a burglar breaks into someone’s home armed only with a knife or baseball bat, they are the one who will be in control of the situation, and could bash the brains in of the homeowner and then rape his children and wife with little to stop him. The reason people call the police in the event of a burglary is because the police have guns and can hopefully stop the burglar and protect the victims, but it makes no sense to rely on such a strategy when the homeowner himself could own a firearm and neutralize the burglar immediately upon his discovery. Despite reliable statistics that show for every crime committed with a gun, even more are prevented, people are still often convinced that guns should only be used by police and military. The November 2009 shooting at Fort Hood in Texas, where thirteen people were killed by gunman Nidal Hason, shows that even supposed trained professionals can be mass murderers. Hason was a U.S. Army Major and was stationed at the base. Some believe Hason was a victim of MK-ULTRA mind control and programmed to kill. Others see him as a Muslim terrorist who became unstable and murderous as he grew more upset with the United States involvement in the Middle East. Whatever the truth surrounding this tragedy, there are numerous other instances each year of police and military committing murder and/or suicide despite being trained professionals who are trusted with firearms. Anti-gun activists also fail to see that an extremely small percentage of humans will commit murder by any means necessary to them, even if a gun is not available. If these unstable individuals cannot get their hands on a gun, they will simply stab, bludgeon, poison, or run over their victims. Groups like the National Rifle Association and Gun Owners of America help to organize Second Amendment advocates and try to minimize the effects of anti-gun tactics, although many see the NRA as having given in to anti-gun legislation and not taking a strong enough stand against it. Despite the numbers and money behind such groups, unconstitutional and unfair gun policies have been written into law in America and the ultimate goal of banning all guns from citizens, is a very real possibility.

Gun Bans in American Cities

Despite the Second Amendment clearly outlining that people have the right to own guns, Anti-American politicians and judges have been able to successfully ban guns in certain cities. Hand guns, for example, were illegal in Washington DC until a landmark case in June 2008 (District of Columbia v. Heller), which overturned the ban, once again making the district compliant with the Second Amendment for the first time since 1976. Washington DC was not the only city to have such a ban in place. Other cities such as Chicago and New York had also banned handguns and placed such ridiculous restrictions on rifles and shotguns that the laws practically render the guns useless. Alan Gura of Alexandria, Virginia, who successfully argued the Heller case at the high court, is also scheduled to argue the McDonald case in Chicago hoping to lift the ban on handguns there as well. Before the 2008 overturning of the DC gun ban, an appeals court ruled in the Chicago case that their handgun ban did not violate the Constitution because the Supreme Court had not yet declared whether its decision in the Heller case established a fundamental right for citizens to own guns. Many antigun activists say the Second Amendment doesn’t apply to average citizens, but instead applies only to the police and military. While we can look at the 2008 lifting of the DC gun ban as a victory for the Second Amendment, this is likely only a temporary lifting. After just a handful of highly publicized murders involving guns by lone nuts, the antigun propaganda will go into full force and the establishment will do everything they can to get as many guns out of the hands of honest, law abiding citizens as they can.

Gun Confiscation After Hurricane Katrina Immediately after Hurricane Katrina struck the Gulf Coast in September 2005, police were confiscating guns from people in their homes in New Orleans as they went door to door in what looked like affluent middle class neighborhoods. One video aired on a local news channel shows police tackle an elderly woman and steal a small revolver from her that she had for personal protection. This woman was inside her own home on dry land.

The National Rifle Association (NRA) produced a short video titled The Untold Story of Gun Confiscation After Katrina , which shows interviews of several other law abiding citizens who also had their guns taken away unlawfully by the police in the aftermath of the hurricane. One man interviewed explains how he complied with the officers and turned over his rifle and asked for some kind of receipt documenting that they had taken possession of the gun, and the officer informed him that no such policy was in place. The man then asked how he could get his gun back after things had settled down and the officer told him to get a lawyer.

Oath Keepers In March of 2009, an organization was founded with the intent of educating police and military about the possibility of unlawful and unconstitutional orders being given, and aimed to prevent such illegal orders from being carried out by those who were on the receiving end of them. Oath Keepers was founded by a man named Stewart Rhodes, and when joining, the new members swear an oath to the following ten things they will not engage in: 1. We will NOT obey orders to disarm the American people. 2. We will NOT obey orders to conduct warrantless searches of the American people. 3. We will NOT obey orders to detain American citizens as “unlawful enemy combatants” or to subject them to military tribunal. 4. We will NOT obey orders to impose martial law or a “state of emergency” on a state. 5. We will NOT obey orders to invade and subjugate any state that asserts its sovereignty. 6. We will NOT obey any order to blockade American cities, thus turning them into giant concentration camps. 7. We will NOT obey any order to force American citizens into any form of detention camps under any pretext.

8. We will NOT obey orders to assist or support the use of any foreign troops on U.S. soil against the American people to “keep the peace” or to “maintain control.” 9. We will NOT obey any orders to confiscate the property of the American people, including food and other essential supplies. 10.We will NOT obey any orders which infringe on the right of the people to free speech, to peaceably assemble, and to petition their government for a redress of grievances. Left-wing propagandist and gate-keeper Chris Matthews had Stewart Rhodes as a guest on MSNBC’s Hardball and tried to misinform the audience about the Oath Keeper’s mission. Matthews states, “What I don’t like about people who are armed who are being recruited to stand up in some operation, I want to know when you would call your forces together and challenge the authority of the US government?” Rhodes had to clarify the organization’s goals and explained, “It’s not calling forces together, it’s simply saying they’re not going to comply with orders to violate the rights of the American people. We’re not talking about asking them to go fight, we’re saying simply, don’t fight.” Matthews went on to patronize Rhodes about his beliefs in potential concentration camps in America and citizens being rounded up and detained. In a report by the ADL (Anti-Defamation League) about growing anger in America aimed at the government, the Oath Keepers were attacked, saying, “One manifestation of the ideology of resistance was the creation in March 2009 of the Oath Keepers, an anti-government group that tries to recruit police and military personnel and veterans. Members refuse to obey hypothetical “orders” from the government, “orders” that speak more to their own paranoid and conspiratorial beliefs than to any realistic [cxlix] government action.”

The ADL was obviously trying to divert attention away from the fact that such actions are very plausible and in some cases have already occurred.

Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor In 2009, after Barack Obama was sworn in as president, he nominated Sonia Sotomayor to sit as a Supreme Court justice. It was no surprise that Obama’s pick was a Latino woman, as he was doing his best to select people for high level positions, not based on their qualifications, but instead on their race and gender. One of the things which make Supreme Court Justice Sotomayor anti-American and a willing conspirator in implementing the New World Order is her stance on the Second Amendment. In Maloney v. Cuomo, a case from January 2009, Judge Sotomayor ruled that the Second Amendment only applies to the federal government and not [cl]

individual states or cities.

According to her and her ruling, it is perfectly constitutional for any city or state to ban gun ownership. A 2004 opinion she joined which is now cited as precedent, states that “the right to possess a gun is clearly not a fundamental right.”

Rahm Emanuel’s Hopes of Disarming Americans President Obama’s chief of staff, Rahm Emanuel, can be seen in a video clip widely available on the Internet where he is giving a talk about how he and Obama hope to eliminate the Second Amendment, which clearly states that individual citizens have the right to own guns. Rahm declared, “The most simple thing we can do, and we’ve got to make this a number one issue, as a test vote and then take it into the election, and that is if you are on the no-fly list because you are known as maybe a possible terrorist, you [cli] cannot buy a handgun in America.”

The “no-fly list” isn’t really a no-fly list, it’s more of a watch list which supposedly contains the names of suspected terrorists, or people who may have terrorist ties, and if such a person attempts to board a flight, then extra security measures are taken to ensure that they aren’t carrying any explosive devices or weapons with them onto the aircraft. While on the surface, such a procedure can surely be understood, what makes this “no-fly list” such a slippery slope is the fact that the standards and criteria for landing one’s name on the list is kept secret. Not only that, but over one

[clii]

million people are on this list,

including many young American [cliii]

children

and even a CNN reporter who describes having to go through [cliv] enhanced security checks every time he flies.

There is also no known way for an individual to get their name off the list. So if Rahm Emanuel got his way of using this list to justify confiscating all firearms registered to persons on that list and prevent them from purchasing one if they didn’t already own any, it would then eliminate the Second Amendment right guaranteed by the Constitution of the United States, all without a conviction of any crime or even an arrest. Think of the implications. By some government agent simply adding your name to the no-fly list, for any reason, you now lose your guns. Hopefully in the months and years that come, such an underhanded policy would be faced with such opposition that it can never be enacted, but the very fact that Rahm Emanuel spoke publicly about such an idea shows just how low the power players in Washington are willing to sink in order to disarm the American people.

Open Carry Groups While extremely surprising to many people, most states in America allow people to publicly carry an unconcealed visible handgun on their person, with the exception of places banned by federal laws such as school zones, post offices, government buildings, and state parks. Such a right is called open carry, and in many states the gun can actually be loaded, while in others the gun may be carried openly but cannot be loaded. Such a practice came to national attention shortly after Barack Obama became president and started pushing for a nationalized healthcare system. President Obama had a town hall meeting in Portsmouth, New Hampshire on August 10, 2009, where a man joined the protesters across the street with a loaded handgun in a holster attached to his leg. This was perfectly legal. The man was interviewed by Chris Matthews on MSNBC where Matthews expressed his utter shock that someone would do such a thing and tried to make it out that the guy wished harm upon Obama. When this practice continued by other open carry advocates, liberals tried to make such people

out as racists, but at an event in Phoenix, Arizona, an African American man brought an AR15 rifle which was strapped hanging off his back. Talking heads on CNN and other news networks expressed their shock, but the fact that this event involved an African American made it impossible for the media to spin the story as if a bunch of right-wing racists were bringing guns to Obama’s events. About a dozen others at the same event were also armed. The Secret Service can declare an area surrounding the president to be a Federal Zone where weapons are not allowed. During these events where open carry advocates had their weapons, Obama was nowhere near them and wouldn’t have been anywhere close to being in the line of fire. The anti-gun propagandists at MSNBC and CNN led viewers to believe that Obama could have been shot by one of these individuals if they were unstable, which wasn’t the case.

“Assault Weapons” Much of the ignorant public supports so-called “assault weapon” bans because they believe that an “assault weapon” means a fully automatic weapon like a machine gun. So when anti-gun activists and politicians talk about their desire to ban assault weapons, it seems like a reasonable idea to many people, since they falsely believe they are trying to get machine guns off the streets. The National Firearms Act of 1934 specifically addresses the ownership, possession, and use of fully automatic weapons, which are highly regulated and extremely rare. A gun is usually classified as an assault weapon because it contains several features in combination such as a detachable magazine along with a folding or telescoping stock or a pistol grip. Flash suppressors and bayonet mounts are also included in these lists. The state of California has the strictest gun laws in the United States and has their own list of what they deem “assault weapons.” In addition, for over a decade California has had a law in place that prevents the manufacture, sale, or transfer of magazines that hold more than ten rounds. The law is for every gun; handguns, rifles, and assault weapons. Some standard magazines for handguns are capable of holding sixteen rounds, but

the only people legally allowed to possess such magazines are people who owned them prior to the ten round restriction becoming law on January 1, 2000. So let it be clear that what the government calls an “assault weapon” is not a machine gun as they would like people to believe, but is instead a classification given to a firearm because it contains a combination of features such as a flash suppressor, a collapsible stock, a pistol grip, or other features. It’s also important to understand that frequently when the mainstream media airs stories about “assault weapons” or renewing the “assault weapon” ban, they show footage of people in the desert or at shooting ranges using fully automatic guns which have been basically illegal for civilians too use for over 75 years.

California’s Ammo Tracking Policy As governor of California, Arnold Schwarzenegger signed a bill into law which required stores that sell ammunition to thumbprint everyone who buys, as well as log their driver’s license and require a signature for each sale. Each person who buys ammo now is entered into a federal database and a running tally of what they buy and when they bought it is kept on record indefinitely. As a result of the law, all Internet and mail order sales to California are now a thing of the past. Schwarzenegger claimed to be against such a policy in the past but changed his mind saying, “Although I have previously vetoed legislation similar to this measure, local governments have demonstrated that requiring ammunition vendors to keep records on ammunition sales improves public [clv] safety.”

Sam Paredes, the executive director of Gun Owners of California, said the new law treats gun owners like registered sex offenders. The database will be used to flag anyone who buys what the government considers a large amount of ammo and may be considered probable cause to investigate the individual further or place them under surveillance.

Elimination of National Sovereignty America has been the envy of the world for generations and the leader in human rights and freedoms as well as military power and economic prosperity. The problem is, in order for the New World Order to be complete, America must yield its political, economic, and military power over to the global government that will then use it, not for what’s best for America, but what the elite establishment see as the best thing for the New World Order. Sovereignty is defined as the quality of having supreme, independent authority over a territory, which in this case we are talking about the United States; a quality which may have been set up to fail by the Illuminati a long time ago when America was first created. Britain, the United States, and Israel are at the heart of the New World Order, and have been the major forces behind its creation. Manly P. Hall, an occult insider, explains in his book The Secret Teachings of All Ages that secret societies have been covertly using America since its creation to carry out their goal of a global utopia. He wrote, “European mysticism was not dead at the time the United States of America was founded. The hand of the Mysteries controlled in the establishment of the new government, for the signature of the Mysteries may still be seen on the Great Seal of the United States of America. Careful analysis of the seal discloses a mass of occult and Masonic symbols chief among them, the so-called American Eagle...only the student of symbolism can see through the subterfuge and realize that the American eagle upon the [clvi] Great Seal is but a conventionalized phoenix.”

He continues, “Not only were many of the founders of the United States government Masons, but they received aid from a secret and august body existing in Europe which helped them to establish this country for a peculiar and particular purpose known only to the initiated few. The Great Seal is the signature of this exalted body—unseen and for the most part unknown—and the unfinished pyramid upon its reverse side is a teeterboard

setting forth symbolically the task to the accomplishment of which the United States Government was dedicated from the day of its inception.” [clvii] A video posted on YouTube showing Walter Cronkite accepting the Norman Cousins Global Governance Award in 1999 at a United Nations conference includes a disturbing joke about Satan running the New World Order and countries giving up their sovereignty. Cronkite was the anchor for the CBS evening news from 1962 to 1981. During this event Cronkite said, “What Alexander Hamilton wrote about the need for law among the thirteen states applies today to the approximately two hundred sovereignties in our global village, all of which are going to have to be convinced to give up some of that sovereignty to the better greater union, and it’s not going to be easy.” He then referenced how some Christians believe the construction of the global government is the work of the Devil, at which point Cronkite added, “Well, join me, I’m glad to sit here at the right hand of Satan.” This video is widely available on YouTube. Cronkite is believed to be the voice for Moloch played over the loudspeakers in the Bohemian Grove during the Cremation of Care human effigy sacrifice done each summer.

The United Nations As many people know, the United Nations (UN) is an international organization aiming to facilitate international law between countries around the world, and claim to be working for economic development, human rights, and world peace. The UN was founded in 1945 after World War II and replaced the League of Nations. There are currently 192 member states. [clviii] Supporters of the UN see it as a global forum for world leaders to exchange ideas and discuss policies that affect the rest of the world such as wars, economic policies, and human rights issues. Opponents see the UN as an authority that the United States will one day give up its sovereignty to,

causing the elimination of various Constitutional rights and liberties that Americans have enjoyed since the founding of the country. It’s interesting to note that the John Birch Society began criticizing America’s membership in the UN back in 1959 with their “get US out of the UN” campaign, and warned the UN’s goal was to establish a one world government. Criticism of the United Nations continues to this day by various groups and for various reasons. The United Nations Population Fund, for example, has provided support for different groups promoting forced abortions and sterilizations. Another controversial issue has been the UN’s connection with Lucis Trust (formerly called Lucifer’s Trust) which is Alice Bailey’s occult organization that continues to publish her books, including The Externalization of the Hierarchy . Robert Muller, the former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations was known as the “philosopher” of the UN, and openly praised Bailey’s occult writings.

The North American Union Just like multiple countries in Europe joined together to form the European Union (EU) and agreed on a single common currency (the Euro), a similar plan has been drafted for the North American continent that would merge the United States, Canada, and Mexico in what would be called the North American Union (NAU), and then introduce a common currency (the Amero) for the region as well. (See the Amero) Just as the New World Order has been denied for decades and called a conspiracy theory, the North American Union was also denied and said to be the figment of people’s imaginations. In 2006 a government website, www.SPP.gov went online which contained information on what was called the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America, which is a code term for the North American Union that would advance the global unified government in a major step. Other regional unions are also planned such as the Asian Union, the Middle Eastern Union, and the African Union. Once each of these regions are unified with their laws and currency, the next step then is to merge all unions into one system, as well as merge all of their regional currencies into the global currency. (See One World Currency )

Illegal Immigration Traditionally most conservatives support enforcing immigration laws and securing America’s borders, particularly the southern border with Mexico, since that is where millions of illegal aliens have snuck in from, while liberals usually turn a blind eye to immigration laws and even encourage massive influxes of illegal aliens breaking into America. By allowing and encouraging illegals to come to American, it causes various strains on the economy such as the workers not paying taxes; 20 to 30% of federal prison inmates are illegal aliens; they use medical services without paying for them; and they take jobs that would otherwise go to American citizens. As of 2010 the number of illegal aliens living in America range from between 6 and 13 million. While on the surface it makes no sense to have allowed such a practice to continue for decades, allowing illegal immigration to continue at massive levels has been a core strategy by the elite to usher in the North American Union and the New World Order. It became fairly obvious to thinking Americans that Republican President George W. Bush had no interest in slowing illegal immigration when after the terrorist attacks of September 11th 2001 the borders were not regulated, and during Bush’s entire eight years as president, he did nothing to attempt to do so. Common sense would say that if an army of dark skinned terrorists from Al Qaeda were dedicated to sneaking into America to plot and carry out more terrorist attacks, then one would think tightly regulating the borders would be a prime concern, but it wasn’t. Not only was it not a concern for President Bush, but after a group called the Minutemen formed and began voluntarily patrolling the borders with nothing more than binoculars, walkie talkies, and cell phones, President Bush attacked them, calling them [clix] “vigilantes.”

What is perhaps even more shocking is that illegal aliens in Los Angeles, [clx]

[clxi]

California had been given mortgage loans

and credit cards,

and in cities around the country, groups were fighting to prevent poll workers

from checking the ID of people who voted to insure they were a citizen and [clxii]

were who they said they were.

Other states wanted to allow illegal [clxiii] aliens to get valid driver’s licenses.

In the over ten years that this author (Mark Dice) has lived in San Diego, California, every morning in the same exact locations all over the city I have witnessed a dozen or more “day laborers” standing on the sides of roads or in front of businesses waiting to be picked up by people who need physical labor. The vast majority of these day laborers are illegal aliens from Mexico, and loiter every single day, week after week, month after month, year after year, in the same places where locals know they can pick them up and pay them cash to do yard work or other manual labor. They are paid cash for this work, and such a practice is very common in southern California, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas. U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement does absolutely nothing and largely ignore the day labor pick-up locations. People not familiar with the practice, or who don’t live in border states may imagine that such workers would be extremely cheap, but I can attest first hand that they make more than you think. Back in 2003 I worked for a company that would occasionally use one of these men to “sign spin,” meaning that a person stands on the side of the road holding, spinning, or moving a sign advertising a business. On multiple occasions the owner of the business I worked at, which was a retail store, had me drive to the nearest day labor spot and pick up a guy for the job. There were often a dozen or more men who would all crowd around my truck when I pulled up, each of them hoping to be chosen for the job so they could make some money. They would ask how many hours of work was needed, and how much I was going to pay. Out of the dozen or more men standing around looking for work, none of them would get in my vehicle unless I said I was going to pay them $10.00 an hour. This is, of course, cash, so it’s really like they were making $12 or $13 an hour. My boss at the time was cheap and didn’t want to pay them very much, so he told me to see if I could get a worker for $7 or $8 an hour, but nobody would take it.

Allowing the illegal immigrants in America from Mexico also causes the government bureaucracy to grow and consume more tax payer’s money to deal with the economic and social burdens that the millions of illegals cause to the healthcare system, law enforcement and prisons, as well as straining our schools and social welfare programs. This is all, of course, looked at favorably by the elite, and allows them to expand the size and scope of government in conjunction with the New World Order. Some government officials have been pushing hard for complete amnesty of all illegal aliens which will automatically turn them into official American citizens. The vast majority of Mexicans are Democrats and after granting amnesty to them they will be able to vote, and will then support the liberal Democrats socialist agendas aimed at solidifying the New World Order.

Monitoring the Population with Big Brother Personal privacy has been slowly eroding in recent decades due to new technology and legislation such as the Patriot Act, but this slow and gradual process is speeding up and will soon advance at such a high pace that many aspects of the personal privacy we once enjoyed will be left to the past and never experienced again. There was a time not long ago, when if your boss tried to call you at home after work or on the weekend and you weren’t home or didn’t answer the phone, then he would be out of luck and have to wait until you returned to work to speak to you. This was before cell phones and caller ID, but today if your boss wanted to get a hold of you, he would simply call your cell phone and even if he didn’t leave a message, you would be expected to return his call within minutes or hours because he knows you will see the missed call on your call log. While cell phones have amazing advantages, they have also changed the social customs in ways most people do not notice unless they step back and really look at the implications such technology has carried with it.

But this social change can be seen as tremendously insignificant compared to other implications stemming from Radio Frequency Identification Devices (RFIDs), facial recognition cameras, and fingerprint scanners. Such devices do in fact offer some advantages but also hold a large potential for abuse in ways that most people couldn’t even imagine.

VeriChip and RFID An RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Device) is a small computer chip that can be encoded with information and then read from various distances by a receiver. They are sort of electronic bar codes and have various uses, including tracking products as they travel around a warehouse or en route to a delivery. The VeriChip is the world’s first implantable RFID which is the size of a grain of rice and is implanted in the body of animals as well as humans. In pets and livestock, the device is used as an electronic dog tag to identify the animal. The VeriChip company is planning to have their chips implanted into people’s hands or arms to replace debit cards and drivers licenses. The VeriChips have been used to enter VIP areas in clubs and pay bar tabs since [clxiv]

around 2004.

The device’s manufacturer has been promoting the chip as a simple alternative to carrying around cash, credit cards, or a driver’s license, and is hoping to make the implantable VeriChip or an invisible tattoo the standard form of ID and payment around the world. While the original version of VeriChip only acts as an identifier that can be read by a receiver from a short distance away, in the future, smaller versions equipped with GPS will be small enough to also be implanted under the skin as well, and will be able to be tracked wherever the person implanted with one goes.

GPS Tracker for Children In October 2009, a tracking device was put on the market called the Little Buddy, which consists of a fairly large unit that the company promotes as a safety device which can be placed in a child’s backpack or lunchbox and

can then be located and tracked via GPS on the parent’s cell phone or computer. The device also allows boundaries to be set up by the parents and activated during specific time periods, and if the device travels outside of that specified area, a text message or email will be sent to the parent notifying them of this. For example, a boundary could be set up around a one block radius from the child’s school during the school hours, and if the device travels outside that area during this timeframe, the parent would be immediately notified. This device is rather large and cannot be easily concealed, so most children would be aware that such a device was placed in their backpack by their parent, but future versions of such a device will be incredibly smaller and can be placed on a person without their knowledge. When these smaller devices are available, they will open the door for horrendous implications involving stalking and personal privacy issues. One newscaster on the Fox News Channel even joked about placing the device in her boyfriend’s car so she could keep tabs on exactly where he went and when. Most people would obviously be unaware such a device was placed in their vehicle. One commercial for the Little Buddy tracking device said, “Get peace of mind. Build trust. And be confident that your child is OK when you can’t be with them.” It’s unclear what they meant by “building trust” with the device, since using such a thing is a clear sign of an overbearing, controlling, or paranoid parent. The device costs under one hundred dollars.

Plans to Implant U.S. Soldiers with RFIDs Aside from the VeriChip corporation first marketing their Orwellian product as a life-saving medical device, and later entering into talks with banks hoping their chip will replace credit and debit cards as a form of payment for goods and services, the company aggressively pursued the Pentagon with hopes that their RFID chips would be implanted in the 1.4 million [clxv] soldiers in the armed forces as a replacement for their metal dog tags.

The D.C. Examiner called the company “one of the most aggressive marketers of radio frequency identification chips,” and reported that they were in discussions with the Pentagon about implanting them in soldiers. VeriChip spokeswoman Nicole Philbin told the Examiner that, “The potential for this technology doesn’t just stop at the civilian level.”

Facial Recognition Cameras In George Orwell’s novel Nineteen Eighty-Four , he described what he called Telescreens which were placed in every home and on every street that were television screens which could also watch whatever was going on in its field of view. These Telescreens were monitored and recorded by the Thought Police and kept everyone under a constant state of surveillance to make sure they wouldn’t conspire against the ruling Party or even speak negatively of them. While security cameras have been a common fixture in banks, stores, and parking lots for decades as a method to deter crime or allow their videotapes to be reviewed in order to gather evidence if a crime is committed, new computer software allows cameras to be able to spot someone out of a crowd if they are entered into the system as a target. These facial recognition cameras have been used in casinos for years in order to spot suspected card counters who the casinos want to keep an eye [clxvi]

on.

Such systems spot them as soon as they enter the casino even if they are wearing a disguise. In the New World Order, facial recognition systems will one day be as common as street lights and will record everyone’s movements throughout their day. The information stored by these systems will be able to trace your exact movements throughout an entire city (and country), as well as log the names of any individuals you happen to meet during the course of your day. This system can be programmed to detect if and when two or more specific individuals come into close proximity to each other. Supporters of these systems claim they prevent crime and fight terrorism but the potential for stalking and other abuses are horrifying.

In the New World Order it may even become common place for cameras to be in people’s homes that are wired into a universal database and can be monitored by officials. There will be very few places where the all-seeing eyes are not constantly looking at you.

Echelon Even many electrical engineers find it hard to believe that the United States government has an advanced spy system that can monitor practically every phone call, fax, email, and text message in real time. This system is so powerful that it uses what are called “dictionaries” to flag certain keywords used in conversations around the world. If a series of keywords appear in a single conversation, then that telephone conversation will be flagged and analyzed to determine if it is a threat or not. For example, if a person uses words such as “bomb,” “kill,” “president,” and “White House” in a conversation, then the Echelon system will detect it and the conversation will be flagged and analyzed by authorities. Most conversations are recorded and stored for a period of time and are only deleted if they are not deemed important. This system also has voiceprint technology that is capable of detecting a specific person’s voice among the millions of voices that are being transmitted over satellites at any given time. If a specific individual is targeted for surveillance, even if that person uses a payphone, their voiceprint will be detected by Echelon, and their location will be identified and the phone call will be recorded. This is no more difficult than Google instantaneously finding a specific article among the tens of millions of web pages after a specific set of words are searched for. It may be alarming to people that simple systems are able to activate specific cell phones and listen to the conversations, and can even turn on the cell phone’s microphone and listen to the surrounding area even when the phone is off. Surely this technology violates the rights of people and the 4th Amendment to the Constitution that protects against unauthorized searches and seizures, but the authorities in control of this technology couldn’t care less. Only fools believe them when they say that it isn’t abused and doesn’t infringe upon peoples’ rights.

The Internet While valuable information still gets past the mainstream media gatekeepers, most people spend hours each week on Facebook and Twitter selfpromoting themselves and posting meaningless drivel about how good their lunch was, or how they are feeling at the moment. The comments that their friends post on their status updates make the user feel important as if they are their own celebrity with a fan base who follow their every move. These same zombies often cyberstalk people of the opposite sex who they are interested in and spend hours looking through all of their Facebook or MySpace pictures and fanaticizing about having that person as a part of their life. These same types of fools subscribe to YouTube channels like “Fred,” “Hot for Words,” or “Sxephil.” These kinds of people are of no concern to the establishment, since they are continuously amused and are kept out of the way. It is the people who are awake to the New World Order and who use the Internet to its fullest capacity to bypass the gate-keepers and propaganda who are a danger to their monopoly. People like you.

Carnivore It shouldn’t come as a surprise that the FBI, CIA, NSA, and any number of other government agencies can identify every website you’ve been on, what files you downloaded, and read any email you’ve ever sent. The computer system that was first created to do this was called Carnivore and was implemented by the FBI. The system was first used during the Clinton administration after the Internet became widely used, and its sophistication has grown in step with advancing technology. After repeated negative coverage in the press due to personal privacy concerns, the FBI changed the name of the Carnivore system to DCS1000, which stands for “Digital Collection System.” In 2001 the FBI also started using commercially available software such as NarusInsight to monitor the [clxvii]

Internet traffic of targeted individuals.

The software can easily monitor a target’s Internet usage in real time, as well as go back and trace

them step by step, through each web page they visit, link they click, and file they download. Most laptop computers have built in microphones and webcams that can also be used to watch and listen to suspects without their knowledge. It also shouldn’t come as a surprise that any one of the “alphabet agencies” can also get access to your computer’s hard drive, if the computer is online, and can search and copy its contents.

Google Ousts Blogger Over Name Calling A lot of people with blogs, websites, and YouTube accounts don’t use their real name and instead use a handle or pseudonym. The reasons for using a handle usually stem from them wanting anonymity to prevent crazy stalkers from coming to their home or place of work because they are either fans of their content, or want to hurt them because they hate what they post online. Most bloggers enjoy this anonymity but there are increasing risks that if someone posts a blog or video saying derogatory things about a specific person or group, then their identity may be discovered and they may be sued or even charged with a “hate crime.” In January 2009 a model sued Google to get the identity of a blogger who [clxviii]

called her a “skank” and an “old hag.”

Liskula Cohen, a blond beauty who has modeled for Giorgio Armani, Versace, and Vogue magazine wanted to sue the blogger for defamation. The blog was on Google’s Blogger service and titled “Skanks in NYC” where the blogger wrote, “I would have to say the first-place award for ‘Skankiest in NYC’ would have to go to Liskula Gentile Cohen.” A Manhattan Supreme Court judge ruled that Cohen was entitled to know the name of the blogger and ordered Google to reveal her name which is Rosemary Port. The model then filed a $3 million defamation lawsuit against the Port.

The Cyberbullying Act

The Cyberbullying Act of 2009 (HR 1966, the Megan Meier Cyberbullying Prevention Act), is named after the high-profile “MySpace suicide” of a young 13-year-old girl named Megan Meier who killed herself after being harassed on MySpace by her classmate’s mother who pretended to be a teenage boy online. It’s meant to prevent people from using the Internet to “coerce, intimidate, harass, or cause substantial emotional distress to a person” but the vague language in the bill has alarmed people because it so broadly defines “cyberbullying” that it could be interpreted to apply to practically any situation, including blog posts critical of public officials. The National Crime Prevention Council defines cyberbullying as “when the Internet, cell phones or other devices are used to send or post text or images intended to hurt or embarrass another person.” UCLA Law Professor Eugene Volokh wrote on his blog that everyday situations could be considered cyberbullying. “I try to coerce a politician into voting a particular way, by repeatedly blogging (using a hostile tone) about what a hypocrite/campaign promise breaker/fool/etc. he would be if he voted the other way. I am transmitting in interstate commerce a communication with the intent to coerce using electronic means (a blog) ‘to support severe, repeated, and hostile behavior’— unless, of course, my statements aren’t seen as ‘severe,’ a term that is entirely undefined and [clxix] unclear,” Volokh wrote.

Parry Aftab, a lawyer and Internet security expert said, “We have existing harassment statutes in all 50 states that already cover this problem. We [clxx]

don’t need Linda Sanchez’s law.”

(Linda Sanchez (D-CA) introduced the Cyber Bullying Act.) According to the text in the Cyber Bullying Act, people who “bully” others via any electronic means could face fines, two years in prison, or both. This means if you sent a nasty text message to your ex or post derogatory comments on someone’s YouTube video, you could be arrested. It also means you post something insulting or judgmental about someone on your Facebook, MySpace, or Twitter pages, or on any Internet forum, then you may be violating the law.

Researchers say that anywhere from 40 percent to 85 percent of kids have been exposed to some kind of “cyberbullying,” such as being called “fat” via instant message or postings on social networking sites.

Cybersecurity Act of 2009 The Cybersecurity Act of 2009 gives the president the ability to declare a “cybersecurity emergency” and shut down or limit Internet traffic in any “critical” information network “in the interest of national security.” This bill does not define what a critical information network or a cybersecurity emergency is, because that definition would be decided by the president of the United States. The bill also grants the Secretary of Commerce “access to all relevant data concerning [critical] networks without regard to any provision of law, regulation, rule, or policy restricting such access.” This means the government can access or monitor any data on private or public networks without regard to privacy. This creepy, Big Brother power was introduced by none other than Jay Rockefeller, the great-grandson of John D. Rockefeller, nephew of banker David Rockefeller. When discussing how “dangerous” the Internet was and why he felt the Cyber Security Act is important, Jay Rockefeller stated, “It really almost makes you ask the question, would it have been better if we had never invented the Internet.” So using the authority given to the government by the Cyber Security Act, in the event of an emergency such as a major terrorist attack or a pandemic, the government could turn off practically every website in the country, except ones they deemed “critical” which would be mainstream media sites that would gladly parrot government talking points about what the public should do. The government could also cause every website to “point to” or forward to a government website that contained propaganda about what had just occurred and would give only one-sided instructions about evacuations or inoculations. This is identical to the Emergency Broadcast System used in television which allows the government to interrupt every station in the country simultaneously and broadcast whatever message they want.

A Medicated and Sedated Population [clxxi]

27 million Americans are on antidepressants,

which is approximately 10% of the population. People are familiar with the well-known pills such as Prozac or Zoloft, but there are thirty different drugs used as antidepressants—including: Paxil, Celexa, Lexapro, Luvox, Buspar, Nardil, Elavil, Sinequan, Pamelor, Serzone, Desyrel, Norpramin, Tofranil, Adapin, Vivactil, Ludiomil, Endep, Parnate, Remeron, and more. Some of these drugs have extremely dangerous side effects. A 2004 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that “the risk of suicidal behavior is increased in the first month after starting [clxxii] antidepressants, especially during the first one to nine days.”

In the New World Order, the fun and joy of life is often missing from where it once was. It’s no wonder people are depressed since many social activities such as parties or just chatting with your neighbor for a half an hour have been replaced by videogames, watching television, or surfing the Internet. In the vast majority of depression cases, instead of someone taking a drug to alleviate the symptoms, all they need to do in order to experience the joy in life is to simply change their lifestyle and their habits. This would then attack the root of the problem instead of just masking the symptoms by taking drugs. But the pharmaceutical industry would rather everyone take a pill every day for the rest of their lives while living the same pathetic existence they did before, rather than join some social clubs or recreational sports team to alleviate their boredom and depression. A study of antidepressant use in private health insurance plans conducted by the New England Research Institute found that 43 percent of those who had been prescribed antidepressants had no psychiatric diagnosis or any

[clxxiii]

mental health care beyond the prescription of the drug.

The drug companies don’t want people cured, they just want their business.

Drug Commercials The famous comedian Chris Rock, whose stand-up is often based on the truth, has a hilarious but true joke based on his observation of the massive advertising campaigns by the drug companies and the amount of money doctors and medical companies make by not curing diseases. “There ain’t no money in the cure,” Rock blasts. “The money’s in the medicine. That’s how you get paid!” Rock goes on, “The government…they don’t want you to use your drugs… they want you to use their drugs. So every night on TV you see a weird ass drug commercial trying to get you hooked on some legal shit. They just keep naming symptoms till they get one that you fucking got. It’s like, are you sad? Are you lonely? Do you got athletes’ foot? Are you hot, are you cold? And they just keep naming symptoms…are you depressed…do your teeth hurt?…I got that! I’m sick! I need that pill!”

The H1N1 Swine Flu Vaccine In the summer of 2009 the government and mainstream media launched a massive fear-mongering campaign trying to convince everyone in the world that they needed to take a vaccine for the H1N1 virus—the so-called “swine flu” virus. It was the top story for days when it first hit, and then the continued fear-mongering lasted for months as a supposed vaccine was made available to the public in October. It was a pandemic and everyone needed the shot, they said, or tens of thousands would die. In the 1970s a similar scare was spread about a swine flu virus, and after a vaccine was pushed onto the public, numerous people got sick and died from the vaccine itself. This time around with the H1N1 swine flu virus, government propagandists claimed the vaccines were safe and those who decided not to take it were even called “extremists” by the chief medical [clxxiv] examiner in England.

Public health workers such as doctors and nurses in the state of New York were first told by State Health Commissioner Richard F. Daines that they would have to take the vaccine by November 30th 2009 or risk discipline, including losing their job. After massive resistance and a public demonstration, Governor David Paterson reversed the policy, but said it was [clxxv] prompted by a vaccine shortage.

The Public Employees Federation, New York’s second-largest state employees union, sued over the requirement and was awaiting a state Supreme Court hearing scheduled for October 30, 2009, when the Governor announced the decision to drop the mandatory vaccinations. On a CNN segment broadcast in October 2009, Dr. Mehmet Oz, who is Vice-Chair and Professor of Surgery at Columbia University and a wellknown medical correspondent and host of the Dr. Oz Show , urged everyone to get vaccinated but when Campell Brown, the host, asked him if his children were getting the vaccine, he said, “I’ll tell you, my wife is not going to immunize our kids, cuz I’ve got four of them, and when I go home, I’m not Dr. Oz, I’m Mr. Oz.” Shepard Smith of the Fox News Channel told his audience not to believe the “conspiracy theories” about the vaccine, or the “negative hype” after a [clxxvi]

guest was on urging everyone to take the vaccine.

Dr. Nancy Snyderman, MSNBC’s chief medical editor, addressed the large numbers of people who were suspicious of the vaccine and weren’t going to take it telling them to, “forget the conspiracy, listen to our government agencies, these guys are telling the truth. There’s no conspiracy here folks, just get [clxxvii] your damn vaccine.”

One of the major reasons large numbers of people were refusing to take the shot was because of the fear of side effects similar to the ones from the 1970s swine flu vaccine. The 2009 H1N1 swine flu outbreak was so overhyped in the mainstream media that people began to get suspicious that there was a conspiracy to scare everyone into taking the vaccine. Some saw the reason for the fear-mongering being a way for the vaccine manufacturers to make hundreds of millions of dollars from the sale of their

product, while others saw this as a plot to forcibly inject everyone with thimerosal and mercury laced vaccines for the purpose of dumbing down the masses by the neurological damage caused from such preservatives found in most vaccines. Some even believed the “vaccine” was designed to kill them in order to carry out the population reduction agenda of the elite.

RFID Bracelet Hoax In early September 2009 the person with the YouTube channel “Entimes777” posted a video with the title “URGANT MESSAGE!!!! Make this viral!!!” [the word urgent was misspelled in the title of the original video] which consisted of a video blog of a woman claiming to be a U.S. soldier who says she was training with California police to set up freeway checkpoints and force H1N1 swine flu vaccinations on the public, and then also force them to wear a bracelet containing an RFID tracking device once they were vaccinated. The woman also claimed that those who refuse to take the vaccination at the checkpoints will be immediately taken to a concentration camp. The video was spread around the Internet and posted on numerous alternative news websites as possible evidence that such plans were being implemented. A few days later the woman posted a new video saying that in a week she would delete the previous video from her account, which she did, but not before others downloaded the video and reposted it on YouTube where it can still be seen today if one searches for “Soldier Claims Authorities Training To Intern Americans Who Refuse Swine Flu Shot.” Peoples’ response to the woman’s claims varied, as was noted by the variety of comments, ranging from calling her a “crackpot” to saying, “God Bless You, the Truth is out there cuz of people likeyou.” A few months earlier on July 29th 2009, former Kansas state trooper Greg Evensen published an article on the web titled The Death of Liberty: The Final Scene Unfolds , where he wrote, “Have you been made aware of the massive roadblock plans to stop all travelers for a vaccine bracelet (stainless steel band with a micro-chip on board) that will force you to take the shot? Refuse it? You will be placed on a prison bus and taken to a quarantine

camp. What will you do when your children are NOT allowed into school without the shot? What will you do when you are not allowed into the workplace without the vaccine paperwork? Buy groceries? Go to the bank? Shop anywhere?? Get on a plane, bus or train? Use the toilet in the mall? Nope. Police officers will become loathed, feared, despised and [clxxviii] remembered for their ‘official’ duties.”

A video was posted on YouTube of Evenson speaking at a conference where he was asked about his article where he reiterated his claims that he had been told by numerous state troopers that such a plan was in existence, and then said that he had a “medical specialist” in Milwaukee, Wisconsin tell him that they had witnessed, “A semi-tractor trailer being unloaded at the hospital loading dock with pallets and pallets, scores of cases of metal bracelets, that once put on, would slip into place and be either pegged in there with some kind of device to hold it in place, but the band was meant to be permanent. On top is a chip, and on that chip will contain all kinds of [clxxix] information about you and the fact that you have been inoculated.”

Of course no such plan was ever enacted and Greg Evenson is either a fraud or a dupe. This does not mean, however, that a future outbreak of a disease or a virus will not lead the government to launch a forced vaccination and quarantine program. Such an event will likely occur one day, but unfortunately misinformation and paranoia about checkpoints for the H1N1 vaccine didn’t end here.

Vaccine Checkpoint Hoax In mid-September 2009 some bloggers and alternative news sites posted a story after someone claimed to have come across a vaccine checkpoint east of San Diego, California. The problem was that the H1N1 vaccine wasn’t even available yet. The story was accompanied by a photo the person allegedly took, which looked like an ordinary border checkpoint that are common in southern California. The person, who remains anonymous, said they were traveling from California to Arizona, headed east of San Diego when he was subjected to

an unusual checkpoint. “As I approached I noticed armed military personnel had most of the cars pulled over and there were a lot of people going in and out of a mobile trailer. The people looked confused and some upset. Seeing what was going on made me really nervous,” the person said. He then went on to claim that he was approached by a women in military fatigues who asked him where he was headed and mentioned “something about a vaccination.” “I got scared and told her I was a state geologist doing field research and because I was doing so much driving back and forth I had my vaccine on campus. She didn’t say anything for a few seconds and then the car behind me started honking and she got pissed and waved me on. I was so scared!,” he concludes. One comment on the story read, “That checkpoint is for the Border Patrol along Interstate 8 just west of Imperial Valley. The reason why the BP is there is because I-8 is within one mile of the border. If you have white skin, they let you through. If you have brown skin and 20 passengers in your Ford Econoline, you are going to get pulled over and interrogated. Yes, checkpoints are un-American and Stalin-esque, but this has nothing to do with Swine Flu. Knock it off with the fear mongering. That crap gets old.” Another skeptical reader posted, “Besides, the swine flu vaccine is not readily available yet (two more weeks). So why would they be checking to see if people had received it?” So whoever it was that started this rumor by sending this email and photo out to alternative news sites was either a paranoid and delusional person who somehow after the fact that he was subjected to a standard border patrol checkpoint dreamed up that the officers were talking about a vaccine, or the person simply sent out the email as a purposeful hoax to see if they could fuel the fear that people had about such checkpoints being set up.

Dangers of Vaccines Robert Kennedy Jr., the son of Robert “Bobby” Kennedy, the younger brother of President John F. Kennedy, has been active in exposing the link

between thimerosal in vaccines and autism in children. In 2005 he wrote a powerful article titled Deadly Immunity which was published in Rolling Stone magazine and on Salon.com, where he said, “Since 1991, when the CDC and the FDA had recommended that three additional vaccines laced with the preservative be given to extremely young infants—in one case, within hours of birth—the estimated number of cases of autism had increased fifteen fold, from one in every 2,500 children to one in 166 children.” Many people are aware of the dramatic increase in autism cases since the 1990s and many doctors and parents point to mercury and thimerosal preservatives that are found in such vaccines as the catalyst for the disorder. Such a link is officially denied by the medical establishment, but the information Kennedy covers in his article is extremely disturbing. He wrote about a secret meeting of doctors where they had allegedly discussed the dangers of vaccines and how they could cover it up. He explains, “According to transcripts obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, many at the meeting were concerned about how the damaging revelations about thimerosal would affect the vaccine industry’s bottom line. ‘We are in a bad position from the standpoint of defending any lawsuits,’ said Dr. Robert Brent, a pediatrician at the Alfred I. duPont Hospital for Children in Delaware. ‘This will be a resource to our very busy plaintiff attorneys in this country.’ Dr. Bob Chen, head of vaccine safety for the CDC, expressed relief that ‘given the sensitivity of the information, we have been able to keep it out of the hands of, let’s say, less responsible hands.’ Dr. John Clements, vaccines advisor at the World Health Organization, declared that ‘perhaps this study should not have been done at all.’ He added that ‘the research results have to be handled,’ warning that the study ‘will be taken by others and will be used in other ways beyond the control of this group.’” Kennedy’s article is very lengthy and is available in full on the web. He also gave a very unsettling interview on MSNBC about the issue where he said, “We are injecting our kids with 400 times the amount of mercury that the FDA or the EPA considers safe.”

About thimerosal causing autism, Kennedy says, “The science is out there today for anybody who bothers to read it, and I have read it…The same regulatory bureaucrats that green lighted thimerosal originally are now [clxxx] trying to cover their tracks.”

He went on to say that he had obtained the transcript of the secret meeting of doctors, pharmaceutical companies, and scientists from our government in the year 2000, who say that the link is undeniable and that they would not give the vaccines to their own children, but conspired to hide the evidence from the American people. Kennedy concluded the interview on MSNBC by saying, “We have the guys who are supposed to be protecting American’s health, who are actually conspiring to keep this stuff in the vaccines.” Actress Jenny McCarthy has a child who was diagnosed with autism, and she has publicly made some statements about the possible link between vaccines and autism but many people in the media ridiculed her and called her crazy because she is known for playing bimbos, although in real life she is very well spoken.

Mercury Poisoning is Good for Children? K-Eye News, a CBS affiliate in Austin, Texas aired a brief segment about vaccines which was so absurd that it could have been a satire produced by Saturday Night Live . As you now know, there has long been a controversy over mercury in vaccines causing neurological damage, and even triggering autism in children, but this bizarre newscast claimed, “Mercury containing vaccines may help, not harm kids according to two new studies in the Journal of Pediatrics .” The story went on to say, “There have been wide spread concerns that mercury based preservatives in vaccines might impair the neurological development of children. These new studies suggest the opposite, that the preservatives may actually be associated with improved behavior.” What they meant by “improved behavior” is basically that your children will be mildly brain damaged by the vaccines, and will be more like zombies and less likely to act like normal energetic children.

Sodium Fluoride in Drinking Water A lot of people who see the New World Order as a threat to their way of life and the freedoms people have enjoyed in places such as America and Europe, see the fluoridation of the drinking water as a way to massively drug the population for the purpose of creating a docile populace that is more willing to accept their present living conditions. The official explanation for adding sodium fluoride to the public water supplies is to supposedly reduce tooth decay and prevent cavities, but other research shows that consuming sodium fluoride has effects on the brain such as calming people down and even reducing their IQ. G. D. Searle & Company (which is now part of Pfizer) was a company involved with researching and developing pharmaceuticals and agriculture products and is often mentioned in regards to fluoridating drinking water in America. G.D. Searle & Company is claimed to have spearheaded water fluoridation in America and the CEO of the company between 1977 and 1985 was none other than Donald Rumsfeld. This is the same Donald Rumsfeld who would go on to be the Secretary of Defense under George W. Bush and who helped fabricate the lies that were used to justify the invasion of Iraq in 2003. Rumsfeld was also a member of the Project For a New American Century, which published a document outlining the Neocon strategy for the Middle East and how they needed a “new Pearl Harbor” type of attack on America in order to implement it. This is a whole other issue in and of itself, but since Rumsfeld was involved in such sinister activities with the Bush administration, it is interesting to see that he was also the CEO of the company some claim was responsible for getting sodium fluoride added to the drinking water of cities around the country. Many believe that it was Rumsfeld’s job to get this done, with the goal of drugging the population on a large scale. Recall Obama’s science czar John Holdren who proposed adding a sterilant to the water supply. There is conflicting science and conflicting claims about the effects of drinking water containing sodium fluoride. The medical establishment denies any side effects from the chemical being consumed, but there are also medical doctors and scientists who say it dumbs people down and

shouldn’t be drank. We shouldn’t put it past the secret establishment to drug the people through the water supply, so as a precaution it is advised to drink bottled water without the sodium fluoride additive, or have a filtering system installed on your tap water at home. There are also atmospheric water generators that take the water out of the air and can generate several gallons of clean drinking water per day, but these systems are very expensive.

Science and Technology Advances in science and technology are a double edged sword, creating amazing communication abilities and life saving devices, but also creating powerful killing machines and nightmarish mind control devices capable of implanting thoughts into people’s minds through invisible radio waves. Such a claim may spark an image of a tin foil hat, but as you will soon learn, such technology is very real. In the New World Order, advanced technology is sometimes looked at with suspicion due to the capacity for abuse and the corrupt power-hungry elite and politicians who are in control of such technology. Chemtrails, weather modification, HAARP, Eugenics, secret and immoral medical testing and more, are often mentioned as proof of such abuse. Some of these subjects had been considered conspiracy theories by most people for decades, but have recently been the focus of headlines around the world admitting such technology exists and has been used in the past, or is currently being used today.

HAARP The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) is allegedly an “investigation project” that is funded by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), which is an agency of the Department of Defense. The US Air Force and the Navy are also involved with HAARP and claim its purpose is to investigate the ionosphere and any communication or surveillance capabilities it may enable. The project was started in 1993 and is located north of Gakona, Alaska. Photos that are

available of some of the facility look like acres and acres of radio antennas numbering approximately 180 total, which are over 70 feet tall and are all linked together to form one large antenna. It’s reported that this antenna system can aim 3.6 million watts of energy into a specific location of the ionosphere. The largest legal AM radio station in America broadcasts 50 thousand watts, making HAARP 72 times more powerful. Suspicions and controversy over HAARP grew shortly after its creation when scientists familiar with such technology claimed that it was being developed as a weapon capable of knocking out missiles, enemy satellites, and even causing earthquakes if desired. HAARP is only one of several ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) wave transmitters. The United States owns three different facilities which are located in Gakona, Alaska; Fairbanks, Alaska; and one in Arecibo, Puerto Rico. Russia also has a similar facility in Vasilsursk, and the European Union has one in Tromso, Norway. In the 1980s a physicist named Bernard Eastlund developed some of the concepts later used in HAARP and proposed using radio frequency waves to affect the ionosphere in a way that would disable enemy missiles and knock out targeted satellite communications, but the technology has far more dangerous capabilities than this. A brief series on the History Channel called That’s Impossible featured an episode that dedicated some time to looking into such technology and concluded, “Working in tandem, these transmitters could potentially alter the weather anywhere in the world, changing the jet streams course entirely, triggering massive rain storms or droughts. Even hurricane steering would be possible by heating up the atmosphere and building up high pressured domes that could deflect or change the course of hurricanes.” Dr. Brooks Agnew, of the Phoenix Science Foundation, used ELF waves to discover underground pockets of oil and gas in what is called earth tomography. He believes that this same technology accidentally triggered an earthquake in 1987 in Roseburg, Oregon. Dr. Agnew reported that as soon as his team energized the ELF wave generator there was a 4 to 4.5 earthquake. In the episode of That’s Impossible , Dr. Agnew designed and

built a scale model of the ground conditions found in Rosenberg, and also had a small ELF wave generator aimed at it. As soon as he turned the device on, a large rock sitting on a slanted slope representing a fault line, immediately slid downward. In this demonstration he used a simple 30 watt stereo speaker to generate the ELF waves. Remember, HAARP is capable of blasting 3.6 million watts. In 1995 a book titled Angels Don’t Play This HAARP: Advances in Tesla Technology was published by Nick Begich Jr., who is the son of Congressman Nick Begich Sr., (D-Alaska) and brother of Senator Mark Begich (D-Alaska), where he claimed that the project in its present stage could be used for “geophysical warfare.” In August 2002, Russia issued a press release about HAARP reading, “The U.S. is creating new integral geophysical weapons that may influence the near-Earth medium with high-frequency radio waves…The significance of this qualitative leap could be compared to the transition from cold steel to firearms, or from conventional weapons to nuclear weapons. This new type of weapon differs from previous types in that the near-Earth medium [clxxxi] becomes at once an object of direct influence and its component.”

This statement is interesting because Russia has its own ionospheric heater system nearly identical to HAARP which is called Sura, and the real reason for issuing the statement showing concern over HAARP was believed to be due to America withdrawing from the Russian-American Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty in 2002. The Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques is an international treaty that was signed by over 75 different countries in 1978, prohibiting the military or other entities acting on behalf of a government from using environmental modification techniques in a hostile manor. Why was there a treaty signed that weather modification won’t be used as a weapon if it isn’t possible for such a thing to occur? Obviously people familiar with the technology are worried about it and are aware of the disastrous effects.

With all the hysteria over so-called climate change and global warming, it should be noted that some believe HAARP is capable of causing such a thing since it is an ionosphere heater and tampers with the earth’s atmosphere. Former Governor of Minnesota Jesse Ventura hosted a TV show on the Tru network called Conspiracy Theory and investigated HAARP in one episode. As Ventura and his video team were attempting to enter the facility, all of their equipment malfunctioned. Ventura stated in a radio interview promoting the show, “I went all the way up to Alaska and went to this location…it’s a very interesting thing going on up there. It falls under the military, and yet it is given the distinction of being an unclassified research center, yet I was not allowed in. Now, bear in mind I used to have a top secret clearance with the United States government during my six years as a member of underwater demolition team twelve and SEAL team one. I was also a mayor and a governor, yet I was not allowed to go into this supposed unclassified research center. If it’s [clxxxii] unclassified [then] anybody should be able to go in there.

This episode of Conspiracy Theory left Jesse Ventura visibly upset after he learned that HAARP could be used as a massive weapon and nobody would even know. Ventura’s show was historic because it marked the first time that certain issues were addressed in a serious manner on TV.

Microwave Auditory Effect The subject of mind control is an extensive and disturbing one, and for this book, we will focus only on one aspect of this practice involving the microwave auditory effect, which is a way of using microwave frequencies to beam sounds and even words and sentences into peoples’ heads which are perceived auditorially by them but appear to be coming from inside the person’s own head or from God. For an expanded analysis of mind control including brainwashing and a history of the MK-ULTRA program you may wish to read The Resistance Manifesto .

While the subject of mind control is vast with the majority of methods involving some kind of physical contact with the subject, technology using radio waves to literally beam thoughts into peoples’ heads is infinitely more insidious because it can be used covertly without the consent or knowledge of the person being targeted. Again, such an idea sounds absurd, but you will discover is very real. Such experiments have been carried out at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research in what was called Project Pandora where externally induced auditory input microwave audiograms of words or oral sounds created the effect of hearing voices. An Air Force document on the subject stated, “The signal can be a ‘message from God’ that can warn the enemy of impending doom, or encourage the enemy to surrender.” In 1996 the United States Air Force submitted a patent which was later awarded on October 22, 2002 for a device called the Radio Frequency Hearing Effect (Patent number: 6,470,214) where the description reads, “A method of encoding an input audio signal a(t) to produce a double sideband output signal having a ωc carrier frequency, which when transmitted to the head of a receiving subject, will by the radio frequency hearing effect induce a thermal-acoustic signal in the bone/tissue material of the head that replicates the input audio signal and is conducted by the bone/tissue structure of the head to the inner ear where it is demodulated by the normal processes of the cochlea and converted to nerve signals which are sent to the brain, thereby enabling intelligible speech to be perceived by the brain.” In 2007, the Washington Post ran an article titled Mind Games which investigated claims of individuals who believed the government was using such devices on them. The beginning of the article makes it seem as if the people are crazy, but then further into it the article actually outlined some of the technology and research the government has been involved in that is able to accomplish such a thing. It reads, “In 2002, the Air Force Research Laboratory patented precisely such a technology: using microwaves to send words into someone’s head. That work is frequently cited on mind-control Web sites. Rich Garcia, a spokesman for the research laboratory’s directed energy directorate, declined to discuss that patent or current or related

research in the field, citing the lab’s policy not to comment on its [clxxxiii] microwave work.”

A successful African American novelist named Gloria Naylor, best known for her novel The Women of Brewster Place , which was made into a miniseries by Oprah Winfrey, has a lesser known book titled 1996 which describes her experiences as an alleged victim of microwave mind control. She begins, “I didn’t want to tell this story. It’s going to take courage. Perhaps more courage than I possess, but they’ve left me no alternatives…I am in a battle for my mind. If I stop now, they’ll have won, and I will lose myself.” She explains how she thought she had a mental illness at times such as schizophrenia, but says she witnessed other strange occurrences such as people mimicking her every movement and people driving by her isolated vacation home. “I would lie in bed while the conversations were going on, and I’d ask: Maybe it is schizophrenia?” she wrote. The voices, she said, would taunt her and swear at her, telling her she was stupid and that she couldn’t write. Naylor went to see a psychiatrist and was given a prescription for an antipsychotic medication, but it didn’t stop the voices. She says she was a victim of such harassment by the voices for almost four years until she discovered mind-control forums on the Internet and learned about technology and secret government programs involving such phenomena. Whether or not Gloria Naylor was simply hallucinating and had some kind of mental illness that eventually was cured, or whether she was a victim of microwave auditory effect technology may never be known. If in fact she was not hallucinating or having some kind of neurological problem causing her to perceive the voices, then why would she be targeted by such technology? One possible explanation could be that someone who worked on such systems and has access to the microwave transmitters knew Naylor personally and perhaps had a personal vendetta against her and found joy and revenge in tormenting her. Perhaps an ex-boyfriend from high school or college later became involved in the government program and chose to target her for his personal amusement.

Perhaps she was chosen as an unknowing test subject who was toyed with and monitored to study what the results of such harassment would be. Or, perhaps maybe she really did have a temporary bout with a mental illness and after learning about such technology her mind somehow corrected itself and was healed. But the fact that such technology does exist leads one to wonder what kinds of horrible tests have been carried out to study the effects of this technology. Certainly the CIA or the Department of Defense would want to see what people would do when they all of a sudden started hearing voices in their head. Surely such tests were carried out on ordinary citizens without their knowledge and their reactions were monitored to learn how they would react to such a scary occurrence. And surely most of these victims kept such a thing to themselves and didn’t even tell their closest friends or loved ones out of the fear that they would be seen as completely insane for “hearing voices.” But just think for a minute about the ramifications of such technology. Such a system could easily make people think that they were hearing God, or even the Devil, or that they were going completely insane. And how would they know such a system was being used, since practically nobody is even aware that such technology even exists. There would be no evidence that such a system was being used on a targeted individual, unless the device’s operator was apprehended with some strange looking electronic device that was seized as evidence and analyzed by electrical engineers who would likely be able to determine its purpose. And people who are victims of such technology would most likely never mention it to anyone since “hearing voices” is the epitome of being “crazy.” It is for these reasons that this author feels it is extremely important that the public be made aware of such technology, and that we learn how to detect, and prevent its use. Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, the alleged mastermind behind the September 11th 2001 terrorist attacks was said to claim that Allah (the God of Islam) had visited him in his prison cell one night and told him to cooperate with his captors and that things would be much easier on him and his fellow detainees. If this report is accurate and he actually did believe that God visited him in his cell one night and told him this, then it certainly would

not be far-fetched to think that the microwave auditory effect was used on him to make him think that he was hearing God. This is, of course, just a hypothesis, and if such a thing did occur it likely would never be declassified because of the incredible power that such a technique holds. Think about this. What if such a strategy was used in prisons? What if officials used this technology to speak to high profile suspects and told them to confess to their crimes and not to tell anyone that “God” had told them to do so. Or, what if this strategy was used to trick the person into doing, or saying things that are completely immoral? What if “God” told the prisoner to kill another inmate, or to confess to the crime even though they were innocent? If the person believes in God, such an experience would be hard to resist. After all, if God told you to confess to a crime you didn’t commit, then surely there must be some bigger picture that he sees and you don’t, or else why would he tell you to confess? The ramifications of abuse of such systems are endless. How many politicians, business leaders, or political activists could be targeted by such technology and have an experience that “God” was talking to them. The possibilities are extremely disturbing to think about and this is the same technology that will most likely be used by the counterfeit Christ of the New World Order in an attempt to convince everyone that he has supernatural powers and is God himself.

Sonic Nausea Systems While using the microwave audio effect may be limited to those with fairly complicated technology, a widely available and inexpensive device that uses ultra-sonic waves to induce headaches and nausea can be purchased on the Internet or in catalogs selling law enforcement products. The ShomerTech catalog sells such a device for only $29.99. The online catalog reads, “Hiding this device in your inconsiderate neighbor’s house might put an end to their late-night parties. The abusive bureaucrat’s office, the executive lunchroom... the possibilities are endless for that small portion of inventive payback.”

Another more advanced version is also sold called the Super Sonic Nausea system which is advertised to, “disrupt speeches, demonstrations, crowd dynamics, etc. This device has been used to ‘influence’ more of these than you might expect. Deployed near the podium, you might just have a case of an increasingly un-impressive speaker with diminished sharpness and lacking concentration, or perhaps is even unable to complete his presentation. Or, loitering youths on your property might be enticed to move along with no confrontations necessary.” This “Super Sonic Nausea system” is said to be a “rarely-available government model” that is produced by a company called DSG Laboratories. This version sells for only $99.99. Just imagine for a minute what kind of similar devices are in existence but not made commercially available. Such devices are extremely small and portable, and could easily be covertly used to inflict discomfort on any number of people, in any number of situations, without anyone even having a clue.

Chemtrails Since approximately 1995 or 1996, increasing numbers of people have been intrigued by, and suspicious of what look like white contrails (short for condensation trails) that follow the path of jetliners in the sky but do not seem to dissipate as fast as such vapor trails used to in the past. These new type of trails that linger in the sky have been called “chemtrails,” short for chemical trails, and are believed by some to be the result of some kind of additive that is being mixed with jet fuel. These suspected additives are said to be used for a variety of reasons, usually for some kind of weather modification or to expose massive numbers of people to some kind of chemicals intended to alter our cognitive abilities. Skeptics of these claims say that on most days when people see what they call chemtrails (chemical trails), they are really only seeing contrails (condensation trails) caused by a combination of certain atmospheric conditions and a newer type of jet engine called the high bypass ratio turbofan engine, which was first placed on the market in the mid-1990s. This is the same time that people started to notice these strange vapor trails that lingered in the sky for longer than they had in the past. Chemtrail

skeptics say that the newer high bypass ratio engines compress the air and the moisture to a higher degree than the older types of engines would, and say this is the reason for the trails lingering for longer periods of time than in the past. Sometimes the vapor trail disappears right after it comes out of the back of the jet, and other times it lingers in the sky and slowly disperses. Some people call these the chemtrails, while others say atmospheric conditions and high bypass ratio turbofan engines cause this to occur. Adding to the controversy over chemtrails are the numerous instances of governments in multiple countries having declassified various programs where it has been admitted that they sprayed large amounts of dangerous chemicals and biological agents into the air.

Mainstream News Coverage KSLA news in Louisiana aired a segment on November 9th 2007, which asked, “Could a strange substance found by a southwest Arkansas man be part of a government test? Well, that’s the question at the heart of a phenomenon called ‘chemtrails’ now getting wide spread attention.” [clxxxiv]

The segment covers a man who began seeing suspicious trails in the sky that seemed to differ from the typical condensation trails left behind jets. The man says he also noticed small particles falling from the sky from the trials, so he collected some in bowls that he placed out in his back yard. KSLA news had the samples tested at a laboratory and found that they contained high levels of Barium, a toxic substance. 6.8 parts per million, in fact, which is over three times the level deemed toxic by the EPA. There were other strange chemicals in the samples as well. In May 2006, NBC in Los Angeles, California aired a similar segment investigating the phenomena and interviewed several individuals who were concerned about chemtrails.

HR 2977 On October 2, 2001, Congressman Dennis Kucinich from Ohio introduced a bill (H. R. 2977) titled the “Space Preservation Act of 2001” which

mentions chemtrails as an exotic weapon. The bill was to “preserve the cooperative, peaceful uses of space for the benefit of all humankind by permanently prohibiting the basing of weapons in space by the United States, and to require the President to take action and implement a world treaty banning space-based weapons.” Dennis Kucinich is an interesting Congressman who doesn’t seem to be concerned about addressing controversial issues which are outside of the mainstream political paradigm. In 2008, he addressed Congress with 35 articles of impeachment against George W. Bush, and read them out loud in their entirety on the floor of the House of Representatives. Among the reasons he listed for impeachment were lies about the 9/11 attacks, secretly torturing detainees, and illegally wiretapping American citizens.

In Pop Culture Alternative rock singer, Beck, released a song titled “Chemtrails” on his 2008 album, Modern Guilt . Some lyrics say, “I can’t believe what we’ve seen outside…You and me watching the jets go by.” On April 27, 2009, the musician Prince mentioned chemtrails during an interview on PBS with Tavis Smiley. During the interview Prince discusses a DVD by comedian and activist Dick Gregory and explains that, “he said something that really hit home about this phenomenon of chemtrails.” Prince goes on to mention an increase in aircraft trails that coincided with an increase in fighting and arguing in his neighborhood. On March 3, 2009, a television station in Australia aired a film titled Toxic Skies , which starred Anne Heche who plays a medical doctor investigating a series of mysterious illnesses. She concludes that the illnesses are due to “chemtrails” which are described as toxic chemicals added to aircraft fuel and dispersed over the population though the exhaust. Toxic Skies was written by Andrew Erin and Kyle Hart.

Unclassified US Army Testing of Bio Agents In 1977 the US Army unclassified hundreds of pages of documents titled “US Army Activity in the US Biological Warfare Programs” which detail

that 239 populated areas were contaminated with biological agents between 1949 and 1969 by the Army in secret testing programs. One test involved scientists disguised as ordinary passengers who were [clxxxv] spraying bacteria in Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport.

[clxxxvi]

Another involved a jet releasing material over Victoria, Texas.

The report includes information about a test where a Navy ship sprayed material in the San Francisco bay that traveled more than thirty miles. Other tests involved similar spraying of agents on New York City’s subway system, [clxxxvii] which affected people with weak immune systems.

Government Accountability Office Report In February, 2008, the Government Accountability Office (GAO) released a report titled, Chemical and Biological Defense, DOD and VA Need to Improve Efforts to Identify and Notify Individuals Potentially Exposed during Chemical and Biological Tests which admitted that tens of thousands of people in the military, as well as civilians, may have been exposed to biological agents at the hands of the Department of Defense. Several years earlier in 2003, the Department of Defense reported that 5,842 military personnel and approximately 350 civilians were potentially exposed during testing between 1962 and 1973 in a program called Project 112. Many of the people who were identified as being subjected to these secret tests without their knowledge have suffered from long term illnesses [clxxxviii] as a result.

Project SHAD Another on the long list of government experiments using unwilling humans as test subjects occurred during Project SHAD, which stands for Project Shipboard Hazard and Defense. This program used primarily United States military personnel and was part of Project 112, which began in 1962 during the Kennedy Administration.

The official purpose of Project SHAD was “to identify U.S. war ships vulnerabilities to attacks with biological or chemical warfare agents and to develop procedures to respond to such attacks while maintaining a war fighting capability.” 46 tests were done involving exposing military personnel to chemical and biological agents without their knowledge. VX nerve gas, Sarin, and Tabun gas (all of which are classified as weapons of mass destruction by the United Nations) were some of the chemical agents used, as well as biological agents including Bacillus globigii, ociella burnetti (which causes Q fever) and Francisella (which causes rabbit fever). The US government officially denied that Project SHAD even existed until 1998, and as a result of this denial, soldiers who were affected by the tests were not able to receive any aid for any health issues they had as a result of the tests. If it were not for a dedicated investigative journalist named Eric Longabardi, who began looking into the program in 1994, the public nor the victims may have never been aware of its existence. Years later in 2002, Congressional hearings were held on the subject which prompted a class action lawsuit on behalf of Navy personnel who were exposed during the testing.

Weather Modification Fairly recently at the turn of the 21st century, any discussion of modifying the weather such as causing massive rain storms or creating blue skies, was labeled nothing more than a conspiracy theory or fanciful thinking. But incredibly effective and powerful weather modification programs have not only been declassified by American and British governments that occurred back as far as the 1950s, but are now openly discussed in mainstream news and such practices are becoming common knowledge. Besides simply causing rain or clearing clouds, the practice of weather modification holds the power to be used as a massive weapon against an enormous geographic area without the population even suspecting anything other than bizarre weather.

An interesting series first aired on the History Channel in the summer of 2009 titled That’s Impossible , which covered the existence of various advanced technology that seems as if it was pulled directly from science fiction movies. One episode covered “Weather Warfare” and presented evidence that the U.S. military was able to make massive and strategic changes to weather around the world, including creating hurricanes or torrential rain storms. Brief clips of the show can probably be found on YouTube.

Project Cumulus In the 1950s the British government developed a weather modification program called Project Cumulus which used cloud seeding and tested the potential of causing massive amounts of rain to effectively bog down enemy movement due to the downpour and saturated ground conditions. On August 16, 1952, a major flood occurred in the town of Lynmouth in north Devon after nine inches (229 millimeters) of rain fell in one day, causing the East Lyn River to overflow. This flood destroyed homes, businesses, and bridges, and killed thirty-five people. Several days before this disaster, a seeding experiment from Project Cumulus took place over southern England. While it is denied, of course, that Project Cumulus had anything to do with the miraculous flooding, it certainly doesn’t take a stretch of the imagination to think that the two events were not merely a coincidence. In fact, an old radio broadcast on Radio 4 contains an interview of an aeronautical engineer and pilot named Alan Yates, who worked on Project Cumulus at the time, where he explains, “I was told that the rain had been the heaviest for several years—and all out of a sky which looked summery...there was no disguising the fact that the seedsman had said he’d make it rain, and he did. Toasts were drunk to meteorology and it was not until the BBC news bulletin [about the Lynmouth flood] was read later on, [clxxxix] that a stony silence fell on the company.”

Project Cumulus was allegedly closed down after this tragedy, and [cxc]

classified documents involving the project went missing.

The UK is not the only government to meddle with such forces. The United States not only investigated the possibilities of such science, but actually used it as a weapon during the Vietnam War.

Project Popeye The United States military was involved in a cloud seeding operation during the Vietnam War which extended and enhanced the monsoon season over Laos and caused landslides along roadways, softened road surfaces, and washed out river crossings. Operation Popeye, as it was called, went on from 1967 to 1972 and was considered a success. Investigative reporter Jack Anderson published a story in March 1971 about these operations, and the following year Operation Popeye was mentioned [cxci]

in the Pentagon Papers

and also in an article in the New York Times . [cxcii] The stories led to investigations by members of Congress and then the U.S. House and Senate passed a series of resolutions banning environmental warfare. The Environmental Modification Convention (ENMOD), formally the Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques is an international treaty that prohibits the use of such environmental manipulation.

China’s Admitted Modifications In October 2009 China’s air force used a variety of chemicals to clear the smog out of the air for a parade celebrating the 60th anniversary of Communist China. The day before the parade, chemicals were dispersed in the sky which caused a light rain and cleared the fog. The senior air force meteorologist in China bragged, “Only a handful of countries in the world could organize such large-scale, magic-like weather

[cxciii]

The parade was the biggest in China’s history.

modification.”

The meteorologist said they used certain chemicals to make it rain, and if the rain persisted for too long threatening the parade, then they had another batch prepared to spray that would stop it. Clearing the skies of smoggy air was only just the beginning of China’s weather modifications that were widely reported in 2009. Just one month later, the Chinese state media reported that their meteorologists had made it snow in Beijing after seeding the clouds, causing the country’s earliest snow fall. The government implemented such a strategy in an effort to fight a continuing drought. “We won’t miss any opportunity of artificial precipitation since Beijing is suffering from the lingering drought,” said Zhang Qiang, head of the [cxciv] Beijing Weather Modification Office.

Russia’s Use of Weather Modification In 2009 the mayor of Moscow publicly promised that he would keep it from snowing on the city by using the Russian Air Force to spray chemicals into storm clouds before they reached the capitol, causing them to release their snow outside the city. One of the major reasons for the project is to ease the city from the need to constantly plow the streets, which are usually covered in snow from November to March. In past years Moscow had used weather modification to ensure that rain didn’t spoil their Victory Day and City Day parades. “You know how every year on City Day and Victory Day we create the weather?” Yury Luzhkov, the mayor stated. “Well, we should do the same with the snow! Then outside Moscow there will be more moisture, a bigger harvest, while for us [cxcv] it won’t snow as much. It will make financial sense.”

His plan was approved by the Moscow City Council. Such a feat involves having the Air Force spray cement power, dry ice, or silver iodide in the clouds at a cost of $6 million dollars, which is reportedly half of what the

city would spend on street clearing. Some are not happy about the plan because the outlining suburbs of the city will get the extra snow falling on them as a result.

Eugenics Dictionary.com defines Eugenics as, “the study of or belief in the possibility of improving the qualities of the human species or a human population, especially by such means as discouraging reproduction by persons having genetic defects or presumed to have inheritable undesirable traits (negative eugenics) or encouraging reproduction by persons presumed to have inheritable desirable traits (positive eugenics).” The practice of Eugenics was at the core of Nazi Germany’s occult and racist ideologies and fueled their belief that the Aryan race needed to be purified from other inferior races so they could develop into god-men in future generations. The practice of Eugenics essentially takes the breeding practices used in animals such as race horses or show dogs, and applies it to humans with the hope of desired traits being passed onto the next generation, while at the same time preventing others from breeding because they are not seen as fit enough to pass on their genes. If one subscribes to the ideologies of Eugenics, as Adolf Hitler and the Nazi party did, it is difficult not to reduce humans down to nothing more than animals and develop a social Darwinist world view where one who is dubbed “more genetically fit” looks at others who are not, as if they are subhuman, or not as valuable of a person. Since the rule of the Nazi party has long since passed, many think that the practice of Eugenics crumbled along with them, but some see the modern elite or Illuminati as continuing the practice through covert means, attempting to pass their intelligence onto the next generation of Illuminati members, while continuing the structure of a small intellectual and wealthy elite being in power and ruling over the dumbed down and inferior masses. Well before Hitler came to power, back throughout history, the upper class of every society enjoyed better living conditions, food, medical care, and education, which they did their best to preserve and prevent the lower

classes from partaking in. Year upon year of poor nutrition, health care, and harsh working conditions kept the lower classes of people from fulfilling their true potential as human beings. Many who oppose the New World Order and have investigated the secret societies which hold the true power and wealth, see such Eugenics practices continuing today by the masses of population in developed countries living on processed food that is filled with preservatives or genetically modified organisms (GMO), while the elite enjoy healthy natural foods and home cooked meals prepared by their chefs and dieticians. Many also believe that the elite Illuminati and their social networks do not take the vaccines given to most people, believing that the vaccines themselves and their mercury preservatives cause neurological damage and have other biological harmful effects that are inflicted on the masses, while the elite quietly avoid such things. Add to this the widespread abuse of alcohol and drugs, and people’s pathetic eating and exercise habits, and you clearly have a recipe for tens of millions of unhealthy people who actually enjoy their own slow and gradual deaths. A popular evolutionary theorist from the London School of Economics, named Oliver Curry, predicts that the human race will one day split into two separate species, one being a ruling elite who are intelligent and attractive, and the underclass of dumb, ugly, goblin-like creatures. Such an event, Curry says, will happen 100,000 years in the future, and believes the human race will reach its peak by the year 3000, at which point the subspecies will [cxcvi] begin to regress.

“Physical features will be driven by indicators of health, youth and fertility that men and women have evolved to look for in potential mates,” says a report written by Curry which also says that humans will be between 6ft and 7ft tall and live up to 120 years. Curry’s report, which was commissioned for the Bravo TV channel, says that men will develop deeper voices, symmetrical facial features, and bigger

penises, while women all will have large breasts, hairless skin, and glossy hair. Dr. Curry said, “The report suggests that the future of man will be a story of the good, the bad and the ugly.” Such ideas are similar to those found in H. G. Wells 1895 novel, The Time Machine , where Wells describes the human race as having evolved into two different species, the healthy and intelligent ruling class, the Eloi, and the ugly, slave class, the Morlocks.

Margaret Sanger Next to Adolf Hitler, perhaps the other name most closely associated with Eugenics is Margaret Sanger, who was an American birth control activist in the early 1900s and later founded Planned Parenthood. Sanger was a negative Eugenicist, meaning that she believed that human hereditary traits can be improved through social interventions such as selective breeding, sterilization, and even euthanasia. In her 1932 book, A Plan for Peace , Sanger proposed that the American government “Keep the doors of immigration closed to the entrance of certain aliens whose condition is known to be detrimental to the stamina of the race, such as feebleminded, idiots, morons, insane, syphilitic, epileptic, criminal, professional prostitutes, and others in this class barred by the [cxcvii] immigration laws of 1924.”

In this same book, Sanger urged that the government, “Apply a stern and rigid policy of sterilization and segregation to that grade of population whose progeny is already tainted or whose inheritance is such that [cxcviii] objectionable traits may be transmitted to offspring.”

Her first pamphlet on the subject read, “It is a vicious cycle; ignorance breeds poverty and poverty breeds ignorance. There is only one cure for both, and that is to stop breeding these things. Stop bringing to birth children whose inheritance cannot be one of health or intelligence. Stop bringing into the world children whose parents cannot provide for them.

Herein lies the key of civilization. For upon the foundation of an enlightened and voluntary motherhood shall a future civilization emerge.” In 1923 Sanger opened the first birth control clinic in the United States after receiving grants from John D. Rockefeller Jr’s Bureau of Social Hygiene. Further grants were made from Rockefeller but were done so anonymously after 1924 to avoid the Rockefeller’s connection with Sanger’s agenda.

Global Warming / Climate Change Global warming, as nearly everyone knows, is the idea that human activities and industries are dramatically contributing to changes in the earth’s temperatures which proponents claim threatens humanity. Supporters of this idea have recently changed the terminology they use to “climate change,” instead of “global warming” since regions of the earth are actually cooling, thus conflicting with their idea that the earth is getting warmer. Former Vice President Al Gore has undoubtedly become the face of global warming advocates since his 2006 film An Inconvenient Truth, which won him an academy award for best documentary. While no decent human being would want to pollute the earth by littering or dumping harmful chemicals into the environment or not properly disposing of them, many global warming advocates have criticized people for setting their thermostat too low during the Summer and running the air conditioner for extended periods of time to keep their home or business cool and comfortable. These same green freaks also get angry at people for not using specific types of light bulbs or appliances. Such fanatics have been using a new term saying that such activities create a “carbon footprint,” which is the total amount of greenhouse gas (GHG) that is emitted by an organization, person, or a specific product. “Carbon footprints” and “greenhouse gas emissions” are seen as a threat to humanity by global warming fanatics, and bigger government and new taxes and regulations are said to be the only hope for mankind. Speaker of the House, Nancy Pelosi once stated in a conversation about global [cxcix]

warming that “I’m trying to save the planet,”

a very lofty goal for a politician, when such a cheesy slogan has usually only been said by comic book superheroes like Superman. Those who simply don’t believe the propaganda and fear mongering are often labeled “global warming deniers” with the intentional connection to the term “holocaust denier.” The biggest pushers of the man-made global

warming theory, such as Al Gore, who is basically the symbolic leader of the idea since his 2006 film An Inconvenient Truth , frequently say “the debate is over,” or “all scientists agree” with their ideas, when in reality, there are scores of scientists who refute the man-made global warming propaganda, and some even say the earth is cooling. Most of the key players behind the global warming propaganda, such as politicians, scientists, and businessmen, have large financial interests in new government regulations which supposedly will work to save the world. Perhaps the brains behind the climate change hysteria is a billionaire named Maurice Strong who is considered to be one of the leading proponents of the United Nations involvement in international affairs. Strong was the CEO of Petro-Canada, one of Canada’s largest oil companies, and is on the board of directors for the Chicago Climate Exchange (CCX), which is the first greenhouse gas emission registry reduction system for emission sources. 10% of the Chicago Climate Exchange is owned by Goldman Sachs (GS) and another 10% is owned by Generation Investment Management (GIM), which is an investment firm started by Al Gore who is also the chairman. Hank Paulson, who was the Treasury Secretary under George W. Bush and former CEO of Goldman Sachs, was also a founding member of GIM. While Maurice Strong was born in Canada, he spends most of his time living in China where he has been working to build the communist country into a superpower, and continues to use his wealth and influence to strengthen the grip of climate change propagandists. One of the most visible and outspoken people who says that man-made global warming is a hoax perpetuated by those who have financial interests in the matter is Lord Christopher Monckton, who is a former advisor to Margaret Thatcher. Monkton asserts that a man named Ben Santer deleted parts from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change report (IPCC), that showed conflicting data about climate change, in order to make the report appear to fully endorse the idea of man-made climate change. Ben Santer doesn’t deny these claims, and in fact admitted that he removed parts of the report before its publication. The IPCC was created by the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP), which interestingly enough, was

headed up by Maurice Strong after the UN General Assembly unanimously voted him in as the chair.

The Kyoto Protocol The Kyoto Protocol is a formal agreement of the United Nations aimed at fighting global warming that was adopted back in 1997. It is part of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC or FCCC), which is an international treaty with the goal of achieving “stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system.” As of November 2009, 187 states have signed and ratified this protocol, which states that the countries commit themselves to a reduction of four greenhouse gases (carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, sulphur hexafluoride) by 5.2% from their levels in 1990.

Climate-gate People’s suspicions that climate change was a hoax aimed at justifying carbon taxes, more government regulations, and the New World Order, had many of their suspicions confirmed after an incident that came to be known as “climate-gate” ensued. One of the most prominent institutions that is credited with studying “climate change” is the Hadley Climate Research Unit in Britain. In November 2009 Russian hackers were able to steal thousands of documents including emails that were exchanged between climate scientists over the previous ten years and published the information on the Internet. Some of the email exchanges show how scientists were trying to manipulate data, hide information showing declining temperatures, and prevent other scientific research from being published in academic journals that is counter to the global warming propaganda being pushed by man-made global warming advocates. The emails were admitted to be authentic, although officials at Hadley deny there were any attempts to manipulate data to conform with the idea of man-made global warming.

In one exchange the center’s director, Phil Jones, emailed Michael E. Mann at Pennsylvania State University and asked whether academics who question the link between human activities and global warming should have their work published in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report, which is a global organization that evaluates the risk of socalled climate change allegedly caused by human activity. “I can’t see either of these papers being in the next IPCC report,” Jones wrote. “Kevin and I will keep them out somehow—even if we have to redefine what the peer-review literature is!” In another email, Phil Jones and Michael E. Mann discuss how they can pressure an academic journal not to accept the work of scientists whose research doesn’t conform with their climate change belief. Michael Mann wrote, “Perhaps we should encourage our colleagues in the climate research [cc] community to no longer submit to, or cite papers in, this journal.”

In one message sent to a long list of colleagues, Phil Jones himself wrote of having completed a “trick” with recent temperature data to “hide the decline.” An email from Kevin Trenberth of the National Center for Atmospheric Research in Boulder, Colorado spoke of the unusually cool autumn that Colorado was experiencing, and went on to say, “The fact is that we can’t account for the lack of warming at the moment and it is a travesty that we can’t.” Phil Jones, the head of the Climatic Research Unit, released a statement saying, “My colleagues and I accept that some of the published e-mails do not read well,” but still denied that they showed any fraud was occurring. Left wing radical Nancy Pelosi, who is an avid climate change pusher, was asked about the emails and if they changed her stance on man-made global warming. “You call it ‘Climate-gate,’ I call it ‘email-theft-gate,’” she answered, and was more concerned about the emails being stolen than their shocking content.

Former British Prime Minister Tony Blair commented on the climate-gate scandal and said the science may not be “as certain as its proponents allege” but he still believed the world should act to fight climate change, and said it would be “grossly irresponsible” not to. The popular novelist Michael Crichton, author of Jurassic Park , wrote a book titled State of Fear (2004) which contains a plot centered around scientists and politicians who conspire to create public panic about global warming. Crichton is known for writing novels with an underlying factual basis, and in State of Fear he includes twenty pages of footnotes which he said provide facts found in the non-plotline elements of his story.

Arnold Schwarzenegger’s Damage Control Shortly after the climate-gate scandal began and wouldn’t go away, California governor Arnold Schwarzenegger pulled a publicity stunt where he displayed a map of San Francisco and warned that in one hundred years, much of it would be underwater due to rising sea levels caused by climate change. His map was unveiled on Treasure Island alongside Eric Schmidt, the CEO of Google, where Arnold said, “Within a century, Treasure Island, this place where we are right now, could be totally under water…It is technology in the end that will save us.” He also warned that 2.5 trillion dollars in property and assets were at risk. The map he showed along with a propaganda video was posted on a new website www.climatechange.ca.gov. The video was narrated by Schwarzenegger and warned of California’s temperatures rising 7 degrees in the next century, water shortages, and virtually all snow melting on the mountains in California, which he said would, “nearly eliminate skiing, snowboarding, and other recreational activities.” It’s interesting that Schwarzenegger is on board with the climate change advocates because he is a Republican, when this issue is clearly divided between party lines with many Republicans not believing the hype, while most Democrats embrace the idea in order to justify bigger government and more taxes and regulations. Schwarzenegger is an elite insider who has visited the Bohemian Grove and is friends with Nazis and Illuminati

members, so it is no surprise that he is on board with the climate change fear-mongering.

Fox Admits Inserting Global Warming Propaganda in TV Shows A short four minute promotional video produced in 2006 by News Corporation openly admits that executives have been incorporating global warming propaganda into popular television shows produced by Fox which is owned by News Corp. The video starts with Fox Television Chairman Gary Newman who says, “we want to set an example in our industry and other industries that no matter what the size of your carbon footprint is, you can make a difference.” The video then cuts to a montage of television shows which aired on Fox, and the global warming propaganda that News Corp. (Fox’s parent company) incorporated into those shows. Clips from Prison Break , The Simpsons , King of the Hill , My Name is Earl , Family Guy , 24 , and more were all shows containing these messages. For example, a clip of Family Guy shows a character in a car dealership where he says, “Look at all those Hummers…what kind of jerk would drive one of those?” Kiefer Sutherland even gives a heartfelt message to the camera about reducing global warming. Dana Walden, Fox Television Chairman says, “the most powerful way that we could communicate the commitment on behalf of our company was to change the practices within the production as well as work in a message about global warming, about environmental changes, and about empowering people to take responsibility.” Chairman Gary Newman echoes this admitting, “The biggest thing we have done is inserting messages about the environment into some of our content.”

Cap and Trade Certain researchers and alternative radio hosts had been warning for years that a new kind of tax would one day be forced on the American people,

and on citizens of countries around the world. This so-called “carbon tax” seemed like the figment of people’s imagination since it appeared too outrageous for governments to implement a global warming tax, but as the years went by, such a plan began to peak its head out from the secretive Bilderberg group meetings and into the halls of Congress and global conferences. Cap and Trade (also called emissions trading) is an approach allegedly using economic incentives to reduce greenhouse gasses and pollution. The term Cap and Trade comes from the idea that a government or a global committee will set a limit, or a cap, on the amount of “pollution” that a factory (and possibly a household) can emit in a given period of time. These companies or households will purchase permits which grant them the right to have allowances or credits that represent their authorized amount of greenhouse gasses they may emit. These companies then cannot emit more than they are allowed to, because of their cap, unless they purchase more “credits.” These purchased credits are called a “trade,” which is basically a fee for emissions.

Carbon Footprint on Food Labels As everyone knows, nearly every food product you buy at a grocery store has a nutritional label on it listing the ingredients, calories, fat content, carbohydrates, etc. Such labels are very useful in helping determine how much of a particular item we should consume (or if we should eat it at all) depending on our health and nutritional goals or needs. But in 2007 an odd new kind of food label began surfacing in Britain, which listed the greenhouse gas emissions created by the foods production, transport and disposal. “More and more, businesses are looking for ways to reduce their impact on the environment. To help them achieve that we need a reliable, consistent way to measure these impacts that businesses recognize, trust and understand,” said Ian Pearson, Britain’s environment minister. “This will be fundamental in our efforts to move Britain towards a low-carbon economy [cci] in the decades ahead.”

This bizarre fear-mongering continued in the coming years. In 2009, ABC’s Good Morning America interviewed Michael Pollan, author of The Omnivore’s Dilemma , who discussed the carbon footprint left behind by a McDonald’s quarter-pounder with cheese. Pollan said, “You need oil to make the fertilizer to grow the corn. You need petroleum to make the pesticides to grow the corn. You need oil to move it all around the country…The result is a product that takes a huge environmental toll and obviously takes a health toll as well.” He then said that a quarter-pounder amounts to 26 ounces of oil. It will be interesting to see if the practice of listing a product’s carbon footprint on its packaging will become a trend that companies are pressured or forced to follow in the future.

The Day After Tomorrow Perhaps the first major film, in what will likely be a long and growing list in the coming years, involving climate change was The Day After Tomorrow (2004). The film stars Dennis Quaid who plays a scientist who tries to alert the United Nations about global warming, but after his attempts fall on deaf ears, global warming causes glaciers to melt which affect ocean currents and disrupts the entire earth’s climate causing an ice age. The film grossed over 540 million dollars and was the second highest grossing movie not to be number 1 at the box office. An interesting side note besides the film serving as a massive propaganda piece for climate change pushers, is that the Vice President in the film was played by Kenneth Welsh, who looks strikingly similar to the then Vice President Dick Cheney. The film was written, directed, and produced by Roland Emmerich, who admitted that he intended the characters of the President and the Vice President to convey criticism of the environmental [ccii] policies of then President George W. Bush.

Fringe Topics

When looking into the New World Order, one will find countless verifiable pieces of evidence that elite politicians have been covertly working to erode the Constitution and America’s sovereignty and integrate the country into a global government system, much of which has been accomplished through secret societies or private organizations like the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg group, the Skull and Bones society, and other Illuminati groups. When someone is new to this information, many people may find some of the claims they come across unbelievable and perhaps incorrect, or even a hoax. After more study and tracing sources and references, many things that people once found hard to believe can be proven beyond a doubt to be factual. Other information, however, is more difficult to verify, and some does fall into the realm of speculation or conjecture. On the fringe, one will find a large amount of information about a variety of topics connected to the New World Order, some of which is even considered far-fetched and crazy to many who are fairly aware of how strange the New World Order can be. Stories of aliens from other planets said to work with elite government officials, the shape-shifting reptilians, Satanism, and even organized ritual child abuse are subjects that are all connected in some way to the New World Order. Since people will inevitably come across such subjects as they continue on their journey down the rabbit hole, some of these fringe topics will be addressed briefly here in order for you to have a solid foundation of understanding when confronted with such ideas.

Satanism While the satanic and Luciferian philosophies of elite secret societies have been briefly touched upon in this book, the subject is still often considered to be on the fringe of the New World Order. Elite politicians have openly stated their desire for a “New World Order” and we can easily see the corrupt legislation that hopes to further erode the Constitution and various liberties Americans have enjoyed for hundreds of years. It’s easy to document and prove the moral decay of society and the influence of the

mainstream media on our culture, but the personal and private philosophies or spiritual beliefs of New World Order kingpins are not as easily shown. Often the satanic and occult aspects of the New World Order turn people off because on the surface they seem completely ridiculous and absurd. Others aren’t too concerned with them because there is an abundance of evidence of corruption and greed that can more easily be exposed. But it is important to be familiar with the irrefutable evidence that elite politicians, bankers, and businessmen are deeply involved in the occult, and the occult plays a huge role in the creation of the New World Order. Helena Blavatsky’s The Secret Doctrine, Alice Bailey’s writings, the rituals of the Skull and Bones society and the Bohemian Grove clearly illustrate a Luciferian doctrine that the elite adhere to. This is one of the most shocking aspects to the New World Order, but when one fully understands that is the mindset of elite individuals, things begin to make more sense. With that said, if you are attempting to educate others about the New World Order, I strongly advise that you carefully address the issue of Satanism and do not make it the central issue when explaining what is happening in the world. Bluntly telling someone new to this material that a group of powerful Satanists run the world is going to make you look insane and cause them to not even want to listen to anything else you have to say. There is a time and a place for these discussions, but you must be careful not to begin your discussion by talking about the elite’s desire to reduce the world’s population and then immediately jump to calling them a bunch of Satanists who do rituals out in the forest of the Bohemian Grove. This would be like explaining basic math to a child in school, and then immediately telling them about calculus. You must build a foundation of understanding before you present such material.

Sexual Abuse While much of the information surrounding the New World Order such as government corruption, out of control taxes, and elite secret societies running the show are disturbing, nothing is more painful to read about than the grotesque allegations of child abuse said to occur at the hands of elite Illuminati members. It is believed that some high powered politicians and

businessmen participate in sexual abuse against children, particularly boys. The most well-known scandal of this type occurred in the late 1980s, in what was called the Franklin Cover-up. A font page Washington Times article ran the headline, “Underage [cciii]

Prostitution Ring Ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush”

and described how underage boys were taken on a tour of the White House around midnight by one of their abusers. Allegations have been made that such abuse took place inside the Bohemian Grove by elite members and was even videotaped. If one can come to grips that such abuse takes place, one can’t help but wonder why someone would be interested in doing such things, and how could such events not be rare, isolated incidences committed by some lone sicko, but instead are done by an organized group of wealthy politicians. Answers are not easy to find, but inevitably come down to the perpetrators finding enjoyment in having absolute power over another helpless human being. Other explanations involve what is called sex magic (sometimes spelled magick) where the practitioners enjoy an adrenaline rush from committing such atrocities, and believe it opens their mind up to be able to harness metaphysical powers.

Planet X There are a small number of people who believe that a large planet not known or denied to exist by mainstream astronomers, will one day either collide with planet earth and destroy it, or that it will orbit near the earth and then the aliens claimed to live on this planet will then invade earth. This supposed planet is either called Planet X or Nibiru. This idea is believed to have originated in 1995 by a woman named Nancy Lieder who runs the website ZetaTalk.com. Lieder describes herself as an emissary who receives messages from extra-terrestrials who live in the Zeta Reticuli star system and says that she was chosen by the aliens to warn people that Planet X would arrive in May 2003 (later revised to 2010) and that a pole shift would destroy the world.

Another individual associated with Planet X is Zacharia Sitchin, who has written numerous books about how he believes that aliens called the Anunnaki created the human race by using their own DNA and mixing it with monkeys, thus creating humans. Sitchin hypothesizes it is a planet in a highly elliptical orbit around the Sun which completes an orbit every 3,600 years. David Morrison, a Senior Scientist at NASA’s Astrobiology Institute at Ames Research Center, says he receives 20–25 emails each week asking him about Nibiru. He said some of the people are worried about such an event, and others say that he is part of a conspiracy to keep the truth of this [cciv] impending event from becoming public.

Nephilim and Anunnaki The Nephilim are beings mentioned in the Old Testament of the Bible which are sometimes described as supernatural beings or fallen angels who came to earth and had children with human woman. Many Christians are surprised that such references are made in the Bible, and in the Contemporary English translation it actually calls them “supernatural beings.” Those who believe that there were such beings that came to earth and had children with human woman believe that these creatures and their offspring were killed off during Noah’s flood. Others say the term does not refer to fallen angels or supernatural beings, but instead is a title given to a hero or great men of size and strength. If you search the Internet for this kind of information you will come across various photographs of what look like archeological digs that have uncovered enormous skeletons that look human, or have strange looking skulls that are said to be from the ancient Nephilim, but all such photos are frauds and have been made with Photoshop. There are a small fraction of people who believe that the Nephilim are in fact supernatural beings whose bloodline continues to exist today and makes up the inner circle of the Illuminati. These people also believe that royal families in the ancient past were descendents of the Nephilim and say that this is where the idea of the divine right of kings comes from. You may

occasionally see family trees that trace many famous presidents and members of the British Royal Family to numerous other famous and powerful leaders back through history. In these people’s minds, the half demon, half humans maintained power for generation after generation and kept interbreeding with each other in order to centralize their power. An idea similar to the Nephilim comes from the Anunnaki, which refers to Sumerian and Babylonian gods from ancient times. Zecharia Sitchin and others believe that these Anunnaki are actually some kind of aliens who came to earth in the ancient past and created people by tweaking the DNA of monkeys to make humans. According to this theory then, these ancient humans saw these aliens as gods. Some who believe this kind of theory say that the Anunnaki created humans as slaves in order to mine gold that they say was needed to repair the atmosphere at the home planet of the Anunnaki. This, they say, is the source of human’s obsession with gold and the reason it has been used as money for 5000 years. Some believers in the Anunnaki think that they live on Planet X and will return to earth some day and rule over humans like they did in the ancient past. The writers of Transformers 2 the movie were clearly aware of these theories and in the film viewers found that ancient Transformers came to earth and were worshiped as gods in Egypt thousands of years ago. These Transformers even looked similar to the elaborate head dresses that the pharaohs used to wear. Zecharia Sitchin and others say that they get their ideas from interpreting ancient hieroglyphics that they say ancient man used to record these events. While most people see ancient Egyptian writings about gods living on the earth as mythology, some interpret them as being literal history and say that these “gods” were actually aliens.

Reptilians You may occasionally hear people say that “Reptilians” (or Reptoids) run the New World Order or comprise the inner circle of the Illuminati. What these often mentally deranged people are referring to is the idea that the elite Illuminati rulers are actually some kind of aliens or beings from another dimension who pose as humans so they can rule over us like gods. The most well-known author and speaker in the genre of the Illuminati and

the New World Order to profess such beliefs is Britain’s David Icke. Icke professes that these “reptilians” as he calls them, have to drink human blood in order to keep their human form or else they would “shape-shift” back into a reptile-looking creature, and be exposed. In recent times, Icke has minimized his focus on reptilians and instead talks about more tangible issues. David Icke and his claims are discussed further and debunked in The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction (2009). It’s interesting to note that the premise for the 1983 science fiction series called V was based on a group of human-looking aliens who traveled to earth in need of natural resources. As the series progressed, the viewers learned that the Visitors, as they were called, were actually lizards who wore rubber suits to make themselves look human, and actually ate human beings for food. A remake of the series was released in 2009. While many see the 1980s version of V as being the inspiration for David Icke’s wild theories, supporters of the “reptilian agenda” insist that the producers of V are just trying to cover up for the reptilians that rule the world.

December 21st 2012 Depending on when you are reading this book, the infamous date of December 21, 2012 is either rapidly approaching, or is now history and a thing of the past along with the over-hyped and sensationalized Y2K event that many feared would shut down computers around the world and unleash the apocalypse. For those who remember the weeks building up to the year 2000, you can understand the hype around 2012. As you likely know, some believe (or are making claims they know to be false in order to sell books) that a cataclysmic or transformative event will occur on or around December 21, 2012 which is believed to be the end-date of a 5,125-yearlong Mayan calendar. Some say that earth’s magnetic field will reverse due to the earth being aligned with the sun and the center of the galaxy, and some people falsely believe that all nine planets will be aligned in a straight line, causing a tremendous gravitational pull on the oceans, making them shift and flood most of the planet. Some New Age proponents are looking forward to the date and think the planet will undergo some metaphysical shift or

transformation marking the New Age. And of course, some people think that the December 21, 2012 date marks the beginning of the apocalypse or the return of Jesus. As early as 2009 entire shelves in Barnes and Noble book stores were full of books about 2012 and these foolish claims. A movie with the title of 2012 was released in 2009 and had over the top special effects of the earth being nearly destroyed as a result of an enormous solar flare causing massive earthquakes and floods. 2012 the movie was directed by Roland Emmerich, who also wrote and directed the climate change propaganda film, The Day After Tomorrow (2004). As the December 21, 2012 date passes and the world doesn’t end and the Anunnaki aliens don’t invade earth, many of the believers in the 2012 prophecy will grasp at straws and point to unrelated minor events as proof that the prophecies were correct, but the catastrophe wasn’t as bad as people thought. Others will simply go on with their life and forget they believed such foolishness, and some will even say that the calendar must have been misinterpreted and will move the date of earth’s destruction into the future, such as the year 2020 and will relive the hype all over again.

Black Helicopters People who talk about conspiracies or the New World Order are often ridiculed by others and asked about “black helicopters,” so the subject will be briefly addressed here to clarify how this term came to be used as an insult. Its use began to be used by militia and patriot groups in the 1990s as a description of black unmarked helicopters used by the military for various exercises or domestic missions. The helicopters drew suspicion by some and were said to be from the United Nations or part of a military takeover of the United States. The concept stems from the fact that many government agencies use dark and unmarked helicopters such as the ones deployed during the Ruby Ridge standoff in 1992. Some paranoid and delusional people think when a helicopter flies over their house that it is watching them or tracking them somehow. Law enforcement have been known to fly helicopters over residential areas at a low altitude and use an infrared sensor to identify grow houses used

specifically for growing marijuana because the houses emit an abnormal amount of heat from all the indoor lighting, which can be detected by infrared scanners. Today most mentions of black helicopters are by people using the term as an insult, such as asking people who talk about the Illuminati if they’ve “seen any black helicopters.” The people who use this term as an insult like this show their own ignorance of important issues about the New World Order.

Underground Bases and Tunnels An entire chapter can be found in this author’s previous book, The Resistance Manifesto , detailing the existence of massive underground bases and tunnels that are engineering marvels and is a fascinating subject to explore. In brief, there are a series of underground tunnels in the United States and most likely the rest of the world, that connect to various underground bases, and have access points from government (and likely private) buildings. The tunnels are created by TBM’s (Tunnel Boring Machines) which are enormous structures that burrow through solid rock. The Robbins Company is the largest builder of TBM’s and their website www.TheRobbinsCompany.com contains photos of these massive machines and information about their capabilities. The existence of tunnels and underground bases have been openly admitted in several instances, including specific locations, but the extent of the underground tunnel network remains something the government won’t discuss. It’s likely a network spans the country, as well as the globe. The tunnels exist as a passage way for politicians and elite government officials to use in the event of a massive nuclear attack on America, so they can travel to different parts of the country that haven’t been hit and then can safely return to the surface. They operate as a secret underground subway system. A man named Phil Schneider would forever link these structures to the New World Order when he gave a series of lectures in the 1990s claiming to have worked on such structures, and during this work he says he got into a shootout with some aliens that were living in the tunnels. Schneider’s

fascinating but fraudulent claims are detailed and debunked in The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction if you wish to read more about this subject. But for the sake of this book, it should be known that such tunnels and bases do exist, and can be hidden in plain view. For example, the Greenbrier is a luxury resort in West Virginia that secretly had a bunker built inside during a fake renovation in the 1950s. The bunker had remained secret from the public for over 30 years until a 1992 article in the Washington Post. Immediately after the article was published the bunker was decommissioned and has been a tourist attraction for visitors of the resort ever since.

Manchurian Candidates The subject of mind control appears on the surface to be nothing more than science fiction, but the ability to manipulate people’s behavior against their will has been thoroughly investigated by the CIA and other government agencies. The term “Manchurian Candidate” refers to someone who is a victim of mind control who is “programmed” to assassinate someone. Many people don’t believe such a thing is possible, but after looking into the declassified documents from MK-ULTRA and learning the power of hypnotism, the idea of a mind controlled assassin “programmed” to kill isn’t far-fetched at all, and instead can be seen as a very real scientific fact. In 1979 a former State Department Officer named John D. Marks published a book titled The Search for the Manchurian Candidate which details the CIA’s efforts to create such assassins. Only a small amount of material was declassified regarding these programs but the available information clearly shows that as far back as the 1950s the US government was developing such methods. Some suspected Manchurian Candidates are as follows: Sirhan Sirhan, who assassinated Senator Robert F. Kennedy in 1968. Mark David Chapman, who murdered John Lennon in 1980. Some believe the Columbine High School shooters, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold, were programmed assassins, as well as Nidal Malik Hasan who killed 13 people and wounded 30 others in the Fort Hood shooting in Texas in November 2009.

Fake Suicides and “Accidents” Aside from being able to mentally program people to become assassins or carry out tasks against their will, as if they were a robot, elements within the CIA have the ability (and have used this ability) to murder people and then make it look like they either committed suicide or died in an unfortunate accident. The term “suicided” refers to an incident where someone is murdered but their death was made to look like a suicide. This is able to occur by various black operation groups that work for the CIA and have guns that use a C02 cartridge to shoot a tiny piece of a frozen tranquilizer into the subject, rendering them unable to move or knocking them unconscious. The agents then are able to stage a hanging, push the victim off a tall building, or even placing the victim’s own gun in their hand and point it at their head and pull the trigger. Deborah Jeane Palfrey, the woman known as the DC madam who operated an elite prostitution service with powerful clients in Washington DC supposedly committed suicide in May 2008. She had previously stated publicly that she would never do such a thing, and even feared she would be killed in a staged accident or suicided. [ccv]

Gary Webb, a reporter for the San Francisco Chronicle largely responsible for uncovering the CIA’s involvement in cocaine trafficking in the 1980s allegedly committed suicide. Webb was found dead from two (that’s right, two) gunshot wounds to the head. Sacramento County coroner Robert Lyons determined that it was suicide. Two teenage boys, Don Henry and Kevin Ives were murdered in 1987 and had their bodies placed on a railroad track in attempts to cover it up after they had curiously stumbled onto the CIA’s cocaine importing operation located in Mena, Arkansas. The boys murders were initially ruled suicides, but after their families pushed for an investigation, a grand jury ruled they were murdered but named no suspects. A total of six other people connected to this case were murdered in the coming months as well, as the [ccvi] perpetrators attempted to silence all witnesses.

On July 11, 1990, the lead investigator of the Franklin Cover-up, Gary Caradori, was killed when his small plane had a mid-air explosion. Prior to the flight Caradori had informed others working on the case that he had obtained critical evidence that would prove a group of perverted politicians and businessmen with connections to the Reagan administration were involved in sexually abusing children. Many people in Britain and around the world think that Princess Dianna was murdered and a member or members of the paparazzi used some kind of laser pointer to blind the limo driver, or believe the car had been tampered with causing it to crash. The list of suspicious deaths and suicides of people who could implicate high level politicians in various crimes goes on and on.

The Svalbard Global Seed Vault The Svalbard Global Seed Vault is an enormous seed bank located about 800 miles from the North Pole on the Norwegian island of Spitsbergen. The vault holds a wide variety of plant seeds from around the world and keeps them frozen in order to preserve them in case of a global catastrophe such as a nuclear war. Such an event could potentially destroy an entire region of the world, so seeds for food, vegetation, trees, and other plants are kept in the vault, in the event that the natural habitat containing such species would be destroyed. The Svalbald Seed Vault seems like the result of someone’s paranoid delusion, but the project is very serious, as well as expensive. It’s interesting that some people ridicule others who have long-term storable food in case of an emergency such as a natural disaster, massive terrorist attack, sudden economic collapse leading to food shortages, or rioting preventing people from getting to a grocery store to buy food. Such a precaution is a good idea, and the fact that millions of dollars have gone into the Svalbard Seed Vault shows that even the elite are prepared for the worst.

Conclusion

You are now, undoubtedly, able to see the New World Order and what is likely in store for your future. You may still find some of the information in this book to be unbelievable, and if this is the case, feel free to check the numerous sources that have been cited, many of which are from congressional hearings, declassified documents, mainstream media, or sound bites you can find for yourself on YouTube. It is at the very least interesting that in the 1980s and 1990s, when patriots and concerned citizens would warn of a New World Order being planned and slowly implemented, that they were called crazy and conspiracy theorists, yet today, we have prominent politicians around the world publicly stating their desire for such a thing, even using the term “New World Order” to describe their utopian dream. Some still think it’s only a conspiracy theory, and some wrestling fans think it refers to Hulk Hogan and his gang of wrestlers who were attempting to “take over” World Wrestling Entertainment with their group who called themselves the “New World Order.” The uninformed and apathetic public has only helped the elite Illuminati construct their global government and Big Brother surveillance society. New taxes have been implemented without much resistance, and more and higher taxes are only right around the corner. While most of the population is lost in a world of professional sports, sitcoms, and Facebook; others like you are aware, or are becoming aware that the American dream is being stolen, and are learning of the people and institutions which are to blame. Whether this book is a starting point on your journey to awakening, or whether it is just one more resource you have discovered to assemble the pieces of the puzzle, you should be grateful that your eyes are open. Where and how you channel your knowledge, energy and activism from this point forward is an important decision that you will have to make. Will you just keep this information to yourself, or will you tell others? Will you be an armchair quarterback, or will you attend public rallies and town hall meetings? Will you be afraid to speak up when faced with propaganda and lies, or will you say something? It can be difficult to articulate and explain some of this information to others who are completely unaware of it. It can be hard to cite sources off the top of your head, or to answer all the questions they may have. It is for these reasons that I encourage you to pass this book on to them so they can

have at their fingertips the exact quotes, sources of information, and the details necessary to show them what they are missing. Even if you have been looking into the New World Order for many years, I can confidently say that this author has compiled the best, most accurate, and important information about the subject and if you spend any amount of time reading my other books, I can assure you that you will find pieces of the puzzle you did not even think existed. People often ask me how I got involved in all of this, or how I was able to write several books on the subject at a fairly young age. The answer is that I studied mainstream media in college and saw from an early age how the media can influence culture, trends, attitudes, and actions. I had to write a lot of papers in college on a variety of subjects and found myself able to explain complicated concepts and issues in a way that could be easily understood by the reader. I enjoyed staying up late listening to music and working on my papers. I also excelled at public speaking. It is a gift, and I am a talkative person who is fascinated by the political process and the mysteries of life. When I discovered the hidden realities of the September 11th 2001 terrorist attacks it led me on a journey down the rabbit hole and I began to see the big picture of the New World Order. I found a whole new world of information that was right in front of me the whole time, but I hadn’t stopped for a minute to even look. I began documenting the information I found so I could get it clear in my mind and share it with others. I sifted through the countless allegations and claims about a wide variety of issues all stemming from 9/11, the Illuminati, or the New World Order. I know after speaking with others and getting emails from people who also find themselves on a similar journey, that it is a life-changing one. The fact that you are reading this shows that you are on a path similar to the one I was on when I first discovered this kind of material. It is my sincere hope that by reading my books, listening to my interviews, and watching my videos that you can learn to separate the facts from the fiction and not get distracted by useless controversies that arise in the context of this information.

I, like most of us, was once duped by the establishment, and out of my anger at them, and out of my love and respect for my fellow human beings, I feel it is my duty to do what I have done and inform others of the corrupt, power-hungry scum that are making life more difficult for others and who ruthlessly take advantage of others and couldn’t care less about their health, happiness, or well-being. Their game is primarily that of occult knowledge, which means hidden knowledge, and selfishness and greed. Some people feel helpless and say that the elite are too strong or that the prophecies are going to get fulfilled no matter what we do, so they throw up their hands and surrender. If Martin Luther King Jr. had such an attitude that the system was too strong, then he wouldn’t have had the courage to stand up against it and peacefully fight the injustice that millions of African Americans faced. There are countless of examples of public outrage that have led to new policies being abandoned or laws being changed. While we can also list examples that the establishment has won in the face of massive resistance, we must not overlook the times when they have lost. There is a famous quote that says, “all that is necessary for the triumph of evil is that good men do nothing.” So now that this book is finished and you know what the New World Order is, and what its creators and supporters envision it to be in the future, my question to you is, will you do nothing and let them win without a fight?

Bibliography Books Note: News articles and websites are cited in the footnotes on the pages where they are referenced. Bailey, Alice The Externalization of the Hierarchy Lucis Publishing Company 1957 ISBN: 0-85330106-9 Bailey, Alice A Treatise on White Magic Lucis Publishing Company (June 1998) ISBN-10: 0853301239

Blavatsky, Helena .P. - The Secret Doctrine v. I & II The Theosophical Publishing Company 1888 ISBN: 1-55700-002-06 Christian, Robert Common Sense Renewed 1986 Stoyles Graphic Serves Lake Mills Iowa ISBN: 089279-078-4 Crème, Benjamin. The Reappearance of the Christ and the Masters of Wisdom . 2007 Share International Foundation ISBN: 90-71484-32-7 Crowley, Aleister. Magick: In Theory and Practice 1979 Smith Peter ISBN: 0844654760 Crowley, Aleister. Book of the Law 1938 Ordo Templi Orientis ISBN: 087728-334-6 DeCamp, John W. The Franklin Cover-up: Child Abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska ISBN: 0963215809 A W T, Incorporated 1992 Elberton Granite Museum. The Georgia Guidestones “Elberton’s Most Unusual Granite Monument” 1980 Elberton Granite Museum and Exhibit Pamphlet. Elberton, GA 30635 Estulin, Daniel The True Story of the Bilderberg Group 2007 TrineDay ISBN: 0-9777953-4-9 Griffin, G. Edward The Creature from Jekyll Island American Media; 4th edition (2002) Hall, Manly P. The Lost Keys of Freemasonry: Or, the Secret of Hiram Abiff 1994 ISBN: 0880530448 Macoy Publishing & Masonic Supply Company Hall, Manly P. The Secret Teachings of All Ages the Philosophical Research Society Press Philosophical Research Society 1999. ISBN: 0893145483 Hall, Manly P. Lectures on Ancient Philosophy Tarcher (2005) ISBN: 1585424323 Holdren, John; Ehrlich, Paul R.; Ehrlich, Anne H. – Ecoscience: Population, Resources, Environment W H Freeman & Co (1977) LaVey, Anton The Satanic Bible Avon (December 1, 1976) ISBN-10: 0380015390 Leverett, Mara. The Boys on the Tracks: Death, Denial, and a Mother’s Crusade to Bring her Son’s Killers to Justice 1999 St. Martin’s Press ISBN: 0312198418

Marks, John. The Search for the “Manchurian Candidate”: The CIA and Mind Control, the Secret History of the Behavior Sciences 1979 Norton and Company, New York ISBN: 0393307948 Millegan, Kris. Fleshing our Skull and Bones: Investigations into Americas Most Powerful Secret Society . TrineDay, LLC Walterville, OR 2003 ISBN: 0-9752906-0-6 Orwell, George Nineteen Eighty Four (Centennial Edition) Plume Printing (1983) ISBN: 0-45228423-6 Pastor, Robert - Toward a North American Community: Lessons from the Old World for the New Pike, Albert. Morals and Dogma of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite Freemasonry Reprinted by Kesslinger Publishing ISBN: 0-7661-2615-3 Quigley, Caroll Tragedy and Hope A History of the World in Our Time G. S. G. & Associates, Incorporated (June 1975) ISBN-10: 094500110X Sauder, Richard Ph. D. Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the government trying to hide? Adventures Unlimited Press. 1995 ISBN: 0-932813-37-2 Tucker, Jim Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary American Free Press (2005) ISBN-10: 0974548421

Government Reports and Documents Project For a New American Century Chemical and Biological Defense, DOD and VA Need to Improve Efforts to Identify and Notify Individuals Potentially Exposed during Chemical and Biological Tests Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Report (IPCC) The MIAC Report: The Modern Militia Movement page (2009) Project Megiddo Report by the FBI (1999) Right-wing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment , (2009)

YouTube Videos

These videos are sourced in the footnotes on the pages that they are referenced. These videos come from a variety of sources including mainstream news broadcasts Dick Morris: Conspiracy Theorists were Right . Gold for Bread - Zimbabwe MSNBC Host: Word "Socialist" Code For The "N-Word" Chris Matthews Proclaims Criticizing Michelle Obama Having 26 Aides Is Racist Aired September 1, 2009 Jimmy Carter: Opposition to Obama is Racist Tim Geithner Lies : Flip Flops On New World Currency Originally aired on CNN’s Lou Dobbs Tonight on March 25, 2009. Violating Posse Comitatus: National Guard on the Streets of Kingman, Arizona WeAreChange Ohio Investigates military check points An Inconvenient Mormon , a speech by Glenn Beck Glenn Beck Mentions FEMA Camps on Fox & Friends Glenn Beck ties Holocaust Shooter to 9/11 Truthers Mancow Waterboarded (2009) Rahm Emanuel: If you are on no fly list, no gun! Fox Hypes H1N1 Nasal Vaccine - Don't believe the "Conspiracy Theories" MSNBC: Get the Damn Flu Vaccine RFID Bracelet Once You Have Had Swine Flu Vaccination Robert Kennedy on the Vaccine Autism Cover-up



Footnotes

[i]

The Obama Deception (2009) produced by Alex Jones [ii]

Video clip available on YouTube. Dick Morris: Conspiracy Theorists were Right . [iii]

CNN Kissinger resigns as head of 9/11 commission December 13, 2002 [iv]

Earth Times Merkel: No world peace without multilateral cooperation November 9,2009 [v]

http://www.number10.gov.uk/Page1535 [vi]

http://www.number10.gov.uk/Page1661 [vii]

BBC Blair returns to New World Order January 4, 2002 by Nyta Mann [viii]

http://www.number10.gov.uk/Page1765 [ix]

London Guardian Pope calls for a New World Order January 2, 2004 by John Hooper [x]

Matrix of Evil (2000) a film by Alex Jones [xi]

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages page 6 [xii]

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teaching of All Ages page 315 [xiii]

Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy page 511 [xiv]

Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 519 [xv]

Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 519-520 [xvi]

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 817 [xvii]

Hall, Manly P. – Lectures on Ancient Philosophy page 433 [xviii]

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 104-105

[xix]

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 213 [xx]

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope pages 1247-1248 [xxi]

Blavatsky, H.P. – The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 237 [xxii]

MSNBC Reading Hillary Rodham’s hidden thesis By Bill Dedman May 9, 2007 [xxiii]

Born June 12, 1915 [xxiv]

YouTube.com/MarkDice [xxv]

The Hill.com GOP preps for talk radio confrontation June 27, 2007 by Alexander Bolton [xxvi]

Human Events Pelosi Supports ‘Fairness’ Doctrine by John Gizzi June 25, 2008 [xxvii]

CNS News Democratic Senator Tells Conservative Radio Station He'd Re-impose Fairness Doctrine--on Them by Pete Winn October 22, 2008 [xxviii]

San Francisco Peninsula Press Club Rep. Eshoo to push for Fairness Doctrine December 16, 2008 [xxix]

World Net Daily # Another senator lines up behind 'Fairness Doctrine' February 5, 2009 [xxx]

Politico.com Sen. Harkin: 'We need the Fairness Doctrine back' by Michael Calderon February 11, 2009 [xxxi]

Washington Post TV Movie Led to Prostitute's Disclosures 'Mayflower Madam' Gave Gobie Idea By Bill Dedman August 27, 1989 [xxxii]

Ibid [xxxiii]

FoxNews.com Barney Frank Present When Partner Arrested for Pot November 6, 2009 [xxxiv]

http://www.politico.com/news/stories/1009/28549.html

[xxxv]

The Los Angeles Times Senate approves bailout after revisions, 7425 October 2 2008 [xxxvi]

24 Hours with Steve-O broadcast on 2 July 2007 on ITV1 in the UK with host Jamie Campbell [xxxvii]

Baltimore Sun “Jackass” Star Steve-O Hospitalized March 13, 2008. [xxxviii]

Ibid [xxxix]

Reality TV World. Steve-O pleads guilty to felony cocaine charge but avoids jail time Jun 4, 2008 [xl]

TMZ.com Britney – The Devil Made Me Do It! Posted Nov 12th 2009 12:50AM [xli]

BBC Rap fan guilty of suitcase murder December 1, 2005 [xlii]

Salon.com Grand Death Auto by David Kushner February 22, 2005 [xliii]

The Washington Post Boy, 6, Misses Bus, Takes Mom's Car Instead January 7, 200 [xliv]

Guinness World Records 2009 Gamer's Edition . p. 108-109 [xlv]

Associated Press Gay penguin book shakes up Illinois school By Jim Suhr Updated 11/17/2006 7:39 AM ET [xlvi]

Fox News: Do You Know What Text Books Your Children Are Reading? [xlvii]

CBS News Kevin Jennings Gets Boost from White House October 1, 2009 [xlviii]

New York Post Trashy Halloween costumes for kids worry parents October 12, 2009 By Shari Logan and Adam Nichols [xlix]

Ibid [l]

http://www.baristanet.com/baristakids/blog/why-is-it-so-hard-to-find-agirls-halloween-costume-that-wouldnt-get-her-on-the-slut-list/

[li]

CNN.com Atheist ads to adorn New York subway stations October 21, 2009 [lii]

People Magazine Coroner: Dr. Dre's Son Died From Overdose of Heroin and Morphine by Ken Lee January 2, 2009 [liii]

YouTube: Gold for Bread - Zimbabwe [liv]

World Net Daily CNN gutter talk complaint awaits review at FCC April 24, 2009 Bob Unruh [lv]

MSNBC: The Rachel Maddow Show: Insani-Tea: Conservatives Rally Around "Teabagging" [lvi]

http://www.adl.org/special_reports/rage-grows-in-America/default.asp [lvii]

YouTube: MSNBC Host: Word "Socialist" Code For The "N-Word" [lviii]

YouTube: Chris Matthews Proclaims Criticizing Michelle Obama Having 26 Aides Is Racist Aired September 1, 2009 [lix]

YouTube: Jimmy Carter: Opposition to Obama is Racist [lx]

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope page 324 [lxi]

The New York Times The amero conspiracy By Drake Bennett November 25, 2007 [lxii]

Pastor, Robert - Toward a North American Community: Lessons from the Old World for the New page 115 [lxiii]

Anderson, James E., Van Wincoop, Eric (September 8, 2001). "Borders, Trade and Welfare" (PDF). Brookings Trade Forum (Washington: Brookings Institution Press): 207–244 [lxiv]

http://www.halturnershow.blogspot.com/2008/12/urgent-new-ameropaper-currency-exposed.html [lxv]

Ibid [lxvi]

Daily Freeman White supremacist Turner worked for FBI, lawyer says August 19, 2009

[lxvii]

Ibid [lxviii]

YouTube: Tim Geithner Lies : Flip Flops On New World Currency Originally aired on CNN’s Lou Dobbs Tonight on March 25, 2009. [lxix]

The Moscow Times At G20, Kremlin to Pitch New Currency March, 17 2009 By Ira Iosebashvili [lxx]

Bloomberg.com Medvedev Shows Off Sample Coin of New ‘World Currency’ at G-8 By Lyubov Pronina July 10 2009 [lxxi]

Herald Sun Nobel-prize winner backs world currency March 11, 2009 [lxxii]

http://www.census.gov/ipc/www/popclockworld.html [lxxiii]

The Citizen Scientist Meeting Doctor Doom by Forrest M. Mims III March 2006 [lxxiv]

Austin American-Statesman Professor’s population speeches unnerve some April 5, 2006 [lxxv]

http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~varanus/Everybody.html [lxxvi]

http://uts.cc.utexas.edu/~varanus/obit.html [lxxvii]

The Age Burnet’s solution: The plan to poison S-E Asia By Brendan Nicholson March 10, 2002 [lxxviii]

Deutsche Press Agentur (DPA) His Royal Virus August, 1988. [lxxix]

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 787-788 [lxxx]

Holdren, John – Ecoscience pages 786-787 [lxxxi]

Holdren, John – Ecoscience pages 786-787 [lxxxii]

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 837 [lxxxiii]

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 838 [lxxxiv]

Holdren, John – Ecoscience pages 942-943 [lxxxv]

Christian, Robert – Common Sense Renewed p. 6

[lxxxvi]

Wired Magazine American Stonehenge: Monumental Instructions for the Post–Apocalypse By Randall Sullivan 04.20.09 [lxxxvii]

Hall, Manly P. – Lectures on Ancient Philosophy page 150 [lxxxviii]

World Net Daily Bible verses regarded as hate literature by Art Moore February 18, 2003 [lxxxix]

CBN News UK Christian Target of Hate Crimes Law by Gary Lane October 31, 2009 [xc]

World Net Daily Christians arrested at homosexual event October 15, 2004 [xci]

http://www.irs.gov/charities/charitable/article/0,,id=163395,00.html [xcii]

Ibid [xciii]

USA Today Church could lose tax-exempt status for anti-war sermon 11/08/2005 [xciv]

The New York Times Group Loses Tax Break Over Gay Union Issue September 18, 2007 by Jill Capuzzo [xcv]

PrisonPlanet.com Secret FEMA Plan To Use Pastors as Pacifiers in Preparation For Martial Law May 24 2006 [xcvi]

Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy p. 409 [xcvii]

Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy page 416 [xcviii]

Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy page 513 [xcix]

Bailey, Alice – Externalization of the Hierarchy page 82 [c]

Associated Press Pope affirms Catholicism as only way to salvation By Nicole Winfield July 11, 2007 [ci]

The New York Times Vatican astronomer cites possibility of extraterrestrial 'brothers' [cii]

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings page 231

[ciii]

Crème, Benjamin – The Reappearance of the Christ and the Masters of Wisdom p. 25 [civ]

Washington Post When Seeing and Hearing Isn’t Believing By William M. Arkin Feb. 1, 1999 [cv]

Police State 2000 by Alex Jones [cvi]

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 917 [cvii]

The Associated Press In shift, Blackwater dumps tarnished brand name by Mike Baker February 13, 2009 [cviii]

The Washington Post Iraq to Deny New License To Blackwater Security Firm: U.S. Embassy's Preferred Contractor Accused of Killings by Ernesto Londoño and Qais Mizher January 29, 2009 [cix]

The Virginian-Pilot Blackwater: On the Front Lines by Bill Sizemore and Joanne Kimberlin 7-25-2007 [cx]

The New York Times Blackwater Said to Pursue Bribes to Iraq After 17 Died By Mark Mazzetti and James Risen November 10, 2009 [cxi]

Billings Gazette Montana Attorney general to investigate APF by Jennifer McKee October 1, 2009 [cxii]

Billings Gazette APF Hilton has Criminal Past September 30, 2009 by Ruffin Prevost [cxiii]

AFP Nepalese man sues KBR on human trafficking charges August 27, 2008 [cxiv]

The New York Times Limbo for U.S. Women Reporting Iraq Assaults February 13, 2008 by James Risen [cxv]

YouTube: Violating Posse Comitatus: National Guard on the Streets of Kingman, Arizona [cxvi]

CHP News Press Release December 10, 2008 [cxvii]

http://www.kesq.com/Global/story.asp?S=9534627

[cxviii]

YouTube: WeAreChange Ohio Investigates military check points [cxix]

Ibid [cxx]

The Jurist Challenging the Military Commissions Act October 4th 2006 [cxxi]

CBS2 New York News Pier 57 Likened To Guantanamo [cxxii]

YouTube: An Inconvenient Mormon , a speech by Glenn Beck [cxxiii]

YouTube: Glenn Beck Mentions FEMA Camps on Fox & Friends [cxxiv]

YouTube: Glenn Beck ties Holocaust Shooter to 9/11 Truthers [cxxv]

The London Telegraph Abu Ghraib abuse photos 'show rape' By Duncan Gardham and Paul Cruickshank May 27, 2009 [cxxvi]

Ibid [cxxvii]

YouTube: Mancow Waterboarded (2009) [cxxviii]

Columbia Day Tribune ‘Fusion center’ data draws fire over assertions by T.J. Greaney March 14, 2009 [cxxix]

The MIAC Report: The Modern Militia Movement page 4 [cxxx]

Ibid [cxxxi]

The MIAC Report: The Modern Militia Movement page 7 [cxxxii]

The MIAC Report: The Modern Militia Movement page 7 [cxxxiii]

World Net Daily Homeland Security on guard for 'right-wing extremists' April 12, 2009 [cxxxiv]

Project Megiddo Report (1999) page 6 [cxxxv]

Project Megiddo Report (1999) page 12 [cxxxvi]

Project Megiddo Report (1999) page 13 [cxxxvii]

CBS2 New York News Pier 57 Likened To Guantanamo

[cxxxviii]

Project Megiddo Report (1999) page 21 [cxxxix]

Project Megiddo Report (1999) page 29 [cxl]

Project Megiddo Report (1999) page 32 [cxli]

The Denver Post Terror watch uses local eyes 181 Trained in Colo. By Bruce Finley 6-29-2008 [cxlii]

The Progressive Exclusive! The FBI Deputizes Business by Matthew Rothschild February 7, 2008 [cxliii]

Ibid. [cxliv]

Associated Press Police chiefs endorse anti-terror community watch by Eileen Sullivan and P. Solomon Banda October 3, 2009 [cxlv]

NBCChicago.com Rats! City to Pay for Informing on Tax Cheats By Andrew Greiner [cxlvi]

Ibid [cxlvii]

The New York Times Scouts Train to Fight Terrorists, and More by Jennifer Steinhauer May 13, 2009 [cxlviii]

Ibid [cxlix]

http://www.adl.org/special_reports/rage-grows-inAmerica/default.asp [cl]

FoxNews.com Sotomayor's Gun Control Positions Could Prompt Conservative Backlash May 28, 2009 [cli]

YouTube: Rahm Emanuel: If you are on no fly list, no gun! [clii]

http://www.aclu.org/privacy/spying/watchlistcounter.html [cliii]

http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/10725741/ [cliv]

http://www.cnn.com/2008/US/07/17/watchlist.chertoff/index.html [clv]

USA Today New California law tracks ammunition sales October 12, 2009

[clvi]

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 282 [clvii]

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 283 [clviii]

UN Member States as of January 2010 [clix]

World Net Daily Minutemen: Don't call us 'vigilantes' April 14, 2005 by Larry Elder [clx]

CNNMoney.com Banking on illegal immigrants August 8, 2005 by Shaheen Pasha [clxi]

The North County Times Credit cards for illegal immigrants cause controversy February 25, 2007 by Edward Sifuentes [clxii]

Associated Content Voting Without ID is the Real Scam January 14, 2008 by Barry Dennis [clxiii]

World Net Daily Where Illegals go for Driver’s License July 22, 2005 [clxiv]

BBC News Barcelona clubbers get chipped September 29, 2004 [clxv]

http://archive.newsmax.com/archives/ic/2006/8/21/232558.shtml [clxvi]

The Herald Sun Biometrics helps spot banned gamblers by Tom Wilemon 5-5-05 [clxvii]

Associated Press / FoxNews.com FBI Ditches Carnivore Surveillance System January 18, 2005 [clxviii]

New York Daily News Model Liskula Cohen sues Google over blogger's 'skank' comment By Jose Martinez January 6th 2009 [clxix]

http://volokh.com/posts/1241122059.shtml [clxx]

FoxNews.com Cyberbullying Bill Could Ensnare Free Speech Rights May 14, 2009 By Steven Kotler [clxxi]

USA Today Number of Americans taking antidepressants doubles 84-2009 by Liz Szabo

[clxxii]

Hershel Jick; James A. Kaye; Susan S. Jick Antidepressants and the Risk of Suicidal Behaviors Journal of the American Medical Association July 21, 2004; 292: 338 - 343. [clxxiii]

Scientific American February 2008 issue The Medicated Americans: Antidepressant Prescriptions on the Rise by Charles Barber [clxxiv]

Times Online Medical chief warns of extremists’ attacking flu vaccination campaign by David Rose [clxxv]

http://www.cnn.com/2009/HEALTH/10/23/new.york.flu.vaccine/index.html [clxxvi]

YouTube: Fox Hypes H1N1 Nasal Vaccine - Don't believe the "Conspiracy Theories" [clxxvii]

YouTube: MSNBC: Get the Damn Flu Vaccine [clxxviii]

http://www.newswithviews.com/Evensen/greg142.htm [clxxix]

YouTube: RFID Bracelet Once You Have Had Swine Flu Vaccination [clxxx]

YouTube: Robert Kennedy on the Vaccine Autism Cover-up [clxxxi]

News Bulletin (Moscow: Interfax) Russian parliament concerned about U.S. plans to create qualitatively new weapons August 8, 2002 [clxxxii]

The Alex Jones Show 11-10-09 [clxxxiii]

The Washington Post Mind Games By Sharon Weinberger January 14, 2007 [clxxxiv]

http://www.ksla.com/Global/story.asp?s=7339345 [clxxxv]

PBS Timeline: Biological Weapons: American Experience . December 15, 2006 [clxxxvi]

http://www.globalsecurity.org/wmd/systems/bw.htm. [clxxxvii]

BBC Hidden history of US germ testing February 13, 2006

[clxxxviii]

Salt Lake Tribune Report: Army still reluctant to find those affected by Utah weapons tests by Matthew .LaPlante February 28, 2008 [clxxxix]

The Guardian RAF rainmakers 'caused 1952 flood' by John Vidal and Helen Weinstein August 30, 2001 [cxc]

BBC News Rain-making link to killer floods August 30, 2001 [cxci]

The Pentagon Papers, Gravel Edition, Volume 4, Chapter 2, US Ground Strategy and Force Deployments , 1965-1968, pp. 277-604, 3rd section Mtholyoke.edu. [cxcii]

The New York Times Rainmaking Is Used As Weapon by U.S.; Cloud-Seeding in Indochina [cxciii]

Reuters China weather "magic" conjures blue sky for parade October 1, 2009 [cxciv]

AFP Beijing's first snow of season 'artificially induced' November 2, 2009 [cxcv]

Time Magazine Moscow Mayor Promises a Winter Without Snow By Simon Shuster Oct. 16, 2009 [cxcvi]

Daily Mail Human race will 'split into two different species' By Nail Firth October 26, 2007 [cxcvii]

Sanger, Margaret – A Plan For Peace , Birth Control Review, April 1932, p. 106 [cxcviii]

Ibid. [cxcix]

ABC This Week with George Stephanopoulos [cc]

The Washington Post In the trenches on climate change, hostility among foes By Juliet Eilperin November 22, 2009 [cci]

The Guardian Carbon labels to help shoppers save planet By Tania Branigan and Helen Carter May 31, 2007 [ccii]

USA Today 'The Day After Tomorrow' heats up a political debate by Scott Bowles May 26, 2004

[cciii]

Washington Times June 29, 1989 [cciv]

Discovery.com Armageddon from Planet Nibiru in 2012? Not so fast by David Morrison (2008) [ccv]

PrisonPlanet.com DC Madam Predicted She Would Be Suicided May 1, 2008 by Paul Joseph Watson [ccvi]

World Net Daily The boys on the tracks July 17, 2000 by Maralyn Lois Polak

Introduction

Every Spring since 1954 an elite group of around one hundred of the world’s most powerful politicians, businessmen, bankers, media executives, and international royalty have been quietly gathering for a secret meeting in an evacuated five-star hotel while being protected by armed guards who stand watch. Inside, for three days, the attendees engage in lengthy off-therecord talks about the top issues facing the world. They’re called the Bilderberg Group, or often just “Bilderberg” for short, and for over a half century there wasn’t much more than a peep about the meeting in the American mainstream media.

For decades, many people believed this meeting was an urban legend, but as you will soon see, it is very real and very well documented. Rumors about the Bilderberg Group do seem like something out of a Hollywood movie with the cliché claims of a “secret meeting” of a group of wealthy men trying to “take over the world,” but “as crazy as it sounds,” in recent years a lot of allegations about the Bilderberg Group that had floated around on the Internet began to surface in some mainstream publications. To many people’s surprise, such a meeting exists, and the “rumors” were true.

Between 100 to 120 of the world’s top politicians, businessmen, financial fat cats, military leaders, heads of intelligence agencies, reporters, and executives from major media outlets fly half way around the world to gather once a year in the end of May or early June in a closed down fancy hotel for three days and are protected by private security contractors and local police who stand watch outside to prevent any uninvited guests from dropping by. Temporary security fences are even set up to prevent anyone from stepping foot on the property, and attempt to block the view from any onlookers who are watching from across the street to see who shows up.



The attendees arrive one after the other in tinted Lincoln Town Cars driven by professional drivers. Independent journalists and photographers have been able to discover the time and place for many of these meetings in recent years and have gotten clear photographs of some of the men and women who have attended, but most still refuse to even acknowledge they know anything about it.

Some people refer to them as “the 1%” but this label is far from accurate if you do the math. One percent of the earth’s seven billion people is 70 million people! Bilderberg is more like the .00001% which is approximately 700 people, a figure that accounts for the steering committee and the regular attendees over the past few decades.

The meeting is named after the Bilderberg Hotel located in Oosterbeck, Holland, which was the site of their first gathering organized by Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands in 1954. Then, and still today, attendees agree not to discuss publicly who was in attendance or what specifically was discussed, and (until recently at least) most of them have denied any knowledge of the Bilderberg Group at all when—on the rare occasion—someone asked them about it—usually a citizen journalist or YouTuber.

For decades, news of the shadowy Bilderberg Group spread in socalled “anti-government” Patriot circles, in underground newsletters, and “conspiracy” websites, until the advent of YouTube and social media finally forced some major mainstream media outlets to admit that Bilderberg is real and some very powerful people attend. After these decades of news blackouts, with the rise of social media and video sharing sites like YouTube, slowly more and more major news outlets have begun to at least mention the Bilderberg Group, albeit ever so briefly, and usually including the caveat that “conspiracy theorists” are upset or “paranoid” about them. Through the increase in popularity of alternative news websites and the emergence of social media, more and more people began learning about this strange and secretive meeting, and it got to a point where mainstream outlets basically had to at least mention it was happening in attempts to

avoid looking like they were covering it up by purposefully avoiding the issue.1

For years, if anyone called into any of the major syndicated talk radio shows like Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck and others, and told the call screener they wanted to ask about the Bilderberg Group, that person’s call would never be put through. “We’re not taking calls on that right now, sorry. Click.” If the person calling gave the call screener a bogus question and happened to be put on air and then asked the host about the Bilderbergers, they would be ridiculed and the call would be dropped immediately (something that’s happened to me many times).2

Why not take it seriously? Why pretend for so many years they don’t exist? Are these radio talk show hosts and other major news editors and reporters “in on it?” Has there been a “conspiracy” to keep the meeting out of the press? It’s foolish to deny that there hasn’t been an arrangement between the Bilderberg Group and the American mainstream media to keep them out of the news and to have the top political analysts and talk show hosts pretend like they don’t know anything about them all these years. When 100 of the world’s most influential politicians, media owners, banking executives, and business elite fly half way around the world to meet for three days in a closed down luxury hotel that’s fenced off and surrounded by armed guards, nobody can say that’s not a newsworthy or interesting event!

Critics see this small, tightly knit group as an Aristocracy or an Oligarchy, comprised of men (and some women) who see themselves as having the right to rule because of their wealth and “superior intelligence” who put their own interests above anyone else’s—with little to no regard for the consequences. Without the proper checks and balances put in place, which was the intention of the Founding Fathers when they split the government into three different branches (Executive, Judicial, and Legislative) in what’s called the separation of powers, a government can become so powerful it is difficult to oppose them when their actions are unfair or illegal. And when their discussions aren’t open to public scrutiny it makes keeping them in check even more difficult.



Many people believe that this meeting is possibly a violation of the Logan Act, which prohibits unauthorized citizens from negotiating with foreign governments, a law that was implemented to prevent people from interfering with international relations between the United States and other countries. It specifically states, “Any citizen of the United States, wherever he may be, who, without authority of the United States, directly or indirectly commences or carries on any correspondence or intercourse with any foreign government or any officer or agent thereof, with intent to influence the measures or conduct of any foreign government or of any officer or agent thereof, in relation to any disputes or controversies with the United States, or to defeat the measures of the United States, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than three years, or both.”

Is the Bilderberg Group negotiating foreign policy? Is this where the ruling elite come to a consensus to guide the direction of the world in their favor? Or is it simply “just another conference?” Or, are the “conspiracy theorists” right? What is the evidence? How were they first discovered? What are they doing? And should the public be concerned? Do they choose who the next president of the United States will be? Do they covertly coordinate economic booms and busts?

Do they manipulate foreign policy and decide which wars will be launched and when from behind these closed doors? Is this annual meeting of the power elite really just not interesting or newsworthy? Has there been a cover-up or a conspiracy to keep them out of the headlines? Why the secrecy and the denials for so many years? Is this the “shadow government?” Those questions and more will be answered in The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction.





THE MARRIOTT HOTEL IN CHANTILLY, VIRGINIA PROTECTED BY A TEMPORARY PRIVACY AND SECURITY FENCE SET UP FOR THE 2012 MEETING.

  PROTESTERS TRYING TO IDENTIFY THE ATTENDEES AS THEY ARRIVE FOR THE 2012 MEETING IN CHANTILLY, VIRGINIA.



The Attendees

Each year the list of attendees reads like a who’s who of the ruling class. Just a small sample of some of the people who attend are: David Rockefeller and Henry Kissinger, who have both been regular attendees for decades (and helped finance the group as is shown on their tax returns); banking bigwigs like the CEOs or chairmen from Goldman Sachs, Citigroup, HSBC, Deutsche Bank, JP Morgan Chase, American Express, etc; not to mention the head and former head of the Federal Reserve Bank like Ben Bernanke and Alan Greenspan, as well as U.S. Treasury secretary Timothy Geithner and other international financial fat cats like the head of the World Bank and the IMF.3

In the tech world we’ve seen Microsoft founder Bill Gates, Google’s Executive Chairman Eric Schmidt;4 Jeff Bezos CEO of Amazon.com (just before buying the Washington Post in 2013);5 Louis Gerstner the CEO of IBM; Peter Thiel, founder of Pay Pal and major investor in Facebook; as well as Chris Hughes, the co-founder of Facebook and other tech titans all attend.

Over the years leading media figures such as the publisher of the Washington Post, as well as the chief editors of the New York Times, Los Angeles Times, the Wall Street Journal, Time, Newsweek, and other major newspapers and magazines have all attended or regularly attend. Executives from the top television networks like News Corp CEO Rupert Murdoch and representatives from ABC, NBC, and CBS are also key fixtures, as well as popular political commentators and reporters.

Top military brass and U.S. intelligence figures like David Petraeus (former head of the CIA), General Michael Haden (former NSA chief), General Keith Alexander (current head of the NSA);6 Donald Rumsfeld, former Secretary of Defense and one of the architects of the Iraq War;

General Colin Powell; NATO’s Secretary General, the head of Britain’s Secret Service; and others are also regular attendees.

Top American politicians like Secretary of State John Kerry, Senators John Edwards, Tom Daschele, Chuck Hagel, Hillary Clinton have all attended; as well as members of British Parliament and European royalty. Even Presidents Clinton and Ford (before they were elected). No seated president ever attends because their schedule and whereabouts is so closely monitored they couldn’t risk brining so much attention to the event.

Could all these globalist movers and shakers be getting together just to have coffee and hang out? Or, as many believe, could this think tank be a place where an elite consensus is arrived about how to best maintain and expand their power and influence?

The British newspaper The Observer (sister paper to The Guardian) surprisingly ran an article back in 1963 that remarked, “These people [Bilderbergers] maintain that the future belongs to technocrats, because the rumor among them is that the grave questions of international affairs are too delicate to be left in the hands of diplomats. However, the ‘clandestiny’ of their debates shows that they only seek one thing: effective domination over the peoples of the world, but by dissimulating [concealing] themselves and by leaving the responsibility of the governments in the hands of petty politicians.”7



 



 

PROTESTERS TRYING TO GET A PHOTO OF WHO IS ARRIVING IN THE BACK OF THIS TINTED LINCOLN TOWN CAR AT 2012 BILDERBERG MEETING.

 





Recent Meetings

The conference is held in various countries throughout Europe at luxury hotels and usually every fourth year it returns to the United States— on election years, which is no coincidence—often meeting in Chantilly, Virginia which is just a short drive outside Washington D.C. This makes it convenient for politicians and the Eastern Establishment in New York City to attend without drawing too much suspicion since they don’t have to leave the country and create a cover story for their prolonged absence.

The entire hotel is cleared out around noon the day before the meeting and no reservations are accepted during this time so only Bilderberg members and guests are allowed in the hotel. Actually—to be more specific —only members and guests are allowed on the property since barricades and temporary fences are set up and local police and private security teams patrol the perimeter and guard the entrances.

The hotels which are chosen are secluded on large plots of land, and never downtown in a major city. This makes it easier for members and guests to arrive without being identified. If the meeting were held at a hotel in downtown Manhattan for example, onlookers could easily hang out on the side walk or across the street to catch a glimpse (or take photos or video) of the attendees coming or going. It is for this reason the location is always at a resort-style hotel with plenty of land, hidden away from nearby streets and neighboring buildings.

The hotel staff is also sworn to secrecy and may likely be coerced into signing non-disclosure agreements to prevent them from talking to the press (and the protesters). When I was at the Marriott in Chantilly, Virginia the day before it was cleared out for the 2012 Bilderberg meeting, I asked the bar tender if he knew what was about to happen over the next few days and he said he couldn’t talk about it.



There is a core group of regulars, many of whom have been involved for decades. A steering committee decides who is invited and what topics will be disguised. Each day’s meeting is broken up into two sessions in the morning and two sessions in the afternoon, except the final day which only has the two morning sessions. A different topic is discussed during each session. Some recent meeting locations and dates are as follows:





•

2015 Telfs, Austria (May 29th - June 3rd) at the Interalpen hotel.

•

2014 Copenhagen, Denmark (May 29th - June 3rd) at the Marriott hotel.

•

2013 Watford, United Kingdom (June 8th - 9th) at the Grove Hotel.

•

2012 Chantilly, Virginia, USA (May 31st - June 3rd) at Westfields Marriott hotel.

•

2011 St. Moritz, Switzerland (June 9th - 12th) at the Suvretta House.

•

2010 Sitges, Spain (June 3rd - 7th) at the Hotel Dolce.

•

2009 Vouliagmeni, Greece (May 14th - 17th) at the Astir Palace resort.

•

2008 Chantilly, Virginia, USA (June 5th - 8th) at the Westfields Marriott.

•



2007 Istanbul, Turkey (May 31st - June 3rd) at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Sisli.

•

2006 Ottawa, Ontario, Canada (June 8th - 11th) at the Brookstreet Hotel in Kanata.

•

2005 Rottach-Egern, Germany (May 5th - 8th ) at the Dorint Sofitel Seehotel Überfahrt.





A FEW HUNDRED PROTESTERS SHOW THEIR DISAPPROVAL OF BILDERBERG 2012



How Were They First Discovered?

In 1957 a Pulitzer Prize winning columnist named Westbrook Pegler who wrote for Scripps Howard News Service, the Chicago Tribune, and other papers, published the first article on the Bilderberg Group—although he didn’t know their name at the time—his report marked the beginning of the unraveling of one of the most interesting “conspiracy theories” of all time.

Pegler wrote, “Something very mysterious is going on when a strange assortment of 67 self-qualified, polyglot [bilingual] designers and arbiters of the economic and political fate of our western world go into a secret huddle on an island of Brunswick, GA and not a word gets into the popular press beyond a little routine AP story. These gumshoe super state architects and monetary schemers were drawn from all NATO countries. The fact of this weird conclave as spooky as any midnight meeting of the Ku Klux Klan in a piney woods, was bound to get known to the world eventually.”8

He continued to explain how he first learned of this meeting, saying, “I got my first word of it from a reader who happened onto St. Simon Island, Brunswick, [Georgia] on her way to West Palm Beach. She wrote that the hotel on St. Simon was almost deserted, but that when she commented on this, the clerk said the place had been alive with mysterious characters a few days earlier and with Secret Service and FBI too.”

While not yet knowing their name, Westbrook did see similarities between this meeting and the secret Jekyll Island meeting that was held in 1910 by a small group of America’s elite where they discussed and drew up plans for the Federal Reserve Banking System. He said, “Senator Aldrich of Rhode Island, called this one into being. He was the father of Winthrop Aldrich. There have been many excited versions of that ancient hoe-down on Jekyll Island, but relatively few have ever heard of it all.”



After he began criticizing executives of the powerful Hearst Corporation, which owned and controlled almost 30 different newspapers in America at the time, he was fired. Hearst newspapers literally created “yellow journalism” which refers to sensationalistic headlines and careless reporting with a disregard for the facts in order to sell more newspapers, something that has pretty much become standard practice in American mainstream media.

A man named Willis Carto read Westbrook Pegler’s article about this intriguing meeting and it inspired him to begin investigating the issue himself. A year after Westbrook Pegler’s article came out, Willis Carto began publishing a newsletter called Liberty Lowdown and would later begin publishing a newspaper called The Spotlight which was largely dedicated to tracking and exposing this elusive group.

Over two decades later, a reporter named Jim Ticker would learn of the Bilderberg Group when going to work for The Spotlight. Tucker immediately became obsessed with them, and would later become the world’s foremost expert on the meeting. Tucker explained, “Had it not been for Willis A. Cato, who hired me as editor of The Spotlight and then put me on the tack of Bilderberg, I would probably—almost assuredly—never heard of the word ‘Bilderberg.’ Having had the opportunity, through Carto’s good offices as founder of Liberty Lobby, publisher of The Spotlight, to begin what ultimately proved to be a generation of world-wide Bilderberghunting, I was able to bring news about Bilderberg to literally millions of folks who would like myself have otherwise remained in the dark about these globalist schemers.”9

Tucker had somehow gained the support of an insider who would leak information to him every year about the location and date of the meeting, as well as attendee lists and other details. Tucker obsessively tracked the Bilderberg Group from 1975 until his death in 2013 at the age of 78. His book, titled Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary contains decades of information

about where the Bilderbergers met, who was in attendance, and what was discussed.10

As Tucker’s health began to fail, he turned over his trusted source (or sources) who tipped him off each year as to the meeting’s location and dates, to Alex Jones from Infowars.com. Love him or hate him, Alex Jones played a large role in getting major media to finally cover the Bilderberg Group meetings in the early 2000’s. In 2006 he traveled to Ottawa, Canada after being tipped off that was where they were going to meet, and Alex Jones has announced the location every year since and has been able to get a growing number of supporters (expanding from a few hundred in 201211 to over 2000 in Hertfordshire, England in 2014) to meet outside the hotel to peacefully protest and raise awareness about the meetings.12

With Alex’s huge audience and massively popular website, it became impossible for the Bilderberg Group to hide anymore, and now in the last few years they quietly admit when and where they are meeting through their simple website BilderbergMeetings.org. In 2011 the massively popular news site, the Drudge Report, first posted links to Infowars articles and some European papers which covered the event.13 This was basically the dam bursting since the Drudge Report has a tremendous influence on what topics people talk about, and is the homepage of many reporters and political analysts in the United States.14





JIM TUCKER TALKS TO A GROUP OF PROTESTERS ABOUT HIS ADVENTURES

TRACKING BILDERBERG.

ALEX JONES SPEAKS TO THE PROTESTERS OUTSIDE THE 2012 BILDERBERG MEETING IN CHANTILLY, VIRGINIA.

 





Tax Returns

I have been able to obtain several recent years of Bilderberg’s IRS filings since they are registered as a 501c3 “charitable foundation” certain financial information must be made available for public inspection—if you know where to look.15 I discovered they operate under the business entity “American Friends of Bilderberg” and the documents show that in 2008 they received $645,000 in contributions to fund their annual meeting, with money coming from Goldman Sachs ($25,000), Microsoft ($75,000), Henry Kissinger ($20,000), David Rockefeller ($50,000) and other wealthy donors. The 2009 returns show the Washington Post newspaper donated $25,000.16

Under the “Summary of Direct Charitable Activities,” the forms list the organization’s goals as “Organizing & sponsoring conferences which study & discuss significant problems of the western alliance [and] collaborating on the Bilderberg meetings held in Europe & North America.”

The expenses on the 2008 and 2012 documents (when they met in the United States) are listed as approximately $900,000 per year, which covers renting out the entire hotel for three days, paying the private security forces and compensating local police for the extra man-hours, the catering companies (or hotel restaurants) to feed them, and presumably for paying the travel expenses of members and attendees. There is most likely a European entity that functions as a counterpart to “American Friends of Bilderberg” that is used to pay the bills when the group meets in Europe because the recent forms I have been able to obtain show the expenses drop to around $100,000 per year when the group meets outside the United States, and then jump up close to one million dollars in the years they meet in the U.S.17



The documents list James Johnson as the treasurer, who is also the chairman of Perseus, a merchant bank and private equity fund management company based in Washington D.C. with offices in New York and an associated advisory firm in Munich, Germany.18 The name Perseus comes from Greek Mythology and is the demigod who beheaded Medusa. James Johnson was once the Chairman of the Executive Committee at Fannie Mae [The Federal National Mortgage Association]; and before that he was a managing director at Lehman Brothers, the fourth-largest investment bank in the U.S. (which failed during the economic crisis of 2008).19 He’s also on the Board of Directors for Goldman Sachs and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations.20

I have personally been to the offices of Perseus in Washington D.C. seeking a comment on the documents, which I held in my hand during my visit, and as soon as I mentioned “Bilderberg,” James Johnson’s secretary said they have no comment, ordered me to leave, and slammed the door. A video of this encounter is posted on my YouTube channel, YouTube.com/MarkDice.21 The person listed on the forms as the accountant is Robert T. Foldes of Leon D. Alpern & Company, and when I called them, the secretary confirmed they handle the taxes for American Friends of Bilderberg but declined to give me any further information. I have published some of the financial records on MarkDice.com where you can download the PDFs if you want.22

 

 





Politicians Silent

Attendees of the meeting agree to the Chatham House Rule, which is an anonymity policy created by the Royal Institute of International Affairs (nicknamed Chatham House) which is an elite think tank established in 1920 in the United Kingdom that analyzes and promotes their international political policies. The Chatham House Rule basically means that people in attendance are forbidden from discussing who attended and may not attribute any specific statements made by anyone in attendance at any time in the future. It’s basically a “what happens in Vegas, stays in Vegas” kind of oath.

The rule is supposedly in place to facilitate frank and honest discussions about any controversial topics which people may not want to go on the record about due to the political or personal consequences of letting their true feelings be publicly known.

Chatham House is essentially Britain’s counterpart to the Council on Foreign Relations in America, which sounds like a committee in Congress, but is in fact a private organization that serves up its political propaganda on a silver platter to the elite politicians and journalists who are members. While some politicians will acknowledge their affiliation with the CFR— admitting anything about the Bilderberg Group is a whole other story.



Barack Obama

As Election Day in 2008 approached, then presidential candidate Barack Obama ditched the reporters traveling with him on his campaign so he could attend a secret meeting which his press secretary Robert Gibbs refused to give any information about.23 It just so happened the Bilderbergers were meeting at this same time. As is common during the approach of a presidential election, reporters from major media outlets travel around the country with the candidates to give continuous coverage of their every move, and in June of 2008—on the same day the Bilderberg Group was meeting in Chantilly, Virginia (about 30-40 minutes outside of Washington D.C.)—reporters found out that Obama had ditched them after they were all stuck on a flight which they were told he was scheduled to be on with them.

“Reporters traveling with Obama sensed something might be happening between the pair [Obama and Hillary] when they arrived at Dulles International Airport after an event in Northern Virginia and Obama was not aboard the airplane,” the Associated Press reported.24 Not only was he not aboard the plane, as everyone was led to believe he would be, but his campaign literally trapped reporters on the flight so they couldn’t follow him.

“Why were we not told about this meeting until we were on the plane, the doors were shut and the plane was about to taxi to take off?” one reporter asked, confronting Obama’s spokesman Robert Gibbs on the flight about what had just happened. The confrontation was caught on camera by one reporter and can be seen on YouTube.25

Gibbs replied, “Senator Obama had a desire to do some meetings, others had a desire to meet with him tonight in a private way, and that is

what we are doing.”

Another reporter asked, “Is there more than one meeting, is there more than one person with whom he is meeting?”

“I am not going to get into all the details of the meeting,” Gibbs replied.

Of course, it’s not a stretch of the imagination to assume Obama was meeting with the Bilderberg Group, who usually schedule their event within a short driving distance from Washington D.C. every election year.



Hillary Clinton

When Hillary Clinton was running for president in 2008, someone asked her about the Bilderberg Group at an event when she was at a campaign stop in New Hampshire. It was a brief encounter that happened when she was shaking hands with people in the crowd, and the person who asked her videotaped the interaction and posted it on YouTube. “What’s going on at the Bilderberg meeting and what are you guys talking about up there?” he asked, in a polite and sincere tone.26

Hillary cackled, “Ha ha ha. I have no idea what you’re talking about.” The man responded, “Why are they such top secret meetings?” To which she answered (looking like a kid with their hand caught in the cookie jar), “Sir, I have no idea what you’re talking about,” and then she turned from him and walked away.27

How could she have no idea what he was talking about? How could one of the most politically connected and powerful women in the world not know what the Bilderberg Group is or what they do? It’s ridiculous to believe that she isn’t intimately aware of them and was obviously playing dumb so she wouldn’t betray they them by acknowledging they exist.

After being the First Lady during her husband Bill Clinton’s presidency in the 1990s, Hillary went on to become a senator in New York and then Secretary of State during Barack Obama’s first term as president; and at the time I’m writing this book, is running for president again in 2016. Since her college days, she has carefully plotted her political career and has long hoped to become the first female president of the United States.



In 1969 she wrote her senior thesis on Saul Alinsky, a left-wing extremist who detailed his subversive tactics aimed at creating a New World Order in is 1971 book Rules for Radicals, which he literally dedicated to Lucifer in the foreword. For years the Clintons were able to have the 92page thesis sealed, and it wasn’t made public until someone leaked it in 2007.28 The president of Hillary’s alma mater, Wellesley College in Massachusetts, approved sealing the thesis at the Clintons’ request under the bizarre new rule that any senior thesis written by a president or first lady of the United States would be sealed, but the work of every other alumni was publicly available for anyone who wanted to read them.29



Bill Clinton

When Bill Clinton was out campaigning for his wife Hillary in 2008, a protester in the audience began making a scene and shouting about his little known meeting with Bilderberg Group in the early 1990s causing Clinton to try to defuse the situation by saying, “This is the deal folks, all these people that are paranoid about the world come and scream at me everywhere.”30

The protester kept shouting him down while he tried to speak, forcing Bill to plead with him since security hadn’t yet been able to reach the man in the middle of the crowd to usher him out. “You said you would go if I answered the question right? All right here’s the answer. I happened to be in Europe then on my way to Russia, I was invited to go to Bilderberg by Vernon Jordan, a friend of mine, and a genuine hero of the civil rights movement. And to the best of my knowledge, NAFTA was not discussed by anybody in my presence. I was talking to people from Europe who did not give a rip about NAFTA. Now goodbye. Thank you.”31

According to leaks, NAFTA—the North American Free Trade Agreement, was a Bilderberg idea and they were instrumental in getting the treaty drafted, which was signed into law by Bill Clinton in 1993, merging Canada, the United States and Mexico into one trilateral trading bloc, reducing or eliminating tariffs and other trade barriers.

Before attending Bilderberg in 1991, Bill Clinton was a virtually unheard of governor of the small and little noticed state of Arkansas, but those in the Establishment caught notice of his silver tongue and his lust for power and thought he would be the perfect puppet to promote their policies as president. They don’t call him “Slick Willie” for nothing. Bill Clinton’s ability to lie convincingly and cleverly use vague language to avoid painting himself in a corner is unmatched by most politicians.



At a different Hillary 2008 campaign event when Bill Clinton was speaking, another heckler began shouting at him, this time about the Bohemian Grove—a less formal, sort of Bilderberg camping trip and secret elite men’s retreat held every summer. Once again, trying to appease the protester who completely derailed his speech, Clinton responded, “The Bohemian Club? Did you say Bohemian Club? That’s where all those rich Republicans go up and stand naked against redwood trees right? I’ve never been to the Bohemian Club but you ought to go. It’d be good for you. You’d get some fresh air.”32

His comment about Republicans “standing naked against redwood trees” refers to the common practice of Bohemian Grove members openly urinating on the side of trees or in the bushes while hanging out deep within the club’s 2700-acre redwood forest in Northern California where the world’s most wealthy and well-to-do men meet for a private party every July.33

Video of Clinton’s confrontation is on YouTube if you’d like to see it, and if you’re not familiar with the Bohemian Grove or would like to read an in depth analysis of this truly bizarre “Bilderberg in the woods,” I encourage you to pick up my book Inside the Illuminati: Evidence, Objectives, and Methods of Operation in paperback from Amazon.com or download it onto your tablet or e-reader from any major e-book store.



Senator Barbara Boxer

In June 2012 just one day after the Bilderberg meeting came to a close that year, my friend Luke Rudkowski, a YouTube producer and founder of We Are Change, happened to spot California Senator Barbara Boxer inside the Hart Senate Office Building in Washington D.C. in the press area giving an interview. Of course we took the opportunity to try to get a statement from her on Bilderberg as soon as her interview was over. A video of this confrontation is available on YouTube.34

Both Luke and I walked up to her with our professional-looking handheld wireless microphones as she was making her way down the hall and asked in a polite tone, “What are your thoughts on the important Bilderberg meeting that happened this weekend?” She immediately turned to one of her assistants who was with her and said, “Zack, do you want to make a statement?”

Boxer’s Assistant: “Sure. Why don’t you just give us a call (handing me his business card) and we’d be happy to get you a statement.”

Me: “We’d like your statement right now. The Bilderberg meeting happened and [there was] no major media or press coverage. Just one statement about the Bilderberg meeting.”

At this point she enters an elevator and when I tried to follower her inside, her aid blocked me and she said it was for “Senators only.”

Me: “Why no comment on the Bilderberg meeting?”

Boxer: “Do your job and call my office.”



Me: “Do your job and answer a question please.”

As the door is closing she says “Thank you very much. Thank you so much.” Luke Rudkowski kept holding the door, causing it to retreat back into the wall for a few seconds and preventing the elevator from moving.

I continued to press her. “The Bilderberg meeting just happened this year…”

Boxer: “Thank you so much. I appreciate it. Just call the office. Thanks a lot.”

At this point, one of her two aids exited the elevator to block us and prevent Luke from holding the door open any longer, and then it finally closed and she escaped. I did call her office just like her assistant asked, and left a message, but nobody ever called me back. Go figure.



Ben Bernanke

Independent journalist Luke Rudkowski, who has confronted countless powerful politicians on a variety of issues using his own unique style of ambush journalism, once asked Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke face to face for a comment on Bilderberg at a black tie event in New York City, but Bernanke refused and turned away.35

Luke: “Hey Ben, just really quick. What did you do at the 2008 Bilderberg meeting?”

Ben: “I’m not doing any press today.”

Luke: [Repeating his question again] “I mean what did you do at the Bilderberg Group?”

Ben: “I’m not doing any press today.” [turns away]



David Rockefeller

One quote floating around the Internet attributed to David Rockefeller senior, a longtime Bilderberg attendee and financier, is, “We are grateful to The Washington Post, The New York Times, Time magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years. … It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now much more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”36

He allegedly made this statement at the Bilderberg meeting in BadenBaden Germany in 1991 and the comments were printed in several rightwing French newspapers but its authenticity is uncertain and disputed.

What is not disputed, however, is David Rockefeller’s admission in his own memoir which he published in 2003, that, “For more than a century, ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure — one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”37



Dick Cheney

When giving a speech in 2002 at Bilderberg’s sister society, the Council on Foreign Relations, Vice President Dick Cheney cracked an inside joke about his membership, saying “I want to thank you all for the warm welcome today. I see a lot of old friends in the room. And it’s good to be back at the Council on Foreign Relations. As Pete mentioned, I’ve been a member for a long time, and was actually a director for some period of time. I never mentioned that when I was campaigning for reelection back home in Wyoming (laughter) but it stood me in good stead. I value very much my experience, exposure to the tremendous people involved and the involvement and the ideas and the debates on the great policy issues of the day.”38

He never mentioned his membership when campaigning because he— and everyone else in the audience—knows very well the sinister reputation the CFR has. Everyone laughed because they “got” why he never mentioned it. Despite masquerading as if it were just another benign committee in Congress and trying to hide in plain sight, Dick Cheney’s joke shows that they have not been able to fool everyone about the nature of their activities. This is the same organization that Hillary Clinton once admitted she goes to in order to be “told what we should be doing and how we should think about the future.”39

The CFR was founded in 1921 by Woodrow Wilson’s chief advisor Colonel Edward Mandell House; along with Paul Warburg, who was at the secret Jekyll Island meeting in 1910 which gave birth to the Federal Reserve Bank; Elihu Root, who was the Secretary of War under both President McKinley and Roosevelt; and a handful of other elitists who then received funding for their venture from the Rockefeller family.



Ron Paul

Congressman Ron Paul is one of the rare honest politicians who never sugar coated his statements and never shied away from criticizing his own party when he felt their actions were going against their principles throughout his 23 years as a Congressman from Texas.

At a book signing in 2008 he was once asked about the Bilderberg Group by a fan who videotaped the interaction and posted it on YouTube. “Did you hear about that recent Bilderberg Group meeting in Chantilly, Virginia?” the person asked.40

Ron Paul responded, “Yeah, recently there was one and there were some reports on it—I didn’t read a whole lot about it, but they certainly were there.”41

The person then asked what he thought they were doing, and Ron Paul responded, “Well, they probably get together and talk about how they’re going to control the banking systems of the world and natural resources— and we get together and talk about how we’re going to get our freedom back. So we have our own things to talk about too.”42

Ron Paul didn’t play dumb by pretending he didn’t know what the guy was talking about, and he didn’t laugh off his question either—instead, he answered it quite frankly, which is surprising for a politician, especially when it comes to talking about the infamous Bilderberg Group. Ron Paul (and his son Rand) are (and still may be, depending on what happens after this book is published) the only politicians in the last forty years (at the time I’m writing this) to have ever even uttered the word “Bilderberg,” and to have answered people’s questions in a serious manor is quite commendable.

It’s possible that with awareness of the Bilderberg Group spreading, more politicians may seriously address the issue when asked, since it’s almost impossible to pretend they don’t know about it at this point in time.



Rand Paul

Luke Rudkowski from the YouTube channel We Are Change asked Kentucky Senator and 2016 Presidential Candidate Rand Paul (son of Ron Paul) about the Bilderberg Group in 2012, and just like his father, instead of ducking the question, he answered it quite candidly.43

Luke: “Our organization confronted [Federal Reserve Chairman] Ben Bernanke on his ties with the Bilderberg Group. Do you know anything about the Bilderberg Group?”

 

Rand: “Only what I’ve learned from Alex Jones.”

 

Luke: “For the people who don’t know what’s going on can you tell people who are the Bilderberg Group, if you feel comfortable doing so?”

 

Rand: “I’m not probably the world’s expert on it, but I think it’s people who get together who are very wealthy people who I think manipulate and use government for their own personal advantage. And I think that’s the biggest thing that would help us combat this, is that they want to make this out like they’re just out to help humanity and world government will be good for humanity, but guess what? World government is good for their pocketbook. They’re very wealthy and they use

government to make more money for themselves and that’s where you expose them.”



John Rarick

In 1971 a member of the U.S. House of Representatives from Louisiana named John Rarick somehow heard about these meetings and became suspicious. He wanted to know if tax dollars were being used to pay for American officials to attend. John Rarick typed up a ten-page statement and actually entered it into the official Congressional Record.

His statement begins, “Mr. Speaker, on several occasions during recent months, I called the attention of our colleagues to activities of the Bilderbergers—an elite international group comprised of high government officials, international financiers, businessmen, and opinion-makers…”

“This exclusive international aristocracy holds highly secret meetings annually or more often in various countries. The limited information available about what transpires at these meetings reveals that they discuss matters of vital importance which affect the lives of all citizens. Presidential Advisor Henry Kissinger, who made a secret visit to Peking from July 9 to July 11, 1971, and arranged for a presidential visit to Red China, was reported to be in attendance at the most recent Bilderberg meeting held in Woodstock, Vermont, April 23 to April 25, 1971. The two points reportedly discussed at the Woodstock meeting were, ‘the contribution of business in dealing with current problems of social instability’ and ‘the possibility of a change of the American role in the world and its consequences.’”

He continues, “Following these secret discussions, which are certainly not in keeping with the Western political tradition of ‘open covenants openly arrived at,’ the participants returned to their respective countries with the general public left uninformed, notwithstanding the attendance of some news media representatives, of any of the recommendations and plans

agreed upon as a result of the discussions—or for that matter even the occurrence of the meeting itself.”44

Since Rarick’s statements in 1971, to date (at the time I’m writing this at least) no Congressman has even uttered the word “Bilderberg” on the floor of the House or the Senate, or anywhere publicly for that matter, other than Ron Paul and his son Rand as I previously mentioned.



President Dwight D. Eisenhower

President Dwight D. Eisenhower, best known for warning the world about the Military Industrial Complex in his 1961 farewell address, wrote a memo to his assistant in 1955 about that year’s Bilderberg meeting which took place in Barbizon, France. While Eisenhower didn’t mention them by name, it’s pretty obvious who he was talking about in the memo when he says, “I understand next week Prince Bernhard is having a meeting at Barbizon, continuing his exploration looking toward improving European and American relations. If personally you can fit such a trip into your schedule, I suggest you find the money and go to France.”45

Even though he didn’t mention “Bilderberg” by name, but he was clearly talking about them since Prince Bernhard was the founder and chairman of the Bilderberg Group at the time, and since the meeting was to focus on “European and American relations.”

Just a friendly reminder, or a heads up if you’re not aware—when leaving office in 1961 President Eisenhower warned, “In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military–industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists, and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals so that security and liberty may prosper together.”

Unfortunately this rings even more true today than it did over 50 years ago when he said it and with the lies and broken promises from both major political parties in America regarding warrantless wiretapping, the use of

drones to assassinate people (including American citizens) and the never ending and always expanding War on Terror sparked by the attacks on September 11th 2001, it is clear the military-industrial complex has grown exponentially in size and power since President Eisenhower warned about it back in 1961.





CALIFORNIA SENATOR BARBARA BOXER REFUSES TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT BILDERBERG AND ESCAPES IN A “SENATORS ONLY” ELEVATOR IN THE HART SENATE BUILDING IN WASHINGTON D.C.

LUKE RUDKOWSKI’S LIVESTREAMING RIG HE USED TO BROADCAST THE 2012 BILDERBERG PROTEST TO VIEWERS ON THE INTERNET.



Actions and Effects

What’s talked about at Bilderberg or the consensus that the group comes too, often soon finds its way into becoming policy around the world. From the decades of leaked documents and insider revelations it appears that the birth of new legislation, economic booms and busts, and even the start of new wars and military actions around the globe are often traced back to Bilderberg.

One of their primary goals has been to form a New World Order global government, and over the last sixty years they have made tremendous progress with most of their plans already accomplished. In today’s information age with popular independent media outlets and social media keeping an eye on the Bilderberg Group, it’s almost impossible now for them to stay a secret, but the decades of denials and media blackouts prove they have been deceptive from the start. Now that they are getting fairly well known, the denials and tactics of playing dumb have changed into trying to pass themselves off as an ordinary business conference like the G8, G20, or the Davos World Economic Forum.

David Rothkopf, the managing director of Kissinger and Associates, an international advising firm founded by the infamous Henry Kissinger, wrote a very interesting book in 2009 titled Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making, where he discussed the ruling elite and the various organizations that largely influence the political and economic landscape of the world. While not revealing any earth shattering insider secrets, Rothkopf does confirm some of the persistent allegations made about the ruling class by so-called “conspiracy theorists.”

He wrote, “A global elite has emerged over the past several decades that has vastly more power than any other group on the planet. Each of the members of the superclass has the ability to regularly influence the lives of

millions of people in multiple countries worldwide. Each actively exercises this power, and they often amplify it through the development of relationships with others in this class.”46

He continues, “That such a group exists is indisputable. Heads of state, CEOs of the world’s largest companies, media barons, billionaires who are actively involved in their investments, technology, entrepreneur, oil potentates, hedge fund managers, private equity investors, top military commanders, a select few religious leaders, a handful of renowned writers, scientists, and artists, even terrorist leaders and master criminals, meet the above criteria for membership.”47

“In fact, [the Bilderberg Group, Trilateral Commission, and the World Economic Forum] are an important part of the story of the superclass. They are places to convene, places to network, places to cultivate relationships, places to share views. To paraphrase Mark Malloch Brown, they are the village greens of the global elite.”48

“The reality of these meetings and what they reveal about the informal mechanisms of power is much more interesting than the hyped-up conspiracy theories and their hysterical visions of total control.”49

He also admits that, “Bilderberg does its best to stay under the radar.”50 While he denies that they are planning “world domination,” he does say, “They share similar goals in many cases a similar view of the world and the direction it should take,” and that “In linking together with one another, they aim not to conspiracy as a group but to enhance their own power by advantageous associations.”51

Sociologist William Domhoff said that, “I believe there is a national upper class in the United States….this means that wealthy families from all over the country, and particularly from major cities like New York, San Francisco, Chicago, and Houston, are part of interlocking social circles which perceive each other as equals, belong to the same clubs, interact frequently, and freely intermarry.”52



Domhoff writes that elite social clubs are informal centers of policy making,53 and that these organizations are consensus-seeking and policyplanning organizations of the upper class.54

He concludes that, “I think it makes a very good case for the hypothesis that the social upper class is a ruling class, especially in light of the amazingly disproportionate amount of wealth and income controlled by that small group of families.”55

Another sociologist named Peter Phillips from the University of California, Davis, who earned his Ph.D. by writing his doctoral dissertation on the Bilderberg Group’s more informal sister organization, the Bohemian Grove, says, “Involvement of these socio-economic and political institutional leaders in the activities at the Grove [and Bilderberg] gives them extensive periods of off-the-record discussion time with campmates and other Bohemians [and Bilderbergers] about the prevailing social issues of the day… All of these chats and talks work toward the building of a consensual mind set regarding current political and social issues.…In other words the general parameters of major policy and socio-political decisions can and do evolve at the Bohemian Grove and [Bilderberg] Club.”56

Phillips concludes that secret elite gatherings like the Bohemian Grove and the Bilderberg Group “are examples of how elite consensus building around key policy issues occur. After the weekend each participant could then return to his own power base and proceed with individual action rooted in consensual understandings obtained on the weekend.”57

What kind of understandings is he talking about? Let’s find out.



Creating a One World Government

Despite denials for decades that the economic and political elite were secretly working towards a global government, one of the founding members of the Bilderberg Group who sat on the steering committee for 30 years once admitted that the critics aren’t entirely wrong. In 2001 when talking to Jon Ronson, a documentary producer for the BBC and author of Them: Adventures with Extremists, Denis Healy said, “To say we were striving for a one-world government is exaggerated, but not wholly unfair. Those of us in Bilderberg felt we couldn’t go on forever fighting one another for nothing and killing people and rendering millions homeless. So we felt that a single community throughout the world would be a good thing.”58

An Establishment insider and mentor of President Bill Clinton named Carroll Quigley published a book in 1966 for fellow ruling class insiders titled Tragedy & Hope: A History of the World in Our Time in order to help them understand how the world works and the elite’s vision for the future. Quigley, who was a professor at Georgetown University in Washington D.C. (the oldest Jesuit institution of higher learning in the United States— founded in 1789), knew that most of the general public doesn’t read books or newspapers and are more interested in sports entertainment and celebrity news than what’s happening in Washington D.C.

Quigley alluded to the Bilderberg Group when he wrote, “There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the Communists act. In fact, this network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. I know of the operations of this

network because I have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960’s, to examine its papers and secret records.”

“I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to many of its instruments. I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies (notably to its belief that England was an Atlantic rather than a European Power and must be allied, or even federated, with the United States and must remain isolated from Europe), but in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.”59

Regarding the Federal Reserve and the financial domination by a handful of international banks, he said, “The powers of financial capitalism had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences. The apex of the systems was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank...sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world.”60

Quigley’s Tragedy & Hope is not a book “exposing” a “conspiracy” but rather a history book for elitists to help them understand how the Establishment works and what their plans are.



European Union

Documents from the 1955 Bilderberg meeting discovered at the estate of a deceased member show they were planning the European Union and a central currency back in the 1950s, decades before the EU was formed and their new Euro currency introduced.61 The documents came from the personal files of former Labour Party leader Hugh Gaitskell which had been stored at a local University after his death. They are marked “Personal and strictly confidential,” and “Not for publication either in whole or in part,” and were made available to the BBC during an investigation in 2003.62 Wikileaks also obtained the documents and then published them through their website.63

Gaitskell was part of Bilderberg’s steering committee and had attended the very first meeting in 1954 and kept years of the itineraries which included his own handwritten notes about the different speakers and topics. Historian Dr. Hugh Wilford showed Simon Cox of BBC Radio 4 the archive. “This is from Hugh Gaitskell to his friend and Labour Party colleague Dennis Healey in which he’s telling him about the conference. He describes it as a rather special kind of conference, very hand-picked with the proceedings private, and ends by saying that he hopes that he’ll be able to give Healey further details but meanwhile would you please treat the whole matter as absolutely confidential—say nothing about it to anybody,” explains Wilford.

Simon Cox: “So, real secrecy from the very beginning.”

Hugh Wilford: “Yes.”



Simon Cox: “Because you can see when you hear about the way that it’s set up, why people have these conspiracy theories.”

Hugh Wilford: “Yes, now I can quite see why that is the case, and the fact that so much secrecy was insisted upon for these early meetings, and I mean it doesn’t really necessarily look very good that the leader of the British Labour Party is consorting with various representatives of the secret services and American Capitalists and doing so in such a clandestine fashion, so yes, I can see why conspiracy theorists have sprung up and surrounded Bilderberg.”64

Simon Cox: “The papers show exactly what was discussed within the secret confines of Bilderberg. What’s striking is the degree of consensus reached by those at the meeting on contentious topics like European integration…Here’s another paper from the first ones about the European Union. It’s interesting here saying some sort of European Union has long been a Utopian dream, but at the conference it was agreed it was now a necessity of our times. So this is 50 years ago saying we must have a European Union.”

Hugh Wilford: “Yes, again reflecting the fact that many of the people involved in planning Bilderberg had also played leading roles in getting the European movement going in the late 1940s and early 50s.”

Simon Cox, the BBC investigator, concluded, “Without Bilderbergers, Europe could be a very different place.”

Two years after the documents discovered in Gaitskell’s estate were drawn up for the 1955 meeting, the European Union started to take shape with the creation of the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1957 which merged the markets of six European countries—France, Germany, Italy, Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg. This later grew into the European Union in 1993 containing 28 nation states: Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania,

Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.

Sociologist Mike Peters from Leeds Beckett University in England confirms, “The single currency [the Euro] was rooted first by people who were connected with Bilderberg,” and concludes, “The sheer wealth and importance of the people who attend Bilderberg suggest that this is one of the most important political forums in the modern world.”65

Documents from Bilderberg’s less secretive sister organization, the Council on Foreign Relations, reveal they have plans for several other massive regional unions around the world, including the Eastern European Union, the Middle Eastern Union, an Asian-Pacific Union, African Union, South American Union, and a North American Union. Part of this plan includes unifying the currencies of each of these different unions as well. For example, in the case of the North American Union—Canada, the United States and Mexico would all use what has been proposed as the amero for all financial transactions.66

The idea is, once these various regional unions are formed, and their currencies unified, the final step will be to merge the unions (along with each of their respective currencies) into one global governing body, and at the same time introduce a global currency in the form of a digital dollar, ushering in the era of a completely cashless society.67 Some have proposed this new global currency be called the Phoenix, named after the mythological bird which is said to rise from the ashes of its predecessor after death in a cycle of rebirth and renewal.68 From ashes of the death of all previous currencies, the new global currency will emerge.



Selecting World Leaders

Many consider Bilderberg to be the Kingmakers or the place where a consensus is made about which political candidate the Establishment will throw their support behind and which ones they’ll throw under the buss. With the power to make major editorial decisions in the newsrooms of the world’s primary media outlets and by controlling the purse strings of the big banks and political financiers, they “can make or break presidents, popes, or prime ministers,” as the character Howard Beale famously warned in the classic 1976 film Network.

George Bush Senior attended in 1985 and became president in 1988. Bill Clinton attended in 1991 and then became president a year later. Tony Blair was invited in 1993 and became Prime Minister of England in 1997. Romano Prodi attended in 1999 and later that year he became president of the European Union Commission. In 2004, Senator John Edwards spoke with the group and was later chosen to be the Democratic vice presidential nominee by presidential candidate John Kerry, who—like his opponent George W. Bush—is a member of the Skull & Bones society which made it a win/win for the Establishment no matter who was chosen to be president.69

There was a surprising little mention of John Edwards covert visit by a reporter for the New York Times in an article about the VP selection process which noted, “Several people pointed to the secretive and exclusive Bilderberg conference of some 120 people that this year drew the likes of Henry A. Kissinger, Melinda Gates and Richard A. Perle to Stresa, Italy, in early June, as helping win Mr. Kerry’s heart. Mr. Edwards spoke so well in a debate on American politics with the Republican Ralph Reed that participants broke Bilderberg rules to clap before the end of the session.

Beforehand, Mr. Edwards traveled to Brussels to meet with NATO officials, brandishing his foreign-policy credentials.”70

The article then quoted an anonymous source and associate of John Kerry who was in attendance for Edwards’ debate, who said, “His performance at Bilderberg was important,” and admitted it was largely responsible for him being chosen as the candidate for Kerry’s vice president.71

Jim Tucker reported that in 1989 one of the agendas on the menu was ousting British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher because she opposed surrendering Britain’s sovereignty to the European Union by refusing to join the EU.72 The following year people within her own party conspired, and succeeded, to replace her with John Major, who then helped facilitate the rise of the European Union, fulfilling Bilderberg’s long-held dream.

Again, Carroll Quigley openly revealed how it was to the elite’s advantage to have only two political parties for people to choose from and how they would be engineered to intersect at their core. The reason being, he said was, “The two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy.”73

The meeting, which moves from country to country around Europe and the United States, is usually held nearby Washington D.C. on election years, which certainly can’t be a coincidence. Even if presidential candidates themselves don’t go, they often send their representatives to lobby to Bilderberg and highlight their associate’s usefulness and to report back to them after the meeting about what issues were discussed and what the consensus was on each topic.



The Iraq War

At the 2002 meeting, leaks revealed the consensus arrived was that the invasion of Iraq wouldn’t happen until Spring of 2003 when many in the mainstream media were anticipating the war would start in the late summer or early Fall of 2002.74 Jim Tucker reported that Donald Rumsfeld, who was then the Secretary of Defense, assured the Bilderberg Group that the invasion wouldn’t happen until the following year,75 which of course it did. Apparently some of the European allies needed more time to convince their people the invasion was “necessary” or to prepare to take advantage of the situation economically once it occurred.

As the world now knows, every reason given to justify the invasion of Iraq was a lie; from the hoaxes and fear mongering about their supposed weapons of mass destruction,76 to the fabricated yellow cake uranium documents,77 to the debunked claims about Saddam Hussein being involved with Al Qaeda and connected to the September 11th attacks.78 Some people point to the little known Washington D.C. based Neocon think tank the Project for the New American Century (PNAC for short) as laying out the strategy years earlier to maintain America’s dominance in the world by preemptively attacking foreign countries or inserting America’s military “even in conflicts that otherwise do not directly engage U.S. interests.”79

One PNAC document titled Rebuilding America’s Defenses (written in September of 2000) seems to suggest they needed a major catastrophe to occur in order to justify carrying out their plans. At one point it says, “Furthermore, the process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event—like a new Pearl Harbor.”80



Of course, this “new Pearl Harbor” was the September 11th attack on the World Trade Center in New York City which has been cited as the reason for just about every restriction of liberty and expansion of military power ever since.81 Many people believe the attacks were allowed to happen on purpose in order to provide a pretext (reason) for implementing the Project for the New American Century’s plans, but this is whole other issue in and of itself.82

At the 2004 White House Correspondence dinner, the annual red carpet event where the White House wines and dines mainstream media reporters who are supposed to act as watch dogs carefully monitoring the government’s actions, President George W. Bush was cracking jokes about not finding any WMDs in Iraq. When he was at the podium addressing the crowd, a photo of him bending over looking under his desk in the Oval Office was put up on the screen as he said, “Those weapons of mass destruction got to be somewhere.” The audience laughs and applauds.83

“Nope. No weapons over there.” The laugher continues. Then another photo is shown of him bending over in an awkward position in another part of his office. “Maybe over here,” he says, as a devilish grin appears on his face. Much of the audience again laughs.

 

 





THESE PROTESTERS THINK BILDERBERG ARE “SCUM.”

  ME TALKING TO THE POLICE GUARDING THE MEETING TO LET THEM KNOW WHO THEY ARE PROTECTING.



Talk Show Hosts Play Dumb

Radio talk shows provide an interesting platform for news and commentary, and the most-listened to shows have audiences of millions and often include popular politicians (and even presidents) as their guests. A popular feature of the show’s format is that most of them take calls from the audience live on the air—well, live with a seven second delay, and calls that are pre-screened by a producer who first decides which ones will be put through to the host.

Many people are unaware that before a host puts a caller on the air, a producer first takes the call and if the question or comment is approved, that call is added to the call bank along with a note for the host about what the person wants to say. Occasionally myself and others have managed to get on the air with some of these hosts and instead of asking the question the producer approved during the screening process—we asked about Bilderberg or other blacklisted topics. Transcripts to some of those calls will follow, along with some footnotes which will show you where you can go to hear the archived audio clips for yourself.



Glenn Beck

When hosting his popular television show on the Fox News Channel, Glenn Beck once claimed that talking about the Bilderberg Group was going down a “tin foil hat road,” and said he didn’t care about the Bilderberg Group, and then compared them to a toy company.

In July 2010 he said, “The Bilderbergers had their meeting, I don’t really know much about these people, and I don’t really care. I know probably more about the Build a Bear people in the malls, and I know those people are brainwashing our kids with teddy bears. I don’t know what kind of secret meetings they have to get our kids into the bear industry, but I don’t like it. If the Bilderberg’s are half as evil as the teddy bear people, look out.”84

Beck then went on to say that those inside the Bilderberg meeting were probably talking about how to help the world. On his syndicated radio show he later joked that the Bilderberg Group were shapeshifting Reptilians.



Sean Hannity

On January 29th 2009 I got through on Sean Hannity’s radio show and asked him very nicely if could explain what the Bilderberg Group is and what they do. The call can be heard on YouTube and here is a transcript:85

Hannity: Mark, KFMB San Diego, next on the Sean Hannity Show— how are you Mark?

Mark: Pretty good, but with all this economic crises going on and everyone looking for answers and blame, I was wondering if you could talk about the Bilderberg Group and the role that they play in the global economy and geopolitics?

Hannity: I have no idea what you’re talking about. [drops call]. Let’s go to Amy in Cincinnati on 55KRC, what’s up Amy?



Michael Savage

After years of denying that Bilderberg had any significance or influence at all, Michael Savage later changed his tune and spoke quite candidly about them in 2010. A transcript of a call I made to him in 2009 went as follows:86

Savage: Right here on the Savage Nation—San Diego—Mark, go ahead please.

Mark: Let’s talk about the Bilderberg Group. You’re talking about conspiracies to bankrupt the economy—what can you tell the audience about the Bilderberg Group and why isn’t that mentioned ever in any mainstream media?

Savage: Well that’s like talking about the Council on Foreign Relations. It’s too esoteric for the audience. I don’t think we have to go any further than Obama, [Timothy] Geithner, Nancy Pelosi, Dianne Feinstein, and Hillary Clinton, is that enough for you? We don’t need a Bilderberg Group, we have the Democrat socialist group that I just mentioned.

Mark: Every year the Bilderberg Group meets in secret and Obama has [gets cut off]

Savage: We know this. We understand it but I don’t want to talk about some esoteric group called the Bilderberg Group. What good is going to come of talking about the Bilderberg Group which I’ve heard since 1990? Tell me what good’s going to come of it?



Mark: Why don’t we expose them? Maybe they’re violating the Logan Act [cut off again]

Savage: What needs to be exposed is Obama’s hypocrisy, so that the idiots finally get it and stop him before he does more damage. That’s what needs to be done. Not talking about some esoteric conspiracy group! You’re 100% wrong! Thanks for the call. [Savage drops the call]

Just one year later he had a totally different view. In a monologue in 2010 which was recorded and uploaded to YouTube by a listener, Savage said, “I gotta tell you, for the last few years I’ve been going through thoughts about leaving radio. I’m bored. Burned out. Sick of Obama. Sick of the communists and the Bilderberg Group taking over the media and the government. But something is happening. The Bilderberg schemers are losing control of the global game. The puppet masters are losing control of the marionettes. When you see that the Bilderbergs are meeting secretly right now and many of the same people who brought about the economic collapse [of 2008] by rigging the system are there doing it again—the same people who put Obama in power are there again, you have to understand the danger you’re in.”87



Rush Limbaugh

In 2010 Rush Limbaugh (who signed a $400 million dollar contract with Clear Channel in 2008 to do another eight-years of radio)88 gave a rather lengthy monolog about the Bilderberg Group after reading an article saying that Fidel Castro, the longtime Communist Cuban dictator, had just discovered them and expressed concerns about their power. Rush made Bilderberg sound like a big joke and something only “kooks” believed in, and appeared to attempt to link anyone who was interested or suspicious of the Bilderberg Group with Fidel Castro. A partial transcript of his monologue follows:89

Rush: I saw this yesterday afternoon and last night. The headline intrigued me. I read it and I started laughing out loud. “Fidel Castro Fascinated by Book on Bilderberg Club.” This is from the Associated Press: “Fidel Castro is showcasing a theory long popular both among the far left and far right: that the shadowy Bilderberg Group has become a kind of global government, controlling not only international politics and economics, but even culture. The 84-year-old former Cuban president published an article Wednesday that used three of the only eight pages in the Communist Party newspaper Granma to quote—largely verbatim—from a 2006 book by Lithuanian-born writer Daniel Estulin. Estulin’s work, ‘The Secrets of the Bilderberg Club,’ argues that the international group largely runs the world. It has held a secretive annual forum of prominent politicians, thinkers and businessmen since it was founded in 1954 at the Bilderberg Hotel in Holland.”90

This gets better. (laughing) They run the world, and they didn’t tell Castro. He’s just learning it here at 84 and he finds it fascinating. “Castro offered no comment on the excerpts other than to describe Estulin as honest and well-informed and to call his book a ‘fantastic story.’ Estulin’s book, as

quoted by Castro, described ‘sinister cliques and the Bilderberg lobbyists manipulating the public ‘to install a world government that knows no borders and is not accountable to anyone but its own self.’ The Bilderberg group's website says its members have ‘nearly three days of informal and off-the-record discussion about topics of current concern’ once a year, but the group does nothing else.” So they get together three days a year and control the world (joking).

They had a conspiracy, they didn’t tell Fidel about it, and he’s only learning about it now when he’s retired and can’t join it and do anything about it. Walter Lippmann created the Beatles to distract people. Not only that, the Bilderbergs created feminism to get men and women at war with one another to distract us while they destroyed world economies. That did work. (laughing)

Folks, from the very first day, back in Kansas City, when I uttered my first political comment on the radio, I was set upon by these conspiracy people. Oh-ho-ho-ho yes. They no longer bother with me. (Off air question by producer in Rush’s ear) I’ve never been to a Bilderberg meeting, Snerdley. No. I’ve never been to the Socialists International. I’ve never been to a CFR meeting or Trilateralist Commission meeting. Remember, I’m the guy that came up with the kook test. Yeah, the kook test was to distract people from me being part of the conspiracy. Yeah. Remember one of the questions on the kook test? (laughing) If trilateralist A is driving west at 60 miles an hour and the Council on Foreign Relations member B is driving east at 40 miles an hour, how long does it take for both of them to take over the world?



Alan Colmes

I personally called the Alan Colmes radio show and got on the air several times to try to get him on record about the issue. Colmes once hosted a show with Sean Hannity on the Fox News Channel called Hannity & Colmes between 1996 and 2009 but he was dropped by the network and the show renamed just Hannity. One call made on February 2nd 2009, which I saved from the show’s archive and posted on YouTube, goes as follows:91

Alan: Hello.

Mark: Don’t the American people deserve to know that Obama met with the Bilderberg Group and why is it that you won’t talk about them ever?

Alan: Because we talk about them when people like you call up to spread these crazy conspiracy theories. [Colmes drops the call]

Someone else once got on the air and asked him a very normal, rational question about Bilderberg. Someone (perhaps the caller himself) posted the audio on YouTube in 2012. Colmes again ridicules the caller:92

Caller: I was curious—what’s your take on the theory that the Bilderberg Group basically groomed Obama [Colmes cuts off the caller]

Colmes: Oh, cut it out with the Bilderbergers already, it’s a bunch of crap. C’mon.



Caller: Well you hear a lot about it.

Alan: Yeah, yeah, you hear a lot about it from conspiracy freaks.



Dennis Miller

A caller in 2009 got on the air on the Dennis Miller show and asked him about Bilderberg as well. Here is a transcript of that call, which can also be heard on YouTube.93

Miller: Keith in Texas, what’s up?

Caller: Hey Dennis. Great show. I went to my first Tea Party July 4th and I learned a lot of things, but I came out worried because as a Texan, here we have Rick Perry and he’s running for governor against Kay Bailey Hutchisun, and some people say he’s going to be running for president possibly. The thing that bothers me is I saw on News 8 in Austin—local news here—about him attending the Bilderberg conference, and that concerns me because [Miller cuts off caller and drops the call].

Miller: Aw, that’s creeping me out, I’m sorry baby, I’m going to rock. I need my “burgs” with an “erg” at the end, as in James Cameron’s Titanic. Once you start spelling it otherwise I get conspiracy and I don’t have time right now. You know there’s certain words as soon as you hear them. When a guy says “Bilderbergian” and you say ‘can you explain that’ and they keep going, you know that they…in the middle of appearing measured, he’s dropped a huge steaming ideological cow pie, and you should move on from it. Alright. Dennis Miller Show. [Cuts to commercial]



Fareed Zarkaria

Just before the 2011 Bilderberg meeting, CNN’s Fareed Zakaria wrote a blog on CNN.com titled “Why do we embrace conspiracy theories?” which started out saying how a lot of people on Facebook and Twitter were asking him about President Obama’s birth certificate being faked and saying they thought Osama Bin Laden’s death was possibly staged.

“The propensity of Americans to embrace conspiracy theories has long been attributed to their great suspicion of state authority,” he says. “America was founded as a revolt against centralized power and there has always been a fear of coordinated action taking place in the dark behind closed doors. American conspiracy theories implicate Wall Street, the Federal Reserve, the U.S. government, the intelligence community and many others.”94

He continues, “I can’t tell you how many times people ask me about the conspiracy of the Bilderberg Group. It is a conference I’ve occasionally been invited to and have attended once or twice.” He admits he has attended once or twice? You’d think a person would remember if they’ve been to the historic Bilderberg meeting once or if they came back a second time since it’s kind of a big deal.

He went on to say, “If only the people who wrote the alarmist treatises on the Bilderberg Group were allowed in. They would be so utterly disappointed. It’s just a conference like dozens of others around the world. And anyway, the idea that a finance minister or a banker would say something with a group of 150 people that is any different than what he would say in public is crazy in today’s world where everything leaks instantly. In my experience, they say the same fairly banal platitudes inside as they say outside.”95



Fareed says that inside the meeting men speak the same way they do in public? And they don’t say anything at Bilderberg they don’t say publicly? Why the Chatham House Rule then? Why all the secrecy and denials for decades? Why not just broadcast Bilderberg live on C-SPAN if it’s “just another conference” like dozens of others around the world?

He concludes his blog post saying, “So on the few occasions in my life when I’ve been inside centers of the conspiracy, I’ve been disappointed and relieved to find they were pretty much like the world on the outside.”96

 



Bilderberg’s Goals

A Global Socialist Government

Often called the “New World Order,” a primary goal of the Bilderberg elite is to integrate all the world’s governments into one unified system. The United Nations was basically the beginning of this, but in order to accomplish the final phase of their plan, the sovereignty of the United States and all other countries would have to be eliminated—and their laws, militaries, and Constitutions all placed under a single planetary political authority.

The New World Order plan also consists of making this super State a socialist system that will function as a Nanny State which will “take care” of all humanity through massive redistribution of wealth, huge subsidies, and unlimited free handouts to those who don’t work, funded through exorbitant taxes on those who do.

Presidents from George Bush Senior to Bill Clinton and Barack Obama have all publicly proclaimed that their goal is to form a New World Order, and the justification is always a current crisis that this New Age will supposedly solve. Just three days after the 9/11 attacks in 2001, the co-chair of the Council on Foreign Relations (and Bilderberg member) Gary Hart stated, “There is a chance for the President of the United States to use this disaster—to carry out what his father—a phrase his father used I think only once, and it hasn’t been used since—and that is a New World Order.”97



Longtime Bilderberg member and financier Henry Kissinger stated that the problems Barack Obama’s administration was facing regarding the ongoing War on Terror and the economic collapse of 2008, “can give new impetus to American foreign policy partly because the reception of him is so extraordinary around the world. His task will be to develop an overall strategy for America in this period when, really, a New World Order can be created. It’s a great opportunity, it isn’t just a crisis.”98

This is the same man who, according to Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein—the reporters who blew open the Watergate scandal, refers to members of the U.S. military as “dumb, stupid animals” who are used as pawns for America’s foreign policy.99

Perhaps the most infamous admission is when George Bush Senior stated the purpose of the Gulf War was to implement the “big idea” of the “New World Order.” James Warburg, the son of Paul Warburg, the “father” of the Federal Reserve Bank, said at an appearance before the U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations that, “We shall have world government, whether or not we like it. The question is only whether world government will be achieved by consent or by conquest.”100

One of the problems is that in order for this to happen, some of the freedoms and policies we cherish in the United States will have to be eliminated and repealed. During his acceptance speech when receiving the United Nations Global Governance Award in 1999, the former anchor for CBS News—Walter Cronkite—told the audience that all the countries in the world, “are going to have to be convinced to give up some of that sovereignty to the better, greater union, and it’s not going to be easy.”101

We’ve already seen the United Nations try to change laws in the United States claiming their authority exceeds that of our state and federal governments. For example, after Colorado, Washington, Oregon, and Alaska legalized recreational marijuana use, the UN declared it was against international law and is trying to assert their authority over the states’ decision to legalize pot.102



The UN continues to adopt new “hate speech laws” which seek to criminalize speech (and books) that some see as “discriminatory,” which is an obvious violation of America’s First Amendment, but in the age of political correctness gone amuck, many in the United States and other supposedly “free” countries are actually supporting such tyrannical legislation.103

It must be emphasized that this “global government” is not something that started at the grass roots level and has worked its way up the channels of government—it is exactly the opposite. The plan was started (in secret) at the very highest levels of powerful corporations and private organizations which function to influence international policy for their own benefit.

The plan for a New World Order global government is also something that was called “just a conspiracy theory” for decades, but in recent years it is now obviously happening and being promoted by countless politicians and heads of international corporations as something the average citizen should embrace with open arms.



Global Currency and Cashless Society

As previously mentioned, the personal papers of UK’s Labour Party leader Hugh Gaitskell revealed that ever since their beginning in the 1950s, Bilderberg was working towards the creation of a unified Europe and common currency.104 In more recent years they have been tirelessly attempting to replicate that formula with other regional territories and currencies, with the ultimate goal of finally merging them all into one global digital currency and eliminating cash and coins (as well as gold and silver) as mediums of exchange. On the surface, a global unified currency may seem appealing due to its ability to be used universally anywhere throughout the world without having to exchange currencies when traveling or spending money in different parts of the world, but there are many downsides which are often overlooked, ignored, or covered up.105

Credit and debit cards of course were the first phase of the cashless society, and recently a major leap occurred when Apple Pay and the Apple Watch rolled out in April of 2015.106 Fewer and fewer people are using cash, or even carrying any of it in their wallet at all. A study in 2014 showed that almost half of Americans carry $20 or less on them when they leave the house, eighty percent carry less than $50, and about ten percent of people carry no cash at all.107 Many Millennials and those in Generation Z see cash as old fashioned and something that grandma and grandpa used to buy things with before the digital age.

A growing number of banking officials are pushing hard to have cash eliminated as soon as possible. In April of 2015 a top Citibank economist suggested that cash should be abolished, and in order to coerce people into going digital, he also proposed the use of cash should be taxed at such a high rate that it would discourage most people from using it at all.108 Jim Leaviss, a banker with M&G investments in the UK, soon followed by

suggesting outright banning cash. “Forcing everyone to spend only by electronic means from an account held at a government-run bank would give the authorities far better tools to deal with recessions and economic booms,” he said.109

He also suggested negative interest rates (i.e. fees) on anyone who kept large amounts of money in their checking or savings account, and proposed the government could fluctuate these fees in order to encourage people to spend the money they have, rather than just lose it on fees, if the government wanted people to pour more money into the economy. “And once all money exists only in bank accounts—monitored, or even directly controlled by the government—the authorities will be able to encourage us to spend more when the economy slows, or spend less when it is overheating,” Leaviss concluded.110

For years now, when you’re on an airplane, if you want to buy something from the snack cart, many of the flight attendants only accept debit or credit cards.111 Many will literally not accept cash for the food or drinks. Buying anything with cash these days is seen as suspicious. Storing cash in safe deposit boxes is against the rules at many banks, and the FDIC even suggests against it and urges people to deposit any and all cash they may have into a bank account instead.

In fact there are countless cases of police confiscating people’s cash when they haven’t even been arrested or charged with a crime.112 It’s called Civil Asset Forfeiture, which allows police and other government agencies to literally confiscate the cash a person is carrying when they are pulled over for a routine traffic stop because the cash itself is seen as suspicious. Even if there is no evidence it was obtained by criminal means, police still have the authority to take it on the spot because the money itself is seen as evidence of a crime, even if no arrest is made and there is no actual evidence of a crime, and no one has claimed the person has committed one.113



If you just sold an old car, motorcycle, or boat for a few thousand dollars cash, or if you happen to be traveling with an envelope of it on your way to poker night with guys—if it is discovered by police during a routine traffic stop, they can (and do all the time) confiscate it, even if there are no illegal drugs, weapons, or any evidence at all that the money was obtained illegally.114 You are guilty until proven innocent.

In the past, concerns about the approaching cashless society were ridiculed when so-called “conspiracy theorists” in the 1990s and early 2000s would warn about it getting close, but now that it is actually being implemented, those decades of denials are ignored and the new system is being promoted from the top down as the key to a consumerist Utopia.

Did you just buy a pregnancy test? Some medication to treat an embarrassing medical condition? Are you seeing a psychiatrist or a therapist for some mental health issues or personal problems? Did you purchase some personal items for you and your spouse to use in the bedroom? Are you buying certain books that the government may misinterpret as suspicious? In a cashless society, all of these transactions and more are basically made available—not only to the government—but to countless third parties such as advertisers and international corporations who have access to your entire purchasing history due to the terms of service you implicitly agreed to with the use of a debit or credit card.115

Not to mention, the centralization of all points of purchase and relying on one single digital network to facilitate them all is begging for trouble in the event there is a systemwide failure. A power outage, computer glitch, or a cyber-attack would be absolutely devastating to perhaps tens or hundreds of millions of people, completely crippling their ability to purchase gas or food, or even buy a bus ticket or subway pass to get home from school or work.



Global Military Force

In attempts to supposedly put an end to war, the plan is to unite all the different militaries around the world into one supranational security force that will be directed based on the decisions of the globalist leaders. The beginning of the “Global Police” can be seen with NATO soldiers and UN “Peacekeeper” troops which are comprised of people from many nations and may be deployed by any nation-state that is a partner.116

Agencies like DARPA (the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) are working to make these military men and women virtually invincible. The quest for Super Soldiers has led to the design of exoskeleton suits that give the people wearing them super strength and speed.117 President Obama once joked that “We’re building Ironman,” referring to the Marvel comic book character who uses an exoskeleton suit to fight crime, but these systems are no longer science fiction.118 It has also been proposed that military soldiers have neural interface implants wired into their brains, turning them into literal cyborgs by merging man with machine in a “Transhumanist upgrade.”119

Department of Defense documents drawn up in 1996 detail their plans to implant neural interfaces in soldiers’ brains—and in the heads of the civilian population as well. One document titled Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability outlines technology they hoped to have in place by the year 2025, and reads, “The implanted microscopic brain chip performs two functions. First, it links the individual to the IIC [Information Integration Center] creating a seamless interface between the user and the information resources. In essence, the chip relays the processed information from the IIC to the user, second the chip creates a computer generated mental visualization based upon the user’s request.”120



The documents claim such things would help increase security, saying, “An implanted microscopic chip does not require security measures to verify whether the right person is connected to the IIC [Information Integration Center], whereas a room, helmet, or sunglasses requires additional time-consuming access control mechanisms to verify an individual’s identity and level of control within the Cyber Situation.”121

The document addressed the expected resistance to such devices, saying, “Implanting ‘things’ in people raises ethical and public relations issues. While these concerns may be founded on today’s thinking, in 2025 they may not be as alarming,” and goes on to say, “The civilian populace will likely accept any implanted microscopic chips that allow military members to defend vital national interests.”122

The finale phase of the plan is to replace most human soldiers with Terminator-style artificially intelligent robots. This was thought to be science fiction just a few years ago, but has recently become a serious endeavor by the United States and militaries around the world.123 Robotic soldiers, whether in the form of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, TALON tanklike robots, or android Terminators, would follow orders without question, no matter how unethical or inhumane they were.124

Elon Musk, founder and CEO of Tesla Motors and SpaceX, revealed in his authorized biography that he is concerned that Google’s planned artificially intelligent robot army may end up exterminating the human race if it gets out of control or perceives our species as a threat to its existence. “Please note that I am normally super pro technology and have never raised this issue until recent months. This is not a case of crying wolf about something I don’t understand.”125 He equated creating artificial intelligence with “summoning a demon.”126

Other leaders working in information technology and science have also recently expressed concerns that the creation of an AI could be disastrous for humans. Stephen Hawking has warned it could be the biggest mistake in the history of humanity,127 Microsoft founder Bill Gates has

stated he’s not sure why more people aren’t concerned,128 and Apple cofounder Steve Wozniak, who once dismissed such fears as unfounded, has recently changed his mind due to the rapid advance of AI and is now warning an artificial intelligent entity could enslave the human race and treat us like pets.129



Elimination of Right to Bear Arms

In the New World Order “socialist Utopia” everyone will supposedly live in peace and harmony, with the global government taking care of everyone’s needs and protecting them like a loving parent or big brother. A primary promise of this new era is that supposedly “nobody needs to own guns” except the government, which is said to be the only group that can be trusted to use them responsibly. In order to finally eliminate crime, officials claim they need to ban citizens from owning guns and repeal the Second Amendment in the name of peace and prosperity.

Incrementally the Second Amendment of the Constitution has been slowly eroded, and with every gun tragedy that’s turned into a national story, more and more restrictions are placed on gun owners and the types of guns and accessories that can be sold to the public.130 Instead of addressing the underlying causes of violence, the guns themselves are blamed and said to be the problem, not a symptom of it.

Many have tried to argue that the Second Amendment of the American Constitution does not declare that citizens have the right to own guns.131 This argument is absolutely absurd but continues to be repeated by those on the left who believe it was put in place to authorize the government to own guns, which is 100% the opposite of its purpose.132 It was specifically included in the Bill of Rights to ensure ordinary citizens have the right to own guns as a way to—not only protect themselves and their families from burglars and thugs—but also to serve as a deterrent to prevent the federal, state, or local government from abusing its power and violating basic civil liberties of Americans.

Rapper Ice-T summed up the purpose of the Second Amendment during an interview on British television when he was asked by Krishnan

Guru-Murthy, anchor of Channel 4 News, if he has any guns at home. “Yeah, it’s legal in the United States. It’s part of our Constitution. You know, the right to bear arms is because that’s the last form of defense against tyranny. Not to hunt. It’s to protect yourself from the police.”133

In 1997 Britain basically outlawed all guns and the law has been a blueprint Bilderberg hopes to duplicate around the rest of the world.134 Slowly but surely they are making progress with many political pundits on television repeating their talking points about how now is the time to follow Britain’s lead and round up Americans’ guns for everyone’s safety.135

Former Attorney General Eric Holder once stated on C-SPAN2 that the government needed a new strategy to change the way people thought about the Second Amendment, and concluded, “We have to be repetitive about this. We need to do this every day of the week, and just really brainwash people into thinking about guns in a vastly different way.”136

CNN’s Fareed Zakaria, who is a member of the Bilderberg Group,137 the Council on Foreign Relations, and Skull & Bones’ sister society Scroll & Key at Yale University, argues that the Bill of Rights are outdated and should be “fixed” in order to remove the Second Amendment to “modernize the Constitution for the 21st Century.”138

China’s official government-run news agency, Xinhua, has also demanded the United States tighten up gun control laws in America.139 The United Nations has long wanted the American Second Amendment repealed, and is attempting to do so incrementally through small arms treaties.140 Before you say “this couldn’t happen in America,” stop and think about all the freedoms that have been lost over the last generation, and see how quickly people forget.



Population Reduction and Stabilization

Because of healthcare advances and the continued exponential expansion of the world’s population, many Bilderbergers fear that the earth does not have the natural resources to sustain the current population, let alone if it continues to increase. As far back as the 1970s environmentalists and the political elite were warning the planet’s population would soon balloon out of control and cause a global catastrophe.141

The billionaire founder of CNN, Ted Turner (who has five children himself), once remarked, “There’s too many people. That’s why we have global warming. We have global warming because too many people are using too much stuff, if there were less people, they’d be using less stuff.” After drastically cutting greenhouse gas emissions, he said “We’ve got to stabilize the population.”142

He went on that, “Not doing it will be catastrophic. We’ll be 8 degrees hotter in 10, not 10 but 30 or 40 years and basically none of the crops will grow. Most of the people will have died and the rest of us will be cannibals. Civilization will have broken down. The few people that are left will be living in a failed state like Somalia or Sudan. And living conditions will be intolerable. The droughts will be so bad there will be no more corn growing. Not doing it will be like suicide.”143

Agenda 21 is a program launched by the United Nations in 1992 to deal with what they call “sustainable development” around the world, focusing on changing consumption patterns, preserving natural resources, and moving to more renewable energy sources. Part of Agenda 21 (the 21 meaning the 21st century) includes implementing birth control programs to slow down the population growth. The United Nations Population Fund, which was supposed to provide supplies and services for reproductive

health and birth control in third world countries, was discovered to have also been involved with secret sterilizations and forced abortions.144

President Obama’s chief science advisor John Holdren once wrote a book which proposed adding sterilants to nations’ water supplies,145 forcing women to get sterilized after their second child,146 and making them have abortions if they got pregnant for a third time.147 The book, titled Ecoscience, reads, “Indeed, it has been concluded that compulsory population-control laws, even including laws requiring compulsory abortion, could be sustained under the existing Constitution if the population crisis became sufficiently severe to endanger the society.”148 [Compulsory means forced or mandatory, by the way]

Some see even more sinister methods on the table in order to accomplish this goal. The mysterious Georgia Guidestones monument calls for a global population of only 500 million people. The strange monument consists of four giant slabs of granite which stand 19-feet-tall, laid out in a paddlewheel formation, each with 10 different commandments carved into each of their eight faces, each one in a different langue (English, Spanish, Chinese, Russian, Swahili, Hindi, Hebrew, and Arabic). The structure, sometimes called “America’s Stonehenge,” is also said to contain the “Guides to the New Age.” It was built in 1980 and stands in the middle of nowhere in a field in the state of Georgia and is the creation of an unknown man who said he represented an unnamed group who wanted the monument built. Some call it the 10 Commandments of the New World Order since some of the “Guides” call for a global government, a one world universal language, and says the overpopulation of humanity is a “cancer on the earth.”



Total Surveillance Society

There will be no more privacy if Bilderberg gets their way; no more anonymity, no more secrets—at least for the majority of us “regular folk.” Members of the Party [the government] in George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four could actually turn off the Telescreens in their homes, a luxury ordinary citizens didn’t have; and the billionaires of Bilderberg will likely include some safeguards to ensure their own privacy remains in place while the rest of the world is forced to live in a fish bowl with everything we say, everywhere we go, everything we do, and everything we buy recorded, catalogued, and stored indefinitely.149

Facial recognition systems have been beta tested since the 1990s and are now fully operational and being used at Las Vegas casinos,150 hotels,151 shopping malls,152 sporting events,153 airports,154 government buildings,155 and on the streets of major cities.156 Edward Snowden, the NSA whistle blower, confirmed what many had suspected for some time—the U.S. government had a science fiction-like system capable of recording all electronic communications and hacking into people’s email, social media accounts, and cell phones with the click of a few keys, and with virtually no oversight or constraints.157

Smart TVs and artificial intelligent personal assistants like Siri, Amazon Echo, and Jibo have the capability to remotely record the most personal of moments and conversations within people’s homes and bedrooms.158 Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four, which was published back in 1949, reads, “The telescreen received and transmitted simultaneously. Any sound that Winston made, above the level of a very low whisper, would be picked up by it, moreover, so long as he remained within the field of vision which the metal plaque commanded, he could be seen as well as heard… You had to live—did live, from habit that became instinct—in the

assumption that every sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every movement scrutinized.”159

Of course the argument is always, “if you don’t have anything to hide, then you have nothing to fear,” but as Thomas Jefferson once stated—if you give up liberty in the name of security, you will have neither. In the name of “safety” and convenience, most people have willingly given up every last bit of privacy in our digital age. Most haven’t even considered what could happen if civil liberties continue to slip or if the government were to grow too powerful and get out of control.

The ability of government agencies to profile, Orwellianly discriminate against, or target individuals for IRS audits, ordinance violations, or other forms of harassment based on their religious, personal, or political views is a reality everyone is now vulnerable to getting swept up in.160

Most major software developers and hardware manufactures have been coerced into building backdoors into their products so the government can easily remotely access people’s devices and cloud accounts, as well as bypass any encryption that has been applied to their files.161 The NSA even has a program where they intercept laptop computers and other products customers order online and then install special spyware and hardware on them and then package the items back up and send them on their way.162

William Binney, a former high-level NSA official who worked for the agency for more than 30 years, resigned in 2001 after he discovered the surveillance systems they were using gave the government the potential for what he called “a turnkey totalitarian state.”163 His home was raided by the FBI in 2007 after he was suspected of leaking classified information to the New York Times about the NSA’s spying programs. He was never charged with a crime and the read was seen as a show of force to intimidate any potential whistleblowers from reviling what the NSA was doing.



Some even see the omnipresent surveillance system growing far beyond just eyes and ears, into something so strange it sounds like science fiction. Tech titans are working to give birth to an artificial intelligent “God” that they hope will solve humanity’s problems and intimately watch over everyone like a guardian angel, using its super intelligence to do “what’s best” for humanity.164

See my previous book Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True if you would like to read the details of the shocking parallels between George Orwell’s classic novel Nineteen Eighty-Four and our current society in terms of actual NSA high-tech spy systems, mind-reading machines, secret government projects, advanced weapons, and emerging artificial intelligence systems.



Mainstream Media Uniformity

To manage the minds of billions of people, the information those people receive about the world must be carefully managed. Information is power, and mass communication systems are central sources of this power. People often point to Communist countries and their state-run media as examples of propaganda, while thinking places like the United States has a “free press,” but the fact is the mainstream media in America is carefully controlled as well.

Edward Bernays, considered to be the ‘father of public relations,’ wrote, “Those who manipulate the unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of...in almost every act of our lives whether in the sphere of politics or business in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires that control the public mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.”165

He went on to admit, “Whatever of social importance is done today, whether in politics, finance, manufacture, agriculture, charity, education, or other fields, must be done with the help of propaganda. Propaganda is the executive arm of the invisible government.”166

In America this is done through a combination of the centralization of media ownership and through secret government programs which work to influence the news and entertainment media. In the 1970s a Senate investigation uncovered the CIA’s media manipulation program called

Operation Mockingbird, which was paying a billion dollars a year (in today’s dollars adjusted for inflation) to the top editors and journalists of every major newspaper and television network to function as covert gatekeepers and propagandists for the government.167

The director of the program, Thomas Braden, would later admit, “If the director of the CIA wanted to extend a present, say, to someone… suppose he just thought, this man can use fifty thousand dollars, he’s working well and doing a good job—he could hand it to him and never have to account to anybody...There was simply no limit to the money it could spend and no limit to the people it could hire and no limit to the activities it could decide were necessary to conduct the war—the secret war...It was multinational.”168

According to the Congressional report into the matter, which was published in 1976, “The CIA currently maintains a network of several hundred individuals around the world who provide intelligence for the CIA and at times attempt to influence opinion through the use of covert propaganda. These individuals provide the CIA with direct access to a large number of newspapers and periodicals, scores of press services and news agencies, radio and television stations, commercial book publishers, and other foreign media outlets.”169

Of course the CIA and top media figures deny such thing continues today—a claim which is absurd and demonstrably false. The Mockingbird program [or whatever codename it operates under today] keeps certain stories out of the news or at least prevents them from being a top story, and also functions to direct the news networks to highlight specific stories or cast them in a certain light. Top stories and issues stuck circling in the news cycle for days or weeks are often carefully chosen for specific purposes.

Even seemingly innocent entertainment is often covertly controlled and carefully crafted to function as propaganda. It’s an open secret that the CIA and the Department of Defense have Entertainment Liaison Offices which work directly with Hollywood producers and writers to help them

make TV shows and blockbuster movies that deliver certain political messages in their story lines.170 Shows like 24 and films like Zero Dark Thirty were used to promote the idea that suspected terrorists need to be tortured in order to save people’s lives, and that the heroes sometimes have to break the rules in order to save the day.171

These liaison offices also provide consultants, access to military bases which are used for shooting locations, expensive equipment like aircraft carriers, jets, tanks, etc., which are used in the projects, and even uniformed U.S. military soldiers who serve as extras.172 In exchange for this priceless equipment, large numbers of extras, and access to actual military bases; TV and film studios agree to turn over the final script approval to the entertain liaison officers who make changes in screenplays in order to mold them into delivering the message they desire and have the final say over the plot.173

The emergence of social media has provided a problem for the dominant traditional media outlets, since they give anyone the ability to potentially have their message reach just as many people as content distributed through the mainstream media channels. While this has empowered the average person who can write a blog, post something on Facebook, or upload a video on YouTube and make it available for anyone to see, the corporate controllers have been scrambling to attempt to control this medium as well.

Facebook and Instagram can—and do—make content containing specific keywords, certain hashtags or pictures, disappear down the memory hole and the posts just don’t show up on others feeds or in searches.174 These services can prevent posts from going viral by limiting their distribution, largely without anyone detecting a post is being censored.175 By using these popular social media and video sharing services, everyone must agree to their terms of service, which allow these companies to restrict free speech under the banner of what they deem “inappropriate.”176 People are locked out of accounts as punishment for several days or have their entire account shut down for “violating the terms of service” if they post something the companies have deemed violates their standards.177



By the time most of these major social media companies became widely used by the public, they were quietly purchased by massive corporations after being auctioned off at the secretive Sun Valley Conference which is held in Idaho every summer.178 This small gathering in a remote town brings together the newest social media startups to meet with the current big names in technology, media, as well as heads of the CIA, NSA, and other government agencies where they come to a consensus on how to deal with new, independent communication companies and emerging technology.179

It’s a Brave New World, and even though we’re living in the Information Age, most people unfortunately couldn’t care less about current events, history, or the direction society is headed. They instead have become lost in an entertainment wasteland and are constantly streaming digital distractions to occupy their mind with meaningless gibberish, crude comedy, and gratuitous violence in what many people now consider to be an Idiocracy or the Entertainment Age.

 



Conclusion

Is the press in America really free and independent when, for over 50 years, every major American newspaper and television network have buried their heads in the sand each year when the Bilderberg Group meets? Did they all just miss the story year after year, decade after decade? No news editor or journalist can honestly say the annual meeting isn’t interesting and newsworthy. Certainly it can’t be called a coincidence when word of Bilderberg began to go viral through social media and alternative news websites, that finally some mainstream outlets began mentioning it in passing—almost always, of course, pointing out that “conspiracy theorists” were suspicious.

Their tax returns show that media companies like the Washington Post have literally helped to pay for their meetings, and major talk radio show hosts who have their finger on the pulse of politics in America have either played dumb pretending to know nothing about Bilderberg, or ridiculed anyone asking reasonable questions about the group or their activities.

Perhaps now that they’ve been forced out of the shadows, Bilderberg will attempt to “go legit” and pretend the decades of denials, news blackouts, and ridicule of the “conspiracy theorists” who are curious or concerned about them just didn’t happen at all. As we’ve seen countless times throughout history, after corrupt politicians and corporate leaders repeatedly dodge questions, deny facts, and ridicule inquiries—the truth of their activities eventually comes out.

Everyone knows that politics is a dirty business and lying is pretty much the only policy politicians are consistent on. They flip flop, they soften their positions in order to gain favor with certain groups and avoid offending others hoping to get elected, and if anyone knows anything about politicians and billionaire businessmen it’s that they will do anything to

gain and maintain their power. The list of massive deceptions perpetuated by those in power is long. “There are Weapons of Mass Destruction in Iraq.” “The NSA isn’t spying on American citizens.” “If you like your health insurance policy, you can keep it.” “Read my lips, no new taxes.” And now we can add “the Bilderberg Group is just a conspiracy theory,” to that list as well.

In 2011 when the digital dam began to burst, and the Drudge Report first posted about it, Forbes magazine finally decided to write an article which started off saying, “The annual Bilderberg Conference will convene this weekend, thus throwing the Internet into a tizzy,” and that “Conspiracy theorists believe the Bilderbergers control the course of world events. That through crisis and uncertainty they steer society’s great developments with an ultimate goal of establishing a New World Order.”180

After making the customary dig at “conspiracy theorists,” the Forbes article surprising got somewhat serious, saying, “It is certainly concerning that representatives from Washington, Wall Street and the media will meet with no account of their dealings or details of their plans. Their counterparts from across the North Atlantic will attend too. It reeks of collusion and intrigue. The lack of transparency and potential for concentrated power spurs the imagination, while unsettling the mind. The media, despite some of its most influential personalities participating, will ignore the proceedings.”181

That same week Time magazine also broke their silence, admitting, “In the past few years, the mystery surrounding the Bilderberg group has faded slightly because of interest from journalists,” and as expected, added, “the defenders of the ‘conspiracy theory’ who keep denouncing the ‘Illuminati’ are still active.”182

Only time will tell what happens regarding the Bilderberg Group’s secret history. You can’t put the toothpaste back in the tube, as the saying goes, so I wrote this book as a record of the decades of denials and news blackouts of one of the world’s biggest conspiracy facts.



Unfortunately most of their work is pretty much done. The New World Order global government is in its final phase; the Big Brother Orwellian surveillance systems have been built to track, trace, and database all electronic communications;183 the American Constitution has been subverted; most of the population has been sedated, distracted, and dumbed down through endless entertainment available at the click of a mouse or the tap of a finger. But thankfully at the same time, the era of Bilderberg’s secrecy is coming to an end, and for those who take the time to research things for themselves instead of just consuming what the mainstream media is dishing out, a clear vision of reality can come into focus.

Thanks for reading this book to the very end. I hope you have found it concise and to the point without getting bogged down by unnecessary filler or unconfirmable wild accusations. I personally have been studying the Bilderberg Group for over ten years and it has been fascinating to see word spread so far and wide about them in the age of social media and YouTube.

If you found this book interesting or valuable in your pursuit of the truth please take a moment to write a brief review and rate it on Amazon.com or at the e-book store where you downloaded it from. And if you’d like to continue reading about similar subjects, I encourage you to download the e-book or order the paperback version of one or more of my other titles. They will save you countless years of research and have most of the esoteric pieces of the puzzle assembled and organized in in one place.

Thanks again for being a reader and a lover of books. It is certainly a dying pastime in our entertainment age, as we are on the verge of an apparent Idiocracy as society continues to sink down a cultural abyss. As media analyst Neil Postman wrote in his 1985 classic Amusing Ourselves to Death, “When a population becomes distracted by trivia, when cultural life is redefined as a perpetual round of entertainments, when serious public conversation becomes a form of baby-talk, when, in short, a people become an audience and their public business a vaudeville act, then a nation finds itself at risk; culture-death is a clear possibility.”184



 





Further Reading

The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction

Secret societies have both fascinated and frightened people for hundreds of years. Often the infamous Illuminati is mentioned as the core of conspiracies which span the globe. The Illuminati is actually a historical secret society which had goals of revolutions and world domination dating back to the 1770s.

Since then, rumors and conspiracy theories involving the Illuminati continue to spread, sometimes finding their way into popular novels like Dan Brown’s Angels & Demons and Hollywood movies like Lara Croft: Tomb Raider. Some men have even come forward claiming to be former members, offering details of what they allege are the inner workings of the organization. When you sift through all of the information available on the subject, you may be surprised that the truth is stranger than fiction.

In The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, conspiracy and occult expert Mark Dice separates history from Hollywood and shows why tales of the secret society won't die.



The New World Order: Facts & Fiction

What is the New World Order? Proponents say that it’s an anticipated new era of global cooperation between diverse nations and cultures aimed at ushering in a utopia providing all the earth's citizens with everything they need.

Detractors claim it’s the systematic take-over by secret societies, quasi-government entities and corporations who are covertly organizing a global socialist all-powerful government which aims to regulate every aspect of citizens lives, rendering them a perpetual working-class while the elite leadership lives in luxury.

Conspiracy theory expert Mark Dice looks at the evidence, claims, and conspiracy theories as he takes you down the rabbit hole to The New World Order.



Illuminati in the Music Industry

Famous pop stars and rappers from Jay-Z and Rick Ross to Rihanna and Christina Aguilera are believed by many to be a part of the infamous Illuminati secret society. These stars allegedly use Illuminati and satanic symbolism in their music videos and on their clothes that goes unnoticed by those not “in the know.”

Since these stars appear in our livings rooms on family friendly mainstream shows like Good Morning America, Ellen, and dozens of others—and are loved by virtually all the kids—they couldn’t possibly have anything to do with the infamous Illuminati or anything “satanic,” could they? Some famous musicians have even publicly denounced the Illuminati in interviews or songs.

Illuminati in the Music Industry takes a close look at some of today’s hottest stars and decodes the secret symbols, song lyrics, and separates the facts from the fiction in this fascinating topic. You may never see your favorite musicians the same way ever again.



Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True

In Big Brother, Mark Dice details actual high-tech spy gadgets, mind-reading machines, government projects, and emerging artificial intelligence systems that seem as if they came right out of George Orwell’s novel Nineteen Eighty-Four.

Orwell’s famous book was first published in 1949, and tells the story of a nightmarish future where citizens have lost all privacy and are continuously monitored by the omniscient Big Brother surveillance system which keeps them obedient to a totalitarian government.

The novel is eerily prophetic as many of the fictional systems of surveillance described have now become a reality. Mark Dice shows you the scary documentation that Big Brother is watching you, and is more powerful than you could imagine.



The Resistance Manifesto

The Resistance Manifesto by Mark Dice contains 450 pages of extensively researched and documented information drawing from declassified documents, mainstream news articles, religious texts, and personal interviews. A dark web of evil is exposed like never before, making Bible Prophecy and the New World Order crystal clear.

Learn the most powerful information about the Illuminati, plans for the rise of the Antichrist, the institutions, people, and powers involved, and how you can fight them.



Inside the Illuminati

When looking into the existence and alleged activities of the infamous Illuminati secret society, one finds an overwhelming amount of conspiracy theories, hidden history, half-truths and hoaxes.

But how much truth is there to some of these claims? What is the real history of the mysterious group? Do they continue to exist today? What is the evidence? And what are they doing?

After a decade of research sifting through the facts and the fiction, secret society expert Mark Dice will help you navigate through the complex maze from the original documents to rare revelations from elite politicians, bankers and businessmen, as he takes you Inside the Illuminati



About the Author

Mark Dice is a media analyst, author, and political activist who, in an entertaining and educational way, gets people to question our celebrity obsessed culture and the role the mainstream media and elite secret societies play in shaping our lives.

Mark’s YouTube channel has received over 85 million views and his viral videos have been mentioned the Fox News Channel, CNN, the Drudge Report, TMZ, the New York Daily News, the Washington Times, and other media outlets around the world.

He has been featured on various television shows including the History Channel’s Decoded and America’s Book of Secrets, Conspiracy Theory with Jesse Ventura, Secret Societies of Hollywood on E! Channel, America Declassified on the Travel Channel, and is a frequent guest on Coast to Coast AM, The Alex Jones Show, and more.

Mark Dice is the author of several popular books on secret societies and conspiracies, including The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True, The New World Order, Facts & Fiction, The Resistance Manifesto, Illuminati in the Music Industry, and Inside the Illuminati, which are all available in paperback on Amazon.com or e-book on Kindle, iBooks, Nook or Google Play.

While much of Mark’s work confirms the existence and continued operation of the Illuminati today, he is also dedicated to debunking conspiracy theories and hoaxes and separating the facts from the fiction; hence the “Facts & Fiction” subtitle for several of his books.



While having respect for all authentic religions and belief systems, Mark Dice is a Christian and holds a bachelor’s degree in communication from California State University. He lives in San Diego, California.

He enjoys causing trouble for the New World Order, exposing corrupt scumbag politicians, and pointing out Big Brother’s prying eyes. The term “fighting the New World Order” is used by Mark to describe some of his activities, and refers to his and others’ resistance and opposition (The Resistance) to the overall system of political corruption, illegal wars, elite secret societies, mainstream media, Big Brother and privacy issues; as well as various economic and social issues. This Resistance involves selfimprovement, self-sufficiency, personal responsibility and spiritual growth.





Connect with Mark on: Facebook.com/MarkDice Twitter.com/MarkDice.com YouTube.com/MarkDice Instagram.com/MarkDice MarkDice.com



Copyright Info

 

The Bilderberg Group: Facts & Fiction © 2015 by Mark Dice All Rights Reserved Published by The Resistance Manifesto San Diego, CA

 

No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the author.

 

Visit MarkDice.com

E-book ISBN: 978-0-9887268-9-5

 

Cover design by Jason Bermas Cover images licensed from iStockPhoto Internal photos all taken by Mark Dice

 



1

Time Magazine “Bilderberg: The Uber-Powerful Global Elite Meet Behind Closed Doors in St. Moritz” by Anne Fournier (June 9th 2011)

2

Many of these calls were recorded or the clips were taken from the show’s podcast archive and can be heard on MarkDice.com or found on YouTube if you search for keywords: Mark Dice Bilderberg Sean Hannity.

3

http://www.bilderbergmeetings.org/participants_2008.html

4

The Guardian “Bilderberg conference 2014: eating our politicians for breakfast” by Charlie Skelton (May 30th 2014)

5

Business Insider “The Full List Of Incredibly Powerful People Who Will Attend This Year's Bilderberg Meeting (June 3rd 2013)

6

http://www.bilderbergmeetings.org/participants2012.html

7

The Observer April 7th 1963

8

Tucker, Jim – Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary page 231

9

Tucker, Jim – Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary page 218

10

The book was unfortunately out of print the last I checked, but used copies were available on amazon.com.

11

The Guardian “Bilderberg 2012: protesters hail their hero, Alex Jones” Ryan Devereaux (June 3rd 2012)

12

NPR “Bewildered by Bilderberg” by Linton Weeks (May 21st 2014)

13

The Guardian “Bilderberg 2011: The curtains are drawn” by Charlie Skelton (June 9th 2011)

14

Washington Examiner “Drudge is the nation's news homepage, top driver to Fox, NYT, Politico” by Paul Bedard (April 9th 2015)



15

2008 IRS Form 990-PF OMD No 1545-0052

16

2009 IRS Form 990-PF OMD No 1545-0052

17

Usually they meet in the United States every four years, typically in election years, although this has not always been the case.

18

http://www.goldmansachs.com/who-we-are/leadership/board-of-directors/james-a-johnson.html

19

CBS News “The Case Against Lehman Brothers” by Steve Kroft (August 19th 2012)

20

See my previous book Inside the Illuminati, Evidence, Objectives, and Methods of Operation for a detailed analysis of this and other Bilderberg affiliates.

21

YouTube: Mark Dice Visits Bilderberg’s Secret Office in Washington D.C. (June 2nd 2014)

22

Visit MarkDice.com and then click the link to “Articles by Mark” and you’ll see another link to the Bilderberg’s Tax Returns listed where you can download the PDFs from several different years.

23

YouTube: Robert Gibbs Lies to Press on CNN avoids disclosing Bilderberg Meeting https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NIPik872K64

24

Associated Press “Clinton and Obama hold secret meeting” by Beth Fouhy and Nedra Pickler (June 5th 2008)

25

YouTube: Robert Gibbs Lies to Press on CNN avoids disclosing Bilderberg Meeting (posted by user 911isalie on February 26th 2009) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NIPik872K64

26

YouTube: Did Hillary Clinton Attend the 2006 Bilderberg Conference? (Shot November 8th 2007) Posted on YouTube by user jamartellxiv on November 17th 2011 https://www.youtube.com/watch? v=wqbItHSPGi0

27

YouTube: Did Hillary Clinton Attend the 2006 Bilderberg Conference? (Shot November 8th 2007) Posted on YouTube by user jamartellxiv on November 17th 2011 https://www.youtube.com/watch? v=wqbItHSPGi0



28

NBCNews.com ”Reading Hillary Rodham’s Hidden Thesis” by Bill Dedman (5-9-2007)

29

Ibid.

30

YouTube “Bill Clinton admits to attending 1991 Bilderberg Meeting” (March 2008)

31

Ibid.

32

YouTube “Bill Clinton gets asked about the Bohemian Grove club that he and other elites attend” (uploaded October 2011)

33

See the section on the Bohemian Grove in my previous book Inside the Illuminati: Evidence, Objectives, and Methods of Operation.

34

YouTube: Senator Boxer Confronted on Bilderberg Group by Mark Dice and Luke Rudkowski from We Are Change (posted June 6th 2012)

35

YouTube: Ben Bernanke Confronted by WeAreChange (posted May 13th 2011) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4AcpznV4RGY

36

This quote is unverified and its authenticity is disputed.

37

Rockefeller, David - Memoirs page 405

38

CFR.org “Launch of the Maurice R. Greenberg Center for Geoeconomic Studies with Vice President Dick Cheney” (February 15th 2002)

39

YouTube “Hillary Clinton addresses the Council on Foreign Relations, admits CFR runs the government

40

YouTube: “Ron Paul talks about the Bilderberg Group” (posted August 16th 2008) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=plo-1rLZ3Jo

41

YouTube: “Ron Paul talks about the Bilderberg Group” (posted August 16th 2008) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=plo-1rLZ3Jo



42

Ibid.

43

YouTube: Rand Paul before endorsing Romney on Bilderberg and Goldman Sachs posted by WeAreChange (June 8th 2012) Interview with Rand Paul by Luke Rudkowski.

44

John R. Rarick, Congressional Record, 92nd Congress, 1st Session, Wednesday, Volume 117, No. 133, 15 September 1971, pp. E9615-E9624

45

Eisenhower memo from March 11th 1955

46

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page xiv

47

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page xiv

48

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page 265

49

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page 265

50

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page 277

51

Rothkopf, David - Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They are Making Preface page 285-286

52

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruling-Class Cohesiveness page 86

53

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruling-Class Cohesiveness page 92

54

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruling-Class Cohesiveness page 93



55

Domhoff, William - The Bohemian Grove and Other Retreats: A Study in Ruling-Class Cohesiveness page 110

56

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) Page 156-157

57

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) Page 138

58

The Guardian “Who Pulls the Strings?” by Jon Ronson (March 10th 2001)

59

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope page 950

60

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope page 324

61

PrisonPlanet.com “Leaked 1955 Bilderberg Docs Outline Plan For Single European Currency” by Paul Joseph Watson (May 8th 2009)

62

BBC Radio 4 Investigation “Club Class” by Simon Cox (2003) Audio available here: http://www.propagandamatrix.com/bbc_radio_4_bilderberg.mp3

63

https://wikileaks.org/wiki/Bilderberg_meeting_report_Garmisch-Patenkirchen,_1955

64

BBC Radio 4 “Club Class” with Simon Cox (2003) - Around 9 minute mark http://www.propagandamatrix.com/bbc_radio_4_bilderberg.mp3

65

BBC Radio 4 “Club Class” with Simon Cox (2003) - Around 9 minute mark http://www.propagandamatrix.com/bbc_radio_4_bilderberg.mp3 (at approximately the 11:15 mark)

66

Pastor, Robert - Toward a North American Community: Lessons from the Old World for the New page 115

67

New York Times “Cashless Society? It’s Already Coming” by Damon Darlin (November 28th 2014)



68

The Economist - “Get Ready for the Phoenix” (January 9th 1988) Volume 306 pages 9-10)

69

The Telegraph “The secret society that ties Bush and Kerry” by Charles Laurence (February 1st 2004)

70

New York Times “THE 2004 ELECTION: THE PROCESS; Aide in the Selection of a Running Mate Recalls, 'We Never Got to a Short List’” by Jodi Wilgoren (July 7th 2004)

71

Ibid.

72

Tucker, Jim - Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary page 57

73

Quigley, Carroll – Tragedy and Hope pages 1247-1248

74

The Iraq Resolution or the Iraq War Resolution (formally the Authorization for Use of Military Force Against Iraq Resolution of 2002) enacted October 16th 2002

75

Tucker, Jim - Jim Tucker’s Bilderberg Diary page 9

76

CNN “Report: No WMD stockpiles in Iraq” (October 7th 2007)

77

CNN ”Fake Iraq documents 'embarrassing' for U.S. by David Ensor (March 14th 2003)

78

Washington Post “Bush Reasserts Hussein-Al Qaeda Link” by Walter Pincus and Dana Milbank (June 17th 2004)

79

Washington Post “Keeping the U.S. First; Pentagon Would Preclude a Rival Superpower” by Barton Gellman (March 11th 1992)

80

Rebuilding America’s Defenses by the Project for the New American Centuary page 51

81

Washington Post “10 reasons the U.S. is no longer the land of the free” by Jonathan Turley (January 13th 2012)

82

Seattle Post-Intelligencer “New Poll: A Third of U.S. Public Believes 9/11 Conspiracy Theory” by Thomas Hargrove (August 2nd 2006)



83

USA Today “Bush's joke about WMD draws criticism” (March 26th 2004)

84

Fox News Channel “Glenn Beck Program” (June 2010)

85

YouTube: Sean Hannity: What Bilderberg Group (Call made January 29th 2009 and posted to YouTube on February 2nd 2009. https://youtu.be/WZiwwY_ajBI

86

YouTube: Michael Savage now admits Bilderberg Group is in control of the economy, the media, and White House. https://youtu.be/W5cTLlaRbAg

87

YouTube: Michael Savage admits Bilderberg put Obama in Power https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kSYFZY5oTR0

88

The Wall Street Journal “Clear Channel, Limbaugh Ink $400 Million New Contract” by Sarah McBride (July 3rd 2008)

89

Rush Limbaugh Transcript from August 20th 2010 (Posted on RushLimgaugh.com http://www.rushlimbaugh.com/daily/2010/08/20/fidel_castro_discovers_bilderberg_conspiracy_to_p opularize_beatles

90

Rush Limbaugh Transcript from August 20th 2010

91

YouTube: Alan Colmes: Bilderberg Group a Conspiracy Theory https://www.youtube.com/watch? v=kaBQ-Z1YsYM

92

YouTube: Alan Colmes & The Bilderbergers (posed by bricksquad305 on June 23rd 2012) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JoQ3dMUFZ8A

93

YouTube: Dennis Miller show crashed by Bilderberg truth (posted August 11th 2009) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eekTMXzMM00

94

CNN.com “Why do we embrace conspiracy theories?” by Fareed Zakaria (May 6th 2011)

95



Ibid.

96

Ibid.

97

CSPAN: Gart Hart calls for the use of 9/11 to carry out a New World Order (Available on YouTube) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5r7htckec-U

98

CNBC in February 2009 - video on YouTube.

99

Bob Woodward & Carl Bernstein - The Final Days second Touchstone paperback edition (1994) Chapter 14, pp. 194-195

100

Senate Report (Senate Foreign Relations Committee) (February 17th 1950). Revision of the United Nations Charter: Hearings Before a Subcommittee of the Committee on Foreign Relations, Eighty-First Congress. United States Government Printing Office. p. 494.

101

Norman Cousins Global Governance Award in 1999

102

Reuters “U.S. states' pot legalization not in line with international law: U.N. agency” (November 12th 2014)

103

National Post “Supreme Court upholds Canada's hate speech laws in case involving anti-gay crusader” by Joseph Brean (February 27th 2013)

104

BBC Radio 4 “Club Class” with Simon Cox (2003) - Around 9 minute mark http://www.propagandamatrix.com/bbc_radio_4_bilderberg.mp3

105

CNBC “Cashless society: A huge threat to our freedom” by Scott A. Shay (December 12th 2013)

106

The Guardian “Mobile payments: the brave new cashless future” by Christer Holloman (March 3rd 2015)

107

Washington Post “What’s in your wallet? Probably not cash” by Jonnelle Marte (May 12th 2014)

108

Bloomberg “Citi Economist Says It Might Be Time to Abolish Cash” by Lorcan Roche Kelly (April 10th 2015)

109

The Telegraph “How to end boom and bust: make cash illegal” by Jim Leaviss (May 13th 2015)



110

Ibid.

111

Airline Reporter “More and More Airlines Become Cashless” by David Parker Brown (May 28th 2009)

112

The Washington Post “Highway seizure in Iowa fuels debate about asset-forfeiture laws” by Robert O’Harrow Jr (November 10th 2014)

113

CNBC “Police cash confiscations still on the rise” by Mark Fahey (May 19th 2015)

114

Chicago Tribune “Highway robbery? Texas police seize black motorists' cash, cars” by Howard Witt (March 10th 2009)

115

Consumerist “Credit Cards To Sell Your Buying History So Online Advertisers Can Target You More Precisely” by Ben Popken (October 25th 2011)

116

NATO Response Force/Very High Readiness Joint Task Force: Fact Sheet http://aco.nato.int/page349011837.aspx

117

CNN “Robot exoskeleton suits that could make us superhuman” by Matthew Ponsford (May 22nd 2013)

118

CNET “HAL-5: The exoskeleton robot 'to suit you’” by Elizabeth Armstrong Moore (March 15th 2011)

119

Time “2045: The Year Man Becomes Immortal” by Lev Grossman (February 10th 2011)

120

Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability (Volume 3 of Air Force 2025) page 35

121

Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability (Volume 3 of Air Force 2025) page 35

122

Information Operations: A New War-Fighting Capability (Volume 3 of Air Force 2025) page 38

123

Washington Times “Gearing up for robot wars” by Bill Gertz (April 8th 2015)



124

Computer World “AI Researcher Says Amoral Robots Pose a Danger to Humanity” by Sharon Gaudin (March 7th 2014)

125

Mashable “Elon Musk's secret fear: Artificial Intelligence will turn deadly in 5 years” by Adario Strange (November 11th 2014)

126

Cnet “Elon Musk: 'We are summoning the demon' with artificial intelligence” by Eric Mack (October 26th 2014)

127

BBC “Stephen Hawking warns artificial intelligence could end mankind” by Rory Cellan-Jones (December 2nd 2014)

128

Washington Post “Bill Gates on dangers of artificial intelligence: ‘I don’t understand why some people are not concerned” by Peter Holley (January 29th 2015)

129

Washington Post “Apple co-founder on artificial intelligence: ‘The future is scary and very bad for people’” by Peter Holley (March 24th 2015)

130

Fox News “Gun makers facing new limits urged to relocate” (March 31st 2013)

131

YouTube: Cass Sunstein: "The Second Amendment: The Constitution's Most Mysterious Right” Speech at University of Chicago Law School (Posted June 20th 2013)

132

Washington Post “Supreme Court affirms fundamental right to bear arms” by Robert Barnes and Dan Eggen (June 29th 2010)

133

Mediaite “Rapper Ice-T Defends Gun Rights After Colorado Shooting: ‘The Last Form Of Defense Against Tyranny’” by Andrew Kirell (July 23rd 2012)

134

Boston Globe “UK gun control offers model for US” by Anthony Faiola (February 17th 2013)

135

NewsBusters.org “Piers Morgan Admits He Wants UK-Style Gun Ban in the States” by Matt Hado (May 3rd 2013)

136

The Daily Caller “Holder in 1995: ‘Really brainwash people’ to be anti-gun” by Matthew Boyle (March 18th 2012)



137

Politico “The Bilderberg Group's media men” by Dylan Byers (May 21st 2012)

138

CNN “Fareed Zakaria GPS: Is it Time To Correct the Constitution?” (June 20th 2011)

139

Xinhua “Innocent blood demands no delay for U.S. gun control” (December 12th 2015)

140

Forbes “U.N. Agreement Should Have All Gun Owners Up In Arms” by Larry Bell (June 7th 2011)

141

Business Insider “PROFESSOR: The World Is Overpopulated By 5 Billion People” by Sanya Khetani (April 27th 2012)

142

PBS - Charlie Rose - Interview with Ted Turner (April 1st 2008)

143

Ibid.

144

Population Research Institute “Abortion Pushing UN Population Fund has Record Number of Donors” by Terry Vanderheyden (January 13th 2006)

145

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 787-788

146

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 786-787

147

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 837

148

Holdren, John – Ecoscience page 837

149

Wired “The NSA Is Building the Country’s Biggest Spy Center” by James Bamford (March 15 2012)

150

CBS News “Smile! You're On Casino Camera” (February 26th 2001)

151

TechDirt “Hotels Get Facial-Recognition Sales Pitch” by Carlo Longino (February 19th 2009)



152

Time “Face Recognition Technology Comes to Malls and Nightclubs” by Jerry Brito (December 12th 2001)

153

ABC News “Biometrics Used to Detect Criminals at Super Bowl” by Vickie Chachere (February 13th 2002)

154

Guardian “Trapwire surveillance system exposed in document leak” by Charlies Arthur (August 13th 2012)

155

Ibid

156

Ibid

157

TechDirt “NSA Whistleblower Ed Snowden: From My Desk I Could Wiretap Anyone: You, A Federal Judge Or The President Of The US” by Mike Masnick (June 10th 2013)

158

ABC News “Dozens of Arrests in 'Blackshades' Hacking Around the World” by Aaron Katersky (May 19th 2014)

159

Orwell, George - Nineteen Eighty-Four page 2

160

The Washington Post “IRS admits targeting conservatives for tax scrutiny in 2012 election” by Zachary A. Goldfarb and Karen Tumulty (May 10th 2013)

161

TechCrunch “NSA Subverts Most Encryption, Works With Tech Organizations For Back-Door Access, Report Says” by Gregory Ferenstein (September 5th 2013)

162

Forbes “NSA Intercepting Laptops Ordered Online, Installing Spyware” by Erik Kain (December 29th 2013)

163

Breitbart “The Turnkey Totalitarian State” by John Sexton (June 6th 2013)

164

The Guardian “AI scientists want to make gods. Should that worry us?” by Wendy M Grossman (November 2nd 2011)



165

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 37-38

166

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 47-48

167

Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Government Operations With Respect to Intelligence Activities. April 1976. pp. 191–201

168

Thomas Braden, interview included in the Granada Television program, World in Action: The Rise and Fall of the CIA (1975)

169

Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Government Operations With Respect to Intelligence Activities (April 1976)

170

Army Times “The Pentagon’s Hollywood Liaison” by Hope Hodge (July 1 2013)

171

Variety “The ‘24’ Effect: How ‘Liberal Hollywood’ Carried Water For Torture” by Brian Lowry (December 14th 2014)

172

Business Insider “One Man In The Department Of Defense Controls All Of Hollywood's Access To The Military” by Aly Weisman (March 5th 2014)

173

The Guardian “An Offer They Couldn’t Refuse” by Matthew Alford and Robbie Graham (November 13th 2008)

174

Gizmodo “10 Normal Hashtags That Instagram Bans for Some Weird Reason” by Casey Chan (August 26th 2013)

175

Los Angeles Times “Facebook tries to cut down on hoaxes showing up in news feeds” by Tracey Lien (January (20th 2015)

176

The Washington Post “Two weeks after Zuckerberg said ‘je suis Charlie,’ Facebook begins censoring images of prophet Muhammad” by Caitlin Dewey (January 27th 2015)

177

Breitbart “Facebook Plans to Crack Down on ‘Hate Speech’ Directed at Unspecified ‘Protected Groups’” by John Hayward (March 16th 2015)

178

New York Times “Business Casual” by David Carr (July 13th 2007)



179

Los Angeles Times “Allen & Co.'s Sun Valley conference to focus on foreign affairs” by Joe Flint (July 10th 2012)

180

Forbes “Bilderbergers, New World Orders And Conspiracy Theories” by Billa Flax (June 9th 2011)

181

Ibid.

182

Time “Bilderberg: The Uber-Powerful Global Elite Meet Behind Closed Doors in St. Moritz” by Anne Fournier (June 9th 2011)

183

Checkout my previous book Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True in paperback on Amazon.com or download the e-book to learn the details of electronic surveillance today and how our society parallels George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four.

184



Postman, Neil - Amusing Ourselves to Death page 155-156

1. Introduction 2. Rap and Hip Hop 3. Pop Music 4. Rock and Heavy Metal 5. Country Music 6. Conclusion 7. Footnotes



Illuminati

In the Music Industry

Illuminati in the Music Industry

© 2013 by Mark Dice

All Rights Reserved

Published by The Resistance

San Diego, CA No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the publisher and the author. Printed in the United States of America First edition printed in November 2013 Visit www.MarkDice.com ISBN: 978-09887268-2-6

 

Introduction

Practically everyone has seen or heard of the satanic symbolism used by rock and heavy metal bands, particularly dating back to the 1980s when Ozzy Osbourne, Motley Crue, and many others incorporated satanic pentagrams, images of devils, and even dramatized human sacrifices into their performances and lyrics. But after a while the whole “satanic shock rock” fad faded into the past with most musicians eventually abandoning satanic imagery and themes. This was not the end of the story though, because accusations of satanism and secret messages would resurface again in the 21st century, and weren’t just limited to heavy metal or rock bands. Blatant Satanic symbolism made a strong comeback, this time, in rap and hip hop, and also in many seemingly family friendly teen idols, including female pop stars who are household names.

It’s not just any kind of Satanism that’s said to have been adopted by these pop stars—its Illuminati symbolism—from the infamous secret society talked about in many conspiracy circles. This “Illuminati” is said to be the puppet masters—the Invisible Empire believed by many—who follow conspiracy theories—to control the world. Yes, that infamous superclass secret society of billionaires, media moguls, European royalty, and elite politicians. Famous pop stars and rappers from Jay-Z and Rick Ross, to Rihanna and Christina Aguilera are said by many to be “satanic” or “Illuminati” and allegedly use Illuminati symbolism in their music videos, on their clothes, and wear Illuminati jewelry that goes unnoticed by those not “in the know.”

Since these stars appear in our livings rooms on family friendly mainstream shows like Good Morning America, Ellen, and dozens of others —and are loved by virtually all the kids—they couldn’t possibly have anything to do with the infamous Illuminati or anything “satanic,” could they?



In this book I will show you in shocking detail just how many mainstream musicians with household names and millions of preteen fans are false idols pumping garbage into people’s brains while being presented as role models for children to look up to, learn from, and mimic. Many men and women of all ages actually idolize these musicians, and see them as modern day gods and goddesses. No, this is not a “backwards messages made the teens kill themselves,” kind of book. We will, however, look at the lyrical and visual content of mainstream, Grammy Award winning artists, whose songs are played on radio stations around the world, and we will analyze the various effects consuming such content on a regular basis has on listeners’ beliefs and behavior.

Aside from mainstream musicians being human products designed and manufactured by record companies that know how to mass produce novelty songs about love and relationships, many artists are promoting selfdestructive, disempowering and callous materialistic ideas in their lyrical content and accompanying music videos. Exactly what is their purpose? What is this “Illuminati symbolism” people are talking about? Are some musicians really “in” the Illuminati secret society?

Living in the information age and because of various major world changing events appearing to unfold as if there’s a hidden hand pulling the strings, more and more people are stumbling across, or somehow finding the “Illuminati rabbit hole” through events like the September 11th attacks, the global economic collapse, or the ever-increasing Big Brother Orwellian surveillance society we are living in. A growing number of people are beginning to believe that the Illuminati are secretly in control of the government, banks, the mainstream media, and major world events. While many people are obviously disturbed by the idea that a powerful mystical secret society could be operating as a shadow government manipulating our planet, others, however, see the Illuminati not as a threat to our freedoms, our well-being, or the economy, but instead look up to them and see the Illuminati’s immense perceived power appealing just as countless people are drawn to gangster films and often fantasize about working for the Italian mafia because of the power certain mafia men wield.



Since the Illuminati mafia is considered to be the most powerful organization in the world, eclipsing by far the Italian mob, and as more and more people have learned about the Illuminati or heard about “Illuminati conspiracy theories,” an increasing number of people began to look up to them as “cool,” and the ultimate gangsters.

Many rap artists, as you know, not only portray characters who are gangsters, but some even use stage names taken from famous (real) gangsters or drug dealers, and in their songs and videos they brag about killing people, making tons of money, and sleeping with all kinds of women. More recently we’ve seen the emergence of artists incorporating Illuminati themes into their songs, dress, and music videos, so throughout this book we will look at the emergence of Illuminati symbolism and lyrical content in mainstream music today, as well as the psychological and social effects of simply listening to music. Many still deny that listening to music can have any ill effect on people, let alone society, but we’ll take a look at what famous musicians and media moguls have to say about the subject, as well as some very serious scientific studies into the matter.

There is always the issue of parental control to manage the content children are exposed to, but as you know, most artists are falsely advertised as child-friendly, or later change their image and message to something more hardcore after they have achieved mainstream success with a charttopping album or two. Many of the artists in this book you may be familiar with, or even a fan of. You’ve probably heard their songs hundreds and hundreds of times, but you’re about to take a close and revealing look at them, and I’m sure you’ll never see them the same way ever again.

Of course most artists don’t write their own songs and they are just actors, essentially, performing songs their studios purchased with the goal of entertaining the audience with lyrical content that would resonate with the masses. The 1990s duo Milli Vanilli is a classic example showing how artists are often assembled and created by studios, not organically developed by a group of talented kids who are friends and passionate about singing, but instead by industry professionals who know how to create carefully crafted superstars who are then sold around the world.



Lou Pearlman, for example, created various super successful boy bands like ‘N Sync and the Backstreet Boys, and was later sent to prison after being convicted of fraud for scamming people out of an estimated $300 million dollars.1 The man had no experience in the music industry, but because of his slick, con artist mind, was able to build those various boy bands and launch them to stardom.

It’s important to note that the music industry financially supports artists whose music preaches socially destructive messages, and builds them up as role models who the brain-dead mainstream music loving mentally enslaved masses worship as idols. The fact that many musicians achieve massive success isn’t necessarily because they are extremely talented— instead, it’s a result of being chosen by a record label to be promoted because their songs encourage violent, immoral, and social destructive behavior. Their music is literally used to brainwash the listeners through social conditioning. I’m not saying all successful mainstream artists are bad, but a shockingly large number of them are simply pure trash.

Occasionally an artist who is an Illuminati pawn will actually produce a song which counters their very purpose for being promoted, as in the case of Eminem’s 2004 hit Mosh, a blistering attack against George W. Bush and the War in Iraq. But in most cases such songs are overwhelmingly overshadowed and drown out by the extraordinary amount of content designed to destroy the listener’s mind.

The Illuminati symbolism in music videos has gotten so blatant in recent years that even some mainstream news outlets have reported on the rumors and allegations surrounding various artists. In previous years, Illuminati conspiracy theories had sparked bestselling books like Dan Brown’s Angels and Demons, and even some popular films like Tomb Raider, starring Angelina Jolie, where the plot revolves around her battling against the Illuminati as they seek a device that will give them ultimate power. More recently the Puma clothing company has released an Illuminati themed clothing line titled “Shadow Society” featuring pyramids and sun

symbols, two of the most popular Illuminati images, and rappers like Kanye West and even sports figures like LeBran James have been photographed wearing clothes featuring obvious Illuminati symbolism.

Some people believe the reason this symbolism has become so blatant is because the Illuminati themselves are partaking in the “revelation of the method” and openly displaying their power on purpose to brag about it as they are preparing to allegedly “externalize the hierarchy” and finally announce their presence to the world as the supposed divine custodians of the “royal secret” who are preparing the planet for the arrival of the messiah (or more accurately, the antichrist).

Others see this as a way to muddy the water around the Illuminati in order to cover up for their political and banking activities by flooding society with disinformation in order to convince people that the Illuminati is just some kind of fictional myth involving rappers and pop stars, so the real Illuminati can continue to operate without disruption or people seriously investigating their existence and activities.

The Illuminati have even been accused of murdering many famous musicians, including Michael Jackson, Tupac, Whitney Houston, and others, by fans who say they were killed because they wouldn’t go along with the industry’s agenda or as a sacrifice to Satan for the final payment of their fame. While many of these allegations may be farfetched and unfounded, it is undeniable that a large number of industry elites have aligned themselves with this superclass cabal.

In the past, a small number of musicians have occasionally referenced the Illuminati in their songs hoping to warn people about their evil activities, although most of these artists are underground and are rarely, if ever, played on the corporate owned airwaves controlled by Clear Channel or similar monopolized markets. Some of these independent artists, such as Immortal Technique and Prodigy, have mentioned the Illuminati by name, while other rappers and rockers seem to be very well aware of the evil

deeds of the brotherhood, a fact that becomes clear by simply listening to the lyrics of their songs or watching the music videos that accompany them.

But these independent artists who have warned about the Illuminati or who have tried to expose them, are vastly outnumbered by the growing list of mainstream artists who have openly, or subtly, embraced the Illuminati secret society as something they want their listeners to believe they are a part of, or affiliated with, in some way. And as I said before, most of these artists are pure trash, or what I call “satanic scumbags” and part of the mainstream (urine stream) music business.

Even thousands of years ago, philosophers like Plato, Aristotle, and Socrates understood the tremendous influence music has on its listeners. Aristotle recognized that music communicates emotion and can even shape people’s character, warning, “If one listens to the wrong kind of music, he will become the wrong kind of person.”

Plato said that music was once pure and conveyed only positive thoughts and emotions in the listeners, but later, “an unmusical anarchy was led by poets,” who promoted “promiscuous cleverness and a spirit of lawbreaking.”2

Plato also wrote that, “They were men of genius, but they had no perception of what was just and lawful in music...And by composing licentious works [lacking legal or moral restraints]” they “have inspired the multitude with lawlessness and boldness.”3

Socrates, another major figure in ancient Greek philosophy, said, “Musical training is a more potent instrument than any other, because rhythm and harmony find their way into the inward places of the soul, on which they mightily fasten, imparting grace, and making the soul of him who is rightly educated graceful, or of him who is ill-educated ungraceful.”4



Christian philosopher Boethuis said in the sixth century that, “Music is part of us, and either ennobles or degrades our behavior.”5

The ancient Chinese philosophy text, the Shu Ching, reads “for changing people’s manners and altering their customs there is nothing better than music.”6

Marilyn Manson, the satanic shock rocker from the 1990s stated that, “Music is the strongest form of magic.”7 As you know, music and music videos go hand in hand. Joseph Goebbels, the infamous Nazi propagandist and member of Adolf Hitler’s inner circle, said that motion pictures were, “one of the most modern means of mass persuasion,” and “film was one of the most modern and far reaching means for influencing the public that has ever existed.”8

Ted Turner, the man who founded CNN, the first 24-hour cable news network, stated, “You know that everything we’re are exposed to, influences us…those violent films influence us, and the TV programs we see influence us. The weaker your family is, the more they influence you. The problems with families in our societies are catastrophic, but when you put violent programs before people who haven’t had a lot of love in their lives, who are angry anyway, it is like pouring gasoline on the fire.”9

David Puttnam, former Chairman of Columbia Pictures, and Academy Award winning producer of Chariots of Fire and The Killing Fields, said, “Movies are powerful. Good or bad they tinker around inside your brain. They steal up on you in the darkness of the cinema to form or conform social attitudes. They can help to create a healthy, informed, concerned and inquisitive society or, in the alternative, a negative, apathetic, ignorant one.”10

Former vice president of Disney, Ken Wales, remarked, “As a member of this industry I wish that there were hundreds of stars and writers and directors standing here with me. I suppose they are out protesting toxic waste! Let me tell you there happens to be toxic waste in other areas besides

our rivers. That happens in the pollution of our minds, our souls and our spirits!”11

Eddy Manson, who was a popular composer for such films as Born on the Fourth of July and Breakfast at Tiffany’s, stated that, “We manipulate people like crazy in films…It’s a tremendous release. I can make you feel any emotion I want you to feel at any time. It’s a Machiavellian power we project gut to gut.”12

Gus Van Sant, the Academy Award nominated director of Goodwill Hunting, stated, “I believe the properly manipulated image can provoke an audience to the Burroughsian13limit of riot, rampant sex, instantaneous death…The raw materials of inspiration include elements as primal and potentially frightening as violence, sex, and death…the primitive world of blood and flame is still with us.”14

Alan J. Pakula, the director of All The President’s Men, a film about the Watergate scandal based on the nonfiction book of the same name written by Bob Woodward and Carl Bernstein, admitted, “Movie violence is like eating salt. The more you eat, the more you need to eat to taste it at all. People are becoming immune to the effects: The death counts have quadrupled…they’re becoming deaf to it. They’ve developed insatiability for raw sensation.”15

Even Oliver Stone admitted, “The cynicism has now gone too far. We are becoming what the history books tell us late Rome was like—mired in decadent self-absorption and the lacking virtue.”16

Anton Lavey, the founder of the Church of Satan and author of The Satanic Bible, wrote, “Many of you have already read my writings identifying TV as the new god. There is a little thing I neglected to mention up until now—television is the major mainstream infiltration for the New Satanic religion.”17



A 1980 study by George Washington University researchers found that Hollywood’s producers, writers and directors view themselves as, “crusaders for social reform in America.”18 Lichter, Lichter & Rotman conducted a survey of 240 journalists at major national media outlets such as The New York Times, Washington Post, Newsweek, Time magazine, U.S. News & World Report, Wall Street Journal, ABC, CBS, NBC, PBS, etc., and asked them their political attitudes and voting patterns. The report showed that most people at these companies had liberal views and the findings were later published as a book titled The Media Elite.

A famous rant about the power of television by the character Howard Beal in the 1976 film Network still rings true today, when he shouted, “This tube can make or break presidents, popes, prime ministers...This tube is the most awesome God-damned force in the whole godless world, and woe is us if it ever falls into the hands of the wrong people.”19

The man credited as the father of public relations is Edward Bernays, and early in the twentieth century he was a master of social engineering, propaganda, and shaping public opinion. Bernays was also the nephew of the famous psychologist Sigmund Freud, which may help explain how he became interested in psychology. In 1928 he published a book titled Propaganda that described his methods for shaping public opinion and people’s attitudes and behaviors through the use of mass media. A quick glance over several excerpts from Propaganda reveals just how powerful the control of information is to anyone wanting to influence large numbers of people, or society as a whole.

Bernays wrote, “Those who manipulate the unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of...in almost every act of our lives whether in the sphere of politics or business in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires that control the public mind,

who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.”20

He went on to admit, “Whatever of social importance is done today, whether in politics, finance, manufacture, agriculture, charity, education, or other fields, must be done with the help of propaganda. Propaganda is the executive arm of the invisible government.”21

Bernays also revealed, “The invisible government tends to be concentrated in the hands of the few because of the expense of manipulating the social machinery which controls the opinions and habits of the masses.”22

This is strikingly parallel to what George Orwell said in his classic novel Nineteen Eighty-Four, where he wrote, “All the beliefs, habits, tastes, emotions, mental attitudes that characterize our time are really designed to sustain the mystique of the Party and prevent the true nature of present-day society from being perceived.”23

Edward Bernays can be largely credited with making cigarette smoking popular and appearing cool because in 1929 he was hired by the American Tobacco Company in order to help promote smoking and increase their business. He did this by hiring a group of attractive female models to light up cigarettes while marching in the New York City parade in order to break the taboo of women smoking in public. He coordinated this stunt with a press release saying they lit up “Torches of Freedom” to support women’s rights. The following day The New York Times ran an article with the headline, “Group of Girls Puff at Cigarettes as a Gesture of Freedom.”24 He really was an evil genius.

Bernays was also the man responsible for diamond rings becoming synonymous with marriage and love. The De Beers diamond company (a monopoly really) hired him to condition the public into associating a diamond ring with love. Before this, women’s wedding rings were simply a gold band, but Bernays was able to use his propaganda techniques to

condition (brain wash really) both men and women into believing that when a man proposes marriage to a woman, he needs to do so with a large diamond ring. “Diamonds are a girl’s best friend,” and “a diamond is forever.” Get it?

It’s foolish to deny the power of music and musicians, or to deny that songs and music videos are often very persuasive pieces of propaganda. Musicians often affect fashion, starting new trends and even creating new words and catch phrases. I’m sure you’re familiar with “grills,” “bling,” and maybe “getting jiggy with it.” Many listeners clearly copy the dress and style of their favorite musicians, and some songs are admittedly designed as antiwar protest anthems, or to bring attention to various social causes. Declassified documents show that the FBI wanted to dig up dirt on (or frame) John Lennon and deport him from the United States because his antiwar activities in the 1960s were undermining the government’s pro war propaganda regarding Vietnam.25

It’s not uncommon that concerts are held to raise money for various charities or causes. So if songs can be used to support the antiwar movement, or encourage people to act in a positive way, why is it that so many people scoff at claims that music can be equally influential in negative ways, and promote socially destructive behaviors as well?

It’s undeniable that music can bring people joy or inspire them to help others—so why is it so many people deny that it can do exactly the opposite? The truth is, most artists, record labels, and studios know the power their music holds, good or bad, but will never betray the secret of their success.

When people say “have a nice day” or “drive safely,” they are encouraging those thoughts to permeate your mind. It feels good to hear positive and uplifting words of encouragement. Conversely, if someone tells you “you’re an idiot” or insults you verbally, you’ll literally feel bad, mad, or anxious, and can easily have your emotions and state of mind affected simply by hearing a few words. If hearing a few little words can affect your

thought patterns, emotions and actions, then what do you think entire songs set to a melody or beat do to the mind?

It should be clear to anyone with common sense that music can motivate or guide people’s thought patterns and act as a catalyst for behaviors and actions, and it would be foolish to think that certain powerhungry people in corporations, governments, or even a secret society, wouldn’t want to harness this power for their own goals, using music and celebrities as pawns in their propaganda game.

Media critic and former dean of the University of California, Berkeley Graduate School of Journalism, Ben Bagdikian, writes in The New Media Monopoly, that “The possibilities for mutual promotion among all their various media is the basic reason the Big Five [News Corporation, Time Warner, Disney, Viacom, and Bertelsmann] have become major owners of all kinds of media. For example, actors and actresses in a conglomerate’s wholly owned movie studio can appear on the same company’s television and cable networks, photographs of the newly minted celebrities can dominate the covers of the firm’s wholly owned magazines, and those celebrities can be interviewed on the firm’s wholly owned radio and television talk shows. The conglomerate can commission an author from its wholly owned book publishing firm to write a biography or purported autobiography of the new stars, which in turn is promoted on the firm’s other media.”26

Bagdokian notes the Big Five, “have power that media in past history did not, power created by new technology and the near uniformity of their political goals,”27 and that, “Technically, the dominant media firms are an oligopoly, the rule of a few in which one of those few, acting alone, can alter market conditions.”28

Neil Postman in his classic media analysis, Amusing Ourselves To Death, explains that before radio and television, when information was spread through newspapers and books, it was of much higher quality, and his goal was to emphasize that, “under the governance of the printing press,

discourse in America was different from what it is now—generally coherent, serious and rational; and then how [today], under the governance of television, it has become shriveled and absurd.”29

The book argues that television as a medium, compared to books and newspapers, is extremely limited in its ability to transmit quality information because it is packaged into small sound bites and brief segments that are only two or three minutes long, which cannot begin to convey the details, historical context, or the complex ideas needed to transmit a complete and quality message to the audience.

Postman concluded that our mass media infused future may be a mix between an Orwellian nightmare and a Huxleyan circus,30 saying, “In the age of advanced technology, spiritual devastation is more likely to come from an enemy with a smiling face than from one whose countenance exudes suspicion and hate. In the Huxleyan prophecy, Big Brother does not watch us, by his choice. We watch him, by ours. There is no need for wardens or gates or Ministries of Truth. When a population becomes distracted by trivia, when cultural life is redefined as a perceptual round of entertainments, when serious public conversation becomes a form of babytalk, when, in short, a people become an audience and their public business a vaudeville act, then a nation finds itself at risk; cultural-death is a clear possibility.”31

Some people point to the Tavistock Institute and the Rockefeller Foundation as a major cause of this evil for their studying of mainstream music and allegedly using their findings to influence society as a whole. The Tavistock Institute was created in Britain in 1946 to study group behavior and organizational behavior, and were funded by a large grant from the Rockefeller Foundation. In 2008 the Rockefeller Foundation’s estimated assets were reported at $3.1 billion dollars, of which $137 million dollars were given away in grants.32 This is the same foundation that funded the CIA’s MK-Ultra experiments in mind control which began in the 1950s.



The notorious Nazi, Dr. Josef Mengele, was also funded by the Rockefeller Foundation to peruse Eugenics programs,33 and later carried out horrific human experiments in the Auschwitz concentration camp in Germany.

Others point to Operation Mockingbird, a secret CIA program exposed in congressional hearings in 1975, which uncovered the Central Intelligence Agency was secretly paying the editors, reporters, and news readers at the major media outlets over one billion dollars a year in today’s dollars,34 to act as propagandists and gatekeepers for the government and the establishment.

Thomas Braden, who worked for the CIA and was a director of Operation Mockingbird, would later reveal, “If the director of the CIA wanted to extend a present, say, to someone in Europe—a Labour leader— suppose he just thought, this man can use fifty thousand dollars, he’s working well and doing a good job—he could hand it to him and never have to account to anybody... There was simply no limit to the money it could spend and no limit to the people it could hire and no limit to the activities it could decide were necessary to conduct the war—the secret war...It was multinational.”35

A Senate Select Committee in 1975, called the Church Committee (headed by Senator Frank Church) was created to investigate the American government’s covert influence over the mainstream media, including broadcast news, newspapers, and magazines. According to the Church Committee’s report that was published about their investigation, “The CIA currently maintains a network of several hundred individuals around the world who provide intelligence for the CIA and at times attempt to influence opinion through the use of covert propaganda. These individuals provide the CIA with direct access to a large number of newspapers and periodicals, scores of press services and news agencies, radio and television stations, commercial book publishers, and other foreign media outlets.”36



After the Church Committee released its report, Rolling Stone magazine published an article on Operation Mockingbird and named various prominent journalists who were alleged to be involved with it, including reporters for The New York Times, The Washington Post, Newsweek, Time magazine, The New York Herald Tribune, Miami News, and others.

Sig Mickelson, former President of CBS, was later asked if the CIA still maintained relationships with reporters, and he answered, “Yeah, I would think probably, for a reporter it would probably continue today, but because of all the revelations of the period of the 1970s, it seems to me a reporter has to be a lot more circumspect when doing it now or he runs the risk of at least being looked at with considerable disfavor by the public. I think you’ve got to be much more careful about it.”37

It’s fairly well known that Ms. Magazine, started by feminist activist Gloria Steinem in 1972, is accused of being funded by the Illuminati in order to promote the feminist revolution with the goal of breaking down the family structure and traditional gender roles.38

If we look back over two hundred years ago and simply read the confiscated writings of Adam Weishaupt and the other original Illuminati members, we can see that even back then they understood the power of controlling information. Some excerpts from these writings explain, “By establishing reading societies, and subscription libraries, and taking these under our direction, and supplying them through our labors, we may turn the public mind which way we will.”39

“In like manner we must try to obtain an influence in the military academies (this may be of mighty consequence), the printing-houses, booksellers shops, chapters, and in short in all offices which have any effect, either in forming, or in managing, or even in directing the mind of man: painting and engraving are highly worth our care.”40



“We get all the literary journals. We take care, by well-timed pieces [articles], to make the citizens and the Princes a little more noticed for certain little slips.”41

“The great strength of our Order [organization] lies in its concealment; let it never appear in any place in its own name, but always covered by another name, and another occupation. None is fitter than the three lower degrees of Freemasonry; the public is accustomed to it, expects little from it, and therefore takes little notice of it…it may be a powerful engine in our hands.”42

In George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four, the Ministry of Truth was the department of the government that provided the citizens with all of their newspapers, films, textbooks, TV shows and novels. This department, Orwell wrote, “produced rubbishy newspapers, containing almost nothing except sport, crime, and astrology, sensational five-cent novelettes, films oozing with sex, and sentimental songs.”43 Their purpose was to keep the population distracted and out of the government’s way so Party officials could maintain their power.

If you’re not familiar with Nineteen Eighty-Four, it is a dystopic warning about how a corrupt government or group can manipulate the masses through the control of information, and is considered by many to be one of the greatest pieces of literature of all time. My previous book Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True covers the eerie parallels between Orwell’s fictional novel, and the very world we are living in right now, drawing from actual technology, government programs, and countless common sense examples that are making their way into the mainstream news.44

Only a complete moron would think that government agencies do not massively influence the mainstream media today. Even those who expect such manipulation are often surprised to learn the extent of its practice and power. As time goes on, and if people open their eyes to see what’s really

going on, more and more people will realize, like President Bill Clinton’s former advisor Dick Morris, that “the conspiracy theorists are right.”45

Let us now take a closer look at the mouth pieces and puppets held up as idols, gods and goddesses by millions of mentally enslaved mainstream music lovers. If it took seeing Illuminati symbolism in their videos for you to realize they are satanic scum, then you’ve been deaf, dumb, and blind, because if you simply listened to their lyrics or looked at the content of their character, it would have been as clear as day. The fact that you’re reading this book right now shows you’re on the right track though, and if you’ve only just caught a glimpse of their secret symbolism or heard rumors about it, get ready, because your eyes are about to be opened to a whole new world.





Rap and Hip Hop

Out of all the different genres of music, the emergence of Illuminati symbolism appears most prevalent in rap and hip-hop. An AfricanAmerican pastor named G. Craig Lewis from EX Ministries out of Prairie, Texas said it’s because, “The brothas aren’t down with heavy metal,”46 referring to the use of satanic imagery and messages that, for some time at least, had become synonymous with heavy metal music.

One other likely reason for the Illuminati to be invoked in rap and hip hop is because the genre itself is largely dedicated to promoting a materialistic, hedonistic, violence driven message—at least mainstream hiphop and rap, that is. Of course the genre has been hijacked and perverted by the music monopoly corporations that have twisted its theme into something completely contrary to the message of its founders. Since the Illuminati represent the ultimate pinnacle of power and evil, it is almost a natural evolution for rappers to move beyond portraying ordinary gangsters to wrapping themselves in the Illuminati flag as they pose as rich and powerful badasses. Invoking Illuminati imagery has become so popular in rap music that an episode of The Cleveland Show (an African American cartoon for adults) depicted the idea that a secret society made up of famous rappers (Kanye West, Nicki Minaj and others), were a part of the “Hip Hop Illuminati.” The artists portrayed in the show actually did the voiceovers themselves. Kanye West and the others even rapped a short little song written for the show with lyrics like: Illuminati starts shit that then becomes cool

Illuminati starts the trends that then becomes rules

Illuminati!





PHOTO: THE CLEVELAND SHOW’S “HIP HOP ILLUMINATI” EPISODE ON FOX.

While there are a handful of successful rappers who stay true to the origins of the genre, it’s quite obvious that the vast majority of mainstream rappers promote a shallow, ignorant, idiotic, materialistic, mentally enslaving message using keywords about making money, getting laid, partying 24/7, and other mindless jibber jabber.

Before we take a look at the blatant and disturbing imagery and messages in this music, I will reprint excerpts from a letter claimed to be written by a former music executive who says he witnessed a secret meeting in 1991 where big wigs in the prison industry basically paid off record company executives to promote rap artists who glorify crime with the goal of encouraging listeners to get locked up in prison so the private prison industry could make more money. The letter, titled “The Secret Meeting that Changed Rap Music and Destroyed a Generation,” first surfaced on the Internet in 2012 after a hip hop news website claimed they had received it in an e-mail and is quoted here in accordance with, and in full compliance with fair use laws in Section 107 of U.S. Copyright Law.

The letter starts off saying that in 1991 the writer witnessed what he called, “one of the biggest turning points in popular music, and ultimately American society.” The author says that in the 1980s and 90s he worked for a major music company and was summoned to a meeting to “discuss rap music’s new direction.”



“Among the attendees,” he writes, “was a small group of unfamiliar faces who stayed to themselves and made no attempt to socialize beyond their circle. Based on their behavior and formal appearances, they didn’t seem to be in our industry. Our casual chatter was interrupted when we were asked to sign a confidentiality agreement preventing us from publicly discussing the information presented during the meeting.”

At this point the writer says a speaker at the meeting revealed he worked in the prison industry. “He explained that the companies we work for had invested millions into the building of privately owned prisons and that our positions of influence in the music industry would actually impact the profitability of these investments. I remember many of us in the group immediately looking at each other in confusion. At the time, I didn’t know what a private prison was but I wasn’t the only one. Sure enough, someone asked what these prisons were and what any of this had to do with us. We were told that these prisons were built by privately owned companies who received funding from the government based on the number of inmates. The more inmates, the more money the government would pay these prisons. It was also made clear to us that since these prisons are privately owned, as they become publicly traded, we’d be able to buy shares.”

Many people are unaware that countless prisons are actually privately owned for-profit companies, not simply facilities owned by the government. These companies pay lobbyists to influence policies and judges to enact legislation and penalties that are profitable for the prisons.

The letter goes on, “Most of us were taken back by this. Again, a couple of people asked what this had to do with us. At this point, my industry colleague who had first opened the meeting took the floor again and answered our questions. He told us that since our employers had become silent investors in this prison business, it was now in their interest to make sure that these prisons remained filled. Our job would be to help make this happen by marketing music which promotes criminal behavior, rap being the music of choice. He assured us that this would be a great

situation for us because rap music was becoming an increasingly profitable market for our companies, and as employees, we’d also be able to buy personal stocks in these prisons.”

The man claims he was deeply disturbed after the meeting but never spoke out publicly out of fear of losing his job or something happening to his family. “As the months passed, rap music had definitely changed direction. I was never a fan of it but even I could tell the difference. Rap acts that talked about politics or harmless fun were quickly fading away as gangster rap started dominating the airwaves. Only a few months had passed since the meeting but I suspect that the ideas presented that day had been successfully implemented. It was as if the order has been given to all major label executives. The music was climbing the charts and most companies where more than happy to capitalize on it. Each one was churning out their very own gangster rap acts on an assembly line. Everyone bought into it, consumers included. Violence and drug use became a central theme in most rap music. I spoke to a few of my peers in the industry to get their opinions on the new trend but was told repeatedly that it was all about supply and demand. Sadly many of them even expressed that the music reinforced their prejudice of minorities.”

Two years later, he says, he left the business and a few years later in the late 1990s when the Internet emerged he said he was able to do more research into the private prison industry. “Now that I have a greater understanding of how private prisons operate, things make much more sense than they ever have. I see how the criminalization of rap music played a big part in promoting racial stereotypes and misguided so many impressionable young minds into adopting these glorified criminal behaviors which often lead to incarceration.”

After saying twenty years of guilt had been weighing on his shoulders he decided to write his letter and e-mail it to various rap and hip hop websites. He also wrote that he planned on remaining anonymous but urged others who attended the supposed 1991 meeting to tell their stories as well.



The letter is a very interesting read, but unless others come forward and confirm this person’s story, there is no way to verify whether or not this meeting took place. Of course it’s possible this story is a hoax written hoping to attract people to the author’s website, although I do believe that such a plan was put in motion, but whether or not the person who wrote this letter was a part of that plan is not clear.





Jay-Z



PHOTO: A $34,000 GOLDEN SKULL GIVEN TO JAY-Z FOR FATHER’S DAY IN 2012 BY FELLOW RAPPER KANYE WEST.

The rapper with the most Illuminati rumors surrounding him is perhaps Jay-Z, the stage name of Sean Carter, who is one of the most successful and wealthy rappers in history, with an estimated net worth of approximately $500 million dollars according to Forbes magazine.47 He has sold approximately fifty million albums; he’s won 17 Grammy Awards, and is even friends with President Barack Obama, whom he held a fundraiser for at his 40/40 Club in New York City to help get him reelected for a second term in 2012.

Jay-Z even hit the campaign trail with Obama, appearing onstage with him at events and was featured in an official campaign commercial so he could reach people who didn’t follow politics and urge them to get off their couch and vote for Obama. He and Barack are supposedly “friends” and Jay-Z is reported to have Obama’s personal cell phone number so the two can talk or text with each other whenever they want. Of course, he’s been invited to the White House several times to meet with Obama as well.48



Jay-Z’s entire rap persona is that he’s a rich hustler and former drug dealer from the projects, and his songs are predictable portrayals of a dream life filled with money and girls (Big Pimpin’) as most listeners live vicariously through the fantasies his songs paint. While this can be fairly expected and understandable, what is more surprising is the fact that Jay-Z incorporates blatant Illuminati hat-tips and symbolism into several of his songs and videos, and he himself appears to be an Aleister Crowley fan— the infamous Satanist—who wrote instructions for getting magic power by sacrificing children to Satan.49

In a behind the scenes interview during the making of Rihanna’s “Run This Town” music video, Jay-Z was wearing a black sweatshirt with “Do What Thou Wilt” emblazoned across the front, the infamous credo of Aleister Crowley, meaning “do whatever you want no matter the consequences, you are your own God.” Many people who have seen the picture of Jay-Z wearing this sweatshirt think the image was photoshopped, but it is real, and is simply a screen shot taken from his videotaped interview on the set of Rihanna’s “Run This Town” shoot.

Since Jay-Z is wearing a sweatshirt with Aleister Crowley’s credo printed on the chest, let’s take a brief look at some of Crowley’s writings and the philosophies and activities he promoted. Crowley said a demon possessed his wife and dictated to him the contents of what would become the Book of the Law, which is where the “do what thou wilt” credo is found. His demon possessed wife revealed the following pieces of advice: “Compassion is the vice of kings: stamp down the wretched & the weak: this is the law of the strong, this is our law and the joy of the world.”50

“Worship me with fire & blood; worship me with swords & with spears, is the command. Let the woman be girt with a sword before me: let blood flow to my name. Trample down the Heathen; be upon them, o warrior, I will give you of their flesh to eat! Sacrifice cattle, little and big: after a child.”51



“Mercy let be off: damn them who pity! Kill and torture; spare not; be upon them! The Best blood is of the moon, monthly: then the fresh blood of a child.”52

“I am in a secret fourfold word, the blasphemy against all gods of men. Curse them! Curse them! Curse them! With my Hawk’s head I peck at the eyes of Jesus as he hangs upon the cross.”53

Aside from wearing a shirt with an infamous occult credo on the front, Jay-Z’s Rocawear clothing line actually decided to print some up themselves and sold a few different designs of Illuminati and Masonic tshirts for a period of time which had an all seeing eye on the chest with 13 rays of light coming out of it along with various other occult symbols. The Rocawear company is no small operation and is valued at several hundred million dollars.

His very name, Jay-Z, means Jehovah, the Latin name for God in the Old Testament, and he often refers to himself as “Hov,” short for Jehovah, because he considers himself to be a god. In his song D’Evils he raps a verse where he says he never prays to God, he prays to Gotti (John Gotti the gangster) and in “Dirt Off Your Shoulder” some people believe a verse says “Middle finger to the Lord,” while others insist he says “law,” instead. In “Empire State of Mind” he raps a verse clearly saying, “Jesus can’t save you, life begins when the church ends.”

He even admits putting “hidden messages” in his music.54

While people can expect explicit lyrics in rap music, Jay-Z sinks to an unprecedentedly low level in his collaboration with Kanye West (or Kanye Pest as I call him) and Nicki Minaj in the song “Monster” where everyone on the track raps about how “monstrous” and evil they are. In one line JayZ brags, “I rape and pillage your village, women and children.”



His trademark gesture is making a pyramid using his two index fingers and thumbs while holding it up over one eye, symbolizing what many believe is the Illuminati’s All-Seeing Eye, and he has made repeated occult and Illuminati references in his music, but not as a way to expose the activities of the organization, but rather it appears to be a tribute to them. It’s obvious that Jay-Z is familiar with the invisible empire and, in my opinion, chose to aid them and wrap himself in their symbols instead of fight against them or expose them.

Jay-Z is the founder of Roc-A-Fella Records, a name that appears to refer to the Rockefeller Illuminati family, a very powerful and infamous family followed by a long list of allegations and New World Order activities and elite secret society affiliations. The Rockefeller family has had their tentacles wrapped around everything from the Council on Foreign Relations and the Bilderberg Group, to funding the CIA’s MK-Ultra mind control experiments and more. In 2004 Jay-Z sold Roc-A-Fella Records for $10 million dollars to Def Jam Records, owned by Russell Simmons, who then made Jay-Z CEO.55

Jay-Z’s mentor, a fellow rapper and producer who goes by the name Jaz-O, meaning Jaz the Originator, did an interview with BlokTV where he stated that Jay-Z is affiliated with secrets societies that practice homosexual rituals.56 Jaz-O made it clear that he wasn’t saying Jay-Z engaged in these gay rituals himself, but he believes that he is closely aligned with people who do.

“He is in cahoots with those individuals in those type of brotherhoods and societies who engage in homosexual activities. I did not say he was a homo, but if you want to make that assumption, you can…There is only two ways I could know if the dude is a homo. One is if I saw it, or two is if I did it, and none of those things apply….Yeah, he is in cahoots with those brotherhoods and the people who have money on his level. Yes, they do engage in a lot of homosexual activity, and they’re all in cahoots with each other.”57



It’s interesting that Jay-Z does not write lyrics down on paper when he’s coming up with songs anymore, explaining, “I used to write all the time, until I started going into the rain man thing,” which he hasn’t elaborated on, but likely refers to when he discovered some accelerated learning techniques or memory improvement strategies like ancient mnemonics and other art of memory methods. Some believe his “rain man thing” refers to channeling a demonic entity who writes his music for him.

In 2003 he announced that he would retire from making music after the release of The Black Album, which of course wasn’t true and was just a shamefully obvious publicity stunt to generate headlines and encourage his fans to buy more of his music. Of course, three years later he announced he was coming out of retirement with a new album and then continued making music.58

A song titled “Lucifer” was released in 2004 by Danger Mouse on his Grey Album that contains some disturbing messages from Jay-Z the public should know about. When listening to the song it’s clear that several sound bites are playing backwards and are unintelligible. But when the song is played in reverse, however, you can clearly hear Jay-Z saying, “Six six six, murder Jesus,” and talking about murdering Catholics, leaving “niggas on death’s door” and introducing people to demons.

It’s important to stress that this backwards message is not a “subliminal message” meant to be picked up subconsciously by the listeners. It is more of a marketing ploy and a way to get Jay-Z fans talking about how “cool” the backwards satanic messages are. It’s also important to understand that the messages are clearly understandable when the track is played backwards and the disturbing sound bites are not the result of someone interpreting a series of sounds as saying such things. People are not “hearing things” or “reading too much into the track.” The blasphemous sound bites are as clear as day once the song is played in reverse.

When people hear the allegations of the reverse messages in the song “Lucifer,” most Jay-Z fans refer to the original song “Lucifer” which is

found on Jay-Z’s Black Album and didn’t hear anything out of the ordinary. That’s because Danger Mouse remixed the song for his Grey Album and edited Jay-Z’s voice to say the disturbing things found in the song. Jay-Z never denounced Danger Mouse for doing such a thing (or threatened legal action for misappropriation of image or copyright infringement) but instead actually praised the remix, saying he was “honored” and “I think it was a really strong album. I champion any form of creativity and that was a genius idea to do it, and it sparked so many others like it. There are other ones that, you know, it’s really good, there are other ones that, because of the blueprint that was set by him, that I think are a little better. But, you know, him being the first and having the idea; I thought it was genius.”59

If any reasonable person had their words twisted to say such things they would take legal action, or at the very least, denounce the use of their voice in such a way, but instead Jay-Z was honored. In a video posted to YouTube that was shot inside the studio when Jay-Z was recording the song “Lucifer” for his Black Album you can hear him make a comment sounding like he’s bragging, “I swear I never read the Bible in my life.”60

Prodigy of Mobb Deep wrote a several page letter while in prison for a weapons charge that mentioned Jay-Z and the Illuminati, saying, in part, “Jay-Z and Jaz-O were both raised (in their teenage years) in Dr. [Dwight] York’s ‘Nuwabian’ community in Bushwick Brooklyn… Jay-Z knows the truth, but he chose sides with evil in order to be accepted in the corporate world and promotes the lifestyle of the beast instead…Jay-Z is a God damn lie.”61

It’s outrageous that people were not outraged when the President of the United States attended a fundraiser put on by this kind of garbage entertainer, let alone putting the rapper in an official campaign ad to boot.62 It also shows how low Barack Obama would go to energize his African American base to get out the vote. A slick political ploy, no doubt, that worked like a charm.



Jay-Z once denied the Illuminati rumors in an interview on Hot 97 after host Angie Martinez asked him if any of the “Illuminati Devil worshiping Freemason” claims were true, saying “I don’t know where it came from, I don’t know where it started.” When Martinez asked if he was “messing with people and doing this on purpose,” he responded, “No, not me. Never done that before. Why would I do that? That’s retarded. To be honest with you I really think it’s really silly.”63

On his album Magna Carta Holy Grail he addressed the rumors again in a song titled “Heaven” where he said “Conspiracy theorists screamin’ Illuminati / They can’t believe this much skill is in the human body.” Really? He can’t believe people are saying these things? Wearing an Aleister Crowley sweatshirt, saying blasphemous things about God and Jesus, flashing Illuminati hand signs and using occult imagery in his videos, visiting the White House several times and hitting the campaign trail with Obama to help get him elected? Portraying the image of a big spending high rolling thug without a care in the world. Wearing a 5% Nation medallion, a religious organization started in Brooklyn by a man calling himself God and saying that his followers were the spiritual elite of the world who knew the true secrets of the Universe. Launching the careers and molding the image of other Illuminati icon artists like Rihanna, and Kanye West—I can’t imagine why people would say these things about him.

While Jay-Z is not sitting in on Illuminati meetings where they plan the next war or discuss the up and coming economic trends, he is a willing servant of them and has been built up as an Illuminati idol for the psychologically sedated masses to worship and mimic, promoting a “do what thou wilt” anything goes, hedonistic, live for the now lifestyle, which always leads to destruction, disappointment, debt, and despair.





Kayne West



PHOTO: ROLLING STONE COVER DEPICTING KANYE WEST AS JESUS.

Another one of the biggest Illuminati wannabes is Kanye West, (or Kanye Pest as he should be referred to) who burst onto the music scene in 2004 with his single “Jesus Walks,” which got mainstream airplay giving the impression that Kanye was a good Christian boy who loved Jesus. Once in the spotlight though, Kayne’s image and message quickly took a turn for the worse, ultimately leading him to become one of the biggest promoters of Illuminati symbolism and materialism, not to mention developing a God complex so huge it’s virtually unmatched in the entertainment industry.

He miraculously has won eight Grammies, and in 2008 was awarded the “Hottest MC in the Game” by MTV, and even made Time magazine’s 100 most influential people in 2005.64 I say miraculously because it’s a miracle such a talentless troll could actually achieve mainstream success, but on second thought with millions of mentally enslaved morons who eat

up whatever the mainstream serves, such popularity among the peasants is not all that surprising.

A critical boost to Kanye West’s career was working for Jay-Z’s RocA-Fella Records and he was considered Jay-Z’s protégé while helping produce his 2001 album The Blueprint.

West’s ego grew larger than his wallet as his career took off, and he became one of the highest profile rappers to start posing as if he had some connection to the Illuminati, wearing clothes with Baphomet symbols on them, name-dropping the Illuminati in a few songs, and even saying he sold his soul to the Devil.65 Kanye West also isn’t shy about his God complex, appearing on the cover of Rolling Stone in 2006 as Jesus, wearing a crown of thorns, and later releasing a track titled “I Am a God,” on his Yeezus album; Yeezus being a perversion of the name Jesus.

His God complex is so huge that after he failed to win Best New Artist in 2004 at the American Music Awards, he stood up and stormed out of the show, saying, “I was the best new artist this year,” and claimed he got “robbed.” At the 2006 MTV Europe awards he ran on stage as the award for best video was being presented to someone else and started arguing that he should have won. Then of course there was the infamous incident in 2009 when he stole the spotlight from Taylor Swift after she won an MTV Video Music Award for Best Female Video.

After Beyoncé gave birth to Jay-Z’s child, named Blue Ivy, Kanye gave Jay-Z a gold plated human skull covered in gemstones valued at $34,000 for Father’s Day.66 He even reportedly had it shipped via a private jet. Freemasons and other occultists often have a human skull (or replica) on their desk or in their Chamber of Reflection to remind them of their mortality and impending death, to inspire them to achieve all of their goals in this life here and now, since they do not believe in an afterlife.

In the season premiere of the Cleveland Show in November 2012, the episode revolved around the “Hip Hop Illuminati,” a secret society said to

control pop culture and the music industry. Kanye West, Nicki Minaj, Bruno Marrs, and Will.i.am all lent their actual voices to the show and recorded the voice-overs as they played themselves in the episode. Kanye even rapped a little song in the episode about the Illuminati controlling society.

He secured himself a part in pop culture forever when he knocked up Kim Kardashian, the antichrist of entertainment, while she was still married to NBA player Kris Humphries.67 This Baphomet bimbo got a “blood facial” on her TV show68 in an attempt to maintain her youthful beauty, which involved basically smearing human blood on her face, reminiscent of Elizabeth Bathory the “blood countess” from the Kingdom of Hungary, who in the 1600s, murdered dozens of virgins so she could bathe in their blood believing it would keep her young.69

After they were dating for a while, Kanye’s baby’s momma also posted a few photos to her Instagram account showing off several new bracelets, one of which featured an All-Seeing Eye and another that people said looks like a Baphomet head,70 leading some to wonder if Kanye introduced her to the world of occult and Illuminati symbolism.

This scumbag’s antics and obvious egomania could have been sparked by studying occult philosophies from Aleister Crowley and others who teach that you are God, or can become God by evolving your consciousness through various satanic practices. After all, it was Satan in the Garden of Eden who said that Adam and Eve could “become like God” by partaking in the forbidden fruit to open their eyes and mind to the secret powers Satan offered.





Lil Wayne



PHOTO: A SCREENSHOT OF LIL WAYNE’S VIDEO “LOVE ME”DEPICTING HIM AS SATAN.

One of the ugliest and dumbest demonic dirt bags in the music industry is Lil Wayne (ghetto speak for Little Wayne), who was groomed by Cash Money Records founder Bryan “Birdman” Williams (aka Baby) since Wayne was a child and shown the ways of the business. It’s a mystery to me how so many people could purchase and enjoy Lil Wayne’s music when he sounds like a grunting gorilla going through a meat grinder, but with much of the population dumbed down and degenerating intellectually, I guess he is just a reflection of our dark, rotting culture.

Aside from using obvious demonic imagery in his music videos, such as literally having devil horns coming out of his head and keeping women locked up in cages,71 Lil Wayne is also plagued by allegations that he is gay or bisexual,72 with some of his detractors calling him “Little Gay,” instead of Little Wayne.

The gay allegations stem from Lil Wayne (or Little Wanker, Little Stain, or Little Pain as I call him) kissing his mentor “Birdman” aka “Baby”

on the lips on various occasions.73 When Birdman was asked how women feel about kissing him while wearing a grill (teeth bling), Little Wayne interrupted the host to inject, “Hey! I’m the only one he kisses,” and reached over and kissed him right then and there!74 The hosts on BET conducting the interview literally flew back in their seats and the audience gasped.75

Rapper Fat Joe has said that he believes a gay mafia runs the hip hop industry,76 which is interesting because music mogul Clive Lewis, the man behind many popular acts, later revealed in his memoir that he is bisexual.77 In an interview with Howard Stern, Suge Knight said there were a ton of closet gay rappers and even claimed that Dr. Dre was gay and allegedly had a sexual relationship with some dude named Bruce.78

Professor Griff claims that Tupac was asked by a famous record producer to have sex with him, but “When Tupac said ‘no,’ that’s when he was marked for death.”79 Griff also said, “If rappers didn’t shoot one another up—if somebody didn’t get raped, or somebody didn’t get robbed —they would provide an incident for something to go down, because they’re setting hip hop up for destruction.”80

Griff also believes, “Homosexuality is on the rise, and they made the new cleavage become the butt crack,” referring to people wearing saggy pants exposing their underwear or butt, a style some claim came from gay prisoners who advertised that they were gay by showing off their butt cracks.

Child star Corey Feldman of Goonies and The Lost Boys fame, made an even more shocking claim when talking with ABC’s Nightline when he said that pedophiles run Hollywood and the entertainment industry. “I can tell you the number one problem in Hollywood was, is, and always will be, pedophilia. That’s the biggest problem for children in this industry…It’s the big secret.”81



Some people point to the Boule, a black all-male fraternity, as the source of success for many African American artists, calling it the “Black Skull and Bones” society, referring to the notorious Illuminati recruiting ground founded in 1832 at Yale University that includes numerous powerful politicians and business moguls in their ranks. Perhaps the most wellknown Skull and Bones members are Presidents George W. Bush and his father George Bush senior, as well as George W. Bush’s grandfather Prescott Bush, and even his uncle, Jonathan Bush, who is an elite bankster whose firm Riggs Bank was fined a record $25 million dollars in 2004 for allegedly laundering Saudi money.82

Jonathan Bush was also a major contributor and fundraiser for his nephew’s presidential campaign. George W. Bush’s opponent in the 2004 presidential election was fellow Skull and Bones member John Kerry,83 showing that this elite superclass cabal had both bases covered, the Republican candidate, and the Democrat candidate, so whoever was elected president, it would be a win for the Illuminati.

Skull and Bones’ initiation involves some strange and alleged homosexual rituals, and many people believe certain circles within the Boule involve similar kinds of rituals for the black men associated with them. Others believe that Little Wayne and other rappers are practitioners of Enochian sex magic, a strange practice that involves bizarre sexual behaviors to achieve altered states of consciousness said to allow them to gain metaphysical power over the Universe.

Regardless of exactly how Lil Wayne became one of the world’s most famous rappers, it’s clear that he is anything but subtle when it comes to using satanic imagery in his music videos and its clear exactly who he is pledging his allegiance to. It’s also interesting to note that Little Wayne, like Jay-Z, does not write his lyrics down anymore, and also does “the rain man thing,” fueling speculation that he is channeling a demon which feeds him his words.





Drake



PHOTO: DRAKE’S ALBUM COVER FEATURING AN OWL STATUE MANY BELIEVE IS A HAT TIP TO THE BOHEMIAN GROVE AND THE ILLUMINATI.

Another mainstream rapper who’s believed by some to be a closet gay or bisexual is Drake, a preppy pretty boy who looks dramatically different than the typical tatted up wannabe thugs often found in hip hop. Apparently, in my opinion, there’s a market for a token gay looking rapper or the industry is possibly using Drake to warm people up to the first mainstream rap artist who will come out of the closet as gay. The day is coming, and depending on when you’re reading this book, it may already be here, when a gay rapper will be pushed to superstardom as a household name and hailed as a hero and role model for people to look up to and idolize.

After getting signed by Lil Wayne’s Young Money Entertainment, Drake (whose real name is Aubrey, a gay sounding name, in my opinion, if I’ve ever heard one) adopted the symbol of an owl as his logo—an owl looking almost identical to the mascot of the Bohemian Grove. Drake wears

t-shirts featuring the owl; he put it on his album cover, and even has a tattoo on his right shoulder of the mysterious image.

The Bohemian Grove is a 2700-acre, all-male elite retreat located in the vast redwood forest of Sonoma County, California about an hour north of San Francisco. Each July the Grove holds a 2-week long “encampment” where the most powerful men on the planet gather for a men’s retreat where they can rub elbows with other political and industry elite and serves as an informal off-the-record consensus building environment for the Illuminati.84

During this annual meeting, which consists of approximately 1500 men, there are numerous daily lectures, called Lake Side Talks, given every afternoon which offer an insider’s view into various sectors of society, given by members of the political, economic, military, and media elite.85

The Bohemian Grove’s logo is an owl because an owl can see in the dark and represents wisdom since it can see while so many other creatures are basically blind. The Dictionary of Symbols explains, “In the Egyptian system of hieroglyphs, the owl symbolizes death, night, cold and passivity. It also pertains to the realm of the dead sun, that is, it is of the sun which has set below the horizon and which is crossing the lake or sea of darkness.”86

A forty-foot tall concrete “owl” statue stands near the banks of the Russian River inside the Bohemian Grove, and every year is the site of the annual Cremation of Care ceremony where a life-size human effigy is “sacrificed” in a bizarre theatric reenactment of a human sacrifice.87 The elaborate ritual is carried out by members wearing black hooded robes as they burn the effigy on an altar while standing in front of the huge statue after using the “eternal flame” to light a torch that is then used to sacrifice “Care,” as they call the effigy, as they symbolically cast off their cares or burn their conscience. The statue looks more like a giant demon than an owl, and is believed by many to represent Moloch, an ancient god from thousands of years ago who people were sacrificed to.



This ritual seems to be a modern version of what the ancient Canaanites did in Biblical times, as was written about in the Bible’s Book of Leviticus, where it reads, “Don’t sacrifice your children on the altar fires to the god Molech.” (Leviticus 18:21). Yes, this is the annual ritual performed at the Bohemian Grove to kick off the Illuminati’s two week encampment.

So it appears that Drake (real name Aubrey) got a little more specific than others who use generic Illuminati imagery, and has adopted the same symbol as this notorious elite retreat, which includes many of the world’s most wealthy and powerful men as members. There have been a lot of rumors aimed at the Bohemian Grove over the years, not only about Satanism, but homosexuality as well,88 so maybe, in my opinion, Drake (Aubrey) would fit right in there, especially since he appears to be a fan of the club by using what looks to be a nearly identical logo as his own.





Rick Ross



PHOTO: RICK ROSS IN HIS MUSIC VIDEO “PIRATES” SITTING ON A BAPHOMET THRONE ADORNED WITH HUMAN SKULLS.

One of the biggest phonies in the music industry is the pig headed poser “Rick Ross,” whose real name is Robert Wallace. This Shamu looking fool took the stage name “Rick Ross” after the real Rick Ross, aka Freeway Ricky Ross, the infamous cocaine dealer from the 1980s whose suppliers were CIA assets involved with the Iran Contra Affair.89 Robert Wallace (the fake Rick Ross, or Pig Ross as I like to call him) was a former corrections officer at a prison who rose to fame in the rap game after adopting his “Rick Ross” persona, even growing a beard like the real Rick Ross, as he basically, in my opinion, stole his entire identity.90

Not only has (the fake) Rick Ross posed as a drug dealer,91 but he’s also posed as a street gangster, name dropping Larry Hoover, a famous leader of the Gangster Disciples, angering the street gang and resulting in death threats from real Gangster Disciples, causing him to cancel his 2012 tour.92 Someone actually shot at him causing him to crash his Rolls Royce in Fort Lauderdale, Florida.93 The dude is morbidly obese and has a beer

belly the size of Boston, but acts like he’s a tough guy and a hard core Illuminati gangster.

“Rick Ross” took his posing to a whole new level when he released a song titled “Freemason” with lyrics bragging about having ancient wisdom more valuable than gold. The song caused “Rick Ross” to get called out face to face on camera by a Freemason who was pissed that he was falsely claiming to be associated with this ancient esoteric fraternity. Freemasonry has long been seen as an elite secret society that teaches its members “the mysteries,” or the ultimate secrets of life.

“Freemasonry is a fraternity within a fraternity—an outer organization concealing an inner brotherhood of the elect…the visible society is a splendid camaraderie of “free and accepted” men enjoined to devote themselves to ethical, educational, fraternal, patriotic, and humanitarian concerns. The invisible society is a secret most august fraternity whose members are dedicated to the service of a mysterious arcanum arcanorum (secret of secrets),” wrote Manly P. Hall, considered one of Freemasonry’s greatest philosophers.94

While the majority of people see Masons simply as a local community group or charity, some of the fraternities’ most respected members like Manly P. Hall, have revealed that there is an inner circle of mystics who supposedly know very powerful and occult knowledge that enables the select few “adepts” as they are called, to “evolve” into gods.

Famed Freemason Albert Pike wrote, “The True Word of a Mason is to be found in the concealed and profound meaning of the Ineffable Name of Deity…and which meaning was long lost by the very precautions taken to conceal it. The true pronunciation of that name was in truth a secret, in which, however, was involved the far more profound secret of its meaning. In that meaning is included all the truth that can be known by us, in regard to the nature of God.”95



These teachings, because of their power, are kept secret from all but a small number of Masons who achieve the 33rd degree, or 33rd level within the organization. Pike also wrote that “Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals [emphasis in original] its secrets from all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it [the Mason] calls Light, from them, and to draw them away from it.”96

Many critics of Freemasonry claim that this hidden knowledge is “satanic” and that the “royal secret” of high level Masons is that they worship Satan. Such allegations are not just pulled out of thin air, but are hinted at within the writings of some of Freemasonry’s most famous and respected members. Albert Pike, for example, wrote in his book Morals and Dogma, “Lucifer, the Light-bearer! Strange and mysterious name to give to the Spirit of Darkness! Lucifer, the Son of the Morning! Is it he who bears the Light, and with its splendors intolerable, blinds feeble, sensual, or selfish souls? Doubt it not!”97

Earlier in the book, Pike has this to say about the subject, “…for Satan is not a black god, but the negation of God. The Devil is the personification of Atheism or Idolatry. For the Initiates, this is not a Person, but a Force, created for good, but which may serve for evil. It is the instrument of Liberty of Free Will. They represent this Force, which presides over the physical generation, under the mythological and horned form of the God Pan; thence came the he-goat of the Sabbat, brother of the Ancient Serpent, and the Light-Bearer.”98

Many people insist that Freemasonry is just a men’s fraternity and nothing more, but Pike wrote, “Every Masonic Lodge is a temple of religion; and its teachings are instruction in religion.”99

When trying to understand the opposing claims about what Masonry is and what the inner circle actually believes, it becomes much clearer when Pike himself explains, “The people will always mock at things easy to be

misunderstood; it must [and] needs [to] have imposters. A Spirit…that loves wisdom and contemplates the Truth close at hand, is forced to disguise it, to induce the multitudes to accept it…Fictions are necessary to the people and the Truth becomes deadly to those who are not strong enough to contemplate it in all its brilliance…In fact, what can there be in common between the vile multitude and sublime wisdom? The truth must be kept secret, and the masses need a teaching proportioned to their imperfect reason.”100

So with a history of powerful members and being supposed keepers of the “royal secret” of how Man can become god, it’s easy to see why rappers like Rick Ross, looking to give the impression that they are powerful masters of the Universe, would claim an affiliation with Freemasonry.

Freemasonry goes hand in hand with the Illuminati since the inner circle of adepts or members of the secret society within the secret society are considered to be a branch of the Illuminati. Adam Weishaupt, the founder of the Illuminati in Bavaria, Germany (often called the Bavarian Illuminati) successfully infiltrated Freemasonry in 1782 in Wilhelmsbad, Germany and created an inner circle of what he called “Illuminated Masonry.” Rick Ross is so dumb I doubt he could even read a book on Freemasonry, let alone understand it or contemplate “the Mysteries,” but when he or his handlers caught wind of how “cool” and mysterious Freemasonry was, and with books like Dan Brown’s The Lost Symbol and films like National Treasure, the rapper thought he would attempt to attach himself to the mystique.





Baphomet

 



PHOTO: ELIPHAS LEVI’S 19TH CENTURY DEPICTION OF BAPHOMET.

For those not familiar with Baphomet, I will briefly explain it here since many artists incorporate the symbol into their videos or clothing. In his video for the song “Pirates,” Rick Ross is shown sitting down on a large Baphomet throne. Rihanna wore a Baphomet looking headdress in her “Rock Star” video, and many people say Beyoncé’s promotional material for I Am…Sasha Fierce (her alter ego) also used the symbol. Kanye West has worn shirts and even a skirt with the image on it, so what exactly is Baphomet and why are so many stars using the image?

Baphomet is basically an occult idol depicted as a goat’s head or a half-man, half-goat figure that dates back to the ancient Knights Templar

and the Crusades. Baphomet was the goat head that the Templars were accused of worshiping or using during their secret rituals.

The figure is the official symbol of the Church of Satan and is printed on the cover of The Satanic Bible overlaid on top of an upside down pentagram by making the upper two points of the pentagram form the horns of the goat with the bottom point forming its chin.

Another depiction comes in the form of a human-like winged goat resembling a gargoyle with breasts and a phallic serpent rising from its crotch. This popular image comes from an 1854 book written by a popular French occultist and ceremonial magician named Eliphas Levi.101

Satanists have a long tradition of adoring this bizarre figure. Eliphas Levi wrote, “According to some, the Baphomet was a monstrous head, but according to others, a demon in the form of a goat. A sculptured coffer was disinterred recently in the ruins of an old Commandery of the Temple, and antiquaries observed upon it a baphometic figure, corresponding by its attributes to the goat of Mendes and the androgyne of Khunrath.”102

Aleister Crowley wrote, “This serpent, Satan, is not the enemy of Man, be He who made Gods of our race, knowing Good and Evil; He bade “Know Thyself! and taught Initiation. He is “the Devil” of the book of Thoth, and His emblem is Baphomet, and Androgyne who is the hieroglyph of arcane perfection.”103

It’s interesting that many people claim the Catholic Church fabricated the stories of the Knights Templar being involved with Baphomet, but what’s even more interesting is that famous occultists and Satanists admit the accusations were true!

“Did the Templars really adore Baphomet?” writes Eliphas Levi, in his 1854 book Transcendental Magic. “Did they offer a shameful salutation to the buttocks of the goat of Mendes? What was actually this secret and

potent association which imperiled Church and State, and was thus destroyed unheard? Judge nothing lightly; they are guilty of a great crime; they have exposed to profane eyes the sanctuary of antique initiation. They have gathered again and have shared the fruits of the tree of knowledge, so they might become masters of the world.”104

“Yes, in our profane conviction, the Grand Masters of the Order of the Templars worshipped the Baphomet, and caused it to be worshipped by their initiates,” Levi declares.105

In The Satanic Bible, Baphomet appears on the list of list of Infernal Names, and is defined as a symbol of Satan that the Knights Templar worshiped.106 Manly P. Hall reveals in The Secret Teachings of All Ages that, “The famous hermaphroditic Goat of Mendes was a composite creature formulated to symbolize this astral light. It is identical with Baphomet, the mystic pantheos of those disciples of ceremonial magic, the Templars, who probably obtained it from the Arabians.”107

So it’s no wonder we see so many musicians using the image in their videos, printed on their clothes or wearing jewelry encrusted with the figure. Most parents would recognize a satanic pentagram and it would cause them to take a closer look at the artists their children are watching, and even catch the attention of the mainstream press, but Baphomet is much more esoteric, and can slide under most people’s radar.





The Pentagram

The upside down pentagram drawn inside a circle is one of the most familiar symbols of Satanism, and over the centuries various occult organizations have used it to represent spiritual power or dark forces. A pentagram is different from an ordinary five pointed star in that a pentagram consists of five straight lines that make up the points, which also form a pentagon in the center of the pentagram. Since the symbol is so wellknown, most Illuminati puppets use more subtle symbols that are lesser known to the public, like Baphomet, All-Seeing Eyes, Masonic checkerboard marble floors, owls, etc., but I will briefly explain the history and meaning of this popular illustration.

Early Christians used the five points of a (right-side up) pentagram or “pentalpha” to symbolize the five wounds of Jesus (the two spikes through his hands, two through his feet, and the spear that pierced his side). The design was later adopted by occultists and Satanists who flipped it upside down to deliberately “reverse” or pervert the design to signify their opposing views.

The Dictionary of Symbols entry on the figure reads, “As far back as in the days of Egyptian hieroglyphics a star pointing upwards signified ‘rising upwards towards the point of origin’ and formed part of such words as ‘to bring up,’ ‘to educate,’ and ‘the teacher.’ The inverted five-pointed star is a symbol of the infernal and used in black magic.”108

33rd degree Mason Manly P. Hall confirms, “When used in black magic, the pentagram is called the ‘sign of the cloven hoof,’ or the footprint of the Devil. The star with two points upward is also called the ‘Goat of Mendes,’ because the inverted star is the same shape as a goat’s head. When the upright star turns and the upper point falls to the bottom, it signifies the fall of the Morning Star.”109



In Freemasonry, the pentagram is called the Blazing Star and represents the sun, Lucifer, carnal knowledge and power. To Wiccans and Pagans the five points of the star represent air, fire, water, Earth, and spirit.

Famous occultist Eliphas Levi explains, “The Pentagram, which in Gnostic schools is called the Blazing Star, is the sign of intellectual omnipotence and autocracy…The Pentagram with two points in the ascendant represents Satan as the goat of the Sabbath.”110





Aspiring Rapper shot friend as “Illuminati sacrifice”

The day after Christmas in 2012, a 27-year-old aspiring rapper in Virginia was arrested for shooting his friend, allegedly hoping to kill him as an “Illuminati sacrifice,” believing it would get the attention of the Illuminati who would then reward him with a record contract and make him a famous rapper.111

The aspiring rapper, Wafeeq Sabir El-Amin, allegedly said, “You are my sacrifice,” before he fired a shot at his friend’s head, according to attorney Thomas L. Johnson.112 The police report notes the victim was shot in the hand as he attempted to shield his face, and was able to take the gun from El-Amin and then shoot him in self-defense and escape.

Deputy Commonwealth’s Attorney Thomas L. Johnson said the trial revolved around hip hop culture and the idea that the Illuminati controls successful rap artists. “It was the belief that a sacrifice had to occur in order to join the Illuminati that allegedly incited El-Amin,” Johnson said.113

The aspiring rapper was stoned when the incident occurred and police found more than a pound of marijuana in his home while investigating the case, along with what was described as literature about the Illuminati and its alleged involvement in the music industry. El-Amin was also said to have been obsessed with rapper 50 Cent who famously survived getting shot nine times, an incident that largely helped propel his rap career. The deranged Illuminati wannabe El-Amin was found guilty of malicious wounding and sentenced to eight years in prison.114





Fifth Grader Claims Illuminati Membership and Threatens To Sacrifice Fellow Students to Satan

Even more bizarre than the 27-year-old aspiring rapper who shot his friend as an attempted “Illuminati sacrifice,” is the story of a fifth grader (age 10 or 11) at a California elementary school who stood up in the middle of class shouting she was part of the Illuminati and threatened to kill other students as an apparent sacrifice to Satan.115

“She said she wanted to sell her soul to the devil and she said she’ll kill everybody,” a fellow student told the local ABC affiliate KXTV.116

The Satan-obsessed student then grabbed a pair of scissors and started cutting herself and allegedly tried to stab another student. The local television news report on KXTV actually said the girl claimed to be in the Illuminati and other students reported she had drawn Illuminati symbols on the bathroom walls.

A parent of a fellow student contacted the local TV station after he felt the school didn’t handle the situation properly since they didn’t notify parents until 6:30 that evening and said his child was in tears when he picked her up from school that day. This parent believed the school was trying to sweep the incident under the rug and says they denied that a weapon had been involved. “There was a weapon involved. It was a pair of scissors,” he said. “So it shocks me to see there are false statements in here knowing otherwise what happened at school yesterday.”117

“Everybody just started crying because they were scared that they were going to die that day,” another student told the news reporter.



“I seen her try to cut herself and draw blood, but then she got up and tried to stab another girl a seat away from her,” another student said.

The Sacramento City Unified School District confirmed an incident happened at the school in an e-mail statement to KXTV News 10 written by Gabe Ross, SCUSC Chief Communications Officer, reading, “Authorities are investigating a disturbance inside a John Sloat Elementary School classroom…The school responded immediately and all students were safe. Counseling and other resources have been made available to all John Sloat students today and will continue to be available as needed.”

Was this mentally disturbed little girl a fan of Angel Haze, Azealia Banks, or Ke$ha, and influenced by them or other pop stars promoting Satanism and the Illuminati as cool?





Wal-Mart Illuminati Kidnapping Attempt

A 37-year-old man was shot and killed by police inside a Wal-Mart in Oklahoma in June 2013, after he snatched a two-year-old infant from her mom’s shopping cart and held a knife to her neck saying he was going to kill her for the Illuminati.118 The psycho, Sammie Wallace, was an African American male, and most likely a Rick Ross and Jay-Z fan who wanted to be a part of the Illuminati, and like other delusional dirt bags, thought he had to sacrifice a person to Satan in order to receive his reward.

When this story first started circulating on the Internet, many people thought it was a hoax because it was so bizarre, but the incident actually happened, and the local Oklahoma TV station News 9 reported, “According to an affidavit for a search warrant, Wallace began speaking about the Illuminati, a satanic cult, while holding the girl and pointing a knife at her. Police say they quickly did some research and learned June 21 is a day of human sacrifice for the Illuminati.”119

After police searched Sammie Wallace’s house, they reported they found a notebook containing “religious writings.” When the Illuminatiobsessed sicko started counting down, claiming he would kill the child when he got to zero, police captain David Huff fired a single shot, killing Wallace. Thankfully the child was unharmed during the incident.





Angel Haze



PHOTO: A STILL FROM ANGEL HAZE’S “WERKIN GIRLS” VIDEO WHERE A GROUP OF ILLUMINATI THUGS KIDNAP A GROUP OF CHILDREN.

An anorexic-looking, scrawny, sickly appearing rapping rat named Angel Haze tried to push the envelope into uncharted evil territory with the release of her music video “Working Girls” (styled Werkin Girls) by having a gang of Illuminati thugs kidnap a bunch of young children while she stands by watching in apparent delight and rapping about what a badass she is.

The children, who appear to be aged 6 to 8, are shown playing jump rope in the video when several masked thugs approach and violently sweep them away. The screen flashes a close-up of a tattoo on one of the perpetrators’ arms which clearly shows it’s an Illuminati All-Seeing Eye with a snake wrapped around it. The song has no point other than to serve as a self-promotion platform for Haze and she appears to simply stand by watching the children getting snatched as if she thinks it’s cool, or is perhaps in cahoots with the kidnappers.



To make it even worse, this witch is wearing a large crucifix around her neck throughout the video. Angel Haze grew up in with a family involved with the Greater Apostolic Faith, which she describes as a cult, and may explain her rebelling against what is good, and “turning to the dark side,” so to speak, by being involved in such a filthy music video and rap persona.

At the time of this writing Angel Haze is not a mainstream artist or a household name, but that is undoubtedly her goal, and she is waiting in the wings, signed to Universal Music Group, one day hoping to be chosen as the next Illuminati idol to roll out to the world.





Azealia Banks

 



PHOTO: A STILL FROM AZEALIA BANK’S VIDEO “YOUNG RAPUNZEL” SHOWING HER RAP IN FRONT OF AN ALL-SEEING EYE ON THE WALL.

Another babbling brainless bisexual bimbo who jumped on the Illuminati bandwagon is female rapper Azealia Banks with her music video “Young Rapunzel,” stylized Yung Rapunxel. Banks, who sounds like a man, appears on screen with an owl flying out of a hole in her forehead—the owl, of course, a symbol of the Bohemian Grove and the same mascot adopted by rapper Drake, the feminine fool who dances like an epileptic having a seizure.

Of course, Azelia Banks is shown rapping in front of a huge pyramid with an All-Seeing Eye painted on the wall behind her, and there’s a scene of her riding a bull reminiscent of the Book of Revelation where the Whore of Babylon is described as riding a beast.120 Then of course there are several scenes of Banks bashing a police officer over the head with a bottle in an attempt to look tuff.



This trendy piece of trash thinks she’s a hard core ho, but she’s simply another wanker in a growing list of obvious Illuminati wannabes. This singing serpent is spreading proverbial syphilis with her stupid songs, and is simply just another satanic skank who sold her soul to Satan hoping for fame and wealth, but in reality she has no talent, her delivery is disastrously dumb, and she brings nothing new to the artistic table. Someone should have told this fame whore that just because it worked for Rihanna, Jay-Z, Rick Ross, Kanye West and Ke$ha, it wouldn’t necessarily work for her since she’s a little bit too late and comes off as simply a pathetic Illuminati posing Johnny Come Lately copycat trying too hard to be cool, not to mention, she sounds like a man. Or maybe she is. I don’t really want to know.

Apparently Azealia Banks used some samples for an upcoming single before obtaining the rights from the actual producer and after her legal team reached out to him and offered him $25,000 for the rights, he turned it down and said, “I don’t want your fucking $25,000. Fuck off. Go be a puppet bitch to someone else.”121

 

 





Tupac Shakur

Shakur, who was shot and killed in a Las Vegas drive-by shooting in 1996 and considered one of the greatest rappers of all time, recorded an album shortly before his death titled The Don KIlluminati: The 7 Day Theory which remains the topic of speculation among his fans who think the title was a reference to exposing the Illuminati. “The Don” is a mafia term for a mafia boss or leader, which makes some of Tupac’s fans think that he had learned about the Illuminati and titled his album this as a coded message meaning he was the leader of the killers of the Illuminati.

Many people believe the Illuminati orchestrated his murder to silence him since in his music and interviews he often sent a positive and empowering message of love, peace, and encouraged education instead of the typical gangster rap garbage we are all too familiar with. Senator Marco Rubio of Florida was asked about his opinion on Lil Wayne once comparing himself to Tupac, and answered, “There is only one Tupac…These guys have some message in what they’re saying, but I think they’re largely entertainers. I think Tupac was more someone who was trying to inform us about what was going on, and he did it through entertainment.”122

The paparazzi videographer who worked for TMZ voiced surprise, and Rubio continued, “Tupac is someone I listened to growing up, and he was a complicated person. He wasn’t perfect, that’s for sure. He made a lot of mistakes, but I think he was very honest in his music and gave us insight into a time in our country and really gave a voice to a people in America at that time who were facing different struggles...He made a lot of mistakes, that’s for sure, but he was very real in a way you don’t see today.”123

“Today,” Rubio said, “It’s all about money or how much he’s making. Tupac actually grew up. Every year that went by, his music got deeper and more introspective...Lil Wayne isn’t putting anything out there like that.”



Tupac was definitely using his music to raise awareness about important social issues like racism, drug abuse, violence, and the value of an education, but was he trying to expose the Illuminati too? Many of his fans believe this, but will be very disappointed when they learn of a little known interview he gave about this very subject and the meaning of his term “Killuminati.”

In the course of their discussion when the interviewer mentions the Illuminati, Tupac responds, “Niggas is telling me about this Illuminati shit while I’m in jail, right, like you gotta listen to all this. That’s another way for them to keep your self-esteem low! That’s another way to keep you unconfident. And I’m putting a “k” cuz I’m killing that Illuminati shit! Trust me. If these mother fuckers wanted to kill you, why the fuck would they tell [Louis] Farrakhan? Why are they going to tell the Nation of Islam? Why are they gonna tell this nigga in jail about the plan? How did he know? How’d it leak to him? Who told him? The Pope? Who? Cuz they like, the Pope and the money, awe come on man, get the fuck out of here.”124

While Tupac was said to be an avid reader, he really missed the boat on this one, because there were plenty of books available while he was alive that detailed the history of the Illuminati and the evidence of its continued existence. For example in 1986, ten years before Tupac’s death, Antony Sutton released America’s Secret Establishment, detailing how the Skull and Bones society was created in 1832 as an extension of the Illuminati and how the Bilderberg Group, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Federal Reserve banking cartel all function as the superclass ruling elite and modern day Illuminati front groups.

There were many other popular books available during Tupac’s time such as None Dare Call it Conspiracy (1971), Occult Theocrasy (1933), Secret Societies and Subversive Movements, (1924), and even John Robison’s classic Proofs of a Conspiracy, published in 1798 and still in print today, which was one of the first English translations of the original writings of Adam Weishaupt that were discovered in 1786 by local authorities.





Gunplay



PHOTO: GUNPLAY’S MUG SHOT IN OCTOBER 2012 AFTER AN AN ARREST FOR ARMED ROBBERY WITH A FIREARM.

A rapper who goes by the name of Gunplay (real name Richard Morales Jr.) is another interesting case of a rapper whose life imitates his art because of his run-ins with the law, and who has also talked about the Illuminati in interviews, although he’s not exactly a good example of someone who is fighting to expose them and make the world a better place.

Gunplay, as his name suggests, likes to play with guns, and in October 2012 he was arrested for armed robbery and aggravated assault after a videotape from a security camera showed what looked like him pistol whipping his accountant and then stealing his chain.125 The charges were later dropped when the accountant, Turron Woodside, refused to testify.126

Gunplay started his career by joining (the fake) Rick Ross’s southern hip hop group the Tripple C’s (Carol City Cartel), and signed to (the fake) Rick Ross’s Maybach Music Group label. He is basically yet another unoriginal gangster rapper trying to cash in on the genre as another one of countless cookie cutter copies.



In December 2012 Gunplay tweeted about the Sandy Hook Elementary School massacre insinuating it was a government run false flag conspiracy, but later deleted the tweets.127 “Government killed dem kids to take our guns away. Another 9/11. Don’t get it twisted,” he tweeted to his 100,000 or so followers at the time. “Ya’ll are sheeple 4 thinking da government ain’t gotta hand in every crisis since the great depression.”128

In an interview with Vice in 2012 the rapper brought up the Bilderberg Group and the Illuminati, saying, “They control everything. Everything. From wars to weather, everything. It gets real deep, man. That’s one of those things I try to fill my head with knowledge about. Who are the puppet masters? You stumble on one thing, you stumble on another thing, and you just open up a can of worms. You try to tell everybody, but they’re looking at you like, ‘What?’”129

Gunplay was asked if he thought there were any rappers in the Illuminati, to which he gave a surprisingly accurate answer of basically “no,” and went on to explain, “All you can do is inform yourself, because you can’t do nothing about it. I don’t think no man should have that much control, but it is what it is. It’s a grim reality. Embrace it, and inform people of what’s going on. That’s the only thing you can do…It’s already too late, because we’re already programmed on the channel they want us to be on. It is what it is. You just gotta embrace it and inform the public. Inform the people. Inform the ones you love because it’s going down.”130

Unfortunately, Gunplay doesn’t realize that he’s part of the problem and a seemingly willing servant of this socially enslaving system by appearing to offer himself up as an icon of evil in exchange for money and fame.





Dwight York

A black supremacist and convicted child molester sentenced to 135 years in prison for having committed one of the largest numbers of abuses, was a very influential spiritual teacher for several famous musicians before he was sent to prison. Dwight York is said to have inspired several popular musicians with his brand of black supremacist occultism called Nuwaubianism, which comes from the Arabic word “nubuwa” which means prophet hood or prophesy.

York was a singer and music producer in Brooklyn before he left New York in 1993, moving to Georgia. His birthdate is unclear, but is believed to be in 1945 or 1935, and he went by a long list of pseudonyms over the years, including Malachi Z York, Issa Al Haadi Al Mahdi, and Dr. York. In the 1990s he built an enormous Egyptian-themed compound on 476 acres in Eatonton, Georgia called Tama-Re for his hundreds of followers. After his conviction in 2004 of child abuse, the government acquired the property through asset forfeiture and demolished it.

Author Bill Osinski, reported “When he was finally indicted, state prosecutors literally had to cut back the number of counts listed—from well beyond a thousand to slightly more than 200—because they feared a jury simply wouldn’t believe the magnitude of York’s evil.… [It] is believed to be the nation’s largest child molestation prosecution ever directed at a single person, in terms of number of victims and number of alleged criminal acts.”131

Many people believe Dwight York was practicing a very perverted and evil form of Sex Magick (spelled with a “k” on the end as stylized by Satanist Aleister Crowley) in which some people believe they obtain magic powers by sexually abusing children. Considering York’s involvement in fringe occult philosophies and his conviction of child abuse, he may very well have been engaging in this kind of despicable behavior with children.

Some of York’s supporters have claimed he was set up and framed by the government, and insist he is innocent.





Prodigy

Prodigy is a rapper and member of the duo Mobb Deep, who released his second solo album H.N.I.C.2. in 2008, that included a song titled “Illuminati,” telling the evils of this secret society and includes a chorus saying, “Illuminati want my mind, soul, and my body…Secret society trying to keep their eye on me.”

While in prison for illegally possessing a weapon, he penned a five page letter about the Illuminati and the music industry, saying, in part, “JayZ and Jaz-O were both raised (in their teenage years) in Dr. [Dwight] York’s ‘Nuwabian’ community in Bushwick Brooklyn…Jay-Z knows the truth, but he chose sides with evil in order to be accepted in the corporate world and promotes the lifestyle of the beast instead…Jay-Z is a God damn lie. I have so much fire in my heart that I will relentlessly attack Jay-Z, Illuminati, and every other evil that exist until my lights are out…I have been empowered by God and the Universe.”132

He goes on to write about a negative energy many mainstream rappers are playing with, saying, “This negative energy is created and harnessed by the Illuminati secret government and they will make you spread this energy without even knowing it but people like Jay-Z are very well aware. He was schooled by Dr. York so if you are aware and still spread it, what does that make you? Who and what do you represent? I’m not saying these bad things about Jay-Z cuz we had a rap beef…Jay-Z is not the only ‘aware’ rapper that sided with evil, but he’s the most influential.”133

During the 2008 presidential campaign when practically every African American entertainer was thrilled that Barack Obama was running for president, Prodigy called him a phony and a plastic president. “I wish nothing but love and happiness for him, but he’s either gonna be assassinated to create chaos and bring about martial law or he’ll live and then years down the line, at the end of his term everybody will see that he’s

just like the rest of these plastic presidents, who does absolutely nothing good. Just another puppet for the Royal family.”134

Prodigy also publicly voiced support for Congressman Ron Paul (RTexas) who was running for president that year (and again in 2012). Because of his pro-Constitution principles and consistent track record, Ron Paul was a favorite for many Americans who see the Illuminati as a threat to our liberties, economy, privacy, and even our planet.

Prodigy believes that Dwight York was set up and framed by the Illuminati when he was sentence to 135 years in prison for an enormous number of child abuse cases. Prodigy is most likely in denial since he looked up to York and saw him as an enlightened spiritual teacher. As I’m sure you are well aware, many times the family members and close friends of people who commit heinous crimes cannot come to grips that someone they were so close to could be so evil, so as a psychological protective mechanism they simply cannot believe the person actually did those things.135





Professor Griff



PHOTO: PROFESSOR GRIFF’S BOOK COVER, THE PSYCHOLOGICAL COVERT WAR ON HIP HOP.

One of the most vocal musicians against the Illuminati in the music industry is Professor Griff, formerly of the rap group Public Enemy. Griff committed the entertainment industry cardinal sin when during a 1989 interview with David Mills of The Washington Times he reportedly made several anti-Semitic statements, including allegedly that “Jews are responsible for the majority of the wickedness in the world.”136 Griff insisted his statement was taken out of context and audio of the interview was never released for people to hear it in its entirety.

Professor Griff was fired from Public Enemy over the controversy caused by the interview and later issued an apology and met with Jewish

groups trying to make amends. In his 2009 book, titled Analytixz, Griff explained, “To say the Jews are responsible for the majority of wickedness that went on around the globe, I would have to know about the majority of wickedness that went on around the globe, which is impossible...I’m not the best knower—[God] is. Then, not only knowing that, I would have to know who is at the crux of all of the problems in the world and then blame Jewish people, which is not correct.”137

Griff later embraced a form of Afrocentrism and formed a music group called the Last Asiatic Disciples that rapped about the New World Order and various conspiracies.





J. Cole

Years after selling Roc-A-Fella Records to Def Jam, Jay-Z started another label called Roc Nation, and the first artist signed after it was launched was J. Cole, whose debut album Cole World: The Sideline Story came out in 2011, earning him a nomination for Best New Artist at the Grammys that year.138

During an interview with Hot 93.7 in Hartford, Connecticut, Cole was asked about the Illuminati rumors swirling around his boss Jay-Z.

“You know what’s crazy, before I got a deal and became part of the industry, I was one of those people. I was a conspiracy theorist. There were times I would look at those videos like ‘Jay-Z’s a member of the Illuminati!’ and I would be like ‘Ooooohhhhh!’ And then you meet him, and you see how things work, and that’s bogus—that’s somebody that’s so far from the truth in what’s actually happening, just creating something. They’re probably high. It’s not true.”139

On his 2013 Album Born Sinner, the first track is titled “Villumanati,” meaning the Fayetteville Illuminati, a reference to Fayetteville, North Carolina, where he grew up. On the track he raps, “Fuck everybody. I’m about to go and join the Illuminati. This next three bars is dedicated to the retards [who] keep asking me about the Illuminati. Is you stupid nigga? Young black millionaire, all white billionaires, I’m sure that they can do without me. And I ain’t really into sacrificing human bodies.”140

The statement about sacrificing human bodies is likely a reference to the Cremation of Care at the Bohemian Grove, something more and more people have become aware of from YouTube and social media, and since J. Cole said he used to watch “conspiracy” videos, he is probably aware of some of the activities and allegations surrounding the Bohemian Grove.





Jay Electronica

Another rapper signed to Jay-Z’s Roc Nation record label with some interesting ties is Jay Electronica,141 whose connection to the Illuminati is beyond simply using occult symbols or name-dropping them in a song. While in a relationship with his baby’s momma, Erykah Badu, this clown was reportedly having an affair with Kate Rothschild, a member of the notorious Illuminati banking family. Kate’s blue blood multi-millionaire husband Ben Goldsmith filed for a divorce from her citing adultery after he allegedly discovered her having a yearlong affair with Electronica.142

Kate Rothschild inherited tens of millions of dollars from her father, banker Amschel Rothschild, after he committed suicide by hanging himself in his Bristol Hotel room in Paris in 1996.143 The death was initially reported as the result of a heart attack, but was later confirmed a suicide by relatives refusing to discuss the details.144 He was the chairman of Rothschild Asset Management.

The heiress Kate later started her own record company called Round Table records and that’s how she met Jay Electronica. Her company’s name, “Round Table,” is a reference to the British round table secret societies and elitist organizations set up by the likes of Cecil Rhodes, who wrote in his will that his money must be used to fund a secret society called the Round Table Group, with the goal of maintaining the Illuminati controlled British Empire around the world.

His last will and testament literally reads, “To and for the establishment, promotion and development of a Secret Society, the true aim and object whereof shall be for the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom, and of colonization by British subjects of all lands where the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labor and enterprise, and especially the occupation by British settlers of the entire Continent of Africa, the Holy

Land, the Valley of the Euphrates, the Islands of Cyprus and Candia, the whole of South America, the Islands of the Pacific not heretofore possessed by Great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the inauguration of a system of Colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire and, finally, the foundation of so great a Power as to render wars impossible, and promote the best interests of humanity.”145

Cecil Rhodes, this Round Table Group creator, was a British born businessman who moved to Africa to start the DeBeers diamond monopoly, and with the help of Edward Bernays, the public relations genius, he brainwashed millions of men and women around the world into believing they need to own large diamond rings, necklaces, and ear rings in order to feel loved, while the inventory of the stones is purposefully suppressed to artificially inflate the prices. This same diamond monopoly man also created the Rhodes Scholarships which are given to college students who the Secret Establishment sees as likely participants in their New World Order plan, and are used to groom young men and women by introducing them to the Invisible Empire. President Bill Clinton is one of the most wellknown recipients of this scholarship, who mysteriously rose to power from obscurity with the help of this hidden hand.146

So in a world of Illuminati posers and puppets, it is interesting, at the very least, that Jay Electronica allegedly had a yearlong sexual relationship with a member of the notorious Rothschild banking family, literally, according to various reports, getting in bed with a supposed Illuminati family member. The rapper tweeted some threats to Ben Goldsmith, his alleged mistress’s husband, after news reports were first published about Kate Rothschild’s alleged affair with the rapper, saying he would “come see” Goldsmith if he didn’t shut his mouth.147

Several reports have stated that Jay Electronica’s album Act II – The Patents of Nobility would contain a track titled “New Illuminati” that featured none other than Kanye West,148 due to his unprecedented Illuminati

posing. At the time of this writing, his album had been in the works for years but was faced with repeated delays and will supposedly be released soon.





The Game



PHOTO: THE GAME’S ALBUM COVER JESUS PIECE, DEPICTING JESUS AS A GANG MEMBER.

The Los Angeles based rapper who goes by “The Game” (a really lame name, I know) was interviewed by a conspiracy website called Truth is Scary and when asked about the Illuminati, he stood up out of his chair and said, “I can’t talk about that.”149 He also said the world was going to end at the end of 2012, while trying to sound serious and sophisticated.

The Game is just another wannabe LA gangster in hip hop who’s made headlines for his unhealthy relationships and his habit of fighting.150 He is probably best known for his hideous “LA” face tattoo on his right cheek, which is actually a cover up of a previous tattoo of a butterfly that he bizarrely inked on the same spot. As if this wasn’t dumb enough, a few years later he got a huge tattoo of President Obama on his chest!151

Just two weeks after the Sandy Hook Elementary School massacre, when 20-year-old Adam Lanza killed twenty children and six adults in Sandy Hook, Connecticut and the entire country was mourning, The Game

released a song titled “Dead People,” where the entire track was basically about stalking and murdering people for fun because he’s a psycho. The track is on an album called Jesus Piece, a slang term for a gang banger’s favorite gun, and the cover art depicts Jesus as a member of the Bloods street gang.152

Ski mask, body bag, duct tape, and a pillow

In the front solo

Sittin’ low with the lights out

Feelin’ like Manson on some Son of Sam shit

With a murder on my mind and my mind on a homicide

-Dead People

T-Pain T-Pain, the King of Auto-Tune, the guy who made mainstream music even more unbearable to listen to than it already was, joked about hoping to join the Illuminati so he could make more money after his career had stalled. Because his Auto-Tune gimmick got overplayed and he fell off the face of the earth, in desperation he once said, “Boy, if there is an Illuminati, I’m looking for them. I’m telling you boy, I’m down to get in it, cuz I would be way richer than I am right now.”153 While it appears he was joking or saying such things in jest, his statements reveal how appealing the Illuminati is to those who lust after fame and money, and also shows how more and more people are associating the Illuminati with the puppet masters who pull the purse strings and decide who will be chosen to be advertised and promoted in the corporate media. Of course the zombie masses loved T-Pain and his trademarked AutoTune novelty gimmick for a season, but his fifteen minutes of fame ticked away rather fast, and the masses moved on to the next trend and technological bread and circus, looking for something new to satisfy their itching ears.

A$AP Rocky

PHOTO: A STILL FROM A$AP ROCKY’S VIDEO “WASSUP” SHOWING A SATANIC PENTAGRAM ON THE FLOOR DURING A PARTY.

Another talentless rapper waiting in the wings hoping to be chosen as the next token act propelled through the mainstream media pipeline is A$AP Rocky, who’s another jive turkey talking gibberish marketed as music. In a blatant attempt trying to get noticed, he released a music video for his song “Wassup” that began by showing a huge three-foot-wide satanic pentagram on the floor, looking like it was made out of cocaine, and featured your typical scantily clad women shaking their booties and guys drinking 40’s while showing off handfuls of cash. What most viewers don’t understand is that the stacks of cash often seen in music videos come from the prop department, not the bank, and are just as fake as the rappers who flash it. Many of the cars,154 jewelry,155 and even the homes themselves featured in MTV’s hit show MTV Cribs, were often rented by the artist to show off in their segment.156 During an interview with Jazzy T at 93.7 WBLK in Buffalo, A$AP said, “I wish I was Illuminati. Show me Illuminati,” as he enthusiastically expressed his admiration for the group and his desire to be “in” with them so he could make some money and get famous.157 The fact that so many rappers literally say they would love to join the Illuminati shows how they are willing to sell out to the corrupt corporate system and do anything in exchange for fame and fortune.

Eminem

PHOTO: EMINEM POSTED THIS PICTURE ON HIS TWITTER SHOWING HIM THROWING UP DEVIL HORNS AND THE ALL-SEEING EYE.

Marshall Mathers, aka Slim Shady, aka Eminem, skyrocketed to superstardom beginning in 1999, becoming one of the most famous rappers of all time after getting signed to Dr. Dre’s Aftermath Entertainment music label, a subsidiary of Interscope records. It wasn’t just being white that fueled his celebrity, but rather his extremely violent and vile lyrical content, including songs about doing drugs,158 raping women,159 doing a Columbinestyle school shooting,160 and even killing his baby’s momma.161 Instead of the mainstream media being repulsed and not giving him a national platform, Eminem instantly became one of their favorite friends and most famous celebrities in the world, loved largely by children who couldn’t get enough of him. Countless girls even worshiped him, despite his misogynistic message, and they too loved to sing along to his sick songs. During Eminem’s time in the limelight, various gruesome crimes were committed by his fans that were believed by some to be acting out the scenarios depicted in several of his songs. In one incident a twenty-oneyear-old Eminem impersonator named Christopher Duncan murdered his girlfriend after singing Eminem songs at a karaoke bar by beating her unconscious and then stuffing her in a suitcase where she then suffocated.162 The song “Kim” depicts Eminem killing his girlfriend with lyrics like,

“Don’t you get it bitch, no one can hear you! Now shut the fuck up and get what’s coming to you! You were supposed to love me! [Kim choking] NOW BLEED! BITCH BLEED!” A fourteen-year-old boy in Peterborough, Ontario was charged with murdering his own mother and burying her body in the backyard, allegedly modeling the murder after Eminem’s music video “Cleaning out My Closet,” which in court was said to be the boy’s favorite song, that depicts Eminem murdering his mother and burying her body in the backyard.163 A twelve-year-old boy was convicted of indecent assault after he was allegedly inspired by an Eminem song to force a nine-year-old boy to perform a lewd sex act on him.164 The Eminem track “Ken Kaniff,” which is a short skit included on Eminem’s album, “The Marshall Mathers LP,” was played in court during the case. Prosecutor William Baker said that, “One possibility is that the twelve-year-old boy in adolescence heard the track and thought it would be a good idea to make someone do that to him,” referring to the lewd act depicted in the song.165 Michele Elliott, director of Kidscape, a child protection charity, commented on the case, saying, “There is something disturbing about a record or video egging people on to behave outside social parameters. I personally find them disgusting and don’t think we should give them a platform. If you are already disturbed, listening to something particularly unpleasant could give you the rationale that it is okay.”166 A few years after the pinnacle of his time in the limelight, Eminem released a music video about the 2004 presidential election for his song titled “Mosh,” which was a scathing attack against President George W. Bush and his fear mongering surrounding the War on Terror. The video starts with a parody of George W. Bush reading My Pet Goat to a classroom of children as a jet flies over the school and crashes into the World Trade Center. It then cuts to Eminem standing in front of a wall covered with newspaper clippings and headlines about Bush’s foreknowledge of the 9/11 attacks, including the New York Post’s famous front page headline, “Bush Knew.” Eminem roars, “Look in his eyes it’s all lies!” as President Bush is shown on the screen, and then the video moves to a cardboard cutout of Osama Bin Laden on a soundstage controlled by then Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld and Vice President Dick Cheney. Eminem goes on to rally dozens of people who surround the Capitol building in Washington DC

and head up the stairs, pouring inside in what appears to be the beginning of a riot, when it is revealed they are all actually lining up to vote. The song itself is extremely powerful and the music video, which was produced by the Guerilla News Network, presented a powerfully positive message about activism and strength in numbers. Despite this powerful and positive song, Eminem is still a pawn of the Illuminati and was promoted by the Illuminati controlled mainstream media as a role model for the youth because the vast majority of his music preaches violence, immorality, and irresponsibility. This popular and surprisingly powerful song only served as bait to attract more people to his poison since the overwhelmingly majority of his music is pure mentally enslaving mind control. In practically every one of his songs he sounds like an angry teenager screaming about being grounded by his parents and lashing out at the world in angst. It’s important to note that the key to Eminem’s success was rapper and producer Dr. Dre, who is considered one of the founding fathers of gangster rap because of his membership in the group NWA (Nigga’s With Attitude), and who is credited with discovering Eminem and launching his career. Dr. Dre entered into the mainstream limelight with his debut solo album The Chronic in 1992, which featured a pot leaf on the face of the CD. After Dr. Dre heard one of Eminem’s demo tapes, he immediately gave him a record deal recognizing the marketing appeal of a white rapper from Detroit. Some find it ironic that Dre made a career out of promoting alcohol, drugs, and thugs when his 20-year-old son Andre Young Jr., would later die of a drug overdose in 2008.167 While some call it a tragedy, others have called it Karma or say Dr. Dre reaped what he had sowed. I take seven (kids) from (Columbine),

stand ‘em all in line

Add an AK-47, a revolver, a nine

a Mack-11 and it oughta solve the problem of mine

and that’s a whole school of bullies shot up all at one time

Cause (I’mmmm) Shady, they call me as crazy

-I’m Back

Suge Knight

PHOTO: SUGE KNIGHT’S MUG SHOT FROM ONE OF HIS MANY ARRESTS.

While this is a book mainly about Illuminati puppets, fake gangsters and posers (nonetheless still real pieces of garbage), one man in the music industry who doesn’t need to pretend to be a gangster is Suge Knight, the founder and former CEO of Death Row Records. In the 1990s Suge was one of the most feared men in the music industry, standing 6 foot 4, weighing 265 pounds, and having a long history of violent encounters. Suge produced albums for Tupac Shakur, Dr. Dre, Snoop Dog and other chart-topping acts, but after a series of financial and legal problems he slowly faded from popularity, occasionally making headlines for his latest run-ins with the law. He is perhaps best known for driving the car that Tupac was killed in when he became a victim of a drive-by shooting in 1996, which remains unsolved and the topic of much speculation about who killed him and why.168 Suge’s run-ins with the law are legendary, so here’s just a sample of his rap sheet. In 1992 he was put on probation after a weapons and assault charge and found guilty of violating that probation in 1996 for an altercation in the MGM Grand Hotel in Las Vegas after security cameras showed him involved in another assault, resulting in him being sentenced to nine years in prison. He was released in 2001 after four years on the condition that he would not have any contact with Dr. Dre. In December 2002, he was arrested again and did two months in jail for violating his parole by associating with known gang members.169 The

following year in June of 2003, Suge was arrested again after assaulting a parking lot attendant at a club in Los Angeles and sentenced to another ten months in prison.170 In February 2005, police found marijuana in his car after pulling him over for an illegal U-turn and kept him in jail for a week, but the marijuana charges were dropped, most likely because his lawyers successfully argued one of his friends must have stashed the weed there without his knowledge. That same year Knight was shot in the leg during an altercation at a Miami Beach night club. He refused to cooperate with police and no one was charged with the shooting. Knight was arrested again in Las Vegas in 2008, for aggravated assault and drug charges after allegedly assaulting Melissa Isaac, his girlfriend of three years, and brandishing a knife.171 The charges were dropped when police could not find Melissa, who was mostly likely afraid to cooperate with authorities fearing the repercussions from Knight if she did.172 The following year Knight was a suspect in the robbery of a record producer named Noel “Detail” Fisher after five armed men broke into his house, stole $170,000 worth of jewelry and a locked safe, allegedly claiming they were collecting a debt on behalf of Knight.173 In May 2013, a photo of a black BMW with the word “Illuminati” affixed in place of the BMW logo on the rear of the trunk was posted online by a girl who said her boyfriend “swears it was Suge Knight driving the car.” The photo was said to have been taken in Hollywood. Others point out that the BMW was several years old and say Suge wouldn’t be driving such an “old” car, and insist it was just someone who looked like Suge who was trying to be cool. While Suge Knight may be considered a legitimate gangster thug who became wealthy in the rap game, being an Illuminati mafia gangster is something totally different. Illuminati mafia men don’t get involved in fights outside clubs. They’re far too sophisticated for that, but in many ways Suge is more dangerous than anyone in the Illuminati because he simply doesn’t care about the consequences of his reckless actions and his repeated jail sentences have not seemed to deter him from criminal activity.

Sean “Diddy” Colmes

PHOTO: MUG SHOT OF SEAN COLMES, CEO OF BAD BOY RECORDS.

Sean Colmes, Puff Daddy, Puffy, P. Diddy, Diddy, Little Diddy, whatever this poser’s name is these days, released a music video in 1997, for a song titled “Victory” featuring Notorious B.I.G. and Busta Rhymes. The video takes place in the “New World Order,” said to be in the year 3002 AD, in a society looking like something out of George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four and depicts Diddy (or whatever his name is today) being chased by the police as part of a televised game show inspired by the Arnold Schwarzenegger film, The Running Man (1987). This video was not really trying to warn people about the New World Order, but instead was a producer using a creative idea that Diddy was being persecuted by “the man.” He is anything but persecuted by “the man,” and instead during his fifteen minutes of fame, fourteen of which were done by exploiting Biggie’s death, in my opinion, Diddy was a darling of the mainstream media machine who dished nothing but praise for Puffy, helping him amass a fortune of almost $600 million dollars, making him the wealthiest man in hip hop.174 Let’s not forget that Diddy was acquitted of bribery and weapons charges stemming from a shooting incident at a Times Square nightclub in 1999, after police reportedly found a stolen gun and a secret compartment built into his SUV after they pulled his vehicle over shortly after fleeing the scene of the shooting.175 His protégé “Shyne,” was sentenced to ten years in prison for reckless endangerment and assault after the rounds he popped off inside the club allegedly struck and injured three people.176 Diddy can thank Johnny Cochrane for getting all the charges against him dropped; the

famous lawyer who helped get O.J. Simpson quitted after he was charged with murdering his ex-wife.

Lauryn Hill

PHOTO: THE FUGEES ALBUM COVER THE SCORE.

Grammy Award winning female rapper and producer Lauryn Hill came on the music scene with her uplifting and socially conscious messages as a founding member of the now disbanded Fugees, along with Wyclef Jean and Pras Michel, whose 1996 album The Score is considered by many critics to be one of the best hip hop albums of the 1990s.177 After the Fugees broke up, both she and Wyclef had successful solo careers, but Hill would later disappear from the public eye due to what she said were threats to her and her family. In 2013 she was sentenced to several months in jail for failing to pay her income taxes from 2005 to 2007, which was around a million dollars.178 Some of her fans have claimed the conviction was in retaliation for her “conspiracy theories” about the music industry. The previous year she had posted a message on her Tumblr account about how the music industry is “manipulated and controlled by a media protected military industrial complex.” She also said the mainstream music industry engaged in “pop culture cannibalism.”179 “For the past several years, I have remained what others would consider underground,” she wrote. “I did this in order to build a community of people, like-minded in their desire for freedom and the right to pursue their goals and lives without being manipulated and controlled by a media protected military industrial complex with a completely different agenda.”180

She went on to explain, “When I was working consistently without being affected by the interferences mentioned above, I filed and paid my taxes. This only stopped when it was necessary to withdraw from society, in order to guarantee the safety and well-being of myself and my family.” People like Lauryn Hill who challenge the establishment or openly oppose mainstream ideologies are often labeled “conspiracy theorists,” and even mentally ill, and there is literally an official mental disorder listed in the DSM-IV-TR Manual, the official clinical manual on mental disorders, called “Oppositional Defiant Disorder,” that claims people have a mental illness if they have “a recurrent pattern of negativistic, defiant, disobedient and hostile behavior toward authority figures that persists for at least 6 months.”181 Many people believe Hill was targeted, harassed, and threatened because her music and her message is completely counter to the mainstream, materialist, self-destructive, soul sucking slime that is spread by the corporate controllers. Sometimes if you’re not going to play their game, unimaginable dirty tricks get pulled. Everything is Everything

What is meant to be, will be

After winter, must come spring

Change, it comes eventually

-Everything is Everything

Ice Cube

PHOTO: COVER FOR ICE CUBE’S SINGLE “EVERYTHANG’S CORRUPT.”

In November 2012, just days before the presidential election, Ice Cube released a new video for his single “Everythang’s Corrupt” (Get it? Everything is corrupt? Every thang? Yeah. It’s your typical ghetto speak that most rappers use, as I’m sure you’re aware of.) Anyway, on the surface the video is pretty powerful and covers a lot of social issues from police brutality to political sex scandals, and even the strange mass deaths of birds and fish. When it was released it caused a wave of excitement and hope among many listeners who thought that Ice Cube was “awake” to the Illuminati, but the video was largely a publicity stunt and a one-sided attack against Republicans, because Ice Cube blindly supports President Obama. “I don’t see how anybody could believe what that man says,” he told Rolling Stone magazine, talking about Republican presidential candidate Mitt Romney just before the election.182 Rolling Stone wrote, “The West Coast hip-hop luminary’s new single, ‘Everythang’s Corrupt,’ is a no-holdsbarred, politically charged record that plumbs the seedy, greedy underbelly that stinks up so much of American society.”183 In the interview, Ice Cube described himself as a “Political Head” who followed the 2012 presidential race very closely and said Obama hadn’t been able to accomplish all of his goals in his first term because of a “do-

nothing Congress,” and said the song was largely inspired by the Occupy Wall Street Movement, the largely liberal, Obama supporting, socialist, big government demonstrators who made headlines in 2011 for camping out, or “occupying” public property while demanding a long list of absurd things from forgiving student loan debt and offering “free” tax payer funded college tuition, to insanely high minimum wages, and an endless list of government handouts. Ice Cube made a career out of promoting violence as a founding member of the 1990s rap group NWA (Nigga’s With Attitude) with their flagship single, “Fuck the Police,” only to transition later into family comedies like Are We There Yet? and Barbershop. The fact that supposedly family friendly studios would cast Ice Cube as a star in their films speaks volumes about the lack of standards these studios hold. In a perfect world Ice Cube, who has spoken favorably of the black supremacist Nation of Islam and considers himself a Muslim,184 would be blacklisted from mainstream media and stuck working at a Seven Eleven in the ghetto, but in an Illuminati controlled entertainment industry, he has made many millions of dollars and is loved by the zombie masses.

Charly Boy Illuminati musician allegations aren’t just limited to American artists —believe it or not—a popular rap artist in Nigeria is accused of being in the Illuminati, and being gay as well. Of course popular artists in other countries such as Europe, China, Japan and more, are probably accused of using Illuminati symbolism or claiming some kind of allegiance with them, but at the time of this writing, it’s mostly American stars who are swept up in the allegations. “Last week, news spread like a hurricane about Charles Oputa popularly known as Charly Boy being a gay and the head of Illuminati in Nigeria,” read the National Mirror, a daily newspaper in Nigeria.185 A local pastor named Roland Macaulay made the allegations and then Charly Boy threatened to sue the paper for publishing them.186 Charly Boy, who is 60years-old, responded, saying, “Yesterday, I was an Illuminati member. Today, a gay, tomorrow, sleeping with a coffin and the list is endless. When will they stop these lies?”187 Some believe that Charly Boy and the writer of the story collaborated together as a publicity stunt for the artist, something that could very well be possible due to the attention Illuminati allegations have been receiving in the United States. He wasn’t just accused of being “in” the Illuminati, he was actually said to be the “head” of the organization in Nigeria! A claim that is clearly absurd to anyone who knows anything about the subject. Nevertheless it is interesting to hear that the Illuminati allegations aren’t just isolated to American musicians, but they have popped up in South Africa as well.

Tyler the Creator

PHOTO: COVER FOR TYLER THE CREATOR’S GOBLIN ALBUM.

A fairly popular “shock rapper,” whose lyrics are designed to be as vile as possible and include themes of rape and murder fantasies, found favor with Sony Music Entertainment and other major corporations who use their influence and infrastructure to spread his bile to the brains of the buffoons who are dumb enough to willingly listen to it. This creature’s name is Tyler the Creator of the group Odd Future, who’s friends with Justin Bieber of all people, despite calling himself a Christian. This baboon is basically a black Eminem, and after his debut album Goblin came out in 2011, many critics gave it positive reviews. Jon Dolan from Rolling Stone gave the album 3 and a half, out of 5 stars, and enjoyed the “lush, left-field R&B-tinged tracks” and its “early-Eminem evil” lyrics.188 Allmusic.com’s David Jeffries also gave it 3 and a half out of 5 stars, saying “Tyler’s production is as attractive as ever, contrasting his disgusting rhymes and gruff voice with subdued, sometimes serene beats that echo and creep.”189 Slant Magazine awarded the album 4 and a half out of 5 stars when critic Huw Jones wrote in delight that, “Goblin could well be one of the decade’s most significant releases...a masterpiece for those capable of stomaching it.”190 Fortunately a few critics still had some common sense and slammed Tyler, because, “Eminem already did this 15 years ago,” as Joshua Erret of

Now Magazine said, 191and Randall Roberts from The Los Angeles Times wrote that after listening to it for a bit, “you just want Tyler the Creator to shut the hell up.”192 MTV News once asked Tyler about rumors he and his group Odd Future were connected to the Illuminati, to which he responded, “Oh, that's cool! People think I’m in the Illuminati? That’s tight—hell yeah! That’s tight—you’ve got to be rich as fuck to be from there, or have power! That’s people implying that I’m rich as fuck and we have power—that’s tight!”193

Big Boi

PHOTO: BIG BOI TELLS NEW YORK’S HOT 97 HE VOTED FOR LIBERTARIAN CANDIDATE GARY JOHNSON, INSTEAD OF BARACK OBAMA IN 2012.

While Barack Obama received 93% of the African American vote in the 2012 election194 (down from 95% in 2008 when he was first elected president)195 and the entire rap and hip hop industry couldn’t have been more proud to get “one of their own” into office, there was at least one famous rapper who did not support Obama—and that was rapper Big Boi, one half of the Grammy Award winning duo Outkast. Big Boi and his friend Andree 3000 formed the group while still in high school and the two went on to later win six Grammies and sell over 25 million albums, making them one of the most successful hip hop duos of all time. Just after the 2012 election, Big Boi was giving an interview to New York Hot’s 97 when he revealed that the day after the election a white woman at the airport congratulated him on “his win last night,” referring to Barack Obama’s victory over Mitt Romney, thus winning a second term; to which Big Boi responded, “Bitch, I voted for Gary Johnson”196 (the candidate for the Libertarian Party). This came as a shock to many, and a pleasant surprise to others, who were glad Big Boi wasn’t supporting Obama like so many other black musicians were, simply because he was black too. By revealing he didn’t support Obama, and instead voted for a third party candidate who became the favorite of many Ron Paul supporters after he dropped out of the race, it showed that Big Boi had a deeper knowledge of the mechanisms at work in presidential politics, leading some to believe

that had discovered the invisible empire that controls both major political parties, and wanted nothing to do with either of them. While Big Boi, at the time of this writing, hasn’t spoken publicly about the Illuminati, he has followed me on Twitter for quite some time, occasionally retweeting some my tweets, which is an indication that he has some interest in the Illuminati which led him to me. Being a black rapper and publicly stating he didn’t support Obama took some big balls, and Big Boi should be commended for daring to make his views known publicly, which could have been potentially damaging to his career.

Killer Mike

PHOTO: KILLER MIKE INTERVIEWED ON POWER 105.1’S THE BREAKFAST CLUB WHERE HE TALKED ABOUT GUN RIGHTS.

Atlanta based rapper Killer Mike did a lengthy interview with The Breakfast Club on Power 105.1 out of New York where he talked about the mainstream music industry, the Constitution, the Police State, the Patriot Act, and other Liberty issues revealing he was more informed than the average rapper about current events. When asked why he hadn’t yet “made it” in the mainstream, he answered, “Eventually somebody’s going to be courageous enough to play it on the radio…eventually, or not, someone on this side of the fence is going to have the confidence [to play his music] cuz it’s not like my music doesn’t do what it’s supposed to do…whenever they want me, I’m here, but I can’t pander myself and I can’t allow myself to be used and abused.”197 When the topic of guns came up during the interview, Mike stated, “I think every American can and should own a firearm,” to which a bewildered host gasped, “why?” “Because it’s our right and because I’ve been around the world and I’ve seen what countries who don’t have that right are like,” he answered, and then highlighted that we live in Constitutional Republic, something most people don’t understand. There is an important difference between a republic and a democracy, and the United States of America was originally supposed to be a republic, which is a representative form of government where the government’s power is limited by a charter or Constitution that sets boundaries which must not be violated no matter what, thus permanently protecting people’s

basic freedoms, protections that a majority vote cannot overrule. In a democracy, the majority rules, and there are no limitations to the powers or actions a government can take if the majority of people want them (or are tricked or coerced into wanting them). A popular analogy is that a democracy is two wolves and a sheep voting on what’s for dinner. In a republic, even if the two wolves voted to eat the sheep, their two-thirds majority vote still wouldn’t allow them to kill the sheep because the sheep’s rights are protected by the constitution which trumps any majority vote. As the conversation about gun violence was pressed by the host during Killer Mike’s interview, he said, “If you’re familiar with MK-ULTRA, if you’re familiar with how governments set up to take the rights of people, you’ve seen all this shit happen before. I am an American. I refuse to give up the rights that were given to me in the Bill of Rights and the Constitution.” He went on, “Why is the Patriot Act in effect? Because at some point in the near or far future, this country is going to become a country in which you don’t have the rights you have now. And the only thing that has ever stood in opposition to that in America is that the citizenry is armed. If you do not have an armed citizenry, you have a controlled citizenry.” The top comment on the YouTube video read “Killer Mike! The only top tier rapper who defends the Constitution!” He also talked about Big Pharma and our drugged and sedated population, saying sarcastically, “Don’t work out, don’t eat healthier, don’t take yoga, just take a pill.” At the time I’m writing this, his Twitter background is an American flag with an Illuminati All-Seeing Eye in the upper left hand corner surrounded by the stars, signifying the Illuminati owns America. Mike owns a barbershop in Atlanta, Georgia, and plans to pursue his dream of opening over one hundred shops in the United States, primarily in black communities.198 He entered the music scene by appearing on Outkast’s Grammy-winning single “This Whole World” in 2001. It’s interesting to note that Killer Mike became friends with Big Boi of Outkast in college, who, as I’ve previous noted, is one of the few mainstream rappers who didn’t mindlessly support Barack Obama like virtually every other black entertainer in the industry did.

Talib Kwali

PHOTO: TALIB KWALI SITS DOWN WITH DJ VLAD’S VLADTV

TO DISCUSS THE ILLUMINATI.

Brooklyn based rapper Talib Kwali, who got national recognition for his 2002 socially conscious song “Get By,” was once interviewed by DJ Vlad and asked about the Illuminati rapper rumors, where he then called them a distraction from more important issues. “We have the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank. We have rich families that are conspiring and getting together to have one currency, to have one world order to make shit easier for them. These things are dangerous and catastrophic for millions of people—some of these decisions that these rich people make. But when you start adding a boogieman ‘Oooh mysterious secret society’ aspect to it, you really distract from the real issues, and you’re not giving enough props and credit to show how dangerous and evil some of this shit really is.”199 During the interview he explained how he read Bill Coopers popular book Behold a Pale Horse in the 1990s but later realized how inaccurate Cooper was and blamed much of the “anti-Illuminati sentiment” on what he called “right wing, conservative Christian think tanks, John Birch Society types who felt the need to demonize Freemasons and demonize these groups at the beginning of America. So, it’s all religious stuff,” Talib said. “The Illuminati was a real organization,” he went on, “and could quite possibly be a real organization now, but the amount of power people allow it to have on their lives is based on them.”200

While Talib Kwali may be a skilled and socially conscious rapper, his interview with DJ Vlad’s VLADTV revealed how little he knows about the John Birch Society, which was instrumental in exposing the Illuminati “insiders,” as they called them, starting in the 1960s by publishing books like Gary Allen’s None Dare Call it Conspiracy. Talib does, however, have a point about many of the Illuminati rapper rumors being clearly crazy and actually often do distract from tangible, real organizations and issues that society is facing. The TV got us reaching for stars

Not the ones between Venus and Mars,

the ones that be reading for parts

-Get By

Jadakiss In 2004, Jadakiss released his second album titled Kiss of Death which included a track titled “Why?” containing a line that set off a media firestorm and caused his song to either be pulled from the radio in many markets, or censored if it actually was played. The line that resulted in so much controversy was, “Why did Bush knock down the towers?” referring to the World Trade Center attack on 9/11. As I’m sure you’re familiar with, many people believe the September 11th attacks in 2001 were an “inside job” and a false flag conspiracy orchestrated by elements of the US government or the Illuminati. A variety of books and films were made about this very issue, and a number of people have made headlines for either raising questions as to whether the attacks were an inside job or if they were allowed to happen on purpose as a pretext for the endless War on Terror. After hearing about Jadakiss’s song, Fox News’ Bill O’Reilly suggested that President Bush sue him for slander. While it was, in my opinion, admirable for Jadakiss to use his art to raise the question, this is not to say that Jadakiss is a quality artist or a positive role model by any means. Quite the opposite, he is just another one of countless wannabe gangster rappers who speaks with a ghetto accent without a proper grasp of the English language, seeming to wear his ignorance as a badge of honor.

Lupe Fiasco

PHOTO: LUPE FIASCO IS INTERVIEWED BY LUKE RUDKOWSKI OF WE ARE CHANGE ABOUT A POSSIBLE 9/11 COVER-UP.

Of course practically every black person in the entertainment industry (if not the country) saw Barack Obama as a virtual messiah for the African American people when he appeared on the scene and was placed in the Oval Office, but Lupe Fiasco didn’t believe the hype. While giving an interview on CBS he called Obama “the biggest terrorist in the United States,”201 because of his expansion of George W. Bush’s War on Terror, most notably becoming the “King of the Drones,” those radio controlled murder machines that have killed countless innocent civilians in the Middle East—atrocities that are censored in the American media.202 Lupe’s comments caused quite a bit of controversy and when he was later asked by Billboard to clarify his statement, he responded, “I’ve got nothing to clarify. It’s Obama and the U.S. government, every president that came before him and every president that comes after him.”203 Such statements rarely compute with the public, who are too busy watching celebrity news to know (or care) about the grave injustices that both Republican and Democrat presidents commit, each side believing that only their opposing political party violates the Constitution. Several years earlier at the end of his set on The Late Show with David Letterman when Lupe performed his single “Superstar,” you can clearly hear him say, “No New World Order, ya hear me.”204 Somehow, despite all this, Lupe was still invited to a 2012 inauguration party at the Hamilton in Washington DC, where he took to the stage and performed his song “Words

They Never Said,” over and over again, rapping, “[Rush] Limbaugh is a racist, Glenn Beck is a racist, Gaza Strip was getting bombed, Obama didn’t say shit. That’s why I ain’t vote for him, next one either.” The audience was stunned and eventually he was pulled off stage and the event organizers made a statement saying, “Lupe Fiasco performed at this private event, and as you may have read, he left the stage earlier than we had planned,” because of what they called his “bizarrely repetitive, jarring performance that left the crowd vocally dissatisfied.”205

General Gemineye

PHOTO: A SCENE FROM “AMBUSHED” FEATURING GENERAL GEMINEYE, PRODUCED BY DJ BALL, A SHARP CRITIQUE OF THE WAR ON TERROR.

A Vancouver, Canada rap duo named Conspirituality released a song titled “AmBUSHED” in 2009 on their debut album which contains lyrics about the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Center, Bohemian Grove, the Illuminati, and the Bush Administration’s war crimes. A powerful and controversial accompanying video was produced by DJ Ball that depicts men in orange Guantanamo Bay-style prison jumpsuits chasing down President Bush, Dick Cheney, Condoleezza Rice and other architects of the Iraq War as they run for their lives to avoid being brought to justice. The Guantanamo Bay detention camp is a prison and interrogation facility located at the American-run Guantanamo Bay Naval Base in Cuba that was built in 2002 by the Bush Administration as a place to keep suspected terrorists without giving them a trial and essentially detaining them indefinitely without even charging them with a crime. The facility has been called a “gulag of our times” by Amnesty International and condemned by civil rights groups.206 An estimated 800 people are being held there,207 and for years the US government had not released the identities of all prisoners.208 Many of the inmates have been tortured by American military personnel, similar to the Abu Ghraib torture and prisoner abuse scandal in 2004 which was uncovered after photos were published in the press that were taken by guards who worked at the facility showing a variety of

inhumane treatment and abuse.209 The photos were taken as trophies for the guards and showed them enjoying abusing the prisoners in bizarre and disgusting ways. These were the issues addressed in the music video for “AmBUSHED” and why it depicted prisoners revolting against President Bush, Vice President Dick Cheney, and others. Conspirituality’s front man, General Gemineye, later released a music video for his solo track “Bohemian Rap City” (a play-off of Queen’s “Bohemian Rhapsody”), a song about the Bohemian Grove and the Illuminati activities within. The music video even features a scene where General Gemineye is shown reading my previous book, The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction. The cremation of care to the creation of fear

This location is where they vacation each year

My frustration I swear is for the whole nation to hear

My donation to your ear is world domination is near

-Bohemian Rap City

Immortal Technique One of the more popular underground artists is Immortal Technique, a rapper whose every word is a blistering attack on the 9/11 cover-up and the War on Terror in songs like “Bin Laden” and “Cause of Death” which inundate the listener with hard facts and evidence delivered with a unique poetic power. “You think Illuminati’s just a fucking conspiracy theory?” he blasts. Most of his songs focus on government corruption, poverty, racism, and other social issues, and while I do appreciate some of his tracks, others I’ve heard contain violent and angry messages I simply don’t care for. Immortal Technique was also very vocal in his support for the Occupy Wall Street movement which was virtually a foot soldier army of big government, liberal, Obama supporters demanding free stuff—from housing to healthcare, to college education and “living wages,” all at the expense of our nation’s tax payers.210 All they talk about is terrorism on television

They tell you to listen,

but they don't really tell you they mission

They funded Al-Qaeda,

and now they blame the Muslim religion

Even though Bin Laden, was a CIA tactician

They gave him billions of dollars,

and they funded his purpose

Fahrenheit 9/11, that's just scratchin' the surface

-Bin Laden

Paris

PHOTO: COVER FOR WHAT WOULD YOU DO BY PARIS.

A rapper named Paris on the Guerilla Funk record label has produced numerous songs about the New World Order and the Illuminati, with one of his most popular tracks titled “What Would You Do?” In the song, Paris exposes the Illuminati’s agenda with the power and precision of any charttopping single, but because the content isn’t “mainstream friendly,” it didn’t get any airplay on the corporate controlled radio stations. Another Bush season mean another war for profit

All in secret so the public never think to stop it

The Illuminati triple six all connected

Stolen votes they control the race and take elections

It’s the Skull and Bones Freemason kill committee

See the Dragon getting’ shittier in every city

-What Would You Do?

N.O.R.E. In an interview with Urban Daily, N.O.R.E. (formerly known as Noreaga) was asked about the Illuminati hip hop rumors, and answered, “The way they’re describing it with the devil worship, that’s all fabricated and over exaggerated…But there is a certain level that you can’t get to unless you’re aware of certain things. There is a door you have to walk through and it’s on you to walk through that door. And once you walk through that door, there is no coming back.”211 As far as N.O.R.E.’s belief that the “devil worship” is “fabricated,” he is just showing his limited knowledge of the issue, and has most likely just seen some of the countless conspiracy YouTube videos that accuse just about every celebrity of being a Satanist or an Illuminati puppet. Anyone with a fair amount of knowledge about the Illuminati knows one of the core secrets of many occult fraternities is that high level members view Lucifer or Satan as the true God, or the source of their light and power. Helena Blavatsky, author of The Secret Doctrine, a book that largely inspired Adolf Hitler’s Nazi philosophy, wrote, “Satan will now be shown, in the teaching of the Secret Doctrine, allegorized as Good, and Sacrifice, a God of Wisdom.”212 Later in the book, she goes into detail, clearly explaining what the “Secret Doctrine” is, saying, “Lucifer is divine and terrestrial light, the ‘Holy Ghost’ and ‘Satan,’ at one and the same time, visible Space being truly filled with differentiated Breath invisibly…The Fall was the result of man’s knowledge, for his ‘eyes were opened.’ Indeed, he was taught Wisdom and the hidden knowledge by the ‘Fallen Angel’… And now it stands proven that Satan, or the Red Fiery Dragon, the ‘lord of Phosphorus’ (brimstone was a theological improvement), and Lucifer, or ‘Light-Bearer,’ is in us: it is our Mind—our tempter and Redeemer, our intelligent liberator and Savior from pure animalism…Without this quickening spirit, or human Mind or soul, there would be no difference between man and beast.”213 33rd degree Freemason Manly P. Hall echoes these views in The Secret Teachings of All Ages, writing, “The serpent is true to the principle of wisdom, for it tempts man to the knowledge of himself. Therefore the knowledge of self resulted from man’s disobedience to the Demiurgus, Jehovah.”214

New Age Illuminati guru Alice Bailey admitted point blank in her famous book The Externalization of the Hierarchy that when the “Hierarchy’s” plans are complete, the ruler of planet earth will be Lucifer.215

Die Antwoord

PHOTO: DIE ANTWOORD’S VIDEO “FATTY BOOM BOOM” DEPICTS SEVERAL FAMOUS POP STARS AS BEING PART OF AN “EVIL THING.”

A bizarre South African rap-rave group that got some attention in the United States for a brief period of time is Die Antwoord (Afrikaans for ‘The Answer’), and while their brand of music is quite disturbing and unappealing, it is noteworthy that they produced a music video depicting Lady Gaga getting mauled by a lion! The video for “Fatty Boom Boom” also shows Gaga, along with Kanye West, Pitbull, Nicki Minaj and Akon as heads of a monster with the words “Evil Thing” written above it. What happened to all the cool rappers

from back in the day?

Now all these rappers sound exactly the same

It’s like one big inbred fuck-fest

-Fatty Boom Boom

Hopsin

PHOTO: HOPSIN IN HIS VIDEO “ILL MIND OF HOPSIN 5” WHERE HE WARNS KIDS ABOUT GOING DOWN THE WRONG PATH.

Popular rappers who are against drug and alcohol abuse is practically an oxymoron, but sometimes there are rare exceptions to the rule. One of those is Hopsin, who realizes the influence he has over his young fans and includes empowering messages in his music denouncing irresponsible sexual behaviors, drug use, and the culture of prideful ignorance that has taken over hip hop. He wasn’t always dedicated to spreading a positive message, but says he realized once he “made it” as a rap star and understood how much influence he had over his young fans, he had an epiphany and decided to wield his power responsibility. “I saw all these kids and they were praising me, I’ve seen it on DVD’s with Michael Jackson and Eminem, but I never actually been the guy when kids come up to me and are starstruck, and I was like wow, what the heck is going on right now?”216 Hopsin says he hopes to provide a positive influence so his fans can find the ladder of success, and you can’t do that, he says, if you’re heavily into drugs or drop out of school. In July 2011 he released “Ill Mind of Hopsin 4,” which includes a verse dissing Tyler the Creator of Odd Future, the scumbag known for his violent and perverted “shock rap” lyrics. The video for “Ill Mind of Hopsin 5” shows Hopsin basically lecturing a group of teenagers about blowing off their education, smoking too much weed, and sleeping around. The entire video takes place in what looks to be a

typical teenager’s bedroom that’s covered with posters of celebrities and black lights. Hopsin credits God with awakening him to reality and has become very spiritual, saying, “It may seem corny because we’ve been brainwashed to think that it’s corny. When you think about somebody giving their life to God, you’re like ‘aw man, he’s gone now, he ain’t the same guy.’ No, if God really does exist, if he is the creator of this whole Universe, and this world, what’s wrong with that? What’s wrong with glorifying the God who created the Earth?”217 Do you even have any goals? Aside from bagging these hoes

And packing a bowl

Well let me guess, NO!

-Ill Mind of Hopsin 5

MC Hammer

PHOTO: MC HAMMER BAPTIZES “JAY-Z” IN HIS VIDEO “BETTER RUN, RUN” AFTER THE 1980S SUPERSTAR CALLS OUT THE SUPERSTAR FOR DEALING WITH THE DEVIL.

If you grew up in the late 1980s or early 1990s, you are undoubtedly familiar with MC Hammer’s hit “U Can’t Touch This,” and his trademark parachute pants. Many people consider MC Hammer a quintessential onehit wonder, and after shooting to superstardom, his time in the limelight soon faded like so many others before him. After his rap career came to a crawl and all but ended, he became an ordained minister and launched a television ministry show on the Trinity Broadcasting Network titled MC Hammer and Friends to speak about his Christian faith. “MC,” he said, now stood for Man of Christ. Years later, having caught wind of the Illuminati epidemic in rap and hip-hop, Hammer released a song and music video titled “Better Run Run,” that called out Jay-Z as a Devil worshiper and the entire track was essentially a Jay-Z diss. The music video featured a figure representing JayZ running from the Devil and concluded with MC Hammer baptizing him to cleanse him of his demons.   I could see it in his eyes, the boy sold his soul

Devil said I’ma give you the world

I’ll take it, plus give me a girl

Mr Devil can you give me a sign

He said ‘Throw the Roc up, that’s one of mine’ -Better Run, Run

KRS-One One of the old school rappers who represents the art form for what it was before it became hijacked and perverted by Illuminati media companies is KRS-One, a name that stands for Knowledge Reigns Supreme Over Nearly Everyone—a dude who’s been in the rap game since 1984. After over twenty years representing what hip hop was meant to be, KRS-One was given the Lifetime Achievement Award in 2008 by BET, acknowledging his quality contributions to music, as well as his personal efforts to improve people’s lives though his Stop the Violence Movement, which he started in 1998. KRS-One has been very vocal on issues such as poverty, violence, education, and war, and was featured on the remix of Immortal Technique’s song “Bin Laden,” which blames the 9/11 World Trade Center attacks on the Bush Administration. KRS-One was one of the featured speakers at a benefit in New York City for the first responders of the 9/11 attacks, many of whom are sick or have died from breathing the toxic air during rescue efforts—air that Christie Whitman, the head of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) at the time, lied about when saying it was safe to breath.218 The fundraiser was organized by Luke Rudkowski and his organization We Are Change.219 The rapper also appeared in The Obama Deception, a popular 2009 film produced by Alex Jones from Infowars.com, where he said, “Barack is like the manager of Burger King. All presidents are, including Bush. It’s like this: when your fries are cold, your burger’s not done right, you go back to Burger King/‘America’ or your ‘Government,’ and you say, ‘My burger's cold! I want new fries!’ First, you go to the cashier. That’s the ‘courts.’ You argue to the courts. The courts if you can’t get justice with the cashier, you say ‘Let me see the manager! I wanna go to the Supreme Court! I wanna see the President!’ The manager comes out. ‘Hi. What can I do for you?’ Now the manager can override the decisions of the cashier, but you never get to see the franchise owner of Burger King. If you really have a problem with your burger, you need to go see the franchise owner! We need to go to the top... or to the bottom. We need to go to where the real architecture of government is, and it’s not in a president! It’s in a global scheme!”220

So add KRS-One to the very short list of black entertainers who saw through the Obama hype, and who wasn’t jumping for joy just because a man with the same skin color moved into the White House. The 1990s rock band Sublime paid tribute to KRS-One in a song by the same name, where singer Bradly Nowell praised the rapper for his enlightening and educational music. Because he’s droppin’, droppin’, droppin’ science,

droppin’ history

With a whole leap of style and intelligency

Yes, I know

I know because of KRS-ONE

Yeah, and I know

I know because of KRS-ONE

-KRS One, by Sublime

Bizzle A Christian rapper named Bizzle has produced several quality “diss” songs aimed at Jay-Z and his apparent adoration for the Devil, and surprisingly, Bizzle actually has some skills and sounds like a pro. The rapper, whose motto is “God Over Money,” has produced several quality tracks and professional music videos calling out other rappers for their use of Illuminati and Satanic imagery in their acts and their overall destructive messages. In an interview with Hip Hop Wired, Bizzle was asked what his goal was regarding his music, to which he answered, “I just want to reach people for the Lord. There are a lot of people in the hood right now who love the Lord with all their heart, but when you grow up in the hood your perception of love is different. So I think it’s just showing people who grew up like me God’s way of loving us so that we can see His will for our lives and become better as a people and know that we can get better because that is God’s intention for us all.”221 He continued, “Also I think that my music is drawing a line, because there are people out there who listen to Odd Future, who are Christian, and hear him [Tyler the Creator] totally dissing God but because they like his music they dismiss it. So in a way, it’s forcing you to make a decision, because we are not taking these negative things personal. I know we have a lot going on in our lives, but we have to focus on the real objective which is Jesus Christ.”222 While Christian rap may seem to be an oxymoron at first with most Christian rappers not packing the punch listeners have come to expect from rap music, Bizzle is certainly in a league of his own, and shows that a Christian rapper can produce quality music that doesn’t have the typical “cheesiness” associated with Christian rap. Nigga just claim what you is

I’m hearing you a Mason

So explain the pyramids that

You sit on the stage

I know about you and the law of Thelema

Know about Crowley and the cult you believe in

Is it just in my mind or is it you’re blind to the

Roc-a-wear designs, symbolism and signs

-Got Some Explaining To Do

Saigon One socially conscious “anti-Illuminati” rapper had his debut album shelved by Atlantic Records because the corporate giant allegedly didn’t like the message that the rapper was sending out and tried to make him change his image. Saigon explained, “They signed me knowing the kind of music I was making, but then they try and change the direction.”223 When he wouldn’t go along with their plan for him and change his tune, that’s when he says the problems began, ultimately delaying his debut album for years. “They held me for six years, and it got to the point, I begged them to let me go and make a living. They said they would rather hold me and shelve me until I was nothing. They are paper gangsters and contract thugs.”224 While his album was being held up he earned money from doing shows and even appeared as himself in the popular TV show Entourage. “Atlantic didn’t care if I lived or died, they just didn’t want to see me succeed. They invested in me and I didn’t do what they wanted, so they shelved me,” Saigon claimed.225 He posted a message on his MySpace page saying Atlantic Records didn’t want to release his album because he was a “real artist,” not a “jingle writer” and claimed that they only cared about making money and not the content of the music.226 One of the main producers connected to his Atlantic Record deal was Justin Smith (known in the industry as Just Blaze), who is best known for producing songs for Jay-Z and other elite artists. Finally after years of legal battles, Saigon’s lawyers were able to get him released from his contract and retain the rights to his album, The Greatest Story Never Told, which was finally released in 2011 through Suburban Noize Records, an independent label run by Kottonmouth Kings vocalist Brad Xavier. Saigon became a rapper in prison after he was locked up for shooting someone at a bar in the 1990s, and credits his incarceration for helping him see the light. He says a fellow prisoner named Hakim helped him see the error of his ways through battle rapping. He was released from prison in the year 2000 and was determined to achieve his goal of getting a record contract. Atlantic Records probably saw him as an appealing act at first because of his “rep” and prison stint, knowing this would make him more

marketable to the mainstream music consumers, but they misjudged the rapper, who instead of embracing and bragging about his criminal past, learned from it and changed his ways. Talking about the meaning of his second album, The Greatest Story Never Told: Bread and Circuses, he said, “It’s a Roman ideology about public control and how to divert the public from the real issues. Bread and circuses is food and entertainment, so you keep their belly filled and keep them entertained, and you can do whatever you want really. I feel like that’s how the world works right now.”227 When asked by hip hop news website Baller Status about the Illuminati, he explained, “Everybody knows the Illuminati is real and secret societies exist. The New World Order is real…If someone has a revolutionary mindset, they aren’t going to let that person accumulate that much money. They want people who are just going to floss and go on vacation. Let someone like me get that much money and you would see a whole different situation.”228 In the interview, Saigon made it clear that he knows what it takes to become a successful mainstream rapper these days, but won’t compromise his values to become a part of that machine. “I have to say the truth, even though I know what sells and what doesn’t. If I was pushing death and destruction, I would be a lot more popular than I am now. All the popular rappers push death, destruction, sex and pimping. They get corporate sponsorships and now hip-hop is one big commercial.”229 How right he is. Mainstream hip hop basically is one giant commercial —a commercial for Satanism and the biggest satanic stars are endorsed by soda companies, major brands, and an entire web of interconnected corporate partnerships.

BET:Black Entertainment Television

PHOTO: THE LOGO FOR BET: BLACK ENTERTAINMENT TELEVISION.

Black Entertainment Television (BET), as you may know, is a major cable television channel owned by media giant Viacom that is the most prominent “African American” cable channel in the world, getting pumped into more than 90 million homes.230 The channel was created in 1980 by Robert L. Johnson, and serves largely to perpetuate negative African American stereotypes and promote mainstream rap music. The network has been repeatedly criticized by non-brainwashed blacks, including Reverend Delman L. Coates, Public Enemy’s Chuck D and filmmaker Spike Lee, who see the channel for the trash can that it is. Robert L. Johnson, the network’s creator, became the first African American billionaire when he sold BET to Viacom in 2001.231 That’s right. He became the first black billionaire in America, years before Oprah Winfrey. In a 2010 interview, co-founder Sheila Johnson, who made over a billion dollars with her husband (before their divorce) when they sold the network to Viacom, said she is now “ashamed” of what BET has become. “I don’t watch it. I suggest to my kids that they don’t watch it,” she said. “When we started BET, it was going to be the Ebony magazine on television. We had public affairs programming. We had news...I had a show called Teen Summit—we had a large variety of programming, but the problem is that then the video revolution started up... And then something started happening, and I didn’t like it at all. And I remember during those days we would sit up and watch these videos and decide which ones were going on and which ones were not. We got a lot of backlash from recording artists...and we had to start showing them.”232

Even though it’s geared for black people, the channel didn’t even cover the funeral of Martin Luther King Jr.’s wife, Coretta Scott King, in 2006, and while CNN, Fox News Channel, MSNBC, the Black Family Channel, and TV One [another channel geared for black people] all aired live coverage of Coretta Scott King’s funeral, BET aired its regularly scheduled programming of mindless music videos.233 In an episode of the Boondocks, a comedy cartoon for adults on the Cartoon Network, Martin Luther King Jr. was once depicted as if he was still alive today and gave a speech lambasting “niggas,” and called Black Entertainment Television the worst thing he had ever seen in his life. “I know some of you don’t want to hear me say that word. It’s the ugliest word in the English language, but that’s what I see now—niggas,” his character said.234 Al Sharpton demanded the Cartoon Network pull the episode and apologize, claiming it desecrated Martin Luther King’s image, but the network defended the show because of its thought provoking satire. Al Sharpton, the race-baiting extraordinaire, does anything he can to get his name in the news, often pretending to be outraged over issues he can use to weasel his way into the spotlight time and time again. BET functions to keep its audience mentally enslaved, or “on the plantation,” as many blacks say, and follows perfectly in line with what George Orwell warned about in Nineteen Eighty-Four, where he wrote, “Heavy physical work, the care of home and children, petty quarrels with neighbors, films, football, beer, and above all, gambling filled up the horizon of their minds. To keep them in control was not difficult…All that was required of them was a primitive patriotism which could be appealed to whenever it was necessary to make them accept longer working hours or shorter rations. And when they become discontented, as they sometimes did, their discontentment led nowhere, because being without general ideas, they could only focus it on petty specific grievances.”235 Orwell explained, “All the beliefs, habits, tastes, emotions, mental attitudes that characterize our time are really designed to sustain the mystique of the Party and prevent the true nature of present-day society from being perceived.”236 In other words, the garbage aired on BET keeps people occupied and entertained with mindless nonsense, preventing them from actually contemplating or even being aware of issues and events that actually matter. “Left to themselves,” Orwell said, “they will continue from generation to

generation and from century to century, working, breeding, and dying, not only without any impulse to rebel, but without the power of grasping that the world could be other than it is.”237

Pop Music

 

We have come to expect satanic imagery and socially destructive themes in heavy metal, rock and roll, and in recent years it’s become fairly well known that rappers have also pushed Illuminati and satanic propaganda —but female pop stars and teen idols doing it is something totally new. These pop stars I’m speaking of aren’t fringe “Goth chicks” or singers from rebellious female heavy metal or rock bands, but instead are household names held up as role models and idols by their legions of largely preteen fans. These singing strippers and satanic skanks spew their sick songs into the minds of millions of impressionable children who practically mimic their every move.

Adam Weishaupt, the founder of the Bavarian Illuminati, who organized and modernized the goals and operations of the corrupted ancient Mystery Schools, wrote, “There is no way of influencing men so powerfully as by means of the women. These should therefore be our chief study; we should insinuate ourselves into their good opinion, give them hints of emancipation from the tyranny of public opinion, and of standing up for themselves; it will be an immense relief to their enslaved minds to be freed from any one bond of restraint, and it will fire them the more, and cause them to work for us with zeal, without knowing that they do so; for they will only be indulging their own desire of personal admiration.”238

Today’s Illuminati posing female pop stars appear on morning talk shows like The Today Show, Good Morning America, and afternoon shows like Ellen, not to mention they’re regular fixtures on MTV and appear in countless commercials for beauty products and high fructose corn syrup flavored water—known as “soda” to most people—the cavity causing crap in a can that’s basically a staple in most American’s diets.239



These same pop stars are the people preaching perverted messages to young girls and teaching them to be dumb, drunk sluts, and deceiving them into believing they have nothing to offer the world other than what’s between their legs. Nicole Sherzinge, former lead singer of the Pussycat Dolls, admitted, “To make it, you really have to sell your soul to the devil.”240

They don’t call Hollywood the city of broken dreams for nothing, because the industry preys on people so desperate for fame that they will do literally anything for a chance to be in the limelight. In a revealing interview on Inside the Actors Studio about why he stepped out of the limelight at the height of his career, Dave Chapelle called the entire Hollywood environment “sick.” Let’s now take a look at some of the most famous female artists in the world, and see how they too have obviously sold their souls to Satan and become pushers of some of the most putrid propaganda the world has ever seen.





Beyoncé



PHOTO: THE CBS NFL SUPER BOWL HALF TIME SHOW IN FEBRUARY 2013, WHERE BEYONCÉ MADE THIS MYSTERIOUS HAND SIGN DURING HER PERFORMANCE.

Beyoncé Knowles (known simply as Beyoncé) rose to superstardom as the lead singer of the girl group Destiny’s Child, and later broke away for a solo career and hooked up with Jay-Z, marrying him in 2008, after he proposed with a five million dollar engagement ring.241

Beyoncé and Jay-Z were ranked the most powerful couple in TIME magazine’s 100 most influential people list in 2006, and the two stayed on the list for years, even landing Jay-Z on the cover of the magazine in 2013.242 Forbes ranked them as the highest earning couple in Hollywood in 2009, estimating their income for the year at $162 million,243and the following year they topped the list again, pulling in $122 million.244 In

January 2012, Beyoncé gave birth to their daughter, named Blue Ivy Carter, sparking numerous rumors about the baby’s name possibly holding a secret Illuminati meaning.245 One popular allegation was that Ivy stood for Illuminati’s Very Youngest, a pretty ridiculous claim, but perhaps not as ridiculous as naming your child “Blue!”

Let’s take a look at Beyoncé’s dark transformation from an innocent singing sweetie pie, to an Illuminati symbol spewing witch, culminating in her 2013 Super Bowl Halftime performance where she flashed Jay-Z’s trademark “Illuminati” gesture to the camera by joining her index fingers and thumbs into a triangle for a brief moment. My YouTube video about this event received over one million views and “Beyoncé Illuminati” trended on Twitter and Yahoo, indicating many people were becoming privy to such symbols.

Beyoncé’s descent into the dark side appears to be directly related to her relationship with Jay-Z, who many people believe exposed her to the Secret Doctrine. For example, the once sweet and innocent Beyoncé is “killed” by Jay-Z in a fiery explosion in her “Crazy in Love” music video, which shows Jay-Z purposely starting the fire that blows up Beyoncé’s car as she’s trapped inside, and then her alter ego “Sasha Fierce” is born and rises out of the ashes, popping back on screen dancing next to Jay-Z. The scene appears to be a deliberate symbolic “killing off” of the old Beyoncé, and depicts the birth of “Sasha Fierce,” her strange and satanic looking alter ego.

Beyoncé then appeared on stage at the 2007 BET Awards dressed as a robot depicting “Sasha Fierce” that looked identical to the satanic robot in the popular 1927 German film Metropolis, a classic movie about a wealthy ruling elite and the poor underclass slaves who must work tirelessly to support the lifestyle of their masters. Not long after that, Beyoncé performed at the 2010 Grammies along with dozens of dancers dressed in police riot gear that escorted her on stage and then joined in her performance. The bit was designed to make police in riot gear seem sexy and cool, and served to promote the Police State America was becoming as a result of the War on Terror and our shrinking liberties.



Following her Grammy performance came the biggest moment in her career when Beyoncé headlined the Super Bowl Halftime Show in February of 2013, the biggest gig for any performer, where she threw up Jay-Z’s triangle Illuminati-looking hand sign, sparking headlines around the world. Yahoo Sports covered the wave of rumors and online comments about the gesture,246 Glenn Beck’s news outlet The Blaze published an article on the speculation,247 and James Manning, an outspoken African American pastor, ranted about “Beyoncé the booty shaker” and called her a “witch.”248

If the hand sign is just a diamond and symbol of Roc-A-Fella records, then why does Jay-Z always look through it with one eye? He and Beyoncé surely must know that an eye inside a triangle is a Masonic and Illuminati symbol, yet they continue to use it on a regular basis.

After her halftime performance, a TMZ videographer caught up with music mogul Russell Simmons and asked him about the Beyoncé Illuminati rumors, to which he answered, “Everybody who works hard, looks inside themselves, finds strength, creates something special—the president, Jay-Z, you know, who ever does well—whoever realizes their potential—it makes people who don’t work or don’t have faith or confidence or courage to be good or be great to point the finger, and they gotta say, this nigga—homes is down with the Devil.”249 When the paparazzi then asked him if he believed in the Illuminati he replied, “Are you fucking kidding me? I’m a grown man, of course not.”250

Simmons’ Def Jam Records has signed such scumbag artists as Rick Ross, Rihanna, Lady Gaga and other mainstream stars. In 2004, Russell Simons bought Jay-Z’s Roc-A-Fella Records for $10 million dollars and made Jay-Z the CEO.251 Simmons personal net worth has been estimated to be around $340 million dollars,252 making him one of the richest men in hip hop.

What makes Beyoncé’s transformation from a sweetheart to a Baphomet bottom feeding bimbo even more disappointing is the fact that

the name of her girl’s group “Destiny’s Child” was chosen by her mother while she was reading the Bible after the two words jumped out at her and she felt it was a sign from God as to the name for her daughter’s group.253





Rihanna



PHOTO: RIHANNA’S MUSIC VIDEO “ROCK STAR,” WHERE SHE APPEARS TO BE DANCING ON THE FLOOR INSIDE AN OCCULT SYMBOL, WHILE WEARING HORNS ON HER HEAD.

Singer and pop star “Rihanna” (whose real name is Robyn Rihanna Fenty) became one of the most popular stars in the world after signing a record deal with Def Jam records after auditioning for Jay-Z. Forbes reported she earned $53 million dollars in just one year254 and Time magazine has also ranked her one of the most influential celebrities in the world.255 She has also, unfortunately, become one of the most infamous “Illuminati puppets” in the music industry.

Rihanna had a clean image for her first two albums, and then in 2007 she took a turn for the worse with her third album Good Girl Gone Bad, clearly announcing her metamorphosis to a more demonic singer, and it was all downhill from there, ultimately leading her to embrace the title of “Illuminati Princess.”

In her songs, music videos, and through social media, she has promoted sadomasochism, doing drugs, and some even say suicide because

of her song “Russian Roulette,” where she sings to “Take the gun, and count to three, I’m sweating now, moving slow, no time to think, my turn to go.” Because she was discovered and had her image crafted by Jay-Z, this should come as no surprise.

For example, in her music video for “Rock Star” she is shown in one scene dancing on the floor on her hands and knees inside a circle containing two intersecting triangles while wearing what many say are “devil horns” or a Baphomet headdress. The circle painted on the floor looks similar to a satanic pentagram, which is often drawn on the floor and used in black magic rituals. Why would anyone wear what looks to be devil horns and dance inside what looks to be an occult symbol painted on the floor unless they were trying to convey the message that they were some kind of black magic practitioning witch? How could this scene be interpreted any other way?

In another one of her videos, titled “S&M” (short for sadomasochism) it shows Rihanna tied up in latex bondage looking like she’s, in my opinion, about to get gangbanged on a dirty mattress by a bunch of dudes under a wall of Big Brother cameras watching the whole thing. This is the kind of satanic and skanky behavior the Illuminati want your children to mimic and the kind of girl they want them to look up to.

Another scene from “S&M” shows a headline scrolling past the screen reading “Princess of the Illuminati.” Rihanna’s Illuminati affiliations seem to go on and on with events like her performance on American Idol where she appeared on stage inside a pyramid,256 and the cover art for her single “Diamonds” includes a human skull. The song features Kanye West who raps a line about the Illuminati and high society.

Rihanna’s infamous on-again-off-again boyfriend, R&B singer Chris Brown, best known for beating the crap out of her in a brutal assault before of the 2009 Grammies, launched an Illuminati-looking clothing line in 2012 called Black Pyramid, which features—you guessed it—a black pyramid as the logo. Perhaps Chris Brown is yet another Illuminati poser or trying to

cash in on the Illuminati infestation happening in hip-hop, or perhaps he was trying to impress Rihanna, the “Illuminati Princess,” with his own Illuminati associations.

Brown said of his fashion venture, “The black pyramid label is basically an unknown art. We really haven’t mastered the art of making a pyramid ourselves, like the ancient ones, so it’s kinda like an unknown art. So I think my painting, my designs, whatever I do fashion wise is unknown to a lot of people”257 In 2012 Chris Brown tweeted out a photo showing off his new tattoo of a snake shedding its skin, and instead of a rattle at the end of the snake’s tail, it had an Illuminati All-Seeing Eye within a triangle. The tattoo is enormous, taking up virtually one third of the singer’s back.





Nicki Minaj



PHOTO: NICKI MINAJ PERFORMS HER SONG “ROMAN HOLLIDAY” AT THE 54TH ANNUAL GRAMMY AWARDS IN FEBRUARY 2012 ON CBS.

One of the biggest bottom feeders in the industry is Nicki Minaj, a stage name short for minajatwa, meaning “Nicki Threesome,” who came on the scene after getting signed to Lil Wayne’s label, Young Money Entertainment. Like other Baphomet bimbos, she’s done a Pepsi commercial pimping out their product to the pathetic Pavlovian soda slurping suckers who will be more inclined to drink the garbage since she promotes it. This vocal virus was also included in the 2012 Super Bowl Halftime Show featuring Madonna, which was more like an elaborate Illuminati ritual than a halftime show. This ghoul has also appeared in living rooms across the country as a judge on American Idol, the show where more Americans cast their votes than in a presidential election.258

While Nicki “Threesome” Minaj is adored by little girls around the world, the content of her music couldn’t be more demonic. In fact, she claims to be possessed by an evil spirit of a little boy named Roman Zolanski, who may be named after Roman Polanski, the director of Rosemarie’s Baby, an atrocious film about Satan raping a woman in order to

impregnate her with the antichrist. Roman Polanski, the film’s director, was charged with the statutory rape of a 13-year-old girl (when he was 45) and fled the country to avoid prison time,259 yet is still loved by the Hollywood elite, even winning several Oscars and Golden Globe Awards.260 Is Nicki Minaj’s alter ego “Roman Zolanski” named after Roman Polanski? Many believe the answer is yes.

At the 2012 Grammies, Nicki “Three-way” performed her song “Roman Holiday” in a skit so bizarre it left much of the audience wondering what they had just watched. Earlier she had arrived at the Grammys dressed as a demonic nun escorted by an old man dressed as a priest. The name of her song “Roman Holiday” also has sinister meanings, referring to “a time of debauchery or of sadistic enjoyment.”261 Just a sample of the lyrics go like this: “I’m a bad bitch, I’m a cunt and I’ll kick that hoe, punt. Forced trauma, blunt. You play the back, bitch, I’m in the front.”

Talk show host Ellen DeGeneres (often called Ellen Degenerate by her critics) once had two little girls on her show, Sofia Grace (age eight) and her cousin Rosie (age five), who Ellen proudly introduced as Nicki’s biggest fans, and then surprised them by bringing Nicki “Minajatwa” on the show to meet them. “I want your new album,” one of the girls screamed as she jumped up and down in delight.262 The brain dead audience was so moved, many of them were in tears—not crying because Ellen introduced this demon to these poor misguided children, but because they were so happy that she did. The songs contain such filth that only a grossly irresponsible or demented parent would dare expose their daughters to her.

Nicki’s image seems specifically designed to appeal to children because her persona and style is that of a living doll, and she has made several suggestions that she’s bisexual as well, which she later admitted were just attempts to get attention.263 Of course she’s in an industry of phonies and frauds but the one thing that’s not a mirage is that Nicki Minaj is dirtier than a garage but still the zombies applause.



Ok first things first I’ll eat your brains

Then I’ma start rocking gold teeth and fangs

Cause that’s what a muthafucking monster do

-Monster

Lady Gaga One of the first female pop stars to be accused of supposed ties to the Illuminati is Lady Gaga, who appeared on the scene in 2008 with her bisexual themed single “Poker Face,” a song about being in the company of a man, but fantasizing she was with a woman instead, hence having to use her “poker face” so the guy wouldn’t think something was wrong.264 Lady Gaga (or Lady Caca or Lady Gag Me, as I like to call her) was basically a reincarnation of the 1980s Madonna and did just about anything for attention, including wearing her infamous “meat dress” to the 2010 MTV Video Music Awards. Gaga is often photographed wearing costumes using All-Seeing Eye symbolism and has been a very vocal supporter of homosexuality and admitted to Barbara Walters that she has had sex with women and is bisexual.265 Her 2011 song “Born This Way” was described as an anthem for the gay community, and in a Saturday Night Live skit she sung about banging two guys at the same time.266 While on the Jimmy Kimmel Show she told a story about recording songs on her tour bus and how she “swore to Lucifer” that she would kill her crew if they couldn’t make the equipment work properly.267 She refers to her fans as “monsters” or “little monsters,” which is actually an appropriate title for the lost and decadent souls who support Gaga. Gaga revealed to Howard Stern that in her early twenties, before she became famous, she would lock herself inside her New York apartment and snort cocaine all alone while playing the piano and writing music, calling the drug her “friend.”268 Like many people who have sold their soul for mainstream success, she is haunted by nightmares, something that few other stars will talk about. She told Rolling Stone magazine, “I have this recurring dream sometimes where there’s a phantom in my home. He takes me into a room, and there’s a blond girl with ropes tied to all four of her limbs. And she’s got my shoes on from the Grammys. Go figure—psycho. And the ropes are pulling her apart.”269 She continued, “I never see her get pulled apart, but I just watch her whimper, and then the phantom says to me, ‘If you want me to stop hurting her and if you want your family to be OK, you will cut your wrist.’ And I

think that he has his own, like, crazy wrist-cutting device. And he has this honey in, like, Tupperware, and it looks like sweet-and-sour sauce with a lot of MSG from New York. Just bizarre. And he wants me to pour the honey into the wound, and then put cream over it and a gauze.”270 She stated in the interview that her mom said it was an Illuminati ritual and that she decided to incorporate it into her shows, because, “A lot of the work I do is an exorcism for the fans but also for myself.”271 She once simulated her own death on stage during a performance of her song “Paparazzi” at the MTV Video Music Awards, and after staying in the luxury Intercontinental Hotel in London, several maids reportedly found what looked like blood covering the entire bathtub, leading one housekeeper to claim Gaga was “bathing in blood as a Satanic ritual.”272 One maid said after she reported the incident to the concierge they told her to “put it out of her mind.” Another worker claimed, “All of the hotel’s staff are convinced she was bathing in it or, at the very least, using it as part of one of her new costumes or weird stage routines.”273 Lady Gaga also hoped to display actual dead bodies on stage during her concerts and reached out to the creators of the Body Worlds exhibit which featured actual human bodies in various states of dissection to show the muscle structures for scientific study. Gaga apparently thought adding actual human corpses as decorations would be something cool to include at her concerts.274 After word spread about her morbid dead body dreams and many people expressing their disgust, she quietly abandoned the idea. At one point in time, Lady Gaga held the world record for the most Twitter followers275 with over 39 million morons following the creature,276 sadly showing the extraordinarily high number of idiots who are interested in this evil Illuminati icon. The fact that this clown-faced freak is adored by so many people is a reflection of our sick and satanic society that simply swallows whatever the mainstream is selling and believes it’s creative and cool.

Kesha

PHOTO: KESHA IN HER MUSIC VIDEO “DIE YOUNG’ DANCING IN FRONT OF A PENTAGRAM ON THE WALL INSIDE OF A CHURCH.

One of the most blatant satanic singing serpents who—in my opinion —looks like a heroine addicted, herpes infested hooker from hell, high on crystal meth, is Kesha (styled with a dollar sign as Ke$ha)—a trailer trash looking tramp with no talent, who is her generation’s token white trash witch of the music industry—whose stench has spread around the world into the minds of millions. Kesha, whose mother reportedly doesn’t know who fathered this creature,277 has made Aleister Crowley proud by promoting Satanism to her 25 million Facebook fans, many of whom are impressionable preteen girls. I don’t even know where to start with this sewage smelling scoundrel because she’s done so many bizarre things it’s hard to keep up with them all. To begin with, she drinks blood out of a heart on stage and drips it all over her face and chest;278 she drank her own urine on her MTV show My Crazy Beautiful Life;279 she has posted pictures of herself wearing satanic pentagram jewelry on her Facebook page; she asked her fans to send her their teeth which she then used to make a bra and head dress out of the one thousand teeth she received from her deranged fans280 (which she calls Animals); she claims to have had sex with a demon or a ghost;281 she wore an upside down crucifix on her leotard when performing live on The Today Show—while at the same time her backup dancers had Illuminati All-

Seeing Eyes incorporated into their costumes;282 in her video for “Die Young” she and her friends have an orgy inside a church after she arrives in a hearse that has the word “evil” written on the back;283 she sings about serial killer Jeffrey Dahmer and cannibalism; she took dozens of pictures of guys’ penises as a condition before allowing them on her tour bus to meet her and hang out;284 she encourages one night stands (even has a song titled “Booty Call”); and that’s just a sample of what this trash can contains. Kesha is a perfect example of what the Illuminati wants your little girls to grow up to be like. She’s a Jack Daniel’s guzzling, blood drinking bimbo who doesn’t have a care in the world about anyone or anything other than getting wasted, getting laid, and getting rich. This witch has tossed condoms to her fans that feature her face on the wrappers, and said “I knew everything about sex before I was even seven. My mom left me at home when I was 14 with a credit card, and a box of condoms and the keys to the car.”285 Sounds like she had a very irresponsible mother, and the rotten apple didn’t fall too far from the tree. While talking with Ryan Seacrest on his KISS FM radio show, Kesha revealed her album Warrior was the result of a recent spiritual journey she took, and that, “The theme of this record is magic. I went on a spirit journey by myself, no security guard, no managers. I just went around the world and lived on a boat…I went diving with great white sharks, and just went on this crazy spirit quest…It’s about experiences with the supernatural… but in a sexy way…I had a couple of experiences with the supernatural.”286 One of these “experiences” she says, includes having sex with a ghost. “I don’t know his name! He was a ghost! I’m very open to it…There are so many weird topics on this record…from having sexy time with a ghost to getting hypnotized and going into past lives. I just really wanted the theme of this record to be the magic of life.”287 Kesha, more than any other pop star, took her satanic symbolism to a new level by posting upside down pentagrams on Facebook and including the images seen in her music videos, leaving no question as to her spiritual beliefs. What’s even more disturbing is that mainstream shows like The Today Show, Nickelodeon’s Kids Choice Awards, Ellen, and countless others promote her with a smile as if she’s the girl next door. I don’t really care where you live at

Just turn around, boy, let me hit that

Don’t be a little bitch with your chit chat

Just show me where your dick at

-Blah, Blah, Blah

Miley Cyrus

PHOTO: MILEY CYRUS AT THE MTV VIDEO MUSIC AWARDS IN 2013.

Another child star turned “Disney Devil” is Miley Cyrus, who desperately tried to destroy her family friendly “Hanna Montana” image while launching her post-Disney singing career with what she hoped to be an anthem for teenage rebellion. Her music video “We Can’t Stop” was so over-the-top that many fans commented they “Miss the old Miley” and the video received nearly a 50% thumbs down rating on YouTube. In the video, a butch looking Miley is shown fondling herself as she sings about “waiting in line at the bathroom, trying to get a line in the bathroom” referring to what appears to be a reference about snorting cocaine as is known to happen fairly frequently in the bathroom at parties and clubs. There is an admitted drug reference at another point in the song when she sings about “Dancing with Molly,” a slang term for partying on MDMA, the active ingredient in ecstasy. The song’s producer initially denied that’s what she was saying, insisting the lyric is “dancing with Miley,” but a few weeks later Miley admitted, in fact, she was singing about ecstasy. “If you’re aged ten [the lyric is] Miley. If you know what I’m talking about then you know. I just wanted it to be played on the radio and they’ve already had to edit it so much,” she said, adding, “I don’t think people have a hard time understanding that I’ve grown up. You can Google me and you know what I’m up to—you know what the lyric is saying.”288 There’s also a line about how “we can screw who we want,” referring to casual sex.289 The video also reveals Miley has a tattoo of an All-Seeing

Eye on one of her fingers, and the entire video appears to be a group of teenagers partying in a house while their parents are gone. Miley “Virus,” as I call her, made headlines around the world after her 2013 MTV VMA performance where she had her hair made up into what looked like devil horns and put on a performance so crude it even shocked many of the celebrities in the audience. She was fondling herself, twerking with Robin Thicke, and kept sticking her tongue out and making faces like a ravenous dog. To make it even worse, her backup dancers were dressed as teddy bears in what appeared to be an attempt to appeal to small children from her Hannah Montana fan base. Miley “Virus” is a coming of age mess, and a butch-looking blabbermouth bimbo whose rebellious streak is painful for many of her fans who are disappointed to see her turn her back on the family friendly “Hannah Montana” they knew and loved.

Justin Bieber

PHOTO: INSTAGRAM: JUSTIN BIEBER’S “EYE BELIEVE” TATTOO.

Believe it or not, the seemingly squeaky-clean teen idol Justin Bieber is also linked to Illuminati allegations. Bieber came onto the global stage looking like an anorexic, estrogen overdosed, emaciated feminine pop star with the voice of a 12-year-old girl in 2010, and became one of the most famous performers in the world. At the time of this writing he’s still a teen, smoking pot, drinking underage, and speeding around town in his fancy cars, but his music is fairly innocent compared to others, although that’s likely to change in the future when he’ll probably try to make a controversial comeback after his limelight fades, reinventing himself like so many child stars do, trying to shed the family friendly image that propelled them to become a pop star in the first place. Part of his early attempts to break away from his child star image have been getting some “ink” including a strange owl tattoo on his forearm that looks an awful lot like the mascot of the Bohemian Grove, the secretive men’s club where the superclass hang out every July for off-the-record Lakeside Talks and perform their annual Cremation of Care human sacrifice ritual where a life-size effigy of a person is burned on an alter in front of a 40-foot tall statue. At a Victoria Secret fashion show he was asked about his owl tattoo and what it means, and he reluctantly answered, “Um…it means a lot of

different things, but, uhh, it’s what’s important to me, I don’t think—it’s not really for other people to really know about.”290 It’s interesting that shortly before he got his owl tattoo he was admiring a tattoo on the forearm of a British television host on BBC Radio 1 and Bieber asked him if he was a member of the Illuminati. It appears he may have been inspired by the host’s “Illuminati” tattoo, and then decided to get one for himself. The following year he got another bizarre tattoo, this time of a huge eye on the inner crease of his elbow, and in the caption on the Instagram photo he posted, he said it was his mom’s eye and that she’s “always watching.” Very odd, indeed. Time will tell if Justin Bieber’s star will fade and if he’ll attempt to revive his career with an absurd envelope-pushing publicity stunt, or if he’ll become a victim of drug abuse under the pressure of being one of the most popular stars of his time as has been the fate of so many before him.

Madonna

PHOTO: MADONNA PERFORMS DURING THE NBC NFL SUPER BOWL HALFTIME SHOW IN 2012.

The “Material Girl” Madonna burst onto the scene in the 1980s with her bleach blonde hair and bold sexual themed songs, securing her a virtual lifetime membership in the limelight of the entertainment industry’s hall of fame. As the 1980s and 90s passed, Madonna was replaced by newer, younger stars like Britney Spears and Christina Aguilera, but Madonna never really went away, and occasionally reared her aging head from time to time and is always welcomed by the media and her dedicated fans. Over the decades she made headlines for various controversies from Christianity bashing, to her involvement with the Kabbalah, a form of Jewish mysticism often associated with the Illuminati, and later in life while in her mid-50s she was still prancing around on stage dressed like a 20year-old, even pulling down her pants and flashing her granny butt to audiences,291 apparently not realizing the 1980s had long since passed. Madonna appeared in center stage again when she headlined the halftime show of the 2012 Super Bowl, where her act was more like an elaborate Illuminati ritual, than a musical performance. It was a bizarre Egyptian themed showcase that cast her as the high queen, wearing a crown with devil horns coming out of it. The performance was so strange that Illuminati rumors began circulating on the Internet in record number, with many viewers unfamiliar with the Illuminati or occult symbolism even wondering what they had just witnessed, sensing something was wrong and feeling the unusual performance held some secret meaning.

There was plenty of sun symbolism and religious pageantry throughout the performance, and at the time, it was the biggest Super Bowl halftime show in history and introduced Madonna to a whole new generation of people who didn’t really know anything about her from her heydays back in the 80s. In a post-performance interview about the show, she was seen wearing skull and crossbones earrings, adding to the controversy, and sparking even more Illuminati rumors by people believing the jewelry was a veiled shoutout to her Illuminati masters since they were the same symbol as the infamous Skull and Bones society, founded back in 1832 as the American branch of the Illuminati by William Huntington Russell after he returned from Europe with authority to expand the Illuminati’s influence in America. Several years earlier when Janet Jackson had her “wardrobe malfunction” causing her bare breast to be revealed to the millions watching, Janet was wearing an Illuminati sun symbol nipple ring, causing some to think the whole “wardrobe malfunction” claim was a cover story for a purposefully designed stunt aimed at showing nudity to the record live audience.292 In the meantime, Madonna is apparently desperately searching for the fountain youth as she continues to age, trying to maintain the image she built her entire career upon. It has even been claimed that she sleeps with her body covered in anti-wrinkle cream while wearing a plastic body suit to keep the cream from soiling her bed sheets, allegedly in hopes of preventing wrinkles.293 Knowing just how far many celebrities are willing to go in hopes of preserving their pretty past, nothing these narcissists do should surprise you. Madonna is also the celebrity face of Kabbalah, which is a Jewish esoteric mystic philosophy claiming to contain the elite secrets of our true nature and power as humans and teaches people how to allegedly connect with the Divine and elevate themselves to higher levels of consciousness, power, and success. Madonna is at the top of a long list of celebrities who have publicly supported the controversial Kabbalah Center in Los Angeles, which is dedicated to promoting these occult ideas. The center, which is a tax exempt organization, has been labeled a religion for profit by critics and it was once investigated by the IRS for financial mismanagement.294 Ashton Kutcher, Demi Moore, Lucy Liu, Anthony Kiedis of the Red Hot Chili Peppers, Mick Jagger of the Rolling Stones, Britney Spears, Paris

Hilton, and many more have all dabbled in Kabbalah for a while at one point or another, but Madonna seems to have stuck with it for the long run. Madonna has proudly worn a red string bracelet and other Kabbalah symbols, and even quit putting on concerts on Friday nights because of Shabbat, the Jewish day of rest similar to the Sabbath, which begins at sunset on Friday night and is observed until Saturday night. She kicked off her 2012 MDNA tour in Tel Aviv, Israel and described it as “the journey of a soul from darkness to light.” She named her album (and tour) after MDMA, the active chemical in the drug ecstasy, as an attempt to be trendy and cool by appealing to all the pill popping partiers she wants to dance to her music. She erased all doubt about promoting the club drug when she addressed the crowd at the Ultra Music Festival in Miami, asking, “How many people in this crowd have seen Molly?”295 Molly, of course, the slang term for ecstasy or MDMA. Popular DJ and producer Deadmau5 blasted Madonna for blatantly promoting the drug. “Very classy there Madonna. HAS ANYONE SEEN MOLLY??? Such a great message for the young music lovers at ultra. Quite the philanthropist. But hey, at least your HIP AND TRENDY!”296 When she was promoting the album on The Tonight Show with Jay Leno, she admitted again, it was named after ecstasy. Jay asked her point black what the title meant, and she said, “Well, you’ve heard of this drug that produces euphoric feelings of love, MDMA. Have you ever tried it?” An uncomfortable Jay Leno replied “no, I haven’t,” and then moved on to his next question.297

Christina Aguilera

PHOTO: THE COVER FOR CHRISTIANA AGUILERA’S SINGLE “NOT MYSELF TONIGHT,” SHOWING HER WITH DEVIL HORNS AND A DEVIL’S TAIL.

Say it ain’t so! Christina Aguilera is an Illuminati puppet too? Unfortunately—yes, and an obvious promoter of Satanism and debauchery as well. The former Mickey Mouse Club member came onto the music scene in 1999 with her hit “Genie in a Bottle,” and instantly became a star —not only because of her cute looks—but because she has such an amazing voice which makes it especially heartbreaking to have to include her in the list of stupid singing skanks spreading Satanism. Trying to shed her innocent girl next door image, she appeared onstage at the 2003 MTV Video Music Awards French kissing both Madonna and Britney Spears in a publicity stunt that made headlines around the world. But this would pale in comparison to the depths that she would sink to in the coming years when she started using Satanic imagery on her album covers, in her music videos, and even releasing a perfume named “Red Sin.” After four years without releasing an album she attempted to make a comeback in 2011 using bondage, sadomasochism and Satanism as her headline grabbing gimmick with her music video “Not Myself Tonight.” The theme of the song and music video is that she’s doing all kinds of crazy things as she has liberated herself from the social constraints of what society considers decent and normal. For example, she appears in the music video tied up and wearing a ball gag and other sadomasochistic gear; she

crawls on the ground on all fours and eats from a doggie bowl, and if that’s not bad enough, she and her friends are depicted having an orgy inside a Church which she then firebombs with a Molotov cocktail when they’re done!298 The cover art for the single shows her with Devil horns and a Devil tail. I’m kissing all the boys and girls

Someone call the doctor cuz I lost my mind

Cuz I'm doing things that I normally won’t do

The old me’s gone I feel brand new

And if you don’t like it, fuck you

-Not Myself Tonight

Katy Perry

PHOTO: SCREEN SHOT FROM KATY PERRY’S HIT “I KISSED A GIRL.”

Katy Perry burst onto the national music scene in 2008 with her hit single “I Kissed a Girl,” a bisexual fantasy themed song that instantly secured her spot as an American idol, a song which was then sung by little girls around the world as they were introduced to the idea of sexually experimenting with their girlfriends by the newest rotten role model in music. Years earlier, in 2001, she had released a Christian gospel album, but when her career never took off, she had a dramatic change of tune. “I swear, I wanted to be like the Amy Grant of music, but it didn’t work out, so I sold my soul to the devil,” she candidly explained in an interview.299 She had found a new formula for success and it worked like a charm. Instead of being a one hit wonder and fading away within a few months, Katy Perry was able to secure a long term career in the mainstream (urine stream) music business, later marrying British shock comedian Russell Brand, a former heroin addict, in a Hindu ceremony in Rajasthan, India—a marriage that only lasted barely a year.300 Katy’s father, who is a pastor at a Pentecostal church in Southern California, appealed to his congregation once asking them to please pray for his daughter, calling her a “Devil child” because she built her career by allowing herself to be pimped out, so to speak, by the entertainment industry.301 Sesame Street, the popular children’s program, pulled a segment from the show featuring Katy Perry after she showed up on set wearing what was described as too risqué of an outfit with her boobs popping out.302 How on earth a producer from Sesame Street could have even considered her for the show is a whole other issue. Perhaps the producer was

purposefully trying to introduce the “I kissed a girl” singer to young and impressionable children in order to further corrupt society and break down the family. This “Devil child” proudly promoted Barack Obama for president, helping spread his false promises and Orwellian agenda to her fans and squeezed into a skin tight “Obama dress” for a performance just before the 2012 election, a dress that featured Obama’s symbols and campaign slogans.303 Some of her fans point to her 2012 song “Wide Awake” as a signal the singer has woken up about her evil deeds and was plotting a new course, but the song was most likely just another catchy tune designed for mainstream appeal using the generic theme of “waking up” since such a term had become popular. The writing credit lists Katy Perry and three, yes three other people who collaborated together to write the song.304 Most music listeners are unaware that mainstream musicians are largely “performers” who perform songs that are purchased by their record label with the goal of having it resonate with a large audience. The “artists” are literally vocal actors and actresses singing from a script as if the songs come from their own heart. It’s also extremely strange that despite being in her late twenties, Katy Perry has the demeanor and conversation skills of a child. It’s as if she has never emotionally matured, and it may be interesting to note that her real name is actually Katy Hudson,305 a name she stopped using after her failed gospel career when she reinvented herself catering to the corporate media monopoly knowing her new bisexual “I kissed a girl” gimmick would be accepted with open arms.

Ciara

PHOTO: CIARA IN A SNIPPET OF “SUPER TURNT UP” WEARING A HERMETIC ORDER OF THE GOLDEN DAWN JACKET.

A singer and wannabe actress who got a taste of fame for a brief moment is Ciara Harris, known to some simply as Ciara, an attractive black girl who had a music video of hers play on MTV for a few months and then quickly faded away under the shadow of the industry’s already favorite token black female artists, Beyoncé and Rihanna. After several years of trying to keep her career afloat by performing small shows at little known venues, Ciara and her management team seemed to come up with a plan hoping to get her some headlines again, and by now I’m sure you can guess what their scheme was—become an Illuminati sellout too. Adding a slight twist to the typical Illuminati posing, Ciara appeared in the previews of her music video “Super Turnt Up” and “Keep on Looking,” wearing boots with “The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn” written prominently on them, a 19th century secret society popularized by Satanist Aleister Crowley. The Golden Dawn supposedly taught members secret methods to communicate with what they called the “secret chiefs” who were said to be ascended masters living in another dimension who taught members the divine mysteries of the Universe. Just around the same time Ciara’s official YouTube channel posted teasers of her new music videos showing her in Golden Dawn regalia, she was photographed at an event wearing a Baphomet-looking blouse, in what

can only be seen as a blatant cry for attention following in the footsteps of other artists who have adorned themselves with this same occult image.

Justin Timberlake

PHOTO: JUSTIN TIMBERLAKE’S VIDEO “MIRRORS” SHOWS A MYSTERIOUS ALLSEEING EYE IN THE BACKGROUND.

Rising to superstardom in the 1990s as a member of the boy band ‘N Sync, and later launching a successful solo career, Justin Timberlake slipped a little Illuminati symbolism in his music video “Mirrors,” a song on his 2013 album The 20/20 Experience, of which he collaborated with Jay-Z on, who also joined him on tour. During his dealings with Jay-Z, did he convince Timberlake to slip in some subtle Illuminati symbolism in his video? Many people believe that is the case. Perhaps Timberlake, who sounds like he’s had his testicles removed, wanted to get people talking about his new album and hoped he could jump on the Illuminati bandwagon too. It’s interesting to note that Timberlake’s career was started by a convicted conman, Lou Pearlman, who was sent to prison for duping people out of an estimated $300 million dollars.306 Pearlman was the man behind numerous multi-million dollar boy bands, including ‘N Sync, the Backstreet Boys and O-Town—after becoming fascinated with the success of the New Kids On The Block and hatching his scheme and throwing his hat in the boy band ring. Boy bands are a very strange and disturbing phenomenon in music, because in many cases the band members aren’t “boys,” but instead are grown men in their 30s, who sing love songs to their audience of predominantly preteen girls, pointing at them in the crowd and blowing them kisses. In one of ‘N Sync’s hit songs in the 1990s, Timberlake urged his listeners not to pay attention to Jerusalem or Bible prophesies, but

instead just live for right now and not to worry about the consequences of your actions. We don’t need all these prophecies

Telling us what’s a sign, what’s a sign

Cause paranoia ain’t the way to live your life from day to day

So leave your doubts and your fears behind

Don’t be afraid at all

Cause up in outer space there’s no gravity to fall -Space Cowboy

Jennifer Love Hewitt While numerous celebrities endure an array of salacious gossip, harsh criticism, and even Illuminati accusations, one mentally unstable woman took conspiracy theories way too far and began harassing Jennifer Love Hewitt, stalking her, making death threats, and even allegedly assaulting Jennifer Love Hewitt’s mother! The actress, perhaps best known for her role in the I Know What You Did Last Summer teen slasher series, and more recently playing a prostitute in Lifetime’s The Client List, was even tracked down and confronted at a red carpet event by her nemesis. In 2002, the former social worker named Diane Napolis was arrested after confronting Jennifer at the Grammy awards and allegedly assaulting Hewitt’s mother at a film premiere.307 The woman accused Jennifer Love Hewitt and Steven Spielberg of using “cybertronic mind control technology” to harass her and control her thoughts, and believed they were part of a satanic conspiracy of gang stalking. The woman was charged with six felonies and then committed to a psychiatric facility.308 From the mid-1990s to 2000, the stalker Diane Napolis, accused various people in San Diego and San Francisco of Satanic ritual abuse against children and believed there was a powerful secret network of Satanists who abused children. Similar allegations have been made (although not accusing Jennifer Love Hewitt or Steven Spielberg of being involved) by former Senator John DeCamp, whose horrifying book The Franklin Cover-Up claims that a group of Satanists engaged in this type of abuse inside the Bohemian Grove in the 1980s, and even accused someone they called “Hunter Thompson” of shooting snuff films there.309 Many people believe this “Hunter Thompson” was a reference to Hunter S. Thompson, the famous “Gozo journalist” known for his bizarre behavior and interests. Shortly after his suicide in 2005, Thompson’s former editorial assistant, Nickole Brown, published an article titled In Memory of Hunter S. Thompson: Postcard from Louisville, Kentucky where she talked about some of the strange behavior she observed while working for him. “For weeks he played a tape recording of a jack rabbit screaming in a trap,” the article says. Brown also wrote that, “One time I watched him beat his car because his cigarettes were locked inside, and another time he threw me out of the house for refusing to watch a snuff film.”310

A photographer named Rusty Nelson, [Russell E. Nelson], who is connected to the infamous Franklin Cover-Up child abuse scandal of the 1980s,311 alleged that Hunter S. Thompson offered him $100,000 in 1988 to shoot a snuff film involving a child.312 Rusty said he turned the offer down. Hunter S. Thompson’s supporters insist Thompson is innocent and may have been investigating such rumors and activities for a book or featured article, and say that’s how his name became connected to these conspiracies.

Lilith Fair In 1997, several female artists got together to create Lilith Fair, an allfemale music festival often called Lesbian-fest, Breast-fest, or Girlapolooza by critics who ridiculed it for its very concept. The very name for the concert series came from the Jewish legend that a woman named Lilith was actually created before Eve in Biblical times as Adam’s first wife, but Lilith was said to be an evil and rebellious woman, so God later created Eve as Adam’s counterpart. In ancient Jewish and Babylonian legends, Lilith is said to be a demon, and many believe this name was chosen for the all-female festival as a way to symbolically represent their rebellion against men and the traditional gender roles that have been in place for thousands of years. After three summers (1997 through 1999), the gang of girls abandoned their Lilith Fair concept, probably because most women didn’t want to go to a concert without their boyfriend and the limited lesbian market they were appealing to couldn’t financially sustain such a large

Rock and Heavy Metal

Rock and heavy metal bands have been accused of promoting Devil worship for decades, reaching a peak in the 1980s and 90s with bands like Slayer, Ozzy Osbourne and Marilyn Manson—with their outlandish antics on stage and singing songs about Satan, but this was “traditional” Satanism with pentagrams, Devil figures, and Bible bashing—quite different from invoking the Illuminati as we have seen emerge largely in rap and hip hop in recent years.

Since most people are familiar with Satanism in rock ‘n’ roll and heavy metal, I will only briefly touch on it in this book, highlighting some of the most blatant examples (as well as lesser known ones, but still significant instances nevertheless). I’ll also cover some of the perhaps surprising examples of rock stars speaking out against the Illuminati, such as Korn’s lead singer Jonathan Davis who called President Barack Obama an “Illuminati puppet,” and bands like Muse, who appear to be opposed to the super class ruling elite.

Other artists such as Megadeth’s front man Dave Mustaine have given interviews about the New World Order agenda, and Les Claypool of Primus even wrote a song about the infamous Bohemian Grove and the “Phantom Patriot” arrested in 2002 for breaking into their compound armed with a rifle and shotgun, planning to expose the Illuminati’s elite redwood forest retreat where the ruling class meet every July to rub elbows in an informal, all-male gathering, sometimes called “Bilderberg in the woods”—a place where the Manhattan Project (the atomic bomb) was conceived, and where Ronald Regan and Richard Nixon are said to have negotiated their political futures.313





Korn



PHOTO: KORN’S ALBUM THE PATH OF TOTALITY INCLUDES A SONG TITLED “ILLUMINATI.”

The metal band Korn (sometimes called new metal, or neo-metal) rose to fame in the 1990s with songs like “A.D.I.D.A.S.” and “Follow the Leader,” thanks to their unique style of combining heavy metal, rock, and grunge. Lead singer Jonathan Davis has revealed the unique meaning behind some of their songs, and admitted he has studied the Illuminati and the New World Order for some time now.

In an interview with Bilboard.com in 2011, Davis called President Barack Obama an “Illuminati puppet,” and said, “He’s basically dragged this country down into the worst it’s ever been. Like I say about the White House, ‘You’ve built this house of shame.’ Everybody looked up at the White House and America, and now I think it’s like a house of shame. I miss the old days when people were proud to be American.”314



The band’s album The Path of Totality includes a song titled “Illuminati,” which goes, in part: Parasites, they run around

The culprits won’t be found

They lie behind this mask of wealth

They’re taking over now

Illuminati they hide While in Germany signing autographs at the Ramstein Air Base Jonathan Davis was approached by a fan and asked who he would prefer to take over as president out of the four Republican presidential candidates running in 2012, to which he responded, “Ron Paul.” The interaction was videotaped by the fan and posted on YouTube.315

While it is encouraging to hear that a rock star of Korn’s caliber would publically denounce Obama as an Illuminati puppet, Davis is far from being an angel himself. Many even accuse him of being a Satanist. He goes by the nickname JDevil, and at times appears to be obsessed with the darker aspects of life. Korn’s drummer Brian Welch quit the band in 2005 after becoming a Christian and wanting to focus on raising his daughter and being a good father.316 There is no bad blood between Welch and his former bandmates, and they all appear to still be friends.

So while Jonathan Davis may not be a poster child for a squeaky clean rock star, it is admirable that he risked isolating half his audience by denouncing President Obama, particularly with the kind of language he used, slamming him with the appropriate title of “Illuminati puppet,” not to mention writing a song about how the Illuminati is bringing us all down.





Megadeth



PHOTO: MEGADETH’S ALBUM COVER FOR END GAME.

A surface level look at Megadeth (spelled Megadeth without the “a” if you’re not familiar with the band) may lead one to believe they are a typical “satanic” heavy metal band, but upon closer inspection it becomes clear that the band’s primary mission is to warn people about the elite Illuminati, the New World Order, and out of control power-mad politicians.

Songs like “Symphony of Destruction” and “Foreclosure of a Dream” paint a terrifying picture of what the superclass oligarchy has been doing to mankind. Founder and lead singer Dave Mustaine has spoken publicly about his beliefs regarding the New World Order and the End Times, and has become friends with talk show host Alex Jones from Infowars.com through a mutual admiration for each other’s work.

During an interview on The Alex Jones Show, Mustaine spoke about the Obama administration selling guns to the Mexican drug cartels, a

scandal that came to be known as Operation Fast and Furious which was designed as a false flag attempting to convince the American people that Mexican drug lords were getting their guns from American gun shops, when in reality it was our own government providing the weapons in a top secret covert operation.317 “Nobody can deny that there were criminal rogues within the administration and CBS News got the memos, Congress has the information and basically Larry Pratt of Gun Owners of America who is a highly respected person said that if they would stage Fast and Furious they’d be capable of staging anything and it was all done to blame the second amendment,” Mustaine told the Alex Jones.318

The goal of Operation Fast and Furious was to justify stricter gun control laws in America by blaming our second amendment for the drug cartel violence south of the border by trying to convince the unsuspecting public that the source of the violence were American gun shops, when in reality, covert elements of our own government were the source of the weapons.319

Dave Mustaine had abused alcohol for years and become legendary in the music industry in the 1980s for his drunken disasters, leading to him getting kicked out of Metallica before his Megadeth days. Through his tough times and tribulations, Mustaine eventually became a born again Christian and began refusing to appear in concert with any bands that were overtly satanic.

Despite his surprising religious revelations, Megadeth continues to record new albums and perform to sold out shows around the world and are considered by many to be one of the greatest heavy metal bands of all time. One of their more recent songs titled “New World Order” talks about how all currency will become obsolete and that “Revelation has come to pass” and “all rights will be denied” and warns “without the mark you shall die,” referring to the mark of the Beast.

Just like the Pied Piper

Led rats through the streets

We dance like marionettes,

Swaying to the Symphony...

Swaying to the Symphony...

Of Destruction

-Symphony of Destruction









Les Claypool

The singer of the band Primus wrote a song about the Phantom Patriot, the guy who snuck into the infamous Bohemian Grove years ago armed to the teeth with the goal of exposing what he believed were human sacrifices going on there at the hands of the Illuminati.

In January 2002, a 37-year-old man named Richard McCaslin, who called himself the Phantom Patriot, snuck into the Bohemian Grove compound, located in the northern California redwood forest, while wearing a superhero outfit and bringing with him a loaded MK-1 rifle-shotgun.320 He had heard the allegations of human sacrifice said to occur inside, and hoped to expose this to the world.

After setting a building on fire, he was captured by police without incident and sentenced to eleven years in prison, an extended sentence because he committed a crime while wearing a bullet proof vest, which is an added charge in California.321

Les Claypool lives in Occidental, California, a small town right next to Bohemian Grove, and likely became familiar with the rumors and allegations surrounding this nearby retreat, and after hearing about the Phantom Patriot’s attempted infiltration, Claypool was inspired to write a song about him.

Walking through the compound

With a formulated plan

There to help his fellow man

At this decisive point in time

The Bohemians at the Grove

Don’t see it quite the same

Smelling danger in his game

They dub his quest a crime

-The Phantom Patriot

Don Henley

PHOTO: ALBUM COVER FOR DON HENLEY’S SINGLE

“INSIDE JOB.”

Singer Don Henley from the legendary rock group The Eagles released a solo album in the year 2000 titled “Inside Job” that included a song with the same title which lamented about government corruption and “inside jobs.” Even though the song was recorded and released before the September 11th terrorist attacks, which many people believe were an “inside job” and a false flag attack orchestrated by the Illuminati, the song became almost an anthem for the 9/11 truth movement. “It was an inside job by the well-connected,” Henley sings, and “they know what you’ve had for breakfast and what you’ve hid beneath the mattress.” The song is a powerful critique of corruption in government, which Henley says is “business as usual.” While Don Henley hasn’t made any public statements about the 9/11 attacks being an inside job, he has been critical of the War on Terror, saying “We think we’re civilized because we can put a man on the moon and cure some types of cancer, but we are just as primitive and backward as we ever were.”322 “I didn’t like him [Bush] when he was governor, and I don’t like him now. I support the troops, but I don’t support the people who sent them there [to Iraq] because it wasn’t necessary.”323 Don Henley’s 1982 song “Dirty Laundry” is about the news business and how people love the thrill of watching stories about tragedies told to

them by beautiful talking heads reading from a teleprompter—and even though the song is over thirty-years-old, it still rings true today. We got the bubble-headed-bleach-blonde

Who comes on at five

She can tell you about the plane crash

With a gleam in her eye

It’s interesting when people die-

Give us dirty laundry

-Dirty Laundry

Ministry

PHOTO: ALBUM COVER FOR MINISTRY’S RIO GRANDE BLOOD.

The cover art on Ministry’s Rio Grande Blood album depicts President George W. Bush standing in a barrel of oil while making “hail Satan” el Diablo hand signs with an Illuminati All-Seeing Eye on his forehead and fighter jets and oil fields in the background. The album, released in 2006, contains several tracks denouncing the War on Terrorism and even included some references to 9/11 being an inside job. One of the songs, “Lies Lies Lies,” sampled sound bites from the narrator of the popular Internet film Loose Change, using statements like, “Do you still think that jet fuel brought down the World Trade Center?” referring to the controlled demolition hypothesis found in many 9/11 truth circles.

Muse

PHOTO: ALBUM COVER FOR MUSE’S THE RESISTANCE.

The British rock band Muse achieved international success, particularly in America, with their 2009 album The Resistance, and their hit single “Uprising” which sounded like a battle cry against a tyrannical and out of control government. The band’s singer Matt Bellamy even publicly stated that he believed 9/11 was an inside job and sometimes wore a t-shirt on stage reading “Terrorstorm,” the name of Alex Jones’ popular 2006 film which covers the history of false flag attacks and government staged events that have been fabricated as pretexts for military action and war. In a 2006 interview, Bellamy said, “There was a document called ‘Project For The New America Century’… which clearly says, ‘We need a Pearl Harbor-level event so we can have an excuse to invade the Middle East,’” and elaborated on his suspicions 9/11 was a false flag attack orchestrated or allowed to happen by corrupt elements within the United States government.324 While many truth seekers and “Resistance” supporters thought they found a friend with the band Muse, after achieving international success, their tune would strangely change and Matt Bellamy began backpedaling on his previous controversial statements. It began with him expressing disappointment that many Tea Party supporters had adopted the song “Uprising” to represent their political frustrations with big government and the Obama administration. When asked about radio host Glenn Beck playing his song at a Tea Party event, Bellamy answered, “I suppose it’s

nice that he’s a fan of the music, but I don’t want people to start using our music for strange, obscure political movements.”325 He didn’t even know who Glenn Beck was and called the Tea Party “bizarre.”326 What’s bizarre is the fact that the band was upset that their song was adopted by people who felt its message illustrated their frustration with the government, and it’s especially bizarre considering that’s the point of the song. Bellamy would later retract his statements about the September 11th attacks being an inside job, and said his views had become “more nuanced now” and that “I don’t believe that any more.”327 Bellamy bred with Hollywood royalty when he had a son in 2010 with actress Kate Hudson, daughter of Goldie Hawn, and many accuse him of changing his stance on 9/11 and the “Resistance” so he wouldn’t be ostracized by the Hollywood crowd, or to prevent certain doors from being closed which would have prevented him from producing another hit album because of these views. What’s also interesting is that in 2008, the year before Muse achieved international success with their album The Resistance, they recorded a live album titled HAARP, named after the mysterious High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program in Gakona, Alaska that is believed by many to be a weather weapon or massive mind control device.328 When asked about the album title Bellamy stated, “Some people think it’s designed to tap into the ionosphere to control the weather. Others think it’s there to diffuse UFO beams, or to send out microwaves to control our thoughts.”329 During the band’s performances they would even bring out large antennas and satellite dishes on stage as props to make it look like the HAARP facility.330 As can be expected, Matt Bellamy seems to have changed his tune on HAARP as well after achieving mainstream success in America. Perhaps his handlers made it clear to him what the music monopoly corporations want from their stars if they’re going to pull the strings needed to be a part of the “in crowd” in the industry. Rise up and take the power back

It’s time the, fat cats had a heart attack

You know that, their time’s coming to an end

We have to, unify and watch our flag ascend

-Uprising

Fatboy Slim

PHOTO: ALBUM COVER FOR FATBOY SLIM’S “ILLUMINATI.”

The British DJ, Fatboy Slim, produced a song titled “Illuminati” for Angelina Jolie’s film Lara Croft: Tomb Raider, in which Jolie’s character Lara Croft is being hunted by the Illuminati as they search for a mystical pyramid-shaped artifact that will give whoever possesses it unimaginable power over space and time. In the film, Jolie is working to discover the artifact before the Illuminati in order to prevent them from obtaining it. Fatboy Slim’s song is basically an instrumental for the film’s soundtrack and just repeats the same few words at various times throughout the song. “Illuminati. A secret society do exist.” Note: The lyrics actually say, “a secret society do exist,” not “does exist,” which is the proper grammar, and was apparently an attempt at some kind of artistic expression for the track.

System of a Down When a cameraman from TMZ bumped into Serj Tankian, lead vocalist from System of a Down, he asked him a very unusual question. Keep in mind, TMZ cameramen are just hired paparazzi, not trained journalists who know how to conduct an interview. If you’ve ever seen any TMZ interviews, they usually consist of the cameraman asking the stars their opinion about the latest celebrity scandal or their current project, but this time the cameraman asked an interesting question about the Illuminati in the music industry—a topic you know by now was getting fairly popular. Even though the paparazzi asked a pretty good question concerning the numerous allegations and conspiracy theories on the Internet about this, instead of showing Serj Tankian’s answer, the video cuts away to a guy doing a voice over who says, “I’ll take this one,” and then some creepy music kicks in and the announcer tells a minute long story about the Illuminati in a very sarcastic and tongue-in-cheek kind of way and never actually shows what Tankian’s response was. What else can be expected from TMZ and the editor-in-chief Harvey Levin, the orally fixated celebrity suck up? While giving a speech at his alma mater the University of Chicago Law School in 2010, Harvey revealed he once had the idea for TMZ DC where he wanted to deploy paparazzi in Washington DC to interview politicians and he “almost did it,” but due to what he called “some circumstances” he was prevented from doing so.331 TMZDC.com is actually a registered domain name but leads to a page saying it’s unavailable and shows it’s owned by Warner Brothers.

Pink Floyd

PHOTO: COVER FOR PINK FLOYD’S DARK SIDE OF THE MOON.

The Dark Side of the Moon is one of the bestselling albums of all time, released in 1973 and still resonating with people today, but because the album cover features a pyramid with a beam of light shining through it, Pink Floyd is sometimes accused of “being Illuminati” too. People who slap the “Illuminati” label on Pink Floyd clearly reveal their ignorance (or their paranoia) because sometimes a triangle is just a triangle. All of the artists mentioned in this book who use triangles, pyramids, and other Illuminati affiliated symbols, do so with the intention of portraying themselves as being “in the know” or “insiders” privy to the Illuminati’s power, and the content of their music (as well as their character) is clearly dark and devilish; but in the case of Pink Floyd, their use of a prism with a beam of light shining through it was simply an interesting artistic expression that some people have read way too much into. In fact, anyone who is familiar with Pink Floyd’s Dark Side of the Moon or The Wall, most likely understands and appreciates the band’s skillful articulation of the mysteries and the struggles of life, love, money, and happiness; and relates to the singer’s search for answers in this reality we are all experiencing. Their music is far from sinister, and is instead— inspiring, thought provoking, and quite profound. For example, the song “Money” is a popular tongue-in-cheek track mocking greed and mindless consumption, while “Time” serves as a warning for people to pay attention to their life and priorities, urging them

to examine what they do with their time so they don’t end up wasting their life before it’s too late. The final track on The Dark Side of the Moon, titled “Eclipse,” serves as an introspection on one’s entire life, helping the listener evaluate their past actions and what their life has meant as a result of them. And then the one day you find Ten years have got behind you

No one told you when to run

You missed the starting gun

-Time

Bono

PHOTO: BONO IN A WATER.ORG ADVERTISEMENT JOKING ABOUT BEING AT AN ILLUMINATI MEETING.

One might not expect to find U2 front man Bono in the crosshairs of Illuminati allegations, but he brought it upon himself when he appeared in an ad for Matt Damon’s Water.org charity, an organization working to bring water filtration systems to third world countries so they can have safe drinking water. In the ad when Bono is explaining the charity’s mission, he said the Illuminati had come up with the plan! “I remember when Matt first brought up the idea, it was at a meeting of the Illuminati,” Bono said, trying to be funny since celebrity Illuminati allegations had become fairly well known by this time. Actress Olivia Wilde and billionaire Richard Branson also appeared in the ad and continued to crack jokes about their “secret Illuminati meeting” where Matt Damon was said to have hatched his plan to help the poor. The online backlash was apparent in the comments and the user ratings of the video, which ended up getting a two-thirds thumbed down rating and the antiIlluminati comments just kept pouring in, one right after the other. Their attempt at Illuminati humor had failed miserably. While the Water.org skit can simply be written off as a bad joke that backfired, a closer look into Bono’s messages reveal his seeming adoration for the Devil, stemming in part by him covering the Rolling Stones’ “Symphony for the Devil” during his performances, which is a song dedicated to Satan.

In the 1980s while doing a cover of the Beatles’ song “Helter Skelter,” Bono would wear a necklace with an upside down cross on it. Helter Skelter was Charles Manson’s theme song, by the way, and was the term he used to describe his cult’s murderous rampage. In U2’s song “In God’s Country,” Bono declares that “I stand with the sons of Cain,”332 the man who in Biblical times murdered his innocent brother Abel, and has become synonymous with an evil murderer ever since. During his Zoo TV tour back in the early 1990s, Bono would appear on stage wearing Devil horns when portraying his alter ego “MacPhisto,” an English Devil character he devised for part of the show.333

Marilyn Manson

PHOTO: MARILYN MANSON IN “DOPE SHOW,” DRESSED AS HIS USUAL FREAKISH SELF, THIS TIME WITH PROSTHETIC BREASTS.

While his fifteen minutes of fame faded away in the late 1990s, Marilyn Manson made quite an impact on his impressionable fans, encouraging their idiocy every chance he got. This creepy creature was not just portraying a character who was sick and twisted, but instead was living out his own dark fantasies while using his stage name, an amalgamation of Marilyn Monroe and Charles Manson. When one looks into the personal life of Brian Warner (his real name) it becomes clear that he is a mentally deranged demon who made millions peddling his psychosis to his psychologically sedated fans. During the height of his fame in the late 1990s, while on stage at the MTV Music Awards, Manson proclaimed, “My fellow Americans—We will no longer be oppressed by the fascism of Christianity! And we will no longer be oppressed by the fascism of beauty. As I see you all sittin’ out there trying your hardest not to be ugly, trying your hardest not to fit in, trying your hardest to earn your way into Heaven, but let me ask you—Do you want to be in a place that’s filled with a bunch of assholes?”334 A standard part of his performances was tearing pages out of a Bible and tossing them into the air. Manson’s bizarre behavior is not just an on stage act though. He reportedly wanted to keep his girlfriend’s aborted fetus after she had an abortion,335 and a lawsuit filed by a former band member, Stephen Bier, alleged that Manson had purchased a skeleton of a 4-year-old child from

China, masks made out of human skin from Africa, and collected Nazi memorabilia, including Adolf Hitler’s coat hangers.336 The Columbine school shooting was one of the most infamous instances of school violence where Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold assaulted their Colorado high school in 1999, killing twelve students and one teacher, marking the beginning of a new trend of mass murder now commonly known as “school shootings.” The two killers were said to be big fans of Marilyn Manson, and many people pointed to Manson’s music as a possible inspiration for the killing spree.337 What the mainstream media didn’t really report on was the fact that the two killers were specifically targeting Christians in their killing spree, and witnesses reported that while pointing a gun at 17-year-old Cassie Bernall’s head, one of the psychos asked, “Do you believe in God?” When she answered “yes,” he shot her.338 While Manson denied his music and antics had any influence on the boys, he has stated that, “Music is the strongest form of magic,” and he no doubt revels in being a high priest from Hell. It’s amazing how musicians can deny their music has any negative consequences on certain members of their audience, while at the same time admitting their music is magical and holds a mysterious power over people. Did I mention Marylyn Manson is a card carrying member of the Church of Satan? He is. That’s no joke.339

Ozzy Osbourne Very briefly I’ll touch on Ozzy Osbourne, one of the most popular rockers from the 1980s and 90s who has a satanic cloud hanging over his head because of his music and on stage antics which have resulted in several lawsuits by parents who accused Ozzy of encouraging their children to commit suicide.340 Ozzy is best known for biting the head off a dove during a meeting with executives at CBS Records in Los Angeles in his early days. He literally brought a live dove to the meeting and bit its head off and spit it out onto the table during the meeting.341 The record executives probably loved the stunt and realized what a satanic shock rocker they had in front of them, and the stunt likely excited them about signing him even more. Then, there was the time he bit the head off a bat while on stage during one of his performances and reportedly had to get a rabies shot because the bat bit his tongue during the incident.342 These “head-biting” incidents were largely what “made” Ozzy, and have become legendary in the music business. In 1985, a teenager named John McCollum committed suicide after allegedly listening to Ozzy’s song “Suicide Solution,” and the boy’s parents then sued Ozzy claiming the song inspired the boy to kill himself with lyrics like, “Where to hide, suicide is the only way out. Don’t you know what it’s really about?” The lawsuit was eventually dismissed.343 Years later in 1991, another family sued Ozzy claiming his songs also inspired their son to kill himself.344 This case was also dismissed. Ozzy, who is often called “the Prince of Darkness,” once made reference to the infamous Satanist Aleister Crowley in a song named after him. Many people unfamiliar with the activities and writings of Crowley have no idea what the song “Mr. Crowley” is actually about. Crowley, as you should know by now from reading this book, was an infamous Satanist in the 20th century who wrote instructions for satanic rituals that include animal and human sacrifice,345 and he is a hero for many musicians still to this day. From 2002 to 2005 Ozzy was the star of MTV’s most watched show at the time, titled The Osbournes, which followed his dysfunctional family’s activities. He later admitted he was stoned during the entire show, which should come as no surprise if you’ve ever heard him speak.346 What most of

the audience didn’t know, however, is that one of Sharon and Ozzy’s daughters refused to participate in the show and producers had to blur her out of any family photos they showed on TV.347 Since she wouldn’t sign a release, for the sake of the show, it was as if she simply didn’t exist.348 In the show’s heyday, Ozzy was invited to the White House Correspondence Dinner as a special guest of Fox News’ Van Susteren (a reported Scientologist),349 and George W. Bush even gave him a shout out from the podium during his speech, giving the rock and roll role model the presidential stamp of approval. More recently Peter Joseph, the producer of the Communist propaganda and anti-Christian Zeitgeist film series, directed the music video for Ozzy’s “God is Dead?” a dark and depressing song that serves to erode people’s faith in God, leaving them without a spiritual or moral compass. Mr. Crowley, what went on in your head

Mr. Crowley, did you talk with the dead

Your life style to me seemed so tragic

With the thrill of it all

You fooled all the people with magic

You waited on Satan’s call

-Mr. Crowley

AC/DC

PHOTO: AC/DC’S ALBUM COVER HIGHWAY TO HELL.

Considered one of the greatest artists of all time by VH1 and Rolling Stone magazine, AC/DC is a rock band that has spanned decades with hits like “Highway to Hell” and “Dirty Deeds Done Dirt Cheap”; songs that still get radio play today. Even though the band is basically a thing of the past, many music buffs are likely to be familiar with them, but what most people don’t know about AC/DC is the band’s connection to the notorious serial killer Richard Ramirez, who was nicknamed the “Night Stalker.” This is the infamous California serial killer who drew a satanic pentagram on the palm of his hand and proudly showed it off in the courtroom during his trail. He also frequently shouted “Hail Satan.” Ramirez killed at least thirteen people in Los Angeles between 1984 and 1985, and some say his killing spree was inspired by an AC/DC song titled “Night Prowler,” where the lyrics appear to speak of a psycho running around at night killing people. Police reported Richard Ramirez wore an AC/DC t-shirt during his murder spree and even left an AC/DC hat at the scene of one of his crimes.350 The Night Stalker was also a fan of Anton LaVey, the founder of the Church of Satan, and had read his Satanic Bible, first published in 1969. It was Anton LaVey who coined the phrase “Hail Satan,” the mantra of Ramirez.

In his authorized biography titled The Secret Life of a Satanist, LaVey admitted that he wasn’t concerned if Satanism allegedly inspired people to commit mass murder. It reads, “Anton LaVey maintains that he isn’t really concerned about accusations of people killing other people in the name of Satan. He swears that each time he reads of a new killing spree, his only reaction is, ‘What, 22 people? Is that all?’”351 This authorized biography goes on to read, “There will undoubtedly be more Satanically-motivated murders and crimes in the sense that The Satanic Bible tells you ‘You don’t have to take any more shit.’”352 Also in the authorized biography (authorized, meaning it was approved by his estate, and written by his widow Blanch Barton) LaVey is reported to have admired a serial killer from the early 1900s named Carl Panzram, a monster who killed twenty-two people, and who claimed to have raped one thousand men. “The only way I would like to ‘help’ the great majority of people is the same way Carl Panzram ‘reformed’ people who tried to reform him. It would be most merciful to help them by relieving them of the life they seem to hate so much. People should be happy I’m not a humanitarian —or I’d probably be the most diabolical mass murderer the world has ever known,” LaVey is quoted as saying353 In the 1980s, AC/DC’s concerts and albums were faced with protests and they received a lot of bad publicity because of their alleged connection to the Night Stalker serial killer. The band has always denied their music had any influence on Ramirez. I’m your night prowler, asleep in the day

Yes I’m your night prowler, get outta my way

Look out for the night prowler, watch out tonight

Yes I’m your night prowler, when you turn out the light

I’m your night prowler, break down your door

I’m your night prowler, crawling across your floor

I’m the night prowler, make a mess of you, yes I will

-Night Prowler

Insane Clown Posse

PHOTO: ALBUM COVER FOR INSANE CLOWN POSSE’S

THE GREAT MILENKO.

The Detroit shock rock/gangster rap group Insane Clown Posse, who always appear on stage in clown makeup, are known not only for their violent and twisted lyrics, but also for their cult-like following of deranged and dedicated fans. The group’s style is called horror core, because of the horror themes found in most of their songs. ICP fans, called Juggalos, often attend concerts with their faces pained up like the group’s frontmen Violent J and Shaggy 2 Dope, and have gained a reputation, as Spin Magazine points out, for their “obscenity” and their “stupidity.”354 Of course violent and reckless people are attracted to violent music, but ICP fans seem to be in a league of their own, and the Juggalos were labeled a gang in 2011 by the FBI in their National Gang Threat Assessment (NGTA) report, which states, “The Juggalos, a looselyorganized hybrid gang, are rapidly expanding into many US communities. Although recognized as a gang in only four states, many Juggalos subsets exhibit gang-like behavior and engage in criminal activity and violence. Law enforcement officials in at least 21 states have identified criminal Juggalo subsets, according to NGIC [National Gang Intelligence Center] reporting.”355

It went on to read, “Most crimes committed by Juggalos are sporadic, disorganized, individualistic, and often involve simple assault, personal drug use and possession, petty theft, and vandalism. However, open source reporting suggests that a small number of Juggalos are forming more organized subsets and engaging in more gang-like criminal activity, such as felony assaults, thefts, robberies, and drug sales. Social networking websites are a popular conveyance for Juggalo sub-culture to communicate and expand.”356 In 2013 the clowns (no pun intended) in ICP jumped on the secret society fad, shooting a video for their song “Forever” inside a Masonic temple. In a brief behind the scenes sneak peak, Violent J starts by saying, “Here’s what’s real special. We’re at the ultra-mysterious Masonic temple.” Shaggy 2 Dope, the other dope in this deranged duo, then says, “Just from what I’ve seen, there’s sacrificial rooms up in this piece, mad catacombs in the basement...” Violent J’s older brother, named “Jumpsteady,” pipes in saying, “I don’t even want to tell you about the Chamber of Reflections, that’s an ultra-secret…” to which Violent J cuts him off pretending he wasn’t supposed to mention it, saying, “Why did you just put that on tape, you’re going to get us killed.”357 Since the Freemasons and Illuminati have become a part of pop culture and known for their alleged dark power, ICP figured they too would throw their hat in the ring (albeit a bit late compared to most other musicians), and claim some connection to the esoteric fraternity to further their “evil” personas. In reality, ICP are just opportunistic rapping shock jocks in face paint performing horror core music, mainly to an audience of misguided teenagers who are rebelling against their parents and society in the most juvenile ways imaginable. I’m hating sluts

Shoot them in the face, step back and itch my nuts

Unless I’m in the sack

Cuz I fuck so hard it’ll break their back

-Psychopathic

Woodstock 99 In 1999, concert promoters brought back the Woodstock music festival trying to emulate the famous event from the summer of ‘69, only this time the festival was cut short because of violence, rapes, and fires started by an out of control audience.358 The chaos began after Limp Bizkit front man Fred Durst took the stage to perform their hit “Break Stuff” and announced to the crowd, “It’s time to reach down deep inside and take all that negative energy and let that shit out of your fucking system.”359 Almost immediately, the crowd began dismantling vendors’ booths, setting fires, and virtually rioting, sending dozens of people to the hospital. 500 police officers were sent in wearing riot gear to calm the raging crowd and shut the festival down. Of course, it’s no coincidence that the song “Break Stuff” is about going on a reckless rampage, as the title suggests, and with the added encouragement of Fred Durst telling the audience to “reach down deep inside and take all that negative energy and let that shit out of your fucking system,” they took that as a cue to literally “break stuff,” shutting down the festival and making it an embarrassment for the other musicians who participated in the event. Despite the tough “bad boy” image he portrayed on stage and in his music, Durst once admitted, “I play the pimp thing on purpose. Like when I’m on MTV, these chicks are fanning and massaging me. It’s not like I attracted them off the street, we fucking hired ’em! I want everyone to be thinking I’m having the time of my life, but I’m single and miserable.”360 Limp Bizkit is now a thing of the past, and basically just a footnote in music history. Durst admitted to Entertainment Weekly that, “In 2000, there were 35 million people who connected to this band. Twelve years later, lots of those people have moved on. We were a moment in time and it’s over.”361 Apparently, most of Limp Bizkit’s high school and college-aged fans grew up and left behind this two hit wonder, whose songs “Break Stuff” and “Nookie” played in the background at one too many keg parties. When Fred Durst’s money comes close to running out it will be interesting to see if he tries to make a comeback with a makeover, marketing himself as the “softer” more “sensitive” rocker who has turned away from his angry and rebellious past.

The Woodstock ‘99 disaster is the perfect example of how people will mindlessly obey the messages of the music they’re listening to, without thinking, or even caring what the consequences are. It also shows how large audiences engage in Group Think, and like mindless sheep will follow the herd through the gates of destruction guided by a man with a microphone singing commands they obey without question. I pack a chainsaw

I’ll skin your ass raw

And if my day keeps going this way, I just might

Break your fucking face tonight

-Break Stuff

Country Music

Country music is practically void of Illuminati symbolism and satanic messages because unlike rock and roll, heavy metal and hip hop, the country music genre is very different in that as a whole it doesn’t promote rebellion or flaunting one’s wealth or try to push the envelope like other genres of music do. That’s not to say there aren’t Illuminati allegations surrounding some famous country music stars, but largely the Illuminati allegations are centered around rap, hip hop, rock, and heavy metal.

When country music stars sing about drinking, they’re usually singing about drowning their sorrows over a broken heart, not popping Cristal in the club because they’re living like there’s no tomorrow. When they sing about fighting it’s usually a justified punch in the face to some scumbag harassing a nice girl at the bar. The only time guns are really mentioned in country songs is when the artists are talking about having a shotgun in the back of their pickup truck or on the farm to protect their families like good old boys in the country do. They’re not singing about killing people for a power trip like we’ve heard so many rappers do.

Perhaps the most violent messages in country music were when Carrie Underwood sung about keying the paintjob and slicing the seats of her cheating boyfriend’s truck in “Before He Cheats” or when the Dixie Chicks sung about killing “Earl,” a wife-beating husband in a song about domestic abuse.362

Yes, there was the odd alternative rock alter ego of Garth Brooks he named “Chris Gaines,” and Johnny Cash sung “I shot a man in Reno,” but these few and far between examples of questionable messages in county music pale in comparison to the overwhelming and obvious degenerate and demonic themes that have infected the music industry.



The reason for country music’s overall innocence is quite simple: Country music is designed to be a reflection of country living. The artists sing songs about the simple life and small towns—they tell tales of love and loss, of broken hearts and hard work. People who live in the country generally experience way less crime than those in the city, and they know their neighbors and look out to protect their communities in order to keep them safe and family friendly. Country folks smile and say hi to strangers, and offer others a helping hand, where city folks are often afraid to even make eye contact with people they pass on the street.

You may not like the twang of country music or think it’s just a bunch of cowboy hat wearing hicks living in the sticks, but you have to admit that at least country music is practically Illuminati free, and that is the key.

 





Conclusion

Comedian Chris Rock once said, “There’s like a civil war going on with black people, and there’s two sides. There’s black people, and there’s niggas—and niggas have got to go! I love black people, but I hate niggas, boy! Oh, I hate niggas. Boy, I wish they’d let me join the Ku Klux Klan. I’d do a drive-by from here to Brooklyn.”363 He was obviously talking about the kinds of rappers covered in this book—the kind of people who perpetuate the worst stereotypes about black people, and those who get rich by promoting such stereotypes to their fans.

Artists like Bob Marley, KRS-One, Chuck D, Kelly Clarkston, Carrie Underwood, Jessica Simpson, and others give hope and provide good examples of musicians who can achieve tremendous success without “selling their soul to Satan.” Even though pop culture is awash with satanic slime, you can choose what to feed your mind. Don’t download the music of the Illuminati posers, don’t include these artists on your playlists, and be sure to consciously pay attention to the content of the music you’re listening to on a regular basis and turn off the trash as soon as you hear it so it doesn’t sink into your mind. Realize how enormous multibillion dollar corporations do anything to milk money out of you, and they are promoting Illuminati idols to children who teach them to be as disrespectful, sexually promiscuous, and as spiritually bankrupt as possible.

Perhaps try listening to classical music or instrumentals and music without lyrics or words that guide your mind so it can operate freely, allowing you to listen to your subconscious or inner voice. Famed media analyst and author of Amusing Ourselves to Death, Neil Postman, explains most people, “are not prepared to feel or even experience the music of Haydn, Bach, or Mozart; that is to say, their hearts are closed, or partially closed, to the canon of Western music...There is in short something missing in the aesthetic experience of our young.”364



Music is, after all, information, and the control of information is a primary key to the Illuminati’s power. Let’s not forget that over two hundred years ago, Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt wrote about taking over the schools and the newspapers in order to influence society and shape people’s behavior. “We must win the common people in every corner. This will be obtained chiefly by means of the schools,” he explained.365 Only a fool or a liar would, at this point, say that music doesn’t influence the listeners’ thought patterns, emotions and behavior—and as is the case with most mainstream music, that influence is far from enlightening.

For those who still doubt that the media can, and does, encourage the audience to mimic what they see and hear, I’ll refer you to the bobo doll experiment that studied children’s behavior and aggression as a result of witnessing an adult punching a bobo doll (an inflatable doll with a weight at its base that returns to its upright position after it is punched or kicked). The experiments simply demonstrated that after children witnessed someone punching the bobo doll, they themselves were inclined to imitate that same behavior, where before they had seen someone hit the doll, the children largely ignored it. The experiment demonstrated various aspects of social learning theory and observational learning, clearly showing that the children imitated behavior they witnessed by hitting the doll themselves—or as my grandpa used to say—monkey see, monkey do.

A Senate Committee in 1999 investigated violence and its influence on children, and concluded, “Far too many of our children are killing and harming others. This report identifies and begins to redress one of the principal causes of youth violence: media violence.”366 This is 180 degrees opposed to what Michael Greene said while he was president of the National Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences at the 2000 Grammys as he tried to calm the controversy surrounding Eminem’s nomination for Best Rap Album when he told the audience, “The arts solve teen violence, they are never the cause.”

James Fox, Dean of the Criminology Department at Northwestern University in Chicago stated, “Murder is just not the taboo that it once was. A lot of that is television. Now, kids have become desensitized. They’ll rent

movies and play their favorite scenes-often the most violent-over and over. What do you think the effect is on a kid when his first exposure to sex is a brutal rape scene?”367

In Nineteen Eighty-Four, George Orwell wrote about how the culture had become so rotten that, “Nearly all children nowadays were horrible… they adored the Party and everything connected with it. The songs, the processions, the banners, the hiking, the drilling with dummy rifles, the yelling of slogans, the worship of Big Brother—it was all a sort of glorious game to them.”368

Church of Satan founder, Anton LaVey, admitted, “The TV set, or satanic family altar, has grown more elaborate since the early 50’s, from the tiny fuzzy screen to huge entertainment centers covering entire walls with several TV monitors. What started as an innocent respite from everyday life has become in itself a replacement for real life for millions, a major religion of the masses.”369

Many Christians point to the Bible to explain our backwards society, in particular, 2nd Timothy, where it reads, “There will be terrible times in the last days. People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous, without self-control, brutal, not lovers of the good, treacherous, rash, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God.”370

As you arrive at the end of this book, I hope it has given you the evidence and facts to help you realize just how powerful music can be, and the disastrous consequences that can occur when this power is placed into the wrong hands. We must not sit by silent as these demonic false idols and Illuminati puppets have their messages shouted from speakers around the world and injected into millions of minds through headphones and ear buds. We must publically shame them and shame any TV shows or radio stations that support them.



Get positive role models in your life or in your children’s lives who have set an example of how big dreams may come true through hard work and dedication without the need to compromise one’s morals and integrity. Put your energy into something productive and positive, whether it’s sports or other hobbies like singing, rapping, writing computer programs, painting, fixing cars, or simply being a good mom or a dad for your kids and making sure they get the best wisdom, guidance, and opportunities in life so they won’t make some of the same mistakes that perhaps you have made when you were younger. Family should always come first and we must also defend the Constitution and our Civil Liberties since they are under a constant threat from a tyrannical power hungry, Illuminati controlled government that works hand in hand with the mainstream media monopoly machine to manage the masses.

Idle hands are the Devil’s workshop, and energy focused in the wrong direction, or not focused at all, often brings disaster and disappointment. You could be the best at doing beer bongs, or the best track star; you could have a great girlfriend or boyfriend with a fulfilling, quality relationship, or you could get a sexually transmitted disease or an unplanned pregnancy if you are sexually irresponsible—it all depends on where you place your priorities. Pay attention to where and how you spend your money. Often we vote with our wallet, and “the system” uses every dirty trick in the book to try to get you to spend money you don’t have on things you don’t need while trying to impress people you don’t know.

While most Illuminati icons promote a hedonistic “if it feels good, do it” YOLO (you only live once) “Do what thou wilt” live for the moment philosophy, there is an interesting paradox called the hedonism paradox or the pleasure paradox that says people fail to experience pleasure if we seek out pleasure for its own sake.371 William Bennett, former United States Secretary of Education explained it like this, “Happiness is like a cat, if you try to coax it or call it, it will avoid you; it will never come. But if you pay no attention to it and go about your business, you’ll find it rubbing against your legs and jumping into your lap.”372



Viktor Frankl echoed this in Man’s Search for Meaning, when he said, “Happiness cannot be pursued; it must ensue, and it only does so as the unintended side effect of one’s personal dedication to a cause greater than oneself or as the by-product of one’s surrender to a person other than oneself.”373

Don’t give musicians, actors, or other entertainers too much credit when they occasionally do talk about the Illuminati or the way (they think) the government or the world works. People frequently put celebrities on pedestals and give them way more credit than they deserve, and perceive them as being experts in anything they talk about. The halo effect or halo error, describes how people tend to have a bias view of others because their perception and judgment is strongly influenced by one’s overall impression of the person, thus distorting their assessment of that person’s knowledge, skills, or importance.374

When people hold celebrities in high regard because they like their movies or music, most people become victims of the halo effect and think that celebrities’ opinions or statements are more valuable than others, even when most of the time they have no more knowledge about the particular subject than the average person.

In closing, habitually guard your ears and mind, and be careful what you put into your brain. Just like if you eat bad food, you can get physically ill—if you listen to bad music, the same may be true mentally, emotionally, or spiritually. Remember, Aristotle profoundly said if you listen to the wrong kind of music, you will become the wrong kind of person.

If you would like to learn more information about the Illuminati and elite secret societies and conspiracies, I encourage you to read my other books on the subject, including The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction, The New World Order: Facts & Fiction, The Resistance Manifesto, or Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True. My previous book, The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction contains a comprehensive analysis of the pieces of the Illuminati puzzle and thoroughly separates the facts from the fiction, and it

will save you countless hours of Internet searching, following false leads, being duped by misinformation, hoaxes, or misunderstandings which are rampant in the sea of information that’s out there.

My books may not be available in stores, but they are available in paperback on Amazon.com or in e-book from iBooks on the iPad, Google Play for Android tablet users, as well as Kindle and Nook e-readers. Please review this book on Amazon.com or whatever platform you purchased it from to help spread the word about these Illuminati icons of evil and the other important and empowering information my books reveal. Thank you for reading, thank you for caring, and may God bless you in this magnificent and monumental mystery we call life!

 





Also by Mark Dice:

-The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction

-The New World Order: Facts & Fiction -The Resistance Manifesto

-Big Brother: The Orwellian Nightmare Come True



Connect with Mark on:

Facebook.com/MarkDice

Twitter.com/MarkDice.com

YouTube.com/MarkDice

MarkDice.com



1

Associated Press “Boy band founder to plead guilty in $300M suit” (March 4th 2008)

2

Plato, Laws 700-701a. cited in Wellesz, p. 395

3 Plato

Laws III 700-701, from Great Books volume 7: 675-676.

Benjamin Jowett (trans.), The Republic of Plato (Oxford Clarendon Press, 1888): 88.

4

BrainyQuote.com

5

Quoted in Shapiro, An Encyclopedia of Quotations about Music (1978)

6

BrainyQuote.com

7

Joseph Goebbels speech on February 9, 1934

8

9

Los Angeles Times “We're Listening, Ted” by Jane Hall (April 03, 1994)

10

Los Angeles Times “Film Makers Are Missing Their Social Purpose” (May 02, 1988)

11

Cited in Hollywood vs. America by Michael Medved page 39

12

iTunes Biography for Eddy Manson in iTunes Preview

Pertaining to William S. Burroughs (1914–1997), American novelist, poet, essayist and performer, a primary figure of the Beat Generation. 13

14

LA Style p139 (December 1991)

15

Entertainment Weekly Article by Alan J Pakula page 51 (8/30/90)

16

Changall, David - Oliver Stone Stone quoted in Surviving the Media Jungle p.141 (1996)

17

LaVey, Anton - The Devil’s Notebook page 86



Lichter, Lichter & Rotman Public Opinion 1/83 p55

18

19

Network (1976) written by Paddy Chayefsky, starring Peter Finch

20

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 37-38

21

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 47-48

22

Bernays, Edward – Propaganda page 63

23

Orwell, George – Nineteen Eighty-Four page 187

24

New York Times “Group of Girls Puff at Cigarettes as a Gesture of Freedom” (April 1, 1929)

25

BBC “John Lennon FBI papers released” (December 20, 2006)

26

Bagdikian, Ben - The New Media Monopoly page 8

27

Bagdikian, Ben - The New Media Monopoly page 11

28

Bagdikian, Ben - The New Media Monopoly page 5

29

Postman, Neil - Amusing Ourselves To Death page 16

30

The term “Huxleyan” refers to Aldous Huxley and his famous novel A Brave New World.

31

Postman, Neil - Amusing Ourselves To Death page 155-156

32

FoundationCenter.org “The Rockefeller Foundation”

San Francisco Chronicle “Eugenics and the Nazis - the California connection” by Edwin Black (November 9, 2003) 33



Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Government Operations With Respect to Intelligence Activities. April 1976. pp. 191–201 34

Thomas Braden, interview included in the Granada Television program, World in Action: The Rise and Fall of the CIA (1975) 35

Final Report of the Select Committee to Study Government Operations With Respect to Intelligence Activities. April 1976. 36

37

YouTube “CIA Admits Using News To Manipulate the USA” (1975)

Bloomberg “What Gloria Steinem, Henry Kissinger Have in Common: CIA Pay” by Charles Trueheart (February 22, 2008) 38

39

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 112

40

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 112

41

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 113

42

Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 112

43

Orwell, George – Nineteen Eighty-Four page 38

Not available in stores, but in stock at Amazon.com or in ebook on Kindle, Nook, iBooks, or Google Play 44

45

Fox News “Hannity” Guest Dick Morris: Conspiracy Theorists are Right (March 30th 2009)

46

YouTube “The truth behind hip-hop” by G Craig Lewis

Forbes “The Forbes Five: Hip-Hop's Wealthiest Artists 2011” by Zack O'Malley Greenburg (3/09/201) 47

MTV.com “Jay-Z: President Obama Was Playing The Blueprint When I Called Him” by Jayson Rodriguez (Feb 19 2010) 48



49

Crowley, Aleister – Magick: In Theory and Practice p.95-96

50

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 31

51

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 40

52

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 41

53

Crowley, Aleister – The Book of The Law page 47

54

MTV.com “Jay-Z Calls His Way With Words The ‘Rain Man Flow’”by Gigi Abrantes (8/28/09)

MTV.com “Jay-Z, Dame Dash Sell Roc-A-Fella Records; Jay Named Def Jam Prez” by Rashaun Hal (Dec 8 2004) 55

BlokTV “Jaz-O Interview part 2 Says Jay-Z is affiliated with secret societies that engage in homosexuality” (posted to YouTube December 7, 2010) 56

57

Ibid

58

Associated Press “Jay-Z ends ‘worst retirement in history’” (9/14/2006)

Techdirt.com “Jay-Z Explains He Is ‘Honored’ To Have His Work Remixed By Others” by Mike Masnick (November 19th 2010) 59

60

YouTube “Jay-Z Making ‘Lucifer’” (posted September 11th 2008)

ThisIs50.com “Letter from the Pen: Prodigy Takes Shots at Rell, Rick Ross, and Names His Favorite 40 MC’s” (March 8, 2009) 61

Billboard.com “Jay-Z Speaks Out in Obama Campaign Ad” by David Greenwald (October 15, 2012) 62

63

Hot 97 FM New York “The Angie Martinez Show” Interview with Jay-Z



MTV.com “Jay-Z, Kanye West, Alicia Keys Make Time’s List Of Most Influential People” by James Montgomery (Apr 11, 2005) 64

65

“Sailing not Selling” by Jhene Aiko featuring Kanye West

66

CBS Los Angeles “Happy Father’s Day! Kanye Gives Jay-Z $34,000 Golden Skull” (June 28, 2012)

Eonline.com “Pregnant Kim Kardashian: ‘I Don’t Want to Be Married to Kris Humphries When I Have the Baby’” by Natalie Finn (February 6, 2013) 67

68

Kourtney and Kim Take Miami on the E! Channel

New York Daily News “Kim Kardashian’s $1,500 ‘vampire facial’ is a Hollywood hit that promises younger, firmer-looking skin” by Nicole Lyn Pesce (March 12, 2013) 69

70

Instagram.com/KimKardashian (April 5th 2013)

YouTube.com/LilWayneVEVO “Love Me by Lil Wayne ft. Drake, Future” (posted February 14th 2013) 71

72

MediaTakeOut.com “Out of the Closet?” (August 05, 2011)

73

Bossip.com “Original Footage Of Lil Wayne & Baby Kissing On Rap City Circa 2002!”

74

BET “106 & Park” Lil Wayne and Baby Kiss on the Lips

75

Ibid

76

VLADTV “Fat Joe thinks the Gay Mafia Controls Hip-Hop” (November 7th 2011)

77

Rolling Stone “Clive Davis Comes Out in New Memoir” by David Browne (February 19, 2013)

78



The Howard Stern Show – Suge Knight Calls Dr. Dre Gay (2012)

DiaryofaHollywoodStreetking.com Interview: “Professor Griff Reveals What He Believes is Responsible for Hip Hop’s Demise!” by Jacky Jasper 79

Ibid

80

ABC News Nightline “Actor Corey Feldman Says Pedophilia No. 1 Problem for Child Stars, Contributed to Demise of Corey Haim” By Steven Baker and David Wright (August 10, 2011) 81

82

Washington Post “Web Site Cites Bush-Riggs Link” by Kathleen Day” Page E02 (May 15, 2004)

83

CBS News “Skull and Bones” by Rebecca Leung (February 11, 2009)

84

San Francisco Chronicle “The Chosen Few: S.F.’s exclusive clubs carry on traditions of fellowship, culture, and discrimination” by Adair Lara (July 18, 2004)

Phillips, Peter - A Relative Advantage: Sociology of the San Francisco Bohemian Club. A Doctoral Dissertation (1994) Page 127 85

86

Cirlot, J.E. – The Dictionary of Symbols Page 235-236

87

Dark Secrets Inside Bohemian Grove (2000) by Alex Jones

88

RT America “Alex Jones on gay rituals of Bohemian Grove” (July 15th 2011)

Spin “The Real Rick Ross Would Like His Name Back Now, Please” by Brandon Soderberg (August 31, 2012) 89

90

Ibid.

91

Rick Ross’s “9 Piece” featuring T.I.

92

Rolling Stone “Rick Ross Cancels Tour Dates Over Gang Threats” (December 7th 2012)

Los Angeles Times “Rick Ross crashes car after gunshots fired in Florida” by August Brown (January 28, 2013) 93



94

Manly P. Hall, 33rd Degree Mason in Lectures on Ancient Philosophy page 433

95

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 697

96

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 104-105

97

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 321

98

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 102

99

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 213

100

Pike, Albert – Morals and Dogma page 103

101

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic

102

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic page 316

103

Crowley, Aleister – Magick: In Theory and Practice page 193

104

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic p. 7-8

105

Levi, Eliphas - Transcendental Magic p. 307

106

Lavey, Anton – The Satanic Bible page 145

107

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages page 316

108

Cirlot, J.E. – Dictionary of Symbols p. 295

109

Hall, Manly P. – The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 327

110



Levi, Eliphas – Transcendental Magic p. 237

Richmond Times-Dispatch “June trial set for would-be rapper accused of malicious wounding” by Bill McKelway (March 15, 2013) 111

112

Ibid

113

Ibid

Richmond Times-Dispatch “Henrico jury finds aspiring rapper guilty in shooting” by Liz Sawyer (June 27, 2013) 114

News 10 KXTV Sacramento “Parents concerned after unusual outburst at south Sacramento school” (May 11, 2013) 115

116

Ibid

117

Ibid

News9.com “Suspect Mentioned Satanic Cult While Holding Toddler Hostage At MWC Walmart” (Jun 19, 2013) 118

119

Ibid

120

Revelation chapter 17

HopHopDX “Azealia Banks Pulls New Single After Producer Denies Permission” by Sean Ryon (September 25, 2012) 121

122

TMZ “Senator Marco Rubio: Lil Wayne Ain’t No Tupac” (2-26-13)

123

Ibid

124

YouTube “2pac Talks about the Illuminati (He Did Not Believe)”

125



TMZ “Gunplay PULLS GUN on Accountant ... CAUGHT ON TAPE” (10-13- 2012)

Miami.cbslocal.com “Armed Robbery Charges Dropped Against Miami Rapper Gunplay” (2-252013) 126

XXL Magazine “Rapper Gunplay Tweets That Sandy Hook Shooting Was Gov’t Conspiracy To ‘Take Our Guns Away’” by Andrew Kirell (December 26th, 2012) 127

128

Ibid

Vice.com “Gunplay Taught Me About The Secret World Government” by Drew Millard (Jul 2, 2012) 129

130

Ibid

131

Osinski, Bill - UnGodly: A True Story of Unprecedented Evil (2007)

ThisIs50.com “Letter from the Pen: Prodigy Takes Shots at Rell, Rick Ross, and Names His Favorite 40 MC’s” (March 8, 2009) 132

133

Ibid

BallerStatus.com “Prodigy Calls Obama ‘A Phony’ And ‘A Puppet’” by Allen Starbury and Rohit Loomba (June 5, 2008) 134

PsychCentral.com “Denial is the refusal to accept reality or fact, acting as if a painful event, thought or feeling did not exist. It is considered one of the most primitive of the defense mechanisms because it is characteristic of early childhood development.” 135

136 LA

Weekly “The Shit Storm” by Robert Christgau (1989)

137

Professor Griff. Analytixz: 20 Years of Conversations and Enter-views with Public Enemy’s Minister of Information. Atlanta: RATHSI Publishing, 2009, p. 12

138

LA Times “J. Cole gets off sidelines with album, Grammy nomination” (December 19, 2011)

139



Hot 93.7 “J. Cole Talks The ‘Illuminati’ & Who He’s Crushing On” (April 9, 2013)

140

J. Cole “Villuminati” track on Born Sinner album (2013)

141

HipHopDX “Jay-Z Signs Jay Electronica To Roc Nation” by Omar Burgess (November 13, 2010)

Daily Mail “Rothschild heiress’s marriage to Goldsmith scion is over... after she falls for a rapper called Jay Electronica” by Katie Nicholl (June 2nd 2012) 142

143

The Independent “Obituaries: Amschel Rothschild” byJames Fergusson (July 11th 1996)

New York Times “Rothschild Bank Confirms Death of Heir, 41, as Suicide” by Yousseff M. Ibrahim (July 12, 1996) 144

Rotberg, The Founder, pp. 101, 102. & Niall Ferguson, The House of Rothschild: The World’s Banker, 1848–1998, Penguin Books, 2000 145

146

http://www.whitehouse.gov/about/presidents/williamjclinton

147

SOHH.com “Jay Electronica Threatens Billionaire” by Cyrus Langhorne (June 22, 2012)

XXL Magazine “Jay Electronica’s Album to Feature Jay-Z, Kanye West and Diddy” by mlelinwalla (July 30th 2012) 148

YouTube Interview “The Game won't talk Illuminati & Says We Are All Going to Die in 2012” (Uploaded Aug 22, 2011) 149

150

TMZ “The Game Booted From Lil Wayne's Bday After Club Brawl” (9-29-2012)

151

EOnline.com “Rapper Game Gets Barack Obama Tattoo” by Bruna Nessif (March 13, 2013)

FoxNews.com “Rapper The Game’s gangbanger Jesus CD cover offends some Christians” by Hollie McKay (December 14, 2012) 152

153

Power 106 FM “Big Boy’s Neighborhood”

154



TrendHunter.com “50 Cent Busted For Fibs About Ferrari Collection” (Nov 19, 2007)

155

Rap Basement “50 With Rick Ross Baby Momma ‘His Jewelry Is Rented’ (February 2, 2009)

156

YouTube “Ameer Records Own The Phantom Donk”

157

93.7 WBLK “A$AP Rocky Talks Illuminati & God” (March 11, 2013)

158

Role Model from Slim Shady LP

159

Salon.com “Eminem’s dirty secrets” by M.L. Elrick (July 25th 2000)

160

I’m Back - Track 10 on The Marshall Mathers LP

161

Kim from The Marshall Mathers LP

Daily Record (Scotland) ‘EMINEM' KILLER’ Fan murdered student after she fell for him as he sang rapper’s hits at karaoke night” by Richard Elias (December 2, 2005) 162

163

Toronto Star “Murder mimicked favorite lyrics, trial told” by Carola Vyhnak (November 5, 2009)

164

News.telegraph.co.UK “Eminem lyrics are blamed for sex attack” by Nigel Bunyan (8-29-2002)

165

Ibid

166

Ibid

Los Angeles Times “Son of rap producer Dr. Dre found dead; Andre Young Jr. was 20” by Andrew Blankstein and Chris Lee (August 26, 2008) 167

CBS Los Angeles “Ex-LAPD Detective Says He Knows Who Killed Tupac, Biggie Smalls” (October 8, 2011) 168

169

The Smoking Gun “Suge Knight Back In The Can” (December 1, 2002)

170



Washington Post “Like Knight and Day?” by Teresa Wiltz (June 17, 2007)

171

Las Vegas Sun “Cops’ case against ‘Suge’ Knight stalled” by Abigail Goldman (Oct. 31, 2008)

172

Ibid

NY Daily News “Suge Knight, Death Row Records CEO, arrested by swarm of LAPD officers” by Stephanie Gaskell (May 20th 2010) 173

174

Forbes “Hip-Hop’s Wealthiest Artists 2013: Sean ‘Diddy’ Combs ($580 million)

175

Billboard.com “Driver Testifies At Puff Daddy Trial” (February 14th 2001)

176

MTV.com “Shyne Sentenced To 10 Years In Prison” by Brian Hiatt (June 1, 2001)

177

Rolling Stone “500 Greatest Albums of All Time” (2012)

CBS News “Lauryn Hill, Grammy Award-winning singer, sentenced to three months in prison for tax evasion” (May 6, 2013) 178

179

Rolling Stone “Lauryn Hill Responds to Tax Evasion Charges” (June 11, 2012)

180

Ibid

181

DSM-IV “Diagnostic Criteria for Oppositional Defiant Disorder”

Rolling Stone “Ice Cube on Mitt Romney: ‘It’s Astonishing That People Are Buying That’” by Jon Blistein (November 1, 2012) 182

183

Ibid

184

The Guardian “Chillin’ with Cube” (February 24, 2000)

NigeriaFilms.com “Charly Boy Reacts To Gay Allegation Story” by Osaremen Ehi James (May 28, 2012) 185

186

Ibid



187

Ibid

188

Rolling Stone “Tyler the Creator” by Jon Dolan (May 10, 2011)

189

AllMusic.com “Tyler the Creator Review” by David Jeffries

190

Slant Magazine “Tyler the Creator Review” by Huw Jones (May 6, 2011)

Now Magazine Volume 30 Number 37 “Tyler, The Creator – Goblin” by Joshua Errett (May 12-19, 2011) 191

192

Los Angeles Times “Album review: Tyler, the Creator’s ‘Goblin’” (May 10, 2011)

MTV.ca “Odd Future React to MTV News Suggesting They are Part of the Illuminati” by David Robert (April 18, 2012) 193

194 CS

Moniter “Election results 2012: Who won it for Obama?” by Peter Grier (November 7, 2012)

195 CNN

“Is Obama taking black vote for granted?” by Shannon Travis (July 13, 2012)

196 Hot

97 “Big Boi stops by the Cipha Sounds And Peter Rosenberg Morning Show with K. Foxx” (November 14, 2012)

197

Power 105.1 “The Breakfast Club” (March 21, 2013)

198

Barber-Schools.org “Killer Mike’s Barber Shop in Atlanta, GA” (July 2, 2012)

199

VladTV “Talib Kweli Calls Jay-Z Illuminati Rumors a Distraction” (May 21st 2013)

200

Ibid

USA Today “Rapper Lupe Fiasco calls Obama ‘biggest terrorist’” by Arienne Thompson ( June 8, 2011) 201



London Telegraph “168 children killed in drone strikes in Pakistan since start of campaign” by Rob Crilly (August 11, 2011) 202

Billboard “Lupe Fiasco on Calling Obama a Terrorist: ‘I've Got Nothing to Clarify’” (June 9th 2011) 203

204

CBS “The Late Show with David Letterman” (January 2nd 2008)

Hollywood Reporter “Lupe Fiasco Sings Anti-Obama Song, Rushed Off Stage at Inaugural Event” by Jordan Zakarin (1/21/2013) 205

206

CNN.com “Rumsfeld rejects Amnesty’s ‘gulag’ label” (June 1, 2005)

207

BBC “Q&A: Guantanamo detentions” (April 30th 2013)

FoxNews.com “US names Guantanamo Bay prisoners designated for indefinite detention” (June 17, 2013) 208

The New Yorker “Torture at Abu Ghraib: American soldiers brutalized Iraqis” by Seymour M. Hersh (May 10, 2004) 209

Occupy Unmasked (2012) directed by Stephen K. Bannon and produced by David Bossie. Distributed by Magnolia Pictures 210

The Urban Daily “N.O.R.E On The Illuminati: ‘There Is A Door You Have To Walk Through’” by Jerry L. Barrow (March 20, 2013) 211

212

Blavatsky, H.P. - The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 237

213

Blavatsky, H.P. - The Secret Doctrine v. II p. 513

214

Hall, Manly P. - The Secret Teachings of All Ages p. 272

215



Bailey, Alice - Externalization of The Hierarchy p. 107

Hip Hop Wired “Hopsin Speaks On Idol Worship and The Illuminati” by Joseph Poakwa (October 2, 2012) 216

217

Ibid

218

CBS News “W. House Molded EPA's 9/11 Reports” (September 10, 2009)

219

WeAreChange.org

220

The Obama Deception (2009) produced by Alex Jones

Hip Hop Wired “Christian Rapper Bizzle Sends Justified Shots To Jay-Z’s So Called ‘Throne’...Find Out Why” by tffhthewriter (August 26, 2011) 221

222

Ibid

223 BallerStatus.com

“Q&A: Saigon Talks Industry Woes, The Illuminati & Music Stars’ Death Conspiracies” by Zac Shull (November 21, 2012)

224

Ibid

225

Ibid

226 HipHopDX

“Saigon Is Released From Atlantic Records” by Andreas Hale (May 21, 2008)

BallerStatus.com “Q&A: Saigon Talks Industry Woes, The Illuminati & Music Stars’ Death Conspiracies” by Zac Shull (November 21, 2012) 227

228

Ibid

229

Ibid

TV by Numbers “List of How Many Homes Each Cable Networks Is In - Cable Network Coverage Estimates As Of August 2013” by Robert Seidman (August 23rd, 2013) 230



231

USA Today “From BET to hotels to banking, Johnson keeps moving forward” (4/12/2006)

232

Daily Beast “Sheila Johnson Slams BET” (April 29, 2010)

Tampa Bay Times “Coretta Scott King Coverage: What Does it Take to Get BET's Attention?” by Eric Deggans (February 7, 2006) 233

234

Cartoon Network “The Boondocks: Return of the King” (2006)

235

Orwell, George - Nineteen Eighty-Four page 63

236

Orwell, George Nineteen Eighty-Four page 187

237

Orwell, George Nineteen Eighty-Four page 187

238

  Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 111

Most soda brands don’t use sugar anymore, and instead use high fructose corn syrup as a substitute to obtain the sweetness that so many people guzzle on a daily basis. 239

The Independent “What’s new Pussycat? Nicole Sherzinger on being a global pop star and conquering an eating disorder” (March 10th 2013) 240

People Magazine “Beyoncé Shows Off $5M Wedding Ring” by Antoinette Y. Coulton (09/06/2008) 241

242

Time Magazine “Times 100 Most Influential People” (April 2013)

243

Forbes “Hollywood’s Top-Earning Couples” by Lacey Rose (11/19/2008)

244

Forbes “Hollywood’s Top-Earning Couples” by Dorothy Pomerantz (1/12/2010)

245

Washington Post “Beyonce’s baby: Blue Ivy and what’s in her name” by Jen Chaney (01/09/2012)

246

Yahoo Sports “Did Beyonce flash an Illuminati sign?” by Jay Busbee (February 4, 2013)



The Blaze “Did Beyoncé Flash an Illuminati Symbol During Super Bowl Halftime Show?” (February 4, 2013) by Liz Klimas 247

248

YouTube.com/ATLAHWorldwide “Beyonce Ain’t no Billie Holiday” (February 2nd 2013)

249

TMZ “Russell Simmons: The Illuminati Doesn’t Exist” (2-7-2013)

250

Ibid

MTV.com “Jay-Z, Dame Dash Sell Roc-A-Fella Records; Jay Named Def Jam Prez” by Rashaun Hal (Dec 8, 2004) 251

252

CNN “Russell Simmons: Getting rich is so simple” by Tania Padgett (April 26, 2011)

253

MTV.com “Destiny’s Child’s Long Road To Fame” by Gil Kaufman (June 13, 2005)

254

Forbes “The World’s 25 Highest-Paid Musicians of 2012”

Time Magazine “The World’s 100 Most Influential People: 2012” by Stella McCartney (April 18, 2012) 255

256

American Idol “Rihanna performs her hit, ‘Where Have You Been’ at the Season 11 Finale”

939Kissfm.com “Chris Brown Creates Rih-Rih & Breezy Shirt For His Clothing Line Black Pyramid” 257

258

The Guardian “American Idol outvotes the president” by Mark Sweney (May 26, 2006)

Daily Mail “French government drops support for director Roman Polanski as he faces extradition to the U.S.” by Peter Allen (October 1st 2009) 259

260

IMDB “Awards for ‘The Pianist’” (2002)

261

Merriam Webster Dictionary definition



Washington Post “Nicki Minaj performs with tiny ‘Super Bass’ video stars on ‘The Ellen DeGeneres Show” (10/13/2011) 262

The Advocate “Nicki Minaj Admits She Lied About Being Bisexual” by Diane Anderson-Minshall (September 5, 2012) 263

264

NBC Bay Area “Lady GaGa Entertains Thousands At Palm Springs White Party” (April 14, 2009)

265

ABC News 20/20 “Barbara Walters Most Fascinating People of 2009” (2009)

266

NBC “Saturday Night Live: Digital Short: 3-Way (The Golden Rule)” (May 21, 2011)

267

ABC “The Jimmy Kimmel Show” Interview with Lady Gaga

268

New York Post “Lady Gaga on her cocaine use: ‘The drug was my friend’” (May 4, 2012)

269

MTV.com “Lady GaGa: ‘Isn't That An Illuminati Ritual?’” (June 28, 2010)

270

Ibid

271

Ibid

272

The Daily Telegraph “Lady Gaga in Satanic blood bath claim” (January 04, 2012)

273

Ibid

274

The Sun “Lady GaGa’s Aupopsy” (June 23rd 2010)

275

Forbes “Lady Gaga’s Newest Record: 15 Million Twitter Followers” (10/28/2011)

276

As of August 2013

277

MIX96 KYMX “6 Crazy Facts About Ke$ha” (April 15, 2013)



278

NME.com “Ke$ha 'drinks blood from a heart' in Sydney stunt” (March 16, 2011)

New York Daily News “Ke$ha reveals she drank her own urine in an effort to ‘be healthy’ in MTV documentary ‘My Crazy Beautiful Life’” by Zayda Rivera (February 14, 2013) 279

280

MSN “Only Ke$ha is creepy enough to make her bras out of fans’ teeth” (11/23/2012)

281

MSN “Ke$ha reveals she's had ghost sex; celebrity gossip hits weird new low” (9/27/2012)

282

The Today Show (November 20, 2012)

New York Daily News “Ke$ha’s ‘Die Young’ pulled off radio after Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting” by Rheana Murray and David Hinckley (December 18th 2012) 283

284

CMU “Ke$ha removes revealing fan photos from memoirs on legal grounds” (December 10, 2012)

New York Daily News “Ke$ha: ‘I knew everything about sex before I was even seven’ by Shari Weiss (January 18, 2011) 285

RyanSeaCrest.com “WORLD PREMIERE: Listen to Ke$ha’s New Single ‘Die Young’ [AUDIO]” (September 25, 2012) 286

287

Ibid

New York Daily News “Miley Cyrus admits to making drug reference in ‘We Can’t Stop’: ‘You know what I’m up to’” by Chiderah Monde (July 22, 2013) 288

289

RockGenius.com “Miley Cyrus: We Can’t Stop (Lyrics)”

290

Eonline.com “The Biebs Hits Victoria’s Secret Fashion Show 2012”

Hollywood Reporter “Madonna Moons the Audience During Her Rome Concert (Video)” by Elizabeth Snead (6-13-2012) 291

292

CBS News “Janet’s Bared Breast A PR Stunt?” (December 5, 2007)



293

Mirror “Madonna’s £562,600 regime to look young” (July 6th 2010)

Los Angeles Times “The Kabbalah Centre in Los Angeles is the focus of an IRS investigation into tax evasion” by Harriet Ryan (May 06, 2011) 294

MTV.com “Madonna Makes Peace With Deadmau5 After Ultra ‘Molly’ Comments” by Gil Kaufman (March 27, 2012) 295

Washington Post “Madonna uses day on Twitter to settle beef with deadmau5” by Sarah Anne Hughes (03/27/2012) 296

ABC News “Madonna Talks New Album and Super Bowl Performance on ‘The Tonight Show’” (January 31, 2012) 297

MTV.com “Christina Aguilera’s ‘Not Myself Tonight’ Recalls Her ‘Dirrty’ Days” by Gil Kaufman (April 30, 2010) 298

299

HipHollywood.com “YouTube Presents: An Interview with Katy Perry”

US Weekly “Katy Perry: Russell Brand Announced His Divorce Plans With a Text Message” by Nicole Eggenberger (June 18, 2013) 300

301

The Sun “My girl Katy Perry is a devil child” by Pete Samson (May 2nd 2013)

302

ABC News “Katy Perry Jokes About ‘Sesame Street’ Ban” (09/27/2010)

USA Today “Katy Perry sports minidress with Obama campaign slogan” by Alison Maxwell (November 4, 2012) 303

304

Katy Perry, Lukasz Gottwald, Max Martin, and Cathy Dennis

ABC News “Pastors' Daughter Turns Pseudo-Lesbian Pop Princess” by Sheila Maikar (June 27, 2008) 305

306

Associated Press “Boy band founder to plead guilty in $300M suit” (March 4th 2008)



Sunday Mirror “Spielberg Stalker in Mind-Bug Game” by MacKenzie, D (October 20, 2002).page 16. 307

Union Tribune “Stalking suspect to undergo more psychological tests” by Mark Sauer (December 31, 2002) 308

DeCamp, John - The Franklin Cover-Up: Child abuse, Satanism, and Murder in Nebraska page 105 309

PW.org (Poets & Writers) “In Memory of Hunter S. Thompson: Postcard From Louisville, Kentucky” by Nickole Brown (posted 4.15.05) 310

Washington Times “Homosexual Prostitution inquiry ensnares VIPs with Reagan, Bush” (June 29, 1989) 311

Radio Interview - A Closer Look with Michael Corbin (April 12, 2005)

312

The Washington Post – “Bohemian Grove: Where the rich and powerful go to misbehave” by Elizabeth Flock (6-15-2011) 313

314

Billboard.com “Korn Talks ‘Path of Totality’: Video Track-By-Track” (December 2011)

YouTube “Lead singer of Korn, Jonathan Davis, endorses Ron Paul” by Miles Scovern (March 17th 2012) 315

MTV.com “Brian ‘Head’ Welch Explains Why He Left Korn Guitarist had become sick of ‘chasing the almighty buck.’” by James Montgomery (February 25th 2005) 316

World Net Daily “Fast and Furious called false flag against gun dealers” by Taylor Rose (04/03/2013) 317

Billboard.com “Megadeth’s Dave Mustaine Doubles Down on Government Shooting Claims” by Billboard Staff (August 17, 2012) 318

Infowars.com “Obama Administration Caught Running False Flag Against Second Amendment” by Paul Joseph Watson (June 24, 2011) 319



San Francisco Chronicle “Bohemian Grove commando found guilty” by Kelly St. John (April 17, 2002) 320

321

Ibid

322

The Telegraph “The Eagles: we’re lucky to be alive” by Neil McCormick (November 1st 2007)

Scoop “Don Henley Slams Bush & Iraq War In Thailand” by Richard S. Ehrlich (October 14, 2004) 323

324

CMU Daily “On the Inside” (October 13th 2006)

Kroq “Muse’s Matt Bellamy: ‘I Don’t Want People Using Our Music For Strange, Obscure Political Movements’” (January 30, 2013) 325

326

Ibid

NME “Muse's Matt Bellamy says he no longer thinks 9/11 was an ‘inside job’” (September 24, 2012) 327

The government claims the facility has been shut down as of 2013, and has always denied it was a weapon of any kind. 328

329

Q “Best Live Act” (October 6th 2009)

330

Virgin Radio “Most Wanted with Ben Jones” (February 2nd 2008)

331 YouTube.com/UChicago

“Harvey Levin Talks about Privacy and the Media with University of Chicago Law Students” [0:36:42] (October 21st 2010)

332

Songfacts.com

333

Los Angeles Times “Building the Beast” by Robert Hilburn (April 20, 1997)

334

1997 MTV Music Awards



MTV.com “Marilyn Manson Sued: Keyboardist Claims Rocker Spent Band Money On Drugs, Nazi Artifacts” by Chris Harris (August 2, 2007) 335

Side Line Magazine “Marilyn Manson is a fraudulous nazi artifacts collector says former bandmember” (6/08/07) 336

337

VH1 “Marilyn Manson Blamed For Columbine Shootings” by Kate Spencer (August 8th 2008)

338

World Net Daily “‘Do you believe in God?’” (04/26/1999)

339

Wikinews “Interview with Church of Satan high priest Peter H. Gilmore” (November 5th 2007)

340

McCollum v. CBS and Waller v. Osbourne

341

100.7 WZLX Classic Rock “Ozzy Osbourne: 12 Crazy True Rock Star Stories”

342

The Guardian “Lord of the wings” Observer Music Monthly by Barbara Ellen (May 19, 2007)

343

Listed at FindLaw.com: 202 Cal.App.3d 989, McCollum v. CBS, Inc., 12 July 1988. No. B025565

344

Waller v. Osbourne

345

Crowley, Aleister – Magick: In Theory and Practice p.95-96

Daily Record “I was stoned every day while filming The Osbournes, admits Ozzy Osbourne” by Rick Fulton (May 4 2009) 346

Daily Mail “Sharon Osbourne bonds with her rarely seen daughter Aimee on Hawaii beach” (June 30, 2011) 347

348

Ibid

St. Petersburg Times “High profile couple never pairs church and state” by Mary Jacoby (December 13, 1998) 349



350

March 17, 1985- at the murder scene of victim Dayle Okazaki

351

Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey page 218

352

Barton, Blanche - The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey page 219

353

Barton, Blanche – The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey page 133

354

Spin Magazine (January 1998 issue)

355

FBI 2011 National Gang Threat Assessment – Emerging Trends page 22

356

FBI 2011 National Gang Threat Assessment – Emerging Trends page 22-23

357

Interview on ICP’s App about “Forever” Music Video

358

Washington Post “Woodstock ‘99 Goes Up in Smoke” by Alona Wartofsky (July 27, 1999)

359

Live From Woodstock ’99 – Limp Bizkit

360

Entertainment Weekly “Right Said Fred” by Gary Susman (February 13, 2002)

Entertainment Weekly “Fred Durst says the reason Limp Bizkit isn’t around is because you don’t love Limp Bizkit enough” by Kyle Anderson (Aug 17, 2012) 361

362

The Dixie Chicks – “Goodbye Earl”

363

HBO “Chris Rock: Bring the Pain” (1996)

364

Postman, Neil, – The End of Education

365



Robison, John – Proofs of a Conspiracy p. 111

CHILDREN, VIOLENCE, AND THE MEDIA: A Report for Parents and Policy Makers Senate Committee on the Judiciary, Senator Orrin G. Hatch, Utah, Chairman, Committee on the Judiciary, Prepared by Majority Staff Senate Committee on the Judiciary September 14, 1999 366

367

USA Today (April 11, 1995)

368

Orwell, George – Nineteen Eighty-Four page 21

369

LaVey, Anton – The Devil’s Notebook page 86

370

2 Timothy 3:1-4

371

Sophist Society “Paradox of Hedonism” (May 4th 2011)

372

BrainyQuote.com

373

Frankl, Victor – Man’s Search For Meaning: Author’s Preface to the 1984 Edition page 12

Psychology Today “The Halo Effect in Overdrive” by Kayla Causey and Aaron Goetz in A Natural History of the Modern Mind (July 1st 2009) 374



The

New World Order Facts & Fiction

Mark Dice The Resistance San Diego, CA

The New World Order: Facts & Fiction © 2010 by Mark Dice and The Resistance All Rights Reserved Published by The Resistance San Diego, CA No part of the text within this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form and by any means, graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or by any information storage retrieval system, without the written permission of the publisher and the author. Printed in the United States of America First edition printed in February 2010 Visit www.MarkDice.com

Table of Contents About the Author

Introduction

Calls for a New World Order

World Governed by the Elite Through Occult Secret Societies

Mainstream Media Controlled

High Level Officials and Institutions within the NWO are Above the Law

Immorality and Destructive Behavior is Encouraged

Banking, Money, and Taxes

One World Currency

Population Reduction

One World Religion

A Global Dictator Claiming to be God

Global Police and Military Force

A Nation of Spies

Elimination of the Right to Bear Arms

Elimination of National Sovereignty

Monitoring the Population with Big Brother.

A Medicated and Sedated Population

Science and Technology

Global Warming / Climate Change

Fringe Topics

Conclusion

Footnotes

   

About the Author Mark Dice has loved to read nonfiction books since just after he graduated High School in 1996 as he tried to figure out the world and find his place in it. Some things didn’t quite make sense to him until he learned about the powerful elite private organizations and secret societies that hold the true power in politics, banking, and the media. After countless hours of research Mark has written several books on the subjects of secret societies, Big Brother, and the New World Order. His passion and dedication of educating others has been covered by numerous mainstream media outlets, many of which have simply attacked Mark for his beliefs that a global criminal mafia called the Illuminati operates under the cover of various organizations and manipulate political and financial arenas, slowly eroding the Constitution and America’s sovereignty and leading us into a New World Order. Mark Dice believes that the Illuminati are fulfilling Bible Prophecy by creating a global government called the New World Order, that will one day be the infrastructure that the Antichrist will use to become a global dictator. He also believes that the New World Order promotes immorality, selfishness, materialism, and purposefully aims to keep the population entertained with television and issues of little significance in order to separate them from the political process, thus allowing the Illuminati to operate without much opposition. Whatever religion you are, or if you consider yourself agnostic or atheist, you will find the information Mark brings forth in his writings to be extremely thought provoking and enlightening. Through his books, radio interviews, and YouTube videos, Mark hopes people will become enlightened to the hidden realities of the New World Order, and can more effectively manage their lives after becoming aware of the agendas and mechanisms used to keep people mentally enslaved.

Mark is a nondenominational Christians and has respect for a wide variety of faiths and belief systems. He has a bachelor’s degree in communication and lives in San Diego, California.

Introduction The world is changing at a faster pace every day. New technologies, new social trends, new threats and fears, new governmental regulations and laws, and new media content and entertainment to keep us amused for hours on end. While it is easy to notice the fun and new benefits that this rapidly advancing world has to offer us, we are often too caught up in the moment to notice the things that are falling by the wayside and getting lost to history. “The good old days,” as some call it. With every step that civilization seems to take forward, it also seems to leave behind qualities that are universally accepted as better, but were unable to remain because “times are changing.” One thing that hasn’t changed is basic human nature. If we look back at history, thousands of years ago people were having the same basic struggles that they are having today. Struggles with health, money, and relationships; the three major categories to which nearly every human problem can be traced. Humanity’s needs have not changed, despite the dramatically different landscape and culture we find ourselves living in today. People have always struggled against oppressive and tyrannical leaders who use their power to take advantage of others. People have worked to provide themselves and their family with enough food and shelter so that they can avoid the harsh conditions that life without such things entails. And people have tried to remain healthy and hoped to avoid or cure sickness and disease. History has noted several major life-changing revolutions in mechanics and technology that altered the landscape of societies forever. The agricultural revolution allowed people to grow and store food on a massive scale and sell it to others who, as a result, did not have to grow their own food, leading to labor diversification and specialization. The industrial revolution introduced mechanical devices allowing people to build and use machines that could do the work of hundreds of people and have strength and power beyond what a human workforce could produce, forever altering agriculture, mining, manufacturing, and transportation. The digital revolution, or the information age of computers and mass communication

allowed instant access to information of nearly any kind from around the world with the push of a button. We have also seen humanity grow from tribes to villages, and to cities, states, and countries. Proponents of what is called the New World Order believe that a global government is the next evolutionary step in civilization. While international agreements and cooperation between countries around the world is needed to ensure peace and facilitate economic activities, what is disturbing is that the proponents of the New World Order have been planning and implementing their agreements in secret—often denying such plans were in the works—until agreements were finalized and no public scrutiny was given. The elite groups and individuals involved in this planning see themselves as the rightful masters of the universe and are shaping the world to fulfill their own selfish and twisted desires. Leadership circles throughout history have known how to control large populations of people through various means, many of which are underhanded and ruthless. Fear, threats, propaganda, appeals for blind patriotism and allegiance to the leadership or the country, are all strategies that continue to be used to keep the population as a whole in line and allow the current power structure to continue to operate unopposed. In today’s society, particularly in America, most people simply don’t care about politics or what is happening in Washington DC. There are, however, measurable numbers of those dedicating themselves to watchdog and activist groups who work as a check and balance system to the power structure and sometimes have measurable effects in regards to preventing certain legislation from being passed or fighting to repeal certain laws or practices that have been enacted which are unconstitutional or unfair. While many of these groups and their members mean well, they are often only aware of the tip of the iceberg of what shapes the political landscape. For those who truly seek to understand the power structure of the political world, if they look hard enough, or are lucky enough, they inevitably find the proverbial rabbit hole that leads them to discover the reality that secret societies and elite private organizations largely pull the strings and contain networks of power whose members and policies are directly responsible for

corrupt and unfair legislation, nearly every major war, economic collapses, and other world altering events. Some of these organizations, such as the Council on Foreign Relations, appear on the surface to be some sort of government entity, but in reality are private organizations which yield tremendous influence over the White House and Congress. Other organizations, such as the Bilderberg group and the Skull and Bones society are more secretive, yet when we look at the membership of such organizations and the activities these members have been involved in, it becomes clear that these groups provide the financial, personal, and logistical support to get their agendas to become realities. These agendas are frequently anti-American, unconstitutional, unfair, and completely counter to the interests of the vast majority of the population. The members of these groups put on a face of public servants and fighting for the little people, yet their allegiance is to their wealthy friends and business associates. These organizations are not merely social clubs, but are highly organized, well-funded and motivated policy makers, essentially, who operate without any oversight or checks and balance systems. The activities of such groups should take place in the halls of Congress and be open to public scrutiny, yet they have lurked behind the scenes for decades with little awareness or opposition. After even a minimal amount of investigating and research into the secret societies and private organizations such as Skull and Bones, the Bilderberg group, and the Bohemian Grove, it becomes obvious that the mainstream media is working in collaboration with such organizations in order to do everything in their power to prevent even the mere mentioning of such groups from making it on the airwaves or in print. Surely after over fifty years of Bilderberg group meetings, major television stations and newspapers would at least attempt to cover such an event, but year after year, there is usually not a single mention of it by the establishment press. Speculation and conspiracy theories aside, surely it is at least interesting that such an event occurs with such powerful politicians, business leaders, media moguls, and royalty, and should warrant some kind of coverage. Every time the G-20 meets or a similar economic forum consisting of the leaders of the world’s most powerful countries, it’s the top story around the

world, yet practically the only coverage of the Bilderberg meetings comes from smaller freelance journalists and websites, or perhaps an occasional European newspaper article. Only a fool could claim that such repeated blackouts are because the event is not news worthy. And only a fool can say that there is not a secret agreement between the American mainstream media owners and the Bilderberg group itself, where the two entities have agreed that editors will act as gate-keepers and kill any story by any reporter who even attempts to cover the event. This is largely how the New World Order was able to be created without much opposition. It is only now after the foundation has been built and its construction is near completion that word of such a thing is mentioned publicly, as its secret creators promise it will bring a new era of world peace and prosperity. The New World Order is basically the plan to create a socialist global government headed up by one world leader and a wealthy ruling class of elite politicians and businessmen, and render the rest of the world’s population powerless peasants who are endlessly stuck in the daily grind. Everyone living in the New World Order will use a single global electronic currency, have little to no political power, and have an advanced high-tech surveillance system watching over everyone to keep them in line. Historian Webster Griffin Tarpley explains, “The New World Order is a more palatable name for the Anglo-American world empire. It’s the planetary domination of London, New York, and Washington over the rest of the world. It’s hard to get people to join that or think they have a part in it if you call it the Anglo-American world empire. If you call it the New World Order, then people in India or someplace like that, or the European [i] Union, might think, well, there’s something in there for us too.”

There are other reasons most people haven’t heard of the New World Order until recently, as well. The culture implants ideas of inferiority in us, leading many to believe that they need a new car every five years, and that they need the newest cell phone with the latest features or else they themselves are old fashioned and out of touch with the times. But what shapes the culture and creates these kinds of invisible social pressures on us? It’s largely the mainstream media: The television, films, music and magazines that continuously bombard us with their materialistic and

antisocial self-destructive content. Their carefully crafted messages are absorbed subconsciously by the audience which has no idea that they are essentially Pavlovian dogs being trained how to feel and how to act. The lyrics to a popular song by the 1970s rock band Rush , eloquently illustrates this by saying: We’ve taken care of everything The words you hear, the songs you sing The pictures that give pleasure to your eyes It’s one for all, all for one We work together, common sons Never need to wonder how or why This song, titled The Temple of Syrinx , is sung from the perspective of the rulers of a fictional world where the elite leadership enjoy all the pleasures of life, while the masses of people live in servitude. This book is by no means a complete analysis of the New World Order and the people, institutions, secret societies, and ideologies involved in its creation and control. My book The Resistance Manifesto (2005, 2008) provides a thorough analysis of these issues, and lays a solid foundation of understanding that this book builds upon. This book contains additional material and focuses on more modern issues and activities involving the New World Order. If one has not read The Resistance Manifesto , I strongly advise you to do so as soon as possible, because that book will take you further down the rabbit hole than you can imagine. The Illuminati, the Bohemian Grove, Satanism, the spiritual beliefs, histories, and goals of the secret societies and elite organizations involved in creating and maintaining the New World Order are covered in detail. If you have not yet read the manifesto, do not worry, because your desire to learn the truth about this world will find nourishment with the book that is in your hands. Some of your suspicions will be confirmed with the

information you find within these pages, and some things you will discover will be hard to believe. Once you have fallen down the proverbial “rabbit hole” nothing is as it seems, and it can be difficult at first to determine what is real and what is not. My book The Illuminati: Facts & Fiction has over four hundred pages of information separating some of the wild speculation and fraudulent information from the facts regarding the Illuminati secret society, if you wish to continue on the path of discovery you are now on. In The New World Order , we will look at modern political policies that are being pushed or implemented in regards to the New World Order, as well as various social and cultural issues such as the population reduction agendas of the elite and the destruction of family values and morality that the mainstream media is helping to perpetuate. Other issues involving science and technology such as weather weapons, vaccines, and pharmaceuticals will be addressed as well. Let’s face it, there is plenty to be worried about concerning the New World Order. With the countless examples of declassified government operations and experiments involving chemical and biological agents, advanced technology, false flag terror attacks, COINTELPRO, sabotage, elite politicians involved in occult secret societies and participating in bizarre rituals at the Skull and Bones headquarters in Connecticut or in the forest at the Bohemian Grove, people can get very distraught over this information, and even paranoid. Some of the paranoia is completely understandable. With all of the proven cases of evil and corruption, when someone first hears of yet another instance that is along the same lines, it doesn’t surprise them that such a thing would be happening, and so sometimes they just simply believe it and start passing the information on to their friends and families thinking that it is true. Some of this false information is posted on the Internet by people who really do mean well, and just jump to conclusions about certain news events or rumors they hear, and get all worked up over them, when if they took a calmer approach and spent a little bit of time fact checking they could realize that their initial assumption was incorrect. A small number of people who are interested in learning about the New World Order are mentally ill people, or are prone to mental illness, and the

information they discover in books, videos, and on the Internet, is so overwhelming that they can’t adequately deal with it and it serves as a catalyst sparking their illness. The establishment loves to highlight these rare individuals or others with wildly bizarre views concerning the New World Order, so that they may serve as a straw man as they are presented to a mainstream audience to show that “all” people who talk about the New World Order or secret societies pulling the strings in major world events are “crazy” and should be ignored or ridiculed. To illustrate how people involved in researching this kind of material may jump to conclusions, I will explain two instances involving emails to me or posts on my Facebook page (Facebook.com/MarkDice). One email I received read, “The ATM machine that I use, at the local Quik-Chek convenience store here in northern New Jersey, has read: ‘Temporarily Out of Service’ for the past six days. Is anyone else seeing similar outages?” Clearly this individual is paranoid, thinking that because one ATM is out of service that there must be a national outage as some plot to prevent people from getting cash. Now, in his defense, it certainly is likely that someday large numbers of ATMs in multiple cities, or perhaps the entire country will be out of commission due to a cyber attack, so his fear is not completely unwarranted. The fact that he posted such a question for other Facebook users to give their feedback on to either confirm or deny that such a thing was happening in other cities shows the level of fear and suspicion this person has in his mind. An ordinary person or someone who isn’t so paranoid would have just assumed the machine hadn’t been fixed yet because the high school dropout working at the store making minimum wage couldn’t care less about calling the company to tell them their machine was broken. Another example also comes from my personal Facebook page where a woman posted a comment and also emailed me asking me about a friend request she had gotten from “Nathan Rothschild.” The Rothschild family, for those who don’t know, have long been involved with the elite Illuminati secret society, so when this woman got a friend request from someone with that name, she got a little worried. As it turns out, just as I immediately suspected as soon as I read her email, someone had created a page as a

satire pretending to be Mr. Rothschild and listed references to wanting to take over the world and enslave humanity on the “interests and activities” section. Such a practice is actually fairly common. When this woman was told this by another Facebook friend, she emailed me back telling me not to worry about it and that, “The Rothschild page was just a parody...Jason Bermas told me. Sorry I was freaking out. I didn’t sleep well last night. Maybe tonight will be better. My mind can rest again.” Many people often fear that one day soon they are going to get rounded up by police or military and taken to a FEMA concentration camp because they know too much, or they listen to Alex Jones’ radio show and they’ve been tracked by the government using Carnivore or Echelon, and they’re on a government watch list, or they’ve ordered several books from Amazon.com about the Illuminati or the New World Order, and so now the establishment sees them as a threat. Again, some of their suspicions and fears are justified, yet fears like this tend to be overblown and fanciful. A measurable amount of suspicion and even perhaps worry is healthy, but so is balancing it with skepticism and fact checking. People who find the proverbial rabbit hole often say that they can never look at the world in the same way, or live the same way ever again, but I strongly urge you not to turn your back on other important aspects of your life such as your family, friends, career, and fun hobbies. It is good to be aware of issues that are found within this book, but you must not let them cripple you with fear. By being aware and making others aware in a calm and rational manor, collectively we can help minimize or prevent major injustices from occurring simply due to massive grass roots resistance to such things, but you must guard your mind against becoming paranoid over such things or jumping to conclusions. My goal with this book is to give you the reader tangible evidence of a corrupt and out of control government and what the secret establishment has done, and what they are hoping and planning on doing in the future and how it will affect you. It is also my hope that with the information I bring forth in my books that you the reader can have a better understanding of the who, what, and why in our world, so that you and your family and friends can live more happy,

healthy, and productive lives. It is not my intention to scare you, although some of the information is horrifying. “All I’m offering you is the truth,” as Morpheus told Neo in The Matrix . And what you see will be what was right in front of you the whole time, you just weren’t aware of it until now. What most people think are examples of an out of control bureaucracy, are of little significance compared to the abuses of power and the freedomdestroying policies being implemented by politicians who are bought by the secret establishment. Paying too high of taxes or getting a ticket from a red light camera pale in comparison to the gross injustices that are occurring on a massive scale. Without large numbers of citizens resisting and voicing their disgust over proposed policies, we would be in a much worse situation with far fewer freedoms, but as we are coming to realize, often it doesn’t matter how loud the outcry is against a particular issue, the mainstream media is able to limit the exposure to the masses or attack those voicing the opposition to minimize their effectiveness. We have also found that large numbers of politicians will vote whatever way their owners tell them to, no matter how much they betray the people in their state or districts. The secret establishment offers them more benefits than they could imagine in the form of cash, power, and privileges. Many are compromised and blackmailed into doing what the secret establishment wants. Their extramarital affairs, illegal activities, and personal perversions are often known and documented by the establishment, and when the time arises such things are held over their head and used to coerce them to act in ways that seem contrary to logic. As the pieces of the puzzle are assembled one by one, a clear picture begins to emerge. The corrupt leadership that has weaseled their way to the pinnacles of power are doing their very best to create a New World Order where an untouchable elite is able to live lavish lifestyles and fulfill their every perverted desire, while the majority of the public is being kept occupied and out of the way by issues of celebrity drama or professional sports. The wealthy business titans have worked hand in hand with politicians to ensure that their wealth remains concentrated in the hands of their families for endless generations as they own and control the banks, vast real estate, and the infrastructure society depends on to function.

These men will stop at nothing to maintain their power and wealth, and certainly wouldn’t blink an eye when stealing the retirement savings of good hard working people, encouraging immoral and reckless behavior in society, particularly the youth, or even killing billions of people in a global genocide. This is the New World Order.

Calls for a New World Order It’s interesting that the term, “New World Order,” is not just some idea coined by conspiracy theorists to describe changes in the organization and distribution of wealth and power in the world, but is instead a term used by elitist politicians to describe their own philosophy and plans. We don’t really need a “New World Order” to ease or eliminate world hunger, mass genocide, human trafficking, or political oppression. The elitists who are in power and whose organizations support their power are the ones responsible for such horrific conditions existing on the earth. No all-powerful global government is needed to stop these things. When the term is used by politicians, what they really mean is that they want a larger bureaucracy, bigger government, more regulation, higher taxes, and they want the government to direct and control more aspects of people’s lives. They often include beautiful catchphrases of hope, peace, and change, in with their New World Order dreams, sounding like Miss America contestants wishing to end world hunger or bring about world peace. They are simply good sounding ideas with no real strategies or desire to strive for such changes and are used as a cover story to conceal their true motives. But people like things that are new. New cars, new clothes, new technologies, traveling to new places, and having new experiences. Often something new is appealing simply for the novelty of it, and the experience of change. After all, there is always room for improvement in most people’s lives. Very few people are satisfied with the fact that they have to work until the age of 65, and only enjoy perhaps two weeks of vacation a year and by the time they reach their mid-sixties, may not even have accumulated enough assets or resources to quit working, so claims of prosperous changes and a new era of abundance and economic prosperity always sound good to the average Joe, who is simply a lifetime slave to the system. For decades, a small minority of Americans and people around the world knew of the elite’s plans for a New World Order, and had frequently tried to

warn others that such a plan was in the works. And, for decades, they were frequently ignored or faced with doubts and ridicule, but as time went on, in the late twentieth century and escalating into the twenty-first century, major global political figures had begun publicly mentioning their hopes and plans for a New World Order. Even political pundit and former campaign manager for Bill Clinton, Dick Morris, admitted during an interview on the Fox News Channel that, “Those people who have been yelling the UN [United Nations] is going to take over…global government, they’ve been crazy…but now…they’re [ii] right.”

Barack Obama 44th President of the United States Barack Obama traveled to Berlin, Germany when he was running for President in 2008, where he said, “Tonight, I speak to you not as a candidate for President, but as a citizen — a proud citizen of the United States, and a fellow citizen of the world.” On an appearance on David Letterman’s show, Obama was talking about the problems with the War in Iraq, and said, “the way we’re going to win in the long term is not just militarily…we’ve got to give them a stake in creating the kind of world order that I think all of us would like to see.”

Nancy Pelosi Speaker of the House at the opening of the 110th Congress on January 4th 2007. “Our Founders envisioned a new America driven by optimism, opportunity, and courage. So confident were they in the new America they were advancing, they put on the great seal of the United States, ‘Novus ordo seclorum’—a new order for the ages…This vision has sustained us for more than 200 years, and it accounts for what is best in our great nation: liberty,

opportunity, and justice. Now it is our responsibility to carry forth that vision of a new America.”

George H.W. Bush 41st President of the United States “Out of these troubled times, our fifth objective – a New World Order – can emerge: a new era – freer from the threat of terror, stronger in the pursuit of justice, and more secure in the quest for peace. An era in which the nations of the world, East and West, North and South, can prosper and live in harmony. A hundred generations have searched for this elusive path to peace, while a thousand wars raged across the span of human endeavor. Today that new world is struggling to be born, a world quite different from the one we’ve known.”

Gary Hart Former Senator (D) Colorado and Co-Chair of the CFR Just three days after the 9/11 attacks, the co-chair of the Council on Foreign Relations stated, “There is a chance for the President of the United States to use the disaster…to carry out what his father – a phrase his father used I think only once, and it hasn’t been used since – and that is a New World Order.”

Henry Kissinger Former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger has been intimately involved with nearly every major organization or front group that is behind the push for a New World Order and was originally named the Chairman of the 9/11 Commission by President Bush which was set up to (pretend to) investigate the terrorist attacks on September 11th 2001. Kissinger resigned after widows of 9/11 [iii] victims discovered his business ties with the Bin Laden family.

In an interview on CNBC in February 2009, Kissinger was asked about the problems the new Obama administration was facing regarding the ongoing “War on Terror” and the economic meltdown, where he responded that Obama, “can give new impetus to American foreign policy partly because the reception of him is so extraordinary around the world. His task will be to develop an overall strategy for America in this period when, really, a New World Order can be created. It’s a great opportunity, it isn’t just a crisis.”

Bill Clinton President of the United States from 1993-2001 At the Kennedy Center in Washington D.C., President Bill Clinton was giving a speech which was broadcast on C-Span where he said, “From 1945 and the end of the war through 1989 and the end of the cold war, we had a world view, Republican and Democratic presidents alike, from Harry Truman to George Bush…and after 1989 President Bush said, and it’s a phrase that I often use myself, and that is we need a New World Order.”

Richard Nixon President of the United States from 1969-1974 In the October 1967 edition of Foreign Affairs; (which is the Council on Foreign Relations publication) then president Richard Nixon said that, “The developing coherence of Asian regional thinking is reflected in a disposition to consider problems and loyalties in regional terms, and to evolve regional approaches to development needs and to the evolution of a New World Order.”

Angela Merkel Chancellor of Germany When giving a speech to mark the 20th anniversary of the fall of the Berlin Wall, the German Chancellor Angela Merkel said, “The most important thing, when attempting to overcome barriers, is: Are the nation states ready

and willing to give competencies over to multilateral organizations, no matter what it costs?…This world will not be a peaceful one if we do not [iv] work for more global order and more multilateral cooperation.”

Tony Blair British Prime Minister from 1997-2007 Tony Blair has publicly stated his desire for a New World Order on multiple occasions, once even saying, “There is a New World Order like it or not.” [v]

[vi]

[vii]

He used the term on November 12, 2001

and in 2002

and again [viii]

on January 7, 2003,

just to name a few.

Gordon Brown Prime Minister of England Gordon Brown at the 2009 G-20 meeting in London, England called for a New World Order to save the global economy from the recession sparked in 2008 by the housing collapse. He said, “I think the New World Order is emerging, and with it the foundations of a new and progressive era of international cooperation.”

Pope John Paul II Head of the Catholic Church On January 1, 2001 the pope declared at a service to mark the Roman Catholic Church’s World Day of Peace, that, “More than ever, we need a new international order that draws on the experience and results achieved in these years by the United Nations.” The headline in the London Guardian [ix] read, “Pope Calls for a New World Order.”

World Governed by the Elite Through Occult Secret Societies For anyone who takes an in-depth and unbiased look at the political process and geopolitics, the role of secret societies and elite secretive private organizations masquerading as government entities or committees, truly hold the keys to power and function as a good old boy network consisting of a small number of elite politicians and businessmen who shape the political landscape and who either are the movers and shakers seen in the mainstream media, or are the brains and puppet masters behind those who we view publicly as the popular ones. For a more complete list and analysis of these secret societies and elite organizations, you will find it in this author’s previous book titled, The Resistance Manifesto . You may already be familiar with many of these organizations, but even if this information is completely new to you, you will begin to develop a clear picture of just how the power structure of politics truly looks. Benjamin Disraeli, a British Prime Minister in the 19th century famously stated, “The world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes.” These powerful groups are numerous, such as the Bilderberg group, the Council on Foreign Relations, the Skull and Bones society, the Freemasons, the Bohemian Grove, and more. The Bilderberg group meets once a year under tight security where powerful politicians, bankers, businessmen, media moguls and royalty meet to secretly discuss and disseminate their agenda for the coming months and years. The Council on Foreign Relations, which sounds like a committee in Congress, is actually a private organization used to spread New World Order propaganda and push the Bilderberg’s wishes into law. The Skull and Bones society is a recruiting center at Yale University that operates as a

fraternity which invites college juniors who the organization feels will later rise to positions of power and prestige in their career, and then grooms them and gives them access to the organization’s incredible post-graduate social network. The Bohemian Grove acts as a vacation spot where hundreds of these elite men meet in private in the rural setting of a resort built in a redwood forest grove, where they talk informally without the fear of being quoted in the press. This is also a place where they engage in bizarre rituals and sexual debauchery. The inner circles of many of these organizations often overlap each other with people involved in multiple organizations at the same time. This inner circle of elite leaders is often referred to as the Illuminati, which is a term used to identify this group of organized criminals and means “enlightened ones.” President John F. Kennedy once made a profound and chilling statement about secret societies when speaking to the American Newspaper Publishers Association. Kennedy clearly had intimate knowledge of the workings of the Illuminati and didn’t want to go along with them. Audio of this statement is widely available on the Internet. He said, “The very word ‘secrecy’ is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings.” He continued, “We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it…For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covered means for expanding its sphere of influence, on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerillas by night instead of armies by day.” “It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations, its preparations concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried not headlined, its dissenters are silenced not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”

Several months prior to his assassination, John F. Kennedy had signed Executive Order No. 11110, which attempted to strip the Federal Reserve of their power to loan money to the United States government at interest. Many see this act as the major motive for the Illuminati orchestrating his assassination. More recently, former Presidential candidate congressman Ron Paul stated, “I think there are 25,000 individuals that have used offices of powers, and they are in our Universities and they are in our Congress, and they believe in one world government. And if you believe in one world government, then you are talking about undermining national sovereignty and you are talking about setting up something that you could very well call a [x] dictatorship – and those plans are there.”

The idea of secretive organizations of powerful, wealthy, and intelligent men goes back thousands of years, and should come as no surprise to anyone. What is often surprising is the occult and spiritual nature of some of these modern groups, and the beliefs and rituals that members are involved in. In the ancient past when the human race was largely unaware of science and medicine, advances in these areas were extremely important and held the power of life and death. People were also largely ignorant to the spiritual principles in the world and formulated ideas about God or gods who they believed ruled over them and controlled the weather, seasons, the crops, disease, and other aspects of life. Those intelligent thinkers who pondered the workings of the spiritual world banded together and formed what were called the Mystery Schools, which were essentially secret societies that taught these principles to its members in the form of philosophies, symbols, allegories, and rituals. The preface for The Secret Teaching of All Ages , which is one of the most popular and comprehensive books on the Mystery Schools and their teachings, reads, “It was inevitable that the initiates of the Mysteries should unite themselves against the forces seeking their extinction. Thus, while the secret doctrine with its body of disciples functioned more or less openly in ancient society, it later passed almost completely from public view. This circumstance should not be interpreted as a decline of plan or purpose. The esoteric schools remained as a powerful force for the regeneration of human

institutions…The use of indirect communication was based entirely upon practical considerations. To remain unknown was the best way to prevent a [xi] repetition of the disaster which occurred to the Knights Templar.”

Manly P. Hall, the author of The Secret Teachings of All Ages was under the impression that Mystery Schools in ancient days taught men morals, fairness, and philosophies to make them better people, and were not evil, dangerous, or devious in any way. Hall and some other New Age authors are under the impression that the Mystery Schools had been hijacked and taken over by greedy and immoral men. Certainly it is understandable that the members of such schools who were on the cutting edge of advancing knowledge in science, mathematics, and medicine could develop a superiority complex and use their knowledge and social networks to take advantage of others who were uninformed. Hall believes, “[T]he black magicians of Atlantis continued to exercise their superhuman powers until they had completely undermined and corrupted the morals of the primitive Mysteries. By establishing a sacerdotal [meaning priesthood] caste they usurped the position formerly occupied by the initiates, and seized the reins of spiritual government. Thus black magic dictated the state religion and paralyzed the intellectual and spiritual activities of the individual by demanding his complete and unhesitating acquiescence in the dogma formulated by the priest craft…These sorcerers then began the systematic destruction of all keys to the ancient wisdom, so that none might have access to the knowledge necessary to reach adeptship [xii] without first becoming one of their order.”

Alice Bailey, a famous New Age author in the twentieth century, wrote material openly explaining how occult secret societies held the true power in the world, not to expose their activities with hopes of informing the population, but rather her books were written for elite businessmen, politicians, and spiritual leaders. In her book The Externalization of the Hierarchy , she explains, “The Masonic Movement when it can be divorced from politics and social ends and from its present paralyzing condition of inertia, will meet the need of those who can, and should wield power. It is the custodian of the law; it is the home of the Mysteries and the seat of

initiation. It holds its symbolism the ritual of Deity, and the way of salvation is pictorially preserved in its work. The methods of Deity are demonstrated in its temples, and under the All-seeing Eye the work can go forward. It is a far more occult organization than can be realized, and is intended to be the training school for the coming advanced occultists. In its ceremonials lies hid the wielding of the forces connected with the growth and life of the kingdoms of nature and the unfoldment of the divine aspects [xiii] in man.”

Bailey’s writings and other occultists such as Helena Blavatsky, who wrote The Secret Doctrine (1888) are held in the highest regard by the establishment, and explain the philosophies and plans of elite secret societies quite openly. The information is considered hidden in plain sight and is mostly only found by those who have a desire to join the establishment. Most people, if they even read books at all, are only concerned with the latest pop culture novels anyway, and don’t have the desire, nor the mental capacity to understand the esoteric philosophies and plans that are written openly in occult books, such as Alice Bailey’s or Helena Blavatsky’s. Bailey openly admits, “The Hierarchy directs world events, as far as mankind will permit…the unfolding consciousness may express itself through developing and adequate social, political, religious and economic world forms. They give direction; They throw a light; They impress those who are in contact with Them, and through the inflow of ideas and through [xiv] revelation They definitely influence the tide of human affairs.”

She goes on to write, “The Hierarchy directs and controls, more than is realized, the unfolding cyclic cultures and their resultant civilizations. These can then provide adequate forms, temporarily useful for the emerging soul humanity. The format of cultures and civilizations receives special [xv] attention.”

This Hierarchy that she is talking about is the continuation of the ancient Mystery Schools, such as Freemasonry and the Illuminati.

In the most popular Masonic book ever written, Morals and Dogma , author Albert Pike brags, “The World will soon come to us for its Sovereigns [meaning government leaders] and Pontiffs [meaning religious leaders]. We shall constitute the equilibrium of the Universe, and be rulers over the [xvi]

Masters of the World.”

This book was published in 1872 and is considered the bible of Freemasonry. Freemasonry is often included in discussions about the New World Order, a charge many Masons dispute. Many Freemasons deny any claims that their organization is involved in anything other than charity work, a social club, and a method to teach enlightenment philosophies, but these Masons are either trying to keep the inner circle of Freemasonry from being discussed openly, or are themselves ignorant that the secret society they are a member of has another secret society functioning within. Manly P. Hall, who is considered one of Freemasonry’s greatest philosophers and a 33rd degree mason admits, “Freemasonry is a fraternity within a fraternity—an outer organization concealing an inner brotherhood of the elect…It is necessary to establish the existence of these two separate yet interdependent orders, the one visible and the other invisible. The visible society is a splendid camaraderie of ‘free and accepted’ men enjoined to devote themselves to ethical, educational, fraternal, patriotic, and humanitarian concerns. The invisible society is a secret and most august fraternity whose members are dedicated to the service of a [xvii] mysterious arcanum arcandrum [meaning a secret or a mystery].

In Morals and Dogma Albert Pike reveals that Masons who are “in the know” about the true beliefs and activities of Freemasonry, would never reveal them to anyone. “Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals [emphasis in original] its secrets from all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it [the Mason] calls Light, from [xviii] them, and to draw them away from it.”

Again, those in the lower levels of Freemasonry will deny that the organization is anything more than a fraternity, but Pike and others openly admit that it is a religion. “Every Masonic Lodge is a temple of religion; [xix] and its teachings are instruction in religion.”

The original writings of Adam Weishaupt, the man credited with starting the original Illuminati in Germany in 1776 had his and others secret letters discovered and seized by authorities in 1786 and when they are read, it becomes clear that he formulated specific goals and strategies for his network to occupy positions of power and privilege and operate without the public’s knowledge. His attitude is the same as that reflected in the writings of Albert Pike, although more diabolical because Weishaupt never intended them to be seen by anyone other than Illuminati members. Weishaupt wrote, “I shall therefore press the cultivation of science, especially such sciences as may have an influence on our reception in the world; and may serve to remove obstacles out of the way…Only those who are assuredly proper subjects shall be picked out from among the inferior classes for the higher mysteries…And in particular, every person shall be made a spy on another and on all around him.” “Nothing can escape our sight; by these means we shall readily discover who are contented, and receive with relish the peculiar state-doctrines and religious opinions that are laid before them; and, at last, the trustworthy alone will be admitted to a participation of the whole maxims and political constitution of the Order.” “In a council composed of such members we shall labor at the contrivance of means to drive by degrees the enemies of reason and of humanity out of the world, and to establish a peculiar morality and religion fitted for the great Society of mankind.” Weishaupt never intended his correspondence or network to become public, but in the years that passed, the Illuminati’s philosophies and goals have obviously been carried on by men who share the same vision outlined and developed by Weishaupt in 1776.

In 1966 a professor and elite insider at Princeton University named Carroll Quigley published a book titled Tragedy and Hope , which openly admits that a network of secret societies hold the true power in politics and banking. The book was meant for other elitists as a way to teach them how the world really works. Quigley wrote, “The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international…(therefore the) argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers…Instead the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election without leading [xx] to any profound or extensive shifts in policy.”

One might wonder why he would openly admit that it didn’t matter which political party, Republican or Democrat, was in power since the leadership of both will work in concert with the secret agenda to create the New World Order, but Quigley and other elite insiders know that the majority of the public would never even think of reading his book, and instead read novels about vampires (the Twilight Series) or young sorcerers (Harry Potter). In October 2009 a YouTube video was posted of Obama’s White House communications director Anita Dunn speaking to a group of students where she told them that her favorite political philosopher is Mao Tse Tung, the Chinese Communist revolutionary responsible for the murders of millions of Chinese during his reign. Most of the students probably didn’t even know who Mao Tse Tung was, or the atrocities he committed, but Dunn’s admiration for the dictator shows the mindset of the New World Order’s leadership circle. Another interesting video clip giving a glimpse into the minds of modern elite politicians comes from Ron Bloom, Obama’s manufacturing czar. At a forum for the Union League Club in New York City which took place on February 27th and 28th in 2008, Bloom told attendees, “Generally speaking, we get the joke. We know that the free market is nonsense. We know that the whole point is to game the system to beat the market, or at least find

someone who will pay you a lot of money because they’re convinced that there is a free lunch. We know that this is largely about power. That this is an adults only, no limit game. We kind of agree with Mao that political power comes largely from the barrel of a gun. And we get it, that if you want a friend you should get a dog.” Some say he was saying such comments in jest, while others insist the comments reveal the actual beliefs of the secret establishment. The modern organizations that are shaping the New World Order have carried on the tradition of the ancient Mystery Schools by elevating themselves and their members above the rest of society through their good old boy networks, control of the mainstream media, and their influence over politicians through bribes, coercion, and in some cases blackmail. They have done a great job of keeping the general public distracted with sports, pop culture, and issues of little significance, while they make and implement decisions that negatively affect us all. Establishment insiders become arrogant, selfish, and corrupt and while politicians masquerade as “public servants,” they really only serve themselves and their partners in crime. They are very often Luciferians or Satanists which means that they identify Satan or Lucifer as being a hero for breaking the rules and doing what he wants. Whether their “worship” of Satan is literal or metaphorical is debatable, but what is not debatable is that they privately philosophically see Satan as a source of good, knowledge, and wisdom and systematically break the golden rule of life while thinking only of themselves and having no regard for the thoughts, feelings, or rights of others. Helena Blavatsky wrote openly in The Secret Doctrine that, “Satan will now be shown, in the teaching of the Secret Doctrine, allegorized as Good, [xxi]

and Sacrifice, a God of Wisdom,”

and this is what these people believe. If this concept is new to you, it is quite shocking, and perhaps unbelievable, but when you come to understand more of this philosophy, it becomes undeniable that most of the inner circle of the Illuminati establishment and their subsidiary networks are Luciferians or Satanists. They believe, as most

occultists do, that Lucifer and Satan are symbolic of knowledge and intelligence, and that humans were nothing but ignorant animals until Satan came to the Garden of Eden and “set Man free” by convincing Adam and Eve to eat from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. This may just be an allegorical belief which the elite use to convince themselves and their collaborators that there is no afterlife, no Heaven or Hell, and thus they have decided to live the high life here and now and will take all they can get no matter how unfair or how many people get shortchanged, hurt, or killed as a result. Since in their mind there is no judgment by God for their sins after their death because they believe we are just advanced animals, they see nothing holding them back from doing whatever they want. The fact that most elite politicians, businessmen, and bankers are members of organizations like the Skull and Bones society, and enjoy visiting the Bohemian Grove and participating in, or viewing what can only be described as human sacrifice reenactment rituals using effigies, shows that these individuals revel in the fact that they are considered the “evil rulers of the world.” Their satanic world view and philosophy is really no different than the Jewish Pharisees who held a monopoly on spiritual knowledge and used it for their own personal benefit at the expense of those less informed. One of the main themes taught by the story of Jesus in the New Testament is that He represents God in human form, who came to earth to allow everyone a direct line to, and knowledge of God and the Kingdom of Heaven. Barrack Obama has quoted lines from Communist Saul Alinsky’s book Rules for Radicals during his speeches when he was running for president in 2008 and Hilary Clinton wrote her college thesis on Alinsky when she [xxii]

was at Wellesley College.

It’s interesting to note that in the Dedication page of his book, Alinsky pays tribute to the people he saw as past “radicals,” and lists them off, and then writes, “Lest we forget at least an over-the-shoulder acknowledgment to the very first radical: from all our legends, mythology, and history...the first radical known to man who rebelled against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least won his own kingdom — Lucifer.”

Hollywood producer Aaron Russo became politically active later in his career and in 2006 did a sit down interview with Alex Jones from Infowars.com where he described his friendship with Nick Rockefeller and the insider information he revealed to him. The Rockefeller family, for those who don’t know, have been at the core of the New World Order for generations and have used their family’s enormous wealth and influence to move the agenda for the New World Order from the secret meetings of the Bilderberg group and other informal gatherings, into the minds of globalist politicians and businessmen. The Rockefeller family and their “non-profit” foundations have their fingerprints on nearly every aspect of the New World Order. In this amazing interview that Aaron Russo gives, he explains that Nick Rockefeller had befriended him after seeing his film Mad as Hell and learning that Russo was running for governor of Nevada in 1998. Apparently Rockefeller thought that Russo may be of service to their agenda, even suggesting that he join the Council on Foreign Relations. Throughout the course of their meetings as their relationship progressed, Rockefeller revealed some startling insider information to him. “He was the one who told me 11 months before 9/11 that there was going to be an event, never told me what the event was going to be, but there was going to be an event, and out of that event, we would invade Afghanistan to run pipelines from the Caspian Sea; We were going to invade Iraq to take over the oil fields and establish a base in the Middle East and make it all part of the New World Order; and we’d go after Chavez in Venezuela…and there’s going to be this War on Terror, of which there is no real enemy and the whole thing is a giant hoax, but it’s a way for the government to take over the American people,” Russo explained. “9/11 was done by people in our own government and our own banking system to perpetuate the fear of the American people into subordinating themselves to anything the government wants them to do. That’s what it’s about; and to create this endless War on Terror. Look, this whole War on Terror is a fraud. It’s a farce. It’s very difficult to say it out loud because people are intimidated against saying it, cuz if you say it they want to make you out to be a nutcase.”

Russo goes on to say that Rockefeller conveyed to him that the endgame was to get the entire population chipped with RFID tags and that the global economy would be controlled by elite banksters and politicians. Russo recalls that Nick asked him what he thought woman’s liberation was about, and after he answered the conventional answer about women’s rights and equal pay, he says Nick laughed at him and called him an idiot and went on to inform him that the Rockefellers funded the women’s liberation movement for two major reasons. One was because only half of the population was being taxed, since primarily only the men worked, and the second reason was to break up the family so the state can have more time with children to indoctrinate them. He also says that Rockefeller thought the world’s population should be reduced by half. Russo didn’t have the same world view as his friend, and did not become involved in the globalist organizations that have covertly established the New World Order system. In 2006 he produced America: Freedom to Fascism which discusses the Federal Reserve Banking system, the IRS income tax, VeriChip RFIDs, and other political issues. Russo died on August 24, 2007 from cancer at the age of 64. Another, more powerful member of the Rockefeller family, David Rockefeller, wrote in his 2002 book, Memoirs on page 405, “For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” “The anti-Rockefeller focus of these otherwise incompatible political positions owes much to Populism. “Populists” believe in conspiracies, and one of the most enduring is that a secret group of international bankers and capitalists and their minions control the world’s economy.”

David Rockefeller is one of the grandchildren of John D. Rockefeller, the founder of Standard Oil, and at the time when he lived, John D was the richest man in the world. David Rockefeller has had his hands in nearly every major New World Order organization in existence in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. In fact, he is the founder of the Trilateral Commission and was once the Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations. He also attends nearly every Bilderberg meeting. At the time of [xxiii]

this writing, David Rockefeller (senior) is 94 years old.

He has a son, David Rockefeller Jr., who sits on the boards of numerous Rockefeller foundations. When looking into the wealthy secretive organizations behind the New World Order, besides the usual culprits of the Bilderberg group, the Council on Foreign Relations, Skull and Bones, and the Rockefellers, often Cecil Rhodes is mentioned. Cecil Rhodes (1853-1902) was a British born businessman who moved to Africa and became a politician and founder of the state of Rhodesia in Africa, which is named after him. There are two interesting aspects to Cecil Rhodes concerning the New World Order, most importantly his will which called for creating a secret society to function with the purpose of extending and maintaining British rule around the world. Also interesting is the fact that Cecil Rhodes was the founder of the DeBeers diamond monopoly which at one time controlled 90% of the world’s diamonds. Through a slick marketing campaign designed by Edward Bernays, the DeBeers diamond company has brainwashed most of the world’s women into feeling that they need a large diamond ring, earrings, and necklaces, or else their husband/boyfriend doesn’t love them. Men pay thousands of dollars to accommodate their woman’s desires for the stones, when in reality the value of diamonds are dramatically over-inflated simply because DeBeers won’t release most of their inventory to the public. Concerning Rhode’s will, it reads, “To and for the establishment, promotion and development of a Secret Society, the true aim and object whereof shall be for the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom, and of colonization by

British subjects of all lands where the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labour and enterprise, and especially the occupation by British settlers of the entire Continent of Africa, the Holy Land, the Valley of the Euphrates, the Islands of Cyprus and Candia, the whole of South America, the Islands of the Pacific not heretofore possessed by Great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the inauguration of a system of Colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire and, finally, the foundation of so great a Power as to render wars impossible, and promote the best interests of humanity.” Rhodes will also created Rhodes Scholarships which are given to students who the establishment view as likely participants in their New World Order plan. President Bill Clinton is perhaps the most well-known Rhodes Scholar.

Mainstream Media Controlled by the Elite Any educated person knows, to some extent, the power of the mainstream media and its ability to shape public opinions. Some are also aware of the often pointless information it presents to the masses as if it were something if importance, as well as the complete blackout and non-coverage of issues that should often be the top story. Adding to the confusion are prominent members of the mainstream media who claim daily to actually be fighting the mainstream media. These are the Sean Hannity’s and Rush Limbaugh’s, whose very shtick involves pretending to be an alternative to the mainstream media, when they themselves are the most powerful propagandists and gate-keepers for this very establishment. Even though most radio and TV hosts will be seen as a left-wing person attacking the right-wing or vice a versa, mainstream hosts on either side of the political spectrum are very careful not to scratch beyond the surface of partisan politics and will never address the true power structure operating behind the scenes which controls both right and left-wing politicians. Instead, these hosts will only focus on partisan issues many of which are of little significance, while they will never address key issues such as the Bilderberg group, the Skull and Bones society, the Bohemian Grove, or the Illuminati. Most national hosts are simply paid promoters of a political party who blame all of the country’s problems and misfortunes on the opposing political party, while never admitting the wrong doing or corruption of their own.

Adam Weishaupt on Media Adam Weishaupt, the man credited with founding the Illuminati secret society back in 1776, knew the power in controlling information, and in one of his original letters, he wrote, “By establishing reading societies, and

subscription libraries, and taking these under our direction, and supplying them through our labours, we may turn the public mind which way we will.” “In like manner we must try to obtain an influence in the military academies (this may be of mighty consequence), the printing-houses, booksellers shops, chapters, and in short in all offices which have any effect, either in forming, or in managing, or even in directing the mind of man: painting and engraving are highly worth our care.” He and his fellow Illuminists also understood how powerful controlling newspapers could be to smear their enemies. One correspondence reads, “We get all the literary journals. We take care, by well-timed pieces [articles], to make the citizens and the Princes a little more noticed for certain little slips.” Their “certain little slips” refers to anything they say or do that will not be looked at favorably by the public, and the Illuminati’s “well timed pieces” will be sure to inform people of this if they didn’t like that person.

Professional Sports Karl Marx, the secretary who was commissioned to type and publish the Communist Manifesto , is well known for a quote pertaining to religion where he called it the “opiate of the masses,” when in reality such a phrase accurately describes professional sports. Each weekend, as well as Monday nights during football season, millions upon millions of Americans eat, sleep, and dream about the NFL football games that are played. It’s fascinating when one is enlightened and “unplugged from the Matrix” to see these millions of zombies focusing all of their time, energy, and emotions on something so meaningless. People yell and scream at the TV, and often their entire mood in the following days is dependent upon whether their favorite team won or lost. Somehow, a bunch of over-paid muscle heads chasing a ball on a field of grass has become one of the most important events in their lives. They can discuss at length the poor strategies that lead to their team losing the game, and they can rattle of statistic after statistic of the performance of their favorite players, yet most

of these people have no clue about the New World Order, or even current events. Super Bowl Sunday is basically a national holiday, and the stores and shopping malls look about as empty as they do on Christmas day. You can hear shouts and celebrations coming from neighbors homes from multiple directions as people jump up and down yelling and cursing at their television over the performance of their team. The next morning, the “Super Bowl Champions” are plastered on the entire front page of every major newspaper in the country, as if winning the game makes them heroes like they just saved a group of children from a burning building. Who is the mayor of the city they live in, many couldn’t tell you, but they can tell you the score of the Super Bowl and who won and what their favorite commercial was. The character Tyler Durden from the film Fight Club mocks such priorities by sarcastically saying, “Murder, crime, poverty, these things don’t concern me. What concerns me are celebrity magazines, television with 500 channels, some guy’s name on my underwear.”

Jay Leno’s “Jay Walking” A hilarious and popular segment created by comedian Jay Leno, titled “Jay Walking” shows just how out of touch many Americans are with issues that really matter, and are instead able to recall details about the personal lives of celebrities or how a certain football team is doing. A popular question Jay asks people is simply, “Who is the Vice President of the United States?” It’s shocking how many people don’t know. Sometimes he even brings photos of prominent political figures or business leaders and asks people who they are. Many don’t know. He then pulls out photos of pop singers and actors, and everyone is able to instantly identify them. The segment shows in a sad yet hilarious way that pop culture and celebrities are what is important to most Americans, not reality, politics or personal finance. This author has shot several YouTube videos with similar themes including one where I got people to sign a petition to increase inflation and cause hyper-inflation, and one where I tried to sell a one ounce solid gold coin

worth over $1,150 at the time for only $50, but nobody had a clue how much gold was worth and nobody wanted it. With some people I dropped the price to just $5 but the people didn’t see the point in buying the gold [xxiv] coin.

The Fairness Doctrine One of many Orwellian plans in the New World Order is the “Fairness Doctrine,” which is the idea that the government needs to control the mainstream media in order to (as they claim) attempt to present both sides of issues so that one opinion or belief does not dominate the media. There is surely nothing fair about it, and the name and the concept clearly promote unfairness and only attempts to eliminate the free market and the voices of opposition against government policies. The original Fairness Doctrine was a policy of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) which regulates broadcast licenses, and was introduced in 1949 and required broadcasters to present controversial issues in a way the FCC viewed as balanced and honest. The doctrine was challenged in court and in 1969 the United States Supreme court upheld the FCC’s right to enforce it, although later, in 1987 the Fairness Doctrine was abolished. Since then, a sizeable number of prominent (mostly Democrat) politicians have publicly stated their desire to have the Fairness Doctrine reinstated. The reason left-wing politicians favor such an idea is because liberals want larger government and want the government to be involved in people’s lives in every aspect. Another reason left-wingers tend to support the Fairness Doctrine is because talk radio has been dominated by conservatives, and so the liberals see the Fairness Doctrine as a way to silence or minimize the effect of right-wing radio. In June 2007, Senator Richard Durbin (D-Illinois) said, “It’s time to [xxv]

reinstitute the Fairness Doctrine,”

and around this same time, Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi of San Francisco told reporters that her fellow Democratic Representatives did not want to forbid reintroduction of the

Fairness Doctrine and later when asked point blank if she personally [xxvi] supported its revival, she answered, “Yes.”

Illuminati kingpin Bill Clinton threw his support behind reinstatement during a February 13, 2009 interview on the Mario Solis Marich radio show, where he said, “Well, you either ought to have the Fairness Doctrine or we ought to have more balance on the other side, because essentially there’s always been a lot of big money to support the right wing talk shows.” [xxvii]

U.S. [xxviii]

Representative Anna Eshoo (Democrat of California),

Senator [xxix]

Debbie Stabenow (D-Michigan),

Senator Tom Harkin (D-Iowa), [xxx]

and others have all publicly expressed their desire to have the program reinstated. Democratic Senator Jeff Bingaman of New Mexico,

Operation Mockingbird Intelligent people have varying degrees of suspicion that the US government is in bed with the American mainstream media, and anyone who monitors the news media with discerning eyes can quite easily identify specific stories and strategies that are being used to persuade and intimidate the population. For those who want “evidence” of such manipulation, one needs to look no further than the findings of a Senate Select Committee in 1975, which confirms and details this, has occurred for decades on a scale larger than most people could imagine. Operation Mockingbird, as it was called, was exposed in 1975 during the Church Committee investigation, which then published its findings the following year. The full name of the committee which investigated and uncovered such activities was called, “The United States Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities” which was chaired by Senator Frank Church (D-ID).

Through this investigation it became clear that such a program was developed in the 1950s for the purpose of persuading American and foreign media, as well as to use the media as gate-keepers to prevent certain information from being published and reaching the masses. In 1948 an espionage and counter-intelligence branch within the CIA was created for the purpose of “propaganda, economic warfare; preventive direct action, including sabotage, anti-sabotage, demolition and evacuation measures; subversion against hostile states, including assistance to underground resistance groups, and support of indigenous anti-Communist elements in threatened countries of the free world.” Later that year Operation Mockingbird was established to influence the domestic and foreign media. Philip Graham, the owner of The Washington Post, was first recruited to run the project within the industry and develop a network of assets. After 1953, the network had influence over twenty-five newspapers and wire agencies and was overseen by Allen Dulles, who was director of the CIA. The Mockingbird program also involved major television broadcasters, including William Paley, the CEO of CBS broadcasting. Thomas Braden, who was the head of the International Organizations Division (IOD), which was a division of the CIA dealing with human intelligence services, played a substantial role in Operation Mockingbird and would later reveal, “If the director of CIA wanted to extend a present, say, to someone in Europe—a Labour leader—suppose he just thought, this man can use fifty thousand dollars, he’s working well and doing a good job —he could hand it to him and never have to account to anybody... There was simply no limit to the money it could spend and no limit to the people it could hire and no limit to the activities it could decide were necessary to conduct the war—the secret war....It was multinational.” According to the Congressional report published in 1976, “The CIA currently maintains a network of several hundred individuals around the world who provide intelligence for the CIA and at times attempt to influence opinion through the use of covert propaganda. These individuals provide the CIA with direct access to a large number of newspapers and

periodicals, scores of press services and news agencies, radio and television stations, commercial book publishers, and other foreign media outlets.” The committee also concluded that the cost of the program was approximately $265 million a year, which when adjusted for inflation as of 2010 means that in today’s dollars the program costs an astounding one billion dollars a year. A year after the Church Committee released its findings on Operation Mockingbird, Rolling Stone magazine published an article on the program and named various prominent journalists who they alleged to be involved with it. Some of these included Ben Bradlee, who wrote for Newsweek , Stewart Alsop, who wrote for the New York Herald Tribune , James Reston (New York Times ), Charles Douglas Jackson (Time Magazine ), Walter Pincus (Washington Post ), William C. Baggs (The Miami News ), and others. In 2007 a large amount of documents known as the “Family Jewels” were declassified and released by the National Security Archive, which also revealed that the CIA had routinely wiretapped Washington-based news reporters. These individuals were most likely seen as a threat to the establishment and were not playing along with the propaganda and gatekeeping efforts within the media establishment. As with nearly every other case of rampant institutional corruption in government agencies, the CIA claims to have ended the program—another claim that is laughable.

The Military Wanted to Hire Bloggers for Propaganda Since the Internet has been a haven for independent journalists and countless “alternative” news sites, along with bloggers who have gained a large following of people who don’t rely only on mainstream corporate news to get their information, this posed a major problem for the establishment. The major broadcast TV and radio networks, as well as the cable channels, consist of tens of millions of dollars in equipment and expensive services such as satellite feeds and camera crews, but the Internet had opened the door for one individual with a website costing only a few

dollars a month to have the potential to reach millions of people simply by posting their own articles or videos. With people able to copy and paste a link from a blog and sent it out to their email list or post it on their Facebook, MySpace, or Twitter pages, a simple blog written by an ordinary person can spread like a virus around the web. Of course, the establishment saw the dangers that blogs and nonmainstream websites held for their monopoly of information, so they decided to use prominent bloggers as paid propagandists just like the talking heads in the mainstream media. In 2006 a report from the Joint Special Operations University titled Blogs and Military Information Strategy , outlined this plan. “Hiring a block of bloggers to verbally attack a specific person or promote a specific message may be worth considering,” read the report. It was written by James Kinniburgh and Dororthy Denning. The report also suggested the government hack the blogs of those seen as detrimental to the propaganda they want to spread. It reads, “[T]he enemy blog might be used covertly as a vehicle for friendly information operations. Hacking the site and subtly changing the messages and data— merely a few words or phrases—may be sufficient to begin destroying the blogger’s credibility with the audience. Better yet, if the blogger happens to be passing enemy communications and logistics data, the information content could be corrupted.”

High Level Officials and Institutions within the NWO are Above the Law As many people are aware, certain politicians and businessmen seem to be untouchable regarding the corruption and criminal activities they are involved in. This occurs because of the power of the invisible empire and their use of coercion, threats, and blackmail. The Illuminati keep files on practically every congressman and woman, as well as media figures, business leaders, judges, military officials, and anyone of influence in the public sphere. If a politician cheats on his wife, the invisible empire most likely know about it and have documentation proving it. If a person cheats on his taxes, uses cocaine, has any bizarre hobbies or interests, they know. Frequently they will entrap people simply to gather such evidence. Imagine that you’re a prominent politician who genuinely cares for America and wants to do the right thing in a particular segment of society such as lowering taxes. Also imagine that at one time, perhaps years or even decades ago, you made the terrible mistake of cheating on your wife, or even sleeping with a high class prostitute, perhaps provided and paid for by a colleague after a cocktail party. The odds are that the Illuminati has documentation of this. Echelon, the secret electronic snooping system, probably has a recording of a telephone conversation of you bragging about it with a friend. Perhaps the person you thought was your friend who provided the prostitute for you was doing so for the express purpose of entrapping you, and the guest bedroom in the mansion of the party, or the hotel you had sex with her at, was rigged with cameras and caught the whole thing on tape. Now fast forward to the present time where you are a politician trying to save the American people from rising taxes, and imagine you get a phone call from someone not identifying themselves but telling you that they have evidence of what you did, and perhaps play the audio of your phone call

when you spoke about it. The voice on the phone now tells you to stop pressing so hard for the tax reform, or even tells you to drop your support of it all together or they will show your wife photos of what you did. What do you do? This is just one of the methods used to get people in the pocket of the secret establishment. The History Channel produced a show called, Presidential Secrets which included a segment about J. Edgar Hoover, the infamous former Director of the FBI, which quite clearly and openly explained that Hoover keep dirt on everyone he could, and used that dirt to influence people in whatever way he wanted. For 48 years Hoover was the director of the FBI under eight different presidents. He died on May 2, 1972 at the age of 77 from a heart attack. It was only after his death that the depths of corruption Hoover sunk to were revealed. Despite 35 file cabinets of his personal files being destroyed after his death by his loyal aids, volumes of information are now public which show just how dark the soul was of Hoover, as well as how powerful people can be when they have the resources of the FBI behind them. Hoover was able to use the FBI to influence both politicians, as well as Hollywood pictures. In 1971 he was told Jane Fonda would star in a film titled Klute about a prostitute helping a detective solve a mystery, and he created a file and determined to have the part removed. He hand wrote in the margin of one of the documents which was declassified, saying “Certainly, I don’t want any reference to the FBI in any picture which this tramp, Jane Fonda appears.” He was able to have various films killed or the scripts changed to prevent the portrayal of the FBI in a negative light, including preventing John Wayne from starring in a TV show titled The FBI, which ran from 1965 to 1974, because Wayne was a member of the John Birch Society, which Hoover despised. The John Birch Society is known for its political activism particularly against globalism and in support of traditional conservatism. Anti-war rock and roll musicians were also a target of J. Edgar Hoover. Janis Joplin, Jimmy Hendrix, and particularly John Lennon of the Beatles. In 1969 Lennon released an album containing protest songs which were

enraging to Hoover and the establishment, so he tried to get him deported over a marijuana charge from England. Hoover also thought that John Lennon’s outspokenness threatened Richard Nixon’s reelection. J. Edgar Hoovers files also reveal how ruthless and powerful President Roosevelt was. It was believed that his wife Eleanor was having an affair, and after this was investigated by the FBI and pretty much confirmed, FDR wanted all of the agents who worked on the case killed so they would not spread rumors about his wife’s infidelities. The files reveal that he personally ordered all men who worked on the case to be “immediately relieved of his duties and sent to the south pacific for action against the Japs until they were killed.” Hoover himself was a homosexual and hired his long-time lover Clyde Tolson, who rapidly climbed the ranks of the FBI, ultimately becoming the Associate Director of the FBI, the second highest position in the organization. The FBI and historians openly admit the rampant corruption led by J. Edgar Hoover, and of course claim to have made changes to prevent such abuses from continuing, which we know is a lie, but looking back at how much influence Hoover was able to have decades ago can send chills up one’s spine when thinking of what is possible with today’s technology.

Barney Frank One of the most perverted cases of a politician who is above the law involves Barney Frank, who has been a House Representative from Massachusetts 4th congressional district since 1982. Barney Frank is considered by many to be one of the most powerful men in Congress and became the chairman of the House Financial Services Committee in 2007 and was a major force in Obama’s economic “stimulus” package in 2009. Frank is also openly gay and back in the 1980s met a gay prostitute from a personal ad in the newspaper who later became his roommate and ran a gay prostitution ring out of their apartment. There are also allegations that Frank has had sexual relations with underage boys as well.

The Washington Times reported in 1989 that, “Frank, one of two openly gay members of Congress, confirmed Friday that he paid [Stephen L.] Gobie for sex, hired him with personal funds as an aide and wrote letters on congressional stationery on his behalf to Virginia probation officials.” [xxxi] The article continues, “Although Frank and Gobie differ in some details of their relationship, they agree on the story line. They met on April Fool’s Day 1985. The representative answered a classified ad in the Washington Blade , the local gay weekly. ‘Exceptionally good-looking, personable, muscular athlete is available. Hot bottom plus large endowment equals a [xxxii] good time.’”

The article goes on to explain that Barney Frank paid Gobie $80 for sex which marked the beginning of their relationship. Frank was in his third term then, and despite later admitting this activity, went on to become an extremely powerful man in Washington DC. Barney Frank’s current live-in boyfriend, James Ready, was arrested in [xxxiii]

2009 for growing marijuana in their backyard.

Frank claimed he had no knowledge of the plants just as he claimed to have no knowledge of Stephen L. Gobie’s gay prostitution ring he was running out of their apartment when they lived together in the 1980s. It is very interesting that Eliot Spitzer, the former governor of New York, was busted for using high class female prostitutes ending his political career and forcing him to resign, yet Barney Frank has had a sordid past with admissions of using prostitutes himself and a roommate who was a gay pimp, while Frank is hailed as a hero. Eliot Spitzer was causing trouble for AIG and other big Wall Street firms who would eventually go bankrupt and then be given billions of dollars for free by government bailouts. Some suspect that Spitzer getting busted was simply a way to get him out of the way and stop him from poking his nose around where the Illuminati didn’t want it. Barney Frank’s admissions of paying gay prostitutes for sex, while being reprehensible by itself, pales in comparison to the allegations that he also had sexual relations with young boys who were underage and connected to

the infamous Franklin Cover-up scandal in the late 1980s. Below is a transcript from a court appearance in 1999 of a man named Paul Bonacci, who claims that he engaged in sexual relations with Frank when he was underage. IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF NEBRASKA PAUL A. BONACCI, ( 4:91CV3037) Plaintiff, vs. TRANSCRIPT LAWRENCE E. KING, Defendants. Hearing held before the Honorable Warren K. Urbom, Senior United States District Judge, on February 5, 1999 in Lincoln, Nebraska. APPEARANCES: Mr. John DeCamp Attorney at Law 414 South llth Street Lincoln, Nebraska for Plaintiff I -N-D-E-X WITNESS Direct Cross Redirect Recross Noreen Gosch 5 Russell Nelson 36 Paul Bonacci 101 Denise Bonacci 155

(At 9:01, the following proceedings were held.) THE COURT: This is the case of Paul A. Bonacci versus Lawrence E. King, 4:91CV3037. I see the plaintiff, Mr. Paul Bonacci, here with his counsel Mr. DeCamp. I do not see anyone representing Lawrence E. King. Is there anyone here representing Mr. King? I take it not. A default judgment has been entered against him. And the purpose of this proceeding is to determine the amount of damages that are to be awarded. Mr. DeCamp, you may proceed. Want to make an opening statement or not is entirely up to you. You may do that or call your witnesses as you choose. MR. DECAMP: May it please the Court, a very, very brief opening statement. What I want to establish here today, Your Honor, if at all possible, is the entire picture or scene in which Mr. Bonacci lived and prove to this Court’s satisfaction the stories he tells in his petition are in fact true and the trauma that results from those stories is in fact very real. And even, Your Honor, we would hope that the Court, after hearing some of the evidence and information today for the first time ever, would maybe even on its own initiative take some appropriate action to correct some other wrongs or launch some other investigations that may be needed, Your Honor. THE COURT: That’s not within my authority. So I can’t do that. But I can award damages. And that’s why we’re here today. The witness, Paul Bonacci, was then asked about instances involving him being sexually abused at adult parties when he was a young boy. ANSWER: A lot of the parties when we went to, that we went to and stuff, the ones in the Twin Towers were basically for one reason. And that was for sex. QUESTION: Sex between who? ANSWER: There was sex between adult men and some other adult men but most of it had to do with young boys and young girls.

QUESTION: Young boys and young girls with each other or with older folks? ANSWER: With the older folks. Also some of the parties, there was some parties above The French Cafe that they would bring people in and stuff that were from out of town. Those were specifically for sex with minors. Also in Washington, D. C. there were, there was also parties like Rusty had already talked about where there was parties after a party. Where they would have a party where they would have a legitimate party with like some politicians, businessmen. And a lot of them never knew about what happened at the after, you know, the party afterwards and stuff. Like in Washington, D. C. there was a lot of parties where they would be senators and congressmen who had nothing to do with the sexual stuff. But there was some senators and congressmen who stayed for the parties afterwards. And one person that I’m not afraid to talk about because his, because Larry King always said him and this guy were on the opposite ends of the field because this guy was a Democrat and Larry King was a Republican. That’s a known fact and stuff. And this guy, every time I see him on TV and stuff, my wife knows my hatred for him. Because every time I see him and stuff it disgusts me because it’s—his name is Barney Frank. QUESTION: Did you have relationships with him? ANSWER: Yes. QUESTION: Where? ANSWER: In Washington, D. C. And also I was sent to a house, I believe it was in Massachusetts in Boston where I believe it was his house because there’s pictures on the wall that, with him and with different people and stuff. And that he had met I guess. But it was in his basement. End of Transcript

White House Enemies List

Anyone with any sense knows that the President of the United States can order the CIA, FBI, or any agency or combination of, to illegally investigate anyone he sees as a threat to his administration’s goals, such as other politicians, reporters, or political activists. While it would be political suicide for any politician to mention this fact, one Republican Senator made a startling comment on the Senate floor about the Obama administration compiling an enemies list. Republican Conference Chairman Lamar Alexander (Tenn.), who served in the Nixon White House, said, “Based upon that experience and my 40 years since then in and out of public life, I want to make what I hope will be taken as a friendly suggestion to President [xxxiv] Obama and his White House: Don’t create an enemies list.”

Alexander went on to describe the corruption that occurred during the Nixon administration and said he sees “symptoms of this same kind of animus developing in the Obama administration.” He also read off a list of examples he said support his views, such as a reported attempt by the Health and Human Services Department to put a gag order on the insurer Humana, and demonizing insurance companies during the government run health care debate. He also cited the administration’s hatred of the Fox News Channel, along with Obama’s alleged taking names of bondholders who resisted the General Motors and Chrysler bailouts. Alexander also pointed out how he and Senator Bob Bennett (R-Utah) were “called out” on the White House’s blog after questioning the power of White House czars saying, “This behavior is typical of street brawls and political campaign consultants…If the president and his top aides treat people with different views as enemies instead of listening to what they have to say, they’re likely to end up with a narrow view and a feeling that the whole world is out to get them. And as those of us who served in the Nixon White House know, that can get you into a lot of trouble.” While not exactly the most reputable tabloid, The Globe published an article in September 2009 headlined 25 Enemies Obama Wants to Silence and listed among them, Alex Jones from Infowars.com.

The Clinton Body Count While mainly a thing of the past because Bill Clinton hasn’t been president since the year 2000, the Clinton Body Count still warrants mention in our discussion of the unlimited (and illegal) power and activities that a president has. The Clinton Body Count is the name given to the long list of people who have either been murdered, or died under suspicious circumstances who had personal or professional ties to Bill Clinton. The 1994 film The Clinton Chronicles documents some of the deaths found on the Clinton Body Count and is available to watch for free on the Internet.

2008 Economic Bailout The words “stimulus” and “stimulus package” entered the public lexicon at the end of 2008 after the housing market collapsed in the United States, and caused a wave of economic destruction to sweep around the world. The Dow Jones Industrial Average was falling sometimes five and seven hundred points a day and people were getting understandably worried about the state of the economy. This is when the Bush administration proposed their staggering 700 billion dollar bailout which they said was needed to avert an economic disaster. Many were understandably against the bailout and wanted the free market to take its course and correct itself naturally when things stabilized, but the Bush administration (along with their Illuminati banking connections) wanted the stimulus package to be passed as soon as possible. Some members of Congress were privately told that if the bailout didn’t pass a vote, the country would completely collapse into a depression and massive civil unrest and martial law would be imposed to prevent massive crime and violence. Congressman Brad Sherman blew the whistle on such [xxxv] threats and called them unjustified fear mongering.

California Senator Diane Feinstein publicly admitted that her office received 91,000 phone calls and emails about the bailout, and that 85,000 of them were opposed to it, but she voted for the bailout anyway because she said people were “confused” and “didn’t understand it” and she needed to do what was in the best interest of the country.

The economic bailouts and stimulus packages of 2008 and 2009 are lengthy subjects in and of themselves, so for the sake of keeping this book to a manageable length, they are only mentioned here briefly. There are several important points to be learned regarding these issues, one of which being that Diane Feinstein’s admission that 93% of the phone calls to her office opposed the bailout, yet she voted for it anyway, shows where the allegiance lies of elite politicians and how they couldn’t care less about actually representing their constituency, but rather bow to the private interests who supply them with power and wealth. The fear-mongering and threats of a total collapse and martial law also show the low levels those in power will sink to get their way. It’s also critical to remember that only several days after the first bailout was passed by Congress in 2008, the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department completely changed their mind about where the $700 billion dollars would go and who would get the money. Many of the firms that did get the money paid out huge year-end bonuses to their CEOs and top executives. Most people who have the potential to earn a bonus at their job will only qualify for it if they achieve certain goals such as a hitting certain sales figures, but numerous bankers on Wall Street got tens of millions of dollars each in bonuses as their companies collapsed in bankruptcy. Only if one is a member of the invisible empire can one get rewarded for a historic failure.

Electronic Voting Machines Voter fraud has been something that has occurred in American elections for hundreds of years. Stuffing the ballot, vote buying, misrecording of votes, and other methods of fraud have been problems in elections around the world. Joseph Stalin is quoted as once saying, "He who votes decides nothing; he who counts the votes decides everything.” While safeguards have been put in place to minimize voter fraud in elections, the increased use of electronic voting machines have complicated this process. The designs of electronic voting machines and their software are closely guarded secrets by industry insiders but some whistle blowers have been able to show that the machines can be programmed to report

whatever vote counts their creators want them to show. A documentary produced by HBO titled Hacking Democracy shows how one hacker was able to alter the vote totals to whatever numbers he wanted just by hacking the memory card for such machines. He didn’t even need access to the machine itself, the software code, or anything. All he did is place a program on a standard removable memory card for a machine, which are widely available, and he was able to alter the tallies. Many people suspect that operatives fixed the 2000 election in favor of George W. Bush using electronic voting machines. The 2004 presidential election is also suspected to have been fixed, particularly in the state of Ohio where exit polls showed John Kerry would win, but miraculously the vote counts showed different. Walden O’Dell, the CEO of Diebold Election Systems, had written a Republican fundraising letter in 2003 where he said his company was “committed to helping Ohio deliver their electoral votes to the President next year.” He was obviously referring to President Bush who was facing John Kerry in the 2004 election. When asked about this, Mark Radke, Diebold’s marketing director answered, “that quotation that appeared in a letter is something that, uh…he regrets. It’s a situation where his personal preference has come over into his business practice and he has committed to keeping a much lower profile when it comes to those kinds of activities.” So it is sad but probably true that your vote doesn’t matter in a presidential election. Whichever candidate will better serve the interests of the New World Order will be the one who secret operatives will make sure gets the most votes and becomes the next president. Such tampering actually takes place before the presidential election and is used in the primaries to ensure a particular candidate gets the nomination of his party. The final two candidates of the Republican and the Democratic parties are both most likely aware of the shady vote tampering and can only hope that the secret establishment chooses them to throw their weight behind to select as the next president of the United States.

The Original Blueprint of Domination

Knowing about the rampant corruption and the methods of blackmail and coercion that go on in politics, it is interesting to look back several hundred years at the original writings of Adam Weishaupt, the founder of the Illuminati. These writings were discovered by Bavarian officials in 1786 and published shortly after. English translations and excerpts were made available in books like John Robison’s Proofs of a Conspiracy (1798), Abbe Barruel’s Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism (1797), and Proof of the Illuminati by Seth Payson (1802). The writings give a clear view into the mind and mission of founder Adam Weishaupt. He wrote, “There must (a la Jésuite ) not a single purpose ever come in sight that is ambiguous, and that may betray our aims against religion and the state. One must speak sometimes one way and sometimes another, but so as never to contradict ourselves, and so that, with respect to our true way of thinking, we may be impenetrable.” “This can be done in no other way but by secret associations, which will by degrees, and in silence, possess themselves of the government of the States, and make use of those means for this purpose…” “…the Order will, for its own sake , and therefore certainly , place every man in that situation in which he can be most effective. The pupils are convinced that the Order will rule the world. Every member therefore becomes a ruler.” Some people believe the mainstream history that says the Illuminati were dissolved after their discovery, but reading Weishaupt’s own words reveal that he had taken this possibility into consideration and made the appropriate steps to ensure the group would continue if this were to happen. He wrote, “By this plan we shall direct all mankind. In this manner, and by the simplest means, we shall set all in motion and in flames. The occupations must be so allotted and contrived, that we may, in secret, influence all political transactions…I have considered everything, and so prepared it, that if the Order should this day go to ruin, I shall in a year reestablish it more brilliant than ever.”

Wars and False Flag Terrorism

No book on the New World Order would be complete without a discussion about the role wars and false flag terrorism play in the construction and expansion of the global government. This is an extremely detailed and unsettling subject and will only be briefly mentioned here. Entire books are available on specific aspects of this subject if you are interested in learning more. But it must be stated that major wars and terrorist attacks often cover sinister activities and goals the public is largely unaware of. The reasons for going to war are almost always greatly exaggerated and in numerous instances completely fabricated so the public on a large scale, and the military soldiers who will be risking their lives for that war, will believe that they are fighting for a just cause, such as protecting the United States. In reality, members of the armed forces are often used as imperialistic pawns who unknowingly help construct and expand the New World Order. For example, the Gulf of Tonkin Incident, as it is called, was the straw that broke the camel’s back and resulted in America getting fully involved in the Vietnam War. This incident refers to an event where North Vietnamese gunboats were reported to have attacked an American ship in international waters, prompting President Johnson to retaliate by entering the war. Years later private presidential tapes were released that show President Johnson and Robert McNamara, his secretary of defense, conspiring to lie and say the American ship was attacked, when in fact it was not. As any informed American now knows, the War in Iraq was based on lies that Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction and attempts to link him to the terrorist attacks of September 11th 2001 in New York City and Washington DC. The 9/11 attacks, as many know, were a false flag terrorist attack, meaning they were aided by elements of US and foreign intelligence agencies so this traumatic event could be used to justify invading the Middle East, as well as passing legislation domestically such as the Patriot Act which eliminated various rights outlined in the Constitution. Such strategies are insidiously genius because they are so hard to oppose. After all, if there is an alleged threat, or an actual terrorist attack said to have been perpetrated by a specific country or group, it seems only appropriate to retaliate. False flag terrorism is essentially a terrorist act carried out by a government or intelligence agency, often against one’s own

people or country, which is made to look like it was done by another country or group. It is basically framing others for the act which can then be used to justify military action in response. Since most ordinary citizens, as well as those in the military and government would never imagine that leaders in their own government could be behind such an attack against their own country, the idea of incidences being false flag attacks are rarely thought of. These subjects are massive, and there is no room in this book to detail the piles of evidence for these statements, so if you are interested in learning more about the 9/11 attacks and false flag operations, you are advised to read The New Pearl Harbor by David Ray Griffin, 9/11 Synthetic Terror by Webster Tarpley, or The Terror Timeline by Paul Thompson. There are also various films that are often available to view for free on the Internet which detail the purposeful frauds that have been created by the U.S. government in order to start wars. Several of the best are: War Made Easy , Why We Fight , Terrorstorm , 9/11 Press for Truth , and Loose Change: Final Cut . Also, an interesting historical note regarding wars involves Major General Smedley Butler, who at the time of his death in 1940 was the most decorated U.S. Marine in history. Butler published a small book titled War is a Racket which exposed the corrupt profit motives for going to war. Butler also testified before a congressional committee in 1934 where he explained how he was asked to participate in a plot to overthrow president Roosevelt and install a fascist dictatorship. Since Butler was a high ranking and influential man in the Marines, the conspirators hoped he could secretly gather 500,000 men to aid in this takeover. The men behind the attempted plot were wealthy businessmen with strong ties to the Illuminati. The term “Military-industrial complex” was coined by President Dwight D. Eisenhower in his Farewell Address to the Nation on January 17, 1961. The phrase refers to the relationship between the government, particularly the armed forces, and the industries in the commercial sector that provide the weapons, development, and research for such programs and materials. Eisenhower realized the tremendous money-making capacities of such industries and relationships, and firmly warned of the dangers such relationships could cause if abused.

His speech reads in part, “A vital element in keeping the peace is our military establishment. Our arms must be mighty, ready for instant action, so that no potential aggressor may be tempted to risk his own destruction…” “This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every statehouse, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society. In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals so that security and liberty may prosper together.”

Immorality and Destructive Behavior is Encouraged In the 1950s Elvis Presley’s swinging hips and sexually suggestive dancing caused a tremendous stir around the world. Some TV stations were ordered only to shoot him from the chest up in an attempt to censor his on-stage antics from the home audience. Now contrast this with today’s pop culture icons who dress like sluts like Britney Spears and others such as Christina Aguilera, Beyonce Knowles, and Lady Gaga, just to name a few. Self-destructive, sexually immoral, and materialistic idols are built up by the media and presented to the youth as role models, while Christianity and traditional healthy values are ridiculed as old fashioned and uncool. The family is under attack, and family values and the family unit itself have slowly but dramatically deteriorated over the last few decades, and is reflected in the divorce rates and high numbers of sexually transmitted diseases, abortions, and unwed mothers. A wildly popular show amongst teenagers and young adults was MTV’s Jackass which aired from 2000 to 2002, and consisted of nothing more than amateur video footage of people performing various dangerous and childish stunts and pranks. Soon after the show began airing, a slew of reports detailed the injuries of various people imitating or attempting to recreate the idiocy they had seen on the show. The types of “stunts” performed on the show often involved people getting kicked or hit in the testicles by various objects, as well as smashing shopping carts, and even one individual (Steve-O) having things stapled to his bare butt using a staple gun. It’s also interesting to note that this individual, Steve-O, has a tattoo on his arm of the “Jesus fish” with the word “Satan” written inside, and had gotten a tattoo of a man raping a baby on his arm, but after even his close friends found it appalling, he had an ostrich tattooed over the baby to cover it up. The tattoo now shows a man

[xxxvi]

having sex with the ostrich.

In the MTV Cribs episode featuring cast members of Jackass , Steve-O picks up the kitten at his apartment and introduces it to the camera as ‘Lucifer.’ On March 9, 2008, Steve-O’s friends forced him to check into Thalians [xxxvii]

Mental Health Center due to ongoing drug abuse problems.

He was placed on a 72 hour psychiatric hold which was later lengthened to 14 days [xxxviii] due to an alleged suicide attempt.

In June 2008, Steve-O pleaded guilty to felony possession of cocaine and [xxxix] avoided jail by the successful completion of his treatment program.

In a later MTV documentary covering his road to sobriety titled Steve-O: Demise and Rise , he admitted that he would hear voices and thought that, “I was possessed by demons, and I think that’s pretty evident in some of this footage.” A spin-off from Jackass aired from 2003 to 2005, titled Viva La Bam , which consisted of a series of destructive and even cruel pranks done by Bam Margera and his friends on each other—especially on Bam’s family and was an MTV favorite for many viewers. Several views from within Bam’s home reveal a large symbol resembling an upside down satanic pentagram within a circle, called a ‘heart o gram,’ which is supposed to represent both good and evil. This heart o gram is also used as a hood ornament on Bam’s Mercedes and is the symbol for Bam’s favorite band HIM which has songs such as “Your Sweet Six Six Six.” The logo for the show Viva La Bam features the satanic hand sign ‘el Diablo’ of raising the index and pinky fingers, which has been drawn in as the letter “I” in the word “Viva,” complete with illuminating rays coming from behind it. When Jackass first aired, every teenager in the country knew who Johnny Knoxville and the other Jackasses were and the show inspired countless kids to videotape themselves and their friends trying to be “Jackasses” themselves.

Popular Music Nearly everyone in the world is familiar with the meteoric rise and fall of pop star Britney Spears as we watched her go from a sweet and seemingly innocent teen idol, to a whacked-out, shaved-head, train wreck of a mother. Her first album was release in 1999 and with each new album she sunk to new moral lows with her legions of preteen and teenage fans mimicking her every move. In 2009 Spears released an album titled Circus which contained a song named, “If You Seek Amy,” which on the surface seemed innocent enough until you heard the lyrics sung. The chorus goes, “Love me, hate me, but can’t you see what I see, all of the boys and all of the girls are begging to if you seek Amy.” It may not seem like anything unless you give it a second read, or hear the song for yourself. The words “if you seek Amy,” blend together to sound like the letters F, U, C, K, and the word “me.” So what she is really saying is all of the boys and all of the girls want to fuck her. It’s important to note that this is not simply a coincidence or that this author is reading too much into the lyrics. The song was specifically designed to sound like this. The official video for the song begins with a news broadcast with a banner on the bottom of the screen reading, “New Britney Spears lyrics spell out obscenity in disguise.” Her album The Singles Collection , also released in 2009, includes a song titled “3” which contains lyrics about having a three-some and having sex with two guys at the same time. “Living in sin is the new thing,” she sings. Some other lyrics read: 1, 2, 3 not only you and me Got one eighty degrees And I'm caught in between

In the early morning hours of November 12, 2009, someone hacked Britney’s Twitter account and changed the background graphic from one promoting her new album to one featuring pyramids inscribed with the word “Illuminati” with an all-seeing eye at the top. They also “Tweeted” (Twitter terminology for posting a message), “I hope the New World Order will arrive as soon as possible” and that “I give myself to Lucifer every day [xl]

for it to arrive as soon as possible. Glory to Satan!”

Her Twitter account had 3.7 million followers at the time, and her staff scrambled to regain control of the account as soon as the hack was discovered. Obviously the hacker is fully aware that Spears is an Illuminati icon and is promoted to poison the minds of young girls. A pop singer who goes by the name Katy Perry (Real name Katherine Hudson) was placed in the limelight in 2008 following the release of her single, “I Kissed a Girl,” which was a song about her sexually experimenting by making out with a girl. “I kissed a girl, and I liked it / the taste of her cherry ChapStick / I kissed a girl just to try it / hope my boyfriend don’t mind it,” she sings. What’s more disturbing is that Perry’s parents are Christian pastors and she released a self-titled gospel album in 2001 before turning to the dark side. Another look at the 230 year old writings of Adam Weishaupt reveals that icons like Britney Spears and Katy Perry are playing right into the hands of the Illuminati without even knowing it. Weishaupt wrote, “There is no way of influencing men so powerfully as by means of the women. These should therefore be our chief study; we should insinuate ourselves into their good opinion, give them hints of emancipation from the tyranny of public opinion, and of standing up for themselves; it will be an immense relief to their enslaved minds to be freed from any one bond of restraint, and it will fire them the more, and cause them to work for us with zeal, without knowing that they do so; for they will only be indulging their own desire of personal admiration.” Almost everyone in the world is familiar with rapper Eminem (Marshall Mathers) but many may not be aware of just how violent and disgusting his lyrics are. Many of his songs are about killing people, raping women, doing drugs, and other violent acts. It would be foolish to say that people who

listen to such music aren’t encouraged and inspired to commit violent acts as a result. In 2005 a man in London was arrested for killing a woman for [xli]

no reason after performing Eminem songs at a karaoke bar.

The man was said to idolize Eminem and even had several tattoos similar to the rap star. Eminem is also a member of a rap group called D-12, which produces music that is exclusively violent and vile, with some lyrics saying, “I will shit on you I don’t care who you are / I’ll shit on you / I don’t give a fuck about you or your car / Fuck your house / Fuck your jewelry / And fuck your watch / Fuck your wife / Fuck your kids / Fuck your family / I’ll shit on you.” Most of the group’s songs are about killing people and doing drugs. D-12 has sold over 10 million albums worldwide. On April 11th 2006 one of the group’s members named DeShaun Dupree Holton (stage name Proof) was shot in the head and killed at a Detroit bar by a bouncer after the rapper had shot and killed another man after an altercation. He was Eminem’s best friend. Eminem also launched the career of 50 Cent who in 2008 was estimated to be worth $450 million dollars and one of the richest rappers. An example of 50 Cent’s lyrics which appear in the song I’ll Be the Shooter , are, “I-I’ll be the shooter / I-I’ll use the Colt, the Taurus, or the Ruger / I’ll pop some through ya / Dirty is what I’ll do ya / I-I’ll use the Sig, the pump, or the German Luger.” The examples of pop music containing overtly violent and sexually explicit material could go on and on. What is important to note here is not that such music exists, but that the singers and rap stars who perform such songs are built up in the mainstream media as gods and role models that children often imitate. Songs about three-somes and violence create a culture where such behavior is seen as normal. At one point in time, not that distant in the past, such songs would have been completely shunned or created a national outrage, but today many young boys and girls continuously fill their minds with such garbage from their iPods and television sets and their parents don’t have a clue, or don’t even care.

Television Commercials

Everyone knows that sex sells, and using attractive women in commercials is an expected part of TV ads, but some commercials center around messages that have nothing to do with the product while still encouraging or finding humor in immoral behavior while the product may be completely innocent. One such commercial that was popular in 2009 was one for Minute Maid juice where a man is approached by a woman who is his child’s teacher saying, “I think you’re the father of one of my kids” and he mistakes her for some girl he had a drunken one night stand with on Spring Break years earlier. Teachers often refer to their students as “my kids” and apparently someone at the Minute Maid company thought it would be funny to make a commercial centered around a scumbag who slept with some slut on Spring Break when he was drunk and thought he knocked her up. The online dating site, AshelyMadison.com advertises on TV showing a couple making out with each other and getting undressed in bed and then displays text on the screen reading, “This couple is married…but not to each other.” The company’s trademarked slogan is, “Life is short. Have an affair.” There was a time in the past when such a commercial would never be played, because no TV network would air such garbage, but in the New World Order nearly every last hint of morality has been tossed away, and hedonism, selfishness and immorality are the norm. AshleyMadison.com boasts of having 3.86 million users and is designed exclusively for married people who want to find someone else to have sex with, without their spouse knowing about it. For years now, television commercials advertising Las Vegas end with the slogan, “What happens in Vegas, stays in Vegas,” which means that you and your friends are encouraged to go there and sleep with hookers, do illegal drugs, and gamble all you can, and that nobody must mention these activities to other friends, girlfriends, wives, or family members, because most decent people would be completely appalled by such behavior. This phrase is actually trademarked by the Las Vegas Convention and Visitors Bureau. Las Vegas has been known as the “Sin City” for decades, but in 1999 this new “What happens in Vegas stays in Vegas” slogan was coined and was implemented in multiple television commercials encouraging people to visit

the city and take part in all forms of debauchery it has to offer, but to keep it to themselves to avoid any social repercussions once they return home.

Video Games Today, both kids and adults enjoy playing video games and the graphics and action are beyond what anyone could have imagined who grew up playing the Atari or Nintendo game systems in the 1980s. Game types range from role playing adventures, to sports games and shoot ’em ups. With the increased processing power and graphics capabilities of these systems, there is an increased realness to the games, and when an abnormal amount of time is spent playing violent shoot ’em up games, many psychologists fear that it desensitizes people to such violence. Such games place the user in the position where they “kill” dozens, perhaps hundreds of people, and in some games the targets aren’t “bad guys,” but instead are ordinary innocent people or police, and the point of some games is to just create havoc and kill as many people as you can, and enjoy doing it. Where passively watching countless hours of television or films depicting such violence desensitizes people to it, the active involvement of these realistic videogames dramatically increase this desensitization and teach the users to find pleasure and rewards for the more people they kill. One of the most notoriously violent videogames is the Grand Theft Auto series where players attempt to rise up the ranks of the criminal underworld through various objectives and are encouraged to commit mindless violent criminal acts. For example, in one mission the player gains points by killing people and causing destruction throughout the city and if they steal a police car and run people over with it, they receive double the number of points since they are killing with a police car, instead of if they had stolen an ordinary vehicle. The game has generated a decent amount of controversy from parents who are outraged that a game exists with such sinister goals, and the game’s creators have had multiple lawsuits filed against them claiming the game has encouraged or inspired several people to steal cars and commit multiple murders.

William Buckner, who was 15 at the time, and his younger brother Josh (13) ended up killing two people after shooting them while they were driving on the freeway. They told police they went out to shoot at the side [xlii] of trucks after playing Grand Theft Auto III .

The victims’ families filed a $246 million dollar lawsuit against Rockstar Games, Take-Two Interactive Software, Wal-Mart, and Sony Computer Entertainment America who manufactures the Playstation 2 game counsel. Rockstar and its parent company, Take-Two, filed for dismissal of the lawsuit in 2003, stating in U.S. District Court that the “ideas and concepts as well as the ‘purported psychological effects’ on the Buckners are protected by the First Amendment’s free-speech clause.” An attempt to move the lawsuit into a state court was unsuccessful under Tennessee’s consumer protection act and the plaintiffs dismissed the case. Another lawsuit involving the game was started in 2005 after a 17 year old named Devin Moore shot and killed three police officers in Alabama after he was questioned regarding a stolen vehicle. When being questioned, Moore took a gun from one of the police officers and shot and killed him and two others and then fled in a police car. One of Moore’s attorneys, Jack Thompson, claimed it was Grand Theft Auto’s graphic nature—with his constant playing time—that caused Moore to commit the murders, and Moore’s family agrees. At the time of this writing, the case has not been resolved and is ongoing. Lawyer Jack Thompson has said, “There’s no doubt in my mind that but for Devin Moore’s training on this cop killing simulator, he would not have been able to kill three cops in Fayette, Alabama who are now dead and in the ground. We are suing Take-Two, Sony, Wal-Mart, and GameStop for having trained Devin Moore to kill. He had no history of violence. No criminal record.” Another teenager named Cody Posey who was said to obsessively play the game murdered his father, stepmother, and stepsister in New Mexico.

In 2009, a six-year-old boy took his mom’s car attempting to drive himself to school because he missed the bus, only to crash the car and luckily avoid serious injury. The child was able to drive the car over ten miles before crashing, and told the sheriff that he had trained how to drive on video [xliii] games, specifically mentioning Grand Theft Auto .

The Guinness World Records lists the game as the most controversial videogame series in history for glamorizing violence and its connections to [xliv] actual crimes.

Another videogame that wastes countless hours of people’s lives is the online role-playing game World of Warcraft . It’s sort of an advanced Dungeons and Dragons type of game, which has become synonymous with an antisocial outcast living in his parent’s basement. The game type is a massively multiplayer online role-playing game (MMORPG) which requires players to subscribe to a monthly service in order to play with other online gamers. The game made the Guinness Book of World Records for the most subscribed MMORPG, with more than 11.5 million monthly subscriptions. Such a game takes the players into a completely fictional fantasy land where they often find themselves spending dozens of hours a week. Such a large chunk of time obviously takes away from social activities such as hanging out with friends or going to parties, as well as physical activities like playing sports. Instead, many World of Warcraft players find themselves sitting in front of their computer screen alone hour after hour, with their social skills and physical fitness deteriorating with every passing minute.

Gay Children’s Books Everyone knows how impressionable children are. They believe in Santa Clause, the Easter Bunny, and the Tooth Fairy, after all. While parents cannot have complete control over the values and behaviors of their children, it is undeniable that the environment children are exposed to and the values and behaviors of the adults in their life largely influence them.

For example, the children of Anton LaVey, the founder of the Church of Satan, all grew up and continued to carry on the legacy of their father and are avowed Satanists themselves. While homosexuality is a complex and sensitive issue, it cannot be denied that heterosexual desires, behaviors, and couples are normal, and the small percentage of homosexuals represent an abnormal minority whose strange desires and behaviors are the result of some kind of neurological or hormonal disorder. This is not to say that they should be hated for what could be something they cannot fully control. But to teach young children that homosexuality is a normal and natural thing is an absolute abomination, yet in the 21st century the homosexual indoctrination of children took a disturbing turn when various children’s books began to find their way into schools which involved plots of gay characters and were being forced on the young students. In 2006 at Estabrook Elementary School in Lexington, Massachusetts, a teacher had chosen the theme of “weddings” for reading time, and the book she chose to read to the children was a picture book titled King and King which tells the story of two men who fall in love and get married. The book begins with a Queen nagging her unmarried son, the prince, because he is not married, saying, “When I was your age, I’d been married twice already.” The Queen brings in a bunch of princesses from neighboring kingdoms for him to choose from to be his wife, but he ended up being attracted to one of the princess’s brothers. “At last, the prince felt a stir in his heart. It was love at first sight,” the book reads. The two princes get married after a whirlwind courtship and are then crowned “king and king,” instead of king and queen. The last page shows a drawing of the two “kings” kissing each other on the lips. A similar book titled And Tango Makes Three, describes two male penguins who adopt a baby penguin and raise it together. The two penguins are clearly identified as being two men, and at one point in the story the zoo keeper says they must be in love.

One school superintendent, Jennifer Filyaw, said she considered the book [xlv]

“adorable” and appropriate for children ages 4 to 8.

Parents pressured the school to have the book removed from the school library, and were opposed by gay activists who claimed that would amount to “censorship.” At the Alameda Unified School District in California in 2009 the school board voted to uphold a special LBGT (Lesbian, Bisexual, Gay and Transgender) curriculum, and forced 2nd graders to read And Tango Makes [xlvi] Three .

The interesting thing about those who push the homosexual agenda is that they claim everyone should not be judgmental and that all views and lifestyles should be accepted, yet at the same time, they attack conservatives or Christians who are opposed to such agendas. So while claiming people shouldn’t judge, many gays themselves judge others who have differing opinions and values regarding homosexual agendas, even when those opposed to such things are respectful in their differences. The original writings of the Illuminati read, “We must win the common people in every corner. This will be obtained chiefly by means of the schools, and by open, hearty behavior, show, condescension, popularity, and toleration of their prejudices, which we shall at leisure root out and dispel.”

Obama’s Perverted “Safe Schools Czar” Kevin Jennings, the person president Obama appointed to be his “safe schools czar” is a homosexual who acknowledged that when he was a schoolteacher he advised a 15 year old boy to use condoms when having sex with an older man he met at a bus station bathroom. Not only did Jennings fail to report this incident of statutory rape to authorities, but in the months following he befriended this young boy who would come by his office and tell him of his gay “adventures.” Jennings writes about this in his 2007 autobiography, Mama’s Boy, Preacher’s Son: A Memoir . On page 162, Jennings writes: “Robertson soon told me the tale, about someone he’d met in Boston, how he thought he

loved him, how heartbroken he was when his calls never got returned…” On page 169, he continues: “As the fall wore on, Robertson continued to drop by my office to chat, often updating me on his latest ‘adventures.’ Sometimes these startled me, and I began to underline the importance of safe sex to him.” It wouldn’t be surprising if Jennings secretly had a crush on this young boy and found sexual gratification from hearing about all of his homosexual encounters. Jennings is also the author/editor of a book titled One Teacher in 10 , which is, “A collection of more than 30 accounts by gay and lesbian teachers from schools and universities across the country. Each narrative recounts its author’s experiences either as an openly gay or lesbian teacher or during the period of coming out.” Jennings has also written about his past drug use and his contempt for religion, and promotes homosexuality in schools. Department of Education spokesman Justin Hamilton declined to comment on Jennings’ statements about encouraging the young boy to have sex with the older man, but Arne Duncan who is Obama’s Secretary of Education, said he was “honored” to work with Jennings and described him as “uniquely qualified for his job.” [xlvii] Some defenders say the Obama administration wasn’t aware of Jennings past, but it was written clearly in his autobiography and as Peter Sprigg of the Family Research Council said, “This controversy about the possible statutory rape was raised in 2004 when he received an award from the NEA. So it’s not like it’s been a secret. So I think it shows yet another failure of the Obama administration’s vetting process.” As if these issues weren’t bad enough, the perversions of Kevin Jennings actually get much worse. In March 2000 the Gay, Lesbian, and Straight Education Network (GLSEN) of Massachusetts held a conference where workshop leaders taught children as young as 14 how to “fist” each other, which is the dangerous sexual practice of sticking an entire hand up the rectum of another individual. Kevin Jennings is the founder of GLSEN and was the keynote speaker at this conference. In 2007 he was paid over $250,000 as its executive director.

At the 2001 GLSEN conference, activists handed out over 400 “fisting kits” which included rubber gloves and lubrication to the children who attended. In 2005 this same organization handed out hundreds of copies of a booklet to kids titled The Little Black Book: Queer in the 21st Century which contained sections titled: Fucking; Licking Butt; Piss Play, and Fisting , each of which describes in very graphic language the practices of these different types of gay sex activities.

Slutty Halloween Costumes It’s a well-known aspect of Halloween that young adults, particularly female college students, like to dress up in the skimpiest and sluttiest outfits possible that night, but a disturbing trend can be seen in the costumes for young children. Very skimpy and slutty costumes are now found on the shelves for very young children and some parents who are lost in the culture of the New World Order don’t think anything of it. Fortunately there are still parents with morals and decent values. “If girls get used to dressing like this, they might want to become a whore after Halloween,” said Harlem mom Malinda Martinez, 33, who has a 6-year-old [xlviii] girl. “They’re far too grown up for kids.”

The marketing message for many children’s costumes are more blatantly sexual than ever before. “The Navy ships won’t want to leave the dock unless this cute sailor girl is on board,” reads one catalog entry for a teenyweeny sailor costume in sizes that can fit a 4-year-old that was sold by a Party City store on West 14th Street in New York City. “It is so wrong,” said Sharon Lamb, author of the book Packaging Girlhood: Rescuing Our Daughters From Marketers’ Schemes . “The message being put out there is that it’s right to be slutty on Halloween. That’s what Halloween is all about now. The one night when it’s OK to live your fantasies, marketers are telling children their fantasies should involve [xlix] sex. It is very damaging.”

An article in the New York Post explains that a reporter found an array of slutty Halloween costumes for children at a Party City on East Fourth Street in New York City, including: A Goldilocks costume suitable for a Penthouse party with clingy gingham lace-up peasant dress with a white petticoat “that’s all grown up, and you can have your porridge and more.” A pirate costume called the “High Seas Hottie” made in sizes to fit an 8year-old. A women-in-chains fantasy costume called “Convict Cutie” that features a spandex dress and lace-up bodice. A “Devil Grrrl” costume for 10 to 14-year-olds that includes a flaming-red dress and tail, skanky fishnet hose and gloves and a tiny pitchfork. “This grrrl devil likes to get things heating up!” the packaging boasts. One blogger wrote, “Every year, it gets harder and harder to find a costume for my oldest daughter that won’t get her picked up by the cops as a street walker…I’m still on my search to find a costume that doesn’t have a miniskirt, lace-up corset or have the word ‘cutie’ in it for my 5-year-old. I may [l] have to resort to making her a ghost by throwing a sheet over her.”

Jack Black’s Prayer to Satan on MTV At the 2009 Video Music Awards on MTV, a popular award show, actor Jack Black decided to offer up a prayer of thanks to Satan. “Since we’re giving a rock award tonight, who wants to pray to the Devil with me? Let me see those horns! (referring to the El Diablo hand sign of extending the index and pinky fingers.) Now take the hand of the person next to you. Dear dark lord Satan…just wanted to ask you to grant tonight’s winners continued success in the music industry.” Much of the crowd cheered with encouragement and many held up their “Devil horns” in unison with Black. MTV continues to be a major sewer pipe pouring garbage of all kinds into the living rooms of millions.

Anti-God Advertisements in New York Sub-way Stations A coalition of eight different atheist organizations purchased a month’s worth of advertising space in a dozen subway stations in Manhattan in order to promote atheism and attack belief in God. One poster reads “A million New Yorkers are good without God. Are you?” The groups behind the ads, which calls themselves the Big Apple Coalition of Reason, say they are, “part of a coordinated multi-organizational advertising campaign designed [li] to raise awareness about people who don’t believe in a god.”

The New York City subway system is used by more than 5 million people per day. The organizers bragged that the 2009 American Religious Identification Survey indicated that approximately 15% of those surveyed check “none” for religion, up from 8% in 1990 and said that this was just the beginning of a nationwide effort to post their materials in transit systems across the country. Atheism is promoted by the Illuminati and the establishment because they know that most religions instill moral values in people and promote a code of conduct that enriches peoples’ lives and helps them to be happier, healthier, and create systems of accountability through friends to discourage and minimize destructive, immoral, and unhealthy behaviors. A population of hedonists whose lives are in shambles because of credit card debt, alcohol and drug abuse, and destructive broken relationships are going to be too wrapped up in their own lives and problems to care about looking into what their lawmakers and politicians are doing. Such people are not going to become organized or even speak up about any issues directly affecting them and will not get in the way of the New World Order.

Alcohol and Drug Abuse Encouraged Since a population trapped in a downward spiral of drug and alcohol abuse will not care to learn about political issues or get involved, this behavior is also encouraged. Celebrities are worshiped by the mentally enslaved who mimic their behavior and habits, finding them cool and exciting. It’s interesting to learn that many musicians are complete phonies who portray a lifestyle in their music that is completely different from their personal lives.

Others become nearly destroyed by the very attitudes and behaviors that shot them to stardom. Rap celebrity Dr. Dre released an album called The Chronic in 1992 which featured a large pot leaf printed on the CD face (chronic is a slang term for marijuana) and contained numerous references to smoking weed, doing drugs, and committing crimes. In August of 2008 Dr. Dre’s first son Andre Young Jr. died at the age of 20 from an overdose [lii] of heroin and morphine.

Rapper 50 Cent burst on the music scene in 2003 with his single In Da Club with lyrics saying, “You can find me in the club, bottle full of bub [alcohol] / Look mommy I got the X [Ecstasy] if you’re into taking drugs,” portraying the image of a club hopping party animal, but in interviews 50 Cent has repeatedly stated that he is a home body and doesn’t like to go out to clubs. One particular radio station in San Diego, and I’m sure in multiple other cities as well, plays the sound of a water bong (a device used for smoking marijuana) every day at 4:20pm celebrating “420” which is a number used by pot smokers to signify smoking marijuana. This author observed a scene once in the TV show Nip/Tuck where a character pulled out a water bong and smoked weed with his grandmother. The show airs on the cable station FX. Showing a water bong being smoked on TV is something that never happened until the 21st century when society sunk to a new level as it continued to deteriorate. This author is personally fairly libertarian when it comes to marijuana laws and sees the criminalization of possession and use largely a money making ploy for private prisons, but it’s not just marijuana that is being portrayed as cool and fun. Films like Blow (2001) starring Johnny Depp sensationalize cocaine use, and Trainspotting (1996) did the same thing for heroine.

Banking, Money, and Taxes Perhaps you have noticed that frequently the largest and most extravagant buildings in most cities (and even small towns) are banks. It’s fascinating how banks make money off interest, which is one of the most lucrative businesses known to man. While most businesses build a product or provide some kind of service involving manual labor or specialized knowledge, banks make enormous profits through the seemingly magical practice of lending people money and collecting interest on the loans. When one really looks into how money is created and used, and how interest is generated from loans, it becomes clear that the banking industry is one of the pillars of the New World Order and is at the core of the elite’s ability to control people, politicians, and even governments of large countries. You’ll often hear people familiar with this issue say that the banks “create money out of nothing, and then loan it out at interest.” Such a statement is hard to grasp at first, but conveys just how big of a con the banking industry is involved in. Such a con game goes back thousands of years and is often blamed on the Jews due to their money lending practices in Biblical times. In the 10th century the Knights Templar figured out this amazing strategy and became the first international bankers in Europe and the practice contributed greatly to their wealth. On October 13, 1307 (Friday the 13th ) the leadership of the Knights Templar was arrested in France for allegedly practicing strange and satanic rituals, a charge most prominent occultists admit was true. Surviving Knights Templar went underground and are believed to have started Freemasonry which they used as a cover for their occult beliefs and practices. Freemasons then continued to operate (and still continue) as a Mystery School which the Illuminati was able to graft onto. Besides functioning as a place to learn occult theology and mysticism, other areas of life are also taught and nurtured in these Mystery Schools such as science, business, and banking.

Because the business of banking is extremely profitable, and the banks owners don’t have to build any products or really provide any services involving extensive manual labor, cunning businessmen saw the potential for virtually unlimited easy money and became involved in the industry. People like Paul Warburg, J.P. Morgan, and others monopolized the industry, thus securing their wealth for countless generations and giving them the ability to buy politicians and fund their personal plans for a global government.

The Federal Reserve In understanding the role of money and banking in the New World Order, it is important to know about the true nature of the Federal Reserve (often simply called “the Fed”). Most people think the Federal Reserve is a government owned bank in the United States or a branch of the Department of the Treasury, but this couldn’t be further from the truth. “The Federal Reserve is no more federal than Federal Express” is the joke that people familiar with this issue often tell. And they’re right. The Federal Reserve is a private group of banks that lends money to the United States government in the same way your local bank lends you money. This ingenious scheme was put in place in 1913 with the passing of the Federal Reserve Act which was drawn up in secret by a group of wealthy banksters when they met on Jekyll Island off the coast of Georgia three years earlier. Ever since the Federal Reserve Act was put into law, the United States has become a servant to the elite international bankers and the national debt has skyrocketed out of control. Thomas Jefferson, the 3rd president of the United States once said, “I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around [the banks] will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.”

Alan Greenspan, who worked as the Chairman of the Federal Reserve for over eighteen years, made an extremely candid statement once about how powerful the Federal Reserve is when being interviewed on PBS while he was promoting his book The Age of Turbulence (2007). The interviewer, Jim Lahr, asked him what the proper relationship should be between the chairman of the Federal Reserve and a president of the United States, to which Greenspan answered, “Well, first of all, the Federal Reserve is an independent agency, and that means basically that there is no other agency of government which can overrule actions that we take…what the relationships are don’t frankly matter.” To learn more about this fascinating and important issue, you are urged to watch the films, Money As Debt , The Money Masters , or Monopoly Men .

Gold and Silver People against the New World Order will often be interested in investing in gold and silver—particularly physical gold and silver—meaning they purchase coins or bars that they themselves take physical possession of, rather than just buying gold or silver stocks or certificates. The reason for this is because gold and silver are seen as real money, as opposed to a fiat currency like the US dollar. A fiat currency is a currency that isn’t backed by gold or silver. Before 1971 the US dollar was backed by gold which meant that for every dollar in circulation, there was one dollar worth of gold in possession by the federal government or the Federal Reserve Bank. This was a way to keep inflation low since the gold supply only slowly increased, so then would inflation. But in 1971 President Nixon took the US dollar off the gold standard, meaning the Federal Reserve could print money and put it in circulation that was not backed by gold, so the rate of inflation was no longer connected to the amount of gold in existence, but rather to the number of dollars the Federal Reserve wanted to print. For decades, patriots and those in The Resistance had worried that the Federal Reserve Banking System, which is controlled by a group of private banks operating as if they were a government entity, would one day make

the US dollar practically worthless because it would print so many of them it would create what is called hyper-inflation, thus destroying the value of the currency as was seen in the Weimar Republic in Germany in the 1930s, and recently in Zimbabwe, Africa where the inflation rate was so high that a bunch of bananas cost literally billions of Zimbabwe dollars. Since the year 2000 gold has went from $300 an ounce to over $1100 an ounce in the beginning of 2010. Silver went from $5.25 an ounce to $18 an ounce in the same timeframe. Some market analysts predict that gold will hit $2000 an ounce sometime into the 2010 decade, and others are even predicting $5000 an ounce. Much of the increase in the price of gold and silver isn’t because the metals are getting rarer, but rather the price is a reflection of the weakening US dollar. Gold and silver have been seen as a hedge against inflation for decades and most financial advisers recommend that 10% of a person’s investments should be held in gold. In a video that got several hundred thousand views on YouTube, this author offered to sell random strangers walking along a boardwalk on a beach a one ounce gold coin for $50, and in some cases, $20, and once tried to trade it for a cup of coffee, but nobody expressed any interest. Some didn’t want the coin because it was Canadian and didn’t think it had much value in America, not realizing that a one ounce gold coin stamped with a picture of Mickey Mouse is still an ounce of gold and can be sold at any coin shop for whatever the spot price of gold is going for that day. Some of the comments on the video by the viewer’s said they thought the people I approached thought it was a fake coin and that was why they didn’t want to buy it for fifty bucks. These people missed the point of the video which was to show that very few people have any clue whatsoever about what the value of gold is, so I shot another video to clearly illustrate this. In the follow up video I offered random passers-by the coin for free if they knew or could guess how much gold was trading for that day within 25%. You have to see the video to really grasp the impact of it, and if you watch it you will see that adults over the age of 30 guessed as low as thirty-eight cents and as high as $245. At the time the video was shot, gold was trading for $1150 per ounce. After the “contestants,” as I called them, gave me their

answer, I told them how much the coin was actually worth and captured their reactions on the video. People concerned with the New World Order are especially interested in owning physical gold and silver because they are aware of the elite’s ultimate goal of establishing one currency for the whole world, and in order to accomplish this it is likely that the United States dollar will have to be made practically worthless through hyper-inflation at which point the solution for this currency crisis will be the introduction of a new regional currency or an adoption of a global currency. (See One World Currency ) Another reason for physically holding a collection of silver coins (usually one ounce coins which is the standard weight) is the possibility that a community barter system or an underground economy may have to be used for a period of time during a hyper-inflation scenario. In the event of a hyper-inflationary depression and the US dollar becomes practically worthless, or loses 90% of its value in a short time frame, small mom and pop stores, as well as neighborhoods and perhaps entire communities may start using one ounce silver coins as money to exchange goods and services. A small local bakery may only sell loaves of bread for a one ounce silver coin, or someone with a large farm or garden may sell their produce to others in their community, but only for silver. If this sounds far-fetched you should be aware that during the hyper-inflation in Zimbabwe, street vendors stopped taking the country’s currency because of the massive daily [liii] inflation, and would only accept grams of gold for payment.

Since a one ounce gold coin has a fairly high value, it is advised that you purchase and hold onto at least a small amount of one ounce silver coins because their value can be matched with various products or services. In the event of this kind of a black market economy arising, very few transactions would need to be made in gold because one ounce of gold is worth approximately 50 times what an ounce of silver is worth. If a loaf of bread is selling for one ounce of silver, and all you have is one ounce gold coins (or even half ounce or quarter ounces) then you’re going to have to buy way more bread than you could possibly need at the moment. This would be like shopping at a Dollar Store with only $100 dollar bills and the store wouldn’t be able to give you any change.

Income Tax and the IRS A faction of The Resistance is adamant about the federal income tax being illegal, and don’t believe the 16th Amendment was properly ratified, therefore they don’t believe the income tax should be paid. Some people who believe this actually stop paying their income taxes, and a handful of people who have done so and been taken to court over it and won, are used as examples by these people as evidence that they are correct. This is a dangerous fight to pick and is extremely difficult to win. Most people who believe the income tax is illegal, still pay their taxes because they know that when it comes to the government wanting its money, they will stop at nothing to get it. Thomas Jefferson said, “the power to tax is the power to destroy,” and he was correct. Aaron Russo’s 2006 film America: Freedom to Fascism is perhaps one of the most popular films on the subject of the income tax being illegal. In the film he interviews former IRS agents, tax protesters, and others who all subscribe to the belief that the tax is illegal. Ed and Elaine Brown are a married couple from New Hampshire who got national media attention in 2007 after they had a five month standoff with federal authorities after refusing to turn themselves in after having been convicted of tax crimes. Their home was designed to function “off the grid” and they had stockpiled food and supplies, but also had help from various visitors who were allowed on the property during the standoff. The Browns were known to be armed and police had feared another Ruby Ridge type of incident if they tried to forcefully arrest them. After the five month standoff they were eventually arrested by undercover officers posing as supporters who were invited into the house by the Browns on October 4, 2007 and were immediately arrested without incident. Four individuals who assisted the Browns during the standoff were later convicted in connection with the matter. Their sentences ranged from two and a half years to thirty six years in prison for bringing the Browns food and supplies during the standoff.

Regarding tax protesters, it’s significant to note that Irwin Schiff, the father of economic guru and Senate candidate Peter Schiff, was sentenced to thirteen years in prison after being found guilty of tax evasion. The courts claimed Irwin owed over $2 million dollars in back taxes. Irwin was a prominent tax protester and conducted seminars teaching people why he thought paying income tax was illegal.

2009 Tea Party Protests April 15,th as you probably know, is “Tax Day” in America, and is the deadline for filing your yearly income tax statement. While nobody likes paying taxes, and they continuously go up with little opposition from citizens, Tax Day in 2009 was different in the United States. The Tea Party protests, as they have become known as, were (and continue to be) a nationwide coordinated protest against big government, economic stimulus packages, government spending, and high taxes in general. Millions of Americans gathered in rallies across the country to show their displeasure with the out of control government. The name “Tea Party” is a reference to the Boston Tea Party from the American Revolution where colonists boarded British ships in 1773 and destroyed large quantities of tea by throwing it in the water as a symbolic protest against taxation without representation. The liberal media collectively labeled the Tea Party protesters as “tea baggers” which is a slang term for sucking on testicles. Liberal commentators all knew this which was evident by their inability to contain their smirks and giggles every time they said it. CNN’s Anderson Cooper (a homosexual) was interviewing David Gergen about opposition to the 2009 stimulus packages, when Gergen commented that the Republicans “still haven’t found their voice” referring to a consensus on how to deal with the ensuing recession, when Cooper jumped in and said, “it’s hard to talk when you’re tea bagging.” Cooper’s disgusting comment with clear sexual overtones caused his guests to all giggle like children. Despite a backlash by people upset with his vulgar joke, no [liv] disciplinary action was taken.

Rachel Maddow on MSNBC (another homosexual) covered the Tea Party protests with a perverted slant, emphasizing the words “tea bagging” throughout the segment, causing her off camera staff (a camera man or production assistant) to laugh out loud which was clearly audible. “They [lv]

don’t want to tea bag alone, if that’s even possible,”

she joked, again referring to the sexual connotations that such a term holds. Another left wing MSNBC host, Keith Olbermann, made a joke about cleaning up after the tea bagging and then admitted, “and that will be my last intentional double entendre on this one, at least until the end of the segment.” A double entendre is a figure of speech which is meant to be understood in either of two ways, one being straightforward, and the other less so, often risqué or inappropriate. A report posted on the Anti-Defamation League’s (ADL) website, titled Rage Grows in America: Anti-Government Conspiracies , lists the Tea Party protests as evidence that since the election of Barack Obama as president, “a climate of fervor and activism with manifestations ranging from incivility in public forums to acts of intimidation and violence” has occurred in America. The report contains a section titled The Tea Parties which reads, “The rapid growth of anti-government anger in the wake of Obama’s election first became apparent in the spring of 2009, when conservative groups and grass-roots activists organized a nationwide series of anti-government rallies dubbed ‘Tea Parties.’ At these events, and later sequels, antigovernment sentiments and conspiracy theories proliferated, with a common theme being that somehow Obama had ‘stolen’ the country from [lvi] Americans.”

This report also lists Alex Jones from Infowars.com as the “Conspiracy King” and says, “Further out into the extremist fringe, one person in particular has been responsible for stirring up anti-government and antiObama conspiracy theories in the United States.”

Establishment Attempts to Demonize Critics of Obama’s Economic Policies MSNBC host Carlos Watson, who is an African American, was addressing the increased use of people labeling President Obama as a socialist because of his policies, when Watson stated, “you start to wonder, in fact, if the word socialist is becoming a code word, whether or not socialist is [lvii] becoming the new N-word.”

After a story broke about Barrack Obama’s wife Michelle having 26 aids, and conservatives were questioning why she would need so many and were concerned about the cost, MSNBC’s Chris Matthews tried to quell such criticism by stating, “When I heard people going after the first lady and the number of staff that they have, it sounds racist to me. It sounds like people [lviii] are mad we have a black first lady.”

Comedian Janeane Garofalo stated on MSNBC’s Countdown with Keith Olbermann that the Tea Party protests in 2009 were not about protesting out of control government spending or increasing taxes, but that, “Let’s be very honest about what this is about. It’s not about bashing democrats, it’s not about taxes, they have no idea what the Boston Tea Party was about. They don’t know their history at all. This is about hating a black man in the White House. This is racism straight up…and there is no way around that.” She was not joking. Former Democratic President Jimmy Carter told Brian Williams during an interview on NBC that, “I think an overwhelming portion of the intentionally demonstrated animosity towards President Barrack Obama is based on the fact that he is a black man, that he’s African American….and I think it’s bubbled up to the surface because of a belief among many white people, not just in the south, but around the country, that African Americans [lix] are not qualified to lead this great country.”

The Servant Class

So a private bank (the Federal Reserve) has a stranglehold over the United States government, in much of the same way that many consumers are in debt to credit cards or other unsecured loans. (An unsecured loan is a loan that is not backed by collateral.) Much of consumer debt is due to people “buying things they don’t need with money they don’t have” as the cliché goes. Dining out, bar tabs, new clothes, and vacations often rack up enormous credit card debt which then continues to rise with compounding interest, with people often only making the minimum payment that doesn’t even cover the previous month’s interest. The larger the national debt of the United States government goes, the higher taxes are raised, and the lower the standard of living gets. You often hear that “the middle class is shrinking,” which means that more and more people will never own a home or be able to retire, and will never really accumulate any valuable assets. Another cliché, “the rich get richer and the poor get poorer” is sadly coming true. A major financial goal for the New World Order is to completely erode the middle class and leave only two social classes remaining: the wealthy, and the poor working class who will forever be slaves to the system, laboring away to pay their taxes and fuel the lifestyles of the elite Illuminati. While many people fear this coming and are trying to fight against it, the vast majority of Americans are happy as long as they can get drunk and watch football on the weekends, and have come to embrace their slavery. The elite are pleased with this servant class since they are uninformed and out of the way, and while living only for the moment, they don’t even consider the possibility that there is more to life or that they have been reduced to mere peasants.

One World Currency People who are aware of the emerging New World Order often warn of a coming one world currency, and the “mark of the beast.” In fact, many Christians are aware of Revelation 13:16-18 which states, “And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six.” The infamous mark of the beast is fairly well known in Christian circles, and secular circles as well. The term refers to a passage in the Book of Revelation, which is the last book in the Bible, and indicates some kind of mark that the Antichrist world dictator will force everyone to take on their right hand or on their forehead, and if they don’t, then they will not be able to buy or sell anything or partake in any kind of financial transactions using money. This book of the Bible is believed by most scholars to have been written sometime between the year 68 A.D. and 90 A.D. by John of Patmos and describes his apocalyptic visions of the last days of the earth. While most Christians have heard of the mark of the beast and have some idea of what it is, unfortunately most of them do not see the underlying forces and institutions that are continuously striving to bring such a thing into reality. For decades resistance groups and those who were concerned about a New World Order saw the signs that one day the elite bankers around the world hoped to implement a single global currency and eliminate all other forms of money. This unified global currency will be transferred into an electronic currency then, and the use of cash and coins will practically be eliminated and a thing of the past.

Once this electronic currency is the universally accepted method of payment for all goods and services, every person in the world will be subjected to having each and every one of their financial transactions recorded in a database. Exactly what you buy, when you buy it, how much you paid, and what store location you bought it from will be cataloged and stored indefinitely. The days of making cash transactions for things like selling an old car, or even mowing a neighbor’s lawn will be a thing of the past. Once this system is implemented the government can ensure that they will be aware of each and every financial transaction, no matter how large or small, and be sure to tax you as they see fit. The financial transaction database on each person can also be used in ways that most people could never imagine. The financial institutions connected to your mark of the beast can sell your entire purchasing history to advertisers or even insurance companies. Are you purchasing large quantities of chocolate cake on a weekly basis? Cigarettes? Beer? Your insurance company would love to know these things, and could use such information to either increase your rates, or to place you lower on the priority list when you need medical treatment since your purchasing profile shows that you buy a lot of chocolate cake and beer and aren’t paying any monthly dues to a gym or health club. President Bill Clinton’s mentor at Georgetown University, the establishment insider named Carroll Quigley wrote in his 1966 book Tragedy and Hope that “The powers of financial capitalism had (a) far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent meetings and conferences. The apex of the systems was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations. Each central bank...sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the [lx] business world.”

The Amero The Amero is the new currency that elite globalist organizations are pushing to replace the American dollar, the Canadian dollar, and the Mexican peso. This will likely happen after the North American Union becomes official, which they are also pushing. Once regional currencies are established around the world, all those currencies will then be merged into the one world currency, and then transformed into an electronic currency. The Amero was first proposed in 1999 by a Canadian economist named Herbert G. Grubel who published a book titled The Case for the Amero . [lxi]

This was the same year that the Euro became the official currency in Europe for the European Union. Chairman of the Council on Foreign Relations, Robert Pastor, later had a book published in 2001 titled Toward a North American Community , where he wrote, “In the long term, the amero is in the best interests of all three [lxii]

countries,”

referring to the United States, Canada, and Mexico. Anyone who has spent any time looking at the elite organizations at the heart of the New World Order knows that the Council on Foreign Relations usually gets what it wants, and it is very telling when the chairman writes a book about wanting a North American Union and a new regional currency. An economist at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Eric van Wincoop, co-authored a journal article in 2001 which discussed what he said were the benefits of a regional currency, saying, “The use of different moneys across borders can form a barrier as there are costs in exchanging currencies in spot and forward markets and traders face uncertainty about currency movements that cannot always be hedged. A common currency also leads [lxiii] to greater transparency of price differentials.”

It is very interesting that elite members of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York have been promoting the idea of creating a new regional currency involving the United States, Canada,

and Mexico, while at the same time such an idea is called a conspiracy theory by most so-called financial or political experts. The reason for this is so that such a plan may be formulated and finalized without the public’s awareness so the plan for such a currency will be just a few steps from completion before it or its supporters are faced with any opposition. Since the insider’s discussions of such a plan are mainly in literature only read by other insiders and not in the mainstream press, it is basically an open secret which goes unnoticed by the masses who are distracted by the pop culture circus that is presented to them by the mainstream media.

Hal Turner’s Amero Hoax A man named Hal Turner posted a video on his YouTube channel on October 4th 2008 titled “Hal Turner Shows New AMERO Currency,” where he claimed to have in his possession an actual Amero coin he obtained from a contact at the Denver Mint. The video quickly received over 400,000 views and reached the number one spot on Google Video’s top 100 list and was spread around the Internet like wildfire. A lot of people gullibly accepted his claims, and believed that the Amero would soon be released to the public. What most people didn’t realize is that Hal Turner is a white supremacist who worked for the FBI as an informant and an agent provocateur. More on this later. The “Amero” that Turner held in his hand for his video was simply a novelty replica that could be purchased from www.AmeroCurrency.com or www.DC-Coin.com. As he is displaying his coin in his video, at one point the camera zooms in on the front and back of the coin to show the designs as he attempts to “prove” its authenticity, and if you compare the coin he is holding to the replicas sold on the Internet, they are EXACTLY the same. After someone does two minutes of research, Hal Turner’s claims become absurd and can be seen as completely fraudulent, but some of his supporters still defended him online saying that he himself was “duped” into believing that he had been sent a “real” Amero by an informant who worked at the Denver Mint. After all, the Council on Foreign Relations and other New World Order organizations have been planning such a thing for years. The previous year Turner had posted photos of “real” Amero coins on his

website, which also spread around the web, and interestingly enough he would later buy or obtain the replica and show it off to be real. A quick Google search shows anyone that the pictures of the coins were taken from the various websites that create novelty coins and replicas. Countless people must have emailed him to point this out to him, as did the comments on his blog post, so he had to know that the coins were simply replicas, but that didn’t stop him from trying to continue the hoax a year later by claiming to have an actual coin. Posting comments on the video on his YouTube channel of his alleged discovery had been disabled by him, obviously because people would post comments and links showing his coin was nothing but an easily obtained replica. Numerous counter videos were posted to YouTube exposing this hoax, and various bloggers had posted articles pointing it out as well. Two months later, on December 3rd 2008 Turner posted photos of “Amero paper currency” and wrote, “To the chagrin of the government, I have obtained new “AMERO” paper currency notes! You know, the “AMERO” . . . . the new currency that is going to replace the US Dollar, The Canadian Dollar and the Mexican Peso? Yea, the new currency that all three [lxiv] governments claim doesn’t exist. . . I have it.”

His article goes on to say how over a year ago he “first broke” the story about Amero coins being secretly created at the Denver Mint, referring to the photos he posted on his website. His article also claims that YouTube notified him that the video he had posted showing his alleged Amero coin had been deleted and his account “permanently closed at the request of the United States Treasury Department.” Turner wrote, “The Treasury department told YouTube/Google that my video was destabilizing the U.S. [lxv] Dollar and was thus a threat to national security.”

While his articles allow readers to post comments, the user is notified that the administrator (Turner) must approve all comments first, and if and when this happens, it will show up on the website. So obviously, all comments posted informing him and the readers that the photos and his claims are

fraudulent, were simply not approved, and never found their way on the website. It is incredible the number of gullible people that continue to believe Turner. By reading the comments that he had approved, it becomes clear the inability of Turner’s readers to distinguish fact from fiction. What’s worse is that Turner’s articles are often copied and pasted into emails and sent around to others by people who believe his writings and aren’t aware of his continuous lies and his admitted role as a government agent. One can see how a large percentage of the viewers of his video claiming to show an Amero will believe him at first—that the Ameros are already being coined, only to later dismiss the idea of the U.S. Dollar collapsing and being replaced by a new currency—because it turns out the video was a hoax. It’s a classic case of disinformation by mixing facts with fiction, in an attempt to prevent the public from focusing on the impact of such issues that we will ultimately face in the near future. Turner has a history of urging and hoping for violence against others, including judges, and has posted their home addresses on his website and written blogs celebrating their murders. In July 2009 Turner was arrested for allegedly posting threats to federal judges. During a court appearance his lawyer Michael Orozco pleaded with the judge saying Turner worked for the FBI beginning in 2002 as an “agent provocateur” and was taught by the agency “what he could say that [lxvi] wouldn’t be crossing the line.”

“His job was basically to publish information which would cause other parties to act in a manner which would lead to their arrest,” Orozco said. [lxvii] So it is clear that not only was Turner wrong about having an actual Amero coin, but he was purposefully lying about it in an attempt to create the idea that a regional currency, likely to be called the Amero, is a hoax and something American’s don’t need to worry about or look into. This way when people hear about such a plan, they quickly dismiss it as a conspiracy theory or a hoax thanks to actions like Turner’s.

Turner’s admission that he worked for the FBI and his somewhat creative hoaxes about the Amero led many to believe that he worked as a disinformation agent, whose job it was to put out false and fraudulent information about the Amero, in order to make anyone who talked about such a thing seem like they were falling for Turner’s scam and that there was no such thing in the works.

China Calls for Global Currency In May of 2009 just before the G-20 economic summit in London, an official from China’s central bank made news around the world when they began calling for a new global currency to replace the U.S. dollar. The proposal came from Beijing’s central bank governor, Zhou Xiaochuan, who said that “the world economic crisis shows the inherent vulnerabilities and systemic risks in the existing international monetary system.” He recommended creating a currency that would be controlled by the International Monetary Fund in order “to achieve the objective of safeguarding global economic and financial stability.” China has been getting concerned about the value of the U.S. dollar because of Beijing’s estimated 1 trillion dollars in U.S. Treasuries and other government debt.

U.S. Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner Immediately after news surfaced of China’s desire for a one world currency, U.S. Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner was asked what his thoughts were on the proposals while he was speaking at a Council on Foreign Relations conference. A reporter asked, “[unintelligible]…about the Chinese proposal for a global currency…” Geithner answered, “I haven’t read the governor’s proposal…we’re actually quite open to that suggestion.” The previous day Geithner was asked by United States Representative Michelle Bachman, “I’m wondering, would you categorically renounce the United States moving away from the dollar and going to a global currency

as suggested this morning by China and also by Russia?,” to which Geithner replied, “I would. Yes.” She then asked Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, who was sitting right next to him, and he answered, “I [lxviii] would also.”

So in a 24 hour period Geithner completely changed his mind, from being against a global currency, to supporting it, and while speaking at a Council on Foreign Relations press conference none the less.

Russia Calls for Global Currency The Kremlin (Russia’s Parliament) published its priorities just prior to the G-20 meeting in March 2009, where they openly called for the creation of a supranational reserve currency that they said should be part of the strategy to reform the global financial system which began collapsing in the fourth quarter of 2008. (The G-20 meeting is a yearly forum consisting of the finance ministers and central bank governors of the world’s largest 20 economies who meet to discuss international financial issues.) Russia urged the International Monetary Fund to create a new “super reserve currency accepted by the whole of the international community.” [lxix]

Russian President Shows Off Sample Coin of New ‘World Currency’ at G-8 Just a few months later at the 2009 G-8 meeting held in L’Aquila, Italy, the President of Russia, Dmitry Medvedev pulled a coin out of his pocket and displayed it for the press saying it was a sample of the coin of a “united future world currency.” The sample coin was minted in Belgium and was presented to the heads of the G-8 delegations. It bears the words, “unity in diversity.” He said the coin, “means they’re getting ready. I think it’s a good sign that we [lxx] understand how interdependent we are.”

Remember that just a few months earlier during the April 2009 G-20 meeting, Russia proposed creating a new supranational currency and questioned the U.S. dollar’s future as the global reserve currency.

Euro Contributor Endorses Global Currency Kazakstan was part of the Soviet Union until it became an independent nation in 1991, and is the ninth largest country in the world. It borders Russia, China, Uzbekistan and Turkmenistan. While not thought of as a key player in global events, it is still noteworthy that the President, Nursultan Nazarbayev, also proposed a new global currency which he called the “acmetal.” What is also interesting, is that Robert Mundell, a man who played a key role in creating the Euro currency for the European Union voiced support for Nazarbayev’s idea saying, “I must say that I agree with President Nazarbayev on his statement and many of the things he said in his plan, the project he made for the world currency, and I believe I’m right on track [lxxi] with what he’s saying,” adding the idea held “great promise.”

Robert Mundell is an economics professor at Columbia University in New York City and was given the Nobel Prize in economics in 1999 for his role in creating the Euro currency for the European Union which unified currencies in many European countries—including Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain, Finland, Austria, and others.

Population Reduction At the time that this first edition of The New World Order: Facts & Fiction was first published in 2010, the earth’s population was around 6.795 billion [lxxii]

people.

One of the main goals of the New World Order is to massively reduce this number by billions of people. You read that correctly. A reduction of billions of people. Depending on the elitist, the goals of population reduction efforts range from reducing population by 50% to 95%. The elite politicians and businessmen say that the current population levels are dangerously high and will soon result in the depletion of the earth’s natural resources. To accomplish this reduction, various strategies have been implemented such as promoting contraception, abortions, and one child policies. Mass genocide has also been discussed, including using biological weapons to kill off large numbers of people in developing countries. Many fear that such a tactic will one day be attempted in developed countries as well. The rationale behind such massive and horrific population reduction plans is quite chilling. The elite feel that since most tasks involving a large amount of physical labor have been accomplished, such as clearing countless acres of land for interstate highway systems, building infrastructure, such as dams and power plants, mining national resources, etc., and so now only a maintenance force is needed. Just think for a moment about the immense number of man hours it took to build the roads, bridges, and buildings that you take for granted every day. While at one point in time, people had to mine for minerals with simple hand tools, we now have enormous pieces of machinery that can do a job that used to take hundreds of men to do. The human species has been able to streamline nearly every process through the use of mechanical and technological means. During the incredible construction process of much of the world’s infrastructure, the workers needed food, clothes, shelter, medicine, and a variety of other things which are part of modern life. But now that most of

the work is done, the elite see these people as using up valuable resources and simply being in the way and detrimental to the way of life that the elite hope to maintain. While people may find these claims hard to believe, as you keep reading you will find solid evidence and sources for them. The Illuminati want you dead.

Ted Turner Billionaire founder of CNN, Ted Turner, was interviewed Tuesday April 1st 2008 on Charlie Rose’s PBS show, where he revealed his beliefs about reducing the global population, but this was no April Fool’s joke. Turner began by parroting the sensationalized fears of climate change, saying it needed to be stopped. “Not doing it will be catastrophic. We’ll be 8 degrees hotter in 10, not 10 but 30 or 40 years and basically none of the crops will grow. Most of the people will have died and the rest of us will be cannibals. Civilization will have broken down. The few people that are left will be living in a failed state like Somalia or Sudan. And living conditions will be intolerable. The droughts will be so bad there will be no more corn growing. Not doing it will be like suicide.” Then he went on to say, “After that, we’ve got to stabilize the population. There’s too many people. That’s why we have global warming. We have global warming because too many people are using too much stuff, if there were less people, they’d be using less stuff.” Ted Turner himself has five children. In 1996, Turner stated in an interview with an environmental magazine Audubon that, “A total population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.” In 1997 he donated one billion dollars to the United Nations to support their goals, which include population reduction.

Dr. Eric Pianka Dr. Eric Pianka (born January 23, 1939) is a biology professor at the University of Texas at Austin, who made national news in March of 2006

after his acceptance speech for the Distinguished Texas Scientist Award given by the Texas Academy of Science. A science writer named Forrest Mims was in attendance during this speech and was shocked at what he had heard, and soon after wrote an article about it for The Citizen Scientist , claiming that Pianka had advocated genocide to reduce the world’s population. In this article Mims recounts that an official of the Academy approached the video camera operator at the front of the auditorium and, “engaged him in animated conversation. The camera operator did not look pleased as he pointed the lens of the big camera to the ceiling and slowly walked away.” So, by Forrest Mims account, Pianka’s speech was not allowed to be videotaped, and he writes that he noticed this curious incident because of his many years of experience as a writer and editor, and that it raised a red flag in his mind. Dr. Pianka began his speech by “explaining that the general public is not yet ready to hear what he was about to tell us,” Mims wrote. After Dr. Pianka told the audience that there were too many people on the earth and listing all the evils of humanity, Mims wrote that Pianka stated, “the only feasible solution to saving the Earth is to reduce the population to 10 percent of the present number…He then showed solutions for reducing the world’s population in the form of a slide depicting the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse. War and famine would not do, he explained. Instead, disease offered the most efficient and fastest way to kill the billions that must soon die if the population crisis is to be solved.” He then explains that Pianka displayed a slide showing rows of human skulls and says he was deeply disturbed, not only by Pianka’s speech, but because he “watched in amazement as a few hundred members of the Texas Academy of Science rose to their feet and gave a standing ovation to a speech that enthusiastically advocated the elimination of 90 percent of [lxxiii] Earth’s population by airborne Ebola.”

After learning of the sinister nature of Pianka’s speech, an affiliate of Mims named William Dembski informed the Department of Homeland Security

[lxxiv]

which resulted in the FBI interviewing Pianka.

While Pianka’s speech was not allowed to be videotaped, one can read his own words on his official University of Texas website where he wrote, “Humans have overpopulated the Earth and in the process have created an ideal nutritional substrate on which bacteria and viruses (microbes) will grow and prosper. We are behaving like bacteria growing on an agar plate, flourishing until natural limits are reached or until another microbe [lxxv] colonizes and takes over, using them as their resource.”

“First, and foremost, we must get out of denial and recognize that Earth simply cannot support many billions of people, at least not in the lifestyles we would all like to live.” “I am convinced that the world, including all humanity , WOULD clearly be much better off without so many of us.” [The bold face and capital print is in the original text on his website, and was not added in this book.] One of the links on his website is to an obituary that he posted of himself, although at the time of this writing he is still alive. One more disturbing detail regarding Dr. Pianka is that on this website he shows pictures of a [lxxvi] bison he raised on his land whose name is identified as Lucifer.

World-Famous Microbiologist Planned Genocide In 2001 shocking information was released showing that decades in the past a world-famous microbiologist and winner of the Nobel prize named Sir Fram Macfarlane had secretly urged the Australian government to develop and use biological weapons against Indonesia and other “overpopulated” countries in South-East Asia to target food crops and spread infectious diseases in order to kill large numbers of the population. Such plans, which were developed in 1947, were revealed to the public in 2001 after the top-secret files were declassified by the National Archives of Australia. The release of the reports were faced with resistance from the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, which fought to prevent them

from becoming public after historian Philip Dorling uncovered information on biological warfare in the National Archives in 1998. It wasn’t until 2001 that the damning files were released to Dorling, which included a detailed memo Sir Macfarlane wrote for the Defense Department in 1947, where he said that Australia should develop biological weapons that would work in tropical Asia without spreading to Australia’s more temperate population centers. “Specifically to the Australian situation, the most effective counteroffensive to threatened invasion by overpopulated Asiatic countries would be directed towards the destruction by biological or chemical means of tropical food crops and the dissemination of infectious disease capable of spreading in tropical but not under Australian conditions,” the [lxxvii] microbiologist said.

It’s important to note that his plans to unleash such weapons were not because Australia was at war, but because he wanted to reduce the large populations that were using the national resources. His reference to an “invasion by overpopulated countries” doesn’t refer to a military invasion but refers rather to the overpopulation itself. Another unclassified document reads that he noted, “Its use has the tremendous advantage of not destroying the enemy’s industrial potential which can then be taken over intact.” Sir Macfarlane was the head of the Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research, and won the Nobel prize in 1960 for medicine. In September, 1947, he joined a chemical and biological warfare subcommittee of the New Weapons and Equipment Development Committee in Australia, where he would develop his genocidal ideas where he recommended, “the possibilities of an attack on the food supplies of S-E Asia and Indonesia using B.W. agents should be considered by a small study group.” In 1951, he recommended that “a panel reporting to the chemical and biological warfare subcommittee should be authorized to report on the

offensive potentiality of biological agents likely to be effective against the local food supplies of South-East Asia and Indonesia.”

Prince Philip Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburg, is the husband of the Queen of England, and at the time of this writing in 2010, he is 57 years old (born in 1921). The British royal family has long been involved with the Illuminati, and some say they themselves believe that they are descended from the lost tribe of Dan from Israel. The Prince made a disturbing statement years ago regarding the world’s population, where he said, “In the event that I am reincarnated, I would like to return as a deadly virus, in order to contribute something to solve [lxxviii] overpopulation.”

Prince Philip is the father of Prince Charles, and the grandfather of Prince William and Prince Henry of Whales. Some people believe that the Antichrist will come from this family and that they are crypto-Jews, meaning they are hiding their Jewish ancestry. Regardless of whether this is true or not, the British Royal Family has been a major part of the secret establishment for many generations.

President Obama’s Science Advisor President Obama appointed a man named John Holdren to be his chief science czar, which means he is basically the top advisor to Obama regarding science and technology and their effects domestically and internationally. Immediately after his appointment bloggers began looking into his past and discovered that he was the co-author of a science text book in 1977 titled Ecoscience: Population, Resources, Environment, which contains several startling proposals to deal with what the authors perceived to be issues society would soon face regarding overpopulation and resource shortages. Adding Sterilants to Water Supply

Holdren’s book openly discusses the idea of adding chemicals to the water supply to sterilize entire populations, saying, “Adding a sterilant to drinking water or staple foods is a suggestion that seems to horrify people more than most proposals for involuntary fertility control. Indeed, this would pose some very difficult political, legal, and social questions, to say nothing of the technical problems. No such sterilant exists today [in 1977], nor does one appear to be under development. To be acceptable, such a substance would have to meet some rather stiff requirements: it must be uniformly effective, despite widely varying doses received by individuals, and despite varying degrees of fertility and sensitivity among individuals; it must be free of dangerous or unpleasant side effects; and it must have no effect on members of the opposite sex, children, old people, pets, or livestock.” [lxxix] Involuntary Fertility Control Another disturbing idea the book outlines is forcing women to become sterilized after having two or three children. “A program of sterilizing women after their second or third child, despite the relatively greater difficulty of the operation than vasectomy, might be easier to implement [lxxx] than trying to sterilize men,” the text reads.

Aside from forcing women to become sterilized after having several children, the authors also postulated that young girls could be forced on birth control to prevent them from having children, and that the birth control method would only be removed if the government allowed it. “The development of a long-term sterilizing capsule that could be implanted under the skin and removed when pregnancy is desired opens additional possibilities for coercive fertility control. The capsule could be implanted at puberty and might be removable, with official permission, for a limited [lxxxi] number of births.”

Mandatory Abortions As if adding a sterilant to the water supply or forcing young girls to submit to birth control until the government approves of them having a child

weren’t horrific enough ideas, the textbook goes on to discuss and endorse forcing women to have abortions if they get pregnant without government permission. The book uses the term “compulsory” which is a fancy word meaning mandatory or forced against one’s will. The book reads, “Indeed, it has been concluded that compulsory population-control laws, even including laws requiring compulsory abortion, could be sustained under the existing Constitution if the population crisis became sufficiently severe to [lxxxii] endanger the society.”

Notice how these population ideas are not something only for 3rd world countries, but also for America as the authors point out that forced abortions, they believe, would be legal under the Constitution! Two Child Limit John Holdren and his co-authors try to equate their tyrannical reproduction policies with other laws concerning public safety. “In today’s world, however, the number of children in a family is a matter of profound public concern. The law regulates other highly personal matters. For example, no one may lawfully have more than one spouse at a time. Why should the law not be able to prevent a person from having more than two children?” [lxxxiii] Toward a Planetary Regime After reading the Nazi-style reproduction regulations in Holdren’s book and seeing that decades after its publication he would find himself in President Obama’s inner circle, it should come as no surprise that he would also suggest an all-powerful global government structure to enforce his nightmarish ideas, and to regulate other aspects of our lives. He wrote that current government agencies around the world, “might eventually be developed into a Planetary Regime—sort of an international super-agency for population, resources, and environment. Such a comprehensive Planetary Regime could control the development, administration, conservation, and distribution of all natural resources, renewable or nonrenewable, at least insofar as international implications

exist. Thus the Regime could have the power to control pollution not only in the atmosphere and oceans, but also in such freshwater bodies as rivers and lakes that cross international boundaries or that discharge into the oceans. The Regime might also be a logical central agency for regulating all international trade, perhaps including assistance from DCs to LDCs, and including all food on the international market.” “The Planetary Regime might be given responsibility for determining the optimum population for the world and for each region and for arbitrating various countries’ shares within their regional limits. Control of population size might remain the responsibility of each government, but the Regime [lxxxiv] would have some power to enforce the agreed limits.”

Abortions are Good for the Economy Speaker of the House, Nancy Pelosi was interviewed on NBC’s Meet the Press where she explained why she appropriated hundreds of millions of dollars to expand Planned Parenthood and similar services as part of an economic stimulus package. A brief transcript of this encounter follows: STEPHANOPOULOS: Hundreds of millions of dollars to expand family planning services. How is that stimulus? PELOSI: Well, the family planning services reduce cost. They reduce cost. The states are in terrible fiscal budget crises now and part of what we do for children’s health, education and some of those elements are to help the states meet their financial needs. One of those—one of the initiatives you mentioned, the contraception, will reduce costs to the states and to the federal government. STEPHANOPOULOS : So no apologies for that? PELOSI: No apologies. No. We have to deal with the consequences of the downturn in our economy. End of Transcript

The Limits to Growth The Club of Rome, a notorious elite globalist think tank, published a book in 1972 titled The Limits to Growth which would mark the first major propaganda piece warning of a rapidly growing population and finite natural resources. The book was written by Dennis L. Meadows, Donella H. Meadows, Jorgen Randers, and William W. Behrens III. World population, industrialization, pollution, food production, and resource depletion were the main focus of the report which argued that while population grows exponentially, technology and the availability of natural resources only grow linearly. This would be the beginning of the growing campaign and propaganda aimed at justifying a massive population reduction around the world.

Global 2000 Report The Council on Environmental Quality and the State Department released a report in 1980 that was commissioned by President Jimmy Carter which continued to lay the foundation for propaganda concerning population reduction, diminishing resources, and global warming. The Global 2000 Report supposedly used computer models to make projections concerning these issues for the coming decades, and aimed to show what life would be like in the year 2000 (twenty years after its publication). “Computer projection models” were seen as extremely high-tech in 1980 when this report was published—an aspect to this report that was highlighted in an attempt to add to its credibility. It concluded by saying, “If present trends continue, the world in 2000 will be more crowded, and more vulnerable to disruption than the world we live in now. Serious stresses involving population, resources, and environment are clearly visible ahead. Despite greater material output, the world’s people will be poorer in many ways than they are today.”

Agenda 21

Agenda 21 is a program launched by the United Nations (UN) pertaining to what they call “sustainable development” around the world, which is a fancy term for reducing the population and preserving natural resources. The name Agenda 21 refers to the UN’s agenda for the 21st century. The full text of Agenda 21 was revealed at the United Nations Earth Summit in 1992 (officially called the Conference on Environment and Development) that was held in Rio de Janeiro. At this Earth Summit, 178 governments voted to adopt the Agenda 21 program, which is a blueprint for members of the UN and other governments and groups to take action to increase regulations in every area where humans have an impact on the environment. There are 40 chapters in the Agenda 21 report which cover topics such as: changing consumption patterns of natural resources, controlling pollution, educating children about such issues, and implementing new financial mechanisms to achieve these goals.

United Nations Population Fund The United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA), originally called the United Nations Fund for Population Activities, was started in 1969 to supposedly provide supplies and services involving reproductive health, but a dark cloud has lingered over the fund for decades because of coerced sterilizations and forced abortions. When word of these practices surfaced, groups pressured the Regan administration as well as both Bush administrations (George H.W. and George W.) to withhold funding from UNFPA. As a result of the United States cutting off funding for the program, a nonprofit organization called Americans for UNFPA was started and compensated for the loss by raising donations. After Barack Obama was sworn in as president in January 2009, he restored U.S. funding to UNFPA which resulted in taxpayers’ money once again funding forced abortions and sterilizations in foreign countries. According to its Annual Report, the UNFPA received a total of $845.3 million dollars in funding in 2008, with $118 million coming from the

Netherlands, $53 million from the United Kingdom, 52 million from Spain, and the European Commission and Japan each donated 36 million. In 2009 UNFPA released a report titled State of World Population which is 104 pages long and blames global warming on too many people living on the earth. “Slower population growth...would help build social resilience to climate change’s impacts and would contribute to a reduction of greenhouse-gas emissions in the future,” it says. “Population growth is among the factors influencing total emissions in industrialized as well as developing countries.” “Each person in a population will consume food and require housing, and ideally most will take advantage of transportation, which consumes energy, and may use fuel to heat homes and have access to electricity.” “The growth of population can contribute to freshwater scarcity or degradation of cropland, which may in turn exacerbate the impacts of climate change…So too can climate change make it more difficult for governments to alleviate poverty and achieve the Millennium Development Goals.” “Fear of appearing supportive of population control has until recently held back any mention of ‘population’ in the climate debate…Nonetheless, some participants in the debate are tentatively suggesting the need at least to consider the impacts of population growth.”

The Georgia Guidestones The topic of the Georgia Guidestones monument is fascinating, yet disturbing, and a complete analysis of the subject can be found in this author’s previous book, The Resistance Manifesto , so for the sake of keeping this book to a manageable length, I will only briefly discuss them and their mysterious origins here. Basically, a large 19 foot tall granite monument stands in the small town of Elberton, Georgia, in the United States, consisting of four major stone slabs standing upright and assembled in a paddle wheel formation. Each of the eight stone faces are inscribed with ten commandments, with each set

consisting of a different language: English, Russian, Hebrew, Arabic, Hindi, Chinese, Spanish, and Swahili. While some of the “guides” as they are called, are somewhat benign, there are several of them which are quite chilling. The first one reads, “Maintain the earth’s population at 500,0000,000” (500 million). Others speak of creating a world court and allude to a global religion, and finally the tenth one reads, “Be not a cancer on the earth. Leave room for nature.” As if this isn’t strange enough, the story of the Georgia Guidestones gets stranger the closer one looks into it. The monument was created in 1980 and was the result of a mysterious man calling himself “R.C. Christian” who said he represented a group of concerned citizens and wanted to erect a monument for mankind. He worked with a local granite company to design the stones, and he paid for the entire project, an estimated cost of tens of thousands of dollars. The stones currently sit on public property on the highest point in Elberton County. To anyone familiar with the Rosicrucians, the pseudonym that this man chose, “R.C. Christian,” is clearly a reference to this enlightenment group which dates back to the early 1600s. Several years after the monument’s completion this same man published a book titled Common Sense Renewed , under the admitted pseudonym Robert Christian, and proclaimed, “The hearts of our human family must be touched and warmed to welcome a [lxxxv] global rule by reason.”

The book basically outlines his political philosophy and says that the first two printings were sent to several thousand political officials and shapers of public opinion throughout the world, and all members of the United States Congress. The Georgia Guidestones were not a simple task to complete and certainly cost several tens of thousands of dollars to construct, and after reading their depopulation commandments, it comes as no surprise that the mysterious individual who commissioned them used a pseudonym with Illuminati overtones.

In December of 2008 some vandals spray painted several messages across the stones, such as, “Death to the Globalists,” “No North American Union,” and “Skull and Bones Suck Dick,” referring to the Skull and Bones secret society at Yale University, which serves as a recruiting ground for the elite Illuminati. Photos of the vandalism were posted on the Internet. This author was later contacted by a freelance journalist named Randall Sullivan who was working on a story about the monument, and when his article was published in April 2009, he wrote, “While Dice denies any [lxxxvi]

involvement in the assault, he seems to have inspired it,”

because I had publicly expressed my disgust for the stones and my desire to have them removed.

Life Extension Technology Aside from wanting to reduce the world’s population by 90 to 95%, the elite New World Order kingpins are also hoping that very soon scientists will be able to prevent them from aging and possibly live forever by using some form of molecular repair, organ replacements, or transhumanist development (merging computers and machines with the human body). While anti-aging creams and remedies have been around for decades and often associated with quackery, scientists are working very hard to figure out how they can prevent the oxidization of cells, or to get cells to reproduce themselves indefinitely, thus ensuring a healthy body as long as this process continues. Ray Kurzweil and others have proposed that nanorobots could one day be injected in the body and perform cellular repair from within. These ideas are not fanciful thinking of science fiction writers, but are instead very serious branches of science that are making tremendous advances in their quest. Even if the elite are not able to live indefinitely by using some of this coming technology, they will certainly be able to extend the human lifespan several decades or perhaps longer. Such an extension obviously means that people will use more natural resources during the course of their prolonged

life, and this is another reason the elite are concerned with the global population and desire to dramatically reduce it. As miraculous life extending technologies become possible, the enormous cost for such procedures will be unaffordable by most people and will not be covered by insurance. This puts the technology exclusively in the hands of the wealthy, who are the same people shaping the New World Order. As this technology becomes closer to a reality, the elite will be even more compelled to unleash their genocidal plans.

One World Religion When discussing the goals of the New World Order, often three objectives are found at the top of the list: A one world government, a single global currency, and a unified world religion. The reason for this unified single religion is said to be a prerequisite to the Messiah arriving, who religious prophecies predict will be the savior of all mankind and will unveil the mysteries of existence and lead the world into an era of everlasting peace. Many religions speak of this Messiah figure, and while Christians believe that he arrived as Jesus Christ and will later return at the end of time, other religions are still looking for the Messiah’s arrival. In order to set the groundwork for this individual (who Christians believe will be a counterfeit claiming to be God and later defeated by the return of Jesus) the New World Order must set the philosophical foundation for this “Christ” to be seen as the appearance of God on earth, and be worshiped as such. The main problem for this philosophy and the coming counterfeit to be universally accepted as the Messiah, is the traditional belief in Christianity and the Bible’s description of the Antichrist, as well as Christians desire to live by a set of traditional values that are taught in the Bible. These are the reasons that traditional Christianity and family values are the largest obstacle to the New World Order’s coming unified religion, and thus traditional Christianity has been targeted for a revision or total destruction. Manly P. Hall explains, “Christianity is not the sole revelation of God to man. It is but a fractional part of the body religious. It is simply a crutch upon which the genus homo leans until he learns to stand and walk alone. It is something he believes in before he is capable of believing in himself with understanding. Like all external things it will finally pass away and be remembered only for that which it contributed to the inner realization of its [lxxxvii] devotees.”

Christians who do not convert to a more liberal and universal form of Christianity will be seen as problematic for the New World Order since

their conservative and traditional beliefs will be seen as holding back the global utopia and ruining the fun and “anything goes” attitude of the majority of society.

“Hate Speech” Laws It’s well known that some Christians can make judgments of other people for their sexuality, stance on abortion, and ideas of what is socially acceptable behavior. Some Christians speak out against such things using harsh criticism, while others simply express their disagreement. Most Christians tend to be socially conservative and lean towards more traditional views of family dynamics and sexual activity. People who are not religious can be very liberal in these areas, and the two different ideologies occasionally clash in disputes over what is being taught to children, or what is being distributed in the popular culture. In the United States of America, people are luckily able to exercise the freedom of speech which is outlined and guaranteed by the First Amendment to the Constitution. This freedom is only supposed to be restricted in the case of defamation and incitement to riot, but many fear that living in the New World Order will create criminals of Christians for simply voicing their opinions on certain social issues or behaviors, or even quoting the Bible. In recent years various legislation has been introduced regarding what is called hate speech, which aims to criminalize certain statements or opinions when expressed publicly. In 2001, a man was arrested in Canada for “inciting hatred” after submitting a newspaper ad containing Bible quotes [lxxxviii]

about homosexuality.

He was forced to pay out $1500 to each of four different homosexuals who filed a complaint against him. Canadian officials signed a bill into law in 2004 that reinforced such rules. In Britain a woman was visited at her home by two police officers after she wrote a letter to her city council expressing her displeasure that a gay pride parade was scheduled for her neighborhood. In the letter, she referred to homosexuals as sodomites and perverts and the police threatened to charge her with a criminal offense because “a hate incident is any incident that is

perceived by the victim or another person as being motivated by prejudice [lxxxix] or hatred.”

In 2004 a group of eleven Christians were arrested and charged with multiple crimes, including felonies in Pennsylvania for peacefully [xc]

demonstrating against a gay pride parade.

The demonstrators were said to have committed “hate speech” for preaching to the homosexuals and holding signs with Bible verses printed on them.

501(c)(3) Tax Exempt Churches It’s pretty much common knowledge that most churches don’t have to pay taxes since they are considered “not for profit” organizations, but most people have no idea what kind of restrictions this license places on these churches. A 501c organization is a provision in the United States Tax code which lists 26 different types of organizations that are exempt from federal income tax. Churches fall under section 3 of the 501c code, meaning they are a religious organization. Organizations that fall under section 501(c)(3) are prohibited from certain political activities and even comments. The Internal Revenue Service website explains, “Under the Internal Revenue Code, all section 501(c)(3) organizations are absolutely prohibited from directly or indirectly participating in, or intervening in, any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for elective public office. Contributions to political campaign funds or public statements of position (verbal or written) made on behalf of the organization in favor of or in opposition to any candidate for public office clearly violate the prohibition against political campaign activity. Violating this prohibition may result in denial or revocation of tax-exempt status and the imposition of certain excise taxes.” [xci] The tax code goes on to say, “voter education or registration activities with evidence of bias that (a) would favor one candidate over another; (b) oppose a candidate in some manner; or (c) have the effect of favoring a

candidate or group of candidates, will constitute prohibited participation or [xcii] intervention.”

Language saying activities may not “have the effect of favoring a candidate or group of candidates,” or that they are “absolutely prohibited from directly or indirectly participating in, or intervening in, any political campaign on behalf of (or in opposition to) any candidate for elective public office,” mean that if a pastor gives a sermon about certain social issues such as homosexuality, gay marriage, or abortion, the church will be in violation of the law and could have their tax exempt status revoked because the pastor is “indirectly participating in” a political activity. In 2005, the 3500 member All Saints Episcopal Church in Los Angeles, California was threatened by the IRS that they could lose their tax exempt [xciii]

status after the Reverend gave an anti-war message.

The church’s tax attorney Marcus Owens said the IRS offered to drop the proceedings if the church admitted wrongdoing. A United Methodist Church in New Jersey lost its tax exempt status in 2007 after officials refused to allow two lesbian couples to have their “weddings” [xciv]

on church property.

After it was discovered that members of the Mormon Church organized to support Proposition 8 passing in California in 2008, which banned gay marriage, many homosexual groups attempted to have their tax exempt status revoked as well. Most church goers have no idea that there are federal restrictions placed on what the pastor or priests can say to their congregation. Not only has the federal government locked churches into a contract preventing them from even indirectly influencing political affairs, but they also have been secretly working with major churches to get their leaders to teach their flocks what the government wants them to.

Government Secretly Working With Churches In May of 2006 a pastor came forward saying that FEMA (the Federal Emergency Management Agency) had implemented a secret program to

train pastors of large churches and have them work secretly with FEMA in order to encourage their congregations to obey the government’s demands in the case of martial law, firearm seizures, forced vaccinations, or forced relocations. [xcv]

The pastor, who contacted Infowars.com

to make such events public, wanted to remain anonymous but said that he and other religious representatives were invited to a secret meeting which encouraged and trained pastors to help implement FEMA and Homeland Security directives. The first directive was for pastors to preach to their congregations a message based on Romans 13 in the Bible, which when taken out of context urges people to obey their government and says the government was established by God. The informant also reported that it was made clear they were to start preaching subservience to authorities now, in order to condition their congregations to accept such ideas. He also reported that those in attendance were told that quarantines, martial law, and forced relocations were a problem for authorities when enforcing federal mandates because of what they called a “cowboy mentality” of people standing up for their rights and not going along with such demands. Some people may be skeptical of such claims, especially since the pastor chose to remain anonymous, but one year later in August of 2007, a TV station in Shreveport, Louisiana reported on this, confirming what this pastor had claimed. KSLA news reported that FEMA was secretly working with what they called Clergy Response Teams that were being trained by the federal government to “quell dissent” and pacify people in order to obey any orders given by the government in the event of martial law.

Adam Weishaupt on Christianity John Robison, one of the first authors to publish English translations of the writings of Illuminati founder Adam Weishaupt, wrote, “It surely needs little argument now to prove, that the Order of Illuminati had for its

immediate object the abolishing of Christianity (at least this was the intention of the Founder), with the sole view of overturning the civil government, by introducing universal dissoluteness and profligacy of manners, and then getting the assistance of the corrupted subjects to overset the throne. The whole conduct in the preparation and instruction of the Presbyter and Regens is directed to this point.” Robison quotes an original correspondence between Illuminati members from the 1700s where one member wrote, “I have been at unwearied pains to remove the fears of some who imagine that our Superiors want to abolish Christianity; but by and by their prejudices will wear off, and they will be more at their ease. Were I to let them know that our General holds all Religion to be a lie, and uses even Deism, only to lead men by the nose.”

Albert Pike’s Alleged 3 World Wars Letter A letter allegedly written by Albert Pike and sent to an Italian politician named Giuseppe Mazzini, dated August 15, 1871 outlined sinister plans for three different world wars that would purposefully be orchestrated to bring about the New World Order and set the stage for Luciferianism to become the world’s religion. Albert Pike is of course the author of Morals and Dogma and remains one of Freemasonry’s most influential members. In this letter, Pike allegedly wrote, “The First World War must be brought about in order to permit the Illuminati to overthrow the power of the Czars in Russia and of making that country a fortress of atheistic Communism. The divergences caused by the ‘agentur’ (agents) of the Illuminati between the British and Germanic Empires will be used to foment this war. At the end of the war, Communism will be built and used in order to destroy the other governments and in order to weaken the religions.” “The Second World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences between the Fascists and the political Zionists. This war must be brought about so that Nazism is destroyed and that the political Zionism be strong enough to institute a sovereign state of Israel in Palestine. During the Second World War, International Communism must become strong enough in order to balance Christendom, which would be then restrained and held

in check until the time when we would need it for the final social cataclysm.” “The Third World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences caused by the ‘agentur’ of the "Illuminati" between the political Zionists and the leaders of Islamic World. The war must be conducted in such a way that Islam (the Moslem Arabic World) and political Zionism (the State of Israel) mutually destroy each other. Meanwhile the other nations, once more divided on this issue will be constrained to fight to the point of complete physical, moral, spiritual and economical exhaustion… We shall unleash the Nihilists and the atheists, and we shall provoke a formidable social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to the nations the effect of absolute atheism, origin of savagery and of the most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citizens, obliged to defend themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries, will exterminate those destroyers of civilization, and the multitude, disillusioned with Christianity, whose deistic spirits will from that moment be without compass or direction, anxious for an ideal, but without knowing where to render its adoration, will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer, brought finally out in the public view. This manifestation will result from the general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and atheism, both conquered and exterminated at the same time.”

Alice Bailey’s Open Admissions The respected New Age author Alice Bailey writes in her book The Externalization of the Hierarchy , “It has therefore become possible to synchronize the Approach of the divine to the human and to instruct the masses of men in the technique of thus invoking the Approach. This attitude of humanity will lead to a new revelation, to the new world religion and to new attitudes in the relation of man to God (religion) and of man to man [xcvi] (government or social relationships).”

“The Members of the Hierarchy are seen to be the Custodians of the divine Plan….The spiritual Hierarchy of the planet, the ability of mankind to contact its Members and to work in cooperation with Them, and the

existence of the greater Hierarchy of spiritual energies of which our tiny planetary sphere is a part—these are the three truths upon which the coming [xcvii] world religion may be based.”

Bailey also discusses the role of Freemasonry in the creation of this one world religion. Since Freemasonry is a continuation of the ancient Mystery Schools, it should come as no surprise that the Universalist teachings of the fraternity are laying the philosophical foundation for the New World Order religion. She writes, “There is no dissociation between the One Universal Church, the sacred inner Lodge of all true Masons, and the innermost circles of the esoteric societies…It must not be forgotten that only those souls who are on the Probationary Path or the Path of Discipleship will [xcviii] form the nucleus of the coming new world religion.”

“The new religion will manifest, for instance, through organizations like Masonry. In Freemasonry is embedded the core or secret heart of the occult [xcix] Mysteries—wrapped in number, metaphor and symbol.”

Unification Church Most people are shocked to find, or simply don’t believe, that the founder and owner of the Washington Times claims to be the Second Coming of Christ and is the leader of what is called the Unification Church. Sun Myung Moon is a Korean billionaire who has millions of people who follow him and see him as the return of Jesus. Moon’s Unification Church and his enormous following show just how easily people are duped into believing false religious doctrines and how wealthy and powerful these fake prophets can be. Aside from being a billionaire and owning the Washington Times , Sun Myung Moon has maintained close relationships with powerful politicians around the world who have no problem with the fact that he thinks he’s the return of Christ.

The Vatican

Vatican City in Rome is an entire sovereign country which is basically a small city owned and run by the Catholic Church. It has enormous wealth and its own police force, along with the Pope’s personal army, the Swiss Guard. The Catholic Church has long been intertwined with the Illuminati, and its society of Jesus (the Jesuits) are the Vatican’s foot soldiers attempting to make the Catholic Church the world’s leading religious authority. In 2007, Pope Benedict XVI announced that the Catholic Church was the only way to salvation, and that all other denominations are not true [c]

churches. He wasn’t talking about non-Christian religious organizations such as Islam or Buddhism, the Pope was talking about all Christian churches other than the Catholic Church. The Catholic Church, the popes, and bishops are basically the same as the Pharisees that Jesus denounced over 2000 years ago for their hypocrisy and their pride and arrogance due to their spiritual knowledge. One needs to look no further than the Inquisition or the massive institutional cover-up of countless pedophile priests to see the core of the Catholic Church is corrupt. The Catholic Church also diverts and perverts the teachings of Jesus in numerous ways, such as having people confess their sins to a priest (who is called Father, which the Bible says nobody but God should be called that) as well as selling indulgences and worshipping the virgin Mary and other saints. The selling of indulgences, if you don’t know, means that people used to pay money to a church and in return the priest would forgive that person’s sins and tell them they could then get into Heaven. Some indulgences were even sold for sins people would commit in the future. Such a practice was clearly a shameful abuse of power and completely contradictory to the teachings of Jesus. The Catholic Church basically took the freeing messages of Jesus and packaged them up and then sold them to the public, when Jesus had intended it to be accessible to all for free. This is the same thing the Jewish Pharisees did with Judaism. It is for these reasons and more that the Vatican, and specifically the Pope is looked at with suspicion regarding the New World Order and is believed by some to one day be the false prophet spoken about in the Bible. The counterfeit Christ (the Antichrist) will be a

political figure and the leader of the world, and the false prophet is believed to be a global religious leader who will (wrongfully) confirm to the world that the Christ has returned when the Antichrist announces he is God. Since the Catholic Church is trying to reinstate itself as the only Christian authority, many see the Pope as a prime candidate for this false prophet. A strange revelation was made by the Vatican at the end of 2009 concerning space aliens when the Vatican’s chief astronomer said that there could be other “extraterrestrial brothers” of ours out in space who “remained in full [ci]

friendship with their creator.”

Reverend José Gabriel Funes, head of the Vatican Observatory and a scientific adviser to Pope Benedict XVI, said “Why can’t we speak of a ‘brother extraterrestrial?’” And suggested our “brothers” could be more evolved than humans. While the subject of space aliens is filled with speculation, misidentification, and craziness, the idea of other intelligent life existing in other solar systems is a fascinating one, and certainly is likely. But what is interesting about the statements from Reverend Funes is that he said these beings could still be “in full friendship with their creator,” meaning they are in an unfallen state, unlike mankind. This means they would be without sin. It’s a very interesting statement that some see as setting the stage for an alien being to arrive on earth that will claim to be the return of Jesus, when in fact, it could be the Antichrist. This is, of course, only speculation, but the role of the corrupt Catholic Church in the New World Order’s coming new religion should be monitored very closely, and the Pope, whoever it is, and the leadership of the Vatican should be seen for the imposters and criminals they are.

Israel The State of Israel in the Middle East remains the focus of world events due to the continuous fighting between Arabs and Jews as they argue and kill each other over who has the right to the land, the Palestinians or the Jews. The State of Israel was created in 1948 following World War II so the Jews could return to the land their ancient ancestors once inhabited. This plan was organized by Britain as a sort of reparation for the persecution of the

Jews during the war and the Holocaust. The current population of Israel is around 7.5 million with 5.62 million being Jewish. The creation and existence of the Jewish country remains controversial for several reasons. First of which is that the Jews are seen by many as having stolen the land they are now occupying, having run off the Arabs who were inhabiting the area prior to the creation of Israel. Most Jews believe that God had promised them that land and have a Jewish supremacist view that they are entitled to the land because they believe God said they were. Controversy also surrounds the fact that Israel was created as a country for a specific race of people—the Jews. It is difficult to criticize Israel because the Jews and their blind supporters quickly label any criticism as antiSemitic—no matter how valid it is. Israel also remains a focal point for Christians and those who study Bible prophecy and the New World Order. Mainline Christians believe that Israel will be the capitol of the New World Order and will be the geographic location where the Antichrist will rule from, and where Jesus Christ will return to at the end of time. Many Jews have a similar view of the role of Israel in the New World Order, but they believe that Jesus was not the Messiah, and are still waiting for this individual to arrive and lead the Jews and the rest of the world into a utopia of peace and prosperity. The Illuminati and New Age secret societies and cults also look forward to this world leader, who they say will arrive and be identified as the long awaited Christ and Messiah.

A Global Dictator Claiming to be God It is basically common knowledge that Christians believe that at some point in time, a global leader will rise to power and will wreak havoc on the earth as a dictator known as the Antichrist. Other religions such as Islam, have similar prophecies which foresee such a scenario as well. In Christian theology this dictator will rise to power at a point in time when the planet is engulfed in chaos and war, and he will promise world peace if given the power to lead the world. According to the prophecies, this individual will not only be a tyrannical dictator once in power, but he will also claim to be God incarnate and demand to be worshiped as such. This isn’t exactly a novel idea. If one looks at the history of past civilizations, similar events have occurred over and over again. The pharaohs of Egypt claimed to be gods and demanded their people treat them as such. Nero, the emperor of Rome, expected such treatment as well. A more modern example is that of Adolf Hitler, who saw himself as the savior of Germany and the white race, and who was essentially worshiped as the messiah. A “God complex” seems to fall upon the most power-hungry men throughout history as their thirst for power and recognition leads them to the conclusion that they themselves are a god, and can do whatever they like with their power, no matter how unjust. There are a few fascinating points that I would like to address regarding this Antichrist scenario, and how it ties directly into the secret societies that are shaping the New World Order. As you should have gathered by now from my writings, a main theme within the secret societies is that the teachings elevate the initiate to a level of enlightenment where they themselves become a god, or god of their own perceived universe. Manly P. Hall explains in his classic book, The Secret Teachings of All Ages that, “The Mysteries were therefore established for the purpose of unfolding the nature of man according to certain fixed rules which, when faithfully

followed, elevated the human consciousness to a point where it was capable of cognizing its own constitution and the true purpose of existence. This knowledge of how man’s manifold constitution could be most quickly and most completely regenerated to the point of spiritual illumination [cii] constituted the secret, or esoteric, doctrine of antiquity.”

Such enlightenment philosophies are not that dangerous by themselves, although considered heretical by Christianity and other religions, but instead it is the potential that one can develop this God complex and then place himself above all others and think that the rules of basic human conduct don’t apply to them. While people defend occult organizations such as the Freemasons and other fraternities that teach the ancient Mysteries because they see the teachings as a way to build moral character and make sense of the world and their place in it through the spiritual and symbolic teachings found within such schools, it is undeniable that within such organizations there exists a corrupt core, who many say have hijacked and perverted the ancient Mysteries. The Illuminati is the key culprit who admittedly infiltrated Freemasonry in 1782 and created an inner circle to function covertly under the cover of the fraternity. Others say that the corruption had occurred centuries earlier. We do find clear evidence of the corrupt core today, and they continue to give a bad name to secret societies and are the source of countless conspiracy theories surrounding them. It is an interesting debate to discuss whether or not the Mysteries themselves are inherently evil, or whether they have been hijacked and abused by organized criminal networks that pervert them for their own gain. Now, let’s analyze the striking parallels between Christian Bible prophecy and the published plans and hopes of the elite secret societies. The Book of Revelation, the final book in the Bible, describes a man who is said to be the Antichrist, or a worker of Satan, who claims to be God and the savior of the world, but in reality is a ruthless dictator. The teachings of the Mystery Schools are believed to enlighten a man so he may become god-like and as we know men are inclined to get a God

complex and become over taken by megalomania and selfishness. What is also interesting is that the Bible describes the counterfeit Christ as a world leader who will claim to be God and demand to be worshiped as such, and will do so in the new Solomon’s temple in Jerusalem. This temple, as of early 2010 when this book was first published, has not been rebuilt. The original location of the historical Solomon’s temple is currently occupied by a Muslim mosque called the Dome of the Rock. Solomon’s temple was destroyed twice in the past, once in 586 BC by the Babylonians, and again in 70 AD by the Romans. Jews have long hoped and planned for the third temple to be rebuilt on the original location, but since the Dome of the Rock stands there, they have a problem. This mosque will surely be destroyed during a conflict sometime in the future and the land will be taken over by Jews, who will then rebuild their long awaited temple. It’s pivotal to note that Freemasonry is a modern Mystery School teaching the same philosophies that had been carried on in secret fraternal orders for thousands of years. Freemasons also consider their lodge where they meet, a temple, but not just any temple. It represents the Temple of Solomon. The head Mason of a lodge is called the Worshipful Master—an interesting choice for a leader. He is so enlightened, Masons believe, that he is a master of the universe and has achieved godhood, so he is “worshipful.” It is not hard to see then that the leader of the New World Order, or the “president of the world” will be a 33rd degree Freemason and believed by himself and his inner circle of associates to have achieved godhood, and will be a “worshipful master” and will take up the rebuilt Temple of Solomon as his own personal temple or office. In 2 Thessalonians 2:4-8, the Bible explains that the Antichrist will sit in the Temple of Jerusalem where he will exalt himself above God, claiming that he is God, saying, “Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.” Matthew 24: 15-16 quotes Jesus speaking to His disciple, saying, “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place [meaning the temple], (whoso readeth, let him understand), then let them which be in Judea flee into the mountains.”

New Age guru Benjamin Crème writes about the appearance of what he calls the Maitreya or the Christ, saying, “This will lead to the Day of Declaration, when He will appear on the radio and television networks of the world linked by satellite. On that day Maitreya will mentally overshadow the whole of humanity simultaneously. All will hear His words inwardly in their own language. This telepathic communication will reach everyone, not only those watching or listening, and hundreds of thousands of miraculous healings will take place throughout the world. On that day, there will be no doubt that Maitreya is the Christ, the Imam Mahdi, Maitreya Buddha, Kalki Avatart: the World Teacher. His open worldwide [ciii] mission will have begun.”

While Benjamin Crème may think that such an event will be the result of this individual’s “super natural power,” there is actually a perfectly logical explanation for how this kind of “telepathic” phenomena can occur.

Project Bluebeam In February of 1999, the Washington Post reported that operations were drawn up during the first Gulf War to project a huge holographic image of [civ]

Allah [the Islamic god] in the sky over Baghdad.

Then, using a 515KHz acoustic beam, the appearance of Allah talking would also have been manufactured, telling the Iraqi people to turn on Saddam. A similar plan was considered in Project Mongoose to overthrow Fidel Castro, where a Jesus-like figure would have been projected, telling the Cubans to overthrow “Godless Communism.” This technology has been labeled Project Blue Beam, and is likely ready to be used at any time. Of course, such technology is classified under national security, but this explains perfectly how Benjamin Crème’s prediction could come true of the “Christ” telepathically communicating with people, fooling them into believing he has supernatural powers and is God.

The Holy Bloodline Theory

Ideas that Jesus Christ had a child with Mary Magdalene have been introduced to the mainstream though various books and novels, most popular of which is Dan Brown’s The Da Vinci Code ,which was released in 2003 and made into a film starring Tom Hanks in 2006. Such an idea has no real evidence, yet it has taken hold in millions of people’s minds as being the truth. This idea has several large implications on the New World Order’s goal of eroding faith in Christianity, as well as providing a possible justification for the supposed divine right of the Antichrist to rule earth, as he claims to be the long awaited Messiah. Since secret societies like the Knights Templar and the Freemasons are said to be guardians of the Holy Grail, which in this theory means the bloodline of Jesus and not some cup or book of knowledge, this theory could very well be used as “evidence” that the Antichrist is the physical reincarnation of Jesus, or a direct descendent of him in an attempt to dupe Christians and Agnostics into believing he is divinely ordained to rule the New World Order.

The Rapture According to many Christians, when the end times come and the world has decayed into a disastrous wasteland and the Antichrist is about to take power, Christians will miraculously disappear from the face of the earth and be spared the harsh existence the rest of the world will face at the hands of this global tyrant. While many faithful Christians point to various Bible verses they believe verify this idea, it is highly doubtful such an event will occur, and it is this author’s opinion that the Rapture is a misinterpretation of the Bible, and a hoax. Some people who see the idea of all faithful Christians magically disappearing off the face of the earth and leaving everyone else behind to live in the New World Order as foolish, adhere to what is called a post tribulation rapture, which they say is a rapture of the Christians after the rule of the Antichrist. This idea is at least more realistic than a pre-trib (pretribulation) rapture. A major downfall to believing in the pre-trib rapture (the idea that Christians will be taken to Heaven as soon as the Antichrist comes on the

scene, therefore being spared from the chaos and persecution) is that by believing they will supernaturally be taken off the earth and avoid the troubling times when the global dictator Antichrist is in power, they do not see a need to resist the New World Order or any major political or social policies being implemented, because they think that before things get too bad they’re going to go to Heaven and they won’t have to deal with it. When told about the encroaching Big Brother surveillance system and the VeriChip or similar device replacing paper currency and fulfilling the prophecy of the mark of the beast, instead of speaking out against it or pushing for some kind of accountability or alternative for such a system, Rapture believing Christians are actually pleased such things are right around the corner because they think it means the Rapture is one step closer. Such a pathetic and cowardly attitude only allows their freedoms, privacy, and liberties to be taken away much more easily.

Other Implications of the Dictator This counterfeit Christ who claims to be God will espouse a very liberal and immoral philosophy on the world. Any sort of moral judgment on behaviors traditionally seen as immoral or reprehensible will be faced with extreme consequences. A very hedonistic lifestyle will be embraced and conservatives and Christians who oppose such behaviors will be labeled as the evil ones who are out of touch with the times. Many Christians will not believe that this man is God and will be aware of the massive fraud that is being perpetuated, and these individuals will be targeted as the trouble makers and the ones who are preventing the New World Order utopia from being realized. Some prophecies predict that the Antichrist will be nearly killed in an assassination attempt (or an accident) and will seemingly come back to life but with a massive wound to one of his eyes. His miraculous recovery will be touted as a miracle by his inner circle and will be more justification in the minds of his supporters that he has supernatural powers and has the divine right to rule. It’s interesting to note that the symbol for the Illuminati is one eye, often drawn inside a triangle or placed at the top of a pyramid. If this dictator is missing one eye after he is “resurrected” after his attack (or

accident), the Illuminati would surely link their symbol of their God (the all-seeing eye) with their leader, who will also have one eye. This too may be seen as another “sign” that he is the Messiah.

Global Police and Military Force There have been suspicions that UN (United Nations) troops could be deployed on American soil for any number of reasons, such as supposedly to aid Americans in the event of a major terrorist attack from biological or nuclear weapons, or to take over American infrastructure in the event of the U.S. dollar collapsing and becoming worthless as foreign countries try to recoup their losses. Such fears are stoked by videos that surface of the American military training foreign troops on US soil, sometimes practicing urban exercises where they simulate taking over a town’s main buildings, locking down the area, and even rounding up civilians who are willing participants in the exercises who pretend to be upset that they are being detained. Some videos even show make-shift prison camps where detainees are checked in and [cv] given ID badges and held inside tents surrounded by barbed wire.

One main reason for people’s uneasiness about such situations is that if UN forces are used on American soil for any reason, they do not have any loyalty to this country or the Constitution. We are nothing but foreigners to them. They would not be protecting their own neighborhoods or cities, but instead would simply be doing a job. Such troops will likely have no problems confiscating guns from house to house or rounding up large numbers of Americans for relocation to prison camps. President Obama’s chief science czar John Holdren wrote in his 1977 book Ecoscience about what he felt were the advantages of a global police force, saying, “If this could be accomplished, security might be provided by an armed international organization, a global analogue of a police force. Many people have recognized this as a goal, but the way to reach it remains obscure in a world where factionalism seems, if anything, to be increasing. The first step necessarily involves partial surrender of sovereignty to an [cvi] international organization.”

This is the same man who wrote in this same book about adding sterilizing agents to the water supply and forcing all women onto birth control or else forcing them to have an abortion if they get pregnant after having two children. Another unsettling aspect concerning military troops in the New World Order is the existence of private contractors being employed. Such a strategy became fairly well known during the Iraq War when the infamous Blackwater private security company became the focus of controversy after the public learned that these “contractors” were being paid a large amount of money and were given luxurious living conditions and great food compared to regular US soldiers. These Blackwater troops are basically paid mercenaries who do not have the same chain of command and codes of conduct that members of the US military have. Such mercenaries don’t have any loyalty to any particular country either, and will accept a paycheck and orders from practically anyone.

Blackwater Now called simply Xe (pronounced Zi), is the new name for the private military contracting company formerly called Blackwater that became known for various controversies surrounding its employees activities during the War in Iraq. The company is the largest tactical training facility which trains more than 40,000 people per year in military offensive and defensive operations. In early 2009, the company changed its name from Blackwater to Xe and the new name, “reflects the change in company focus away from the business of providing private security.” The company denied the new strange name has any significance or special meaning. They did, however, admit that the name Blackwater became too closely associated with the [cvii]

company’s work in the occupation of Iraq.

The company’s license to operate in Iraq was not renewed and the new Iraqi government made several attempts to have them kicked out of the country during the course of [cviii] the war.

Xe (Blackwater) is still the largest private security contractor used by the United States government. 90% of the company’s money comes from [cix]

government contracts; two-thirds of which are no-bid contracts

— meaning they are the only company providing a quote to the government for the job—so multiple companies won’t have to compete with each other for the job by offering a lower price than the others. The scandals and controversies surrounding corruption and murder involving Blackwater (Xe) mercenaries are numerous. In one instance executives at Blackwater authorized secret payments of nearly $1 million dollars to Iraqi officials in order to buy their silence regarding a 2007 incident where Blackwater security guards killed 17 Iraqi civilians in [cx]

Bagdad.

Blackwater’s president Gary Jackson was fingered by four former executives as having personally approved the bribes. The CIA also contracted Blackwater to create a hit squad and assassinate leaders of resistance groups in Iraq.

American Police Force A mysterious private security company came to the attention of concerned citizens in September 2009 which went by the name American Police Force, and used a Serbian coat of arms as its logo. The company had been contracted to run an empty prison facility in the city of Hardin, Montana, which drew suspicion of local residents. Local officials had hoped the facility would be used to detain prisoners that were held at the prison at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba, which President Obama claimed he would close. The contract between the city of Hardin and American Police force was [cxi] reported to be a 10-year, multimillion dollar deal.

American Police Force is owned by a man named Michael Hilton, whose criminal record shows he “pleaded guilty in March 1993 to 14 felonies, including 10 counts of grand theft, one count of attempted grand theft and three counts of diversion of construction funds, according to Orange County

court records. He was sentenced to two years in prison, but it is unclear how [cxii] much time he served.”

Hilton is said to speak English with a heavy accent and told reporters he is a naturalized US citizen who is originally from Montenegro, which borders Serbia. Orange County, California court records show Hilton has used sixteen different aliases, one of which, Michael Miodrag, is listed as being connected to a multimillion dollar fraud case in Australia from 2007. Shortly after all the controversy surrounding the American Police Force and people looking into Michael Hilton’s shady past, the city of Harding announced that American Police Force would not be taking over the abandoned prison facility. The Serbian government also forced American Police Force to change its logo, since it was a coat of arms used by the Serbian government. Mystery still surrounds this strange “American Police Force” company and how they were able to get a ten million dollar deal to operate an abandoned prison. When news reports first started surfacing about this issue, some people began fearing that this prison would be operated as a concentration camp for US citizens who some feared would be rounded up for not taking the H1N1 swine flu vaccine that the government was pushing at the time. It’s also strange that a private security company was allowed to operate using a name that impersonates the police, when such an action is a felony.

Other Private Military Companies While Blackwater and Private Police Force may be two of the most wellknown contracted military or mercenary companies, the list is fairly long of other lesser known companies. MVM Inc. provides contracting services for the CIA and the NSA (National Security Agency) and is located in Vienna, Virginia, which is just 6 miles from the CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia. DynCorp is another infamous contracting company used by the

military, which has been implicated in kidnapping children from Russia and Romania and selling them as sex slaves. KBR Inc. (Formerly Kellogg Brown and Root) is another private military contractor whose employees have also been implicated in human [cxiii]

trafficking.

Numerous women have also reported being gang raped by their fellow employees while working for KBR. One woman, Jamie Leigh Jones, testified before a Congressional hearing that she had been gang-raped by approximately seven of her coworkers when she worked for [cxiv]

KBR in Iraq back in 2005.

Jones’ lawyers said that 38 other women reported similar experiences. KBR was a subsidiary of Halliburton at the time. Dick Cheney, if you recall, was the CEO of Halliburton from 1995 to the year 2000, before becoming vice president under George W. Bush and then pulling strings so his former company would make millions in no-bid contracts.

Posse Comitatus Act The Posse Comitatus Act was a law passed in 1878 which specifically prohibited the U.S. military from being used on American soil for law enforcement purposes. The term is Latin for “power of the county.” The reason for such a law was to prevent a dictatorship from arising in America by prohibiting a corrupt president from ordering the Army or other military branch to enforce laws that may be unconstitutional. After 9/11, numerous instances of uniformed military personnel helping police conduct security checks began to be reported as violations of Posse Comitatus, but all instances were described by officials as merely “training exercises,” thus claiming there was no collaboration between police and military, when clearly there was. One concerned citizen videotaped a brief conversation with a uniformed officer in Kingsman, Arizona where the citizen was subjected to a vehicle checkpoint. The military officer admitted, “We’re just helping with security and traffic and stuff for the races.” The solider was then asked if he was under the control of the police and working for the city, to which he responded, “I have no idea, I just do what I’m [cxv] told.”

In 2008, the California Highway Patrol announced its officers would work [cxvi] with US Marines to staff sobriety and driver’s license checkpoints.

An ABC affiliate KESQ reported on this after locals expressed concern that this violated the Posse Comitatus Act. The Marines, of course, denied this and Lieutenant Thomas Beck claimed, “We were not actively participating [cxvii] in enforcing any laws. We were there to observe and observe only.”

Another instance of our military working with police was captured on video by a member of the political activist group We Are Change, where they traveled to Newport, Kentucky during River Fest. The person was questioning a uniformed Army soldier who was staking out public streets. The soldiers were in full uniform and armed with handguns and had [cxviii] military Hummers parked on the side of the road.

Another soldier who was part of this same operation was asked if he would follow orders to confiscate guns from American citizens door-to-door, like what occurred after Hurricane Katrina in 2005. He answered, “I’m just a [cxix] soldier. I do what I’m told.”

This author (Mark Dice) has lived in the San Diego, California area for over ten years and has numerous friends who have been stationed at Camp Pendleton in Oceanside, California, which is in the North County of San Diego. One friend informed me that it is against policy for Marines to wear their uniforms anywhere out in public other than from their home directly to the base or vice a versa. They are not allowed to stop off at the grocery store and go shopping, or take a stroll through the mall, because seeing a Marine in camouflage out in public can be unsettling for people and gives the feeling of a police state with public areas being patrolled by the military. The Department of Defense’s slick legal team always insists that such collaborations of military and police are just “training” exercising and claim they do not violate the Posse Comitatus Act. Such claims are of course lies.

John Warner Defense Act

A bill passed by Congress in 2006 under the Bush administration known as the John Warner National Defense Authorization Act (H.R. 5122), greatly expanded the president’s power to declare martial law and deploy the National Guard into US cities without state governor authorizations when public order has been lost or is seen as being potentially lost. Before this, there were strict limitations on the president’s ability to do so and the authority was delegated to state governors, but now the president can make the decision himself. At some point, this authority will ultimately be superseded by the United Nations or the president of the world who will then have the authority to deploy troops and declare martial law anytime and anywhere they see fit.

Military Commissions Act of 2006 The United States Military Commissions Act of 2006 (HR-6166), was an Act of Congress signed into law by President George W. Bush in order to “authorize trial by military commission for violations of the law of war, and for other purposes.” What this really did was allow the President of the United States (Bush and future presidents) to declare someone (including a U.S. citizen) to be considered an “enemy combatant,” which then eliminates their right to habeas corpus, meaning they no longer would have the right to challenge their imprisonment, and could be detained without having any charges even filed against them. Such a practice is in clear violation of the Constitution which says a person can’t be held without being charged with a crime. The language in the law is so broad that it can be used to label anyone an “enemy combatant” who is engaged in hostilities or who has supported hostilities against the United States. This “support” could be financial, [direct or indirect] or simply counseling. The Act also suggests that the label “unlawful enemy combatant” refers to any person, “who, before, on, or after the date of the enactment of the Military Commissions Act of 2006, has been determined to be an unlawful enemy combatant by a Combatant Status Review Tribunal or another competent tribunal established under the authority of the President or the

Secretary of Defense.” This basically means that if the President says you [cxx] are an enemy combatant, then you are one.

The language in the Act also made this power retroactive, which means that since it was passed, people can be detained and not charged for something they allegedly did before the Act was passed in 2006, when such detainment was not authorized.

Concentration Camps When one hears of concentration camps, images of Nazi Germany and the Holocaust immediately come to mind, but many American’s would never think that innocent citizens in their country would ever be rounded up and placed in prison camps. Many Americans distracted by professional sports and pop culture are unaware that during World War II, President Roosevelt had 120,000 Japanese Americans rounded up and placed in prison camps. The conditions of living were certainly not what Jews and other prisoners faced in Nazi Germany, but nonetheless, innocent American citizens were taken from their homes and placed in large prison camps called War Relocation Camps for several years. Even if some people are aware of the Japanese internment, they dismiss such events as being a thing of the past, and never suspect that large scale detention facilities exist today. During the Republican National Convention of 2004 in New York City, hundreds of protesters were rounded up and taken to an old dilapidated bus garage by the Hudson River, which was converted into a secret detention [cxxi] camp by the NYPD in preparation for the convention.

The facility was dirty with motor oil on the ground and the building was contaminated with asbestos. People were held in crowded conditions for long hours, and the facility was dubbed “Guantanamo on the Hudson” in reference to Camp X-ray in Cuba, where suspects in the “War on Terror” are held without having any charges filed against them.

Another secret prison camp that was discovered and made public was in Austin, Texas in an abandoned airplane hangar at an airport. The hanger was equipped with barbed wire fences, shackles on the ground, and mattresses for detainees to sleep on. This secret prison was created in the build-up to the year 2000 because officials worried that there would be massive civil unrest and possibly the breakdown of civilization if the rumored Y2K bug shut down computers. Such facilities are now plentiful in America as the New World Order continues to be constructed and such prisons are not new. In the 1980s during the Iran-Contra hearings, Jack Brooks (D-TX) tried to learn about Oliver North’s role in FEMA’s plans to suspend the Constitution and detain political dissidents during a declared state of national emergency. During the hearings, Chairman Daniel Inouye (D-HA) prevented Brooks from further questioning as indicated in a transcript of the hearing. Brooks: Colonel North, in your work at the N.S.C. [National Security Council] were you not assigned, at one time, to work on plans for the continuity of government in the event of a major disaster? Brendan Sullivan: [North’s counsel]: Mr. Chairman? Inouye: I believe that question touches upon a highly sensitive and classified area so may I request that you not touch upon that? Brooks: I was particularly concerned, Mr. Chairman, because I read in Miami papers, and several others, that there had been a plan developed, by that same agency, a contingency plan in the event of emergency, that would suspend the American constitution. And I was deeply concerned about it and wondered if that was an area in which he had worked. I believe that it was and I wanted to get his confirmation. Inouye: May I most respectfully request that that matter not be touched upon at this stage. If we wish to get into this, I’m certain arrangements can be made for an executive session. End of Transcript

The goofy admitted alcoholic Mormon Glenn Beck became practically a house hold name after he left CNN and moved over to the Fox News Channel in January 2009. Beck’s attempt to imitate Robert Beale of the popular 1970s film Network has gotten him a large fan base who see him as an honest average American, even though he signed a $50 million dollar [cxxii] contract for his radio show alone.

A concerned looking Beck appeared on Fox and Friends , a morning show on the Fox News Channel to promote his new show on their network, and told the hosts, “I have to tell you, I’m doing a story tonight. I wanted to debunk these FEMA camps, you know about them? I’m tired of hearing about them. I wanted to debunk them, well, now for several days we’ve done research on them…I can’t debunk them. And we’re going to carry this [cxxiii]

story tonight.”

He goes on to explain to the other hosts, “FEMA prisons, FEMA camps. These are actually prisons that were built under the Bush administration…they’re sitting there empty…you’ll see that tonight. Something just doesn’t sit right with me.” Later that night during The Glenn Beck Program when viewers were expecting to learn more about these prison camps, Beck took a complete 180 degree turn and denied that such camps even exist. He actually decided not to air the segment, and instead told his audience, “I told you that I was going to tell you about the FEMA camps or the FEMA prisons today…I don’t believe in the FEMA prisons, if you don’t know I’ll tell you about it in a couple of days.” He then said he was going to talk about it today but that his research was “incomplete” and he needed to wait a few more days. He then admitted, “this is going to drive the conspiracy theorists crazy. I’ll add this. They’re making me say this. Help,” and went on to imply that nobody from management killed the story, and that he only answers to himself. The following week Beck had James Meigs on as a guest, who is the editor of Popular Mechanics magazine and the two had a field day attacking the “conspiracy theories” about the FEMA camps, and denied that there are such things. James Meigs is the same man who presents himself as having “debunked” the “9/11 conspiracy theories” by choosing straw men

arguments and fringe theories about the 9/11 attacks and then claiming the entire body of research supporting 9/11 was an inside job must be false. For anyone of any intelligence, Glenn Beck’s complete reversal is obvious, and proves that the higher ups at the Fox News Channel killed his original story and then produced a new one with the help of “debunker” James Meigs. In other instances Beck has made numerous slanderous remarks about 9/11 Truthers (those who see the 9/11 attacks were an inside job) and in one instance Beck has fabricated statements saying that the nutcase who shot a security guard at the Washington DC holocaust museum was a “hero” to the [cxxiv]

9/11 Truthers.

These instances and others prove Glenn Beck to be a slick disinformationist and a gate-keeper who works to prevent important information from reaching the public, while pretending to bring his audience cutting edge commentary and news. The film Camp FEMA (2009) produced by Gary Franchi and directed by Richard Lewis documents the existence of modern concentration camps, a topic that is beyond the scope of this book.

MTV Warns about Martial Law and Concentration Camps A series of several brief commercials, or perhaps more accurately PSAs (Public Service Announcements), aired on MTV, of all places, in 2008 depicting situations where an out of control police force rounded up citizens in the back of trucks and put them on trains at gunpoint. At the end of the segment, the scene froze and faded into a historical photograph of Jews being rounded up for the Holocaust in a similar manor. The segments were only thirty seconds long, but were extremely disturbing. They concluded with a printed message on the screen reading, “The Holocaust happened to people like us.”

Abusing, Torturing, and Raping Prisoners As the Iraq War drug on for years and the lies continued to unravel about the reasons America started the war, word began to spread about American soldiers abusing prisoners. Hundreds of photos were made public that soldiers themselves had taken of each other abusing detainees for their own

amusement, and the abuse was blamed on a handful of soldiers who were said to have acted on their own and not in accordance with their superiors. Other photos were never made public which show soldiers raping and sodomizing detainees, although such activities are officially denied to have occurred. While some photos of abuse were made public, President Obama prevented the release of over 2000 others shortly after he was sworn in as president, despite his earlier promises to have them released. Major General Antonio Taguba was the Army officer in charge of conducting an inquiry into the Abu Ghraib jail in Iraq and gave an interview with the London Telegraph admitting that, “These pictures show torture, abuse, rape and every [cxxv] indecency.”

Just one month after Obama flip flopped and changed his mind about releasing photos, he stated, “The most direct consequence of releasing them, I believe, would be to inflame anti-American public opinion and to put our troops in greater danger,” but those on the inside like Major General Taguba know the real reason for not releasing them. “The mere description of these pictures is horrendous enough, take my word for it,” Taguba said. One such description was released under the US Freedom of Information Act where an Egyptian translator named Kasim Mehaddi Hilas said, “I saw [name of a translator] fucking a kid, his age would be about 15 to 18 years. The kid was hurting very bad and they covered all the doors with sheets. Then when I heard screaming I climbed the door because on top it wasn’t covered and I saw [name] who was wearing the military uniform, putting his dick in the little kid’s ass…and the female soldier was taking pictures.” [cxxvi] Despite all the now sealed photos and descriptions by eyewitnesses, this level of abuse is officially denied by the US government. What was admitted, after being denied of course, is the use of waterboarding, which is pouring water down the mouth and nose of someone who is strapped to a table, thus making them feel like they are drowning due to inhaling water into their lungs. Waterboarding has been illegal under international law and

is considered torture by countless legal experts, war veterans, medical experts, and human rights organizations. This didn’t stop the Bush administration from using it though, and after numerous denials that the CIA and military officials were waterboarding suspects and prisoners, they finally admitted it, but called it an “enhanced interrogation technique” and denied that it was torture. Fox News’ Operation Mockingbird asset Sean Hannity, an avid war propagandist and George W. Bush defender, continuously stated that waterboarding was no big deal and when asked live on television by one of his guests if he would volunteer to be waterboarded, Hannity agreed to do it for charity. He never followed through with his promise, and completely ignored the fact that he made such a statement. MSNBC’s Keith Olbermann publicly offered to pay $1000 to charity for every second Hannity was subjected the practice, but of course it never happened. Mancow Muller, a popular Chicago radio host, had also spoken publicly in support of waterboarding and denied that it was torture, that is, until he himself voluntarily underwent the procedure. Mancow thought that he could be waterboarded and then say it was no big deal and that liberals who were against it and those who called it torture would be proven wrong, but immediately after the procedure began Mancow ended it and admitted he thought it constituted torture. An EMT was present in case anything went wrong. Immediately after ending the experiment, Mancow said, “It is way worse than I thought it would be…Look…all that’s been done to this country, and I heard about water being dropped on someone’s face, I never considered it torture, even when I was laying there, I thought this is gonna be no big deal, I go swimming, it’s gonna be like being in the tub…it was instantaneous. I thought I could hold out 30 seconds, 60 seconds, it was instantaneous, and I don’t want to say this…absolutely torture. Absolutely, I mean that’s [cxxvii] drowning.”

COINTELPRO

A sinister covert and highly illegal program admittedly conducted by the FBI between 1956 and 1971 was called COINTELPRO (an acronym for Counter Intelligence Program) which investigated and disrupted political organizations deemed problematic by the establishment. Since its discovery and the nature of its crimes and activities, of course the FBI says the program was dissolved and no such thing exists anymore. Such claims are laughable, and COINTELPRO’s discovery only served as a learning experience for the FBI and measures were put in place to prevent such activities from being discovered and exposed in the future. The original program targeted groups seen as “subversive” or groups suspected of being subversive. Martin Luther King Jr. and other leaders in the Civil Rights Movement and those associated with the NAACP (the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People), and the Southern Poverty Law Center were also targeted, as well as groups protesting the Vietnam War, including many college students. The directives of COINTELPRO were given by J. Edgar Hoover, who was the head of the FBI at the time, and ordered agents to “expose, disrupt, misdirect, discredit, or otherwise neutralize” the leaders and activities of such groups. Agents involved in the program used a lot of dirty tricks, such as mailing letters to leaders of organizations claiming to be from someone else and making accusations that they had been sleeping with that person’s wife, for example. In one instance a recording of Martin Luther King Jr. that was taken illegally from a hotel room and proved he was cheating on his wife. FBI agents then anonymously mailed the recording to his wife because they wanted to discourage King from pushing for civil rights. Illegal wire taps, spreading false and slanderous rumors about people, frame-ups and worse were all common in COINTELPRO and are still methods used today by elite law enforcement and intelligence agents.

The MIAC Report A joint venture between the Department of Homeland Security and local law enforcement in Jefferson City, Missouri called The Missouri Information Analysis Center (or MIAC), is said to analyze terrorist threats

and criminal activity in order to help prevent them. This MIAC was fairly unknown until March of 2009, when an eight page report the organization had wrote up was leaked to the public titled The Modern Militia Movement , which contained some disturbing information regarding the kinds of individuals the report labeled as potentially dangerous or domestic terrorists. When the MIAC report first surfaced, a lot of people thought it was a hoax since the criteria it used to identify potential militia members and terrorists was completely absurd, but the report was confirmed authentic by Lieutenant John Hotz, the Assistant Director of the Public Information and [cxxviii]

Education Division of the Missouri State Highway Patrol.

The report contains what it called common symbols and media associated with terrorists in order for officials to more easily identify them. These items include bumper stickers showing support for Congressman Ron Paul, owning gold coins, and Aaron Russo’s film America: Freedom to Fascism. The report begins by trying to explain why the militia movement gained numbers in the 1980s and 90s, saying, “It was during this timeframe that many individuals and organizations began to concoct conspiracy theories to explain their misfortunes. These theories varied but almost always involved a globalist dictatorship, the ‘New World Order (NWO),’ which conspired to exploit the working class citizens…Much of this rhetoric would become anti-Semitic, claiming that the Jews controlled the monetary system and media, and in turn the ‘Zionist Occupied government (ZOG).’” In a section titled The Militia Post September 11th 2001 it reads, “Newer versions of the NWO conspiracy have been concocted in order to empower the movement. The NWO is seen as using law enforcement, military, national guard, and federal agencies in order to carry out its elitist one world government.” It goes on to say, “Many militia organizations feel that the U.S. government will fall due to economic or racial issues. They believe that during the chaotic fall of the government, moves will be made to install Martial Law, confiscate firearms, and imprison many citizens.”

The report mentions the North American Union and says, “conspiracy theorists claim that this union would link Canada, the United States, and Mexico. The NAU would unify its monetary system and trade the dollar for [cxxix] the AMERO.”

Radio Frequency Identification Devices (RFIDs) are also mentioned, saying “there is a fear that the government will enforce mass RFID human implantations. This process would make it possible for the government to [cxxx] continually know the locations of all citizens.”

The report is a tremendous piece of propaganda aimed at convincing police that anyone who discusses these particular issues should be viewed as a potential threat. It says, “The militia subscribes to an anti-government and NWO mindset, which creates a threat to law enforcement officers. They view the military, National Guard, and law enforcement as a force that will confiscate their firearms and place them in FEMA concentration camps.” Since most people familiar with the New World Order learn about the private Federal Reserve Bank and its role in the economy, the MIAC report also included this topic in their report painting these people as extremists. “Members of the militia movement are strongly against the FRS (Federal Reserve System) and see it as a mechanism of the elitist New World Order. In November, End the FED protests were held nationwide at Federal Reserve Banks in opposition to the FRS. Many right-wing extremists oppose the FRS and propose a system that would be backed by gold,” it reads. Also, since many who see the left vs. right paradigm one of controlled opposition, and the leadership of both the Republicans and the Democrats as being globalists with ties to the secret establishment, many people begin favoring third party candidates who don’t have to bow down to any special interests. While this is a conclusion any thinking American would come to after learning about how the political structure actually functions, the MIAC report chose to demonize such people.

“Militia members most commonly associate with 3rd party political groups. It’s not uncommon for militia members to display Constitution Party, Campaign for Liberty, or Libertarian material. These members are usually supporters of former Presidential Candidates Ron Paul, Chuck Baldwin, and [cxxxi] Bob Barr.”

The report even warns that people who display political messages on their vehicles in the form of bumper stickers should be suspects. “Militia members commonly display pictures, cartoons, [and] bumper stickers that contain anti-government rhetoric. Most of this material will depict the FRS, IRS, FBI, ATF, CIA, UN, Law Enforcement, and ‘The New World Order’ [cxxxii] in a derogatory manor.”

Shortly after word spread of this report and the demonizing language in it, even mainstream media outlets covered it in shock saying it amounted to political profiling. Soon afterward, by the end of March 2009, the report was said to be scrapped and the director of the MIAC was reassigned. “For that reason, I have ordered the MIAC to permanently cease distribution of the militia report,” said Chief James Keathley of the Missouri State Patrol. “Further, I am creating a new process for oversight of reports drafted by the MIAC that will require leaders of the Missouri State Highway Patrol and the Department of Public Safety to review the content of these reports before they are shared with law enforcement. My office will [cxxxiii] also undertake a review of the origin of the report by MIAC.”

Department of Homeland Security Labels Veterans as Possible Terrorists and Extremists While some skeptics say the MIAC report was just one insignificant report drafted and circulated in the state of Missouri, not soon afterwards a similar report was made public that was drafted by the Department of Homeland Security which labeled veterans and pro-life organizations as possible extremists or terrorists.

The report, titled Right-wing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment , also says that due to the collapse of the economy which began near the end of 2008 and the election of Barack Obama as the first black president of the United States, that “rightwing extremists” are having an easier time recruiting supporters who are concerned about illegal immigration, restrictions of firearms, abortion, and the loss of US sovereignty. The report even admits, “threats from white supremacist and violent antigovernment groups during 2009 have been largely rhetorical and have not indicated plans to carry out violent acts,” but suggests that, worsening economic conditions, potential new restrictions on firearms and “the return of military veterans facing significant challenges reintegrating into their communities could lead to the potential emergence of terrorist groups or lone wolf extremists capable of carrying out violent attacks.” The report says that rightwing extremism, “can be broadly divided into those groups, movements, and adherents that are primarily hate-oriented (based on hatred of particular religious, racial or ethnic groups), and those that are mainly anti-government, rejecting federal authority in favor of state or local authority, or rejecting government authority entirely. It may include groups and individuals that are dedicated to a single issue, such as opposition to abortion or immigration.” “[T]he consequences of a prolonged economic downturn—including real estate foreclosures, unemployment and an inability to obtain credit – could create a fertile recruiting environment for right-wing extremists and even result in confrontations between such groups and government authorities similar to those in the past,” the report reads. It also warns that, “Proposed imposition of firearms restrictions and weapons bans likely would attract new members into the ranks of rightwing extremist groups as well as potentially spur some of them to begin planning and training for violence against the government…The high volume of purchases and stockpiling of weapons and ammunition by rightwing extremists in anticipation of restrictions and bans in some parts of the country continue to be a primary concern to law enforcement.”

The report also mentions what it calls people who believe in antigovernment conspiracy theories about gun confiscations, citizen detention camps, and a Jewish-controlled ‘one-world government’ and says that, “end times prophecies could motivate extremist individuals and groups to stockpile food, ammunition and weapons. These teachings also have been linked with the radicalization of domestic extremist individuals and groups in the past, such as the violent Christian Identity organizations and extremist members of the militia movement.” It also attempts to cast suspicion on veterans, saying, “Returning veterans possess combat skills and experience that are attractive to right-wing extremists…DHS/I&A (Department of Homeland Security’s Office of Intelligence and Analysis) is concerned that right-wing extremists will attempt to recruit and radicalize veterans in order to boost their violent capacities.” People who support enforcing immigration laws and who oppose illegal immigration or speak out against it are also demonized in the report. “DHS/I&A assesses that right-wing extremist groups’ frustration over a perceived lack of government action on illegal immigration has the potential to incite individuals or small groups toward violence.” The report concludes that the Department of Homeland Security will work with state and local officials in the near future to determine the levels of right-wing extremist activity in their areas.

Project Megiddo In the months preceding the turn of the twenty-first century, the FBI released a report warning of violence they thought would likely be carried out to mark the new millennium at the hands of people who believed in the “New World Order conspiracy theory.” The report specifically listed white supremacists, Black Hebrew Israelites, the militia movement, and apocalyptic cults as groups who the FBI should be on the lookout for. While it is true that a very small number of white supremacists and apocalyptic cults have carried out violence driven by their ideologies, the Project Megiddo report casts suspicion on anyone who talks about the New World Order.

This 32 page report was titled Project Megiddo because, as it explains, “The Hebrew word ‘Armageddon’ means ‘hill of Megiddo.’ In English, the word has come to represent battle itself. The last book in the New Testament of the Bible designates Armageddon as the assembly point in the apocalyptic setting of God’s final and conclusive battle against evil. The name ‘Megiddo’ is an apt title for a project that analyzes those who believe the year 2000 will usher in the end of the world and who are willing to perpetrate acts of violence to bring that end about.” In the section focusing on the militia, the report tries to paint those who talk about the New World Order or the United Nations as potential violent extremists, saying, “Meanwhile, for members of the militia movement the new millennium has a political overtone rather than a religious one. It is their belief that the United Nations has created a secret plan, known as the New World Order (NWO), to conquer the world beginning in 2000.” [cxxxiv] The report goes on to demonize gun owners and supporters of the Second Amendment who oppose gun control measures, reading “The passage of the Brady Bill and assault weapons ban in 1994 were interpreted by those in the militia movement and among the right-wing as the first steps towards [cxxxv] disarming citizens in preparation for the UN-led NWO takeover.”

“In light of the enormous importance and prominent role that extremist groups place on the Second Amendment, it is probable that recent government actions aimed at controlling guns are perceived to be [cxxxvi] compelling signs of the UN-led NWO takeover.”

It is well known to those who are aware of the New World Order that FEMA has constructed various prison camps, detention centers, and socalled emergency relocation centers which are usually kept secret from the [cxxxvii] public, and in some cases have been covered by mainstream news.

Most people who are familiar with these “FEMA camps” are not very comfortable with their existence and the secrecy which surrounds them. The Megiddo report addresses these worries, saying, “One can find numerous

references in militia literature to military bases to be used as concentration camps in the NWO and visiting foreign military personnel conspiring to [cxxxviii] attack Americans.”

One of the most unsettling ideas conveyed in the report is that Christians who are uneasy about the New World Order for its prophetic implications regarding the end times are viewed as cult members who may act out violently in order to bring about the end of the world. “Cults with an apocalyptic agenda, particularly those that appear ready to initiate rather than anticipate violent confrontations to bring about Armageddon or fulfill ‘prophesy’ present unique challenges to law enforcement officials.” [cxxxix] “Religiously motivated extremists may initiate violent conflicts with law enforcement officials in an attempt to facilitate the onset of Armageddon, or to help fulfill a ‘prophesy.’ … Likewise, extremists who are convinced that the millennium will lead to a One World Government may choose to engage [cxl] in violence to prevent such a situation from occurring.”

It certainly is interesting that since this report was released in October 1999, talk of the New World Order by major political figures around the world has become common place, and the vast majority of people around the world who speak out against it are viewed as dangerous extremists who the government and law enforcement agencies claim are prone to violence.

A Nation of Spies In the New World Order, the mainstream media and the government purposefully create a climate of fear, putting the population on edge with the threat of terrorism they claim can come from any number of individuals or groups. The ethereal “al Qaeda” became the focal point of such fears after the September 11th 2001 terror attacks in New York City and Washington DC and the fear mongering went on practically daily throughout the Bush administration. While it is understandable that law enforcement would put out information urging people to be on the lookout for specific suspicious behavior in hopes of preventing any crimes from taking place, the rhetoric accompanying such alerts has created a climate where people are urged to spy on their neighbors and are made to feel powerful by doing so, as if they themselves are working in cooperation with law enforcement. During the 2008 presidential campaign in America, Barrack Obama made a startling statement referring to his desire to create a program which sounds like it was coming right out of George Orwell’s dystopian novel Nineteen Eighty-Four . Obama proclaimed, “We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.” The man chosen by President Obama to be his chief of staff, Rahm Emanuel, made equally unsettling statements in the past. On August 21, 2009 Rahm Emanuel, who was a Democratic member of the House of Representatives, was interviewed on C-Span about his book The Plan: Big Ideas for America , and when asked specifically what he meant by the idea of a “universal citizen service” Emanuel answered, “Citizenship is not an entitlement program. It comes with responsibilities. Everybody between the ages of 18 and 25 will serve three months of basic training and understanding in a kind of civil defense.”

In George Orwell’s classic novel Nineteen Eighty-Four , the children spy on their parents and neighbors and accuse the lead character Winston Smith of being a “thought criminal,” meaning he has negative thoughts about the government. These same children report their father as a thought criminal as well, and he is arrested based on these accusations. The idea of civilians spying on other civilians by simply keeping their eyes and ears open for anything they might say or do that seems to criticize the ruling party was something that people thought occurred only in Nazi Germany or the Communist Soviet Union, but there have been multiple attempts by leadership in both Republican and Democratic parties to create a culture in America where people feel empowered because they are on the lookout for anyone that is not in step with current leadership and their ideologies. Often such programs are defended citing “things have changed since 9/11,” referring to the September 11th terrorist attacks and claims that a secret society of Muslim extremists are living among us plotting their next attack and waiting for the right moment or the green light from Osama Bin Laden, the mythical leader of this society of radicals.

Operation TIPS A snitch program implemented under the fear-mongering years of President George W. Bush was called Operation TIPS, which was an acronym for the Terrorism Information and Prevention System . This program was aimed at workers who had access to people’s homes, such as cable installers and telephone repairmen, who were encouraged to look for and report “suspicious” activity to authorities. The program was intended to begin in August 2002 and hoped to include over one million workers in ten US cities. John Ashcroft who was the Attorney General under President Bush admitted that information generated by Operation TIPS would then be stored in databases for various law enforcement agencies. Senator Patrick Leahy from Vermont criticized the program and likened it to J. Edgar Hoover’s misuse of the FBI when he hired citizens to spy on their neighbors

if they were political protesters during the 1960s. Legislation was introduced in the House version of the Homeland Security Bill that prohibited the creation of Operation TIPS, but senator Joe Lieberman blocked its removal from the Senate’s version. The Senate later passed the House version which called for the program’s termination in November 2002. However, in 2008 it was reported that ordinary people such as utility workers and others had been trained as what are called Terrorism Liaison Officers who report “suspicious” activity that could be signs of terrorist. [cxli]

InfraGuard InfraGard is a program developed by the FBI which basically functions as a secret society of businessmen, academics, utility workers, and law enforcement agents who secretly look for suspicious activity and share information and intelligence in order to supposedly prevent terrorist attacks against critical infrastructure in the United States. InfraGuard stands for Infrastructure Guardians and began in 1996. As of December 2009, the organization reported their membership to be more than 34,000 people. Most people have never heard of InfraGuard. In 2008, Matthew Rothschild reported in the journal The Progressive that several InfraGard members told him if martial law was declared that InfraGuard members would be given orders to “shoot to kill” in order to [cxlii]

protect critical infrastructure and would not be prosecuted.

The FBI has denied this. The article in The Progressive also reported that the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) said there “is evidence that InfraGard may be closer to a corporate TIPS program, turning private-sector corporations— some of which may be in a position to observe the activities of millions of [cxliii] individual customers—into surrogate eyes and ears for the FBI.”

iWatch

A citizen spy program launched in Los Angeles, California called iWatch is promoted as being the “21st century version of Neighborhood Watch.” [cxliv]

Through brochures, meetings with community groups, and even television commercials, the iWatch program lists what they call suspicious behavior that should compel people to call the police. Several of these “indicators” are: If you smell chemicals or other fumes; If you see someone wearing clothes that are too big and too heavy for the season; And, if you see someone purchasing supplies or equipment that could be used to make bombs. So, I guess you’re supposed to call the police if your neighbor is spray painting something in their backyard or using paint thinner to clean some tools in his garage and you smell the fumes, or if someone is buying a steel pipe at the hardware store to fix some plumbing. The program also created a toll-free telephone number for people to report such activities to, as well as a website. Mike German, who is a former FBI agent now working with the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) admits that many of the iWatch indicators are all relatively common behaviors and worries that people will use the program to report people who are thought to look like a terrorist based on personal biases and stereotypes. Supporters of the program hope iWatch will become as successful and as well-known as the Smokey Bear campaign used to prevent wildfires. “There he is with his Smokey the Bear hat, similarly here, we hope that this program, even though it’s in its birthing stages right now, in a few years will become that well known to the American public,” said Los Angeles police Chief William Bratton. One of the television commercials for the program consists of a dozen or so people each saying a sentence or two and then cutting to the next in a montage, saying, “What is iWatch? It’s a way to report suspicious behavior, or activities that relates to terrorism. Terrorism is a crime. It is our shared responsibility to keep America safe. That’s why I, iWatch. It’s like a neighborhood watch for the whole city. If you see, hear, or smell something suspicious, report it. Reporting is easy. Use the web, or the phone. Let law enforcement determine if it’s a threat. And let the experts decide. A single report can lead to actions that can stop a terrorist attack. Think about the

power of that. Think about the power of iWatch. I watch. I report. I keep us safe.”

Cash Payments Given to Snitches Chicago implemented a “tax whistle-blower” program offering people a cash reward for informants who turn in businesses that are cheating on their taxes. The amount of the reward is a percentage of the tax money the city recovers as a result of the informant’s tip. “It’s just another way of bringing people into compliance,” Revenue Department spokesman Ed Walsh told [cxlv] the Sun-Times.

“It would probably be a business knowing that a competitor is not remitting a tax. An employee [of the tax-dodging business] could know that, too. [cxlvi] Typically, you need to provide some type of incentive.”

Boy Scouts and Girl Scouts In a move that could lead to a scenario similar to Hitler Youth in Nazi Germany, the Department of Homeland Security created a program where they decided to “partner” with the Boy Scouts of America to allegedly help Americans to prepare for and respond to emergencies. “We are delighted to partner with the Department of Homeland Security on this very important initiative for America,” said Roy Williams, Chief Scout Executive. The New York Times ran an article discussing the Boy Scouts activities with Homeland Security and showed a photo of some kids dressed up in SWAT [cxlvii] gear and holding fake rifles.

The article tells how the practice drill the children were involved in included the goal of rounding up a terrorist, who in this case was a “disgruntled Iraq war veteran,” and admits that thousands of young people were being trained to “confront terrorism” and the program aimed to “prepare youths for more traditional jobs as police officers and firefighters.” [cxlviii]

“Scouting embodies the very essence of being prepared and has specific training and merit badges designed to encourage proper awareness and planning in our Scouts. To partner on a program such as this allows us to reinforce the importance of preparation to families throughout the nation,” said Roy Williams, Chief Scout Executive. In an equally strange move, the Department of Homeland Security also decided to team up with the Girl Scouts as well, in order to “combat hurricanes, pandemics, terror attacks and other disasters.” The head of the Department of Homeland Security, Janet Napolitano, said “As a former Girl Scout, I know the ‘Be Prepared’ motto well, and I look forward to working with the Girl Scouts to spread the preparedness message to all of our nation’s citizens.” It was reported that Homeland Security designed a new “preparedness badge” that the girls can earn while defending America.

Climate Cops A British website called ClimateCops.com geared for children ages 7 to 11 features cartoon images and downloadable materials for children to become “climate cops” so they can keep a watchful eye over their parents and then build a “Climate Crime Case File” to report back to their parents and make sure they, “don’t commit those crimes again (or else)!” The site also warns children that they “may need to keep a watchful eye” to prevent future violations. When one logs onto the website they are first shown a brief cartoon introducing them to four characters, the “climate cops,” who are going to fight against global warming because it is “threatening our world” and the viewer is told “it’s time to fight back” and that they “need new recruits and your training starts here.” The user then can play various games or “missions” as they are called, and can download tickets to report “climate crime” which are used to write up violations for their parents for instances like leaving the room and not turning the light off, or leaving a cell phone charger plugged in when it’s not being used. One ticket even lists “using a tumble dryer on a sunny day”

and carries the assumption that people should line dry their clothes and not use a dryer. Another one says, “Putting hot food in a fridge or freezer is in fact, a crime. Climate Cops know that waiting for it to cool is the right time.” Not only does this kind of propaganda push the global warming theory onto children, but gives them the feeling of authority over their parents and teaches them that they are the ones in power and can give the orders. Global warming poster boy Al Gore once told a group of school kids that, “There are some things about our world that you know that older people don’t know…Why would that be? Well, in a period of rapid change, the old assumptions sometimes just don’t work anymore because they’re out of date. New knowledge, new understandings are much more widely available, sometimes to young people who are in school who aren’t weighed down with the old flawed assumptions of the past.” The hoax of deadly man-made climate change and the Armageddon said to occur unless people pay carbon taxes and give in to a global government is covered in its own section of this book. (See Global Warming/Climate Change)

Elimination of the Right to Bear Arms The Second Amendment to the Constitution of the United States outlines the right for citizens to bear arms—meaning to own guns. It can’t be at random that this Amendment immediately follows the right to free speech (the First Amendment), which is one of the most cherished freedoms Americans enjoy. So placing an amendment guaranteeing the right to own guns as the second one shows just how important the founding fathers felt this right was. They knew that if masses of citizens were armed, that an out of control government would have a much more difficult time imposing its will on the people because they would be able to organize and fight against such an event. In Asia, people made nunchucks and other weapons out of commonly available materials in the ancient past when all weapons were banned and only members of the military were allowed to possess such things. Nunchucks, for example, were first made from a flail used to thresh rice or soybeans. Corrupt tyrants and governments throughout history have disarmed their own citizens so they couldn’t organize and resist. A disarmed public also causes people to rely more on the government for their safety, instead of being able to protect themselves. Even modern anti-gun activists fail to see how citizens owning guns actually prevents crime. Often their anti-gun attitudes are installed in them by the mainstream media that tries to impress on people that only police and military personnel are qualified to own and carry guns. Thomas Jefferson, quoting Cesare Beccaria in On Crimes and Punishment (1764) famously said, “Laws that forbid the carrying of arms disarm only those who are neither inclined nor determined to commit crimes…Such laws make things worse for the assaulted and better for the assailants; they serve rather to encourage than to prevent homicides, for an unarmed man may be attacked with greater confidence than an armed man.”

If a burglar breaks into someone’s home armed only with a knife or baseball bat, they are the one who will be in control of the situation, and could bash the brains in of the homeowner and then rape his children and wife with little to stop him. The reason people call the police in the event of a burglary is because the police have guns and can hopefully stop the burglar and protect the victims, but it makes no sense to rely on such a strategy when the homeowner himself could own a firearm and neutralize the burglar immediately upon his discovery. Despite reliable statistics that show for every crime committed with a gun, even more are prevented, people are still often convinced that guns should only be used by police and military. The November 2009 shooting at Fort Hood in Texas, where thirteen people were killed by gunman Nidal Hason, shows that even supposed trained professionals can be mass murderers. Hason was a U.S. Army Major and was stationed at the base. Some believe Hason was a victim of MK-ULTRA mind control and programmed to kill. Others see him as a Muslim terrorist who became unstable and murderous as he grew more upset with the United States involvement in the Middle East. Whatever the truth surrounding this tragedy, there are numerous other instances each year of police and military committing murder and/or suicide despite being trained professionals who are trusted with firearms. Anti-gun activists also fail to see that an extremely small percentage of humans will commit murder by any means necessary to them, even if a gun is not available. If these unstable individuals cannot get their hands on a gun, they will simply stab, bludgeon, poison, or run over their victims. Groups like the National Rifle Association and Gun Owners of America help to organize Second Amendment advocates and try to minimize the effects of anti-gun tactics, although many see the NRA as having given in to anti-gun legislation and not taking a strong enough stand against it. Despite the numbers and money behind such groups, unconstitutional and unfair gun policies have been written into law in America and the ultimate goal of banning all guns from citizens, is a very real possibility.

Gun Bans in American Cities

Despite the Second Amendment clearly outlining that people have the right to own guns, Anti-American politicians and judges have been able to successfully ban guns in certain cities. Hand guns, for example, were illegal in Washington DC until a landmark case in June 2008 (District of Columbia v. Heller), which overturned the ban, once again making the district compliant with the Second Amendment for the first time since 1976. Washington DC was not the only city to have such a ban in place. Other cities such as Chicago and New York had also banned handguns and placed such ridiculous restrictions on rifles and shotguns that the laws practically render the guns useless. Alan Gura of Alexandria, Virginia, who successfully argued the Heller case at the high court, is also scheduled to argue the McDonald case in Chicago hoping to lift the ban on handguns there as well. Before the 2008 overturning of the DC gun ban, an appeals court ruled in the Chicago case that their handgun ban did not violate the Constitution because the Supreme Court had not yet declared whether its decision in the Heller case established a fundamental right for citizens to own guns. Many antigun activists say the Second Amendment doesn’t apply to average citizens, but instead applies only to the police and military. While we can look at the 2008 lifting of the DC gun ban as a victory for the Second Amendment, this is likely only a temporary lifting. After just a handful of highly publicized murders involving guns by lone nuts, the antigun propaganda will go into full force and the establishment will do everything they can to get as many guns out of the hands of honest, law abiding citizens as they can.

Gun Confiscation After Hurricane Katrina Immediately after Hurricane Katrina struck the Gulf Coast in September 2005, police were confiscating guns from people in their homes in New Orleans as they went door to door in what looked like affluent middle class neighborhoods. One video aired on a local news channel shows police tackle an elderly woman and steal a small revolver from her that she had for personal protection. This woman was inside her own home on dry land.

The National Rifle Association (NRA) produced a short video titled The Untold Story of Gun Confiscation After Katrina , which shows interviews of several other law abiding citizens who also had their guns taken away unlawfully by the police in the aftermath of the hurricane. One man interviewed explains how he complied with the officers and turned over his rifle and asked for some kind of receipt documenting that they had taken possession of the gun, and the officer informed him that no such policy was in place. The man then asked how he could get his gun back after things had settled down and the officer told him to get a lawyer.

Oath Keepers In March of 2009, an organization was founded with the intent of educating police and military about the possibility of unlawful and unconstitutional orders being given, and aimed to prevent such illegal orders from being carried out by those who were on the receiving end of them. Oath Keepers was founded by a man named Stewart Rhodes, and when joining, the new members swear an oath to the following ten things they will not engage in: 1. We will NOT obey orders to disarm the American people. 2. We will NOT obey orders to conduct warrantless searches of the American people. 3. We will NOT obey orders to detain American citizens as “unlawful enemy combatants” or to subject them to military tribunal. 4. We will NOT obey orders to impose martial law or a “state of emergency” on a state. 5. We will NOT obey orders to invade and subjugate any state that asserts its sovereignty. 6. We will NOT obey any order to blockade American cities, thus turning them into giant concentration camps. 7. We will NOT obey any order to force American citizens into any form of detention camps under any pretext.

8. We will NOT obey orders to assist or support the use of any foreign troops on U.S. soil against the American people to “keep the peace” or to “maintain control.” 9. We will NOT obey any orders to confiscate the property of the American people, including food and other essential supplies. 10.We will NOT obey any orders which infringe on the right of the people to free speech, to peaceably assemble, and to petition their government for a redress of grievances. Left-wing propagandist and gate-keeper Chris Matthews had Stewart Rhodes as a guest on MSNBC’s Hardball and tried to misinform the audience about the Oath Keeper’s mission. Matthews states, “What I don’t like about people who are armed who are being recruited to stand up in some operation, I want to know when you would call your forces together and challenge the authority of the US government?” Rhodes had to clarify the organization’s goals and explained, “It’s not calling forces together, it’s simply saying they’re not going to comply with orders to violate the rights of the American people. We’re not talking about asking them to go fight, we’re saying simply, don’t fight.” Matthews went on to patronize Rhodes about his beliefs in potential concentration camps in America and citizens being rounded up and detained. In a report by the ADL (Anti-Defamation League) about growing anger in America aimed at the government, the Oath Keepers were attacked, saying, “One manifestation of the ideology of resistance was the creation in March 2009 of the Oath Keepers, an anti-government group that tries to recruit police and military personnel and veterans. Members refuse to obey hypothetical “orders” from the government, “orders” that speak more to their own paranoid and conspiratorial beliefs than to any realistic [cxlix] government action.”

The ADL was obviously trying to divert attention away from the fact that such actions are very plausible and in some cases have already occurred.

Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor In 2009, after Barack Obama was sworn in as president, he nominated Sonia Sotomayor to sit as a Supreme Court justice. It was no surprise that Obama’s pick was a Latino woman, as he was doing his best to select people for high level positions, not based on their qualifications, but instead on their race and gender. One of the things which make Supreme Court Justice Sotomayor anti-American and a willing conspirator in implementing the New World Order is her stance on the Second Amendment. In Maloney v. Cuomo, a case from January 2009, Judge Sotomayor ruled that the Second Amendment only applies to the federal government and not [cl]

individual states or cities.

According to her and her ruling, it is perfectly constitutional for any city or state to ban gun ownership. A 2004 opinion she joined which is now cited as precedent, states that “the right to possess a gun is clearly not a fundamental right.”

Rahm Emanuel’s Hopes of Disarming Americans President Obama’s chief of staff, Rahm Emanuel, can be seen in a video clip widely available on the Internet where he is giving a talk about how he and Obama hope to eliminate the Second Amendment, which clearly states that individual citizens have the right to own guns. Rahm declared, “The most simple thing we can do, and we’ve got to make this a number one issue, as a test vote and then take it into the election, and that is if you are on the no-fly list because you are known as maybe a possible terrorist, you [cli] cannot buy a handgun in America.”

The “no-fly list” isn’t really a no-fly list, it’s more of a watch list which supposedly contains the names of suspected terrorists, or people who may have terrorist ties, and if such a person attempts to board a flight, then extra security measures are taken to ensure that they aren’t carrying any explosive devices or weapons with them onto the aircraft. While on the surface, such a procedure can surely be understood, what makes this “no-fly list” such a slippery slope is the fact that the standards and criteria for landing one’s name on the list is kept secret. Not only that, but over one

[clii]

million people are on this list,

including many young American [cliii]

children

and even a CNN reporter who describes having to go through [cliv] enhanced security checks every time he flies.

There is also no known way for an individual to get their name off the list. So if Rahm Emanuel got his way of using this list to justify confiscating all firearms registered to persons on that list and prevent them from purchasing one if they didn’t already own any, it would then eliminate the Second Amendment right guaranteed by the Constitution of the United States, all without a conviction of any crime or even an arrest. Think of the implications. By some government agent simply adding your name to the no-fly list, for any reason, you now lose your guns. Hopefully in the months and years that come, such an underhanded policy would be faced with such opposition that it can never be enacted, but the very fact that Rahm Emanuel spoke publicly about such an idea shows just how low the power players in Washington are willing to sink in order to disarm the American people.

Open Carry Groups While extremely surprising to many people, most states in America allow people to publicly carry an unconcealed visible handgun on their person, with the exception of places banned by federal laws such as school zones, post offices, government buildings, and state parks. Such a right is called open carry, and in many states the gun can actually be loaded, while in others the gun may be carried openly but cannot be loaded. Such a practice came to national attention shortly after Barack Obama became president and started pushing for a nationalized healthcare system. President Obama had a town hall meeting in Portsmouth, New Hampshire on August 10, 2009, where a man joined the protesters across the street with a loaded handgun in a holster attached to his leg. This was perfectly legal. The man was interviewed by Chris Matthews on MSNBC where Matthews expressed his utter shock that someone would do such a thing and tried to make it out that the guy wished harm upon Obama. When this practice continued by other open carry advocates, liberals tried to make such people

out as racists, but at an event in Phoenix, Arizona, an African American man brought an AR15 rifle which was strapped hanging off his back. Talking heads on CNN and other news networks expressed their shock, but the fact that this event involved an African American made it impossible for the media to spin the story as if a bunch of right-wing racists were bringing guns to Obama’s events. About a dozen others at the same event were also armed. The Secret Service can declare an area surrounding the president to be a Federal Zone where weapons are not allowed. During these events where open carry advocates had their weapons, Obama was nowhere near them and wouldn’t have been anywhere close to being in the line of fire. The anti-gun propagandists at MSNBC and CNN led viewers to believe that Obama could have been shot by one of these individuals if they were unstable, which wasn’t the case.

“Assault Weapons” Much of the ignorant public supports so-called “assault weapon” bans because they believe that an “assault weapon” means a fully automatic weapon like a machine gun. So when anti-gun activists and politicians talk about their desire to ban assault weapons, it seems like a reasonable idea to many people, since they falsely believe they are trying to get machine guns off the streets. The National Firearms Act of 1934 specifically addresses the ownership, possession, and use of fully automatic weapons, which are highly regulated and extremely rare. A gun is usually classified as an assault weapon because it contains several features in combination such as a detachable magazine along with a folding or telescoping stock or a pistol grip. Flash suppressors and bayonet mounts are also included in these lists. The state of California has the strictest gun laws in the United States and has their own list of what they deem “assault weapons.” In addition, for over a decade California has had a law in place that prevents the manufacture, sale, or transfer of magazines that hold more than ten rounds. The law is for every gun; handguns, rifles, and assault weapons. Some standard magazines for handguns are capable of holding sixteen rounds, but

the only people legally allowed to possess such magazines are people who owned them prior to the ten round restriction becoming law on January 1, 2000. So let it be clear that what the government calls an “assault weapon” is not a machine gun as they would like people to believe, but is instead a classification given to a firearm because it contains a combination of features such as a flash suppressor, a collapsible stock, a pistol grip, or other features. It’s also important to understand that frequently when the mainstream media airs stories about “assault weapons” or renewing the “assault weapon” ban, they show footage of people in the desert or at shooting ranges using fully automatic guns which have been basically illegal for civilians too use for over 75 years.

California’s Ammo Tracking Policy As governor of California, Arnold Schwarzenegger signed a bill into law which required stores that sell ammunition to thumbprint everyone who buys, as well as log their driver’s license and require a signature for each sale. Each person who buys ammo now is entered into a federal database and a running tally of what they buy and when they bought it is kept on record indefinitely. As a result of the law, all Internet and mail order sales to California are now a thing of the past. Schwarzenegger claimed to be against such a policy in the past but changed his mind saying, “Although I have previously vetoed legislation similar to this measure, local governments have demonstrated that requiring ammunition vendors to keep records on ammunition sales improves public [clv] safety.”

Sam Paredes, the executive director of Gun Owners of California, said the new law treats gun owners like registered sex offenders. The database will be used to flag anyone who buys what the government considers a large amount of ammo and may be considered probable cause to investigate the individual further or place them under surveillance.

Elimination of National Sovereignty America has been the envy of the world for generations and the leader in human rights and freedoms as well as military power and economic prosperity. The problem is, in order for the New World Order to be complete, America must yield its political, economic, and military power over to the global government that will then use it, not for what’s best for America, but what the elite establishment see as the best thing for the New World Order. Sovereignty is defined as the quality of having supreme, independent authority over a territory, which in this case we are talking about the United States; a quality which may have been set up to fail by the Illuminati a long time ago when America was first created. Britain, the United States, and Israel are at the heart of the New World Order, and have been the major forces behind its creation. Manly P. Hall, an occult insider, explains in his book The Secret Teachings of All Ages that secret societies have been covertly using America since its creation to carry out their goal of a global utopia. He wrote, “European mysticism was not dead at the time the United States of America was founded. The hand of the Mysteries controlled in the establishment of the new government, for the signature of the Mysteries may still be seen on the Great Seal of the United States of America. Careful analysis of the seal discloses a mass of occult and Masonic symbols chief among them, the so-called American Eagle...only the student of symbolism can see through the subterfuge and realize that the American eagle upon the [clvi] Great Seal is but a conventionalized phoenix.”

He continues, “Not only were many of the founders of the United States government Masons, but they received aid from a secret and august body existing in Europe which helped them to establish this country for a peculiar and particular purpose known only to the initiated few. The Great

Seal is the signature of this exalted body—unseen and for the most part unknown—and the unfinished pyramid upon its reverse side is a teeterboard setting forth symbolically the task to the accomplishment of which the United States Government was dedicated from the day of its inception.” [clvii] A video posted on YouTube showing Walter Cronkite accepting the Norman Cousins Global Governance Award in 1999 at a United Nations conference includes a disturbing joke about Satan running the New World Order and countries giving up their sovereignty. Cronkite was the anchor for the CBS evening news from 1962 to 1981. During this event Cronkite said, “What Alexander Hamilton wrote about the need for law among the thirteen states applies today to the approximately two hundred sovereignties in our global village, all of which are going to have to be convinced to give up some of that sovereignty to the better greater union, and it’s not going to be easy.” He then referenced how some Christians believe the construction of the global government is the work of the Devil, at which point Cronkite added, “Well, join me, I’m glad to sit here at the right hand of Satan.” This video is widely available on YouTube. Cronkite is believed to be the voice for Moloch played over the loudspeakers in the Bohemian Grove during the Cremation of Care human effigy sacrifice done each summer.

The United Nations As many people know, the United Nations (UN) is an international organization aiming to facilitate international law between countries around the world, and claim to be working for economic development, human rights, and world peace. The UN was founded in 1945 after World War II and replaced the League of Nations. There are currently 192 member states. [clviii] Supporters of the UN see it as a global forum for world leaders to exchange ideas and discuss policies that affect the rest of the world such as wars,

economic policies, and human rights issues. Opponents see the UN as an authority that the United States will one day give up its sovereignty to, causing the elimination of various Constitutional rights and liberties that Americans have enjoyed since the founding of the country. It’s interesting to note that the John Birch Society began criticizing America’s membership in the UN back in 1959 with their “get US out of the UN” campaign, and warned the UN’s goal was to establish a one world government. Criticism of the United Nations continues to this day by various groups and for various reasons. The United Nations Population Fund, for example, has provided support for different groups promoting forced abortions and sterilizations. Another controversial issue has been the UN’s connection with Lucis Trust (formerly called Lucifer’s Trust) which is Alice Bailey’s occult organization that continues to publish her books, including The Externalization of the Hierarchy . Robert Muller, the former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations was known as the “philosopher” of the UN, and openly praised Bailey’s occult writings.

The North American Union Just like multiple countries in Europe joined together to form the European Union (EU) and agreed on a single common currency (the Euro), a similar plan has been drafted for the North American continent that would merge the United States, Canada, and Mexico in what would be called the North American Union (NAU), and then introduce a common currency (the Amero) for the region as well. (See the Amero) Just as the New World Order has been denied for decades and called a conspiracy theory, the North American Union was also denied and said to be the figment of people’s imaginations. In 2006 a government website, www.SPP.gov went online which contained information on what was called the Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America, which is a code term for the North American Union that would advance the global unified government in a major step. Other regional unions are also planned such as the Asian Union, the Middle Eastern Union, and the African Union. Once each of these regions are unified with their laws and currency, the next step then is to merge all

unions into one system, as well as merge all of their regional currencies into the global currency. (See One World Currency )

Illegal Immigration Traditionally most conservatives support enforcing immigration laws and securing America’s borders, particularly the southern border with Mexico, since that is where millions of illegal aliens have snuck in from, while liberals usually turn a blind eye to immigration laws and even encourage massive influxes of illegal aliens breaking into America. By allowing and encouraging illegals to come to American, it causes various strains on the economy such as the workers not paying taxes; 20 to 30% of federal prison inmates are illegal aliens; they use medical services without paying for them; and they take jobs that would otherwise go to American citizens. As of 2010 the number of illegal aliens living in America range from between 6 and 13 million. While on the surface it makes no sense to have allowed such a practice to continue for decades, allowing illegal immigration to continue at massive levels has been a core strategy by the elite to usher in the North American Union and the New World Order. It became fairly obvious to thinking Americans that Republican President George W. Bush had no interest in slowing illegal immigration when after the terrorist attacks of September 11th 2001 the borders were not regulated, and during Bush’s entire eight years as president, he did nothing to attempt to do so. Common sense would say that if an army of dark skinned terrorists from Al Qaeda were dedicated to sneaking into America to plot and carry out more terrorist attacks, then one would think tightly regulating the borders would be a prime concern, but it wasn’t. Not only was it not a concern for President Bush, but after a group called the Minutemen formed and began voluntarily patrolling the borders with nothing more than binoculars, walkie talkies, and cell phones, President Bush attacked them, calling them [clix] “vigilantes.”

What is perhaps even more shocking is that illegal aliens in Los Angeles, [clx]

[clxi]

California had been given mortgage loans

and credit cards,

and in cities around the country, groups were fighting to prevent poll workers from checking the ID of people who voted to insure they were a citizen and [clxii]

were who they said they were.

Other states wanted to allow illegal [clxiii] aliens to get valid driver’s licenses.

In the over ten years that this author (Mark Dice) has lived in San Diego, California, every morning in the same exact locations all over the city I have witnessed a dozen or more “day laborers” standing on the sides of roads or in front of businesses waiting to be picked up by people who need physical labor. The vast majority of these day laborers are illegal aliens from Mexico, and loiter every single day, week after week, month after month, year after year, in the same places where locals know they can pick them up and pay them cash to do yard work or other manual labor. They are paid cash for this work, and such a practice is very common in southern California, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas. U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement does absolutely nothing and largely ignore the day labor pick-up locations. People not familiar with the practice, or who don’t live in border states may imagine that such workers would be extremely cheap, but I can attest first hand that they make more than you think. Back in 2003 I worked for a company that would occasionally use one of these men to “sign spin,” meaning that a person stands on the side of the road holding, spinning, or moving a sign advertising a business. On multiple occasions the owner of the business I worked at, which was a retail store, had me drive to the nearest day labor spot and pick up a guy for the job. There were often a dozen or more men who would all crowd around my truck when I pulled up, each of them hoping to be chosen for the job so they could make some money. They would ask how many hours of work was needed, and how much I was going to pay. Out of the dozen or more men standing around looking for work, none of them would get in my vehicle unless I said I was going to pay them $10.00 an hour. This is, of course, cash, so it’s really like they were making $12 or

$13 an hour. My boss at the time was cheap and didn’t want to pay them very much, so he told me to see if I could get a worker for $7 or $8 an hour, but nobody would take it. Allowing the illegal immigrants in America from Mexico also causes the government bureaucracy to grow and consume more tax payer’s money to deal with the economic and social burdens that the millions of illegals cause to the healthcare system, law enforcement and prisons, as well as straining our schools and social welfare programs. This is all, of course, looked at favorably by the elite, and allows them to expand the size and scope of government in conjunction with the New World Order. Some government officials have been pushing hard for complete amnesty of all illegal aliens which will automatically turn them into official American citizens. The vast majority of Mexicans are Democrats and after granting amnesty to them they will be able to vote, and will then support the liberal Democrats socialist agendas aimed at solidifying the New World Order.

Monitoring the Population with Big Brother Personal privacy has been slowly eroding in recent decades due to new technology and legislation such as the Patriot Act, but this slow and gradual process is speeding up and will soon advance at such a high pace that many aspects of the personal privacy we once enjoyed will be left to the past and never experienced again. There was a time not long ago, when if your boss tried to call you at home after work or on the weekend and you weren’t home or didn’t answer the phone, then he would be out of luck and have to wait until you returned to work to speak to you. This was before cell phones and caller ID, but today if your boss wanted to get a hold of you, he would simply call your cell phone and even if he didn’t leave a message, you would be expected to return his call within minutes or hours because he knows you will see the missed call on your call log. While cell phones have amazing advantages, they have also changed the social customs in ways most people do not notice unless they step back and really look at the implications such technology has carried with it. But this social change can be seen as tremendously insignificant compared to other implications stemming from Radio Frequency Identification Devices (RFIDs), facial recognition cameras, and fingerprint scanners. Such devices do in fact offer some advantages but also hold a large potential for abuse in ways that most people couldn’t even imagine.

VeriChip and RFID An RFID (Radio Frequency Identification Device) is a small computer chip that can be encoded with information and then read from various distances by a receiver. They are sort of electronic bar codes and have various uses, including tracking products as they travel around a warehouse or en route to a delivery.

The VeriChip is the world’s first implantable RFID which is the size of a grain of rice and is implanted in the body of animals as well as humans. In pets and livestock, the device is used as an electronic dog tag to identify the animal. The VeriChip company is planning to have their chips implanted into people’s hands or arms to replace debit cards and drivers licenses. The VeriChips have been used to enter VIP areas in clubs and pay bar tabs since [clxiv]

around 2004.

The device’s manufacturer has been promoting the chip as a simple alternative to carrying around cash, credit cards, or a driver’s license, and is hoping to make the implantable VeriChip or an invisible tattoo the standard form of ID and payment around the world. While the original version of VeriChip only acts as an identifier that can be read by a receiver from a short distance away, in the future, smaller versions equipped with GPS will be small enough to also be implanted under the skin as well, and will be able to be tracked wherever the person implanted with one goes.

GPS Tracker for Children In October 2009, a tracking device was put on the market called the Little Buddy, which consists of a fairly large unit that the company promotes as a safety device which can be placed in a child’s backpack or lunchbox and can then be located and tracked via GPS on the parent’s cell phone or computer. The device also allows boundaries to be set up by the parents and activated during specific time periods, and if the device travels outside of that specified area, a text message or email will be sent to the parent notifying them of this. For example, a boundary could be set up around a one block radius from the child’s school during the school hours, and if the device travels outside that area during this timeframe, the parent would be immediately notified. This device is rather large and cannot be easily concealed, so most children would be aware that such a device was placed in their backpack by their parent, but future versions of such a device will be incredibly smaller and can be placed on a person without their knowledge.

When these smaller devices are available, they will open the door for horrendous implications involving stalking and personal privacy issues. One newscaster on the Fox News Channel even joked about placing the device in her boyfriend’s car so she could keep tabs on exactly where he went and when. Most people would obviously be unaware such a device was placed in their vehicle. One commercial for the Little Buddy tracking device said, “Get peace of mind. Build trust. And be confident that your child is OK when you can’t be with them.” It’s unclear what they meant by “building trust” with the device, since using such a thing is a clear sign of an overbearing, controlling, or paranoid parent. The device costs under one hundred dollars.

Plans to Implant U.S. Soldiers with RFIDs Aside from the VeriChip corporation first marketing their Orwellian product as a life-saving medical device, and later entering into talks with banks hoping their chip will replace credit and debit cards as a form of payment for goods and services, the company aggressively pursued the Pentagon with hopes that their RFID chips would be implanted in the 1.4 million [clxv] soldiers in the armed forces as a replacement for their metal dog tags.

The D.C. Examiner called the company “one of the most aggressive marketers of radio frequency identification chips,” and reported that they were in discussions with the Pentagon about implanting them in soldiers. VeriChip spokeswoman Nicole Philbin told the Examiner that, “The potential for this technology doesn’t just stop at the civilian level.”

Facial Recognition Cameras In George Orwell’s novel Nineteen Eighty-Four , he described what he called Telescreens which were placed in every home and on every street that were television screens which could also watch whatever was going on in its field of view. These Telescreens were monitored and recorded by the Thought Police and kept everyone under a constant state of surveillance to make sure they wouldn’t conspire against the ruling Party or even speak negatively of them.

While security cameras have been a common fixture in banks, stores, and parking lots for decades as a method to deter crime or allow their videotapes to be reviewed in order to gather evidence if a crime is committed, new computer software allows cameras to be able to spot someone out of a crowd if they are entered into the system as a target. These facial recognition cameras have been used in casinos for years in order to spot suspected card counters who the casinos want to keep an eye [clxvi]

on.

Such systems spot them as soon as they enter the casino even if they are wearing a disguise. In the New World Order, facial recognition systems will one day be as common as street lights and will record everyone’s movements throughout their day. The information stored by these systems will be able to trace your exact movements throughout an entire city (and country), as well as log the names of any individuals you happen to meet during the course of your day. This system can be programmed to detect if and when two or more specific individuals come into close proximity to each other. Supporters of these systems claim they prevent crime and fight terrorism but the potential for stalking and other abuses are horrifying. In the New World Order it may even become common place for cameras to be in people’s homes that are wired into a universal database and can be monitored by officials. There will be very few places where the all-seeing eyes are not constantly looking at you.

Echelon Even many electrical engineers find it hard to believe that the United States government has an advanced spy system that can monitor practically every phone call, fax, email, and text message in real time. This system is so powerful that it uses what are called “dictionaries” to flag certain keywords used in conversations around the world. If a series of keywords appear in a single conversation, then that telephone conversation will be flagged and analyzed to determine if it is a threat or not. For example, if a person uses words such as “bomb,” “kill,” “president,” and “White House” in a conversation, then the Echelon system will detect it and the conversation will be flagged and analyzed by authorities. Most conversations are

recorded and stored for a period of time and are only deleted if they are not deemed important. This system also has voiceprint technology that is capable of detecting a specific person’s voice among the millions of voices that are being transmitted over satellites at any given time. If a specific individual is targeted for surveillance, even if that person uses a payphone, their voiceprint will be detected by Echelon, and their location will be identified and the phone call will be recorded. This is no more difficult than Google instantaneously finding a specific article among the tens of millions of web pages after a specific set of words are searched for. It may be alarming to people that simple systems are able to activate specific cell phones and listen to the conversations, and can even turn on the cell phone’s microphone and listen to the surrounding area even when the phone is off. Surely this technology violates the rights of people and the 4th Amendment to the Constitution that protects against unauthorized searches and seizures, but the authorities in control of this technology couldn’t care less. Only fools believe them when they say that it isn’t abused and doesn’t infringe upon peoples’ rights.

The Internet While valuable information still gets past the mainstream media gatekeepers, most people spend hours each week on Facebook and Twitter selfpromoting themselves and posting meaningless drivel about how good their lunch was, or how they are feeling at the moment. The comments that their friends post on their status updates make the user feel important as if they are their own celebrity with a fan base who follow their every move. These same zombies often cyberstalk people of the opposite sex who they are interested in and spend hours looking through all of their Facebook or MySpace pictures and fanaticizing about having that person as a part of their life. These same types of fools subscribe to YouTube channels like “Fred,” “Hot for Words,” or “Sxephil.” These kinds of people are of no concern to the establishment, since they are continuously amused and are kept out of the way. It is the people who are

awake to the New World Order and who use the Internet to its fullest capacity to bypass the gate-keepers and propaganda who are a danger to their monopoly. People like you.

Carnivore It shouldn’t come as a surprise that the FBI, CIA, NSA, and any number of other government agencies can identify every website you’ve been on, what files you downloaded, and read any email you’ve ever sent. The computer system that was first created to do this was called Carnivore and was implemented by the FBI. The system was first used during the Clinton administration after the Internet became widely used, and its sophistication has grown in step with advancing technology. After repeated negative coverage in the press due to personal privacy concerns, the FBI changed the name of the Carnivore system to DCS1000, which stands for “Digital Collection System.” In 2001 the FBI also started using commercially available software such as NarusInsight to monitor the [clxvii]

Internet traffic of targeted individuals.

The software can easily monitor a target’s Internet usage in real time, as well as go back and trace them step by step, through each web page they visit, link they click, and file they download. Most laptop computers have built in microphones and webcams that can also be used to watch and listen to suspects without their knowledge. It also shouldn’t come as a surprise that any one of the “alphabet agencies” can also get access to your computer’s hard drive, if the computer is online, and can search and copy its contents.

Google Ousts Blogger Over Name Calling A lot of people with blogs, websites, and YouTube accounts don’t use their real name and instead use a handle or pseudonym. The reasons for using a handle usually stem from them wanting anonymity to prevent crazy stalkers from coming to their home or place of work because they are either fans of their content, or want to hurt them because they hate what they post online. Most bloggers enjoy this anonymity but there are increasing risks that if

someone posts a blog or video saying derogatory things about a specific person or group, then their identity may be discovered and they may be sued or even charged with a “hate crime.” In January 2009 a model sued Google to get the identity of a blogger who [clxviii]

called her a “skank” and an “old hag.”

Liskula Cohen, a blond beauty who has modeled for Giorgio Armani, Versace, and Vogue magazine wanted to sue the blogger for defamation. The blog was on Google’s Blogger service and titled “Skanks in NYC” where the blogger wrote, “I would have to say the first-place award for ‘Skankiest in NYC’ would have to go to Liskula Gentile Cohen.” A Manhattan Supreme Court judge ruled that Cohen was entitled to know the name of the blogger and ordered Google to reveal her name which is Rosemary Port. The model then filed a $3 million defamation lawsuit against the Port.

The Cyberbullying Act The Cyberbullying Act of 2009 (HR 1966, the Megan Meier Cyberbullying Prevention Act), is named after the high-profile “MySpace suicide” of a young 13-year-old girl named Megan Meier who killed herself after being harassed on MySpace by her classmate’s mother who pretended to be a teenage boy online. It’s meant to prevent people from using the Internet to “coerce, intimidate, harass, or cause substantial emotional distress to a person” but the vague language in the bill has alarmed people because it so broadly defines “cyberbullying” that it could be interpreted to apply to practically any situation, including blog posts critical of public officials. The National Crime Prevention Council defines cyberbullying as “when the Internet, cell phones or other devices are used to send or post text or images intended to hurt or embarrass another person.” UCLA Law Professor Eugene Volokh wrote on his blog that everyday situations could be considered cyberbullying. “I try to coerce a politician into voting a particular way, by repeatedly blogging (using a hostile tone)

about what a hypocrite/campaign promise breaker/fool/etc. he would be if he voted the other way. I am transmitting in interstate commerce a communication with the intent to coerce using electronic means (a blog) ‘to support severe, repeated, and hostile behavior’— unless, of course, my statements aren’t seen as ‘severe,’ a term that is entirely undefined and [clxix] unclear,” Volokh wrote.

Parry Aftab, a lawyer and Internet security expert said, “We have existing harassment statutes in all 50 states that already cover this problem. We [clxx]

don’t need Linda Sanchez’s law.”

(Linda Sanchez (D-CA) introduced the Cyber Bullying Act.) According to the text in the Cyber Bullying Act, people who “bully” others via any electronic means could face fines, two years in prison, or both. This means if you sent a nasty text message to your ex or post derogatory comments on someone’s YouTube video, you could be arrested. It also means you post something insulting or judgmental about someone on your Facebook, MySpace, or Twitter pages, or on any Internet forum, then you may be violating the law. Researchers say that anywhere from 40 percent to 85 percent of kids have been exposed to some kind of “cyberbullying,” such as being called “fat” via instant message or postings on social networking sites.

Cybersecurity Act of 2009 The Cybersecurity Act of 2009 gives the president the ability to declare a “cybersecurity emergency” and shut down or limit Internet traffic in any “critical” information network “in the interest of national security.” This bill does not define what a critical information network or a cybersecurity emergency is, because that definition would be decided by the president of the United States. The bill also grants the Secretary of Commerce “access to all relevant data concerning [critical] networks without regard to any provision of law, regulation, rule, or policy restricting such access.” This means the

government can access or monitor any data on private or public networks without regard to privacy. This creepy, Big Brother power was introduced by none other than Jay Rockefeller, the great-grandson of John D. Rockefeller, nephew of banker David Rockefeller. When discussing how “dangerous” the Internet was and why he felt the Cyber Security Act is important, Jay Rockefeller stated, “It really almost makes you ask the question, would it have been better if we had never invented the Internet.” So using the authority given to the government by the Cyber Security Act, in the event of an emergency such as a major terrorist attack or a pandemic, the government could turn off practically every website in the country, except ones they deemed “critical” which would be mainstream media sites that would gladly parrot government talking points about what the public should do. The government could also cause every website to “point to” or forward to a government website that contained propaganda about what had just occurred and would give only one-sided instructions about evacuations or inoculations. This is identical to the Emergency Broadcast System used in television which allows the government to interrupt every station in the country simultaneously and broadcast whatever message they want.

A Medicated and Sedated Population [clxxi]

27 million Americans are on antidepressants,

which is approximately 10% of the population. People are familiar with the well-known pills such as Prozac or Zoloft, but there are thirty different drugs used as antidepressants—including: Paxil, Celexa, Lexapro, Luvox, Buspar, Nardil, Elavil, Sinequan, Pamelor, Serzone, Desyrel, Norpramin, Tofranil, Adapin, Vivactil, Ludiomil, Endep, Parnate, Remeron, and more. Some of these drugs have extremely dangerous side effects. A 2004 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that “the risk of suicidal behavior is increased in the first month after starting [clxxii] antidepressants, especially during the first one to nine days.”

In the New World Order, the fun and joy of life is often missing from where it once was. It’s no wonder people are depressed since many social activities such as parties or just chatting with your neighbor for a half an hour have been replaced by videogames, watching television, or surfing the Internet. In the vast majority of depression cases, instead of someone taking a drug to alleviate the symptoms, all they need to do in order to experience the joy in life is to simply change their lifestyle and their habits. This would then attack the root of the problem instead of just masking the symptoms by taking drugs. But the pharmaceutical industry would rather everyone take a pill every day for the rest of their lives while living the same pathetic existence they did before, rather than join some social clubs or recreational sports team to alleviate their boredom and depression. A study of antidepressant use in private health insurance plans conducted by the New England Research Institute found that 43 percent of those who had been prescribed antidepressants had no psychiatric diagnosis or any

[clxxiii]

mental health care beyond the prescription of the drug.

The drug companies don’t want people cured, they just want their business.

Drug Commercials The famous comedian Chris Rock, whose stand-up is often based on the truth, has a hilarious but true joke based on his observation of the massive advertising campaigns by the drug companies and the amount of money doctors and medical companies make by not curing diseases. “There ain’t no money in the cure,” Rock blasts. “The money’s in the medicine. That’s how you get paid!” Rock goes on, “The government…they don’t want you to use your drugs… they want you to use their drugs. So every night on TV you see a weird ass drug commercial trying to get you hooked on some legal shit. They just keep naming symptoms till they get one that you fucking got. It’s like, are you sad? Are you lonely? Do you got athletes’ foot? Are you hot, are you cold? And they just keep naming symptoms…are you depressed…do your teeth hurt?…I got that! I’m sick! I need that pill!”

The H1N1 Swine Flu Vaccine In the summer of 2009 the government and mainstream media launched a massive fear-mongering campaign trying to convince everyone in the world that they needed to take a vaccine for the H1N1 virus—the so-called “swine flu” virus. It was the top story for days when it first hit, and then the continued fear-mongering lasted for months as a supposed vaccine was made available to the public in October. It was a pandemic and everyone needed the shot, they said, or tens of thousands would die. In the 1970s a similar scare was spread about a swine flu virus, and after a vaccine was pushed onto the public, numerous people got sick and died from the vaccine itself. This time around with the H1N1 swine flu virus, government propagandists claimed the vaccines were safe and those who decided not to take it were even called “extremists” by the chief medical [clxxiv] examiner in England.

Public health workers such as doctors and nurses in the state of New York were first told by State Health Commissioner Richard F. Daines that they would have to take the vaccine by November 30th 2009 or risk discipline, including losing their job. After massive resistance and a public demonstration, Governor David Paterson reversed the policy, but said it was [clxxv] prompted by a vaccine shortage.

The Public Employees Federation, New York’s second-largest state employees union, sued over the requirement and was awaiting a state Supreme Court hearing scheduled for October 30, 2009, when the Governor announced the decision to drop the mandatory vaccinations. On a CNN segment broadcast in October 2009, Dr. Mehmet Oz, who is Vice-Chair and Professor of Surgery at Columbia University and a wellknown medical correspondent and host of the Dr. Oz Show , urged everyone to get vaccinated but when Campell Brown, the host, asked him if his children were getting the vaccine, he said, “I’ll tell you, my wife is not going to immunize our kids, cuz I’ve got four of them, and when I go home, I’m not Dr. Oz, I’m Mr. Oz.” Shepard Smith of the Fox News Channel told his audience not to believe the “conspiracy theories” about the vaccine, or the “negative hype” after a [clxxvi]

guest was on urging everyone to take the vaccine.

Dr. Nancy Snyderman, MSNBC’s chief medical editor, addressed the large numbers of people who were suspicious of the vaccine and we